Top Banner
by WE CREATE THE FUTURE. TODAY. International Certification COACHING manual
55

WeCreate International Coaching Certification Manual

Dec 04, 2014

Download

Documents

wecreate

WeCreate International Coaching Certification Manual
Welcome message from author
This document is posted to help you gain knowledge. Please leave a comment to let me know what you think about it! Share it to your friends and learn new things together.
Transcript
Page 1: WeCreate International Coaching Certification Manual

by WE CREATETHE FUTURE TODAY

International Certif ication

COACHINGmanual

4

5

COPYRIGHT INFORMATION

Intellectual property

Daniel Saacute Nogueira and Marta Ferreira danielsanogueiracom

Authors Daniel Saacute NogueiraMarta Ferreira and Joatildeo Capela

Graphic design and illustration Sofia Pedroso sofiapedrosocom

copy ALL content of this manual is copyri-ghted All rights reserved Any part of this manual canacutet be used reproduced or transmitted without permission of Da-niel Saacute Nogueira or We Create Lda The videos available on Youtube are property of their respective authors

WE CREATETHE FUTURE TODAY

INDEX I YOU ARE ALREADY A COACH 10

II THE 4 Rrsquos OF COACHING 12

III WHAT IS COACHING 14

IV INTERNATIONAL COACHING PRESUPPOSITIONS 20

V ROSA 10 26

VI ROSA 20 29

VII RAPPORT 55

VIII ROOTS 81

IX RESULTS 96

X TOOLS AND TECHINIQUES 101

XI THE COACHING ETHICS 105

XII THE FIRST SESSION IN PRATICE 107

XIII THE LAST SESSION 109

6

7

WELCOME TO THE FIRST EDITION OF THE

WECREATE INTERNATIONAL COACHING CERTIFICATION

Congratulations If you are reading this manual it means that you parti-cipated in the International Coaching Certification by WeCreate It me-ans that you have participated in our intensive 60-hour training with one of our Master Coach Trainers that you had at least 80 success on the exam(s) and completed other study requirements And above all that you have carried out (or are about to) at least 12 hours of coaching evaluated by us Congratulations You are either now a Certified Coach or soon to be one

But get ready because it is only now that your journey really begins You are only a Coach to the extent that your clients reach their desired results And in a sustainable manner I repeat your level of compe-tence as a Coach is directly proportional to your ability in helping your clients get to the destinations that they aim for Being certified is only the first step a critical first step but still a very basic one

Practice This is without any doubt the most important word for your next phase of evolution as a Coach Practice Practice Practice

And the purpose of this manual is to be of help and support to serve as a reminder to provide hints and clarifications while you practice It is above all a support tool but also a study tool When you decide to take your next step by doing the Master Coach Course your prepara-tion will include studying all the material in this manual as a mandatory prerequisite

Therefore Congratulations On your marks Get set And practice practice practice

The International Coaching Certification of WeCreate was created ex-plicitly for you Its main objective is to transform potential coaches into excellent ones It aims to help reveal and accelerate your evolution towards excellence as well as to enable you to guide your team or your clients to attain it

From focused people to coaches of excellence

The purpose of this manual is to complement the days of classroom training that you received with WeCreate We recommend that you of-ten revisit this online manual as it will be updated regularly with more text exercises and practical tips for your day-to-day coaching To stay interactive and aligned with the pedagogy of the subconscious we su-ggest that you always take notes lots of notes as you read the manual so you can indeed use the information that yoursquove gone through over time One reason for making this a consultative online document is to enable you to always keep your own manual up-to-date with our help

This manual is not scientific work Neither is coaching Above all your research should be focused on developing your own personal coaching style and on understanding what coaching is for you Since you are a Certified Coach of WeCreate we know that you have already integrated a big part of the contents of this manual as it was presented to you From now on both the course and this manual should be used more for support than as policy and should slowly start accompanying your practice

Here yoursquoll find the essence of what we find most important to con-vey in the area of coaching Since wersquore unable to go through all this material during our training days yoursquore welcome to contact us as you start working with it on your own and questions come up or you want to know more about any of the contents presented here

We want to take this opportunity to wish you an excellent continued training What you give will determine what you receive and take with you Our only advice is that you practice a lot as it is the only way to grow and move on to getting other results than you have had in the past

8

9

We hope that this training course will be meaningful to you We know with certainty that it will be for us and therefore we would like to con-clude this brief introduction by thanking you Yes thank you for sharing your most precious asset with us your time

Have fun this will make it much easier to finally start taking those steps towards the results you seek or becoming even better at helping your clients to do the same

Wishing you many excellent training days

Daniel Saacute Nogueira WeCreate MasterCoachTrainer Trainer hellodanielsanogueiracom +351937774123

TIPS FOR USING 100 OF OUR MANUAL

(P) Participate A lot This is a very small number of pages compared to the amount of experience that is needed in the area We actually only have about 60 hours of training and these pages to help you change some of the paradigms that you have about coaching about yourself and your clients Forever So take a deep breath switch your phone to silent mode straighten your back find your focus get present and ready to participate Take this opportunity and read the manual as if you had to repeat the course

(E) Engage You have a lot to learn from WeCreate just like so many other people who did the certification with you Get in touch with others who are studying the manual and interact share take initiative get excited and involve others Enjoy the international community of WeCreate Coa-ches Share through coachdanielsanogueiracom

(M) Memorize On the following pages wersquoll be sharing the best tools for coaching and results Therersquos a lot of information Brain overdose alert Thus wersquove reduced it to a minimum the essence Focus on knowing at least the contents of this manual by heart Concentrate as much as possible Take lots of notes Many of the same The more you type things over and over again the better your brain will understand the importance of the material Question write reflect analyze adapt go deeper and so on Enjoy the material

(S) Surprise us Go further Exit the box Direct your energy outwards Be your most sublime image of yourself more determined more intense Be the change you want to see in your work and business today here and now with us Strive for excellence In yourself In us In everyone Enjoy the coincidence of being here to create your future today now

And above all have fun We very much hope that this manual will exceed your expectations but more than anything we hope it can help you to significantly duplicate your results Wersquore going to create a new world together and everything starts today Thank you once more and Congra-tulations for being here with us and for being a WeCreate Coach

Daniel Saacutea Nogueira

11

10

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING YOU ARE ALREADY A COACH

I YOU ARE ALREADY

A COACHEvery human being is born a coach whether she knows it or not All of us have already helped someone during our life to solve a problem All of us have already shared a word of encouragement All of us have already made someonersquos life easier All of us have already sat down with someone to listen to her realityAll of us have already challenged someone to go further All of us have already said something that changed someonersquos life without even knowing it All of us have already left someone thinking about what we said or did

click the video to see it

In other words all of us have already helped someone take a step fur-ther and be happier Thatrsquos coaching

A coach helps another human being with the most fundamental ques-tions of life

By using questions

The quality of a coach is measured by the quality of his or her ques-tions

What are your dreams What is your potential What have you already done thatrsquos spectacular What makes you feel happy What have you learned from your successes What do you believe in Who are you and who can you become

13

12

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING THE 4 RrsquoS OF COACHING

II THE 4 Rrsquos OF COACHING

The triangle of the 4 Rrsquos represents the essence of coaching

To WeCreate if you become an expert in the-se four Rrsquos you are a Coach This is your

base The rest is stars that yoursquoll learn to master in the long run Your first focus

becoming extraordinarily good at each of these Rrsquos

A brief description of each element

ROSA -This is the method of the Coach It is the basic tool that you will use during your sessions It is an eternal guide that in time will become part of your DNA A coach is someone who speaks in ROSA thinks in ROSA trains and helps in ROSA

ROOTS ndash As a coach you can only go as deep with your client as you can go with yourself Therefore you must learn to deepen and streng-then your roots What is really important to you How is your self-con-fidence and relationship with yourself A coach has self-knowledge about her values beliefs level of confidence and limits Nothing anyo-ne says about you should surprise you

RAPPORT ndash The ability to make anyone trust you within a few minu-tes As a Coach you should be able to adapt to different types of people and quickly and easily generate empathy and trust with any of them

RESULTS - If there are no results there is no coaching Coaching is geared towards action and obtaining results You also need to know

how to measure the results whether they are objective or subjective This is the big difference between coaching and other practices as we will discuss further in this manual

Mastering these four elements will make you a great coach Someone who is well ROOTED who can create RAPPORT within a few minu-tes who dominates ROSA and the structure of a session is someone who will be able to deliver RESULTS And this is the reason why your clients choose coaching

14

15

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING WHAT IS COACHING

III WHAT IS COACHING

4-word definition Freeing Potential Through Action

ldquoCoaching is a processhelliprdquo ndash It has a beginning middle and end The Coach does not solve anything by just pushing a button The length of the process is generally 2-3 months depending on the situation and response of the client This is the time-span that we advise for achie-ving meaningful results through ten one-hour sessions in person or not depending on the availability of the client and the expertise of the Coach

ldquo that aims tordquo ndash The Coach supports the client in setting goals and creating a strategy to achieve desired results through the very process of coaching The goal is to help the client achieve results in her focus area for example health or relationships spirituality finances career family etc

ldquohellipdevelophelliprdquo ndash Coaching is about working with the potential that the client already has within The Coach does not create anything just works on what already exists in order to enhance it While focusing on the development of technical and emotional skills the coach acts as an ldquoexternal eyerdquo to the client so that she can see objectively where she is (present state) and where she needs to go (future state) with minimum effort and maximum fun

Technical definition Coaching is a process that aims to develop challenge support and empower people to reach their full potential personally and professio-nally in a sustainable manner through the use of questions

ldquohellipchallengerdquo ndash Throughout the sessions the Coach has to challenge the client to go further and to think of many more and diverse solu-tions in order to step outside her comfort zone Coaching works as a form of encouragement and monitoring tailored to the personal development needs of each client

ldquosupporthelliprdquo ndash At the same time support do not judge really listen be there for the client give positive feedback The Coach is someone who is always there even when the results are not yet the desired ones The Coach has the patience to unconditionally support the pro-cess of the client

ldquohellipempowerhelliprdquo ndash The Coach helps the client work on new skills with the aim to thereby empower her to achieve self-realization reach her goals and align her life with her values mission and life purpose Note that if the Coach uses a lot of teaching it becomes training not coaching

click the video to see it

16

17

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING WHAT IS COACHING

ldquosustainablerdquo - In coaching we work to deliver sustainable re-sults We do not want the client to become dependent on the Coach or on the process itself As soon as possible we begin to use strategies to ensure the autonomy of our clients and to make them become their own coaches after a while

ldquoreach their full potentialrdquo ndash Coaching is about ACHIEVING re-sults During the coaching process the Coach will work to keep the client in action so that what is aimed for actually happens All of us possess a HUGE potential that we can use to achieve everything we want

ldquoquestionsrdquo - This is the basic methodology of coaching We de-velop empower support and challenge through questions Questions are powerful enablers that will help raise the consciousness level of our clients

COACHING IS ABOUT THE FUTUREDuring the coaching process the Coach will focus on making the client think about the present and the future This is the main difference be-tween coaching and therapy apart from the extent of formal education (minimum 5 years) that psychologists have in comparison to coaches

The Coach can listen to what has happened in the recent past of the client but does not focus on going deeper into this aspect of the situa-tion Instead she guides the client to focus on the present and most of all on the future ldquoSo what do you want to achieve today regarding this problem in your familyrdquo ldquoWhat are your future dreams in this area of your liferdquo

The Coach is not focused on knowing what caused the trauma or pro-blem but concentrates on moving beyond it and making sure that by the end of the ten sessions the client has also acquired the tools to solve other problems and challenges in her life

Coaching requires three key elements

A Client (Coachee) the person who undergoes the process of co-aching in order to acquire new skills and strengthen exis-

Coaching is the process that

aims to develop challenge support

and empower people to reach

their full potential professionally

and personally through questions

ting skills We recommend using the term client instead of ldquocoacheerdquo as it helps to distinguish it better from the word ldquoCoachrdquo and implies a more professional relationship be-tween the two

A Coach a professional qualified to lead the process of coachingAn opportunity challenge or problem Opportunity because it is

not necessary to work on a problem A client can be satis-fied with their job but seeking a Coach to work on being promoted for example

On the other hand there may be more than one opportu-nity challenge or problem and also all three at once sin-ce there are always opportunities behind every problem When there are several problems or opportunities the Co-ach assumes that the client is able to solve them all Howe-ver the coaching process needs to focus on one at a time and solving it before moving on to others

THE CROSSROADS OF LIFEThe key moments for a client are at the crossroads of life ie when two roads diverge and the client does not know which way to go This is where a Coach can really make a difference

In these situations as stated earlier we will not decide for the client nor give any advice since the task of the Coach is simply to facilitate reflection on the two paths to ask about the crossroads and even to take a few steps back if the client wishes to do so

Even if the choice seems wrong to the Coach the client is the one who should decide which road and action to take

Coaching is also

3 Very future-oriented 3 Making the client move into action through weekly tasks 3 Having a clear vision of what goals to reach 3 Helping the client develop an action plan 3 A process that provides development direction innovation and

constant support

18

19

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING WHAT IS COACHING

Benefits of Coaching

3 Opportunity for individual reflection that increases our level of consciousness about ourselves

3 Increase in our capacity to influence various situations in our lives

3 Gain of greater structure and focus 3 Constant feedback and support throughout the process

There are mainly two types of Coaching Life Coaching (where the process is most suitable for our personal lives) and Executive Bu-siness Coaching (where more work is done in the professional area)

Over the past few years coaching has become specialized in various areas We now also find terms such as Relationship Coaching Health Coaching Management C oaching Emotional Coaching for Teams Le-adership Coaching etc

Another major advantage is that this tool can be used formally (in in-dividual sessions or with groups) where we help our clients get closer to their goals in many areas of life as well as informally where we use it as a point of view when relating to our friends family children and ourselves Imagine the power of not only helping others but also being able to increase their capacity to take responsibility No doubt coa-ching is a transversal tool that applies to many different areas in our professional and personal lives

THE DIFFERENCE BETWEEN COACHING AND

OTHER PRACTICESSDespite being a relatively new discipline the distinction between co-aching and other practices is clear The term itself arose from a me-ans of transport (taking someone from one place to another) and this remains its basic meaning to bring someone (the client) from A to B

The difference between coaching and other approaches

Mentoring A process whereby a professional with expertise in a par-ticular area helps you to increase your level of knowledge about it A

mentor is someone who gives advice based on her vast experience in the area that you want to explore

Therapy The greatest distinction of all between coaches and thera-pists psychologists psychiatrists etc is the number of years of aca-demic preparation and how governmental institutions regulate the ac-tivity of the latter Therapists etc are trained to help their clients with complex issues from their past and present A Coach does not have this preparation and should not nor has the technical ability to ldquostir uprdquo the past of her client Therefore the Coach focuses solely on the present and the future of the client and has no therapeutic ambition

Consulting Offers experience and expertise in certain business areas A consultant can work with an entire organization or part of it and is usually a person from outside the organization that brings in her know--how to help increase productivity

Training A process by which we gain knowledge and skills The trai-ner is usually an expert in a particular area with the objective to help people learn and acquire skills specific to that area

past

THERAPHY

present

future

COACHING

20

21

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING INTERNATIONAL COACHING PRESUPPOSITIONS

IV INTERNATIONAL COACHING

PRESUPPOSITIONSThe international presuppositions of coaching are general principles that guide the practice of coaching around the world They are a kind of ethical rules that are vital to use in coaching sessions

But even more importantly these ten presuppositions need to be roo-ted in the DNA of the coach and lived fully by her

1 - QUESTIONSldquoThe Coach has the questions and the client the answersrdquo

The Coach always starts from the principle that the client has the answers Even if the Coach knows the answer she should not say it and this is often complicated A challenge The client has to discover the answer for herself even though she may then realize that this was not the best answer and that there are more suitable ones But this makes the client feel in charge of her process A major benefit of coaching is the ldquopowerrdquo that it gives to the client

For this to happen the Coach needs to find and ask questions because there are no answers only questions If the client asks ldquoWhat can I do to solve this situationrdquo the Coach asks ldquoHave you already done something to solve itrdquo or ldquoIs there anything you can do right nowrdquo Try to avoid responding with solutions as much as possible This way the Coach will lead the client to finding the best answer for herself

The coaching process is for the client The coach only facilitates the process

I AS A COACH NEVER KNOW THE SOLUTION

That is as the Coach does not know the psyche of the client she must remain detached and calm allowing the client to pursue at her own pace without interfering The process belongs to the client

2 - RESPECTldquoThe map is not a territoryrdquo

Each person has her way of being her World Map (the perception that each of us has of the same reality) The way one person sees a situation is never identical to someone elsersquos way Everyone interprets the same events differently and react accordingly

Thus the map of the client has true value and merit and the Coach res-pects this principle by holding the point of view that her own map of the world is not the only correct one For example a Coach who is married must respect the client who has three girlfriends and is looking for a fourth A spiritual coach must understand the world of a client whorsquos in the military If you cannot respect the world map of your client then yoursquore not the best Coach for her The best option then is to not con-tinue your sessions and instead suggest that a colleague takes over

Suggestion Do everything in your power to keep your client even if you donrsquot agree with her world map This is because by your fifth ses-sion you will have the necessary rapport to take on the challenge of asking something like

ldquoIs that really what you want for your liferdquo

ldquoDonrsquot you need something bigger in your liferdquo

In conclusion it is only natural that a Coach develops an opinion about what is happening with the client but she must still respect the clientrsquos world map and use open questions that are genuinely tolerant

22

23

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING INTERNATIONAL COACHING PRESUPPOSITIONS

3 - FEEDBACKldquoThere is no failure only feedbackrdquo

Everything that happens to the client during sessions andor outside of them is an opportunity for the Coach to get feedback For example if a client hasnrsquot done her homework this is not failure but feedback to the Coach Perhaps the homework was too complicated maybe the Coach did not convey itrsquos importance or the client is still very focused on another area

ldquoFailurerdquo is short-term psychology itrsquos what you see in the moment ldquoFeedbackrdquo on the other hand is long-term psychology We believe that the client will understand if she hasnrsquot already that itrsquos not about not being capable Instead itrsquos about taking in feedback about the situation learning from it polishing the rough edges and continuing until you can do it A good example of this kind of psychology is when babies start to learn how to walk They will fall many times and try over and over again to remain standing but never will a parent think that their daughter has failed and will never walk only because she fell In other words she did not fail she simply got feedback

4 - RESOURCESldquoAll people have the resources within them

or can acquire them

The coach treats the client as someone who is always rich in resour-ces

The potential that lies in all human beings is very big giant really It enables all of us to achieve any goal that we set ourselves in life and the Coach knows this reality Therefore we will never criticize the goal of a client that may seem impossible in the eyes of the Coach because the client has all the resources she needs within her or can acquire them Many clients will try to convince you that they are not capable of something and do not have these resources within them As a Coach you have fully embrace this assumption and know deep inside that they are perfectly capable

5 - BEST OPTION AT THE TIME

ldquoPeople always choose the best option that is currently available

especially given their context rdquo

For example if a client yelled at a co-worker the Coach should assume that this was the best option that she had available at the time Whether the Coach finds it good or bad does not really matter because for that person it was the only option available given the context

Thus the process of coaching is very humble The Coach puts herself into the shoes of her client staying present and concerned

It is very important that the Coach does not impose her own limita-tions on the client Furthermore she can choose to accept the limits of her client or to go around them Never forget that your client always comes from a context that is different from yours and that her family history religion and education among other things is what guides her to make choices which are always the best option at the time

6 - CAUSE AND EFFECTldquoEach person creates her own realityrdquo

The client is the energetic centre of everything that happens to her In other words it is she who creates or attracts her own reality Thus the Coach should always assume that what is happening to the client was in some way created by her whether it is an accident an argument or even the case of being fired The same applies to positive events

As a coach and this is why you should always respect otherrsquos world maps you do not to say that the client is ldquoguiltyrdquo Instead you keep asking questions

Your session will then be focused on trying to understand what motive led her to create this reality If you do not believe that your client crea-ted it you will also not believe that she has within her all the personal

24

25

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING INTERNATIONAL COACHING PRESUPPOSITIONS

power needed to change or modify it

Therefore as a Coach you need to take this presupposition into your own life and aim to deepen it to the fullest until you reach the point where you believe that you can influence everything that happens in your life

7 - ACTIONldquoIf you want to understand actrdquo

A Coach believes that action is needed to understand a problem chal-lenge or opportunity Itrsquos not enough to say that something has been understood on the mental level Coaching is about action It does not matter how much your client understands or knows about a subject What matters is how much she acts

Hence all sessions have a compulsory homework ending ldquoWhat will you do in this directionrdquo ldquoWhenrdquo ldquoWith whomrdquo

8 - FLEXIBILITYldquoIf yoursquore not getting results do it differentlyrdquo

Between the two of them the Coach needs to be the most flexible be-cause if the client is not getting results new approaches are needed In other words since the Coach believes that the client has all the resour-ces within her if there are no results it is because the Coach has to be more flexible What works with one client does not work with others Einstein said ldquoInsanity is doing the same thing and expecting a diffe-rent resultrdquo If yoursquore not getting the results you want do it differently

9 - POSITIVE INTENTIONldquoAll behaviour is based on a positive intentionrdquo

All human behaviour is driven by positive intention This does not mean

it is all good behaviour just the intention that created them Let us ima-gine a dramatic situation someone who screams violently at another person may be wanting to feel safer calmer have more justice The intention is good but not the behaviour As a Coach you know that what your client does or doesnrsquot do is based on a positive intention

10 - NON-IMPOSITIONldquoNone of these presuppositions are important

to your clientrdquo

All these presuppositions are for you as Coach to internalize and use in your sessions The idea is not that you should now impose on your client to use questions stick to a positive language and refrain from judging other peoplersquos World Maps The pre-suppositions are made for you and aim to orient the coaching process

26

27

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING ROSA 10

V ROSA 10

ROSA 10 is about going through each letter of the ROSA during a ses-sion or an informal conversation without expanding on any of them

The starting point is helping the other person to identify the Reality (Whatrsquos up) of their situation and understand what the problem or challenge is Then to speak about the Objectives (What do you want) and note what the person wants and aspires to After thinking about the goals itrsquos all about encouraging the other to find solutions (How can you get there) And finally because the Coach believes that re-sults come from action itrsquos about agreeing on a piece of homework that is in line with the best solution found (Out of all these ideas what you can do next week)

ROSA 10 is used in more informal coaching with friends and acquain-tances and in more situational coaching that is fast and focused on action where the client already knows what you want Moreover in situations where there is no need to go deeper into understanding the emotions beliefs and values of the client

EXAMPLES OF QUESTIONS LETTER ldquoRrdquo 3 What made you want to come and see me 3 How can I help you 3 How happy satisfied are you 3 How do you feel about that 3 What is the path yoursquove followed so far 3 What works best in your life at the moment What can and

should be improved

3 On a 0-10 scale how satisfied are you in this area 3 What is your biggest challenge 3 How are other areas of your life 3 What else Tell me more

The fundamental Reality question is WHATrsquoS UP

EXAMPLES OF QUESTIONS LETTER ldquoOrdquo 3 Where will you be in a year 3 What is your biggest dream 3 Where would you like to go 3 What is your most amazing vision of this situation 3 From 0 to 10 how important is this goal to you 3 Can you see your goal Describe in detail what it looks like 3 If you had a magic wand that could solve this problem what

would your new situation look like what would you like to see happen

The fundamental Objectives question is WHAT DO YOU WANT

EXAMPLES OF QUESTIONS LETTER ldquoSrdquo 3 What can you do 3 What are you doing right now to solve this situation 3 What do you think is the best way to reach the objectives 3 Do you know someone who can help 3 What are some things yoursquove never imagined doing 3 Let us list a series of possible steps 3 Can you give me 10 solutions And 10 more 3 If I were in your situation what advice would you give me 3 If you had all the money in the world what would you do 3 Who could help you solve this situation

The fundamental Solutions question is GREAT AND WHAT ELSE

28

29

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING ROSA 20

EXAMPLES OF QUESTIONS LETTER ldquoArdquo

3 What will you do this week 3 What is one thing you could do without much difficulty 3 Which of these solutions can you start with today 3 What is your next small step

The fundamental Action question is WHAT ARE YOU GOING TO DO WITH WHOM WHEN During a coaching session the letters R and S have a divergent func-tion allowing you to fully open the flow of ideas The Action phase then has a fully convergent function specifying what will be done as seen in the following diagram

VI ROSA 20

The purpose of this manual and the International Coa-ching Certification is to learn to use ROSA 20 The

MasterCoach Certification goes more in depth with 30 coaching and the MasterCoachTrainer

Certification is about 40 coaching

R(EALITY)The Reality phase is usually the longest

one in ROSA (especially in the first session) It is a very important phase because it is where we find out about our clientrsquos current life situation and start building rapport with her

If this phase is well done the rest comes quite easily and naturally 99 of your clients will be focused on the problem ie living the ldquoPro-blem Psychologyrdquo They will have the tendency to always see the ne-gative even to amplify it as they go along by finding more and more reasons that ldquofeedrdquo the negative aspect of their situation

Everything around them whether it is their home situation or even the state of the country or the world strengthens their ability to see how bad their problem is which contributes to killing all hope for impro-vement and opportunities ultimately go unnoticed Their situation is always the worst it can ever get In fact they tend to see that their life has always been that way

Your goal at this stage is to collect as much information as possible about your client and different aspects (both good and less good) of her life The Coach has two tools for helping her client ldquoget outrdquo of the

ROSA 10

ROSA 30

ROSA 20

ROSA 10

ROSA 30

ROSA 20

WhatWho

when

babybaby

30

31

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

hole that she is focused on and have a conversation about the broader reality of her life

FLUFFY PUFFY VS COMPLICATORAt the stage of Reality we find two main types of people

COMPLICATORThis is the type of person who will claim that they are not able to solve their problem and who also believes that the situation is so big and so bad that there actually is no solution

ROSA 20

In this case let the client speak for five to ten minutes about this but then it is essential to make her say something positive about it with questions like

ldquoWhatrsquos good about itrdquordquo ldquoWhat do you like about your life (Maybe on the same sub-

ject or another - see ldquoGuide to the First Coaching Ses-sionrdquo)

By doing this we motivate the client for the rest of the ROSA Itrsquos re-ally a question of energy If we donrsquot address the positive aspect (of the particular situation or of another area of life) we will not have any energy for the Objectives phase

The conversation gets very depressing and not very motivating when the client manages to convince herself (and often the coach as well)

32

33

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

that there is no solution By adding together both positive and negative aspects we create tension and a spark of energy to move on At the same time we get to find out what truly motivates the client whether it is family a passion that she has or others things

FLUFFY PUFFYThis is the opposite of the type above This is a person who has re-edu-cated herself and grown convinced that itrsquos good to have problems and that they are there for a reason She has a super positive perspective on life but possibly a bit exaggerated Problems are always positive and she does not understand that they may have negative implications

To the question ldquoSo is this problem hurting yourdquo she will promptly reply ldquoOh it isnrsquot Itrsquos good to have problems they bring along many positive things and are just what they should berdquo In this case the Co-ach has to make the client talk about the problem and the aspects that are negative or less good In other words we must find out what hurts enough for the client to realize she needs help with something and that not everything is going well after all

As in the previous case we need to create an inner shock in order to generate energy for the Objectives phase In this case it is necessary to do so by making the client ldquosufferrdquo a bit or to get her out of her comfort zone in order to become aware that there is something she wants to change or do differently If we do not have a challenge an opportunity or a problem we cannot do coaching

Both the ldquoComplicatorrdquo and the ldquoFluffy Puffyrdquo should identify both good and bad aspects of the subject matter Moreover you should not move to the Objectivesrsquo phase be fore this is done At this stage the more the client is aware of her own reality the better the Coachrsquos picture will be of that same reality Both types of clients need to enter the area of challenge leaving the reality that they live in and gaining a broader awareness of the reality that is

Only with this awareness will there be fuel to create goals and pro-gress to the next stages

PIZZA OF LIFEThe clientrsquos reality is like a big wall Something she nee-ds to overcome to reach the other side the side that she wants to be on Although the wall is large the client will tend to concentrate on a small part of the wall a hole a brick to paint etc About 98 of people are focused on the small ldquoholesrdquo of life which only increases their size and importance

Implementing a real change in your life means looking at it as a whole from various angles analyzing all its weaknesses but also all the pos-sibilities In doing so the client becomes more aware of who she is

The pizza is divided into four distinct areas (linked to the four elements and the four personality types) and twelve slices

EARTH AREA (PRACTICAL WORLD)Money How is your bank account Do you have any debts Do you

think you have enough money or do you need more to have the life you want And what about material goods such as a home a car travel

Health Are you healthy Do you have any chronic illness How do you nourish yourself Any sports Do you feel alive

Jobcareer Are you doing something you like Feel satisfied with your career How many hours do you work per day What is your level of productivity

WATER AREA (EMOTIONAL WORLD)

Romance Do you have a love relationship that satisfies you Do you love and are you loved Are you feeling happy and complete without being in a relationship

Family and Friends (with a big F) How do you relate to your chil-dren parents and friends

Contribution Are you helping create a better world Any voluntary work Donations Satisfied with the help you provide

ROSA 20

of life

money

hea

lth

workcareer romance

Friends

family

contribuitiondevelopmentpersonal

social life

hobbies

peer groupleadershippersonal

life p

urpose

Pearth

Ewater

Mair

Sfire

meaning

34

35

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

AIR AREA (MENTAL WORLD)Personal Development Do you read books participate in training

courses invest in yourself and in your learningdevelop-ment

Hobbies and Social Life Do you have a social life that satisfies you Do you have free time to do what you like

Peer Group Groups of people (friends family etc) that challenge us and pull us forward Do you have people that encourage you How often do you meet with them

FIRE AREA (SPIRITUAL WORLD)Personal Leadership How do you relate with yourself When you

look at yourself (on the inside and the outside) do you like

what you see How is your confidence and self-esteem

Life Purpose How much of your day-to-day do you dedicate to doing what you love most

Meaning of Life Do you have a faith What do you believe in What is the energy that encompasses all Why are we here on this planet

The Pizza of Life is a very deep tool to be used both by the client and the Coach to develop their roots It is a practical way of examining all areas of our lives

It is essential to distinguish between the importance that a client at-tributes to a slice and her degree of satisfaction with it Itrsquos not about how much you have of this or that slice but rather how satisfied you are with this area For example a person who is not religious does not have to have a zero in the area of the meaning of life if she is comfor-table with that area But if she does feel that she needs to work on her faith then the value will inevitably be less than 10 Another example someone who lives in a rented house travels by bus and goes camping on holidays may have a 10 in the money slice if itrsquos a person who does not value material goods Someone else who lives the same kind of life but aspires to have a beach house a great car and travel to exotic places will assign a lower value to this slice

The client may want to add or remove a slice and split others However the most important thing is to recognize the four main areas (PEMS) and the importance of all the slices for your happiness and for gaining a more balanced life

When the pizza is filled out once again you will address the positive and less positive aspects of it At this stage you should ask your client

3 ldquoWhich 2 or 3 areasslices feel goodstrong at the momentrdquo

3 ldquoWhich 2 or 3 areasslices need a little more attention and some im-

ROSA 20

1 What is the current situation

2 Concrete examples

3 Objectivity through facts

4 Ask what when where who

REALITYRESUME

36

37

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

provementrdquo

This way you gain even more information about the current situation of your client which may be very helpful during the rest of the coaching process

LEVERAGE SLICEAfter evaluating the pizza of life we dedicate ourselves to hel-ping the client choose a leverage slice We can explain that coaching is about gaining focus by having only one target to hit at each moment in time This does not mean that we wonrsquot work on any other area it just means that we first need to solve one slice one priority slice

The question to use is ldquoWhich slice if you increase your satisfaction with it by one or two points would improve the biggest number of your other pizza slicesrdquo

You can ask your client to select any 5 slices then 3 then 2 and ask ldquoImagine that I am the genie in the lamp and I can help you bring one of these slices to a 10 which one would you chooserdquo

If your client clearly has a slice that she wants to work you can proce-ed with this one right away

The leverage slice is not always the slice that got the lowest rating Therefore we should not influence the decision of the client

A few tips

3 If the client chooses a slice that she gave a high rating itrsquos good news for the Coach because it will be relatively easy for the client to improve it further

3 If the client wants to choose a new slice in the next session no problem Remember that we are just chauffeurs Early on in the coaching process the client may do some reflection and then want to choose another slice

3 Until the leverage slice is resolved (rated much more positively)

or under control by the client (it only being a matter of time) we DO NOT change the slice along the way We only do so once we have delivered the wanted results If we change the slice in each session it becomes difficult (if not impossible) to deliver results which also become much less sustainable Coaching is not a process with a magic wand that can transform a slice in an hour

3 No area is more important than another and the numbers that the client uses to evaluate only mean something to her Remember that YOU SHOULD NOT JUDGE anything about the pizza of your client It only needs to make sense to her

O(BJECTIVES)Now that we know the current reality of our client it is time to move on At this point we no longer speak of problems or challenges That was back in the previous phase Now we just want to know about Objectives

In Coaching we work with two types of objectives

GURU OBJECTIVES AND BABY OBJECTIVESAll of us more or less consciously orient our action through goals But we do not always take the right steps There are people who consciously do but there are many others who without being conscious of it hurt their feet run without knowing where theyrsquore going or stop halfway

We can identify two types of goals which we should use to our advan-tage

3 Guru objective ndash a goal that is so big so big that therersquos a voi-ce in our head that thinks itrsquos impossible to accomplish

3 Baby objective ndash a goal that is so small so small that we are absolutely certain of achieving it

ROSA 20

The slice of leverage is the one in which if there is any improvements will positively affect other slices of pizza

The Baby-Objectives has the

unique purpose to increase client

confidence

38

39

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

Guru and baby objectives psychology is natural to us not something we learn nor something we can unlearn For example it activates immediately if wersquore in a car accident if anything threatens our survi-val or the survival of our loved ones We then forget whether we are confident or not successful or not rich or poor and we only care about finding a solution This is natural we always have an ultimate goal in mind while at the same time staying present to the immediate objec-tive since that is what makes us define the next small step towards reaching our guru objective And we get so engaged that nothing will distract us from our guru objective Now this psychology should not get triggered only unconsciously in moments of survival but also be applied consciously in our lives in general in our everyday And yes it can be activated

Always remember that an objective is only at the guru level if there is a voice inside you that laughs finding it impossible to achieve and a baby objective is only one if you are sure that you will achieve It is therefore essential to dream to look farther and reach beyond what our minds can visualize

But beware if we focus solely on our highest goals we will never le-ave the realm of dreams and over time we will lose self-confidence Achieving goals involves taking small steps every day defining reaso-nable steps that slowly but surely bring us closer to our guru objective

Success depends on a combination of both We must therefore learn to live life with very big guru objectives and very small baby objectives Most people that feel unhappy have developed a guru psychology but not a baby psychology or vice versa The former always want more and are never satisfied with their daily achievements The latter live through small steps but cannot think big so the little steps wear them out and monotony or apathy reigns

Having a great guru objective without setting baby objectives leads to frustration anxiety and impatience Setting baby objectives without having a big guru objective leads to disinterest discouragement and lack of direction(ldquoTrate a Vida por Turdquo paacuteg 111)

META+Our objectives should be

Measurable - Objectives should be very concrete so that when we reach them we can check off ldquomission accomplishedrdquo For example ldquoI will spend 3 hours a day with my familyrdquo instead of ldquoI will spend more time with my familyrdquo

Emotional Objectives should contain grand adjectives that provoke a lot of emotion so that the brain gives them more importance For example ldquoI will wake up shining and full of vitality ready for a new day of fun and productivityrdquo

Timed - Objectives must have either a date or a frequency or both For example ldquoStarting tomorrow I will be home by 8 pm every day to have dinner with my childrenrdquo or ldquoI will train every day starting on Sundayrdquo

Achievable - We need to believe in the objectives that we set and know that they are possible to reach For example ldquoI will write a book next monthrdquo If you think your goal is too ambitious you had better adapt it ldquoIrsquoll write one chapter in the next monthrdquo

Positive (+) - Goals should be stimulating the positive Neurolinguistics say that everything that we define as positi-ve encourages us and everything that we define as negative defeats us For example ldquoI will not smoke anymorerdquo is wrong while ldquoI will breathe 100 oxy-gen and make air cleaner for myself and for othersrdquo is more correct Or ldquoon day x I will weigh y poundsrdquo instead of ldquoI will lose weightrdquo(Trate a Vida por Tu paacuteg 155)

ROSA 20

1 What do you want

2 What do you really want

3 What is the Guru-Objective

4 What is the Baby-Objective

5 What is the dream (the most importan is to make the client talk about his dreams)

6 In a perfect world (For those who have di-fficulty in define Guru-Objectives)

7 Meta+

OBJECTIVESRESUME

The meta+ model is used to specify the target-guru

40

41

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

Why do we need to have these two opposing energies Exactly for the same reason as the positive and negative energies in the Reality phase We really need a guru objective since the effort that the client will have to make and the person she has to become to get there will make her reach much further than if she had set an intermediate goal Coaching is about dreams about the best of the best for each area of our lives The important thing is not whether or not the client gets there but that the road she travels takes her much further

Moreover every journey starts with a small step We need to create an objective so small so small that the client is absolutely sure she can do it Why To get her motivated quickly to achieve success and above all to convey the baby objective psychology We need to make our clients realize that coaching is about big and small steps The baby objective in itself is not important but we need to introduce this step here so that your client begins to celebrate every little step that she takes every piece of homework that gets done

Coaching is about forming a person with both guru and baby objectives psychology Someone who wants to go really far and at the same time is super happy with everything that she has already achieved

Notas If a client has a very big guru objective to reach in a short time and the Coach thinks it is not possible we can ask the client to ldquoconvince us that it is possiblerdquo On the other hand if the baby objective is very big we do the same

S(OLUTIONS)Encouraging creativity is equally important to teaching children ma-thematics Portuguese and science This is what later on will separate intelligent adults from true geniuses who are able to create something new revolutionary and innovative in whatever area It is those who mark others society science and the world who ultimately make a

difference

40 IDEASIn fact we are all creative We have all been children we have all been creative and so what happened What is it that makes our creativity die The fact is that our society limits our creativity while forgetting that in a grey professional world creativity makes the difference

ROSA 20

clique no viacutedeo para o activar

42

43

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

Anyone who is creative grows through challenges simply because they put their creativity at the service of what is not working They go off immediately to search for a solution And this is available to everyo-ne This is the basis of the ldquoSrdquo in ROSA instead of complaining go look for a solution Remember yoursquore always one idea away from solving your biggest challenge You just havenrsquot found that idea yet Pull out

your creativity and try finding ideas ideas ideas

Even the most creative people start with obvious ideas and it is good to go through them in order to get to the other ones Little by little we will get to the interesting ideas and when we stop being afraid of saying nonsense we become creative Now the challenge is to get an innovative idea And that can only be achieved by investing time and energy When we are at 10 or 20 ideas to not give up until you have at least 40

Losing our creativity is in other words restraining our physical (earth) emotional (water) mental (air) and spiritual (fire) abilities Children do not have these restraints in a physical sense they love exploring the world through their body showing you they donrsquot care about posture for instance and they seem unbreakable when defying the laws of gra-vity with an energy that seems limitless Emotionally they are much more open to all kinds of feelings because they have not accumulated many negative experiences Mentally they are hungry for knowledge and the concept of right and wrong is not yet set so everything seems possible to them Spiritually they are completely free they may have some enrooted values but everything else is an open book

In order to be creative again and go back to having blank pages in the book of life being able to write and rewrite improvise and create we

obvious interesting creative innovative

can start by being creative in one area or going back to being creative in all aspects of life and our being To go back to being creative we must explore our physical body do sports dance act etc and use your senses to hear smell taste touch and see The healthier we are the more our body will be available to be physically creative To go back to being more creative emotionally we have to stop being afraid to feel We have to venture into relationships connections sharing without the fear of being hurt frustrated cheated and even happy

To go back to being mentally creative we must learn new subjects think about new things analyze from new angles and perspectives challenge our minds have conversations with all kinds of people read all kinds of magazines stimulate all parts of our brain

Finally if we want to go back to being spiritually creative we must question all our certainties and dogmas meditate and open ourselves to the world of possibilities and the inexplicable We need to know oursel-ves in order to experience life intensely

If we manage to be creative in all four areas we will be soon become a new person with a palette of new experiences and openness to wha-tever happens giving us new shape and a different glow If we can be more creative regarding the first letter of our PEMS we should really be congratulated for it The important thing is to enter the challenge zone to seek solutions in areas that have not yet been explored in fiel-ds that are uncomfortable for others but that we call our comfort zone Then everything and really everything becomes possible and there are no longer problems without solutions(ldquoTrate a Vida por Turdquo paacuteg 165)

PARADIGM SHIFTThis is the time to get the client to think ldquoupside downrdquo ie to think ldquoout of the boxrdquo It is undoubtedly the most difficult phase of the coaching sessions Your clients will not even want to think and to change their paradigms

The vast majority of people when trying to solve a pro-blem or challenge use the first ideas that come to mind - the Obvious ideas ndash the ones that we all have However there are three more levels of ideas The Interesting ideas are those that some have sometimes

ROSA 20

The very first ideas are obvious Only then comes the interesting and then comes the very creative and innovative ideas

44

45

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

Solutions are always related to the Guru-Objectives

and then come the Creative Ideas that are those which generate con-flict because they go lsquoout of the boxrsquo shifting paradigms Finally we have the Innovative ideas that are the ones that nobody sees but once they are revealed they become obvious

We may use this ability in all areas of our life using this unique creati-vity to make everything unique and different

The goal of a Coach is getting the client to change her paradigm This is what happens in an ldquoAHArdquo moment when she finds an idea and is sure that this is the one she was missing

In the picture on the left do you see a young girl or an old lady Try to see both Put your brain to work both ways

GREAT AND WHAT ELSEBrainstorming is the most powerful tool for creativity and the best way of stimulating creativity in all areas of your life It is essential to do individual and group brainstorming as it is the best way to find so-lutions to challenges

What is a lsquobrainstormingrsquo

As the name implies it is a kind of ldquobrain stormrdquo And what do storms do They stir things up make ideas collide (thunder) and launch one solution after the other (lightning) ldquowaitingrdquo for the one that will solve the problem and put the storm at rest Brainstorming is not only use-ful at the workplace Every person and family should brainstorm from time to time to seek solutions to their problems from the most basic day-to-day questions (how to deal with expenses manage domestic tasks prepare meals) to deeper and more complex ones (helping a child become more confident helping a father that is unemployed) And individually each one of us should do brainstorming to solve and improve all areas that we feel the need to change

It is very easy to do brainstorming Here are the six rules to start prac-ticing today

1 No judgement All ideas are valuable even the most stupid ones In a brainstorming there are no arguments or criticism All ideas are good initially If there is criticism besides genera-ting conflict it can also inhibit the people involved

2 Quantity quantity quantity The more ideas generated the better the brainstorming Quality does not matter here only quantity Why The first ideas will be obvious then interesting then creative and only then innovative

3 Hitchhike You can build on otherrsquos ideas No participant should be silent for a long time If you donrsquot have any idea you can simply hitchhike on someone elsersquos The only thing you cannot do is not to participate

4 Go crazy From time to time throw in some ideas that are lsquoout-side the boxrsquo Regardless of how absurd they may seem this will help you and your colleagues to leave the obvious ideas and make your brains think At the very least you will enliven the session If the group laughs at your idea yoursquore being crazy

ROSA 20

click the video to see it

46

47

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

5 Take notes The most dangerous thing in a brainstorming ses-sion is having no one to write down the ideas Preferably the one who writes should not be giving any ideas she should fo-cus on writing down othersrsquo ideas There should also be a kind of a moderatorfacilitator of the brainstorming session not for taking decisions or criticizing but precisely for making sure that no one tries to take decisions on behalf of the group or to criticize other peoplersquos ideas and to help keep the focus on what matters In an individual brainstorming session you of course need to be your own moderator

6 A clear goal You must clearly define what the purpose of your objective is what the challenge is and if possible write formu-late it in META+(ldquoTrate a Vida por Turdquo paacuteg 213)

Brainstorming is the most powerful creativity tool In a brainstorming the client is requested to come up with a great amount of ideas on how to reach her Guru Objective

click the video to see it

And the Coach must be persistent since this is when you realize that humans are lazy when it comes to thinking It is very likely that when giving her fifth idea the client will say that she has no more Everyone will want to convince you that they have already found the magic solu-tion But they havenrsquot And how do we know that Because if they had found it they would already have solved their challenge

During a brainstorming ideally it is the Coach who writes down the ideas But she should not alter any of them And if the client gets stuck we must ask open and creative questions such as

3 If you had all the money in the world what would you do 3 If you were your idol what would you do 3 If it were 10 years ago what would you do 3 If it were 10 years from now what would you do

Cultivating a sense of humour as a Coach is always a good for rela-xing and making people creative This is in fact important in any area At this stage it is very likely that the client will have long mo-ments without coming up with any ideas Therefore it is impor-tant to create our own personal way of ldquopulling outrdquo the clientrsquos ideas such as a small exercise changing seats or using humour If the client gets to 40 ideas very easily and none is lsquointerestingrsquo even for her it means that she is still in the obvious ide-as and then 40 more ideas are always welcome Creativity is an expansive energy The more it is cultivated the more it grows and the easier it becomes to use it in other areas of life Notas The Coach may suggest ideas but only as an encouragement to the client

A brainstorming can take up a large part of a session so it is important to make sure there is enough time for it

ROSA 20

1 Allow the obvious

2 I want more ideas

3 Help to avoid judgment

4 Overcoming objections with questions ldquoWhat ifrdquo

5 Okay what else

SOLUTIONSRESUME

48

49

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

since it is not right to leave it midway The goal is that the client forces her brain to find new ideas in a short time and in such a way that it is almost like a shock to her

It is important to keep focused on one topic in a brainstorming Some may change their focus during the process for example a client whorsquos Guru objective is to open a business may start to suggest ideas on how to make more money In this case the Coach should remind the client of the main topic At the same time the Coach should stay flexible and if the client really feels that their focus was not on the first topic but on the second itrsquos time to go back and set a new Guru objective

A(CTION)ROSA exists only for one reason to get us to act We find our Reality establish our Objectives and think up Solutions that make us act ndash the A is the purpose of ROSA

Now more than people of action we must be people of innovation

Innovation is creativity applied to getting the desired results Being creative is not enough but creativity is the tool for getting to innova-tion So how do we do this

The secret is not to give up on creating ideas ideas and more ideas until the innovative idea comes Sometimes it never comes but get-ting to the creative ones is already something Those who have dared being creative many times and more and more are those who mana-ge to reach the innovation Itrsquos not enough to have talent you have to work hard to translate this talent into amazing results Look at these examples

3 Bach wrote one cantata a week even when he was sick 3 Mozart produced more than 600 pieces of music 3 Darwin wrote 109 publications one of which was about the Theory of

Evolution 3 Einstein published 248 theses one of which was about the Theory

of Relativity 3 Freud published 350 theses 3 Rembrandt produced 650 paintings 3 It took Thomas Edison 2000 experiments to invent the light bulb

and 9000 to perfect it 3 Picasso created more than 20000 pieces of art

This is why it is so important to act Do a lot create a lot invest a lot (ldquoTrate a Vida por Turdquo paacuteg 234)

THE FUNNELThis is the part where coaching really becomes challenging where the client realizes that she will have to do something and not just think and talk about it It is the phase where we start to converge and funnel things in order to find an action that is as specific as possible

This is with no doubt the most important phase of ROSA In a coaching session anything can happen in any of the other phases but we cannot end it without an action (without homework)

What

3 What are you going to do now 3 What are you thinking about doing now ()

ROSA 20

click the video to see it

A task should not be so simple that it doesnacutet make any difference to the client to fulfill it nor should it be so difficult that it becomes infeasible

50

51

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

With whom It is very important to involve someone in the action pro-cess 99 of the homework should have a third person involved The-reby we are creating conditions for the client to become autonomous after the coaching process The questions might be

3 ldquowill you ask to ask you whether you have done itrdquo 3 ldquoApart from me (the Coach) who else will be involved in thisrdquo

When Marcar data ou frequecircncia Quanto mais especiacutefica for me-lhor Isto leva o cliente a pensar exatamente quando vai fazer au-tomaticamente isto cria um compromisso maior dentro dele doing this the client should end each session with a specific homework knowing both the day and the time she will do it and with whom she will share it

At what time of the week beginning or end

At the end of the week

What is for you the end of the week Friday Saturday Sunday

Friday

Ok and what time

Anytime

Anytime Ok But in the morning in the afternoon or evening

Morning

And what time

Early

What is early for you

Upon waking

And what time do you wake up

At 7am

THE CONVERGENCE TECHNIQUEIf the client does not find an action to do you can use the convergence technique by asking the following questions

3 ldquoLook at your ideas (the brainstorming) and mark those that you find reasonablerdquo

3 ldquoNow choose 10rdquo 3 ldquoChoose 5rdquo 3 ldquoChoose 3 2 rdquo 3 ldquoIf I had a magic wand that would immediately fulfil one of these

ideas which one would you chooserdquo

COMMITMENTIn the early sessions you can also ask the client to send you an SMS after doing the action in or-der to confirm it Of course you donrsquot force her

if she refuses but then if she doesnrsquot do her homework you will have more power to ask for an SMS in the next homework

If she accepts you may also ask if you can send her an SMS in case she forgets to do so What will happen is that as soon as she receives our SMS asking whether the action has been done she will do it immediately so that she can reply that she has By SMS we also mean any other means like a telephone call or e-mail The Coach must be flexible enough to perceive which method suits her client the best

THE HANDSHAKEShaking hands after defining the homework is very important because it is the archetype of commitment But remember if the client does not do her homework there is no failure only feedback Maybe the problem really is the kind of homework given or poor explanation about the im-portance of the homework in the coaching process

ONE SMALL STEP FORWARDWhat is the Next Small Step you can take This ques-

ROSA 20

What is the first next small step

Earn 20000 euro

What is the first next small step

Save 100 euro month

What is the first next small step

Open an account

ldquoGreat what is the next small step that you believe you can accomplish

Deposit 1000 euro

1 What is the option that has magic

2 What is the option that makes sense

3 What are you gonna do exactly

4 How will you know you make it

5 Funnel When What day What time

6 Commitment handshake

ACTIONRESUME

52

53

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

free to put everything she has (skills tools knowledge) at the service of her client Indeed every three sessions more or less you should challenge your client with a piece of homework However the challen-ge will vary depending on whom we have in front of us and on the level of the process

4 SUCCESS TIPS FOR THIS PHASE FASEAction Plans it is at this stage that we start working on an action plan

that will follow the session Remember coaching without ac-tion is not coaching Thatrsquos why you should do a ROSA in every session go through the four phases and always end with a very concrete action plan on what the client will do during the week and until the next session Here is an example of an action plan

What will I do Run 3 times per week

When Monday Wednesday and Friday

With whom Alone

Possible obstacles Laziness and lack of time

Benefits Feeling healthier

What will help me remember Setting an alarm on my phone

How will I celebrate By going to the cinema

Homework the tasks between the sessions are a priority for the coaching Most of the le-arning comes from the homework that is done between sessions So remember to always end your session by asking your client to suggest tasks that she would like to accom-plish that coming week the next small steps she can take right now Then rephra-se each one into a concrete action (when how where ) Still some clients will have gre-

tion tool is ideal for those who have difficulty in defining Baby Objecti-ves or those who have difficulty in defining an action to do this week

Notas As a general rule the client will not hear the word ldquosmallrdquo in the question The-refore we must repeat the question until the action is so small that the client would have no difficulty doing it

Of course the Next Small Step may not be the right action to choose for this week

Example The client wants to buy a Porsche (Guru Objective)

ldquoDeposit 1000 eurosrdquo is the Baby Objective The same process can be used for defining the homework

At the end when an action has been defined the Coach may also su-ggest a piece of homework In other words then the Coach is finally

ROSA 20

54

55

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING RAPPORT

at difficulty in taking action If this is the case always look for the smallest step that the person can take If we do not act itrsquos because the step is not small enough Remember ldquoEvery journey begins with one small steprdquo

Commitment amp Penalties some clients will sometimes have real diffi-culty in stepping into action Sometimes you may have to resort to agreeing on a fine if your client does not accomplish her task All human beings run away from pain and sometimes in coaching we need to use a little more masculine energy (wersquoll talk about that more below) to help You can even ask the question ldquoWhat will happen if you do not accomplish itrdquo

Monitoring amp Accountability the role of a Coach is to provide moni-toring to her client However the responsibility must always be on the clientrsquos side As a Coach you are responsible for guiding the process Your client should define the strategies needed to enable her to take the steps she wants You should follow and always try to understand what may have prevented her from completing her tasks Above all you should be focused on finding better strategies to lead her into action However do remind your client that it is her responsibility Ultimately acting or not acting is her choice

VII RAPPORT

Mastering the ROSA technique and mastering Rapport will alone make

you a Mega Coach Of course you can gain more Roots but people

who attend our courses usu-ally already have quite some

1ST DEFINITION OF RAPPORT

Relationship of trust and influence rapport is the ability to create trust within a few minutes with various kinds of people and to influence them to act think and do better You can only influence after being trusted Think about people you trust and do not trust what influence do these people have on you

2ND DEFINITION OF RAPPORTRelationship of empathy and sympathy ldquoWe only like 2 kinds of people people who are the way we are or who are the way we would like to berdquo

Empathy I feel empathy based on the things I have in common with someone

Sympathy Based on the qualities and characteristics that someone has that I would like to have

Conclusion rapport is empathy (who is like me) and sympathy (who is the way I would like to be)

56

57

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

Rapport is trust and

influence

Rapport is the ability to create

empathy and sympathy

WARNING Empathy comes before sympathy and trust comes before influence This is the most important aspect of rapport I cannot influence anyone who does not trust me

Part 2 Now letrsquos try to understand what happens in our psyche why this is the way it is

I invite you to imagine that yoursquore a rabbit in a forest and you meet another rabbit What happens Now imagine you meet another animal thatrsquos different from you What does the rabbit do FLIGHT (runs away)

Now imagine that you are not a rabbit yoursquore a wolf You meet an ani-mal thatrsquos different from you What does the wolf do FIGHT

Now imagine yoursquore a porcupine What happens FREEZE

Animals have these three types of reactions Now imagine yoursquore a human being 20000 years ago and you come across something di-fferent from you What happens ONE OF THESE THINGS AND YOU FEEL FEAR You react the way you do because your psyche does not know what it is And if it is another human being I KNOW WHAT TO EXPECT She is like me Our fear grows when something is different because we donrsquot know what to expect Imagine that you do meet a hu-man being but wearing clothes or other things that are very different

What happens when it is the same kind of animal What exists there EM-PATHY AND TRUST - 1st LEVEL of RAPPORT

This is a metaphor of course Rapport is very unconscious I could tell you to trust someone but your unconscious may not feel the trust What regula-tes that instinct in your psyche is KNOWING WHAT I CAN EXPECT

WHAT HAPPENS IN COACHING Clients also have these three types of reactions flight freeze or fight They may not show up for the follow ses-sion they may answer ldquoyesrdquo ldquonordquo ldquomayberdquo ldquodonrsquot knowrdquo or they may be in constant disagreement with you

Key ldquothe more the Coach is the way I am the more rapport there isrdquo

MILTON ERICSON (Ericsonian Psychology NLP Hypnotherapy) found the client within himself and used this as his tool in the therapy sessions

Ericson created rapport before proceeding with anything else This is TRUST and EMPATHY Ericson was humble and flexible enough to adapt to the client Only once you have done this you can go back to being yourself

Ways of creating rapport with someone

Verbal

3 Language words 3 Subject matter 3 Quotes way of speaking 3 Repeating what the other says 3 Using the otherrsquos metaphors 3 Using the same expressions

Non-verbal

3 Gestures 3 Voice 3 Mime 3 Distance 3 Posture 3 Breathing 3 Touch 3 Speed

Note Every human being has a natural and unconscious tendency to create rapport with others To confirm this all you need is to look at two people talking to each other and see how easily you will notice similarities in their postures and way of speaking

ldquoYou have only one chance to create a good first impression but you have plenty of opportunities to create rapportrdquo

Rapport is an honest attempt to enter someonersquos map-of-the-world The-re is no agreeing or disagreeing only flexibility Rapport does not mean friendship The first session and often the second is a lot about creating rapport

RAPPORT

Sometimes itacutes enought just a little attention to help someone but attention is not coaching

58

59

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

RAPPORT MODELndash 2 PacuteSEstablishing rapport is a process of many levels and layers of depth

LEVEL 1 - PRESENCE AND

PARTNERSHIP

PRESENCEThis is the first step towards creating ra-pport thus the most superficial one Pre-sence means that the Coach is fully com-mitted to her client aware of everything she says and does Nothing from outside the ses-sion should be on the Coachrsquos mind She must be fully present

Before a session itrsquos important that you as a Co-ach calm down forget about everything else and gain a notion of where you are and what you are going to do

POSTURE amp PHRASING

PERCEPTUAL POSITIONS

PERSON TO PERSON

PRESENCE amp PARTNERSHIP

PROBING amp PATIENCE

click the video to see it

Dedicate a few minutes to this process

Presence and Attention are among the healthiest ac-tions that lead to real results You can create a good

relationship with your client (child parent etc) just by being fully present and attentive Even gardens become more beautiful if they are cared for

Presence is about getting yourself into a certain state Itrsquos about being Yin and Yang at the same time

Yin ndash relaxing breathing being aware of all five senses being fully present where you are

Yang ndash mobilizing all your energy by run-ning jumping listening to inspiring music

PARTNERSHIP

Creating an equal relationship with your client Not top down or vice--versa The Coach should never be at a lower or higher level than her client The chairs should be the same for example

For presence and partnership it is also important to switch off the phone to prevent anything from interrupting the session Tidying up the table is equally important to having a clean and hygienic space

From 0 to 10 the importance of Presence during a session is a 10 It is the first step If it isnrsquot there nothing else will

Psycho-geography is also very important in this area

PSYCHO-GEOGRAPHY the way your psyche relates to geography Example On which side you like to sleep Each person has a different psycho-geography Some prefer to be by the sea while others prefer to be in the mountains

RAPPORT

Empathy is being doing

talk and think like the other Sympathy is being doing

talk and think how the other

would like to be

60

61

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

Some tips for using the psycho-geography of the client to your advan-tage

3 Having a room with a minimum amount of symbols It is not recom-mended to have crucifixes or other artefacts related to religion A bookshelf filled with books can also intimidate the client

3 Pay attention to details ndash cables on the floor which CDs are on the shelf etc

3 Having sessions at the clientrsquos home can become dangerous because there are lots of distractions and anchors Difficult si-tuations might have taken place there which will make it more challenging for the client to create a distance to them

It is the Coachrsquos job to notice the psycho-geography of her client and what makes her more comfortable

Despite all the rapport a Coaching session should always stay pro-fessional Being relaxed is necessary for both parties but the focus should not be on friendship You as a Coach need to be professional You must choose to be a Coach instead of a friend

When it comes to clothing you should be as neutral as possible in the beginning but always aligned with your personality Then you can try to adapt to the style of your client

The mantra here is having the client leave the session thinking that her Coach is just like her NOTHING IS WRONG Let your client choose what she prefers

LEVEL 2 - POSTURE AND PHRASINGWhen establishing rapport mere presence and partnership are not enough Moreover they are only the first step The posture and the phrasing that the Coach uses are very important for creating rapport in the relationship What we refer to here is mainly keeping a posture and using similar words and expressions to those of the client This way the client will see herself in us and instead of flight fight or freeze she will feel relaxed and be much more comfortable about talking

Sitting in the same position as the client using her posture tone of

voice and gestures these are all factors to consider

POSTURERegarding posture one can use two techniques that are very similar and very powerful

Mirroring When a Coach takes on a physical position that is the exact mirror image of the clientrsquos If the client leans to her right then the Coach who is facing her leans to her left

Matching In this case the Coach adopts the exact same physical position instead of a symmetric one Both ways are good and powerful The goal is to be equal or symmetrical

Of course it is not indispensable to be like the client 100 of the time as this will take a lot of the attention that the Coach needs to give the client

The more you practice these behaviours the more automatically and unconsciously you will do it When rapport already is high you can go back to your own posture and your regular vocabulary However should you feel the need you can always take up these techniques again

In fact at a high level of rapport it is possible and entirely positive that it is the client herself who starts to imitate our posture and words (un-consciously) This is the perfect moment to lead the client and suggest something more challenging to her

PHRASINGYou must pay great attention to the words that your client uses and the energy she puts into them The names of people that she talks about are also very important facts to remember

If you can use the same expressions as your client you will earn points in rapport Among these expressions metaphors are the most power-ful ones Try to explore as much possible the metaphors that are being used An excellent technique is to use a metaphor of the client to ex-

RAPPORT

The mirroring copies the

exact posture of the client

the matching mirrors

62

63

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

plain something This will reach very deeply into the psyche of the client and have great impact

You can also use themes that the client likes such as her passions and keep using them in future sessions to explain something or to give examples This creates an incredible sense of empathy between you and the client She will be glad that you are paying attention to what she says and at the same time she will understand much better what you say

The clientrsquos ideas are important keys to use when you speak in order to create and maintain rapport For example if the client talks a lot about travelling Irsquoll use the idea (anchor) that is already there because I know it works in his mind

BACKTRACKING backtracking is a Coaching technique that consists of summarizing the main points of a conversation by using the exact same words that the other person uses This tool helps the client follow the session and make her own short summary while listening to the Coach returning to what she just said and using the same words It is important to use at least the words we consider to be the most significant among the ones that the client expresses those that might be conveying more about her value patterns Backtracking can help us understand for example if we can move to the next phase of ROSA It helps us understand if the client has finished what she had to say about that phase and that way we can figure out whether we can move forward or not You can use simple questions to do so

3 ldquoLet me see if I got what you saidhelliprdquo - backtracking the conversa-tion using the exact words of the client - and then ending ldquoIs this is it or would you like to add something

3 ldquoSo what yoursquore saying isrdquo 3 ldquoCan I make a summary of your reality in relation to that slicerdquo

This is one of the simplest and most important techniques when buil-ding rapport

When building rapport avoid paraphrasing (saying the same thing in other words) but do quote A coach quotes

Mastery in Backtracking is being able to quote the last 20 minutes of a session This will leave your client fascinated and feeling that her Coach is really paying attention to everything she says

Therefore it is motivating to Backtrack at the end of each session and at the end of each phase of the ROSA

The Coach shows confidence and agrees with the client shows that she is on her side and really believes that the client will succeed

We must allow the person to be what she truly is talkative or silent Silent people also have things to say it is a matter of asking the right questions

NOTES When a session is not going well (the relationship is under stress) then the focus should be fully on level 2 Rapport - Posture and Phrasing The secret is to forget about the rest and build rapport again Once it is re-established you can address the problem

LEVEL 3 - PROBING AND PATIENCEEvery new level in Rapport brings you techniques that are deeper and more complex But the good news is that you donrsquot do level 3 Rapport until Level 1 and 2 are done So you will increase your skills by going from the easiest to the most difficult

PROBINGAsking questions is more complicated than imitating the posture and words of the client Indeed one of the more complicated aspects of being a Coach is to not give opinions and to ask the right questions at the right time We know that we keep showing you that you already are a Coach and that itrsquos easy but here we must tell you ldquoITrsquoS HARD BEING A COACHrdquo Think very carefully about whether you want to get into it Listening asking questions being patient with the pace of your clients

Even if you have the miracle answer to the clientrsquos situation you need to keep it to yourself Being patient is a challenge and usually typical

RAPPORT

64

65

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

To paraphrase can break

rapport

of the great masters You can only be a master if you want to learn to listen and if you develop a great patience for listening

Questions have the power to illuminate the darkness of your client by asking a powerful question you really get to see another human bri-ghten up right in front of you

Coaching has the power to open a new world to the client questions help people discover new resources Clients tend to find familiar answers but you as a Coach will lead them to unfamiliar answers

Classic examples of some ways to make your client talk

1 -Repeating what the client just said but in question form Client ndash ldquoYesterday I went boatingrdquo Coach ndash ldquoBoatingrdquo

2 -What does that mean to you What does fear mean to you What does a goal mean to you Example Client says ldquoIt is not rapport itrsquos complicityrdquoCoach replies ldquoWhat does complicity mean to yourdquo Client says ldquoItrsquos a clickrdquo Coach ldquoWhat does a click mean to yourdquo

3 -rdquoWhat elserdquo Serves above all to go to the heart of the matter Others like this one are ldquoTell me morerdquo and ldquoCan you go a bit deeper on thatrdquo

POWERFUL QUESTIONS Questions are probably the most beautiful flowers in the garden of learning Questions are one of the biggest se-crets of learning Creative solutions are practically impossible without questions

If you learn to ask 100 questions a day get ready for a revolution in your work at all levels

In life at work in business we are all afraid of asking questions We were educated from an early age to believe that there are right and wrong questions and we were also taught to not fail we avoid asking questions because of fearing that they are wrong The only way to reach the right questions is by not being afraid of the wrong ones

The one who wants to explore learning has to dance with this fear

A large part of all our creative potential stops at the door fearing to ring the doorbell When learning the one who doesnrsquot know is far less ignorant than the knowledgeable one Take risks Ring the bell Ask questions

Become obsessively curious ask questions How

3 Using the Coachrsquos ability of asking powerful questions 3 Following the rule of thumb ldquoThe Coach has the questions the

Client has the answersrdquo 3 Using positive language 3 Respecting the clientrsquos map-of-the-world 3 Always guiding towards solutions

Examples of powerful questions

3 ldquoCompared to whatrdquordquo 3 ldquoWhat does that mean to yourdquo 3 ldquoWhat could be a solution to yourdquo 3 ldquoI know you donrsquot know But if you knew what would that berdquo 3 ldquoWhat would be ideal to yourdquo 3 ldquoWhat do you want insteadrdquo 3 ldquoHow does that make you feelrdquo 3 ldquoWhat else could that meanrdquo 3 ldquoWhat do you want exactlyrdquo 3 ldquoWhat will you achieve with this goalrdquo 3 ldquoWhat will you do differently next timerdquo 3 ldquoWhat are you doing wellrdquo 3 ldquoWhat has to happen for you to be happy and successfulrdquo 3 ldquoWhat motivates you the mostrdquo 3 ldquoWhatrsquos the worst possible scenario And what could be the best

scenario ldquo 3 ldquoWhat are you willing to do to achieve your goalrdquo 3 ldquoWhat new things could you could tryrdquo 3 ldquoWhat prevents you from taking actionrdquo 3 ldquoWho could help you with this situationrdquo 3 ldquoWhat resources do you need to achieve your goalrdquo

RAPPORT

66

67

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

3 ldquoWhat else do you want to get out of your liferdquo 3 ldquoWhat do you really want achieve in that area of your liferdquo 3 ldquoWhat is your biggest dream in that area of your liferdquo 3 ldquoAnd what is the next small step that you would have to takerdquo 3 ldquoWhat do you find positive in this situationrdquo 3 ldquoHow could you attract better persons into your liferdquo 3 ldquoWhat would have to happen to make you feel more fulfilledrdquo 3 ldquoIf you were your own Coach what coaching would you give

yourselfrdquo 3 ldquoIf I was your best friend what advice would you give me to solve

this situationrdquo 3 ldquoIf you had all the time and money in the world how would you

fix itrdquo

In fact the art of asking questions is the foundations of a coaching process with powerful results The list of questions to ask seems en-dless

So become really obsessed with questions and start NOW How about adding 10 more ideas to our list And some more And many more

Typical coaching questions

3 Questions that lead to action (ldquoWhat will you do What can you do differently What do you need to do tordquo)

3 Goal-oriented instead of problem-oriented ldquoHow would you like it to berdquo ldquoAnd if you could what would you dordquo

3 Future-orientedldquoHow do you see that situation in the future How would you like to feelrdquo

Beware of questions with negative assumptions ldquoWhat happens if you donrsquot do itrdquo They should be followed immediately by a question with positive assumptions ldquoHow will you celebrate when you do itrdquo

RAPPORT

YOUR QUESTIONS

68

69

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

PATIENCECount to 10 relax work on your roots and realize that coaching is a process and that each person has her own time and rhythm How can you train your patience Think of 20 ideas

LEVEL 4 ndash PERCEPTUAL POSITIONSWe could also call this the level where we create rapport with our clientrsquos psychology In fact understanding and perceiving human psychology is a huge advantage for you as a Coach You are not there to be a friend of your client as we have mentioned so then a good way to create a relation with her is through her psychology

Do you know the psychology of a teenager or a parent a boss an unemployed If you grasp your clientrsquos psychology the Rapport will be extraordinary

If you demonstrate that you know how a mother thinks yoursquoll make the client believe that you understand her completely

Most people do not understand their own psyche If you can understand them at that level it will make the client to feel something extraordinary about you and the Coaching process

PERCEPTUAL POSITIONS At this level the Coach must master Per-ceptual Positions that is being able to put herself in another personrsquos position whether itrsquos the clientrsquos or the clientrsquos parent or any other person that is part of the situation You should be able to see the same situation from different perspectives and in the long term help your client do the same

THE EXERCISE This is an exercise to be used mainly if the client has trouble in a relationship with someone (friend family member etc) and is having some difficulty understanding that personrsquos Map-of-the--World And when this is of great importance

You do not need to go very deep in this exercise Because it is NLP even done in a soft way it can be very powerful to your client helping her to see an aspect of the situation that she hadnrsquot seen or reflected on before

STEP 1 ndash The client explains what is going on (she can speak freely without any restrictions You ask questions to understand the reality of the situation)

STEP 2 ndash The Coach suggests this perceptual positions exercise (it is just an invitation If the client does not want to do not continue)

STEP 3 ndash The Coach asks the client to choose two spots represen-ting the two standpoints (you can put a sheet of paper at each spot) and to imagine that the other person is at one of them

STEP 4 ndash The client speaks facing the other spot as if the person was there and acts as herself (The Coach guides with questions ldquoHow did that make you feel What would you like to tell herrdquo etc)

STEP 5 ndash Pause and ldquoshake outrdquo the client and share the question of the game of imagination

STEP 6 ndash The client recalls a childhood game she used to play and describes it a little We then use this as a metaphor to explain that we will now do the same Just a game where we use our imagination The Coach repeats that the per-son with whom the client has a challenge is there at the other spot

STEP 7 ndash The client goes over to the other spot and the Coach helps her go deeper into that role through guiding questions

STEP 8 ndash The client chooses whether she wants to return to her starting position and add something say something more She may go back and forth as many times as she wishes

STEP 9 ndash When done the Coach suggests to the client to stand on a chair and states ldquoYou are now in a neutral position a higher position What would you call this position (Allow the client to choose a name) Seen from above what do you have to say about this situation What would you say to (clientrsquos name) and to (the other personrsquos name) How would you solve this situation How can (clientrsquos name) solve this situationrdquo

RAPPORT

70

71

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

STEP 10 ndash After the client is done with the third (neutral) position the Coach takes the client off the papers

STEP 11 ndash The Coach can then use the following questions to debrief the exercise

3 ldquoHow was the exercise for you 3 ldquoWhat did you learnrdquo 3 ldquoIs there anything you could do differentlyrdquo

STEP 12 ndash Lead the client to an action (a first small step towards sol-ving the situation) and then funnel it

REMEMBER always undock the client from the different roles the client can do the exercise eyes opened or closed

TO ACKNOWLEDGE Acknowledge the client very very very much for having volunteered and shown vulnerability

This exercise serves mainly as a metaphor for the Coach striving to master Perceptual Positions (understanding and being able to go into different psyches)

CONCLUSION The Coach is a master of perceptual positions She knows how to see the different angles of the same situation She sees everything from different angles

PEMS

Life is all about relationships the relationships we have with ourselves and with others Some people instinctively relate better to themselves and others relate really well to others There are those who relate well to almost everything and everyone and others who are unable to relate with anyone This affects their personal and professional life

Is there any way to consciously improve the relationships that instinc-tively do not work Of course

When we grasp the logic of the mind of another person we can better interact with it and even influence it Psychology is power And if we apply on ourselves it becomes even more powerful and interesting The better we know ourselves and the logic of our mind the better we will be able to help ourselves and achieve our goals

Carl Gustav Jung a Swiss psychiatrist and founder of analytical psychology focused on studying social and collective archetypes He identified eight psychological types taking into account peoplersquos beha-viour abilities skills attitudes and motivations

He began by distinguishing between extraverted (social and expansive) and introverted (reserved and reflective) people Each of them could then be connected to two out of the four functions of the psyche sen-sing or intuition thinking or feeling

In the 40rsquos decade Isabel Myers and Katharine Briggs continued Jungrsquos work and added two auxiliary functions to the Jungian types percep-tion and judgement Thereby arriving at 16 psychological types or 16 personality types Later a personality test was created ndash The Myers--Briggs Type Indicator or MBTI - which is still the most commonly used tool for identifying different personality types

Based on Jungrsquos work we have created a model called PEMS which will help us better understand the logic of our own mind and of the people around us

In this model we distinguish four dominant preferences (P-E-M-S) which correspond to the four elements of life

PRACTICAL (the body DOING Activity Action related to the ele-ment of EARTH) - corresponds to someone that is earthly active dynamic practical that does a lot In excess these are people who never stop to consider their actions

EMOTIONAL (the heart FEELING Feelings Love related to the element of WATER) - corresponds to someone who nee-ds people relations who gives a lot to others and seeks affection In excess these are people who might be overly sensitive

RAPPORT

72

73

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

MENTAL (the mind THINKING Analysis Intellect Logic related to the element of AIR) - corresponds to someone who values analysis rationalization and uses logic and who always fo-cuses on making the right decision In excess these are people who might become impersonal and cold

SPIRITUAL (the soul BEING Values Existence related to the ele-ment of FIRE) - corresponds to someone who thinks that everything has meaning and a higher purpose These are people who care very much about values In excess they can fluctuate too much and concretize too little

The four logics of the mind that we have identified are also based on the four elements

Practical ndash EARTH (firm solid stable secure strong dense)Emotional ndash WATER (flexible always coming back to herself)Mental ndashAIR (transparent lightweight fast facilitates communica-

tion)Spiritual ndash FIRE (burning fleeting transforming powerful)

Thus in a very simplified manner we can divide people into four ca-tegories

PRACTICAL PEOPLE (P) ndash THEY LIKE TO ACT AND DOThese are the people who like action movement They are the ones who make the world move As friends or clients they may want to go straight to the point try things and learn about practical matters The greatest fear of these practical persons is losing control They like to feel that they are in control of the situation of the pace of the conver-sation and of the surroundings

HELP THEM ALWAYS FEEL IN CONTROL

EMOTIONAL PEOPLE (E) ndash THEY LIKE FEELING AND RELATINGThese are people who love people and sharing feelings Everything is an emotion for them And they feel things about everything and everyo-ne Let them talk about their family friends dogs neighbours etchellip

They will talk mostly about people and what they are feeling Their greatest fear is loosing empathy They like to feel reliable and they want to relate

HELP THEM FEEL EMPATHY TOWARDS YOU

MENTAL PEOPLE (M) ndash THEY LIKE TO THINK AND TO ANALYSEThese are people who like to analyze and who try to put everything into a box into a certain perspective They are precise and meticulous They like detail to study and analyze all possibilities They donrsquot fear debating (quite the contrary) and discussing they love the exchanging ideas and arguments but they need to end up being right or get a very good explanation to why the other is right A mental person is always striving to make the best decision Their greatest fear is to be wrong they like to feel that they are correct and that they are making deci-sions based on logic and rational thinking

HELP THEM FEEL THAT THEY ARE RIGHT

SPIRITUAL PEOPLE (S) ndash THEY LIKE TO BE AND TO GLOWThey are looking for the greater purpose of things They believe that everything has a reason for being the way it is that there are no coin-cidences and itrsquos that quest that moves them They give great meaning to every situation always looking for ldquotherdquo situation The greater the meaning the greater their motivation Their biggest fear is to have no meaning That it is to not be significant or ldquoshinerdquo in any way They need to feel conscious and whole

HELP THEM FEEL THAT THEY ARE MEANINGFUL

Although we all have and use a portion of these four categories in the different contexts or times of our life one of them is predominant in us Identifying it is important for managing and interacting with life and with others since it is the best and the fastest way of accessing the Map-of-the-world of someone and speaking a language that that per-son recognizes and accepts as her own

RAPPORT

74

75

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

In fact we are all one but we are all different and we must understand these differences to be able to deal with others People who are more emotional behave and interact in a totally opposite manner from mental people the same way that most practical people interact in a way that is opposite to spiritual people

The EMOTIONAL person is micro-MACRO Transforms everything that is small into something big Everything is important everything is emotional From the simple ldquogood morningrdquo to hearing ldquoI love yourdquo every day For an emotional person a discussion is always a tsuna-mi Therefore itrsquos the emotional persons who with their micro-Macro sense make birthdays a special day and receive small things with gre-at love

The MENTAL person is MACRO-micro transforms everything that is big into something small She makes it more complex by simplifying it For example this very PEMS model is MACRO-micro as it strives to make the hugeness of the personality types into something much smaller creating only four categories for all human beings The mental person also feels less and give less importance to her feelings

The SPIRITUAL person is MACRO-MACRO she takes everything that is already big and turns it even bigger more meaningful more im-portant more relevant Almost everything is a question of values of making the world a better place and interpretations that go far beyond reality A simple leaf falling off a tree can represent a new phase in life for a spiritual person

The PRACTICAL person is micro-micro turns everything into small and simple lsquoright here and right nowrsquo matters They act Right now with what they have They donrsquot feel the need to enlarge what is small and they donrsquot care much about great concepts If the five senses can help them grasp a situation everything is fine

THE PREDOMINANT LOGIC OF OUR PSYCHEThe most practical way of finding out is to notice how we behave in a stressful situation Each of us when under stress often react in a way that is very close to our basic personality type

Practical people act react move around organize themselves put their hands to work and do not rest until they manage to move things forward

The emotional people feel and feel a lot If a situation is stressful diffi-cult and negative they will have difficult and negative emotions they will feel what others feel and they will want to manage these emotions in the moment

People that are predominantly mental will under stress begin to ratio-nalize need logical answers be fast and analytical They donrsquot want to solve anything through feelings they donrsquot want to act they are only concerned with finding the right and correct decision and struggle until they get it

Finally the predominantly spiritual people will want to give a greater meaning to that particular event What has to be done what people feel or what the right solution is doesnrsquot matter what matters is why things happened the way they did and what the greater significance of that may be

RAPPORT

76

77

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

Identify the psychological type of the client can help the coach to anticipate and understand expectations

MAIN SUPERIOR FUNCTION AND AUXILIARY INFERIOR FUNCTION

According to Carl Jung while we all have one function that is better developed than the others ndash a superior function ndash we also have another fairly well developed function called the first auxiliary

All of us have a bit of each one of the psychologies but there are always two that are predominant a main one which Jung calls the superior function and an auxiliary one that lies at the bottom of the cross shown on the previous page which is always to the right or left of our superior one

The inferior function is one that is less developed and that remains mainly in our unconscious

Thus a person who is predominantly Practical may have as her auxi-liary function the emotional or mental logic thus being PE or PM

A person who is predominantly Mental may have as her auxiliary func-tion the spiritual or practical logic thus being MS or MP

A person who is predominantly Spiritual may have as her auxiliary function the emotional or mental logic thus being SE or SM

And a person who is predominantly Emotional may have as her auxilia-ry function the spiritual or practical logic thus being ES or EP

This all means that we are situated in one of the following categories

3 Practical Emotional or Emotional Practical 3 Practical Mental or Mental Practical 3 Spiritual Emotional or Emotional Spiritual 3 Spiritual Mental or Mental Spiritual

As you may have noticed according to Jung there are no EMME or PSSP That is one canrsquot have as her first auxiliary function the func-tion that is opposite to the superior one

Carl Jung said that we should look closely at our inferior function whi-ch usually remains in our unconscious because it contains an enor-mous potential for a change and each one of us can benefit a lot from integrating our inferior function with our superior one

Taking risks experimenting enjoying everything that life has to offer is the best way of getting to know ourselves and realizing where our happiness lies (ldquoTrate a Vida por Turdquo paacuteg 74)

INTROVERSION AND EXTROVERSION Introversion and extroversion have to do with the direction in which we focus our attention and energy

People who prefer Extroversion focus their energy and attention away from themselves and are interested in the world of people and things

3 Attracted to the world of events and people outside of themsel-ves

3 They are aware of who and what is around them 3 They like to meet and talk to new people 3 They are friendly often good talkers and easy to get to know 3 They tend to talk easily and often in meetings 3 May not be as aware of what goes on inside them 3 They think while talking 3 They may act or speak first and only think later 3 Speaking about themselves they speak fast 3 They bring energy into life 3 They can get bored and restless if they are alone for too long

People who prefer Introversion (focus their energy and attention inward and are interested in the inner world of thoughts and reflections)

3 Attracted to the inner world of thoughts feelings and reflections 3 They are usually very aware of their inner reactions 3 They prefer to interact with people they know 3 They are usually quiet in meetings and sometimes seem disen-

gaged

RAPPORT

78

79

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

3 They are generally reserved and hard to get to know 3 They may not be as aware of the world outside of them 3 They need time to gather their thoughts before they speak 3 They reflect and think before acting 3 They want to know you before allowing you to get to know them

deeply 3 They feel exhausted and tired after interacting with peoples

FINAL NOTE you must be what your client is You have to find that person inside you

LEARNING STYLESAs we saw with the previous PEMS model our clients will have diffe-rent psychological preferences It is therefore important and essential that you are able to adapt your sessions to the learning style that your client likes best and that better meets her psychological preference

EMOTIONAL Emotional clients will like to talk and share on their to-pics They are very much looking for a relationship and empathy with the Coach and they need to feel heard more than any of the other personality types For these persons learning has a lot to do with the relationship that is created with the feeling of support that they get and even with the positive feedback They like to learn through stories As a Coach it is important to learn to empathize with the emotional range of these persons They will appreciate the sharing to tell stories and to listen to them With emotional clients we may sometimes feel that we are not taking huge steps forward But the fact is that many times these persons need to first be listened to

MENTAL Mental clients will be more logical and may have a more aca-demic style of learning They will want to understand the reasons why things are what they are they will want to get tasks involving research on certain subjects The sessions with these people must be well defi-ned and prepared They will want to explore their intellectual side and feel challenged It is important for them to have access to information and tools that explain the work they are doing in the sessions in a con-crete and logical manner Of course they also need to empathize but the intellectual challenge feeling that their intellect is develops appears to be greater They may like schemes graphics and any models that

could simplify the learning process What these persons will demand of you is a greater capacity to analyse and a logical and rational way of communicating

SPIRITUAL this is for most people the most difficult learning style to adopt Remember that these persons are seeking the greater meaning of things They really want to feel inspired by the coaching process (and even by their Coach) They will want to see that you are an exam-ple of what you talk about so called congruence Spiritual persons will enjoy topics that are more related to values to their identity that make them feel that they are taking steps towards becoming better hu-man beings With these clients you can use powerful metaphors (even through movies music creative exercises etc) and above all strive to make sure that the person leaves the session very inspired

PRACTICAL They like action Which is great because coaching is pri-marily about action These persons like to have very practical sessions in which they get the opportunity to do many exercises and experiment with different situations They may be the clients that like getting more tasks and having things to do (which then sometimes ldquogets lostrdquo due to their time management) These clients will require more simplicity and a well-paced session from you They may also like to do exercises that involve moving their body Above all they will want you to help them get into action

As we deal with these four kinds of preferences we need to adapt our Coaching style to the learning style that each person has Thus we should prepare a lot their sessions and realize that some will require from you

3 Greater sharing and ability to listen and relate (e) 3 Researching mastering the subject very well and knowing how

to mentally stimulate your client with challenges (m) 3 Powerful metaphors very inspirational sessions and congruen-

ce that assign meaning to the Coaching process (s) 3 Practical exercises diversified well rhythmed sessions that

help your client to quickly get into action (p)

RAPPORT

80

81

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING ROOTS

LEVEL 5 - PERSON TO PERSONThis is the fifth level of rapport the deepest and more intense one It happens when the level of rapport is a total vibration Itrsquos when the client feels such a confidence by her Coach empathy and sympathy Itrsquos the hardest level to evaluate

Itrsquos when your client feels so much connected to you that depending on her your relationship would go beyond Coaching She no longer wants the Coach she wants you You no longer understand only the person she feels that you know about her You donrsquot understand psychology you understand who she is

It is very similar to the rapport level you have with 23 of very close persons in your life Everything is natural unconscious and sponta-neous

VIII ROOTS

Every human being seeks to get results Mo-ney Family Romance Peace Happiness

Career Health All we want in life is to have results in those areas

The Map-of-the-World Model is used to work on roots - your

roots as a Coach It shows us how does the psyche of all of us works As a Coach no one

should surprise you about yourself You should know you well know everything about yourself This is what itrsquos called a rooted person

click the video to see it

82

83

BELIEFSTRANSFORMATIVE COACHING

ROSA 20 M - AIR - THINK

VALUESHOLISTIC COACHING

ROSA 30 S - FIRE - BE

COACHING 40

WORLD MAP MODEL

being th

e moment

passi

on en

ergy

demotiv

ation

empowering beliefs

limiting rules

relation air(comunication)

coach is priestisnacutet

1 value focus

UNSUSTAINABLESUSTAINABLE

SECURITY

SELF LOVE

CONSCIOUSNESS

PERSONAL DEVEL

FREEDOM

LOVEBELOVED

BLISS

CONTRIBUTION

P

E

M

S

BEHAVIORROSA 10

SITUATIONAL COACHING

P - EARTH - DO

EMOTIONSREMEDY COACHING

ROSA 10 + LISTEN E - WATER - FEEL

RESULTS

ability to

enter

in st

ate

emotional

patter

ns

habits and discipline

addictions

coach is bossisnacutet

coach is friendisnacutet

1 Homework focus

optimism faithpositive

meditation

key points focusused to interrupt the fear cycle

coach is coach

HUMAN HAVINGHUMAN BEING

UNSUSTAINABLEEGOTISTICAL

STRETCH ZONE

SUSTAINABLEECOLOGICALSTRETCH ZONE

SHORT TERMLONG TERM

CYCLE OF CONFIDENCECYCLE OF FEAR

CONSCIOUS

SUBCONSCIOUS

UNCONSCIOUS

84

85

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

So the first question is why some are getting results while others are not

ACTIONS BEHAVIORSThis means that anyone who is having results is because she is ldquodoingrdquo ie behaving differently from other people who are having no results in those areas For example a millionaire DOES things that people who are not millionaires donrsquot For example saving investing etc Someone with a great health is DOING things that people that donrsquot have a good health are not What we are doing is making the difference Two people in the same circumstances that do exactly the same actions have the same kind of results People who have the results you wanna have ARE DOING THINGS TO GET THEM

So the next question is what leads some people to DO and others to not do

EMOTIONSEverything you do in your life is a relationship between pain and pleasure What happens is that someone who goes running at 6 am associates more pain with lsquonot goingrsquo than with lsquogoingrsquo Who is going to the gym asso-ciates more pleasure than pain with going to the gym in the morning That relationship between pain and pleasure is what is defining your results If we dramatically increase the pain or the pleasure associated we will get to change your results

As so what is then defining that painpleasure relationship

BELIEFSThe reason is because of our beliefs of what we believe in Our beliefs are our set of rules for the world and for our lives Your set of beliefs in fact is defining your painpleasure relationship with something and then your actions A millionaire believes that saving is essential that investing and taking risks is necessary This set of beliefs leads himher to associa-te more pleasure than pain with having these behaviors and therefore heshe implements them Other people have other beliefs that create other

emotions that create other results People who are achieving results in areas that you arenrsquot have a beliefs system different from yours

And then it seems logical to ask so what is defining and creating your set of beliefs

VALUESWhat is a value Itrsquos something that is important to you something you re-ally value The only thing that determines a value is if it is valuable to you Not all of us share the same values (Example the values of Mother Teresa and Donald Trump Contribution vs Professional Accomplishment) What you really value and not what you say that you value You value it so much that it generates your set of beliefs In fact when you live your values in practice (on a daily basis) you are defining your life results Not what you would like to value but what you are really valorizing In fact we all have the same values What differs is the order and the importance we give to each one of them

For example if someone has the value of the family above the value of work she will have the belief that it is more important to spend time with her family causing her to develop a positive feeling when she is with her family which leads her to really try to spend more time with it On the other hand someone who has the value of work above the family one will be someone who believes she should spend more time with her work and career as she believes it is that that will bring her more financial stabi-lity for example So she will associate more pleasure to the time spent at work than at home causing her to act accordingly to that emotion For example Donald Trump and Mother Teresa of Calcutta havenrsquot they got different values One probably values more lsquoprofessional fulfillmentrsquo the other values more lsquocontributionrsquo Different results Sure One has one of the largest business empires in the world the other left the largest volun-teer organization in the world

So in reality the values you are living in practice (what you are valuing in practice) are defining your results

This alone already explains a good part of the psyche of human beings But letrsquos go deeper

ROOTS

Having roots is to control the cycle of trust

86

87

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

To have roots the coach has to identify

her motivators and values create beliefs and habits and learn

to place herself in a state

CYCLE OF CONFIDENCE AND CYCLE OF FEAREveryone has Cycles of Fear in some areas and Cycles of Confidence in other areas

How do you know it If you are having or not results in that area In the areas of your life where you are getting results you are living in a Cycle of Confidence In the areas where yoursquore not you are living in a Cycle of Fear What does this means is that you have behavioral addic-tions or that you are doing things in a vicious way you are in a sort of a mice wheel Those addictions start by creating emotional patterns on you (feelings that you are having whether you want it or not for instan-ce jealousy when it becomes a pattern no matter what the other does that emotion will keep being there it is an emotion that happens to you) and those emotional patterns generate limiting rules We use the words ldquorulesrdquo because in reality limiting beliefs are created because they have a very large set of rules And this generates demotivation An addiction creates an emotional pattern that creates rules limiting which create demotivation and discourage us to move and change This Cycle of Fear is being lived FROM RESULTS TO VALUES and not in the other and right way The bad news are that we all have Cycles of Fear The areas in which we are not having results is because we are afraid but we paint it in other colors Irsquom afraid Irsquom demotivated I have emotional patterns and I have limiting rules

For you to gain roots you need to recognize these cycles You need to break it if you want results but if you want roots you need to recognize them Good news you can break Cycles of Fear

Second good news you have Cycles of Confidence You also unders-tand the other psychology So what is a Cycle of Confidence

You start by having the capacity of creating Discipline and Habits you get the ability to get into a certain and desired state (eg being happy to go training I want to create that emotion I visualize it it is the op-posite of an emotional pattern the pattern happens to you Think of a boxer who puts herself into her wanted state before entering in a ring You have empowering beliefs (when you believe in something that cre-ates more of it) This creates energy passion being in the moment Being with energy and passion and in the moment brings me empowe-ring beliefs which put me in the emotional state I want and provide me

habits and discipline The good news you have these cycles in areas that you are getting results Think in one area You have these four things right

Having these cycles itrsquos called being human First part on lsquorootsrsquo is about knowing your Cycles of Fear and Confidence and admit them to yourself to those you love to the others And having the courage to say that it doesnrsquot work because of FEAR And there is a way to break this cycle When you have roots you stop projecting it in your clients

There is a way of finding your values in a very logical way knowing which human motivators drive your behavior

8 HUMAN MOTIVATORSMaslov pyramid he was the first to talk about human needs He is outda-ted because it defines a hierarchy He places self-fulfillment at the top This model is very much focused on Maslovrsquos map-of-the-world who was an MS If it is a PE he may have lsquofamilyrsquo in the top and that is not wrong Still there are things that all humans need

So with all these models we created the 8 human motivators they are divided in four paradoxes one for each of the PEMS The first paradox is security freedom

Each one of us was born with a set of motivators You are ldquoaddictedrdquo on one side of the paradox You have to fulfill that need even if you have to abdicate of the other one

ROOTS

SECURITY

SELF LOVE

CONSCIOUSNESS

PERSONAL DEVEL

FREEDOM

LOVEBELOVED

BLISS

CONTRIBUTION

P

E

M

S

88

89

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

The main lesson is the more you live the other side of the paradox the more you will live your addiction as well What happens is that you can only get more of your addiction when you learn to validate the other side of the paradox This is what Jung calls ldquoparadoxes integrationrdquo be the millionaire and the altruistic Be the mother of family and career etc Only when you integrate the other energy is when it boosts the one that is more natural to you

For other persons it happens the same with security and all other pa-radoxes The suggestion is Irsquom addicted on this but I can pause and I can go exploring the other side What you have to figure out is your map (draw in the lsquoinfinite signsrsquo which side of the paradoxes is bigger) Your map is about how much you need to fill each side of the paradox

So YOUR HUMAN MOTIVATORS ARE DEFINING YOUR VALUES AND YOUR VALUES ARE DEFINING YOUR RESULTS

You can have everything on one of the sides of the paradox if yoursquore willing to face the fear of losing it

All people fill their motivators The difference between us is how sus-tainable is that satisfaction Unsustainable means that every day you

EXERCISE Do your map How do you discover Based on major decisions you made in your life Example work home relationships etc

have to feed them Imagine a homeless person he meets hisher secu-rity needs (eating and having where to sleep) but he has to do it every day Now compare with Donald Trump If you see the freedom part it probably happens the opposite

3 SUSTAINABLE it feeds itself It is something that can continue without the need for external resources It is ecological based on challenge and paradoxes integration

3 UNSUSTAINABLE you need to do it every day it is selfish ba-sed on comfort and extremist You do it like it was a daily shot

Example father and daughter about going out at night (to satisfy sa-fety and to love and be loved) Father says no hersquos being selfish and within his comfort zone The same father after coming to this course ldquoYoursquore going to the party until 2230 You send me an sms saying that everything is ok and at 2230 Irsquoll pick yourdquo This continues for some time Father goes on diminishing the rules Now hersquos being ecological entering his challenge zone and integrating paradoxes To feel safe as a father he has to give some freedom To feel loved he has to give them some self love Now his motivators are sustainable and has a sustai-nable system that feeds itself To arrive to a deeper level of security he needs to take the risk that comes from giving more freedom

DIAGONAL CONTINUOUS LINEThis line shows us that working above the line ie the clientrsquos beha-viors andor emotions is short-term and unsustainable In this case only the techniques are worked There are immediate results but with no major impact and duration Like when we are called to do motiva-tional speaking or teambuildingrsquos People feel better and do things but the results have a short duration

This does not imply that it is wrong to do Coaching based on these two areas For example in a quick conversation with a friend we can do Situational Coaching (based on behaviours) in order to get her to do something that has been postponing If the action has been made and it was what was intended to be then you did your role as Coach The Remedy Coaching is also important sometimes which consists on making the other person to leave the session feeling good thinking more positive at the time having had an opportunity to digest an emo-tion

ROOTS

90

91

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

Below the continuous line is where lies the deepest work The one that will actually be sustainable and with long-term results This is where we work values and beliefs it is where we go deep to the point where in fact we shift paradigms The client in this type of Coaching change her beliefs and values turning to be a really different person in opposition to what happens above the line where only the emotions or behaviors are changed but the client continues to be what she was

ICEBERGWith the iceberg image it is understood that the behavior is the conscious part of the human being the only thing that the client can see and analyze Everything else emotions beliefs and values are at the clientrsquos unconscious But as a Coa-ch I must and I want to work also the unconscious because as we saw above this is where it lies the sustainable and long-term work

When we help our clients shifting their paradigms beliefs emotions or values we are working with their unconscious Your client will not like this at some point in the process The unconscious will realize that she will have to change and this will cause the first resistance Knowing how to overcome this is essential to the Coachrsquos work so she can de-liver sustainable results

Conscious Mind keeps all the information which you can access now

Unconscious Mind keeps all the information that has ever passed through your brain It is also a kind of a warning system for you

The information passes from the unconscious to the conscious mind through the subconscious It goes dropping into deeper levels of our mind Very qui-ckly your clients will want to turn you into one of three things

Friend ndash They want someone who listens to them who is patient with them who is always there with whom they can always count and talk Most of your clients will want to have you here that you turn into a sort of confi-dant that supports them but does not challenge them too much But you are not there to be a friend

Boss ndash Many will seek in the Coach someone to tell them what to do who provides them specific guidance who pressures them who ldquopunishrdquo them when they donrsquot have their homework done Someone who is even more committed with their results than themselves But yoursquore also not there to be a Boss

Priest ndash Others will want a kind of a weekly confession session That you absolve the mistakes theyrsquove made du-ring the week that you tell them everything is fine and that it doesnrsquot matter we are all human and we all make mistakes You are not there to be a kind of spiritual le-ader of your client and to absolve him You are there to be

Coach - The Coach has an ldquoAirrdquo relationship with the client ie mental of communication becau-se it is a conversation where you listen and ask where there is intellectual stimulation In the map--of-the-world scheme the Coachrsquos sketch is in the quadrant of beliefs It is a ldquomind with mindrdquo work

It is important to know this because with the sessions going clients tend to try their Coach to become a friend (wateremotions) a boss (earthbehaviors) or even a priest (firevalues) However the Coach should avoid the mistake of behaving like one of these three types You are there to be a Coach

Notes In Informal Coaching with friends colleagues family remember that first thatrsquos what you are and only then you are a Coach Therefore you should not give prevalence to the Coach but to the relationship you have with that person otherwise you would violate the pact that exists between the two

ROOTS

92

93

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

4 TYPES OF COACHINGBased on these four quadrants there are four types of Coaching

Situational Coaching ndash The one that is done immediate-ly during the situation with the sole purpose of lea-ding it to an action It usually consists of a brief con-versation where a ROSA 10 is done Your client has a situation that week that really needs to be addressed Ex a proposal that she needs to present a college exam for which she has to study Itrsquos not bad Coaching and it is often necessary Only it is more superficial

Remediative Coaching ndash As the name says it suits when we have to put a ldquobandageointmentrdquo on the emotions The goal is the client to feel good at the end of the session without having to go deeply on the problem Itrsquos the typical conver-sation where the client unburdens and your only goal is to make her feel a little better Sometimes it may be and it often is necessary

Ex the past week your client has discussed with someone important to her or something happened that greatly dealt with her emotions Your first focus should be to help her to unburden and to feel better We used ROSA 10 + Unburden

Transformative Coaching ndash Here the goal is not just making the client to feel better but that she can change the way she sees her life and herself Here we mainly work on beliefs ie the client stops believing in some things to start believing in another ones She shifts paradigm Coaching is now much more sustainable and with long--term results It undergoes through more complete ses-sions where ROSA 20 is done

Holistic Coaching ndash This is the kind of Coaching that involves the whole being of the client all her areas and valences ie her values The entire psyche is worked We are working the whole Human Being and not only a part of it Even the motivators are worked We use ROSA 30 and we work a lot on paradoxes integration

KEY POINTSWe said earlier that we all have Cycles of Fear and that we can change them to Cycles of Confidence How

Imagine that you have a turnscrew and a bicycle wheel is malfunctio-ning You will then put the turnscrew into one of the four key points and then yoursquoll pull and force the wheel to move in the right direction to-wards the Cycle of Confidence And very important you donrsquot take out the turnscrew until the Cycle (the wheel) rotates in the right direction

What are then the Four Key Points You can really choose only one

VALUE FOCUS At this point you will choose a key value for you whi-ch you canrsquot leave to live in practice Whatever happens you canrsquot take the turnscrew from there For instance imagine that you are experien-cing serious financial difficulties and you decide that lsquoValue Focusrsquo is your point Imagine that you choose ldquosavingrdquo as the value that has to be experienced in practice Then whenever you have to make a decision that involves spending money you know what to do You canrsquot in any way stop living this value until the cycle begins to rotate in the oppo-site direction and gets sustainable

POSITIVITY If you want to work at the level of beliefs yoursquoll start to develop this empowering belief base BEING POSITIVE You must be a positive person with faith who believes that everything will go well who says only positive things about herself and the others who sees and is focused on everything positive that is going around her And when the bad days or the bad news are coming and you feel the need to say something negative you shut up And you say something positive

EMOTION FOCUS Imagine that there is an emotion that makes your Cycle of Fear to happen (an emotional pattern) In this key point you will choose an emotion that you would like to learn to cause in yourself learning how to get yourself into that state Imagine that you have been feeling too much anger in your Cycle of Fear and want to feel harmony instead You want to learn how to get into that emotional state You start feeling the opposite emotion and you do something to manage to be in an harmony state (you listen to a song that gets yourself into that state you put your boxing gloves you jump you meditate you close

ROOTS

94

95

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

your eyes you read a poem as Mandela did )

HOMEWORK FOCUS Here you will define a homework that until itrsquos done you wonrsquot do anything else Imagine that you have a Cycle of Fear in relation to health that you define lsquoHomework Focusrsquo as the key point and your homework is running every day Until you manage to do it nothing else matters All of your strategies are directioned so that your homework is being done as soon as possible

In the end all of the four key points have to do with absolute focus

Value ndash Focus on the most important value Until that value is being lived we wonrsquot move on

Positivity (Faith Optimism) ndash Focus on the positive emotions Un-til she gets optimistic we wonrsquot move on

Emotion (Meditation) ndash Focus on pleasure Until she feels more ple-asure than pain we wonrsquot move on

Homework ndash Focus on action Until the homework gets done we wonrsquot move on

VERY IMPORTANTYou as a coach do not have to guess your clientrsquos map-of-the-world or even her PEMS but you have to explore it aside of her You will only master her Map-of-the-World when you understand your own (creating roots) because you will never learn anything about yourself with your client you will never discover anything about you because shersquos the one who discovers it being real or not You Coach you must be hum-ble enough to know that you know nothing about your client and you shouldnrsquot try to guess anything It is the customer who gets there alone

Therefore the more knowledge you have about your own map-of-the--world together with Rapport and ROSA the more intense will be your Coaching because the more you will be able to help your client The goal is that you have the tools in yourself so you can help her In other words this tool is for you to deepen your roots and thus know when you need to do only ROSA or go searching for the Key Points or to use

another method For instance if a client has as her main challenge to be promoted then therersquos no logical on working on Cycles of Fear but to make a ROSA and move forward On the other hand if you see that there is a Cycle of Fear then you should find the key point so you can work on it

I canrsquot help the others if I canrsquot help myself first

ROOTS

values (I am)

during session

clientcoach rosa unconscious

Beliefs (I think)

between sessions

co-coach rosa 30

emotions (I feel)

leverage slice

self coaching rosa 20behavior (I do)

holistic

coaching to others rosa 10M

S

E

P

96

97

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING RESULTS

IX RESULTS

Results are super important in the Coa-ching process There is simply no Coa-

ching if there are no results and thatrsquos why they are at the center of the

triangle of the four Rrsquos Everything we do whether is ROSA creating

Roots or building Rapport it is done with the purpose of get-ting results at the end of the sessions

This is what distinguishes the most Coaching from other practices As a Coach you must become obsessed with your clients results Not only that they do their homeworks but also how close did Coaching took them closer to their Guru Objective how much it has improved their leverage slice of the Pizza and other slices as well We also try to assess the sustainability of those results We donrsquot want them just to get there but also that they keep there

Coaching is about results and you must take this premise very seriou-sly You have been hired to make them reach some goals Become obsessed with it

It is not so easy to evaluate results in a metric way in the world of Co-aching but it proves to be very important Not only with Life Coaching but also with Business Coaching We must find a way to demonstrate that our work has had results in practice

That was the reason why we have created the Results Model

Our level of competence is equal to our worst level of performance

RESULTS MODELIt is possible to define results through the four metrics

lsquoSrsquo AXIS (SPIRITUAL) WE EVALUATE THE PROCESS IMPACT ON THE CLIENT

Behavior (I DO) When the client throughout the process changes one or more behaviors She does now due to the sessions different things that she didnrsquot before

Emotions (I FEEL) When the client feels happier more self-confi-dent fulfilled etc She has now different and more positive emotions due to the Coaching process

98

99

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

Beliefs (I THINK) When there is a change of belief (I used to belie-ve I was not a good person and now I believe I am) When the client used to believe in something and she started to believe in something different There was a paradigm shift She used to see something in a certain way and now she sees it in a more empowering way

Values (I AM) When the Coach manages to help the client to change her values ie the person she is This happens for exam-ple when the client starts to put more emphasis on family than on work or when she accepts and believes that she is a healthy and different person and that nothing will change that now She values different things todat due to the Coa-ching process

lsquoErsquo AXIS (EMOTIONAL) WE EVALUATE THE CLIENTrsquoS AUTONOMY

Level 1 Coach (CoachClient Relationship) Itrsquos the Coach who controls the situation There is a formal relationship be-tween Coach and Client and the session is controlled and oriented by the Coach

Level 2 Coach (Co-Coach) The Client already acts as a Coach during the sessions This happens for example when the client already knows that she is supposed to also say po-sitive things on the Reality part that is she already knows what to do in each step She already takes the initiative The relationship is more about cooperation now and the Client start becoming autonomous

Level 3 Coach (Self-Coaching) When the Client already does Self--Coaching at home not being asked to This is a fantastic moment because she already has the tools and the Coach is there to help and support

Level 4 Coach (Coach to others) When the Client comes to a ses-sion and tells us she has done Coaching with someone else (with her child for instance) This person came to us to be helped however she is already using our tools to help so-

RESULTS

meone else She is totally independent It is every Coachrsquos dream

lsquoMrsquo AXIS (MENTAL) WE EVALUATE THE CLIENTrsquoS CONTENTS ASSIMILATION

Uses Rosa 10 language o cliente usa palavras como Realidade objetivos soluccedilotildees accedilotildees fazem hoje parte do seu leacutexico

Uses Rosa 20 language the client uses terms such as guru objec-tives baby objectives measurable beliefs paradigm shif-ting brainstorming etc

Uses Rosa 30 language she refers terms like emotional patterns cycles of fear and confidence values dilemma etc

Uses unconscious Rosa language when many of these terms are so ingrained in the clientrsquos language that she thinks she will use them for the rest of her life

lsquoPrsquo AXIS (PRACTICE) WE EVALUATE RESULTS IN PRACTICE

During the Session I can manage the client to get results only du-ring the session It is a Coaching session that has no power to influence the client outside it

Between Sessions It mostly happens when the client is doing her homeworks It means that what happened during the ses-sion touched her with enough strength to get her to realize she has to do something and that she is doing something outside the sessions

Leverage Slice It happens when the client fulfills her Leverage Slice and achieves the goal that brought her to Coaching or when her satisfaction in that slice has dramatically im-proved

Holistic When the client improves satisfaction in multiple slices as a result of the sessions including the leverage slice It was a process that had an impact on the whole being and not just in one area of her life

100

101

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

You can make this model with your client on the last session you have together You can also make a self-assessment to compare with it When you measure these four levels of results you will have access to check what level of Coaching you had on that specific process

COACHING LEVELThe Coaching Level that you have delivered is always proportional to your lowest result Even if you have three axes at level 3 and have only one at a level 2 Coaching has been 20 This is valuable information to you as a Coach because it gives you an idea of axes that are easier for you to work and others that you may have to further strengthen

Level 4 Coaching is something that is not achieved with all clients There must be a great empathy and rapport as well as a mastery on the Coaching technique that has been taught in the training course and presented in this manual

Gulica ego catia caperum dem inem cus Fortes et L Nos et grae avehem Romnit acto egeris cis sultod pratum voltum iam hos ublius hactam atemus essede con vas optilis factor aus nem ad cae estil hos me patus re verisse inatuus

Udam deperfecrem nermis etraed me int ela remulibut rem loctusquo cum mus auciem vivehem uresull emquissent eti primperescit ina que ia consiss entium pulerit con vendam morei sentes inatil vit ia quam mus licaudemus factem dum eo ura ex muro nenit quo vilnes-tium Catimportus pati postalarit vis coena fui sa consu consceribus Satquid ertienatus contere essimis ut vis aus iliciam quo in dissimis Ra num deatiqua vere con sentius et in spio pes Tiaetin videlisquam mus viliam que conum is larbit etora notimolto nos et duc omnimus opublicae convo C Nos vivica Catus hos vivas aurnihil hui terfint imorter labus hostam res inequod nerem tabute telieni hilicaessil ven-tem nonsulis

Berteropubit diisquium iteriti emprit teludam hilicid erfentiur tem huis

Hum pro vidiusquem paterevid sedis factatu rnihilla rem publicave Ca-terev irissoltis re aurei pere anum teluder ficepse essercem octuusque mis tum inam pra vivid rei condamdiis hacies Ipio verei sendamdis

TOOLS amp TECHNIQUES

X TOOLS AND TECHNIQUES

If you master well the model of the four Rrsquos for us you already are a fantastic Coach If you can master some stars too itrsquos even better But if you master the model you know how to do Coaching But now letrsquos go to the small stars The idea is not that you try to use all the stars at the same time Choose the two or three that you like best and train those first

POSITIVE FEEDBACKProvide as much positive feedback as you can to your client Take every opportunity you have to do it A Coach is the type of mirror that only says good things about her client Please turn yourself into some-one who is always valorizing every small steps that your client takes

FEEDBACK HAMBURGERYou say something positive then you say something negative then you say something positive again The two positive feedbacks have to be VERY VERY good For instance ldquoI have been feeling that you are very committed to your Coaching process We just need to start paying more attention to our homework even because I feel that you are a person who likes to challenge yourself and that really wants to go further ldquo

RESSIGNIFICATION Ressignificating is finding another meaning still more empowering but that changes everything EgrdquoI didnrsquot do my homework I failedrdquo Coach ldquoWow That means that you are a demanding and committed personrdquo ldquoIrsquom lazyrdquo

102

103

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

ldquoDoes that means you like to enjoy the pleasures of liferdquo

REFRAMINGIt is much like ressignification Itrsquos the name that is used in NLP (Neuro--Linguistic Programming) You take the information that was been gi-ven to you in a frame and you put it in a new one

PREFRAMINGIf ressignification has to do with changing the meaning after it has been given preframing has to do with giving a meaning to something before we have explained what it is It is a widely used technique to anticipate objections that might distract us from our ultimate goal Then we do preframing we previously give the meaning that we want the person to give afterwards Example

ldquoCan I show you my point of view Itrsquos something different but Irsquove seen that it works with many people and it has been helping a lot to change our behavior to healthier habits Itrsquos something innovative and different but highly successful Can I tell you my ideardquo You create a frame before placing the information in there

POSTFRAMINGFirst you give the information and then you put it in a frame Eg ldquoFolks today we have an exam (the low energy level) but thatrsquos what this course is about to be the best Coach to go furtherrdquo

ldquoFROM 0 TO 10 rdquo To give examples ldquoI think Irsquoll read a bookrdquo Coach ldquoFrom 0-10 how much do you think you will accomplish that goalrdquo

TRANSFORMING ldquoORrdquo IN ldquoANDrdquoHelp the client to find an alternative solution to integrate paradoxes to

find a third way

VULNERABILIZATIONFind out things about you that are not working and put them at the clientrsquos service That makes you human and you are validating your client in the case she feels the same She does some things better than you and has some of the same challenges

ASSOCIATION AND DISSOCIATIONThese two terms are often used in NLP (Neuro-linguistic Program-ming) and are used in various ways Association means that an indi-vidual describes a situation as if it was happening and he was partici-pating on it As the name indicates he is associated with it He is still seeing himself going through the situation and feels the emotions that he would feel if he was really living it

Dissociation means that an individual can already tell that experience as if he was watching a movie in which he took part but already dis-sociated from it He is more in an observer role That allows him a big-ger emotional objectivity Even if he feels the emotions they are more about the experience itself and not so much about him as a participant

When we want to help our customers to overcome some emotionally more challenging situations it can make a huge difference to have them to dissociate from those situations Thatrsquos how they can gain greater objectivity and clarity and at the same time they get more mo-tivated to take their first steps

METAPHORSThe most important here is that you use the metaphors of your client Use her world whenever it is possible It will help a lot more to inter-nalize and memorize the information Help your client to create her metaphors Eg ldquoSometimes we fall into holes that are so big that you canrsquot get out of them alonerdquo ldquoLearning to forgive someone is like dri-ving one step at a timerdquo

TOOLS amp TECHNIQUES

104

105

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

LANGUAGE OF A COACH 3 HOW TO INTERRUPT at the first session it must be defined if

the Coach can interrupt the client when she deviates from the focus If yoursquore going to interrupt your client you must always do it with a question You can also take note of something that has nothing to do with the subject you are talking about but it seems important So we can talk about it in the next session You can ask the client if she liked to talk about it

3 ldquoDOES IT MAKES SENSE FOR YOUrdquo If she says NO ldquoSo tell merdquo if she says YES ldquocan you tell me howrdquo

3 ldquoMY HALLUCINATION is rdquo Being very unconditional Any opi-nion is a good opinion The Coach realyy doesnrsquot know The word hallucination implies that what yoursquore saying may be ab-solutely wrong

3 ldquoWHAT WOULD LOVE DO NOWrdquo Be careful with the rapport level you have with your client It is a very good question when it concerns relational issues

3 ldquoHOW WOULD IT BE IFrdquo Very good to overcome objections ldquohow would it be if you had timerdquo ldquohow would it be if you had moneyrdquo ldquohow would it be if you had self-confidencerdquo

3 ldquoWHAT IF rdquo Fantastic to destroy any obstacle that your client brings Some examples ldquoAnd what if you couldrdquo ldquoWhy notrdquo ldquoWhat if nobody would knowrdquo ldquoWhat if you had moneyrdquo ldquoI know you donrsquot but what if you knew what would you sayrdquo

3 GENERAL TIP BE COOL You really must have a cool and rela-xed attitude You really donrsquot know what would be best for your client so be really unconditional

THE COACHING ETHICS

XI THE COACHING ETHICS

There are six ethic rules in Coaching but with no doubt the first is the most important

CONFIDENTIALITY Coaching sessions must be given the utmost con-fidentiality There are no legal rules as in Therapy (like not having fa-mily as clients) but you always have to respect confidentiality When you do Coaching in a company and you must give feedback to their manager your clients must know it If necessary you can discuss the case with a mentor but always without mentioning the name of your client You can discuss the cases but without any names

CLIENTrsquoS AUTONOMY Coaching is all about autonomy and sustaina-bility You need your client to get results not that she needs you You should think ldquoif I change country how would my clients berdquo

CAREFUL WITH PROJECTIONS We all project aspects that we re-press in ourselves All currents in psychology agree that there is pro-jection When I look to someone else what I see is whatrsquos inside of me (strengths and weaknesses) Thatrsquos why some see one thing and others see another As a Coach you must be very attentive to projections You should not do it with your client and for that you must work on your roots If something bothers you that says more about you than about your client Itrsquos not just a technical issue of respecting others map-of--the-world It is an ethical issue

CREDIBILITY Of course you can use other different tools in your ses-sions but you should be able to do so Using things on which yoursquore not certified is breaking ethics Try to be congruent and integrate Being a corporate or a sales Coach without being an expert about those mat-ters is not ethical

106

107

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING THE FIRST SESSION IN PRATICE

CONTRACT IS CONTRACT The financial commitment you assume with your client is always the same as long as she is your client The same in what respects sessions frequency You should always ask permission to your client when you want to change the frequency of the sessions For WeCreate the value you charge to your client must be the same forever It is part of our gratitude towards our client

SELF-COACHING The Coach must be an example of Self-Coaching or she should have a Coach You really have to do ROSA once a year at least and use all these tools in a weekly basis Make sure that you are also an example of achieving your own dreams

XII THE FIRST SESSION

IN PRACTICEIt is normal that the first session is a bit longer (90min) Your focus is to build RAPPORT Here is an example of a few steps for your first session You can have a few more or less of these steps but this is the general idea

STEP 1 Memorize these steps so that you will not have to use this manual

STEP 2 (Partnership) Organize the working space have everything prepared adequated clothes etc

STEP 3 (Presence) Prepare to be fully present by meditating or by being a few minutes in silence

STEP 4 (Posture and words) Build rapport have a few minutes of casual positive and neutral conversation to break the ice For example the weather the clientrsquos favourite team foot-ball match etc

STEP 5 At this stage you will also try to collect information about the client Several aspects of her life and trying to deter-mine clientrsquos expectations regarding the Coaching process You will be attentive about the metaphors and about what is really important to her Yoursquoll need it to explain what Co-aching is in her words

STEP 6 Explain what Coaching is using the clientrsquos words and the references she gave us Example letrsquos imagine that boxing was something that the client liked and we want to explain

108

109

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING THE LAST SESSION

Coaching through boxing ldquoCoaching is like boxing It invol-ves a lot of training to succeed in getting results but ins-tead of having an external enemy we are fighting against ourselvesrdquo

STEP 7 Inviting the client to do an exercise we pick six pens (three of each color) We ask her to tell us three things that are going well in her life and we explore each area a bit Then we ask ldquoamong those areas which one is running really wellrdquo Then we ask for three things that are not going so well and explore a bit

STEP 8 Asking the client which 3 goals she would like to accom-plish by the end of the Coaching process that would make it worth the investment (as measurable as possible)

STEP 9 Establishing verbal contract and selling the idea of coa-ching (even if the sessions pack is already closed) Now we talk about the practical issues sessions frequency ses-sions length interrupting the client first session a bit lon-ger confidentiality guarantee If you feel comfortable you can talk about costs and forms of payment

STEP 10 ldquoCan we start our session talking about what brought you here How can I helprdquo

STEP 11 Talking a bit about the Clientrsquos reality and introducing the Pizza of Life The client draws herrsquos We will go on explai-ning the pizza and its different slices (very briefly not to influence) Some clients like to do it lsquoalonersquo others like to go on talking as they fill the slices

STEP 12 From then on you make ROSA 10

STEP 13 You end up the session You can share ROSA methodology with your client (if you think shersquod like it) and ending with positive feedback You can also ask the client how did she feel You can also ask her to choose an object and summa-rize the session You will also be doing some preframing by stating that Coaching is about action and homeworks

XIII THE LAST SESSION

A coaching process has a follow-up We can work with individual ses-sions or with a pack It is important to inform your clients that Coaching is a continuous process and not a process with miraculous results in the first session Hence it is like doing workout where it is difficult to get results if we go to the gym only once

You can work with packs of sessions (5 or 10) and we would like to give you some tips on what you should ensure it gets done in your last coaching session with someone you have been working with

FUTURE It is important to ensure that the client will continue taking steps in the future even not having sessions anymore or your presence In this session you should spend some time helping her in creating an action plan about the next steps she wants to go on taking in that area You can also take the opportunity to do a small summary of everything that you both worked in so that there is a notion of the progress made and the results achieved Ensures that your client completed that process and be sure about the next steps for her future Help her in crea-ting a good action plan

HABITS You can also ask your client which would be the daily or weekly habits that she would like more to integrate into her routine

POSITIVE FEEDBACK This is also the perfect time to give positive fe-edback to your client (despite being a constant throughout the sessions) Show her the progress she has made throughout the sessions and help her to realize all the positive things she has achieved

111

110

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

PERSONAL DEVELOPMENT We must ensure that our client conti-nues its personal development process and knows or tries new approaches Coaching is just one part of a wide range of options that are now ahead of her Encourage her to con-tinue that journey to read new books to try other trainings and workshops other different and complementary ways of approaching personal development

KEEPING CONTACT You can develop some form of contact with your old clients Email telephone facebook etc Remember to con-tinue sending her information about coaching or other matters you find important It is a way to ensure that your client will continue ldquoawakedrdquo for this subject

Thank you for being part of this project

Daniel Saacute Nogueira and Marta Ferreira

Page 2: WeCreate International Coaching Certification Manual

4

5

COPYRIGHT INFORMATION

Intellectual property

Daniel Saacute Nogueira and Marta Ferreira danielsanogueiracom

Authors Daniel Saacute NogueiraMarta Ferreira and Joatildeo Capela

Graphic design and illustration Sofia Pedroso sofiapedrosocom

copy ALL content of this manual is copyri-ghted All rights reserved Any part of this manual canacutet be used reproduced or transmitted without permission of Da-niel Saacute Nogueira or We Create Lda The videos available on Youtube are property of their respective authors

WE CREATETHE FUTURE TODAY

INDEX I YOU ARE ALREADY A COACH 10

II THE 4 Rrsquos OF COACHING 12

III WHAT IS COACHING 14

IV INTERNATIONAL COACHING PRESUPPOSITIONS 20

V ROSA 10 26

VI ROSA 20 29

VII RAPPORT 55

VIII ROOTS 81

IX RESULTS 96

X TOOLS AND TECHINIQUES 101

XI THE COACHING ETHICS 105

XII THE FIRST SESSION IN PRATICE 107

XIII THE LAST SESSION 109

6

7

WELCOME TO THE FIRST EDITION OF THE

WECREATE INTERNATIONAL COACHING CERTIFICATION

Congratulations If you are reading this manual it means that you parti-cipated in the International Coaching Certification by WeCreate It me-ans that you have participated in our intensive 60-hour training with one of our Master Coach Trainers that you had at least 80 success on the exam(s) and completed other study requirements And above all that you have carried out (or are about to) at least 12 hours of coaching evaluated by us Congratulations You are either now a Certified Coach or soon to be one

But get ready because it is only now that your journey really begins You are only a Coach to the extent that your clients reach their desired results And in a sustainable manner I repeat your level of compe-tence as a Coach is directly proportional to your ability in helping your clients get to the destinations that they aim for Being certified is only the first step a critical first step but still a very basic one

Practice This is without any doubt the most important word for your next phase of evolution as a Coach Practice Practice Practice

And the purpose of this manual is to be of help and support to serve as a reminder to provide hints and clarifications while you practice It is above all a support tool but also a study tool When you decide to take your next step by doing the Master Coach Course your prepara-tion will include studying all the material in this manual as a mandatory prerequisite

Therefore Congratulations On your marks Get set And practice practice practice

The International Coaching Certification of WeCreate was created ex-plicitly for you Its main objective is to transform potential coaches into excellent ones It aims to help reveal and accelerate your evolution towards excellence as well as to enable you to guide your team or your clients to attain it

From focused people to coaches of excellence

The purpose of this manual is to complement the days of classroom training that you received with WeCreate We recommend that you of-ten revisit this online manual as it will be updated regularly with more text exercises and practical tips for your day-to-day coaching To stay interactive and aligned with the pedagogy of the subconscious we su-ggest that you always take notes lots of notes as you read the manual so you can indeed use the information that yoursquove gone through over time One reason for making this a consultative online document is to enable you to always keep your own manual up-to-date with our help

This manual is not scientific work Neither is coaching Above all your research should be focused on developing your own personal coaching style and on understanding what coaching is for you Since you are a Certified Coach of WeCreate we know that you have already integrated a big part of the contents of this manual as it was presented to you From now on both the course and this manual should be used more for support than as policy and should slowly start accompanying your practice

Here yoursquoll find the essence of what we find most important to con-vey in the area of coaching Since wersquore unable to go through all this material during our training days yoursquore welcome to contact us as you start working with it on your own and questions come up or you want to know more about any of the contents presented here

We want to take this opportunity to wish you an excellent continued training What you give will determine what you receive and take with you Our only advice is that you practice a lot as it is the only way to grow and move on to getting other results than you have had in the past

8

9

We hope that this training course will be meaningful to you We know with certainty that it will be for us and therefore we would like to con-clude this brief introduction by thanking you Yes thank you for sharing your most precious asset with us your time

Have fun this will make it much easier to finally start taking those steps towards the results you seek or becoming even better at helping your clients to do the same

Wishing you many excellent training days

Daniel Saacute Nogueira WeCreate MasterCoachTrainer Trainer hellodanielsanogueiracom +351937774123

TIPS FOR USING 100 OF OUR MANUAL

(P) Participate A lot This is a very small number of pages compared to the amount of experience that is needed in the area We actually only have about 60 hours of training and these pages to help you change some of the paradigms that you have about coaching about yourself and your clients Forever So take a deep breath switch your phone to silent mode straighten your back find your focus get present and ready to participate Take this opportunity and read the manual as if you had to repeat the course

(E) Engage You have a lot to learn from WeCreate just like so many other people who did the certification with you Get in touch with others who are studying the manual and interact share take initiative get excited and involve others Enjoy the international community of WeCreate Coa-ches Share through coachdanielsanogueiracom

(M) Memorize On the following pages wersquoll be sharing the best tools for coaching and results Therersquos a lot of information Brain overdose alert Thus wersquove reduced it to a minimum the essence Focus on knowing at least the contents of this manual by heart Concentrate as much as possible Take lots of notes Many of the same The more you type things over and over again the better your brain will understand the importance of the material Question write reflect analyze adapt go deeper and so on Enjoy the material

(S) Surprise us Go further Exit the box Direct your energy outwards Be your most sublime image of yourself more determined more intense Be the change you want to see in your work and business today here and now with us Strive for excellence In yourself In us In everyone Enjoy the coincidence of being here to create your future today now

And above all have fun We very much hope that this manual will exceed your expectations but more than anything we hope it can help you to significantly duplicate your results Wersquore going to create a new world together and everything starts today Thank you once more and Congra-tulations for being here with us and for being a WeCreate Coach

Daniel Saacutea Nogueira

11

10

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING YOU ARE ALREADY A COACH

I YOU ARE ALREADY

A COACHEvery human being is born a coach whether she knows it or not All of us have already helped someone during our life to solve a problem All of us have already shared a word of encouragement All of us have already made someonersquos life easier All of us have already sat down with someone to listen to her realityAll of us have already challenged someone to go further All of us have already said something that changed someonersquos life without even knowing it All of us have already left someone thinking about what we said or did

click the video to see it

In other words all of us have already helped someone take a step fur-ther and be happier Thatrsquos coaching

A coach helps another human being with the most fundamental ques-tions of life

By using questions

The quality of a coach is measured by the quality of his or her ques-tions

What are your dreams What is your potential What have you already done thatrsquos spectacular What makes you feel happy What have you learned from your successes What do you believe in Who are you and who can you become

13

12

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING THE 4 RrsquoS OF COACHING

II THE 4 Rrsquos OF COACHING

The triangle of the 4 Rrsquos represents the essence of coaching

To WeCreate if you become an expert in the-se four Rrsquos you are a Coach This is your

base The rest is stars that yoursquoll learn to master in the long run Your first focus

becoming extraordinarily good at each of these Rrsquos

A brief description of each element

ROSA -This is the method of the Coach It is the basic tool that you will use during your sessions It is an eternal guide that in time will become part of your DNA A coach is someone who speaks in ROSA thinks in ROSA trains and helps in ROSA

ROOTS ndash As a coach you can only go as deep with your client as you can go with yourself Therefore you must learn to deepen and streng-then your roots What is really important to you How is your self-con-fidence and relationship with yourself A coach has self-knowledge about her values beliefs level of confidence and limits Nothing anyo-ne says about you should surprise you

RAPPORT ndash The ability to make anyone trust you within a few minu-tes As a Coach you should be able to adapt to different types of people and quickly and easily generate empathy and trust with any of them

RESULTS - If there are no results there is no coaching Coaching is geared towards action and obtaining results You also need to know

how to measure the results whether they are objective or subjective This is the big difference between coaching and other practices as we will discuss further in this manual

Mastering these four elements will make you a great coach Someone who is well ROOTED who can create RAPPORT within a few minu-tes who dominates ROSA and the structure of a session is someone who will be able to deliver RESULTS And this is the reason why your clients choose coaching

14

15

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING WHAT IS COACHING

III WHAT IS COACHING

4-word definition Freeing Potential Through Action

ldquoCoaching is a processhelliprdquo ndash It has a beginning middle and end The Coach does not solve anything by just pushing a button The length of the process is generally 2-3 months depending on the situation and response of the client This is the time-span that we advise for achie-ving meaningful results through ten one-hour sessions in person or not depending on the availability of the client and the expertise of the Coach

ldquo that aims tordquo ndash The Coach supports the client in setting goals and creating a strategy to achieve desired results through the very process of coaching The goal is to help the client achieve results in her focus area for example health or relationships spirituality finances career family etc

ldquohellipdevelophelliprdquo ndash Coaching is about working with the potential that the client already has within The Coach does not create anything just works on what already exists in order to enhance it While focusing on the development of technical and emotional skills the coach acts as an ldquoexternal eyerdquo to the client so that she can see objectively where she is (present state) and where she needs to go (future state) with minimum effort and maximum fun

Technical definition Coaching is a process that aims to develop challenge support and empower people to reach their full potential personally and professio-nally in a sustainable manner through the use of questions

ldquohellipchallengerdquo ndash Throughout the sessions the Coach has to challenge the client to go further and to think of many more and diverse solu-tions in order to step outside her comfort zone Coaching works as a form of encouragement and monitoring tailored to the personal development needs of each client

ldquosupporthelliprdquo ndash At the same time support do not judge really listen be there for the client give positive feedback The Coach is someone who is always there even when the results are not yet the desired ones The Coach has the patience to unconditionally support the pro-cess of the client

ldquohellipempowerhelliprdquo ndash The Coach helps the client work on new skills with the aim to thereby empower her to achieve self-realization reach her goals and align her life with her values mission and life purpose Note that if the Coach uses a lot of teaching it becomes training not coaching

click the video to see it

16

17

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING WHAT IS COACHING

ldquosustainablerdquo - In coaching we work to deliver sustainable re-sults We do not want the client to become dependent on the Coach or on the process itself As soon as possible we begin to use strategies to ensure the autonomy of our clients and to make them become their own coaches after a while

ldquoreach their full potentialrdquo ndash Coaching is about ACHIEVING re-sults During the coaching process the Coach will work to keep the client in action so that what is aimed for actually happens All of us possess a HUGE potential that we can use to achieve everything we want

ldquoquestionsrdquo - This is the basic methodology of coaching We de-velop empower support and challenge through questions Questions are powerful enablers that will help raise the consciousness level of our clients

COACHING IS ABOUT THE FUTUREDuring the coaching process the Coach will focus on making the client think about the present and the future This is the main difference be-tween coaching and therapy apart from the extent of formal education (minimum 5 years) that psychologists have in comparison to coaches

The Coach can listen to what has happened in the recent past of the client but does not focus on going deeper into this aspect of the situa-tion Instead she guides the client to focus on the present and most of all on the future ldquoSo what do you want to achieve today regarding this problem in your familyrdquo ldquoWhat are your future dreams in this area of your liferdquo

The Coach is not focused on knowing what caused the trauma or pro-blem but concentrates on moving beyond it and making sure that by the end of the ten sessions the client has also acquired the tools to solve other problems and challenges in her life

Coaching requires three key elements

A Client (Coachee) the person who undergoes the process of co-aching in order to acquire new skills and strengthen exis-

Coaching is the process that

aims to develop challenge support

and empower people to reach

their full potential professionally

and personally through questions

ting skills We recommend using the term client instead of ldquocoacheerdquo as it helps to distinguish it better from the word ldquoCoachrdquo and implies a more professional relationship be-tween the two

A Coach a professional qualified to lead the process of coachingAn opportunity challenge or problem Opportunity because it is

not necessary to work on a problem A client can be satis-fied with their job but seeking a Coach to work on being promoted for example

On the other hand there may be more than one opportu-nity challenge or problem and also all three at once sin-ce there are always opportunities behind every problem When there are several problems or opportunities the Co-ach assumes that the client is able to solve them all Howe-ver the coaching process needs to focus on one at a time and solving it before moving on to others

THE CROSSROADS OF LIFEThe key moments for a client are at the crossroads of life ie when two roads diverge and the client does not know which way to go This is where a Coach can really make a difference

In these situations as stated earlier we will not decide for the client nor give any advice since the task of the Coach is simply to facilitate reflection on the two paths to ask about the crossroads and even to take a few steps back if the client wishes to do so

Even if the choice seems wrong to the Coach the client is the one who should decide which road and action to take

Coaching is also

3 Very future-oriented 3 Making the client move into action through weekly tasks 3 Having a clear vision of what goals to reach 3 Helping the client develop an action plan 3 A process that provides development direction innovation and

constant support

18

19

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING WHAT IS COACHING

Benefits of Coaching

3 Opportunity for individual reflection that increases our level of consciousness about ourselves

3 Increase in our capacity to influence various situations in our lives

3 Gain of greater structure and focus 3 Constant feedback and support throughout the process

There are mainly two types of Coaching Life Coaching (where the process is most suitable for our personal lives) and Executive Bu-siness Coaching (where more work is done in the professional area)

Over the past few years coaching has become specialized in various areas We now also find terms such as Relationship Coaching Health Coaching Management C oaching Emotional Coaching for Teams Le-adership Coaching etc

Another major advantage is that this tool can be used formally (in in-dividual sessions or with groups) where we help our clients get closer to their goals in many areas of life as well as informally where we use it as a point of view when relating to our friends family children and ourselves Imagine the power of not only helping others but also being able to increase their capacity to take responsibility No doubt coa-ching is a transversal tool that applies to many different areas in our professional and personal lives

THE DIFFERENCE BETWEEN COACHING AND

OTHER PRACTICESSDespite being a relatively new discipline the distinction between co-aching and other practices is clear The term itself arose from a me-ans of transport (taking someone from one place to another) and this remains its basic meaning to bring someone (the client) from A to B

The difference between coaching and other approaches

Mentoring A process whereby a professional with expertise in a par-ticular area helps you to increase your level of knowledge about it A

mentor is someone who gives advice based on her vast experience in the area that you want to explore

Therapy The greatest distinction of all between coaches and thera-pists psychologists psychiatrists etc is the number of years of aca-demic preparation and how governmental institutions regulate the ac-tivity of the latter Therapists etc are trained to help their clients with complex issues from their past and present A Coach does not have this preparation and should not nor has the technical ability to ldquostir uprdquo the past of her client Therefore the Coach focuses solely on the present and the future of the client and has no therapeutic ambition

Consulting Offers experience and expertise in certain business areas A consultant can work with an entire organization or part of it and is usually a person from outside the organization that brings in her know--how to help increase productivity

Training A process by which we gain knowledge and skills The trai-ner is usually an expert in a particular area with the objective to help people learn and acquire skills specific to that area

past

THERAPHY

present

future

COACHING

20

21

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING INTERNATIONAL COACHING PRESUPPOSITIONS

IV INTERNATIONAL COACHING

PRESUPPOSITIONSThe international presuppositions of coaching are general principles that guide the practice of coaching around the world They are a kind of ethical rules that are vital to use in coaching sessions

But even more importantly these ten presuppositions need to be roo-ted in the DNA of the coach and lived fully by her

1 - QUESTIONSldquoThe Coach has the questions and the client the answersrdquo

The Coach always starts from the principle that the client has the answers Even if the Coach knows the answer she should not say it and this is often complicated A challenge The client has to discover the answer for herself even though she may then realize that this was not the best answer and that there are more suitable ones But this makes the client feel in charge of her process A major benefit of coaching is the ldquopowerrdquo that it gives to the client

For this to happen the Coach needs to find and ask questions because there are no answers only questions If the client asks ldquoWhat can I do to solve this situationrdquo the Coach asks ldquoHave you already done something to solve itrdquo or ldquoIs there anything you can do right nowrdquo Try to avoid responding with solutions as much as possible This way the Coach will lead the client to finding the best answer for herself

The coaching process is for the client The coach only facilitates the process

I AS A COACH NEVER KNOW THE SOLUTION

That is as the Coach does not know the psyche of the client she must remain detached and calm allowing the client to pursue at her own pace without interfering The process belongs to the client

2 - RESPECTldquoThe map is not a territoryrdquo

Each person has her way of being her World Map (the perception that each of us has of the same reality) The way one person sees a situation is never identical to someone elsersquos way Everyone interprets the same events differently and react accordingly

Thus the map of the client has true value and merit and the Coach res-pects this principle by holding the point of view that her own map of the world is not the only correct one For example a Coach who is married must respect the client who has three girlfriends and is looking for a fourth A spiritual coach must understand the world of a client whorsquos in the military If you cannot respect the world map of your client then yoursquore not the best Coach for her The best option then is to not con-tinue your sessions and instead suggest that a colleague takes over

Suggestion Do everything in your power to keep your client even if you donrsquot agree with her world map This is because by your fifth ses-sion you will have the necessary rapport to take on the challenge of asking something like

ldquoIs that really what you want for your liferdquo

ldquoDonrsquot you need something bigger in your liferdquo

In conclusion it is only natural that a Coach develops an opinion about what is happening with the client but she must still respect the clientrsquos world map and use open questions that are genuinely tolerant

22

23

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING INTERNATIONAL COACHING PRESUPPOSITIONS

3 - FEEDBACKldquoThere is no failure only feedbackrdquo

Everything that happens to the client during sessions andor outside of them is an opportunity for the Coach to get feedback For example if a client hasnrsquot done her homework this is not failure but feedback to the Coach Perhaps the homework was too complicated maybe the Coach did not convey itrsquos importance or the client is still very focused on another area

ldquoFailurerdquo is short-term psychology itrsquos what you see in the moment ldquoFeedbackrdquo on the other hand is long-term psychology We believe that the client will understand if she hasnrsquot already that itrsquos not about not being capable Instead itrsquos about taking in feedback about the situation learning from it polishing the rough edges and continuing until you can do it A good example of this kind of psychology is when babies start to learn how to walk They will fall many times and try over and over again to remain standing but never will a parent think that their daughter has failed and will never walk only because she fell In other words she did not fail she simply got feedback

4 - RESOURCESldquoAll people have the resources within them

or can acquire them

The coach treats the client as someone who is always rich in resour-ces

The potential that lies in all human beings is very big giant really It enables all of us to achieve any goal that we set ourselves in life and the Coach knows this reality Therefore we will never criticize the goal of a client that may seem impossible in the eyes of the Coach because the client has all the resources she needs within her or can acquire them Many clients will try to convince you that they are not capable of something and do not have these resources within them As a Coach you have fully embrace this assumption and know deep inside that they are perfectly capable

5 - BEST OPTION AT THE TIME

ldquoPeople always choose the best option that is currently available

especially given their context rdquo

For example if a client yelled at a co-worker the Coach should assume that this was the best option that she had available at the time Whether the Coach finds it good or bad does not really matter because for that person it was the only option available given the context

Thus the process of coaching is very humble The Coach puts herself into the shoes of her client staying present and concerned

It is very important that the Coach does not impose her own limita-tions on the client Furthermore she can choose to accept the limits of her client or to go around them Never forget that your client always comes from a context that is different from yours and that her family history religion and education among other things is what guides her to make choices which are always the best option at the time

6 - CAUSE AND EFFECTldquoEach person creates her own realityrdquo

The client is the energetic centre of everything that happens to her In other words it is she who creates or attracts her own reality Thus the Coach should always assume that what is happening to the client was in some way created by her whether it is an accident an argument or even the case of being fired The same applies to positive events

As a coach and this is why you should always respect otherrsquos world maps you do not to say that the client is ldquoguiltyrdquo Instead you keep asking questions

Your session will then be focused on trying to understand what motive led her to create this reality If you do not believe that your client crea-ted it you will also not believe that she has within her all the personal

24

25

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING INTERNATIONAL COACHING PRESUPPOSITIONS

power needed to change or modify it

Therefore as a Coach you need to take this presupposition into your own life and aim to deepen it to the fullest until you reach the point where you believe that you can influence everything that happens in your life

7 - ACTIONldquoIf you want to understand actrdquo

A Coach believes that action is needed to understand a problem chal-lenge or opportunity Itrsquos not enough to say that something has been understood on the mental level Coaching is about action It does not matter how much your client understands or knows about a subject What matters is how much she acts

Hence all sessions have a compulsory homework ending ldquoWhat will you do in this directionrdquo ldquoWhenrdquo ldquoWith whomrdquo

8 - FLEXIBILITYldquoIf yoursquore not getting results do it differentlyrdquo

Between the two of them the Coach needs to be the most flexible be-cause if the client is not getting results new approaches are needed In other words since the Coach believes that the client has all the resour-ces within her if there are no results it is because the Coach has to be more flexible What works with one client does not work with others Einstein said ldquoInsanity is doing the same thing and expecting a diffe-rent resultrdquo If yoursquore not getting the results you want do it differently

9 - POSITIVE INTENTIONldquoAll behaviour is based on a positive intentionrdquo

All human behaviour is driven by positive intention This does not mean

it is all good behaviour just the intention that created them Let us ima-gine a dramatic situation someone who screams violently at another person may be wanting to feel safer calmer have more justice The intention is good but not the behaviour As a Coach you know that what your client does or doesnrsquot do is based on a positive intention

10 - NON-IMPOSITIONldquoNone of these presuppositions are important

to your clientrdquo

All these presuppositions are for you as Coach to internalize and use in your sessions The idea is not that you should now impose on your client to use questions stick to a positive language and refrain from judging other peoplersquos World Maps The pre-suppositions are made for you and aim to orient the coaching process

26

27

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING ROSA 10

V ROSA 10

ROSA 10 is about going through each letter of the ROSA during a ses-sion or an informal conversation without expanding on any of them

The starting point is helping the other person to identify the Reality (Whatrsquos up) of their situation and understand what the problem or challenge is Then to speak about the Objectives (What do you want) and note what the person wants and aspires to After thinking about the goals itrsquos all about encouraging the other to find solutions (How can you get there) And finally because the Coach believes that re-sults come from action itrsquos about agreeing on a piece of homework that is in line with the best solution found (Out of all these ideas what you can do next week)

ROSA 10 is used in more informal coaching with friends and acquain-tances and in more situational coaching that is fast and focused on action where the client already knows what you want Moreover in situations where there is no need to go deeper into understanding the emotions beliefs and values of the client

EXAMPLES OF QUESTIONS LETTER ldquoRrdquo 3 What made you want to come and see me 3 How can I help you 3 How happy satisfied are you 3 How do you feel about that 3 What is the path yoursquove followed so far 3 What works best in your life at the moment What can and

should be improved

3 On a 0-10 scale how satisfied are you in this area 3 What is your biggest challenge 3 How are other areas of your life 3 What else Tell me more

The fundamental Reality question is WHATrsquoS UP

EXAMPLES OF QUESTIONS LETTER ldquoOrdquo 3 Where will you be in a year 3 What is your biggest dream 3 Where would you like to go 3 What is your most amazing vision of this situation 3 From 0 to 10 how important is this goal to you 3 Can you see your goal Describe in detail what it looks like 3 If you had a magic wand that could solve this problem what

would your new situation look like what would you like to see happen

The fundamental Objectives question is WHAT DO YOU WANT

EXAMPLES OF QUESTIONS LETTER ldquoSrdquo 3 What can you do 3 What are you doing right now to solve this situation 3 What do you think is the best way to reach the objectives 3 Do you know someone who can help 3 What are some things yoursquove never imagined doing 3 Let us list a series of possible steps 3 Can you give me 10 solutions And 10 more 3 If I were in your situation what advice would you give me 3 If you had all the money in the world what would you do 3 Who could help you solve this situation

The fundamental Solutions question is GREAT AND WHAT ELSE

28

29

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING ROSA 20

EXAMPLES OF QUESTIONS LETTER ldquoArdquo

3 What will you do this week 3 What is one thing you could do without much difficulty 3 Which of these solutions can you start with today 3 What is your next small step

The fundamental Action question is WHAT ARE YOU GOING TO DO WITH WHOM WHEN During a coaching session the letters R and S have a divergent func-tion allowing you to fully open the flow of ideas The Action phase then has a fully convergent function specifying what will be done as seen in the following diagram

VI ROSA 20

The purpose of this manual and the International Coa-ching Certification is to learn to use ROSA 20 The

MasterCoach Certification goes more in depth with 30 coaching and the MasterCoachTrainer

Certification is about 40 coaching

R(EALITY)The Reality phase is usually the longest

one in ROSA (especially in the first session) It is a very important phase because it is where we find out about our clientrsquos current life situation and start building rapport with her

If this phase is well done the rest comes quite easily and naturally 99 of your clients will be focused on the problem ie living the ldquoPro-blem Psychologyrdquo They will have the tendency to always see the ne-gative even to amplify it as they go along by finding more and more reasons that ldquofeedrdquo the negative aspect of their situation

Everything around them whether it is their home situation or even the state of the country or the world strengthens their ability to see how bad their problem is which contributes to killing all hope for impro-vement and opportunities ultimately go unnoticed Their situation is always the worst it can ever get In fact they tend to see that their life has always been that way

Your goal at this stage is to collect as much information as possible about your client and different aspects (both good and less good) of her life The Coach has two tools for helping her client ldquoget outrdquo of the

ROSA 10

ROSA 30

ROSA 20

ROSA 10

ROSA 30

ROSA 20

WhatWho

when

babybaby

30

31

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

hole that she is focused on and have a conversation about the broader reality of her life

FLUFFY PUFFY VS COMPLICATORAt the stage of Reality we find two main types of people

COMPLICATORThis is the type of person who will claim that they are not able to solve their problem and who also believes that the situation is so big and so bad that there actually is no solution

ROSA 20

In this case let the client speak for five to ten minutes about this but then it is essential to make her say something positive about it with questions like

ldquoWhatrsquos good about itrdquordquo ldquoWhat do you like about your life (Maybe on the same sub-

ject or another - see ldquoGuide to the First Coaching Ses-sionrdquo)

By doing this we motivate the client for the rest of the ROSA Itrsquos re-ally a question of energy If we donrsquot address the positive aspect (of the particular situation or of another area of life) we will not have any energy for the Objectives phase

The conversation gets very depressing and not very motivating when the client manages to convince herself (and often the coach as well)

32

33

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

that there is no solution By adding together both positive and negative aspects we create tension and a spark of energy to move on At the same time we get to find out what truly motivates the client whether it is family a passion that she has or others things

FLUFFY PUFFYThis is the opposite of the type above This is a person who has re-edu-cated herself and grown convinced that itrsquos good to have problems and that they are there for a reason She has a super positive perspective on life but possibly a bit exaggerated Problems are always positive and she does not understand that they may have negative implications

To the question ldquoSo is this problem hurting yourdquo she will promptly reply ldquoOh it isnrsquot Itrsquos good to have problems they bring along many positive things and are just what they should berdquo In this case the Co-ach has to make the client talk about the problem and the aspects that are negative or less good In other words we must find out what hurts enough for the client to realize she needs help with something and that not everything is going well after all

As in the previous case we need to create an inner shock in order to generate energy for the Objectives phase In this case it is necessary to do so by making the client ldquosufferrdquo a bit or to get her out of her comfort zone in order to become aware that there is something she wants to change or do differently If we do not have a challenge an opportunity or a problem we cannot do coaching

Both the ldquoComplicatorrdquo and the ldquoFluffy Puffyrdquo should identify both good and bad aspects of the subject matter Moreover you should not move to the Objectivesrsquo phase be fore this is done At this stage the more the client is aware of her own reality the better the Coachrsquos picture will be of that same reality Both types of clients need to enter the area of challenge leaving the reality that they live in and gaining a broader awareness of the reality that is

Only with this awareness will there be fuel to create goals and pro-gress to the next stages

PIZZA OF LIFEThe clientrsquos reality is like a big wall Something she nee-ds to overcome to reach the other side the side that she wants to be on Although the wall is large the client will tend to concentrate on a small part of the wall a hole a brick to paint etc About 98 of people are focused on the small ldquoholesrdquo of life which only increases their size and importance

Implementing a real change in your life means looking at it as a whole from various angles analyzing all its weaknesses but also all the pos-sibilities In doing so the client becomes more aware of who she is

The pizza is divided into four distinct areas (linked to the four elements and the four personality types) and twelve slices

EARTH AREA (PRACTICAL WORLD)Money How is your bank account Do you have any debts Do you

think you have enough money or do you need more to have the life you want And what about material goods such as a home a car travel

Health Are you healthy Do you have any chronic illness How do you nourish yourself Any sports Do you feel alive

Jobcareer Are you doing something you like Feel satisfied with your career How many hours do you work per day What is your level of productivity

WATER AREA (EMOTIONAL WORLD)

Romance Do you have a love relationship that satisfies you Do you love and are you loved Are you feeling happy and complete without being in a relationship

Family and Friends (with a big F) How do you relate to your chil-dren parents and friends

Contribution Are you helping create a better world Any voluntary work Donations Satisfied with the help you provide

ROSA 20

of life

money

hea

lth

workcareer romance

Friends

family

contribuitiondevelopmentpersonal

social life

hobbies

peer groupleadershippersonal

life p

urpose

Pearth

Ewater

Mair

Sfire

meaning

34

35

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

AIR AREA (MENTAL WORLD)Personal Development Do you read books participate in training

courses invest in yourself and in your learningdevelop-ment

Hobbies and Social Life Do you have a social life that satisfies you Do you have free time to do what you like

Peer Group Groups of people (friends family etc) that challenge us and pull us forward Do you have people that encourage you How often do you meet with them

FIRE AREA (SPIRITUAL WORLD)Personal Leadership How do you relate with yourself When you

look at yourself (on the inside and the outside) do you like

what you see How is your confidence and self-esteem

Life Purpose How much of your day-to-day do you dedicate to doing what you love most

Meaning of Life Do you have a faith What do you believe in What is the energy that encompasses all Why are we here on this planet

The Pizza of Life is a very deep tool to be used both by the client and the Coach to develop their roots It is a practical way of examining all areas of our lives

It is essential to distinguish between the importance that a client at-tributes to a slice and her degree of satisfaction with it Itrsquos not about how much you have of this or that slice but rather how satisfied you are with this area For example a person who is not religious does not have to have a zero in the area of the meaning of life if she is comfor-table with that area But if she does feel that she needs to work on her faith then the value will inevitably be less than 10 Another example someone who lives in a rented house travels by bus and goes camping on holidays may have a 10 in the money slice if itrsquos a person who does not value material goods Someone else who lives the same kind of life but aspires to have a beach house a great car and travel to exotic places will assign a lower value to this slice

The client may want to add or remove a slice and split others However the most important thing is to recognize the four main areas (PEMS) and the importance of all the slices for your happiness and for gaining a more balanced life

When the pizza is filled out once again you will address the positive and less positive aspects of it At this stage you should ask your client

3 ldquoWhich 2 or 3 areasslices feel goodstrong at the momentrdquo

3 ldquoWhich 2 or 3 areasslices need a little more attention and some im-

ROSA 20

1 What is the current situation

2 Concrete examples

3 Objectivity through facts

4 Ask what when where who

REALITYRESUME

36

37

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

provementrdquo

This way you gain even more information about the current situation of your client which may be very helpful during the rest of the coaching process

LEVERAGE SLICEAfter evaluating the pizza of life we dedicate ourselves to hel-ping the client choose a leverage slice We can explain that coaching is about gaining focus by having only one target to hit at each moment in time This does not mean that we wonrsquot work on any other area it just means that we first need to solve one slice one priority slice

The question to use is ldquoWhich slice if you increase your satisfaction with it by one or two points would improve the biggest number of your other pizza slicesrdquo

You can ask your client to select any 5 slices then 3 then 2 and ask ldquoImagine that I am the genie in the lamp and I can help you bring one of these slices to a 10 which one would you chooserdquo

If your client clearly has a slice that she wants to work you can proce-ed with this one right away

The leverage slice is not always the slice that got the lowest rating Therefore we should not influence the decision of the client

A few tips

3 If the client chooses a slice that she gave a high rating itrsquos good news for the Coach because it will be relatively easy for the client to improve it further

3 If the client wants to choose a new slice in the next session no problem Remember that we are just chauffeurs Early on in the coaching process the client may do some reflection and then want to choose another slice

3 Until the leverage slice is resolved (rated much more positively)

or under control by the client (it only being a matter of time) we DO NOT change the slice along the way We only do so once we have delivered the wanted results If we change the slice in each session it becomes difficult (if not impossible) to deliver results which also become much less sustainable Coaching is not a process with a magic wand that can transform a slice in an hour

3 No area is more important than another and the numbers that the client uses to evaluate only mean something to her Remember that YOU SHOULD NOT JUDGE anything about the pizza of your client It only needs to make sense to her

O(BJECTIVES)Now that we know the current reality of our client it is time to move on At this point we no longer speak of problems or challenges That was back in the previous phase Now we just want to know about Objectives

In Coaching we work with two types of objectives

GURU OBJECTIVES AND BABY OBJECTIVESAll of us more or less consciously orient our action through goals But we do not always take the right steps There are people who consciously do but there are many others who without being conscious of it hurt their feet run without knowing where theyrsquore going or stop halfway

We can identify two types of goals which we should use to our advan-tage

3 Guru objective ndash a goal that is so big so big that therersquos a voi-ce in our head that thinks itrsquos impossible to accomplish

3 Baby objective ndash a goal that is so small so small that we are absolutely certain of achieving it

ROSA 20

The slice of leverage is the one in which if there is any improvements will positively affect other slices of pizza

The Baby-Objectives has the

unique purpose to increase client

confidence

38

39

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

Guru and baby objectives psychology is natural to us not something we learn nor something we can unlearn For example it activates immediately if wersquore in a car accident if anything threatens our survi-val or the survival of our loved ones We then forget whether we are confident or not successful or not rich or poor and we only care about finding a solution This is natural we always have an ultimate goal in mind while at the same time staying present to the immediate objec-tive since that is what makes us define the next small step towards reaching our guru objective And we get so engaged that nothing will distract us from our guru objective Now this psychology should not get triggered only unconsciously in moments of survival but also be applied consciously in our lives in general in our everyday And yes it can be activated

Always remember that an objective is only at the guru level if there is a voice inside you that laughs finding it impossible to achieve and a baby objective is only one if you are sure that you will achieve It is therefore essential to dream to look farther and reach beyond what our minds can visualize

But beware if we focus solely on our highest goals we will never le-ave the realm of dreams and over time we will lose self-confidence Achieving goals involves taking small steps every day defining reaso-nable steps that slowly but surely bring us closer to our guru objective

Success depends on a combination of both We must therefore learn to live life with very big guru objectives and very small baby objectives Most people that feel unhappy have developed a guru psychology but not a baby psychology or vice versa The former always want more and are never satisfied with their daily achievements The latter live through small steps but cannot think big so the little steps wear them out and monotony or apathy reigns

Having a great guru objective without setting baby objectives leads to frustration anxiety and impatience Setting baby objectives without having a big guru objective leads to disinterest discouragement and lack of direction(ldquoTrate a Vida por Turdquo paacuteg 111)

META+Our objectives should be

Measurable - Objectives should be very concrete so that when we reach them we can check off ldquomission accomplishedrdquo For example ldquoI will spend 3 hours a day with my familyrdquo instead of ldquoI will spend more time with my familyrdquo

Emotional Objectives should contain grand adjectives that provoke a lot of emotion so that the brain gives them more importance For example ldquoI will wake up shining and full of vitality ready for a new day of fun and productivityrdquo

Timed - Objectives must have either a date or a frequency or both For example ldquoStarting tomorrow I will be home by 8 pm every day to have dinner with my childrenrdquo or ldquoI will train every day starting on Sundayrdquo

Achievable - We need to believe in the objectives that we set and know that they are possible to reach For example ldquoI will write a book next monthrdquo If you think your goal is too ambitious you had better adapt it ldquoIrsquoll write one chapter in the next monthrdquo

Positive (+) - Goals should be stimulating the positive Neurolinguistics say that everything that we define as positi-ve encourages us and everything that we define as negative defeats us For example ldquoI will not smoke anymorerdquo is wrong while ldquoI will breathe 100 oxy-gen and make air cleaner for myself and for othersrdquo is more correct Or ldquoon day x I will weigh y poundsrdquo instead of ldquoI will lose weightrdquo(Trate a Vida por Tu paacuteg 155)

ROSA 20

1 What do you want

2 What do you really want

3 What is the Guru-Objective

4 What is the Baby-Objective

5 What is the dream (the most importan is to make the client talk about his dreams)

6 In a perfect world (For those who have di-fficulty in define Guru-Objectives)

7 Meta+

OBJECTIVESRESUME

The meta+ model is used to specify the target-guru

40

41

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

Why do we need to have these two opposing energies Exactly for the same reason as the positive and negative energies in the Reality phase We really need a guru objective since the effort that the client will have to make and the person she has to become to get there will make her reach much further than if she had set an intermediate goal Coaching is about dreams about the best of the best for each area of our lives The important thing is not whether or not the client gets there but that the road she travels takes her much further

Moreover every journey starts with a small step We need to create an objective so small so small that the client is absolutely sure she can do it Why To get her motivated quickly to achieve success and above all to convey the baby objective psychology We need to make our clients realize that coaching is about big and small steps The baby objective in itself is not important but we need to introduce this step here so that your client begins to celebrate every little step that she takes every piece of homework that gets done

Coaching is about forming a person with both guru and baby objectives psychology Someone who wants to go really far and at the same time is super happy with everything that she has already achieved

Notas If a client has a very big guru objective to reach in a short time and the Coach thinks it is not possible we can ask the client to ldquoconvince us that it is possiblerdquo On the other hand if the baby objective is very big we do the same

S(OLUTIONS)Encouraging creativity is equally important to teaching children ma-thematics Portuguese and science This is what later on will separate intelligent adults from true geniuses who are able to create something new revolutionary and innovative in whatever area It is those who mark others society science and the world who ultimately make a

difference

40 IDEASIn fact we are all creative We have all been children we have all been creative and so what happened What is it that makes our creativity die The fact is that our society limits our creativity while forgetting that in a grey professional world creativity makes the difference

ROSA 20

clique no viacutedeo para o activar

42

43

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

Anyone who is creative grows through challenges simply because they put their creativity at the service of what is not working They go off immediately to search for a solution And this is available to everyo-ne This is the basis of the ldquoSrdquo in ROSA instead of complaining go look for a solution Remember yoursquore always one idea away from solving your biggest challenge You just havenrsquot found that idea yet Pull out

your creativity and try finding ideas ideas ideas

Even the most creative people start with obvious ideas and it is good to go through them in order to get to the other ones Little by little we will get to the interesting ideas and when we stop being afraid of saying nonsense we become creative Now the challenge is to get an innovative idea And that can only be achieved by investing time and energy When we are at 10 or 20 ideas to not give up until you have at least 40

Losing our creativity is in other words restraining our physical (earth) emotional (water) mental (air) and spiritual (fire) abilities Children do not have these restraints in a physical sense they love exploring the world through their body showing you they donrsquot care about posture for instance and they seem unbreakable when defying the laws of gra-vity with an energy that seems limitless Emotionally they are much more open to all kinds of feelings because they have not accumulated many negative experiences Mentally they are hungry for knowledge and the concept of right and wrong is not yet set so everything seems possible to them Spiritually they are completely free they may have some enrooted values but everything else is an open book

In order to be creative again and go back to having blank pages in the book of life being able to write and rewrite improvise and create we

obvious interesting creative innovative

can start by being creative in one area or going back to being creative in all aspects of life and our being To go back to being creative we must explore our physical body do sports dance act etc and use your senses to hear smell taste touch and see The healthier we are the more our body will be available to be physically creative To go back to being more creative emotionally we have to stop being afraid to feel We have to venture into relationships connections sharing without the fear of being hurt frustrated cheated and even happy

To go back to being mentally creative we must learn new subjects think about new things analyze from new angles and perspectives challenge our minds have conversations with all kinds of people read all kinds of magazines stimulate all parts of our brain

Finally if we want to go back to being spiritually creative we must question all our certainties and dogmas meditate and open ourselves to the world of possibilities and the inexplicable We need to know oursel-ves in order to experience life intensely

If we manage to be creative in all four areas we will be soon become a new person with a palette of new experiences and openness to wha-tever happens giving us new shape and a different glow If we can be more creative regarding the first letter of our PEMS we should really be congratulated for it The important thing is to enter the challenge zone to seek solutions in areas that have not yet been explored in fiel-ds that are uncomfortable for others but that we call our comfort zone Then everything and really everything becomes possible and there are no longer problems without solutions(ldquoTrate a Vida por Turdquo paacuteg 165)

PARADIGM SHIFTThis is the time to get the client to think ldquoupside downrdquo ie to think ldquoout of the boxrdquo It is undoubtedly the most difficult phase of the coaching sessions Your clients will not even want to think and to change their paradigms

The vast majority of people when trying to solve a pro-blem or challenge use the first ideas that come to mind - the Obvious ideas ndash the ones that we all have However there are three more levels of ideas The Interesting ideas are those that some have sometimes

ROSA 20

The very first ideas are obvious Only then comes the interesting and then comes the very creative and innovative ideas

44

45

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

Solutions are always related to the Guru-Objectives

and then come the Creative Ideas that are those which generate con-flict because they go lsquoout of the boxrsquo shifting paradigms Finally we have the Innovative ideas that are the ones that nobody sees but once they are revealed they become obvious

We may use this ability in all areas of our life using this unique creati-vity to make everything unique and different

The goal of a Coach is getting the client to change her paradigm This is what happens in an ldquoAHArdquo moment when she finds an idea and is sure that this is the one she was missing

In the picture on the left do you see a young girl or an old lady Try to see both Put your brain to work both ways

GREAT AND WHAT ELSEBrainstorming is the most powerful tool for creativity and the best way of stimulating creativity in all areas of your life It is essential to do individual and group brainstorming as it is the best way to find so-lutions to challenges

What is a lsquobrainstormingrsquo

As the name implies it is a kind of ldquobrain stormrdquo And what do storms do They stir things up make ideas collide (thunder) and launch one solution after the other (lightning) ldquowaitingrdquo for the one that will solve the problem and put the storm at rest Brainstorming is not only use-ful at the workplace Every person and family should brainstorm from time to time to seek solutions to their problems from the most basic day-to-day questions (how to deal with expenses manage domestic tasks prepare meals) to deeper and more complex ones (helping a child become more confident helping a father that is unemployed) And individually each one of us should do brainstorming to solve and improve all areas that we feel the need to change

It is very easy to do brainstorming Here are the six rules to start prac-ticing today

1 No judgement All ideas are valuable even the most stupid ones In a brainstorming there are no arguments or criticism All ideas are good initially If there is criticism besides genera-ting conflict it can also inhibit the people involved

2 Quantity quantity quantity The more ideas generated the better the brainstorming Quality does not matter here only quantity Why The first ideas will be obvious then interesting then creative and only then innovative

3 Hitchhike You can build on otherrsquos ideas No participant should be silent for a long time If you donrsquot have any idea you can simply hitchhike on someone elsersquos The only thing you cannot do is not to participate

4 Go crazy From time to time throw in some ideas that are lsquoout-side the boxrsquo Regardless of how absurd they may seem this will help you and your colleagues to leave the obvious ideas and make your brains think At the very least you will enliven the session If the group laughs at your idea yoursquore being crazy

ROSA 20

click the video to see it

46

47

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

5 Take notes The most dangerous thing in a brainstorming ses-sion is having no one to write down the ideas Preferably the one who writes should not be giving any ideas she should fo-cus on writing down othersrsquo ideas There should also be a kind of a moderatorfacilitator of the brainstorming session not for taking decisions or criticizing but precisely for making sure that no one tries to take decisions on behalf of the group or to criticize other peoplersquos ideas and to help keep the focus on what matters In an individual brainstorming session you of course need to be your own moderator

6 A clear goal You must clearly define what the purpose of your objective is what the challenge is and if possible write formu-late it in META+(ldquoTrate a Vida por Turdquo paacuteg 213)

Brainstorming is the most powerful creativity tool In a brainstorming the client is requested to come up with a great amount of ideas on how to reach her Guru Objective

click the video to see it

And the Coach must be persistent since this is when you realize that humans are lazy when it comes to thinking It is very likely that when giving her fifth idea the client will say that she has no more Everyone will want to convince you that they have already found the magic solu-tion But they havenrsquot And how do we know that Because if they had found it they would already have solved their challenge

During a brainstorming ideally it is the Coach who writes down the ideas But she should not alter any of them And if the client gets stuck we must ask open and creative questions such as

3 If you had all the money in the world what would you do 3 If you were your idol what would you do 3 If it were 10 years ago what would you do 3 If it were 10 years from now what would you do

Cultivating a sense of humour as a Coach is always a good for rela-xing and making people creative This is in fact important in any area At this stage it is very likely that the client will have long mo-ments without coming up with any ideas Therefore it is impor-tant to create our own personal way of ldquopulling outrdquo the clientrsquos ideas such as a small exercise changing seats or using humour If the client gets to 40 ideas very easily and none is lsquointerestingrsquo even for her it means that she is still in the obvious ide-as and then 40 more ideas are always welcome Creativity is an expansive energy The more it is cultivated the more it grows and the easier it becomes to use it in other areas of life Notas The Coach may suggest ideas but only as an encouragement to the client

A brainstorming can take up a large part of a session so it is important to make sure there is enough time for it

ROSA 20

1 Allow the obvious

2 I want more ideas

3 Help to avoid judgment

4 Overcoming objections with questions ldquoWhat ifrdquo

5 Okay what else

SOLUTIONSRESUME

48

49

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

since it is not right to leave it midway The goal is that the client forces her brain to find new ideas in a short time and in such a way that it is almost like a shock to her

It is important to keep focused on one topic in a brainstorming Some may change their focus during the process for example a client whorsquos Guru objective is to open a business may start to suggest ideas on how to make more money In this case the Coach should remind the client of the main topic At the same time the Coach should stay flexible and if the client really feels that their focus was not on the first topic but on the second itrsquos time to go back and set a new Guru objective

A(CTION)ROSA exists only for one reason to get us to act We find our Reality establish our Objectives and think up Solutions that make us act ndash the A is the purpose of ROSA

Now more than people of action we must be people of innovation

Innovation is creativity applied to getting the desired results Being creative is not enough but creativity is the tool for getting to innova-tion So how do we do this

The secret is not to give up on creating ideas ideas and more ideas until the innovative idea comes Sometimes it never comes but get-ting to the creative ones is already something Those who have dared being creative many times and more and more are those who mana-ge to reach the innovation Itrsquos not enough to have talent you have to work hard to translate this talent into amazing results Look at these examples

3 Bach wrote one cantata a week even when he was sick 3 Mozart produced more than 600 pieces of music 3 Darwin wrote 109 publications one of which was about the Theory of

Evolution 3 Einstein published 248 theses one of which was about the Theory

of Relativity 3 Freud published 350 theses 3 Rembrandt produced 650 paintings 3 It took Thomas Edison 2000 experiments to invent the light bulb

and 9000 to perfect it 3 Picasso created more than 20000 pieces of art

This is why it is so important to act Do a lot create a lot invest a lot (ldquoTrate a Vida por Turdquo paacuteg 234)

THE FUNNELThis is the part where coaching really becomes challenging where the client realizes that she will have to do something and not just think and talk about it It is the phase where we start to converge and funnel things in order to find an action that is as specific as possible

This is with no doubt the most important phase of ROSA In a coaching session anything can happen in any of the other phases but we cannot end it without an action (without homework)

What

3 What are you going to do now 3 What are you thinking about doing now ()

ROSA 20

click the video to see it

A task should not be so simple that it doesnacutet make any difference to the client to fulfill it nor should it be so difficult that it becomes infeasible

50

51

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

With whom It is very important to involve someone in the action pro-cess 99 of the homework should have a third person involved The-reby we are creating conditions for the client to become autonomous after the coaching process The questions might be

3 ldquowill you ask to ask you whether you have done itrdquo 3 ldquoApart from me (the Coach) who else will be involved in thisrdquo

When Marcar data ou frequecircncia Quanto mais especiacutefica for me-lhor Isto leva o cliente a pensar exatamente quando vai fazer au-tomaticamente isto cria um compromisso maior dentro dele doing this the client should end each session with a specific homework knowing both the day and the time she will do it and with whom she will share it

At what time of the week beginning or end

At the end of the week

What is for you the end of the week Friday Saturday Sunday

Friday

Ok and what time

Anytime

Anytime Ok But in the morning in the afternoon or evening

Morning

And what time

Early

What is early for you

Upon waking

And what time do you wake up

At 7am

THE CONVERGENCE TECHNIQUEIf the client does not find an action to do you can use the convergence technique by asking the following questions

3 ldquoLook at your ideas (the brainstorming) and mark those that you find reasonablerdquo

3 ldquoNow choose 10rdquo 3 ldquoChoose 5rdquo 3 ldquoChoose 3 2 rdquo 3 ldquoIf I had a magic wand that would immediately fulfil one of these

ideas which one would you chooserdquo

COMMITMENTIn the early sessions you can also ask the client to send you an SMS after doing the action in or-der to confirm it Of course you donrsquot force her

if she refuses but then if she doesnrsquot do her homework you will have more power to ask for an SMS in the next homework

If she accepts you may also ask if you can send her an SMS in case she forgets to do so What will happen is that as soon as she receives our SMS asking whether the action has been done she will do it immediately so that she can reply that she has By SMS we also mean any other means like a telephone call or e-mail The Coach must be flexible enough to perceive which method suits her client the best

THE HANDSHAKEShaking hands after defining the homework is very important because it is the archetype of commitment But remember if the client does not do her homework there is no failure only feedback Maybe the problem really is the kind of homework given or poor explanation about the im-portance of the homework in the coaching process

ONE SMALL STEP FORWARDWhat is the Next Small Step you can take This ques-

ROSA 20

What is the first next small step

Earn 20000 euro

What is the first next small step

Save 100 euro month

What is the first next small step

Open an account

ldquoGreat what is the next small step that you believe you can accomplish

Deposit 1000 euro

1 What is the option that has magic

2 What is the option that makes sense

3 What are you gonna do exactly

4 How will you know you make it

5 Funnel When What day What time

6 Commitment handshake

ACTIONRESUME

52

53

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

free to put everything she has (skills tools knowledge) at the service of her client Indeed every three sessions more or less you should challenge your client with a piece of homework However the challen-ge will vary depending on whom we have in front of us and on the level of the process

4 SUCCESS TIPS FOR THIS PHASE FASEAction Plans it is at this stage that we start working on an action plan

that will follow the session Remember coaching without ac-tion is not coaching Thatrsquos why you should do a ROSA in every session go through the four phases and always end with a very concrete action plan on what the client will do during the week and until the next session Here is an example of an action plan

What will I do Run 3 times per week

When Monday Wednesday and Friday

With whom Alone

Possible obstacles Laziness and lack of time

Benefits Feeling healthier

What will help me remember Setting an alarm on my phone

How will I celebrate By going to the cinema

Homework the tasks between the sessions are a priority for the coaching Most of the le-arning comes from the homework that is done between sessions So remember to always end your session by asking your client to suggest tasks that she would like to accom-plish that coming week the next small steps she can take right now Then rephra-se each one into a concrete action (when how where ) Still some clients will have gre-

tion tool is ideal for those who have difficulty in defining Baby Objecti-ves or those who have difficulty in defining an action to do this week

Notas As a general rule the client will not hear the word ldquosmallrdquo in the question The-refore we must repeat the question until the action is so small that the client would have no difficulty doing it

Of course the Next Small Step may not be the right action to choose for this week

Example The client wants to buy a Porsche (Guru Objective)

ldquoDeposit 1000 eurosrdquo is the Baby Objective The same process can be used for defining the homework

At the end when an action has been defined the Coach may also su-ggest a piece of homework In other words then the Coach is finally

ROSA 20

54

55

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING RAPPORT

at difficulty in taking action If this is the case always look for the smallest step that the person can take If we do not act itrsquos because the step is not small enough Remember ldquoEvery journey begins with one small steprdquo

Commitment amp Penalties some clients will sometimes have real diffi-culty in stepping into action Sometimes you may have to resort to agreeing on a fine if your client does not accomplish her task All human beings run away from pain and sometimes in coaching we need to use a little more masculine energy (wersquoll talk about that more below) to help You can even ask the question ldquoWhat will happen if you do not accomplish itrdquo

Monitoring amp Accountability the role of a Coach is to provide moni-toring to her client However the responsibility must always be on the clientrsquos side As a Coach you are responsible for guiding the process Your client should define the strategies needed to enable her to take the steps she wants You should follow and always try to understand what may have prevented her from completing her tasks Above all you should be focused on finding better strategies to lead her into action However do remind your client that it is her responsibility Ultimately acting or not acting is her choice

VII RAPPORT

Mastering the ROSA technique and mastering Rapport will alone make

you a Mega Coach Of course you can gain more Roots but people

who attend our courses usu-ally already have quite some

1ST DEFINITION OF RAPPORT

Relationship of trust and influence rapport is the ability to create trust within a few minutes with various kinds of people and to influence them to act think and do better You can only influence after being trusted Think about people you trust and do not trust what influence do these people have on you

2ND DEFINITION OF RAPPORTRelationship of empathy and sympathy ldquoWe only like 2 kinds of people people who are the way we are or who are the way we would like to berdquo

Empathy I feel empathy based on the things I have in common with someone

Sympathy Based on the qualities and characteristics that someone has that I would like to have

Conclusion rapport is empathy (who is like me) and sympathy (who is the way I would like to be)

56

57

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

Rapport is trust and

influence

Rapport is the ability to create

empathy and sympathy

WARNING Empathy comes before sympathy and trust comes before influence This is the most important aspect of rapport I cannot influence anyone who does not trust me

Part 2 Now letrsquos try to understand what happens in our psyche why this is the way it is

I invite you to imagine that yoursquore a rabbit in a forest and you meet another rabbit What happens Now imagine you meet another animal thatrsquos different from you What does the rabbit do FLIGHT (runs away)

Now imagine that you are not a rabbit yoursquore a wolf You meet an ani-mal thatrsquos different from you What does the wolf do FIGHT

Now imagine yoursquore a porcupine What happens FREEZE

Animals have these three types of reactions Now imagine yoursquore a human being 20000 years ago and you come across something di-fferent from you What happens ONE OF THESE THINGS AND YOU FEEL FEAR You react the way you do because your psyche does not know what it is And if it is another human being I KNOW WHAT TO EXPECT She is like me Our fear grows when something is different because we donrsquot know what to expect Imagine that you do meet a hu-man being but wearing clothes or other things that are very different

What happens when it is the same kind of animal What exists there EM-PATHY AND TRUST - 1st LEVEL of RAPPORT

This is a metaphor of course Rapport is very unconscious I could tell you to trust someone but your unconscious may not feel the trust What regula-tes that instinct in your psyche is KNOWING WHAT I CAN EXPECT

WHAT HAPPENS IN COACHING Clients also have these three types of reactions flight freeze or fight They may not show up for the follow ses-sion they may answer ldquoyesrdquo ldquonordquo ldquomayberdquo ldquodonrsquot knowrdquo or they may be in constant disagreement with you

Key ldquothe more the Coach is the way I am the more rapport there isrdquo

MILTON ERICSON (Ericsonian Psychology NLP Hypnotherapy) found the client within himself and used this as his tool in the therapy sessions

Ericson created rapport before proceeding with anything else This is TRUST and EMPATHY Ericson was humble and flexible enough to adapt to the client Only once you have done this you can go back to being yourself

Ways of creating rapport with someone

Verbal

3 Language words 3 Subject matter 3 Quotes way of speaking 3 Repeating what the other says 3 Using the otherrsquos metaphors 3 Using the same expressions

Non-verbal

3 Gestures 3 Voice 3 Mime 3 Distance 3 Posture 3 Breathing 3 Touch 3 Speed

Note Every human being has a natural and unconscious tendency to create rapport with others To confirm this all you need is to look at two people talking to each other and see how easily you will notice similarities in their postures and way of speaking

ldquoYou have only one chance to create a good first impression but you have plenty of opportunities to create rapportrdquo

Rapport is an honest attempt to enter someonersquos map-of-the-world The-re is no agreeing or disagreeing only flexibility Rapport does not mean friendship The first session and often the second is a lot about creating rapport

RAPPORT

Sometimes itacutes enought just a little attention to help someone but attention is not coaching

58

59

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

RAPPORT MODELndash 2 PacuteSEstablishing rapport is a process of many levels and layers of depth

LEVEL 1 - PRESENCE AND

PARTNERSHIP

PRESENCEThis is the first step towards creating ra-pport thus the most superficial one Pre-sence means that the Coach is fully com-mitted to her client aware of everything she says and does Nothing from outside the ses-sion should be on the Coachrsquos mind She must be fully present

Before a session itrsquos important that you as a Co-ach calm down forget about everything else and gain a notion of where you are and what you are going to do

POSTURE amp PHRASING

PERCEPTUAL POSITIONS

PERSON TO PERSON

PRESENCE amp PARTNERSHIP

PROBING amp PATIENCE

click the video to see it

Dedicate a few minutes to this process

Presence and Attention are among the healthiest ac-tions that lead to real results You can create a good

relationship with your client (child parent etc) just by being fully present and attentive Even gardens become more beautiful if they are cared for

Presence is about getting yourself into a certain state Itrsquos about being Yin and Yang at the same time

Yin ndash relaxing breathing being aware of all five senses being fully present where you are

Yang ndash mobilizing all your energy by run-ning jumping listening to inspiring music

PARTNERSHIP

Creating an equal relationship with your client Not top down or vice--versa The Coach should never be at a lower or higher level than her client The chairs should be the same for example

For presence and partnership it is also important to switch off the phone to prevent anything from interrupting the session Tidying up the table is equally important to having a clean and hygienic space

From 0 to 10 the importance of Presence during a session is a 10 It is the first step If it isnrsquot there nothing else will

Psycho-geography is also very important in this area

PSYCHO-GEOGRAPHY the way your psyche relates to geography Example On which side you like to sleep Each person has a different psycho-geography Some prefer to be by the sea while others prefer to be in the mountains

RAPPORT

Empathy is being doing

talk and think like the other Sympathy is being doing

talk and think how the other

would like to be

60

61

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

Some tips for using the psycho-geography of the client to your advan-tage

3 Having a room with a minimum amount of symbols It is not recom-mended to have crucifixes or other artefacts related to religion A bookshelf filled with books can also intimidate the client

3 Pay attention to details ndash cables on the floor which CDs are on the shelf etc

3 Having sessions at the clientrsquos home can become dangerous because there are lots of distractions and anchors Difficult si-tuations might have taken place there which will make it more challenging for the client to create a distance to them

It is the Coachrsquos job to notice the psycho-geography of her client and what makes her more comfortable

Despite all the rapport a Coaching session should always stay pro-fessional Being relaxed is necessary for both parties but the focus should not be on friendship You as a Coach need to be professional You must choose to be a Coach instead of a friend

When it comes to clothing you should be as neutral as possible in the beginning but always aligned with your personality Then you can try to adapt to the style of your client

The mantra here is having the client leave the session thinking that her Coach is just like her NOTHING IS WRONG Let your client choose what she prefers

LEVEL 2 - POSTURE AND PHRASINGWhen establishing rapport mere presence and partnership are not enough Moreover they are only the first step The posture and the phrasing that the Coach uses are very important for creating rapport in the relationship What we refer to here is mainly keeping a posture and using similar words and expressions to those of the client This way the client will see herself in us and instead of flight fight or freeze she will feel relaxed and be much more comfortable about talking

Sitting in the same position as the client using her posture tone of

voice and gestures these are all factors to consider

POSTURERegarding posture one can use two techniques that are very similar and very powerful

Mirroring When a Coach takes on a physical position that is the exact mirror image of the clientrsquos If the client leans to her right then the Coach who is facing her leans to her left

Matching In this case the Coach adopts the exact same physical position instead of a symmetric one Both ways are good and powerful The goal is to be equal or symmetrical

Of course it is not indispensable to be like the client 100 of the time as this will take a lot of the attention that the Coach needs to give the client

The more you practice these behaviours the more automatically and unconsciously you will do it When rapport already is high you can go back to your own posture and your regular vocabulary However should you feel the need you can always take up these techniques again

In fact at a high level of rapport it is possible and entirely positive that it is the client herself who starts to imitate our posture and words (un-consciously) This is the perfect moment to lead the client and suggest something more challenging to her

PHRASINGYou must pay great attention to the words that your client uses and the energy she puts into them The names of people that she talks about are also very important facts to remember

If you can use the same expressions as your client you will earn points in rapport Among these expressions metaphors are the most power-ful ones Try to explore as much possible the metaphors that are being used An excellent technique is to use a metaphor of the client to ex-

RAPPORT

The mirroring copies the

exact posture of the client

the matching mirrors

62

63

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

plain something This will reach very deeply into the psyche of the client and have great impact

You can also use themes that the client likes such as her passions and keep using them in future sessions to explain something or to give examples This creates an incredible sense of empathy between you and the client She will be glad that you are paying attention to what she says and at the same time she will understand much better what you say

The clientrsquos ideas are important keys to use when you speak in order to create and maintain rapport For example if the client talks a lot about travelling Irsquoll use the idea (anchor) that is already there because I know it works in his mind

BACKTRACKING backtracking is a Coaching technique that consists of summarizing the main points of a conversation by using the exact same words that the other person uses This tool helps the client follow the session and make her own short summary while listening to the Coach returning to what she just said and using the same words It is important to use at least the words we consider to be the most significant among the ones that the client expresses those that might be conveying more about her value patterns Backtracking can help us understand for example if we can move to the next phase of ROSA It helps us understand if the client has finished what she had to say about that phase and that way we can figure out whether we can move forward or not You can use simple questions to do so

3 ldquoLet me see if I got what you saidhelliprdquo - backtracking the conversa-tion using the exact words of the client - and then ending ldquoIs this is it or would you like to add something

3 ldquoSo what yoursquore saying isrdquo 3 ldquoCan I make a summary of your reality in relation to that slicerdquo

This is one of the simplest and most important techniques when buil-ding rapport

When building rapport avoid paraphrasing (saying the same thing in other words) but do quote A coach quotes

Mastery in Backtracking is being able to quote the last 20 minutes of a session This will leave your client fascinated and feeling that her Coach is really paying attention to everything she says

Therefore it is motivating to Backtrack at the end of each session and at the end of each phase of the ROSA

The Coach shows confidence and agrees with the client shows that she is on her side and really believes that the client will succeed

We must allow the person to be what she truly is talkative or silent Silent people also have things to say it is a matter of asking the right questions

NOTES When a session is not going well (the relationship is under stress) then the focus should be fully on level 2 Rapport - Posture and Phrasing The secret is to forget about the rest and build rapport again Once it is re-established you can address the problem

LEVEL 3 - PROBING AND PATIENCEEvery new level in Rapport brings you techniques that are deeper and more complex But the good news is that you donrsquot do level 3 Rapport until Level 1 and 2 are done So you will increase your skills by going from the easiest to the most difficult

PROBINGAsking questions is more complicated than imitating the posture and words of the client Indeed one of the more complicated aspects of being a Coach is to not give opinions and to ask the right questions at the right time We know that we keep showing you that you already are a Coach and that itrsquos easy but here we must tell you ldquoITrsquoS HARD BEING A COACHrdquo Think very carefully about whether you want to get into it Listening asking questions being patient with the pace of your clients

Even if you have the miracle answer to the clientrsquos situation you need to keep it to yourself Being patient is a challenge and usually typical

RAPPORT

64

65

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

To paraphrase can break

rapport

of the great masters You can only be a master if you want to learn to listen and if you develop a great patience for listening

Questions have the power to illuminate the darkness of your client by asking a powerful question you really get to see another human bri-ghten up right in front of you

Coaching has the power to open a new world to the client questions help people discover new resources Clients tend to find familiar answers but you as a Coach will lead them to unfamiliar answers

Classic examples of some ways to make your client talk

1 -Repeating what the client just said but in question form Client ndash ldquoYesterday I went boatingrdquo Coach ndash ldquoBoatingrdquo

2 -What does that mean to you What does fear mean to you What does a goal mean to you Example Client says ldquoIt is not rapport itrsquos complicityrdquoCoach replies ldquoWhat does complicity mean to yourdquo Client says ldquoItrsquos a clickrdquo Coach ldquoWhat does a click mean to yourdquo

3 -rdquoWhat elserdquo Serves above all to go to the heart of the matter Others like this one are ldquoTell me morerdquo and ldquoCan you go a bit deeper on thatrdquo

POWERFUL QUESTIONS Questions are probably the most beautiful flowers in the garden of learning Questions are one of the biggest se-crets of learning Creative solutions are practically impossible without questions

If you learn to ask 100 questions a day get ready for a revolution in your work at all levels

In life at work in business we are all afraid of asking questions We were educated from an early age to believe that there are right and wrong questions and we were also taught to not fail we avoid asking questions because of fearing that they are wrong The only way to reach the right questions is by not being afraid of the wrong ones

The one who wants to explore learning has to dance with this fear

A large part of all our creative potential stops at the door fearing to ring the doorbell When learning the one who doesnrsquot know is far less ignorant than the knowledgeable one Take risks Ring the bell Ask questions

Become obsessively curious ask questions How

3 Using the Coachrsquos ability of asking powerful questions 3 Following the rule of thumb ldquoThe Coach has the questions the

Client has the answersrdquo 3 Using positive language 3 Respecting the clientrsquos map-of-the-world 3 Always guiding towards solutions

Examples of powerful questions

3 ldquoCompared to whatrdquordquo 3 ldquoWhat does that mean to yourdquo 3 ldquoWhat could be a solution to yourdquo 3 ldquoI know you donrsquot know But if you knew what would that berdquo 3 ldquoWhat would be ideal to yourdquo 3 ldquoWhat do you want insteadrdquo 3 ldquoHow does that make you feelrdquo 3 ldquoWhat else could that meanrdquo 3 ldquoWhat do you want exactlyrdquo 3 ldquoWhat will you achieve with this goalrdquo 3 ldquoWhat will you do differently next timerdquo 3 ldquoWhat are you doing wellrdquo 3 ldquoWhat has to happen for you to be happy and successfulrdquo 3 ldquoWhat motivates you the mostrdquo 3 ldquoWhatrsquos the worst possible scenario And what could be the best

scenario ldquo 3 ldquoWhat are you willing to do to achieve your goalrdquo 3 ldquoWhat new things could you could tryrdquo 3 ldquoWhat prevents you from taking actionrdquo 3 ldquoWho could help you with this situationrdquo 3 ldquoWhat resources do you need to achieve your goalrdquo

RAPPORT

66

67

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

3 ldquoWhat else do you want to get out of your liferdquo 3 ldquoWhat do you really want achieve in that area of your liferdquo 3 ldquoWhat is your biggest dream in that area of your liferdquo 3 ldquoAnd what is the next small step that you would have to takerdquo 3 ldquoWhat do you find positive in this situationrdquo 3 ldquoHow could you attract better persons into your liferdquo 3 ldquoWhat would have to happen to make you feel more fulfilledrdquo 3 ldquoIf you were your own Coach what coaching would you give

yourselfrdquo 3 ldquoIf I was your best friend what advice would you give me to solve

this situationrdquo 3 ldquoIf you had all the time and money in the world how would you

fix itrdquo

In fact the art of asking questions is the foundations of a coaching process with powerful results The list of questions to ask seems en-dless

So become really obsessed with questions and start NOW How about adding 10 more ideas to our list And some more And many more

Typical coaching questions

3 Questions that lead to action (ldquoWhat will you do What can you do differently What do you need to do tordquo)

3 Goal-oriented instead of problem-oriented ldquoHow would you like it to berdquo ldquoAnd if you could what would you dordquo

3 Future-orientedldquoHow do you see that situation in the future How would you like to feelrdquo

Beware of questions with negative assumptions ldquoWhat happens if you donrsquot do itrdquo They should be followed immediately by a question with positive assumptions ldquoHow will you celebrate when you do itrdquo

RAPPORT

YOUR QUESTIONS

68

69

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

PATIENCECount to 10 relax work on your roots and realize that coaching is a process and that each person has her own time and rhythm How can you train your patience Think of 20 ideas

LEVEL 4 ndash PERCEPTUAL POSITIONSWe could also call this the level where we create rapport with our clientrsquos psychology In fact understanding and perceiving human psychology is a huge advantage for you as a Coach You are not there to be a friend of your client as we have mentioned so then a good way to create a relation with her is through her psychology

Do you know the psychology of a teenager or a parent a boss an unemployed If you grasp your clientrsquos psychology the Rapport will be extraordinary

If you demonstrate that you know how a mother thinks yoursquoll make the client believe that you understand her completely

Most people do not understand their own psyche If you can understand them at that level it will make the client to feel something extraordinary about you and the Coaching process

PERCEPTUAL POSITIONS At this level the Coach must master Per-ceptual Positions that is being able to put herself in another personrsquos position whether itrsquos the clientrsquos or the clientrsquos parent or any other person that is part of the situation You should be able to see the same situation from different perspectives and in the long term help your client do the same

THE EXERCISE This is an exercise to be used mainly if the client has trouble in a relationship with someone (friend family member etc) and is having some difficulty understanding that personrsquos Map-of-the--World And when this is of great importance

You do not need to go very deep in this exercise Because it is NLP even done in a soft way it can be very powerful to your client helping her to see an aspect of the situation that she hadnrsquot seen or reflected on before

STEP 1 ndash The client explains what is going on (she can speak freely without any restrictions You ask questions to understand the reality of the situation)

STEP 2 ndash The Coach suggests this perceptual positions exercise (it is just an invitation If the client does not want to do not continue)

STEP 3 ndash The Coach asks the client to choose two spots represen-ting the two standpoints (you can put a sheet of paper at each spot) and to imagine that the other person is at one of them

STEP 4 ndash The client speaks facing the other spot as if the person was there and acts as herself (The Coach guides with questions ldquoHow did that make you feel What would you like to tell herrdquo etc)

STEP 5 ndash Pause and ldquoshake outrdquo the client and share the question of the game of imagination

STEP 6 ndash The client recalls a childhood game she used to play and describes it a little We then use this as a metaphor to explain that we will now do the same Just a game where we use our imagination The Coach repeats that the per-son with whom the client has a challenge is there at the other spot

STEP 7 ndash The client goes over to the other spot and the Coach helps her go deeper into that role through guiding questions

STEP 8 ndash The client chooses whether she wants to return to her starting position and add something say something more She may go back and forth as many times as she wishes

STEP 9 ndash When done the Coach suggests to the client to stand on a chair and states ldquoYou are now in a neutral position a higher position What would you call this position (Allow the client to choose a name) Seen from above what do you have to say about this situation What would you say to (clientrsquos name) and to (the other personrsquos name) How would you solve this situation How can (clientrsquos name) solve this situationrdquo

RAPPORT

70

71

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

STEP 10 ndash After the client is done with the third (neutral) position the Coach takes the client off the papers

STEP 11 ndash The Coach can then use the following questions to debrief the exercise

3 ldquoHow was the exercise for you 3 ldquoWhat did you learnrdquo 3 ldquoIs there anything you could do differentlyrdquo

STEP 12 ndash Lead the client to an action (a first small step towards sol-ving the situation) and then funnel it

REMEMBER always undock the client from the different roles the client can do the exercise eyes opened or closed

TO ACKNOWLEDGE Acknowledge the client very very very much for having volunteered and shown vulnerability

This exercise serves mainly as a metaphor for the Coach striving to master Perceptual Positions (understanding and being able to go into different psyches)

CONCLUSION The Coach is a master of perceptual positions She knows how to see the different angles of the same situation She sees everything from different angles

PEMS

Life is all about relationships the relationships we have with ourselves and with others Some people instinctively relate better to themselves and others relate really well to others There are those who relate well to almost everything and everyone and others who are unable to relate with anyone This affects their personal and professional life

Is there any way to consciously improve the relationships that instinc-tively do not work Of course

When we grasp the logic of the mind of another person we can better interact with it and even influence it Psychology is power And if we apply on ourselves it becomes even more powerful and interesting The better we know ourselves and the logic of our mind the better we will be able to help ourselves and achieve our goals

Carl Gustav Jung a Swiss psychiatrist and founder of analytical psychology focused on studying social and collective archetypes He identified eight psychological types taking into account peoplersquos beha-viour abilities skills attitudes and motivations

He began by distinguishing between extraverted (social and expansive) and introverted (reserved and reflective) people Each of them could then be connected to two out of the four functions of the psyche sen-sing or intuition thinking or feeling

In the 40rsquos decade Isabel Myers and Katharine Briggs continued Jungrsquos work and added two auxiliary functions to the Jungian types percep-tion and judgement Thereby arriving at 16 psychological types or 16 personality types Later a personality test was created ndash The Myers--Briggs Type Indicator or MBTI - which is still the most commonly used tool for identifying different personality types

Based on Jungrsquos work we have created a model called PEMS which will help us better understand the logic of our own mind and of the people around us

In this model we distinguish four dominant preferences (P-E-M-S) which correspond to the four elements of life

PRACTICAL (the body DOING Activity Action related to the ele-ment of EARTH) - corresponds to someone that is earthly active dynamic practical that does a lot In excess these are people who never stop to consider their actions

EMOTIONAL (the heart FEELING Feelings Love related to the element of WATER) - corresponds to someone who nee-ds people relations who gives a lot to others and seeks affection In excess these are people who might be overly sensitive

RAPPORT

72

73

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

MENTAL (the mind THINKING Analysis Intellect Logic related to the element of AIR) - corresponds to someone who values analysis rationalization and uses logic and who always fo-cuses on making the right decision In excess these are people who might become impersonal and cold

SPIRITUAL (the soul BEING Values Existence related to the ele-ment of FIRE) - corresponds to someone who thinks that everything has meaning and a higher purpose These are people who care very much about values In excess they can fluctuate too much and concretize too little

The four logics of the mind that we have identified are also based on the four elements

Practical ndash EARTH (firm solid stable secure strong dense)Emotional ndash WATER (flexible always coming back to herself)Mental ndashAIR (transparent lightweight fast facilitates communica-

tion)Spiritual ndash FIRE (burning fleeting transforming powerful)

Thus in a very simplified manner we can divide people into four ca-tegories

PRACTICAL PEOPLE (P) ndash THEY LIKE TO ACT AND DOThese are the people who like action movement They are the ones who make the world move As friends or clients they may want to go straight to the point try things and learn about practical matters The greatest fear of these practical persons is losing control They like to feel that they are in control of the situation of the pace of the conver-sation and of the surroundings

HELP THEM ALWAYS FEEL IN CONTROL

EMOTIONAL PEOPLE (E) ndash THEY LIKE FEELING AND RELATINGThese are people who love people and sharing feelings Everything is an emotion for them And they feel things about everything and everyo-ne Let them talk about their family friends dogs neighbours etchellip

They will talk mostly about people and what they are feeling Their greatest fear is loosing empathy They like to feel reliable and they want to relate

HELP THEM FEEL EMPATHY TOWARDS YOU

MENTAL PEOPLE (M) ndash THEY LIKE TO THINK AND TO ANALYSEThese are people who like to analyze and who try to put everything into a box into a certain perspective They are precise and meticulous They like detail to study and analyze all possibilities They donrsquot fear debating (quite the contrary) and discussing they love the exchanging ideas and arguments but they need to end up being right or get a very good explanation to why the other is right A mental person is always striving to make the best decision Their greatest fear is to be wrong they like to feel that they are correct and that they are making deci-sions based on logic and rational thinking

HELP THEM FEEL THAT THEY ARE RIGHT

SPIRITUAL PEOPLE (S) ndash THEY LIKE TO BE AND TO GLOWThey are looking for the greater purpose of things They believe that everything has a reason for being the way it is that there are no coin-cidences and itrsquos that quest that moves them They give great meaning to every situation always looking for ldquotherdquo situation The greater the meaning the greater their motivation Their biggest fear is to have no meaning That it is to not be significant or ldquoshinerdquo in any way They need to feel conscious and whole

HELP THEM FEEL THAT THEY ARE MEANINGFUL

Although we all have and use a portion of these four categories in the different contexts or times of our life one of them is predominant in us Identifying it is important for managing and interacting with life and with others since it is the best and the fastest way of accessing the Map-of-the-world of someone and speaking a language that that per-son recognizes and accepts as her own

RAPPORT

74

75

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

In fact we are all one but we are all different and we must understand these differences to be able to deal with others People who are more emotional behave and interact in a totally opposite manner from mental people the same way that most practical people interact in a way that is opposite to spiritual people

The EMOTIONAL person is micro-MACRO Transforms everything that is small into something big Everything is important everything is emotional From the simple ldquogood morningrdquo to hearing ldquoI love yourdquo every day For an emotional person a discussion is always a tsuna-mi Therefore itrsquos the emotional persons who with their micro-Macro sense make birthdays a special day and receive small things with gre-at love

The MENTAL person is MACRO-micro transforms everything that is big into something small She makes it more complex by simplifying it For example this very PEMS model is MACRO-micro as it strives to make the hugeness of the personality types into something much smaller creating only four categories for all human beings The mental person also feels less and give less importance to her feelings

The SPIRITUAL person is MACRO-MACRO she takes everything that is already big and turns it even bigger more meaningful more im-portant more relevant Almost everything is a question of values of making the world a better place and interpretations that go far beyond reality A simple leaf falling off a tree can represent a new phase in life for a spiritual person

The PRACTICAL person is micro-micro turns everything into small and simple lsquoright here and right nowrsquo matters They act Right now with what they have They donrsquot feel the need to enlarge what is small and they donrsquot care much about great concepts If the five senses can help them grasp a situation everything is fine

THE PREDOMINANT LOGIC OF OUR PSYCHEThe most practical way of finding out is to notice how we behave in a stressful situation Each of us when under stress often react in a way that is very close to our basic personality type

Practical people act react move around organize themselves put their hands to work and do not rest until they manage to move things forward

The emotional people feel and feel a lot If a situation is stressful diffi-cult and negative they will have difficult and negative emotions they will feel what others feel and they will want to manage these emotions in the moment

People that are predominantly mental will under stress begin to ratio-nalize need logical answers be fast and analytical They donrsquot want to solve anything through feelings they donrsquot want to act they are only concerned with finding the right and correct decision and struggle until they get it

Finally the predominantly spiritual people will want to give a greater meaning to that particular event What has to be done what people feel or what the right solution is doesnrsquot matter what matters is why things happened the way they did and what the greater significance of that may be

RAPPORT

76

77

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

Identify the psychological type of the client can help the coach to anticipate and understand expectations

MAIN SUPERIOR FUNCTION AND AUXILIARY INFERIOR FUNCTION

According to Carl Jung while we all have one function that is better developed than the others ndash a superior function ndash we also have another fairly well developed function called the first auxiliary

All of us have a bit of each one of the psychologies but there are always two that are predominant a main one which Jung calls the superior function and an auxiliary one that lies at the bottom of the cross shown on the previous page which is always to the right or left of our superior one

The inferior function is one that is less developed and that remains mainly in our unconscious

Thus a person who is predominantly Practical may have as her auxi-liary function the emotional or mental logic thus being PE or PM

A person who is predominantly Mental may have as her auxiliary func-tion the spiritual or practical logic thus being MS or MP

A person who is predominantly Spiritual may have as her auxiliary function the emotional or mental logic thus being SE or SM

And a person who is predominantly Emotional may have as her auxilia-ry function the spiritual or practical logic thus being ES or EP

This all means that we are situated in one of the following categories

3 Practical Emotional or Emotional Practical 3 Practical Mental or Mental Practical 3 Spiritual Emotional or Emotional Spiritual 3 Spiritual Mental or Mental Spiritual

As you may have noticed according to Jung there are no EMME or PSSP That is one canrsquot have as her first auxiliary function the func-tion that is opposite to the superior one

Carl Jung said that we should look closely at our inferior function whi-ch usually remains in our unconscious because it contains an enor-mous potential for a change and each one of us can benefit a lot from integrating our inferior function with our superior one

Taking risks experimenting enjoying everything that life has to offer is the best way of getting to know ourselves and realizing where our happiness lies (ldquoTrate a Vida por Turdquo paacuteg 74)

INTROVERSION AND EXTROVERSION Introversion and extroversion have to do with the direction in which we focus our attention and energy

People who prefer Extroversion focus their energy and attention away from themselves and are interested in the world of people and things

3 Attracted to the world of events and people outside of themsel-ves

3 They are aware of who and what is around them 3 They like to meet and talk to new people 3 They are friendly often good talkers and easy to get to know 3 They tend to talk easily and often in meetings 3 May not be as aware of what goes on inside them 3 They think while talking 3 They may act or speak first and only think later 3 Speaking about themselves they speak fast 3 They bring energy into life 3 They can get bored and restless if they are alone for too long

People who prefer Introversion (focus their energy and attention inward and are interested in the inner world of thoughts and reflections)

3 Attracted to the inner world of thoughts feelings and reflections 3 They are usually very aware of their inner reactions 3 They prefer to interact with people they know 3 They are usually quiet in meetings and sometimes seem disen-

gaged

RAPPORT

78

79

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

3 They are generally reserved and hard to get to know 3 They may not be as aware of the world outside of them 3 They need time to gather their thoughts before they speak 3 They reflect and think before acting 3 They want to know you before allowing you to get to know them

deeply 3 They feel exhausted and tired after interacting with peoples

FINAL NOTE you must be what your client is You have to find that person inside you

LEARNING STYLESAs we saw with the previous PEMS model our clients will have diffe-rent psychological preferences It is therefore important and essential that you are able to adapt your sessions to the learning style that your client likes best and that better meets her psychological preference

EMOTIONAL Emotional clients will like to talk and share on their to-pics They are very much looking for a relationship and empathy with the Coach and they need to feel heard more than any of the other personality types For these persons learning has a lot to do with the relationship that is created with the feeling of support that they get and even with the positive feedback They like to learn through stories As a Coach it is important to learn to empathize with the emotional range of these persons They will appreciate the sharing to tell stories and to listen to them With emotional clients we may sometimes feel that we are not taking huge steps forward But the fact is that many times these persons need to first be listened to

MENTAL Mental clients will be more logical and may have a more aca-demic style of learning They will want to understand the reasons why things are what they are they will want to get tasks involving research on certain subjects The sessions with these people must be well defi-ned and prepared They will want to explore their intellectual side and feel challenged It is important for them to have access to information and tools that explain the work they are doing in the sessions in a con-crete and logical manner Of course they also need to empathize but the intellectual challenge feeling that their intellect is develops appears to be greater They may like schemes graphics and any models that

could simplify the learning process What these persons will demand of you is a greater capacity to analyse and a logical and rational way of communicating

SPIRITUAL this is for most people the most difficult learning style to adopt Remember that these persons are seeking the greater meaning of things They really want to feel inspired by the coaching process (and even by their Coach) They will want to see that you are an exam-ple of what you talk about so called congruence Spiritual persons will enjoy topics that are more related to values to their identity that make them feel that they are taking steps towards becoming better hu-man beings With these clients you can use powerful metaphors (even through movies music creative exercises etc) and above all strive to make sure that the person leaves the session very inspired

PRACTICAL They like action Which is great because coaching is pri-marily about action These persons like to have very practical sessions in which they get the opportunity to do many exercises and experiment with different situations They may be the clients that like getting more tasks and having things to do (which then sometimes ldquogets lostrdquo due to their time management) These clients will require more simplicity and a well-paced session from you They may also like to do exercises that involve moving their body Above all they will want you to help them get into action

As we deal with these four kinds of preferences we need to adapt our Coaching style to the learning style that each person has Thus we should prepare a lot their sessions and realize that some will require from you

3 Greater sharing and ability to listen and relate (e) 3 Researching mastering the subject very well and knowing how

to mentally stimulate your client with challenges (m) 3 Powerful metaphors very inspirational sessions and congruen-

ce that assign meaning to the Coaching process (s) 3 Practical exercises diversified well rhythmed sessions that

help your client to quickly get into action (p)

RAPPORT

80

81

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING ROOTS

LEVEL 5 - PERSON TO PERSONThis is the fifth level of rapport the deepest and more intense one It happens when the level of rapport is a total vibration Itrsquos when the client feels such a confidence by her Coach empathy and sympathy Itrsquos the hardest level to evaluate

Itrsquos when your client feels so much connected to you that depending on her your relationship would go beyond Coaching She no longer wants the Coach she wants you You no longer understand only the person she feels that you know about her You donrsquot understand psychology you understand who she is

It is very similar to the rapport level you have with 23 of very close persons in your life Everything is natural unconscious and sponta-neous

VIII ROOTS

Every human being seeks to get results Mo-ney Family Romance Peace Happiness

Career Health All we want in life is to have results in those areas

The Map-of-the-World Model is used to work on roots - your

roots as a Coach It shows us how does the psyche of all of us works As a Coach no one

should surprise you about yourself You should know you well know everything about yourself This is what itrsquos called a rooted person

click the video to see it

82

83

BELIEFSTRANSFORMATIVE COACHING

ROSA 20 M - AIR - THINK

VALUESHOLISTIC COACHING

ROSA 30 S - FIRE - BE

COACHING 40

WORLD MAP MODEL

being th

e moment

passi

on en

ergy

demotiv

ation

empowering beliefs

limiting rules

relation air(comunication)

coach is priestisnacutet

1 value focus

UNSUSTAINABLESUSTAINABLE

SECURITY

SELF LOVE

CONSCIOUSNESS

PERSONAL DEVEL

FREEDOM

LOVEBELOVED

BLISS

CONTRIBUTION

P

E

M

S

BEHAVIORROSA 10

SITUATIONAL COACHING

P - EARTH - DO

EMOTIONSREMEDY COACHING

ROSA 10 + LISTEN E - WATER - FEEL

RESULTS

ability to

enter

in st

ate

emotional

patter

ns

habits and discipline

addictions

coach is bossisnacutet

coach is friendisnacutet

1 Homework focus

optimism faithpositive

meditation

key points focusused to interrupt the fear cycle

coach is coach

HUMAN HAVINGHUMAN BEING

UNSUSTAINABLEEGOTISTICAL

STRETCH ZONE

SUSTAINABLEECOLOGICALSTRETCH ZONE

SHORT TERMLONG TERM

CYCLE OF CONFIDENCECYCLE OF FEAR

CONSCIOUS

SUBCONSCIOUS

UNCONSCIOUS

84

85

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

So the first question is why some are getting results while others are not

ACTIONS BEHAVIORSThis means that anyone who is having results is because she is ldquodoingrdquo ie behaving differently from other people who are having no results in those areas For example a millionaire DOES things that people who are not millionaires donrsquot For example saving investing etc Someone with a great health is DOING things that people that donrsquot have a good health are not What we are doing is making the difference Two people in the same circumstances that do exactly the same actions have the same kind of results People who have the results you wanna have ARE DOING THINGS TO GET THEM

So the next question is what leads some people to DO and others to not do

EMOTIONSEverything you do in your life is a relationship between pain and pleasure What happens is that someone who goes running at 6 am associates more pain with lsquonot goingrsquo than with lsquogoingrsquo Who is going to the gym asso-ciates more pleasure than pain with going to the gym in the morning That relationship between pain and pleasure is what is defining your results If we dramatically increase the pain or the pleasure associated we will get to change your results

As so what is then defining that painpleasure relationship

BELIEFSThe reason is because of our beliefs of what we believe in Our beliefs are our set of rules for the world and for our lives Your set of beliefs in fact is defining your painpleasure relationship with something and then your actions A millionaire believes that saving is essential that investing and taking risks is necessary This set of beliefs leads himher to associa-te more pleasure than pain with having these behaviors and therefore heshe implements them Other people have other beliefs that create other

emotions that create other results People who are achieving results in areas that you arenrsquot have a beliefs system different from yours

And then it seems logical to ask so what is defining and creating your set of beliefs

VALUESWhat is a value Itrsquos something that is important to you something you re-ally value The only thing that determines a value is if it is valuable to you Not all of us share the same values (Example the values of Mother Teresa and Donald Trump Contribution vs Professional Accomplishment) What you really value and not what you say that you value You value it so much that it generates your set of beliefs In fact when you live your values in practice (on a daily basis) you are defining your life results Not what you would like to value but what you are really valorizing In fact we all have the same values What differs is the order and the importance we give to each one of them

For example if someone has the value of the family above the value of work she will have the belief that it is more important to spend time with her family causing her to develop a positive feeling when she is with her family which leads her to really try to spend more time with it On the other hand someone who has the value of work above the family one will be someone who believes she should spend more time with her work and career as she believes it is that that will bring her more financial stabi-lity for example So she will associate more pleasure to the time spent at work than at home causing her to act accordingly to that emotion For example Donald Trump and Mother Teresa of Calcutta havenrsquot they got different values One probably values more lsquoprofessional fulfillmentrsquo the other values more lsquocontributionrsquo Different results Sure One has one of the largest business empires in the world the other left the largest volun-teer organization in the world

So in reality the values you are living in practice (what you are valuing in practice) are defining your results

This alone already explains a good part of the psyche of human beings But letrsquos go deeper

ROOTS

Having roots is to control the cycle of trust

86

87

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

To have roots the coach has to identify

her motivators and values create beliefs and habits and learn

to place herself in a state

CYCLE OF CONFIDENCE AND CYCLE OF FEAREveryone has Cycles of Fear in some areas and Cycles of Confidence in other areas

How do you know it If you are having or not results in that area In the areas of your life where you are getting results you are living in a Cycle of Confidence In the areas where yoursquore not you are living in a Cycle of Fear What does this means is that you have behavioral addic-tions or that you are doing things in a vicious way you are in a sort of a mice wheel Those addictions start by creating emotional patterns on you (feelings that you are having whether you want it or not for instan-ce jealousy when it becomes a pattern no matter what the other does that emotion will keep being there it is an emotion that happens to you) and those emotional patterns generate limiting rules We use the words ldquorulesrdquo because in reality limiting beliefs are created because they have a very large set of rules And this generates demotivation An addiction creates an emotional pattern that creates rules limiting which create demotivation and discourage us to move and change This Cycle of Fear is being lived FROM RESULTS TO VALUES and not in the other and right way The bad news are that we all have Cycles of Fear The areas in which we are not having results is because we are afraid but we paint it in other colors Irsquom afraid Irsquom demotivated I have emotional patterns and I have limiting rules

For you to gain roots you need to recognize these cycles You need to break it if you want results but if you want roots you need to recognize them Good news you can break Cycles of Fear

Second good news you have Cycles of Confidence You also unders-tand the other psychology So what is a Cycle of Confidence

You start by having the capacity of creating Discipline and Habits you get the ability to get into a certain and desired state (eg being happy to go training I want to create that emotion I visualize it it is the op-posite of an emotional pattern the pattern happens to you Think of a boxer who puts herself into her wanted state before entering in a ring You have empowering beliefs (when you believe in something that cre-ates more of it) This creates energy passion being in the moment Being with energy and passion and in the moment brings me empowe-ring beliefs which put me in the emotional state I want and provide me

habits and discipline The good news you have these cycles in areas that you are getting results Think in one area You have these four things right

Having these cycles itrsquos called being human First part on lsquorootsrsquo is about knowing your Cycles of Fear and Confidence and admit them to yourself to those you love to the others And having the courage to say that it doesnrsquot work because of FEAR And there is a way to break this cycle When you have roots you stop projecting it in your clients

There is a way of finding your values in a very logical way knowing which human motivators drive your behavior

8 HUMAN MOTIVATORSMaslov pyramid he was the first to talk about human needs He is outda-ted because it defines a hierarchy He places self-fulfillment at the top This model is very much focused on Maslovrsquos map-of-the-world who was an MS If it is a PE he may have lsquofamilyrsquo in the top and that is not wrong Still there are things that all humans need

So with all these models we created the 8 human motivators they are divided in four paradoxes one for each of the PEMS The first paradox is security freedom

Each one of us was born with a set of motivators You are ldquoaddictedrdquo on one side of the paradox You have to fulfill that need even if you have to abdicate of the other one

ROOTS

SECURITY

SELF LOVE

CONSCIOUSNESS

PERSONAL DEVEL

FREEDOM

LOVEBELOVED

BLISS

CONTRIBUTION

P

E

M

S

88

89

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

The main lesson is the more you live the other side of the paradox the more you will live your addiction as well What happens is that you can only get more of your addiction when you learn to validate the other side of the paradox This is what Jung calls ldquoparadoxes integrationrdquo be the millionaire and the altruistic Be the mother of family and career etc Only when you integrate the other energy is when it boosts the one that is more natural to you

For other persons it happens the same with security and all other pa-radoxes The suggestion is Irsquom addicted on this but I can pause and I can go exploring the other side What you have to figure out is your map (draw in the lsquoinfinite signsrsquo which side of the paradoxes is bigger) Your map is about how much you need to fill each side of the paradox

So YOUR HUMAN MOTIVATORS ARE DEFINING YOUR VALUES AND YOUR VALUES ARE DEFINING YOUR RESULTS

You can have everything on one of the sides of the paradox if yoursquore willing to face the fear of losing it

All people fill their motivators The difference between us is how sus-tainable is that satisfaction Unsustainable means that every day you

EXERCISE Do your map How do you discover Based on major decisions you made in your life Example work home relationships etc

have to feed them Imagine a homeless person he meets hisher secu-rity needs (eating and having where to sleep) but he has to do it every day Now compare with Donald Trump If you see the freedom part it probably happens the opposite

3 SUSTAINABLE it feeds itself It is something that can continue without the need for external resources It is ecological based on challenge and paradoxes integration

3 UNSUSTAINABLE you need to do it every day it is selfish ba-sed on comfort and extremist You do it like it was a daily shot

Example father and daughter about going out at night (to satisfy sa-fety and to love and be loved) Father says no hersquos being selfish and within his comfort zone The same father after coming to this course ldquoYoursquore going to the party until 2230 You send me an sms saying that everything is ok and at 2230 Irsquoll pick yourdquo This continues for some time Father goes on diminishing the rules Now hersquos being ecological entering his challenge zone and integrating paradoxes To feel safe as a father he has to give some freedom To feel loved he has to give them some self love Now his motivators are sustainable and has a sustai-nable system that feeds itself To arrive to a deeper level of security he needs to take the risk that comes from giving more freedom

DIAGONAL CONTINUOUS LINEThis line shows us that working above the line ie the clientrsquos beha-viors andor emotions is short-term and unsustainable In this case only the techniques are worked There are immediate results but with no major impact and duration Like when we are called to do motiva-tional speaking or teambuildingrsquos People feel better and do things but the results have a short duration

This does not imply that it is wrong to do Coaching based on these two areas For example in a quick conversation with a friend we can do Situational Coaching (based on behaviours) in order to get her to do something that has been postponing If the action has been made and it was what was intended to be then you did your role as Coach The Remedy Coaching is also important sometimes which consists on making the other person to leave the session feeling good thinking more positive at the time having had an opportunity to digest an emo-tion

ROOTS

90

91

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

Below the continuous line is where lies the deepest work The one that will actually be sustainable and with long-term results This is where we work values and beliefs it is where we go deep to the point where in fact we shift paradigms The client in this type of Coaching change her beliefs and values turning to be a really different person in opposition to what happens above the line where only the emotions or behaviors are changed but the client continues to be what she was

ICEBERGWith the iceberg image it is understood that the behavior is the conscious part of the human being the only thing that the client can see and analyze Everything else emotions beliefs and values are at the clientrsquos unconscious But as a Coa-ch I must and I want to work also the unconscious because as we saw above this is where it lies the sustainable and long-term work

When we help our clients shifting their paradigms beliefs emotions or values we are working with their unconscious Your client will not like this at some point in the process The unconscious will realize that she will have to change and this will cause the first resistance Knowing how to overcome this is essential to the Coachrsquos work so she can de-liver sustainable results

Conscious Mind keeps all the information which you can access now

Unconscious Mind keeps all the information that has ever passed through your brain It is also a kind of a warning system for you

The information passes from the unconscious to the conscious mind through the subconscious It goes dropping into deeper levels of our mind Very qui-ckly your clients will want to turn you into one of three things

Friend ndash They want someone who listens to them who is patient with them who is always there with whom they can always count and talk Most of your clients will want to have you here that you turn into a sort of confi-dant that supports them but does not challenge them too much But you are not there to be a friend

Boss ndash Many will seek in the Coach someone to tell them what to do who provides them specific guidance who pressures them who ldquopunishrdquo them when they donrsquot have their homework done Someone who is even more committed with their results than themselves But yoursquore also not there to be a Boss

Priest ndash Others will want a kind of a weekly confession session That you absolve the mistakes theyrsquove made du-ring the week that you tell them everything is fine and that it doesnrsquot matter we are all human and we all make mistakes You are not there to be a kind of spiritual le-ader of your client and to absolve him You are there to be

Coach - The Coach has an ldquoAirrdquo relationship with the client ie mental of communication becau-se it is a conversation where you listen and ask where there is intellectual stimulation In the map--of-the-world scheme the Coachrsquos sketch is in the quadrant of beliefs It is a ldquomind with mindrdquo work

It is important to know this because with the sessions going clients tend to try their Coach to become a friend (wateremotions) a boss (earthbehaviors) or even a priest (firevalues) However the Coach should avoid the mistake of behaving like one of these three types You are there to be a Coach

Notes In Informal Coaching with friends colleagues family remember that first thatrsquos what you are and only then you are a Coach Therefore you should not give prevalence to the Coach but to the relationship you have with that person otherwise you would violate the pact that exists between the two

ROOTS

92

93

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

4 TYPES OF COACHINGBased on these four quadrants there are four types of Coaching

Situational Coaching ndash The one that is done immediate-ly during the situation with the sole purpose of lea-ding it to an action It usually consists of a brief con-versation where a ROSA 10 is done Your client has a situation that week that really needs to be addressed Ex a proposal that she needs to present a college exam for which she has to study Itrsquos not bad Coaching and it is often necessary Only it is more superficial

Remediative Coaching ndash As the name says it suits when we have to put a ldquobandageointmentrdquo on the emotions The goal is the client to feel good at the end of the session without having to go deeply on the problem Itrsquos the typical conver-sation where the client unburdens and your only goal is to make her feel a little better Sometimes it may be and it often is necessary

Ex the past week your client has discussed with someone important to her or something happened that greatly dealt with her emotions Your first focus should be to help her to unburden and to feel better We used ROSA 10 + Unburden

Transformative Coaching ndash Here the goal is not just making the client to feel better but that she can change the way she sees her life and herself Here we mainly work on beliefs ie the client stops believing in some things to start believing in another ones She shifts paradigm Coaching is now much more sustainable and with long--term results It undergoes through more complete ses-sions where ROSA 20 is done

Holistic Coaching ndash This is the kind of Coaching that involves the whole being of the client all her areas and valences ie her values The entire psyche is worked We are working the whole Human Being and not only a part of it Even the motivators are worked We use ROSA 30 and we work a lot on paradoxes integration

KEY POINTSWe said earlier that we all have Cycles of Fear and that we can change them to Cycles of Confidence How

Imagine that you have a turnscrew and a bicycle wheel is malfunctio-ning You will then put the turnscrew into one of the four key points and then yoursquoll pull and force the wheel to move in the right direction to-wards the Cycle of Confidence And very important you donrsquot take out the turnscrew until the Cycle (the wheel) rotates in the right direction

What are then the Four Key Points You can really choose only one

VALUE FOCUS At this point you will choose a key value for you whi-ch you canrsquot leave to live in practice Whatever happens you canrsquot take the turnscrew from there For instance imagine that you are experien-cing serious financial difficulties and you decide that lsquoValue Focusrsquo is your point Imagine that you choose ldquosavingrdquo as the value that has to be experienced in practice Then whenever you have to make a decision that involves spending money you know what to do You canrsquot in any way stop living this value until the cycle begins to rotate in the oppo-site direction and gets sustainable

POSITIVITY If you want to work at the level of beliefs yoursquoll start to develop this empowering belief base BEING POSITIVE You must be a positive person with faith who believes that everything will go well who says only positive things about herself and the others who sees and is focused on everything positive that is going around her And when the bad days or the bad news are coming and you feel the need to say something negative you shut up And you say something positive

EMOTION FOCUS Imagine that there is an emotion that makes your Cycle of Fear to happen (an emotional pattern) In this key point you will choose an emotion that you would like to learn to cause in yourself learning how to get yourself into that state Imagine that you have been feeling too much anger in your Cycle of Fear and want to feel harmony instead You want to learn how to get into that emotional state You start feeling the opposite emotion and you do something to manage to be in an harmony state (you listen to a song that gets yourself into that state you put your boxing gloves you jump you meditate you close

ROOTS

94

95

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

your eyes you read a poem as Mandela did )

HOMEWORK FOCUS Here you will define a homework that until itrsquos done you wonrsquot do anything else Imagine that you have a Cycle of Fear in relation to health that you define lsquoHomework Focusrsquo as the key point and your homework is running every day Until you manage to do it nothing else matters All of your strategies are directioned so that your homework is being done as soon as possible

In the end all of the four key points have to do with absolute focus

Value ndash Focus on the most important value Until that value is being lived we wonrsquot move on

Positivity (Faith Optimism) ndash Focus on the positive emotions Un-til she gets optimistic we wonrsquot move on

Emotion (Meditation) ndash Focus on pleasure Until she feels more ple-asure than pain we wonrsquot move on

Homework ndash Focus on action Until the homework gets done we wonrsquot move on

VERY IMPORTANTYou as a coach do not have to guess your clientrsquos map-of-the-world or even her PEMS but you have to explore it aside of her You will only master her Map-of-the-World when you understand your own (creating roots) because you will never learn anything about yourself with your client you will never discover anything about you because shersquos the one who discovers it being real or not You Coach you must be hum-ble enough to know that you know nothing about your client and you shouldnrsquot try to guess anything It is the customer who gets there alone

Therefore the more knowledge you have about your own map-of-the--world together with Rapport and ROSA the more intense will be your Coaching because the more you will be able to help your client The goal is that you have the tools in yourself so you can help her In other words this tool is for you to deepen your roots and thus know when you need to do only ROSA or go searching for the Key Points or to use

another method For instance if a client has as her main challenge to be promoted then therersquos no logical on working on Cycles of Fear but to make a ROSA and move forward On the other hand if you see that there is a Cycle of Fear then you should find the key point so you can work on it

I canrsquot help the others if I canrsquot help myself first

ROOTS

values (I am)

during session

clientcoach rosa unconscious

Beliefs (I think)

between sessions

co-coach rosa 30

emotions (I feel)

leverage slice

self coaching rosa 20behavior (I do)

holistic

coaching to others rosa 10M

S

E

P

96

97

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING RESULTS

IX RESULTS

Results are super important in the Coa-ching process There is simply no Coa-

ching if there are no results and thatrsquos why they are at the center of the

triangle of the four Rrsquos Everything we do whether is ROSA creating

Roots or building Rapport it is done with the purpose of get-ting results at the end of the sessions

This is what distinguishes the most Coaching from other practices As a Coach you must become obsessed with your clients results Not only that they do their homeworks but also how close did Coaching took them closer to their Guru Objective how much it has improved their leverage slice of the Pizza and other slices as well We also try to assess the sustainability of those results We donrsquot want them just to get there but also that they keep there

Coaching is about results and you must take this premise very seriou-sly You have been hired to make them reach some goals Become obsessed with it

It is not so easy to evaluate results in a metric way in the world of Co-aching but it proves to be very important Not only with Life Coaching but also with Business Coaching We must find a way to demonstrate that our work has had results in practice

That was the reason why we have created the Results Model

Our level of competence is equal to our worst level of performance

RESULTS MODELIt is possible to define results through the four metrics

lsquoSrsquo AXIS (SPIRITUAL) WE EVALUATE THE PROCESS IMPACT ON THE CLIENT

Behavior (I DO) When the client throughout the process changes one or more behaviors She does now due to the sessions different things that she didnrsquot before

Emotions (I FEEL) When the client feels happier more self-confi-dent fulfilled etc She has now different and more positive emotions due to the Coaching process

98

99

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

Beliefs (I THINK) When there is a change of belief (I used to belie-ve I was not a good person and now I believe I am) When the client used to believe in something and she started to believe in something different There was a paradigm shift She used to see something in a certain way and now she sees it in a more empowering way

Values (I AM) When the Coach manages to help the client to change her values ie the person she is This happens for exam-ple when the client starts to put more emphasis on family than on work or when she accepts and believes that she is a healthy and different person and that nothing will change that now She values different things todat due to the Coa-ching process

lsquoErsquo AXIS (EMOTIONAL) WE EVALUATE THE CLIENTrsquoS AUTONOMY

Level 1 Coach (CoachClient Relationship) Itrsquos the Coach who controls the situation There is a formal relationship be-tween Coach and Client and the session is controlled and oriented by the Coach

Level 2 Coach (Co-Coach) The Client already acts as a Coach during the sessions This happens for example when the client already knows that she is supposed to also say po-sitive things on the Reality part that is she already knows what to do in each step She already takes the initiative The relationship is more about cooperation now and the Client start becoming autonomous

Level 3 Coach (Self-Coaching) When the Client already does Self--Coaching at home not being asked to This is a fantastic moment because she already has the tools and the Coach is there to help and support

Level 4 Coach (Coach to others) When the Client comes to a ses-sion and tells us she has done Coaching with someone else (with her child for instance) This person came to us to be helped however she is already using our tools to help so-

RESULTS

meone else She is totally independent It is every Coachrsquos dream

lsquoMrsquo AXIS (MENTAL) WE EVALUATE THE CLIENTrsquoS CONTENTS ASSIMILATION

Uses Rosa 10 language o cliente usa palavras como Realidade objetivos soluccedilotildees accedilotildees fazem hoje parte do seu leacutexico

Uses Rosa 20 language the client uses terms such as guru objec-tives baby objectives measurable beliefs paradigm shif-ting brainstorming etc

Uses Rosa 30 language she refers terms like emotional patterns cycles of fear and confidence values dilemma etc

Uses unconscious Rosa language when many of these terms are so ingrained in the clientrsquos language that she thinks she will use them for the rest of her life

lsquoPrsquo AXIS (PRACTICE) WE EVALUATE RESULTS IN PRACTICE

During the Session I can manage the client to get results only du-ring the session It is a Coaching session that has no power to influence the client outside it

Between Sessions It mostly happens when the client is doing her homeworks It means that what happened during the ses-sion touched her with enough strength to get her to realize she has to do something and that she is doing something outside the sessions

Leverage Slice It happens when the client fulfills her Leverage Slice and achieves the goal that brought her to Coaching or when her satisfaction in that slice has dramatically im-proved

Holistic When the client improves satisfaction in multiple slices as a result of the sessions including the leverage slice It was a process that had an impact on the whole being and not just in one area of her life

100

101

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

You can make this model with your client on the last session you have together You can also make a self-assessment to compare with it When you measure these four levels of results you will have access to check what level of Coaching you had on that specific process

COACHING LEVELThe Coaching Level that you have delivered is always proportional to your lowest result Even if you have three axes at level 3 and have only one at a level 2 Coaching has been 20 This is valuable information to you as a Coach because it gives you an idea of axes that are easier for you to work and others that you may have to further strengthen

Level 4 Coaching is something that is not achieved with all clients There must be a great empathy and rapport as well as a mastery on the Coaching technique that has been taught in the training course and presented in this manual

Gulica ego catia caperum dem inem cus Fortes et L Nos et grae avehem Romnit acto egeris cis sultod pratum voltum iam hos ublius hactam atemus essede con vas optilis factor aus nem ad cae estil hos me patus re verisse inatuus

Udam deperfecrem nermis etraed me int ela remulibut rem loctusquo cum mus auciem vivehem uresull emquissent eti primperescit ina que ia consiss entium pulerit con vendam morei sentes inatil vit ia quam mus licaudemus factem dum eo ura ex muro nenit quo vilnes-tium Catimportus pati postalarit vis coena fui sa consu consceribus Satquid ertienatus contere essimis ut vis aus iliciam quo in dissimis Ra num deatiqua vere con sentius et in spio pes Tiaetin videlisquam mus viliam que conum is larbit etora notimolto nos et duc omnimus opublicae convo C Nos vivica Catus hos vivas aurnihil hui terfint imorter labus hostam res inequod nerem tabute telieni hilicaessil ven-tem nonsulis

Berteropubit diisquium iteriti emprit teludam hilicid erfentiur tem huis

Hum pro vidiusquem paterevid sedis factatu rnihilla rem publicave Ca-terev irissoltis re aurei pere anum teluder ficepse essercem octuusque mis tum inam pra vivid rei condamdiis hacies Ipio verei sendamdis

TOOLS amp TECHNIQUES

X TOOLS AND TECHNIQUES

If you master well the model of the four Rrsquos for us you already are a fantastic Coach If you can master some stars too itrsquos even better But if you master the model you know how to do Coaching But now letrsquos go to the small stars The idea is not that you try to use all the stars at the same time Choose the two or three that you like best and train those first

POSITIVE FEEDBACKProvide as much positive feedback as you can to your client Take every opportunity you have to do it A Coach is the type of mirror that only says good things about her client Please turn yourself into some-one who is always valorizing every small steps that your client takes

FEEDBACK HAMBURGERYou say something positive then you say something negative then you say something positive again The two positive feedbacks have to be VERY VERY good For instance ldquoI have been feeling that you are very committed to your Coaching process We just need to start paying more attention to our homework even because I feel that you are a person who likes to challenge yourself and that really wants to go further ldquo

RESSIGNIFICATION Ressignificating is finding another meaning still more empowering but that changes everything EgrdquoI didnrsquot do my homework I failedrdquo Coach ldquoWow That means that you are a demanding and committed personrdquo ldquoIrsquom lazyrdquo

102

103

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

ldquoDoes that means you like to enjoy the pleasures of liferdquo

REFRAMINGIt is much like ressignification Itrsquos the name that is used in NLP (Neuro--Linguistic Programming) You take the information that was been gi-ven to you in a frame and you put it in a new one

PREFRAMINGIf ressignification has to do with changing the meaning after it has been given preframing has to do with giving a meaning to something before we have explained what it is It is a widely used technique to anticipate objections that might distract us from our ultimate goal Then we do preframing we previously give the meaning that we want the person to give afterwards Example

ldquoCan I show you my point of view Itrsquos something different but Irsquove seen that it works with many people and it has been helping a lot to change our behavior to healthier habits Itrsquos something innovative and different but highly successful Can I tell you my ideardquo You create a frame before placing the information in there

POSTFRAMINGFirst you give the information and then you put it in a frame Eg ldquoFolks today we have an exam (the low energy level) but thatrsquos what this course is about to be the best Coach to go furtherrdquo

ldquoFROM 0 TO 10 rdquo To give examples ldquoI think Irsquoll read a bookrdquo Coach ldquoFrom 0-10 how much do you think you will accomplish that goalrdquo

TRANSFORMING ldquoORrdquo IN ldquoANDrdquoHelp the client to find an alternative solution to integrate paradoxes to

find a third way

VULNERABILIZATIONFind out things about you that are not working and put them at the clientrsquos service That makes you human and you are validating your client in the case she feels the same She does some things better than you and has some of the same challenges

ASSOCIATION AND DISSOCIATIONThese two terms are often used in NLP (Neuro-linguistic Program-ming) and are used in various ways Association means that an indi-vidual describes a situation as if it was happening and he was partici-pating on it As the name indicates he is associated with it He is still seeing himself going through the situation and feels the emotions that he would feel if he was really living it

Dissociation means that an individual can already tell that experience as if he was watching a movie in which he took part but already dis-sociated from it He is more in an observer role That allows him a big-ger emotional objectivity Even if he feels the emotions they are more about the experience itself and not so much about him as a participant

When we want to help our customers to overcome some emotionally more challenging situations it can make a huge difference to have them to dissociate from those situations Thatrsquos how they can gain greater objectivity and clarity and at the same time they get more mo-tivated to take their first steps

METAPHORSThe most important here is that you use the metaphors of your client Use her world whenever it is possible It will help a lot more to inter-nalize and memorize the information Help your client to create her metaphors Eg ldquoSometimes we fall into holes that are so big that you canrsquot get out of them alonerdquo ldquoLearning to forgive someone is like dri-ving one step at a timerdquo

TOOLS amp TECHNIQUES

104

105

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

LANGUAGE OF A COACH 3 HOW TO INTERRUPT at the first session it must be defined if

the Coach can interrupt the client when she deviates from the focus If yoursquore going to interrupt your client you must always do it with a question You can also take note of something that has nothing to do with the subject you are talking about but it seems important So we can talk about it in the next session You can ask the client if she liked to talk about it

3 ldquoDOES IT MAKES SENSE FOR YOUrdquo If she says NO ldquoSo tell merdquo if she says YES ldquocan you tell me howrdquo

3 ldquoMY HALLUCINATION is rdquo Being very unconditional Any opi-nion is a good opinion The Coach realyy doesnrsquot know The word hallucination implies that what yoursquore saying may be ab-solutely wrong

3 ldquoWHAT WOULD LOVE DO NOWrdquo Be careful with the rapport level you have with your client It is a very good question when it concerns relational issues

3 ldquoHOW WOULD IT BE IFrdquo Very good to overcome objections ldquohow would it be if you had timerdquo ldquohow would it be if you had moneyrdquo ldquohow would it be if you had self-confidencerdquo

3 ldquoWHAT IF rdquo Fantastic to destroy any obstacle that your client brings Some examples ldquoAnd what if you couldrdquo ldquoWhy notrdquo ldquoWhat if nobody would knowrdquo ldquoWhat if you had moneyrdquo ldquoI know you donrsquot but what if you knew what would you sayrdquo

3 GENERAL TIP BE COOL You really must have a cool and rela-xed attitude You really donrsquot know what would be best for your client so be really unconditional

THE COACHING ETHICS

XI THE COACHING ETHICS

There are six ethic rules in Coaching but with no doubt the first is the most important

CONFIDENTIALITY Coaching sessions must be given the utmost con-fidentiality There are no legal rules as in Therapy (like not having fa-mily as clients) but you always have to respect confidentiality When you do Coaching in a company and you must give feedback to their manager your clients must know it If necessary you can discuss the case with a mentor but always without mentioning the name of your client You can discuss the cases but without any names

CLIENTrsquoS AUTONOMY Coaching is all about autonomy and sustaina-bility You need your client to get results not that she needs you You should think ldquoif I change country how would my clients berdquo

CAREFUL WITH PROJECTIONS We all project aspects that we re-press in ourselves All currents in psychology agree that there is pro-jection When I look to someone else what I see is whatrsquos inside of me (strengths and weaknesses) Thatrsquos why some see one thing and others see another As a Coach you must be very attentive to projections You should not do it with your client and for that you must work on your roots If something bothers you that says more about you than about your client Itrsquos not just a technical issue of respecting others map-of--the-world It is an ethical issue

CREDIBILITY Of course you can use other different tools in your ses-sions but you should be able to do so Using things on which yoursquore not certified is breaking ethics Try to be congruent and integrate Being a corporate or a sales Coach without being an expert about those mat-ters is not ethical

106

107

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING THE FIRST SESSION IN PRATICE

CONTRACT IS CONTRACT The financial commitment you assume with your client is always the same as long as she is your client The same in what respects sessions frequency You should always ask permission to your client when you want to change the frequency of the sessions For WeCreate the value you charge to your client must be the same forever It is part of our gratitude towards our client

SELF-COACHING The Coach must be an example of Self-Coaching or she should have a Coach You really have to do ROSA once a year at least and use all these tools in a weekly basis Make sure that you are also an example of achieving your own dreams

XII THE FIRST SESSION

IN PRACTICEIt is normal that the first session is a bit longer (90min) Your focus is to build RAPPORT Here is an example of a few steps for your first session You can have a few more or less of these steps but this is the general idea

STEP 1 Memorize these steps so that you will not have to use this manual

STEP 2 (Partnership) Organize the working space have everything prepared adequated clothes etc

STEP 3 (Presence) Prepare to be fully present by meditating or by being a few minutes in silence

STEP 4 (Posture and words) Build rapport have a few minutes of casual positive and neutral conversation to break the ice For example the weather the clientrsquos favourite team foot-ball match etc

STEP 5 At this stage you will also try to collect information about the client Several aspects of her life and trying to deter-mine clientrsquos expectations regarding the Coaching process You will be attentive about the metaphors and about what is really important to her Yoursquoll need it to explain what Co-aching is in her words

STEP 6 Explain what Coaching is using the clientrsquos words and the references she gave us Example letrsquos imagine that boxing was something that the client liked and we want to explain

108

109

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING THE LAST SESSION

Coaching through boxing ldquoCoaching is like boxing It invol-ves a lot of training to succeed in getting results but ins-tead of having an external enemy we are fighting against ourselvesrdquo

STEP 7 Inviting the client to do an exercise we pick six pens (three of each color) We ask her to tell us three things that are going well in her life and we explore each area a bit Then we ask ldquoamong those areas which one is running really wellrdquo Then we ask for three things that are not going so well and explore a bit

STEP 8 Asking the client which 3 goals she would like to accom-plish by the end of the Coaching process that would make it worth the investment (as measurable as possible)

STEP 9 Establishing verbal contract and selling the idea of coa-ching (even if the sessions pack is already closed) Now we talk about the practical issues sessions frequency ses-sions length interrupting the client first session a bit lon-ger confidentiality guarantee If you feel comfortable you can talk about costs and forms of payment

STEP 10 ldquoCan we start our session talking about what brought you here How can I helprdquo

STEP 11 Talking a bit about the Clientrsquos reality and introducing the Pizza of Life The client draws herrsquos We will go on explai-ning the pizza and its different slices (very briefly not to influence) Some clients like to do it lsquoalonersquo others like to go on talking as they fill the slices

STEP 12 From then on you make ROSA 10

STEP 13 You end up the session You can share ROSA methodology with your client (if you think shersquod like it) and ending with positive feedback You can also ask the client how did she feel You can also ask her to choose an object and summa-rize the session You will also be doing some preframing by stating that Coaching is about action and homeworks

XIII THE LAST SESSION

A coaching process has a follow-up We can work with individual ses-sions or with a pack It is important to inform your clients that Coaching is a continuous process and not a process with miraculous results in the first session Hence it is like doing workout where it is difficult to get results if we go to the gym only once

You can work with packs of sessions (5 or 10) and we would like to give you some tips on what you should ensure it gets done in your last coaching session with someone you have been working with

FUTURE It is important to ensure that the client will continue taking steps in the future even not having sessions anymore or your presence In this session you should spend some time helping her in creating an action plan about the next steps she wants to go on taking in that area You can also take the opportunity to do a small summary of everything that you both worked in so that there is a notion of the progress made and the results achieved Ensures that your client completed that process and be sure about the next steps for her future Help her in crea-ting a good action plan

HABITS You can also ask your client which would be the daily or weekly habits that she would like more to integrate into her routine

POSITIVE FEEDBACK This is also the perfect time to give positive fe-edback to your client (despite being a constant throughout the sessions) Show her the progress she has made throughout the sessions and help her to realize all the positive things she has achieved

111

110

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

PERSONAL DEVELOPMENT We must ensure that our client conti-nues its personal development process and knows or tries new approaches Coaching is just one part of a wide range of options that are now ahead of her Encourage her to con-tinue that journey to read new books to try other trainings and workshops other different and complementary ways of approaching personal development

KEEPING CONTACT You can develop some form of contact with your old clients Email telephone facebook etc Remember to con-tinue sending her information about coaching or other matters you find important It is a way to ensure that your client will continue ldquoawakedrdquo for this subject

Thank you for being part of this project

Daniel Saacute Nogueira and Marta Ferreira

Page 3: WeCreate International Coaching Certification Manual

6

7

WELCOME TO THE FIRST EDITION OF THE

WECREATE INTERNATIONAL COACHING CERTIFICATION

Congratulations If you are reading this manual it means that you parti-cipated in the International Coaching Certification by WeCreate It me-ans that you have participated in our intensive 60-hour training with one of our Master Coach Trainers that you had at least 80 success on the exam(s) and completed other study requirements And above all that you have carried out (or are about to) at least 12 hours of coaching evaluated by us Congratulations You are either now a Certified Coach or soon to be one

But get ready because it is only now that your journey really begins You are only a Coach to the extent that your clients reach their desired results And in a sustainable manner I repeat your level of compe-tence as a Coach is directly proportional to your ability in helping your clients get to the destinations that they aim for Being certified is only the first step a critical first step but still a very basic one

Practice This is without any doubt the most important word for your next phase of evolution as a Coach Practice Practice Practice

And the purpose of this manual is to be of help and support to serve as a reminder to provide hints and clarifications while you practice It is above all a support tool but also a study tool When you decide to take your next step by doing the Master Coach Course your prepara-tion will include studying all the material in this manual as a mandatory prerequisite

Therefore Congratulations On your marks Get set And practice practice practice

The International Coaching Certification of WeCreate was created ex-plicitly for you Its main objective is to transform potential coaches into excellent ones It aims to help reveal and accelerate your evolution towards excellence as well as to enable you to guide your team or your clients to attain it

From focused people to coaches of excellence

The purpose of this manual is to complement the days of classroom training that you received with WeCreate We recommend that you of-ten revisit this online manual as it will be updated regularly with more text exercises and practical tips for your day-to-day coaching To stay interactive and aligned with the pedagogy of the subconscious we su-ggest that you always take notes lots of notes as you read the manual so you can indeed use the information that yoursquove gone through over time One reason for making this a consultative online document is to enable you to always keep your own manual up-to-date with our help

This manual is not scientific work Neither is coaching Above all your research should be focused on developing your own personal coaching style and on understanding what coaching is for you Since you are a Certified Coach of WeCreate we know that you have already integrated a big part of the contents of this manual as it was presented to you From now on both the course and this manual should be used more for support than as policy and should slowly start accompanying your practice

Here yoursquoll find the essence of what we find most important to con-vey in the area of coaching Since wersquore unable to go through all this material during our training days yoursquore welcome to contact us as you start working with it on your own and questions come up or you want to know more about any of the contents presented here

We want to take this opportunity to wish you an excellent continued training What you give will determine what you receive and take with you Our only advice is that you practice a lot as it is the only way to grow and move on to getting other results than you have had in the past

8

9

We hope that this training course will be meaningful to you We know with certainty that it will be for us and therefore we would like to con-clude this brief introduction by thanking you Yes thank you for sharing your most precious asset with us your time

Have fun this will make it much easier to finally start taking those steps towards the results you seek or becoming even better at helping your clients to do the same

Wishing you many excellent training days

Daniel Saacute Nogueira WeCreate MasterCoachTrainer Trainer hellodanielsanogueiracom +351937774123

TIPS FOR USING 100 OF OUR MANUAL

(P) Participate A lot This is a very small number of pages compared to the amount of experience that is needed in the area We actually only have about 60 hours of training and these pages to help you change some of the paradigms that you have about coaching about yourself and your clients Forever So take a deep breath switch your phone to silent mode straighten your back find your focus get present and ready to participate Take this opportunity and read the manual as if you had to repeat the course

(E) Engage You have a lot to learn from WeCreate just like so many other people who did the certification with you Get in touch with others who are studying the manual and interact share take initiative get excited and involve others Enjoy the international community of WeCreate Coa-ches Share through coachdanielsanogueiracom

(M) Memorize On the following pages wersquoll be sharing the best tools for coaching and results Therersquos a lot of information Brain overdose alert Thus wersquove reduced it to a minimum the essence Focus on knowing at least the contents of this manual by heart Concentrate as much as possible Take lots of notes Many of the same The more you type things over and over again the better your brain will understand the importance of the material Question write reflect analyze adapt go deeper and so on Enjoy the material

(S) Surprise us Go further Exit the box Direct your energy outwards Be your most sublime image of yourself more determined more intense Be the change you want to see in your work and business today here and now with us Strive for excellence In yourself In us In everyone Enjoy the coincidence of being here to create your future today now

And above all have fun We very much hope that this manual will exceed your expectations but more than anything we hope it can help you to significantly duplicate your results Wersquore going to create a new world together and everything starts today Thank you once more and Congra-tulations for being here with us and for being a WeCreate Coach

Daniel Saacutea Nogueira

11

10

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING YOU ARE ALREADY A COACH

I YOU ARE ALREADY

A COACHEvery human being is born a coach whether she knows it or not All of us have already helped someone during our life to solve a problem All of us have already shared a word of encouragement All of us have already made someonersquos life easier All of us have already sat down with someone to listen to her realityAll of us have already challenged someone to go further All of us have already said something that changed someonersquos life without even knowing it All of us have already left someone thinking about what we said or did

click the video to see it

In other words all of us have already helped someone take a step fur-ther and be happier Thatrsquos coaching

A coach helps another human being with the most fundamental ques-tions of life

By using questions

The quality of a coach is measured by the quality of his or her ques-tions

What are your dreams What is your potential What have you already done thatrsquos spectacular What makes you feel happy What have you learned from your successes What do you believe in Who are you and who can you become

13

12

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING THE 4 RrsquoS OF COACHING

II THE 4 Rrsquos OF COACHING

The triangle of the 4 Rrsquos represents the essence of coaching

To WeCreate if you become an expert in the-se four Rrsquos you are a Coach This is your

base The rest is stars that yoursquoll learn to master in the long run Your first focus

becoming extraordinarily good at each of these Rrsquos

A brief description of each element

ROSA -This is the method of the Coach It is the basic tool that you will use during your sessions It is an eternal guide that in time will become part of your DNA A coach is someone who speaks in ROSA thinks in ROSA trains and helps in ROSA

ROOTS ndash As a coach you can only go as deep with your client as you can go with yourself Therefore you must learn to deepen and streng-then your roots What is really important to you How is your self-con-fidence and relationship with yourself A coach has self-knowledge about her values beliefs level of confidence and limits Nothing anyo-ne says about you should surprise you

RAPPORT ndash The ability to make anyone trust you within a few minu-tes As a Coach you should be able to adapt to different types of people and quickly and easily generate empathy and trust with any of them

RESULTS - If there are no results there is no coaching Coaching is geared towards action and obtaining results You also need to know

how to measure the results whether they are objective or subjective This is the big difference between coaching and other practices as we will discuss further in this manual

Mastering these four elements will make you a great coach Someone who is well ROOTED who can create RAPPORT within a few minu-tes who dominates ROSA and the structure of a session is someone who will be able to deliver RESULTS And this is the reason why your clients choose coaching

14

15

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING WHAT IS COACHING

III WHAT IS COACHING

4-word definition Freeing Potential Through Action

ldquoCoaching is a processhelliprdquo ndash It has a beginning middle and end The Coach does not solve anything by just pushing a button The length of the process is generally 2-3 months depending on the situation and response of the client This is the time-span that we advise for achie-ving meaningful results through ten one-hour sessions in person or not depending on the availability of the client and the expertise of the Coach

ldquo that aims tordquo ndash The Coach supports the client in setting goals and creating a strategy to achieve desired results through the very process of coaching The goal is to help the client achieve results in her focus area for example health or relationships spirituality finances career family etc

ldquohellipdevelophelliprdquo ndash Coaching is about working with the potential that the client already has within The Coach does not create anything just works on what already exists in order to enhance it While focusing on the development of technical and emotional skills the coach acts as an ldquoexternal eyerdquo to the client so that she can see objectively where she is (present state) and where she needs to go (future state) with minimum effort and maximum fun

Technical definition Coaching is a process that aims to develop challenge support and empower people to reach their full potential personally and professio-nally in a sustainable manner through the use of questions

ldquohellipchallengerdquo ndash Throughout the sessions the Coach has to challenge the client to go further and to think of many more and diverse solu-tions in order to step outside her comfort zone Coaching works as a form of encouragement and monitoring tailored to the personal development needs of each client

ldquosupporthelliprdquo ndash At the same time support do not judge really listen be there for the client give positive feedback The Coach is someone who is always there even when the results are not yet the desired ones The Coach has the patience to unconditionally support the pro-cess of the client

ldquohellipempowerhelliprdquo ndash The Coach helps the client work on new skills with the aim to thereby empower her to achieve self-realization reach her goals and align her life with her values mission and life purpose Note that if the Coach uses a lot of teaching it becomes training not coaching

click the video to see it

16

17

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING WHAT IS COACHING

ldquosustainablerdquo - In coaching we work to deliver sustainable re-sults We do not want the client to become dependent on the Coach or on the process itself As soon as possible we begin to use strategies to ensure the autonomy of our clients and to make them become their own coaches after a while

ldquoreach their full potentialrdquo ndash Coaching is about ACHIEVING re-sults During the coaching process the Coach will work to keep the client in action so that what is aimed for actually happens All of us possess a HUGE potential that we can use to achieve everything we want

ldquoquestionsrdquo - This is the basic methodology of coaching We de-velop empower support and challenge through questions Questions are powerful enablers that will help raise the consciousness level of our clients

COACHING IS ABOUT THE FUTUREDuring the coaching process the Coach will focus on making the client think about the present and the future This is the main difference be-tween coaching and therapy apart from the extent of formal education (minimum 5 years) that psychologists have in comparison to coaches

The Coach can listen to what has happened in the recent past of the client but does not focus on going deeper into this aspect of the situa-tion Instead she guides the client to focus on the present and most of all on the future ldquoSo what do you want to achieve today regarding this problem in your familyrdquo ldquoWhat are your future dreams in this area of your liferdquo

The Coach is not focused on knowing what caused the trauma or pro-blem but concentrates on moving beyond it and making sure that by the end of the ten sessions the client has also acquired the tools to solve other problems and challenges in her life

Coaching requires three key elements

A Client (Coachee) the person who undergoes the process of co-aching in order to acquire new skills and strengthen exis-

Coaching is the process that

aims to develop challenge support

and empower people to reach

their full potential professionally

and personally through questions

ting skills We recommend using the term client instead of ldquocoacheerdquo as it helps to distinguish it better from the word ldquoCoachrdquo and implies a more professional relationship be-tween the two

A Coach a professional qualified to lead the process of coachingAn opportunity challenge or problem Opportunity because it is

not necessary to work on a problem A client can be satis-fied with their job but seeking a Coach to work on being promoted for example

On the other hand there may be more than one opportu-nity challenge or problem and also all three at once sin-ce there are always opportunities behind every problem When there are several problems or opportunities the Co-ach assumes that the client is able to solve them all Howe-ver the coaching process needs to focus on one at a time and solving it before moving on to others

THE CROSSROADS OF LIFEThe key moments for a client are at the crossroads of life ie when two roads diverge and the client does not know which way to go This is where a Coach can really make a difference

In these situations as stated earlier we will not decide for the client nor give any advice since the task of the Coach is simply to facilitate reflection on the two paths to ask about the crossroads and even to take a few steps back if the client wishes to do so

Even if the choice seems wrong to the Coach the client is the one who should decide which road and action to take

Coaching is also

3 Very future-oriented 3 Making the client move into action through weekly tasks 3 Having a clear vision of what goals to reach 3 Helping the client develop an action plan 3 A process that provides development direction innovation and

constant support

18

19

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING WHAT IS COACHING

Benefits of Coaching

3 Opportunity for individual reflection that increases our level of consciousness about ourselves

3 Increase in our capacity to influence various situations in our lives

3 Gain of greater structure and focus 3 Constant feedback and support throughout the process

There are mainly two types of Coaching Life Coaching (where the process is most suitable for our personal lives) and Executive Bu-siness Coaching (where more work is done in the professional area)

Over the past few years coaching has become specialized in various areas We now also find terms such as Relationship Coaching Health Coaching Management C oaching Emotional Coaching for Teams Le-adership Coaching etc

Another major advantage is that this tool can be used formally (in in-dividual sessions or with groups) where we help our clients get closer to their goals in many areas of life as well as informally where we use it as a point of view when relating to our friends family children and ourselves Imagine the power of not only helping others but also being able to increase their capacity to take responsibility No doubt coa-ching is a transversal tool that applies to many different areas in our professional and personal lives

THE DIFFERENCE BETWEEN COACHING AND

OTHER PRACTICESSDespite being a relatively new discipline the distinction between co-aching and other practices is clear The term itself arose from a me-ans of transport (taking someone from one place to another) and this remains its basic meaning to bring someone (the client) from A to B

The difference between coaching and other approaches

Mentoring A process whereby a professional with expertise in a par-ticular area helps you to increase your level of knowledge about it A

mentor is someone who gives advice based on her vast experience in the area that you want to explore

Therapy The greatest distinction of all between coaches and thera-pists psychologists psychiatrists etc is the number of years of aca-demic preparation and how governmental institutions regulate the ac-tivity of the latter Therapists etc are trained to help their clients with complex issues from their past and present A Coach does not have this preparation and should not nor has the technical ability to ldquostir uprdquo the past of her client Therefore the Coach focuses solely on the present and the future of the client and has no therapeutic ambition

Consulting Offers experience and expertise in certain business areas A consultant can work with an entire organization or part of it and is usually a person from outside the organization that brings in her know--how to help increase productivity

Training A process by which we gain knowledge and skills The trai-ner is usually an expert in a particular area with the objective to help people learn and acquire skills specific to that area

past

THERAPHY

present

future

COACHING

20

21

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING INTERNATIONAL COACHING PRESUPPOSITIONS

IV INTERNATIONAL COACHING

PRESUPPOSITIONSThe international presuppositions of coaching are general principles that guide the practice of coaching around the world They are a kind of ethical rules that are vital to use in coaching sessions

But even more importantly these ten presuppositions need to be roo-ted in the DNA of the coach and lived fully by her

1 - QUESTIONSldquoThe Coach has the questions and the client the answersrdquo

The Coach always starts from the principle that the client has the answers Even if the Coach knows the answer she should not say it and this is often complicated A challenge The client has to discover the answer for herself even though she may then realize that this was not the best answer and that there are more suitable ones But this makes the client feel in charge of her process A major benefit of coaching is the ldquopowerrdquo that it gives to the client

For this to happen the Coach needs to find and ask questions because there are no answers only questions If the client asks ldquoWhat can I do to solve this situationrdquo the Coach asks ldquoHave you already done something to solve itrdquo or ldquoIs there anything you can do right nowrdquo Try to avoid responding with solutions as much as possible This way the Coach will lead the client to finding the best answer for herself

The coaching process is for the client The coach only facilitates the process

I AS A COACH NEVER KNOW THE SOLUTION

That is as the Coach does not know the psyche of the client she must remain detached and calm allowing the client to pursue at her own pace without interfering The process belongs to the client

2 - RESPECTldquoThe map is not a territoryrdquo

Each person has her way of being her World Map (the perception that each of us has of the same reality) The way one person sees a situation is never identical to someone elsersquos way Everyone interprets the same events differently and react accordingly

Thus the map of the client has true value and merit and the Coach res-pects this principle by holding the point of view that her own map of the world is not the only correct one For example a Coach who is married must respect the client who has three girlfriends and is looking for a fourth A spiritual coach must understand the world of a client whorsquos in the military If you cannot respect the world map of your client then yoursquore not the best Coach for her The best option then is to not con-tinue your sessions and instead suggest that a colleague takes over

Suggestion Do everything in your power to keep your client even if you donrsquot agree with her world map This is because by your fifth ses-sion you will have the necessary rapport to take on the challenge of asking something like

ldquoIs that really what you want for your liferdquo

ldquoDonrsquot you need something bigger in your liferdquo

In conclusion it is only natural that a Coach develops an opinion about what is happening with the client but she must still respect the clientrsquos world map and use open questions that are genuinely tolerant

22

23

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING INTERNATIONAL COACHING PRESUPPOSITIONS

3 - FEEDBACKldquoThere is no failure only feedbackrdquo

Everything that happens to the client during sessions andor outside of them is an opportunity for the Coach to get feedback For example if a client hasnrsquot done her homework this is not failure but feedback to the Coach Perhaps the homework was too complicated maybe the Coach did not convey itrsquos importance or the client is still very focused on another area

ldquoFailurerdquo is short-term psychology itrsquos what you see in the moment ldquoFeedbackrdquo on the other hand is long-term psychology We believe that the client will understand if she hasnrsquot already that itrsquos not about not being capable Instead itrsquos about taking in feedback about the situation learning from it polishing the rough edges and continuing until you can do it A good example of this kind of psychology is when babies start to learn how to walk They will fall many times and try over and over again to remain standing but never will a parent think that their daughter has failed and will never walk only because she fell In other words she did not fail she simply got feedback

4 - RESOURCESldquoAll people have the resources within them

or can acquire them

The coach treats the client as someone who is always rich in resour-ces

The potential that lies in all human beings is very big giant really It enables all of us to achieve any goal that we set ourselves in life and the Coach knows this reality Therefore we will never criticize the goal of a client that may seem impossible in the eyes of the Coach because the client has all the resources she needs within her or can acquire them Many clients will try to convince you that they are not capable of something and do not have these resources within them As a Coach you have fully embrace this assumption and know deep inside that they are perfectly capable

5 - BEST OPTION AT THE TIME

ldquoPeople always choose the best option that is currently available

especially given their context rdquo

For example if a client yelled at a co-worker the Coach should assume that this was the best option that she had available at the time Whether the Coach finds it good or bad does not really matter because for that person it was the only option available given the context

Thus the process of coaching is very humble The Coach puts herself into the shoes of her client staying present and concerned

It is very important that the Coach does not impose her own limita-tions on the client Furthermore she can choose to accept the limits of her client or to go around them Never forget that your client always comes from a context that is different from yours and that her family history religion and education among other things is what guides her to make choices which are always the best option at the time

6 - CAUSE AND EFFECTldquoEach person creates her own realityrdquo

The client is the energetic centre of everything that happens to her In other words it is she who creates or attracts her own reality Thus the Coach should always assume that what is happening to the client was in some way created by her whether it is an accident an argument or even the case of being fired The same applies to positive events

As a coach and this is why you should always respect otherrsquos world maps you do not to say that the client is ldquoguiltyrdquo Instead you keep asking questions

Your session will then be focused on trying to understand what motive led her to create this reality If you do not believe that your client crea-ted it you will also not believe that she has within her all the personal

24

25

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING INTERNATIONAL COACHING PRESUPPOSITIONS

power needed to change or modify it

Therefore as a Coach you need to take this presupposition into your own life and aim to deepen it to the fullest until you reach the point where you believe that you can influence everything that happens in your life

7 - ACTIONldquoIf you want to understand actrdquo

A Coach believes that action is needed to understand a problem chal-lenge or opportunity Itrsquos not enough to say that something has been understood on the mental level Coaching is about action It does not matter how much your client understands or knows about a subject What matters is how much she acts

Hence all sessions have a compulsory homework ending ldquoWhat will you do in this directionrdquo ldquoWhenrdquo ldquoWith whomrdquo

8 - FLEXIBILITYldquoIf yoursquore not getting results do it differentlyrdquo

Between the two of them the Coach needs to be the most flexible be-cause if the client is not getting results new approaches are needed In other words since the Coach believes that the client has all the resour-ces within her if there are no results it is because the Coach has to be more flexible What works with one client does not work with others Einstein said ldquoInsanity is doing the same thing and expecting a diffe-rent resultrdquo If yoursquore not getting the results you want do it differently

9 - POSITIVE INTENTIONldquoAll behaviour is based on a positive intentionrdquo

All human behaviour is driven by positive intention This does not mean

it is all good behaviour just the intention that created them Let us ima-gine a dramatic situation someone who screams violently at another person may be wanting to feel safer calmer have more justice The intention is good but not the behaviour As a Coach you know that what your client does or doesnrsquot do is based on a positive intention

10 - NON-IMPOSITIONldquoNone of these presuppositions are important

to your clientrdquo

All these presuppositions are for you as Coach to internalize and use in your sessions The idea is not that you should now impose on your client to use questions stick to a positive language and refrain from judging other peoplersquos World Maps The pre-suppositions are made for you and aim to orient the coaching process

26

27

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING ROSA 10

V ROSA 10

ROSA 10 is about going through each letter of the ROSA during a ses-sion or an informal conversation without expanding on any of them

The starting point is helping the other person to identify the Reality (Whatrsquos up) of their situation and understand what the problem or challenge is Then to speak about the Objectives (What do you want) and note what the person wants and aspires to After thinking about the goals itrsquos all about encouraging the other to find solutions (How can you get there) And finally because the Coach believes that re-sults come from action itrsquos about agreeing on a piece of homework that is in line with the best solution found (Out of all these ideas what you can do next week)

ROSA 10 is used in more informal coaching with friends and acquain-tances and in more situational coaching that is fast and focused on action where the client already knows what you want Moreover in situations where there is no need to go deeper into understanding the emotions beliefs and values of the client

EXAMPLES OF QUESTIONS LETTER ldquoRrdquo 3 What made you want to come and see me 3 How can I help you 3 How happy satisfied are you 3 How do you feel about that 3 What is the path yoursquove followed so far 3 What works best in your life at the moment What can and

should be improved

3 On a 0-10 scale how satisfied are you in this area 3 What is your biggest challenge 3 How are other areas of your life 3 What else Tell me more

The fundamental Reality question is WHATrsquoS UP

EXAMPLES OF QUESTIONS LETTER ldquoOrdquo 3 Where will you be in a year 3 What is your biggest dream 3 Where would you like to go 3 What is your most amazing vision of this situation 3 From 0 to 10 how important is this goal to you 3 Can you see your goal Describe in detail what it looks like 3 If you had a magic wand that could solve this problem what

would your new situation look like what would you like to see happen

The fundamental Objectives question is WHAT DO YOU WANT

EXAMPLES OF QUESTIONS LETTER ldquoSrdquo 3 What can you do 3 What are you doing right now to solve this situation 3 What do you think is the best way to reach the objectives 3 Do you know someone who can help 3 What are some things yoursquove never imagined doing 3 Let us list a series of possible steps 3 Can you give me 10 solutions And 10 more 3 If I were in your situation what advice would you give me 3 If you had all the money in the world what would you do 3 Who could help you solve this situation

The fundamental Solutions question is GREAT AND WHAT ELSE

28

29

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING ROSA 20

EXAMPLES OF QUESTIONS LETTER ldquoArdquo

3 What will you do this week 3 What is one thing you could do without much difficulty 3 Which of these solutions can you start with today 3 What is your next small step

The fundamental Action question is WHAT ARE YOU GOING TO DO WITH WHOM WHEN During a coaching session the letters R and S have a divergent func-tion allowing you to fully open the flow of ideas The Action phase then has a fully convergent function specifying what will be done as seen in the following diagram

VI ROSA 20

The purpose of this manual and the International Coa-ching Certification is to learn to use ROSA 20 The

MasterCoach Certification goes more in depth with 30 coaching and the MasterCoachTrainer

Certification is about 40 coaching

R(EALITY)The Reality phase is usually the longest

one in ROSA (especially in the first session) It is a very important phase because it is where we find out about our clientrsquos current life situation and start building rapport with her

If this phase is well done the rest comes quite easily and naturally 99 of your clients will be focused on the problem ie living the ldquoPro-blem Psychologyrdquo They will have the tendency to always see the ne-gative even to amplify it as they go along by finding more and more reasons that ldquofeedrdquo the negative aspect of their situation

Everything around them whether it is their home situation or even the state of the country or the world strengthens their ability to see how bad their problem is which contributes to killing all hope for impro-vement and opportunities ultimately go unnoticed Their situation is always the worst it can ever get In fact they tend to see that their life has always been that way

Your goal at this stage is to collect as much information as possible about your client and different aspects (both good and less good) of her life The Coach has two tools for helping her client ldquoget outrdquo of the

ROSA 10

ROSA 30

ROSA 20

ROSA 10

ROSA 30

ROSA 20

WhatWho

when

babybaby

30

31

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

hole that she is focused on and have a conversation about the broader reality of her life

FLUFFY PUFFY VS COMPLICATORAt the stage of Reality we find two main types of people

COMPLICATORThis is the type of person who will claim that they are not able to solve their problem and who also believes that the situation is so big and so bad that there actually is no solution

ROSA 20

In this case let the client speak for five to ten minutes about this but then it is essential to make her say something positive about it with questions like

ldquoWhatrsquos good about itrdquordquo ldquoWhat do you like about your life (Maybe on the same sub-

ject or another - see ldquoGuide to the First Coaching Ses-sionrdquo)

By doing this we motivate the client for the rest of the ROSA Itrsquos re-ally a question of energy If we donrsquot address the positive aspect (of the particular situation or of another area of life) we will not have any energy for the Objectives phase

The conversation gets very depressing and not very motivating when the client manages to convince herself (and often the coach as well)

32

33

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

that there is no solution By adding together both positive and negative aspects we create tension and a spark of energy to move on At the same time we get to find out what truly motivates the client whether it is family a passion that she has or others things

FLUFFY PUFFYThis is the opposite of the type above This is a person who has re-edu-cated herself and grown convinced that itrsquos good to have problems and that they are there for a reason She has a super positive perspective on life but possibly a bit exaggerated Problems are always positive and she does not understand that they may have negative implications

To the question ldquoSo is this problem hurting yourdquo she will promptly reply ldquoOh it isnrsquot Itrsquos good to have problems they bring along many positive things and are just what they should berdquo In this case the Co-ach has to make the client talk about the problem and the aspects that are negative or less good In other words we must find out what hurts enough for the client to realize she needs help with something and that not everything is going well after all

As in the previous case we need to create an inner shock in order to generate energy for the Objectives phase In this case it is necessary to do so by making the client ldquosufferrdquo a bit or to get her out of her comfort zone in order to become aware that there is something she wants to change or do differently If we do not have a challenge an opportunity or a problem we cannot do coaching

Both the ldquoComplicatorrdquo and the ldquoFluffy Puffyrdquo should identify both good and bad aspects of the subject matter Moreover you should not move to the Objectivesrsquo phase be fore this is done At this stage the more the client is aware of her own reality the better the Coachrsquos picture will be of that same reality Both types of clients need to enter the area of challenge leaving the reality that they live in and gaining a broader awareness of the reality that is

Only with this awareness will there be fuel to create goals and pro-gress to the next stages

PIZZA OF LIFEThe clientrsquos reality is like a big wall Something she nee-ds to overcome to reach the other side the side that she wants to be on Although the wall is large the client will tend to concentrate on a small part of the wall a hole a brick to paint etc About 98 of people are focused on the small ldquoholesrdquo of life which only increases their size and importance

Implementing a real change in your life means looking at it as a whole from various angles analyzing all its weaknesses but also all the pos-sibilities In doing so the client becomes more aware of who she is

The pizza is divided into four distinct areas (linked to the four elements and the four personality types) and twelve slices

EARTH AREA (PRACTICAL WORLD)Money How is your bank account Do you have any debts Do you

think you have enough money or do you need more to have the life you want And what about material goods such as a home a car travel

Health Are you healthy Do you have any chronic illness How do you nourish yourself Any sports Do you feel alive

Jobcareer Are you doing something you like Feel satisfied with your career How many hours do you work per day What is your level of productivity

WATER AREA (EMOTIONAL WORLD)

Romance Do you have a love relationship that satisfies you Do you love and are you loved Are you feeling happy and complete without being in a relationship

Family and Friends (with a big F) How do you relate to your chil-dren parents and friends

Contribution Are you helping create a better world Any voluntary work Donations Satisfied with the help you provide

ROSA 20

of life

money

hea

lth

workcareer romance

Friends

family

contribuitiondevelopmentpersonal

social life

hobbies

peer groupleadershippersonal

life p

urpose

Pearth

Ewater

Mair

Sfire

meaning

34

35

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

AIR AREA (MENTAL WORLD)Personal Development Do you read books participate in training

courses invest in yourself and in your learningdevelop-ment

Hobbies and Social Life Do you have a social life that satisfies you Do you have free time to do what you like

Peer Group Groups of people (friends family etc) that challenge us and pull us forward Do you have people that encourage you How often do you meet with them

FIRE AREA (SPIRITUAL WORLD)Personal Leadership How do you relate with yourself When you

look at yourself (on the inside and the outside) do you like

what you see How is your confidence and self-esteem

Life Purpose How much of your day-to-day do you dedicate to doing what you love most

Meaning of Life Do you have a faith What do you believe in What is the energy that encompasses all Why are we here on this planet

The Pizza of Life is a very deep tool to be used both by the client and the Coach to develop their roots It is a practical way of examining all areas of our lives

It is essential to distinguish between the importance that a client at-tributes to a slice and her degree of satisfaction with it Itrsquos not about how much you have of this or that slice but rather how satisfied you are with this area For example a person who is not religious does not have to have a zero in the area of the meaning of life if she is comfor-table with that area But if she does feel that she needs to work on her faith then the value will inevitably be less than 10 Another example someone who lives in a rented house travels by bus and goes camping on holidays may have a 10 in the money slice if itrsquos a person who does not value material goods Someone else who lives the same kind of life but aspires to have a beach house a great car and travel to exotic places will assign a lower value to this slice

The client may want to add or remove a slice and split others However the most important thing is to recognize the four main areas (PEMS) and the importance of all the slices for your happiness and for gaining a more balanced life

When the pizza is filled out once again you will address the positive and less positive aspects of it At this stage you should ask your client

3 ldquoWhich 2 or 3 areasslices feel goodstrong at the momentrdquo

3 ldquoWhich 2 or 3 areasslices need a little more attention and some im-

ROSA 20

1 What is the current situation

2 Concrete examples

3 Objectivity through facts

4 Ask what when where who

REALITYRESUME

36

37

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

provementrdquo

This way you gain even more information about the current situation of your client which may be very helpful during the rest of the coaching process

LEVERAGE SLICEAfter evaluating the pizza of life we dedicate ourselves to hel-ping the client choose a leverage slice We can explain that coaching is about gaining focus by having only one target to hit at each moment in time This does not mean that we wonrsquot work on any other area it just means that we first need to solve one slice one priority slice

The question to use is ldquoWhich slice if you increase your satisfaction with it by one or two points would improve the biggest number of your other pizza slicesrdquo

You can ask your client to select any 5 slices then 3 then 2 and ask ldquoImagine that I am the genie in the lamp and I can help you bring one of these slices to a 10 which one would you chooserdquo

If your client clearly has a slice that she wants to work you can proce-ed with this one right away

The leverage slice is not always the slice that got the lowest rating Therefore we should not influence the decision of the client

A few tips

3 If the client chooses a slice that she gave a high rating itrsquos good news for the Coach because it will be relatively easy for the client to improve it further

3 If the client wants to choose a new slice in the next session no problem Remember that we are just chauffeurs Early on in the coaching process the client may do some reflection and then want to choose another slice

3 Until the leverage slice is resolved (rated much more positively)

or under control by the client (it only being a matter of time) we DO NOT change the slice along the way We only do so once we have delivered the wanted results If we change the slice in each session it becomes difficult (if not impossible) to deliver results which also become much less sustainable Coaching is not a process with a magic wand that can transform a slice in an hour

3 No area is more important than another and the numbers that the client uses to evaluate only mean something to her Remember that YOU SHOULD NOT JUDGE anything about the pizza of your client It only needs to make sense to her

O(BJECTIVES)Now that we know the current reality of our client it is time to move on At this point we no longer speak of problems or challenges That was back in the previous phase Now we just want to know about Objectives

In Coaching we work with two types of objectives

GURU OBJECTIVES AND BABY OBJECTIVESAll of us more or less consciously orient our action through goals But we do not always take the right steps There are people who consciously do but there are many others who without being conscious of it hurt their feet run without knowing where theyrsquore going or stop halfway

We can identify two types of goals which we should use to our advan-tage

3 Guru objective ndash a goal that is so big so big that therersquos a voi-ce in our head that thinks itrsquos impossible to accomplish

3 Baby objective ndash a goal that is so small so small that we are absolutely certain of achieving it

ROSA 20

The slice of leverage is the one in which if there is any improvements will positively affect other slices of pizza

The Baby-Objectives has the

unique purpose to increase client

confidence

38

39

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

Guru and baby objectives psychology is natural to us not something we learn nor something we can unlearn For example it activates immediately if wersquore in a car accident if anything threatens our survi-val or the survival of our loved ones We then forget whether we are confident or not successful or not rich or poor and we only care about finding a solution This is natural we always have an ultimate goal in mind while at the same time staying present to the immediate objec-tive since that is what makes us define the next small step towards reaching our guru objective And we get so engaged that nothing will distract us from our guru objective Now this psychology should not get triggered only unconsciously in moments of survival but also be applied consciously in our lives in general in our everyday And yes it can be activated

Always remember that an objective is only at the guru level if there is a voice inside you that laughs finding it impossible to achieve and a baby objective is only one if you are sure that you will achieve It is therefore essential to dream to look farther and reach beyond what our minds can visualize

But beware if we focus solely on our highest goals we will never le-ave the realm of dreams and over time we will lose self-confidence Achieving goals involves taking small steps every day defining reaso-nable steps that slowly but surely bring us closer to our guru objective

Success depends on a combination of both We must therefore learn to live life with very big guru objectives and very small baby objectives Most people that feel unhappy have developed a guru psychology but not a baby psychology or vice versa The former always want more and are never satisfied with their daily achievements The latter live through small steps but cannot think big so the little steps wear them out and monotony or apathy reigns

Having a great guru objective without setting baby objectives leads to frustration anxiety and impatience Setting baby objectives without having a big guru objective leads to disinterest discouragement and lack of direction(ldquoTrate a Vida por Turdquo paacuteg 111)

META+Our objectives should be

Measurable - Objectives should be very concrete so that when we reach them we can check off ldquomission accomplishedrdquo For example ldquoI will spend 3 hours a day with my familyrdquo instead of ldquoI will spend more time with my familyrdquo

Emotional Objectives should contain grand adjectives that provoke a lot of emotion so that the brain gives them more importance For example ldquoI will wake up shining and full of vitality ready for a new day of fun and productivityrdquo

Timed - Objectives must have either a date or a frequency or both For example ldquoStarting tomorrow I will be home by 8 pm every day to have dinner with my childrenrdquo or ldquoI will train every day starting on Sundayrdquo

Achievable - We need to believe in the objectives that we set and know that they are possible to reach For example ldquoI will write a book next monthrdquo If you think your goal is too ambitious you had better adapt it ldquoIrsquoll write one chapter in the next monthrdquo

Positive (+) - Goals should be stimulating the positive Neurolinguistics say that everything that we define as positi-ve encourages us and everything that we define as negative defeats us For example ldquoI will not smoke anymorerdquo is wrong while ldquoI will breathe 100 oxy-gen and make air cleaner for myself and for othersrdquo is more correct Or ldquoon day x I will weigh y poundsrdquo instead of ldquoI will lose weightrdquo(Trate a Vida por Tu paacuteg 155)

ROSA 20

1 What do you want

2 What do you really want

3 What is the Guru-Objective

4 What is the Baby-Objective

5 What is the dream (the most importan is to make the client talk about his dreams)

6 In a perfect world (For those who have di-fficulty in define Guru-Objectives)

7 Meta+

OBJECTIVESRESUME

The meta+ model is used to specify the target-guru

40

41

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

Why do we need to have these two opposing energies Exactly for the same reason as the positive and negative energies in the Reality phase We really need a guru objective since the effort that the client will have to make and the person she has to become to get there will make her reach much further than if she had set an intermediate goal Coaching is about dreams about the best of the best for each area of our lives The important thing is not whether or not the client gets there but that the road she travels takes her much further

Moreover every journey starts with a small step We need to create an objective so small so small that the client is absolutely sure she can do it Why To get her motivated quickly to achieve success and above all to convey the baby objective psychology We need to make our clients realize that coaching is about big and small steps The baby objective in itself is not important but we need to introduce this step here so that your client begins to celebrate every little step that she takes every piece of homework that gets done

Coaching is about forming a person with both guru and baby objectives psychology Someone who wants to go really far and at the same time is super happy with everything that she has already achieved

Notas If a client has a very big guru objective to reach in a short time and the Coach thinks it is not possible we can ask the client to ldquoconvince us that it is possiblerdquo On the other hand if the baby objective is very big we do the same

S(OLUTIONS)Encouraging creativity is equally important to teaching children ma-thematics Portuguese and science This is what later on will separate intelligent adults from true geniuses who are able to create something new revolutionary and innovative in whatever area It is those who mark others society science and the world who ultimately make a

difference

40 IDEASIn fact we are all creative We have all been children we have all been creative and so what happened What is it that makes our creativity die The fact is that our society limits our creativity while forgetting that in a grey professional world creativity makes the difference

ROSA 20

clique no viacutedeo para o activar

42

43

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

Anyone who is creative grows through challenges simply because they put their creativity at the service of what is not working They go off immediately to search for a solution And this is available to everyo-ne This is the basis of the ldquoSrdquo in ROSA instead of complaining go look for a solution Remember yoursquore always one idea away from solving your biggest challenge You just havenrsquot found that idea yet Pull out

your creativity and try finding ideas ideas ideas

Even the most creative people start with obvious ideas and it is good to go through them in order to get to the other ones Little by little we will get to the interesting ideas and when we stop being afraid of saying nonsense we become creative Now the challenge is to get an innovative idea And that can only be achieved by investing time and energy When we are at 10 or 20 ideas to not give up until you have at least 40

Losing our creativity is in other words restraining our physical (earth) emotional (water) mental (air) and spiritual (fire) abilities Children do not have these restraints in a physical sense they love exploring the world through their body showing you they donrsquot care about posture for instance and they seem unbreakable when defying the laws of gra-vity with an energy that seems limitless Emotionally they are much more open to all kinds of feelings because they have not accumulated many negative experiences Mentally they are hungry for knowledge and the concept of right and wrong is not yet set so everything seems possible to them Spiritually they are completely free they may have some enrooted values but everything else is an open book

In order to be creative again and go back to having blank pages in the book of life being able to write and rewrite improvise and create we

obvious interesting creative innovative

can start by being creative in one area or going back to being creative in all aspects of life and our being To go back to being creative we must explore our physical body do sports dance act etc and use your senses to hear smell taste touch and see The healthier we are the more our body will be available to be physically creative To go back to being more creative emotionally we have to stop being afraid to feel We have to venture into relationships connections sharing without the fear of being hurt frustrated cheated and even happy

To go back to being mentally creative we must learn new subjects think about new things analyze from new angles and perspectives challenge our minds have conversations with all kinds of people read all kinds of magazines stimulate all parts of our brain

Finally if we want to go back to being spiritually creative we must question all our certainties and dogmas meditate and open ourselves to the world of possibilities and the inexplicable We need to know oursel-ves in order to experience life intensely

If we manage to be creative in all four areas we will be soon become a new person with a palette of new experiences and openness to wha-tever happens giving us new shape and a different glow If we can be more creative regarding the first letter of our PEMS we should really be congratulated for it The important thing is to enter the challenge zone to seek solutions in areas that have not yet been explored in fiel-ds that are uncomfortable for others but that we call our comfort zone Then everything and really everything becomes possible and there are no longer problems without solutions(ldquoTrate a Vida por Turdquo paacuteg 165)

PARADIGM SHIFTThis is the time to get the client to think ldquoupside downrdquo ie to think ldquoout of the boxrdquo It is undoubtedly the most difficult phase of the coaching sessions Your clients will not even want to think and to change their paradigms

The vast majority of people when trying to solve a pro-blem or challenge use the first ideas that come to mind - the Obvious ideas ndash the ones that we all have However there are three more levels of ideas The Interesting ideas are those that some have sometimes

ROSA 20

The very first ideas are obvious Only then comes the interesting and then comes the very creative and innovative ideas

44

45

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

Solutions are always related to the Guru-Objectives

and then come the Creative Ideas that are those which generate con-flict because they go lsquoout of the boxrsquo shifting paradigms Finally we have the Innovative ideas that are the ones that nobody sees but once they are revealed they become obvious

We may use this ability in all areas of our life using this unique creati-vity to make everything unique and different

The goal of a Coach is getting the client to change her paradigm This is what happens in an ldquoAHArdquo moment when she finds an idea and is sure that this is the one she was missing

In the picture on the left do you see a young girl or an old lady Try to see both Put your brain to work both ways

GREAT AND WHAT ELSEBrainstorming is the most powerful tool for creativity and the best way of stimulating creativity in all areas of your life It is essential to do individual and group brainstorming as it is the best way to find so-lutions to challenges

What is a lsquobrainstormingrsquo

As the name implies it is a kind of ldquobrain stormrdquo And what do storms do They stir things up make ideas collide (thunder) and launch one solution after the other (lightning) ldquowaitingrdquo for the one that will solve the problem and put the storm at rest Brainstorming is not only use-ful at the workplace Every person and family should brainstorm from time to time to seek solutions to their problems from the most basic day-to-day questions (how to deal with expenses manage domestic tasks prepare meals) to deeper and more complex ones (helping a child become more confident helping a father that is unemployed) And individually each one of us should do brainstorming to solve and improve all areas that we feel the need to change

It is very easy to do brainstorming Here are the six rules to start prac-ticing today

1 No judgement All ideas are valuable even the most stupid ones In a brainstorming there are no arguments or criticism All ideas are good initially If there is criticism besides genera-ting conflict it can also inhibit the people involved

2 Quantity quantity quantity The more ideas generated the better the brainstorming Quality does not matter here only quantity Why The first ideas will be obvious then interesting then creative and only then innovative

3 Hitchhike You can build on otherrsquos ideas No participant should be silent for a long time If you donrsquot have any idea you can simply hitchhike on someone elsersquos The only thing you cannot do is not to participate

4 Go crazy From time to time throw in some ideas that are lsquoout-side the boxrsquo Regardless of how absurd they may seem this will help you and your colleagues to leave the obvious ideas and make your brains think At the very least you will enliven the session If the group laughs at your idea yoursquore being crazy

ROSA 20

click the video to see it

46

47

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

5 Take notes The most dangerous thing in a brainstorming ses-sion is having no one to write down the ideas Preferably the one who writes should not be giving any ideas she should fo-cus on writing down othersrsquo ideas There should also be a kind of a moderatorfacilitator of the brainstorming session not for taking decisions or criticizing but precisely for making sure that no one tries to take decisions on behalf of the group or to criticize other peoplersquos ideas and to help keep the focus on what matters In an individual brainstorming session you of course need to be your own moderator

6 A clear goal You must clearly define what the purpose of your objective is what the challenge is and if possible write formu-late it in META+(ldquoTrate a Vida por Turdquo paacuteg 213)

Brainstorming is the most powerful creativity tool In a brainstorming the client is requested to come up with a great amount of ideas on how to reach her Guru Objective

click the video to see it

And the Coach must be persistent since this is when you realize that humans are lazy when it comes to thinking It is very likely that when giving her fifth idea the client will say that she has no more Everyone will want to convince you that they have already found the magic solu-tion But they havenrsquot And how do we know that Because if they had found it they would already have solved their challenge

During a brainstorming ideally it is the Coach who writes down the ideas But she should not alter any of them And if the client gets stuck we must ask open and creative questions such as

3 If you had all the money in the world what would you do 3 If you were your idol what would you do 3 If it were 10 years ago what would you do 3 If it were 10 years from now what would you do

Cultivating a sense of humour as a Coach is always a good for rela-xing and making people creative This is in fact important in any area At this stage it is very likely that the client will have long mo-ments without coming up with any ideas Therefore it is impor-tant to create our own personal way of ldquopulling outrdquo the clientrsquos ideas such as a small exercise changing seats or using humour If the client gets to 40 ideas very easily and none is lsquointerestingrsquo even for her it means that she is still in the obvious ide-as and then 40 more ideas are always welcome Creativity is an expansive energy The more it is cultivated the more it grows and the easier it becomes to use it in other areas of life Notas The Coach may suggest ideas but only as an encouragement to the client

A brainstorming can take up a large part of a session so it is important to make sure there is enough time for it

ROSA 20

1 Allow the obvious

2 I want more ideas

3 Help to avoid judgment

4 Overcoming objections with questions ldquoWhat ifrdquo

5 Okay what else

SOLUTIONSRESUME

48

49

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

since it is not right to leave it midway The goal is that the client forces her brain to find new ideas in a short time and in such a way that it is almost like a shock to her

It is important to keep focused on one topic in a brainstorming Some may change their focus during the process for example a client whorsquos Guru objective is to open a business may start to suggest ideas on how to make more money In this case the Coach should remind the client of the main topic At the same time the Coach should stay flexible and if the client really feels that their focus was not on the first topic but on the second itrsquos time to go back and set a new Guru objective

A(CTION)ROSA exists only for one reason to get us to act We find our Reality establish our Objectives and think up Solutions that make us act ndash the A is the purpose of ROSA

Now more than people of action we must be people of innovation

Innovation is creativity applied to getting the desired results Being creative is not enough but creativity is the tool for getting to innova-tion So how do we do this

The secret is not to give up on creating ideas ideas and more ideas until the innovative idea comes Sometimes it never comes but get-ting to the creative ones is already something Those who have dared being creative many times and more and more are those who mana-ge to reach the innovation Itrsquos not enough to have talent you have to work hard to translate this talent into amazing results Look at these examples

3 Bach wrote one cantata a week even when he was sick 3 Mozart produced more than 600 pieces of music 3 Darwin wrote 109 publications one of which was about the Theory of

Evolution 3 Einstein published 248 theses one of which was about the Theory

of Relativity 3 Freud published 350 theses 3 Rembrandt produced 650 paintings 3 It took Thomas Edison 2000 experiments to invent the light bulb

and 9000 to perfect it 3 Picasso created more than 20000 pieces of art

This is why it is so important to act Do a lot create a lot invest a lot (ldquoTrate a Vida por Turdquo paacuteg 234)

THE FUNNELThis is the part where coaching really becomes challenging where the client realizes that she will have to do something and not just think and talk about it It is the phase where we start to converge and funnel things in order to find an action that is as specific as possible

This is with no doubt the most important phase of ROSA In a coaching session anything can happen in any of the other phases but we cannot end it without an action (without homework)

What

3 What are you going to do now 3 What are you thinking about doing now ()

ROSA 20

click the video to see it

A task should not be so simple that it doesnacutet make any difference to the client to fulfill it nor should it be so difficult that it becomes infeasible

50

51

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

With whom It is very important to involve someone in the action pro-cess 99 of the homework should have a third person involved The-reby we are creating conditions for the client to become autonomous after the coaching process The questions might be

3 ldquowill you ask to ask you whether you have done itrdquo 3 ldquoApart from me (the Coach) who else will be involved in thisrdquo

When Marcar data ou frequecircncia Quanto mais especiacutefica for me-lhor Isto leva o cliente a pensar exatamente quando vai fazer au-tomaticamente isto cria um compromisso maior dentro dele doing this the client should end each session with a specific homework knowing both the day and the time she will do it and with whom she will share it

At what time of the week beginning or end

At the end of the week

What is for you the end of the week Friday Saturday Sunday

Friday

Ok and what time

Anytime

Anytime Ok But in the morning in the afternoon or evening

Morning

And what time

Early

What is early for you

Upon waking

And what time do you wake up

At 7am

THE CONVERGENCE TECHNIQUEIf the client does not find an action to do you can use the convergence technique by asking the following questions

3 ldquoLook at your ideas (the brainstorming) and mark those that you find reasonablerdquo

3 ldquoNow choose 10rdquo 3 ldquoChoose 5rdquo 3 ldquoChoose 3 2 rdquo 3 ldquoIf I had a magic wand that would immediately fulfil one of these

ideas which one would you chooserdquo

COMMITMENTIn the early sessions you can also ask the client to send you an SMS after doing the action in or-der to confirm it Of course you donrsquot force her

if she refuses but then if she doesnrsquot do her homework you will have more power to ask for an SMS in the next homework

If she accepts you may also ask if you can send her an SMS in case she forgets to do so What will happen is that as soon as she receives our SMS asking whether the action has been done she will do it immediately so that she can reply that she has By SMS we also mean any other means like a telephone call or e-mail The Coach must be flexible enough to perceive which method suits her client the best

THE HANDSHAKEShaking hands after defining the homework is very important because it is the archetype of commitment But remember if the client does not do her homework there is no failure only feedback Maybe the problem really is the kind of homework given or poor explanation about the im-portance of the homework in the coaching process

ONE SMALL STEP FORWARDWhat is the Next Small Step you can take This ques-

ROSA 20

What is the first next small step

Earn 20000 euro

What is the first next small step

Save 100 euro month

What is the first next small step

Open an account

ldquoGreat what is the next small step that you believe you can accomplish

Deposit 1000 euro

1 What is the option that has magic

2 What is the option that makes sense

3 What are you gonna do exactly

4 How will you know you make it

5 Funnel When What day What time

6 Commitment handshake

ACTIONRESUME

52

53

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

free to put everything she has (skills tools knowledge) at the service of her client Indeed every three sessions more or less you should challenge your client with a piece of homework However the challen-ge will vary depending on whom we have in front of us and on the level of the process

4 SUCCESS TIPS FOR THIS PHASE FASEAction Plans it is at this stage that we start working on an action plan

that will follow the session Remember coaching without ac-tion is not coaching Thatrsquos why you should do a ROSA in every session go through the four phases and always end with a very concrete action plan on what the client will do during the week and until the next session Here is an example of an action plan

What will I do Run 3 times per week

When Monday Wednesday and Friday

With whom Alone

Possible obstacles Laziness and lack of time

Benefits Feeling healthier

What will help me remember Setting an alarm on my phone

How will I celebrate By going to the cinema

Homework the tasks between the sessions are a priority for the coaching Most of the le-arning comes from the homework that is done between sessions So remember to always end your session by asking your client to suggest tasks that she would like to accom-plish that coming week the next small steps she can take right now Then rephra-se each one into a concrete action (when how where ) Still some clients will have gre-

tion tool is ideal for those who have difficulty in defining Baby Objecti-ves or those who have difficulty in defining an action to do this week

Notas As a general rule the client will not hear the word ldquosmallrdquo in the question The-refore we must repeat the question until the action is so small that the client would have no difficulty doing it

Of course the Next Small Step may not be the right action to choose for this week

Example The client wants to buy a Porsche (Guru Objective)

ldquoDeposit 1000 eurosrdquo is the Baby Objective The same process can be used for defining the homework

At the end when an action has been defined the Coach may also su-ggest a piece of homework In other words then the Coach is finally

ROSA 20

54

55

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING RAPPORT

at difficulty in taking action If this is the case always look for the smallest step that the person can take If we do not act itrsquos because the step is not small enough Remember ldquoEvery journey begins with one small steprdquo

Commitment amp Penalties some clients will sometimes have real diffi-culty in stepping into action Sometimes you may have to resort to agreeing on a fine if your client does not accomplish her task All human beings run away from pain and sometimes in coaching we need to use a little more masculine energy (wersquoll talk about that more below) to help You can even ask the question ldquoWhat will happen if you do not accomplish itrdquo

Monitoring amp Accountability the role of a Coach is to provide moni-toring to her client However the responsibility must always be on the clientrsquos side As a Coach you are responsible for guiding the process Your client should define the strategies needed to enable her to take the steps she wants You should follow and always try to understand what may have prevented her from completing her tasks Above all you should be focused on finding better strategies to lead her into action However do remind your client that it is her responsibility Ultimately acting or not acting is her choice

VII RAPPORT

Mastering the ROSA technique and mastering Rapport will alone make

you a Mega Coach Of course you can gain more Roots but people

who attend our courses usu-ally already have quite some

1ST DEFINITION OF RAPPORT

Relationship of trust and influence rapport is the ability to create trust within a few minutes with various kinds of people and to influence them to act think and do better You can only influence after being trusted Think about people you trust and do not trust what influence do these people have on you

2ND DEFINITION OF RAPPORTRelationship of empathy and sympathy ldquoWe only like 2 kinds of people people who are the way we are or who are the way we would like to berdquo

Empathy I feel empathy based on the things I have in common with someone

Sympathy Based on the qualities and characteristics that someone has that I would like to have

Conclusion rapport is empathy (who is like me) and sympathy (who is the way I would like to be)

56

57

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

Rapport is trust and

influence

Rapport is the ability to create

empathy and sympathy

WARNING Empathy comes before sympathy and trust comes before influence This is the most important aspect of rapport I cannot influence anyone who does not trust me

Part 2 Now letrsquos try to understand what happens in our psyche why this is the way it is

I invite you to imagine that yoursquore a rabbit in a forest and you meet another rabbit What happens Now imagine you meet another animal thatrsquos different from you What does the rabbit do FLIGHT (runs away)

Now imagine that you are not a rabbit yoursquore a wolf You meet an ani-mal thatrsquos different from you What does the wolf do FIGHT

Now imagine yoursquore a porcupine What happens FREEZE

Animals have these three types of reactions Now imagine yoursquore a human being 20000 years ago and you come across something di-fferent from you What happens ONE OF THESE THINGS AND YOU FEEL FEAR You react the way you do because your psyche does not know what it is And if it is another human being I KNOW WHAT TO EXPECT She is like me Our fear grows when something is different because we donrsquot know what to expect Imagine that you do meet a hu-man being but wearing clothes or other things that are very different

What happens when it is the same kind of animal What exists there EM-PATHY AND TRUST - 1st LEVEL of RAPPORT

This is a metaphor of course Rapport is very unconscious I could tell you to trust someone but your unconscious may not feel the trust What regula-tes that instinct in your psyche is KNOWING WHAT I CAN EXPECT

WHAT HAPPENS IN COACHING Clients also have these three types of reactions flight freeze or fight They may not show up for the follow ses-sion they may answer ldquoyesrdquo ldquonordquo ldquomayberdquo ldquodonrsquot knowrdquo or they may be in constant disagreement with you

Key ldquothe more the Coach is the way I am the more rapport there isrdquo

MILTON ERICSON (Ericsonian Psychology NLP Hypnotherapy) found the client within himself and used this as his tool in the therapy sessions

Ericson created rapport before proceeding with anything else This is TRUST and EMPATHY Ericson was humble and flexible enough to adapt to the client Only once you have done this you can go back to being yourself

Ways of creating rapport with someone

Verbal

3 Language words 3 Subject matter 3 Quotes way of speaking 3 Repeating what the other says 3 Using the otherrsquos metaphors 3 Using the same expressions

Non-verbal

3 Gestures 3 Voice 3 Mime 3 Distance 3 Posture 3 Breathing 3 Touch 3 Speed

Note Every human being has a natural and unconscious tendency to create rapport with others To confirm this all you need is to look at two people talking to each other and see how easily you will notice similarities in their postures and way of speaking

ldquoYou have only one chance to create a good first impression but you have plenty of opportunities to create rapportrdquo

Rapport is an honest attempt to enter someonersquos map-of-the-world The-re is no agreeing or disagreeing only flexibility Rapport does not mean friendship The first session and often the second is a lot about creating rapport

RAPPORT

Sometimes itacutes enought just a little attention to help someone but attention is not coaching

58

59

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

RAPPORT MODELndash 2 PacuteSEstablishing rapport is a process of many levels and layers of depth

LEVEL 1 - PRESENCE AND

PARTNERSHIP

PRESENCEThis is the first step towards creating ra-pport thus the most superficial one Pre-sence means that the Coach is fully com-mitted to her client aware of everything she says and does Nothing from outside the ses-sion should be on the Coachrsquos mind She must be fully present

Before a session itrsquos important that you as a Co-ach calm down forget about everything else and gain a notion of where you are and what you are going to do

POSTURE amp PHRASING

PERCEPTUAL POSITIONS

PERSON TO PERSON

PRESENCE amp PARTNERSHIP

PROBING amp PATIENCE

click the video to see it

Dedicate a few minutes to this process

Presence and Attention are among the healthiest ac-tions that lead to real results You can create a good

relationship with your client (child parent etc) just by being fully present and attentive Even gardens become more beautiful if they are cared for

Presence is about getting yourself into a certain state Itrsquos about being Yin and Yang at the same time

Yin ndash relaxing breathing being aware of all five senses being fully present where you are

Yang ndash mobilizing all your energy by run-ning jumping listening to inspiring music

PARTNERSHIP

Creating an equal relationship with your client Not top down or vice--versa The Coach should never be at a lower or higher level than her client The chairs should be the same for example

For presence and partnership it is also important to switch off the phone to prevent anything from interrupting the session Tidying up the table is equally important to having a clean and hygienic space

From 0 to 10 the importance of Presence during a session is a 10 It is the first step If it isnrsquot there nothing else will

Psycho-geography is also very important in this area

PSYCHO-GEOGRAPHY the way your psyche relates to geography Example On which side you like to sleep Each person has a different psycho-geography Some prefer to be by the sea while others prefer to be in the mountains

RAPPORT

Empathy is being doing

talk and think like the other Sympathy is being doing

talk and think how the other

would like to be

60

61

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

Some tips for using the psycho-geography of the client to your advan-tage

3 Having a room with a minimum amount of symbols It is not recom-mended to have crucifixes or other artefacts related to religion A bookshelf filled with books can also intimidate the client

3 Pay attention to details ndash cables on the floor which CDs are on the shelf etc

3 Having sessions at the clientrsquos home can become dangerous because there are lots of distractions and anchors Difficult si-tuations might have taken place there which will make it more challenging for the client to create a distance to them

It is the Coachrsquos job to notice the psycho-geography of her client and what makes her more comfortable

Despite all the rapport a Coaching session should always stay pro-fessional Being relaxed is necessary for both parties but the focus should not be on friendship You as a Coach need to be professional You must choose to be a Coach instead of a friend

When it comes to clothing you should be as neutral as possible in the beginning but always aligned with your personality Then you can try to adapt to the style of your client

The mantra here is having the client leave the session thinking that her Coach is just like her NOTHING IS WRONG Let your client choose what she prefers

LEVEL 2 - POSTURE AND PHRASINGWhen establishing rapport mere presence and partnership are not enough Moreover they are only the first step The posture and the phrasing that the Coach uses are very important for creating rapport in the relationship What we refer to here is mainly keeping a posture and using similar words and expressions to those of the client This way the client will see herself in us and instead of flight fight or freeze she will feel relaxed and be much more comfortable about talking

Sitting in the same position as the client using her posture tone of

voice and gestures these are all factors to consider

POSTURERegarding posture one can use two techniques that are very similar and very powerful

Mirroring When a Coach takes on a physical position that is the exact mirror image of the clientrsquos If the client leans to her right then the Coach who is facing her leans to her left

Matching In this case the Coach adopts the exact same physical position instead of a symmetric one Both ways are good and powerful The goal is to be equal or symmetrical

Of course it is not indispensable to be like the client 100 of the time as this will take a lot of the attention that the Coach needs to give the client

The more you practice these behaviours the more automatically and unconsciously you will do it When rapport already is high you can go back to your own posture and your regular vocabulary However should you feel the need you can always take up these techniques again

In fact at a high level of rapport it is possible and entirely positive that it is the client herself who starts to imitate our posture and words (un-consciously) This is the perfect moment to lead the client and suggest something more challenging to her

PHRASINGYou must pay great attention to the words that your client uses and the energy she puts into them The names of people that she talks about are also very important facts to remember

If you can use the same expressions as your client you will earn points in rapport Among these expressions metaphors are the most power-ful ones Try to explore as much possible the metaphors that are being used An excellent technique is to use a metaphor of the client to ex-

RAPPORT

The mirroring copies the

exact posture of the client

the matching mirrors

62

63

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

plain something This will reach very deeply into the psyche of the client and have great impact

You can also use themes that the client likes such as her passions and keep using them in future sessions to explain something or to give examples This creates an incredible sense of empathy between you and the client She will be glad that you are paying attention to what she says and at the same time she will understand much better what you say

The clientrsquos ideas are important keys to use when you speak in order to create and maintain rapport For example if the client talks a lot about travelling Irsquoll use the idea (anchor) that is already there because I know it works in his mind

BACKTRACKING backtracking is a Coaching technique that consists of summarizing the main points of a conversation by using the exact same words that the other person uses This tool helps the client follow the session and make her own short summary while listening to the Coach returning to what she just said and using the same words It is important to use at least the words we consider to be the most significant among the ones that the client expresses those that might be conveying more about her value patterns Backtracking can help us understand for example if we can move to the next phase of ROSA It helps us understand if the client has finished what she had to say about that phase and that way we can figure out whether we can move forward or not You can use simple questions to do so

3 ldquoLet me see if I got what you saidhelliprdquo - backtracking the conversa-tion using the exact words of the client - and then ending ldquoIs this is it or would you like to add something

3 ldquoSo what yoursquore saying isrdquo 3 ldquoCan I make a summary of your reality in relation to that slicerdquo

This is one of the simplest and most important techniques when buil-ding rapport

When building rapport avoid paraphrasing (saying the same thing in other words) but do quote A coach quotes

Mastery in Backtracking is being able to quote the last 20 minutes of a session This will leave your client fascinated and feeling that her Coach is really paying attention to everything she says

Therefore it is motivating to Backtrack at the end of each session and at the end of each phase of the ROSA

The Coach shows confidence and agrees with the client shows that she is on her side and really believes that the client will succeed

We must allow the person to be what she truly is talkative or silent Silent people also have things to say it is a matter of asking the right questions

NOTES When a session is not going well (the relationship is under stress) then the focus should be fully on level 2 Rapport - Posture and Phrasing The secret is to forget about the rest and build rapport again Once it is re-established you can address the problem

LEVEL 3 - PROBING AND PATIENCEEvery new level in Rapport brings you techniques that are deeper and more complex But the good news is that you donrsquot do level 3 Rapport until Level 1 and 2 are done So you will increase your skills by going from the easiest to the most difficult

PROBINGAsking questions is more complicated than imitating the posture and words of the client Indeed one of the more complicated aspects of being a Coach is to not give opinions and to ask the right questions at the right time We know that we keep showing you that you already are a Coach and that itrsquos easy but here we must tell you ldquoITrsquoS HARD BEING A COACHrdquo Think very carefully about whether you want to get into it Listening asking questions being patient with the pace of your clients

Even if you have the miracle answer to the clientrsquos situation you need to keep it to yourself Being patient is a challenge and usually typical

RAPPORT

64

65

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

To paraphrase can break

rapport

of the great masters You can only be a master if you want to learn to listen and if you develop a great patience for listening

Questions have the power to illuminate the darkness of your client by asking a powerful question you really get to see another human bri-ghten up right in front of you

Coaching has the power to open a new world to the client questions help people discover new resources Clients tend to find familiar answers but you as a Coach will lead them to unfamiliar answers

Classic examples of some ways to make your client talk

1 -Repeating what the client just said but in question form Client ndash ldquoYesterday I went boatingrdquo Coach ndash ldquoBoatingrdquo

2 -What does that mean to you What does fear mean to you What does a goal mean to you Example Client says ldquoIt is not rapport itrsquos complicityrdquoCoach replies ldquoWhat does complicity mean to yourdquo Client says ldquoItrsquos a clickrdquo Coach ldquoWhat does a click mean to yourdquo

3 -rdquoWhat elserdquo Serves above all to go to the heart of the matter Others like this one are ldquoTell me morerdquo and ldquoCan you go a bit deeper on thatrdquo

POWERFUL QUESTIONS Questions are probably the most beautiful flowers in the garden of learning Questions are one of the biggest se-crets of learning Creative solutions are practically impossible without questions

If you learn to ask 100 questions a day get ready for a revolution in your work at all levels

In life at work in business we are all afraid of asking questions We were educated from an early age to believe that there are right and wrong questions and we were also taught to not fail we avoid asking questions because of fearing that they are wrong The only way to reach the right questions is by not being afraid of the wrong ones

The one who wants to explore learning has to dance with this fear

A large part of all our creative potential stops at the door fearing to ring the doorbell When learning the one who doesnrsquot know is far less ignorant than the knowledgeable one Take risks Ring the bell Ask questions

Become obsessively curious ask questions How

3 Using the Coachrsquos ability of asking powerful questions 3 Following the rule of thumb ldquoThe Coach has the questions the

Client has the answersrdquo 3 Using positive language 3 Respecting the clientrsquos map-of-the-world 3 Always guiding towards solutions

Examples of powerful questions

3 ldquoCompared to whatrdquordquo 3 ldquoWhat does that mean to yourdquo 3 ldquoWhat could be a solution to yourdquo 3 ldquoI know you donrsquot know But if you knew what would that berdquo 3 ldquoWhat would be ideal to yourdquo 3 ldquoWhat do you want insteadrdquo 3 ldquoHow does that make you feelrdquo 3 ldquoWhat else could that meanrdquo 3 ldquoWhat do you want exactlyrdquo 3 ldquoWhat will you achieve with this goalrdquo 3 ldquoWhat will you do differently next timerdquo 3 ldquoWhat are you doing wellrdquo 3 ldquoWhat has to happen for you to be happy and successfulrdquo 3 ldquoWhat motivates you the mostrdquo 3 ldquoWhatrsquos the worst possible scenario And what could be the best

scenario ldquo 3 ldquoWhat are you willing to do to achieve your goalrdquo 3 ldquoWhat new things could you could tryrdquo 3 ldquoWhat prevents you from taking actionrdquo 3 ldquoWho could help you with this situationrdquo 3 ldquoWhat resources do you need to achieve your goalrdquo

RAPPORT

66

67

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

3 ldquoWhat else do you want to get out of your liferdquo 3 ldquoWhat do you really want achieve in that area of your liferdquo 3 ldquoWhat is your biggest dream in that area of your liferdquo 3 ldquoAnd what is the next small step that you would have to takerdquo 3 ldquoWhat do you find positive in this situationrdquo 3 ldquoHow could you attract better persons into your liferdquo 3 ldquoWhat would have to happen to make you feel more fulfilledrdquo 3 ldquoIf you were your own Coach what coaching would you give

yourselfrdquo 3 ldquoIf I was your best friend what advice would you give me to solve

this situationrdquo 3 ldquoIf you had all the time and money in the world how would you

fix itrdquo

In fact the art of asking questions is the foundations of a coaching process with powerful results The list of questions to ask seems en-dless

So become really obsessed with questions and start NOW How about adding 10 more ideas to our list And some more And many more

Typical coaching questions

3 Questions that lead to action (ldquoWhat will you do What can you do differently What do you need to do tordquo)

3 Goal-oriented instead of problem-oriented ldquoHow would you like it to berdquo ldquoAnd if you could what would you dordquo

3 Future-orientedldquoHow do you see that situation in the future How would you like to feelrdquo

Beware of questions with negative assumptions ldquoWhat happens if you donrsquot do itrdquo They should be followed immediately by a question with positive assumptions ldquoHow will you celebrate when you do itrdquo

RAPPORT

YOUR QUESTIONS

68

69

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

PATIENCECount to 10 relax work on your roots and realize that coaching is a process and that each person has her own time and rhythm How can you train your patience Think of 20 ideas

LEVEL 4 ndash PERCEPTUAL POSITIONSWe could also call this the level where we create rapport with our clientrsquos psychology In fact understanding and perceiving human psychology is a huge advantage for you as a Coach You are not there to be a friend of your client as we have mentioned so then a good way to create a relation with her is through her psychology

Do you know the psychology of a teenager or a parent a boss an unemployed If you grasp your clientrsquos psychology the Rapport will be extraordinary

If you demonstrate that you know how a mother thinks yoursquoll make the client believe that you understand her completely

Most people do not understand their own psyche If you can understand them at that level it will make the client to feel something extraordinary about you and the Coaching process

PERCEPTUAL POSITIONS At this level the Coach must master Per-ceptual Positions that is being able to put herself in another personrsquos position whether itrsquos the clientrsquos or the clientrsquos parent or any other person that is part of the situation You should be able to see the same situation from different perspectives and in the long term help your client do the same

THE EXERCISE This is an exercise to be used mainly if the client has trouble in a relationship with someone (friend family member etc) and is having some difficulty understanding that personrsquos Map-of-the--World And when this is of great importance

You do not need to go very deep in this exercise Because it is NLP even done in a soft way it can be very powerful to your client helping her to see an aspect of the situation that she hadnrsquot seen or reflected on before

STEP 1 ndash The client explains what is going on (she can speak freely without any restrictions You ask questions to understand the reality of the situation)

STEP 2 ndash The Coach suggests this perceptual positions exercise (it is just an invitation If the client does not want to do not continue)

STEP 3 ndash The Coach asks the client to choose two spots represen-ting the two standpoints (you can put a sheet of paper at each spot) and to imagine that the other person is at one of them

STEP 4 ndash The client speaks facing the other spot as if the person was there and acts as herself (The Coach guides with questions ldquoHow did that make you feel What would you like to tell herrdquo etc)

STEP 5 ndash Pause and ldquoshake outrdquo the client and share the question of the game of imagination

STEP 6 ndash The client recalls a childhood game she used to play and describes it a little We then use this as a metaphor to explain that we will now do the same Just a game where we use our imagination The Coach repeats that the per-son with whom the client has a challenge is there at the other spot

STEP 7 ndash The client goes over to the other spot and the Coach helps her go deeper into that role through guiding questions

STEP 8 ndash The client chooses whether she wants to return to her starting position and add something say something more She may go back and forth as many times as she wishes

STEP 9 ndash When done the Coach suggests to the client to stand on a chair and states ldquoYou are now in a neutral position a higher position What would you call this position (Allow the client to choose a name) Seen from above what do you have to say about this situation What would you say to (clientrsquos name) and to (the other personrsquos name) How would you solve this situation How can (clientrsquos name) solve this situationrdquo

RAPPORT

70

71

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

STEP 10 ndash After the client is done with the third (neutral) position the Coach takes the client off the papers

STEP 11 ndash The Coach can then use the following questions to debrief the exercise

3 ldquoHow was the exercise for you 3 ldquoWhat did you learnrdquo 3 ldquoIs there anything you could do differentlyrdquo

STEP 12 ndash Lead the client to an action (a first small step towards sol-ving the situation) and then funnel it

REMEMBER always undock the client from the different roles the client can do the exercise eyes opened or closed

TO ACKNOWLEDGE Acknowledge the client very very very much for having volunteered and shown vulnerability

This exercise serves mainly as a metaphor for the Coach striving to master Perceptual Positions (understanding and being able to go into different psyches)

CONCLUSION The Coach is a master of perceptual positions She knows how to see the different angles of the same situation She sees everything from different angles

PEMS

Life is all about relationships the relationships we have with ourselves and with others Some people instinctively relate better to themselves and others relate really well to others There are those who relate well to almost everything and everyone and others who are unable to relate with anyone This affects their personal and professional life

Is there any way to consciously improve the relationships that instinc-tively do not work Of course

When we grasp the logic of the mind of another person we can better interact with it and even influence it Psychology is power And if we apply on ourselves it becomes even more powerful and interesting The better we know ourselves and the logic of our mind the better we will be able to help ourselves and achieve our goals

Carl Gustav Jung a Swiss psychiatrist and founder of analytical psychology focused on studying social and collective archetypes He identified eight psychological types taking into account peoplersquos beha-viour abilities skills attitudes and motivations

He began by distinguishing between extraverted (social and expansive) and introverted (reserved and reflective) people Each of them could then be connected to two out of the four functions of the psyche sen-sing or intuition thinking or feeling

In the 40rsquos decade Isabel Myers and Katharine Briggs continued Jungrsquos work and added two auxiliary functions to the Jungian types percep-tion and judgement Thereby arriving at 16 psychological types or 16 personality types Later a personality test was created ndash The Myers--Briggs Type Indicator or MBTI - which is still the most commonly used tool for identifying different personality types

Based on Jungrsquos work we have created a model called PEMS which will help us better understand the logic of our own mind and of the people around us

In this model we distinguish four dominant preferences (P-E-M-S) which correspond to the four elements of life

PRACTICAL (the body DOING Activity Action related to the ele-ment of EARTH) - corresponds to someone that is earthly active dynamic practical that does a lot In excess these are people who never stop to consider their actions

EMOTIONAL (the heart FEELING Feelings Love related to the element of WATER) - corresponds to someone who nee-ds people relations who gives a lot to others and seeks affection In excess these are people who might be overly sensitive

RAPPORT

72

73

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

MENTAL (the mind THINKING Analysis Intellect Logic related to the element of AIR) - corresponds to someone who values analysis rationalization and uses logic and who always fo-cuses on making the right decision In excess these are people who might become impersonal and cold

SPIRITUAL (the soul BEING Values Existence related to the ele-ment of FIRE) - corresponds to someone who thinks that everything has meaning and a higher purpose These are people who care very much about values In excess they can fluctuate too much and concretize too little

The four logics of the mind that we have identified are also based on the four elements

Practical ndash EARTH (firm solid stable secure strong dense)Emotional ndash WATER (flexible always coming back to herself)Mental ndashAIR (transparent lightweight fast facilitates communica-

tion)Spiritual ndash FIRE (burning fleeting transforming powerful)

Thus in a very simplified manner we can divide people into four ca-tegories

PRACTICAL PEOPLE (P) ndash THEY LIKE TO ACT AND DOThese are the people who like action movement They are the ones who make the world move As friends or clients they may want to go straight to the point try things and learn about practical matters The greatest fear of these practical persons is losing control They like to feel that they are in control of the situation of the pace of the conver-sation and of the surroundings

HELP THEM ALWAYS FEEL IN CONTROL

EMOTIONAL PEOPLE (E) ndash THEY LIKE FEELING AND RELATINGThese are people who love people and sharing feelings Everything is an emotion for them And they feel things about everything and everyo-ne Let them talk about their family friends dogs neighbours etchellip

They will talk mostly about people and what they are feeling Their greatest fear is loosing empathy They like to feel reliable and they want to relate

HELP THEM FEEL EMPATHY TOWARDS YOU

MENTAL PEOPLE (M) ndash THEY LIKE TO THINK AND TO ANALYSEThese are people who like to analyze and who try to put everything into a box into a certain perspective They are precise and meticulous They like detail to study and analyze all possibilities They donrsquot fear debating (quite the contrary) and discussing they love the exchanging ideas and arguments but they need to end up being right or get a very good explanation to why the other is right A mental person is always striving to make the best decision Their greatest fear is to be wrong they like to feel that they are correct and that they are making deci-sions based on logic and rational thinking

HELP THEM FEEL THAT THEY ARE RIGHT

SPIRITUAL PEOPLE (S) ndash THEY LIKE TO BE AND TO GLOWThey are looking for the greater purpose of things They believe that everything has a reason for being the way it is that there are no coin-cidences and itrsquos that quest that moves them They give great meaning to every situation always looking for ldquotherdquo situation The greater the meaning the greater their motivation Their biggest fear is to have no meaning That it is to not be significant or ldquoshinerdquo in any way They need to feel conscious and whole

HELP THEM FEEL THAT THEY ARE MEANINGFUL

Although we all have and use a portion of these four categories in the different contexts or times of our life one of them is predominant in us Identifying it is important for managing and interacting with life and with others since it is the best and the fastest way of accessing the Map-of-the-world of someone and speaking a language that that per-son recognizes and accepts as her own

RAPPORT

74

75

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

In fact we are all one but we are all different and we must understand these differences to be able to deal with others People who are more emotional behave and interact in a totally opposite manner from mental people the same way that most practical people interact in a way that is opposite to spiritual people

The EMOTIONAL person is micro-MACRO Transforms everything that is small into something big Everything is important everything is emotional From the simple ldquogood morningrdquo to hearing ldquoI love yourdquo every day For an emotional person a discussion is always a tsuna-mi Therefore itrsquos the emotional persons who with their micro-Macro sense make birthdays a special day and receive small things with gre-at love

The MENTAL person is MACRO-micro transforms everything that is big into something small She makes it more complex by simplifying it For example this very PEMS model is MACRO-micro as it strives to make the hugeness of the personality types into something much smaller creating only four categories for all human beings The mental person also feels less and give less importance to her feelings

The SPIRITUAL person is MACRO-MACRO she takes everything that is already big and turns it even bigger more meaningful more im-portant more relevant Almost everything is a question of values of making the world a better place and interpretations that go far beyond reality A simple leaf falling off a tree can represent a new phase in life for a spiritual person

The PRACTICAL person is micro-micro turns everything into small and simple lsquoright here and right nowrsquo matters They act Right now with what they have They donrsquot feel the need to enlarge what is small and they donrsquot care much about great concepts If the five senses can help them grasp a situation everything is fine

THE PREDOMINANT LOGIC OF OUR PSYCHEThe most practical way of finding out is to notice how we behave in a stressful situation Each of us when under stress often react in a way that is very close to our basic personality type

Practical people act react move around organize themselves put their hands to work and do not rest until they manage to move things forward

The emotional people feel and feel a lot If a situation is stressful diffi-cult and negative they will have difficult and negative emotions they will feel what others feel and they will want to manage these emotions in the moment

People that are predominantly mental will under stress begin to ratio-nalize need logical answers be fast and analytical They donrsquot want to solve anything through feelings they donrsquot want to act they are only concerned with finding the right and correct decision and struggle until they get it

Finally the predominantly spiritual people will want to give a greater meaning to that particular event What has to be done what people feel or what the right solution is doesnrsquot matter what matters is why things happened the way they did and what the greater significance of that may be

RAPPORT

76

77

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

Identify the psychological type of the client can help the coach to anticipate and understand expectations

MAIN SUPERIOR FUNCTION AND AUXILIARY INFERIOR FUNCTION

According to Carl Jung while we all have one function that is better developed than the others ndash a superior function ndash we also have another fairly well developed function called the first auxiliary

All of us have a bit of each one of the psychologies but there are always two that are predominant a main one which Jung calls the superior function and an auxiliary one that lies at the bottom of the cross shown on the previous page which is always to the right or left of our superior one

The inferior function is one that is less developed and that remains mainly in our unconscious

Thus a person who is predominantly Practical may have as her auxi-liary function the emotional or mental logic thus being PE or PM

A person who is predominantly Mental may have as her auxiliary func-tion the spiritual or practical logic thus being MS or MP

A person who is predominantly Spiritual may have as her auxiliary function the emotional or mental logic thus being SE or SM

And a person who is predominantly Emotional may have as her auxilia-ry function the spiritual or practical logic thus being ES or EP

This all means that we are situated in one of the following categories

3 Practical Emotional or Emotional Practical 3 Practical Mental or Mental Practical 3 Spiritual Emotional or Emotional Spiritual 3 Spiritual Mental or Mental Spiritual

As you may have noticed according to Jung there are no EMME or PSSP That is one canrsquot have as her first auxiliary function the func-tion that is opposite to the superior one

Carl Jung said that we should look closely at our inferior function whi-ch usually remains in our unconscious because it contains an enor-mous potential for a change and each one of us can benefit a lot from integrating our inferior function with our superior one

Taking risks experimenting enjoying everything that life has to offer is the best way of getting to know ourselves and realizing where our happiness lies (ldquoTrate a Vida por Turdquo paacuteg 74)

INTROVERSION AND EXTROVERSION Introversion and extroversion have to do with the direction in which we focus our attention and energy

People who prefer Extroversion focus their energy and attention away from themselves and are interested in the world of people and things

3 Attracted to the world of events and people outside of themsel-ves

3 They are aware of who and what is around them 3 They like to meet and talk to new people 3 They are friendly often good talkers and easy to get to know 3 They tend to talk easily and often in meetings 3 May not be as aware of what goes on inside them 3 They think while talking 3 They may act or speak first and only think later 3 Speaking about themselves they speak fast 3 They bring energy into life 3 They can get bored and restless if they are alone for too long

People who prefer Introversion (focus their energy and attention inward and are interested in the inner world of thoughts and reflections)

3 Attracted to the inner world of thoughts feelings and reflections 3 They are usually very aware of their inner reactions 3 They prefer to interact with people they know 3 They are usually quiet in meetings and sometimes seem disen-

gaged

RAPPORT

78

79

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

3 They are generally reserved and hard to get to know 3 They may not be as aware of the world outside of them 3 They need time to gather their thoughts before they speak 3 They reflect and think before acting 3 They want to know you before allowing you to get to know them

deeply 3 They feel exhausted and tired after interacting with peoples

FINAL NOTE you must be what your client is You have to find that person inside you

LEARNING STYLESAs we saw with the previous PEMS model our clients will have diffe-rent psychological preferences It is therefore important and essential that you are able to adapt your sessions to the learning style that your client likes best and that better meets her psychological preference

EMOTIONAL Emotional clients will like to talk and share on their to-pics They are very much looking for a relationship and empathy with the Coach and they need to feel heard more than any of the other personality types For these persons learning has a lot to do with the relationship that is created with the feeling of support that they get and even with the positive feedback They like to learn through stories As a Coach it is important to learn to empathize with the emotional range of these persons They will appreciate the sharing to tell stories and to listen to them With emotional clients we may sometimes feel that we are not taking huge steps forward But the fact is that many times these persons need to first be listened to

MENTAL Mental clients will be more logical and may have a more aca-demic style of learning They will want to understand the reasons why things are what they are they will want to get tasks involving research on certain subjects The sessions with these people must be well defi-ned and prepared They will want to explore their intellectual side and feel challenged It is important for them to have access to information and tools that explain the work they are doing in the sessions in a con-crete and logical manner Of course they also need to empathize but the intellectual challenge feeling that their intellect is develops appears to be greater They may like schemes graphics and any models that

could simplify the learning process What these persons will demand of you is a greater capacity to analyse and a logical and rational way of communicating

SPIRITUAL this is for most people the most difficult learning style to adopt Remember that these persons are seeking the greater meaning of things They really want to feel inspired by the coaching process (and even by their Coach) They will want to see that you are an exam-ple of what you talk about so called congruence Spiritual persons will enjoy topics that are more related to values to their identity that make them feel that they are taking steps towards becoming better hu-man beings With these clients you can use powerful metaphors (even through movies music creative exercises etc) and above all strive to make sure that the person leaves the session very inspired

PRACTICAL They like action Which is great because coaching is pri-marily about action These persons like to have very practical sessions in which they get the opportunity to do many exercises and experiment with different situations They may be the clients that like getting more tasks and having things to do (which then sometimes ldquogets lostrdquo due to their time management) These clients will require more simplicity and a well-paced session from you They may also like to do exercises that involve moving their body Above all they will want you to help them get into action

As we deal with these four kinds of preferences we need to adapt our Coaching style to the learning style that each person has Thus we should prepare a lot their sessions and realize that some will require from you

3 Greater sharing and ability to listen and relate (e) 3 Researching mastering the subject very well and knowing how

to mentally stimulate your client with challenges (m) 3 Powerful metaphors very inspirational sessions and congruen-

ce that assign meaning to the Coaching process (s) 3 Practical exercises diversified well rhythmed sessions that

help your client to quickly get into action (p)

RAPPORT

80

81

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING ROOTS

LEVEL 5 - PERSON TO PERSONThis is the fifth level of rapport the deepest and more intense one It happens when the level of rapport is a total vibration Itrsquos when the client feels such a confidence by her Coach empathy and sympathy Itrsquos the hardest level to evaluate

Itrsquos when your client feels so much connected to you that depending on her your relationship would go beyond Coaching She no longer wants the Coach she wants you You no longer understand only the person she feels that you know about her You donrsquot understand psychology you understand who she is

It is very similar to the rapport level you have with 23 of very close persons in your life Everything is natural unconscious and sponta-neous

VIII ROOTS

Every human being seeks to get results Mo-ney Family Romance Peace Happiness

Career Health All we want in life is to have results in those areas

The Map-of-the-World Model is used to work on roots - your

roots as a Coach It shows us how does the psyche of all of us works As a Coach no one

should surprise you about yourself You should know you well know everything about yourself This is what itrsquos called a rooted person

click the video to see it

82

83

BELIEFSTRANSFORMATIVE COACHING

ROSA 20 M - AIR - THINK

VALUESHOLISTIC COACHING

ROSA 30 S - FIRE - BE

COACHING 40

WORLD MAP MODEL

being th

e moment

passi

on en

ergy

demotiv

ation

empowering beliefs

limiting rules

relation air(comunication)

coach is priestisnacutet

1 value focus

UNSUSTAINABLESUSTAINABLE

SECURITY

SELF LOVE

CONSCIOUSNESS

PERSONAL DEVEL

FREEDOM

LOVEBELOVED

BLISS

CONTRIBUTION

P

E

M

S

BEHAVIORROSA 10

SITUATIONAL COACHING

P - EARTH - DO

EMOTIONSREMEDY COACHING

ROSA 10 + LISTEN E - WATER - FEEL

RESULTS

ability to

enter

in st

ate

emotional

patter

ns

habits and discipline

addictions

coach is bossisnacutet

coach is friendisnacutet

1 Homework focus

optimism faithpositive

meditation

key points focusused to interrupt the fear cycle

coach is coach

HUMAN HAVINGHUMAN BEING

UNSUSTAINABLEEGOTISTICAL

STRETCH ZONE

SUSTAINABLEECOLOGICALSTRETCH ZONE

SHORT TERMLONG TERM

CYCLE OF CONFIDENCECYCLE OF FEAR

CONSCIOUS

SUBCONSCIOUS

UNCONSCIOUS

84

85

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

So the first question is why some are getting results while others are not

ACTIONS BEHAVIORSThis means that anyone who is having results is because she is ldquodoingrdquo ie behaving differently from other people who are having no results in those areas For example a millionaire DOES things that people who are not millionaires donrsquot For example saving investing etc Someone with a great health is DOING things that people that donrsquot have a good health are not What we are doing is making the difference Two people in the same circumstances that do exactly the same actions have the same kind of results People who have the results you wanna have ARE DOING THINGS TO GET THEM

So the next question is what leads some people to DO and others to not do

EMOTIONSEverything you do in your life is a relationship between pain and pleasure What happens is that someone who goes running at 6 am associates more pain with lsquonot goingrsquo than with lsquogoingrsquo Who is going to the gym asso-ciates more pleasure than pain with going to the gym in the morning That relationship between pain and pleasure is what is defining your results If we dramatically increase the pain or the pleasure associated we will get to change your results

As so what is then defining that painpleasure relationship

BELIEFSThe reason is because of our beliefs of what we believe in Our beliefs are our set of rules for the world and for our lives Your set of beliefs in fact is defining your painpleasure relationship with something and then your actions A millionaire believes that saving is essential that investing and taking risks is necessary This set of beliefs leads himher to associa-te more pleasure than pain with having these behaviors and therefore heshe implements them Other people have other beliefs that create other

emotions that create other results People who are achieving results in areas that you arenrsquot have a beliefs system different from yours

And then it seems logical to ask so what is defining and creating your set of beliefs

VALUESWhat is a value Itrsquos something that is important to you something you re-ally value The only thing that determines a value is if it is valuable to you Not all of us share the same values (Example the values of Mother Teresa and Donald Trump Contribution vs Professional Accomplishment) What you really value and not what you say that you value You value it so much that it generates your set of beliefs In fact when you live your values in practice (on a daily basis) you are defining your life results Not what you would like to value but what you are really valorizing In fact we all have the same values What differs is the order and the importance we give to each one of them

For example if someone has the value of the family above the value of work she will have the belief that it is more important to spend time with her family causing her to develop a positive feeling when she is with her family which leads her to really try to spend more time with it On the other hand someone who has the value of work above the family one will be someone who believes she should spend more time with her work and career as she believes it is that that will bring her more financial stabi-lity for example So she will associate more pleasure to the time spent at work than at home causing her to act accordingly to that emotion For example Donald Trump and Mother Teresa of Calcutta havenrsquot they got different values One probably values more lsquoprofessional fulfillmentrsquo the other values more lsquocontributionrsquo Different results Sure One has one of the largest business empires in the world the other left the largest volun-teer organization in the world

So in reality the values you are living in practice (what you are valuing in practice) are defining your results

This alone already explains a good part of the psyche of human beings But letrsquos go deeper

ROOTS

Having roots is to control the cycle of trust

86

87

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

To have roots the coach has to identify

her motivators and values create beliefs and habits and learn

to place herself in a state

CYCLE OF CONFIDENCE AND CYCLE OF FEAREveryone has Cycles of Fear in some areas and Cycles of Confidence in other areas

How do you know it If you are having or not results in that area In the areas of your life where you are getting results you are living in a Cycle of Confidence In the areas where yoursquore not you are living in a Cycle of Fear What does this means is that you have behavioral addic-tions or that you are doing things in a vicious way you are in a sort of a mice wheel Those addictions start by creating emotional patterns on you (feelings that you are having whether you want it or not for instan-ce jealousy when it becomes a pattern no matter what the other does that emotion will keep being there it is an emotion that happens to you) and those emotional patterns generate limiting rules We use the words ldquorulesrdquo because in reality limiting beliefs are created because they have a very large set of rules And this generates demotivation An addiction creates an emotional pattern that creates rules limiting which create demotivation and discourage us to move and change This Cycle of Fear is being lived FROM RESULTS TO VALUES and not in the other and right way The bad news are that we all have Cycles of Fear The areas in which we are not having results is because we are afraid but we paint it in other colors Irsquom afraid Irsquom demotivated I have emotional patterns and I have limiting rules

For you to gain roots you need to recognize these cycles You need to break it if you want results but if you want roots you need to recognize them Good news you can break Cycles of Fear

Second good news you have Cycles of Confidence You also unders-tand the other psychology So what is a Cycle of Confidence

You start by having the capacity of creating Discipline and Habits you get the ability to get into a certain and desired state (eg being happy to go training I want to create that emotion I visualize it it is the op-posite of an emotional pattern the pattern happens to you Think of a boxer who puts herself into her wanted state before entering in a ring You have empowering beliefs (when you believe in something that cre-ates more of it) This creates energy passion being in the moment Being with energy and passion and in the moment brings me empowe-ring beliefs which put me in the emotional state I want and provide me

habits and discipline The good news you have these cycles in areas that you are getting results Think in one area You have these four things right

Having these cycles itrsquos called being human First part on lsquorootsrsquo is about knowing your Cycles of Fear and Confidence and admit them to yourself to those you love to the others And having the courage to say that it doesnrsquot work because of FEAR And there is a way to break this cycle When you have roots you stop projecting it in your clients

There is a way of finding your values in a very logical way knowing which human motivators drive your behavior

8 HUMAN MOTIVATORSMaslov pyramid he was the first to talk about human needs He is outda-ted because it defines a hierarchy He places self-fulfillment at the top This model is very much focused on Maslovrsquos map-of-the-world who was an MS If it is a PE he may have lsquofamilyrsquo in the top and that is not wrong Still there are things that all humans need

So with all these models we created the 8 human motivators they are divided in four paradoxes one for each of the PEMS The first paradox is security freedom

Each one of us was born with a set of motivators You are ldquoaddictedrdquo on one side of the paradox You have to fulfill that need even if you have to abdicate of the other one

ROOTS

SECURITY

SELF LOVE

CONSCIOUSNESS

PERSONAL DEVEL

FREEDOM

LOVEBELOVED

BLISS

CONTRIBUTION

P

E

M

S

88

89

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

The main lesson is the more you live the other side of the paradox the more you will live your addiction as well What happens is that you can only get more of your addiction when you learn to validate the other side of the paradox This is what Jung calls ldquoparadoxes integrationrdquo be the millionaire and the altruistic Be the mother of family and career etc Only when you integrate the other energy is when it boosts the one that is more natural to you

For other persons it happens the same with security and all other pa-radoxes The suggestion is Irsquom addicted on this but I can pause and I can go exploring the other side What you have to figure out is your map (draw in the lsquoinfinite signsrsquo which side of the paradoxes is bigger) Your map is about how much you need to fill each side of the paradox

So YOUR HUMAN MOTIVATORS ARE DEFINING YOUR VALUES AND YOUR VALUES ARE DEFINING YOUR RESULTS

You can have everything on one of the sides of the paradox if yoursquore willing to face the fear of losing it

All people fill their motivators The difference between us is how sus-tainable is that satisfaction Unsustainable means that every day you

EXERCISE Do your map How do you discover Based on major decisions you made in your life Example work home relationships etc

have to feed them Imagine a homeless person he meets hisher secu-rity needs (eating and having where to sleep) but he has to do it every day Now compare with Donald Trump If you see the freedom part it probably happens the opposite

3 SUSTAINABLE it feeds itself It is something that can continue without the need for external resources It is ecological based on challenge and paradoxes integration

3 UNSUSTAINABLE you need to do it every day it is selfish ba-sed on comfort and extremist You do it like it was a daily shot

Example father and daughter about going out at night (to satisfy sa-fety and to love and be loved) Father says no hersquos being selfish and within his comfort zone The same father after coming to this course ldquoYoursquore going to the party until 2230 You send me an sms saying that everything is ok and at 2230 Irsquoll pick yourdquo This continues for some time Father goes on diminishing the rules Now hersquos being ecological entering his challenge zone and integrating paradoxes To feel safe as a father he has to give some freedom To feel loved he has to give them some self love Now his motivators are sustainable and has a sustai-nable system that feeds itself To arrive to a deeper level of security he needs to take the risk that comes from giving more freedom

DIAGONAL CONTINUOUS LINEThis line shows us that working above the line ie the clientrsquos beha-viors andor emotions is short-term and unsustainable In this case only the techniques are worked There are immediate results but with no major impact and duration Like when we are called to do motiva-tional speaking or teambuildingrsquos People feel better and do things but the results have a short duration

This does not imply that it is wrong to do Coaching based on these two areas For example in a quick conversation with a friend we can do Situational Coaching (based on behaviours) in order to get her to do something that has been postponing If the action has been made and it was what was intended to be then you did your role as Coach The Remedy Coaching is also important sometimes which consists on making the other person to leave the session feeling good thinking more positive at the time having had an opportunity to digest an emo-tion

ROOTS

90

91

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

Below the continuous line is where lies the deepest work The one that will actually be sustainable and with long-term results This is where we work values and beliefs it is where we go deep to the point where in fact we shift paradigms The client in this type of Coaching change her beliefs and values turning to be a really different person in opposition to what happens above the line where only the emotions or behaviors are changed but the client continues to be what she was

ICEBERGWith the iceberg image it is understood that the behavior is the conscious part of the human being the only thing that the client can see and analyze Everything else emotions beliefs and values are at the clientrsquos unconscious But as a Coa-ch I must and I want to work also the unconscious because as we saw above this is where it lies the sustainable and long-term work

When we help our clients shifting their paradigms beliefs emotions or values we are working with their unconscious Your client will not like this at some point in the process The unconscious will realize that she will have to change and this will cause the first resistance Knowing how to overcome this is essential to the Coachrsquos work so she can de-liver sustainable results

Conscious Mind keeps all the information which you can access now

Unconscious Mind keeps all the information that has ever passed through your brain It is also a kind of a warning system for you

The information passes from the unconscious to the conscious mind through the subconscious It goes dropping into deeper levels of our mind Very qui-ckly your clients will want to turn you into one of three things

Friend ndash They want someone who listens to them who is patient with them who is always there with whom they can always count and talk Most of your clients will want to have you here that you turn into a sort of confi-dant that supports them but does not challenge them too much But you are not there to be a friend

Boss ndash Many will seek in the Coach someone to tell them what to do who provides them specific guidance who pressures them who ldquopunishrdquo them when they donrsquot have their homework done Someone who is even more committed with their results than themselves But yoursquore also not there to be a Boss

Priest ndash Others will want a kind of a weekly confession session That you absolve the mistakes theyrsquove made du-ring the week that you tell them everything is fine and that it doesnrsquot matter we are all human and we all make mistakes You are not there to be a kind of spiritual le-ader of your client and to absolve him You are there to be

Coach - The Coach has an ldquoAirrdquo relationship with the client ie mental of communication becau-se it is a conversation where you listen and ask where there is intellectual stimulation In the map--of-the-world scheme the Coachrsquos sketch is in the quadrant of beliefs It is a ldquomind with mindrdquo work

It is important to know this because with the sessions going clients tend to try their Coach to become a friend (wateremotions) a boss (earthbehaviors) or even a priest (firevalues) However the Coach should avoid the mistake of behaving like one of these three types You are there to be a Coach

Notes In Informal Coaching with friends colleagues family remember that first thatrsquos what you are and only then you are a Coach Therefore you should not give prevalence to the Coach but to the relationship you have with that person otherwise you would violate the pact that exists between the two

ROOTS

92

93

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

4 TYPES OF COACHINGBased on these four quadrants there are four types of Coaching

Situational Coaching ndash The one that is done immediate-ly during the situation with the sole purpose of lea-ding it to an action It usually consists of a brief con-versation where a ROSA 10 is done Your client has a situation that week that really needs to be addressed Ex a proposal that she needs to present a college exam for which she has to study Itrsquos not bad Coaching and it is often necessary Only it is more superficial

Remediative Coaching ndash As the name says it suits when we have to put a ldquobandageointmentrdquo on the emotions The goal is the client to feel good at the end of the session without having to go deeply on the problem Itrsquos the typical conver-sation where the client unburdens and your only goal is to make her feel a little better Sometimes it may be and it often is necessary

Ex the past week your client has discussed with someone important to her or something happened that greatly dealt with her emotions Your first focus should be to help her to unburden and to feel better We used ROSA 10 + Unburden

Transformative Coaching ndash Here the goal is not just making the client to feel better but that she can change the way she sees her life and herself Here we mainly work on beliefs ie the client stops believing in some things to start believing in another ones She shifts paradigm Coaching is now much more sustainable and with long--term results It undergoes through more complete ses-sions where ROSA 20 is done

Holistic Coaching ndash This is the kind of Coaching that involves the whole being of the client all her areas and valences ie her values The entire psyche is worked We are working the whole Human Being and not only a part of it Even the motivators are worked We use ROSA 30 and we work a lot on paradoxes integration

KEY POINTSWe said earlier that we all have Cycles of Fear and that we can change them to Cycles of Confidence How

Imagine that you have a turnscrew and a bicycle wheel is malfunctio-ning You will then put the turnscrew into one of the four key points and then yoursquoll pull and force the wheel to move in the right direction to-wards the Cycle of Confidence And very important you donrsquot take out the turnscrew until the Cycle (the wheel) rotates in the right direction

What are then the Four Key Points You can really choose only one

VALUE FOCUS At this point you will choose a key value for you whi-ch you canrsquot leave to live in practice Whatever happens you canrsquot take the turnscrew from there For instance imagine that you are experien-cing serious financial difficulties and you decide that lsquoValue Focusrsquo is your point Imagine that you choose ldquosavingrdquo as the value that has to be experienced in practice Then whenever you have to make a decision that involves spending money you know what to do You canrsquot in any way stop living this value until the cycle begins to rotate in the oppo-site direction and gets sustainable

POSITIVITY If you want to work at the level of beliefs yoursquoll start to develop this empowering belief base BEING POSITIVE You must be a positive person with faith who believes that everything will go well who says only positive things about herself and the others who sees and is focused on everything positive that is going around her And when the bad days or the bad news are coming and you feel the need to say something negative you shut up And you say something positive

EMOTION FOCUS Imagine that there is an emotion that makes your Cycle of Fear to happen (an emotional pattern) In this key point you will choose an emotion that you would like to learn to cause in yourself learning how to get yourself into that state Imagine that you have been feeling too much anger in your Cycle of Fear and want to feel harmony instead You want to learn how to get into that emotional state You start feeling the opposite emotion and you do something to manage to be in an harmony state (you listen to a song that gets yourself into that state you put your boxing gloves you jump you meditate you close

ROOTS

94

95

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

your eyes you read a poem as Mandela did )

HOMEWORK FOCUS Here you will define a homework that until itrsquos done you wonrsquot do anything else Imagine that you have a Cycle of Fear in relation to health that you define lsquoHomework Focusrsquo as the key point and your homework is running every day Until you manage to do it nothing else matters All of your strategies are directioned so that your homework is being done as soon as possible

In the end all of the four key points have to do with absolute focus

Value ndash Focus on the most important value Until that value is being lived we wonrsquot move on

Positivity (Faith Optimism) ndash Focus on the positive emotions Un-til she gets optimistic we wonrsquot move on

Emotion (Meditation) ndash Focus on pleasure Until she feels more ple-asure than pain we wonrsquot move on

Homework ndash Focus on action Until the homework gets done we wonrsquot move on

VERY IMPORTANTYou as a coach do not have to guess your clientrsquos map-of-the-world or even her PEMS but you have to explore it aside of her You will only master her Map-of-the-World when you understand your own (creating roots) because you will never learn anything about yourself with your client you will never discover anything about you because shersquos the one who discovers it being real or not You Coach you must be hum-ble enough to know that you know nothing about your client and you shouldnrsquot try to guess anything It is the customer who gets there alone

Therefore the more knowledge you have about your own map-of-the--world together with Rapport and ROSA the more intense will be your Coaching because the more you will be able to help your client The goal is that you have the tools in yourself so you can help her In other words this tool is for you to deepen your roots and thus know when you need to do only ROSA or go searching for the Key Points or to use

another method For instance if a client has as her main challenge to be promoted then therersquos no logical on working on Cycles of Fear but to make a ROSA and move forward On the other hand if you see that there is a Cycle of Fear then you should find the key point so you can work on it

I canrsquot help the others if I canrsquot help myself first

ROOTS

values (I am)

during session

clientcoach rosa unconscious

Beliefs (I think)

between sessions

co-coach rosa 30

emotions (I feel)

leverage slice

self coaching rosa 20behavior (I do)

holistic

coaching to others rosa 10M

S

E

P

96

97

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING RESULTS

IX RESULTS

Results are super important in the Coa-ching process There is simply no Coa-

ching if there are no results and thatrsquos why they are at the center of the

triangle of the four Rrsquos Everything we do whether is ROSA creating

Roots or building Rapport it is done with the purpose of get-ting results at the end of the sessions

This is what distinguishes the most Coaching from other practices As a Coach you must become obsessed with your clients results Not only that they do their homeworks but also how close did Coaching took them closer to their Guru Objective how much it has improved their leverage slice of the Pizza and other slices as well We also try to assess the sustainability of those results We donrsquot want them just to get there but also that they keep there

Coaching is about results and you must take this premise very seriou-sly You have been hired to make them reach some goals Become obsessed with it

It is not so easy to evaluate results in a metric way in the world of Co-aching but it proves to be very important Not only with Life Coaching but also with Business Coaching We must find a way to demonstrate that our work has had results in practice

That was the reason why we have created the Results Model

Our level of competence is equal to our worst level of performance

RESULTS MODELIt is possible to define results through the four metrics

lsquoSrsquo AXIS (SPIRITUAL) WE EVALUATE THE PROCESS IMPACT ON THE CLIENT

Behavior (I DO) When the client throughout the process changes one or more behaviors She does now due to the sessions different things that she didnrsquot before

Emotions (I FEEL) When the client feels happier more self-confi-dent fulfilled etc She has now different and more positive emotions due to the Coaching process

98

99

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

Beliefs (I THINK) When there is a change of belief (I used to belie-ve I was not a good person and now I believe I am) When the client used to believe in something and she started to believe in something different There was a paradigm shift She used to see something in a certain way and now she sees it in a more empowering way

Values (I AM) When the Coach manages to help the client to change her values ie the person she is This happens for exam-ple when the client starts to put more emphasis on family than on work or when she accepts and believes that she is a healthy and different person and that nothing will change that now She values different things todat due to the Coa-ching process

lsquoErsquo AXIS (EMOTIONAL) WE EVALUATE THE CLIENTrsquoS AUTONOMY

Level 1 Coach (CoachClient Relationship) Itrsquos the Coach who controls the situation There is a formal relationship be-tween Coach and Client and the session is controlled and oriented by the Coach

Level 2 Coach (Co-Coach) The Client already acts as a Coach during the sessions This happens for example when the client already knows that she is supposed to also say po-sitive things on the Reality part that is she already knows what to do in each step She already takes the initiative The relationship is more about cooperation now and the Client start becoming autonomous

Level 3 Coach (Self-Coaching) When the Client already does Self--Coaching at home not being asked to This is a fantastic moment because she already has the tools and the Coach is there to help and support

Level 4 Coach (Coach to others) When the Client comes to a ses-sion and tells us she has done Coaching with someone else (with her child for instance) This person came to us to be helped however she is already using our tools to help so-

RESULTS

meone else She is totally independent It is every Coachrsquos dream

lsquoMrsquo AXIS (MENTAL) WE EVALUATE THE CLIENTrsquoS CONTENTS ASSIMILATION

Uses Rosa 10 language o cliente usa palavras como Realidade objetivos soluccedilotildees accedilotildees fazem hoje parte do seu leacutexico

Uses Rosa 20 language the client uses terms such as guru objec-tives baby objectives measurable beliefs paradigm shif-ting brainstorming etc

Uses Rosa 30 language she refers terms like emotional patterns cycles of fear and confidence values dilemma etc

Uses unconscious Rosa language when many of these terms are so ingrained in the clientrsquos language that she thinks she will use them for the rest of her life

lsquoPrsquo AXIS (PRACTICE) WE EVALUATE RESULTS IN PRACTICE

During the Session I can manage the client to get results only du-ring the session It is a Coaching session that has no power to influence the client outside it

Between Sessions It mostly happens when the client is doing her homeworks It means that what happened during the ses-sion touched her with enough strength to get her to realize she has to do something and that she is doing something outside the sessions

Leverage Slice It happens when the client fulfills her Leverage Slice and achieves the goal that brought her to Coaching or when her satisfaction in that slice has dramatically im-proved

Holistic When the client improves satisfaction in multiple slices as a result of the sessions including the leverage slice It was a process that had an impact on the whole being and not just in one area of her life

100

101

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

You can make this model with your client on the last session you have together You can also make a self-assessment to compare with it When you measure these four levels of results you will have access to check what level of Coaching you had on that specific process

COACHING LEVELThe Coaching Level that you have delivered is always proportional to your lowest result Even if you have three axes at level 3 and have only one at a level 2 Coaching has been 20 This is valuable information to you as a Coach because it gives you an idea of axes that are easier for you to work and others that you may have to further strengthen

Level 4 Coaching is something that is not achieved with all clients There must be a great empathy and rapport as well as a mastery on the Coaching technique that has been taught in the training course and presented in this manual

Gulica ego catia caperum dem inem cus Fortes et L Nos et grae avehem Romnit acto egeris cis sultod pratum voltum iam hos ublius hactam atemus essede con vas optilis factor aus nem ad cae estil hos me patus re verisse inatuus

Udam deperfecrem nermis etraed me int ela remulibut rem loctusquo cum mus auciem vivehem uresull emquissent eti primperescit ina que ia consiss entium pulerit con vendam morei sentes inatil vit ia quam mus licaudemus factem dum eo ura ex muro nenit quo vilnes-tium Catimportus pati postalarit vis coena fui sa consu consceribus Satquid ertienatus contere essimis ut vis aus iliciam quo in dissimis Ra num deatiqua vere con sentius et in spio pes Tiaetin videlisquam mus viliam que conum is larbit etora notimolto nos et duc omnimus opublicae convo C Nos vivica Catus hos vivas aurnihil hui terfint imorter labus hostam res inequod nerem tabute telieni hilicaessil ven-tem nonsulis

Berteropubit diisquium iteriti emprit teludam hilicid erfentiur tem huis

Hum pro vidiusquem paterevid sedis factatu rnihilla rem publicave Ca-terev irissoltis re aurei pere anum teluder ficepse essercem octuusque mis tum inam pra vivid rei condamdiis hacies Ipio verei sendamdis

TOOLS amp TECHNIQUES

X TOOLS AND TECHNIQUES

If you master well the model of the four Rrsquos for us you already are a fantastic Coach If you can master some stars too itrsquos even better But if you master the model you know how to do Coaching But now letrsquos go to the small stars The idea is not that you try to use all the stars at the same time Choose the two or three that you like best and train those first

POSITIVE FEEDBACKProvide as much positive feedback as you can to your client Take every opportunity you have to do it A Coach is the type of mirror that only says good things about her client Please turn yourself into some-one who is always valorizing every small steps that your client takes

FEEDBACK HAMBURGERYou say something positive then you say something negative then you say something positive again The two positive feedbacks have to be VERY VERY good For instance ldquoI have been feeling that you are very committed to your Coaching process We just need to start paying more attention to our homework even because I feel that you are a person who likes to challenge yourself and that really wants to go further ldquo

RESSIGNIFICATION Ressignificating is finding another meaning still more empowering but that changes everything EgrdquoI didnrsquot do my homework I failedrdquo Coach ldquoWow That means that you are a demanding and committed personrdquo ldquoIrsquom lazyrdquo

102

103

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

ldquoDoes that means you like to enjoy the pleasures of liferdquo

REFRAMINGIt is much like ressignification Itrsquos the name that is used in NLP (Neuro--Linguistic Programming) You take the information that was been gi-ven to you in a frame and you put it in a new one

PREFRAMINGIf ressignification has to do with changing the meaning after it has been given preframing has to do with giving a meaning to something before we have explained what it is It is a widely used technique to anticipate objections that might distract us from our ultimate goal Then we do preframing we previously give the meaning that we want the person to give afterwards Example

ldquoCan I show you my point of view Itrsquos something different but Irsquove seen that it works with many people and it has been helping a lot to change our behavior to healthier habits Itrsquos something innovative and different but highly successful Can I tell you my ideardquo You create a frame before placing the information in there

POSTFRAMINGFirst you give the information and then you put it in a frame Eg ldquoFolks today we have an exam (the low energy level) but thatrsquos what this course is about to be the best Coach to go furtherrdquo

ldquoFROM 0 TO 10 rdquo To give examples ldquoI think Irsquoll read a bookrdquo Coach ldquoFrom 0-10 how much do you think you will accomplish that goalrdquo

TRANSFORMING ldquoORrdquo IN ldquoANDrdquoHelp the client to find an alternative solution to integrate paradoxes to

find a third way

VULNERABILIZATIONFind out things about you that are not working and put them at the clientrsquos service That makes you human and you are validating your client in the case she feels the same She does some things better than you and has some of the same challenges

ASSOCIATION AND DISSOCIATIONThese two terms are often used in NLP (Neuro-linguistic Program-ming) and are used in various ways Association means that an indi-vidual describes a situation as if it was happening and he was partici-pating on it As the name indicates he is associated with it He is still seeing himself going through the situation and feels the emotions that he would feel if he was really living it

Dissociation means that an individual can already tell that experience as if he was watching a movie in which he took part but already dis-sociated from it He is more in an observer role That allows him a big-ger emotional objectivity Even if he feels the emotions they are more about the experience itself and not so much about him as a participant

When we want to help our customers to overcome some emotionally more challenging situations it can make a huge difference to have them to dissociate from those situations Thatrsquos how they can gain greater objectivity and clarity and at the same time they get more mo-tivated to take their first steps

METAPHORSThe most important here is that you use the metaphors of your client Use her world whenever it is possible It will help a lot more to inter-nalize and memorize the information Help your client to create her metaphors Eg ldquoSometimes we fall into holes that are so big that you canrsquot get out of them alonerdquo ldquoLearning to forgive someone is like dri-ving one step at a timerdquo

TOOLS amp TECHNIQUES

104

105

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

LANGUAGE OF A COACH 3 HOW TO INTERRUPT at the first session it must be defined if

the Coach can interrupt the client when she deviates from the focus If yoursquore going to interrupt your client you must always do it with a question You can also take note of something that has nothing to do with the subject you are talking about but it seems important So we can talk about it in the next session You can ask the client if she liked to talk about it

3 ldquoDOES IT MAKES SENSE FOR YOUrdquo If she says NO ldquoSo tell merdquo if she says YES ldquocan you tell me howrdquo

3 ldquoMY HALLUCINATION is rdquo Being very unconditional Any opi-nion is a good opinion The Coach realyy doesnrsquot know The word hallucination implies that what yoursquore saying may be ab-solutely wrong

3 ldquoWHAT WOULD LOVE DO NOWrdquo Be careful with the rapport level you have with your client It is a very good question when it concerns relational issues

3 ldquoHOW WOULD IT BE IFrdquo Very good to overcome objections ldquohow would it be if you had timerdquo ldquohow would it be if you had moneyrdquo ldquohow would it be if you had self-confidencerdquo

3 ldquoWHAT IF rdquo Fantastic to destroy any obstacle that your client brings Some examples ldquoAnd what if you couldrdquo ldquoWhy notrdquo ldquoWhat if nobody would knowrdquo ldquoWhat if you had moneyrdquo ldquoI know you donrsquot but what if you knew what would you sayrdquo

3 GENERAL TIP BE COOL You really must have a cool and rela-xed attitude You really donrsquot know what would be best for your client so be really unconditional

THE COACHING ETHICS

XI THE COACHING ETHICS

There are six ethic rules in Coaching but with no doubt the first is the most important

CONFIDENTIALITY Coaching sessions must be given the utmost con-fidentiality There are no legal rules as in Therapy (like not having fa-mily as clients) but you always have to respect confidentiality When you do Coaching in a company and you must give feedback to their manager your clients must know it If necessary you can discuss the case with a mentor but always without mentioning the name of your client You can discuss the cases but without any names

CLIENTrsquoS AUTONOMY Coaching is all about autonomy and sustaina-bility You need your client to get results not that she needs you You should think ldquoif I change country how would my clients berdquo

CAREFUL WITH PROJECTIONS We all project aspects that we re-press in ourselves All currents in psychology agree that there is pro-jection When I look to someone else what I see is whatrsquos inside of me (strengths and weaknesses) Thatrsquos why some see one thing and others see another As a Coach you must be very attentive to projections You should not do it with your client and for that you must work on your roots If something bothers you that says more about you than about your client Itrsquos not just a technical issue of respecting others map-of--the-world It is an ethical issue

CREDIBILITY Of course you can use other different tools in your ses-sions but you should be able to do so Using things on which yoursquore not certified is breaking ethics Try to be congruent and integrate Being a corporate or a sales Coach without being an expert about those mat-ters is not ethical

106

107

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING THE FIRST SESSION IN PRATICE

CONTRACT IS CONTRACT The financial commitment you assume with your client is always the same as long as she is your client The same in what respects sessions frequency You should always ask permission to your client when you want to change the frequency of the sessions For WeCreate the value you charge to your client must be the same forever It is part of our gratitude towards our client

SELF-COACHING The Coach must be an example of Self-Coaching or she should have a Coach You really have to do ROSA once a year at least and use all these tools in a weekly basis Make sure that you are also an example of achieving your own dreams

XII THE FIRST SESSION

IN PRACTICEIt is normal that the first session is a bit longer (90min) Your focus is to build RAPPORT Here is an example of a few steps for your first session You can have a few more or less of these steps but this is the general idea

STEP 1 Memorize these steps so that you will not have to use this manual

STEP 2 (Partnership) Organize the working space have everything prepared adequated clothes etc

STEP 3 (Presence) Prepare to be fully present by meditating or by being a few minutes in silence

STEP 4 (Posture and words) Build rapport have a few minutes of casual positive and neutral conversation to break the ice For example the weather the clientrsquos favourite team foot-ball match etc

STEP 5 At this stage you will also try to collect information about the client Several aspects of her life and trying to deter-mine clientrsquos expectations regarding the Coaching process You will be attentive about the metaphors and about what is really important to her Yoursquoll need it to explain what Co-aching is in her words

STEP 6 Explain what Coaching is using the clientrsquos words and the references she gave us Example letrsquos imagine that boxing was something that the client liked and we want to explain

108

109

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING THE LAST SESSION

Coaching through boxing ldquoCoaching is like boxing It invol-ves a lot of training to succeed in getting results but ins-tead of having an external enemy we are fighting against ourselvesrdquo

STEP 7 Inviting the client to do an exercise we pick six pens (three of each color) We ask her to tell us three things that are going well in her life and we explore each area a bit Then we ask ldquoamong those areas which one is running really wellrdquo Then we ask for three things that are not going so well and explore a bit

STEP 8 Asking the client which 3 goals she would like to accom-plish by the end of the Coaching process that would make it worth the investment (as measurable as possible)

STEP 9 Establishing verbal contract and selling the idea of coa-ching (even if the sessions pack is already closed) Now we talk about the practical issues sessions frequency ses-sions length interrupting the client first session a bit lon-ger confidentiality guarantee If you feel comfortable you can talk about costs and forms of payment

STEP 10 ldquoCan we start our session talking about what brought you here How can I helprdquo

STEP 11 Talking a bit about the Clientrsquos reality and introducing the Pizza of Life The client draws herrsquos We will go on explai-ning the pizza and its different slices (very briefly not to influence) Some clients like to do it lsquoalonersquo others like to go on talking as they fill the slices

STEP 12 From then on you make ROSA 10

STEP 13 You end up the session You can share ROSA methodology with your client (if you think shersquod like it) and ending with positive feedback You can also ask the client how did she feel You can also ask her to choose an object and summa-rize the session You will also be doing some preframing by stating that Coaching is about action and homeworks

XIII THE LAST SESSION

A coaching process has a follow-up We can work with individual ses-sions or with a pack It is important to inform your clients that Coaching is a continuous process and not a process with miraculous results in the first session Hence it is like doing workout where it is difficult to get results if we go to the gym only once

You can work with packs of sessions (5 or 10) and we would like to give you some tips on what you should ensure it gets done in your last coaching session with someone you have been working with

FUTURE It is important to ensure that the client will continue taking steps in the future even not having sessions anymore or your presence In this session you should spend some time helping her in creating an action plan about the next steps she wants to go on taking in that area You can also take the opportunity to do a small summary of everything that you both worked in so that there is a notion of the progress made and the results achieved Ensures that your client completed that process and be sure about the next steps for her future Help her in crea-ting a good action plan

HABITS You can also ask your client which would be the daily or weekly habits that she would like more to integrate into her routine

POSITIVE FEEDBACK This is also the perfect time to give positive fe-edback to your client (despite being a constant throughout the sessions) Show her the progress she has made throughout the sessions and help her to realize all the positive things she has achieved

111

110

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

PERSONAL DEVELOPMENT We must ensure that our client conti-nues its personal development process and knows or tries new approaches Coaching is just one part of a wide range of options that are now ahead of her Encourage her to con-tinue that journey to read new books to try other trainings and workshops other different and complementary ways of approaching personal development

KEEPING CONTACT You can develop some form of contact with your old clients Email telephone facebook etc Remember to con-tinue sending her information about coaching or other matters you find important It is a way to ensure that your client will continue ldquoawakedrdquo for this subject

Thank you for being part of this project

Daniel Saacute Nogueira and Marta Ferreira

Page 4: WeCreate International Coaching Certification Manual

8

9

We hope that this training course will be meaningful to you We know with certainty that it will be for us and therefore we would like to con-clude this brief introduction by thanking you Yes thank you for sharing your most precious asset with us your time

Have fun this will make it much easier to finally start taking those steps towards the results you seek or becoming even better at helping your clients to do the same

Wishing you many excellent training days

Daniel Saacute Nogueira WeCreate MasterCoachTrainer Trainer hellodanielsanogueiracom +351937774123

TIPS FOR USING 100 OF OUR MANUAL

(P) Participate A lot This is a very small number of pages compared to the amount of experience that is needed in the area We actually only have about 60 hours of training and these pages to help you change some of the paradigms that you have about coaching about yourself and your clients Forever So take a deep breath switch your phone to silent mode straighten your back find your focus get present and ready to participate Take this opportunity and read the manual as if you had to repeat the course

(E) Engage You have a lot to learn from WeCreate just like so many other people who did the certification with you Get in touch with others who are studying the manual and interact share take initiative get excited and involve others Enjoy the international community of WeCreate Coa-ches Share through coachdanielsanogueiracom

(M) Memorize On the following pages wersquoll be sharing the best tools for coaching and results Therersquos a lot of information Brain overdose alert Thus wersquove reduced it to a minimum the essence Focus on knowing at least the contents of this manual by heart Concentrate as much as possible Take lots of notes Many of the same The more you type things over and over again the better your brain will understand the importance of the material Question write reflect analyze adapt go deeper and so on Enjoy the material

(S) Surprise us Go further Exit the box Direct your energy outwards Be your most sublime image of yourself more determined more intense Be the change you want to see in your work and business today here and now with us Strive for excellence In yourself In us In everyone Enjoy the coincidence of being here to create your future today now

And above all have fun We very much hope that this manual will exceed your expectations but more than anything we hope it can help you to significantly duplicate your results Wersquore going to create a new world together and everything starts today Thank you once more and Congra-tulations for being here with us and for being a WeCreate Coach

Daniel Saacutea Nogueira

11

10

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING YOU ARE ALREADY A COACH

I YOU ARE ALREADY

A COACHEvery human being is born a coach whether she knows it or not All of us have already helped someone during our life to solve a problem All of us have already shared a word of encouragement All of us have already made someonersquos life easier All of us have already sat down with someone to listen to her realityAll of us have already challenged someone to go further All of us have already said something that changed someonersquos life without even knowing it All of us have already left someone thinking about what we said or did

click the video to see it

In other words all of us have already helped someone take a step fur-ther and be happier Thatrsquos coaching

A coach helps another human being with the most fundamental ques-tions of life

By using questions

The quality of a coach is measured by the quality of his or her ques-tions

What are your dreams What is your potential What have you already done thatrsquos spectacular What makes you feel happy What have you learned from your successes What do you believe in Who are you and who can you become

13

12

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING THE 4 RrsquoS OF COACHING

II THE 4 Rrsquos OF COACHING

The triangle of the 4 Rrsquos represents the essence of coaching

To WeCreate if you become an expert in the-se four Rrsquos you are a Coach This is your

base The rest is stars that yoursquoll learn to master in the long run Your first focus

becoming extraordinarily good at each of these Rrsquos

A brief description of each element

ROSA -This is the method of the Coach It is the basic tool that you will use during your sessions It is an eternal guide that in time will become part of your DNA A coach is someone who speaks in ROSA thinks in ROSA trains and helps in ROSA

ROOTS ndash As a coach you can only go as deep with your client as you can go with yourself Therefore you must learn to deepen and streng-then your roots What is really important to you How is your self-con-fidence and relationship with yourself A coach has self-knowledge about her values beliefs level of confidence and limits Nothing anyo-ne says about you should surprise you

RAPPORT ndash The ability to make anyone trust you within a few minu-tes As a Coach you should be able to adapt to different types of people and quickly and easily generate empathy and trust with any of them

RESULTS - If there are no results there is no coaching Coaching is geared towards action and obtaining results You also need to know

how to measure the results whether they are objective or subjective This is the big difference between coaching and other practices as we will discuss further in this manual

Mastering these four elements will make you a great coach Someone who is well ROOTED who can create RAPPORT within a few minu-tes who dominates ROSA and the structure of a session is someone who will be able to deliver RESULTS And this is the reason why your clients choose coaching

14

15

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING WHAT IS COACHING

III WHAT IS COACHING

4-word definition Freeing Potential Through Action

ldquoCoaching is a processhelliprdquo ndash It has a beginning middle and end The Coach does not solve anything by just pushing a button The length of the process is generally 2-3 months depending on the situation and response of the client This is the time-span that we advise for achie-ving meaningful results through ten one-hour sessions in person or not depending on the availability of the client and the expertise of the Coach

ldquo that aims tordquo ndash The Coach supports the client in setting goals and creating a strategy to achieve desired results through the very process of coaching The goal is to help the client achieve results in her focus area for example health or relationships spirituality finances career family etc

ldquohellipdevelophelliprdquo ndash Coaching is about working with the potential that the client already has within The Coach does not create anything just works on what already exists in order to enhance it While focusing on the development of technical and emotional skills the coach acts as an ldquoexternal eyerdquo to the client so that she can see objectively where she is (present state) and where she needs to go (future state) with minimum effort and maximum fun

Technical definition Coaching is a process that aims to develop challenge support and empower people to reach their full potential personally and professio-nally in a sustainable manner through the use of questions

ldquohellipchallengerdquo ndash Throughout the sessions the Coach has to challenge the client to go further and to think of many more and diverse solu-tions in order to step outside her comfort zone Coaching works as a form of encouragement and monitoring tailored to the personal development needs of each client

ldquosupporthelliprdquo ndash At the same time support do not judge really listen be there for the client give positive feedback The Coach is someone who is always there even when the results are not yet the desired ones The Coach has the patience to unconditionally support the pro-cess of the client

ldquohellipempowerhelliprdquo ndash The Coach helps the client work on new skills with the aim to thereby empower her to achieve self-realization reach her goals and align her life with her values mission and life purpose Note that if the Coach uses a lot of teaching it becomes training not coaching

click the video to see it

16

17

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING WHAT IS COACHING

ldquosustainablerdquo - In coaching we work to deliver sustainable re-sults We do not want the client to become dependent on the Coach or on the process itself As soon as possible we begin to use strategies to ensure the autonomy of our clients and to make them become their own coaches after a while

ldquoreach their full potentialrdquo ndash Coaching is about ACHIEVING re-sults During the coaching process the Coach will work to keep the client in action so that what is aimed for actually happens All of us possess a HUGE potential that we can use to achieve everything we want

ldquoquestionsrdquo - This is the basic methodology of coaching We de-velop empower support and challenge through questions Questions are powerful enablers that will help raise the consciousness level of our clients

COACHING IS ABOUT THE FUTUREDuring the coaching process the Coach will focus on making the client think about the present and the future This is the main difference be-tween coaching and therapy apart from the extent of formal education (minimum 5 years) that psychologists have in comparison to coaches

The Coach can listen to what has happened in the recent past of the client but does not focus on going deeper into this aspect of the situa-tion Instead she guides the client to focus on the present and most of all on the future ldquoSo what do you want to achieve today regarding this problem in your familyrdquo ldquoWhat are your future dreams in this area of your liferdquo

The Coach is not focused on knowing what caused the trauma or pro-blem but concentrates on moving beyond it and making sure that by the end of the ten sessions the client has also acquired the tools to solve other problems and challenges in her life

Coaching requires three key elements

A Client (Coachee) the person who undergoes the process of co-aching in order to acquire new skills and strengthen exis-

Coaching is the process that

aims to develop challenge support

and empower people to reach

their full potential professionally

and personally through questions

ting skills We recommend using the term client instead of ldquocoacheerdquo as it helps to distinguish it better from the word ldquoCoachrdquo and implies a more professional relationship be-tween the two

A Coach a professional qualified to lead the process of coachingAn opportunity challenge or problem Opportunity because it is

not necessary to work on a problem A client can be satis-fied with their job but seeking a Coach to work on being promoted for example

On the other hand there may be more than one opportu-nity challenge or problem and also all three at once sin-ce there are always opportunities behind every problem When there are several problems or opportunities the Co-ach assumes that the client is able to solve them all Howe-ver the coaching process needs to focus on one at a time and solving it before moving on to others

THE CROSSROADS OF LIFEThe key moments for a client are at the crossroads of life ie when two roads diverge and the client does not know which way to go This is where a Coach can really make a difference

In these situations as stated earlier we will not decide for the client nor give any advice since the task of the Coach is simply to facilitate reflection on the two paths to ask about the crossroads and even to take a few steps back if the client wishes to do so

Even if the choice seems wrong to the Coach the client is the one who should decide which road and action to take

Coaching is also

3 Very future-oriented 3 Making the client move into action through weekly tasks 3 Having a clear vision of what goals to reach 3 Helping the client develop an action plan 3 A process that provides development direction innovation and

constant support

18

19

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING WHAT IS COACHING

Benefits of Coaching

3 Opportunity for individual reflection that increases our level of consciousness about ourselves

3 Increase in our capacity to influence various situations in our lives

3 Gain of greater structure and focus 3 Constant feedback and support throughout the process

There are mainly two types of Coaching Life Coaching (where the process is most suitable for our personal lives) and Executive Bu-siness Coaching (where more work is done in the professional area)

Over the past few years coaching has become specialized in various areas We now also find terms such as Relationship Coaching Health Coaching Management C oaching Emotional Coaching for Teams Le-adership Coaching etc

Another major advantage is that this tool can be used formally (in in-dividual sessions or with groups) where we help our clients get closer to their goals in many areas of life as well as informally where we use it as a point of view when relating to our friends family children and ourselves Imagine the power of not only helping others but also being able to increase their capacity to take responsibility No doubt coa-ching is a transversal tool that applies to many different areas in our professional and personal lives

THE DIFFERENCE BETWEEN COACHING AND

OTHER PRACTICESSDespite being a relatively new discipline the distinction between co-aching and other practices is clear The term itself arose from a me-ans of transport (taking someone from one place to another) and this remains its basic meaning to bring someone (the client) from A to B

The difference between coaching and other approaches

Mentoring A process whereby a professional with expertise in a par-ticular area helps you to increase your level of knowledge about it A

mentor is someone who gives advice based on her vast experience in the area that you want to explore

Therapy The greatest distinction of all between coaches and thera-pists psychologists psychiatrists etc is the number of years of aca-demic preparation and how governmental institutions regulate the ac-tivity of the latter Therapists etc are trained to help their clients with complex issues from their past and present A Coach does not have this preparation and should not nor has the technical ability to ldquostir uprdquo the past of her client Therefore the Coach focuses solely on the present and the future of the client and has no therapeutic ambition

Consulting Offers experience and expertise in certain business areas A consultant can work with an entire organization or part of it and is usually a person from outside the organization that brings in her know--how to help increase productivity

Training A process by which we gain knowledge and skills The trai-ner is usually an expert in a particular area with the objective to help people learn and acquire skills specific to that area

past

THERAPHY

present

future

COACHING

20

21

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING INTERNATIONAL COACHING PRESUPPOSITIONS

IV INTERNATIONAL COACHING

PRESUPPOSITIONSThe international presuppositions of coaching are general principles that guide the practice of coaching around the world They are a kind of ethical rules that are vital to use in coaching sessions

But even more importantly these ten presuppositions need to be roo-ted in the DNA of the coach and lived fully by her

1 - QUESTIONSldquoThe Coach has the questions and the client the answersrdquo

The Coach always starts from the principle that the client has the answers Even if the Coach knows the answer she should not say it and this is often complicated A challenge The client has to discover the answer for herself even though she may then realize that this was not the best answer and that there are more suitable ones But this makes the client feel in charge of her process A major benefit of coaching is the ldquopowerrdquo that it gives to the client

For this to happen the Coach needs to find and ask questions because there are no answers only questions If the client asks ldquoWhat can I do to solve this situationrdquo the Coach asks ldquoHave you already done something to solve itrdquo or ldquoIs there anything you can do right nowrdquo Try to avoid responding with solutions as much as possible This way the Coach will lead the client to finding the best answer for herself

The coaching process is for the client The coach only facilitates the process

I AS A COACH NEVER KNOW THE SOLUTION

That is as the Coach does not know the psyche of the client she must remain detached and calm allowing the client to pursue at her own pace without interfering The process belongs to the client

2 - RESPECTldquoThe map is not a territoryrdquo

Each person has her way of being her World Map (the perception that each of us has of the same reality) The way one person sees a situation is never identical to someone elsersquos way Everyone interprets the same events differently and react accordingly

Thus the map of the client has true value and merit and the Coach res-pects this principle by holding the point of view that her own map of the world is not the only correct one For example a Coach who is married must respect the client who has three girlfriends and is looking for a fourth A spiritual coach must understand the world of a client whorsquos in the military If you cannot respect the world map of your client then yoursquore not the best Coach for her The best option then is to not con-tinue your sessions and instead suggest that a colleague takes over

Suggestion Do everything in your power to keep your client even if you donrsquot agree with her world map This is because by your fifth ses-sion you will have the necessary rapport to take on the challenge of asking something like

ldquoIs that really what you want for your liferdquo

ldquoDonrsquot you need something bigger in your liferdquo

In conclusion it is only natural that a Coach develops an opinion about what is happening with the client but she must still respect the clientrsquos world map and use open questions that are genuinely tolerant

22

23

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING INTERNATIONAL COACHING PRESUPPOSITIONS

3 - FEEDBACKldquoThere is no failure only feedbackrdquo

Everything that happens to the client during sessions andor outside of them is an opportunity for the Coach to get feedback For example if a client hasnrsquot done her homework this is not failure but feedback to the Coach Perhaps the homework was too complicated maybe the Coach did not convey itrsquos importance or the client is still very focused on another area

ldquoFailurerdquo is short-term psychology itrsquos what you see in the moment ldquoFeedbackrdquo on the other hand is long-term psychology We believe that the client will understand if she hasnrsquot already that itrsquos not about not being capable Instead itrsquos about taking in feedback about the situation learning from it polishing the rough edges and continuing until you can do it A good example of this kind of psychology is when babies start to learn how to walk They will fall many times and try over and over again to remain standing but never will a parent think that their daughter has failed and will never walk only because she fell In other words she did not fail she simply got feedback

4 - RESOURCESldquoAll people have the resources within them

or can acquire them

The coach treats the client as someone who is always rich in resour-ces

The potential that lies in all human beings is very big giant really It enables all of us to achieve any goal that we set ourselves in life and the Coach knows this reality Therefore we will never criticize the goal of a client that may seem impossible in the eyes of the Coach because the client has all the resources she needs within her or can acquire them Many clients will try to convince you that they are not capable of something and do not have these resources within them As a Coach you have fully embrace this assumption and know deep inside that they are perfectly capable

5 - BEST OPTION AT THE TIME

ldquoPeople always choose the best option that is currently available

especially given their context rdquo

For example if a client yelled at a co-worker the Coach should assume that this was the best option that she had available at the time Whether the Coach finds it good or bad does not really matter because for that person it was the only option available given the context

Thus the process of coaching is very humble The Coach puts herself into the shoes of her client staying present and concerned

It is very important that the Coach does not impose her own limita-tions on the client Furthermore she can choose to accept the limits of her client or to go around them Never forget that your client always comes from a context that is different from yours and that her family history religion and education among other things is what guides her to make choices which are always the best option at the time

6 - CAUSE AND EFFECTldquoEach person creates her own realityrdquo

The client is the energetic centre of everything that happens to her In other words it is she who creates or attracts her own reality Thus the Coach should always assume that what is happening to the client was in some way created by her whether it is an accident an argument or even the case of being fired The same applies to positive events

As a coach and this is why you should always respect otherrsquos world maps you do not to say that the client is ldquoguiltyrdquo Instead you keep asking questions

Your session will then be focused on trying to understand what motive led her to create this reality If you do not believe that your client crea-ted it you will also not believe that she has within her all the personal

24

25

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING INTERNATIONAL COACHING PRESUPPOSITIONS

power needed to change or modify it

Therefore as a Coach you need to take this presupposition into your own life and aim to deepen it to the fullest until you reach the point where you believe that you can influence everything that happens in your life

7 - ACTIONldquoIf you want to understand actrdquo

A Coach believes that action is needed to understand a problem chal-lenge or opportunity Itrsquos not enough to say that something has been understood on the mental level Coaching is about action It does not matter how much your client understands or knows about a subject What matters is how much she acts

Hence all sessions have a compulsory homework ending ldquoWhat will you do in this directionrdquo ldquoWhenrdquo ldquoWith whomrdquo

8 - FLEXIBILITYldquoIf yoursquore not getting results do it differentlyrdquo

Between the two of them the Coach needs to be the most flexible be-cause if the client is not getting results new approaches are needed In other words since the Coach believes that the client has all the resour-ces within her if there are no results it is because the Coach has to be more flexible What works with one client does not work with others Einstein said ldquoInsanity is doing the same thing and expecting a diffe-rent resultrdquo If yoursquore not getting the results you want do it differently

9 - POSITIVE INTENTIONldquoAll behaviour is based on a positive intentionrdquo

All human behaviour is driven by positive intention This does not mean

it is all good behaviour just the intention that created them Let us ima-gine a dramatic situation someone who screams violently at another person may be wanting to feel safer calmer have more justice The intention is good but not the behaviour As a Coach you know that what your client does or doesnrsquot do is based on a positive intention

10 - NON-IMPOSITIONldquoNone of these presuppositions are important

to your clientrdquo

All these presuppositions are for you as Coach to internalize and use in your sessions The idea is not that you should now impose on your client to use questions stick to a positive language and refrain from judging other peoplersquos World Maps The pre-suppositions are made for you and aim to orient the coaching process

26

27

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING ROSA 10

V ROSA 10

ROSA 10 is about going through each letter of the ROSA during a ses-sion or an informal conversation without expanding on any of them

The starting point is helping the other person to identify the Reality (Whatrsquos up) of their situation and understand what the problem or challenge is Then to speak about the Objectives (What do you want) and note what the person wants and aspires to After thinking about the goals itrsquos all about encouraging the other to find solutions (How can you get there) And finally because the Coach believes that re-sults come from action itrsquos about agreeing on a piece of homework that is in line with the best solution found (Out of all these ideas what you can do next week)

ROSA 10 is used in more informal coaching with friends and acquain-tances and in more situational coaching that is fast and focused on action where the client already knows what you want Moreover in situations where there is no need to go deeper into understanding the emotions beliefs and values of the client

EXAMPLES OF QUESTIONS LETTER ldquoRrdquo 3 What made you want to come and see me 3 How can I help you 3 How happy satisfied are you 3 How do you feel about that 3 What is the path yoursquove followed so far 3 What works best in your life at the moment What can and

should be improved

3 On a 0-10 scale how satisfied are you in this area 3 What is your biggest challenge 3 How are other areas of your life 3 What else Tell me more

The fundamental Reality question is WHATrsquoS UP

EXAMPLES OF QUESTIONS LETTER ldquoOrdquo 3 Where will you be in a year 3 What is your biggest dream 3 Where would you like to go 3 What is your most amazing vision of this situation 3 From 0 to 10 how important is this goal to you 3 Can you see your goal Describe in detail what it looks like 3 If you had a magic wand that could solve this problem what

would your new situation look like what would you like to see happen

The fundamental Objectives question is WHAT DO YOU WANT

EXAMPLES OF QUESTIONS LETTER ldquoSrdquo 3 What can you do 3 What are you doing right now to solve this situation 3 What do you think is the best way to reach the objectives 3 Do you know someone who can help 3 What are some things yoursquove never imagined doing 3 Let us list a series of possible steps 3 Can you give me 10 solutions And 10 more 3 If I were in your situation what advice would you give me 3 If you had all the money in the world what would you do 3 Who could help you solve this situation

The fundamental Solutions question is GREAT AND WHAT ELSE

28

29

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING ROSA 20

EXAMPLES OF QUESTIONS LETTER ldquoArdquo

3 What will you do this week 3 What is one thing you could do without much difficulty 3 Which of these solutions can you start with today 3 What is your next small step

The fundamental Action question is WHAT ARE YOU GOING TO DO WITH WHOM WHEN During a coaching session the letters R and S have a divergent func-tion allowing you to fully open the flow of ideas The Action phase then has a fully convergent function specifying what will be done as seen in the following diagram

VI ROSA 20

The purpose of this manual and the International Coa-ching Certification is to learn to use ROSA 20 The

MasterCoach Certification goes more in depth with 30 coaching and the MasterCoachTrainer

Certification is about 40 coaching

R(EALITY)The Reality phase is usually the longest

one in ROSA (especially in the first session) It is a very important phase because it is where we find out about our clientrsquos current life situation and start building rapport with her

If this phase is well done the rest comes quite easily and naturally 99 of your clients will be focused on the problem ie living the ldquoPro-blem Psychologyrdquo They will have the tendency to always see the ne-gative even to amplify it as they go along by finding more and more reasons that ldquofeedrdquo the negative aspect of their situation

Everything around them whether it is their home situation or even the state of the country or the world strengthens their ability to see how bad their problem is which contributes to killing all hope for impro-vement and opportunities ultimately go unnoticed Their situation is always the worst it can ever get In fact they tend to see that their life has always been that way

Your goal at this stage is to collect as much information as possible about your client and different aspects (both good and less good) of her life The Coach has two tools for helping her client ldquoget outrdquo of the

ROSA 10

ROSA 30

ROSA 20

ROSA 10

ROSA 30

ROSA 20

WhatWho

when

babybaby

30

31

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

hole that she is focused on and have a conversation about the broader reality of her life

FLUFFY PUFFY VS COMPLICATORAt the stage of Reality we find two main types of people

COMPLICATORThis is the type of person who will claim that they are not able to solve their problem and who also believes that the situation is so big and so bad that there actually is no solution

ROSA 20

In this case let the client speak for five to ten minutes about this but then it is essential to make her say something positive about it with questions like

ldquoWhatrsquos good about itrdquordquo ldquoWhat do you like about your life (Maybe on the same sub-

ject or another - see ldquoGuide to the First Coaching Ses-sionrdquo)

By doing this we motivate the client for the rest of the ROSA Itrsquos re-ally a question of energy If we donrsquot address the positive aspect (of the particular situation or of another area of life) we will not have any energy for the Objectives phase

The conversation gets very depressing and not very motivating when the client manages to convince herself (and often the coach as well)

32

33

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

that there is no solution By adding together both positive and negative aspects we create tension and a spark of energy to move on At the same time we get to find out what truly motivates the client whether it is family a passion that she has or others things

FLUFFY PUFFYThis is the opposite of the type above This is a person who has re-edu-cated herself and grown convinced that itrsquos good to have problems and that they are there for a reason She has a super positive perspective on life but possibly a bit exaggerated Problems are always positive and she does not understand that they may have negative implications

To the question ldquoSo is this problem hurting yourdquo she will promptly reply ldquoOh it isnrsquot Itrsquos good to have problems they bring along many positive things and are just what they should berdquo In this case the Co-ach has to make the client talk about the problem and the aspects that are negative or less good In other words we must find out what hurts enough for the client to realize she needs help with something and that not everything is going well after all

As in the previous case we need to create an inner shock in order to generate energy for the Objectives phase In this case it is necessary to do so by making the client ldquosufferrdquo a bit or to get her out of her comfort zone in order to become aware that there is something she wants to change or do differently If we do not have a challenge an opportunity or a problem we cannot do coaching

Both the ldquoComplicatorrdquo and the ldquoFluffy Puffyrdquo should identify both good and bad aspects of the subject matter Moreover you should not move to the Objectivesrsquo phase be fore this is done At this stage the more the client is aware of her own reality the better the Coachrsquos picture will be of that same reality Both types of clients need to enter the area of challenge leaving the reality that they live in and gaining a broader awareness of the reality that is

Only with this awareness will there be fuel to create goals and pro-gress to the next stages

PIZZA OF LIFEThe clientrsquos reality is like a big wall Something she nee-ds to overcome to reach the other side the side that she wants to be on Although the wall is large the client will tend to concentrate on a small part of the wall a hole a brick to paint etc About 98 of people are focused on the small ldquoholesrdquo of life which only increases their size and importance

Implementing a real change in your life means looking at it as a whole from various angles analyzing all its weaknesses but also all the pos-sibilities In doing so the client becomes more aware of who she is

The pizza is divided into four distinct areas (linked to the four elements and the four personality types) and twelve slices

EARTH AREA (PRACTICAL WORLD)Money How is your bank account Do you have any debts Do you

think you have enough money or do you need more to have the life you want And what about material goods such as a home a car travel

Health Are you healthy Do you have any chronic illness How do you nourish yourself Any sports Do you feel alive

Jobcareer Are you doing something you like Feel satisfied with your career How many hours do you work per day What is your level of productivity

WATER AREA (EMOTIONAL WORLD)

Romance Do you have a love relationship that satisfies you Do you love and are you loved Are you feeling happy and complete without being in a relationship

Family and Friends (with a big F) How do you relate to your chil-dren parents and friends

Contribution Are you helping create a better world Any voluntary work Donations Satisfied with the help you provide

ROSA 20

of life

money

hea

lth

workcareer romance

Friends

family

contribuitiondevelopmentpersonal

social life

hobbies

peer groupleadershippersonal

life p

urpose

Pearth

Ewater

Mair

Sfire

meaning

34

35

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

AIR AREA (MENTAL WORLD)Personal Development Do you read books participate in training

courses invest in yourself and in your learningdevelop-ment

Hobbies and Social Life Do you have a social life that satisfies you Do you have free time to do what you like

Peer Group Groups of people (friends family etc) that challenge us and pull us forward Do you have people that encourage you How often do you meet with them

FIRE AREA (SPIRITUAL WORLD)Personal Leadership How do you relate with yourself When you

look at yourself (on the inside and the outside) do you like

what you see How is your confidence and self-esteem

Life Purpose How much of your day-to-day do you dedicate to doing what you love most

Meaning of Life Do you have a faith What do you believe in What is the energy that encompasses all Why are we here on this planet

The Pizza of Life is a very deep tool to be used both by the client and the Coach to develop their roots It is a practical way of examining all areas of our lives

It is essential to distinguish between the importance that a client at-tributes to a slice and her degree of satisfaction with it Itrsquos not about how much you have of this or that slice but rather how satisfied you are with this area For example a person who is not religious does not have to have a zero in the area of the meaning of life if she is comfor-table with that area But if she does feel that she needs to work on her faith then the value will inevitably be less than 10 Another example someone who lives in a rented house travels by bus and goes camping on holidays may have a 10 in the money slice if itrsquos a person who does not value material goods Someone else who lives the same kind of life but aspires to have a beach house a great car and travel to exotic places will assign a lower value to this slice

The client may want to add or remove a slice and split others However the most important thing is to recognize the four main areas (PEMS) and the importance of all the slices for your happiness and for gaining a more balanced life

When the pizza is filled out once again you will address the positive and less positive aspects of it At this stage you should ask your client

3 ldquoWhich 2 or 3 areasslices feel goodstrong at the momentrdquo

3 ldquoWhich 2 or 3 areasslices need a little more attention and some im-

ROSA 20

1 What is the current situation

2 Concrete examples

3 Objectivity through facts

4 Ask what when where who

REALITYRESUME

36

37

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

provementrdquo

This way you gain even more information about the current situation of your client which may be very helpful during the rest of the coaching process

LEVERAGE SLICEAfter evaluating the pizza of life we dedicate ourselves to hel-ping the client choose a leverage slice We can explain that coaching is about gaining focus by having only one target to hit at each moment in time This does not mean that we wonrsquot work on any other area it just means that we first need to solve one slice one priority slice

The question to use is ldquoWhich slice if you increase your satisfaction with it by one or two points would improve the biggest number of your other pizza slicesrdquo

You can ask your client to select any 5 slices then 3 then 2 and ask ldquoImagine that I am the genie in the lamp and I can help you bring one of these slices to a 10 which one would you chooserdquo

If your client clearly has a slice that she wants to work you can proce-ed with this one right away

The leverage slice is not always the slice that got the lowest rating Therefore we should not influence the decision of the client

A few tips

3 If the client chooses a slice that she gave a high rating itrsquos good news for the Coach because it will be relatively easy for the client to improve it further

3 If the client wants to choose a new slice in the next session no problem Remember that we are just chauffeurs Early on in the coaching process the client may do some reflection and then want to choose another slice

3 Until the leverage slice is resolved (rated much more positively)

or under control by the client (it only being a matter of time) we DO NOT change the slice along the way We only do so once we have delivered the wanted results If we change the slice in each session it becomes difficult (if not impossible) to deliver results which also become much less sustainable Coaching is not a process with a magic wand that can transform a slice in an hour

3 No area is more important than another and the numbers that the client uses to evaluate only mean something to her Remember that YOU SHOULD NOT JUDGE anything about the pizza of your client It only needs to make sense to her

O(BJECTIVES)Now that we know the current reality of our client it is time to move on At this point we no longer speak of problems or challenges That was back in the previous phase Now we just want to know about Objectives

In Coaching we work with two types of objectives

GURU OBJECTIVES AND BABY OBJECTIVESAll of us more or less consciously orient our action through goals But we do not always take the right steps There are people who consciously do but there are many others who without being conscious of it hurt their feet run without knowing where theyrsquore going or stop halfway

We can identify two types of goals which we should use to our advan-tage

3 Guru objective ndash a goal that is so big so big that therersquos a voi-ce in our head that thinks itrsquos impossible to accomplish

3 Baby objective ndash a goal that is so small so small that we are absolutely certain of achieving it

ROSA 20

The slice of leverage is the one in which if there is any improvements will positively affect other slices of pizza

The Baby-Objectives has the

unique purpose to increase client

confidence

38

39

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

Guru and baby objectives psychology is natural to us not something we learn nor something we can unlearn For example it activates immediately if wersquore in a car accident if anything threatens our survi-val or the survival of our loved ones We then forget whether we are confident or not successful or not rich or poor and we only care about finding a solution This is natural we always have an ultimate goal in mind while at the same time staying present to the immediate objec-tive since that is what makes us define the next small step towards reaching our guru objective And we get so engaged that nothing will distract us from our guru objective Now this psychology should not get triggered only unconsciously in moments of survival but also be applied consciously in our lives in general in our everyday And yes it can be activated

Always remember that an objective is only at the guru level if there is a voice inside you that laughs finding it impossible to achieve and a baby objective is only one if you are sure that you will achieve It is therefore essential to dream to look farther and reach beyond what our minds can visualize

But beware if we focus solely on our highest goals we will never le-ave the realm of dreams and over time we will lose self-confidence Achieving goals involves taking small steps every day defining reaso-nable steps that slowly but surely bring us closer to our guru objective

Success depends on a combination of both We must therefore learn to live life with very big guru objectives and very small baby objectives Most people that feel unhappy have developed a guru psychology but not a baby psychology or vice versa The former always want more and are never satisfied with their daily achievements The latter live through small steps but cannot think big so the little steps wear them out and monotony or apathy reigns

Having a great guru objective without setting baby objectives leads to frustration anxiety and impatience Setting baby objectives without having a big guru objective leads to disinterest discouragement and lack of direction(ldquoTrate a Vida por Turdquo paacuteg 111)

META+Our objectives should be

Measurable - Objectives should be very concrete so that when we reach them we can check off ldquomission accomplishedrdquo For example ldquoI will spend 3 hours a day with my familyrdquo instead of ldquoI will spend more time with my familyrdquo

Emotional Objectives should contain grand adjectives that provoke a lot of emotion so that the brain gives them more importance For example ldquoI will wake up shining and full of vitality ready for a new day of fun and productivityrdquo

Timed - Objectives must have either a date or a frequency or both For example ldquoStarting tomorrow I will be home by 8 pm every day to have dinner with my childrenrdquo or ldquoI will train every day starting on Sundayrdquo

Achievable - We need to believe in the objectives that we set and know that they are possible to reach For example ldquoI will write a book next monthrdquo If you think your goal is too ambitious you had better adapt it ldquoIrsquoll write one chapter in the next monthrdquo

Positive (+) - Goals should be stimulating the positive Neurolinguistics say that everything that we define as positi-ve encourages us and everything that we define as negative defeats us For example ldquoI will not smoke anymorerdquo is wrong while ldquoI will breathe 100 oxy-gen and make air cleaner for myself and for othersrdquo is more correct Or ldquoon day x I will weigh y poundsrdquo instead of ldquoI will lose weightrdquo(Trate a Vida por Tu paacuteg 155)

ROSA 20

1 What do you want

2 What do you really want

3 What is the Guru-Objective

4 What is the Baby-Objective

5 What is the dream (the most importan is to make the client talk about his dreams)

6 In a perfect world (For those who have di-fficulty in define Guru-Objectives)

7 Meta+

OBJECTIVESRESUME

The meta+ model is used to specify the target-guru

40

41

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

Why do we need to have these two opposing energies Exactly for the same reason as the positive and negative energies in the Reality phase We really need a guru objective since the effort that the client will have to make and the person she has to become to get there will make her reach much further than if she had set an intermediate goal Coaching is about dreams about the best of the best for each area of our lives The important thing is not whether or not the client gets there but that the road she travels takes her much further

Moreover every journey starts with a small step We need to create an objective so small so small that the client is absolutely sure she can do it Why To get her motivated quickly to achieve success and above all to convey the baby objective psychology We need to make our clients realize that coaching is about big and small steps The baby objective in itself is not important but we need to introduce this step here so that your client begins to celebrate every little step that she takes every piece of homework that gets done

Coaching is about forming a person with both guru and baby objectives psychology Someone who wants to go really far and at the same time is super happy with everything that she has already achieved

Notas If a client has a very big guru objective to reach in a short time and the Coach thinks it is not possible we can ask the client to ldquoconvince us that it is possiblerdquo On the other hand if the baby objective is very big we do the same

S(OLUTIONS)Encouraging creativity is equally important to teaching children ma-thematics Portuguese and science This is what later on will separate intelligent adults from true geniuses who are able to create something new revolutionary and innovative in whatever area It is those who mark others society science and the world who ultimately make a

difference

40 IDEASIn fact we are all creative We have all been children we have all been creative and so what happened What is it that makes our creativity die The fact is that our society limits our creativity while forgetting that in a grey professional world creativity makes the difference

ROSA 20

clique no viacutedeo para o activar

42

43

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

Anyone who is creative grows through challenges simply because they put their creativity at the service of what is not working They go off immediately to search for a solution And this is available to everyo-ne This is the basis of the ldquoSrdquo in ROSA instead of complaining go look for a solution Remember yoursquore always one idea away from solving your biggest challenge You just havenrsquot found that idea yet Pull out

your creativity and try finding ideas ideas ideas

Even the most creative people start with obvious ideas and it is good to go through them in order to get to the other ones Little by little we will get to the interesting ideas and when we stop being afraid of saying nonsense we become creative Now the challenge is to get an innovative idea And that can only be achieved by investing time and energy When we are at 10 or 20 ideas to not give up until you have at least 40

Losing our creativity is in other words restraining our physical (earth) emotional (water) mental (air) and spiritual (fire) abilities Children do not have these restraints in a physical sense they love exploring the world through their body showing you they donrsquot care about posture for instance and they seem unbreakable when defying the laws of gra-vity with an energy that seems limitless Emotionally they are much more open to all kinds of feelings because they have not accumulated many negative experiences Mentally they are hungry for knowledge and the concept of right and wrong is not yet set so everything seems possible to them Spiritually they are completely free they may have some enrooted values but everything else is an open book

In order to be creative again and go back to having blank pages in the book of life being able to write and rewrite improvise and create we

obvious interesting creative innovative

can start by being creative in one area or going back to being creative in all aspects of life and our being To go back to being creative we must explore our physical body do sports dance act etc and use your senses to hear smell taste touch and see The healthier we are the more our body will be available to be physically creative To go back to being more creative emotionally we have to stop being afraid to feel We have to venture into relationships connections sharing without the fear of being hurt frustrated cheated and even happy

To go back to being mentally creative we must learn new subjects think about new things analyze from new angles and perspectives challenge our minds have conversations with all kinds of people read all kinds of magazines stimulate all parts of our brain

Finally if we want to go back to being spiritually creative we must question all our certainties and dogmas meditate and open ourselves to the world of possibilities and the inexplicable We need to know oursel-ves in order to experience life intensely

If we manage to be creative in all four areas we will be soon become a new person with a palette of new experiences and openness to wha-tever happens giving us new shape and a different glow If we can be more creative regarding the first letter of our PEMS we should really be congratulated for it The important thing is to enter the challenge zone to seek solutions in areas that have not yet been explored in fiel-ds that are uncomfortable for others but that we call our comfort zone Then everything and really everything becomes possible and there are no longer problems without solutions(ldquoTrate a Vida por Turdquo paacuteg 165)

PARADIGM SHIFTThis is the time to get the client to think ldquoupside downrdquo ie to think ldquoout of the boxrdquo It is undoubtedly the most difficult phase of the coaching sessions Your clients will not even want to think and to change their paradigms

The vast majority of people when trying to solve a pro-blem or challenge use the first ideas that come to mind - the Obvious ideas ndash the ones that we all have However there are three more levels of ideas The Interesting ideas are those that some have sometimes

ROSA 20

The very first ideas are obvious Only then comes the interesting and then comes the very creative and innovative ideas

44

45

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

Solutions are always related to the Guru-Objectives

and then come the Creative Ideas that are those which generate con-flict because they go lsquoout of the boxrsquo shifting paradigms Finally we have the Innovative ideas that are the ones that nobody sees but once they are revealed they become obvious

We may use this ability in all areas of our life using this unique creati-vity to make everything unique and different

The goal of a Coach is getting the client to change her paradigm This is what happens in an ldquoAHArdquo moment when she finds an idea and is sure that this is the one she was missing

In the picture on the left do you see a young girl or an old lady Try to see both Put your brain to work both ways

GREAT AND WHAT ELSEBrainstorming is the most powerful tool for creativity and the best way of stimulating creativity in all areas of your life It is essential to do individual and group brainstorming as it is the best way to find so-lutions to challenges

What is a lsquobrainstormingrsquo

As the name implies it is a kind of ldquobrain stormrdquo And what do storms do They stir things up make ideas collide (thunder) and launch one solution after the other (lightning) ldquowaitingrdquo for the one that will solve the problem and put the storm at rest Brainstorming is not only use-ful at the workplace Every person and family should brainstorm from time to time to seek solutions to their problems from the most basic day-to-day questions (how to deal with expenses manage domestic tasks prepare meals) to deeper and more complex ones (helping a child become more confident helping a father that is unemployed) And individually each one of us should do brainstorming to solve and improve all areas that we feel the need to change

It is very easy to do brainstorming Here are the six rules to start prac-ticing today

1 No judgement All ideas are valuable even the most stupid ones In a brainstorming there are no arguments or criticism All ideas are good initially If there is criticism besides genera-ting conflict it can also inhibit the people involved

2 Quantity quantity quantity The more ideas generated the better the brainstorming Quality does not matter here only quantity Why The first ideas will be obvious then interesting then creative and only then innovative

3 Hitchhike You can build on otherrsquos ideas No participant should be silent for a long time If you donrsquot have any idea you can simply hitchhike on someone elsersquos The only thing you cannot do is not to participate

4 Go crazy From time to time throw in some ideas that are lsquoout-side the boxrsquo Regardless of how absurd they may seem this will help you and your colleagues to leave the obvious ideas and make your brains think At the very least you will enliven the session If the group laughs at your idea yoursquore being crazy

ROSA 20

click the video to see it

46

47

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

5 Take notes The most dangerous thing in a brainstorming ses-sion is having no one to write down the ideas Preferably the one who writes should not be giving any ideas she should fo-cus on writing down othersrsquo ideas There should also be a kind of a moderatorfacilitator of the brainstorming session not for taking decisions or criticizing but precisely for making sure that no one tries to take decisions on behalf of the group or to criticize other peoplersquos ideas and to help keep the focus on what matters In an individual brainstorming session you of course need to be your own moderator

6 A clear goal You must clearly define what the purpose of your objective is what the challenge is and if possible write formu-late it in META+(ldquoTrate a Vida por Turdquo paacuteg 213)

Brainstorming is the most powerful creativity tool In a brainstorming the client is requested to come up with a great amount of ideas on how to reach her Guru Objective

click the video to see it

And the Coach must be persistent since this is when you realize that humans are lazy when it comes to thinking It is very likely that when giving her fifth idea the client will say that she has no more Everyone will want to convince you that they have already found the magic solu-tion But they havenrsquot And how do we know that Because if they had found it they would already have solved their challenge

During a brainstorming ideally it is the Coach who writes down the ideas But she should not alter any of them And if the client gets stuck we must ask open and creative questions such as

3 If you had all the money in the world what would you do 3 If you were your idol what would you do 3 If it were 10 years ago what would you do 3 If it were 10 years from now what would you do

Cultivating a sense of humour as a Coach is always a good for rela-xing and making people creative This is in fact important in any area At this stage it is very likely that the client will have long mo-ments without coming up with any ideas Therefore it is impor-tant to create our own personal way of ldquopulling outrdquo the clientrsquos ideas such as a small exercise changing seats or using humour If the client gets to 40 ideas very easily and none is lsquointerestingrsquo even for her it means that she is still in the obvious ide-as and then 40 more ideas are always welcome Creativity is an expansive energy The more it is cultivated the more it grows and the easier it becomes to use it in other areas of life Notas The Coach may suggest ideas but only as an encouragement to the client

A brainstorming can take up a large part of a session so it is important to make sure there is enough time for it

ROSA 20

1 Allow the obvious

2 I want more ideas

3 Help to avoid judgment

4 Overcoming objections with questions ldquoWhat ifrdquo

5 Okay what else

SOLUTIONSRESUME

48

49

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

since it is not right to leave it midway The goal is that the client forces her brain to find new ideas in a short time and in such a way that it is almost like a shock to her

It is important to keep focused on one topic in a brainstorming Some may change their focus during the process for example a client whorsquos Guru objective is to open a business may start to suggest ideas on how to make more money In this case the Coach should remind the client of the main topic At the same time the Coach should stay flexible and if the client really feels that their focus was not on the first topic but on the second itrsquos time to go back and set a new Guru objective

A(CTION)ROSA exists only for one reason to get us to act We find our Reality establish our Objectives and think up Solutions that make us act ndash the A is the purpose of ROSA

Now more than people of action we must be people of innovation

Innovation is creativity applied to getting the desired results Being creative is not enough but creativity is the tool for getting to innova-tion So how do we do this

The secret is not to give up on creating ideas ideas and more ideas until the innovative idea comes Sometimes it never comes but get-ting to the creative ones is already something Those who have dared being creative many times and more and more are those who mana-ge to reach the innovation Itrsquos not enough to have talent you have to work hard to translate this talent into amazing results Look at these examples

3 Bach wrote one cantata a week even when he was sick 3 Mozart produced more than 600 pieces of music 3 Darwin wrote 109 publications one of which was about the Theory of

Evolution 3 Einstein published 248 theses one of which was about the Theory

of Relativity 3 Freud published 350 theses 3 Rembrandt produced 650 paintings 3 It took Thomas Edison 2000 experiments to invent the light bulb

and 9000 to perfect it 3 Picasso created more than 20000 pieces of art

This is why it is so important to act Do a lot create a lot invest a lot (ldquoTrate a Vida por Turdquo paacuteg 234)

THE FUNNELThis is the part where coaching really becomes challenging where the client realizes that she will have to do something and not just think and talk about it It is the phase where we start to converge and funnel things in order to find an action that is as specific as possible

This is with no doubt the most important phase of ROSA In a coaching session anything can happen in any of the other phases but we cannot end it without an action (without homework)

What

3 What are you going to do now 3 What are you thinking about doing now ()

ROSA 20

click the video to see it

A task should not be so simple that it doesnacutet make any difference to the client to fulfill it nor should it be so difficult that it becomes infeasible

50

51

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

With whom It is very important to involve someone in the action pro-cess 99 of the homework should have a third person involved The-reby we are creating conditions for the client to become autonomous after the coaching process The questions might be

3 ldquowill you ask to ask you whether you have done itrdquo 3 ldquoApart from me (the Coach) who else will be involved in thisrdquo

When Marcar data ou frequecircncia Quanto mais especiacutefica for me-lhor Isto leva o cliente a pensar exatamente quando vai fazer au-tomaticamente isto cria um compromisso maior dentro dele doing this the client should end each session with a specific homework knowing both the day and the time she will do it and with whom she will share it

At what time of the week beginning or end

At the end of the week

What is for you the end of the week Friday Saturday Sunday

Friday

Ok and what time

Anytime

Anytime Ok But in the morning in the afternoon or evening

Morning

And what time

Early

What is early for you

Upon waking

And what time do you wake up

At 7am

THE CONVERGENCE TECHNIQUEIf the client does not find an action to do you can use the convergence technique by asking the following questions

3 ldquoLook at your ideas (the brainstorming) and mark those that you find reasonablerdquo

3 ldquoNow choose 10rdquo 3 ldquoChoose 5rdquo 3 ldquoChoose 3 2 rdquo 3 ldquoIf I had a magic wand that would immediately fulfil one of these

ideas which one would you chooserdquo

COMMITMENTIn the early sessions you can also ask the client to send you an SMS after doing the action in or-der to confirm it Of course you donrsquot force her

if she refuses but then if she doesnrsquot do her homework you will have more power to ask for an SMS in the next homework

If she accepts you may also ask if you can send her an SMS in case she forgets to do so What will happen is that as soon as she receives our SMS asking whether the action has been done she will do it immediately so that she can reply that she has By SMS we also mean any other means like a telephone call or e-mail The Coach must be flexible enough to perceive which method suits her client the best

THE HANDSHAKEShaking hands after defining the homework is very important because it is the archetype of commitment But remember if the client does not do her homework there is no failure only feedback Maybe the problem really is the kind of homework given or poor explanation about the im-portance of the homework in the coaching process

ONE SMALL STEP FORWARDWhat is the Next Small Step you can take This ques-

ROSA 20

What is the first next small step

Earn 20000 euro

What is the first next small step

Save 100 euro month

What is the first next small step

Open an account

ldquoGreat what is the next small step that you believe you can accomplish

Deposit 1000 euro

1 What is the option that has magic

2 What is the option that makes sense

3 What are you gonna do exactly

4 How will you know you make it

5 Funnel When What day What time

6 Commitment handshake

ACTIONRESUME

52

53

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

free to put everything she has (skills tools knowledge) at the service of her client Indeed every three sessions more or less you should challenge your client with a piece of homework However the challen-ge will vary depending on whom we have in front of us and on the level of the process

4 SUCCESS TIPS FOR THIS PHASE FASEAction Plans it is at this stage that we start working on an action plan

that will follow the session Remember coaching without ac-tion is not coaching Thatrsquos why you should do a ROSA in every session go through the four phases and always end with a very concrete action plan on what the client will do during the week and until the next session Here is an example of an action plan

What will I do Run 3 times per week

When Monday Wednesday and Friday

With whom Alone

Possible obstacles Laziness and lack of time

Benefits Feeling healthier

What will help me remember Setting an alarm on my phone

How will I celebrate By going to the cinema

Homework the tasks between the sessions are a priority for the coaching Most of the le-arning comes from the homework that is done between sessions So remember to always end your session by asking your client to suggest tasks that she would like to accom-plish that coming week the next small steps she can take right now Then rephra-se each one into a concrete action (when how where ) Still some clients will have gre-

tion tool is ideal for those who have difficulty in defining Baby Objecti-ves or those who have difficulty in defining an action to do this week

Notas As a general rule the client will not hear the word ldquosmallrdquo in the question The-refore we must repeat the question until the action is so small that the client would have no difficulty doing it

Of course the Next Small Step may not be the right action to choose for this week

Example The client wants to buy a Porsche (Guru Objective)

ldquoDeposit 1000 eurosrdquo is the Baby Objective The same process can be used for defining the homework

At the end when an action has been defined the Coach may also su-ggest a piece of homework In other words then the Coach is finally

ROSA 20

54

55

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING RAPPORT

at difficulty in taking action If this is the case always look for the smallest step that the person can take If we do not act itrsquos because the step is not small enough Remember ldquoEvery journey begins with one small steprdquo

Commitment amp Penalties some clients will sometimes have real diffi-culty in stepping into action Sometimes you may have to resort to agreeing on a fine if your client does not accomplish her task All human beings run away from pain and sometimes in coaching we need to use a little more masculine energy (wersquoll talk about that more below) to help You can even ask the question ldquoWhat will happen if you do not accomplish itrdquo

Monitoring amp Accountability the role of a Coach is to provide moni-toring to her client However the responsibility must always be on the clientrsquos side As a Coach you are responsible for guiding the process Your client should define the strategies needed to enable her to take the steps she wants You should follow and always try to understand what may have prevented her from completing her tasks Above all you should be focused on finding better strategies to lead her into action However do remind your client that it is her responsibility Ultimately acting or not acting is her choice

VII RAPPORT

Mastering the ROSA technique and mastering Rapport will alone make

you a Mega Coach Of course you can gain more Roots but people

who attend our courses usu-ally already have quite some

1ST DEFINITION OF RAPPORT

Relationship of trust and influence rapport is the ability to create trust within a few minutes with various kinds of people and to influence them to act think and do better You can only influence after being trusted Think about people you trust and do not trust what influence do these people have on you

2ND DEFINITION OF RAPPORTRelationship of empathy and sympathy ldquoWe only like 2 kinds of people people who are the way we are or who are the way we would like to berdquo

Empathy I feel empathy based on the things I have in common with someone

Sympathy Based on the qualities and characteristics that someone has that I would like to have

Conclusion rapport is empathy (who is like me) and sympathy (who is the way I would like to be)

56

57

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

Rapport is trust and

influence

Rapport is the ability to create

empathy and sympathy

WARNING Empathy comes before sympathy and trust comes before influence This is the most important aspect of rapport I cannot influence anyone who does not trust me

Part 2 Now letrsquos try to understand what happens in our psyche why this is the way it is

I invite you to imagine that yoursquore a rabbit in a forest and you meet another rabbit What happens Now imagine you meet another animal thatrsquos different from you What does the rabbit do FLIGHT (runs away)

Now imagine that you are not a rabbit yoursquore a wolf You meet an ani-mal thatrsquos different from you What does the wolf do FIGHT

Now imagine yoursquore a porcupine What happens FREEZE

Animals have these three types of reactions Now imagine yoursquore a human being 20000 years ago and you come across something di-fferent from you What happens ONE OF THESE THINGS AND YOU FEEL FEAR You react the way you do because your psyche does not know what it is And if it is another human being I KNOW WHAT TO EXPECT She is like me Our fear grows when something is different because we donrsquot know what to expect Imagine that you do meet a hu-man being but wearing clothes or other things that are very different

What happens when it is the same kind of animal What exists there EM-PATHY AND TRUST - 1st LEVEL of RAPPORT

This is a metaphor of course Rapport is very unconscious I could tell you to trust someone but your unconscious may not feel the trust What regula-tes that instinct in your psyche is KNOWING WHAT I CAN EXPECT

WHAT HAPPENS IN COACHING Clients also have these three types of reactions flight freeze or fight They may not show up for the follow ses-sion they may answer ldquoyesrdquo ldquonordquo ldquomayberdquo ldquodonrsquot knowrdquo or they may be in constant disagreement with you

Key ldquothe more the Coach is the way I am the more rapport there isrdquo

MILTON ERICSON (Ericsonian Psychology NLP Hypnotherapy) found the client within himself and used this as his tool in the therapy sessions

Ericson created rapport before proceeding with anything else This is TRUST and EMPATHY Ericson was humble and flexible enough to adapt to the client Only once you have done this you can go back to being yourself

Ways of creating rapport with someone

Verbal

3 Language words 3 Subject matter 3 Quotes way of speaking 3 Repeating what the other says 3 Using the otherrsquos metaphors 3 Using the same expressions

Non-verbal

3 Gestures 3 Voice 3 Mime 3 Distance 3 Posture 3 Breathing 3 Touch 3 Speed

Note Every human being has a natural and unconscious tendency to create rapport with others To confirm this all you need is to look at two people talking to each other and see how easily you will notice similarities in their postures and way of speaking

ldquoYou have only one chance to create a good first impression but you have plenty of opportunities to create rapportrdquo

Rapport is an honest attempt to enter someonersquos map-of-the-world The-re is no agreeing or disagreeing only flexibility Rapport does not mean friendship The first session and often the second is a lot about creating rapport

RAPPORT

Sometimes itacutes enought just a little attention to help someone but attention is not coaching

58

59

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

RAPPORT MODELndash 2 PacuteSEstablishing rapport is a process of many levels and layers of depth

LEVEL 1 - PRESENCE AND

PARTNERSHIP

PRESENCEThis is the first step towards creating ra-pport thus the most superficial one Pre-sence means that the Coach is fully com-mitted to her client aware of everything she says and does Nothing from outside the ses-sion should be on the Coachrsquos mind She must be fully present

Before a session itrsquos important that you as a Co-ach calm down forget about everything else and gain a notion of where you are and what you are going to do

POSTURE amp PHRASING

PERCEPTUAL POSITIONS

PERSON TO PERSON

PRESENCE amp PARTNERSHIP

PROBING amp PATIENCE

click the video to see it

Dedicate a few minutes to this process

Presence and Attention are among the healthiest ac-tions that lead to real results You can create a good

relationship with your client (child parent etc) just by being fully present and attentive Even gardens become more beautiful if they are cared for

Presence is about getting yourself into a certain state Itrsquos about being Yin and Yang at the same time

Yin ndash relaxing breathing being aware of all five senses being fully present where you are

Yang ndash mobilizing all your energy by run-ning jumping listening to inspiring music

PARTNERSHIP

Creating an equal relationship with your client Not top down or vice--versa The Coach should never be at a lower or higher level than her client The chairs should be the same for example

For presence and partnership it is also important to switch off the phone to prevent anything from interrupting the session Tidying up the table is equally important to having a clean and hygienic space

From 0 to 10 the importance of Presence during a session is a 10 It is the first step If it isnrsquot there nothing else will

Psycho-geography is also very important in this area

PSYCHO-GEOGRAPHY the way your psyche relates to geography Example On which side you like to sleep Each person has a different psycho-geography Some prefer to be by the sea while others prefer to be in the mountains

RAPPORT

Empathy is being doing

talk and think like the other Sympathy is being doing

talk and think how the other

would like to be

60

61

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

Some tips for using the psycho-geography of the client to your advan-tage

3 Having a room with a minimum amount of symbols It is not recom-mended to have crucifixes or other artefacts related to religion A bookshelf filled with books can also intimidate the client

3 Pay attention to details ndash cables on the floor which CDs are on the shelf etc

3 Having sessions at the clientrsquos home can become dangerous because there are lots of distractions and anchors Difficult si-tuations might have taken place there which will make it more challenging for the client to create a distance to them

It is the Coachrsquos job to notice the psycho-geography of her client and what makes her more comfortable

Despite all the rapport a Coaching session should always stay pro-fessional Being relaxed is necessary for both parties but the focus should not be on friendship You as a Coach need to be professional You must choose to be a Coach instead of a friend

When it comes to clothing you should be as neutral as possible in the beginning but always aligned with your personality Then you can try to adapt to the style of your client

The mantra here is having the client leave the session thinking that her Coach is just like her NOTHING IS WRONG Let your client choose what she prefers

LEVEL 2 - POSTURE AND PHRASINGWhen establishing rapport mere presence and partnership are not enough Moreover they are only the first step The posture and the phrasing that the Coach uses are very important for creating rapport in the relationship What we refer to here is mainly keeping a posture and using similar words and expressions to those of the client This way the client will see herself in us and instead of flight fight or freeze she will feel relaxed and be much more comfortable about talking

Sitting in the same position as the client using her posture tone of

voice and gestures these are all factors to consider

POSTURERegarding posture one can use two techniques that are very similar and very powerful

Mirroring When a Coach takes on a physical position that is the exact mirror image of the clientrsquos If the client leans to her right then the Coach who is facing her leans to her left

Matching In this case the Coach adopts the exact same physical position instead of a symmetric one Both ways are good and powerful The goal is to be equal or symmetrical

Of course it is not indispensable to be like the client 100 of the time as this will take a lot of the attention that the Coach needs to give the client

The more you practice these behaviours the more automatically and unconsciously you will do it When rapport already is high you can go back to your own posture and your regular vocabulary However should you feel the need you can always take up these techniques again

In fact at a high level of rapport it is possible and entirely positive that it is the client herself who starts to imitate our posture and words (un-consciously) This is the perfect moment to lead the client and suggest something more challenging to her

PHRASINGYou must pay great attention to the words that your client uses and the energy she puts into them The names of people that she talks about are also very important facts to remember

If you can use the same expressions as your client you will earn points in rapport Among these expressions metaphors are the most power-ful ones Try to explore as much possible the metaphors that are being used An excellent technique is to use a metaphor of the client to ex-

RAPPORT

The mirroring copies the

exact posture of the client

the matching mirrors

62

63

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

plain something This will reach very deeply into the psyche of the client and have great impact

You can also use themes that the client likes such as her passions and keep using them in future sessions to explain something or to give examples This creates an incredible sense of empathy between you and the client She will be glad that you are paying attention to what she says and at the same time she will understand much better what you say

The clientrsquos ideas are important keys to use when you speak in order to create and maintain rapport For example if the client talks a lot about travelling Irsquoll use the idea (anchor) that is already there because I know it works in his mind

BACKTRACKING backtracking is a Coaching technique that consists of summarizing the main points of a conversation by using the exact same words that the other person uses This tool helps the client follow the session and make her own short summary while listening to the Coach returning to what she just said and using the same words It is important to use at least the words we consider to be the most significant among the ones that the client expresses those that might be conveying more about her value patterns Backtracking can help us understand for example if we can move to the next phase of ROSA It helps us understand if the client has finished what she had to say about that phase and that way we can figure out whether we can move forward or not You can use simple questions to do so

3 ldquoLet me see if I got what you saidhelliprdquo - backtracking the conversa-tion using the exact words of the client - and then ending ldquoIs this is it or would you like to add something

3 ldquoSo what yoursquore saying isrdquo 3 ldquoCan I make a summary of your reality in relation to that slicerdquo

This is one of the simplest and most important techniques when buil-ding rapport

When building rapport avoid paraphrasing (saying the same thing in other words) but do quote A coach quotes

Mastery in Backtracking is being able to quote the last 20 minutes of a session This will leave your client fascinated and feeling that her Coach is really paying attention to everything she says

Therefore it is motivating to Backtrack at the end of each session and at the end of each phase of the ROSA

The Coach shows confidence and agrees with the client shows that she is on her side and really believes that the client will succeed

We must allow the person to be what she truly is talkative or silent Silent people also have things to say it is a matter of asking the right questions

NOTES When a session is not going well (the relationship is under stress) then the focus should be fully on level 2 Rapport - Posture and Phrasing The secret is to forget about the rest and build rapport again Once it is re-established you can address the problem

LEVEL 3 - PROBING AND PATIENCEEvery new level in Rapport brings you techniques that are deeper and more complex But the good news is that you donrsquot do level 3 Rapport until Level 1 and 2 are done So you will increase your skills by going from the easiest to the most difficult

PROBINGAsking questions is more complicated than imitating the posture and words of the client Indeed one of the more complicated aspects of being a Coach is to not give opinions and to ask the right questions at the right time We know that we keep showing you that you already are a Coach and that itrsquos easy but here we must tell you ldquoITrsquoS HARD BEING A COACHrdquo Think very carefully about whether you want to get into it Listening asking questions being patient with the pace of your clients

Even if you have the miracle answer to the clientrsquos situation you need to keep it to yourself Being patient is a challenge and usually typical

RAPPORT

64

65

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

To paraphrase can break

rapport

of the great masters You can only be a master if you want to learn to listen and if you develop a great patience for listening

Questions have the power to illuminate the darkness of your client by asking a powerful question you really get to see another human bri-ghten up right in front of you

Coaching has the power to open a new world to the client questions help people discover new resources Clients tend to find familiar answers but you as a Coach will lead them to unfamiliar answers

Classic examples of some ways to make your client talk

1 -Repeating what the client just said but in question form Client ndash ldquoYesterday I went boatingrdquo Coach ndash ldquoBoatingrdquo

2 -What does that mean to you What does fear mean to you What does a goal mean to you Example Client says ldquoIt is not rapport itrsquos complicityrdquoCoach replies ldquoWhat does complicity mean to yourdquo Client says ldquoItrsquos a clickrdquo Coach ldquoWhat does a click mean to yourdquo

3 -rdquoWhat elserdquo Serves above all to go to the heart of the matter Others like this one are ldquoTell me morerdquo and ldquoCan you go a bit deeper on thatrdquo

POWERFUL QUESTIONS Questions are probably the most beautiful flowers in the garden of learning Questions are one of the biggest se-crets of learning Creative solutions are practically impossible without questions

If you learn to ask 100 questions a day get ready for a revolution in your work at all levels

In life at work in business we are all afraid of asking questions We were educated from an early age to believe that there are right and wrong questions and we were also taught to not fail we avoid asking questions because of fearing that they are wrong The only way to reach the right questions is by not being afraid of the wrong ones

The one who wants to explore learning has to dance with this fear

A large part of all our creative potential stops at the door fearing to ring the doorbell When learning the one who doesnrsquot know is far less ignorant than the knowledgeable one Take risks Ring the bell Ask questions

Become obsessively curious ask questions How

3 Using the Coachrsquos ability of asking powerful questions 3 Following the rule of thumb ldquoThe Coach has the questions the

Client has the answersrdquo 3 Using positive language 3 Respecting the clientrsquos map-of-the-world 3 Always guiding towards solutions

Examples of powerful questions

3 ldquoCompared to whatrdquordquo 3 ldquoWhat does that mean to yourdquo 3 ldquoWhat could be a solution to yourdquo 3 ldquoI know you donrsquot know But if you knew what would that berdquo 3 ldquoWhat would be ideal to yourdquo 3 ldquoWhat do you want insteadrdquo 3 ldquoHow does that make you feelrdquo 3 ldquoWhat else could that meanrdquo 3 ldquoWhat do you want exactlyrdquo 3 ldquoWhat will you achieve with this goalrdquo 3 ldquoWhat will you do differently next timerdquo 3 ldquoWhat are you doing wellrdquo 3 ldquoWhat has to happen for you to be happy and successfulrdquo 3 ldquoWhat motivates you the mostrdquo 3 ldquoWhatrsquos the worst possible scenario And what could be the best

scenario ldquo 3 ldquoWhat are you willing to do to achieve your goalrdquo 3 ldquoWhat new things could you could tryrdquo 3 ldquoWhat prevents you from taking actionrdquo 3 ldquoWho could help you with this situationrdquo 3 ldquoWhat resources do you need to achieve your goalrdquo

RAPPORT

66

67

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

3 ldquoWhat else do you want to get out of your liferdquo 3 ldquoWhat do you really want achieve in that area of your liferdquo 3 ldquoWhat is your biggest dream in that area of your liferdquo 3 ldquoAnd what is the next small step that you would have to takerdquo 3 ldquoWhat do you find positive in this situationrdquo 3 ldquoHow could you attract better persons into your liferdquo 3 ldquoWhat would have to happen to make you feel more fulfilledrdquo 3 ldquoIf you were your own Coach what coaching would you give

yourselfrdquo 3 ldquoIf I was your best friend what advice would you give me to solve

this situationrdquo 3 ldquoIf you had all the time and money in the world how would you

fix itrdquo

In fact the art of asking questions is the foundations of a coaching process with powerful results The list of questions to ask seems en-dless

So become really obsessed with questions and start NOW How about adding 10 more ideas to our list And some more And many more

Typical coaching questions

3 Questions that lead to action (ldquoWhat will you do What can you do differently What do you need to do tordquo)

3 Goal-oriented instead of problem-oriented ldquoHow would you like it to berdquo ldquoAnd if you could what would you dordquo

3 Future-orientedldquoHow do you see that situation in the future How would you like to feelrdquo

Beware of questions with negative assumptions ldquoWhat happens if you donrsquot do itrdquo They should be followed immediately by a question with positive assumptions ldquoHow will you celebrate when you do itrdquo

RAPPORT

YOUR QUESTIONS

68

69

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

PATIENCECount to 10 relax work on your roots and realize that coaching is a process and that each person has her own time and rhythm How can you train your patience Think of 20 ideas

LEVEL 4 ndash PERCEPTUAL POSITIONSWe could also call this the level where we create rapport with our clientrsquos psychology In fact understanding and perceiving human psychology is a huge advantage for you as a Coach You are not there to be a friend of your client as we have mentioned so then a good way to create a relation with her is through her psychology

Do you know the psychology of a teenager or a parent a boss an unemployed If you grasp your clientrsquos psychology the Rapport will be extraordinary

If you demonstrate that you know how a mother thinks yoursquoll make the client believe that you understand her completely

Most people do not understand their own psyche If you can understand them at that level it will make the client to feel something extraordinary about you and the Coaching process

PERCEPTUAL POSITIONS At this level the Coach must master Per-ceptual Positions that is being able to put herself in another personrsquos position whether itrsquos the clientrsquos or the clientrsquos parent or any other person that is part of the situation You should be able to see the same situation from different perspectives and in the long term help your client do the same

THE EXERCISE This is an exercise to be used mainly if the client has trouble in a relationship with someone (friend family member etc) and is having some difficulty understanding that personrsquos Map-of-the--World And when this is of great importance

You do not need to go very deep in this exercise Because it is NLP even done in a soft way it can be very powerful to your client helping her to see an aspect of the situation that she hadnrsquot seen or reflected on before

STEP 1 ndash The client explains what is going on (she can speak freely without any restrictions You ask questions to understand the reality of the situation)

STEP 2 ndash The Coach suggests this perceptual positions exercise (it is just an invitation If the client does not want to do not continue)

STEP 3 ndash The Coach asks the client to choose two spots represen-ting the two standpoints (you can put a sheet of paper at each spot) and to imagine that the other person is at one of them

STEP 4 ndash The client speaks facing the other spot as if the person was there and acts as herself (The Coach guides with questions ldquoHow did that make you feel What would you like to tell herrdquo etc)

STEP 5 ndash Pause and ldquoshake outrdquo the client and share the question of the game of imagination

STEP 6 ndash The client recalls a childhood game she used to play and describes it a little We then use this as a metaphor to explain that we will now do the same Just a game where we use our imagination The Coach repeats that the per-son with whom the client has a challenge is there at the other spot

STEP 7 ndash The client goes over to the other spot and the Coach helps her go deeper into that role through guiding questions

STEP 8 ndash The client chooses whether she wants to return to her starting position and add something say something more She may go back and forth as many times as she wishes

STEP 9 ndash When done the Coach suggests to the client to stand on a chair and states ldquoYou are now in a neutral position a higher position What would you call this position (Allow the client to choose a name) Seen from above what do you have to say about this situation What would you say to (clientrsquos name) and to (the other personrsquos name) How would you solve this situation How can (clientrsquos name) solve this situationrdquo

RAPPORT

70

71

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

STEP 10 ndash After the client is done with the third (neutral) position the Coach takes the client off the papers

STEP 11 ndash The Coach can then use the following questions to debrief the exercise

3 ldquoHow was the exercise for you 3 ldquoWhat did you learnrdquo 3 ldquoIs there anything you could do differentlyrdquo

STEP 12 ndash Lead the client to an action (a first small step towards sol-ving the situation) and then funnel it

REMEMBER always undock the client from the different roles the client can do the exercise eyes opened or closed

TO ACKNOWLEDGE Acknowledge the client very very very much for having volunteered and shown vulnerability

This exercise serves mainly as a metaphor for the Coach striving to master Perceptual Positions (understanding and being able to go into different psyches)

CONCLUSION The Coach is a master of perceptual positions She knows how to see the different angles of the same situation She sees everything from different angles

PEMS

Life is all about relationships the relationships we have with ourselves and with others Some people instinctively relate better to themselves and others relate really well to others There are those who relate well to almost everything and everyone and others who are unable to relate with anyone This affects their personal and professional life

Is there any way to consciously improve the relationships that instinc-tively do not work Of course

When we grasp the logic of the mind of another person we can better interact with it and even influence it Psychology is power And if we apply on ourselves it becomes even more powerful and interesting The better we know ourselves and the logic of our mind the better we will be able to help ourselves and achieve our goals

Carl Gustav Jung a Swiss psychiatrist and founder of analytical psychology focused on studying social and collective archetypes He identified eight psychological types taking into account peoplersquos beha-viour abilities skills attitudes and motivations

He began by distinguishing between extraverted (social and expansive) and introverted (reserved and reflective) people Each of them could then be connected to two out of the four functions of the psyche sen-sing or intuition thinking or feeling

In the 40rsquos decade Isabel Myers and Katharine Briggs continued Jungrsquos work and added two auxiliary functions to the Jungian types percep-tion and judgement Thereby arriving at 16 psychological types or 16 personality types Later a personality test was created ndash The Myers--Briggs Type Indicator or MBTI - which is still the most commonly used tool for identifying different personality types

Based on Jungrsquos work we have created a model called PEMS which will help us better understand the logic of our own mind and of the people around us

In this model we distinguish four dominant preferences (P-E-M-S) which correspond to the four elements of life

PRACTICAL (the body DOING Activity Action related to the ele-ment of EARTH) - corresponds to someone that is earthly active dynamic practical that does a lot In excess these are people who never stop to consider their actions

EMOTIONAL (the heart FEELING Feelings Love related to the element of WATER) - corresponds to someone who nee-ds people relations who gives a lot to others and seeks affection In excess these are people who might be overly sensitive

RAPPORT

72

73

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

MENTAL (the mind THINKING Analysis Intellect Logic related to the element of AIR) - corresponds to someone who values analysis rationalization and uses logic and who always fo-cuses on making the right decision In excess these are people who might become impersonal and cold

SPIRITUAL (the soul BEING Values Existence related to the ele-ment of FIRE) - corresponds to someone who thinks that everything has meaning and a higher purpose These are people who care very much about values In excess they can fluctuate too much and concretize too little

The four logics of the mind that we have identified are also based on the four elements

Practical ndash EARTH (firm solid stable secure strong dense)Emotional ndash WATER (flexible always coming back to herself)Mental ndashAIR (transparent lightweight fast facilitates communica-

tion)Spiritual ndash FIRE (burning fleeting transforming powerful)

Thus in a very simplified manner we can divide people into four ca-tegories

PRACTICAL PEOPLE (P) ndash THEY LIKE TO ACT AND DOThese are the people who like action movement They are the ones who make the world move As friends or clients they may want to go straight to the point try things and learn about practical matters The greatest fear of these practical persons is losing control They like to feel that they are in control of the situation of the pace of the conver-sation and of the surroundings

HELP THEM ALWAYS FEEL IN CONTROL

EMOTIONAL PEOPLE (E) ndash THEY LIKE FEELING AND RELATINGThese are people who love people and sharing feelings Everything is an emotion for them And they feel things about everything and everyo-ne Let them talk about their family friends dogs neighbours etchellip

They will talk mostly about people and what they are feeling Their greatest fear is loosing empathy They like to feel reliable and they want to relate

HELP THEM FEEL EMPATHY TOWARDS YOU

MENTAL PEOPLE (M) ndash THEY LIKE TO THINK AND TO ANALYSEThese are people who like to analyze and who try to put everything into a box into a certain perspective They are precise and meticulous They like detail to study and analyze all possibilities They donrsquot fear debating (quite the contrary) and discussing they love the exchanging ideas and arguments but they need to end up being right or get a very good explanation to why the other is right A mental person is always striving to make the best decision Their greatest fear is to be wrong they like to feel that they are correct and that they are making deci-sions based on logic and rational thinking

HELP THEM FEEL THAT THEY ARE RIGHT

SPIRITUAL PEOPLE (S) ndash THEY LIKE TO BE AND TO GLOWThey are looking for the greater purpose of things They believe that everything has a reason for being the way it is that there are no coin-cidences and itrsquos that quest that moves them They give great meaning to every situation always looking for ldquotherdquo situation The greater the meaning the greater their motivation Their biggest fear is to have no meaning That it is to not be significant or ldquoshinerdquo in any way They need to feel conscious and whole

HELP THEM FEEL THAT THEY ARE MEANINGFUL

Although we all have and use a portion of these four categories in the different contexts or times of our life one of them is predominant in us Identifying it is important for managing and interacting with life and with others since it is the best and the fastest way of accessing the Map-of-the-world of someone and speaking a language that that per-son recognizes and accepts as her own

RAPPORT

74

75

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

In fact we are all one but we are all different and we must understand these differences to be able to deal with others People who are more emotional behave and interact in a totally opposite manner from mental people the same way that most practical people interact in a way that is opposite to spiritual people

The EMOTIONAL person is micro-MACRO Transforms everything that is small into something big Everything is important everything is emotional From the simple ldquogood morningrdquo to hearing ldquoI love yourdquo every day For an emotional person a discussion is always a tsuna-mi Therefore itrsquos the emotional persons who with their micro-Macro sense make birthdays a special day and receive small things with gre-at love

The MENTAL person is MACRO-micro transforms everything that is big into something small She makes it more complex by simplifying it For example this very PEMS model is MACRO-micro as it strives to make the hugeness of the personality types into something much smaller creating only four categories for all human beings The mental person also feels less and give less importance to her feelings

The SPIRITUAL person is MACRO-MACRO she takes everything that is already big and turns it even bigger more meaningful more im-portant more relevant Almost everything is a question of values of making the world a better place and interpretations that go far beyond reality A simple leaf falling off a tree can represent a new phase in life for a spiritual person

The PRACTICAL person is micro-micro turns everything into small and simple lsquoright here and right nowrsquo matters They act Right now with what they have They donrsquot feel the need to enlarge what is small and they donrsquot care much about great concepts If the five senses can help them grasp a situation everything is fine

THE PREDOMINANT LOGIC OF OUR PSYCHEThe most practical way of finding out is to notice how we behave in a stressful situation Each of us when under stress often react in a way that is very close to our basic personality type

Practical people act react move around organize themselves put their hands to work and do not rest until they manage to move things forward

The emotional people feel and feel a lot If a situation is stressful diffi-cult and negative they will have difficult and negative emotions they will feel what others feel and they will want to manage these emotions in the moment

People that are predominantly mental will under stress begin to ratio-nalize need logical answers be fast and analytical They donrsquot want to solve anything through feelings they donrsquot want to act they are only concerned with finding the right and correct decision and struggle until they get it

Finally the predominantly spiritual people will want to give a greater meaning to that particular event What has to be done what people feel or what the right solution is doesnrsquot matter what matters is why things happened the way they did and what the greater significance of that may be

RAPPORT

76

77

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

Identify the psychological type of the client can help the coach to anticipate and understand expectations

MAIN SUPERIOR FUNCTION AND AUXILIARY INFERIOR FUNCTION

According to Carl Jung while we all have one function that is better developed than the others ndash a superior function ndash we also have another fairly well developed function called the first auxiliary

All of us have a bit of each one of the psychologies but there are always two that are predominant a main one which Jung calls the superior function and an auxiliary one that lies at the bottom of the cross shown on the previous page which is always to the right or left of our superior one

The inferior function is one that is less developed and that remains mainly in our unconscious

Thus a person who is predominantly Practical may have as her auxi-liary function the emotional or mental logic thus being PE or PM

A person who is predominantly Mental may have as her auxiliary func-tion the spiritual or practical logic thus being MS or MP

A person who is predominantly Spiritual may have as her auxiliary function the emotional or mental logic thus being SE or SM

And a person who is predominantly Emotional may have as her auxilia-ry function the spiritual or practical logic thus being ES or EP

This all means that we are situated in one of the following categories

3 Practical Emotional or Emotional Practical 3 Practical Mental or Mental Practical 3 Spiritual Emotional or Emotional Spiritual 3 Spiritual Mental or Mental Spiritual

As you may have noticed according to Jung there are no EMME or PSSP That is one canrsquot have as her first auxiliary function the func-tion that is opposite to the superior one

Carl Jung said that we should look closely at our inferior function whi-ch usually remains in our unconscious because it contains an enor-mous potential for a change and each one of us can benefit a lot from integrating our inferior function with our superior one

Taking risks experimenting enjoying everything that life has to offer is the best way of getting to know ourselves and realizing where our happiness lies (ldquoTrate a Vida por Turdquo paacuteg 74)

INTROVERSION AND EXTROVERSION Introversion and extroversion have to do with the direction in which we focus our attention and energy

People who prefer Extroversion focus their energy and attention away from themselves and are interested in the world of people and things

3 Attracted to the world of events and people outside of themsel-ves

3 They are aware of who and what is around them 3 They like to meet and talk to new people 3 They are friendly often good talkers and easy to get to know 3 They tend to talk easily and often in meetings 3 May not be as aware of what goes on inside them 3 They think while talking 3 They may act or speak first and only think later 3 Speaking about themselves they speak fast 3 They bring energy into life 3 They can get bored and restless if they are alone for too long

People who prefer Introversion (focus their energy and attention inward and are interested in the inner world of thoughts and reflections)

3 Attracted to the inner world of thoughts feelings and reflections 3 They are usually very aware of their inner reactions 3 They prefer to interact with people they know 3 They are usually quiet in meetings and sometimes seem disen-

gaged

RAPPORT

78

79

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

3 They are generally reserved and hard to get to know 3 They may not be as aware of the world outside of them 3 They need time to gather their thoughts before they speak 3 They reflect and think before acting 3 They want to know you before allowing you to get to know them

deeply 3 They feel exhausted and tired after interacting with peoples

FINAL NOTE you must be what your client is You have to find that person inside you

LEARNING STYLESAs we saw with the previous PEMS model our clients will have diffe-rent psychological preferences It is therefore important and essential that you are able to adapt your sessions to the learning style that your client likes best and that better meets her psychological preference

EMOTIONAL Emotional clients will like to talk and share on their to-pics They are very much looking for a relationship and empathy with the Coach and they need to feel heard more than any of the other personality types For these persons learning has a lot to do with the relationship that is created with the feeling of support that they get and even with the positive feedback They like to learn through stories As a Coach it is important to learn to empathize with the emotional range of these persons They will appreciate the sharing to tell stories and to listen to them With emotional clients we may sometimes feel that we are not taking huge steps forward But the fact is that many times these persons need to first be listened to

MENTAL Mental clients will be more logical and may have a more aca-demic style of learning They will want to understand the reasons why things are what they are they will want to get tasks involving research on certain subjects The sessions with these people must be well defi-ned and prepared They will want to explore their intellectual side and feel challenged It is important for them to have access to information and tools that explain the work they are doing in the sessions in a con-crete and logical manner Of course they also need to empathize but the intellectual challenge feeling that their intellect is develops appears to be greater They may like schemes graphics and any models that

could simplify the learning process What these persons will demand of you is a greater capacity to analyse and a logical and rational way of communicating

SPIRITUAL this is for most people the most difficult learning style to adopt Remember that these persons are seeking the greater meaning of things They really want to feel inspired by the coaching process (and even by their Coach) They will want to see that you are an exam-ple of what you talk about so called congruence Spiritual persons will enjoy topics that are more related to values to their identity that make them feel that they are taking steps towards becoming better hu-man beings With these clients you can use powerful metaphors (even through movies music creative exercises etc) and above all strive to make sure that the person leaves the session very inspired

PRACTICAL They like action Which is great because coaching is pri-marily about action These persons like to have very practical sessions in which they get the opportunity to do many exercises and experiment with different situations They may be the clients that like getting more tasks and having things to do (which then sometimes ldquogets lostrdquo due to their time management) These clients will require more simplicity and a well-paced session from you They may also like to do exercises that involve moving their body Above all they will want you to help them get into action

As we deal with these four kinds of preferences we need to adapt our Coaching style to the learning style that each person has Thus we should prepare a lot their sessions and realize that some will require from you

3 Greater sharing and ability to listen and relate (e) 3 Researching mastering the subject very well and knowing how

to mentally stimulate your client with challenges (m) 3 Powerful metaphors very inspirational sessions and congruen-

ce that assign meaning to the Coaching process (s) 3 Practical exercises diversified well rhythmed sessions that

help your client to quickly get into action (p)

RAPPORT

80

81

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING ROOTS

LEVEL 5 - PERSON TO PERSONThis is the fifth level of rapport the deepest and more intense one It happens when the level of rapport is a total vibration Itrsquos when the client feels such a confidence by her Coach empathy and sympathy Itrsquos the hardest level to evaluate

Itrsquos when your client feels so much connected to you that depending on her your relationship would go beyond Coaching She no longer wants the Coach she wants you You no longer understand only the person she feels that you know about her You donrsquot understand psychology you understand who she is

It is very similar to the rapport level you have with 23 of very close persons in your life Everything is natural unconscious and sponta-neous

VIII ROOTS

Every human being seeks to get results Mo-ney Family Romance Peace Happiness

Career Health All we want in life is to have results in those areas

The Map-of-the-World Model is used to work on roots - your

roots as a Coach It shows us how does the psyche of all of us works As a Coach no one

should surprise you about yourself You should know you well know everything about yourself This is what itrsquos called a rooted person

click the video to see it

82

83

BELIEFSTRANSFORMATIVE COACHING

ROSA 20 M - AIR - THINK

VALUESHOLISTIC COACHING

ROSA 30 S - FIRE - BE

COACHING 40

WORLD MAP MODEL

being th

e moment

passi

on en

ergy

demotiv

ation

empowering beliefs

limiting rules

relation air(comunication)

coach is priestisnacutet

1 value focus

UNSUSTAINABLESUSTAINABLE

SECURITY

SELF LOVE

CONSCIOUSNESS

PERSONAL DEVEL

FREEDOM

LOVEBELOVED

BLISS

CONTRIBUTION

P

E

M

S

BEHAVIORROSA 10

SITUATIONAL COACHING

P - EARTH - DO

EMOTIONSREMEDY COACHING

ROSA 10 + LISTEN E - WATER - FEEL

RESULTS

ability to

enter

in st

ate

emotional

patter

ns

habits and discipline

addictions

coach is bossisnacutet

coach is friendisnacutet

1 Homework focus

optimism faithpositive

meditation

key points focusused to interrupt the fear cycle

coach is coach

HUMAN HAVINGHUMAN BEING

UNSUSTAINABLEEGOTISTICAL

STRETCH ZONE

SUSTAINABLEECOLOGICALSTRETCH ZONE

SHORT TERMLONG TERM

CYCLE OF CONFIDENCECYCLE OF FEAR

CONSCIOUS

SUBCONSCIOUS

UNCONSCIOUS

84

85

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

So the first question is why some are getting results while others are not

ACTIONS BEHAVIORSThis means that anyone who is having results is because she is ldquodoingrdquo ie behaving differently from other people who are having no results in those areas For example a millionaire DOES things that people who are not millionaires donrsquot For example saving investing etc Someone with a great health is DOING things that people that donrsquot have a good health are not What we are doing is making the difference Two people in the same circumstances that do exactly the same actions have the same kind of results People who have the results you wanna have ARE DOING THINGS TO GET THEM

So the next question is what leads some people to DO and others to not do

EMOTIONSEverything you do in your life is a relationship between pain and pleasure What happens is that someone who goes running at 6 am associates more pain with lsquonot goingrsquo than with lsquogoingrsquo Who is going to the gym asso-ciates more pleasure than pain with going to the gym in the morning That relationship between pain and pleasure is what is defining your results If we dramatically increase the pain or the pleasure associated we will get to change your results

As so what is then defining that painpleasure relationship

BELIEFSThe reason is because of our beliefs of what we believe in Our beliefs are our set of rules for the world and for our lives Your set of beliefs in fact is defining your painpleasure relationship with something and then your actions A millionaire believes that saving is essential that investing and taking risks is necessary This set of beliefs leads himher to associa-te more pleasure than pain with having these behaviors and therefore heshe implements them Other people have other beliefs that create other

emotions that create other results People who are achieving results in areas that you arenrsquot have a beliefs system different from yours

And then it seems logical to ask so what is defining and creating your set of beliefs

VALUESWhat is a value Itrsquos something that is important to you something you re-ally value The only thing that determines a value is if it is valuable to you Not all of us share the same values (Example the values of Mother Teresa and Donald Trump Contribution vs Professional Accomplishment) What you really value and not what you say that you value You value it so much that it generates your set of beliefs In fact when you live your values in practice (on a daily basis) you are defining your life results Not what you would like to value but what you are really valorizing In fact we all have the same values What differs is the order and the importance we give to each one of them

For example if someone has the value of the family above the value of work she will have the belief that it is more important to spend time with her family causing her to develop a positive feeling when she is with her family which leads her to really try to spend more time with it On the other hand someone who has the value of work above the family one will be someone who believes she should spend more time with her work and career as she believes it is that that will bring her more financial stabi-lity for example So she will associate more pleasure to the time spent at work than at home causing her to act accordingly to that emotion For example Donald Trump and Mother Teresa of Calcutta havenrsquot they got different values One probably values more lsquoprofessional fulfillmentrsquo the other values more lsquocontributionrsquo Different results Sure One has one of the largest business empires in the world the other left the largest volun-teer organization in the world

So in reality the values you are living in practice (what you are valuing in practice) are defining your results

This alone already explains a good part of the psyche of human beings But letrsquos go deeper

ROOTS

Having roots is to control the cycle of trust

86

87

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

To have roots the coach has to identify

her motivators and values create beliefs and habits and learn

to place herself in a state

CYCLE OF CONFIDENCE AND CYCLE OF FEAREveryone has Cycles of Fear in some areas and Cycles of Confidence in other areas

How do you know it If you are having or not results in that area In the areas of your life where you are getting results you are living in a Cycle of Confidence In the areas where yoursquore not you are living in a Cycle of Fear What does this means is that you have behavioral addic-tions or that you are doing things in a vicious way you are in a sort of a mice wheel Those addictions start by creating emotional patterns on you (feelings that you are having whether you want it or not for instan-ce jealousy when it becomes a pattern no matter what the other does that emotion will keep being there it is an emotion that happens to you) and those emotional patterns generate limiting rules We use the words ldquorulesrdquo because in reality limiting beliefs are created because they have a very large set of rules And this generates demotivation An addiction creates an emotional pattern that creates rules limiting which create demotivation and discourage us to move and change This Cycle of Fear is being lived FROM RESULTS TO VALUES and not in the other and right way The bad news are that we all have Cycles of Fear The areas in which we are not having results is because we are afraid but we paint it in other colors Irsquom afraid Irsquom demotivated I have emotional patterns and I have limiting rules

For you to gain roots you need to recognize these cycles You need to break it if you want results but if you want roots you need to recognize them Good news you can break Cycles of Fear

Second good news you have Cycles of Confidence You also unders-tand the other psychology So what is a Cycle of Confidence

You start by having the capacity of creating Discipline and Habits you get the ability to get into a certain and desired state (eg being happy to go training I want to create that emotion I visualize it it is the op-posite of an emotional pattern the pattern happens to you Think of a boxer who puts herself into her wanted state before entering in a ring You have empowering beliefs (when you believe in something that cre-ates more of it) This creates energy passion being in the moment Being with energy and passion and in the moment brings me empowe-ring beliefs which put me in the emotional state I want and provide me

habits and discipline The good news you have these cycles in areas that you are getting results Think in one area You have these four things right

Having these cycles itrsquos called being human First part on lsquorootsrsquo is about knowing your Cycles of Fear and Confidence and admit them to yourself to those you love to the others And having the courage to say that it doesnrsquot work because of FEAR And there is a way to break this cycle When you have roots you stop projecting it in your clients

There is a way of finding your values in a very logical way knowing which human motivators drive your behavior

8 HUMAN MOTIVATORSMaslov pyramid he was the first to talk about human needs He is outda-ted because it defines a hierarchy He places self-fulfillment at the top This model is very much focused on Maslovrsquos map-of-the-world who was an MS If it is a PE he may have lsquofamilyrsquo in the top and that is not wrong Still there are things that all humans need

So with all these models we created the 8 human motivators they are divided in four paradoxes one for each of the PEMS The first paradox is security freedom

Each one of us was born with a set of motivators You are ldquoaddictedrdquo on one side of the paradox You have to fulfill that need even if you have to abdicate of the other one

ROOTS

SECURITY

SELF LOVE

CONSCIOUSNESS

PERSONAL DEVEL

FREEDOM

LOVEBELOVED

BLISS

CONTRIBUTION

P

E

M

S

88

89

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

The main lesson is the more you live the other side of the paradox the more you will live your addiction as well What happens is that you can only get more of your addiction when you learn to validate the other side of the paradox This is what Jung calls ldquoparadoxes integrationrdquo be the millionaire and the altruistic Be the mother of family and career etc Only when you integrate the other energy is when it boosts the one that is more natural to you

For other persons it happens the same with security and all other pa-radoxes The suggestion is Irsquom addicted on this but I can pause and I can go exploring the other side What you have to figure out is your map (draw in the lsquoinfinite signsrsquo which side of the paradoxes is bigger) Your map is about how much you need to fill each side of the paradox

So YOUR HUMAN MOTIVATORS ARE DEFINING YOUR VALUES AND YOUR VALUES ARE DEFINING YOUR RESULTS

You can have everything on one of the sides of the paradox if yoursquore willing to face the fear of losing it

All people fill their motivators The difference between us is how sus-tainable is that satisfaction Unsustainable means that every day you

EXERCISE Do your map How do you discover Based on major decisions you made in your life Example work home relationships etc

have to feed them Imagine a homeless person he meets hisher secu-rity needs (eating and having where to sleep) but he has to do it every day Now compare with Donald Trump If you see the freedom part it probably happens the opposite

3 SUSTAINABLE it feeds itself It is something that can continue without the need for external resources It is ecological based on challenge and paradoxes integration

3 UNSUSTAINABLE you need to do it every day it is selfish ba-sed on comfort and extremist You do it like it was a daily shot

Example father and daughter about going out at night (to satisfy sa-fety and to love and be loved) Father says no hersquos being selfish and within his comfort zone The same father after coming to this course ldquoYoursquore going to the party until 2230 You send me an sms saying that everything is ok and at 2230 Irsquoll pick yourdquo This continues for some time Father goes on diminishing the rules Now hersquos being ecological entering his challenge zone and integrating paradoxes To feel safe as a father he has to give some freedom To feel loved he has to give them some self love Now his motivators are sustainable and has a sustai-nable system that feeds itself To arrive to a deeper level of security he needs to take the risk that comes from giving more freedom

DIAGONAL CONTINUOUS LINEThis line shows us that working above the line ie the clientrsquos beha-viors andor emotions is short-term and unsustainable In this case only the techniques are worked There are immediate results but with no major impact and duration Like when we are called to do motiva-tional speaking or teambuildingrsquos People feel better and do things but the results have a short duration

This does not imply that it is wrong to do Coaching based on these two areas For example in a quick conversation with a friend we can do Situational Coaching (based on behaviours) in order to get her to do something that has been postponing If the action has been made and it was what was intended to be then you did your role as Coach The Remedy Coaching is also important sometimes which consists on making the other person to leave the session feeling good thinking more positive at the time having had an opportunity to digest an emo-tion

ROOTS

90

91

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

Below the continuous line is where lies the deepest work The one that will actually be sustainable and with long-term results This is where we work values and beliefs it is where we go deep to the point where in fact we shift paradigms The client in this type of Coaching change her beliefs and values turning to be a really different person in opposition to what happens above the line where only the emotions or behaviors are changed but the client continues to be what she was

ICEBERGWith the iceberg image it is understood that the behavior is the conscious part of the human being the only thing that the client can see and analyze Everything else emotions beliefs and values are at the clientrsquos unconscious But as a Coa-ch I must and I want to work also the unconscious because as we saw above this is where it lies the sustainable and long-term work

When we help our clients shifting their paradigms beliefs emotions or values we are working with their unconscious Your client will not like this at some point in the process The unconscious will realize that she will have to change and this will cause the first resistance Knowing how to overcome this is essential to the Coachrsquos work so she can de-liver sustainable results

Conscious Mind keeps all the information which you can access now

Unconscious Mind keeps all the information that has ever passed through your brain It is also a kind of a warning system for you

The information passes from the unconscious to the conscious mind through the subconscious It goes dropping into deeper levels of our mind Very qui-ckly your clients will want to turn you into one of three things

Friend ndash They want someone who listens to them who is patient with them who is always there with whom they can always count and talk Most of your clients will want to have you here that you turn into a sort of confi-dant that supports them but does not challenge them too much But you are not there to be a friend

Boss ndash Many will seek in the Coach someone to tell them what to do who provides them specific guidance who pressures them who ldquopunishrdquo them when they donrsquot have their homework done Someone who is even more committed with their results than themselves But yoursquore also not there to be a Boss

Priest ndash Others will want a kind of a weekly confession session That you absolve the mistakes theyrsquove made du-ring the week that you tell them everything is fine and that it doesnrsquot matter we are all human and we all make mistakes You are not there to be a kind of spiritual le-ader of your client and to absolve him You are there to be

Coach - The Coach has an ldquoAirrdquo relationship with the client ie mental of communication becau-se it is a conversation where you listen and ask where there is intellectual stimulation In the map--of-the-world scheme the Coachrsquos sketch is in the quadrant of beliefs It is a ldquomind with mindrdquo work

It is important to know this because with the sessions going clients tend to try their Coach to become a friend (wateremotions) a boss (earthbehaviors) or even a priest (firevalues) However the Coach should avoid the mistake of behaving like one of these three types You are there to be a Coach

Notes In Informal Coaching with friends colleagues family remember that first thatrsquos what you are and only then you are a Coach Therefore you should not give prevalence to the Coach but to the relationship you have with that person otherwise you would violate the pact that exists between the two

ROOTS

92

93

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

4 TYPES OF COACHINGBased on these four quadrants there are four types of Coaching

Situational Coaching ndash The one that is done immediate-ly during the situation with the sole purpose of lea-ding it to an action It usually consists of a brief con-versation where a ROSA 10 is done Your client has a situation that week that really needs to be addressed Ex a proposal that she needs to present a college exam for which she has to study Itrsquos not bad Coaching and it is often necessary Only it is more superficial

Remediative Coaching ndash As the name says it suits when we have to put a ldquobandageointmentrdquo on the emotions The goal is the client to feel good at the end of the session without having to go deeply on the problem Itrsquos the typical conver-sation where the client unburdens and your only goal is to make her feel a little better Sometimes it may be and it often is necessary

Ex the past week your client has discussed with someone important to her or something happened that greatly dealt with her emotions Your first focus should be to help her to unburden and to feel better We used ROSA 10 + Unburden

Transformative Coaching ndash Here the goal is not just making the client to feel better but that she can change the way she sees her life and herself Here we mainly work on beliefs ie the client stops believing in some things to start believing in another ones She shifts paradigm Coaching is now much more sustainable and with long--term results It undergoes through more complete ses-sions where ROSA 20 is done

Holistic Coaching ndash This is the kind of Coaching that involves the whole being of the client all her areas and valences ie her values The entire psyche is worked We are working the whole Human Being and not only a part of it Even the motivators are worked We use ROSA 30 and we work a lot on paradoxes integration

KEY POINTSWe said earlier that we all have Cycles of Fear and that we can change them to Cycles of Confidence How

Imagine that you have a turnscrew and a bicycle wheel is malfunctio-ning You will then put the turnscrew into one of the four key points and then yoursquoll pull and force the wheel to move in the right direction to-wards the Cycle of Confidence And very important you donrsquot take out the turnscrew until the Cycle (the wheel) rotates in the right direction

What are then the Four Key Points You can really choose only one

VALUE FOCUS At this point you will choose a key value for you whi-ch you canrsquot leave to live in practice Whatever happens you canrsquot take the turnscrew from there For instance imagine that you are experien-cing serious financial difficulties and you decide that lsquoValue Focusrsquo is your point Imagine that you choose ldquosavingrdquo as the value that has to be experienced in practice Then whenever you have to make a decision that involves spending money you know what to do You canrsquot in any way stop living this value until the cycle begins to rotate in the oppo-site direction and gets sustainable

POSITIVITY If you want to work at the level of beliefs yoursquoll start to develop this empowering belief base BEING POSITIVE You must be a positive person with faith who believes that everything will go well who says only positive things about herself and the others who sees and is focused on everything positive that is going around her And when the bad days or the bad news are coming and you feel the need to say something negative you shut up And you say something positive

EMOTION FOCUS Imagine that there is an emotion that makes your Cycle of Fear to happen (an emotional pattern) In this key point you will choose an emotion that you would like to learn to cause in yourself learning how to get yourself into that state Imagine that you have been feeling too much anger in your Cycle of Fear and want to feel harmony instead You want to learn how to get into that emotional state You start feeling the opposite emotion and you do something to manage to be in an harmony state (you listen to a song that gets yourself into that state you put your boxing gloves you jump you meditate you close

ROOTS

94

95

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

your eyes you read a poem as Mandela did )

HOMEWORK FOCUS Here you will define a homework that until itrsquos done you wonrsquot do anything else Imagine that you have a Cycle of Fear in relation to health that you define lsquoHomework Focusrsquo as the key point and your homework is running every day Until you manage to do it nothing else matters All of your strategies are directioned so that your homework is being done as soon as possible

In the end all of the four key points have to do with absolute focus

Value ndash Focus on the most important value Until that value is being lived we wonrsquot move on

Positivity (Faith Optimism) ndash Focus on the positive emotions Un-til she gets optimistic we wonrsquot move on

Emotion (Meditation) ndash Focus on pleasure Until she feels more ple-asure than pain we wonrsquot move on

Homework ndash Focus on action Until the homework gets done we wonrsquot move on

VERY IMPORTANTYou as a coach do not have to guess your clientrsquos map-of-the-world or even her PEMS but you have to explore it aside of her You will only master her Map-of-the-World when you understand your own (creating roots) because you will never learn anything about yourself with your client you will never discover anything about you because shersquos the one who discovers it being real or not You Coach you must be hum-ble enough to know that you know nothing about your client and you shouldnrsquot try to guess anything It is the customer who gets there alone

Therefore the more knowledge you have about your own map-of-the--world together with Rapport and ROSA the more intense will be your Coaching because the more you will be able to help your client The goal is that you have the tools in yourself so you can help her In other words this tool is for you to deepen your roots and thus know when you need to do only ROSA or go searching for the Key Points or to use

another method For instance if a client has as her main challenge to be promoted then therersquos no logical on working on Cycles of Fear but to make a ROSA and move forward On the other hand if you see that there is a Cycle of Fear then you should find the key point so you can work on it

I canrsquot help the others if I canrsquot help myself first

ROOTS

values (I am)

during session

clientcoach rosa unconscious

Beliefs (I think)

between sessions

co-coach rosa 30

emotions (I feel)

leverage slice

self coaching rosa 20behavior (I do)

holistic

coaching to others rosa 10M

S

E

P

96

97

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING RESULTS

IX RESULTS

Results are super important in the Coa-ching process There is simply no Coa-

ching if there are no results and thatrsquos why they are at the center of the

triangle of the four Rrsquos Everything we do whether is ROSA creating

Roots or building Rapport it is done with the purpose of get-ting results at the end of the sessions

This is what distinguishes the most Coaching from other practices As a Coach you must become obsessed with your clients results Not only that they do their homeworks but also how close did Coaching took them closer to their Guru Objective how much it has improved their leverage slice of the Pizza and other slices as well We also try to assess the sustainability of those results We donrsquot want them just to get there but also that they keep there

Coaching is about results and you must take this premise very seriou-sly You have been hired to make them reach some goals Become obsessed with it

It is not so easy to evaluate results in a metric way in the world of Co-aching but it proves to be very important Not only with Life Coaching but also with Business Coaching We must find a way to demonstrate that our work has had results in practice

That was the reason why we have created the Results Model

Our level of competence is equal to our worst level of performance

RESULTS MODELIt is possible to define results through the four metrics

lsquoSrsquo AXIS (SPIRITUAL) WE EVALUATE THE PROCESS IMPACT ON THE CLIENT

Behavior (I DO) When the client throughout the process changes one or more behaviors She does now due to the sessions different things that she didnrsquot before

Emotions (I FEEL) When the client feels happier more self-confi-dent fulfilled etc She has now different and more positive emotions due to the Coaching process

98

99

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

Beliefs (I THINK) When there is a change of belief (I used to belie-ve I was not a good person and now I believe I am) When the client used to believe in something and she started to believe in something different There was a paradigm shift She used to see something in a certain way and now she sees it in a more empowering way

Values (I AM) When the Coach manages to help the client to change her values ie the person she is This happens for exam-ple when the client starts to put more emphasis on family than on work or when she accepts and believes that she is a healthy and different person and that nothing will change that now She values different things todat due to the Coa-ching process

lsquoErsquo AXIS (EMOTIONAL) WE EVALUATE THE CLIENTrsquoS AUTONOMY

Level 1 Coach (CoachClient Relationship) Itrsquos the Coach who controls the situation There is a formal relationship be-tween Coach and Client and the session is controlled and oriented by the Coach

Level 2 Coach (Co-Coach) The Client already acts as a Coach during the sessions This happens for example when the client already knows that she is supposed to also say po-sitive things on the Reality part that is she already knows what to do in each step She already takes the initiative The relationship is more about cooperation now and the Client start becoming autonomous

Level 3 Coach (Self-Coaching) When the Client already does Self--Coaching at home not being asked to This is a fantastic moment because she already has the tools and the Coach is there to help and support

Level 4 Coach (Coach to others) When the Client comes to a ses-sion and tells us she has done Coaching with someone else (with her child for instance) This person came to us to be helped however she is already using our tools to help so-

RESULTS

meone else She is totally independent It is every Coachrsquos dream

lsquoMrsquo AXIS (MENTAL) WE EVALUATE THE CLIENTrsquoS CONTENTS ASSIMILATION

Uses Rosa 10 language o cliente usa palavras como Realidade objetivos soluccedilotildees accedilotildees fazem hoje parte do seu leacutexico

Uses Rosa 20 language the client uses terms such as guru objec-tives baby objectives measurable beliefs paradigm shif-ting brainstorming etc

Uses Rosa 30 language she refers terms like emotional patterns cycles of fear and confidence values dilemma etc

Uses unconscious Rosa language when many of these terms are so ingrained in the clientrsquos language that she thinks she will use them for the rest of her life

lsquoPrsquo AXIS (PRACTICE) WE EVALUATE RESULTS IN PRACTICE

During the Session I can manage the client to get results only du-ring the session It is a Coaching session that has no power to influence the client outside it

Between Sessions It mostly happens when the client is doing her homeworks It means that what happened during the ses-sion touched her with enough strength to get her to realize she has to do something and that she is doing something outside the sessions

Leverage Slice It happens when the client fulfills her Leverage Slice and achieves the goal that brought her to Coaching or when her satisfaction in that slice has dramatically im-proved

Holistic When the client improves satisfaction in multiple slices as a result of the sessions including the leverage slice It was a process that had an impact on the whole being and not just in one area of her life

100

101

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

You can make this model with your client on the last session you have together You can also make a self-assessment to compare with it When you measure these four levels of results you will have access to check what level of Coaching you had on that specific process

COACHING LEVELThe Coaching Level that you have delivered is always proportional to your lowest result Even if you have three axes at level 3 and have only one at a level 2 Coaching has been 20 This is valuable information to you as a Coach because it gives you an idea of axes that are easier for you to work and others that you may have to further strengthen

Level 4 Coaching is something that is not achieved with all clients There must be a great empathy and rapport as well as a mastery on the Coaching technique that has been taught in the training course and presented in this manual

Gulica ego catia caperum dem inem cus Fortes et L Nos et grae avehem Romnit acto egeris cis sultod pratum voltum iam hos ublius hactam atemus essede con vas optilis factor aus nem ad cae estil hos me patus re verisse inatuus

Udam deperfecrem nermis etraed me int ela remulibut rem loctusquo cum mus auciem vivehem uresull emquissent eti primperescit ina que ia consiss entium pulerit con vendam morei sentes inatil vit ia quam mus licaudemus factem dum eo ura ex muro nenit quo vilnes-tium Catimportus pati postalarit vis coena fui sa consu consceribus Satquid ertienatus contere essimis ut vis aus iliciam quo in dissimis Ra num deatiqua vere con sentius et in spio pes Tiaetin videlisquam mus viliam que conum is larbit etora notimolto nos et duc omnimus opublicae convo C Nos vivica Catus hos vivas aurnihil hui terfint imorter labus hostam res inequod nerem tabute telieni hilicaessil ven-tem nonsulis

Berteropubit diisquium iteriti emprit teludam hilicid erfentiur tem huis

Hum pro vidiusquem paterevid sedis factatu rnihilla rem publicave Ca-terev irissoltis re aurei pere anum teluder ficepse essercem octuusque mis tum inam pra vivid rei condamdiis hacies Ipio verei sendamdis

TOOLS amp TECHNIQUES

X TOOLS AND TECHNIQUES

If you master well the model of the four Rrsquos for us you already are a fantastic Coach If you can master some stars too itrsquos even better But if you master the model you know how to do Coaching But now letrsquos go to the small stars The idea is not that you try to use all the stars at the same time Choose the two or three that you like best and train those first

POSITIVE FEEDBACKProvide as much positive feedback as you can to your client Take every opportunity you have to do it A Coach is the type of mirror that only says good things about her client Please turn yourself into some-one who is always valorizing every small steps that your client takes

FEEDBACK HAMBURGERYou say something positive then you say something negative then you say something positive again The two positive feedbacks have to be VERY VERY good For instance ldquoI have been feeling that you are very committed to your Coaching process We just need to start paying more attention to our homework even because I feel that you are a person who likes to challenge yourself and that really wants to go further ldquo

RESSIGNIFICATION Ressignificating is finding another meaning still more empowering but that changes everything EgrdquoI didnrsquot do my homework I failedrdquo Coach ldquoWow That means that you are a demanding and committed personrdquo ldquoIrsquom lazyrdquo

102

103

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

ldquoDoes that means you like to enjoy the pleasures of liferdquo

REFRAMINGIt is much like ressignification Itrsquos the name that is used in NLP (Neuro--Linguistic Programming) You take the information that was been gi-ven to you in a frame and you put it in a new one

PREFRAMINGIf ressignification has to do with changing the meaning after it has been given preframing has to do with giving a meaning to something before we have explained what it is It is a widely used technique to anticipate objections that might distract us from our ultimate goal Then we do preframing we previously give the meaning that we want the person to give afterwards Example

ldquoCan I show you my point of view Itrsquos something different but Irsquove seen that it works with many people and it has been helping a lot to change our behavior to healthier habits Itrsquos something innovative and different but highly successful Can I tell you my ideardquo You create a frame before placing the information in there

POSTFRAMINGFirst you give the information and then you put it in a frame Eg ldquoFolks today we have an exam (the low energy level) but thatrsquos what this course is about to be the best Coach to go furtherrdquo

ldquoFROM 0 TO 10 rdquo To give examples ldquoI think Irsquoll read a bookrdquo Coach ldquoFrom 0-10 how much do you think you will accomplish that goalrdquo

TRANSFORMING ldquoORrdquo IN ldquoANDrdquoHelp the client to find an alternative solution to integrate paradoxes to

find a third way

VULNERABILIZATIONFind out things about you that are not working and put them at the clientrsquos service That makes you human and you are validating your client in the case she feels the same She does some things better than you and has some of the same challenges

ASSOCIATION AND DISSOCIATIONThese two terms are often used in NLP (Neuro-linguistic Program-ming) and are used in various ways Association means that an indi-vidual describes a situation as if it was happening and he was partici-pating on it As the name indicates he is associated with it He is still seeing himself going through the situation and feels the emotions that he would feel if he was really living it

Dissociation means that an individual can already tell that experience as if he was watching a movie in which he took part but already dis-sociated from it He is more in an observer role That allows him a big-ger emotional objectivity Even if he feels the emotions they are more about the experience itself and not so much about him as a participant

When we want to help our customers to overcome some emotionally more challenging situations it can make a huge difference to have them to dissociate from those situations Thatrsquos how they can gain greater objectivity and clarity and at the same time they get more mo-tivated to take their first steps

METAPHORSThe most important here is that you use the metaphors of your client Use her world whenever it is possible It will help a lot more to inter-nalize and memorize the information Help your client to create her metaphors Eg ldquoSometimes we fall into holes that are so big that you canrsquot get out of them alonerdquo ldquoLearning to forgive someone is like dri-ving one step at a timerdquo

TOOLS amp TECHNIQUES

104

105

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

LANGUAGE OF A COACH 3 HOW TO INTERRUPT at the first session it must be defined if

the Coach can interrupt the client when she deviates from the focus If yoursquore going to interrupt your client you must always do it with a question You can also take note of something that has nothing to do with the subject you are talking about but it seems important So we can talk about it in the next session You can ask the client if she liked to talk about it

3 ldquoDOES IT MAKES SENSE FOR YOUrdquo If she says NO ldquoSo tell merdquo if she says YES ldquocan you tell me howrdquo

3 ldquoMY HALLUCINATION is rdquo Being very unconditional Any opi-nion is a good opinion The Coach realyy doesnrsquot know The word hallucination implies that what yoursquore saying may be ab-solutely wrong

3 ldquoWHAT WOULD LOVE DO NOWrdquo Be careful with the rapport level you have with your client It is a very good question when it concerns relational issues

3 ldquoHOW WOULD IT BE IFrdquo Very good to overcome objections ldquohow would it be if you had timerdquo ldquohow would it be if you had moneyrdquo ldquohow would it be if you had self-confidencerdquo

3 ldquoWHAT IF rdquo Fantastic to destroy any obstacle that your client brings Some examples ldquoAnd what if you couldrdquo ldquoWhy notrdquo ldquoWhat if nobody would knowrdquo ldquoWhat if you had moneyrdquo ldquoI know you donrsquot but what if you knew what would you sayrdquo

3 GENERAL TIP BE COOL You really must have a cool and rela-xed attitude You really donrsquot know what would be best for your client so be really unconditional

THE COACHING ETHICS

XI THE COACHING ETHICS

There are six ethic rules in Coaching but with no doubt the first is the most important

CONFIDENTIALITY Coaching sessions must be given the utmost con-fidentiality There are no legal rules as in Therapy (like not having fa-mily as clients) but you always have to respect confidentiality When you do Coaching in a company and you must give feedback to their manager your clients must know it If necessary you can discuss the case with a mentor but always without mentioning the name of your client You can discuss the cases but without any names

CLIENTrsquoS AUTONOMY Coaching is all about autonomy and sustaina-bility You need your client to get results not that she needs you You should think ldquoif I change country how would my clients berdquo

CAREFUL WITH PROJECTIONS We all project aspects that we re-press in ourselves All currents in psychology agree that there is pro-jection When I look to someone else what I see is whatrsquos inside of me (strengths and weaknesses) Thatrsquos why some see one thing and others see another As a Coach you must be very attentive to projections You should not do it with your client and for that you must work on your roots If something bothers you that says more about you than about your client Itrsquos not just a technical issue of respecting others map-of--the-world It is an ethical issue

CREDIBILITY Of course you can use other different tools in your ses-sions but you should be able to do so Using things on which yoursquore not certified is breaking ethics Try to be congruent and integrate Being a corporate or a sales Coach without being an expert about those mat-ters is not ethical

106

107

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING THE FIRST SESSION IN PRATICE

CONTRACT IS CONTRACT The financial commitment you assume with your client is always the same as long as she is your client The same in what respects sessions frequency You should always ask permission to your client when you want to change the frequency of the sessions For WeCreate the value you charge to your client must be the same forever It is part of our gratitude towards our client

SELF-COACHING The Coach must be an example of Self-Coaching or she should have a Coach You really have to do ROSA once a year at least and use all these tools in a weekly basis Make sure that you are also an example of achieving your own dreams

XII THE FIRST SESSION

IN PRACTICEIt is normal that the first session is a bit longer (90min) Your focus is to build RAPPORT Here is an example of a few steps for your first session You can have a few more or less of these steps but this is the general idea

STEP 1 Memorize these steps so that you will not have to use this manual

STEP 2 (Partnership) Organize the working space have everything prepared adequated clothes etc

STEP 3 (Presence) Prepare to be fully present by meditating or by being a few minutes in silence

STEP 4 (Posture and words) Build rapport have a few minutes of casual positive and neutral conversation to break the ice For example the weather the clientrsquos favourite team foot-ball match etc

STEP 5 At this stage you will also try to collect information about the client Several aspects of her life and trying to deter-mine clientrsquos expectations regarding the Coaching process You will be attentive about the metaphors and about what is really important to her Yoursquoll need it to explain what Co-aching is in her words

STEP 6 Explain what Coaching is using the clientrsquos words and the references she gave us Example letrsquos imagine that boxing was something that the client liked and we want to explain

108

109

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING THE LAST SESSION

Coaching through boxing ldquoCoaching is like boxing It invol-ves a lot of training to succeed in getting results but ins-tead of having an external enemy we are fighting against ourselvesrdquo

STEP 7 Inviting the client to do an exercise we pick six pens (three of each color) We ask her to tell us three things that are going well in her life and we explore each area a bit Then we ask ldquoamong those areas which one is running really wellrdquo Then we ask for three things that are not going so well and explore a bit

STEP 8 Asking the client which 3 goals she would like to accom-plish by the end of the Coaching process that would make it worth the investment (as measurable as possible)

STEP 9 Establishing verbal contract and selling the idea of coa-ching (even if the sessions pack is already closed) Now we talk about the practical issues sessions frequency ses-sions length interrupting the client first session a bit lon-ger confidentiality guarantee If you feel comfortable you can talk about costs and forms of payment

STEP 10 ldquoCan we start our session talking about what brought you here How can I helprdquo

STEP 11 Talking a bit about the Clientrsquos reality and introducing the Pizza of Life The client draws herrsquos We will go on explai-ning the pizza and its different slices (very briefly not to influence) Some clients like to do it lsquoalonersquo others like to go on talking as they fill the slices

STEP 12 From then on you make ROSA 10

STEP 13 You end up the session You can share ROSA methodology with your client (if you think shersquod like it) and ending with positive feedback You can also ask the client how did she feel You can also ask her to choose an object and summa-rize the session You will also be doing some preframing by stating that Coaching is about action and homeworks

XIII THE LAST SESSION

A coaching process has a follow-up We can work with individual ses-sions or with a pack It is important to inform your clients that Coaching is a continuous process and not a process with miraculous results in the first session Hence it is like doing workout where it is difficult to get results if we go to the gym only once

You can work with packs of sessions (5 or 10) and we would like to give you some tips on what you should ensure it gets done in your last coaching session with someone you have been working with

FUTURE It is important to ensure that the client will continue taking steps in the future even not having sessions anymore or your presence In this session you should spend some time helping her in creating an action plan about the next steps she wants to go on taking in that area You can also take the opportunity to do a small summary of everything that you both worked in so that there is a notion of the progress made and the results achieved Ensures that your client completed that process and be sure about the next steps for her future Help her in crea-ting a good action plan

HABITS You can also ask your client which would be the daily or weekly habits that she would like more to integrate into her routine

POSITIVE FEEDBACK This is also the perfect time to give positive fe-edback to your client (despite being a constant throughout the sessions) Show her the progress she has made throughout the sessions and help her to realize all the positive things she has achieved

111

110

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

PERSONAL DEVELOPMENT We must ensure that our client conti-nues its personal development process and knows or tries new approaches Coaching is just one part of a wide range of options that are now ahead of her Encourage her to con-tinue that journey to read new books to try other trainings and workshops other different and complementary ways of approaching personal development

KEEPING CONTACT You can develop some form of contact with your old clients Email telephone facebook etc Remember to con-tinue sending her information about coaching or other matters you find important It is a way to ensure that your client will continue ldquoawakedrdquo for this subject

Thank you for being part of this project

Daniel Saacute Nogueira and Marta Ferreira

Page 5: WeCreate International Coaching Certification Manual

11

10

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING YOU ARE ALREADY A COACH

I YOU ARE ALREADY

A COACHEvery human being is born a coach whether she knows it or not All of us have already helped someone during our life to solve a problem All of us have already shared a word of encouragement All of us have already made someonersquos life easier All of us have already sat down with someone to listen to her realityAll of us have already challenged someone to go further All of us have already said something that changed someonersquos life without even knowing it All of us have already left someone thinking about what we said or did

click the video to see it

In other words all of us have already helped someone take a step fur-ther and be happier Thatrsquos coaching

A coach helps another human being with the most fundamental ques-tions of life

By using questions

The quality of a coach is measured by the quality of his or her ques-tions

What are your dreams What is your potential What have you already done thatrsquos spectacular What makes you feel happy What have you learned from your successes What do you believe in Who are you and who can you become

13

12

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING THE 4 RrsquoS OF COACHING

II THE 4 Rrsquos OF COACHING

The triangle of the 4 Rrsquos represents the essence of coaching

To WeCreate if you become an expert in the-se four Rrsquos you are a Coach This is your

base The rest is stars that yoursquoll learn to master in the long run Your first focus

becoming extraordinarily good at each of these Rrsquos

A brief description of each element

ROSA -This is the method of the Coach It is the basic tool that you will use during your sessions It is an eternal guide that in time will become part of your DNA A coach is someone who speaks in ROSA thinks in ROSA trains and helps in ROSA

ROOTS ndash As a coach you can only go as deep with your client as you can go with yourself Therefore you must learn to deepen and streng-then your roots What is really important to you How is your self-con-fidence and relationship with yourself A coach has self-knowledge about her values beliefs level of confidence and limits Nothing anyo-ne says about you should surprise you

RAPPORT ndash The ability to make anyone trust you within a few minu-tes As a Coach you should be able to adapt to different types of people and quickly and easily generate empathy and trust with any of them

RESULTS - If there are no results there is no coaching Coaching is geared towards action and obtaining results You also need to know

how to measure the results whether they are objective or subjective This is the big difference between coaching and other practices as we will discuss further in this manual

Mastering these four elements will make you a great coach Someone who is well ROOTED who can create RAPPORT within a few minu-tes who dominates ROSA and the structure of a session is someone who will be able to deliver RESULTS And this is the reason why your clients choose coaching

14

15

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING WHAT IS COACHING

III WHAT IS COACHING

4-word definition Freeing Potential Through Action

ldquoCoaching is a processhelliprdquo ndash It has a beginning middle and end The Coach does not solve anything by just pushing a button The length of the process is generally 2-3 months depending on the situation and response of the client This is the time-span that we advise for achie-ving meaningful results through ten one-hour sessions in person or not depending on the availability of the client and the expertise of the Coach

ldquo that aims tordquo ndash The Coach supports the client in setting goals and creating a strategy to achieve desired results through the very process of coaching The goal is to help the client achieve results in her focus area for example health or relationships spirituality finances career family etc

ldquohellipdevelophelliprdquo ndash Coaching is about working with the potential that the client already has within The Coach does not create anything just works on what already exists in order to enhance it While focusing on the development of technical and emotional skills the coach acts as an ldquoexternal eyerdquo to the client so that she can see objectively where she is (present state) and where she needs to go (future state) with minimum effort and maximum fun

Technical definition Coaching is a process that aims to develop challenge support and empower people to reach their full potential personally and professio-nally in a sustainable manner through the use of questions

ldquohellipchallengerdquo ndash Throughout the sessions the Coach has to challenge the client to go further and to think of many more and diverse solu-tions in order to step outside her comfort zone Coaching works as a form of encouragement and monitoring tailored to the personal development needs of each client

ldquosupporthelliprdquo ndash At the same time support do not judge really listen be there for the client give positive feedback The Coach is someone who is always there even when the results are not yet the desired ones The Coach has the patience to unconditionally support the pro-cess of the client

ldquohellipempowerhelliprdquo ndash The Coach helps the client work on new skills with the aim to thereby empower her to achieve self-realization reach her goals and align her life with her values mission and life purpose Note that if the Coach uses a lot of teaching it becomes training not coaching

click the video to see it

16

17

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING WHAT IS COACHING

ldquosustainablerdquo - In coaching we work to deliver sustainable re-sults We do not want the client to become dependent on the Coach or on the process itself As soon as possible we begin to use strategies to ensure the autonomy of our clients and to make them become their own coaches after a while

ldquoreach their full potentialrdquo ndash Coaching is about ACHIEVING re-sults During the coaching process the Coach will work to keep the client in action so that what is aimed for actually happens All of us possess a HUGE potential that we can use to achieve everything we want

ldquoquestionsrdquo - This is the basic methodology of coaching We de-velop empower support and challenge through questions Questions are powerful enablers that will help raise the consciousness level of our clients

COACHING IS ABOUT THE FUTUREDuring the coaching process the Coach will focus on making the client think about the present and the future This is the main difference be-tween coaching and therapy apart from the extent of formal education (minimum 5 years) that psychologists have in comparison to coaches

The Coach can listen to what has happened in the recent past of the client but does not focus on going deeper into this aspect of the situa-tion Instead she guides the client to focus on the present and most of all on the future ldquoSo what do you want to achieve today regarding this problem in your familyrdquo ldquoWhat are your future dreams in this area of your liferdquo

The Coach is not focused on knowing what caused the trauma or pro-blem but concentrates on moving beyond it and making sure that by the end of the ten sessions the client has also acquired the tools to solve other problems and challenges in her life

Coaching requires three key elements

A Client (Coachee) the person who undergoes the process of co-aching in order to acquire new skills and strengthen exis-

Coaching is the process that

aims to develop challenge support

and empower people to reach

their full potential professionally

and personally through questions

ting skills We recommend using the term client instead of ldquocoacheerdquo as it helps to distinguish it better from the word ldquoCoachrdquo and implies a more professional relationship be-tween the two

A Coach a professional qualified to lead the process of coachingAn opportunity challenge or problem Opportunity because it is

not necessary to work on a problem A client can be satis-fied with their job but seeking a Coach to work on being promoted for example

On the other hand there may be more than one opportu-nity challenge or problem and also all three at once sin-ce there are always opportunities behind every problem When there are several problems or opportunities the Co-ach assumes that the client is able to solve them all Howe-ver the coaching process needs to focus on one at a time and solving it before moving on to others

THE CROSSROADS OF LIFEThe key moments for a client are at the crossroads of life ie when two roads diverge and the client does not know which way to go This is where a Coach can really make a difference

In these situations as stated earlier we will not decide for the client nor give any advice since the task of the Coach is simply to facilitate reflection on the two paths to ask about the crossroads and even to take a few steps back if the client wishes to do so

Even if the choice seems wrong to the Coach the client is the one who should decide which road and action to take

Coaching is also

3 Very future-oriented 3 Making the client move into action through weekly tasks 3 Having a clear vision of what goals to reach 3 Helping the client develop an action plan 3 A process that provides development direction innovation and

constant support

18

19

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING WHAT IS COACHING

Benefits of Coaching

3 Opportunity for individual reflection that increases our level of consciousness about ourselves

3 Increase in our capacity to influence various situations in our lives

3 Gain of greater structure and focus 3 Constant feedback and support throughout the process

There are mainly two types of Coaching Life Coaching (where the process is most suitable for our personal lives) and Executive Bu-siness Coaching (where more work is done in the professional area)

Over the past few years coaching has become specialized in various areas We now also find terms such as Relationship Coaching Health Coaching Management C oaching Emotional Coaching for Teams Le-adership Coaching etc

Another major advantage is that this tool can be used formally (in in-dividual sessions or with groups) where we help our clients get closer to their goals in many areas of life as well as informally where we use it as a point of view when relating to our friends family children and ourselves Imagine the power of not only helping others but also being able to increase their capacity to take responsibility No doubt coa-ching is a transversal tool that applies to many different areas in our professional and personal lives

THE DIFFERENCE BETWEEN COACHING AND

OTHER PRACTICESSDespite being a relatively new discipline the distinction between co-aching and other practices is clear The term itself arose from a me-ans of transport (taking someone from one place to another) and this remains its basic meaning to bring someone (the client) from A to B

The difference between coaching and other approaches

Mentoring A process whereby a professional with expertise in a par-ticular area helps you to increase your level of knowledge about it A

mentor is someone who gives advice based on her vast experience in the area that you want to explore

Therapy The greatest distinction of all between coaches and thera-pists psychologists psychiatrists etc is the number of years of aca-demic preparation and how governmental institutions regulate the ac-tivity of the latter Therapists etc are trained to help their clients with complex issues from their past and present A Coach does not have this preparation and should not nor has the technical ability to ldquostir uprdquo the past of her client Therefore the Coach focuses solely on the present and the future of the client and has no therapeutic ambition

Consulting Offers experience and expertise in certain business areas A consultant can work with an entire organization or part of it and is usually a person from outside the organization that brings in her know--how to help increase productivity

Training A process by which we gain knowledge and skills The trai-ner is usually an expert in a particular area with the objective to help people learn and acquire skills specific to that area

past

THERAPHY

present

future

COACHING

20

21

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING INTERNATIONAL COACHING PRESUPPOSITIONS

IV INTERNATIONAL COACHING

PRESUPPOSITIONSThe international presuppositions of coaching are general principles that guide the practice of coaching around the world They are a kind of ethical rules that are vital to use in coaching sessions

But even more importantly these ten presuppositions need to be roo-ted in the DNA of the coach and lived fully by her

1 - QUESTIONSldquoThe Coach has the questions and the client the answersrdquo

The Coach always starts from the principle that the client has the answers Even if the Coach knows the answer she should not say it and this is often complicated A challenge The client has to discover the answer for herself even though she may then realize that this was not the best answer and that there are more suitable ones But this makes the client feel in charge of her process A major benefit of coaching is the ldquopowerrdquo that it gives to the client

For this to happen the Coach needs to find and ask questions because there are no answers only questions If the client asks ldquoWhat can I do to solve this situationrdquo the Coach asks ldquoHave you already done something to solve itrdquo or ldquoIs there anything you can do right nowrdquo Try to avoid responding with solutions as much as possible This way the Coach will lead the client to finding the best answer for herself

The coaching process is for the client The coach only facilitates the process

I AS A COACH NEVER KNOW THE SOLUTION

That is as the Coach does not know the psyche of the client she must remain detached and calm allowing the client to pursue at her own pace without interfering The process belongs to the client

2 - RESPECTldquoThe map is not a territoryrdquo

Each person has her way of being her World Map (the perception that each of us has of the same reality) The way one person sees a situation is never identical to someone elsersquos way Everyone interprets the same events differently and react accordingly

Thus the map of the client has true value and merit and the Coach res-pects this principle by holding the point of view that her own map of the world is not the only correct one For example a Coach who is married must respect the client who has three girlfriends and is looking for a fourth A spiritual coach must understand the world of a client whorsquos in the military If you cannot respect the world map of your client then yoursquore not the best Coach for her The best option then is to not con-tinue your sessions and instead suggest that a colleague takes over

Suggestion Do everything in your power to keep your client even if you donrsquot agree with her world map This is because by your fifth ses-sion you will have the necessary rapport to take on the challenge of asking something like

ldquoIs that really what you want for your liferdquo

ldquoDonrsquot you need something bigger in your liferdquo

In conclusion it is only natural that a Coach develops an opinion about what is happening with the client but she must still respect the clientrsquos world map and use open questions that are genuinely tolerant

22

23

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING INTERNATIONAL COACHING PRESUPPOSITIONS

3 - FEEDBACKldquoThere is no failure only feedbackrdquo

Everything that happens to the client during sessions andor outside of them is an opportunity for the Coach to get feedback For example if a client hasnrsquot done her homework this is not failure but feedback to the Coach Perhaps the homework was too complicated maybe the Coach did not convey itrsquos importance or the client is still very focused on another area

ldquoFailurerdquo is short-term psychology itrsquos what you see in the moment ldquoFeedbackrdquo on the other hand is long-term psychology We believe that the client will understand if she hasnrsquot already that itrsquos not about not being capable Instead itrsquos about taking in feedback about the situation learning from it polishing the rough edges and continuing until you can do it A good example of this kind of psychology is when babies start to learn how to walk They will fall many times and try over and over again to remain standing but never will a parent think that their daughter has failed and will never walk only because she fell In other words she did not fail she simply got feedback

4 - RESOURCESldquoAll people have the resources within them

or can acquire them

The coach treats the client as someone who is always rich in resour-ces

The potential that lies in all human beings is very big giant really It enables all of us to achieve any goal that we set ourselves in life and the Coach knows this reality Therefore we will never criticize the goal of a client that may seem impossible in the eyes of the Coach because the client has all the resources she needs within her or can acquire them Many clients will try to convince you that they are not capable of something and do not have these resources within them As a Coach you have fully embrace this assumption and know deep inside that they are perfectly capable

5 - BEST OPTION AT THE TIME

ldquoPeople always choose the best option that is currently available

especially given their context rdquo

For example if a client yelled at a co-worker the Coach should assume that this was the best option that she had available at the time Whether the Coach finds it good or bad does not really matter because for that person it was the only option available given the context

Thus the process of coaching is very humble The Coach puts herself into the shoes of her client staying present and concerned

It is very important that the Coach does not impose her own limita-tions on the client Furthermore she can choose to accept the limits of her client or to go around them Never forget that your client always comes from a context that is different from yours and that her family history religion and education among other things is what guides her to make choices which are always the best option at the time

6 - CAUSE AND EFFECTldquoEach person creates her own realityrdquo

The client is the energetic centre of everything that happens to her In other words it is she who creates or attracts her own reality Thus the Coach should always assume that what is happening to the client was in some way created by her whether it is an accident an argument or even the case of being fired The same applies to positive events

As a coach and this is why you should always respect otherrsquos world maps you do not to say that the client is ldquoguiltyrdquo Instead you keep asking questions

Your session will then be focused on trying to understand what motive led her to create this reality If you do not believe that your client crea-ted it you will also not believe that she has within her all the personal

24

25

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING INTERNATIONAL COACHING PRESUPPOSITIONS

power needed to change or modify it

Therefore as a Coach you need to take this presupposition into your own life and aim to deepen it to the fullest until you reach the point where you believe that you can influence everything that happens in your life

7 - ACTIONldquoIf you want to understand actrdquo

A Coach believes that action is needed to understand a problem chal-lenge or opportunity Itrsquos not enough to say that something has been understood on the mental level Coaching is about action It does not matter how much your client understands or knows about a subject What matters is how much she acts

Hence all sessions have a compulsory homework ending ldquoWhat will you do in this directionrdquo ldquoWhenrdquo ldquoWith whomrdquo

8 - FLEXIBILITYldquoIf yoursquore not getting results do it differentlyrdquo

Between the two of them the Coach needs to be the most flexible be-cause if the client is not getting results new approaches are needed In other words since the Coach believes that the client has all the resour-ces within her if there are no results it is because the Coach has to be more flexible What works with one client does not work with others Einstein said ldquoInsanity is doing the same thing and expecting a diffe-rent resultrdquo If yoursquore not getting the results you want do it differently

9 - POSITIVE INTENTIONldquoAll behaviour is based on a positive intentionrdquo

All human behaviour is driven by positive intention This does not mean

it is all good behaviour just the intention that created them Let us ima-gine a dramatic situation someone who screams violently at another person may be wanting to feel safer calmer have more justice The intention is good but not the behaviour As a Coach you know that what your client does or doesnrsquot do is based on a positive intention

10 - NON-IMPOSITIONldquoNone of these presuppositions are important

to your clientrdquo

All these presuppositions are for you as Coach to internalize and use in your sessions The idea is not that you should now impose on your client to use questions stick to a positive language and refrain from judging other peoplersquos World Maps The pre-suppositions are made for you and aim to orient the coaching process

26

27

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING ROSA 10

V ROSA 10

ROSA 10 is about going through each letter of the ROSA during a ses-sion or an informal conversation without expanding on any of them

The starting point is helping the other person to identify the Reality (Whatrsquos up) of their situation and understand what the problem or challenge is Then to speak about the Objectives (What do you want) and note what the person wants and aspires to After thinking about the goals itrsquos all about encouraging the other to find solutions (How can you get there) And finally because the Coach believes that re-sults come from action itrsquos about agreeing on a piece of homework that is in line with the best solution found (Out of all these ideas what you can do next week)

ROSA 10 is used in more informal coaching with friends and acquain-tances and in more situational coaching that is fast and focused on action where the client already knows what you want Moreover in situations where there is no need to go deeper into understanding the emotions beliefs and values of the client

EXAMPLES OF QUESTIONS LETTER ldquoRrdquo 3 What made you want to come and see me 3 How can I help you 3 How happy satisfied are you 3 How do you feel about that 3 What is the path yoursquove followed so far 3 What works best in your life at the moment What can and

should be improved

3 On a 0-10 scale how satisfied are you in this area 3 What is your biggest challenge 3 How are other areas of your life 3 What else Tell me more

The fundamental Reality question is WHATrsquoS UP

EXAMPLES OF QUESTIONS LETTER ldquoOrdquo 3 Where will you be in a year 3 What is your biggest dream 3 Where would you like to go 3 What is your most amazing vision of this situation 3 From 0 to 10 how important is this goal to you 3 Can you see your goal Describe in detail what it looks like 3 If you had a magic wand that could solve this problem what

would your new situation look like what would you like to see happen

The fundamental Objectives question is WHAT DO YOU WANT

EXAMPLES OF QUESTIONS LETTER ldquoSrdquo 3 What can you do 3 What are you doing right now to solve this situation 3 What do you think is the best way to reach the objectives 3 Do you know someone who can help 3 What are some things yoursquove never imagined doing 3 Let us list a series of possible steps 3 Can you give me 10 solutions And 10 more 3 If I were in your situation what advice would you give me 3 If you had all the money in the world what would you do 3 Who could help you solve this situation

The fundamental Solutions question is GREAT AND WHAT ELSE

28

29

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING ROSA 20

EXAMPLES OF QUESTIONS LETTER ldquoArdquo

3 What will you do this week 3 What is one thing you could do without much difficulty 3 Which of these solutions can you start with today 3 What is your next small step

The fundamental Action question is WHAT ARE YOU GOING TO DO WITH WHOM WHEN During a coaching session the letters R and S have a divergent func-tion allowing you to fully open the flow of ideas The Action phase then has a fully convergent function specifying what will be done as seen in the following diagram

VI ROSA 20

The purpose of this manual and the International Coa-ching Certification is to learn to use ROSA 20 The

MasterCoach Certification goes more in depth with 30 coaching and the MasterCoachTrainer

Certification is about 40 coaching

R(EALITY)The Reality phase is usually the longest

one in ROSA (especially in the first session) It is a very important phase because it is where we find out about our clientrsquos current life situation and start building rapport with her

If this phase is well done the rest comes quite easily and naturally 99 of your clients will be focused on the problem ie living the ldquoPro-blem Psychologyrdquo They will have the tendency to always see the ne-gative even to amplify it as they go along by finding more and more reasons that ldquofeedrdquo the negative aspect of their situation

Everything around them whether it is their home situation or even the state of the country or the world strengthens their ability to see how bad their problem is which contributes to killing all hope for impro-vement and opportunities ultimately go unnoticed Their situation is always the worst it can ever get In fact they tend to see that their life has always been that way

Your goal at this stage is to collect as much information as possible about your client and different aspects (both good and less good) of her life The Coach has two tools for helping her client ldquoget outrdquo of the

ROSA 10

ROSA 30

ROSA 20

ROSA 10

ROSA 30

ROSA 20

WhatWho

when

babybaby

30

31

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

hole that she is focused on and have a conversation about the broader reality of her life

FLUFFY PUFFY VS COMPLICATORAt the stage of Reality we find two main types of people

COMPLICATORThis is the type of person who will claim that they are not able to solve their problem and who also believes that the situation is so big and so bad that there actually is no solution

ROSA 20

In this case let the client speak for five to ten minutes about this but then it is essential to make her say something positive about it with questions like

ldquoWhatrsquos good about itrdquordquo ldquoWhat do you like about your life (Maybe on the same sub-

ject or another - see ldquoGuide to the First Coaching Ses-sionrdquo)

By doing this we motivate the client for the rest of the ROSA Itrsquos re-ally a question of energy If we donrsquot address the positive aspect (of the particular situation or of another area of life) we will not have any energy for the Objectives phase

The conversation gets very depressing and not very motivating when the client manages to convince herself (and often the coach as well)

32

33

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

that there is no solution By adding together both positive and negative aspects we create tension and a spark of energy to move on At the same time we get to find out what truly motivates the client whether it is family a passion that she has or others things

FLUFFY PUFFYThis is the opposite of the type above This is a person who has re-edu-cated herself and grown convinced that itrsquos good to have problems and that they are there for a reason She has a super positive perspective on life but possibly a bit exaggerated Problems are always positive and she does not understand that they may have negative implications

To the question ldquoSo is this problem hurting yourdquo she will promptly reply ldquoOh it isnrsquot Itrsquos good to have problems they bring along many positive things and are just what they should berdquo In this case the Co-ach has to make the client talk about the problem and the aspects that are negative or less good In other words we must find out what hurts enough for the client to realize she needs help with something and that not everything is going well after all

As in the previous case we need to create an inner shock in order to generate energy for the Objectives phase In this case it is necessary to do so by making the client ldquosufferrdquo a bit or to get her out of her comfort zone in order to become aware that there is something she wants to change or do differently If we do not have a challenge an opportunity or a problem we cannot do coaching

Both the ldquoComplicatorrdquo and the ldquoFluffy Puffyrdquo should identify both good and bad aspects of the subject matter Moreover you should not move to the Objectivesrsquo phase be fore this is done At this stage the more the client is aware of her own reality the better the Coachrsquos picture will be of that same reality Both types of clients need to enter the area of challenge leaving the reality that they live in and gaining a broader awareness of the reality that is

Only with this awareness will there be fuel to create goals and pro-gress to the next stages

PIZZA OF LIFEThe clientrsquos reality is like a big wall Something she nee-ds to overcome to reach the other side the side that she wants to be on Although the wall is large the client will tend to concentrate on a small part of the wall a hole a brick to paint etc About 98 of people are focused on the small ldquoholesrdquo of life which only increases their size and importance

Implementing a real change in your life means looking at it as a whole from various angles analyzing all its weaknesses but also all the pos-sibilities In doing so the client becomes more aware of who she is

The pizza is divided into four distinct areas (linked to the four elements and the four personality types) and twelve slices

EARTH AREA (PRACTICAL WORLD)Money How is your bank account Do you have any debts Do you

think you have enough money or do you need more to have the life you want And what about material goods such as a home a car travel

Health Are you healthy Do you have any chronic illness How do you nourish yourself Any sports Do you feel alive

Jobcareer Are you doing something you like Feel satisfied with your career How many hours do you work per day What is your level of productivity

WATER AREA (EMOTIONAL WORLD)

Romance Do you have a love relationship that satisfies you Do you love and are you loved Are you feeling happy and complete without being in a relationship

Family and Friends (with a big F) How do you relate to your chil-dren parents and friends

Contribution Are you helping create a better world Any voluntary work Donations Satisfied with the help you provide

ROSA 20

of life

money

hea

lth

workcareer romance

Friends

family

contribuitiondevelopmentpersonal

social life

hobbies

peer groupleadershippersonal

life p

urpose

Pearth

Ewater

Mair

Sfire

meaning

34

35

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

AIR AREA (MENTAL WORLD)Personal Development Do you read books participate in training

courses invest in yourself and in your learningdevelop-ment

Hobbies and Social Life Do you have a social life that satisfies you Do you have free time to do what you like

Peer Group Groups of people (friends family etc) that challenge us and pull us forward Do you have people that encourage you How often do you meet with them

FIRE AREA (SPIRITUAL WORLD)Personal Leadership How do you relate with yourself When you

look at yourself (on the inside and the outside) do you like

what you see How is your confidence and self-esteem

Life Purpose How much of your day-to-day do you dedicate to doing what you love most

Meaning of Life Do you have a faith What do you believe in What is the energy that encompasses all Why are we here on this planet

The Pizza of Life is a very deep tool to be used both by the client and the Coach to develop their roots It is a practical way of examining all areas of our lives

It is essential to distinguish between the importance that a client at-tributes to a slice and her degree of satisfaction with it Itrsquos not about how much you have of this or that slice but rather how satisfied you are with this area For example a person who is not religious does not have to have a zero in the area of the meaning of life if she is comfor-table with that area But if she does feel that she needs to work on her faith then the value will inevitably be less than 10 Another example someone who lives in a rented house travels by bus and goes camping on holidays may have a 10 in the money slice if itrsquos a person who does not value material goods Someone else who lives the same kind of life but aspires to have a beach house a great car and travel to exotic places will assign a lower value to this slice

The client may want to add or remove a slice and split others However the most important thing is to recognize the four main areas (PEMS) and the importance of all the slices for your happiness and for gaining a more balanced life

When the pizza is filled out once again you will address the positive and less positive aspects of it At this stage you should ask your client

3 ldquoWhich 2 or 3 areasslices feel goodstrong at the momentrdquo

3 ldquoWhich 2 or 3 areasslices need a little more attention and some im-

ROSA 20

1 What is the current situation

2 Concrete examples

3 Objectivity through facts

4 Ask what when where who

REALITYRESUME

36

37

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

provementrdquo

This way you gain even more information about the current situation of your client which may be very helpful during the rest of the coaching process

LEVERAGE SLICEAfter evaluating the pizza of life we dedicate ourselves to hel-ping the client choose a leverage slice We can explain that coaching is about gaining focus by having only one target to hit at each moment in time This does not mean that we wonrsquot work on any other area it just means that we first need to solve one slice one priority slice

The question to use is ldquoWhich slice if you increase your satisfaction with it by one or two points would improve the biggest number of your other pizza slicesrdquo

You can ask your client to select any 5 slices then 3 then 2 and ask ldquoImagine that I am the genie in the lamp and I can help you bring one of these slices to a 10 which one would you chooserdquo

If your client clearly has a slice that she wants to work you can proce-ed with this one right away

The leverage slice is not always the slice that got the lowest rating Therefore we should not influence the decision of the client

A few tips

3 If the client chooses a slice that she gave a high rating itrsquos good news for the Coach because it will be relatively easy for the client to improve it further

3 If the client wants to choose a new slice in the next session no problem Remember that we are just chauffeurs Early on in the coaching process the client may do some reflection and then want to choose another slice

3 Until the leverage slice is resolved (rated much more positively)

or under control by the client (it only being a matter of time) we DO NOT change the slice along the way We only do so once we have delivered the wanted results If we change the slice in each session it becomes difficult (if not impossible) to deliver results which also become much less sustainable Coaching is not a process with a magic wand that can transform a slice in an hour

3 No area is more important than another and the numbers that the client uses to evaluate only mean something to her Remember that YOU SHOULD NOT JUDGE anything about the pizza of your client It only needs to make sense to her

O(BJECTIVES)Now that we know the current reality of our client it is time to move on At this point we no longer speak of problems or challenges That was back in the previous phase Now we just want to know about Objectives

In Coaching we work with two types of objectives

GURU OBJECTIVES AND BABY OBJECTIVESAll of us more or less consciously orient our action through goals But we do not always take the right steps There are people who consciously do but there are many others who without being conscious of it hurt their feet run without knowing where theyrsquore going or stop halfway

We can identify two types of goals which we should use to our advan-tage

3 Guru objective ndash a goal that is so big so big that therersquos a voi-ce in our head that thinks itrsquos impossible to accomplish

3 Baby objective ndash a goal that is so small so small that we are absolutely certain of achieving it

ROSA 20

The slice of leverage is the one in which if there is any improvements will positively affect other slices of pizza

The Baby-Objectives has the

unique purpose to increase client

confidence

38

39

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

Guru and baby objectives psychology is natural to us not something we learn nor something we can unlearn For example it activates immediately if wersquore in a car accident if anything threatens our survi-val or the survival of our loved ones We then forget whether we are confident or not successful or not rich or poor and we only care about finding a solution This is natural we always have an ultimate goal in mind while at the same time staying present to the immediate objec-tive since that is what makes us define the next small step towards reaching our guru objective And we get so engaged that nothing will distract us from our guru objective Now this psychology should not get triggered only unconsciously in moments of survival but also be applied consciously in our lives in general in our everyday And yes it can be activated

Always remember that an objective is only at the guru level if there is a voice inside you that laughs finding it impossible to achieve and a baby objective is only one if you are sure that you will achieve It is therefore essential to dream to look farther and reach beyond what our minds can visualize

But beware if we focus solely on our highest goals we will never le-ave the realm of dreams and over time we will lose self-confidence Achieving goals involves taking small steps every day defining reaso-nable steps that slowly but surely bring us closer to our guru objective

Success depends on a combination of both We must therefore learn to live life with very big guru objectives and very small baby objectives Most people that feel unhappy have developed a guru psychology but not a baby psychology or vice versa The former always want more and are never satisfied with their daily achievements The latter live through small steps but cannot think big so the little steps wear them out and monotony or apathy reigns

Having a great guru objective without setting baby objectives leads to frustration anxiety and impatience Setting baby objectives without having a big guru objective leads to disinterest discouragement and lack of direction(ldquoTrate a Vida por Turdquo paacuteg 111)

META+Our objectives should be

Measurable - Objectives should be very concrete so that when we reach them we can check off ldquomission accomplishedrdquo For example ldquoI will spend 3 hours a day with my familyrdquo instead of ldquoI will spend more time with my familyrdquo

Emotional Objectives should contain grand adjectives that provoke a lot of emotion so that the brain gives them more importance For example ldquoI will wake up shining and full of vitality ready for a new day of fun and productivityrdquo

Timed - Objectives must have either a date or a frequency or both For example ldquoStarting tomorrow I will be home by 8 pm every day to have dinner with my childrenrdquo or ldquoI will train every day starting on Sundayrdquo

Achievable - We need to believe in the objectives that we set and know that they are possible to reach For example ldquoI will write a book next monthrdquo If you think your goal is too ambitious you had better adapt it ldquoIrsquoll write one chapter in the next monthrdquo

Positive (+) - Goals should be stimulating the positive Neurolinguistics say that everything that we define as positi-ve encourages us and everything that we define as negative defeats us For example ldquoI will not smoke anymorerdquo is wrong while ldquoI will breathe 100 oxy-gen and make air cleaner for myself and for othersrdquo is more correct Or ldquoon day x I will weigh y poundsrdquo instead of ldquoI will lose weightrdquo(Trate a Vida por Tu paacuteg 155)

ROSA 20

1 What do you want

2 What do you really want

3 What is the Guru-Objective

4 What is the Baby-Objective

5 What is the dream (the most importan is to make the client talk about his dreams)

6 In a perfect world (For those who have di-fficulty in define Guru-Objectives)

7 Meta+

OBJECTIVESRESUME

The meta+ model is used to specify the target-guru

40

41

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

Why do we need to have these two opposing energies Exactly for the same reason as the positive and negative energies in the Reality phase We really need a guru objective since the effort that the client will have to make and the person she has to become to get there will make her reach much further than if she had set an intermediate goal Coaching is about dreams about the best of the best for each area of our lives The important thing is not whether or not the client gets there but that the road she travels takes her much further

Moreover every journey starts with a small step We need to create an objective so small so small that the client is absolutely sure she can do it Why To get her motivated quickly to achieve success and above all to convey the baby objective psychology We need to make our clients realize that coaching is about big and small steps The baby objective in itself is not important but we need to introduce this step here so that your client begins to celebrate every little step that she takes every piece of homework that gets done

Coaching is about forming a person with both guru and baby objectives psychology Someone who wants to go really far and at the same time is super happy with everything that she has already achieved

Notas If a client has a very big guru objective to reach in a short time and the Coach thinks it is not possible we can ask the client to ldquoconvince us that it is possiblerdquo On the other hand if the baby objective is very big we do the same

S(OLUTIONS)Encouraging creativity is equally important to teaching children ma-thematics Portuguese and science This is what later on will separate intelligent adults from true geniuses who are able to create something new revolutionary and innovative in whatever area It is those who mark others society science and the world who ultimately make a

difference

40 IDEASIn fact we are all creative We have all been children we have all been creative and so what happened What is it that makes our creativity die The fact is that our society limits our creativity while forgetting that in a grey professional world creativity makes the difference

ROSA 20

clique no viacutedeo para o activar

42

43

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

Anyone who is creative grows through challenges simply because they put their creativity at the service of what is not working They go off immediately to search for a solution And this is available to everyo-ne This is the basis of the ldquoSrdquo in ROSA instead of complaining go look for a solution Remember yoursquore always one idea away from solving your biggest challenge You just havenrsquot found that idea yet Pull out

your creativity and try finding ideas ideas ideas

Even the most creative people start with obvious ideas and it is good to go through them in order to get to the other ones Little by little we will get to the interesting ideas and when we stop being afraid of saying nonsense we become creative Now the challenge is to get an innovative idea And that can only be achieved by investing time and energy When we are at 10 or 20 ideas to not give up until you have at least 40

Losing our creativity is in other words restraining our physical (earth) emotional (water) mental (air) and spiritual (fire) abilities Children do not have these restraints in a physical sense they love exploring the world through their body showing you they donrsquot care about posture for instance and they seem unbreakable when defying the laws of gra-vity with an energy that seems limitless Emotionally they are much more open to all kinds of feelings because they have not accumulated many negative experiences Mentally they are hungry for knowledge and the concept of right and wrong is not yet set so everything seems possible to them Spiritually they are completely free they may have some enrooted values but everything else is an open book

In order to be creative again and go back to having blank pages in the book of life being able to write and rewrite improvise and create we

obvious interesting creative innovative

can start by being creative in one area or going back to being creative in all aspects of life and our being To go back to being creative we must explore our physical body do sports dance act etc and use your senses to hear smell taste touch and see The healthier we are the more our body will be available to be physically creative To go back to being more creative emotionally we have to stop being afraid to feel We have to venture into relationships connections sharing without the fear of being hurt frustrated cheated and even happy

To go back to being mentally creative we must learn new subjects think about new things analyze from new angles and perspectives challenge our minds have conversations with all kinds of people read all kinds of magazines stimulate all parts of our brain

Finally if we want to go back to being spiritually creative we must question all our certainties and dogmas meditate and open ourselves to the world of possibilities and the inexplicable We need to know oursel-ves in order to experience life intensely

If we manage to be creative in all four areas we will be soon become a new person with a palette of new experiences and openness to wha-tever happens giving us new shape and a different glow If we can be more creative regarding the first letter of our PEMS we should really be congratulated for it The important thing is to enter the challenge zone to seek solutions in areas that have not yet been explored in fiel-ds that are uncomfortable for others but that we call our comfort zone Then everything and really everything becomes possible and there are no longer problems without solutions(ldquoTrate a Vida por Turdquo paacuteg 165)

PARADIGM SHIFTThis is the time to get the client to think ldquoupside downrdquo ie to think ldquoout of the boxrdquo It is undoubtedly the most difficult phase of the coaching sessions Your clients will not even want to think and to change their paradigms

The vast majority of people when trying to solve a pro-blem or challenge use the first ideas that come to mind - the Obvious ideas ndash the ones that we all have However there are three more levels of ideas The Interesting ideas are those that some have sometimes

ROSA 20

The very first ideas are obvious Only then comes the interesting and then comes the very creative and innovative ideas

44

45

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

Solutions are always related to the Guru-Objectives

and then come the Creative Ideas that are those which generate con-flict because they go lsquoout of the boxrsquo shifting paradigms Finally we have the Innovative ideas that are the ones that nobody sees but once they are revealed they become obvious

We may use this ability in all areas of our life using this unique creati-vity to make everything unique and different

The goal of a Coach is getting the client to change her paradigm This is what happens in an ldquoAHArdquo moment when she finds an idea and is sure that this is the one she was missing

In the picture on the left do you see a young girl or an old lady Try to see both Put your brain to work both ways

GREAT AND WHAT ELSEBrainstorming is the most powerful tool for creativity and the best way of stimulating creativity in all areas of your life It is essential to do individual and group brainstorming as it is the best way to find so-lutions to challenges

What is a lsquobrainstormingrsquo

As the name implies it is a kind of ldquobrain stormrdquo And what do storms do They stir things up make ideas collide (thunder) and launch one solution after the other (lightning) ldquowaitingrdquo for the one that will solve the problem and put the storm at rest Brainstorming is not only use-ful at the workplace Every person and family should brainstorm from time to time to seek solutions to their problems from the most basic day-to-day questions (how to deal with expenses manage domestic tasks prepare meals) to deeper and more complex ones (helping a child become more confident helping a father that is unemployed) And individually each one of us should do brainstorming to solve and improve all areas that we feel the need to change

It is very easy to do brainstorming Here are the six rules to start prac-ticing today

1 No judgement All ideas are valuable even the most stupid ones In a brainstorming there are no arguments or criticism All ideas are good initially If there is criticism besides genera-ting conflict it can also inhibit the people involved

2 Quantity quantity quantity The more ideas generated the better the brainstorming Quality does not matter here only quantity Why The first ideas will be obvious then interesting then creative and only then innovative

3 Hitchhike You can build on otherrsquos ideas No participant should be silent for a long time If you donrsquot have any idea you can simply hitchhike on someone elsersquos The only thing you cannot do is not to participate

4 Go crazy From time to time throw in some ideas that are lsquoout-side the boxrsquo Regardless of how absurd they may seem this will help you and your colleagues to leave the obvious ideas and make your brains think At the very least you will enliven the session If the group laughs at your idea yoursquore being crazy

ROSA 20

click the video to see it

46

47

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

5 Take notes The most dangerous thing in a brainstorming ses-sion is having no one to write down the ideas Preferably the one who writes should not be giving any ideas she should fo-cus on writing down othersrsquo ideas There should also be a kind of a moderatorfacilitator of the brainstorming session not for taking decisions or criticizing but precisely for making sure that no one tries to take decisions on behalf of the group or to criticize other peoplersquos ideas and to help keep the focus on what matters In an individual brainstorming session you of course need to be your own moderator

6 A clear goal You must clearly define what the purpose of your objective is what the challenge is and if possible write formu-late it in META+(ldquoTrate a Vida por Turdquo paacuteg 213)

Brainstorming is the most powerful creativity tool In a brainstorming the client is requested to come up with a great amount of ideas on how to reach her Guru Objective

click the video to see it

And the Coach must be persistent since this is when you realize that humans are lazy when it comes to thinking It is very likely that when giving her fifth idea the client will say that she has no more Everyone will want to convince you that they have already found the magic solu-tion But they havenrsquot And how do we know that Because if they had found it they would already have solved their challenge

During a brainstorming ideally it is the Coach who writes down the ideas But she should not alter any of them And if the client gets stuck we must ask open and creative questions such as

3 If you had all the money in the world what would you do 3 If you were your idol what would you do 3 If it were 10 years ago what would you do 3 If it were 10 years from now what would you do

Cultivating a sense of humour as a Coach is always a good for rela-xing and making people creative This is in fact important in any area At this stage it is very likely that the client will have long mo-ments without coming up with any ideas Therefore it is impor-tant to create our own personal way of ldquopulling outrdquo the clientrsquos ideas such as a small exercise changing seats or using humour If the client gets to 40 ideas very easily and none is lsquointerestingrsquo even for her it means that she is still in the obvious ide-as and then 40 more ideas are always welcome Creativity is an expansive energy The more it is cultivated the more it grows and the easier it becomes to use it in other areas of life Notas The Coach may suggest ideas but only as an encouragement to the client

A brainstorming can take up a large part of a session so it is important to make sure there is enough time for it

ROSA 20

1 Allow the obvious

2 I want more ideas

3 Help to avoid judgment

4 Overcoming objections with questions ldquoWhat ifrdquo

5 Okay what else

SOLUTIONSRESUME

48

49

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

since it is not right to leave it midway The goal is that the client forces her brain to find new ideas in a short time and in such a way that it is almost like a shock to her

It is important to keep focused on one topic in a brainstorming Some may change their focus during the process for example a client whorsquos Guru objective is to open a business may start to suggest ideas on how to make more money In this case the Coach should remind the client of the main topic At the same time the Coach should stay flexible and if the client really feels that their focus was not on the first topic but on the second itrsquos time to go back and set a new Guru objective

A(CTION)ROSA exists only for one reason to get us to act We find our Reality establish our Objectives and think up Solutions that make us act ndash the A is the purpose of ROSA

Now more than people of action we must be people of innovation

Innovation is creativity applied to getting the desired results Being creative is not enough but creativity is the tool for getting to innova-tion So how do we do this

The secret is not to give up on creating ideas ideas and more ideas until the innovative idea comes Sometimes it never comes but get-ting to the creative ones is already something Those who have dared being creative many times and more and more are those who mana-ge to reach the innovation Itrsquos not enough to have talent you have to work hard to translate this talent into amazing results Look at these examples

3 Bach wrote one cantata a week even when he was sick 3 Mozart produced more than 600 pieces of music 3 Darwin wrote 109 publications one of which was about the Theory of

Evolution 3 Einstein published 248 theses one of which was about the Theory

of Relativity 3 Freud published 350 theses 3 Rembrandt produced 650 paintings 3 It took Thomas Edison 2000 experiments to invent the light bulb

and 9000 to perfect it 3 Picasso created more than 20000 pieces of art

This is why it is so important to act Do a lot create a lot invest a lot (ldquoTrate a Vida por Turdquo paacuteg 234)

THE FUNNELThis is the part where coaching really becomes challenging where the client realizes that she will have to do something and not just think and talk about it It is the phase where we start to converge and funnel things in order to find an action that is as specific as possible

This is with no doubt the most important phase of ROSA In a coaching session anything can happen in any of the other phases but we cannot end it without an action (without homework)

What

3 What are you going to do now 3 What are you thinking about doing now ()

ROSA 20

click the video to see it

A task should not be so simple that it doesnacutet make any difference to the client to fulfill it nor should it be so difficult that it becomes infeasible

50

51

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

With whom It is very important to involve someone in the action pro-cess 99 of the homework should have a third person involved The-reby we are creating conditions for the client to become autonomous after the coaching process The questions might be

3 ldquowill you ask to ask you whether you have done itrdquo 3 ldquoApart from me (the Coach) who else will be involved in thisrdquo

When Marcar data ou frequecircncia Quanto mais especiacutefica for me-lhor Isto leva o cliente a pensar exatamente quando vai fazer au-tomaticamente isto cria um compromisso maior dentro dele doing this the client should end each session with a specific homework knowing both the day and the time she will do it and with whom she will share it

At what time of the week beginning or end

At the end of the week

What is for you the end of the week Friday Saturday Sunday

Friday

Ok and what time

Anytime

Anytime Ok But in the morning in the afternoon or evening

Morning

And what time

Early

What is early for you

Upon waking

And what time do you wake up

At 7am

THE CONVERGENCE TECHNIQUEIf the client does not find an action to do you can use the convergence technique by asking the following questions

3 ldquoLook at your ideas (the brainstorming) and mark those that you find reasonablerdquo

3 ldquoNow choose 10rdquo 3 ldquoChoose 5rdquo 3 ldquoChoose 3 2 rdquo 3 ldquoIf I had a magic wand that would immediately fulfil one of these

ideas which one would you chooserdquo

COMMITMENTIn the early sessions you can also ask the client to send you an SMS after doing the action in or-der to confirm it Of course you donrsquot force her

if she refuses but then if she doesnrsquot do her homework you will have more power to ask for an SMS in the next homework

If she accepts you may also ask if you can send her an SMS in case she forgets to do so What will happen is that as soon as she receives our SMS asking whether the action has been done she will do it immediately so that she can reply that she has By SMS we also mean any other means like a telephone call or e-mail The Coach must be flexible enough to perceive which method suits her client the best

THE HANDSHAKEShaking hands after defining the homework is very important because it is the archetype of commitment But remember if the client does not do her homework there is no failure only feedback Maybe the problem really is the kind of homework given or poor explanation about the im-portance of the homework in the coaching process

ONE SMALL STEP FORWARDWhat is the Next Small Step you can take This ques-

ROSA 20

What is the first next small step

Earn 20000 euro

What is the first next small step

Save 100 euro month

What is the first next small step

Open an account

ldquoGreat what is the next small step that you believe you can accomplish

Deposit 1000 euro

1 What is the option that has magic

2 What is the option that makes sense

3 What are you gonna do exactly

4 How will you know you make it

5 Funnel When What day What time

6 Commitment handshake

ACTIONRESUME

52

53

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

free to put everything she has (skills tools knowledge) at the service of her client Indeed every three sessions more or less you should challenge your client with a piece of homework However the challen-ge will vary depending on whom we have in front of us and on the level of the process

4 SUCCESS TIPS FOR THIS PHASE FASEAction Plans it is at this stage that we start working on an action plan

that will follow the session Remember coaching without ac-tion is not coaching Thatrsquos why you should do a ROSA in every session go through the four phases and always end with a very concrete action plan on what the client will do during the week and until the next session Here is an example of an action plan

What will I do Run 3 times per week

When Monday Wednesday and Friday

With whom Alone

Possible obstacles Laziness and lack of time

Benefits Feeling healthier

What will help me remember Setting an alarm on my phone

How will I celebrate By going to the cinema

Homework the tasks between the sessions are a priority for the coaching Most of the le-arning comes from the homework that is done between sessions So remember to always end your session by asking your client to suggest tasks that she would like to accom-plish that coming week the next small steps she can take right now Then rephra-se each one into a concrete action (when how where ) Still some clients will have gre-

tion tool is ideal for those who have difficulty in defining Baby Objecti-ves or those who have difficulty in defining an action to do this week

Notas As a general rule the client will not hear the word ldquosmallrdquo in the question The-refore we must repeat the question until the action is so small that the client would have no difficulty doing it

Of course the Next Small Step may not be the right action to choose for this week

Example The client wants to buy a Porsche (Guru Objective)

ldquoDeposit 1000 eurosrdquo is the Baby Objective The same process can be used for defining the homework

At the end when an action has been defined the Coach may also su-ggest a piece of homework In other words then the Coach is finally

ROSA 20

54

55

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING RAPPORT

at difficulty in taking action If this is the case always look for the smallest step that the person can take If we do not act itrsquos because the step is not small enough Remember ldquoEvery journey begins with one small steprdquo

Commitment amp Penalties some clients will sometimes have real diffi-culty in stepping into action Sometimes you may have to resort to agreeing on a fine if your client does not accomplish her task All human beings run away from pain and sometimes in coaching we need to use a little more masculine energy (wersquoll talk about that more below) to help You can even ask the question ldquoWhat will happen if you do not accomplish itrdquo

Monitoring amp Accountability the role of a Coach is to provide moni-toring to her client However the responsibility must always be on the clientrsquos side As a Coach you are responsible for guiding the process Your client should define the strategies needed to enable her to take the steps she wants You should follow and always try to understand what may have prevented her from completing her tasks Above all you should be focused on finding better strategies to lead her into action However do remind your client that it is her responsibility Ultimately acting or not acting is her choice

VII RAPPORT

Mastering the ROSA technique and mastering Rapport will alone make

you a Mega Coach Of course you can gain more Roots but people

who attend our courses usu-ally already have quite some

1ST DEFINITION OF RAPPORT

Relationship of trust and influence rapport is the ability to create trust within a few minutes with various kinds of people and to influence them to act think and do better You can only influence after being trusted Think about people you trust and do not trust what influence do these people have on you

2ND DEFINITION OF RAPPORTRelationship of empathy and sympathy ldquoWe only like 2 kinds of people people who are the way we are or who are the way we would like to berdquo

Empathy I feel empathy based on the things I have in common with someone

Sympathy Based on the qualities and characteristics that someone has that I would like to have

Conclusion rapport is empathy (who is like me) and sympathy (who is the way I would like to be)

56

57

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

Rapport is trust and

influence

Rapport is the ability to create

empathy and sympathy

WARNING Empathy comes before sympathy and trust comes before influence This is the most important aspect of rapport I cannot influence anyone who does not trust me

Part 2 Now letrsquos try to understand what happens in our psyche why this is the way it is

I invite you to imagine that yoursquore a rabbit in a forest and you meet another rabbit What happens Now imagine you meet another animal thatrsquos different from you What does the rabbit do FLIGHT (runs away)

Now imagine that you are not a rabbit yoursquore a wolf You meet an ani-mal thatrsquos different from you What does the wolf do FIGHT

Now imagine yoursquore a porcupine What happens FREEZE

Animals have these three types of reactions Now imagine yoursquore a human being 20000 years ago and you come across something di-fferent from you What happens ONE OF THESE THINGS AND YOU FEEL FEAR You react the way you do because your psyche does not know what it is And if it is another human being I KNOW WHAT TO EXPECT She is like me Our fear grows when something is different because we donrsquot know what to expect Imagine that you do meet a hu-man being but wearing clothes or other things that are very different

What happens when it is the same kind of animal What exists there EM-PATHY AND TRUST - 1st LEVEL of RAPPORT

This is a metaphor of course Rapport is very unconscious I could tell you to trust someone but your unconscious may not feel the trust What regula-tes that instinct in your psyche is KNOWING WHAT I CAN EXPECT

WHAT HAPPENS IN COACHING Clients also have these three types of reactions flight freeze or fight They may not show up for the follow ses-sion they may answer ldquoyesrdquo ldquonordquo ldquomayberdquo ldquodonrsquot knowrdquo or they may be in constant disagreement with you

Key ldquothe more the Coach is the way I am the more rapport there isrdquo

MILTON ERICSON (Ericsonian Psychology NLP Hypnotherapy) found the client within himself and used this as his tool in the therapy sessions

Ericson created rapport before proceeding with anything else This is TRUST and EMPATHY Ericson was humble and flexible enough to adapt to the client Only once you have done this you can go back to being yourself

Ways of creating rapport with someone

Verbal

3 Language words 3 Subject matter 3 Quotes way of speaking 3 Repeating what the other says 3 Using the otherrsquos metaphors 3 Using the same expressions

Non-verbal

3 Gestures 3 Voice 3 Mime 3 Distance 3 Posture 3 Breathing 3 Touch 3 Speed

Note Every human being has a natural and unconscious tendency to create rapport with others To confirm this all you need is to look at two people talking to each other and see how easily you will notice similarities in their postures and way of speaking

ldquoYou have only one chance to create a good first impression but you have plenty of opportunities to create rapportrdquo

Rapport is an honest attempt to enter someonersquos map-of-the-world The-re is no agreeing or disagreeing only flexibility Rapport does not mean friendship The first session and often the second is a lot about creating rapport

RAPPORT

Sometimes itacutes enought just a little attention to help someone but attention is not coaching

58

59

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

RAPPORT MODELndash 2 PacuteSEstablishing rapport is a process of many levels and layers of depth

LEVEL 1 - PRESENCE AND

PARTNERSHIP

PRESENCEThis is the first step towards creating ra-pport thus the most superficial one Pre-sence means that the Coach is fully com-mitted to her client aware of everything she says and does Nothing from outside the ses-sion should be on the Coachrsquos mind She must be fully present

Before a session itrsquos important that you as a Co-ach calm down forget about everything else and gain a notion of where you are and what you are going to do

POSTURE amp PHRASING

PERCEPTUAL POSITIONS

PERSON TO PERSON

PRESENCE amp PARTNERSHIP

PROBING amp PATIENCE

click the video to see it

Dedicate a few minutes to this process

Presence and Attention are among the healthiest ac-tions that lead to real results You can create a good

relationship with your client (child parent etc) just by being fully present and attentive Even gardens become more beautiful if they are cared for

Presence is about getting yourself into a certain state Itrsquos about being Yin and Yang at the same time

Yin ndash relaxing breathing being aware of all five senses being fully present where you are

Yang ndash mobilizing all your energy by run-ning jumping listening to inspiring music

PARTNERSHIP

Creating an equal relationship with your client Not top down or vice--versa The Coach should never be at a lower or higher level than her client The chairs should be the same for example

For presence and partnership it is also important to switch off the phone to prevent anything from interrupting the session Tidying up the table is equally important to having a clean and hygienic space

From 0 to 10 the importance of Presence during a session is a 10 It is the first step If it isnrsquot there nothing else will

Psycho-geography is also very important in this area

PSYCHO-GEOGRAPHY the way your psyche relates to geography Example On which side you like to sleep Each person has a different psycho-geography Some prefer to be by the sea while others prefer to be in the mountains

RAPPORT

Empathy is being doing

talk and think like the other Sympathy is being doing

talk and think how the other

would like to be

60

61

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

Some tips for using the psycho-geography of the client to your advan-tage

3 Having a room with a minimum amount of symbols It is not recom-mended to have crucifixes or other artefacts related to religion A bookshelf filled with books can also intimidate the client

3 Pay attention to details ndash cables on the floor which CDs are on the shelf etc

3 Having sessions at the clientrsquos home can become dangerous because there are lots of distractions and anchors Difficult si-tuations might have taken place there which will make it more challenging for the client to create a distance to them

It is the Coachrsquos job to notice the psycho-geography of her client and what makes her more comfortable

Despite all the rapport a Coaching session should always stay pro-fessional Being relaxed is necessary for both parties but the focus should not be on friendship You as a Coach need to be professional You must choose to be a Coach instead of a friend

When it comes to clothing you should be as neutral as possible in the beginning but always aligned with your personality Then you can try to adapt to the style of your client

The mantra here is having the client leave the session thinking that her Coach is just like her NOTHING IS WRONG Let your client choose what she prefers

LEVEL 2 - POSTURE AND PHRASINGWhen establishing rapport mere presence and partnership are not enough Moreover they are only the first step The posture and the phrasing that the Coach uses are very important for creating rapport in the relationship What we refer to here is mainly keeping a posture and using similar words and expressions to those of the client This way the client will see herself in us and instead of flight fight or freeze she will feel relaxed and be much more comfortable about talking

Sitting in the same position as the client using her posture tone of

voice and gestures these are all factors to consider

POSTURERegarding posture one can use two techniques that are very similar and very powerful

Mirroring When a Coach takes on a physical position that is the exact mirror image of the clientrsquos If the client leans to her right then the Coach who is facing her leans to her left

Matching In this case the Coach adopts the exact same physical position instead of a symmetric one Both ways are good and powerful The goal is to be equal or symmetrical

Of course it is not indispensable to be like the client 100 of the time as this will take a lot of the attention that the Coach needs to give the client

The more you practice these behaviours the more automatically and unconsciously you will do it When rapport already is high you can go back to your own posture and your regular vocabulary However should you feel the need you can always take up these techniques again

In fact at a high level of rapport it is possible and entirely positive that it is the client herself who starts to imitate our posture and words (un-consciously) This is the perfect moment to lead the client and suggest something more challenging to her

PHRASINGYou must pay great attention to the words that your client uses and the energy she puts into them The names of people that she talks about are also very important facts to remember

If you can use the same expressions as your client you will earn points in rapport Among these expressions metaphors are the most power-ful ones Try to explore as much possible the metaphors that are being used An excellent technique is to use a metaphor of the client to ex-

RAPPORT

The mirroring copies the

exact posture of the client

the matching mirrors

62

63

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

plain something This will reach very deeply into the psyche of the client and have great impact

You can also use themes that the client likes such as her passions and keep using them in future sessions to explain something or to give examples This creates an incredible sense of empathy between you and the client She will be glad that you are paying attention to what she says and at the same time she will understand much better what you say

The clientrsquos ideas are important keys to use when you speak in order to create and maintain rapport For example if the client talks a lot about travelling Irsquoll use the idea (anchor) that is already there because I know it works in his mind

BACKTRACKING backtracking is a Coaching technique that consists of summarizing the main points of a conversation by using the exact same words that the other person uses This tool helps the client follow the session and make her own short summary while listening to the Coach returning to what she just said and using the same words It is important to use at least the words we consider to be the most significant among the ones that the client expresses those that might be conveying more about her value patterns Backtracking can help us understand for example if we can move to the next phase of ROSA It helps us understand if the client has finished what she had to say about that phase and that way we can figure out whether we can move forward or not You can use simple questions to do so

3 ldquoLet me see if I got what you saidhelliprdquo - backtracking the conversa-tion using the exact words of the client - and then ending ldquoIs this is it or would you like to add something

3 ldquoSo what yoursquore saying isrdquo 3 ldquoCan I make a summary of your reality in relation to that slicerdquo

This is one of the simplest and most important techniques when buil-ding rapport

When building rapport avoid paraphrasing (saying the same thing in other words) but do quote A coach quotes

Mastery in Backtracking is being able to quote the last 20 minutes of a session This will leave your client fascinated and feeling that her Coach is really paying attention to everything she says

Therefore it is motivating to Backtrack at the end of each session and at the end of each phase of the ROSA

The Coach shows confidence and agrees with the client shows that she is on her side and really believes that the client will succeed

We must allow the person to be what she truly is talkative or silent Silent people also have things to say it is a matter of asking the right questions

NOTES When a session is not going well (the relationship is under stress) then the focus should be fully on level 2 Rapport - Posture and Phrasing The secret is to forget about the rest and build rapport again Once it is re-established you can address the problem

LEVEL 3 - PROBING AND PATIENCEEvery new level in Rapport brings you techniques that are deeper and more complex But the good news is that you donrsquot do level 3 Rapport until Level 1 and 2 are done So you will increase your skills by going from the easiest to the most difficult

PROBINGAsking questions is more complicated than imitating the posture and words of the client Indeed one of the more complicated aspects of being a Coach is to not give opinions and to ask the right questions at the right time We know that we keep showing you that you already are a Coach and that itrsquos easy but here we must tell you ldquoITrsquoS HARD BEING A COACHrdquo Think very carefully about whether you want to get into it Listening asking questions being patient with the pace of your clients

Even if you have the miracle answer to the clientrsquos situation you need to keep it to yourself Being patient is a challenge and usually typical

RAPPORT

64

65

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

To paraphrase can break

rapport

of the great masters You can only be a master if you want to learn to listen and if you develop a great patience for listening

Questions have the power to illuminate the darkness of your client by asking a powerful question you really get to see another human bri-ghten up right in front of you

Coaching has the power to open a new world to the client questions help people discover new resources Clients tend to find familiar answers but you as a Coach will lead them to unfamiliar answers

Classic examples of some ways to make your client talk

1 -Repeating what the client just said but in question form Client ndash ldquoYesterday I went boatingrdquo Coach ndash ldquoBoatingrdquo

2 -What does that mean to you What does fear mean to you What does a goal mean to you Example Client says ldquoIt is not rapport itrsquos complicityrdquoCoach replies ldquoWhat does complicity mean to yourdquo Client says ldquoItrsquos a clickrdquo Coach ldquoWhat does a click mean to yourdquo

3 -rdquoWhat elserdquo Serves above all to go to the heart of the matter Others like this one are ldquoTell me morerdquo and ldquoCan you go a bit deeper on thatrdquo

POWERFUL QUESTIONS Questions are probably the most beautiful flowers in the garden of learning Questions are one of the biggest se-crets of learning Creative solutions are practically impossible without questions

If you learn to ask 100 questions a day get ready for a revolution in your work at all levels

In life at work in business we are all afraid of asking questions We were educated from an early age to believe that there are right and wrong questions and we were also taught to not fail we avoid asking questions because of fearing that they are wrong The only way to reach the right questions is by not being afraid of the wrong ones

The one who wants to explore learning has to dance with this fear

A large part of all our creative potential stops at the door fearing to ring the doorbell When learning the one who doesnrsquot know is far less ignorant than the knowledgeable one Take risks Ring the bell Ask questions

Become obsessively curious ask questions How

3 Using the Coachrsquos ability of asking powerful questions 3 Following the rule of thumb ldquoThe Coach has the questions the

Client has the answersrdquo 3 Using positive language 3 Respecting the clientrsquos map-of-the-world 3 Always guiding towards solutions

Examples of powerful questions

3 ldquoCompared to whatrdquordquo 3 ldquoWhat does that mean to yourdquo 3 ldquoWhat could be a solution to yourdquo 3 ldquoI know you donrsquot know But if you knew what would that berdquo 3 ldquoWhat would be ideal to yourdquo 3 ldquoWhat do you want insteadrdquo 3 ldquoHow does that make you feelrdquo 3 ldquoWhat else could that meanrdquo 3 ldquoWhat do you want exactlyrdquo 3 ldquoWhat will you achieve with this goalrdquo 3 ldquoWhat will you do differently next timerdquo 3 ldquoWhat are you doing wellrdquo 3 ldquoWhat has to happen for you to be happy and successfulrdquo 3 ldquoWhat motivates you the mostrdquo 3 ldquoWhatrsquos the worst possible scenario And what could be the best

scenario ldquo 3 ldquoWhat are you willing to do to achieve your goalrdquo 3 ldquoWhat new things could you could tryrdquo 3 ldquoWhat prevents you from taking actionrdquo 3 ldquoWho could help you with this situationrdquo 3 ldquoWhat resources do you need to achieve your goalrdquo

RAPPORT

66

67

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

3 ldquoWhat else do you want to get out of your liferdquo 3 ldquoWhat do you really want achieve in that area of your liferdquo 3 ldquoWhat is your biggest dream in that area of your liferdquo 3 ldquoAnd what is the next small step that you would have to takerdquo 3 ldquoWhat do you find positive in this situationrdquo 3 ldquoHow could you attract better persons into your liferdquo 3 ldquoWhat would have to happen to make you feel more fulfilledrdquo 3 ldquoIf you were your own Coach what coaching would you give

yourselfrdquo 3 ldquoIf I was your best friend what advice would you give me to solve

this situationrdquo 3 ldquoIf you had all the time and money in the world how would you

fix itrdquo

In fact the art of asking questions is the foundations of a coaching process with powerful results The list of questions to ask seems en-dless

So become really obsessed with questions and start NOW How about adding 10 more ideas to our list And some more And many more

Typical coaching questions

3 Questions that lead to action (ldquoWhat will you do What can you do differently What do you need to do tordquo)

3 Goal-oriented instead of problem-oriented ldquoHow would you like it to berdquo ldquoAnd if you could what would you dordquo

3 Future-orientedldquoHow do you see that situation in the future How would you like to feelrdquo

Beware of questions with negative assumptions ldquoWhat happens if you donrsquot do itrdquo They should be followed immediately by a question with positive assumptions ldquoHow will you celebrate when you do itrdquo

RAPPORT

YOUR QUESTIONS

68

69

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

PATIENCECount to 10 relax work on your roots and realize that coaching is a process and that each person has her own time and rhythm How can you train your patience Think of 20 ideas

LEVEL 4 ndash PERCEPTUAL POSITIONSWe could also call this the level where we create rapport with our clientrsquos psychology In fact understanding and perceiving human psychology is a huge advantage for you as a Coach You are not there to be a friend of your client as we have mentioned so then a good way to create a relation with her is through her psychology

Do you know the psychology of a teenager or a parent a boss an unemployed If you grasp your clientrsquos psychology the Rapport will be extraordinary

If you demonstrate that you know how a mother thinks yoursquoll make the client believe that you understand her completely

Most people do not understand their own psyche If you can understand them at that level it will make the client to feel something extraordinary about you and the Coaching process

PERCEPTUAL POSITIONS At this level the Coach must master Per-ceptual Positions that is being able to put herself in another personrsquos position whether itrsquos the clientrsquos or the clientrsquos parent or any other person that is part of the situation You should be able to see the same situation from different perspectives and in the long term help your client do the same

THE EXERCISE This is an exercise to be used mainly if the client has trouble in a relationship with someone (friend family member etc) and is having some difficulty understanding that personrsquos Map-of-the--World And when this is of great importance

You do not need to go very deep in this exercise Because it is NLP even done in a soft way it can be very powerful to your client helping her to see an aspect of the situation that she hadnrsquot seen or reflected on before

STEP 1 ndash The client explains what is going on (she can speak freely without any restrictions You ask questions to understand the reality of the situation)

STEP 2 ndash The Coach suggests this perceptual positions exercise (it is just an invitation If the client does not want to do not continue)

STEP 3 ndash The Coach asks the client to choose two spots represen-ting the two standpoints (you can put a sheet of paper at each spot) and to imagine that the other person is at one of them

STEP 4 ndash The client speaks facing the other spot as if the person was there and acts as herself (The Coach guides with questions ldquoHow did that make you feel What would you like to tell herrdquo etc)

STEP 5 ndash Pause and ldquoshake outrdquo the client and share the question of the game of imagination

STEP 6 ndash The client recalls a childhood game she used to play and describes it a little We then use this as a metaphor to explain that we will now do the same Just a game where we use our imagination The Coach repeats that the per-son with whom the client has a challenge is there at the other spot

STEP 7 ndash The client goes over to the other spot and the Coach helps her go deeper into that role through guiding questions

STEP 8 ndash The client chooses whether she wants to return to her starting position and add something say something more She may go back and forth as many times as she wishes

STEP 9 ndash When done the Coach suggests to the client to stand on a chair and states ldquoYou are now in a neutral position a higher position What would you call this position (Allow the client to choose a name) Seen from above what do you have to say about this situation What would you say to (clientrsquos name) and to (the other personrsquos name) How would you solve this situation How can (clientrsquos name) solve this situationrdquo

RAPPORT

70

71

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

STEP 10 ndash After the client is done with the third (neutral) position the Coach takes the client off the papers

STEP 11 ndash The Coach can then use the following questions to debrief the exercise

3 ldquoHow was the exercise for you 3 ldquoWhat did you learnrdquo 3 ldquoIs there anything you could do differentlyrdquo

STEP 12 ndash Lead the client to an action (a first small step towards sol-ving the situation) and then funnel it

REMEMBER always undock the client from the different roles the client can do the exercise eyes opened or closed

TO ACKNOWLEDGE Acknowledge the client very very very much for having volunteered and shown vulnerability

This exercise serves mainly as a metaphor for the Coach striving to master Perceptual Positions (understanding and being able to go into different psyches)

CONCLUSION The Coach is a master of perceptual positions She knows how to see the different angles of the same situation She sees everything from different angles

PEMS

Life is all about relationships the relationships we have with ourselves and with others Some people instinctively relate better to themselves and others relate really well to others There are those who relate well to almost everything and everyone and others who are unable to relate with anyone This affects their personal and professional life

Is there any way to consciously improve the relationships that instinc-tively do not work Of course

When we grasp the logic of the mind of another person we can better interact with it and even influence it Psychology is power And if we apply on ourselves it becomes even more powerful and interesting The better we know ourselves and the logic of our mind the better we will be able to help ourselves and achieve our goals

Carl Gustav Jung a Swiss psychiatrist and founder of analytical psychology focused on studying social and collective archetypes He identified eight psychological types taking into account peoplersquos beha-viour abilities skills attitudes and motivations

He began by distinguishing between extraverted (social and expansive) and introverted (reserved and reflective) people Each of them could then be connected to two out of the four functions of the psyche sen-sing or intuition thinking or feeling

In the 40rsquos decade Isabel Myers and Katharine Briggs continued Jungrsquos work and added two auxiliary functions to the Jungian types percep-tion and judgement Thereby arriving at 16 psychological types or 16 personality types Later a personality test was created ndash The Myers--Briggs Type Indicator or MBTI - which is still the most commonly used tool for identifying different personality types

Based on Jungrsquos work we have created a model called PEMS which will help us better understand the logic of our own mind and of the people around us

In this model we distinguish four dominant preferences (P-E-M-S) which correspond to the four elements of life

PRACTICAL (the body DOING Activity Action related to the ele-ment of EARTH) - corresponds to someone that is earthly active dynamic practical that does a lot In excess these are people who never stop to consider their actions

EMOTIONAL (the heart FEELING Feelings Love related to the element of WATER) - corresponds to someone who nee-ds people relations who gives a lot to others and seeks affection In excess these are people who might be overly sensitive

RAPPORT

72

73

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

MENTAL (the mind THINKING Analysis Intellect Logic related to the element of AIR) - corresponds to someone who values analysis rationalization and uses logic and who always fo-cuses on making the right decision In excess these are people who might become impersonal and cold

SPIRITUAL (the soul BEING Values Existence related to the ele-ment of FIRE) - corresponds to someone who thinks that everything has meaning and a higher purpose These are people who care very much about values In excess they can fluctuate too much and concretize too little

The four logics of the mind that we have identified are also based on the four elements

Practical ndash EARTH (firm solid stable secure strong dense)Emotional ndash WATER (flexible always coming back to herself)Mental ndashAIR (transparent lightweight fast facilitates communica-

tion)Spiritual ndash FIRE (burning fleeting transforming powerful)

Thus in a very simplified manner we can divide people into four ca-tegories

PRACTICAL PEOPLE (P) ndash THEY LIKE TO ACT AND DOThese are the people who like action movement They are the ones who make the world move As friends or clients they may want to go straight to the point try things and learn about practical matters The greatest fear of these practical persons is losing control They like to feel that they are in control of the situation of the pace of the conver-sation and of the surroundings

HELP THEM ALWAYS FEEL IN CONTROL

EMOTIONAL PEOPLE (E) ndash THEY LIKE FEELING AND RELATINGThese are people who love people and sharing feelings Everything is an emotion for them And they feel things about everything and everyo-ne Let them talk about their family friends dogs neighbours etchellip

They will talk mostly about people and what they are feeling Their greatest fear is loosing empathy They like to feel reliable and they want to relate

HELP THEM FEEL EMPATHY TOWARDS YOU

MENTAL PEOPLE (M) ndash THEY LIKE TO THINK AND TO ANALYSEThese are people who like to analyze and who try to put everything into a box into a certain perspective They are precise and meticulous They like detail to study and analyze all possibilities They donrsquot fear debating (quite the contrary) and discussing they love the exchanging ideas and arguments but they need to end up being right or get a very good explanation to why the other is right A mental person is always striving to make the best decision Their greatest fear is to be wrong they like to feel that they are correct and that they are making deci-sions based on logic and rational thinking

HELP THEM FEEL THAT THEY ARE RIGHT

SPIRITUAL PEOPLE (S) ndash THEY LIKE TO BE AND TO GLOWThey are looking for the greater purpose of things They believe that everything has a reason for being the way it is that there are no coin-cidences and itrsquos that quest that moves them They give great meaning to every situation always looking for ldquotherdquo situation The greater the meaning the greater their motivation Their biggest fear is to have no meaning That it is to not be significant or ldquoshinerdquo in any way They need to feel conscious and whole

HELP THEM FEEL THAT THEY ARE MEANINGFUL

Although we all have and use a portion of these four categories in the different contexts or times of our life one of them is predominant in us Identifying it is important for managing and interacting with life and with others since it is the best and the fastest way of accessing the Map-of-the-world of someone and speaking a language that that per-son recognizes and accepts as her own

RAPPORT

74

75

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

In fact we are all one but we are all different and we must understand these differences to be able to deal with others People who are more emotional behave and interact in a totally opposite manner from mental people the same way that most practical people interact in a way that is opposite to spiritual people

The EMOTIONAL person is micro-MACRO Transforms everything that is small into something big Everything is important everything is emotional From the simple ldquogood morningrdquo to hearing ldquoI love yourdquo every day For an emotional person a discussion is always a tsuna-mi Therefore itrsquos the emotional persons who with their micro-Macro sense make birthdays a special day and receive small things with gre-at love

The MENTAL person is MACRO-micro transforms everything that is big into something small She makes it more complex by simplifying it For example this very PEMS model is MACRO-micro as it strives to make the hugeness of the personality types into something much smaller creating only four categories for all human beings The mental person also feels less and give less importance to her feelings

The SPIRITUAL person is MACRO-MACRO she takes everything that is already big and turns it even bigger more meaningful more im-portant more relevant Almost everything is a question of values of making the world a better place and interpretations that go far beyond reality A simple leaf falling off a tree can represent a new phase in life for a spiritual person

The PRACTICAL person is micro-micro turns everything into small and simple lsquoright here and right nowrsquo matters They act Right now with what they have They donrsquot feel the need to enlarge what is small and they donrsquot care much about great concepts If the five senses can help them grasp a situation everything is fine

THE PREDOMINANT LOGIC OF OUR PSYCHEThe most practical way of finding out is to notice how we behave in a stressful situation Each of us when under stress often react in a way that is very close to our basic personality type

Practical people act react move around organize themselves put their hands to work and do not rest until they manage to move things forward

The emotional people feel and feel a lot If a situation is stressful diffi-cult and negative they will have difficult and negative emotions they will feel what others feel and they will want to manage these emotions in the moment

People that are predominantly mental will under stress begin to ratio-nalize need logical answers be fast and analytical They donrsquot want to solve anything through feelings they donrsquot want to act they are only concerned with finding the right and correct decision and struggle until they get it

Finally the predominantly spiritual people will want to give a greater meaning to that particular event What has to be done what people feel or what the right solution is doesnrsquot matter what matters is why things happened the way they did and what the greater significance of that may be

RAPPORT

76

77

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

Identify the psychological type of the client can help the coach to anticipate and understand expectations

MAIN SUPERIOR FUNCTION AND AUXILIARY INFERIOR FUNCTION

According to Carl Jung while we all have one function that is better developed than the others ndash a superior function ndash we also have another fairly well developed function called the first auxiliary

All of us have a bit of each one of the psychologies but there are always two that are predominant a main one which Jung calls the superior function and an auxiliary one that lies at the bottom of the cross shown on the previous page which is always to the right or left of our superior one

The inferior function is one that is less developed and that remains mainly in our unconscious

Thus a person who is predominantly Practical may have as her auxi-liary function the emotional or mental logic thus being PE or PM

A person who is predominantly Mental may have as her auxiliary func-tion the spiritual or practical logic thus being MS or MP

A person who is predominantly Spiritual may have as her auxiliary function the emotional or mental logic thus being SE or SM

And a person who is predominantly Emotional may have as her auxilia-ry function the spiritual or practical logic thus being ES or EP

This all means that we are situated in one of the following categories

3 Practical Emotional or Emotional Practical 3 Practical Mental or Mental Practical 3 Spiritual Emotional or Emotional Spiritual 3 Spiritual Mental or Mental Spiritual

As you may have noticed according to Jung there are no EMME or PSSP That is one canrsquot have as her first auxiliary function the func-tion that is opposite to the superior one

Carl Jung said that we should look closely at our inferior function whi-ch usually remains in our unconscious because it contains an enor-mous potential for a change and each one of us can benefit a lot from integrating our inferior function with our superior one

Taking risks experimenting enjoying everything that life has to offer is the best way of getting to know ourselves and realizing where our happiness lies (ldquoTrate a Vida por Turdquo paacuteg 74)

INTROVERSION AND EXTROVERSION Introversion and extroversion have to do with the direction in which we focus our attention and energy

People who prefer Extroversion focus their energy and attention away from themselves and are interested in the world of people and things

3 Attracted to the world of events and people outside of themsel-ves

3 They are aware of who and what is around them 3 They like to meet and talk to new people 3 They are friendly often good talkers and easy to get to know 3 They tend to talk easily and often in meetings 3 May not be as aware of what goes on inside them 3 They think while talking 3 They may act or speak first and only think later 3 Speaking about themselves they speak fast 3 They bring energy into life 3 They can get bored and restless if they are alone for too long

People who prefer Introversion (focus their energy and attention inward and are interested in the inner world of thoughts and reflections)

3 Attracted to the inner world of thoughts feelings and reflections 3 They are usually very aware of their inner reactions 3 They prefer to interact with people they know 3 They are usually quiet in meetings and sometimes seem disen-

gaged

RAPPORT

78

79

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

3 They are generally reserved and hard to get to know 3 They may not be as aware of the world outside of them 3 They need time to gather their thoughts before they speak 3 They reflect and think before acting 3 They want to know you before allowing you to get to know them

deeply 3 They feel exhausted and tired after interacting with peoples

FINAL NOTE you must be what your client is You have to find that person inside you

LEARNING STYLESAs we saw with the previous PEMS model our clients will have diffe-rent psychological preferences It is therefore important and essential that you are able to adapt your sessions to the learning style that your client likes best and that better meets her psychological preference

EMOTIONAL Emotional clients will like to talk and share on their to-pics They are very much looking for a relationship and empathy with the Coach and they need to feel heard more than any of the other personality types For these persons learning has a lot to do with the relationship that is created with the feeling of support that they get and even with the positive feedback They like to learn through stories As a Coach it is important to learn to empathize with the emotional range of these persons They will appreciate the sharing to tell stories and to listen to them With emotional clients we may sometimes feel that we are not taking huge steps forward But the fact is that many times these persons need to first be listened to

MENTAL Mental clients will be more logical and may have a more aca-demic style of learning They will want to understand the reasons why things are what they are they will want to get tasks involving research on certain subjects The sessions with these people must be well defi-ned and prepared They will want to explore their intellectual side and feel challenged It is important for them to have access to information and tools that explain the work they are doing in the sessions in a con-crete and logical manner Of course they also need to empathize but the intellectual challenge feeling that their intellect is develops appears to be greater They may like schemes graphics and any models that

could simplify the learning process What these persons will demand of you is a greater capacity to analyse and a logical and rational way of communicating

SPIRITUAL this is for most people the most difficult learning style to adopt Remember that these persons are seeking the greater meaning of things They really want to feel inspired by the coaching process (and even by their Coach) They will want to see that you are an exam-ple of what you talk about so called congruence Spiritual persons will enjoy topics that are more related to values to their identity that make them feel that they are taking steps towards becoming better hu-man beings With these clients you can use powerful metaphors (even through movies music creative exercises etc) and above all strive to make sure that the person leaves the session very inspired

PRACTICAL They like action Which is great because coaching is pri-marily about action These persons like to have very practical sessions in which they get the opportunity to do many exercises and experiment with different situations They may be the clients that like getting more tasks and having things to do (which then sometimes ldquogets lostrdquo due to their time management) These clients will require more simplicity and a well-paced session from you They may also like to do exercises that involve moving their body Above all they will want you to help them get into action

As we deal with these four kinds of preferences we need to adapt our Coaching style to the learning style that each person has Thus we should prepare a lot their sessions and realize that some will require from you

3 Greater sharing and ability to listen and relate (e) 3 Researching mastering the subject very well and knowing how

to mentally stimulate your client with challenges (m) 3 Powerful metaphors very inspirational sessions and congruen-

ce that assign meaning to the Coaching process (s) 3 Practical exercises diversified well rhythmed sessions that

help your client to quickly get into action (p)

RAPPORT

80

81

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING ROOTS

LEVEL 5 - PERSON TO PERSONThis is the fifth level of rapport the deepest and more intense one It happens when the level of rapport is a total vibration Itrsquos when the client feels such a confidence by her Coach empathy and sympathy Itrsquos the hardest level to evaluate

Itrsquos when your client feels so much connected to you that depending on her your relationship would go beyond Coaching She no longer wants the Coach she wants you You no longer understand only the person she feels that you know about her You donrsquot understand psychology you understand who she is

It is very similar to the rapport level you have with 23 of very close persons in your life Everything is natural unconscious and sponta-neous

VIII ROOTS

Every human being seeks to get results Mo-ney Family Romance Peace Happiness

Career Health All we want in life is to have results in those areas

The Map-of-the-World Model is used to work on roots - your

roots as a Coach It shows us how does the psyche of all of us works As a Coach no one

should surprise you about yourself You should know you well know everything about yourself This is what itrsquos called a rooted person

click the video to see it

82

83

BELIEFSTRANSFORMATIVE COACHING

ROSA 20 M - AIR - THINK

VALUESHOLISTIC COACHING

ROSA 30 S - FIRE - BE

COACHING 40

WORLD MAP MODEL

being th

e moment

passi

on en

ergy

demotiv

ation

empowering beliefs

limiting rules

relation air(comunication)

coach is priestisnacutet

1 value focus

UNSUSTAINABLESUSTAINABLE

SECURITY

SELF LOVE

CONSCIOUSNESS

PERSONAL DEVEL

FREEDOM

LOVEBELOVED

BLISS

CONTRIBUTION

P

E

M

S

BEHAVIORROSA 10

SITUATIONAL COACHING

P - EARTH - DO

EMOTIONSREMEDY COACHING

ROSA 10 + LISTEN E - WATER - FEEL

RESULTS

ability to

enter

in st

ate

emotional

patter

ns

habits and discipline

addictions

coach is bossisnacutet

coach is friendisnacutet

1 Homework focus

optimism faithpositive

meditation

key points focusused to interrupt the fear cycle

coach is coach

HUMAN HAVINGHUMAN BEING

UNSUSTAINABLEEGOTISTICAL

STRETCH ZONE

SUSTAINABLEECOLOGICALSTRETCH ZONE

SHORT TERMLONG TERM

CYCLE OF CONFIDENCECYCLE OF FEAR

CONSCIOUS

SUBCONSCIOUS

UNCONSCIOUS

84

85

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

So the first question is why some are getting results while others are not

ACTIONS BEHAVIORSThis means that anyone who is having results is because she is ldquodoingrdquo ie behaving differently from other people who are having no results in those areas For example a millionaire DOES things that people who are not millionaires donrsquot For example saving investing etc Someone with a great health is DOING things that people that donrsquot have a good health are not What we are doing is making the difference Two people in the same circumstances that do exactly the same actions have the same kind of results People who have the results you wanna have ARE DOING THINGS TO GET THEM

So the next question is what leads some people to DO and others to not do

EMOTIONSEverything you do in your life is a relationship between pain and pleasure What happens is that someone who goes running at 6 am associates more pain with lsquonot goingrsquo than with lsquogoingrsquo Who is going to the gym asso-ciates more pleasure than pain with going to the gym in the morning That relationship between pain and pleasure is what is defining your results If we dramatically increase the pain or the pleasure associated we will get to change your results

As so what is then defining that painpleasure relationship

BELIEFSThe reason is because of our beliefs of what we believe in Our beliefs are our set of rules for the world and for our lives Your set of beliefs in fact is defining your painpleasure relationship with something and then your actions A millionaire believes that saving is essential that investing and taking risks is necessary This set of beliefs leads himher to associa-te more pleasure than pain with having these behaviors and therefore heshe implements them Other people have other beliefs that create other

emotions that create other results People who are achieving results in areas that you arenrsquot have a beliefs system different from yours

And then it seems logical to ask so what is defining and creating your set of beliefs

VALUESWhat is a value Itrsquos something that is important to you something you re-ally value The only thing that determines a value is if it is valuable to you Not all of us share the same values (Example the values of Mother Teresa and Donald Trump Contribution vs Professional Accomplishment) What you really value and not what you say that you value You value it so much that it generates your set of beliefs In fact when you live your values in practice (on a daily basis) you are defining your life results Not what you would like to value but what you are really valorizing In fact we all have the same values What differs is the order and the importance we give to each one of them

For example if someone has the value of the family above the value of work she will have the belief that it is more important to spend time with her family causing her to develop a positive feeling when she is with her family which leads her to really try to spend more time with it On the other hand someone who has the value of work above the family one will be someone who believes she should spend more time with her work and career as she believes it is that that will bring her more financial stabi-lity for example So she will associate more pleasure to the time spent at work than at home causing her to act accordingly to that emotion For example Donald Trump and Mother Teresa of Calcutta havenrsquot they got different values One probably values more lsquoprofessional fulfillmentrsquo the other values more lsquocontributionrsquo Different results Sure One has one of the largest business empires in the world the other left the largest volun-teer organization in the world

So in reality the values you are living in practice (what you are valuing in practice) are defining your results

This alone already explains a good part of the psyche of human beings But letrsquos go deeper

ROOTS

Having roots is to control the cycle of trust

86

87

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

To have roots the coach has to identify

her motivators and values create beliefs and habits and learn

to place herself in a state

CYCLE OF CONFIDENCE AND CYCLE OF FEAREveryone has Cycles of Fear in some areas and Cycles of Confidence in other areas

How do you know it If you are having or not results in that area In the areas of your life where you are getting results you are living in a Cycle of Confidence In the areas where yoursquore not you are living in a Cycle of Fear What does this means is that you have behavioral addic-tions or that you are doing things in a vicious way you are in a sort of a mice wheel Those addictions start by creating emotional patterns on you (feelings that you are having whether you want it or not for instan-ce jealousy when it becomes a pattern no matter what the other does that emotion will keep being there it is an emotion that happens to you) and those emotional patterns generate limiting rules We use the words ldquorulesrdquo because in reality limiting beliefs are created because they have a very large set of rules And this generates demotivation An addiction creates an emotional pattern that creates rules limiting which create demotivation and discourage us to move and change This Cycle of Fear is being lived FROM RESULTS TO VALUES and not in the other and right way The bad news are that we all have Cycles of Fear The areas in which we are not having results is because we are afraid but we paint it in other colors Irsquom afraid Irsquom demotivated I have emotional patterns and I have limiting rules

For you to gain roots you need to recognize these cycles You need to break it if you want results but if you want roots you need to recognize them Good news you can break Cycles of Fear

Second good news you have Cycles of Confidence You also unders-tand the other psychology So what is a Cycle of Confidence

You start by having the capacity of creating Discipline and Habits you get the ability to get into a certain and desired state (eg being happy to go training I want to create that emotion I visualize it it is the op-posite of an emotional pattern the pattern happens to you Think of a boxer who puts herself into her wanted state before entering in a ring You have empowering beliefs (when you believe in something that cre-ates more of it) This creates energy passion being in the moment Being with energy and passion and in the moment brings me empowe-ring beliefs which put me in the emotional state I want and provide me

habits and discipline The good news you have these cycles in areas that you are getting results Think in one area You have these four things right

Having these cycles itrsquos called being human First part on lsquorootsrsquo is about knowing your Cycles of Fear and Confidence and admit them to yourself to those you love to the others And having the courage to say that it doesnrsquot work because of FEAR And there is a way to break this cycle When you have roots you stop projecting it in your clients

There is a way of finding your values in a very logical way knowing which human motivators drive your behavior

8 HUMAN MOTIVATORSMaslov pyramid he was the first to talk about human needs He is outda-ted because it defines a hierarchy He places self-fulfillment at the top This model is very much focused on Maslovrsquos map-of-the-world who was an MS If it is a PE he may have lsquofamilyrsquo in the top and that is not wrong Still there are things that all humans need

So with all these models we created the 8 human motivators they are divided in four paradoxes one for each of the PEMS The first paradox is security freedom

Each one of us was born with a set of motivators You are ldquoaddictedrdquo on one side of the paradox You have to fulfill that need even if you have to abdicate of the other one

ROOTS

SECURITY

SELF LOVE

CONSCIOUSNESS

PERSONAL DEVEL

FREEDOM

LOVEBELOVED

BLISS

CONTRIBUTION

P

E

M

S

88

89

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

The main lesson is the more you live the other side of the paradox the more you will live your addiction as well What happens is that you can only get more of your addiction when you learn to validate the other side of the paradox This is what Jung calls ldquoparadoxes integrationrdquo be the millionaire and the altruistic Be the mother of family and career etc Only when you integrate the other energy is when it boosts the one that is more natural to you

For other persons it happens the same with security and all other pa-radoxes The suggestion is Irsquom addicted on this but I can pause and I can go exploring the other side What you have to figure out is your map (draw in the lsquoinfinite signsrsquo which side of the paradoxes is bigger) Your map is about how much you need to fill each side of the paradox

So YOUR HUMAN MOTIVATORS ARE DEFINING YOUR VALUES AND YOUR VALUES ARE DEFINING YOUR RESULTS

You can have everything on one of the sides of the paradox if yoursquore willing to face the fear of losing it

All people fill their motivators The difference between us is how sus-tainable is that satisfaction Unsustainable means that every day you

EXERCISE Do your map How do you discover Based on major decisions you made in your life Example work home relationships etc

have to feed them Imagine a homeless person he meets hisher secu-rity needs (eating and having where to sleep) but he has to do it every day Now compare with Donald Trump If you see the freedom part it probably happens the opposite

3 SUSTAINABLE it feeds itself It is something that can continue without the need for external resources It is ecological based on challenge and paradoxes integration

3 UNSUSTAINABLE you need to do it every day it is selfish ba-sed on comfort and extremist You do it like it was a daily shot

Example father and daughter about going out at night (to satisfy sa-fety and to love and be loved) Father says no hersquos being selfish and within his comfort zone The same father after coming to this course ldquoYoursquore going to the party until 2230 You send me an sms saying that everything is ok and at 2230 Irsquoll pick yourdquo This continues for some time Father goes on diminishing the rules Now hersquos being ecological entering his challenge zone and integrating paradoxes To feel safe as a father he has to give some freedom To feel loved he has to give them some self love Now his motivators are sustainable and has a sustai-nable system that feeds itself To arrive to a deeper level of security he needs to take the risk that comes from giving more freedom

DIAGONAL CONTINUOUS LINEThis line shows us that working above the line ie the clientrsquos beha-viors andor emotions is short-term and unsustainable In this case only the techniques are worked There are immediate results but with no major impact and duration Like when we are called to do motiva-tional speaking or teambuildingrsquos People feel better and do things but the results have a short duration

This does not imply that it is wrong to do Coaching based on these two areas For example in a quick conversation with a friend we can do Situational Coaching (based on behaviours) in order to get her to do something that has been postponing If the action has been made and it was what was intended to be then you did your role as Coach The Remedy Coaching is also important sometimes which consists on making the other person to leave the session feeling good thinking more positive at the time having had an opportunity to digest an emo-tion

ROOTS

90

91

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

Below the continuous line is where lies the deepest work The one that will actually be sustainable and with long-term results This is where we work values and beliefs it is where we go deep to the point where in fact we shift paradigms The client in this type of Coaching change her beliefs and values turning to be a really different person in opposition to what happens above the line where only the emotions or behaviors are changed but the client continues to be what she was

ICEBERGWith the iceberg image it is understood that the behavior is the conscious part of the human being the only thing that the client can see and analyze Everything else emotions beliefs and values are at the clientrsquos unconscious But as a Coa-ch I must and I want to work also the unconscious because as we saw above this is where it lies the sustainable and long-term work

When we help our clients shifting their paradigms beliefs emotions or values we are working with their unconscious Your client will not like this at some point in the process The unconscious will realize that she will have to change and this will cause the first resistance Knowing how to overcome this is essential to the Coachrsquos work so she can de-liver sustainable results

Conscious Mind keeps all the information which you can access now

Unconscious Mind keeps all the information that has ever passed through your brain It is also a kind of a warning system for you

The information passes from the unconscious to the conscious mind through the subconscious It goes dropping into deeper levels of our mind Very qui-ckly your clients will want to turn you into one of three things

Friend ndash They want someone who listens to them who is patient with them who is always there with whom they can always count and talk Most of your clients will want to have you here that you turn into a sort of confi-dant that supports them but does not challenge them too much But you are not there to be a friend

Boss ndash Many will seek in the Coach someone to tell them what to do who provides them specific guidance who pressures them who ldquopunishrdquo them when they donrsquot have their homework done Someone who is even more committed with their results than themselves But yoursquore also not there to be a Boss

Priest ndash Others will want a kind of a weekly confession session That you absolve the mistakes theyrsquove made du-ring the week that you tell them everything is fine and that it doesnrsquot matter we are all human and we all make mistakes You are not there to be a kind of spiritual le-ader of your client and to absolve him You are there to be

Coach - The Coach has an ldquoAirrdquo relationship with the client ie mental of communication becau-se it is a conversation where you listen and ask where there is intellectual stimulation In the map--of-the-world scheme the Coachrsquos sketch is in the quadrant of beliefs It is a ldquomind with mindrdquo work

It is important to know this because with the sessions going clients tend to try their Coach to become a friend (wateremotions) a boss (earthbehaviors) or even a priest (firevalues) However the Coach should avoid the mistake of behaving like one of these three types You are there to be a Coach

Notes In Informal Coaching with friends colleagues family remember that first thatrsquos what you are and only then you are a Coach Therefore you should not give prevalence to the Coach but to the relationship you have with that person otherwise you would violate the pact that exists between the two

ROOTS

92

93

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

4 TYPES OF COACHINGBased on these four quadrants there are four types of Coaching

Situational Coaching ndash The one that is done immediate-ly during the situation with the sole purpose of lea-ding it to an action It usually consists of a brief con-versation where a ROSA 10 is done Your client has a situation that week that really needs to be addressed Ex a proposal that she needs to present a college exam for which she has to study Itrsquos not bad Coaching and it is often necessary Only it is more superficial

Remediative Coaching ndash As the name says it suits when we have to put a ldquobandageointmentrdquo on the emotions The goal is the client to feel good at the end of the session without having to go deeply on the problem Itrsquos the typical conver-sation where the client unburdens and your only goal is to make her feel a little better Sometimes it may be and it often is necessary

Ex the past week your client has discussed with someone important to her or something happened that greatly dealt with her emotions Your first focus should be to help her to unburden and to feel better We used ROSA 10 + Unburden

Transformative Coaching ndash Here the goal is not just making the client to feel better but that she can change the way she sees her life and herself Here we mainly work on beliefs ie the client stops believing in some things to start believing in another ones She shifts paradigm Coaching is now much more sustainable and with long--term results It undergoes through more complete ses-sions where ROSA 20 is done

Holistic Coaching ndash This is the kind of Coaching that involves the whole being of the client all her areas and valences ie her values The entire psyche is worked We are working the whole Human Being and not only a part of it Even the motivators are worked We use ROSA 30 and we work a lot on paradoxes integration

KEY POINTSWe said earlier that we all have Cycles of Fear and that we can change them to Cycles of Confidence How

Imagine that you have a turnscrew and a bicycle wheel is malfunctio-ning You will then put the turnscrew into one of the four key points and then yoursquoll pull and force the wheel to move in the right direction to-wards the Cycle of Confidence And very important you donrsquot take out the turnscrew until the Cycle (the wheel) rotates in the right direction

What are then the Four Key Points You can really choose only one

VALUE FOCUS At this point you will choose a key value for you whi-ch you canrsquot leave to live in practice Whatever happens you canrsquot take the turnscrew from there For instance imagine that you are experien-cing serious financial difficulties and you decide that lsquoValue Focusrsquo is your point Imagine that you choose ldquosavingrdquo as the value that has to be experienced in practice Then whenever you have to make a decision that involves spending money you know what to do You canrsquot in any way stop living this value until the cycle begins to rotate in the oppo-site direction and gets sustainable

POSITIVITY If you want to work at the level of beliefs yoursquoll start to develop this empowering belief base BEING POSITIVE You must be a positive person with faith who believes that everything will go well who says only positive things about herself and the others who sees and is focused on everything positive that is going around her And when the bad days or the bad news are coming and you feel the need to say something negative you shut up And you say something positive

EMOTION FOCUS Imagine that there is an emotion that makes your Cycle of Fear to happen (an emotional pattern) In this key point you will choose an emotion that you would like to learn to cause in yourself learning how to get yourself into that state Imagine that you have been feeling too much anger in your Cycle of Fear and want to feel harmony instead You want to learn how to get into that emotional state You start feeling the opposite emotion and you do something to manage to be in an harmony state (you listen to a song that gets yourself into that state you put your boxing gloves you jump you meditate you close

ROOTS

94

95

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

your eyes you read a poem as Mandela did )

HOMEWORK FOCUS Here you will define a homework that until itrsquos done you wonrsquot do anything else Imagine that you have a Cycle of Fear in relation to health that you define lsquoHomework Focusrsquo as the key point and your homework is running every day Until you manage to do it nothing else matters All of your strategies are directioned so that your homework is being done as soon as possible

In the end all of the four key points have to do with absolute focus

Value ndash Focus on the most important value Until that value is being lived we wonrsquot move on

Positivity (Faith Optimism) ndash Focus on the positive emotions Un-til she gets optimistic we wonrsquot move on

Emotion (Meditation) ndash Focus on pleasure Until she feels more ple-asure than pain we wonrsquot move on

Homework ndash Focus on action Until the homework gets done we wonrsquot move on

VERY IMPORTANTYou as a coach do not have to guess your clientrsquos map-of-the-world or even her PEMS but you have to explore it aside of her You will only master her Map-of-the-World when you understand your own (creating roots) because you will never learn anything about yourself with your client you will never discover anything about you because shersquos the one who discovers it being real or not You Coach you must be hum-ble enough to know that you know nothing about your client and you shouldnrsquot try to guess anything It is the customer who gets there alone

Therefore the more knowledge you have about your own map-of-the--world together with Rapport and ROSA the more intense will be your Coaching because the more you will be able to help your client The goal is that you have the tools in yourself so you can help her In other words this tool is for you to deepen your roots and thus know when you need to do only ROSA or go searching for the Key Points or to use

another method For instance if a client has as her main challenge to be promoted then therersquos no logical on working on Cycles of Fear but to make a ROSA and move forward On the other hand if you see that there is a Cycle of Fear then you should find the key point so you can work on it

I canrsquot help the others if I canrsquot help myself first

ROOTS

values (I am)

during session

clientcoach rosa unconscious

Beliefs (I think)

between sessions

co-coach rosa 30

emotions (I feel)

leverage slice

self coaching rosa 20behavior (I do)

holistic

coaching to others rosa 10M

S

E

P

96

97

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING RESULTS

IX RESULTS

Results are super important in the Coa-ching process There is simply no Coa-

ching if there are no results and thatrsquos why they are at the center of the

triangle of the four Rrsquos Everything we do whether is ROSA creating

Roots or building Rapport it is done with the purpose of get-ting results at the end of the sessions

This is what distinguishes the most Coaching from other practices As a Coach you must become obsessed with your clients results Not only that they do their homeworks but also how close did Coaching took them closer to their Guru Objective how much it has improved their leverage slice of the Pizza and other slices as well We also try to assess the sustainability of those results We donrsquot want them just to get there but also that they keep there

Coaching is about results and you must take this premise very seriou-sly You have been hired to make them reach some goals Become obsessed with it

It is not so easy to evaluate results in a metric way in the world of Co-aching but it proves to be very important Not only with Life Coaching but also with Business Coaching We must find a way to demonstrate that our work has had results in practice

That was the reason why we have created the Results Model

Our level of competence is equal to our worst level of performance

RESULTS MODELIt is possible to define results through the four metrics

lsquoSrsquo AXIS (SPIRITUAL) WE EVALUATE THE PROCESS IMPACT ON THE CLIENT

Behavior (I DO) When the client throughout the process changes one or more behaviors She does now due to the sessions different things that she didnrsquot before

Emotions (I FEEL) When the client feels happier more self-confi-dent fulfilled etc She has now different and more positive emotions due to the Coaching process

98

99

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

Beliefs (I THINK) When there is a change of belief (I used to belie-ve I was not a good person and now I believe I am) When the client used to believe in something and she started to believe in something different There was a paradigm shift She used to see something in a certain way and now she sees it in a more empowering way

Values (I AM) When the Coach manages to help the client to change her values ie the person she is This happens for exam-ple when the client starts to put more emphasis on family than on work or when she accepts and believes that she is a healthy and different person and that nothing will change that now She values different things todat due to the Coa-ching process

lsquoErsquo AXIS (EMOTIONAL) WE EVALUATE THE CLIENTrsquoS AUTONOMY

Level 1 Coach (CoachClient Relationship) Itrsquos the Coach who controls the situation There is a formal relationship be-tween Coach and Client and the session is controlled and oriented by the Coach

Level 2 Coach (Co-Coach) The Client already acts as a Coach during the sessions This happens for example when the client already knows that she is supposed to also say po-sitive things on the Reality part that is she already knows what to do in each step She already takes the initiative The relationship is more about cooperation now and the Client start becoming autonomous

Level 3 Coach (Self-Coaching) When the Client already does Self--Coaching at home not being asked to This is a fantastic moment because she already has the tools and the Coach is there to help and support

Level 4 Coach (Coach to others) When the Client comes to a ses-sion and tells us she has done Coaching with someone else (with her child for instance) This person came to us to be helped however she is already using our tools to help so-

RESULTS

meone else She is totally independent It is every Coachrsquos dream

lsquoMrsquo AXIS (MENTAL) WE EVALUATE THE CLIENTrsquoS CONTENTS ASSIMILATION

Uses Rosa 10 language o cliente usa palavras como Realidade objetivos soluccedilotildees accedilotildees fazem hoje parte do seu leacutexico

Uses Rosa 20 language the client uses terms such as guru objec-tives baby objectives measurable beliefs paradigm shif-ting brainstorming etc

Uses Rosa 30 language she refers terms like emotional patterns cycles of fear and confidence values dilemma etc

Uses unconscious Rosa language when many of these terms are so ingrained in the clientrsquos language that she thinks she will use them for the rest of her life

lsquoPrsquo AXIS (PRACTICE) WE EVALUATE RESULTS IN PRACTICE

During the Session I can manage the client to get results only du-ring the session It is a Coaching session that has no power to influence the client outside it

Between Sessions It mostly happens when the client is doing her homeworks It means that what happened during the ses-sion touched her with enough strength to get her to realize she has to do something and that she is doing something outside the sessions

Leverage Slice It happens when the client fulfills her Leverage Slice and achieves the goal that brought her to Coaching or when her satisfaction in that slice has dramatically im-proved

Holistic When the client improves satisfaction in multiple slices as a result of the sessions including the leverage slice It was a process that had an impact on the whole being and not just in one area of her life

100

101

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

You can make this model with your client on the last session you have together You can also make a self-assessment to compare with it When you measure these four levels of results you will have access to check what level of Coaching you had on that specific process

COACHING LEVELThe Coaching Level that you have delivered is always proportional to your lowest result Even if you have three axes at level 3 and have only one at a level 2 Coaching has been 20 This is valuable information to you as a Coach because it gives you an idea of axes that are easier for you to work and others that you may have to further strengthen

Level 4 Coaching is something that is not achieved with all clients There must be a great empathy and rapport as well as a mastery on the Coaching technique that has been taught in the training course and presented in this manual

Gulica ego catia caperum dem inem cus Fortes et L Nos et grae avehem Romnit acto egeris cis sultod pratum voltum iam hos ublius hactam atemus essede con vas optilis factor aus nem ad cae estil hos me patus re verisse inatuus

Udam deperfecrem nermis etraed me int ela remulibut rem loctusquo cum mus auciem vivehem uresull emquissent eti primperescit ina que ia consiss entium pulerit con vendam morei sentes inatil vit ia quam mus licaudemus factem dum eo ura ex muro nenit quo vilnes-tium Catimportus pati postalarit vis coena fui sa consu consceribus Satquid ertienatus contere essimis ut vis aus iliciam quo in dissimis Ra num deatiqua vere con sentius et in spio pes Tiaetin videlisquam mus viliam que conum is larbit etora notimolto nos et duc omnimus opublicae convo C Nos vivica Catus hos vivas aurnihil hui terfint imorter labus hostam res inequod nerem tabute telieni hilicaessil ven-tem nonsulis

Berteropubit diisquium iteriti emprit teludam hilicid erfentiur tem huis

Hum pro vidiusquem paterevid sedis factatu rnihilla rem publicave Ca-terev irissoltis re aurei pere anum teluder ficepse essercem octuusque mis tum inam pra vivid rei condamdiis hacies Ipio verei sendamdis

TOOLS amp TECHNIQUES

X TOOLS AND TECHNIQUES

If you master well the model of the four Rrsquos for us you already are a fantastic Coach If you can master some stars too itrsquos even better But if you master the model you know how to do Coaching But now letrsquos go to the small stars The idea is not that you try to use all the stars at the same time Choose the two or three that you like best and train those first

POSITIVE FEEDBACKProvide as much positive feedback as you can to your client Take every opportunity you have to do it A Coach is the type of mirror that only says good things about her client Please turn yourself into some-one who is always valorizing every small steps that your client takes

FEEDBACK HAMBURGERYou say something positive then you say something negative then you say something positive again The two positive feedbacks have to be VERY VERY good For instance ldquoI have been feeling that you are very committed to your Coaching process We just need to start paying more attention to our homework even because I feel that you are a person who likes to challenge yourself and that really wants to go further ldquo

RESSIGNIFICATION Ressignificating is finding another meaning still more empowering but that changes everything EgrdquoI didnrsquot do my homework I failedrdquo Coach ldquoWow That means that you are a demanding and committed personrdquo ldquoIrsquom lazyrdquo

102

103

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

ldquoDoes that means you like to enjoy the pleasures of liferdquo

REFRAMINGIt is much like ressignification Itrsquos the name that is used in NLP (Neuro--Linguistic Programming) You take the information that was been gi-ven to you in a frame and you put it in a new one

PREFRAMINGIf ressignification has to do with changing the meaning after it has been given preframing has to do with giving a meaning to something before we have explained what it is It is a widely used technique to anticipate objections that might distract us from our ultimate goal Then we do preframing we previously give the meaning that we want the person to give afterwards Example

ldquoCan I show you my point of view Itrsquos something different but Irsquove seen that it works with many people and it has been helping a lot to change our behavior to healthier habits Itrsquos something innovative and different but highly successful Can I tell you my ideardquo You create a frame before placing the information in there

POSTFRAMINGFirst you give the information and then you put it in a frame Eg ldquoFolks today we have an exam (the low energy level) but thatrsquos what this course is about to be the best Coach to go furtherrdquo

ldquoFROM 0 TO 10 rdquo To give examples ldquoI think Irsquoll read a bookrdquo Coach ldquoFrom 0-10 how much do you think you will accomplish that goalrdquo

TRANSFORMING ldquoORrdquo IN ldquoANDrdquoHelp the client to find an alternative solution to integrate paradoxes to

find a third way

VULNERABILIZATIONFind out things about you that are not working and put them at the clientrsquos service That makes you human and you are validating your client in the case she feels the same She does some things better than you and has some of the same challenges

ASSOCIATION AND DISSOCIATIONThese two terms are often used in NLP (Neuro-linguistic Program-ming) and are used in various ways Association means that an indi-vidual describes a situation as if it was happening and he was partici-pating on it As the name indicates he is associated with it He is still seeing himself going through the situation and feels the emotions that he would feel if he was really living it

Dissociation means that an individual can already tell that experience as if he was watching a movie in which he took part but already dis-sociated from it He is more in an observer role That allows him a big-ger emotional objectivity Even if he feels the emotions they are more about the experience itself and not so much about him as a participant

When we want to help our customers to overcome some emotionally more challenging situations it can make a huge difference to have them to dissociate from those situations Thatrsquos how they can gain greater objectivity and clarity and at the same time they get more mo-tivated to take their first steps

METAPHORSThe most important here is that you use the metaphors of your client Use her world whenever it is possible It will help a lot more to inter-nalize and memorize the information Help your client to create her metaphors Eg ldquoSometimes we fall into holes that are so big that you canrsquot get out of them alonerdquo ldquoLearning to forgive someone is like dri-ving one step at a timerdquo

TOOLS amp TECHNIQUES

104

105

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

LANGUAGE OF A COACH 3 HOW TO INTERRUPT at the first session it must be defined if

the Coach can interrupt the client when she deviates from the focus If yoursquore going to interrupt your client you must always do it with a question You can also take note of something that has nothing to do with the subject you are talking about but it seems important So we can talk about it in the next session You can ask the client if she liked to talk about it

3 ldquoDOES IT MAKES SENSE FOR YOUrdquo If she says NO ldquoSo tell merdquo if she says YES ldquocan you tell me howrdquo

3 ldquoMY HALLUCINATION is rdquo Being very unconditional Any opi-nion is a good opinion The Coach realyy doesnrsquot know The word hallucination implies that what yoursquore saying may be ab-solutely wrong

3 ldquoWHAT WOULD LOVE DO NOWrdquo Be careful with the rapport level you have with your client It is a very good question when it concerns relational issues

3 ldquoHOW WOULD IT BE IFrdquo Very good to overcome objections ldquohow would it be if you had timerdquo ldquohow would it be if you had moneyrdquo ldquohow would it be if you had self-confidencerdquo

3 ldquoWHAT IF rdquo Fantastic to destroy any obstacle that your client brings Some examples ldquoAnd what if you couldrdquo ldquoWhy notrdquo ldquoWhat if nobody would knowrdquo ldquoWhat if you had moneyrdquo ldquoI know you donrsquot but what if you knew what would you sayrdquo

3 GENERAL TIP BE COOL You really must have a cool and rela-xed attitude You really donrsquot know what would be best for your client so be really unconditional

THE COACHING ETHICS

XI THE COACHING ETHICS

There are six ethic rules in Coaching but with no doubt the first is the most important

CONFIDENTIALITY Coaching sessions must be given the utmost con-fidentiality There are no legal rules as in Therapy (like not having fa-mily as clients) but you always have to respect confidentiality When you do Coaching in a company and you must give feedback to their manager your clients must know it If necessary you can discuss the case with a mentor but always without mentioning the name of your client You can discuss the cases but without any names

CLIENTrsquoS AUTONOMY Coaching is all about autonomy and sustaina-bility You need your client to get results not that she needs you You should think ldquoif I change country how would my clients berdquo

CAREFUL WITH PROJECTIONS We all project aspects that we re-press in ourselves All currents in psychology agree that there is pro-jection When I look to someone else what I see is whatrsquos inside of me (strengths and weaknesses) Thatrsquos why some see one thing and others see another As a Coach you must be very attentive to projections You should not do it with your client and for that you must work on your roots If something bothers you that says more about you than about your client Itrsquos not just a technical issue of respecting others map-of--the-world It is an ethical issue

CREDIBILITY Of course you can use other different tools in your ses-sions but you should be able to do so Using things on which yoursquore not certified is breaking ethics Try to be congruent and integrate Being a corporate or a sales Coach without being an expert about those mat-ters is not ethical

106

107

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING THE FIRST SESSION IN PRATICE

CONTRACT IS CONTRACT The financial commitment you assume with your client is always the same as long as she is your client The same in what respects sessions frequency You should always ask permission to your client when you want to change the frequency of the sessions For WeCreate the value you charge to your client must be the same forever It is part of our gratitude towards our client

SELF-COACHING The Coach must be an example of Self-Coaching or she should have a Coach You really have to do ROSA once a year at least and use all these tools in a weekly basis Make sure that you are also an example of achieving your own dreams

XII THE FIRST SESSION

IN PRACTICEIt is normal that the first session is a bit longer (90min) Your focus is to build RAPPORT Here is an example of a few steps for your first session You can have a few more or less of these steps but this is the general idea

STEP 1 Memorize these steps so that you will not have to use this manual

STEP 2 (Partnership) Organize the working space have everything prepared adequated clothes etc

STEP 3 (Presence) Prepare to be fully present by meditating or by being a few minutes in silence

STEP 4 (Posture and words) Build rapport have a few minutes of casual positive and neutral conversation to break the ice For example the weather the clientrsquos favourite team foot-ball match etc

STEP 5 At this stage you will also try to collect information about the client Several aspects of her life and trying to deter-mine clientrsquos expectations regarding the Coaching process You will be attentive about the metaphors and about what is really important to her Yoursquoll need it to explain what Co-aching is in her words

STEP 6 Explain what Coaching is using the clientrsquos words and the references she gave us Example letrsquos imagine that boxing was something that the client liked and we want to explain

108

109

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING THE LAST SESSION

Coaching through boxing ldquoCoaching is like boxing It invol-ves a lot of training to succeed in getting results but ins-tead of having an external enemy we are fighting against ourselvesrdquo

STEP 7 Inviting the client to do an exercise we pick six pens (three of each color) We ask her to tell us three things that are going well in her life and we explore each area a bit Then we ask ldquoamong those areas which one is running really wellrdquo Then we ask for three things that are not going so well and explore a bit

STEP 8 Asking the client which 3 goals she would like to accom-plish by the end of the Coaching process that would make it worth the investment (as measurable as possible)

STEP 9 Establishing verbal contract and selling the idea of coa-ching (even if the sessions pack is already closed) Now we talk about the practical issues sessions frequency ses-sions length interrupting the client first session a bit lon-ger confidentiality guarantee If you feel comfortable you can talk about costs and forms of payment

STEP 10 ldquoCan we start our session talking about what brought you here How can I helprdquo

STEP 11 Talking a bit about the Clientrsquos reality and introducing the Pizza of Life The client draws herrsquos We will go on explai-ning the pizza and its different slices (very briefly not to influence) Some clients like to do it lsquoalonersquo others like to go on talking as they fill the slices

STEP 12 From then on you make ROSA 10

STEP 13 You end up the session You can share ROSA methodology with your client (if you think shersquod like it) and ending with positive feedback You can also ask the client how did she feel You can also ask her to choose an object and summa-rize the session You will also be doing some preframing by stating that Coaching is about action and homeworks

XIII THE LAST SESSION

A coaching process has a follow-up We can work with individual ses-sions or with a pack It is important to inform your clients that Coaching is a continuous process and not a process with miraculous results in the first session Hence it is like doing workout where it is difficult to get results if we go to the gym only once

You can work with packs of sessions (5 or 10) and we would like to give you some tips on what you should ensure it gets done in your last coaching session with someone you have been working with

FUTURE It is important to ensure that the client will continue taking steps in the future even not having sessions anymore or your presence In this session you should spend some time helping her in creating an action plan about the next steps she wants to go on taking in that area You can also take the opportunity to do a small summary of everything that you both worked in so that there is a notion of the progress made and the results achieved Ensures that your client completed that process and be sure about the next steps for her future Help her in crea-ting a good action plan

HABITS You can also ask your client which would be the daily or weekly habits that she would like more to integrate into her routine

POSITIVE FEEDBACK This is also the perfect time to give positive fe-edback to your client (despite being a constant throughout the sessions) Show her the progress she has made throughout the sessions and help her to realize all the positive things she has achieved

111

110

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

PERSONAL DEVELOPMENT We must ensure that our client conti-nues its personal development process and knows or tries new approaches Coaching is just one part of a wide range of options that are now ahead of her Encourage her to con-tinue that journey to read new books to try other trainings and workshops other different and complementary ways of approaching personal development

KEEPING CONTACT You can develop some form of contact with your old clients Email telephone facebook etc Remember to con-tinue sending her information about coaching or other matters you find important It is a way to ensure that your client will continue ldquoawakedrdquo for this subject

Thank you for being part of this project

Daniel Saacute Nogueira and Marta Ferreira

Page 6: WeCreate International Coaching Certification Manual

13

12

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING THE 4 RrsquoS OF COACHING

II THE 4 Rrsquos OF COACHING

The triangle of the 4 Rrsquos represents the essence of coaching

To WeCreate if you become an expert in the-se four Rrsquos you are a Coach This is your

base The rest is stars that yoursquoll learn to master in the long run Your first focus

becoming extraordinarily good at each of these Rrsquos

A brief description of each element

ROSA -This is the method of the Coach It is the basic tool that you will use during your sessions It is an eternal guide that in time will become part of your DNA A coach is someone who speaks in ROSA thinks in ROSA trains and helps in ROSA

ROOTS ndash As a coach you can only go as deep with your client as you can go with yourself Therefore you must learn to deepen and streng-then your roots What is really important to you How is your self-con-fidence and relationship with yourself A coach has self-knowledge about her values beliefs level of confidence and limits Nothing anyo-ne says about you should surprise you

RAPPORT ndash The ability to make anyone trust you within a few minu-tes As a Coach you should be able to adapt to different types of people and quickly and easily generate empathy and trust with any of them

RESULTS - If there are no results there is no coaching Coaching is geared towards action and obtaining results You also need to know

how to measure the results whether they are objective or subjective This is the big difference between coaching and other practices as we will discuss further in this manual

Mastering these four elements will make you a great coach Someone who is well ROOTED who can create RAPPORT within a few minu-tes who dominates ROSA and the structure of a session is someone who will be able to deliver RESULTS And this is the reason why your clients choose coaching

14

15

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING WHAT IS COACHING

III WHAT IS COACHING

4-word definition Freeing Potential Through Action

ldquoCoaching is a processhelliprdquo ndash It has a beginning middle and end The Coach does not solve anything by just pushing a button The length of the process is generally 2-3 months depending on the situation and response of the client This is the time-span that we advise for achie-ving meaningful results through ten one-hour sessions in person or not depending on the availability of the client and the expertise of the Coach

ldquo that aims tordquo ndash The Coach supports the client in setting goals and creating a strategy to achieve desired results through the very process of coaching The goal is to help the client achieve results in her focus area for example health or relationships spirituality finances career family etc

ldquohellipdevelophelliprdquo ndash Coaching is about working with the potential that the client already has within The Coach does not create anything just works on what already exists in order to enhance it While focusing on the development of technical and emotional skills the coach acts as an ldquoexternal eyerdquo to the client so that she can see objectively where she is (present state) and where she needs to go (future state) with minimum effort and maximum fun

Technical definition Coaching is a process that aims to develop challenge support and empower people to reach their full potential personally and professio-nally in a sustainable manner through the use of questions

ldquohellipchallengerdquo ndash Throughout the sessions the Coach has to challenge the client to go further and to think of many more and diverse solu-tions in order to step outside her comfort zone Coaching works as a form of encouragement and monitoring tailored to the personal development needs of each client

ldquosupporthelliprdquo ndash At the same time support do not judge really listen be there for the client give positive feedback The Coach is someone who is always there even when the results are not yet the desired ones The Coach has the patience to unconditionally support the pro-cess of the client

ldquohellipempowerhelliprdquo ndash The Coach helps the client work on new skills with the aim to thereby empower her to achieve self-realization reach her goals and align her life with her values mission and life purpose Note that if the Coach uses a lot of teaching it becomes training not coaching

click the video to see it

16

17

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING WHAT IS COACHING

ldquosustainablerdquo - In coaching we work to deliver sustainable re-sults We do not want the client to become dependent on the Coach or on the process itself As soon as possible we begin to use strategies to ensure the autonomy of our clients and to make them become their own coaches after a while

ldquoreach their full potentialrdquo ndash Coaching is about ACHIEVING re-sults During the coaching process the Coach will work to keep the client in action so that what is aimed for actually happens All of us possess a HUGE potential that we can use to achieve everything we want

ldquoquestionsrdquo - This is the basic methodology of coaching We de-velop empower support and challenge through questions Questions are powerful enablers that will help raise the consciousness level of our clients

COACHING IS ABOUT THE FUTUREDuring the coaching process the Coach will focus on making the client think about the present and the future This is the main difference be-tween coaching and therapy apart from the extent of formal education (minimum 5 years) that psychologists have in comparison to coaches

The Coach can listen to what has happened in the recent past of the client but does not focus on going deeper into this aspect of the situa-tion Instead she guides the client to focus on the present and most of all on the future ldquoSo what do you want to achieve today regarding this problem in your familyrdquo ldquoWhat are your future dreams in this area of your liferdquo

The Coach is not focused on knowing what caused the trauma or pro-blem but concentrates on moving beyond it and making sure that by the end of the ten sessions the client has also acquired the tools to solve other problems and challenges in her life

Coaching requires three key elements

A Client (Coachee) the person who undergoes the process of co-aching in order to acquire new skills and strengthen exis-

Coaching is the process that

aims to develop challenge support

and empower people to reach

their full potential professionally

and personally through questions

ting skills We recommend using the term client instead of ldquocoacheerdquo as it helps to distinguish it better from the word ldquoCoachrdquo and implies a more professional relationship be-tween the two

A Coach a professional qualified to lead the process of coachingAn opportunity challenge or problem Opportunity because it is

not necessary to work on a problem A client can be satis-fied with their job but seeking a Coach to work on being promoted for example

On the other hand there may be more than one opportu-nity challenge or problem and also all three at once sin-ce there are always opportunities behind every problem When there are several problems or opportunities the Co-ach assumes that the client is able to solve them all Howe-ver the coaching process needs to focus on one at a time and solving it before moving on to others

THE CROSSROADS OF LIFEThe key moments for a client are at the crossroads of life ie when two roads diverge and the client does not know which way to go This is where a Coach can really make a difference

In these situations as stated earlier we will not decide for the client nor give any advice since the task of the Coach is simply to facilitate reflection on the two paths to ask about the crossroads and even to take a few steps back if the client wishes to do so

Even if the choice seems wrong to the Coach the client is the one who should decide which road and action to take

Coaching is also

3 Very future-oriented 3 Making the client move into action through weekly tasks 3 Having a clear vision of what goals to reach 3 Helping the client develop an action plan 3 A process that provides development direction innovation and

constant support

18

19

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING WHAT IS COACHING

Benefits of Coaching

3 Opportunity for individual reflection that increases our level of consciousness about ourselves

3 Increase in our capacity to influence various situations in our lives

3 Gain of greater structure and focus 3 Constant feedback and support throughout the process

There are mainly two types of Coaching Life Coaching (where the process is most suitable for our personal lives) and Executive Bu-siness Coaching (where more work is done in the professional area)

Over the past few years coaching has become specialized in various areas We now also find terms such as Relationship Coaching Health Coaching Management C oaching Emotional Coaching for Teams Le-adership Coaching etc

Another major advantage is that this tool can be used formally (in in-dividual sessions or with groups) where we help our clients get closer to their goals in many areas of life as well as informally where we use it as a point of view when relating to our friends family children and ourselves Imagine the power of not only helping others but also being able to increase their capacity to take responsibility No doubt coa-ching is a transversal tool that applies to many different areas in our professional and personal lives

THE DIFFERENCE BETWEEN COACHING AND

OTHER PRACTICESSDespite being a relatively new discipline the distinction between co-aching and other practices is clear The term itself arose from a me-ans of transport (taking someone from one place to another) and this remains its basic meaning to bring someone (the client) from A to B

The difference between coaching and other approaches

Mentoring A process whereby a professional with expertise in a par-ticular area helps you to increase your level of knowledge about it A

mentor is someone who gives advice based on her vast experience in the area that you want to explore

Therapy The greatest distinction of all between coaches and thera-pists psychologists psychiatrists etc is the number of years of aca-demic preparation and how governmental institutions regulate the ac-tivity of the latter Therapists etc are trained to help their clients with complex issues from their past and present A Coach does not have this preparation and should not nor has the technical ability to ldquostir uprdquo the past of her client Therefore the Coach focuses solely on the present and the future of the client and has no therapeutic ambition

Consulting Offers experience and expertise in certain business areas A consultant can work with an entire organization or part of it and is usually a person from outside the organization that brings in her know--how to help increase productivity

Training A process by which we gain knowledge and skills The trai-ner is usually an expert in a particular area with the objective to help people learn and acquire skills specific to that area

past

THERAPHY

present

future

COACHING

20

21

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING INTERNATIONAL COACHING PRESUPPOSITIONS

IV INTERNATIONAL COACHING

PRESUPPOSITIONSThe international presuppositions of coaching are general principles that guide the practice of coaching around the world They are a kind of ethical rules that are vital to use in coaching sessions

But even more importantly these ten presuppositions need to be roo-ted in the DNA of the coach and lived fully by her

1 - QUESTIONSldquoThe Coach has the questions and the client the answersrdquo

The Coach always starts from the principle that the client has the answers Even if the Coach knows the answer she should not say it and this is often complicated A challenge The client has to discover the answer for herself even though she may then realize that this was not the best answer and that there are more suitable ones But this makes the client feel in charge of her process A major benefit of coaching is the ldquopowerrdquo that it gives to the client

For this to happen the Coach needs to find and ask questions because there are no answers only questions If the client asks ldquoWhat can I do to solve this situationrdquo the Coach asks ldquoHave you already done something to solve itrdquo or ldquoIs there anything you can do right nowrdquo Try to avoid responding with solutions as much as possible This way the Coach will lead the client to finding the best answer for herself

The coaching process is for the client The coach only facilitates the process

I AS A COACH NEVER KNOW THE SOLUTION

That is as the Coach does not know the psyche of the client she must remain detached and calm allowing the client to pursue at her own pace without interfering The process belongs to the client

2 - RESPECTldquoThe map is not a territoryrdquo

Each person has her way of being her World Map (the perception that each of us has of the same reality) The way one person sees a situation is never identical to someone elsersquos way Everyone interprets the same events differently and react accordingly

Thus the map of the client has true value and merit and the Coach res-pects this principle by holding the point of view that her own map of the world is not the only correct one For example a Coach who is married must respect the client who has three girlfriends and is looking for a fourth A spiritual coach must understand the world of a client whorsquos in the military If you cannot respect the world map of your client then yoursquore not the best Coach for her The best option then is to not con-tinue your sessions and instead suggest that a colleague takes over

Suggestion Do everything in your power to keep your client even if you donrsquot agree with her world map This is because by your fifth ses-sion you will have the necessary rapport to take on the challenge of asking something like

ldquoIs that really what you want for your liferdquo

ldquoDonrsquot you need something bigger in your liferdquo

In conclusion it is only natural that a Coach develops an opinion about what is happening with the client but she must still respect the clientrsquos world map and use open questions that are genuinely tolerant

22

23

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING INTERNATIONAL COACHING PRESUPPOSITIONS

3 - FEEDBACKldquoThere is no failure only feedbackrdquo

Everything that happens to the client during sessions andor outside of them is an opportunity for the Coach to get feedback For example if a client hasnrsquot done her homework this is not failure but feedback to the Coach Perhaps the homework was too complicated maybe the Coach did not convey itrsquos importance or the client is still very focused on another area

ldquoFailurerdquo is short-term psychology itrsquos what you see in the moment ldquoFeedbackrdquo on the other hand is long-term psychology We believe that the client will understand if she hasnrsquot already that itrsquos not about not being capable Instead itrsquos about taking in feedback about the situation learning from it polishing the rough edges and continuing until you can do it A good example of this kind of psychology is when babies start to learn how to walk They will fall many times and try over and over again to remain standing but never will a parent think that their daughter has failed and will never walk only because she fell In other words she did not fail she simply got feedback

4 - RESOURCESldquoAll people have the resources within them

or can acquire them

The coach treats the client as someone who is always rich in resour-ces

The potential that lies in all human beings is very big giant really It enables all of us to achieve any goal that we set ourselves in life and the Coach knows this reality Therefore we will never criticize the goal of a client that may seem impossible in the eyes of the Coach because the client has all the resources she needs within her or can acquire them Many clients will try to convince you that they are not capable of something and do not have these resources within them As a Coach you have fully embrace this assumption and know deep inside that they are perfectly capable

5 - BEST OPTION AT THE TIME

ldquoPeople always choose the best option that is currently available

especially given their context rdquo

For example if a client yelled at a co-worker the Coach should assume that this was the best option that she had available at the time Whether the Coach finds it good or bad does not really matter because for that person it was the only option available given the context

Thus the process of coaching is very humble The Coach puts herself into the shoes of her client staying present and concerned

It is very important that the Coach does not impose her own limita-tions on the client Furthermore she can choose to accept the limits of her client or to go around them Never forget that your client always comes from a context that is different from yours and that her family history religion and education among other things is what guides her to make choices which are always the best option at the time

6 - CAUSE AND EFFECTldquoEach person creates her own realityrdquo

The client is the energetic centre of everything that happens to her In other words it is she who creates or attracts her own reality Thus the Coach should always assume that what is happening to the client was in some way created by her whether it is an accident an argument or even the case of being fired The same applies to positive events

As a coach and this is why you should always respect otherrsquos world maps you do not to say that the client is ldquoguiltyrdquo Instead you keep asking questions

Your session will then be focused on trying to understand what motive led her to create this reality If you do not believe that your client crea-ted it you will also not believe that she has within her all the personal

24

25

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING INTERNATIONAL COACHING PRESUPPOSITIONS

power needed to change or modify it

Therefore as a Coach you need to take this presupposition into your own life and aim to deepen it to the fullest until you reach the point where you believe that you can influence everything that happens in your life

7 - ACTIONldquoIf you want to understand actrdquo

A Coach believes that action is needed to understand a problem chal-lenge or opportunity Itrsquos not enough to say that something has been understood on the mental level Coaching is about action It does not matter how much your client understands or knows about a subject What matters is how much she acts

Hence all sessions have a compulsory homework ending ldquoWhat will you do in this directionrdquo ldquoWhenrdquo ldquoWith whomrdquo

8 - FLEXIBILITYldquoIf yoursquore not getting results do it differentlyrdquo

Between the two of them the Coach needs to be the most flexible be-cause if the client is not getting results new approaches are needed In other words since the Coach believes that the client has all the resour-ces within her if there are no results it is because the Coach has to be more flexible What works with one client does not work with others Einstein said ldquoInsanity is doing the same thing and expecting a diffe-rent resultrdquo If yoursquore not getting the results you want do it differently

9 - POSITIVE INTENTIONldquoAll behaviour is based on a positive intentionrdquo

All human behaviour is driven by positive intention This does not mean

it is all good behaviour just the intention that created them Let us ima-gine a dramatic situation someone who screams violently at another person may be wanting to feel safer calmer have more justice The intention is good but not the behaviour As a Coach you know that what your client does or doesnrsquot do is based on a positive intention

10 - NON-IMPOSITIONldquoNone of these presuppositions are important

to your clientrdquo

All these presuppositions are for you as Coach to internalize and use in your sessions The idea is not that you should now impose on your client to use questions stick to a positive language and refrain from judging other peoplersquos World Maps The pre-suppositions are made for you and aim to orient the coaching process

26

27

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING ROSA 10

V ROSA 10

ROSA 10 is about going through each letter of the ROSA during a ses-sion or an informal conversation without expanding on any of them

The starting point is helping the other person to identify the Reality (Whatrsquos up) of their situation and understand what the problem or challenge is Then to speak about the Objectives (What do you want) and note what the person wants and aspires to After thinking about the goals itrsquos all about encouraging the other to find solutions (How can you get there) And finally because the Coach believes that re-sults come from action itrsquos about agreeing on a piece of homework that is in line with the best solution found (Out of all these ideas what you can do next week)

ROSA 10 is used in more informal coaching with friends and acquain-tances and in more situational coaching that is fast and focused on action where the client already knows what you want Moreover in situations where there is no need to go deeper into understanding the emotions beliefs and values of the client

EXAMPLES OF QUESTIONS LETTER ldquoRrdquo 3 What made you want to come and see me 3 How can I help you 3 How happy satisfied are you 3 How do you feel about that 3 What is the path yoursquove followed so far 3 What works best in your life at the moment What can and

should be improved

3 On a 0-10 scale how satisfied are you in this area 3 What is your biggest challenge 3 How are other areas of your life 3 What else Tell me more

The fundamental Reality question is WHATrsquoS UP

EXAMPLES OF QUESTIONS LETTER ldquoOrdquo 3 Where will you be in a year 3 What is your biggest dream 3 Where would you like to go 3 What is your most amazing vision of this situation 3 From 0 to 10 how important is this goal to you 3 Can you see your goal Describe in detail what it looks like 3 If you had a magic wand that could solve this problem what

would your new situation look like what would you like to see happen

The fundamental Objectives question is WHAT DO YOU WANT

EXAMPLES OF QUESTIONS LETTER ldquoSrdquo 3 What can you do 3 What are you doing right now to solve this situation 3 What do you think is the best way to reach the objectives 3 Do you know someone who can help 3 What are some things yoursquove never imagined doing 3 Let us list a series of possible steps 3 Can you give me 10 solutions And 10 more 3 If I were in your situation what advice would you give me 3 If you had all the money in the world what would you do 3 Who could help you solve this situation

The fundamental Solutions question is GREAT AND WHAT ELSE

28

29

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING ROSA 20

EXAMPLES OF QUESTIONS LETTER ldquoArdquo

3 What will you do this week 3 What is one thing you could do without much difficulty 3 Which of these solutions can you start with today 3 What is your next small step

The fundamental Action question is WHAT ARE YOU GOING TO DO WITH WHOM WHEN During a coaching session the letters R and S have a divergent func-tion allowing you to fully open the flow of ideas The Action phase then has a fully convergent function specifying what will be done as seen in the following diagram

VI ROSA 20

The purpose of this manual and the International Coa-ching Certification is to learn to use ROSA 20 The

MasterCoach Certification goes more in depth with 30 coaching and the MasterCoachTrainer

Certification is about 40 coaching

R(EALITY)The Reality phase is usually the longest

one in ROSA (especially in the first session) It is a very important phase because it is where we find out about our clientrsquos current life situation and start building rapport with her

If this phase is well done the rest comes quite easily and naturally 99 of your clients will be focused on the problem ie living the ldquoPro-blem Psychologyrdquo They will have the tendency to always see the ne-gative even to amplify it as they go along by finding more and more reasons that ldquofeedrdquo the negative aspect of their situation

Everything around them whether it is their home situation or even the state of the country or the world strengthens their ability to see how bad their problem is which contributes to killing all hope for impro-vement and opportunities ultimately go unnoticed Their situation is always the worst it can ever get In fact they tend to see that their life has always been that way

Your goal at this stage is to collect as much information as possible about your client and different aspects (both good and less good) of her life The Coach has two tools for helping her client ldquoget outrdquo of the

ROSA 10

ROSA 30

ROSA 20

ROSA 10

ROSA 30

ROSA 20

WhatWho

when

babybaby

30

31

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

hole that she is focused on and have a conversation about the broader reality of her life

FLUFFY PUFFY VS COMPLICATORAt the stage of Reality we find two main types of people

COMPLICATORThis is the type of person who will claim that they are not able to solve their problem and who also believes that the situation is so big and so bad that there actually is no solution

ROSA 20

In this case let the client speak for five to ten minutes about this but then it is essential to make her say something positive about it with questions like

ldquoWhatrsquos good about itrdquordquo ldquoWhat do you like about your life (Maybe on the same sub-

ject or another - see ldquoGuide to the First Coaching Ses-sionrdquo)

By doing this we motivate the client for the rest of the ROSA Itrsquos re-ally a question of energy If we donrsquot address the positive aspect (of the particular situation or of another area of life) we will not have any energy for the Objectives phase

The conversation gets very depressing and not very motivating when the client manages to convince herself (and often the coach as well)

32

33

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

that there is no solution By adding together both positive and negative aspects we create tension and a spark of energy to move on At the same time we get to find out what truly motivates the client whether it is family a passion that she has or others things

FLUFFY PUFFYThis is the opposite of the type above This is a person who has re-edu-cated herself and grown convinced that itrsquos good to have problems and that they are there for a reason She has a super positive perspective on life but possibly a bit exaggerated Problems are always positive and she does not understand that they may have negative implications

To the question ldquoSo is this problem hurting yourdquo she will promptly reply ldquoOh it isnrsquot Itrsquos good to have problems they bring along many positive things and are just what they should berdquo In this case the Co-ach has to make the client talk about the problem and the aspects that are negative or less good In other words we must find out what hurts enough for the client to realize she needs help with something and that not everything is going well after all

As in the previous case we need to create an inner shock in order to generate energy for the Objectives phase In this case it is necessary to do so by making the client ldquosufferrdquo a bit or to get her out of her comfort zone in order to become aware that there is something she wants to change or do differently If we do not have a challenge an opportunity or a problem we cannot do coaching

Both the ldquoComplicatorrdquo and the ldquoFluffy Puffyrdquo should identify both good and bad aspects of the subject matter Moreover you should not move to the Objectivesrsquo phase be fore this is done At this stage the more the client is aware of her own reality the better the Coachrsquos picture will be of that same reality Both types of clients need to enter the area of challenge leaving the reality that they live in and gaining a broader awareness of the reality that is

Only with this awareness will there be fuel to create goals and pro-gress to the next stages

PIZZA OF LIFEThe clientrsquos reality is like a big wall Something she nee-ds to overcome to reach the other side the side that she wants to be on Although the wall is large the client will tend to concentrate on a small part of the wall a hole a brick to paint etc About 98 of people are focused on the small ldquoholesrdquo of life which only increases their size and importance

Implementing a real change in your life means looking at it as a whole from various angles analyzing all its weaknesses but also all the pos-sibilities In doing so the client becomes more aware of who she is

The pizza is divided into four distinct areas (linked to the four elements and the four personality types) and twelve slices

EARTH AREA (PRACTICAL WORLD)Money How is your bank account Do you have any debts Do you

think you have enough money or do you need more to have the life you want And what about material goods such as a home a car travel

Health Are you healthy Do you have any chronic illness How do you nourish yourself Any sports Do you feel alive

Jobcareer Are you doing something you like Feel satisfied with your career How many hours do you work per day What is your level of productivity

WATER AREA (EMOTIONAL WORLD)

Romance Do you have a love relationship that satisfies you Do you love and are you loved Are you feeling happy and complete without being in a relationship

Family and Friends (with a big F) How do you relate to your chil-dren parents and friends

Contribution Are you helping create a better world Any voluntary work Donations Satisfied with the help you provide

ROSA 20

of life

money

hea

lth

workcareer romance

Friends

family

contribuitiondevelopmentpersonal

social life

hobbies

peer groupleadershippersonal

life p

urpose

Pearth

Ewater

Mair

Sfire

meaning

34

35

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

AIR AREA (MENTAL WORLD)Personal Development Do you read books participate in training

courses invest in yourself and in your learningdevelop-ment

Hobbies and Social Life Do you have a social life that satisfies you Do you have free time to do what you like

Peer Group Groups of people (friends family etc) that challenge us and pull us forward Do you have people that encourage you How often do you meet with them

FIRE AREA (SPIRITUAL WORLD)Personal Leadership How do you relate with yourself When you

look at yourself (on the inside and the outside) do you like

what you see How is your confidence and self-esteem

Life Purpose How much of your day-to-day do you dedicate to doing what you love most

Meaning of Life Do you have a faith What do you believe in What is the energy that encompasses all Why are we here on this planet

The Pizza of Life is a very deep tool to be used both by the client and the Coach to develop their roots It is a practical way of examining all areas of our lives

It is essential to distinguish between the importance that a client at-tributes to a slice and her degree of satisfaction with it Itrsquos not about how much you have of this or that slice but rather how satisfied you are with this area For example a person who is not religious does not have to have a zero in the area of the meaning of life if she is comfor-table with that area But if she does feel that she needs to work on her faith then the value will inevitably be less than 10 Another example someone who lives in a rented house travels by bus and goes camping on holidays may have a 10 in the money slice if itrsquos a person who does not value material goods Someone else who lives the same kind of life but aspires to have a beach house a great car and travel to exotic places will assign a lower value to this slice

The client may want to add or remove a slice and split others However the most important thing is to recognize the four main areas (PEMS) and the importance of all the slices for your happiness and for gaining a more balanced life

When the pizza is filled out once again you will address the positive and less positive aspects of it At this stage you should ask your client

3 ldquoWhich 2 or 3 areasslices feel goodstrong at the momentrdquo

3 ldquoWhich 2 or 3 areasslices need a little more attention and some im-

ROSA 20

1 What is the current situation

2 Concrete examples

3 Objectivity through facts

4 Ask what when where who

REALITYRESUME

36

37

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

provementrdquo

This way you gain even more information about the current situation of your client which may be very helpful during the rest of the coaching process

LEVERAGE SLICEAfter evaluating the pizza of life we dedicate ourselves to hel-ping the client choose a leverage slice We can explain that coaching is about gaining focus by having only one target to hit at each moment in time This does not mean that we wonrsquot work on any other area it just means that we first need to solve one slice one priority slice

The question to use is ldquoWhich slice if you increase your satisfaction with it by one or two points would improve the biggest number of your other pizza slicesrdquo

You can ask your client to select any 5 slices then 3 then 2 and ask ldquoImagine that I am the genie in the lamp and I can help you bring one of these slices to a 10 which one would you chooserdquo

If your client clearly has a slice that she wants to work you can proce-ed with this one right away

The leverage slice is not always the slice that got the lowest rating Therefore we should not influence the decision of the client

A few tips

3 If the client chooses a slice that she gave a high rating itrsquos good news for the Coach because it will be relatively easy for the client to improve it further

3 If the client wants to choose a new slice in the next session no problem Remember that we are just chauffeurs Early on in the coaching process the client may do some reflection and then want to choose another slice

3 Until the leverage slice is resolved (rated much more positively)

or under control by the client (it only being a matter of time) we DO NOT change the slice along the way We only do so once we have delivered the wanted results If we change the slice in each session it becomes difficult (if not impossible) to deliver results which also become much less sustainable Coaching is not a process with a magic wand that can transform a slice in an hour

3 No area is more important than another and the numbers that the client uses to evaluate only mean something to her Remember that YOU SHOULD NOT JUDGE anything about the pizza of your client It only needs to make sense to her

O(BJECTIVES)Now that we know the current reality of our client it is time to move on At this point we no longer speak of problems or challenges That was back in the previous phase Now we just want to know about Objectives

In Coaching we work with two types of objectives

GURU OBJECTIVES AND BABY OBJECTIVESAll of us more or less consciously orient our action through goals But we do not always take the right steps There are people who consciously do but there are many others who without being conscious of it hurt their feet run without knowing where theyrsquore going or stop halfway

We can identify two types of goals which we should use to our advan-tage

3 Guru objective ndash a goal that is so big so big that therersquos a voi-ce in our head that thinks itrsquos impossible to accomplish

3 Baby objective ndash a goal that is so small so small that we are absolutely certain of achieving it

ROSA 20

The slice of leverage is the one in which if there is any improvements will positively affect other slices of pizza

The Baby-Objectives has the

unique purpose to increase client

confidence

38

39

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

Guru and baby objectives psychology is natural to us not something we learn nor something we can unlearn For example it activates immediately if wersquore in a car accident if anything threatens our survi-val or the survival of our loved ones We then forget whether we are confident or not successful or not rich or poor and we only care about finding a solution This is natural we always have an ultimate goal in mind while at the same time staying present to the immediate objec-tive since that is what makes us define the next small step towards reaching our guru objective And we get so engaged that nothing will distract us from our guru objective Now this psychology should not get triggered only unconsciously in moments of survival but also be applied consciously in our lives in general in our everyday And yes it can be activated

Always remember that an objective is only at the guru level if there is a voice inside you that laughs finding it impossible to achieve and a baby objective is only one if you are sure that you will achieve It is therefore essential to dream to look farther and reach beyond what our minds can visualize

But beware if we focus solely on our highest goals we will never le-ave the realm of dreams and over time we will lose self-confidence Achieving goals involves taking small steps every day defining reaso-nable steps that slowly but surely bring us closer to our guru objective

Success depends on a combination of both We must therefore learn to live life with very big guru objectives and very small baby objectives Most people that feel unhappy have developed a guru psychology but not a baby psychology or vice versa The former always want more and are never satisfied with their daily achievements The latter live through small steps but cannot think big so the little steps wear them out and monotony or apathy reigns

Having a great guru objective without setting baby objectives leads to frustration anxiety and impatience Setting baby objectives without having a big guru objective leads to disinterest discouragement and lack of direction(ldquoTrate a Vida por Turdquo paacuteg 111)

META+Our objectives should be

Measurable - Objectives should be very concrete so that when we reach them we can check off ldquomission accomplishedrdquo For example ldquoI will spend 3 hours a day with my familyrdquo instead of ldquoI will spend more time with my familyrdquo

Emotional Objectives should contain grand adjectives that provoke a lot of emotion so that the brain gives them more importance For example ldquoI will wake up shining and full of vitality ready for a new day of fun and productivityrdquo

Timed - Objectives must have either a date or a frequency or both For example ldquoStarting tomorrow I will be home by 8 pm every day to have dinner with my childrenrdquo or ldquoI will train every day starting on Sundayrdquo

Achievable - We need to believe in the objectives that we set and know that they are possible to reach For example ldquoI will write a book next monthrdquo If you think your goal is too ambitious you had better adapt it ldquoIrsquoll write one chapter in the next monthrdquo

Positive (+) - Goals should be stimulating the positive Neurolinguistics say that everything that we define as positi-ve encourages us and everything that we define as negative defeats us For example ldquoI will not smoke anymorerdquo is wrong while ldquoI will breathe 100 oxy-gen and make air cleaner for myself and for othersrdquo is more correct Or ldquoon day x I will weigh y poundsrdquo instead of ldquoI will lose weightrdquo(Trate a Vida por Tu paacuteg 155)

ROSA 20

1 What do you want

2 What do you really want

3 What is the Guru-Objective

4 What is the Baby-Objective

5 What is the dream (the most importan is to make the client talk about his dreams)

6 In a perfect world (For those who have di-fficulty in define Guru-Objectives)

7 Meta+

OBJECTIVESRESUME

The meta+ model is used to specify the target-guru

40

41

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

Why do we need to have these two opposing energies Exactly for the same reason as the positive and negative energies in the Reality phase We really need a guru objective since the effort that the client will have to make and the person she has to become to get there will make her reach much further than if she had set an intermediate goal Coaching is about dreams about the best of the best for each area of our lives The important thing is not whether or not the client gets there but that the road she travels takes her much further

Moreover every journey starts with a small step We need to create an objective so small so small that the client is absolutely sure she can do it Why To get her motivated quickly to achieve success and above all to convey the baby objective psychology We need to make our clients realize that coaching is about big and small steps The baby objective in itself is not important but we need to introduce this step here so that your client begins to celebrate every little step that she takes every piece of homework that gets done

Coaching is about forming a person with both guru and baby objectives psychology Someone who wants to go really far and at the same time is super happy with everything that she has already achieved

Notas If a client has a very big guru objective to reach in a short time and the Coach thinks it is not possible we can ask the client to ldquoconvince us that it is possiblerdquo On the other hand if the baby objective is very big we do the same

S(OLUTIONS)Encouraging creativity is equally important to teaching children ma-thematics Portuguese and science This is what later on will separate intelligent adults from true geniuses who are able to create something new revolutionary and innovative in whatever area It is those who mark others society science and the world who ultimately make a

difference

40 IDEASIn fact we are all creative We have all been children we have all been creative and so what happened What is it that makes our creativity die The fact is that our society limits our creativity while forgetting that in a grey professional world creativity makes the difference

ROSA 20

clique no viacutedeo para o activar

42

43

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

Anyone who is creative grows through challenges simply because they put their creativity at the service of what is not working They go off immediately to search for a solution And this is available to everyo-ne This is the basis of the ldquoSrdquo in ROSA instead of complaining go look for a solution Remember yoursquore always one idea away from solving your biggest challenge You just havenrsquot found that idea yet Pull out

your creativity and try finding ideas ideas ideas

Even the most creative people start with obvious ideas and it is good to go through them in order to get to the other ones Little by little we will get to the interesting ideas and when we stop being afraid of saying nonsense we become creative Now the challenge is to get an innovative idea And that can only be achieved by investing time and energy When we are at 10 or 20 ideas to not give up until you have at least 40

Losing our creativity is in other words restraining our physical (earth) emotional (water) mental (air) and spiritual (fire) abilities Children do not have these restraints in a physical sense they love exploring the world through their body showing you they donrsquot care about posture for instance and they seem unbreakable when defying the laws of gra-vity with an energy that seems limitless Emotionally they are much more open to all kinds of feelings because they have not accumulated many negative experiences Mentally they are hungry for knowledge and the concept of right and wrong is not yet set so everything seems possible to them Spiritually they are completely free they may have some enrooted values but everything else is an open book

In order to be creative again and go back to having blank pages in the book of life being able to write and rewrite improvise and create we

obvious interesting creative innovative

can start by being creative in one area or going back to being creative in all aspects of life and our being To go back to being creative we must explore our physical body do sports dance act etc and use your senses to hear smell taste touch and see The healthier we are the more our body will be available to be physically creative To go back to being more creative emotionally we have to stop being afraid to feel We have to venture into relationships connections sharing without the fear of being hurt frustrated cheated and even happy

To go back to being mentally creative we must learn new subjects think about new things analyze from new angles and perspectives challenge our minds have conversations with all kinds of people read all kinds of magazines stimulate all parts of our brain

Finally if we want to go back to being spiritually creative we must question all our certainties and dogmas meditate and open ourselves to the world of possibilities and the inexplicable We need to know oursel-ves in order to experience life intensely

If we manage to be creative in all four areas we will be soon become a new person with a palette of new experiences and openness to wha-tever happens giving us new shape and a different glow If we can be more creative regarding the first letter of our PEMS we should really be congratulated for it The important thing is to enter the challenge zone to seek solutions in areas that have not yet been explored in fiel-ds that are uncomfortable for others but that we call our comfort zone Then everything and really everything becomes possible and there are no longer problems without solutions(ldquoTrate a Vida por Turdquo paacuteg 165)

PARADIGM SHIFTThis is the time to get the client to think ldquoupside downrdquo ie to think ldquoout of the boxrdquo It is undoubtedly the most difficult phase of the coaching sessions Your clients will not even want to think and to change their paradigms

The vast majority of people when trying to solve a pro-blem or challenge use the first ideas that come to mind - the Obvious ideas ndash the ones that we all have However there are three more levels of ideas The Interesting ideas are those that some have sometimes

ROSA 20

The very first ideas are obvious Only then comes the interesting and then comes the very creative and innovative ideas

44

45

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

Solutions are always related to the Guru-Objectives

and then come the Creative Ideas that are those which generate con-flict because they go lsquoout of the boxrsquo shifting paradigms Finally we have the Innovative ideas that are the ones that nobody sees but once they are revealed they become obvious

We may use this ability in all areas of our life using this unique creati-vity to make everything unique and different

The goal of a Coach is getting the client to change her paradigm This is what happens in an ldquoAHArdquo moment when she finds an idea and is sure that this is the one she was missing

In the picture on the left do you see a young girl or an old lady Try to see both Put your brain to work both ways

GREAT AND WHAT ELSEBrainstorming is the most powerful tool for creativity and the best way of stimulating creativity in all areas of your life It is essential to do individual and group brainstorming as it is the best way to find so-lutions to challenges

What is a lsquobrainstormingrsquo

As the name implies it is a kind of ldquobrain stormrdquo And what do storms do They stir things up make ideas collide (thunder) and launch one solution after the other (lightning) ldquowaitingrdquo for the one that will solve the problem and put the storm at rest Brainstorming is not only use-ful at the workplace Every person and family should brainstorm from time to time to seek solutions to their problems from the most basic day-to-day questions (how to deal with expenses manage domestic tasks prepare meals) to deeper and more complex ones (helping a child become more confident helping a father that is unemployed) And individually each one of us should do brainstorming to solve and improve all areas that we feel the need to change

It is very easy to do brainstorming Here are the six rules to start prac-ticing today

1 No judgement All ideas are valuable even the most stupid ones In a brainstorming there are no arguments or criticism All ideas are good initially If there is criticism besides genera-ting conflict it can also inhibit the people involved

2 Quantity quantity quantity The more ideas generated the better the brainstorming Quality does not matter here only quantity Why The first ideas will be obvious then interesting then creative and only then innovative

3 Hitchhike You can build on otherrsquos ideas No participant should be silent for a long time If you donrsquot have any idea you can simply hitchhike on someone elsersquos The only thing you cannot do is not to participate

4 Go crazy From time to time throw in some ideas that are lsquoout-side the boxrsquo Regardless of how absurd they may seem this will help you and your colleagues to leave the obvious ideas and make your brains think At the very least you will enliven the session If the group laughs at your idea yoursquore being crazy

ROSA 20

click the video to see it

46

47

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

5 Take notes The most dangerous thing in a brainstorming ses-sion is having no one to write down the ideas Preferably the one who writes should not be giving any ideas she should fo-cus on writing down othersrsquo ideas There should also be a kind of a moderatorfacilitator of the brainstorming session not for taking decisions or criticizing but precisely for making sure that no one tries to take decisions on behalf of the group or to criticize other peoplersquos ideas and to help keep the focus on what matters In an individual brainstorming session you of course need to be your own moderator

6 A clear goal You must clearly define what the purpose of your objective is what the challenge is and if possible write formu-late it in META+(ldquoTrate a Vida por Turdquo paacuteg 213)

Brainstorming is the most powerful creativity tool In a brainstorming the client is requested to come up with a great amount of ideas on how to reach her Guru Objective

click the video to see it

And the Coach must be persistent since this is when you realize that humans are lazy when it comes to thinking It is very likely that when giving her fifth idea the client will say that she has no more Everyone will want to convince you that they have already found the magic solu-tion But they havenrsquot And how do we know that Because if they had found it they would already have solved their challenge

During a brainstorming ideally it is the Coach who writes down the ideas But she should not alter any of them And if the client gets stuck we must ask open and creative questions such as

3 If you had all the money in the world what would you do 3 If you were your idol what would you do 3 If it were 10 years ago what would you do 3 If it were 10 years from now what would you do

Cultivating a sense of humour as a Coach is always a good for rela-xing and making people creative This is in fact important in any area At this stage it is very likely that the client will have long mo-ments without coming up with any ideas Therefore it is impor-tant to create our own personal way of ldquopulling outrdquo the clientrsquos ideas such as a small exercise changing seats or using humour If the client gets to 40 ideas very easily and none is lsquointerestingrsquo even for her it means that she is still in the obvious ide-as and then 40 more ideas are always welcome Creativity is an expansive energy The more it is cultivated the more it grows and the easier it becomes to use it in other areas of life Notas The Coach may suggest ideas but only as an encouragement to the client

A brainstorming can take up a large part of a session so it is important to make sure there is enough time for it

ROSA 20

1 Allow the obvious

2 I want more ideas

3 Help to avoid judgment

4 Overcoming objections with questions ldquoWhat ifrdquo

5 Okay what else

SOLUTIONSRESUME

48

49

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

since it is not right to leave it midway The goal is that the client forces her brain to find new ideas in a short time and in such a way that it is almost like a shock to her

It is important to keep focused on one topic in a brainstorming Some may change their focus during the process for example a client whorsquos Guru objective is to open a business may start to suggest ideas on how to make more money In this case the Coach should remind the client of the main topic At the same time the Coach should stay flexible and if the client really feels that their focus was not on the first topic but on the second itrsquos time to go back and set a new Guru objective

A(CTION)ROSA exists only for one reason to get us to act We find our Reality establish our Objectives and think up Solutions that make us act ndash the A is the purpose of ROSA

Now more than people of action we must be people of innovation

Innovation is creativity applied to getting the desired results Being creative is not enough but creativity is the tool for getting to innova-tion So how do we do this

The secret is not to give up on creating ideas ideas and more ideas until the innovative idea comes Sometimes it never comes but get-ting to the creative ones is already something Those who have dared being creative many times and more and more are those who mana-ge to reach the innovation Itrsquos not enough to have talent you have to work hard to translate this talent into amazing results Look at these examples

3 Bach wrote one cantata a week even when he was sick 3 Mozart produced more than 600 pieces of music 3 Darwin wrote 109 publications one of which was about the Theory of

Evolution 3 Einstein published 248 theses one of which was about the Theory

of Relativity 3 Freud published 350 theses 3 Rembrandt produced 650 paintings 3 It took Thomas Edison 2000 experiments to invent the light bulb

and 9000 to perfect it 3 Picasso created more than 20000 pieces of art

This is why it is so important to act Do a lot create a lot invest a lot (ldquoTrate a Vida por Turdquo paacuteg 234)

THE FUNNELThis is the part where coaching really becomes challenging where the client realizes that she will have to do something and not just think and talk about it It is the phase where we start to converge and funnel things in order to find an action that is as specific as possible

This is with no doubt the most important phase of ROSA In a coaching session anything can happen in any of the other phases but we cannot end it without an action (without homework)

What

3 What are you going to do now 3 What are you thinking about doing now ()

ROSA 20

click the video to see it

A task should not be so simple that it doesnacutet make any difference to the client to fulfill it nor should it be so difficult that it becomes infeasible

50

51

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

With whom It is very important to involve someone in the action pro-cess 99 of the homework should have a third person involved The-reby we are creating conditions for the client to become autonomous after the coaching process The questions might be

3 ldquowill you ask to ask you whether you have done itrdquo 3 ldquoApart from me (the Coach) who else will be involved in thisrdquo

When Marcar data ou frequecircncia Quanto mais especiacutefica for me-lhor Isto leva o cliente a pensar exatamente quando vai fazer au-tomaticamente isto cria um compromisso maior dentro dele doing this the client should end each session with a specific homework knowing both the day and the time she will do it and with whom she will share it

At what time of the week beginning or end

At the end of the week

What is for you the end of the week Friday Saturday Sunday

Friday

Ok and what time

Anytime

Anytime Ok But in the morning in the afternoon or evening

Morning

And what time

Early

What is early for you

Upon waking

And what time do you wake up

At 7am

THE CONVERGENCE TECHNIQUEIf the client does not find an action to do you can use the convergence technique by asking the following questions

3 ldquoLook at your ideas (the brainstorming) and mark those that you find reasonablerdquo

3 ldquoNow choose 10rdquo 3 ldquoChoose 5rdquo 3 ldquoChoose 3 2 rdquo 3 ldquoIf I had a magic wand that would immediately fulfil one of these

ideas which one would you chooserdquo

COMMITMENTIn the early sessions you can also ask the client to send you an SMS after doing the action in or-der to confirm it Of course you donrsquot force her

if she refuses but then if she doesnrsquot do her homework you will have more power to ask for an SMS in the next homework

If she accepts you may also ask if you can send her an SMS in case she forgets to do so What will happen is that as soon as she receives our SMS asking whether the action has been done she will do it immediately so that she can reply that she has By SMS we also mean any other means like a telephone call or e-mail The Coach must be flexible enough to perceive which method suits her client the best

THE HANDSHAKEShaking hands after defining the homework is very important because it is the archetype of commitment But remember if the client does not do her homework there is no failure only feedback Maybe the problem really is the kind of homework given or poor explanation about the im-portance of the homework in the coaching process

ONE SMALL STEP FORWARDWhat is the Next Small Step you can take This ques-

ROSA 20

What is the first next small step

Earn 20000 euro

What is the first next small step

Save 100 euro month

What is the first next small step

Open an account

ldquoGreat what is the next small step that you believe you can accomplish

Deposit 1000 euro

1 What is the option that has magic

2 What is the option that makes sense

3 What are you gonna do exactly

4 How will you know you make it

5 Funnel When What day What time

6 Commitment handshake

ACTIONRESUME

52

53

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

free to put everything she has (skills tools knowledge) at the service of her client Indeed every three sessions more or less you should challenge your client with a piece of homework However the challen-ge will vary depending on whom we have in front of us and on the level of the process

4 SUCCESS TIPS FOR THIS PHASE FASEAction Plans it is at this stage that we start working on an action plan

that will follow the session Remember coaching without ac-tion is not coaching Thatrsquos why you should do a ROSA in every session go through the four phases and always end with a very concrete action plan on what the client will do during the week and until the next session Here is an example of an action plan

What will I do Run 3 times per week

When Monday Wednesday and Friday

With whom Alone

Possible obstacles Laziness and lack of time

Benefits Feeling healthier

What will help me remember Setting an alarm on my phone

How will I celebrate By going to the cinema

Homework the tasks between the sessions are a priority for the coaching Most of the le-arning comes from the homework that is done between sessions So remember to always end your session by asking your client to suggest tasks that she would like to accom-plish that coming week the next small steps she can take right now Then rephra-se each one into a concrete action (when how where ) Still some clients will have gre-

tion tool is ideal for those who have difficulty in defining Baby Objecti-ves or those who have difficulty in defining an action to do this week

Notas As a general rule the client will not hear the word ldquosmallrdquo in the question The-refore we must repeat the question until the action is so small that the client would have no difficulty doing it

Of course the Next Small Step may not be the right action to choose for this week

Example The client wants to buy a Porsche (Guru Objective)

ldquoDeposit 1000 eurosrdquo is the Baby Objective The same process can be used for defining the homework

At the end when an action has been defined the Coach may also su-ggest a piece of homework In other words then the Coach is finally

ROSA 20

54

55

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING RAPPORT

at difficulty in taking action If this is the case always look for the smallest step that the person can take If we do not act itrsquos because the step is not small enough Remember ldquoEvery journey begins with one small steprdquo

Commitment amp Penalties some clients will sometimes have real diffi-culty in stepping into action Sometimes you may have to resort to agreeing on a fine if your client does not accomplish her task All human beings run away from pain and sometimes in coaching we need to use a little more masculine energy (wersquoll talk about that more below) to help You can even ask the question ldquoWhat will happen if you do not accomplish itrdquo

Monitoring amp Accountability the role of a Coach is to provide moni-toring to her client However the responsibility must always be on the clientrsquos side As a Coach you are responsible for guiding the process Your client should define the strategies needed to enable her to take the steps she wants You should follow and always try to understand what may have prevented her from completing her tasks Above all you should be focused on finding better strategies to lead her into action However do remind your client that it is her responsibility Ultimately acting or not acting is her choice

VII RAPPORT

Mastering the ROSA technique and mastering Rapport will alone make

you a Mega Coach Of course you can gain more Roots but people

who attend our courses usu-ally already have quite some

1ST DEFINITION OF RAPPORT

Relationship of trust and influence rapport is the ability to create trust within a few minutes with various kinds of people and to influence them to act think and do better You can only influence after being trusted Think about people you trust and do not trust what influence do these people have on you

2ND DEFINITION OF RAPPORTRelationship of empathy and sympathy ldquoWe only like 2 kinds of people people who are the way we are or who are the way we would like to berdquo

Empathy I feel empathy based on the things I have in common with someone

Sympathy Based on the qualities and characteristics that someone has that I would like to have

Conclusion rapport is empathy (who is like me) and sympathy (who is the way I would like to be)

56

57

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

Rapport is trust and

influence

Rapport is the ability to create

empathy and sympathy

WARNING Empathy comes before sympathy and trust comes before influence This is the most important aspect of rapport I cannot influence anyone who does not trust me

Part 2 Now letrsquos try to understand what happens in our psyche why this is the way it is

I invite you to imagine that yoursquore a rabbit in a forest and you meet another rabbit What happens Now imagine you meet another animal thatrsquos different from you What does the rabbit do FLIGHT (runs away)

Now imagine that you are not a rabbit yoursquore a wolf You meet an ani-mal thatrsquos different from you What does the wolf do FIGHT

Now imagine yoursquore a porcupine What happens FREEZE

Animals have these three types of reactions Now imagine yoursquore a human being 20000 years ago and you come across something di-fferent from you What happens ONE OF THESE THINGS AND YOU FEEL FEAR You react the way you do because your psyche does not know what it is And if it is another human being I KNOW WHAT TO EXPECT She is like me Our fear grows when something is different because we donrsquot know what to expect Imagine that you do meet a hu-man being but wearing clothes or other things that are very different

What happens when it is the same kind of animal What exists there EM-PATHY AND TRUST - 1st LEVEL of RAPPORT

This is a metaphor of course Rapport is very unconscious I could tell you to trust someone but your unconscious may not feel the trust What regula-tes that instinct in your psyche is KNOWING WHAT I CAN EXPECT

WHAT HAPPENS IN COACHING Clients also have these three types of reactions flight freeze or fight They may not show up for the follow ses-sion they may answer ldquoyesrdquo ldquonordquo ldquomayberdquo ldquodonrsquot knowrdquo or they may be in constant disagreement with you

Key ldquothe more the Coach is the way I am the more rapport there isrdquo

MILTON ERICSON (Ericsonian Psychology NLP Hypnotherapy) found the client within himself and used this as his tool in the therapy sessions

Ericson created rapport before proceeding with anything else This is TRUST and EMPATHY Ericson was humble and flexible enough to adapt to the client Only once you have done this you can go back to being yourself

Ways of creating rapport with someone

Verbal

3 Language words 3 Subject matter 3 Quotes way of speaking 3 Repeating what the other says 3 Using the otherrsquos metaphors 3 Using the same expressions

Non-verbal

3 Gestures 3 Voice 3 Mime 3 Distance 3 Posture 3 Breathing 3 Touch 3 Speed

Note Every human being has a natural and unconscious tendency to create rapport with others To confirm this all you need is to look at two people talking to each other and see how easily you will notice similarities in their postures and way of speaking

ldquoYou have only one chance to create a good first impression but you have plenty of opportunities to create rapportrdquo

Rapport is an honest attempt to enter someonersquos map-of-the-world The-re is no agreeing or disagreeing only flexibility Rapport does not mean friendship The first session and often the second is a lot about creating rapport

RAPPORT

Sometimes itacutes enought just a little attention to help someone but attention is not coaching

58

59

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

RAPPORT MODELndash 2 PacuteSEstablishing rapport is a process of many levels and layers of depth

LEVEL 1 - PRESENCE AND

PARTNERSHIP

PRESENCEThis is the first step towards creating ra-pport thus the most superficial one Pre-sence means that the Coach is fully com-mitted to her client aware of everything she says and does Nothing from outside the ses-sion should be on the Coachrsquos mind She must be fully present

Before a session itrsquos important that you as a Co-ach calm down forget about everything else and gain a notion of where you are and what you are going to do

POSTURE amp PHRASING

PERCEPTUAL POSITIONS

PERSON TO PERSON

PRESENCE amp PARTNERSHIP

PROBING amp PATIENCE

click the video to see it

Dedicate a few minutes to this process

Presence and Attention are among the healthiest ac-tions that lead to real results You can create a good

relationship with your client (child parent etc) just by being fully present and attentive Even gardens become more beautiful if they are cared for

Presence is about getting yourself into a certain state Itrsquos about being Yin and Yang at the same time

Yin ndash relaxing breathing being aware of all five senses being fully present where you are

Yang ndash mobilizing all your energy by run-ning jumping listening to inspiring music

PARTNERSHIP

Creating an equal relationship with your client Not top down or vice--versa The Coach should never be at a lower or higher level than her client The chairs should be the same for example

For presence and partnership it is also important to switch off the phone to prevent anything from interrupting the session Tidying up the table is equally important to having a clean and hygienic space

From 0 to 10 the importance of Presence during a session is a 10 It is the first step If it isnrsquot there nothing else will

Psycho-geography is also very important in this area

PSYCHO-GEOGRAPHY the way your psyche relates to geography Example On which side you like to sleep Each person has a different psycho-geography Some prefer to be by the sea while others prefer to be in the mountains

RAPPORT

Empathy is being doing

talk and think like the other Sympathy is being doing

talk and think how the other

would like to be

60

61

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

Some tips for using the psycho-geography of the client to your advan-tage

3 Having a room with a minimum amount of symbols It is not recom-mended to have crucifixes or other artefacts related to religion A bookshelf filled with books can also intimidate the client

3 Pay attention to details ndash cables on the floor which CDs are on the shelf etc

3 Having sessions at the clientrsquos home can become dangerous because there are lots of distractions and anchors Difficult si-tuations might have taken place there which will make it more challenging for the client to create a distance to them

It is the Coachrsquos job to notice the psycho-geography of her client and what makes her more comfortable

Despite all the rapport a Coaching session should always stay pro-fessional Being relaxed is necessary for both parties but the focus should not be on friendship You as a Coach need to be professional You must choose to be a Coach instead of a friend

When it comes to clothing you should be as neutral as possible in the beginning but always aligned with your personality Then you can try to adapt to the style of your client

The mantra here is having the client leave the session thinking that her Coach is just like her NOTHING IS WRONG Let your client choose what she prefers

LEVEL 2 - POSTURE AND PHRASINGWhen establishing rapport mere presence and partnership are not enough Moreover they are only the first step The posture and the phrasing that the Coach uses are very important for creating rapport in the relationship What we refer to here is mainly keeping a posture and using similar words and expressions to those of the client This way the client will see herself in us and instead of flight fight or freeze she will feel relaxed and be much more comfortable about talking

Sitting in the same position as the client using her posture tone of

voice and gestures these are all factors to consider

POSTURERegarding posture one can use two techniques that are very similar and very powerful

Mirroring When a Coach takes on a physical position that is the exact mirror image of the clientrsquos If the client leans to her right then the Coach who is facing her leans to her left

Matching In this case the Coach adopts the exact same physical position instead of a symmetric one Both ways are good and powerful The goal is to be equal or symmetrical

Of course it is not indispensable to be like the client 100 of the time as this will take a lot of the attention that the Coach needs to give the client

The more you practice these behaviours the more automatically and unconsciously you will do it When rapport already is high you can go back to your own posture and your regular vocabulary However should you feel the need you can always take up these techniques again

In fact at a high level of rapport it is possible and entirely positive that it is the client herself who starts to imitate our posture and words (un-consciously) This is the perfect moment to lead the client and suggest something more challenging to her

PHRASINGYou must pay great attention to the words that your client uses and the energy she puts into them The names of people that she talks about are also very important facts to remember

If you can use the same expressions as your client you will earn points in rapport Among these expressions metaphors are the most power-ful ones Try to explore as much possible the metaphors that are being used An excellent technique is to use a metaphor of the client to ex-

RAPPORT

The mirroring copies the

exact posture of the client

the matching mirrors

62

63

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

plain something This will reach very deeply into the psyche of the client and have great impact

You can also use themes that the client likes such as her passions and keep using them in future sessions to explain something or to give examples This creates an incredible sense of empathy between you and the client She will be glad that you are paying attention to what she says and at the same time she will understand much better what you say

The clientrsquos ideas are important keys to use when you speak in order to create and maintain rapport For example if the client talks a lot about travelling Irsquoll use the idea (anchor) that is already there because I know it works in his mind

BACKTRACKING backtracking is a Coaching technique that consists of summarizing the main points of a conversation by using the exact same words that the other person uses This tool helps the client follow the session and make her own short summary while listening to the Coach returning to what she just said and using the same words It is important to use at least the words we consider to be the most significant among the ones that the client expresses those that might be conveying more about her value patterns Backtracking can help us understand for example if we can move to the next phase of ROSA It helps us understand if the client has finished what she had to say about that phase and that way we can figure out whether we can move forward or not You can use simple questions to do so

3 ldquoLet me see if I got what you saidhelliprdquo - backtracking the conversa-tion using the exact words of the client - and then ending ldquoIs this is it or would you like to add something

3 ldquoSo what yoursquore saying isrdquo 3 ldquoCan I make a summary of your reality in relation to that slicerdquo

This is one of the simplest and most important techniques when buil-ding rapport

When building rapport avoid paraphrasing (saying the same thing in other words) but do quote A coach quotes

Mastery in Backtracking is being able to quote the last 20 minutes of a session This will leave your client fascinated and feeling that her Coach is really paying attention to everything she says

Therefore it is motivating to Backtrack at the end of each session and at the end of each phase of the ROSA

The Coach shows confidence and agrees with the client shows that she is on her side and really believes that the client will succeed

We must allow the person to be what she truly is talkative or silent Silent people also have things to say it is a matter of asking the right questions

NOTES When a session is not going well (the relationship is under stress) then the focus should be fully on level 2 Rapport - Posture and Phrasing The secret is to forget about the rest and build rapport again Once it is re-established you can address the problem

LEVEL 3 - PROBING AND PATIENCEEvery new level in Rapport brings you techniques that are deeper and more complex But the good news is that you donrsquot do level 3 Rapport until Level 1 and 2 are done So you will increase your skills by going from the easiest to the most difficult

PROBINGAsking questions is more complicated than imitating the posture and words of the client Indeed one of the more complicated aspects of being a Coach is to not give opinions and to ask the right questions at the right time We know that we keep showing you that you already are a Coach and that itrsquos easy but here we must tell you ldquoITrsquoS HARD BEING A COACHrdquo Think very carefully about whether you want to get into it Listening asking questions being patient with the pace of your clients

Even if you have the miracle answer to the clientrsquos situation you need to keep it to yourself Being patient is a challenge and usually typical

RAPPORT

64

65

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

To paraphrase can break

rapport

of the great masters You can only be a master if you want to learn to listen and if you develop a great patience for listening

Questions have the power to illuminate the darkness of your client by asking a powerful question you really get to see another human bri-ghten up right in front of you

Coaching has the power to open a new world to the client questions help people discover new resources Clients tend to find familiar answers but you as a Coach will lead them to unfamiliar answers

Classic examples of some ways to make your client talk

1 -Repeating what the client just said but in question form Client ndash ldquoYesterday I went boatingrdquo Coach ndash ldquoBoatingrdquo

2 -What does that mean to you What does fear mean to you What does a goal mean to you Example Client says ldquoIt is not rapport itrsquos complicityrdquoCoach replies ldquoWhat does complicity mean to yourdquo Client says ldquoItrsquos a clickrdquo Coach ldquoWhat does a click mean to yourdquo

3 -rdquoWhat elserdquo Serves above all to go to the heart of the matter Others like this one are ldquoTell me morerdquo and ldquoCan you go a bit deeper on thatrdquo

POWERFUL QUESTIONS Questions are probably the most beautiful flowers in the garden of learning Questions are one of the biggest se-crets of learning Creative solutions are practically impossible without questions

If you learn to ask 100 questions a day get ready for a revolution in your work at all levels

In life at work in business we are all afraid of asking questions We were educated from an early age to believe that there are right and wrong questions and we were also taught to not fail we avoid asking questions because of fearing that they are wrong The only way to reach the right questions is by not being afraid of the wrong ones

The one who wants to explore learning has to dance with this fear

A large part of all our creative potential stops at the door fearing to ring the doorbell When learning the one who doesnrsquot know is far less ignorant than the knowledgeable one Take risks Ring the bell Ask questions

Become obsessively curious ask questions How

3 Using the Coachrsquos ability of asking powerful questions 3 Following the rule of thumb ldquoThe Coach has the questions the

Client has the answersrdquo 3 Using positive language 3 Respecting the clientrsquos map-of-the-world 3 Always guiding towards solutions

Examples of powerful questions

3 ldquoCompared to whatrdquordquo 3 ldquoWhat does that mean to yourdquo 3 ldquoWhat could be a solution to yourdquo 3 ldquoI know you donrsquot know But if you knew what would that berdquo 3 ldquoWhat would be ideal to yourdquo 3 ldquoWhat do you want insteadrdquo 3 ldquoHow does that make you feelrdquo 3 ldquoWhat else could that meanrdquo 3 ldquoWhat do you want exactlyrdquo 3 ldquoWhat will you achieve with this goalrdquo 3 ldquoWhat will you do differently next timerdquo 3 ldquoWhat are you doing wellrdquo 3 ldquoWhat has to happen for you to be happy and successfulrdquo 3 ldquoWhat motivates you the mostrdquo 3 ldquoWhatrsquos the worst possible scenario And what could be the best

scenario ldquo 3 ldquoWhat are you willing to do to achieve your goalrdquo 3 ldquoWhat new things could you could tryrdquo 3 ldquoWhat prevents you from taking actionrdquo 3 ldquoWho could help you with this situationrdquo 3 ldquoWhat resources do you need to achieve your goalrdquo

RAPPORT

66

67

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

3 ldquoWhat else do you want to get out of your liferdquo 3 ldquoWhat do you really want achieve in that area of your liferdquo 3 ldquoWhat is your biggest dream in that area of your liferdquo 3 ldquoAnd what is the next small step that you would have to takerdquo 3 ldquoWhat do you find positive in this situationrdquo 3 ldquoHow could you attract better persons into your liferdquo 3 ldquoWhat would have to happen to make you feel more fulfilledrdquo 3 ldquoIf you were your own Coach what coaching would you give

yourselfrdquo 3 ldquoIf I was your best friend what advice would you give me to solve

this situationrdquo 3 ldquoIf you had all the time and money in the world how would you

fix itrdquo

In fact the art of asking questions is the foundations of a coaching process with powerful results The list of questions to ask seems en-dless

So become really obsessed with questions and start NOW How about adding 10 more ideas to our list And some more And many more

Typical coaching questions

3 Questions that lead to action (ldquoWhat will you do What can you do differently What do you need to do tordquo)

3 Goal-oriented instead of problem-oriented ldquoHow would you like it to berdquo ldquoAnd if you could what would you dordquo

3 Future-orientedldquoHow do you see that situation in the future How would you like to feelrdquo

Beware of questions with negative assumptions ldquoWhat happens if you donrsquot do itrdquo They should be followed immediately by a question with positive assumptions ldquoHow will you celebrate when you do itrdquo

RAPPORT

YOUR QUESTIONS

68

69

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

PATIENCECount to 10 relax work on your roots and realize that coaching is a process and that each person has her own time and rhythm How can you train your patience Think of 20 ideas

LEVEL 4 ndash PERCEPTUAL POSITIONSWe could also call this the level where we create rapport with our clientrsquos psychology In fact understanding and perceiving human psychology is a huge advantage for you as a Coach You are not there to be a friend of your client as we have mentioned so then a good way to create a relation with her is through her psychology

Do you know the psychology of a teenager or a parent a boss an unemployed If you grasp your clientrsquos psychology the Rapport will be extraordinary

If you demonstrate that you know how a mother thinks yoursquoll make the client believe that you understand her completely

Most people do not understand their own psyche If you can understand them at that level it will make the client to feel something extraordinary about you and the Coaching process

PERCEPTUAL POSITIONS At this level the Coach must master Per-ceptual Positions that is being able to put herself in another personrsquos position whether itrsquos the clientrsquos or the clientrsquos parent or any other person that is part of the situation You should be able to see the same situation from different perspectives and in the long term help your client do the same

THE EXERCISE This is an exercise to be used mainly if the client has trouble in a relationship with someone (friend family member etc) and is having some difficulty understanding that personrsquos Map-of-the--World And when this is of great importance

You do not need to go very deep in this exercise Because it is NLP even done in a soft way it can be very powerful to your client helping her to see an aspect of the situation that she hadnrsquot seen or reflected on before

STEP 1 ndash The client explains what is going on (she can speak freely without any restrictions You ask questions to understand the reality of the situation)

STEP 2 ndash The Coach suggests this perceptual positions exercise (it is just an invitation If the client does not want to do not continue)

STEP 3 ndash The Coach asks the client to choose two spots represen-ting the two standpoints (you can put a sheet of paper at each spot) and to imagine that the other person is at one of them

STEP 4 ndash The client speaks facing the other spot as if the person was there and acts as herself (The Coach guides with questions ldquoHow did that make you feel What would you like to tell herrdquo etc)

STEP 5 ndash Pause and ldquoshake outrdquo the client and share the question of the game of imagination

STEP 6 ndash The client recalls a childhood game she used to play and describes it a little We then use this as a metaphor to explain that we will now do the same Just a game where we use our imagination The Coach repeats that the per-son with whom the client has a challenge is there at the other spot

STEP 7 ndash The client goes over to the other spot and the Coach helps her go deeper into that role through guiding questions

STEP 8 ndash The client chooses whether she wants to return to her starting position and add something say something more She may go back and forth as many times as she wishes

STEP 9 ndash When done the Coach suggests to the client to stand on a chair and states ldquoYou are now in a neutral position a higher position What would you call this position (Allow the client to choose a name) Seen from above what do you have to say about this situation What would you say to (clientrsquos name) and to (the other personrsquos name) How would you solve this situation How can (clientrsquos name) solve this situationrdquo

RAPPORT

70

71

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

STEP 10 ndash After the client is done with the third (neutral) position the Coach takes the client off the papers

STEP 11 ndash The Coach can then use the following questions to debrief the exercise

3 ldquoHow was the exercise for you 3 ldquoWhat did you learnrdquo 3 ldquoIs there anything you could do differentlyrdquo

STEP 12 ndash Lead the client to an action (a first small step towards sol-ving the situation) and then funnel it

REMEMBER always undock the client from the different roles the client can do the exercise eyes opened or closed

TO ACKNOWLEDGE Acknowledge the client very very very much for having volunteered and shown vulnerability

This exercise serves mainly as a metaphor for the Coach striving to master Perceptual Positions (understanding and being able to go into different psyches)

CONCLUSION The Coach is a master of perceptual positions She knows how to see the different angles of the same situation She sees everything from different angles

PEMS

Life is all about relationships the relationships we have with ourselves and with others Some people instinctively relate better to themselves and others relate really well to others There are those who relate well to almost everything and everyone and others who are unable to relate with anyone This affects their personal and professional life

Is there any way to consciously improve the relationships that instinc-tively do not work Of course

When we grasp the logic of the mind of another person we can better interact with it and even influence it Psychology is power And if we apply on ourselves it becomes even more powerful and interesting The better we know ourselves and the logic of our mind the better we will be able to help ourselves and achieve our goals

Carl Gustav Jung a Swiss psychiatrist and founder of analytical psychology focused on studying social and collective archetypes He identified eight psychological types taking into account peoplersquos beha-viour abilities skills attitudes and motivations

He began by distinguishing between extraverted (social and expansive) and introverted (reserved and reflective) people Each of them could then be connected to two out of the four functions of the psyche sen-sing or intuition thinking or feeling

In the 40rsquos decade Isabel Myers and Katharine Briggs continued Jungrsquos work and added two auxiliary functions to the Jungian types percep-tion and judgement Thereby arriving at 16 psychological types or 16 personality types Later a personality test was created ndash The Myers--Briggs Type Indicator or MBTI - which is still the most commonly used tool for identifying different personality types

Based on Jungrsquos work we have created a model called PEMS which will help us better understand the logic of our own mind and of the people around us

In this model we distinguish four dominant preferences (P-E-M-S) which correspond to the four elements of life

PRACTICAL (the body DOING Activity Action related to the ele-ment of EARTH) - corresponds to someone that is earthly active dynamic practical that does a lot In excess these are people who never stop to consider their actions

EMOTIONAL (the heart FEELING Feelings Love related to the element of WATER) - corresponds to someone who nee-ds people relations who gives a lot to others and seeks affection In excess these are people who might be overly sensitive

RAPPORT

72

73

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

MENTAL (the mind THINKING Analysis Intellect Logic related to the element of AIR) - corresponds to someone who values analysis rationalization and uses logic and who always fo-cuses on making the right decision In excess these are people who might become impersonal and cold

SPIRITUAL (the soul BEING Values Existence related to the ele-ment of FIRE) - corresponds to someone who thinks that everything has meaning and a higher purpose These are people who care very much about values In excess they can fluctuate too much and concretize too little

The four logics of the mind that we have identified are also based on the four elements

Practical ndash EARTH (firm solid stable secure strong dense)Emotional ndash WATER (flexible always coming back to herself)Mental ndashAIR (transparent lightweight fast facilitates communica-

tion)Spiritual ndash FIRE (burning fleeting transforming powerful)

Thus in a very simplified manner we can divide people into four ca-tegories

PRACTICAL PEOPLE (P) ndash THEY LIKE TO ACT AND DOThese are the people who like action movement They are the ones who make the world move As friends or clients they may want to go straight to the point try things and learn about practical matters The greatest fear of these practical persons is losing control They like to feel that they are in control of the situation of the pace of the conver-sation and of the surroundings

HELP THEM ALWAYS FEEL IN CONTROL

EMOTIONAL PEOPLE (E) ndash THEY LIKE FEELING AND RELATINGThese are people who love people and sharing feelings Everything is an emotion for them And they feel things about everything and everyo-ne Let them talk about their family friends dogs neighbours etchellip

They will talk mostly about people and what they are feeling Their greatest fear is loosing empathy They like to feel reliable and they want to relate

HELP THEM FEEL EMPATHY TOWARDS YOU

MENTAL PEOPLE (M) ndash THEY LIKE TO THINK AND TO ANALYSEThese are people who like to analyze and who try to put everything into a box into a certain perspective They are precise and meticulous They like detail to study and analyze all possibilities They donrsquot fear debating (quite the contrary) and discussing they love the exchanging ideas and arguments but they need to end up being right or get a very good explanation to why the other is right A mental person is always striving to make the best decision Their greatest fear is to be wrong they like to feel that they are correct and that they are making deci-sions based on logic and rational thinking

HELP THEM FEEL THAT THEY ARE RIGHT

SPIRITUAL PEOPLE (S) ndash THEY LIKE TO BE AND TO GLOWThey are looking for the greater purpose of things They believe that everything has a reason for being the way it is that there are no coin-cidences and itrsquos that quest that moves them They give great meaning to every situation always looking for ldquotherdquo situation The greater the meaning the greater their motivation Their biggest fear is to have no meaning That it is to not be significant or ldquoshinerdquo in any way They need to feel conscious and whole

HELP THEM FEEL THAT THEY ARE MEANINGFUL

Although we all have and use a portion of these four categories in the different contexts or times of our life one of them is predominant in us Identifying it is important for managing and interacting with life and with others since it is the best and the fastest way of accessing the Map-of-the-world of someone and speaking a language that that per-son recognizes and accepts as her own

RAPPORT

74

75

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

In fact we are all one but we are all different and we must understand these differences to be able to deal with others People who are more emotional behave and interact in a totally opposite manner from mental people the same way that most practical people interact in a way that is opposite to spiritual people

The EMOTIONAL person is micro-MACRO Transforms everything that is small into something big Everything is important everything is emotional From the simple ldquogood morningrdquo to hearing ldquoI love yourdquo every day For an emotional person a discussion is always a tsuna-mi Therefore itrsquos the emotional persons who with their micro-Macro sense make birthdays a special day and receive small things with gre-at love

The MENTAL person is MACRO-micro transforms everything that is big into something small She makes it more complex by simplifying it For example this very PEMS model is MACRO-micro as it strives to make the hugeness of the personality types into something much smaller creating only four categories for all human beings The mental person also feels less and give less importance to her feelings

The SPIRITUAL person is MACRO-MACRO she takes everything that is already big and turns it even bigger more meaningful more im-portant more relevant Almost everything is a question of values of making the world a better place and interpretations that go far beyond reality A simple leaf falling off a tree can represent a new phase in life for a spiritual person

The PRACTICAL person is micro-micro turns everything into small and simple lsquoright here and right nowrsquo matters They act Right now with what they have They donrsquot feel the need to enlarge what is small and they donrsquot care much about great concepts If the five senses can help them grasp a situation everything is fine

THE PREDOMINANT LOGIC OF OUR PSYCHEThe most practical way of finding out is to notice how we behave in a stressful situation Each of us when under stress often react in a way that is very close to our basic personality type

Practical people act react move around organize themselves put their hands to work and do not rest until they manage to move things forward

The emotional people feel and feel a lot If a situation is stressful diffi-cult and negative they will have difficult and negative emotions they will feel what others feel and they will want to manage these emotions in the moment

People that are predominantly mental will under stress begin to ratio-nalize need logical answers be fast and analytical They donrsquot want to solve anything through feelings they donrsquot want to act they are only concerned with finding the right and correct decision and struggle until they get it

Finally the predominantly spiritual people will want to give a greater meaning to that particular event What has to be done what people feel or what the right solution is doesnrsquot matter what matters is why things happened the way they did and what the greater significance of that may be

RAPPORT

76

77

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

Identify the psychological type of the client can help the coach to anticipate and understand expectations

MAIN SUPERIOR FUNCTION AND AUXILIARY INFERIOR FUNCTION

According to Carl Jung while we all have one function that is better developed than the others ndash a superior function ndash we also have another fairly well developed function called the first auxiliary

All of us have a bit of each one of the psychologies but there are always two that are predominant a main one which Jung calls the superior function and an auxiliary one that lies at the bottom of the cross shown on the previous page which is always to the right or left of our superior one

The inferior function is one that is less developed and that remains mainly in our unconscious

Thus a person who is predominantly Practical may have as her auxi-liary function the emotional or mental logic thus being PE or PM

A person who is predominantly Mental may have as her auxiliary func-tion the spiritual or practical logic thus being MS or MP

A person who is predominantly Spiritual may have as her auxiliary function the emotional or mental logic thus being SE or SM

And a person who is predominantly Emotional may have as her auxilia-ry function the spiritual or practical logic thus being ES or EP

This all means that we are situated in one of the following categories

3 Practical Emotional or Emotional Practical 3 Practical Mental or Mental Practical 3 Spiritual Emotional or Emotional Spiritual 3 Spiritual Mental or Mental Spiritual

As you may have noticed according to Jung there are no EMME or PSSP That is one canrsquot have as her first auxiliary function the func-tion that is opposite to the superior one

Carl Jung said that we should look closely at our inferior function whi-ch usually remains in our unconscious because it contains an enor-mous potential for a change and each one of us can benefit a lot from integrating our inferior function with our superior one

Taking risks experimenting enjoying everything that life has to offer is the best way of getting to know ourselves and realizing where our happiness lies (ldquoTrate a Vida por Turdquo paacuteg 74)

INTROVERSION AND EXTROVERSION Introversion and extroversion have to do with the direction in which we focus our attention and energy

People who prefer Extroversion focus their energy and attention away from themselves and are interested in the world of people and things

3 Attracted to the world of events and people outside of themsel-ves

3 They are aware of who and what is around them 3 They like to meet and talk to new people 3 They are friendly often good talkers and easy to get to know 3 They tend to talk easily and often in meetings 3 May not be as aware of what goes on inside them 3 They think while talking 3 They may act or speak first and only think later 3 Speaking about themselves they speak fast 3 They bring energy into life 3 They can get bored and restless if they are alone for too long

People who prefer Introversion (focus their energy and attention inward and are interested in the inner world of thoughts and reflections)

3 Attracted to the inner world of thoughts feelings and reflections 3 They are usually very aware of their inner reactions 3 They prefer to interact with people they know 3 They are usually quiet in meetings and sometimes seem disen-

gaged

RAPPORT

78

79

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

3 They are generally reserved and hard to get to know 3 They may not be as aware of the world outside of them 3 They need time to gather their thoughts before they speak 3 They reflect and think before acting 3 They want to know you before allowing you to get to know them

deeply 3 They feel exhausted and tired after interacting with peoples

FINAL NOTE you must be what your client is You have to find that person inside you

LEARNING STYLESAs we saw with the previous PEMS model our clients will have diffe-rent psychological preferences It is therefore important and essential that you are able to adapt your sessions to the learning style that your client likes best and that better meets her psychological preference

EMOTIONAL Emotional clients will like to talk and share on their to-pics They are very much looking for a relationship and empathy with the Coach and they need to feel heard more than any of the other personality types For these persons learning has a lot to do with the relationship that is created with the feeling of support that they get and even with the positive feedback They like to learn through stories As a Coach it is important to learn to empathize with the emotional range of these persons They will appreciate the sharing to tell stories and to listen to them With emotional clients we may sometimes feel that we are not taking huge steps forward But the fact is that many times these persons need to first be listened to

MENTAL Mental clients will be more logical and may have a more aca-demic style of learning They will want to understand the reasons why things are what they are they will want to get tasks involving research on certain subjects The sessions with these people must be well defi-ned and prepared They will want to explore their intellectual side and feel challenged It is important for them to have access to information and tools that explain the work they are doing in the sessions in a con-crete and logical manner Of course they also need to empathize but the intellectual challenge feeling that their intellect is develops appears to be greater They may like schemes graphics and any models that

could simplify the learning process What these persons will demand of you is a greater capacity to analyse and a logical and rational way of communicating

SPIRITUAL this is for most people the most difficult learning style to adopt Remember that these persons are seeking the greater meaning of things They really want to feel inspired by the coaching process (and even by their Coach) They will want to see that you are an exam-ple of what you talk about so called congruence Spiritual persons will enjoy topics that are more related to values to their identity that make them feel that they are taking steps towards becoming better hu-man beings With these clients you can use powerful metaphors (even through movies music creative exercises etc) and above all strive to make sure that the person leaves the session very inspired

PRACTICAL They like action Which is great because coaching is pri-marily about action These persons like to have very practical sessions in which they get the opportunity to do many exercises and experiment with different situations They may be the clients that like getting more tasks and having things to do (which then sometimes ldquogets lostrdquo due to their time management) These clients will require more simplicity and a well-paced session from you They may also like to do exercises that involve moving their body Above all they will want you to help them get into action

As we deal with these four kinds of preferences we need to adapt our Coaching style to the learning style that each person has Thus we should prepare a lot their sessions and realize that some will require from you

3 Greater sharing and ability to listen and relate (e) 3 Researching mastering the subject very well and knowing how

to mentally stimulate your client with challenges (m) 3 Powerful metaphors very inspirational sessions and congruen-

ce that assign meaning to the Coaching process (s) 3 Practical exercises diversified well rhythmed sessions that

help your client to quickly get into action (p)

RAPPORT

80

81

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING ROOTS

LEVEL 5 - PERSON TO PERSONThis is the fifth level of rapport the deepest and more intense one It happens when the level of rapport is a total vibration Itrsquos when the client feels such a confidence by her Coach empathy and sympathy Itrsquos the hardest level to evaluate

Itrsquos when your client feels so much connected to you that depending on her your relationship would go beyond Coaching She no longer wants the Coach she wants you You no longer understand only the person she feels that you know about her You donrsquot understand psychology you understand who she is

It is very similar to the rapport level you have with 23 of very close persons in your life Everything is natural unconscious and sponta-neous

VIII ROOTS

Every human being seeks to get results Mo-ney Family Romance Peace Happiness

Career Health All we want in life is to have results in those areas

The Map-of-the-World Model is used to work on roots - your

roots as a Coach It shows us how does the psyche of all of us works As a Coach no one

should surprise you about yourself You should know you well know everything about yourself This is what itrsquos called a rooted person

click the video to see it

82

83

BELIEFSTRANSFORMATIVE COACHING

ROSA 20 M - AIR - THINK

VALUESHOLISTIC COACHING

ROSA 30 S - FIRE - BE

COACHING 40

WORLD MAP MODEL

being th

e moment

passi

on en

ergy

demotiv

ation

empowering beliefs

limiting rules

relation air(comunication)

coach is priestisnacutet

1 value focus

UNSUSTAINABLESUSTAINABLE

SECURITY

SELF LOVE

CONSCIOUSNESS

PERSONAL DEVEL

FREEDOM

LOVEBELOVED

BLISS

CONTRIBUTION

P

E

M

S

BEHAVIORROSA 10

SITUATIONAL COACHING

P - EARTH - DO

EMOTIONSREMEDY COACHING

ROSA 10 + LISTEN E - WATER - FEEL

RESULTS

ability to

enter

in st

ate

emotional

patter

ns

habits and discipline

addictions

coach is bossisnacutet

coach is friendisnacutet

1 Homework focus

optimism faithpositive

meditation

key points focusused to interrupt the fear cycle

coach is coach

HUMAN HAVINGHUMAN BEING

UNSUSTAINABLEEGOTISTICAL

STRETCH ZONE

SUSTAINABLEECOLOGICALSTRETCH ZONE

SHORT TERMLONG TERM

CYCLE OF CONFIDENCECYCLE OF FEAR

CONSCIOUS

SUBCONSCIOUS

UNCONSCIOUS

84

85

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

So the first question is why some are getting results while others are not

ACTIONS BEHAVIORSThis means that anyone who is having results is because she is ldquodoingrdquo ie behaving differently from other people who are having no results in those areas For example a millionaire DOES things that people who are not millionaires donrsquot For example saving investing etc Someone with a great health is DOING things that people that donrsquot have a good health are not What we are doing is making the difference Two people in the same circumstances that do exactly the same actions have the same kind of results People who have the results you wanna have ARE DOING THINGS TO GET THEM

So the next question is what leads some people to DO and others to not do

EMOTIONSEverything you do in your life is a relationship between pain and pleasure What happens is that someone who goes running at 6 am associates more pain with lsquonot goingrsquo than with lsquogoingrsquo Who is going to the gym asso-ciates more pleasure than pain with going to the gym in the morning That relationship between pain and pleasure is what is defining your results If we dramatically increase the pain or the pleasure associated we will get to change your results

As so what is then defining that painpleasure relationship

BELIEFSThe reason is because of our beliefs of what we believe in Our beliefs are our set of rules for the world and for our lives Your set of beliefs in fact is defining your painpleasure relationship with something and then your actions A millionaire believes that saving is essential that investing and taking risks is necessary This set of beliefs leads himher to associa-te more pleasure than pain with having these behaviors and therefore heshe implements them Other people have other beliefs that create other

emotions that create other results People who are achieving results in areas that you arenrsquot have a beliefs system different from yours

And then it seems logical to ask so what is defining and creating your set of beliefs

VALUESWhat is a value Itrsquos something that is important to you something you re-ally value The only thing that determines a value is if it is valuable to you Not all of us share the same values (Example the values of Mother Teresa and Donald Trump Contribution vs Professional Accomplishment) What you really value and not what you say that you value You value it so much that it generates your set of beliefs In fact when you live your values in practice (on a daily basis) you are defining your life results Not what you would like to value but what you are really valorizing In fact we all have the same values What differs is the order and the importance we give to each one of them

For example if someone has the value of the family above the value of work she will have the belief that it is more important to spend time with her family causing her to develop a positive feeling when she is with her family which leads her to really try to spend more time with it On the other hand someone who has the value of work above the family one will be someone who believes she should spend more time with her work and career as she believes it is that that will bring her more financial stabi-lity for example So she will associate more pleasure to the time spent at work than at home causing her to act accordingly to that emotion For example Donald Trump and Mother Teresa of Calcutta havenrsquot they got different values One probably values more lsquoprofessional fulfillmentrsquo the other values more lsquocontributionrsquo Different results Sure One has one of the largest business empires in the world the other left the largest volun-teer organization in the world

So in reality the values you are living in practice (what you are valuing in practice) are defining your results

This alone already explains a good part of the psyche of human beings But letrsquos go deeper

ROOTS

Having roots is to control the cycle of trust

86

87

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

To have roots the coach has to identify

her motivators and values create beliefs and habits and learn

to place herself in a state

CYCLE OF CONFIDENCE AND CYCLE OF FEAREveryone has Cycles of Fear in some areas and Cycles of Confidence in other areas

How do you know it If you are having or not results in that area In the areas of your life where you are getting results you are living in a Cycle of Confidence In the areas where yoursquore not you are living in a Cycle of Fear What does this means is that you have behavioral addic-tions or that you are doing things in a vicious way you are in a sort of a mice wheel Those addictions start by creating emotional patterns on you (feelings that you are having whether you want it or not for instan-ce jealousy when it becomes a pattern no matter what the other does that emotion will keep being there it is an emotion that happens to you) and those emotional patterns generate limiting rules We use the words ldquorulesrdquo because in reality limiting beliefs are created because they have a very large set of rules And this generates demotivation An addiction creates an emotional pattern that creates rules limiting which create demotivation and discourage us to move and change This Cycle of Fear is being lived FROM RESULTS TO VALUES and not in the other and right way The bad news are that we all have Cycles of Fear The areas in which we are not having results is because we are afraid but we paint it in other colors Irsquom afraid Irsquom demotivated I have emotional patterns and I have limiting rules

For you to gain roots you need to recognize these cycles You need to break it if you want results but if you want roots you need to recognize them Good news you can break Cycles of Fear

Second good news you have Cycles of Confidence You also unders-tand the other psychology So what is a Cycle of Confidence

You start by having the capacity of creating Discipline and Habits you get the ability to get into a certain and desired state (eg being happy to go training I want to create that emotion I visualize it it is the op-posite of an emotional pattern the pattern happens to you Think of a boxer who puts herself into her wanted state before entering in a ring You have empowering beliefs (when you believe in something that cre-ates more of it) This creates energy passion being in the moment Being with energy and passion and in the moment brings me empowe-ring beliefs which put me in the emotional state I want and provide me

habits and discipline The good news you have these cycles in areas that you are getting results Think in one area You have these four things right

Having these cycles itrsquos called being human First part on lsquorootsrsquo is about knowing your Cycles of Fear and Confidence and admit them to yourself to those you love to the others And having the courage to say that it doesnrsquot work because of FEAR And there is a way to break this cycle When you have roots you stop projecting it in your clients

There is a way of finding your values in a very logical way knowing which human motivators drive your behavior

8 HUMAN MOTIVATORSMaslov pyramid he was the first to talk about human needs He is outda-ted because it defines a hierarchy He places self-fulfillment at the top This model is very much focused on Maslovrsquos map-of-the-world who was an MS If it is a PE he may have lsquofamilyrsquo in the top and that is not wrong Still there are things that all humans need

So with all these models we created the 8 human motivators they are divided in four paradoxes one for each of the PEMS The first paradox is security freedom

Each one of us was born with a set of motivators You are ldquoaddictedrdquo on one side of the paradox You have to fulfill that need even if you have to abdicate of the other one

ROOTS

SECURITY

SELF LOVE

CONSCIOUSNESS

PERSONAL DEVEL

FREEDOM

LOVEBELOVED

BLISS

CONTRIBUTION

P

E

M

S

88

89

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

The main lesson is the more you live the other side of the paradox the more you will live your addiction as well What happens is that you can only get more of your addiction when you learn to validate the other side of the paradox This is what Jung calls ldquoparadoxes integrationrdquo be the millionaire and the altruistic Be the mother of family and career etc Only when you integrate the other energy is when it boosts the one that is more natural to you

For other persons it happens the same with security and all other pa-radoxes The suggestion is Irsquom addicted on this but I can pause and I can go exploring the other side What you have to figure out is your map (draw in the lsquoinfinite signsrsquo which side of the paradoxes is bigger) Your map is about how much you need to fill each side of the paradox

So YOUR HUMAN MOTIVATORS ARE DEFINING YOUR VALUES AND YOUR VALUES ARE DEFINING YOUR RESULTS

You can have everything on one of the sides of the paradox if yoursquore willing to face the fear of losing it

All people fill their motivators The difference between us is how sus-tainable is that satisfaction Unsustainable means that every day you

EXERCISE Do your map How do you discover Based on major decisions you made in your life Example work home relationships etc

have to feed them Imagine a homeless person he meets hisher secu-rity needs (eating and having where to sleep) but he has to do it every day Now compare with Donald Trump If you see the freedom part it probably happens the opposite

3 SUSTAINABLE it feeds itself It is something that can continue without the need for external resources It is ecological based on challenge and paradoxes integration

3 UNSUSTAINABLE you need to do it every day it is selfish ba-sed on comfort and extremist You do it like it was a daily shot

Example father and daughter about going out at night (to satisfy sa-fety and to love and be loved) Father says no hersquos being selfish and within his comfort zone The same father after coming to this course ldquoYoursquore going to the party until 2230 You send me an sms saying that everything is ok and at 2230 Irsquoll pick yourdquo This continues for some time Father goes on diminishing the rules Now hersquos being ecological entering his challenge zone and integrating paradoxes To feel safe as a father he has to give some freedom To feel loved he has to give them some self love Now his motivators are sustainable and has a sustai-nable system that feeds itself To arrive to a deeper level of security he needs to take the risk that comes from giving more freedom

DIAGONAL CONTINUOUS LINEThis line shows us that working above the line ie the clientrsquos beha-viors andor emotions is short-term and unsustainable In this case only the techniques are worked There are immediate results but with no major impact and duration Like when we are called to do motiva-tional speaking or teambuildingrsquos People feel better and do things but the results have a short duration

This does not imply that it is wrong to do Coaching based on these two areas For example in a quick conversation with a friend we can do Situational Coaching (based on behaviours) in order to get her to do something that has been postponing If the action has been made and it was what was intended to be then you did your role as Coach The Remedy Coaching is also important sometimes which consists on making the other person to leave the session feeling good thinking more positive at the time having had an opportunity to digest an emo-tion

ROOTS

90

91

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

Below the continuous line is where lies the deepest work The one that will actually be sustainable and with long-term results This is where we work values and beliefs it is where we go deep to the point where in fact we shift paradigms The client in this type of Coaching change her beliefs and values turning to be a really different person in opposition to what happens above the line where only the emotions or behaviors are changed but the client continues to be what she was

ICEBERGWith the iceberg image it is understood that the behavior is the conscious part of the human being the only thing that the client can see and analyze Everything else emotions beliefs and values are at the clientrsquos unconscious But as a Coa-ch I must and I want to work also the unconscious because as we saw above this is where it lies the sustainable and long-term work

When we help our clients shifting their paradigms beliefs emotions or values we are working with their unconscious Your client will not like this at some point in the process The unconscious will realize that she will have to change and this will cause the first resistance Knowing how to overcome this is essential to the Coachrsquos work so she can de-liver sustainable results

Conscious Mind keeps all the information which you can access now

Unconscious Mind keeps all the information that has ever passed through your brain It is also a kind of a warning system for you

The information passes from the unconscious to the conscious mind through the subconscious It goes dropping into deeper levels of our mind Very qui-ckly your clients will want to turn you into one of three things

Friend ndash They want someone who listens to them who is patient with them who is always there with whom they can always count and talk Most of your clients will want to have you here that you turn into a sort of confi-dant that supports them but does not challenge them too much But you are not there to be a friend

Boss ndash Many will seek in the Coach someone to tell them what to do who provides them specific guidance who pressures them who ldquopunishrdquo them when they donrsquot have their homework done Someone who is even more committed with their results than themselves But yoursquore also not there to be a Boss

Priest ndash Others will want a kind of a weekly confession session That you absolve the mistakes theyrsquove made du-ring the week that you tell them everything is fine and that it doesnrsquot matter we are all human and we all make mistakes You are not there to be a kind of spiritual le-ader of your client and to absolve him You are there to be

Coach - The Coach has an ldquoAirrdquo relationship with the client ie mental of communication becau-se it is a conversation where you listen and ask where there is intellectual stimulation In the map--of-the-world scheme the Coachrsquos sketch is in the quadrant of beliefs It is a ldquomind with mindrdquo work

It is important to know this because with the sessions going clients tend to try their Coach to become a friend (wateremotions) a boss (earthbehaviors) or even a priest (firevalues) However the Coach should avoid the mistake of behaving like one of these three types You are there to be a Coach

Notes In Informal Coaching with friends colleagues family remember that first thatrsquos what you are and only then you are a Coach Therefore you should not give prevalence to the Coach but to the relationship you have with that person otherwise you would violate the pact that exists between the two

ROOTS

92

93

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

4 TYPES OF COACHINGBased on these four quadrants there are four types of Coaching

Situational Coaching ndash The one that is done immediate-ly during the situation with the sole purpose of lea-ding it to an action It usually consists of a brief con-versation where a ROSA 10 is done Your client has a situation that week that really needs to be addressed Ex a proposal that she needs to present a college exam for which she has to study Itrsquos not bad Coaching and it is often necessary Only it is more superficial

Remediative Coaching ndash As the name says it suits when we have to put a ldquobandageointmentrdquo on the emotions The goal is the client to feel good at the end of the session without having to go deeply on the problem Itrsquos the typical conver-sation where the client unburdens and your only goal is to make her feel a little better Sometimes it may be and it often is necessary

Ex the past week your client has discussed with someone important to her or something happened that greatly dealt with her emotions Your first focus should be to help her to unburden and to feel better We used ROSA 10 + Unburden

Transformative Coaching ndash Here the goal is not just making the client to feel better but that she can change the way she sees her life and herself Here we mainly work on beliefs ie the client stops believing in some things to start believing in another ones She shifts paradigm Coaching is now much more sustainable and with long--term results It undergoes through more complete ses-sions where ROSA 20 is done

Holistic Coaching ndash This is the kind of Coaching that involves the whole being of the client all her areas and valences ie her values The entire psyche is worked We are working the whole Human Being and not only a part of it Even the motivators are worked We use ROSA 30 and we work a lot on paradoxes integration

KEY POINTSWe said earlier that we all have Cycles of Fear and that we can change them to Cycles of Confidence How

Imagine that you have a turnscrew and a bicycle wheel is malfunctio-ning You will then put the turnscrew into one of the four key points and then yoursquoll pull and force the wheel to move in the right direction to-wards the Cycle of Confidence And very important you donrsquot take out the turnscrew until the Cycle (the wheel) rotates in the right direction

What are then the Four Key Points You can really choose only one

VALUE FOCUS At this point you will choose a key value for you whi-ch you canrsquot leave to live in practice Whatever happens you canrsquot take the turnscrew from there For instance imagine that you are experien-cing serious financial difficulties and you decide that lsquoValue Focusrsquo is your point Imagine that you choose ldquosavingrdquo as the value that has to be experienced in practice Then whenever you have to make a decision that involves spending money you know what to do You canrsquot in any way stop living this value until the cycle begins to rotate in the oppo-site direction and gets sustainable

POSITIVITY If you want to work at the level of beliefs yoursquoll start to develop this empowering belief base BEING POSITIVE You must be a positive person with faith who believes that everything will go well who says only positive things about herself and the others who sees and is focused on everything positive that is going around her And when the bad days or the bad news are coming and you feel the need to say something negative you shut up And you say something positive

EMOTION FOCUS Imagine that there is an emotion that makes your Cycle of Fear to happen (an emotional pattern) In this key point you will choose an emotion that you would like to learn to cause in yourself learning how to get yourself into that state Imagine that you have been feeling too much anger in your Cycle of Fear and want to feel harmony instead You want to learn how to get into that emotional state You start feeling the opposite emotion and you do something to manage to be in an harmony state (you listen to a song that gets yourself into that state you put your boxing gloves you jump you meditate you close

ROOTS

94

95

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

your eyes you read a poem as Mandela did )

HOMEWORK FOCUS Here you will define a homework that until itrsquos done you wonrsquot do anything else Imagine that you have a Cycle of Fear in relation to health that you define lsquoHomework Focusrsquo as the key point and your homework is running every day Until you manage to do it nothing else matters All of your strategies are directioned so that your homework is being done as soon as possible

In the end all of the four key points have to do with absolute focus

Value ndash Focus on the most important value Until that value is being lived we wonrsquot move on

Positivity (Faith Optimism) ndash Focus on the positive emotions Un-til she gets optimistic we wonrsquot move on

Emotion (Meditation) ndash Focus on pleasure Until she feels more ple-asure than pain we wonrsquot move on

Homework ndash Focus on action Until the homework gets done we wonrsquot move on

VERY IMPORTANTYou as a coach do not have to guess your clientrsquos map-of-the-world or even her PEMS but you have to explore it aside of her You will only master her Map-of-the-World when you understand your own (creating roots) because you will never learn anything about yourself with your client you will never discover anything about you because shersquos the one who discovers it being real or not You Coach you must be hum-ble enough to know that you know nothing about your client and you shouldnrsquot try to guess anything It is the customer who gets there alone

Therefore the more knowledge you have about your own map-of-the--world together with Rapport and ROSA the more intense will be your Coaching because the more you will be able to help your client The goal is that you have the tools in yourself so you can help her In other words this tool is for you to deepen your roots and thus know when you need to do only ROSA or go searching for the Key Points or to use

another method For instance if a client has as her main challenge to be promoted then therersquos no logical on working on Cycles of Fear but to make a ROSA and move forward On the other hand if you see that there is a Cycle of Fear then you should find the key point so you can work on it

I canrsquot help the others if I canrsquot help myself first

ROOTS

values (I am)

during session

clientcoach rosa unconscious

Beliefs (I think)

between sessions

co-coach rosa 30

emotions (I feel)

leverage slice

self coaching rosa 20behavior (I do)

holistic

coaching to others rosa 10M

S

E

P

96

97

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING RESULTS

IX RESULTS

Results are super important in the Coa-ching process There is simply no Coa-

ching if there are no results and thatrsquos why they are at the center of the

triangle of the four Rrsquos Everything we do whether is ROSA creating

Roots or building Rapport it is done with the purpose of get-ting results at the end of the sessions

This is what distinguishes the most Coaching from other practices As a Coach you must become obsessed with your clients results Not only that they do their homeworks but also how close did Coaching took them closer to their Guru Objective how much it has improved their leverage slice of the Pizza and other slices as well We also try to assess the sustainability of those results We donrsquot want them just to get there but also that they keep there

Coaching is about results and you must take this premise very seriou-sly You have been hired to make them reach some goals Become obsessed with it

It is not so easy to evaluate results in a metric way in the world of Co-aching but it proves to be very important Not only with Life Coaching but also with Business Coaching We must find a way to demonstrate that our work has had results in practice

That was the reason why we have created the Results Model

Our level of competence is equal to our worst level of performance

RESULTS MODELIt is possible to define results through the four metrics

lsquoSrsquo AXIS (SPIRITUAL) WE EVALUATE THE PROCESS IMPACT ON THE CLIENT

Behavior (I DO) When the client throughout the process changes one or more behaviors She does now due to the sessions different things that she didnrsquot before

Emotions (I FEEL) When the client feels happier more self-confi-dent fulfilled etc She has now different and more positive emotions due to the Coaching process

98

99

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

Beliefs (I THINK) When there is a change of belief (I used to belie-ve I was not a good person and now I believe I am) When the client used to believe in something and she started to believe in something different There was a paradigm shift She used to see something in a certain way and now she sees it in a more empowering way

Values (I AM) When the Coach manages to help the client to change her values ie the person she is This happens for exam-ple when the client starts to put more emphasis on family than on work or when she accepts and believes that she is a healthy and different person and that nothing will change that now She values different things todat due to the Coa-ching process

lsquoErsquo AXIS (EMOTIONAL) WE EVALUATE THE CLIENTrsquoS AUTONOMY

Level 1 Coach (CoachClient Relationship) Itrsquos the Coach who controls the situation There is a formal relationship be-tween Coach and Client and the session is controlled and oriented by the Coach

Level 2 Coach (Co-Coach) The Client already acts as a Coach during the sessions This happens for example when the client already knows that she is supposed to also say po-sitive things on the Reality part that is she already knows what to do in each step She already takes the initiative The relationship is more about cooperation now and the Client start becoming autonomous

Level 3 Coach (Self-Coaching) When the Client already does Self--Coaching at home not being asked to This is a fantastic moment because she already has the tools and the Coach is there to help and support

Level 4 Coach (Coach to others) When the Client comes to a ses-sion and tells us she has done Coaching with someone else (with her child for instance) This person came to us to be helped however she is already using our tools to help so-

RESULTS

meone else She is totally independent It is every Coachrsquos dream

lsquoMrsquo AXIS (MENTAL) WE EVALUATE THE CLIENTrsquoS CONTENTS ASSIMILATION

Uses Rosa 10 language o cliente usa palavras como Realidade objetivos soluccedilotildees accedilotildees fazem hoje parte do seu leacutexico

Uses Rosa 20 language the client uses terms such as guru objec-tives baby objectives measurable beliefs paradigm shif-ting brainstorming etc

Uses Rosa 30 language she refers terms like emotional patterns cycles of fear and confidence values dilemma etc

Uses unconscious Rosa language when many of these terms are so ingrained in the clientrsquos language that she thinks she will use them for the rest of her life

lsquoPrsquo AXIS (PRACTICE) WE EVALUATE RESULTS IN PRACTICE

During the Session I can manage the client to get results only du-ring the session It is a Coaching session that has no power to influence the client outside it

Between Sessions It mostly happens when the client is doing her homeworks It means that what happened during the ses-sion touched her with enough strength to get her to realize she has to do something and that she is doing something outside the sessions

Leverage Slice It happens when the client fulfills her Leverage Slice and achieves the goal that brought her to Coaching or when her satisfaction in that slice has dramatically im-proved

Holistic When the client improves satisfaction in multiple slices as a result of the sessions including the leverage slice It was a process that had an impact on the whole being and not just in one area of her life

100

101

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

You can make this model with your client on the last session you have together You can also make a self-assessment to compare with it When you measure these four levels of results you will have access to check what level of Coaching you had on that specific process

COACHING LEVELThe Coaching Level that you have delivered is always proportional to your lowest result Even if you have three axes at level 3 and have only one at a level 2 Coaching has been 20 This is valuable information to you as a Coach because it gives you an idea of axes that are easier for you to work and others that you may have to further strengthen

Level 4 Coaching is something that is not achieved with all clients There must be a great empathy and rapport as well as a mastery on the Coaching technique that has been taught in the training course and presented in this manual

Gulica ego catia caperum dem inem cus Fortes et L Nos et grae avehem Romnit acto egeris cis sultod pratum voltum iam hos ublius hactam atemus essede con vas optilis factor aus nem ad cae estil hos me patus re verisse inatuus

Udam deperfecrem nermis etraed me int ela remulibut rem loctusquo cum mus auciem vivehem uresull emquissent eti primperescit ina que ia consiss entium pulerit con vendam morei sentes inatil vit ia quam mus licaudemus factem dum eo ura ex muro nenit quo vilnes-tium Catimportus pati postalarit vis coena fui sa consu consceribus Satquid ertienatus contere essimis ut vis aus iliciam quo in dissimis Ra num deatiqua vere con sentius et in spio pes Tiaetin videlisquam mus viliam que conum is larbit etora notimolto nos et duc omnimus opublicae convo C Nos vivica Catus hos vivas aurnihil hui terfint imorter labus hostam res inequod nerem tabute telieni hilicaessil ven-tem nonsulis

Berteropubit diisquium iteriti emprit teludam hilicid erfentiur tem huis

Hum pro vidiusquem paterevid sedis factatu rnihilla rem publicave Ca-terev irissoltis re aurei pere anum teluder ficepse essercem octuusque mis tum inam pra vivid rei condamdiis hacies Ipio verei sendamdis

TOOLS amp TECHNIQUES

X TOOLS AND TECHNIQUES

If you master well the model of the four Rrsquos for us you already are a fantastic Coach If you can master some stars too itrsquos even better But if you master the model you know how to do Coaching But now letrsquos go to the small stars The idea is not that you try to use all the stars at the same time Choose the two or three that you like best and train those first

POSITIVE FEEDBACKProvide as much positive feedback as you can to your client Take every opportunity you have to do it A Coach is the type of mirror that only says good things about her client Please turn yourself into some-one who is always valorizing every small steps that your client takes

FEEDBACK HAMBURGERYou say something positive then you say something negative then you say something positive again The two positive feedbacks have to be VERY VERY good For instance ldquoI have been feeling that you are very committed to your Coaching process We just need to start paying more attention to our homework even because I feel that you are a person who likes to challenge yourself and that really wants to go further ldquo

RESSIGNIFICATION Ressignificating is finding another meaning still more empowering but that changes everything EgrdquoI didnrsquot do my homework I failedrdquo Coach ldquoWow That means that you are a demanding and committed personrdquo ldquoIrsquom lazyrdquo

102

103

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

ldquoDoes that means you like to enjoy the pleasures of liferdquo

REFRAMINGIt is much like ressignification Itrsquos the name that is used in NLP (Neuro--Linguistic Programming) You take the information that was been gi-ven to you in a frame and you put it in a new one

PREFRAMINGIf ressignification has to do with changing the meaning after it has been given preframing has to do with giving a meaning to something before we have explained what it is It is a widely used technique to anticipate objections that might distract us from our ultimate goal Then we do preframing we previously give the meaning that we want the person to give afterwards Example

ldquoCan I show you my point of view Itrsquos something different but Irsquove seen that it works with many people and it has been helping a lot to change our behavior to healthier habits Itrsquos something innovative and different but highly successful Can I tell you my ideardquo You create a frame before placing the information in there

POSTFRAMINGFirst you give the information and then you put it in a frame Eg ldquoFolks today we have an exam (the low energy level) but thatrsquos what this course is about to be the best Coach to go furtherrdquo

ldquoFROM 0 TO 10 rdquo To give examples ldquoI think Irsquoll read a bookrdquo Coach ldquoFrom 0-10 how much do you think you will accomplish that goalrdquo

TRANSFORMING ldquoORrdquo IN ldquoANDrdquoHelp the client to find an alternative solution to integrate paradoxes to

find a third way

VULNERABILIZATIONFind out things about you that are not working and put them at the clientrsquos service That makes you human and you are validating your client in the case she feels the same She does some things better than you and has some of the same challenges

ASSOCIATION AND DISSOCIATIONThese two terms are often used in NLP (Neuro-linguistic Program-ming) and are used in various ways Association means that an indi-vidual describes a situation as if it was happening and he was partici-pating on it As the name indicates he is associated with it He is still seeing himself going through the situation and feels the emotions that he would feel if he was really living it

Dissociation means that an individual can already tell that experience as if he was watching a movie in which he took part but already dis-sociated from it He is more in an observer role That allows him a big-ger emotional objectivity Even if he feels the emotions they are more about the experience itself and not so much about him as a participant

When we want to help our customers to overcome some emotionally more challenging situations it can make a huge difference to have them to dissociate from those situations Thatrsquos how they can gain greater objectivity and clarity and at the same time they get more mo-tivated to take their first steps

METAPHORSThe most important here is that you use the metaphors of your client Use her world whenever it is possible It will help a lot more to inter-nalize and memorize the information Help your client to create her metaphors Eg ldquoSometimes we fall into holes that are so big that you canrsquot get out of them alonerdquo ldquoLearning to forgive someone is like dri-ving one step at a timerdquo

TOOLS amp TECHNIQUES

104

105

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

LANGUAGE OF A COACH 3 HOW TO INTERRUPT at the first session it must be defined if

the Coach can interrupt the client when she deviates from the focus If yoursquore going to interrupt your client you must always do it with a question You can also take note of something that has nothing to do with the subject you are talking about but it seems important So we can talk about it in the next session You can ask the client if she liked to talk about it

3 ldquoDOES IT MAKES SENSE FOR YOUrdquo If she says NO ldquoSo tell merdquo if she says YES ldquocan you tell me howrdquo

3 ldquoMY HALLUCINATION is rdquo Being very unconditional Any opi-nion is a good opinion The Coach realyy doesnrsquot know The word hallucination implies that what yoursquore saying may be ab-solutely wrong

3 ldquoWHAT WOULD LOVE DO NOWrdquo Be careful with the rapport level you have with your client It is a very good question when it concerns relational issues

3 ldquoHOW WOULD IT BE IFrdquo Very good to overcome objections ldquohow would it be if you had timerdquo ldquohow would it be if you had moneyrdquo ldquohow would it be if you had self-confidencerdquo

3 ldquoWHAT IF rdquo Fantastic to destroy any obstacle that your client brings Some examples ldquoAnd what if you couldrdquo ldquoWhy notrdquo ldquoWhat if nobody would knowrdquo ldquoWhat if you had moneyrdquo ldquoI know you donrsquot but what if you knew what would you sayrdquo

3 GENERAL TIP BE COOL You really must have a cool and rela-xed attitude You really donrsquot know what would be best for your client so be really unconditional

THE COACHING ETHICS

XI THE COACHING ETHICS

There are six ethic rules in Coaching but with no doubt the first is the most important

CONFIDENTIALITY Coaching sessions must be given the utmost con-fidentiality There are no legal rules as in Therapy (like not having fa-mily as clients) but you always have to respect confidentiality When you do Coaching in a company and you must give feedback to their manager your clients must know it If necessary you can discuss the case with a mentor but always without mentioning the name of your client You can discuss the cases but without any names

CLIENTrsquoS AUTONOMY Coaching is all about autonomy and sustaina-bility You need your client to get results not that she needs you You should think ldquoif I change country how would my clients berdquo

CAREFUL WITH PROJECTIONS We all project aspects that we re-press in ourselves All currents in psychology agree that there is pro-jection When I look to someone else what I see is whatrsquos inside of me (strengths and weaknesses) Thatrsquos why some see one thing and others see another As a Coach you must be very attentive to projections You should not do it with your client and for that you must work on your roots If something bothers you that says more about you than about your client Itrsquos not just a technical issue of respecting others map-of--the-world It is an ethical issue

CREDIBILITY Of course you can use other different tools in your ses-sions but you should be able to do so Using things on which yoursquore not certified is breaking ethics Try to be congruent and integrate Being a corporate or a sales Coach without being an expert about those mat-ters is not ethical

106

107

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING THE FIRST SESSION IN PRATICE

CONTRACT IS CONTRACT The financial commitment you assume with your client is always the same as long as she is your client The same in what respects sessions frequency You should always ask permission to your client when you want to change the frequency of the sessions For WeCreate the value you charge to your client must be the same forever It is part of our gratitude towards our client

SELF-COACHING The Coach must be an example of Self-Coaching or she should have a Coach You really have to do ROSA once a year at least and use all these tools in a weekly basis Make sure that you are also an example of achieving your own dreams

XII THE FIRST SESSION

IN PRACTICEIt is normal that the first session is a bit longer (90min) Your focus is to build RAPPORT Here is an example of a few steps for your first session You can have a few more or less of these steps but this is the general idea

STEP 1 Memorize these steps so that you will not have to use this manual

STEP 2 (Partnership) Organize the working space have everything prepared adequated clothes etc

STEP 3 (Presence) Prepare to be fully present by meditating or by being a few minutes in silence

STEP 4 (Posture and words) Build rapport have a few minutes of casual positive and neutral conversation to break the ice For example the weather the clientrsquos favourite team foot-ball match etc

STEP 5 At this stage you will also try to collect information about the client Several aspects of her life and trying to deter-mine clientrsquos expectations regarding the Coaching process You will be attentive about the metaphors and about what is really important to her Yoursquoll need it to explain what Co-aching is in her words

STEP 6 Explain what Coaching is using the clientrsquos words and the references she gave us Example letrsquos imagine that boxing was something that the client liked and we want to explain

108

109

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING THE LAST SESSION

Coaching through boxing ldquoCoaching is like boxing It invol-ves a lot of training to succeed in getting results but ins-tead of having an external enemy we are fighting against ourselvesrdquo

STEP 7 Inviting the client to do an exercise we pick six pens (three of each color) We ask her to tell us three things that are going well in her life and we explore each area a bit Then we ask ldquoamong those areas which one is running really wellrdquo Then we ask for three things that are not going so well and explore a bit

STEP 8 Asking the client which 3 goals she would like to accom-plish by the end of the Coaching process that would make it worth the investment (as measurable as possible)

STEP 9 Establishing verbal contract and selling the idea of coa-ching (even if the sessions pack is already closed) Now we talk about the practical issues sessions frequency ses-sions length interrupting the client first session a bit lon-ger confidentiality guarantee If you feel comfortable you can talk about costs and forms of payment

STEP 10 ldquoCan we start our session talking about what brought you here How can I helprdquo

STEP 11 Talking a bit about the Clientrsquos reality and introducing the Pizza of Life The client draws herrsquos We will go on explai-ning the pizza and its different slices (very briefly not to influence) Some clients like to do it lsquoalonersquo others like to go on talking as they fill the slices

STEP 12 From then on you make ROSA 10

STEP 13 You end up the session You can share ROSA methodology with your client (if you think shersquod like it) and ending with positive feedback You can also ask the client how did she feel You can also ask her to choose an object and summa-rize the session You will also be doing some preframing by stating that Coaching is about action and homeworks

XIII THE LAST SESSION

A coaching process has a follow-up We can work with individual ses-sions or with a pack It is important to inform your clients that Coaching is a continuous process and not a process with miraculous results in the first session Hence it is like doing workout where it is difficult to get results if we go to the gym only once

You can work with packs of sessions (5 or 10) and we would like to give you some tips on what you should ensure it gets done in your last coaching session with someone you have been working with

FUTURE It is important to ensure that the client will continue taking steps in the future even not having sessions anymore or your presence In this session you should spend some time helping her in creating an action plan about the next steps she wants to go on taking in that area You can also take the opportunity to do a small summary of everything that you both worked in so that there is a notion of the progress made and the results achieved Ensures that your client completed that process and be sure about the next steps for her future Help her in crea-ting a good action plan

HABITS You can also ask your client which would be the daily or weekly habits that she would like more to integrate into her routine

POSITIVE FEEDBACK This is also the perfect time to give positive fe-edback to your client (despite being a constant throughout the sessions) Show her the progress she has made throughout the sessions and help her to realize all the positive things she has achieved

111

110

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

PERSONAL DEVELOPMENT We must ensure that our client conti-nues its personal development process and knows or tries new approaches Coaching is just one part of a wide range of options that are now ahead of her Encourage her to con-tinue that journey to read new books to try other trainings and workshops other different and complementary ways of approaching personal development

KEEPING CONTACT You can develop some form of contact with your old clients Email telephone facebook etc Remember to con-tinue sending her information about coaching or other matters you find important It is a way to ensure that your client will continue ldquoawakedrdquo for this subject

Thank you for being part of this project

Daniel Saacute Nogueira and Marta Ferreira

Page 7: WeCreate International Coaching Certification Manual

14

15

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING WHAT IS COACHING

III WHAT IS COACHING

4-word definition Freeing Potential Through Action

ldquoCoaching is a processhelliprdquo ndash It has a beginning middle and end The Coach does not solve anything by just pushing a button The length of the process is generally 2-3 months depending on the situation and response of the client This is the time-span that we advise for achie-ving meaningful results through ten one-hour sessions in person or not depending on the availability of the client and the expertise of the Coach

ldquo that aims tordquo ndash The Coach supports the client in setting goals and creating a strategy to achieve desired results through the very process of coaching The goal is to help the client achieve results in her focus area for example health or relationships spirituality finances career family etc

ldquohellipdevelophelliprdquo ndash Coaching is about working with the potential that the client already has within The Coach does not create anything just works on what already exists in order to enhance it While focusing on the development of technical and emotional skills the coach acts as an ldquoexternal eyerdquo to the client so that she can see objectively where she is (present state) and where she needs to go (future state) with minimum effort and maximum fun

Technical definition Coaching is a process that aims to develop challenge support and empower people to reach their full potential personally and professio-nally in a sustainable manner through the use of questions

ldquohellipchallengerdquo ndash Throughout the sessions the Coach has to challenge the client to go further and to think of many more and diverse solu-tions in order to step outside her comfort zone Coaching works as a form of encouragement and monitoring tailored to the personal development needs of each client

ldquosupporthelliprdquo ndash At the same time support do not judge really listen be there for the client give positive feedback The Coach is someone who is always there even when the results are not yet the desired ones The Coach has the patience to unconditionally support the pro-cess of the client

ldquohellipempowerhelliprdquo ndash The Coach helps the client work on new skills with the aim to thereby empower her to achieve self-realization reach her goals and align her life with her values mission and life purpose Note that if the Coach uses a lot of teaching it becomes training not coaching

click the video to see it

16

17

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING WHAT IS COACHING

ldquosustainablerdquo - In coaching we work to deliver sustainable re-sults We do not want the client to become dependent on the Coach or on the process itself As soon as possible we begin to use strategies to ensure the autonomy of our clients and to make them become their own coaches after a while

ldquoreach their full potentialrdquo ndash Coaching is about ACHIEVING re-sults During the coaching process the Coach will work to keep the client in action so that what is aimed for actually happens All of us possess a HUGE potential that we can use to achieve everything we want

ldquoquestionsrdquo - This is the basic methodology of coaching We de-velop empower support and challenge through questions Questions are powerful enablers that will help raise the consciousness level of our clients

COACHING IS ABOUT THE FUTUREDuring the coaching process the Coach will focus on making the client think about the present and the future This is the main difference be-tween coaching and therapy apart from the extent of formal education (minimum 5 years) that psychologists have in comparison to coaches

The Coach can listen to what has happened in the recent past of the client but does not focus on going deeper into this aspect of the situa-tion Instead she guides the client to focus on the present and most of all on the future ldquoSo what do you want to achieve today regarding this problem in your familyrdquo ldquoWhat are your future dreams in this area of your liferdquo

The Coach is not focused on knowing what caused the trauma or pro-blem but concentrates on moving beyond it and making sure that by the end of the ten sessions the client has also acquired the tools to solve other problems and challenges in her life

Coaching requires three key elements

A Client (Coachee) the person who undergoes the process of co-aching in order to acquire new skills and strengthen exis-

Coaching is the process that

aims to develop challenge support

and empower people to reach

their full potential professionally

and personally through questions

ting skills We recommend using the term client instead of ldquocoacheerdquo as it helps to distinguish it better from the word ldquoCoachrdquo and implies a more professional relationship be-tween the two

A Coach a professional qualified to lead the process of coachingAn opportunity challenge or problem Opportunity because it is

not necessary to work on a problem A client can be satis-fied with their job but seeking a Coach to work on being promoted for example

On the other hand there may be more than one opportu-nity challenge or problem and also all three at once sin-ce there are always opportunities behind every problem When there are several problems or opportunities the Co-ach assumes that the client is able to solve them all Howe-ver the coaching process needs to focus on one at a time and solving it before moving on to others

THE CROSSROADS OF LIFEThe key moments for a client are at the crossroads of life ie when two roads diverge and the client does not know which way to go This is where a Coach can really make a difference

In these situations as stated earlier we will not decide for the client nor give any advice since the task of the Coach is simply to facilitate reflection on the two paths to ask about the crossroads and even to take a few steps back if the client wishes to do so

Even if the choice seems wrong to the Coach the client is the one who should decide which road and action to take

Coaching is also

3 Very future-oriented 3 Making the client move into action through weekly tasks 3 Having a clear vision of what goals to reach 3 Helping the client develop an action plan 3 A process that provides development direction innovation and

constant support

18

19

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING WHAT IS COACHING

Benefits of Coaching

3 Opportunity for individual reflection that increases our level of consciousness about ourselves

3 Increase in our capacity to influence various situations in our lives

3 Gain of greater structure and focus 3 Constant feedback and support throughout the process

There are mainly two types of Coaching Life Coaching (where the process is most suitable for our personal lives) and Executive Bu-siness Coaching (where more work is done in the professional area)

Over the past few years coaching has become specialized in various areas We now also find terms such as Relationship Coaching Health Coaching Management C oaching Emotional Coaching for Teams Le-adership Coaching etc

Another major advantage is that this tool can be used formally (in in-dividual sessions or with groups) where we help our clients get closer to their goals in many areas of life as well as informally where we use it as a point of view when relating to our friends family children and ourselves Imagine the power of not only helping others but also being able to increase their capacity to take responsibility No doubt coa-ching is a transversal tool that applies to many different areas in our professional and personal lives

THE DIFFERENCE BETWEEN COACHING AND

OTHER PRACTICESSDespite being a relatively new discipline the distinction between co-aching and other practices is clear The term itself arose from a me-ans of transport (taking someone from one place to another) and this remains its basic meaning to bring someone (the client) from A to B

The difference between coaching and other approaches

Mentoring A process whereby a professional with expertise in a par-ticular area helps you to increase your level of knowledge about it A

mentor is someone who gives advice based on her vast experience in the area that you want to explore

Therapy The greatest distinction of all between coaches and thera-pists psychologists psychiatrists etc is the number of years of aca-demic preparation and how governmental institutions regulate the ac-tivity of the latter Therapists etc are trained to help their clients with complex issues from their past and present A Coach does not have this preparation and should not nor has the technical ability to ldquostir uprdquo the past of her client Therefore the Coach focuses solely on the present and the future of the client and has no therapeutic ambition

Consulting Offers experience and expertise in certain business areas A consultant can work with an entire organization or part of it and is usually a person from outside the organization that brings in her know--how to help increase productivity

Training A process by which we gain knowledge and skills The trai-ner is usually an expert in a particular area with the objective to help people learn and acquire skills specific to that area

past

THERAPHY

present

future

COACHING

20

21

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING INTERNATIONAL COACHING PRESUPPOSITIONS

IV INTERNATIONAL COACHING

PRESUPPOSITIONSThe international presuppositions of coaching are general principles that guide the practice of coaching around the world They are a kind of ethical rules that are vital to use in coaching sessions

But even more importantly these ten presuppositions need to be roo-ted in the DNA of the coach and lived fully by her

1 - QUESTIONSldquoThe Coach has the questions and the client the answersrdquo

The Coach always starts from the principle that the client has the answers Even if the Coach knows the answer she should not say it and this is often complicated A challenge The client has to discover the answer for herself even though she may then realize that this was not the best answer and that there are more suitable ones But this makes the client feel in charge of her process A major benefit of coaching is the ldquopowerrdquo that it gives to the client

For this to happen the Coach needs to find and ask questions because there are no answers only questions If the client asks ldquoWhat can I do to solve this situationrdquo the Coach asks ldquoHave you already done something to solve itrdquo or ldquoIs there anything you can do right nowrdquo Try to avoid responding with solutions as much as possible This way the Coach will lead the client to finding the best answer for herself

The coaching process is for the client The coach only facilitates the process

I AS A COACH NEVER KNOW THE SOLUTION

That is as the Coach does not know the psyche of the client she must remain detached and calm allowing the client to pursue at her own pace without interfering The process belongs to the client

2 - RESPECTldquoThe map is not a territoryrdquo

Each person has her way of being her World Map (the perception that each of us has of the same reality) The way one person sees a situation is never identical to someone elsersquos way Everyone interprets the same events differently and react accordingly

Thus the map of the client has true value and merit and the Coach res-pects this principle by holding the point of view that her own map of the world is not the only correct one For example a Coach who is married must respect the client who has three girlfriends and is looking for a fourth A spiritual coach must understand the world of a client whorsquos in the military If you cannot respect the world map of your client then yoursquore not the best Coach for her The best option then is to not con-tinue your sessions and instead suggest that a colleague takes over

Suggestion Do everything in your power to keep your client even if you donrsquot agree with her world map This is because by your fifth ses-sion you will have the necessary rapport to take on the challenge of asking something like

ldquoIs that really what you want for your liferdquo

ldquoDonrsquot you need something bigger in your liferdquo

In conclusion it is only natural that a Coach develops an opinion about what is happening with the client but she must still respect the clientrsquos world map and use open questions that are genuinely tolerant

22

23

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING INTERNATIONAL COACHING PRESUPPOSITIONS

3 - FEEDBACKldquoThere is no failure only feedbackrdquo

Everything that happens to the client during sessions andor outside of them is an opportunity for the Coach to get feedback For example if a client hasnrsquot done her homework this is not failure but feedback to the Coach Perhaps the homework was too complicated maybe the Coach did not convey itrsquos importance or the client is still very focused on another area

ldquoFailurerdquo is short-term psychology itrsquos what you see in the moment ldquoFeedbackrdquo on the other hand is long-term psychology We believe that the client will understand if she hasnrsquot already that itrsquos not about not being capable Instead itrsquos about taking in feedback about the situation learning from it polishing the rough edges and continuing until you can do it A good example of this kind of psychology is when babies start to learn how to walk They will fall many times and try over and over again to remain standing but never will a parent think that their daughter has failed and will never walk only because she fell In other words she did not fail she simply got feedback

4 - RESOURCESldquoAll people have the resources within them

or can acquire them

The coach treats the client as someone who is always rich in resour-ces

The potential that lies in all human beings is very big giant really It enables all of us to achieve any goal that we set ourselves in life and the Coach knows this reality Therefore we will never criticize the goal of a client that may seem impossible in the eyes of the Coach because the client has all the resources she needs within her or can acquire them Many clients will try to convince you that they are not capable of something and do not have these resources within them As a Coach you have fully embrace this assumption and know deep inside that they are perfectly capable

5 - BEST OPTION AT THE TIME

ldquoPeople always choose the best option that is currently available

especially given their context rdquo

For example if a client yelled at a co-worker the Coach should assume that this was the best option that she had available at the time Whether the Coach finds it good or bad does not really matter because for that person it was the only option available given the context

Thus the process of coaching is very humble The Coach puts herself into the shoes of her client staying present and concerned

It is very important that the Coach does not impose her own limita-tions on the client Furthermore she can choose to accept the limits of her client or to go around them Never forget that your client always comes from a context that is different from yours and that her family history religion and education among other things is what guides her to make choices which are always the best option at the time

6 - CAUSE AND EFFECTldquoEach person creates her own realityrdquo

The client is the energetic centre of everything that happens to her In other words it is she who creates or attracts her own reality Thus the Coach should always assume that what is happening to the client was in some way created by her whether it is an accident an argument or even the case of being fired The same applies to positive events

As a coach and this is why you should always respect otherrsquos world maps you do not to say that the client is ldquoguiltyrdquo Instead you keep asking questions

Your session will then be focused on trying to understand what motive led her to create this reality If you do not believe that your client crea-ted it you will also not believe that she has within her all the personal

24

25

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING INTERNATIONAL COACHING PRESUPPOSITIONS

power needed to change or modify it

Therefore as a Coach you need to take this presupposition into your own life and aim to deepen it to the fullest until you reach the point where you believe that you can influence everything that happens in your life

7 - ACTIONldquoIf you want to understand actrdquo

A Coach believes that action is needed to understand a problem chal-lenge or opportunity Itrsquos not enough to say that something has been understood on the mental level Coaching is about action It does not matter how much your client understands or knows about a subject What matters is how much she acts

Hence all sessions have a compulsory homework ending ldquoWhat will you do in this directionrdquo ldquoWhenrdquo ldquoWith whomrdquo

8 - FLEXIBILITYldquoIf yoursquore not getting results do it differentlyrdquo

Between the two of them the Coach needs to be the most flexible be-cause if the client is not getting results new approaches are needed In other words since the Coach believes that the client has all the resour-ces within her if there are no results it is because the Coach has to be more flexible What works with one client does not work with others Einstein said ldquoInsanity is doing the same thing and expecting a diffe-rent resultrdquo If yoursquore not getting the results you want do it differently

9 - POSITIVE INTENTIONldquoAll behaviour is based on a positive intentionrdquo

All human behaviour is driven by positive intention This does not mean

it is all good behaviour just the intention that created them Let us ima-gine a dramatic situation someone who screams violently at another person may be wanting to feel safer calmer have more justice The intention is good but not the behaviour As a Coach you know that what your client does or doesnrsquot do is based on a positive intention

10 - NON-IMPOSITIONldquoNone of these presuppositions are important

to your clientrdquo

All these presuppositions are for you as Coach to internalize and use in your sessions The idea is not that you should now impose on your client to use questions stick to a positive language and refrain from judging other peoplersquos World Maps The pre-suppositions are made for you and aim to orient the coaching process

26

27

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING ROSA 10

V ROSA 10

ROSA 10 is about going through each letter of the ROSA during a ses-sion or an informal conversation without expanding on any of them

The starting point is helping the other person to identify the Reality (Whatrsquos up) of their situation and understand what the problem or challenge is Then to speak about the Objectives (What do you want) and note what the person wants and aspires to After thinking about the goals itrsquos all about encouraging the other to find solutions (How can you get there) And finally because the Coach believes that re-sults come from action itrsquos about agreeing on a piece of homework that is in line with the best solution found (Out of all these ideas what you can do next week)

ROSA 10 is used in more informal coaching with friends and acquain-tances and in more situational coaching that is fast and focused on action where the client already knows what you want Moreover in situations where there is no need to go deeper into understanding the emotions beliefs and values of the client

EXAMPLES OF QUESTIONS LETTER ldquoRrdquo 3 What made you want to come and see me 3 How can I help you 3 How happy satisfied are you 3 How do you feel about that 3 What is the path yoursquove followed so far 3 What works best in your life at the moment What can and

should be improved

3 On a 0-10 scale how satisfied are you in this area 3 What is your biggest challenge 3 How are other areas of your life 3 What else Tell me more

The fundamental Reality question is WHATrsquoS UP

EXAMPLES OF QUESTIONS LETTER ldquoOrdquo 3 Where will you be in a year 3 What is your biggest dream 3 Where would you like to go 3 What is your most amazing vision of this situation 3 From 0 to 10 how important is this goal to you 3 Can you see your goal Describe in detail what it looks like 3 If you had a magic wand that could solve this problem what

would your new situation look like what would you like to see happen

The fundamental Objectives question is WHAT DO YOU WANT

EXAMPLES OF QUESTIONS LETTER ldquoSrdquo 3 What can you do 3 What are you doing right now to solve this situation 3 What do you think is the best way to reach the objectives 3 Do you know someone who can help 3 What are some things yoursquove never imagined doing 3 Let us list a series of possible steps 3 Can you give me 10 solutions And 10 more 3 If I were in your situation what advice would you give me 3 If you had all the money in the world what would you do 3 Who could help you solve this situation

The fundamental Solutions question is GREAT AND WHAT ELSE

28

29

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING ROSA 20

EXAMPLES OF QUESTIONS LETTER ldquoArdquo

3 What will you do this week 3 What is one thing you could do without much difficulty 3 Which of these solutions can you start with today 3 What is your next small step

The fundamental Action question is WHAT ARE YOU GOING TO DO WITH WHOM WHEN During a coaching session the letters R and S have a divergent func-tion allowing you to fully open the flow of ideas The Action phase then has a fully convergent function specifying what will be done as seen in the following diagram

VI ROSA 20

The purpose of this manual and the International Coa-ching Certification is to learn to use ROSA 20 The

MasterCoach Certification goes more in depth with 30 coaching and the MasterCoachTrainer

Certification is about 40 coaching

R(EALITY)The Reality phase is usually the longest

one in ROSA (especially in the first session) It is a very important phase because it is where we find out about our clientrsquos current life situation and start building rapport with her

If this phase is well done the rest comes quite easily and naturally 99 of your clients will be focused on the problem ie living the ldquoPro-blem Psychologyrdquo They will have the tendency to always see the ne-gative even to amplify it as they go along by finding more and more reasons that ldquofeedrdquo the negative aspect of their situation

Everything around them whether it is their home situation or even the state of the country or the world strengthens their ability to see how bad their problem is which contributes to killing all hope for impro-vement and opportunities ultimately go unnoticed Their situation is always the worst it can ever get In fact they tend to see that their life has always been that way

Your goal at this stage is to collect as much information as possible about your client and different aspects (both good and less good) of her life The Coach has two tools for helping her client ldquoget outrdquo of the

ROSA 10

ROSA 30

ROSA 20

ROSA 10

ROSA 30

ROSA 20

WhatWho

when

babybaby

30

31

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

hole that she is focused on and have a conversation about the broader reality of her life

FLUFFY PUFFY VS COMPLICATORAt the stage of Reality we find two main types of people

COMPLICATORThis is the type of person who will claim that they are not able to solve their problem and who also believes that the situation is so big and so bad that there actually is no solution

ROSA 20

In this case let the client speak for five to ten minutes about this but then it is essential to make her say something positive about it with questions like

ldquoWhatrsquos good about itrdquordquo ldquoWhat do you like about your life (Maybe on the same sub-

ject or another - see ldquoGuide to the First Coaching Ses-sionrdquo)

By doing this we motivate the client for the rest of the ROSA Itrsquos re-ally a question of energy If we donrsquot address the positive aspect (of the particular situation or of another area of life) we will not have any energy for the Objectives phase

The conversation gets very depressing and not very motivating when the client manages to convince herself (and often the coach as well)

32

33

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

that there is no solution By adding together both positive and negative aspects we create tension and a spark of energy to move on At the same time we get to find out what truly motivates the client whether it is family a passion that she has or others things

FLUFFY PUFFYThis is the opposite of the type above This is a person who has re-edu-cated herself and grown convinced that itrsquos good to have problems and that they are there for a reason She has a super positive perspective on life but possibly a bit exaggerated Problems are always positive and she does not understand that they may have negative implications

To the question ldquoSo is this problem hurting yourdquo she will promptly reply ldquoOh it isnrsquot Itrsquos good to have problems they bring along many positive things and are just what they should berdquo In this case the Co-ach has to make the client talk about the problem and the aspects that are negative or less good In other words we must find out what hurts enough for the client to realize she needs help with something and that not everything is going well after all

As in the previous case we need to create an inner shock in order to generate energy for the Objectives phase In this case it is necessary to do so by making the client ldquosufferrdquo a bit or to get her out of her comfort zone in order to become aware that there is something she wants to change or do differently If we do not have a challenge an opportunity or a problem we cannot do coaching

Both the ldquoComplicatorrdquo and the ldquoFluffy Puffyrdquo should identify both good and bad aspects of the subject matter Moreover you should not move to the Objectivesrsquo phase be fore this is done At this stage the more the client is aware of her own reality the better the Coachrsquos picture will be of that same reality Both types of clients need to enter the area of challenge leaving the reality that they live in and gaining a broader awareness of the reality that is

Only with this awareness will there be fuel to create goals and pro-gress to the next stages

PIZZA OF LIFEThe clientrsquos reality is like a big wall Something she nee-ds to overcome to reach the other side the side that she wants to be on Although the wall is large the client will tend to concentrate on a small part of the wall a hole a brick to paint etc About 98 of people are focused on the small ldquoholesrdquo of life which only increases their size and importance

Implementing a real change in your life means looking at it as a whole from various angles analyzing all its weaknesses but also all the pos-sibilities In doing so the client becomes more aware of who she is

The pizza is divided into four distinct areas (linked to the four elements and the four personality types) and twelve slices

EARTH AREA (PRACTICAL WORLD)Money How is your bank account Do you have any debts Do you

think you have enough money or do you need more to have the life you want And what about material goods such as a home a car travel

Health Are you healthy Do you have any chronic illness How do you nourish yourself Any sports Do you feel alive

Jobcareer Are you doing something you like Feel satisfied with your career How many hours do you work per day What is your level of productivity

WATER AREA (EMOTIONAL WORLD)

Romance Do you have a love relationship that satisfies you Do you love and are you loved Are you feeling happy and complete without being in a relationship

Family and Friends (with a big F) How do you relate to your chil-dren parents and friends

Contribution Are you helping create a better world Any voluntary work Donations Satisfied with the help you provide

ROSA 20

of life

money

hea

lth

workcareer romance

Friends

family

contribuitiondevelopmentpersonal

social life

hobbies

peer groupleadershippersonal

life p

urpose

Pearth

Ewater

Mair

Sfire

meaning

34

35

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

AIR AREA (MENTAL WORLD)Personal Development Do you read books participate in training

courses invest in yourself and in your learningdevelop-ment

Hobbies and Social Life Do you have a social life that satisfies you Do you have free time to do what you like

Peer Group Groups of people (friends family etc) that challenge us and pull us forward Do you have people that encourage you How often do you meet with them

FIRE AREA (SPIRITUAL WORLD)Personal Leadership How do you relate with yourself When you

look at yourself (on the inside and the outside) do you like

what you see How is your confidence and self-esteem

Life Purpose How much of your day-to-day do you dedicate to doing what you love most

Meaning of Life Do you have a faith What do you believe in What is the energy that encompasses all Why are we here on this planet

The Pizza of Life is a very deep tool to be used both by the client and the Coach to develop their roots It is a practical way of examining all areas of our lives

It is essential to distinguish between the importance that a client at-tributes to a slice and her degree of satisfaction with it Itrsquos not about how much you have of this or that slice but rather how satisfied you are with this area For example a person who is not religious does not have to have a zero in the area of the meaning of life if she is comfor-table with that area But if she does feel that she needs to work on her faith then the value will inevitably be less than 10 Another example someone who lives in a rented house travels by bus and goes camping on holidays may have a 10 in the money slice if itrsquos a person who does not value material goods Someone else who lives the same kind of life but aspires to have a beach house a great car and travel to exotic places will assign a lower value to this slice

The client may want to add or remove a slice and split others However the most important thing is to recognize the four main areas (PEMS) and the importance of all the slices for your happiness and for gaining a more balanced life

When the pizza is filled out once again you will address the positive and less positive aspects of it At this stage you should ask your client

3 ldquoWhich 2 or 3 areasslices feel goodstrong at the momentrdquo

3 ldquoWhich 2 or 3 areasslices need a little more attention and some im-

ROSA 20

1 What is the current situation

2 Concrete examples

3 Objectivity through facts

4 Ask what when where who

REALITYRESUME

36

37

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

provementrdquo

This way you gain even more information about the current situation of your client which may be very helpful during the rest of the coaching process

LEVERAGE SLICEAfter evaluating the pizza of life we dedicate ourselves to hel-ping the client choose a leverage slice We can explain that coaching is about gaining focus by having only one target to hit at each moment in time This does not mean that we wonrsquot work on any other area it just means that we first need to solve one slice one priority slice

The question to use is ldquoWhich slice if you increase your satisfaction with it by one or two points would improve the biggest number of your other pizza slicesrdquo

You can ask your client to select any 5 slices then 3 then 2 and ask ldquoImagine that I am the genie in the lamp and I can help you bring one of these slices to a 10 which one would you chooserdquo

If your client clearly has a slice that she wants to work you can proce-ed with this one right away

The leverage slice is not always the slice that got the lowest rating Therefore we should not influence the decision of the client

A few tips

3 If the client chooses a slice that she gave a high rating itrsquos good news for the Coach because it will be relatively easy for the client to improve it further

3 If the client wants to choose a new slice in the next session no problem Remember that we are just chauffeurs Early on in the coaching process the client may do some reflection and then want to choose another slice

3 Until the leverage slice is resolved (rated much more positively)

or under control by the client (it only being a matter of time) we DO NOT change the slice along the way We only do so once we have delivered the wanted results If we change the slice in each session it becomes difficult (if not impossible) to deliver results which also become much less sustainable Coaching is not a process with a magic wand that can transform a slice in an hour

3 No area is more important than another and the numbers that the client uses to evaluate only mean something to her Remember that YOU SHOULD NOT JUDGE anything about the pizza of your client It only needs to make sense to her

O(BJECTIVES)Now that we know the current reality of our client it is time to move on At this point we no longer speak of problems or challenges That was back in the previous phase Now we just want to know about Objectives

In Coaching we work with two types of objectives

GURU OBJECTIVES AND BABY OBJECTIVESAll of us more or less consciously orient our action through goals But we do not always take the right steps There are people who consciously do but there are many others who without being conscious of it hurt their feet run without knowing where theyrsquore going or stop halfway

We can identify two types of goals which we should use to our advan-tage

3 Guru objective ndash a goal that is so big so big that therersquos a voi-ce in our head that thinks itrsquos impossible to accomplish

3 Baby objective ndash a goal that is so small so small that we are absolutely certain of achieving it

ROSA 20

The slice of leverage is the one in which if there is any improvements will positively affect other slices of pizza

The Baby-Objectives has the

unique purpose to increase client

confidence

38

39

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

Guru and baby objectives psychology is natural to us not something we learn nor something we can unlearn For example it activates immediately if wersquore in a car accident if anything threatens our survi-val or the survival of our loved ones We then forget whether we are confident or not successful or not rich or poor and we only care about finding a solution This is natural we always have an ultimate goal in mind while at the same time staying present to the immediate objec-tive since that is what makes us define the next small step towards reaching our guru objective And we get so engaged that nothing will distract us from our guru objective Now this psychology should not get triggered only unconsciously in moments of survival but also be applied consciously in our lives in general in our everyday And yes it can be activated

Always remember that an objective is only at the guru level if there is a voice inside you that laughs finding it impossible to achieve and a baby objective is only one if you are sure that you will achieve It is therefore essential to dream to look farther and reach beyond what our minds can visualize

But beware if we focus solely on our highest goals we will never le-ave the realm of dreams and over time we will lose self-confidence Achieving goals involves taking small steps every day defining reaso-nable steps that slowly but surely bring us closer to our guru objective

Success depends on a combination of both We must therefore learn to live life with very big guru objectives and very small baby objectives Most people that feel unhappy have developed a guru psychology but not a baby psychology or vice versa The former always want more and are never satisfied with their daily achievements The latter live through small steps but cannot think big so the little steps wear them out and monotony or apathy reigns

Having a great guru objective without setting baby objectives leads to frustration anxiety and impatience Setting baby objectives without having a big guru objective leads to disinterest discouragement and lack of direction(ldquoTrate a Vida por Turdquo paacuteg 111)

META+Our objectives should be

Measurable - Objectives should be very concrete so that when we reach them we can check off ldquomission accomplishedrdquo For example ldquoI will spend 3 hours a day with my familyrdquo instead of ldquoI will spend more time with my familyrdquo

Emotional Objectives should contain grand adjectives that provoke a lot of emotion so that the brain gives them more importance For example ldquoI will wake up shining and full of vitality ready for a new day of fun and productivityrdquo

Timed - Objectives must have either a date or a frequency or both For example ldquoStarting tomorrow I will be home by 8 pm every day to have dinner with my childrenrdquo or ldquoI will train every day starting on Sundayrdquo

Achievable - We need to believe in the objectives that we set and know that they are possible to reach For example ldquoI will write a book next monthrdquo If you think your goal is too ambitious you had better adapt it ldquoIrsquoll write one chapter in the next monthrdquo

Positive (+) - Goals should be stimulating the positive Neurolinguistics say that everything that we define as positi-ve encourages us and everything that we define as negative defeats us For example ldquoI will not smoke anymorerdquo is wrong while ldquoI will breathe 100 oxy-gen and make air cleaner for myself and for othersrdquo is more correct Or ldquoon day x I will weigh y poundsrdquo instead of ldquoI will lose weightrdquo(Trate a Vida por Tu paacuteg 155)

ROSA 20

1 What do you want

2 What do you really want

3 What is the Guru-Objective

4 What is the Baby-Objective

5 What is the dream (the most importan is to make the client talk about his dreams)

6 In a perfect world (For those who have di-fficulty in define Guru-Objectives)

7 Meta+

OBJECTIVESRESUME

The meta+ model is used to specify the target-guru

40

41

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

Why do we need to have these two opposing energies Exactly for the same reason as the positive and negative energies in the Reality phase We really need a guru objective since the effort that the client will have to make and the person she has to become to get there will make her reach much further than if she had set an intermediate goal Coaching is about dreams about the best of the best for each area of our lives The important thing is not whether or not the client gets there but that the road she travels takes her much further

Moreover every journey starts with a small step We need to create an objective so small so small that the client is absolutely sure she can do it Why To get her motivated quickly to achieve success and above all to convey the baby objective psychology We need to make our clients realize that coaching is about big and small steps The baby objective in itself is not important but we need to introduce this step here so that your client begins to celebrate every little step that she takes every piece of homework that gets done

Coaching is about forming a person with both guru and baby objectives psychology Someone who wants to go really far and at the same time is super happy with everything that she has already achieved

Notas If a client has a very big guru objective to reach in a short time and the Coach thinks it is not possible we can ask the client to ldquoconvince us that it is possiblerdquo On the other hand if the baby objective is very big we do the same

S(OLUTIONS)Encouraging creativity is equally important to teaching children ma-thematics Portuguese and science This is what later on will separate intelligent adults from true geniuses who are able to create something new revolutionary and innovative in whatever area It is those who mark others society science and the world who ultimately make a

difference

40 IDEASIn fact we are all creative We have all been children we have all been creative and so what happened What is it that makes our creativity die The fact is that our society limits our creativity while forgetting that in a grey professional world creativity makes the difference

ROSA 20

clique no viacutedeo para o activar

42

43

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

Anyone who is creative grows through challenges simply because they put their creativity at the service of what is not working They go off immediately to search for a solution And this is available to everyo-ne This is the basis of the ldquoSrdquo in ROSA instead of complaining go look for a solution Remember yoursquore always one idea away from solving your biggest challenge You just havenrsquot found that idea yet Pull out

your creativity and try finding ideas ideas ideas

Even the most creative people start with obvious ideas and it is good to go through them in order to get to the other ones Little by little we will get to the interesting ideas and when we stop being afraid of saying nonsense we become creative Now the challenge is to get an innovative idea And that can only be achieved by investing time and energy When we are at 10 or 20 ideas to not give up until you have at least 40

Losing our creativity is in other words restraining our physical (earth) emotional (water) mental (air) and spiritual (fire) abilities Children do not have these restraints in a physical sense they love exploring the world through their body showing you they donrsquot care about posture for instance and they seem unbreakable when defying the laws of gra-vity with an energy that seems limitless Emotionally they are much more open to all kinds of feelings because they have not accumulated many negative experiences Mentally they are hungry for knowledge and the concept of right and wrong is not yet set so everything seems possible to them Spiritually they are completely free they may have some enrooted values but everything else is an open book

In order to be creative again and go back to having blank pages in the book of life being able to write and rewrite improvise and create we

obvious interesting creative innovative

can start by being creative in one area or going back to being creative in all aspects of life and our being To go back to being creative we must explore our physical body do sports dance act etc and use your senses to hear smell taste touch and see The healthier we are the more our body will be available to be physically creative To go back to being more creative emotionally we have to stop being afraid to feel We have to venture into relationships connections sharing without the fear of being hurt frustrated cheated and even happy

To go back to being mentally creative we must learn new subjects think about new things analyze from new angles and perspectives challenge our minds have conversations with all kinds of people read all kinds of magazines stimulate all parts of our brain

Finally if we want to go back to being spiritually creative we must question all our certainties and dogmas meditate and open ourselves to the world of possibilities and the inexplicable We need to know oursel-ves in order to experience life intensely

If we manage to be creative in all four areas we will be soon become a new person with a palette of new experiences and openness to wha-tever happens giving us new shape and a different glow If we can be more creative regarding the first letter of our PEMS we should really be congratulated for it The important thing is to enter the challenge zone to seek solutions in areas that have not yet been explored in fiel-ds that are uncomfortable for others but that we call our comfort zone Then everything and really everything becomes possible and there are no longer problems without solutions(ldquoTrate a Vida por Turdquo paacuteg 165)

PARADIGM SHIFTThis is the time to get the client to think ldquoupside downrdquo ie to think ldquoout of the boxrdquo It is undoubtedly the most difficult phase of the coaching sessions Your clients will not even want to think and to change their paradigms

The vast majority of people when trying to solve a pro-blem or challenge use the first ideas that come to mind - the Obvious ideas ndash the ones that we all have However there are three more levels of ideas The Interesting ideas are those that some have sometimes

ROSA 20

The very first ideas are obvious Only then comes the interesting and then comes the very creative and innovative ideas

44

45

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

Solutions are always related to the Guru-Objectives

and then come the Creative Ideas that are those which generate con-flict because they go lsquoout of the boxrsquo shifting paradigms Finally we have the Innovative ideas that are the ones that nobody sees but once they are revealed they become obvious

We may use this ability in all areas of our life using this unique creati-vity to make everything unique and different

The goal of a Coach is getting the client to change her paradigm This is what happens in an ldquoAHArdquo moment when she finds an idea and is sure that this is the one she was missing

In the picture on the left do you see a young girl or an old lady Try to see both Put your brain to work both ways

GREAT AND WHAT ELSEBrainstorming is the most powerful tool for creativity and the best way of stimulating creativity in all areas of your life It is essential to do individual and group brainstorming as it is the best way to find so-lutions to challenges

What is a lsquobrainstormingrsquo

As the name implies it is a kind of ldquobrain stormrdquo And what do storms do They stir things up make ideas collide (thunder) and launch one solution after the other (lightning) ldquowaitingrdquo for the one that will solve the problem and put the storm at rest Brainstorming is not only use-ful at the workplace Every person and family should brainstorm from time to time to seek solutions to their problems from the most basic day-to-day questions (how to deal with expenses manage domestic tasks prepare meals) to deeper and more complex ones (helping a child become more confident helping a father that is unemployed) And individually each one of us should do brainstorming to solve and improve all areas that we feel the need to change

It is very easy to do brainstorming Here are the six rules to start prac-ticing today

1 No judgement All ideas are valuable even the most stupid ones In a brainstorming there are no arguments or criticism All ideas are good initially If there is criticism besides genera-ting conflict it can also inhibit the people involved

2 Quantity quantity quantity The more ideas generated the better the brainstorming Quality does not matter here only quantity Why The first ideas will be obvious then interesting then creative and only then innovative

3 Hitchhike You can build on otherrsquos ideas No participant should be silent for a long time If you donrsquot have any idea you can simply hitchhike on someone elsersquos The only thing you cannot do is not to participate

4 Go crazy From time to time throw in some ideas that are lsquoout-side the boxrsquo Regardless of how absurd they may seem this will help you and your colleagues to leave the obvious ideas and make your brains think At the very least you will enliven the session If the group laughs at your idea yoursquore being crazy

ROSA 20

click the video to see it

46

47

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

5 Take notes The most dangerous thing in a brainstorming ses-sion is having no one to write down the ideas Preferably the one who writes should not be giving any ideas she should fo-cus on writing down othersrsquo ideas There should also be a kind of a moderatorfacilitator of the brainstorming session not for taking decisions or criticizing but precisely for making sure that no one tries to take decisions on behalf of the group or to criticize other peoplersquos ideas and to help keep the focus on what matters In an individual brainstorming session you of course need to be your own moderator

6 A clear goal You must clearly define what the purpose of your objective is what the challenge is and if possible write formu-late it in META+(ldquoTrate a Vida por Turdquo paacuteg 213)

Brainstorming is the most powerful creativity tool In a brainstorming the client is requested to come up with a great amount of ideas on how to reach her Guru Objective

click the video to see it

And the Coach must be persistent since this is when you realize that humans are lazy when it comes to thinking It is very likely that when giving her fifth idea the client will say that she has no more Everyone will want to convince you that they have already found the magic solu-tion But they havenrsquot And how do we know that Because if they had found it they would already have solved their challenge

During a brainstorming ideally it is the Coach who writes down the ideas But she should not alter any of them And if the client gets stuck we must ask open and creative questions such as

3 If you had all the money in the world what would you do 3 If you were your idol what would you do 3 If it were 10 years ago what would you do 3 If it were 10 years from now what would you do

Cultivating a sense of humour as a Coach is always a good for rela-xing and making people creative This is in fact important in any area At this stage it is very likely that the client will have long mo-ments without coming up with any ideas Therefore it is impor-tant to create our own personal way of ldquopulling outrdquo the clientrsquos ideas such as a small exercise changing seats or using humour If the client gets to 40 ideas very easily and none is lsquointerestingrsquo even for her it means that she is still in the obvious ide-as and then 40 more ideas are always welcome Creativity is an expansive energy The more it is cultivated the more it grows and the easier it becomes to use it in other areas of life Notas The Coach may suggest ideas but only as an encouragement to the client

A brainstorming can take up a large part of a session so it is important to make sure there is enough time for it

ROSA 20

1 Allow the obvious

2 I want more ideas

3 Help to avoid judgment

4 Overcoming objections with questions ldquoWhat ifrdquo

5 Okay what else

SOLUTIONSRESUME

48

49

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

since it is not right to leave it midway The goal is that the client forces her brain to find new ideas in a short time and in such a way that it is almost like a shock to her

It is important to keep focused on one topic in a brainstorming Some may change their focus during the process for example a client whorsquos Guru objective is to open a business may start to suggest ideas on how to make more money In this case the Coach should remind the client of the main topic At the same time the Coach should stay flexible and if the client really feels that their focus was not on the first topic but on the second itrsquos time to go back and set a new Guru objective

A(CTION)ROSA exists only for one reason to get us to act We find our Reality establish our Objectives and think up Solutions that make us act ndash the A is the purpose of ROSA

Now more than people of action we must be people of innovation

Innovation is creativity applied to getting the desired results Being creative is not enough but creativity is the tool for getting to innova-tion So how do we do this

The secret is not to give up on creating ideas ideas and more ideas until the innovative idea comes Sometimes it never comes but get-ting to the creative ones is already something Those who have dared being creative many times and more and more are those who mana-ge to reach the innovation Itrsquos not enough to have talent you have to work hard to translate this talent into amazing results Look at these examples

3 Bach wrote one cantata a week even when he was sick 3 Mozart produced more than 600 pieces of music 3 Darwin wrote 109 publications one of which was about the Theory of

Evolution 3 Einstein published 248 theses one of which was about the Theory

of Relativity 3 Freud published 350 theses 3 Rembrandt produced 650 paintings 3 It took Thomas Edison 2000 experiments to invent the light bulb

and 9000 to perfect it 3 Picasso created more than 20000 pieces of art

This is why it is so important to act Do a lot create a lot invest a lot (ldquoTrate a Vida por Turdquo paacuteg 234)

THE FUNNELThis is the part where coaching really becomes challenging where the client realizes that she will have to do something and not just think and talk about it It is the phase where we start to converge and funnel things in order to find an action that is as specific as possible

This is with no doubt the most important phase of ROSA In a coaching session anything can happen in any of the other phases but we cannot end it without an action (without homework)

What

3 What are you going to do now 3 What are you thinking about doing now ()

ROSA 20

click the video to see it

A task should not be so simple that it doesnacutet make any difference to the client to fulfill it nor should it be so difficult that it becomes infeasible

50

51

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

With whom It is very important to involve someone in the action pro-cess 99 of the homework should have a third person involved The-reby we are creating conditions for the client to become autonomous after the coaching process The questions might be

3 ldquowill you ask to ask you whether you have done itrdquo 3 ldquoApart from me (the Coach) who else will be involved in thisrdquo

When Marcar data ou frequecircncia Quanto mais especiacutefica for me-lhor Isto leva o cliente a pensar exatamente quando vai fazer au-tomaticamente isto cria um compromisso maior dentro dele doing this the client should end each session with a specific homework knowing both the day and the time she will do it and with whom she will share it

At what time of the week beginning or end

At the end of the week

What is for you the end of the week Friday Saturday Sunday

Friday

Ok and what time

Anytime

Anytime Ok But in the morning in the afternoon or evening

Morning

And what time

Early

What is early for you

Upon waking

And what time do you wake up

At 7am

THE CONVERGENCE TECHNIQUEIf the client does not find an action to do you can use the convergence technique by asking the following questions

3 ldquoLook at your ideas (the brainstorming) and mark those that you find reasonablerdquo

3 ldquoNow choose 10rdquo 3 ldquoChoose 5rdquo 3 ldquoChoose 3 2 rdquo 3 ldquoIf I had a magic wand that would immediately fulfil one of these

ideas which one would you chooserdquo

COMMITMENTIn the early sessions you can also ask the client to send you an SMS after doing the action in or-der to confirm it Of course you donrsquot force her

if she refuses but then if she doesnrsquot do her homework you will have more power to ask for an SMS in the next homework

If she accepts you may also ask if you can send her an SMS in case she forgets to do so What will happen is that as soon as she receives our SMS asking whether the action has been done she will do it immediately so that she can reply that she has By SMS we also mean any other means like a telephone call or e-mail The Coach must be flexible enough to perceive which method suits her client the best

THE HANDSHAKEShaking hands after defining the homework is very important because it is the archetype of commitment But remember if the client does not do her homework there is no failure only feedback Maybe the problem really is the kind of homework given or poor explanation about the im-portance of the homework in the coaching process

ONE SMALL STEP FORWARDWhat is the Next Small Step you can take This ques-

ROSA 20

What is the first next small step

Earn 20000 euro

What is the first next small step

Save 100 euro month

What is the first next small step

Open an account

ldquoGreat what is the next small step that you believe you can accomplish

Deposit 1000 euro

1 What is the option that has magic

2 What is the option that makes sense

3 What are you gonna do exactly

4 How will you know you make it

5 Funnel When What day What time

6 Commitment handshake

ACTIONRESUME

52

53

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

free to put everything she has (skills tools knowledge) at the service of her client Indeed every three sessions more or less you should challenge your client with a piece of homework However the challen-ge will vary depending on whom we have in front of us and on the level of the process

4 SUCCESS TIPS FOR THIS PHASE FASEAction Plans it is at this stage that we start working on an action plan

that will follow the session Remember coaching without ac-tion is not coaching Thatrsquos why you should do a ROSA in every session go through the four phases and always end with a very concrete action plan on what the client will do during the week and until the next session Here is an example of an action plan

What will I do Run 3 times per week

When Monday Wednesday and Friday

With whom Alone

Possible obstacles Laziness and lack of time

Benefits Feeling healthier

What will help me remember Setting an alarm on my phone

How will I celebrate By going to the cinema

Homework the tasks between the sessions are a priority for the coaching Most of the le-arning comes from the homework that is done between sessions So remember to always end your session by asking your client to suggest tasks that she would like to accom-plish that coming week the next small steps she can take right now Then rephra-se each one into a concrete action (when how where ) Still some clients will have gre-

tion tool is ideal for those who have difficulty in defining Baby Objecti-ves or those who have difficulty in defining an action to do this week

Notas As a general rule the client will not hear the word ldquosmallrdquo in the question The-refore we must repeat the question until the action is so small that the client would have no difficulty doing it

Of course the Next Small Step may not be the right action to choose for this week

Example The client wants to buy a Porsche (Guru Objective)

ldquoDeposit 1000 eurosrdquo is the Baby Objective The same process can be used for defining the homework

At the end when an action has been defined the Coach may also su-ggest a piece of homework In other words then the Coach is finally

ROSA 20

54

55

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING RAPPORT

at difficulty in taking action If this is the case always look for the smallest step that the person can take If we do not act itrsquos because the step is not small enough Remember ldquoEvery journey begins with one small steprdquo

Commitment amp Penalties some clients will sometimes have real diffi-culty in stepping into action Sometimes you may have to resort to agreeing on a fine if your client does not accomplish her task All human beings run away from pain and sometimes in coaching we need to use a little more masculine energy (wersquoll talk about that more below) to help You can even ask the question ldquoWhat will happen if you do not accomplish itrdquo

Monitoring amp Accountability the role of a Coach is to provide moni-toring to her client However the responsibility must always be on the clientrsquos side As a Coach you are responsible for guiding the process Your client should define the strategies needed to enable her to take the steps she wants You should follow and always try to understand what may have prevented her from completing her tasks Above all you should be focused on finding better strategies to lead her into action However do remind your client that it is her responsibility Ultimately acting or not acting is her choice

VII RAPPORT

Mastering the ROSA technique and mastering Rapport will alone make

you a Mega Coach Of course you can gain more Roots but people

who attend our courses usu-ally already have quite some

1ST DEFINITION OF RAPPORT

Relationship of trust and influence rapport is the ability to create trust within a few minutes with various kinds of people and to influence them to act think and do better You can only influence after being trusted Think about people you trust and do not trust what influence do these people have on you

2ND DEFINITION OF RAPPORTRelationship of empathy and sympathy ldquoWe only like 2 kinds of people people who are the way we are or who are the way we would like to berdquo

Empathy I feel empathy based on the things I have in common with someone

Sympathy Based on the qualities and characteristics that someone has that I would like to have

Conclusion rapport is empathy (who is like me) and sympathy (who is the way I would like to be)

56

57

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

Rapport is trust and

influence

Rapport is the ability to create

empathy and sympathy

WARNING Empathy comes before sympathy and trust comes before influence This is the most important aspect of rapport I cannot influence anyone who does not trust me

Part 2 Now letrsquos try to understand what happens in our psyche why this is the way it is

I invite you to imagine that yoursquore a rabbit in a forest and you meet another rabbit What happens Now imagine you meet another animal thatrsquos different from you What does the rabbit do FLIGHT (runs away)

Now imagine that you are not a rabbit yoursquore a wolf You meet an ani-mal thatrsquos different from you What does the wolf do FIGHT

Now imagine yoursquore a porcupine What happens FREEZE

Animals have these three types of reactions Now imagine yoursquore a human being 20000 years ago and you come across something di-fferent from you What happens ONE OF THESE THINGS AND YOU FEEL FEAR You react the way you do because your psyche does not know what it is And if it is another human being I KNOW WHAT TO EXPECT She is like me Our fear grows when something is different because we donrsquot know what to expect Imagine that you do meet a hu-man being but wearing clothes or other things that are very different

What happens when it is the same kind of animal What exists there EM-PATHY AND TRUST - 1st LEVEL of RAPPORT

This is a metaphor of course Rapport is very unconscious I could tell you to trust someone but your unconscious may not feel the trust What regula-tes that instinct in your psyche is KNOWING WHAT I CAN EXPECT

WHAT HAPPENS IN COACHING Clients also have these three types of reactions flight freeze or fight They may not show up for the follow ses-sion they may answer ldquoyesrdquo ldquonordquo ldquomayberdquo ldquodonrsquot knowrdquo or they may be in constant disagreement with you

Key ldquothe more the Coach is the way I am the more rapport there isrdquo

MILTON ERICSON (Ericsonian Psychology NLP Hypnotherapy) found the client within himself and used this as his tool in the therapy sessions

Ericson created rapport before proceeding with anything else This is TRUST and EMPATHY Ericson was humble and flexible enough to adapt to the client Only once you have done this you can go back to being yourself

Ways of creating rapport with someone

Verbal

3 Language words 3 Subject matter 3 Quotes way of speaking 3 Repeating what the other says 3 Using the otherrsquos metaphors 3 Using the same expressions

Non-verbal

3 Gestures 3 Voice 3 Mime 3 Distance 3 Posture 3 Breathing 3 Touch 3 Speed

Note Every human being has a natural and unconscious tendency to create rapport with others To confirm this all you need is to look at two people talking to each other and see how easily you will notice similarities in their postures and way of speaking

ldquoYou have only one chance to create a good first impression but you have plenty of opportunities to create rapportrdquo

Rapport is an honest attempt to enter someonersquos map-of-the-world The-re is no agreeing or disagreeing only flexibility Rapport does not mean friendship The first session and often the second is a lot about creating rapport

RAPPORT

Sometimes itacutes enought just a little attention to help someone but attention is not coaching

58

59

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

RAPPORT MODELndash 2 PacuteSEstablishing rapport is a process of many levels and layers of depth

LEVEL 1 - PRESENCE AND

PARTNERSHIP

PRESENCEThis is the first step towards creating ra-pport thus the most superficial one Pre-sence means that the Coach is fully com-mitted to her client aware of everything she says and does Nothing from outside the ses-sion should be on the Coachrsquos mind She must be fully present

Before a session itrsquos important that you as a Co-ach calm down forget about everything else and gain a notion of where you are and what you are going to do

POSTURE amp PHRASING

PERCEPTUAL POSITIONS

PERSON TO PERSON

PRESENCE amp PARTNERSHIP

PROBING amp PATIENCE

click the video to see it

Dedicate a few minutes to this process

Presence and Attention are among the healthiest ac-tions that lead to real results You can create a good

relationship with your client (child parent etc) just by being fully present and attentive Even gardens become more beautiful if they are cared for

Presence is about getting yourself into a certain state Itrsquos about being Yin and Yang at the same time

Yin ndash relaxing breathing being aware of all five senses being fully present where you are

Yang ndash mobilizing all your energy by run-ning jumping listening to inspiring music

PARTNERSHIP

Creating an equal relationship with your client Not top down or vice--versa The Coach should never be at a lower or higher level than her client The chairs should be the same for example

For presence and partnership it is also important to switch off the phone to prevent anything from interrupting the session Tidying up the table is equally important to having a clean and hygienic space

From 0 to 10 the importance of Presence during a session is a 10 It is the first step If it isnrsquot there nothing else will

Psycho-geography is also very important in this area

PSYCHO-GEOGRAPHY the way your psyche relates to geography Example On which side you like to sleep Each person has a different psycho-geography Some prefer to be by the sea while others prefer to be in the mountains

RAPPORT

Empathy is being doing

talk and think like the other Sympathy is being doing

talk and think how the other

would like to be

60

61

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

Some tips for using the psycho-geography of the client to your advan-tage

3 Having a room with a minimum amount of symbols It is not recom-mended to have crucifixes or other artefacts related to religion A bookshelf filled with books can also intimidate the client

3 Pay attention to details ndash cables on the floor which CDs are on the shelf etc

3 Having sessions at the clientrsquos home can become dangerous because there are lots of distractions and anchors Difficult si-tuations might have taken place there which will make it more challenging for the client to create a distance to them

It is the Coachrsquos job to notice the psycho-geography of her client and what makes her more comfortable

Despite all the rapport a Coaching session should always stay pro-fessional Being relaxed is necessary for both parties but the focus should not be on friendship You as a Coach need to be professional You must choose to be a Coach instead of a friend

When it comes to clothing you should be as neutral as possible in the beginning but always aligned with your personality Then you can try to adapt to the style of your client

The mantra here is having the client leave the session thinking that her Coach is just like her NOTHING IS WRONG Let your client choose what she prefers

LEVEL 2 - POSTURE AND PHRASINGWhen establishing rapport mere presence and partnership are not enough Moreover they are only the first step The posture and the phrasing that the Coach uses are very important for creating rapport in the relationship What we refer to here is mainly keeping a posture and using similar words and expressions to those of the client This way the client will see herself in us and instead of flight fight or freeze she will feel relaxed and be much more comfortable about talking

Sitting in the same position as the client using her posture tone of

voice and gestures these are all factors to consider

POSTURERegarding posture one can use two techniques that are very similar and very powerful

Mirroring When a Coach takes on a physical position that is the exact mirror image of the clientrsquos If the client leans to her right then the Coach who is facing her leans to her left

Matching In this case the Coach adopts the exact same physical position instead of a symmetric one Both ways are good and powerful The goal is to be equal or symmetrical

Of course it is not indispensable to be like the client 100 of the time as this will take a lot of the attention that the Coach needs to give the client

The more you practice these behaviours the more automatically and unconsciously you will do it When rapport already is high you can go back to your own posture and your regular vocabulary However should you feel the need you can always take up these techniques again

In fact at a high level of rapport it is possible and entirely positive that it is the client herself who starts to imitate our posture and words (un-consciously) This is the perfect moment to lead the client and suggest something more challenging to her

PHRASINGYou must pay great attention to the words that your client uses and the energy she puts into them The names of people that she talks about are also very important facts to remember

If you can use the same expressions as your client you will earn points in rapport Among these expressions metaphors are the most power-ful ones Try to explore as much possible the metaphors that are being used An excellent technique is to use a metaphor of the client to ex-

RAPPORT

The mirroring copies the

exact posture of the client

the matching mirrors

62

63

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

plain something This will reach very deeply into the psyche of the client and have great impact

You can also use themes that the client likes such as her passions and keep using them in future sessions to explain something or to give examples This creates an incredible sense of empathy between you and the client She will be glad that you are paying attention to what she says and at the same time she will understand much better what you say

The clientrsquos ideas are important keys to use when you speak in order to create and maintain rapport For example if the client talks a lot about travelling Irsquoll use the idea (anchor) that is already there because I know it works in his mind

BACKTRACKING backtracking is a Coaching technique that consists of summarizing the main points of a conversation by using the exact same words that the other person uses This tool helps the client follow the session and make her own short summary while listening to the Coach returning to what she just said and using the same words It is important to use at least the words we consider to be the most significant among the ones that the client expresses those that might be conveying more about her value patterns Backtracking can help us understand for example if we can move to the next phase of ROSA It helps us understand if the client has finished what she had to say about that phase and that way we can figure out whether we can move forward or not You can use simple questions to do so

3 ldquoLet me see if I got what you saidhelliprdquo - backtracking the conversa-tion using the exact words of the client - and then ending ldquoIs this is it or would you like to add something

3 ldquoSo what yoursquore saying isrdquo 3 ldquoCan I make a summary of your reality in relation to that slicerdquo

This is one of the simplest and most important techniques when buil-ding rapport

When building rapport avoid paraphrasing (saying the same thing in other words) but do quote A coach quotes

Mastery in Backtracking is being able to quote the last 20 minutes of a session This will leave your client fascinated and feeling that her Coach is really paying attention to everything she says

Therefore it is motivating to Backtrack at the end of each session and at the end of each phase of the ROSA

The Coach shows confidence and agrees with the client shows that she is on her side and really believes that the client will succeed

We must allow the person to be what she truly is talkative or silent Silent people also have things to say it is a matter of asking the right questions

NOTES When a session is not going well (the relationship is under stress) then the focus should be fully on level 2 Rapport - Posture and Phrasing The secret is to forget about the rest and build rapport again Once it is re-established you can address the problem

LEVEL 3 - PROBING AND PATIENCEEvery new level in Rapport brings you techniques that are deeper and more complex But the good news is that you donrsquot do level 3 Rapport until Level 1 and 2 are done So you will increase your skills by going from the easiest to the most difficult

PROBINGAsking questions is more complicated than imitating the posture and words of the client Indeed one of the more complicated aspects of being a Coach is to not give opinions and to ask the right questions at the right time We know that we keep showing you that you already are a Coach and that itrsquos easy but here we must tell you ldquoITrsquoS HARD BEING A COACHrdquo Think very carefully about whether you want to get into it Listening asking questions being patient with the pace of your clients

Even if you have the miracle answer to the clientrsquos situation you need to keep it to yourself Being patient is a challenge and usually typical

RAPPORT

64

65

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

To paraphrase can break

rapport

of the great masters You can only be a master if you want to learn to listen and if you develop a great patience for listening

Questions have the power to illuminate the darkness of your client by asking a powerful question you really get to see another human bri-ghten up right in front of you

Coaching has the power to open a new world to the client questions help people discover new resources Clients tend to find familiar answers but you as a Coach will lead them to unfamiliar answers

Classic examples of some ways to make your client talk

1 -Repeating what the client just said but in question form Client ndash ldquoYesterday I went boatingrdquo Coach ndash ldquoBoatingrdquo

2 -What does that mean to you What does fear mean to you What does a goal mean to you Example Client says ldquoIt is not rapport itrsquos complicityrdquoCoach replies ldquoWhat does complicity mean to yourdquo Client says ldquoItrsquos a clickrdquo Coach ldquoWhat does a click mean to yourdquo

3 -rdquoWhat elserdquo Serves above all to go to the heart of the matter Others like this one are ldquoTell me morerdquo and ldquoCan you go a bit deeper on thatrdquo

POWERFUL QUESTIONS Questions are probably the most beautiful flowers in the garden of learning Questions are one of the biggest se-crets of learning Creative solutions are practically impossible without questions

If you learn to ask 100 questions a day get ready for a revolution in your work at all levels

In life at work in business we are all afraid of asking questions We were educated from an early age to believe that there are right and wrong questions and we were also taught to not fail we avoid asking questions because of fearing that they are wrong The only way to reach the right questions is by not being afraid of the wrong ones

The one who wants to explore learning has to dance with this fear

A large part of all our creative potential stops at the door fearing to ring the doorbell When learning the one who doesnrsquot know is far less ignorant than the knowledgeable one Take risks Ring the bell Ask questions

Become obsessively curious ask questions How

3 Using the Coachrsquos ability of asking powerful questions 3 Following the rule of thumb ldquoThe Coach has the questions the

Client has the answersrdquo 3 Using positive language 3 Respecting the clientrsquos map-of-the-world 3 Always guiding towards solutions

Examples of powerful questions

3 ldquoCompared to whatrdquordquo 3 ldquoWhat does that mean to yourdquo 3 ldquoWhat could be a solution to yourdquo 3 ldquoI know you donrsquot know But if you knew what would that berdquo 3 ldquoWhat would be ideal to yourdquo 3 ldquoWhat do you want insteadrdquo 3 ldquoHow does that make you feelrdquo 3 ldquoWhat else could that meanrdquo 3 ldquoWhat do you want exactlyrdquo 3 ldquoWhat will you achieve with this goalrdquo 3 ldquoWhat will you do differently next timerdquo 3 ldquoWhat are you doing wellrdquo 3 ldquoWhat has to happen for you to be happy and successfulrdquo 3 ldquoWhat motivates you the mostrdquo 3 ldquoWhatrsquos the worst possible scenario And what could be the best

scenario ldquo 3 ldquoWhat are you willing to do to achieve your goalrdquo 3 ldquoWhat new things could you could tryrdquo 3 ldquoWhat prevents you from taking actionrdquo 3 ldquoWho could help you with this situationrdquo 3 ldquoWhat resources do you need to achieve your goalrdquo

RAPPORT

66

67

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

3 ldquoWhat else do you want to get out of your liferdquo 3 ldquoWhat do you really want achieve in that area of your liferdquo 3 ldquoWhat is your biggest dream in that area of your liferdquo 3 ldquoAnd what is the next small step that you would have to takerdquo 3 ldquoWhat do you find positive in this situationrdquo 3 ldquoHow could you attract better persons into your liferdquo 3 ldquoWhat would have to happen to make you feel more fulfilledrdquo 3 ldquoIf you were your own Coach what coaching would you give

yourselfrdquo 3 ldquoIf I was your best friend what advice would you give me to solve

this situationrdquo 3 ldquoIf you had all the time and money in the world how would you

fix itrdquo

In fact the art of asking questions is the foundations of a coaching process with powerful results The list of questions to ask seems en-dless

So become really obsessed with questions and start NOW How about adding 10 more ideas to our list And some more And many more

Typical coaching questions

3 Questions that lead to action (ldquoWhat will you do What can you do differently What do you need to do tordquo)

3 Goal-oriented instead of problem-oriented ldquoHow would you like it to berdquo ldquoAnd if you could what would you dordquo

3 Future-orientedldquoHow do you see that situation in the future How would you like to feelrdquo

Beware of questions with negative assumptions ldquoWhat happens if you donrsquot do itrdquo They should be followed immediately by a question with positive assumptions ldquoHow will you celebrate when you do itrdquo

RAPPORT

YOUR QUESTIONS

68

69

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

PATIENCECount to 10 relax work on your roots and realize that coaching is a process and that each person has her own time and rhythm How can you train your patience Think of 20 ideas

LEVEL 4 ndash PERCEPTUAL POSITIONSWe could also call this the level where we create rapport with our clientrsquos psychology In fact understanding and perceiving human psychology is a huge advantage for you as a Coach You are not there to be a friend of your client as we have mentioned so then a good way to create a relation with her is through her psychology

Do you know the psychology of a teenager or a parent a boss an unemployed If you grasp your clientrsquos psychology the Rapport will be extraordinary

If you demonstrate that you know how a mother thinks yoursquoll make the client believe that you understand her completely

Most people do not understand their own psyche If you can understand them at that level it will make the client to feel something extraordinary about you and the Coaching process

PERCEPTUAL POSITIONS At this level the Coach must master Per-ceptual Positions that is being able to put herself in another personrsquos position whether itrsquos the clientrsquos or the clientrsquos parent or any other person that is part of the situation You should be able to see the same situation from different perspectives and in the long term help your client do the same

THE EXERCISE This is an exercise to be used mainly if the client has trouble in a relationship with someone (friend family member etc) and is having some difficulty understanding that personrsquos Map-of-the--World And when this is of great importance

You do not need to go very deep in this exercise Because it is NLP even done in a soft way it can be very powerful to your client helping her to see an aspect of the situation that she hadnrsquot seen or reflected on before

STEP 1 ndash The client explains what is going on (she can speak freely without any restrictions You ask questions to understand the reality of the situation)

STEP 2 ndash The Coach suggests this perceptual positions exercise (it is just an invitation If the client does not want to do not continue)

STEP 3 ndash The Coach asks the client to choose two spots represen-ting the two standpoints (you can put a sheet of paper at each spot) and to imagine that the other person is at one of them

STEP 4 ndash The client speaks facing the other spot as if the person was there and acts as herself (The Coach guides with questions ldquoHow did that make you feel What would you like to tell herrdquo etc)

STEP 5 ndash Pause and ldquoshake outrdquo the client and share the question of the game of imagination

STEP 6 ndash The client recalls a childhood game she used to play and describes it a little We then use this as a metaphor to explain that we will now do the same Just a game where we use our imagination The Coach repeats that the per-son with whom the client has a challenge is there at the other spot

STEP 7 ndash The client goes over to the other spot and the Coach helps her go deeper into that role through guiding questions

STEP 8 ndash The client chooses whether she wants to return to her starting position and add something say something more She may go back and forth as many times as she wishes

STEP 9 ndash When done the Coach suggests to the client to stand on a chair and states ldquoYou are now in a neutral position a higher position What would you call this position (Allow the client to choose a name) Seen from above what do you have to say about this situation What would you say to (clientrsquos name) and to (the other personrsquos name) How would you solve this situation How can (clientrsquos name) solve this situationrdquo

RAPPORT

70

71

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

STEP 10 ndash After the client is done with the third (neutral) position the Coach takes the client off the papers

STEP 11 ndash The Coach can then use the following questions to debrief the exercise

3 ldquoHow was the exercise for you 3 ldquoWhat did you learnrdquo 3 ldquoIs there anything you could do differentlyrdquo

STEP 12 ndash Lead the client to an action (a first small step towards sol-ving the situation) and then funnel it

REMEMBER always undock the client from the different roles the client can do the exercise eyes opened or closed

TO ACKNOWLEDGE Acknowledge the client very very very much for having volunteered and shown vulnerability

This exercise serves mainly as a metaphor for the Coach striving to master Perceptual Positions (understanding and being able to go into different psyches)

CONCLUSION The Coach is a master of perceptual positions She knows how to see the different angles of the same situation She sees everything from different angles

PEMS

Life is all about relationships the relationships we have with ourselves and with others Some people instinctively relate better to themselves and others relate really well to others There are those who relate well to almost everything and everyone and others who are unable to relate with anyone This affects their personal and professional life

Is there any way to consciously improve the relationships that instinc-tively do not work Of course

When we grasp the logic of the mind of another person we can better interact with it and even influence it Psychology is power And if we apply on ourselves it becomes even more powerful and interesting The better we know ourselves and the logic of our mind the better we will be able to help ourselves and achieve our goals

Carl Gustav Jung a Swiss psychiatrist and founder of analytical psychology focused on studying social and collective archetypes He identified eight psychological types taking into account peoplersquos beha-viour abilities skills attitudes and motivations

He began by distinguishing between extraverted (social and expansive) and introverted (reserved and reflective) people Each of them could then be connected to two out of the four functions of the psyche sen-sing or intuition thinking or feeling

In the 40rsquos decade Isabel Myers and Katharine Briggs continued Jungrsquos work and added two auxiliary functions to the Jungian types percep-tion and judgement Thereby arriving at 16 psychological types or 16 personality types Later a personality test was created ndash The Myers--Briggs Type Indicator or MBTI - which is still the most commonly used tool for identifying different personality types

Based on Jungrsquos work we have created a model called PEMS which will help us better understand the logic of our own mind and of the people around us

In this model we distinguish four dominant preferences (P-E-M-S) which correspond to the four elements of life

PRACTICAL (the body DOING Activity Action related to the ele-ment of EARTH) - corresponds to someone that is earthly active dynamic practical that does a lot In excess these are people who never stop to consider their actions

EMOTIONAL (the heart FEELING Feelings Love related to the element of WATER) - corresponds to someone who nee-ds people relations who gives a lot to others and seeks affection In excess these are people who might be overly sensitive

RAPPORT

72

73

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

MENTAL (the mind THINKING Analysis Intellect Logic related to the element of AIR) - corresponds to someone who values analysis rationalization and uses logic and who always fo-cuses on making the right decision In excess these are people who might become impersonal and cold

SPIRITUAL (the soul BEING Values Existence related to the ele-ment of FIRE) - corresponds to someone who thinks that everything has meaning and a higher purpose These are people who care very much about values In excess they can fluctuate too much and concretize too little

The four logics of the mind that we have identified are also based on the four elements

Practical ndash EARTH (firm solid stable secure strong dense)Emotional ndash WATER (flexible always coming back to herself)Mental ndashAIR (transparent lightweight fast facilitates communica-

tion)Spiritual ndash FIRE (burning fleeting transforming powerful)

Thus in a very simplified manner we can divide people into four ca-tegories

PRACTICAL PEOPLE (P) ndash THEY LIKE TO ACT AND DOThese are the people who like action movement They are the ones who make the world move As friends or clients they may want to go straight to the point try things and learn about practical matters The greatest fear of these practical persons is losing control They like to feel that they are in control of the situation of the pace of the conver-sation and of the surroundings

HELP THEM ALWAYS FEEL IN CONTROL

EMOTIONAL PEOPLE (E) ndash THEY LIKE FEELING AND RELATINGThese are people who love people and sharing feelings Everything is an emotion for them And they feel things about everything and everyo-ne Let them talk about their family friends dogs neighbours etchellip

They will talk mostly about people and what they are feeling Their greatest fear is loosing empathy They like to feel reliable and they want to relate

HELP THEM FEEL EMPATHY TOWARDS YOU

MENTAL PEOPLE (M) ndash THEY LIKE TO THINK AND TO ANALYSEThese are people who like to analyze and who try to put everything into a box into a certain perspective They are precise and meticulous They like detail to study and analyze all possibilities They donrsquot fear debating (quite the contrary) and discussing they love the exchanging ideas and arguments but they need to end up being right or get a very good explanation to why the other is right A mental person is always striving to make the best decision Their greatest fear is to be wrong they like to feel that they are correct and that they are making deci-sions based on logic and rational thinking

HELP THEM FEEL THAT THEY ARE RIGHT

SPIRITUAL PEOPLE (S) ndash THEY LIKE TO BE AND TO GLOWThey are looking for the greater purpose of things They believe that everything has a reason for being the way it is that there are no coin-cidences and itrsquos that quest that moves them They give great meaning to every situation always looking for ldquotherdquo situation The greater the meaning the greater their motivation Their biggest fear is to have no meaning That it is to not be significant or ldquoshinerdquo in any way They need to feel conscious and whole

HELP THEM FEEL THAT THEY ARE MEANINGFUL

Although we all have and use a portion of these four categories in the different contexts or times of our life one of them is predominant in us Identifying it is important for managing and interacting with life and with others since it is the best and the fastest way of accessing the Map-of-the-world of someone and speaking a language that that per-son recognizes and accepts as her own

RAPPORT

74

75

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

In fact we are all one but we are all different and we must understand these differences to be able to deal with others People who are more emotional behave and interact in a totally opposite manner from mental people the same way that most practical people interact in a way that is opposite to spiritual people

The EMOTIONAL person is micro-MACRO Transforms everything that is small into something big Everything is important everything is emotional From the simple ldquogood morningrdquo to hearing ldquoI love yourdquo every day For an emotional person a discussion is always a tsuna-mi Therefore itrsquos the emotional persons who with their micro-Macro sense make birthdays a special day and receive small things with gre-at love

The MENTAL person is MACRO-micro transforms everything that is big into something small She makes it more complex by simplifying it For example this very PEMS model is MACRO-micro as it strives to make the hugeness of the personality types into something much smaller creating only four categories for all human beings The mental person also feels less and give less importance to her feelings

The SPIRITUAL person is MACRO-MACRO she takes everything that is already big and turns it even bigger more meaningful more im-portant more relevant Almost everything is a question of values of making the world a better place and interpretations that go far beyond reality A simple leaf falling off a tree can represent a new phase in life for a spiritual person

The PRACTICAL person is micro-micro turns everything into small and simple lsquoright here and right nowrsquo matters They act Right now with what they have They donrsquot feel the need to enlarge what is small and they donrsquot care much about great concepts If the five senses can help them grasp a situation everything is fine

THE PREDOMINANT LOGIC OF OUR PSYCHEThe most practical way of finding out is to notice how we behave in a stressful situation Each of us when under stress often react in a way that is very close to our basic personality type

Practical people act react move around organize themselves put their hands to work and do not rest until they manage to move things forward

The emotional people feel and feel a lot If a situation is stressful diffi-cult and negative they will have difficult and negative emotions they will feel what others feel and they will want to manage these emotions in the moment

People that are predominantly mental will under stress begin to ratio-nalize need logical answers be fast and analytical They donrsquot want to solve anything through feelings they donrsquot want to act they are only concerned with finding the right and correct decision and struggle until they get it

Finally the predominantly spiritual people will want to give a greater meaning to that particular event What has to be done what people feel or what the right solution is doesnrsquot matter what matters is why things happened the way they did and what the greater significance of that may be

RAPPORT

76

77

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

Identify the psychological type of the client can help the coach to anticipate and understand expectations

MAIN SUPERIOR FUNCTION AND AUXILIARY INFERIOR FUNCTION

According to Carl Jung while we all have one function that is better developed than the others ndash a superior function ndash we also have another fairly well developed function called the first auxiliary

All of us have a bit of each one of the psychologies but there are always two that are predominant a main one which Jung calls the superior function and an auxiliary one that lies at the bottom of the cross shown on the previous page which is always to the right or left of our superior one

The inferior function is one that is less developed and that remains mainly in our unconscious

Thus a person who is predominantly Practical may have as her auxi-liary function the emotional or mental logic thus being PE or PM

A person who is predominantly Mental may have as her auxiliary func-tion the spiritual or practical logic thus being MS or MP

A person who is predominantly Spiritual may have as her auxiliary function the emotional or mental logic thus being SE or SM

And a person who is predominantly Emotional may have as her auxilia-ry function the spiritual or practical logic thus being ES or EP

This all means that we are situated in one of the following categories

3 Practical Emotional or Emotional Practical 3 Practical Mental or Mental Practical 3 Spiritual Emotional or Emotional Spiritual 3 Spiritual Mental or Mental Spiritual

As you may have noticed according to Jung there are no EMME or PSSP That is one canrsquot have as her first auxiliary function the func-tion that is opposite to the superior one

Carl Jung said that we should look closely at our inferior function whi-ch usually remains in our unconscious because it contains an enor-mous potential for a change and each one of us can benefit a lot from integrating our inferior function with our superior one

Taking risks experimenting enjoying everything that life has to offer is the best way of getting to know ourselves and realizing where our happiness lies (ldquoTrate a Vida por Turdquo paacuteg 74)

INTROVERSION AND EXTROVERSION Introversion and extroversion have to do with the direction in which we focus our attention and energy

People who prefer Extroversion focus their energy and attention away from themselves and are interested in the world of people and things

3 Attracted to the world of events and people outside of themsel-ves

3 They are aware of who and what is around them 3 They like to meet and talk to new people 3 They are friendly often good talkers and easy to get to know 3 They tend to talk easily and often in meetings 3 May not be as aware of what goes on inside them 3 They think while talking 3 They may act or speak first and only think later 3 Speaking about themselves they speak fast 3 They bring energy into life 3 They can get bored and restless if they are alone for too long

People who prefer Introversion (focus their energy and attention inward and are interested in the inner world of thoughts and reflections)

3 Attracted to the inner world of thoughts feelings and reflections 3 They are usually very aware of their inner reactions 3 They prefer to interact with people they know 3 They are usually quiet in meetings and sometimes seem disen-

gaged

RAPPORT

78

79

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

3 They are generally reserved and hard to get to know 3 They may not be as aware of the world outside of them 3 They need time to gather their thoughts before they speak 3 They reflect and think before acting 3 They want to know you before allowing you to get to know them

deeply 3 They feel exhausted and tired after interacting with peoples

FINAL NOTE you must be what your client is You have to find that person inside you

LEARNING STYLESAs we saw with the previous PEMS model our clients will have diffe-rent psychological preferences It is therefore important and essential that you are able to adapt your sessions to the learning style that your client likes best and that better meets her psychological preference

EMOTIONAL Emotional clients will like to talk and share on their to-pics They are very much looking for a relationship and empathy with the Coach and they need to feel heard more than any of the other personality types For these persons learning has a lot to do with the relationship that is created with the feeling of support that they get and even with the positive feedback They like to learn through stories As a Coach it is important to learn to empathize with the emotional range of these persons They will appreciate the sharing to tell stories and to listen to them With emotional clients we may sometimes feel that we are not taking huge steps forward But the fact is that many times these persons need to first be listened to

MENTAL Mental clients will be more logical and may have a more aca-demic style of learning They will want to understand the reasons why things are what they are they will want to get tasks involving research on certain subjects The sessions with these people must be well defi-ned and prepared They will want to explore their intellectual side and feel challenged It is important for them to have access to information and tools that explain the work they are doing in the sessions in a con-crete and logical manner Of course they also need to empathize but the intellectual challenge feeling that their intellect is develops appears to be greater They may like schemes graphics and any models that

could simplify the learning process What these persons will demand of you is a greater capacity to analyse and a logical and rational way of communicating

SPIRITUAL this is for most people the most difficult learning style to adopt Remember that these persons are seeking the greater meaning of things They really want to feel inspired by the coaching process (and even by their Coach) They will want to see that you are an exam-ple of what you talk about so called congruence Spiritual persons will enjoy topics that are more related to values to their identity that make them feel that they are taking steps towards becoming better hu-man beings With these clients you can use powerful metaphors (even through movies music creative exercises etc) and above all strive to make sure that the person leaves the session very inspired

PRACTICAL They like action Which is great because coaching is pri-marily about action These persons like to have very practical sessions in which they get the opportunity to do many exercises and experiment with different situations They may be the clients that like getting more tasks and having things to do (which then sometimes ldquogets lostrdquo due to their time management) These clients will require more simplicity and a well-paced session from you They may also like to do exercises that involve moving their body Above all they will want you to help them get into action

As we deal with these four kinds of preferences we need to adapt our Coaching style to the learning style that each person has Thus we should prepare a lot their sessions and realize that some will require from you

3 Greater sharing and ability to listen and relate (e) 3 Researching mastering the subject very well and knowing how

to mentally stimulate your client with challenges (m) 3 Powerful metaphors very inspirational sessions and congruen-

ce that assign meaning to the Coaching process (s) 3 Practical exercises diversified well rhythmed sessions that

help your client to quickly get into action (p)

RAPPORT

80

81

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING ROOTS

LEVEL 5 - PERSON TO PERSONThis is the fifth level of rapport the deepest and more intense one It happens when the level of rapport is a total vibration Itrsquos when the client feels such a confidence by her Coach empathy and sympathy Itrsquos the hardest level to evaluate

Itrsquos when your client feels so much connected to you that depending on her your relationship would go beyond Coaching She no longer wants the Coach she wants you You no longer understand only the person she feels that you know about her You donrsquot understand psychology you understand who she is

It is very similar to the rapport level you have with 23 of very close persons in your life Everything is natural unconscious and sponta-neous

VIII ROOTS

Every human being seeks to get results Mo-ney Family Romance Peace Happiness

Career Health All we want in life is to have results in those areas

The Map-of-the-World Model is used to work on roots - your

roots as a Coach It shows us how does the psyche of all of us works As a Coach no one

should surprise you about yourself You should know you well know everything about yourself This is what itrsquos called a rooted person

click the video to see it

82

83

BELIEFSTRANSFORMATIVE COACHING

ROSA 20 M - AIR - THINK

VALUESHOLISTIC COACHING

ROSA 30 S - FIRE - BE

COACHING 40

WORLD MAP MODEL

being th

e moment

passi

on en

ergy

demotiv

ation

empowering beliefs

limiting rules

relation air(comunication)

coach is priestisnacutet

1 value focus

UNSUSTAINABLESUSTAINABLE

SECURITY

SELF LOVE

CONSCIOUSNESS

PERSONAL DEVEL

FREEDOM

LOVEBELOVED

BLISS

CONTRIBUTION

P

E

M

S

BEHAVIORROSA 10

SITUATIONAL COACHING

P - EARTH - DO

EMOTIONSREMEDY COACHING

ROSA 10 + LISTEN E - WATER - FEEL

RESULTS

ability to

enter

in st

ate

emotional

patter

ns

habits and discipline

addictions

coach is bossisnacutet

coach is friendisnacutet

1 Homework focus

optimism faithpositive

meditation

key points focusused to interrupt the fear cycle

coach is coach

HUMAN HAVINGHUMAN BEING

UNSUSTAINABLEEGOTISTICAL

STRETCH ZONE

SUSTAINABLEECOLOGICALSTRETCH ZONE

SHORT TERMLONG TERM

CYCLE OF CONFIDENCECYCLE OF FEAR

CONSCIOUS

SUBCONSCIOUS

UNCONSCIOUS

84

85

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

So the first question is why some are getting results while others are not

ACTIONS BEHAVIORSThis means that anyone who is having results is because she is ldquodoingrdquo ie behaving differently from other people who are having no results in those areas For example a millionaire DOES things that people who are not millionaires donrsquot For example saving investing etc Someone with a great health is DOING things that people that donrsquot have a good health are not What we are doing is making the difference Two people in the same circumstances that do exactly the same actions have the same kind of results People who have the results you wanna have ARE DOING THINGS TO GET THEM

So the next question is what leads some people to DO and others to not do

EMOTIONSEverything you do in your life is a relationship between pain and pleasure What happens is that someone who goes running at 6 am associates more pain with lsquonot goingrsquo than with lsquogoingrsquo Who is going to the gym asso-ciates more pleasure than pain with going to the gym in the morning That relationship between pain and pleasure is what is defining your results If we dramatically increase the pain or the pleasure associated we will get to change your results

As so what is then defining that painpleasure relationship

BELIEFSThe reason is because of our beliefs of what we believe in Our beliefs are our set of rules for the world and for our lives Your set of beliefs in fact is defining your painpleasure relationship with something and then your actions A millionaire believes that saving is essential that investing and taking risks is necessary This set of beliefs leads himher to associa-te more pleasure than pain with having these behaviors and therefore heshe implements them Other people have other beliefs that create other

emotions that create other results People who are achieving results in areas that you arenrsquot have a beliefs system different from yours

And then it seems logical to ask so what is defining and creating your set of beliefs

VALUESWhat is a value Itrsquos something that is important to you something you re-ally value The only thing that determines a value is if it is valuable to you Not all of us share the same values (Example the values of Mother Teresa and Donald Trump Contribution vs Professional Accomplishment) What you really value and not what you say that you value You value it so much that it generates your set of beliefs In fact when you live your values in practice (on a daily basis) you are defining your life results Not what you would like to value but what you are really valorizing In fact we all have the same values What differs is the order and the importance we give to each one of them

For example if someone has the value of the family above the value of work she will have the belief that it is more important to spend time with her family causing her to develop a positive feeling when she is with her family which leads her to really try to spend more time with it On the other hand someone who has the value of work above the family one will be someone who believes she should spend more time with her work and career as she believes it is that that will bring her more financial stabi-lity for example So she will associate more pleasure to the time spent at work than at home causing her to act accordingly to that emotion For example Donald Trump and Mother Teresa of Calcutta havenrsquot they got different values One probably values more lsquoprofessional fulfillmentrsquo the other values more lsquocontributionrsquo Different results Sure One has one of the largest business empires in the world the other left the largest volun-teer organization in the world

So in reality the values you are living in practice (what you are valuing in practice) are defining your results

This alone already explains a good part of the psyche of human beings But letrsquos go deeper

ROOTS

Having roots is to control the cycle of trust

86

87

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

To have roots the coach has to identify

her motivators and values create beliefs and habits and learn

to place herself in a state

CYCLE OF CONFIDENCE AND CYCLE OF FEAREveryone has Cycles of Fear in some areas and Cycles of Confidence in other areas

How do you know it If you are having or not results in that area In the areas of your life where you are getting results you are living in a Cycle of Confidence In the areas where yoursquore not you are living in a Cycle of Fear What does this means is that you have behavioral addic-tions or that you are doing things in a vicious way you are in a sort of a mice wheel Those addictions start by creating emotional patterns on you (feelings that you are having whether you want it or not for instan-ce jealousy when it becomes a pattern no matter what the other does that emotion will keep being there it is an emotion that happens to you) and those emotional patterns generate limiting rules We use the words ldquorulesrdquo because in reality limiting beliefs are created because they have a very large set of rules And this generates demotivation An addiction creates an emotional pattern that creates rules limiting which create demotivation and discourage us to move and change This Cycle of Fear is being lived FROM RESULTS TO VALUES and not in the other and right way The bad news are that we all have Cycles of Fear The areas in which we are not having results is because we are afraid but we paint it in other colors Irsquom afraid Irsquom demotivated I have emotional patterns and I have limiting rules

For you to gain roots you need to recognize these cycles You need to break it if you want results but if you want roots you need to recognize them Good news you can break Cycles of Fear

Second good news you have Cycles of Confidence You also unders-tand the other psychology So what is a Cycle of Confidence

You start by having the capacity of creating Discipline and Habits you get the ability to get into a certain and desired state (eg being happy to go training I want to create that emotion I visualize it it is the op-posite of an emotional pattern the pattern happens to you Think of a boxer who puts herself into her wanted state before entering in a ring You have empowering beliefs (when you believe in something that cre-ates more of it) This creates energy passion being in the moment Being with energy and passion and in the moment brings me empowe-ring beliefs which put me in the emotional state I want and provide me

habits and discipline The good news you have these cycles in areas that you are getting results Think in one area You have these four things right

Having these cycles itrsquos called being human First part on lsquorootsrsquo is about knowing your Cycles of Fear and Confidence and admit them to yourself to those you love to the others And having the courage to say that it doesnrsquot work because of FEAR And there is a way to break this cycle When you have roots you stop projecting it in your clients

There is a way of finding your values in a very logical way knowing which human motivators drive your behavior

8 HUMAN MOTIVATORSMaslov pyramid he was the first to talk about human needs He is outda-ted because it defines a hierarchy He places self-fulfillment at the top This model is very much focused on Maslovrsquos map-of-the-world who was an MS If it is a PE he may have lsquofamilyrsquo in the top and that is not wrong Still there are things that all humans need

So with all these models we created the 8 human motivators they are divided in four paradoxes one for each of the PEMS The first paradox is security freedom

Each one of us was born with a set of motivators You are ldquoaddictedrdquo on one side of the paradox You have to fulfill that need even if you have to abdicate of the other one

ROOTS

SECURITY

SELF LOVE

CONSCIOUSNESS

PERSONAL DEVEL

FREEDOM

LOVEBELOVED

BLISS

CONTRIBUTION

P

E

M

S

88

89

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

The main lesson is the more you live the other side of the paradox the more you will live your addiction as well What happens is that you can only get more of your addiction when you learn to validate the other side of the paradox This is what Jung calls ldquoparadoxes integrationrdquo be the millionaire and the altruistic Be the mother of family and career etc Only when you integrate the other energy is when it boosts the one that is more natural to you

For other persons it happens the same with security and all other pa-radoxes The suggestion is Irsquom addicted on this but I can pause and I can go exploring the other side What you have to figure out is your map (draw in the lsquoinfinite signsrsquo which side of the paradoxes is bigger) Your map is about how much you need to fill each side of the paradox

So YOUR HUMAN MOTIVATORS ARE DEFINING YOUR VALUES AND YOUR VALUES ARE DEFINING YOUR RESULTS

You can have everything on one of the sides of the paradox if yoursquore willing to face the fear of losing it

All people fill their motivators The difference between us is how sus-tainable is that satisfaction Unsustainable means that every day you

EXERCISE Do your map How do you discover Based on major decisions you made in your life Example work home relationships etc

have to feed them Imagine a homeless person he meets hisher secu-rity needs (eating and having where to sleep) but he has to do it every day Now compare with Donald Trump If you see the freedom part it probably happens the opposite

3 SUSTAINABLE it feeds itself It is something that can continue without the need for external resources It is ecological based on challenge and paradoxes integration

3 UNSUSTAINABLE you need to do it every day it is selfish ba-sed on comfort and extremist You do it like it was a daily shot

Example father and daughter about going out at night (to satisfy sa-fety and to love and be loved) Father says no hersquos being selfish and within his comfort zone The same father after coming to this course ldquoYoursquore going to the party until 2230 You send me an sms saying that everything is ok and at 2230 Irsquoll pick yourdquo This continues for some time Father goes on diminishing the rules Now hersquos being ecological entering his challenge zone and integrating paradoxes To feel safe as a father he has to give some freedom To feel loved he has to give them some self love Now his motivators are sustainable and has a sustai-nable system that feeds itself To arrive to a deeper level of security he needs to take the risk that comes from giving more freedom

DIAGONAL CONTINUOUS LINEThis line shows us that working above the line ie the clientrsquos beha-viors andor emotions is short-term and unsustainable In this case only the techniques are worked There are immediate results but with no major impact and duration Like when we are called to do motiva-tional speaking or teambuildingrsquos People feel better and do things but the results have a short duration

This does not imply that it is wrong to do Coaching based on these two areas For example in a quick conversation with a friend we can do Situational Coaching (based on behaviours) in order to get her to do something that has been postponing If the action has been made and it was what was intended to be then you did your role as Coach The Remedy Coaching is also important sometimes which consists on making the other person to leave the session feeling good thinking more positive at the time having had an opportunity to digest an emo-tion

ROOTS

90

91

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

Below the continuous line is where lies the deepest work The one that will actually be sustainable and with long-term results This is where we work values and beliefs it is where we go deep to the point where in fact we shift paradigms The client in this type of Coaching change her beliefs and values turning to be a really different person in opposition to what happens above the line where only the emotions or behaviors are changed but the client continues to be what she was

ICEBERGWith the iceberg image it is understood that the behavior is the conscious part of the human being the only thing that the client can see and analyze Everything else emotions beliefs and values are at the clientrsquos unconscious But as a Coa-ch I must and I want to work also the unconscious because as we saw above this is where it lies the sustainable and long-term work

When we help our clients shifting their paradigms beliefs emotions or values we are working with their unconscious Your client will not like this at some point in the process The unconscious will realize that she will have to change and this will cause the first resistance Knowing how to overcome this is essential to the Coachrsquos work so she can de-liver sustainable results

Conscious Mind keeps all the information which you can access now

Unconscious Mind keeps all the information that has ever passed through your brain It is also a kind of a warning system for you

The information passes from the unconscious to the conscious mind through the subconscious It goes dropping into deeper levels of our mind Very qui-ckly your clients will want to turn you into one of three things

Friend ndash They want someone who listens to them who is patient with them who is always there with whom they can always count and talk Most of your clients will want to have you here that you turn into a sort of confi-dant that supports them but does not challenge them too much But you are not there to be a friend

Boss ndash Many will seek in the Coach someone to tell them what to do who provides them specific guidance who pressures them who ldquopunishrdquo them when they donrsquot have their homework done Someone who is even more committed with their results than themselves But yoursquore also not there to be a Boss

Priest ndash Others will want a kind of a weekly confession session That you absolve the mistakes theyrsquove made du-ring the week that you tell them everything is fine and that it doesnrsquot matter we are all human and we all make mistakes You are not there to be a kind of spiritual le-ader of your client and to absolve him You are there to be

Coach - The Coach has an ldquoAirrdquo relationship with the client ie mental of communication becau-se it is a conversation where you listen and ask where there is intellectual stimulation In the map--of-the-world scheme the Coachrsquos sketch is in the quadrant of beliefs It is a ldquomind with mindrdquo work

It is important to know this because with the sessions going clients tend to try their Coach to become a friend (wateremotions) a boss (earthbehaviors) or even a priest (firevalues) However the Coach should avoid the mistake of behaving like one of these three types You are there to be a Coach

Notes In Informal Coaching with friends colleagues family remember that first thatrsquos what you are and only then you are a Coach Therefore you should not give prevalence to the Coach but to the relationship you have with that person otherwise you would violate the pact that exists between the two

ROOTS

92

93

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

4 TYPES OF COACHINGBased on these four quadrants there are four types of Coaching

Situational Coaching ndash The one that is done immediate-ly during the situation with the sole purpose of lea-ding it to an action It usually consists of a brief con-versation where a ROSA 10 is done Your client has a situation that week that really needs to be addressed Ex a proposal that she needs to present a college exam for which she has to study Itrsquos not bad Coaching and it is often necessary Only it is more superficial

Remediative Coaching ndash As the name says it suits when we have to put a ldquobandageointmentrdquo on the emotions The goal is the client to feel good at the end of the session without having to go deeply on the problem Itrsquos the typical conver-sation where the client unburdens and your only goal is to make her feel a little better Sometimes it may be and it often is necessary

Ex the past week your client has discussed with someone important to her or something happened that greatly dealt with her emotions Your first focus should be to help her to unburden and to feel better We used ROSA 10 + Unburden

Transformative Coaching ndash Here the goal is not just making the client to feel better but that she can change the way she sees her life and herself Here we mainly work on beliefs ie the client stops believing in some things to start believing in another ones She shifts paradigm Coaching is now much more sustainable and with long--term results It undergoes through more complete ses-sions where ROSA 20 is done

Holistic Coaching ndash This is the kind of Coaching that involves the whole being of the client all her areas and valences ie her values The entire psyche is worked We are working the whole Human Being and not only a part of it Even the motivators are worked We use ROSA 30 and we work a lot on paradoxes integration

KEY POINTSWe said earlier that we all have Cycles of Fear and that we can change them to Cycles of Confidence How

Imagine that you have a turnscrew and a bicycle wheel is malfunctio-ning You will then put the turnscrew into one of the four key points and then yoursquoll pull and force the wheel to move in the right direction to-wards the Cycle of Confidence And very important you donrsquot take out the turnscrew until the Cycle (the wheel) rotates in the right direction

What are then the Four Key Points You can really choose only one

VALUE FOCUS At this point you will choose a key value for you whi-ch you canrsquot leave to live in practice Whatever happens you canrsquot take the turnscrew from there For instance imagine that you are experien-cing serious financial difficulties and you decide that lsquoValue Focusrsquo is your point Imagine that you choose ldquosavingrdquo as the value that has to be experienced in practice Then whenever you have to make a decision that involves spending money you know what to do You canrsquot in any way stop living this value until the cycle begins to rotate in the oppo-site direction and gets sustainable

POSITIVITY If you want to work at the level of beliefs yoursquoll start to develop this empowering belief base BEING POSITIVE You must be a positive person with faith who believes that everything will go well who says only positive things about herself and the others who sees and is focused on everything positive that is going around her And when the bad days or the bad news are coming and you feel the need to say something negative you shut up And you say something positive

EMOTION FOCUS Imagine that there is an emotion that makes your Cycle of Fear to happen (an emotional pattern) In this key point you will choose an emotion that you would like to learn to cause in yourself learning how to get yourself into that state Imagine that you have been feeling too much anger in your Cycle of Fear and want to feel harmony instead You want to learn how to get into that emotional state You start feeling the opposite emotion and you do something to manage to be in an harmony state (you listen to a song that gets yourself into that state you put your boxing gloves you jump you meditate you close

ROOTS

94

95

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

your eyes you read a poem as Mandela did )

HOMEWORK FOCUS Here you will define a homework that until itrsquos done you wonrsquot do anything else Imagine that you have a Cycle of Fear in relation to health that you define lsquoHomework Focusrsquo as the key point and your homework is running every day Until you manage to do it nothing else matters All of your strategies are directioned so that your homework is being done as soon as possible

In the end all of the four key points have to do with absolute focus

Value ndash Focus on the most important value Until that value is being lived we wonrsquot move on

Positivity (Faith Optimism) ndash Focus on the positive emotions Un-til she gets optimistic we wonrsquot move on

Emotion (Meditation) ndash Focus on pleasure Until she feels more ple-asure than pain we wonrsquot move on

Homework ndash Focus on action Until the homework gets done we wonrsquot move on

VERY IMPORTANTYou as a coach do not have to guess your clientrsquos map-of-the-world or even her PEMS but you have to explore it aside of her You will only master her Map-of-the-World when you understand your own (creating roots) because you will never learn anything about yourself with your client you will never discover anything about you because shersquos the one who discovers it being real or not You Coach you must be hum-ble enough to know that you know nothing about your client and you shouldnrsquot try to guess anything It is the customer who gets there alone

Therefore the more knowledge you have about your own map-of-the--world together with Rapport and ROSA the more intense will be your Coaching because the more you will be able to help your client The goal is that you have the tools in yourself so you can help her In other words this tool is for you to deepen your roots and thus know when you need to do only ROSA or go searching for the Key Points or to use

another method For instance if a client has as her main challenge to be promoted then therersquos no logical on working on Cycles of Fear but to make a ROSA and move forward On the other hand if you see that there is a Cycle of Fear then you should find the key point so you can work on it

I canrsquot help the others if I canrsquot help myself first

ROOTS

values (I am)

during session

clientcoach rosa unconscious

Beliefs (I think)

between sessions

co-coach rosa 30

emotions (I feel)

leverage slice

self coaching rosa 20behavior (I do)

holistic

coaching to others rosa 10M

S

E

P

96

97

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING RESULTS

IX RESULTS

Results are super important in the Coa-ching process There is simply no Coa-

ching if there are no results and thatrsquos why they are at the center of the

triangle of the four Rrsquos Everything we do whether is ROSA creating

Roots or building Rapport it is done with the purpose of get-ting results at the end of the sessions

This is what distinguishes the most Coaching from other practices As a Coach you must become obsessed with your clients results Not only that they do their homeworks but also how close did Coaching took them closer to their Guru Objective how much it has improved their leverage slice of the Pizza and other slices as well We also try to assess the sustainability of those results We donrsquot want them just to get there but also that they keep there

Coaching is about results and you must take this premise very seriou-sly You have been hired to make them reach some goals Become obsessed with it

It is not so easy to evaluate results in a metric way in the world of Co-aching but it proves to be very important Not only with Life Coaching but also with Business Coaching We must find a way to demonstrate that our work has had results in practice

That was the reason why we have created the Results Model

Our level of competence is equal to our worst level of performance

RESULTS MODELIt is possible to define results through the four metrics

lsquoSrsquo AXIS (SPIRITUAL) WE EVALUATE THE PROCESS IMPACT ON THE CLIENT

Behavior (I DO) When the client throughout the process changes one or more behaviors She does now due to the sessions different things that she didnrsquot before

Emotions (I FEEL) When the client feels happier more self-confi-dent fulfilled etc She has now different and more positive emotions due to the Coaching process

98

99

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

Beliefs (I THINK) When there is a change of belief (I used to belie-ve I was not a good person and now I believe I am) When the client used to believe in something and she started to believe in something different There was a paradigm shift She used to see something in a certain way and now she sees it in a more empowering way

Values (I AM) When the Coach manages to help the client to change her values ie the person she is This happens for exam-ple when the client starts to put more emphasis on family than on work or when she accepts and believes that she is a healthy and different person and that nothing will change that now She values different things todat due to the Coa-ching process

lsquoErsquo AXIS (EMOTIONAL) WE EVALUATE THE CLIENTrsquoS AUTONOMY

Level 1 Coach (CoachClient Relationship) Itrsquos the Coach who controls the situation There is a formal relationship be-tween Coach and Client and the session is controlled and oriented by the Coach

Level 2 Coach (Co-Coach) The Client already acts as a Coach during the sessions This happens for example when the client already knows that she is supposed to also say po-sitive things on the Reality part that is she already knows what to do in each step She already takes the initiative The relationship is more about cooperation now and the Client start becoming autonomous

Level 3 Coach (Self-Coaching) When the Client already does Self--Coaching at home not being asked to This is a fantastic moment because she already has the tools and the Coach is there to help and support

Level 4 Coach (Coach to others) When the Client comes to a ses-sion and tells us she has done Coaching with someone else (with her child for instance) This person came to us to be helped however she is already using our tools to help so-

RESULTS

meone else She is totally independent It is every Coachrsquos dream

lsquoMrsquo AXIS (MENTAL) WE EVALUATE THE CLIENTrsquoS CONTENTS ASSIMILATION

Uses Rosa 10 language o cliente usa palavras como Realidade objetivos soluccedilotildees accedilotildees fazem hoje parte do seu leacutexico

Uses Rosa 20 language the client uses terms such as guru objec-tives baby objectives measurable beliefs paradigm shif-ting brainstorming etc

Uses Rosa 30 language she refers terms like emotional patterns cycles of fear and confidence values dilemma etc

Uses unconscious Rosa language when many of these terms are so ingrained in the clientrsquos language that she thinks she will use them for the rest of her life

lsquoPrsquo AXIS (PRACTICE) WE EVALUATE RESULTS IN PRACTICE

During the Session I can manage the client to get results only du-ring the session It is a Coaching session that has no power to influence the client outside it

Between Sessions It mostly happens when the client is doing her homeworks It means that what happened during the ses-sion touched her with enough strength to get her to realize she has to do something and that she is doing something outside the sessions

Leverage Slice It happens when the client fulfills her Leverage Slice and achieves the goal that brought her to Coaching or when her satisfaction in that slice has dramatically im-proved

Holistic When the client improves satisfaction in multiple slices as a result of the sessions including the leverage slice It was a process that had an impact on the whole being and not just in one area of her life

100

101

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

You can make this model with your client on the last session you have together You can also make a self-assessment to compare with it When you measure these four levels of results you will have access to check what level of Coaching you had on that specific process

COACHING LEVELThe Coaching Level that you have delivered is always proportional to your lowest result Even if you have three axes at level 3 and have only one at a level 2 Coaching has been 20 This is valuable information to you as a Coach because it gives you an idea of axes that are easier for you to work and others that you may have to further strengthen

Level 4 Coaching is something that is not achieved with all clients There must be a great empathy and rapport as well as a mastery on the Coaching technique that has been taught in the training course and presented in this manual

Gulica ego catia caperum dem inem cus Fortes et L Nos et grae avehem Romnit acto egeris cis sultod pratum voltum iam hos ublius hactam atemus essede con vas optilis factor aus nem ad cae estil hos me patus re verisse inatuus

Udam deperfecrem nermis etraed me int ela remulibut rem loctusquo cum mus auciem vivehem uresull emquissent eti primperescit ina que ia consiss entium pulerit con vendam morei sentes inatil vit ia quam mus licaudemus factem dum eo ura ex muro nenit quo vilnes-tium Catimportus pati postalarit vis coena fui sa consu consceribus Satquid ertienatus contere essimis ut vis aus iliciam quo in dissimis Ra num deatiqua vere con sentius et in spio pes Tiaetin videlisquam mus viliam que conum is larbit etora notimolto nos et duc omnimus opublicae convo C Nos vivica Catus hos vivas aurnihil hui terfint imorter labus hostam res inequod nerem tabute telieni hilicaessil ven-tem nonsulis

Berteropubit diisquium iteriti emprit teludam hilicid erfentiur tem huis

Hum pro vidiusquem paterevid sedis factatu rnihilla rem publicave Ca-terev irissoltis re aurei pere anum teluder ficepse essercem octuusque mis tum inam pra vivid rei condamdiis hacies Ipio verei sendamdis

TOOLS amp TECHNIQUES

X TOOLS AND TECHNIQUES

If you master well the model of the four Rrsquos for us you already are a fantastic Coach If you can master some stars too itrsquos even better But if you master the model you know how to do Coaching But now letrsquos go to the small stars The idea is not that you try to use all the stars at the same time Choose the two or three that you like best and train those first

POSITIVE FEEDBACKProvide as much positive feedback as you can to your client Take every opportunity you have to do it A Coach is the type of mirror that only says good things about her client Please turn yourself into some-one who is always valorizing every small steps that your client takes

FEEDBACK HAMBURGERYou say something positive then you say something negative then you say something positive again The two positive feedbacks have to be VERY VERY good For instance ldquoI have been feeling that you are very committed to your Coaching process We just need to start paying more attention to our homework even because I feel that you are a person who likes to challenge yourself and that really wants to go further ldquo

RESSIGNIFICATION Ressignificating is finding another meaning still more empowering but that changes everything EgrdquoI didnrsquot do my homework I failedrdquo Coach ldquoWow That means that you are a demanding and committed personrdquo ldquoIrsquom lazyrdquo

102

103

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

ldquoDoes that means you like to enjoy the pleasures of liferdquo

REFRAMINGIt is much like ressignification Itrsquos the name that is used in NLP (Neuro--Linguistic Programming) You take the information that was been gi-ven to you in a frame and you put it in a new one

PREFRAMINGIf ressignification has to do with changing the meaning after it has been given preframing has to do with giving a meaning to something before we have explained what it is It is a widely used technique to anticipate objections that might distract us from our ultimate goal Then we do preframing we previously give the meaning that we want the person to give afterwards Example

ldquoCan I show you my point of view Itrsquos something different but Irsquove seen that it works with many people and it has been helping a lot to change our behavior to healthier habits Itrsquos something innovative and different but highly successful Can I tell you my ideardquo You create a frame before placing the information in there

POSTFRAMINGFirst you give the information and then you put it in a frame Eg ldquoFolks today we have an exam (the low energy level) but thatrsquos what this course is about to be the best Coach to go furtherrdquo

ldquoFROM 0 TO 10 rdquo To give examples ldquoI think Irsquoll read a bookrdquo Coach ldquoFrom 0-10 how much do you think you will accomplish that goalrdquo

TRANSFORMING ldquoORrdquo IN ldquoANDrdquoHelp the client to find an alternative solution to integrate paradoxes to

find a third way

VULNERABILIZATIONFind out things about you that are not working and put them at the clientrsquos service That makes you human and you are validating your client in the case she feels the same She does some things better than you and has some of the same challenges

ASSOCIATION AND DISSOCIATIONThese two terms are often used in NLP (Neuro-linguistic Program-ming) and are used in various ways Association means that an indi-vidual describes a situation as if it was happening and he was partici-pating on it As the name indicates he is associated with it He is still seeing himself going through the situation and feels the emotions that he would feel if he was really living it

Dissociation means that an individual can already tell that experience as if he was watching a movie in which he took part but already dis-sociated from it He is more in an observer role That allows him a big-ger emotional objectivity Even if he feels the emotions they are more about the experience itself and not so much about him as a participant

When we want to help our customers to overcome some emotionally more challenging situations it can make a huge difference to have them to dissociate from those situations Thatrsquos how they can gain greater objectivity and clarity and at the same time they get more mo-tivated to take their first steps

METAPHORSThe most important here is that you use the metaphors of your client Use her world whenever it is possible It will help a lot more to inter-nalize and memorize the information Help your client to create her metaphors Eg ldquoSometimes we fall into holes that are so big that you canrsquot get out of them alonerdquo ldquoLearning to forgive someone is like dri-ving one step at a timerdquo

TOOLS amp TECHNIQUES

104

105

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

LANGUAGE OF A COACH 3 HOW TO INTERRUPT at the first session it must be defined if

the Coach can interrupt the client when she deviates from the focus If yoursquore going to interrupt your client you must always do it with a question You can also take note of something that has nothing to do with the subject you are talking about but it seems important So we can talk about it in the next session You can ask the client if she liked to talk about it

3 ldquoDOES IT MAKES SENSE FOR YOUrdquo If she says NO ldquoSo tell merdquo if she says YES ldquocan you tell me howrdquo

3 ldquoMY HALLUCINATION is rdquo Being very unconditional Any opi-nion is a good opinion The Coach realyy doesnrsquot know The word hallucination implies that what yoursquore saying may be ab-solutely wrong

3 ldquoWHAT WOULD LOVE DO NOWrdquo Be careful with the rapport level you have with your client It is a very good question when it concerns relational issues

3 ldquoHOW WOULD IT BE IFrdquo Very good to overcome objections ldquohow would it be if you had timerdquo ldquohow would it be if you had moneyrdquo ldquohow would it be if you had self-confidencerdquo

3 ldquoWHAT IF rdquo Fantastic to destroy any obstacle that your client brings Some examples ldquoAnd what if you couldrdquo ldquoWhy notrdquo ldquoWhat if nobody would knowrdquo ldquoWhat if you had moneyrdquo ldquoI know you donrsquot but what if you knew what would you sayrdquo

3 GENERAL TIP BE COOL You really must have a cool and rela-xed attitude You really donrsquot know what would be best for your client so be really unconditional

THE COACHING ETHICS

XI THE COACHING ETHICS

There are six ethic rules in Coaching but with no doubt the first is the most important

CONFIDENTIALITY Coaching sessions must be given the utmost con-fidentiality There are no legal rules as in Therapy (like not having fa-mily as clients) but you always have to respect confidentiality When you do Coaching in a company and you must give feedback to their manager your clients must know it If necessary you can discuss the case with a mentor but always without mentioning the name of your client You can discuss the cases but without any names

CLIENTrsquoS AUTONOMY Coaching is all about autonomy and sustaina-bility You need your client to get results not that she needs you You should think ldquoif I change country how would my clients berdquo

CAREFUL WITH PROJECTIONS We all project aspects that we re-press in ourselves All currents in psychology agree that there is pro-jection When I look to someone else what I see is whatrsquos inside of me (strengths and weaknesses) Thatrsquos why some see one thing and others see another As a Coach you must be very attentive to projections You should not do it with your client and for that you must work on your roots If something bothers you that says more about you than about your client Itrsquos not just a technical issue of respecting others map-of--the-world It is an ethical issue

CREDIBILITY Of course you can use other different tools in your ses-sions but you should be able to do so Using things on which yoursquore not certified is breaking ethics Try to be congruent and integrate Being a corporate or a sales Coach without being an expert about those mat-ters is not ethical

106

107

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING THE FIRST SESSION IN PRATICE

CONTRACT IS CONTRACT The financial commitment you assume with your client is always the same as long as she is your client The same in what respects sessions frequency You should always ask permission to your client when you want to change the frequency of the sessions For WeCreate the value you charge to your client must be the same forever It is part of our gratitude towards our client

SELF-COACHING The Coach must be an example of Self-Coaching or she should have a Coach You really have to do ROSA once a year at least and use all these tools in a weekly basis Make sure that you are also an example of achieving your own dreams

XII THE FIRST SESSION

IN PRACTICEIt is normal that the first session is a bit longer (90min) Your focus is to build RAPPORT Here is an example of a few steps for your first session You can have a few more or less of these steps but this is the general idea

STEP 1 Memorize these steps so that you will not have to use this manual

STEP 2 (Partnership) Organize the working space have everything prepared adequated clothes etc

STEP 3 (Presence) Prepare to be fully present by meditating or by being a few minutes in silence

STEP 4 (Posture and words) Build rapport have a few minutes of casual positive and neutral conversation to break the ice For example the weather the clientrsquos favourite team foot-ball match etc

STEP 5 At this stage you will also try to collect information about the client Several aspects of her life and trying to deter-mine clientrsquos expectations regarding the Coaching process You will be attentive about the metaphors and about what is really important to her Yoursquoll need it to explain what Co-aching is in her words

STEP 6 Explain what Coaching is using the clientrsquos words and the references she gave us Example letrsquos imagine that boxing was something that the client liked and we want to explain

108

109

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING THE LAST SESSION

Coaching through boxing ldquoCoaching is like boxing It invol-ves a lot of training to succeed in getting results but ins-tead of having an external enemy we are fighting against ourselvesrdquo

STEP 7 Inviting the client to do an exercise we pick six pens (three of each color) We ask her to tell us three things that are going well in her life and we explore each area a bit Then we ask ldquoamong those areas which one is running really wellrdquo Then we ask for three things that are not going so well and explore a bit

STEP 8 Asking the client which 3 goals she would like to accom-plish by the end of the Coaching process that would make it worth the investment (as measurable as possible)

STEP 9 Establishing verbal contract and selling the idea of coa-ching (even if the sessions pack is already closed) Now we talk about the practical issues sessions frequency ses-sions length interrupting the client first session a bit lon-ger confidentiality guarantee If you feel comfortable you can talk about costs and forms of payment

STEP 10 ldquoCan we start our session talking about what brought you here How can I helprdquo

STEP 11 Talking a bit about the Clientrsquos reality and introducing the Pizza of Life The client draws herrsquos We will go on explai-ning the pizza and its different slices (very briefly not to influence) Some clients like to do it lsquoalonersquo others like to go on talking as they fill the slices

STEP 12 From then on you make ROSA 10

STEP 13 You end up the session You can share ROSA methodology with your client (if you think shersquod like it) and ending with positive feedback You can also ask the client how did she feel You can also ask her to choose an object and summa-rize the session You will also be doing some preframing by stating that Coaching is about action and homeworks

XIII THE LAST SESSION

A coaching process has a follow-up We can work with individual ses-sions or with a pack It is important to inform your clients that Coaching is a continuous process and not a process with miraculous results in the first session Hence it is like doing workout where it is difficult to get results if we go to the gym only once

You can work with packs of sessions (5 or 10) and we would like to give you some tips on what you should ensure it gets done in your last coaching session with someone you have been working with

FUTURE It is important to ensure that the client will continue taking steps in the future even not having sessions anymore or your presence In this session you should spend some time helping her in creating an action plan about the next steps she wants to go on taking in that area You can also take the opportunity to do a small summary of everything that you both worked in so that there is a notion of the progress made and the results achieved Ensures that your client completed that process and be sure about the next steps for her future Help her in crea-ting a good action plan

HABITS You can also ask your client which would be the daily or weekly habits that she would like more to integrate into her routine

POSITIVE FEEDBACK This is also the perfect time to give positive fe-edback to your client (despite being a constant throughout the sessions) Show her the progress she has made throughout the sessions and help her to realize all the positive things she has achieved

111

110

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

PERSONAL DEVELOPMENT We must ensure that our client conti-nues its personal development process and knows or tries new approaches Coaching is just one part of a wide range of options that are now ahead of her Encourage her to con-tinue that journey to read new books to try other trainings and workshops other different and complementary ways of approaching personal development

KEEPING CONTACT You can develop some form of contact with your old clients Email telephone facebook etc Remember to con-tinue sending her information about coaching or other matters you find important It is a way to ensure that your client will continue ldquoawakedrdquo for this subject

Thank you for being part of this project

Daniel Saacute Nogueira and Marta Ferreira

Page 8: WeCreate International Coaching Certification Manual

16

17

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING WHAT IS COACHING

ldquosustainablerdquo - In coaching we work to deliver sustainable re-sults We do not want the client to become dependent on the Coach or on the process itself As soon as possible we begin to use strategies to ensure the autonomy of our clients and to make them become their own coaches after a while

ldquoreach their full potentialrdquo ndash Coaching is about ACHIEVING re-sults During the coaching process the Coach will work to keep the client in action so that what is aimed for actually happens All of us possess a HUGE potential that we can use to achieve everything we want

ldquoquestionsrdquo - This is the basic methodology of coaching We de-velop empower support and challenge through questions Questions are powerful enablers that will help raise the consciousness level of our clients

COACHING IS ABOUT THE FUTUREDuring the coaching process the Coach will focus on making the client think about the present and the future This is the main difference be-tween coaching and therapy apart from the extent of formal education (minimum 5 years) that psychologists have in comparison to coaches

The Coach can listen to what has happened in the recent past of the client but does not focus on going deeper into this aspect of the situa-tion Instead she guides the client to focus on the present and most of all on the future ldquoSo what do you want to achieve today regarding this problem in your familyrdquo ldquoWhat are your future dreams in this area of your liferdquo

The Coach is not focused on knowing what caused the trauma or pro-blem but concentrates on moving beyond it and making sure that by the end of the ten sessions the client has also acquired the tools to solve other problems and challenges in her life

Coaching requires three key elements

A Client (Coachee) the person who undergoes the process of co-aching in order to acquire new skills and strengthen exis-

Coaching is the process that

aims to develop challenge support

and empower people to reach

their full potential professionally

and personally through questions

ting skills We recommend using the term client instead of ldquocoacheerdquo as it helps to distinguish it better from the word ldquoCoachrdquo and implies a more professional relationship be-tween the two

A Coach a professional qualified to lead the process of coachingAn opportunity challenge or problem Opportunity because it is

not necessary to work on a problem A client can be satis-fied with their job but seeking a Coach to work on being promoted for example

On the other hand there may be more than one opportu-nity challenge or problem and also all three at once sin-ce there are always opportunities behind every problem When there are several problems or opportunities the Co-ach assumes that the client is able to solve them all Howe-ver the coaching process needs to focus on one at a time and solving it before moving on to others

THE CROSSROADS OF LIFEThe key moments for a client are at the crossroads of life ie when two roads diverge and the client does not know which way to go This is where a Coach can really make a difference

In these situations as stated earlier we will not decide for the client nor give any advice since the task of the Coach is simply to facilitate reflection on the two paths to ask about the crossroads and even to take a few steps back if the client wishes to do so

Even if the choice seems wrong to the Coach the client is the one who should decide which road and action to take

Coaching is also

3 Very future-oriented 3 Making the client move into action through weekly tasks 3 Having a clear vision of what goals to reach 3 Helping the client develop an action plan 3 A process that provides development direction innovation and

constant support

18

19

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING WHAT IS COACHING

Benefits of Coaching

3 Opportunity for individual reflection that increases our level of consciousness about ourselves

3 Increase in our capacity to influence various situations in our lives

3 Gain of greater structure and focus 3 Constant feedback and support throughout the process

There are mainly two types of Coaching Life Coaching (where the process is most suitable for our personal lives) and Executive Bu-siness Coaching (where more work is done in the professional area)

Over the past few years coaching has become specialized in various areas We now also find terms such as Relationship Coaching Health Coaching Management C oaching Emotional Coaching for Teams Le-adership Coaching etc

Another major advantage is that this tool can be used formally (in in-dividual sessions or with groups) where we help our clients get closer to their goals in many areas of life as well as informally where we use it as a point of view when relating to our friends family children and ourselves Imagine the power of not only helping others but also being able to increase their capacity to take responsibility No doubt coa-ching is a transversal tool that applies to many different areas in our professional and personal lives

THE DIFFERENCE BETWEEN COACHING AND

OTHER PRACTICESSDespite being a relatively new discipline the distinction between co-aching and other practices is clear The term itself arose from a me-ans of transport (taking someone from one place to another) and this remains its basic meaning to bring someone (the client) from A to B

The difference between coaching and other approaches

Mentoring A process whereby a professional with expertise in a par-ticular area helps you to increase your level of knowledge about it A

mentor is someone who gives advice based on her vast experience in the area that you want to explore

Therapy The greatest distinction of all between coaches and thera-pists psychologists psychiatrists etc is the number of years of aca-demic preparation and how governmental institutions regulate the ac-tivity of the latter Therapists etc are trained to help their clients with complex issues from their past and present A Coach does not have this preparation and should not nor has the technical ability to ldquostir uprdquo the past of her client Therefore the Coach focuses solely on the present and the future of the client and has no therapeutic ambition

Consulting Offers experience and expertise in certain business areas A consultant can work with an entire organization or part of it and is usually a person from outside the organization that brings in her know--how to help increase productivity

Training A process by which we gain knowledge and skills The trai-ner is usually an expert in a particular area with the objective to help people learn and acquire skills specific to that area

past

THERAPHY

present

future

COACHING

20

21

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING INTERNATIONAL COACHING PRESUPPOSITIONS

IV INTERNATIONAL COACHING

PRESUPPOSITIONSThe international presuppositions of coaching are general principles that guide the practice of coaching around the world They are a kind of ethical rules that are vital to use in coaching sessions

But even more importantly these ten presuppositions need to be roo-ted in the DNA of the coach and lived fully by her

1 - QUESTIONSldquoThe Coach has the questions and the client the answersrdquo

The Coach always starts from the principle that the client has the answers Even if the Coach knows the answer she should not say it and this is often complicated A challenge The client has to discover the answer for herself even though she may then realize that this was not the best answer and that there are more suitable ones But this makes the client feel in charge of her process A major benefit of coaching is the ldquopowerrdquo that it gives to the client

For this to happen the Coach needs to find and ask questions because there are no answers only questions If the client asks ldquoWhat can I do to solve this situationrdquo the Coach asks ldquoHave you already done something to solve itrdquo or ldquoIs there anything you can do right nowrdquo Try to avoid responding with solutions as much as possible This way the Coach will lead the client to finding the best answer for herself

The coaching process is for the client The coach only facilitates the process

I AS A COACH NEVER KNOW THE SOLUTION

That is as the Coach does not know the psyche of the client she must remain detached and calm allowing the client to pursue at her own pace without interfering The process belongs to the client

2 - RESPECTldquoThe map is not a territoryrdquo

Each person has her way of being her World Map (the perception that each of us has of the same reality) The way one person sees a situation is never identical to someone elsersquos way Everyone interprets the same events differently and react accordingly

Thus the map of the client has true value and merit and the Coach res-pects this principle by holding the point of view that her own map of the world is not the only correct one For example a Coach who is married must respect the client who has three girlfriends and is looking for a fourth A spiritual coach must understand the world of a client whorsquos in the military If you cannot respect the world map of your client then yoursquore not the best Coach for her The best option then is to not con-tinue your sessions and instead suggest that a colleague takes over

Suggestion Do everything in your power to keep your client even if you donrsquot agree with her world map This is because by your fifth ses-sion you will have the necessary rapport to take on the challenge of asking something like

ldquoIs that really what you want for your liferdquo

ldquoDonrsquot you need something bigger in your liferdquo

In conclusion it is only natural that a Coach develops an opinion about what is happening with the client but she must still respect the clientrsquos world map and use open questions that are genuinely tolerant

22

23

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING INTERNATIONAL COACHING PRESUPPOSITIONS

3 - FEEDBACKldquoThere is no failure only feedbackrdquo

Everything that happens to the client during sessions andor outside of them is an opportunity for the Coach to get feedback For example if a client hasnrsquot done her homework this is not failure but feedback to the Coach Perhaps the homework was too complicated maybe the Coach did not convey itrsquos importance or the client is still very focused on another area

ldquoFailurerdquo is short-term psychology itrsquos what you see in the moment ldquoFeedbackrdquo on the other hand is long-term psychology We believe that the client will understand if she hasnrsquot already that itrsquos not about not being capable Instead itrsquos about taking in feedback about the situation learning from it polishing the rough edges and continuing until you can do it A good example of this kind of psychology is when babies start to learn how to walk They will fall many times and try over and over again to remain standing but never will a parent think that their daughter has failed and will never walk only because she fell In other words she did not fail she simply got feedback

4 - RESOURCESldquoAll people have the resources within them

or can acquire them

The coach treats the client as someone who is always rich in resour-ces

The potential that lies in all human beings is very big giant really It enables all of us to achieve any goal that we set ourselves in life and the Coach knows this reality Therefore we will never criticize the goal of a client that may seem impossible in the eyes of the Coach because the client has all the resources she needs within her or can acquire them Many clients will try to convince you that they are not capable of something and do not have these resources within them As a Coach you have fully embrace this assumption and know deep inside that they are perfectly capable

5 - BEST OPTION AT THE TIME

ldquoPeople always choose the best option that is currently available

especially given their context rdquo

For example if a client yelled at a co-worker the Coach should assume that this was the best option that she had available at the time Whether the Coach finds it good or bad does not really matter because for that person it was the only option available given the context

Thus the process of coaching is very humble The Coach puts herself into the shoes of her client staying present and concerned

It is very important that the Coach does not impose her own limita-tions on the client Furthermore she can choose to accept the limits of her client or to go around them Never forget that your client always comes from a context that is different from yours and that her family history religion and education among other things is what guides her to make choices which are always the best option at the time

6 - CAUSE AND EFFECTldquoEach person creates her own realityrdquo

The client is the energetic centre of everything that happens to her In other words it is she who creates or attracts her own reality Thus the Coach should always assume that what is happening to the client was in some way created by her whether it is an accident an argument or even the case of being fired The same applies to positive events

As a coach and this is why you should always respect otherrsquos world maps you do not to say that the client is ldquoguiltyrdquo Instead you keep asking questions

Your session will then be focused on trying to understand what motive led her to create this reality If you do not believe that your client crea-ted it you will also not believe that she has within her all the personal

24

25

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING INTERNATIONAL COACHING PRESUPPOSITIONS

power needed to change or modify it

Therefore as a Coach you need to take this presupposition into your own life and aim to deepen it to the fullest until you reach the point where you believe that you can influence everything that happens in your life

7 - ACTIONldquoIf you want to understand actrdquo

A Coach believes that action is needed to understand a problem chal-lenge or opportunity Itrsquos not enough to say that something has been understood on the mental level Coaching is about action It does not matter how much your client understands or knows about a subject What matters is how much she acts

Hence all sessions have a compulsory homework ending ldquoWhat will you do in this directionrdquo ldquoWhenrdquo ldquoWith whomrdquo

8 - FLEXIBILITYldquoIf yoursquore not getting results do it differentlyrdquo

Between the two of them the Coach needs to be the most flexible be-cause if the client is not getting results new approaches are needed In other words since the Coach believes that the client has all the resour-ces within her if there are no results it is because the Coach has to be more flexible What works with one client does not work with others Einstein said ldquoInsanity is doing the same thing and expecting a diffe-rent resultrdquo If yoursquore not getting the results you want do it differently

9 - POSITIVE INTENTIONldquoAll behaviour is based on a positive intentionrdquo

All human behaviour is driven by positive intention This does not mean

it is all good behaviour just the intention that created them Let us ima-gine a dramatic situation someone who screams violently at another person may be wanting to feel safer calmer have more justice The intention is good but not the behaviour As a Coach you know that what your client does or doesnrsquot do is based on a positive intention

10 - NON-IMPOSITIONldquoNone of these presuppositions are important

to your clientrdquo

All these presuppositions are for you as Coach to internalize and use in your sessions The idea is not that you should now impose on your client to use questions stick to a positive language and refrain from judging other peoplersquos World Maps The pre-suppositions are made for you and aim to orient the coaching process

26

27

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING ROSA 10

V ROSA 10

ROSA 10 is about going through each letter of the ROSA during a ses-sion or an informal conversation without expanding on any of them

The starting point is helping the other person to identify the Reality (Whatrsquos up) of their situation and understand what the problem or challenge is Then to speak about the Objectives (What do you want) and note what the person wants and aspires to After thinking about the goals itrsquos all about encouraging the other to find solutions (How can you get there) And finally because the Coach believes that re-sults come from action itrsquos about agreeing on a piece of homework that is in line with the best solution found (Out of all these ideas what you can do next week)

ROSA 10 is used in more informal coaching with friends and acquain-tances and in more situational coaching that is fast and focused on action where the client already knows what you want Moreover in situations where there is no need to go deeper into understanding the emotions beliefs and values of the client

EXAMPLES OF QUESTIONS LETTER ldquoRrdquo 3 What made you want to come and see me 3 How can I help you 3 How happy satisfied are you 3 How do you feel about that 3 What is the path yoursquove followed so far 3 What works best in your life at the moment What can and

should be improved

3 On a 0-10 scale how satisfied are you in this area 3 What is your biggest challenge 3 How are other areas of your life 3 What else Tell me more

The fundamental Reality question is WHATrsquoS UP

EXAMPLES OF QUESTIONS LETTER ldquoOrdquo 3 Where will you be in a year 3 What is your biggest dream 3 Where would you like to go 3 What is your most amazing vision of this situation 3 From 0 to 10 how important is this goal to you 3 Can you see your goal Describe in detail what it looks like 3 If you had a magic wand that could solve this problem what

would your new situation look like what would you like to see happen

The fundamental Objectives question is WHAT DO YOU WANT

EXAMPLES OF QUESTIONS LETTER ldquoSrdquo 3 What can you do 3 What are you doing right now to solve this situation 3 What do you think is the best way to reach the objectives 3 Do you know someone who can help 3 What are some things yoursquove never imagined doing 3 Let us list a series of possible steps 3 Can you give me 10 solutions And 10 more 3 If I were in your situation what advice would you give me 3 If you had all the money in the world what would you do 3 Who could help you solve this situation

The fundamental Solutions question is GREAT AND WHAT ELSE

28

29

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING ROSA 20

EXAMPLES OF QUESTIONS LETTER ldquoArdquo

3 What will you do this week 3 What is one thing you could do without much difficulty 3 Which of these solutions can you start with today 3 What is your next small step

The fundamental Action question is WHAT ARE YOU GOING TO DO WITH WHOM WHEN During a coaching session the letters R and S have a divergent func-tion allowing you to fully open the flow of ideas The Action phase then has a fully convergent function specifying what will be done as seen in the following diagram

VI ROSA 20

The purpose of this manual and the International Coa-ching Certification is to learn to use ROSA 20 The

MasterCoach Certification goes more in depth with 30 coaching and the MasterCoachTrainer

Certification is about 40 coaching

R(EALITY)The Reality phase is usually the longest

one in ROSA (especially in the first session) It is a very important phase because it is where we find out about our clientrsquos current life situation and start building rapport with her

If this phase is well done the rest comes quite easily and naturally 99 of your clients will be focused on the problem ie living the ldquoPro-blem Psychologyrdquo They will have the tendency to always see the ne-gative even to amplify it as they go along by finding more and more reasons that ldquofeedrdquo the negative aspect of their situation

Everything around them whether it is their home situation or even the state of the country or the world strengthens their ability to see how bad their problem is which contributes to killing all hope for impro-vement and opportunities ultimately go unnoticed Their situation is always the worst it can ever get In fact they tend to see that their life has always been that way

Your goal at this stage is to collect as much information as possible about your client and different aspects (both good and less good) of her life The Coach has two tools for helping her client ldquoget outrdquo of the

ROSA 10

ROSA 30

ROSA 20

ROSA 10

ROSA 30

ROSA 20

WhatWho

when

babybaby

30

31

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

hole that she is focused on and have a conversation about the broader reality of her life

FLUFFY PUFFY VS COMPLICATORAt the stage of Reality we find two main types of people

COMPLICATORThis is the type of person who will claim that they are not able to solve their problem and who also believes that the situation is so big and so bad that there actually is no solution

ROSA 20

In this case let the client speak for five to ten minutes about this but then it is essential to make her say something positive about it with questions like

ldquoWhatrsquos good about itrdquordquo ldquoWhat do you like about your life (Maybe on the same sub-

ject or another - see ldquoGuide to the First Coaching Ses-sionrdquo)

By doing this we motivate the client for the rest of the ROSA Itrsquos re-ally a question of energy If we donrsquot address the positive aspect (of the particular situation or of another area of life) we will not have any energy for the Objectives phase

The conversation gets very depressing and not very motivating when the client manages to convince herself (and often the coach as well)

32

33

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

that there is no solution By adding together both positive and negative aspects we create tension and a spark of energy to move on At the same time we get to find out what truly motivates the client whether it is family a passion that she has or others things

FLUFFY PUFFYThis is the opposite of the type above This is a person who has re-edu-cated herself and grown convinced that itrsquos good to have problems and that they are there for a reason She has a super positive perspective on life but possibly a bit exaggerated Problems are always positive and she does not understand that they may have negative implications

To the question ldquoSo is this problem hurting yourdquo she will promptly reply ldquoOh it isnrsquot Itrsquos good to have problems they bring along many positive things and are just what they should berdquo In this case the Co-ach has to make the client talk about the problem and the aspects that are negative or less good In other words we must find out what hurts enough for the client to realize she needs help with something and that not everything is going well after all

As in the previous case we need to create an inner shock in order to generate energy for the Objectives phase In this case it is necessary to do so by making the client ldquosufferrdquo a bit or to get her out of her comfort zone in order to become aware that there is something she wants to change or do differently If we do not have a challenge an opportunity or a problem we cannot do coaching

Both the ldquoComplicatorrdquo and the ldquoFluffy Puffyrdquo should identify both good and bad aspects of the subject matter Moreover you should not move to the Objectivesrsquo phase be fore this is done At this stage the more the client is aware of her own reality the better the Coachrsquos picture will be of that same reality Both types of clients need to enter the area of challenge leaving the reality that they live in and gaining a broader awareness of the reality that is

Only with this awareness will there be fuel to create goals and pro-gress to the next stages

PIZZA OF LIFEThe clientrsquos reality is like a big wall Something she nee-ds to overcome to reach the other side the side that she wants to be on Although the wall is large the client will tend to concentrate on a small part of the wall a hole a brick to paint etc About 98 of people are focused on the small ldquoholesrdquo of life which only increases their size and importance

Implementing a real change in your life means looking at it as a whole from various angles analyzing all its weaknesses but also all the pos-sibilities In doing so the client becomes more aware of who she is

The pizza is divided into four distinct areas (linked to the four elements and the four personality types) and twelve slices

EARTH AREA (PRACTICAL WORLD)Money How is your bank account Do you have any debts Do you

think you have enough money or do you need more to have the life you want And what about material goods such as a home a car travel

Health Are you healthy Do you have any chronic illness How do you nourish yourself Any sports Do you feel alive

Jobcareer Are you doing something you like Feel satisfied with your career How many hours do you work per day What is your level of productivity

WATER AREA (EMOTIONAL WORLD)

Romance Do you have a love relationship that satisfies you Do you love and are you loved Are you feeling happy and complete without being in a relationship

Family and Friends (with a big F) How do you relate to your chil-dren parents and friends

Contribution Are you helping create a better world Any voluntary work Donations Satisfied with the help you provide

ROSA 20

of life

money

hea

lth

workcareer romance

Friends

family

contribuitiondevelopmentpersonal

social life

hobbies

peer groupleadershippersonal

life p

urpose

Pearth

Ewater

Mair

Sfire

meaning

34

35

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

AIR AREA (MENTAL WORLD)Personal Development Do you read books participate in training

courses invest in yourself and in your learningdevelop-ment

Hobbies and Social Life Do you have a social life that satisfies you Do you have free time to do what you like

Peer Group Groups of people (friends family etc) that challenge us and pull us forward Do you have people that encourage you How often do you meet with them

FIRE AREA (SPIRITUAL WORLD)Personal Leadership How do you relate with yourself When you

look at yourself (on the inside and the outside) do you like

what you see How is your confidence and self-esteem

Life Purpose How much of your day-to-day do you dedicate to doing what you love most

Meaning of Life Do you have a faith What do you believe in What is the energy that encompasses all Why are we here on this planet

The Pizza of Life is a very deep tool to be used both by the client and the Coach to develop their roots It is a practical way of examining all areas of our lives

It is essential to distinguish between the importance that a client at-tributes to a slice and her degree of satisfaction with it Itrsquos not about how much you have of this or that slice but rather how satisfied you are with this area For example a person who is not religious does not have to have a zero in the area of the meaning of life if she is comfor-table with that area But if she does feel that she needs to work on her faith then the value will inevitably be less than 10 Another example someone who lives in a rented house travels by bus and goes camping on holidays may have a 10 in the money slice if itrsquos a person who does not value material goods Someone else who lives the same kind of life but aspires to have a beach house a great car and travel to exotic places will assign a lower value to this slice

The client may want to add or remove a slice and split others However the most important thing is to recognize the four main areas (PEMS) and the importance of all the slices for your happiness and for gaining a more balanced life

When the pizza is filled out once again you will address the positive and less positive aspects of it At this stage you should ask your client

3 ldquoWhich 2 or 3 areasslices feel goodstrong at the momentrdquo

3 ldquoWhich 2 or 3 areasslices need a little more attention and some im-

ROSA 20

1 What is the current situation

2 Concrete examples

3 Objectivity through facts

4 Ask what when where who

REALITYRESUME

36

37

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

provementrdquo

This way you gain even more information about the current situation of your client which may be very helpful during the rest of the coaching process

LEVERAGE SLICEAfter evaluating the pizza of life we dedicate ourselves to hel-ping the client choose a leverage slice We can explain that coaching is about gaining focus by having only one target to hit at each moment in time This does not mean that we wonrsquot work on any other area it just means that we first need to solve one slice one priority slice

The question to use is ldquoWhich slice if you increase your satisfaction with it by one or two points would improve the biggest number of your other pizza slicesrdquo

You can ask your client to select any 5 slices then 3 then 2 and ask ldquoImagine that I am the genie in the lamp and I can help you bring one of these slices to a 10 which one would you chooserdquo

If your client clearly has a slice that she wants to work you can proce-ed with this one right away

The leverage slice is not always the slice that got the lowest rating Therefore we should not influence the decision of the client

A few tips

3 If the client chooses a slice that she gave a high rating itrsquos good news for the Coach because it will be relatively easy for the client to improve it further

3 If the client wants to choose a new slice in the next session no problem Remember that we are just chauffeurs Early on in the coaching process the client may do some reflection and then want to choose another slice

3 Until the leverage slice is resolved (rated much more positively)

or under control by the client (it only being a matter of time) we DO NOT change the slice along the way We only do so once we have delivered the wanted results If we change the slice in each session it becomes difficult (if not impossible) to deliver results which also become much less sustainable Coaching is not a process with a magic wand that can transform a slice in an hour

3 No area is more important than another and the numbers that the client uses to evaluate only mean something to her Remember that YOU SHOULD NOT JUDGE anything about the pizza of your client It only needs to make sense to her

O(BJECTIVES)Now that we know the current reality of our client it is time to move on At this point we no longer speak of problems or challenges That was back in the previous phase Now we just want to know about Objectives

In Coaching we work with two types of objectives

GURU OBJECTIVES AND BABY OBJECTIVESAll of us more or less consciously orient our action through goals But we do not always take the right steps There are people who consciously do but there are many others who without being conscious of it hurt their feet run without knowing where theyrsquore going or stop halfway

We can identify two types of goals which we should use to our advan-tage

3 Guru objective ndash a goal that is so big so big that therersquos a voi-ce in our head that thinks itrsquos impossible to accomplish

3 Baby objective ndash a goal that is so small so small that we are absolutely certain of achieving it

ROSA 20

The slice of leverage is the one in which if there is any improvements will positively affect other slices of pizza

The Baby-Objectives has the

unique purpose to increase client

confidence

38

39

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

Guru and baby objectives psychology is natural to us not something we learn nor something we can unlearn For example it activates immediately if wersquore in a car accident if anything threatens our survi-val or the survival of our loved ones We then forget whether we are confident or not successful or not rich or poor and we only care about finding a solution This is natural we always have an ultimate goal in mind while at the same time staying present to the immediate objec-tive since that is what makes us define the next small step towards reaching our guru objective And we get so engaged that nothing will distract us from our guru objective Now this psychology should not get triggered only unconsciously in moments of survival but also be applied consciously in our lives in general in our everyday And yes it can be activated

Always remember that an objective is only at the guru level if there is a voice inside you that laughs finding it impossible to achieve and a baby objective is only one if you are sure that you will achieve It is therefore essential to dream to look farther and reach beyond what our minds can visualize

But beware if we focus solely on our highest goals we will never le-ave the realm of dreams and over time we will lose self-confidence Achieving goals involves taking small steps every day defining reaso-nable steps that slowly but surely bring us closer to our guru objective

Success depends on a combination of both We must therefore learn to live life with very big guru objectives and very small baby objectives Most people that feel unhappy have developed a guru psychology but not a baby psychology or vice versa The former always want more and are never satisfied with their daily achievements The latter live through small steps but cannot think big so the little steps wear them out and monotony or apathy reigns

Having a great guru objective without setting baby objectives leads to frustration anxiety and impatience Setting baby objectives without having a big guru objective leads to disinterest discouragement and lack of direction(ldquoTrate a Vida por Turdquo paacuteg 111)

META+Our objectives should be

Measurable - Objectives should be very concrete so that when we reach them we can check off ldquomission accomplishedrdquo For example ldquoI will spend 3 hours a day with my familyrdquo instead of ldquoI will spend more time with my familyrdquo

Emotional Objectives should contain grand adjectives that provoke a lot of emotion so that the brain gives them more importance For example ldquoI will wake up shining and full of vitality ready for a new day of fun and productivityrdquo

Timed - Objectives must have either a date or a frequency or both For example ldquoStarting tomorrow I will be home by 8 pm every day to have dinner with my childrenrdquo or ldquoI will train every day starting on Sundayrdquo

Achievable - We need to believe in the objectives that we set and know that they are possible to reach For example ldquoI will write a book next monthrdquo If you think your goal is too ambitious you had better adapt it ldquoIrsquoll write one chapter in the next monthrdquo

Positive (+) - Goals should be stimulating the positive Neurolinguistics say that everything that we define as positi-ve encourages us and everything that we define as negative defeats us For example ldquoI will not smoke anymorerdquo is wrong while ldquoI will breathe 100 oxy-gen and make air cleaner for myself and for othersrdquo is more correct Or ldquoon day x I will weigh y poundsrdquo instead of ldquoI will lose weightrdquo(Trate a Vida por Tu paacuteg 155)

ROSA 20

1 What do you want

2 What do you really want

3 What is the Guru-Objective

4 What is the Baby-Objective

5 What is the dream (the most importan is to make the client talk about his dreams)

6 In a perfect world (For those who have di-fficulty in define Guru-Objectives)

7 Meta+

OBJECTIVESRESUME

The meta+ model is used to specify the target-guru

40

41

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

Why do we need to have these two opposing energies Exactly for the same reason as the positive and negative energies in the Reality phase We really need a guru objective since the effort that the client will have to make and the person she has to become to get there will make her reach much further than if she had set an intermediate goal Coaching is about dreams about the best of the best for each area of our lives The important thing is not whether or not the client gets there but that the road she travels takes her much further

Moreover every journey starts with a small step We need to create an objective so small so small that the client is absolutely sure she can do it Why To get her motivated quickly to achieve success and above all to convey the baby objective psychology We need to make our clients realize that coaching is about big and small steps The baby objective in itself is not important but we need to introduce this step here so that your client begins to celebrate every little step that she takes every piece of homework that gets done

Coaching is about forming a person with both guru and baby objectives psychology Someone who wants to go really far and at the same time is super happy with everything that she has already achieved

Notas If a client has a very big guru objective to reach in a short time and the Coach thinks it is not possible we can ask the client to ldquoconvince us that it is possiblerdquo On the other hand if the baby objective is very big we do the same

S(OLUTIONS)Encouraging creativity is equally important to teaching children ma-thematics Portuguese and science This is what later on will separate intelligent adults from true geniuses who are able to create something new revolutionary and innovative in whatever area It is those who mark others society science and the world who ultimately make a

difference

40 IDEASIn fact we are all creative We have all been children we have all been creative and so what happened What is it that makes our creativity die The fact is that our society limits our creativity while forgetting that in a grey professional world creativity makes the difference

ROSA 20

clique no viacutedeo para o activar

42

43

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

Anyone who is creative grows through challenges simply because they put their creativity at the service of what is not working They go off immediately to search for a solution And this is available to everyo-ne This is the basis of the ldquoSrdquo in ROSA instead of complaining go look for a solution Remember yoursquore always one idea away from solving your biggest challenge You just havenrsquot found that idea yet Pull out

your creativity and try finding ideas ideas ideas

Even the most creative people start with obvious ideas and it is good to go through them in order to get to the other ones Little by little we will get to the interesting ideas and when we stop being afraid of saying nonsense we become creative Now the challenge is to get an innovative idea And that can only be achieved by investing time and energy When we are at 10 or 20 ideas to not give up until you have at least 40

Losing our creativity is in other words restraining our physical (earth) emotional (water) mental (air) and spiritual (fire) abilities Children do not have these restraints in a physical sense they love exploring the world through their body showing you they donrsquot care about posture for instance and they seem unbreakable when defying the laws of gra-vity with an energy that seems limitless Emotionally they are much more open to all kinds of feelings because they have not accumulated many negative experiences Mentally they are hungry for knowledge and the concept of right and wrong is not yet set so everything seems possible to them Spiritually they are completely free they may have some enrooted values but everything else is an open book

In order to be creative again and go back to having blank pages in the book of life being able to write and rewrite improvise and create we

obvious interesting creative innovative

can start by being creative in one area or going back to being creative in all aspects of life and our being To go back to being creative we must explore our physical body do sports dance act etc and use your senses to hear smell taste touch and see The healthier we are the more our body will be available to be physically creative To go back to being more creative emotionally we have to stop being afraid to feel We have to venture into relationships connections sharing without the fear of being hurt frustrated cheated and even happy

To go back to being mentally creative we must learn new subjects think about new things analyze from new angles and perspectives challenge our minds have conversations with all kinds of people read all kinds of magazines stimulate all parts of our brain

Finally if we want to go back to being spiritually creative we must question all our certainties and dogmas meditate and open ourselves to the world of possibilities and the inexplicable We need to know oursel-ves in order to experience life intensely

If we manage to be creative in all four areas we will be soon become a new person with a palette of new experiences and openness to wha-tever happens giving us new shape and a different glow If we can be more creative regarding the first letter of our PEMS we should really be congratulated for it The important thing is to enter the challenge zone to seek solutions in areas that have not yet been explored in fiel-ds that are uncomfortable for others but that we call our comfort zone Then everything and really everything becomes possible and there are no longer problems without solutions(ldquoTrate a Vida por Turdquo paacuteg 165)

PARADIGM SHIFTThis is the time to get the client to think ldquoupside downrdquo ie to think ldquoout of the boxrdquo It is undoubtedly the most difficult phase of the coaching sessions Your clients will not even want to think and to change their paradigms

The vast majority of people when trying to solve a pro-blem or challenge use the first ideas that come to mind - the Obvious ideas ndash the ones that we all have However there are three more levels of ideas The Interesting ideas are those that some have sometimes

ROSA 20

The very first ideas are obvious Only then comes the interesting and then comes the very creative and innovative ideas

44

45

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

Solutions are always related to the Guru-Objectives

and then come the Creative Ideas that are those which generate con-flict because they go lsquoout of the boxrsquo shifting paradigms Finally we have the Innovative ideas that are the ones that nobody sees but once they are revealed they become obvious

We may use this ability in all areas of our life using this unique creati-vity to make everything unique and different

The goal of a Coach is getting the client to change her paradigm This is what happens in an ldquoAHArdquo moment when she finds an idea and is sure that this is the one she was missing

In the picture on the left do you see a young girl or an old lady Try to see both Put your brain to work both ways

GREAT AND WHAT ELSEBrainstorming is the most powerful tool for creativity and the best way of stimulating creativity in all areas of your life It is essential to do individual and group brainstorming as it is the best way to find so-lutions to challenges

What is a lsquobrainstormingrsquo

As the name implies it is a kind of ldquobrain stormrdquo And what do storms do They stir things up make ideas collide (thunder) and launch one solution after the other (lightning) ldquowaitingrdquo for the one that will solve the problem and put the storm at rest Brainstorming is not only use-ful at the workplace Every person and family should brainstorm from time to time to seek solutions to their problems from the most basic day-to-day questions (how to deal with expenses manage domestic tasks prepare meals) to deeper and more complex ones (helping a child become more confident helping a father that is unemployed) And individually each one of us should do brainstorming to solve and improve all areas that we feel the need to change

It is very easy to do brainstorming Here are the six rules to start prac-ticing today

1 No judgement All ideas are valuable even the most stupid ones In a brainstorming there are no arguments or criticism All ideas are good initially If there is criticism besides genera-ting conflict it can also inhibit the people involved

2 Quantity quantity quantity The more ideas generated the better the brainstorming Quality does not matter here only quantity Why The first ideas will be obvious then interesting then creative and only then innovative

3 Hitchhike You can build on otherrsquos ideas No participant should be silent for a long time If you donrsquot have any idea you can simply hitchhike on someone elsersquos The only thing you cannot do is not to participate

4 Go crazy From time to time throw in some ideas that are lsquoout-side the boxrsquo Regardless of how absurd they may seem this will help you and your colleagues to leave the obvious ideas and make your brains think At the very least you will enliven the session If the group laughs at your idea yoursquore being crazy

ROSA 20

click the video to see it

46

47

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

5 Take notes The most dangerous thing in a brainstorming ses-sion is having no one to write down the ideas Preferably the one who writes should not be giving any ideas she should fo-cus on writing down othersrsquo ideas There should also be a kind of a moderatorfacilitator of the brainstorming session not for taking decisions or criticizing but precisely for making sure that no one tries to take decisions on behalf of the group or to criticize other peoplersquos ideas and to help keep the focus on what matters In an individual brainstorming session you of course need to be your own moderator

6 A clear goal You must clearly define what the purpose of your objective is what the challenge is and if possible write formu-late it in META+(ldquoTrate a Vida por Turdquo paacuteg 213)

Brainstorming is the most powerful creativity tool In a brainstorming the client is requested to come up with a great amount of ideas on how to reach her Guru Objective

click the video to see it

And the Coach must be persistent since this is when you realize that humans are lazy when it comes to thinking It is very likely that when giving her fifth idea the client will say that she has no more Everyone will want to convince you that they have already found the magic solu-tion But they havenrsquot And how do we know that Because if they had found it they would already have solved their challenge

During a brainstorming ideally it is the Coach who writes down the ideas But she should not alter any of them And if the client gets stuck we must ask open and creative questions such as

3 If you had all the money in the world what would you do 3 If you were your idol what would you do 3 If it were 10 years ago what would you do 3 If it were 10 years from now what would you do

Cultivating a sense of humour as a Coach is always a good for rela-xing and making people creative This is in fact important in any area At this stage it is very likely that the client will have long mo-ments without coming up with any ideas Therefore it is impor-tant to create our own personal way of ldquopulling outrdquo the clientrsquos ideas such as a small exercise changing seats or using humour If the client gets to 40 ideas very easily and none is lsquointerestingrsquo even for her it means that she is still in the obvious ide-as and then 40 more ideas are always welcome Creativity is an expansive energy The more it is cultivated the more it grows and the easier it becomes to use it in other areas of life Notas The Coach may suggest ideas but only as an encouragement to the client

A brainstorming can take up a large part of a session so it is important to make sure there is enough time for it

ROSA 20

1 Allow the obvious

2 I want more ideas

3 Help to avoid judgment

4 Overcoming objections with questions ldquoWhat ifrdquo

5 Okay what else

SOLUTIONSRESUME

48

49

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

since it is not right to leave it midway The goal is that the client forces her brain to find new ideas in a short time and in such a way that it is almost like a shock to her

It is important to keep focused on one topic in a brainstorming Some may change their focus during the process for example a client whorsquos Guru objective is to open a business may start to suggest ideas on how to make more money In this case the Coach should remind the client of the main topic At the same time the Coach should stay flexible and if the client really feels that their focus was not on the first topic but on the second itrsquos time to go back and set a new Guru objective

A(CTION)ROSA exists only for one reason to get us to act We find our Reality establish our Objectives and think up Solutions that make us act ndash the A is the purpose of ROSA

Now more than people of action we must be people of innovation

Innovation is creativity applied to getting the desired results Being creative is not enough but creativity is the tool for getting to innova-tion So how do we do this

The secret is not to give up on creating ideas ideas and more ideas until the innovative idea comes Sometimes it never comes but get-ting to the creative ones is already something Those who have dared being creative many times and more and more are those who mana-ge to reach the innovation Itrsquos not enough to have talent you have to work hard to translate this talent into amazing results Look at these examples

3 Bach wrote one cantata a week even when he was sick 3 Mozart produced more than 600 pieces of music 3 Darwin wrote 109 publications one of which was about the Theory of

Evolution 3 Einstein published 248 theses one of which was about the Theory

of Relativity 3 Freud published 350 theses 3 Rembrandt produced 650 paintings 3 It took Thomas Edison 2000 experiments to invent the light bulb

and 9000 to perfect it 3 Picasso created more than 20000 pieces of art

This is why it is so important to act Do a lot create a lot invest a lot (ldquoTrate a Vida por Turdquo paacuteg 234)

THE FUNNELThis is the part where coaching really becomes challenging where the client realizes that she will have to do something and not just think and talk about it It is the phase where we start to converge and funnel things in order to find an action that is as specific as possible

This is with no doubt the most important phase of ROSA In a coaching session anything can happen in any of the other phases but we cannot end it without an action (without homework)

What

3 What are you going to do now 3 What are you thinking about doing now ()

ROSA 20

click the video to see it

A task should not be so simple that it doesnacutet make any difference to the client to fulfill it nor should it be so difficult that it becomes infeasible

50

51

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

With whom It is very important to involve someone in the action pro-cess 99 of the homework should have a third person involved The-reby we are creating conditions for the client to become autonomous after the coaching process The questions might be

3 ldquowill you ask to ask you whether you have done itrdquo 3 ldquoApart from me (the Coach) who else will be involved in thisrdquo

When Marcar data ou frequecircncia Quanto mais especiacutefica for me-lhor Isto leva o cliente a pensar exatamente quando vai fazer au-tomaticamente isto cria um compromisso maior dentro dele doing this the client should end each session with a specific homework knowing both the day and the time she will do it and with whom she will share it

At what time of the week beginning or end

At the end of the week

What is for you the end of the week Friday Saturday Sunday

Friday

Ok and what time

Anytime

Anytime Ok But in the morning in the afternoon or evening

Morning

And what time

Early

What is early for you

Upon waking

And what time do you wake up

At 7am

THE CONVERGENCE TECHNIQUEIf the client does not find an action to do you can use the convergence technique by asking the following questions

3 ldquoLook at your ideas (the brainstorming) and mark those that you find reasonablerdquo

3 ldquoNow choose 10rdquo 3 ldquoChoose 5rdquo 3 ldquoChoose 3 2 rdquo 3 ldquoIf I had a magic wand that would immediately fulfil one of these

ideas which one would you chooserdquo

COMMITMENTIn the early sessions you can also ask the client to send you an SMS after doing the action in or-der to confirm it Of course you donrsquot force her

if she refuses but then if she doesnrsquot do her homework you will have more power to ask for an SMS in the next homework

If she accepts you may also ask if you can send her an SMS in case she forgets to do so What will happen is that as soon as she receives our SMS asking whether the action has been done she will do it immediately so that she can reply that she has By SMS we also mean any other means like a telephone call or e-mail The Coach must be flexible enough to perceive which method suits her client the best

THE HANDSHAKEShaking hands after defining the homework is very important because it is the archetype of commitment But remember if the client does not do her homework there is no failure only feedback Maybe the problem really is the kind of homework given or poor explanation about the im-portance of the homework in the coaching process

ONE SMALL STEP FORWARDWhat is the Next Small Step you can take This ques-

ROSA 20

What is the first next small step

Earn 20000 euro

What is the first next small step

Save 100 euro month

What is the first next small step

Open an account

ldquoGreat what is the next small step that you believe you can accomplish

Deposit 1000 euro

1 What is the option that has magic

2 What is the option that makes sense

3 What are you gonna do exactly

4 How will you know you make it

5 Funnel When What day What time

6 Commitment handshake

ACTIONRESUME

52

53

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

free to put everything she has (skills tools knowledge) at the service of her client Indeed every three sessions more or less you should challenge your client with a piece of homework However the challen-ge will vary depending on whom we have in front of us and on the level of the process

4 SUCCESS TIPS FOR THIS PHASE FASEAction Plans it is at this stage that we start working on an action plan

that will follow the session Remember coaching without ac-tion is not coaching Thatrsquos why you should do a ROSA in every session go through the four phases and always end with a very concrete action plan on what the client will do during the week and until the next session Here is an example of an action plan

What will I do Run 3 times per week

When Monday Wednesday and Friday

With whom Alone

Possible obstacles Laziness and lack of time

Benefits Feeling healthier

What will help me remember Setting an alarm on my phone

How will I celebrate By going to the cinema

Homework the tasks between the sessions are a priority for the coaching Most of the le-arning comes from the homework that is done between sessions So remember to always end your session by asking your client to suggest tasks that she would like to accom-plish that coming week the next small steps she can take right now Then rephra-se each one into a concrete action (when how where ) Still some clients will have gre-

tion tool is ideal for those who have difficulty in defining Baby Objecti-ves or those who have difficulty in defining an action to do this week

Notas As a general rule the client will not hear the word ldquosmallrdquo in the question The-refore we must repeat the question until the action is so small that the client would have no difficulty doing it

Of course the Next Small Step may not be the right action to choose for this week

Example The client wants to buy a Porsche (Guru Objective)

ldquoDeposit 1000 eurosrdquo is the Baby Objective The same process can be used for defining the homework

At the end when an action has been defined the Coach may also su-ggest a piece of homework In other words then the Coach is finally

ROSA 20

54

55

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING RAPPORT

at difficulty in taking action If this is the case always look for the smallest step that the person can take If we do not act itrsquos because the step is not small enough Remember ldquoEvery journey begins with one small steprdquo

Commitment amp Penalties some clients will sometimes have real diffi-culty in stepping into action Sometimes you may have to resort to agreeing on a fine if your client does not accomplish her task All human beings run away from pain and sometimes in coaching we need to use a little more masculine energy (wersquoll talk about that more below) to help You can even ask the question ldquoWhat will happen if you do not accomplish itrdquo

Monitoring amp Accountability the role of a Coach is to provide moni-toring to her client However the responsibility must always be on the clientrsquos side As a Coach you are responsible for guiding the process Your client should define the strategies needed to enable her to take the steps she wants You should follow and always try to understand what may have prevented her from completing her tasks Above all you should be focused on finding better strategies to lead her into action However do remind your client that it is her responsibility Ultimately acting or not acting is her choice

VII RAPPORT

Mastering the ROSA technique and mastering Rapport will alone make

you a Mega Coach Of course you can gain more Roots but people

who attend our courses usu-ally already have quite some

1ST DEFINITION OF RAPPORT

Relationship of trust and influence rapport is the ability to create trust within a few minutes with various kinds of people and to influence them to act think and do better You can only influence after being trusted Think about people you trust and do not trust what influence do these people have on you

2ND DEFINITION OF RAPPORTRelationship of empathy and sympathy ldquoWe only like 2 kinds of people people who are the way we are or who are the way we would like to berdquo

Empathy I feel empathy based on the things I have in common with someone

Sympathy Based on the qualities and characteristics that someone has that I would like to have

Conclusion rapport is empathy (who is like me) and sympathy (who is the way I would like to be)

56

57

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

Rapport is trust and

influence

Rapport is the ability to create

empathy and sympathy

WARNING Empathy comes before sympathy and trust comes before influence This is the most important aspect of rapport I cannot influence anyone who does not trust me

Part 2 Now letrsquos try to understand what happens in our psyche why this is the way it is

I invite you to imagine that yoursquore a rabbit in a forest and you meet another rabbit What happens Now imagine you meet another animal thatrsquos different from you What does the rabbit do FLIGHT (runs away)

Now imagine that you are not a rabbit yoursquore a wolf You meet an ani-mal thatrsquos different from you What does the wolf do FIGHT

Now imagine yoursquore a porcupine What happens FREEZE

Animals have these three types of reactions Now imagine yoursquore a human being 20000 years ago and you come across something di-fferent from you What happens ONE OF THESE THINGS AND YOU FEEL FEAR You react the way you do because your psyche does not know what it is And if it is another human being I KNOW WHAT TO EXPECT She is like me Our fear grows when something is different because we donrsquot know what to expect Imagine that you do meet a hu-man being but wearing clothes or other things that are very different

What happens when it is the same kind of animal What exists there EM-PATHY AND TRUST - 1st LEVEL of RAPPORT

This is a metaphor of course Rapport is very unconscious I could tell you to trust someone but your unconscious may not feel the trust What regula-tes that instinct in your psyche is KNOWING WHAT I CAN EXPECT

WHAT HAPPENS IN COACHING Clients also have these three types of reactions flight freeze or fight They may not show up for the follow ses-sion they may answer ldquoyesrdquo ldquonordquo ldquomayberdquo ldquodonrsquot knowrdquo or they may be in constant disagreement with you

Key ldquothe more the Coach is the way I am the more rapport there isrdquo

MILTON ERICSON (Ericsonian Psychology NLP Hypnotherapy) found the client within himself and used this as his tool in the therapy sessions

Ericson created rapport before proceeding with anything else This is TRUST and EMPATHY Ericson was humble and flexible enough to adapt to the client Only once you have done this you can go back to being yourself

Ways of creating rapport with someone

Verbal

3 Language words 3 Subject matter 3 Quotes way of speaking 3 Repeating what the other says 3 Using the otherrsquos metaphors 3 Using the same expressions

Non-verbal

3 Gestures 3 Voice 3 Mime 3 Distance 3 Posture 3 Breathing 3 Touch 3 Speed

Note Every human being has a natural and unconscious tendency to create rapport with others To confirm this all you need is to look at two people talking to each other and see how easily you will notice similarities in their postures and way of speaking

ldquoYou have only one chance to create a good first impression but you have plenty of opportunities to create rapportrdquo

Rapport is an honest attempt to enter someonersquos map-of-the-world The-re is no agreeing or disagreeing only flexibility Rapport does not mean friendship The first session and often the second is a lot about creating rapport

RAPPORT

Sometimes itacutes enought just a little attention to help someone but attention is not coaching

58

59

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

RAPPORT MODELndash 2 PacuteSEstablishing rapport is a process of many levels and layers of depth

LEVEL 1 - PRESENCE AND

PARTNERSHIP

PRESENCEThis is the first step towards creating ra-pport thus the most superficial one Pre-sence means that the Coach is fully com-mitted to her client aware of everything she says and does Nothing from outside the ses-sion should be on the Coachrsquos mind She must be fully present

Before a session itrsquos important that you as a Co-ach calm down forget about everything else and gain a notion of where you are and what you are going to do

POSTURE amp PHRASING

PERCEPTUAL POSITIONS

PERSON TO PERSON

PRESENCE amp PARTNERSHIP

PROBING amp PATIENCE

click the video to see it

Dedicate a few minutes to this process

Presence and Attention are among the healthiest ac-tions that lead to real results You can create a good

relationship with your client (child parent etc) just by being fully present and attentive Even gardens become more beautiful if they are cared for

Presence is about getting yourself into a certain state Itrsquos about being Yin and Yang at the same time

Yin ndash relaxing breathing being aware of all five senses being fully present where you are

Yang ndash mobilizing all your energy by run-ning jumping listening to inspiring music

PARTNERSHIP

Creating an equal relationship with your client Not top down or vice--versa The Coach should never be at a lower or higher level than her client The chairs should be the same for example

For presence and partnership it is also important to switch off the phone to prevent anything from interrupting the session Tidying up the table is equally important to having a clean and hygienic space

From 0 to 10 the importance of Presence during a session is a 10 It is the first step If it isnrsquot there nothing else will

Psycho-geography is also very important in this area

PSYCHO-GEOGRAPHY the way your psyche relates to geography Example On which side you like to sleep Each person has a different psycho-geography Some prefer to be by the sea while others prefer to be in the mountains

RAPPORT

Empathy is being doing

talk and think like the other Sympathy is being doing

talk and think how the other

would like to be

60

61

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

Some tips for using the psycho-geography of the client to your advan-tage

3 Having a room with a minimum amount of symbols It is not recom-mended to have crucifixes or other artefacts related to religion A bookshelf filled with books can also intimidate the client

3 Pay attention to details ndash cables on the floor which CDs are on the shelf etc

3 Having sessions at the clientrsquos home can become dangerous because there are lots of distractions and anchors Difficult si-tuations might have taken place there which will make it more challenging for the client to create a distance to them

It is the Coachrsquos job to notice the psycho-geography of her client and what makes her more comfortable

Despite all the rapport a Coaching session should always stay pro-fessional Being relaxed is necessary for both parties but the focus should not be on friendship You as a Coach need to be professional You must choose to be a Coach instead of a friend

When it comes to clothing you should be as neutral as possible in the beginning but always aligned with your personality Then you can try to adapt to the style of your client

The mantra here is having the client leave the session thinking that her Coach is just like her NOTHING IS WRONG Let your client choose what she prefers

LEVEL 2 - POSTURE AND PHRASINGWhen establishing rapport mere presence and partnership are not enough Moreover they are only the first step The posture and the phrasing that the Coach uses are very important for creating rapport in the relationship What we refer to here is mainly keeping a posture and using similar words and expressions to those of the client This way the client will see herself in us and instead of flight fight or freeze she will feel relaxed and be much more comfortable about talking

Sitting in the same position as the client using her posture tone of

voice and gestures these are all factors to consider

POSTURERegarding posture one can use two techniques that are very similar and very powerful

Mirroring When a Coach takes on a physical position that is the exact mirror image of the clientrsquos If the client leans to her right then the Coach who is facing her leans to her left

Matching In this case the Coach adopts the exact same physical position instead of a symmetric one Both ways are good and powerful The goal is to be equal or symmetrical

Of course it is not indispensable to be like the client 100 of the time as this will take a lot of the attention that the Coach needs to give the client

The more you practice these behaviours the more automatically and unconsciously you will do it When rapport already is high you can go back to your own posture and your regular vocabulary However should you feel the need you can always take up these techniques again

In fact at a high level of rapport it is possible and entirely positive that it is the client herself who starts to imitate our posture and words (un-consciously) This is the perfect moment to lead the client and suggest something more challenging to her

PHRASINGYou must pay great attention to the words that your client uses and the energy she puts into them The names of people that she talks about are also very important facts to remember

If you can use the same expressions as your client you will earn points in rapport Among these expressions metaphors are the most power-ful ones Try to explore as much possible the metaphors that are being used An excellent technique is to use a metaphor of the client to ex-

RAPPORT

The mirroring copies the

exact posture of the client

the matching mirrors

62

63

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

plain something This will reach very deeply into the psyche of the client and have great impact

You can also use themes that the client likes such as her passions and keep using them in future sessions to explain something or to give examples This creates an incredible sense of empathy between you and the client She will be glad that you are paying attention to what she says and at the same time she will understand much better what you say

The clientrsquos ideas are important keys to use when you speak in order to create and maintain rapport For example if the client talks a lot about travelling Irsquoll use the idea (anchor) that is already there because I know it works in his mind

BACKTRACKING backtracking is a Coaching technique that consists of summarizing the main points of a conversation by using the exact same words that the other person uses This tool helps the client follow the session and make her own short summary while listening to the Coach returning to what she just said and using the same words It is important to use at least the words we consider to be the most significant among the ones that the client expresses those that might be conveying more about her value patterns Backtracking can help us understand for example if we can move to the next phase of ROSA It helps us understand if the client has finished what she had to say about that phase and that way we can figure out whether we can move forward or not You can use simple questions to do so

3 ldquoLet me see if I got what you saidhelliprdquo - backtracking the conversa-tion using the exact words of the client - and then ending ldquoIs this is it or would you like to add something

3 ldquoSo what yoursquore saying isrdquo 3 ldquoCan I make a summary of your reality in relation to that slicerdquo

This is one of the simplest and most important techniques when buil-ding rapport

When building rapport avoid paraphrasing (saying the same thing in other words) but do quote A coach quotes

Mastery in Backtracking is being able to quote the last 20 minutes of a session This will leave your client fascinated and feeling that her Coach is really paying attention to everything she says

Therefore it is motivating to Backtrack at the end of each session and at the end of each phase of the ROSA

The Coach shows confidence and agrees with the client shows that she is on her side and really believes that the client will succeed

We must allow the person to be what she truly is talkative or silent Silent people also have things to say it is a matter of asking the right questions

NOTES When a session is not going well (the relationship is under stress) then the focus should be fully on level 2 Rapport - Posture and Phrasing The secret is to forget about the rest and build rapport again Once it is re-established you can address the problem

LEVEL 3 - PROBING AND PATIENCEEvery new level in Rapport brings you techniques that are deeper and more complex But the good news is that you donrsquot do level 3 Rapport until Level 1 and 2 are done So you will increase your skills by going from the easiest to the most difficult

PROBINGAsking questions is more complicated than imitating the posture and words of the client Indeed one of the more complicated aspects of being a Coach is to not give opinions and to ask the right questions at the right time We know that we keep showing you that you already are a Coach and that itrsquos easy but here we must tell you ldquoITrsquoS HARD BEING A COACHrdquo Think very carefully about whether you want to get into it Listening asking questions being patient with the pace of your clients

Even if you have the miracle answer to the clientrsquos situation you need to keep it to yourself Being patient is a challenge and usually typical

RAPPORT

64

65

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

To paraphrase can break

rapport

of the great masters You can only be a master if you want to learn to listen and if you develop a great patience for listening

Questions have the power to illuminate the darkness of your client by asking a powerful question you really get to see another human bri-ghten up right in front of you

Coaching has the power to open a new world to the client questions help people discover new resources Clients tend to find familiar answers but you as a Coach will lead them to unfamiliar answers

Classic examples of some ways to make your client talk

1 -Repeating what the client just said but in question form Client ndash ldquoYesterday I went boatingrdquo Coach ndash ldquoBoatingrdquo

2 -What does that mean to you What does fear mean to you What does a goal mean to you Example Client says ldquoIt is not rapport itrsquos complicityrdquoCoach replies ldquoWhat does complicity mean to yourdquo Client says ldquoItrsquos a clickrdquo Coach ldquoWhat does a click mean to yourdquo

3 -rdquoWhat elserdquo Serves above all to go to the heart of the matter Others like this one are ldquoTell me morerdquo and ldquoCan you go a bit deeper on thatrdquo

POWERFUL QUESTIONS Questions are probably the most beautiful flowers in the garden of learning Questions are one of the biggest se-crets of learning Creative solutions are practically impossible without questions

If you learn to ask 100 questions a day get ready for a revolution in your work at all levels

In life at work in business we are all afraid of asking questions We were educated from an early age to believe that there are right and wrong questions and we were also taught to not fail we avoid asking questions because of fearing that they are wrong The only way to reach the right questions is by not being afraid of the wrong ones

The one who wants to explore learning has to dance with this fear

A large part of all our creative potential stops at the door fearing to ring the doorbell When learning the one who doesnrsquot know is far less ignorant than the knowledgeable one Take risks Ring the bell Ask questions

Become obsessively curious ask questions How

3 Using the Coachrsquos ability of asking powerful questions 3 Following the rule of thumb ldquoThe Coach has the questions the

Client has the answersrdquo 3 Using positive language 3 Respecting the clientrsquos map-of-the-world 3 Always guiding towards solutions

Examples of powerful questions

3 ldquoCompared to whatrdquordquo 3 ldquoWhat does that mean to yourdquo 3 ldquoWhat could be a solution to yourdquo 3 ldquoI know you donrsquot know But if you knew what would that berdquo 3 ldquoWhat would be ideal to yourdquo 3 ldquoWhat do you want insteadrdquo 3 ldquoHow does that make you feelrdquo 3 ldquoWhat else could that meanrdquo 3 ldquoWhat do you want exactlyrdquo 3 ldquoWhat will you achieve with this goalrdquo 3 ldquoWhat will you do differently next timerdquo 3 ldquoWhat are you doing wellrdquo 3 ldquoWhat has to happen for you to be happy and successfulrdquo 3 ldquoWhat motivates you the mostrdquo 3 ldquoWhatrsquos the worst possible scenario And what could be the best

scenario ldquo 3 ldquoWhat are you willing to do to achieve your goalrdquo 3 ldquoWhat new things could you could tryrdquo 3 ldquoWhat prevents you from taking actionrdquo 3 ldquoWho could help you with this situationrdquo 3 ldquoWhat resources do you need to achieve your goalrdquo

RAPPORT

66

67

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

3 ldquoWhat else do you want to get out of your liferdquo 3 ldquoWhat do you really want achieve in that area of your liferdquo 3 ldquoWhat is your biggest dream in that area of your liferdquo 3 ldquoAnd what is the next small step that you would have to takerdquo 3 ldquoWhat do you find positive in this situationrdquo 3 ldquoHow could you attract better persons into your liferdquo 3 ldquoWhat would have to happen to make you feel more fulfilledrdquo 3 ldquoIf you were your own Coach what coaching would you give

yourselfrdquo 3 ldquoIf I was your best friend what advice would you give me to solve

this situationrdquo 3 ldquoIf you had all the time and money in the world how would you

fix itrdquo

In fact the art of asking questions is the foundations of a coaching process with powerful results The list of questions to ask seems en-dless

So become really obsessed with questions and start NOW How about adding 10 more ideas to our list And some more And many more

Typical coaching questions

3 Questions that lead to action (ldquoWhat will you do What can you do differently What do you need to do tordquo)

3 Goal-oriented instead of problem-oriented ldquoHow would you like it to berdquo ldquoAnd if you could what would you dordquo

3 Future-orientedldquoHow do you see that situation in the future How would you like to feelrdquo

Beware of questions with negative assumptions ldquoWhat happens if you donrsquot do itrdquo They should be followed immediately by a question with positive assumptions ldquoHow will you celebrate when you do itrdquo

RAPPORT

YOUR QUESTIONS

68

69

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

PATIENCECount to 10 relax work on your roots and realize that coaching is a process and that each person has her own time and rhythm How can you train your patience Think of 20 ideas

LEVEL 4 ndash PERCEPTUAL POSITIONSWe could also call this the level where we create rapport with our clientrsquos psychology In fact understanding and perceiving human psychology is a huge advantage for you as a Coach You are not there to be a friend of your client as we have mentioned so then a good way to create a relation with her is through her psychology

Do you know the psychology of a teenager or a parent a boss an unemployed If you grasp your clientrsquos psychology the Rapport will be extraordinary

If you demonstrate that you know how a mother thinks yoursquoll make the client believe that you understand her completely

Most people do not understand their own psyche If you can understand them at that level it will make the client to feel something extraordinary about you and the Coaching process

PERCEPTUAL POSITIONS At this level the Coach must master Per-ceptual Positions that is being able to put herself in another personrsquos position whether itrsquos the clientrsquos or the clientrsquos parent or any other person that is part of the situation You should be able to see the same situation from different perspectives and in the long term help your client do the same

THE EXERCISE This is an exercise to be used mainly if the client has trouble in a relationship with someone (friend family member etc) and is having some difficulty understanding that personrsquos Map-of-the--World And when this is of great importance

You do not need to go very deep in this exercise Because it is NLP even done in a soft way it can be very powerful to your client helping her to see an aspect of the situation that she hadnrsquot seen or reflected on before

STEP 1 ndash The client explains what is going on (she can speak freely without any restrictions You ask questions to understand the reality of the situation)

STEP 2 ndash The Coach suggests this perceptual positions exercise (it is just an invitation If the client does not want to do not continue)

STEP 3 ndash The Coach asks the client to choose two spots represen-ting the two standpoints (you can put a sheet of paper at each spot) and to imagine that the other person is at one of them

STEP 4 ndash The client speaks facing the other spot as if the person was there and acts as herself (The Coach guides with questions ldquoHow did that make you feel What would you like to tell herrdquo etc)

STEP 5 ndash Pause and ldquoshake outrdquo the client and share the question of the game of imagination

STEP 6 ndash The client recalls a childhood game she used to play and describes it a little We then use this as a metaphor to explain that we will now do the same Just a game where we use our imagination The Coach repeats that the per-son with whom the client has a challenge is there at the other spot

STEP 7 ndash The client goes over to the other spot and the Coach helps her go deeper into that role through guiding questions

STEP 8 ndash The client chooses whether she wants to return to her starting position and add something say something more She may go back and forth as many times as she wishes

STEP 9 ndash When done the Coach suggests to the client to stand on a chair and states ldquoYou are now in a neutral position a higher position What would you call this position (Allow the client to choose a name) Seen from above what do you have to say about this situation What would you say to (clientrsquos name) and to (the other personrsquos name) How would you solve this situation How can (clientrsquos name) solve this situationrdquo

RAPPORT

70

71

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

STEP 10 ndash After the client is done with the third (neutral) position the Coach takes the client off the papers

STEP 11 ndash The Coach can then use the following questions to debrief the exercise

3 ldquoHow was the exercise for you 3 ldquoWhat did you learnrdquo 3 ldquoIs there anything you could do differentlyrdquo

STEP 12 ndash Lead the client to an action (a first small step towards sol-ving the situation) and then funnel it

REMEMBER always undock the client from the different roles the client can do the exercise eyes opened or closed

TO ACKNOWLEDGE Acknowledge the client very very very much for having volunteered and shown vulnerability

This exercise serves mainly as a metaphor for the Coach striving to master Perceptual Positions (understanding and being able to go into different psyches)

CONCLUSION The Coach is a master of perceptual positions She knows how to see the different angles of the same situation She sees everything from different angles

PEMS

Life is all about relationships the relationships we have with ourselves and with others Some people instinctively relate better to themselves and others relate really well to others There are those who relate well to almost everything and everyone and others who are unable to relate with anyone This affects their personal and professional life

Is there any way to consciously improve the relationships that instinc-tively do not work Of course

When we grasp the logic of the mind of another person we can better interact with it and even influence it Psychology is power And if we apply on ourselves it becomes even more powerful and interesting The better we know ourselves and the logic of our mind the better we will be able to help ourselves and achieve our goals

Carl Gustav Jung a Swiss psychiatrist and founder of analytical psychology focused on studying social and collective archetypes He identified eight psychological types taking into account peoplersquos beha-viour abilities skills attitudes and motivations

He began by distinguishing between extraverted (social and expansive) and introverted (reserved and reflective) people Each of them could then be connected to two out of the four functions of the psyche sen-sing or intuition thinking or feeling

In the 40rsquos decade Isabel Myers and Katharine Briggs continued Jungrsquos work and added two auxiliary functions to the Jungian types percep-tion and judgement Thereby arriving at 16 psychological types or 16 personality types Later a personality test was created ndash The Myers--Briggs Type Indicator or MBTI - which is still the most commonly used tool for identifying different personality types

Based on Jungrsquos work we have created a model called PEMS which will help us better understand the logic of our own mind and of the people around us

In this model we distinguish four dominant preferences (P-E-M-S) which correspond to the four elements of life

PRACTICAL (the body DOING Activity Action related to the ele-ment of EARTH) - corresponds to someone that is earthly active dynamic practical that does a lot In excess these are people who never stop to consider their actions

EMOTIONAL (the heart FEELING Feelings Love related to the element of WATER) - corresponds to someone who nee-ds people relations who gives a lot to others and seeks affection In excess these are people who might be overly sensitive

RAPPORT

72

73

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

MENTAL (the mind THINKING Analysis Intellect Logic related to the element of AIR) - corresponds to someone who values analysis rationalization and uses logic and who always fo-cuses on making the right decision In excess these are people who might become impersonal and cold

SPIRITUAL (the soul BEING Values Existence related to the ele-ment of FIRE) - corresponds to someone who thinks that everything has meaning and a higher purpose These are people who care very much about values In excess they can fluctuate too much and concretize too little

The four logics of the mind that we have identified are also based on the four elements

Practical ndash EARTH (firm solid stable secure strong dense)Emotional ndash WATER (flexible always coming back to herself)Mental ndashAIR (transparent lightweight fast facilitates communica-

tion)Spiritual ndash FIRE (burning fleeting transforming powerful)

Thus in a very simplified manner we can divide people into four ca-tegories

PRACTICAL PEOPLE (P) ndash THEY LIKE TO ACT AND DOThese are the people who like action movement They are the ones who make the world move As friends or clients they may want to go straight to the point try things and learn about practical matters The greatest fear of these practical persons is losing control They like to feel that they are in control of the situation of the pace of the conver-sation and of the surroundings

HELP THEM ALWAYS FEEL IN CONTROL

EMOTIONAL PEOPLE (E) ndash THEY LIKE FEELING AND RELATINGThese are people who love people and sharing feelings Everything is an emotion for them And they feel things about everything and everyo-ne Let them talk about their family friends dogs neighbours etchellip

They will talk mostly about people and what they are feeling Their greatest fear is loosing empathy They like to feel reliable and they want to relate

HELP THEM FEEL EMPATHY TOWARDS YOU

MENTAL PEOPLE (M) ndash THEY LIKE TO THINK AND TO ANALYSEThese are people who like to analyze and who try to put everything into a box into a certain perspective They are precise and meticulous They like detail to study and analyze all possibilities They donrsquot fear debating (quite the contrary) and discussing they love the exchanging ideas and arguments but they need to end up being right or get a very good explanation to why the other is right A mental person is always striving to make the best decision Their greatest fear is to be wrong they like to feel that they are correct and that they are making deci-sions based on logic and rational thinking

HELP THEM FEEL THAT THEY ARE RIGHT

SPIRITUAL PEOPLE (S) ndash THEY LIKE TO BE AND TO GLOWThey are looking for the greater purpose of things They believe that everything has a reason for being the way it is that there are no coin-cidences and itrsquos that quest that moves them They give great meaning to every situation always looking for ldquotherdquo situation The greater the meaning the greater their motivation Their biggest fear is to have no meaning That it is to not be significant or ldquoshinerdquo in any way They need to feel conscious and whole

HELP THEM FEEL THAT THEY ARE MEANINGFUL

Although we all have and use a portion of these four categories in the different contexts or times of our life one of them is predominant in us Identifying it is important for managing and interacting with life and with others since it is the best and the fastest way of accessing the Map-of-the-world of someone and speaking a language that that per-son recognizes and accepts as her own

RAPPORT

74

75

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

In fact we are all one but we are all different and we must understand these differences to be able to deal with others People who are more emotional behave and interact in a totally opposite manner from mental people the same way that most practical people interact in a way that is opposite to spiritual people

The EMOTIONAL person is micro-MACRO Transforms everything that is small into something big Everything is important everything is emotional From the simple ldquogood morningrdquo to hearing ldquoI love yourdquo every day For an emotional person a discussion is always a tsuna-mi Therefore itrsquos the emotional persons who with their micro-Macro sense make birthdays a special day and receive small things with gre-at love

The MENTAL person is MACRO-micro transforms everything that is big into something small She makes it more complex by simplifying it For example this very PEMS model is MACRO-micro as it strives to make the hugeness of the personality types into something much smaller creating only four categories for all human beings The mental person also feels less and give less importance to her feelings

The SPIRITUAL person is MACRO-MACRO she takes everything that is already big and turns it even bigger more meaningful more im-portant more relevant Almost everything is a question of values of making the world a better place and interpretations that go far beyond reality A simple leaf falling off a tree can represent a new phase in life for a spiritual person

The PRACTICAL person is micro-micro turns everything into small and simple lsquoright here and right nowrsquo matters They act Right now with what they have They donrsquot feel the need to enlarge what is small and they donrsquot care much about great concepts If the five senses can help them grasp a situation everything is fine

THE PREDOMINANT LOGIC OF OUR PSYCHEThe most practical way of finding out is to notice how we behave in a stressful situation Each of us when under stress often react in a way that is very close to our basic personality type

Practical people act react move around organize themselves put their hands to work and do not rest until they manage to move things forward

The emotional people feel and feel a lot If a situation is stressful diffi-cult and negative they will have difficult and negative emotions they will feel what others feel and they will want to manage these emotions in the moment

People that are predominantly mental will under stress begin to ratio-nalize need logical answers be fast and analytical They donrsquot want to solve anything through feelings they donrsquot want to act they are only concerned with finding the right and correct decision and struggle until they get it

Finally the predominantly spiritual people will want to give a greater meaning to that particular event What has to be done what people feel or what the right solution is doesnrsquot matter what matters is why things happened the way they did and what the greater significance of that may be

RAPPORT

76

77

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

Identify the psychological type of the client can help the coach to anticipate and understand expectations

MAIN SUPERIOR FUNCTION AND AUXILIARY INFERIOR FUNCTION

According to Carl Jung while we all have one function that is better developed than the others ndash a superior function ndash we also have another fairly well developed function called the first auxiliary

All of us have a bit of each one of the psychologies but there are always two that are predominant a main one which Jung calls the superior function and an auxiliary one that lies at the bottom of the cross shown on the previous page which is always to the right or left of our superior one

The inferior function is one that is less developed and that remains mainly in our unconscious

Thus a person who is predominantly Practical may have as her auxi-liary function the emotional or mental logic thus being PE or PM

A person who is predominantly Mental may have as her auxiliary func-tion the spiritual or practical logic thus being MS or MP

A person who is predominantly Spiritual may have as her auxiliary function the emotional or mental logic thus being SE or SM

And a person who is predominantly Emotional may have as her auxilia-ry function the spiritual or practical logic thus being ES or EP

This all means that we are situated in one of the following categories

3 Practical Emotional or Emotional Practical 3 Practical Mental or Mental Practical 3 Spiritual Emotional or Emotional Spiritual 3 Spiritual Mental or Mental Spiritual

As you may have noticed according to Jung there are no EMME or PSSP That is one canrsquot have as her first auxiliary function the func-tion that is opposite to the superior one

Carl Jung said that we should look closely at our inferior function whi-ch usually remains in our unconscious because it contains an enor-mous potential for a change and each one of us can benefit a lot from integrating our inferior function with our superior one

Taking risks experimenting enjoying everything that life has to offer is the best way of getting to know ourselves and realizing where our happiness lies (ldquoTrate a Vida por Turdquo paacuteg 74)

INTROVERSION AND EXTROVERSION Introversion and extroversion have to do with the direction in which we focus our attention and energy

People who prefer Extroversion focus their energy and attention away from themselves and are interested in the world of people and things

3 Attracted to the world of events and people outside of themsel-ves

3 They are aware of who and what is around them 3 They like to meet and talk to new people 3 They are friendly often good talkers and easy to get to know 3 They tend to talk easily and often in meetings 3 May not be as aware of what goes on inside them 3 They think while talking 3 They may act or speak first and only think later 3 Speaking about themselves they speak fast 3 They bring energy into life 3 They can get bored and restless if they are alone for too long

People who prefer Introversion (focus their energy and attention inward and are interested in the inner world of thoughts and reflections)

3 Attracted to the inner world of thoughts feelings and reflections 3 They are usually very aware of their inner reactions 3 They prefer to interact with people they know 3 They are usually quiet in meetings and sometimes seem disen-

gaged

RAPPORT

78

79

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

3 They are generally reserved and hard to get to know 3 They may not be as aware of the world outside of them 3 They need time to gather their thoughts before they speak 3 They reflect and think before acting 3 They want to know you before allowing you to get to know them

deeply 3 They feel exhausted and tired after interacting with peoples

FINAL NOTE you must be what your client is You have to find that person inside you

LEARNING STYLESAs we saw with the previous PEMS model our clients will have diffe-rent psychological preferences It is therefore important and essential that you are able to adapt your sessions to the learning style that your client likes best and that better meets her psychological preference

EMOTIONAL Emotional clients will like to talk and share on their to-pics They are very much looking for a relationship and empathy with the Coach and they need to feel heard more than any of the other personality types For these persons learning has a lot to do with the relationship that is created with the feeling of support that they get and even with the positive feedback They like to learn through stories As a Coach it is important to learn to empathize with the emotional range of these persons They will appreciate the sharing to tell stories and to listen to them With emotional clients we may sometimes feel that we are not taking huge steps forward But the fact is that many times these persons need to first be listened to

MENTAL Mental clients will be more logical and may have a more aca-demic style of learning They will want to understand the reasons why things are what they are they will want to get tasks involving research on certain subjects The sessions with these people must be well defi-ned and prepared They will want to explore their intellectual side and feel challenged It is important for them to have access to information and tools that explain the work they are doing in the sessions in a con-crete and logical manner Of course they also need to empathize but the intellectual challenge feeling that their intellect is develops appears to be greater They may like schemes graphics and any models that

could simplify the learning process What these persons will demand of you is a greater capacity to analyse and a logical and rational way of communicating

SPIRITUAL this is for most people the most difficult learning style to adopt Remember that these persons are seeking the greater meaning of things They really want to feel inspired by the coaching process (and even by their Coach) They will want to see that you are an exam-ple of what you talk about so called congruence Spiritual persons will enjoy topics that are more related to values to their identity that make them feel that they are taking steps towards becoming better hu-man beings With these clients you can use powerful metaphors (even through movies music creative exercises etc) and above all strive to make sure that the person leaves the session very inspired

PRACTICAL They like action Which is great because coaching is pri-marily about action These persons like to have very practical sessions in which they get the opportunity to do many exercises and experiment with different situations They may be the clients that like getting more tasks and having things to do (which then sometimes ldquogets lostrdquo due to their time management) These clients will require more simplicity and a well-paced session from you They may also like to do exercises that involve moving their body Above all they will want you to help them get into action

As we deal with these four kinds of preferences we need to adapt our Coaching style to the learning style that each person has Thus we should prepare a lot their sessions and realize that some will require from you

3 Greater sharing and ability to listen and relate (e) 3 Researching mastering the subject very well and knowing how

to mentally stimulate your client with challenges (m) 3 Powerful metaphors very inspirational sessions and congruen-

ce that assign meaning to the Coaching process (s) 3 Practical exercises diversified well rhythmed sessions that

help your client to quickly get into action (p)

RAPPORT

80

81

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING ROOTS

LEVEL 5 - PERSON TO PERSONThis is the fifth level of rapport the deepest and more intense one It happens when the level of rapport is a total vibration Itrsquos when the client feels such a confidence by her Coach empathy and sympathy Itrsquos the hardest level to evaluate

Itrsquos when your client feels so much connected to you that depending on her your relationship would go beyond Coaching She no longer wants the Coach she wants you You no longer understand only the person she feels that you know about her You donrsquot understand psychology you understand who she is

It is very similar to the rapport level you have with 23 of very close persons in your life Everything is natural unconscious and sponta-neous

VIII ROOTS

Every human being seeks to get results Mo-ney Family Romance Peace Happiness

Career Health All we want in life is to have results in those areas

The Map-of-the-World Model is used to work on roots - your

roots as a Coach It shows us how does the psyche of all of us works As a Coach no one

should surprise you about yourself You should know you well know everything about yourself This is what itrsquos called a rooted person

click the video to see it

82

83

BELIEFSTRANSFORMATIVE COACHING

ROSA 20 M - AIR - THINK

VALUESHOLISTIC COACHING

ROSA 30 S - FIRE - BE

COACHING 40

WORLD MAP MODEL

being th

e moment

passi

on en

ergy

demotiv

ation

empowering beliefs

limiting rules

relation air(comunication)

coach is priestisnacutet

1 value focus

UNSUSTAINABLESUSTAINABLE

SECURITY

SELF LOVE

CONSCIOUSNESS

PERSONAL DEVEL

FREEDOM

LOVEBELOVED

BLISS

CONTRIBUTION

P

E

M

S

BEHAVIORROSA 10

SITUATIONAL COACHING

P - EARTH - DO

EMOTIONSREMEDY COACHING

ROSA 10 + LISTEN E - WATER - FEEL

RESULTS

ability to

enter

in st

ate

emotional

patter

ns

habits and discipline

addictions

coach is bossisnacutet

coach is friendisnacutet

1 Homework focus

optimism faithpositive

meditation

key points focusused to interrupt the fear cycle

coach is coach

HUMAN HAVINGHUMAN BEING

UNSUSTAINABLEEGOTISTICAL

STRETCH ZONE

SUSTAINABLEECOLOGICALSTRETCH ZONE

SHORT TERMLONG TERM

CYCLE OF CONFIDENCECYCLE OF FEAR

CONSCIOUS

SUBCONSCIOUS

UNCONSCIOUS

84

85

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

So the first question is why some are getting results while others are not

ACTIONS BEHAVIORSThis means that anyone who is having results is because she is ldquodoingrdquo ie behaving differently from other people who are having no results in those areas For example a millionaire DOES things that people who are not millionaires donrsquot For example saving investing etc Someone with a great health is DOING things that people that donrsquot have a good health are not What we are doing is making the difference Two people in the same circumstances that do exactly the same actions have the same kind of results People who have the results you wanna have ARE DOING THINGS TO GET THEM

So the next question is what leads some people to DO and others to not do

EMOTIONSEverything you do in your life is a relationship between pain and pleasure What happens is that someone who goes running at 6 am associates more pain with lsquonot goingrsquo than with lsquogoingrsquo Who is going to the gym asso-ciates more pleasure than pain with going to the gym in the morning That relationship between pain and pleasure is what is defining your results If we dramatically increase the pain or the pleasure associated we will get to change your results

As so what is then defining that painpleasure relationship

BELIEFSThe reason is because of our beliefs of what we believe in Our beliefs are our set of rules for the world and for our lives Your set of beliefs in fact is defining your painpleasure relationship with something and then your actions A millionaire believes that saving is essential that investing and taking risks is necessary This set of beliefs leads himher to associa-te more pleasure than pain with having these behaviors and therefore heshe implements them Other people have other beliefs that create other

emotions that create other results People who are achieving results in areas that you arenrsquot have a beliefs system different from yours

And then it seems logical to ask so what is defining and creating your set of beliefs

VALUESWhat is a value Itrsquos something that is important to you something you re-ally value The only thing that determines a value is if it is valuable to you Not all of us share the same values (Example the values of Mother Teresa and Donald Trump Contribution vs Professional Accomplishment) What you really value and not what you say that you value You value it so much that it generates your set of beliefs In fact when you live your values in practice (on a daily basis) you are defining your life results Not what you would like to value but what you are really valorizing In fact we all have the same values What differs is the order and the importance we give to each one of them

For example if someone has the value of the family above the value of work she will have the belief that it is more important to spend time with her family causing her to develop a positive feeling when she is with her family which leads her to really try to spend more time with it On the other hand someone who has the value of work above the family one will be someone who believes she should spend more time with her work and career as she believes it is that that will bring her more financial stabi-lity for example So she will associate more pleasure to the time spent at work than at home causing her to act accordingly to that emotion For example Donald Trump and Mother Teresa of Calcutta havenrsquot they got different values One probably values more lsquoprofessional fulfillmentrsquo the other values more lsquocontributionrsquo Different results Sure One has one of the largest business empires in the world the other left the largest volun-teer organization in the world

So in reality the values you are living in practice (what you are valuing in practice) are defining your results

This alone already explains a good part of the psyche of human beings But letrsquos go deeper

ROOTS

Having roots is to control the cycle of trust

86

87

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

To have roots the coach has to identify

her motivators and values create beliefs and habits and learn

to place herself in a state

CYCLE OF CONFIDENCE AND CYCLE OF FEAREveryone has Cycles of Fear in some areas and Cycles of Confidence in other areas

How do you know it If you are having or not results in that area In the areas of your life where you are getting results you are living in a Cycle of Confidence In the areas where yoursquore not you are living in a Cycle of Fear What does this means is that you have behavioral addic-tions or that you are doing things in a vicious way you are in a sort of a mice wheel Those addictions start by creating emotional patterns on you (feelings that you are having whether you want it or not for instan-ce jealousy when it becomes a pattern no matter what the other does that emotion will keep being there it is an emotion that happens to you) and those emotional patterns generate limiting rules We use the words ldquorulesrdquo because in reality limiting beliefs are created because they have a very large set of rules And this generates demotivation An addiction creates an emotional pattern that creates rules limiting which create demotivation and discourage us to move and change This Cycle of Fear is being lived FROM RESULTS TO VALUES and not in the other and right way The bad news are that we all have Cycles of Fear The areas in which we are not having results is because we are afraid but we paint it in other colors Irsquom afraid Irsquom demotivated I have emotional patterns and I have limiting rules

For you to gain roots you need to recognize these cycles You need to break it if you want results but if you want roots you need to recognize them Good news you can break Cycles of Fear

Second good news you have Cycles of Confidence You also unders-tand the other psychology So what is a Cycle of Confidence

You start by having the capacity of creating Discipline and Habits you get the ability to get into a certain and desired state (eg being happy to go training I want to create that emotion I visualize it it is the op-posite of an emotional pattern the pattern happens to you Think of a boxer who puts herself into her wanted state before entering in a ring You have empowering beliefs (when you believe in something that cre-ates more of it) This creates energy passion being in the moment Being with energy and passion and in the moment brings me empowe-ring beliefs which put me in the emotional state I want and provide me

habits and discipline The good news you have these cycles in areas that you are getting results Think in one area You have these four things right

Having these cycles itrsquos called being human First part on lsquorootsrsquo is about knowing your Cycles of Fear and Confidence and admit them to yourself to those you love to the others And having the courage to say that it doesnrsquot work because of FEAR And there is a way to break this cycle When you have roots you stop projecting it in your clients

There is a way of finding your values in a very logical way knowing which human motivators drive your behavior

8 HUMAN MOTIVATORSMaslov pyramid he was the first to talk about human needs He is outda-ted because it defines a hierarchy He places self-fulfillment at the top This model is very much focused on Maslovrsquos map-of-the-world who was an MS If it is a PE he may have lsquofamilyrsquo in the top and that is not wrong Still there are things that all humans need

So with all these models we created the 8 human motivators they are divided in four paradoxes one for each of the PEMS The first paradox is security freedom

Each one of us was born with a set of motivators You are ldquoaddictedrdquo on one side of the paradox You have to fulfill that need even if you have to abdicate of the other one

ROOTS

SECURITY

SELF LOVE

CONSCIOUSNESS

PERSONAL DEVEL

FREEDOM

LOVEBELOVED

BLISS

CONTRIBUTION

P

E

M

S

88

89

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

The main lesson is the more you live the other side of the paradox the more you will live your addiction as well What happens is that you can only get more of your addiction when you learn to validate the other side of the paradox This is what Jung calls ldquoparadoxes integrationrdquo be the millionaire and the altruistic Be the mother of family and career etc Only when you integrate the other energy is when it boosts the one that is more natural to you

For other persons it happens the same with security and all other pa-radoxes The suggestion is Irsquom addicted on this but I can pause and I can go exploring the other side What you have to figure out is your map (draw in the lsquoinfinite signsrsquo which side of the paradoxes is bigger) Your map is about how much you need to fill each side of the paradox

So YOUR HUMAN MOTIVATORS ARE DEFINING YOUR VALUES AND YOUR VALUES ARE DEFINING YOUR RESULTS

You can have everything on one of the sides of the paradox if yoursquore willing to face the fear of losing it

All people fill their motivators The difference between us is how sus-tainable is that satisfaction Unsustainable means that every day you

EXERCISE Do your map How do you discover Based on major decisions you made in your life Example work home relationships etc

have to feed them Imagine a homeless person he meets hisher secu-rity needs (eating and having where to sleep) but he has to do it every day Now compare with Donald Trump If you see the freedom part it probably happens the opposite

3 SUSTAINABLE it feeds itself It is something that can continue without the need for external resources It is ecological based on challenge and paradoxes integration

3 UNSUSTAINABLE you need to do it every day it is selfish ba-sed on comfort and extremist You do it like it was a daily shot

Example father and daughter about going out at night (to satisfy sa-fety and to love and be loved) Father says no hersquos being selfish and within his comfort zone The same father after coming to this course ldquoYoursquore going to the party until 2230 You send me an sms saying that everything is ok and at 2230 Irsquoll pick yourdquo This continues for some time Father goes on diminishing the rules Now hersquos being ecological entering his challenge zone and integrating paradoxes To feel safe as a father he has to give some freedom To feel loved he has to give them some self love Now his motivators are sustainable and has a sustai-nable system that feeds itself To arrive to a deeper level of security he needs to take the risk that comes from giving more freedom

DIAGONAL CONTINUOUS LINEThis line shows us that working above the line ie the clientrsquos beha-viors andor emotions is short-term and unsustainable In this case only the techniques are worked There are immediate results but with no major impact and duration Like when we are called to do motiva-tional speaking or teambuildingrsquos People feel better and do things but the results have a short duration

This does not imply that it is wrong to do Coaching based on these two areas For example in a quick conversation with a friend we can do Situational Coaching (based on behaviours) in order to get her to do something that has been postponing If the action has been made and it was what was intended to be then you did your role as Coach The Remedy Coaching is also important sometimes which consists on making the other person to leave the session feeling good thinking more positive at the time having had an opportunity to digest an emo-tion

ROOTS

90

91

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

Below the continuous line is where lies the deepest work The one that will actually be sustainable and with long-term results This is where we work values and beliefs it is where we go deep to the point where in fact we shift paradigms The client in this type of Coaching change her beliefs and values turning to be a really different person in opposition to what happens above the line where only the emotions or behaviors are changed but the client continues to be what she was

ICEBERGWith the iceberg image it is understood that the behavior is the conscious part of the human being the only thing that the client can see and analyze Everything else emotions beliefs and values are at the clientrsquos unconscious But as a Coa-ch I must and I want to work also the unconscious because as we saw above this is where it lies the sustainable and long-term work

When we help our clients shifting their paradigms beliefs emotions or values we are working with their unconscious Your client will not like this at some point in the process The unconscious will realize that she will have to change and this will cause the first resistance Knowing how to overcome this is essential to the Coachrsquos work so she can de-liver sustainable results

Conscious Mind keeps all the information which you can access now

Unconscious Mind keeps all the information that has ever passed through your brain It is also a kind of a warning system for you

The information passes from the unconscious to the conscious mind through the subconscious It goes dropping into deeper levels of our mind Very qui-ckly your clients will want to turn you into one of three things

Friend ndash They want someone who listens to them who is patient with them who is always there with whom they can always count and talk Most of your clients will want to have you here that you turn into a sort of confi-dant that supports them but does not challenge them too much But you are not there to be a friend

Boss ndash Many will seek in the Coach someone to tell them what to do who provides them specific guidance who pressures them who ldquopunishrdquo them when they donrsquot have their homework done Someone who is even more committed with their results than themselves But yoursquore also not there to be a Boss

Priest ndash Others will want a kind of a weekly confession session That you absolve the mistakes theyrsquove made du-ring the week that you tell them everything is fine and that it doesnrsquot matter we are all human and we all make mistakes You are not there to be a kind of spiritual le-ader of your client and to absolve him You are there to be

Coach - The Coach has an ldquoAirrdquo relationship with the client ie mental of communication becau-se it is a conversation where you listen and ask where there is intellectual stimulation In the map--of-the-world scheme the Coachrsquos sketch is in the quadrant of beliefs It is a ldquomind with mindrdquo work

It is important to know this because with the sessions going clients tend to try their Coach to become a friend (wateremotions) a boss (earthbehaviors) or even a priest (firevalues) However the Coach should avoid the mistake of behaving like one of these three types You are there to be a Coach

Notes In Informal Coaching with friends colleagues family remember that first thatrsquos what you are and only then you are a Coach Therefore you should not give prevalence to the Coach but to the relationship you have with that person otherwise you would violate the pact that exists between the two

ROOTS

92

93

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

4 TYPES OF COACHINGBased on these four quadrants there are four types of Coaching

Situational Coaching ndash The one that is done immediate-ly during the situation with the sole purpose of lea-ding it to an action It usually consists of a brief con-versation where a ROSA 10 is done Your client has a situation that week that really needs to be addressed Ex a proposal that she needs to present a college exam for which she has to study Itrsquos not bad Coaching and it is often necessary Only it is more superficial

Remediative Coaching ndash As the name says it suits when we have to put a ldquobandageointmentrdquo on the emotions The goal is the client to feel good at the end of the session without having to go deeply on the problem Itrsquos the typical conver-sation where the client unburdens and your only goal is to make her feel a little better Sometimes it may be and it often is necessary

Ex the past week your client has discussed with someone important to her or something happened that greatly dealt with her emotions Your first focus should be to help her to unburden and to feel better We used ROSA 10 + Unburden

Transformative Coaching ndash Here the goal is not just making the client to feel better but that she can change the way she sees her life and herself Here we mainly work on beliefs ie the client stops believing in some things to start believing in another ones She shifts paradigm Coaching is now much more sustainable and with long--term results It undergoes through more complete ses-sions where ROSA 20 is done

Holistic Coaching ndash This is the kind of Coaching that involves the whole being of the client all her areas and valences ie her values The entire psyche is worked We are working the whole Human Being and not only a part of it Even the motivators are worked We use ROSA 30 and we work a lot on paradoxes integration

KEY POINTSWe said earlier that we all have Cycles of Fear and that we can change them to Cycles of Confidence How

Imagine that you have a turnscrew and a bicycle wheel is malfunctio-ning You will then put the turnscrew into one of the four key points and then yoursquoll pull and force the wheel to move in the right direction to-wards the Cycle of Confidence And very important you donrsquot take out the turnscrew until the Cycle (the wheel) rotates in the right direction

What are then the Four Key Points You can really choose only one

VALUE FOCUS At this point you will choose a key value for you whi-ch you canrsquot leave to live in practice Whatever happens you canrsquot take the turnscrew from there For instance imagine that you are experien-cing serious financial difficulties and you decide that lsquoValue Focusrsquo is your point Imagine that you choose ldquosavingrdquo as the value that has to be experienced in practice Then whenever you have to make a decision that involves spending money you know what to do You canrsquot in any way stop living this value until the cycle begins to rotate in the oppo-site direction and gets sustainable

POSITIVITY If you want to work at the level of beliefs yoursquoll start to develop this empowering belief base BEING POSITIVE You must be a positive person with faith who believes that everything will go well who says only positive things about herself and the others who sees and is focused on everything positive that is going around her And when the bad days or the bad news are coming and you feel the need to say something negative you shut up And you say something positive

EMOTION FOCUS Imagine that there is an emotion that makes your Cycle of Fear to happen (an emotional pattern) In this key point you will choose an emotion that you would like to learn to cause in yourself learning how to get yourself into that state Imagine that you have been feeling too much anger in your Cycle of Fear and want to feel harmony instead You want to learn how to get into that emotional state You start feeling the opposite emotion and you do something to manage to be in an harmony state (you listen to a song that gets yourself into that state you put your boxing gloves you jump you meditate you close

ROOTS

94

95

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

your eyes you read a poem as Mandela did )

HOMEWORK FOCUS Here you will define a homework that until itrsquos done you wonrsquot do anything else Imagine that you have a Cycle of Fear in relation to health that you define lsquoHomework Focusrsquo as the key point and your homework is running every day Until you manage to do it nothing else matters All of your strategies are directioned so that your homework is being done as soon as possible

In the end all of the four key points have to do with absolute focus

Value ndash Focus on the most important value Until that value is being lived we wonrsquot move on

Positivity (Faith Optimism) ndash Focus on the positive emotions Un-til she gets optimistic we wonrsquot move on

Emotion (Meditation) ndash Focus on pleasure Until she feels more ple-asure than pain we wonrsquot move on

Homework ndash Focus on action Until the homework gets done we wonrsquot move on

VERY IMPORTANTYou as a coach do not have to guess your clientrsquos map-of-the-world or even her PEMS but you have to explore it aside of her You will only master her Map-of-the-World when you understand your own (creating roots) because you will never learn anything about yourself with your client you will never discover anything about you because shersquos the one who discovers it being real or not You Coach you must be hum-ble enough to know that you know nothing about your client and you shouldnrsquot try to guess anything It is the customer who gets there alone

Therefore the more knowledge you have about your own map-of-the--world together with Rapport and ROSA the more intense will be your Coaching because the more you will be able to help your client The goal is that you have the tools in yourself so you can help her In other words this tool is for you to deepen your roots and thus know when you need to do only ROSA or go searching for the Key Points or to use

another method For instance if a client has as her main challenge to be promoted then therersquos no logical on working on Cycles of Fear but to make a ROSA and move forward On the other hand if you see that there is a Cycle of Fear then you should find the key point so you can work on it

I canrsquot help the others if I canrsquot help myself first

ROOTS

values (I am)

during session

clientcoach rosa unconscious

Beliefs (I think)

between sessions

co-coach rosa 30

emotions (I feel)

leverage slice

self coaching rosa 20behavior (I do)

holistic

coaching to others rosa 10M

S

E

P

96

97

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING RESULTS

IX RESULTS

Results are super important in the Coa-ching process There is simply no Coa-

ching if there are no results and thatrsquos why they are at the center of the

triangle of the four Rrsquos Everything we do whether is ROSA creating

Roots or building Rapport it is done with the purpose of get-ting results at the end of the sessions

This is what distinguishes the most Coaching from other practices As a Coach you must become obsessed with your clients results Not only that they do their homeworks but also how close did Coaching took them closer to their Guru Objective how much it has improved their leverage slice of the Pizza and other slices as well We also try to assess the sustainability of those results We donrsquot want them just to get there but also that they keep there

Coaching is about results and you must take this premise very seriou-sly You have been hired to make them reach some goals Become obsessed with it

It is not so easy to evaluate results in a metric way in the world of Co-aching but it proves to be very important Not only with Life Coaching but also with Business Coaching We must find a way to demonstrate that our work has had results in practice

That was the reason why we have created the Results Model

Our level of competence is equal to our worst level of performance

RESULTS MODELIt is possible to define results through the four metrics

lsquoSrsquo AXIS (SPIRITUAL) WE EVALUATE THE PROCESS IMPACT ON THE CLIENT

Behavior (I DO) When the client throughout the process changes one or more behaviors She does now due to the sessions different things that she didnrsquot before

Emotions (I FEEL) When the client feels happier more self-confi-dent fulfilled etc She has now different and more positive emotions due to the Coaching process

98

99

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

Beliefs (I THINK) When there is a change of belief (I used to belie-ve I was not a good person and now I believe I am) When the client used to believe in something and she started to believe in something different There was a paradigm shift She used to see something in a certain way and now she sees it in a more empowering way

Values (I AM) When the Coach manages to help the client to change her values ie the person she is This happens for exam-ple when the client starts to put more emphasis on family than on work or when she accepts and believes that she is a healthy and different person and that nothing will change that now She values different things todat due to the Coa-ching process

lsquoErsquo AXIS (EMOTIONAL) WE EVALUATE THE CLIENTrsquoS AUTONOMY

Level 1 Coach (CoachClient Relationship) Itrsquos the Coach who controls the situation There is a formal relationship be-tween Coach and Client and the session is controlled and oriented by the Coach

Level 2 Coach (Co-Coach) The Client already acts as a Coach during the sessions This happens for example when the client already knows that she is supposed to also say po-sitive things on the Reality part that is she already knows what to do in each step She already takes the initiative The relationship is more about cooperation now and the Client start becoming autonomous

Level 3 Coach (Self-Coaching) When the Client already does Self--Coaching at home not being asked to This is a fantastic moment because she already has the tools and the Coach is there to help and support

Level 4 Coach (Coach to others) When the Client comes to a ses-sion and tells us she has done Coaching with someone else (with her child for instance) This person came to us to be helped however she is already using our tools to help so-

RESULTS

meone else She is totally independent It is every Coachrsquos dream

lsquoMrsquo AXIS (MENTAL) WE EVALUATE THE CLIENTrsquoS CONTENTS ASSIMILATION

Uses Rosa 10 language o cliente usa palavras como Realidade objetivos soluccedilotildees accedilotildees fazem hoje parte do seu leacutexico

Uses Rosa 20 language the client uses terms such as guru objec-tives baby objectives measurable beliefs paradigm shif-ting brainstorming etc

Uses Rosa 30 language she refers terms like emotional patterns cycles of fear and confidence values dilemma etc

Uses unconscious Rosa language when many of these terms are so ingrained in the clientrsquos language that she thinks she will use them for the rest of her life

lsquoPrsquo AXIS (PRACTICE) WE EVALUATE RESULTS IN PRACTICE

During the Session I can manage the client to get results only du-ring the session It is a Coaching session that has no power to influence the client outside it

Between Sessions It mostly happens when the client is doing her homeworks It means that what happened during the ses-sion touched her with enough strength to get her to realize she has to do something and that she is doing something outside the sessions

Leverage Slice It happens when the client fulfills her Leverage Slice and achieves the goal that brought her to Coaching or when her satisfaction in that slice has dramatically im-proved

Holistic When the client improves satisfaction in multiple slices as a result of the sessions including the leverage slice It was a process that had an impact on the whole being and not just in one area of her life

100

101

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

You can make this model with your client on the last session you have together You can also make a self-assessment to compare with it When you measure these four levels of results you will have access to check what level of Coaching you had on that specific process

COACHING LEVELThe Coaching Level that you have delivered is always proportional to your lowest result Even if you have three axes at level 3 and have only one at a level 2 Coaching has been 20 This is valuable information to you as a Coach because it gives you an idea of axes that are easier for you to work and others that you may have to further strengthen

Level 4 Coaching is something that is not achieved with all clients There must be a great empathy and rapport as well as a mastery on the Coaching technique that has been taught in the training course and presented in this manual

Gulica ego catia caperum dem inem cus Fortes et L Nos et grae avehem Romnit acto egeris cis sultod pratum voltum iam hos ublius hactam atemus essede con vas optilis factor aus nem ad cae estil hos me patus re verisse inatuus

Udam deperfecrem nermis etraed me int ela remulibut rem loctusquo cum mus auciem vivehem uresull emquissent eti primperescit ina que ia consiss entium pulerit con vendam morei sentes inatil vit ia quam mus licaudemus factem dum eo ura ex muro nenit quo vilnes-tium Catimportus pati postalarit vis coena fui sa consu consceribus Satquid ertienatus contere essimis ut vis aus iliciam quo in dissimis Ra num deatiqua vere con sentius et in spio pes Tiaetin videlisquam mus viliam que conum is larbit etora notimolto nos et duc omnimus opublicae convo C Nos vivica Catus hos vivas aurnihil hui terfint imorter labus hostam res inequod nerem tabute telieni hilicaessil ven-tem nonsulis

Berteropubit diisquium iteriti emprit teludam hilicid erfentiur tem huis

Hum pro vidiusquem paterevid sedis factatu rnihilla rem publicave Ca-terev irissoltis re aurei pere anum teluder ficepse essercem octuusque mis tum inam pra vivid rei condamdiis hacies Ipio verei sendamdis

TOOLS amp TECHNIQUES

X TOOLS AND TECHNIQUES

If you master well the model of the four Rrsquos for us you already are a fantastic Coach If you can master some stars too itrsquos even better But if you master the model you know how to do Coaching But now letrsquos go to the small stars The idea is not that you try to use all the stars at the same time Choose the two or three that you like best and train those first

POSITIVE FEEDBACKProvide as much positive feedback as you can to your client Take every opportunity you have to do it A Coach is the type of mirror that only says good things about her client Please turn yourself into some-one who is always valorizing every small steps that your client takes

FEEDBACK HAMBURGERYou say something positive then you say something negative then you say something positive again The two positive feedbacks have to be VERY VERY good For instance ldquoI have been feeling that you are very committed to your Coaching process We just need to start paying more attention to our homework even because I feel that you are a person who likes to challenge yourself and that really wants to go further ldquo

RESSIGNIFICATION Ressignificating is finding another meaning still more empowering but that changes everything EgrdquoI didnrsquot do my homework I failedrdquo Coach ldquoWow That means that you are a demanding and committed personrdquo ldquoIrsquom lazyrdquo

102

103

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

ldquoDoes that means you like to enjoy the pleasures of liferdquo

REFRAMINGIt is much like ressignification Itrsquos the name that is used in NLP (Neuro--Linguistic Programming) You take the information that was been gi-ven to you in a frame and you put it in a new one

PREFRAMINGIf ressignification has to do with changing the meaning after it has been given preframing has to do with giving a meaning to something before we have explained what it is It is a widely used technique to anticipate objections that might distract us from our ultimate goal Then we do preframing we previously give the meaning that we want the person to give afterwards Example

ldquoCan I show you my point of view Itrsquos something different but Irsquove seen that it works with many people and it has been helping a lot to change our behavior to healthier habits Itrsquos something innovative and different but highly successful Can I tell you my ideardquo You create a frame before placing the information in there

POSTFRAMINGFirst you give the information and then you put it in a frame Eg ldquoFolks today we have an exam (the low energy level) but thatrsquos what this course is about to be the best Coach to go furtherrdquo

ldquoFROM 0 TO 10 rdquo To give examples ldquoI think Irsquoll read a bookrdquo Coach ldquoFrom 0-10 how much do you think you will accomplish that goalrdquo

TRANSFORMING ldquoORrdquo IN ldquoANDrdquoHelp the client to find an alternative solution to integrate paradoxes to

find a third way

VULNERABILIZATIONFind out things about you that are not working and put them at the clientrsquos service That makes you human and you are validating your client in the case she feels the same She does some things better than you and has some of the same challenges

ASSOCIATION AND DISSOCIATIONThese two terms are often used in NLP (Neuro-linguistic Program-ming) and are used in various ways Association means that an indi-vidual describes a situation as if it was happening and he was partici-pating on it As the name indicates he is associated with it He is still seeing himself going through the situation and feels the emotions that he would feel if he was really living it

Dissociation means that an individual can already tell that experience as if he was watching a movie in which he took part but already dis-sociated from it He is more in an observer role That allows him a big-ger emotional objectivity Even if he feels the emotions they are more about the experience itself and not so much about him as a participant

When we want to help our customers to overcome some emotionally more challenging situations it can make a huge difference to have them to dissociate from those situations Thatrsquos how they can gain greater objectivity and clarity and at the same time they get more mo-tivated to take their first steps

METAPHORSThe most important here is that you use the metaphors of your client Use her world whenever it is possible It will help a lot more to inter-nalize and memorize the information Help your client to create her metaphors Eg ldquoSometimes we fall into holes that are so big that you canrsquot get out of them alonerdquo ldquoLearning to forgive someone is like dri-ving one step at a timerdquo

TOOLS amp TECHNIQUES

104

105

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

LANGUAGE OF A COACH 3 HOW TO INTERRUPT at the first session it must be defined if

the Coach can interrupt the client when she deviates from the focus If yoursquore going to interrupt your client you must always do it with a question You can also take note of something that has nothing to do with the subject you are talking about but it seems important So we can talk about it in the next session You can ask the client if she liked to talk about it

3 ldquoDOES IT MAKES SENSE FOR YOUrdquo If she says NO ldquoSo tell merdquo if she says YES ldquocan you tell me howrdquo

3 ldquoMY HALLUCINATION is rdquo Being very unconditional Any opi-nion is a good opinion The Coach realyy doesnrsquot know The word hallucination implies that what yoursquore saying may be ab-solutely wrong

3 ldquoWHAT WOULD LOVE DO NOWrdquo Be careful with the rapport level you have with your client It is a very good question when it concerns relational issues

3 ldquoHOW WOULD IT BE IFrdquo Very good to overcome objections ldquohow would it be if you had timerdquo ldquohow would it be if you had moneyrdquo ldquohow would it be if you had self-confidencerdquo

3 ldquoWHAT IF rdquo Fantastic to destroy any obstacle that your client brings Some examples ldquoAnd what if you couldrdquo ldquoWhy notrdquo ldquoWhat if nobody would knowrdquo ldquoWhat if you had moneyrdquo ldquoI know you donrsquot but what if you knew what would you sayrdquo

3 GENERAL TIP BE COOL You really must have a cool and rela-xed attitude You really donrsquot know what would be best for your client so be really unconditional

THE COACHING ETHICS

XI THE COACHING ETHICS

There are six ethic rules in Coaching but with no doubt the first is the most important

CONFIDENTIALITY Coaching sessions must be given the utmost con-fidentiality There are no legal rules as in Therapy (like not having fa-mily as clients) but you always have to respect confidentiality When you do Coaching in a company and you must give feedback to their manager your clients must know it If necessary you can discuss the case with a mentor but always without mentioning the name of your client You can discuss the cases but without any names

CLIENTrsquoS AUTONOMY Coaching is all about autonomy and sustaina-bility You need your client to get results not that she needs you You should think ldquoif I change country how would my clients berdquo

CAREFUL WITH PROJECTIONS We all project aspects that we re-press in ourselves All currents in psychology agree that there is pro-jection When I look to someone else what I see is whatrsquos inside of me (strengths and weaknesses) Thatrsquos why some see one thing and others see another As a Coach you must be very attentive to projections You should not do it with your client and for that you must work on your roots If something bothers you that says more about you than about your client Itrsquos not just a technical issue of respecting others map-of--the-world It is an ethical issue

CREDIBILITY Of course you can use other different tools in your ses-sions but you should be able to do so Using things on which yoursquore not certified is breaking ethics Try to be congruent and integrate Being a corporate or a sales Coach without being an expert about those mat-ters is not ethical

106

107

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING THE FIRST SESSION IN PRATICE

CONTRACT IS CONTRACT The financial commitment you assume with your client is always the same as long as she is your client The same in what respects sessions frequency You should always ask permission to your client when you want to change the frequency of the sessions For WeCreate the value you charge to your client must be the same forever It is part of our gratitude towards our client

SELF-COACHING The Coach must be an example of Self-Coaching or she should have a Coach You really have to do ROSA once a year at least and use all these tools in a weekly basis Make sure that you are also an example of achieving your own dreams

XII THE FIRST SESSION

IN PRACTICEIt is normal that the first session is a bit longer (90min) Your focus is to build RAPPORT Here is an example of a few steps for your first session You can have a few more or less of these steps but this is the general idea

STEP 1 Memorize these steps so that you will not have to use this manual

STEP 2 (Partnership) Organize the working space have everything prepared adequated clothes etc

STEP 3 (Presence) Prepare to be fully present by meditating or by being a few minutes in silence

STEP 4 (Posture and words) Build rapport have a few minutes of casual positive and neutral conversation to break the ice For example the weather the clientrsquos favourite team foot-ball match etc

STEP 5 At this stage you will also try to collect information about the client Several aspects of her life and trying to deter-mine clientrsquos expectations regarding the Coaching process You will be attentive about the metaphors and about what is really important to her Yoursquoll need it to explain what Co-aching is in her words

STEP 6 Explain what Coaching is using the clientrsquos words and the references she gave us Example letrsquos imagine that boxing was something that the client liked and we want to explain

108

109

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING THE LAST SESSION

Coaching through boxing ldquoCoaching is like boxing It invol-ves a lot of training to succeed in getting results but ins-tead of having an external enemy we are fighting against ourselvesrdquo

STEP 7 Inviting the client to do an exercise we pick six pens (three of each color) We ask her to tell us three things that are going well in her life and we explore each area a bit Then we ask ldquoamong those areas which one is running really wellrdquo Then we ask for three things that are not going so well and explore a bit

STEP 8 Asking the client which 3 goals she would like to accom-plish by the end of the Coaching process that would make it worth the investment (as measurable as possible)

STEP 9 Establishing verbal contract and selling the idea of coa-ching (even if the sessions pack is already closed) Now we talk about the practical issues sessions frequency ses-sions length interrupting the client first session a bit lon-ger confidentiality guarantee If you feel comfortable you can talk about costs and forms of payment

STEP 10 ldquoCan we start our session talking about what brought you here How can I helprdquo

STEP 11 Talking a bit about the Clientrsquos reality and introducing the Pizza of Life The client draws herrsquos We will go on explai-ning the pizza and its different slices (very briefly not to influence) Some clients like to do it lsquoalonersquo others like to go on talking as they fill the slices

STEP 12 From then on you make ROSA 10

STEP 13 You end up the session You can share ROSA methodology with your client (if you think shersquod like it) and ending with positive feedback You can also ask the client how did she feel You can also ask her to choose an object and summa-rize the session You will also be doing some preframing by stating that Coaching is about action and homeworks

XIII THE LAST SESSION

A coaching process has a follow-up We can work with individual ses-sions or with a pack It is important to inform your clients that Coaching is a continuous process and not a process with miraculous results in the first session Hence it is like doing workout where it is difficult to get results if we go to the gym only once

You can work with packs of sessions (5 or 10) and we would like to give you some tips on what you should ensure it gets done in your last coaching session with someone you have been working with

FUTURE It is important to ensure that the client will continue taking steps in the future even not having sessions anymore or your presence In this session you should spend some time helping her in creating an action plan about the next steps she wants to go on taking in that area You can also take the opportunity to do a small summary of everything that you both worked in so that there is a notion of the progress made and the results achieved Ensures that your client completed that process and be sure about the next steps for her future Help her in crea-ting a good action plan

HABITS You can also ask your client which would be the daily or weekly habits that she would like more to integrate into her routine

POSITIVE FEEDBACK This is also the perfect time to give positive fe-edback to your client (despite being a constant throughout the sessions) Show her the progress she has made throughout the sessions and help her to realize all the positive things she has achieved

111

110

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

PERSONAL DEVELOPMENT We must ensure that our client conti-nues its personal development process and knows or tries new approaches Coaching is just one part of a wide range of options that are now ahead of her Encourage her to con-tinue that journey to read new books to try other trainings and workshops other different and complementary ways of approaching personal development

KEEPING CONTACT You can develop some form of contact with your old clients Email telephone facebook etc Remember to con-tinue sending her information about coaching or other matters you find important It is a way to ensure that your client will continue ldquoawakedrdquo for this subject

Thank you for being part of this project

Daniel Saacute Nogueira and Marta Ferreira

Page 9: WeCreate International Coaching Certification Manual

18

19

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING WHAT IS COACHING

Benefits of Coaching

3 Opportunity for individual reflection that increases our level of consciousness about ourselves

3 Increase in our capacity to influence various situations in our lives

3 Gain of greater structure and focus 3 Constant feedback and support throughout the process

There are mainly two types of Coaching Life Coaching (where the process is most suitable for our personal lives) and Executive Bu-siness Coaching (where more work is done in the professional area)

Over the past few years coaching has become specialized in various areas We now also find terms such as Relationship Coaching Health Coaching Management C oaching Emotional Coaching for Teams Le-adership Coaching etc

Another major advantage is that this tool can be used formally (in in-dividual sessions or with groups) where we help our clients get closer to their goals in many areas of life as well as informally where we use it as a point of view when relating to our friends family children and ourselves Imagine the power of not only helping others but also being able to increase their capacity to take responsibility No doubt coa-ching is a transversal tool that applies to many different areas in our professional and personal lives

THE DIFFERENCE BETWEEN COACHING AND

OTHER PRACTICESSDespite being a relatively new discipline the distinction between co-aching and other practices is clear The term itself arose from a me-ans of transport (taking someone from one place to another) and this remains its basic meaning to bring someone (the client) from A to B

The difference between coaching and other approaches

Mentoring A process whereby a professional with expertise in a par-ticular area helps you to increase your level of knowledge about it A

mentor is someone who gives advice based on her vast experience in the area that you want to explore

Therapy The greatest distinction of all between coaches and thera-pists psychologists psychiatrists etc is the number of years of aca-demic preparation and how governmental institutions regulate the ac-tivity of the latter Therapists etc are trained to help their clients with complex issues from their past and present A Coach does not have this preparation and should not nor has the technical ability to ldquostir uprdquo the past of her client Therefore the Coach focuses solely on the present and the future of the client and has no therapeutic ambition

Consulting Offers experience and expertise in certain business areas A consultant can work with an entire organization or part of it and is usually a person from outside the organization that brings in her know--how to help increase productivity

Training A process by which we gain knowledge and skills The trai-ner is usually an expert in a particular area with the objective to help people learn and acquire skills specific to that area

past

THERAPHY

present

future

COACHING

20

21

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING INTERNATIONAL COACHING PRESUPPOSITIONS

IV INTERNATIONAL COACHING

PRESUPPOSITIONSThe international presuppositions of coaching are general principles that guide the practice of coaching around the world They are a kind of ethical rules that are vital to use in coaching sessions

But even more importantly these ten presuppositions need to be roo-ted in the DNA of the coach and lived fully by her

1 - QUESTIONSldquoThe Coach has the questions and the client the answersrdquo

The Coach always starts from the principle that the client has the answers Even if the Coach knows the answer she should not say it and this is often complicated A challenge The client has to discover the answer for herself even though she may then realize that this was not the best answer and that there are more suitable ones But this makes the client feel in charge of her process A major benefit of coaching is the ldquopowerrdquo that it gives to the client

For this to happen the Coach needs to find and ask questions because there are no answers only questions If the client asks ldquoWhat can I do to solve this situationrdquo the Coach asks ldquoHave you already done something to solve itrdquo or ldquoIs there anything you can do right nowrdquo Try to avoid responding with solutions as much as possible This way the Coach will lead the client to finding the best answer for herself

The coaching process is for the client The coach only facilitates the process

I AS A COACH NEVER KNOW THE SOLUTION

That is as the Coach does not know the psyche of the client she must remain detached and calm allowing the client to pursue at her own pace without interfering The process belongs to the client

2 - RESPECTldquoThe map is not a territoryrdquo

Each person has her way of being her World Map (the perception that each of us has of the same reality) The way one person sees a situation is never identical to someone elsersquos way Everyone interprets the same events differently and react accordingly

Thus the map of the client has true value and merit and the Coach res-pects this principle by holding the point of view that her own map of the world is not the only correct one For example a Coach who is married must respect the client who has three girlfriends and is looking for a fourth A spiritual coach must understand the world of a client whorsquos in the military If you cannot respect the world map of your client then yoursquore not the best Coach for her The best option then is to not con-tinue your sessions and instead suggest that a colleague takes over

Suggestion Do everything in your power to keep your client even if you donrsquot agree with her world map This is because by your fifth ses-sion you will have the necessary rapport to take on the challenge of asking something like

ldquoIs that really what you want for your liferdquo

ldquoDonrsquot you need something bigger in your liferdquo

In conclusion it is only natural that a Coach develops an opinion about what is happening with the client but she must still respect the clientrsquos world map and use open questions that are genuinely tolerant

22

23

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING INTERNATIONAL COACHING PRESUPPOSITIONS

3 - FEEDBACKldquoThere is no failure only feedbackrdquo

Everything that happens to the client during sessions andor outside of them is an opportunity for the Coach to get feedback For example if a client hasnrsquot done her homework this is not failure but feedback to the Coach Perhaps the homework was too complicated maybe the Coach did not convey itrsquos importance or the client is still very focused on another area

ldquoFailurerdquo is short-term psychology itrsquos what you see in the moment ldquoFeedbackrdquo on the other hand is long-term psychology We believe that the client will understand if she hasnrsquot already that itrsquos not about not being capable Instead itrsquos about taking in feedback about the situation learning from it polishing the rough edges and continuing until you can do it A good example of this kind of psychology is when babies start to learn how to walk They will fall many times and try over and over again to remain standing but never will a parent think that their daughter has failed and will never walk only because she fell In other words she did not fail she simply got feedback

4 - RESOURCESldquoAll people have the resources within them

or can acquire them

The coach treats the client as someone who is always rich in resour-ces

The potential that lies in all human beings is very big giant really It enables all of us to achieve any goal that we set ourselves in life and the Coach knows this reality Therefore we will never criticize the goal of a client that may seem impossible in the eyes of the Coach because the client has all the resources she needs within her or can acquire them Many clients will try to convince you that they are not capable of something and do not have these resources within them As a Coach you have fully embrace this assumption and know deep inside that they are perfectly capable

5 - BEST OPTION AT THE TIME

ldquoPeople always choose the best option that is currently available

especially given their context rdquo

For example if a client yelled at a co-worker the Coach should assume that this was the best option that she had available at the time Whether the Coach finds it good or bad does not really matter because for that person it was the only option available given the context

Thus the process of coaching is very humble The Coach puts herself into the shoes of her client staying present and concerned

It is very important that the Coach does not impose her own limita-tions on the client Furthermore she can choose to accept the limits of her client or to go around them Never forget that your client always comes from a context that is different from yours and that her family history religion and education among other things is what guides her to make choices which are always the best option at the time

6 - CAUSE AND EFFECTldquoEach person creates her own realityrdquo

The client is the energetic centre of everything that happens to her In other words it is she who creates or attracts her own reality Thus the Coach should always assume that what is happening to the client was in some way created by her whether it is an accident an argument or even the case of being fired The same applies to positive events

As a coach and this is why you should always respect otherrsquos world maps you do not to say that the client is ldquoguiltyrdquo Instead you keep asking questions

Your session will then be focused on trying to understand what motive led her to create this reality If you do not believe that your client crea-ted it you will also not believe that she has within her all the personal

24

25

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING INTERNATIONAL COACHING PRESUPPOSITIONS

power needed to change or modify it

Therefore as a Coach you need to take this presupposition into your own life and aim to deepen it to the fullest until you reach the point where you believe that you can influence everything that happens in your life

7 - ACTIONldquoIf you want to understand actrdquo

A Coach believes that action is needed to understand a problem chal-lenge or opportunity Itrsquos not enough to say that something has been understood on the mental level Coaching is about action It does not matter how much your client understands or knows about a subject What matters is how much she acts

Hence all sessions have a compulsory homework ending ldquoWhat will you do in this directionrdquo ldquoWhenrdquo ldquoWith whomrdquo

8 - FLEXIBILITYldquoIf yoursquore not getting results do it differentlyrdquo

Between the two of them the Coach needs to be the most flexible be-cause if the client is not getting results new approaches are needed In other words since the Coach believes that the client has all the resour-ces within her if there are no results it is because the Coach has to be more flexible What works with one client does not work with others Einstein said ldquoInsanity is doing the same thing and expecting a diffe-rent resultrdquo If yoursquore not getting the results you want do it differently

9 - POSITIVE INTENTIONldquoAll behaviour is based on a positive intentionrdquo

All human behaviour is driven by positive intention This does not mean

it is all good behaviour just the intention that created them Let us ima-gine a dramatic situation someone who screams violently at another person may be wanting to feel safer calmer have more justice The intention is good but not the behaviour As a Coach you know that what your client does or doesnrsquot do is based on a positive intention

10 - NON-IMPOSITIONldquoNone of these presuppositions are important

to your clientrdquo

All these presuppositions are for you as Coach to internalize and use in your sessions The idea is not that you should now impose on your client to use questions stick to a positive language and refrain from judging other peoplersquos World Maps The pre-suppositions are made for you and aim to orient the coaching process

26

27

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING ROSA 10

V ROSA 10

ROSA 10 is about going through each letter of the ROSA during a ses-sion or an informal conversation without expanding on any of them

The starting point is helping the other person to identify the Reality (Whatrsquos up) of their situation and understand what the problem or challenge is Then to speak about the Objectives (What do you want) and note what the person wants and aspires to After thinking about the goals itrsquos all about encouraging the other to find solutions (How can you get there) And finally because the Coach believes that re-sults come from action itrsquos about agreeing on a piece of homework that is in line with the best solution found (Out of all these ideas what you can do next week)

ROSA 10 is used in more informal coaching with friends and acquain-tances and in more situational coaching that is fast and focused on action where the client already knows what you want Moreover in situations where there is no need to go deeper into understanding the emotions beliefs and values of the client

EXAMPLES OF QUESTIONS LETTER ldquoRrdquo 3 What made you want to come and see me 3 How can I help you 3 How happy satisfied are you 3 How do you feel about that 3 What is the path yoursquove followed so far 3 What works best in your life at the moment What can and

should be improved

3 On a 0-10 scale how satisfied are you in this area 3 What is your biggest challenge 3 How are other areas of your life 3 What else Tell me more

The fundamental Reality question is WHATrsquoS UP

EXAMPLES OF QUESTIONS LETTER ldquoOrdquo 3 Where will you be in a year 3 What is your biggest dream 3 Where would you like to go 3 What is your most amazing vision of this situation 3 From 0 to 10 how important is this goal to you 3 Can you see your goal Describe in detail what it looks like 3 If you had a magic wand that could solve this problem what

would your new situation look like what would you like to see happen

The fundamental Objectives question is WHAT DO YOU WANT

EXAMPLES OF QUESTIONS LETTER ldquoSrdquo 3 What can you do 3 What are you doing right now to solve this situation 3 What do you think is the best way to reach the objectives 3 Do you know someone who can help 3 What are some things yoursquove never imagined doing 3 Let us list a series of possible steps 3 Can you give me 10 solutions And 10 more 3 If I were in your situation what advice would you give me 3 If you had all the money in the world what would you do 3 Who could help you solve this situation

The fundamental Solutions question is GREAT AND WHAT ELSE

28

29

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING ROSA 20

EXAMPLES OF QUESTIONS LETTER ldquoArdquo

3 What will you do this week 3 What is one thing you could do without much difficulty 3 Which of these solutions can you start with today 3 What is your next small step

The fundamental Action question is WHAT ARE YOU GOING TO DO WITH WHOM WHEN During a coaching session the letters R and S have a divergent func-tion allowing you to fully open the flow of ideas The Action phase then has a fully convergent function specifying what will be done as seen in the following diagram

VI ROSA 20

The purpose of this manual and the International Coa-ching Certification is to learn to use ROSA 20 The

MasterCoach Certification goes more in depth with 30 coaching and the MasterCoachTrainer

Certification is about 40 coaching

R(EALITY)The Reality phase is usually the longest

one in ROSA (especially in the first session) It is a very important phase because it is where we find out about our clientrsquos current life situation and start building rapport with her

If this phase is well done the rest comes quite easily and naturally 99 of your clients will be focused on the problem ie living the ldquoPro-blem Psychologyrdquo They will have the tendency to always see the ne-gative even to amplify it as they go along by finding more and more reasons that ldquofeedrdquo the negative aspect of their situation

Everything around them whether it is their home situation or even the state of the country or the world strengthens their ability to see how bad their problem is which contributes to killing all hope for impro-vement and opportunities ultimately go unnoticed Their situation is always the worst it can ever get In fact they tend to see that their life has always been that way

Your goal at this stage is to collect as much information as possible about your client and different aspects (both good and less good) of her life The Coach has two tools for helping her client ldquoget outrdquo of the

ROSA 10

ROSA 30

ROSA 20

ROSA 10

ROSA 30

ROSA 20

WhatWho

when

babybaby

30

31

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

hole that she is focused on and have a conversation about the broader reality of her life

FLUFFY PUFFY VS COMPLICATORAt the stage of Reality we find two main types of people

COMPLICATORThis is the type of person who will claim that they are not able to solve their problem and who also believes that the situation is so big and so bad that there actually is no solution

ROSA 20

In this case let the client speak for five to ten minutes about this but then it is essential to make her say something positive about it with questions like

ldquoWhatrsquos good about itrdquordquo ldquoWhat do you like about your life (Maybe on the same sub-

ject or another - see ldquoGuide to the First Coaching Ses-sionrdquo)

By doing this we motivate the client for the rest of the ROSA Itrsquos re-ally a question of energy If we donrsquot address the positive aspect (of the particular situation or of another area of life) we will not have any energy for the Objectives phase

The conversation gets very depressing and not very motivating when the client manages to convince herself (and often the coach as well)

32

33

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

that there is no solution By adding together both positive and negative aspects we create tension and a spark of energy to move on At the same time we get to find out what truly motivates the client whether it is family a passion that she has or others things

FLUFFY PUFFYThis is the opposite of the type above This is a person who has re-edu-cated herself and grown convinced that itrsquos good to have problems and that they are there for a reason She has a super positive perspective on life but possibly a bit exaggerated Problems are always positive and she does not understand that they may have negative implications

To the question ldquoSo is this problem hurting yourdquo she will promptly reply ldquoOh it isnrsquot Itrsquos good to have problems they bring along many positive things and are just what they should berdquo In this case the Co-ach has to make the client talk about the problem and the aspects that are negative or less good In other words we must find out what hurts enough for the client to realize she needs help with something and that not everything is going well after all

As in the previous case we need to create an inner shock in order to generate energy for the Objectives phase In this case it is necessary to do so by making the client ldquosufferrdquo a bit or to get her out of her comfort zone in order to become aware that there is something she wants to change or do differently If we do not have a challenge an opportunity or a problem we cannot do coaching

Both the ldquoComplicatorrdquo and the ldquoFluffy Puffyrdquo should identify both good and bad aspects of the subject matter Moreover you should not move to the Objectivesrsquo phase be fore this is done At this stage the more the client is aware of her own reality the better the Coachrsquos picture will be of that same reality Both types of clients need to enter the area of challenge leaving the reality that they live in and gaining a broader awareness of the reality that is

Only with this awareness will there be fuel to create goals and pro-gress to the next stages

PIZZA OF LIFEThe clientrsquos reality is like a big wall Something she nee-ds to overcome to reach the other side the side that she wants to be on Although the wall is large the client will tend to concentrate on a small part of the wall a hole a brick to paint etc About 98 of people are focused on the small ldquoholesrdquo of life which only increases their size and importance

Implementing a real change in your life means looking at it as a whole from various angles analyzing all its weaknesses but also all the pos-sibilities In doing so the client becomes more aware of who she is

The pizza is divided into four distinct areas (linked to the four elements and the four personality types) and twelve slices

EARTH AREA (PRACTICAL WORLD)Money How is your bank account Do you have any debts Do you

think you have enough money or do you need more to have the life you want And what about material goods such as a home a car travel

Health Are you healthy Do you have any chronic illness How do you nourish yourself Any sports Do you feel alive

Jobcareer Are you doing something you like Feel satisfied with your career How many hours do you work per day What is your level of productivity

WATER AREA (EMOTIONAL WORLD)

Romance Do you have a love relationship that satisfies you Do you love and are you loved Are you feeling happy and complete without being in a relationship

Family and Friends (with a big F) How do you relate to your chil-dren parents and friends

Contribution Are you helping create a better world Any voluntary work Donations Satisfied with the help you provide

ROSA 20

of life

money

hea

lth

workcareer romance

Friends

family

contribuitiondevelopmentpersonal

social life

hobbies

peer groupleadershippersonal

life p

urpose

Pearth

Ewater

Mair

Sfire

meaning

34

35

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

AIR AREA (MENTAL WORLD)Personal Development Do you read books participate in training

courses invest in yourself and in your learningdevelop-ment

Hobbies and Social Life Do you have a social life that satisfies you Do you have free time to do what you like

Peer Group Groups of people (friends family etc) that challenge us and pull us forward Do you have people that encourage you How often do you meet with them

FIRE AREA (SPIRITUAL WORLD)Personal Leadership How do you relate with yourself When you

look at yourself (on the inside and the outside) do you like

what you see How is your confidence and self-esteem

Life Purpose How much of your day-to-day do you dedicate to doing what you love most

Meaning of Life Do you have a faith What do you believe in What is the energy that encompasses all Why are we here on this planet

The Pizza of Life is a very deep tool to be used both by the client and the Coach to develop their roots It is a practical way of examining all areas of our lives

It is essential to distinguish between the importance that a client at-tributes to a slice and her degree of satisfaction with it Itrsquos not about how much you have of this or that slice but rather how satisfied you are with this area For example a person who is not religious does not have to have a zero in the area of the meaning of life if she is comfor-table with that area But if she does feel that she needs to work on her faith then the value will inevitably be less than 10 Another example someone who lives in a rented house travels by bus and goes camping on holidays may have a 10 in the money slice if itrsquos a person who does not value material goods Someone else who lives the same kind of life but aspires to have a beach house a great car and travel to exotic places will assign a lower value to this slice

The client may want to add or remove a slice and split others However the most important thing is to recognize the four main areas (PEMS) and the importance of all the slices for your happiness and for gaining a more balanced life

When the pizza is filled out once again you will address the positive and less positive aspects of it At this stage you should ask your client

3 ldquoWhich 2 or 3 areasslices feel goodstrong at the momentrdquo

3 ldquoWhich 2 or 3 areasslices need a little more attention and some im-

ROSA 20

1 What is the current situation

2 Concrete examples

3 Objectivity through facts

4 Ask what when where who

REALITYRESUME

36

37

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

provementrdquo

This way you gain even more information about the current situation of your client which may be very helpful during the rest of the coaching process

LEVERAGE SLICEAfter evaluating the pizza of life we dedicate ourselves to hel-ping the client choose a leverage slice We can explain that coaching is about gaining focus by having only one target to hit at each moment in time This does not mean that we wonrsquot work on any other area it just means that we first need to solve one slice one priority slice

The question to use is ldquoWhich slice if you increase your satisfaction with it by one or two points would improve the biggest number of your other pizza slicesrdquo

You can ask your client to select any 5 slices then 3 then 2 and ask ldquoImagine that I am the genie in the lamp and I can help you bring one of these slices to a 10 which one would you chooserdquo

If your client clearly has a slice that she wants to work you can proce-ed with this one right away

The leverage slice is not always the slice that got the lowest rating Therefore we should not influence the decision of the client

A few tips

3 If the client chooses a slice that she gave a high rating itrsquos good news for the Coach because it will be relatively easy for the client to improve it further

3 If the client wants to choose a new slice in the next session no problem Remember that we are just chauffeurs Early on in the coaching process the client may do some reflection and then want to choose another slice

3 Until the leverage slice is resolved (rated much more positively)

or under control by the client (it only being a matter of time) we DO NOT change the slice along the way We only do so once we have delivered the wanted results If we change the slice in each session it becomes difficult (if not impossible) to deliver results which also become much less sustainable Coaching is not a process with a magic wand that can transform a slice in an hour

3 No area is more important than another and the numbers that the client uses to evaluate only mean something to her Remember that YOU SHOULD NOT JUDGE anything about the pizza of your client It only needs to make sense to her

O(BJECTIVES)Now that we know the current reality of our client it is time to move on At this point we no longer speak of problems or challenges That was back in the previous phase Now we just want to know about Objectives

In Coaching we work with two types of objectives

GURU OBJECTIVES AND BABY OBJECTIVESAll of us more or less consciously orient our action through goals But we do not always take the right steps There are people who consciously do but there are many others who without being conscious of it hurt their feet run without knowing where theyrsquore going or stop halfway

We can identify two types of goals which we should use to our advan-tage

3 Guru objective ndash a goal that is so big so big that therersquos a voi-ce in our head that thinks itrsquos impossible to accomplish

3 Baby objective ndash a goal that is so small so small that we are absolutely certain of achieving it

ROSA 20

The slice of leverage is the one in which if there is any improvements will positively affect other slices of pizza

The Baby-Objectives has the

unique purpose to increase client

confidence

38

39

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

Guru and baby objectives psychology is natural to us not something we learn nor something we can unlearn For example it activates immediately if wersquore in a car accident if anything threatens our survi-val or the survival of our loved ones We then forget whether we are confident or not successful or not rich or poor and we only care about finding a solution This is natural we always have an ultimate goal in mind while at the same time staying present to the immediate objec-tive since that is what makes us define the next small step towards reaching our guru objective And we get so engaged that nothing will distract us from our guru objective Now this psychology should not get triggered only unconsciously in moments of survival but also be applied consciously in our lives in general in our everyday And yes it can be activated

Always remember that an objective is only at the guru level if there is a voice inside you that laughs finding it impossible to achieve and a baby objective is only one if you are sure that you will achieve It is therefore essential to dream to look farther and reach beyond what our minds can visualize

But beware if we focus solely on our highest goals we will never le-ave the realm of dreams and over time we will lose self-confidence Achieving goals involves taking small steps every day defining reaso-nable steps that slowly but surely bring us closer to our guru objective

Success depends on a combination of both We must therefore learn to live life with very big guru objectives and very small baby objectives Most people that feel unhappy have developed a guru psychology but not a baby psychology or vice versa The former always want more and are never satisfied with their daily achievements The latter live through small steps but cannot think big so the little steps wear them out and monotony or apathy reigns

Having a great guru objective without setting baby objectives leads to frustration anxiety and impatience Setting baby objectives without having a big guru objective leads to disinterest discouragement and lack of direction(ldquoTrate a Vida por Turdquo paacuteg 111)

META+Our objectives should be

Measurable - Objectives should be very concrete so that when we reach them we can check off ldquomission accomplishedrdquo For example ldquoI will spend 3 hours a day with my familyrdquo instead of ldquoI will spend more time with my familyrdquo

Emotional Objectives should contain grand adjectives that provoke a lot of emotion so that the brain gives them more importance For example ldquoI will wake up shining and full of vitality ready for a new day of fun and productivityrdquo

Timed - Objectives must have either a date or a frequency or both For example ldquoStarting tomorrow I will be home by 8 pm every day to have dinner with my childrenrdquo or ldquoI will train every day starting on Sundayrdquo

Achievable - We need to believe in the objectives that we set and know that they are possible to reach For example ldquoI will write a book next monthrdquo If you think your goal is too ambitious you had better adapt it ldquoIrsquoll write one chapter in the next monthrdquo

Positive (+) - Goals should be stimulating the positive Neurolinguistics say that everything that we define as positi-ve encourages us and everything that we define as negative defeats us For example ldquoI will not smoke anymorerdquo is wrong while ldquoI will breathe 100 oxy-gen and make air cleaner for myself and for othersrdquo is more correct Or ldquoon day x I will weigh y poundsrdquo instead of ldquoI will lose weightrdquo(Trate a Vida por Tu paacuteg 155)

ROSA 20

1 What do you want

2 What do you really want

3 What is the Guru-Objective

4 What is the Baby-Objective

5 What is the dream (the most importan is to make the client talk about his dreams)

6 In a perfect world (For those who have di-fficulty in define Guru-Objectives)

7 Meta+

OBJECTIVESRESUME

The meta+ model is used to specify the target-guru

40

41

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

Why do we need to have these two opposing energies Exactly for the same reason as the positive and negative energies in the Reality phase We really need a guru objective since the effort that the client will have to make and the person she has to become to get there will make her reach much further than if she had set an intermediate goal Coaching is about dreams about the best of the best for each area of our lives The important thing is not whether or not the client gets there but that the road she travels takes her much further

Moreover every journey starts with a small step We need to create an objective so small so small that the client is absolutely sure she can do it Why To get her motivated quickly to achieve success and above all to convey the baby objective psychology We need to make our clients realize that coaching is about big and small steps The baby objective in itself is not important but we need to introduce this step here so that your client begins to celebrate every little step that she takes every piece of homework that gets done

Coaching is about forming a person with both guru and baby objectives psychology Someone who wants to go really far and at the same time is super happy with everything that she has already achieved

Notas If a client has a very big guru objective to reach in a short time and the Coach thinks it is not possible we can ask the client to ldquoconvince us that it is possiblerdquo On the other hand if the baby objective is very big we do the same

S(OLUTIONS)Encouraging creativity is equally important to teaching children ma-thematics Portuguese and science This is what later on will separate intelligent adults from true geniuses who are able to create something new revolutionary and innovative in whatever area It is those who mark others society science and the world who ultimately make a

difference

40 IDEASIn fact we are all creative We have all been children we have all been creative and so what happened What is it that makes our creativity die The fact is that our society limits our creativity while forgetting that in a grey professional world creativity makes the difference

ROSA 20

clique no viacutedeo para o activar

42

43

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

Anyone who is creative grows through challenges simply because they put their creativity at the service of what is not working They go off immediately to search for a solution And this is available to everyo-ne This is the basis of the ldquoSrdquo in ROSA instead of complaining go look for a solution Remember yoursquore always one idea away from solving your biggest challenge You just havenrsquot found that idea yet Pull out

your creativity and try finding ideas ideas ideas

Even the most creative people start with obvious ideas and it is good to go through them in order to get to the other ones Little by little we will get to the interesting ideas and when we stop being afraid of saying nonsense we become creative Now the challenge is to get an innovative idea And that can only be achieved by investing time and energy When we are at 10 or 20 ideas to not give up until you have at least 40

Losing our creativity is in other words restraining our physical (earth) emotional (water) mental (air) and spiritual (fire) abilities Children do not have these restraints in a physical sense they love exploring the world through their body showing you they donrsquot care about posture for instance and they seem unbreakable when defying the laws of gra-vity with an energy that seems limitless Emotionally they are much more open to all kinds of feelings because they have not accumulated many negative experiences Mentally they are hungry for knowledge and the concept of right and wrong is not yet set so everything seems possible to them Spiritually they are completely free they may have some enrooted values but everything else is an open book

In order to be creative again and go back to having blank pages in the book of life being able to write and rewrite improvise and create we

obvious interesting creative innovative

can start by being creative in one area or going back to being creative in all aspects of life and our being To go back to being creative we must explore our physical body do sports dance act etc and use your senses to hear smell taste touch and see The healthier we are the more our body will be available to be physically creative To go back to being more creative emotionally we have to stop being afraid to feel We have to venture into relationships connections sharing without the fear of being hurt frustrated cheated and even happy

To go back to being mentally creative we must learn new subjects think about new things analyze from new angles and perspectives challenge our minds have conversations with all kinds of people read all kinds of magazines stimulate all parts of our brain

Finally if we want to go back to being spiritually creative we must question all our certainties and dogmas meditate and open ourselves to the world of possibilities and the inexplicable We need to know oursel-ves in order to experience life intensely

If we manage to be creative in all four areas we will be soon become a new person with a palette of new experiences and openness to wha-tever happens giving us new shape and a different glow If we can be more creative regarding the first letter of our PEMS we should really be congratulated for it The important thing is to enter the challenge zone to seek solutions in areas that have not yet been explored in fiel-ds that are uncomfortable for others but that we call our comfort zone Then everything and really everything becomes possible and there are no longer problems without solutions(ldquoTrate a Vida por Turdquo paacuteg 165)

PARADIGM SHIFTThis is the time to get the client to think ldquoupside downrdquo ie to think ldquoout of the boxrdquo It is undoubtedly the most difficult phase of the coaching sessions Your clients will not even want to think and to change their paradigms

The vast majority of people when trying to solve a pro-blem or challenge use the first ideas that come to mind - the Obvious ideas ndash the ones that we all have However there are three more levels of ideas The Interesting ideas are those that some have sometimes

ROSA 20

The very first ideas are obvious Only then comes the interesting and then comes the very creative and innovative ideas

44

45

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

Solutions are always related to the Guru-Objectives

and then come the Creative Ideas that are those which generate con-flict because they go lsquoout of the boxrsquo shifting paradigms Finally we have the Innovative ideas that are the ones that nobody sees but once they are revealed they become obvious

We may use this ability in all areas of our life using this unique creati-vity to make everything unique and different

The goal of a Coach is getting the client to change her paradigm This is what happens in an ldquoAHArdquo moment when she finds an idea and is sure that this is the one she was missing

In the picture on the left do you see a young girl or an old lady Try to see both Put your brain to work both ways

GREAT AND WHAT ELSEBrainstorming is the most powerful tool for creativity and the best way of stimulating creativity in all areas of your life It is essential to do individual and group brainstorming as it is the best way to find so-lutions to challenges

What is a lsquobrainstormingrsquo

As the name implies it is a kind of ldquobrain stormrdquo And what do storms do They stir things up make ideas collide (thunder) and launch one solution after the other (lightning) ldquowaitingrdquo for the one that will solve the problem and put the storm at rest Brainstorming is not only use-ful at the workplace Every person and family should brainstorm from time to time to seek solutions to their problems from the most basic day-to-day questions (how to deal with expenses manage domestic tasks prepare meals) to deeper and more complex ones (helping a child become more confident helping a father that is unemployed) And individually each one of us should do brainstorming to solve and improve all areas that we feel the need to change

It is very easy to do brainstorming Here are the six rules to start prac-ticing today

1 No judgement All ideas are valuable even the most stupid ones In a brainstorming there are no arguments or criticism All ideas are good initially If there is criticism besides genera-ting conflict it can also inhibit the people involved

2 Quantity quantity quantity The more ideas generated the better the brainstorming Quality does not matter here only quantity Why The first ideas will be obvious then interesting then creative and only then innovative

3 Hitchhike You can build on otherrsquos ideas No participant should be silent for a long time If you donrsquot have any idea you can simply hitchhike on someone elsersquos The only thing you cannot do is not to participate

4 Go crazy From time to time throw in some ideas that are lsquoout-side the boxrsquo Regardless of how absurd they may seem this will help you and your colleagues to leave the obvious ideas and make your brains think At the very least you will enliven the session If the group laughs at your idea yoursquore being crazy

ROSA 20

click the video to see it

46

47

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

5 Take notes The most dangerous thing in a brainstorming ses-sion is having no one to write down the ideas Preferably the one who writes should not be giving any ideas she should fo-cus on writing down othersrsquo ideas There should also be a kind of a moderatorfacilitator of the brainstorming session not for taking decisions or criticizing but precisely for making sure that no one tries to take decisions on behalf of the group or to criticize other peoplersquos ideas and to help keep the focus on what matters In an individual brainstorming session you of course need to be your own moderator

6 A clear goal You must clearly define what the purpose of your objective is what the challenge is and if possible write formu-late it in META+(ldquoTrate a Vida por Turdquo paacuteg 213)

Brainstorming is the most powerful creativity tool In a brainstorming the client is requested to come up with a great amount of ideas on how to reach her Guru Objective

click the video to see it

And the Coach must be persistent since this is when you realize that humans are lazy when it comes to thinking It is very likely that when giving her fifth idea the client will say that she has no more Everyone will want to convince you that they have already found the magic solu-tion But they havenrsquot And how do we know that Because if they had found it they would already have solved their challenge

During a brainstorming ideally it is the Coach who writes down the ideas But she should not alter any of them And if the client gets stuck we must ask open and creative questions such as

3 If you had all the money in the world what would you do 3 If you were your idol what would you do 3 If it were 10 years ago what would you do 3 If it were 10 years from now what would you do

Cultivating a sense of humour as a Coach is always a good for rela-xing and making people creative This is in fact important in any area At this stage it is very likely that the client will have long mo-ments without coming up with any ideas Therefore it is impor-tant to create our own personal way of ldquopulling outrdquo the clientrsquos ideas such as a small exercise changing seats or using humour If the client gets to 40 ideas very easily and none is lsquointerestingrsquo even for her it means that she is still in the obvious ide-as and then 40 more ideas are always welcome Creativity is an expansive energy The more it is cultivated the more it grows and the easier it becomes to use it in other areas of life Notas The Coach may suggest ideas but only as an encouragement to the client

A brainstorming can take up a large part of a session so it is important to make sure there is enough time for it

ROSA 20

1 Allow the obvious

2 I want more ideas

3 Help to avoid judgment

4 Overcoming objections with questions ldquoWhat ifrdquo

5 Okay what else

SOLUTIONSRESUME

48

49

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

since it is not right to leave it midway The goal is that the client forces her brain to find new ideas in a short time and in such a way that it is almost like a shock to her

It is important to keep focused on one topic in a brainstorming Some may change their focus during the process for example a client whorsquos Guru objective is to open a business may start to suggest ideas on how to make more money In this case the Coach should remind the client of the main topic At the same time the Coach should stay flexible and if the client really feels that their focus was not on the first topic but on the second itrsquos time to go back and set a new Guru objective

A(CTION)ROSA exists only for one reason to get us to act We find our Reality establish our Objectives and think up Solutions that make us act ndash the A is the purpose of ROSA

Now more than people of action we must be people of innovation

Innovation is creativity applied to getting the desired results Being creative is not enough but creativity is the tool for getting to innova-tion So how do we do this

The secret is not to give up on creating ideas ideas and more ideas until the innovative idea comes Sometimes it never comes but get-ting to the creative ones is already something Those who have dared being creative many times and more and more are those who mana-ge to reach the innovation Itrsquos not enough to have talent you have to work hard to translate this talent into amazing results Look at these examples

3 Bach wrote one cantata a week even when he was sick 3 Mozart produced more than 600 pieces of music 3 Darwin wrote 109 publications one of which was about the Theory of

Evolution 3 Einstein published 248 theses one of which was about the Theory

of Relativity 3 Freud published 350 theses 3 Rembrandt produced 650 paintings 3 It took Thomas Edison 2000 experiments to invent the light bulb

and 9000 to perfect it 3 Picasso created more than 20000 pieces of art

This is why it is so important to act Do a lot create a lot invest a lot (ldquoTrate a Vida por Turdquo paacuteg 234)

THE FUNNELThis is the part where coaching really becomes challenging where the client realizes that she will have to do something and not just think and talk about it It is the phase where we start to converge and funnel things in order to find an action that is as specific as possible

This is with no doubt the most important phase of ROSA In a coaching session anything can happen in any of the other phases but we cannot end it without an action (without homework)

What

3 What are you going to do now 3 What are you thinking about doing now ()

ROSA 20

click the video to see it

A task should not be so simple that it doesnacutet make any difference to the client to fulfill it nor should it be so difficult that it becomes infeasible

50

51

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

With whom It is very important to involve someone in the action pro-cess 99 of the homework should have a third person involved The-reby we are creating conditions for the client to become autonomous after the coaching process The questions might be

3 ldquowill you ask to ask you whether you have done itrdquo 3 ldquoApart from me (the Coach) who else will be involved in thisrdquo

When Marcar data ou frequecircncia Quanto mais especiacutefica for me-lhor Isto leva o cliente a pensar exatamente quando vai fazer au-tomaticamente isto cria um compromisso maior dentro dele doing this the client should end each session with a specific homework knowing both the day and the time she will do it and with whom she will share it

At what time of the week beginning or end

At the end of the week

What is for you the end of the week Friday Saturday Sunday

Friday

Ok and what time

Anytime

Anytime Ok But in the morning in the afternoon or evening

Morning

And what time

Early

What is early for you

Upon waking

And what time do you wake up

At 7am

THE CONVERGENCE TECHNIQUEIf the client does not find an action to do you can use the convergence technique by asking the following questions

3 ldquoLook at your ideas (the brainstorming) and mark those that you find reasonablerdquo

3 ldquoNow choose 10rdquo 3 ldquoChoose 5rdquo 3 ldquoChoose 3 2 rdquo 3 ldquoIf I had a magic wand that would immediately fulfil one of these

ideas which one would you chooserdquo

COMMITMENTIn the early sessions you can also ask the client to send you an SMS after doing the action in or-der to confirm it Of course you donrsquot force her

if she refuses but then if she doesnrsquot do her homework you will have more power to ask for an SMS in the next homework

If she accepts you may also ask if you can send her an SMS in case she forgets to do so What will happen is that as soon as she receives our SMS asking whether the action has been done she will do it immediately so that she can reply that she has By SMS we also mean any other means like a telephone call or e-mail The Coach must be flexible enough to perceive which method suits her client the best

THE HANDSHAKEShaking hands after defining the homework is very important because it is the archetype of commitment But remember if the client does not do her homework there is no failure only feedback Maybe the problem really is the kind of homework given or poor explanation about the im-portance of the homework in the coaching process

ONE SMALL STEP FORWARDWhat is the Next Small Step you can take This ques-

ROSA 20

What is the first next small step

Earn 20000 euro

What is the first next small step

Save 100 euro month

What is the first next small step

Open an account

ldquoGreat what is the next small step that you believe you can accomplish

Deposit 1000 euro

1 What is the option that has magic

2 What is the option that makes sense

3 What are you gonna do exactly

4 How will you know you make it

5 Funnel When What day What time

6 Commitment handshake

ACTIONRESUME

52

53

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

free to put everything she has (skills tools knowledge) at the service of her client Indeed every three sessions more or less you should challenge your client with a piece of homework However the challen-ge will vary depending on whom we have in front of us and on the level of the process

4 SUCCESS TIPS FOR THIS PHASE FASEAction Plans it is at this stage that we start working on an action plan

that will follow the session Remember coaching without ac-tion is not coaching Thatrsquos why you should do a ROSA in every session go through the four phases and always end with a very concrete action plan on what the client will do during the week and until the next session Here is an example of an action plan

What will I do Run 3 times per week

When Monday Wednesday and Friday

With whom Alone

Possible obstacles Laziness and lack of time

Benefits Feeling healthier

What will help me remember Setting an alarm on my phone

How will I celebrate By going to the cinema

Homework the tasks between the sessions are a priority for the coaching Most of the le-arning comes from the homework that is done between sessions So remember to always end your session by asking your client to suggest tasks that she would like to accom-plish that coming week the next small steps she can take right now Then rephra-se each one into a concrete action (when how where ) Still some clients will have gre-

tion tool is ideal for those who have difficulty in defining Baby Objecti-ves or those who have difficulty in defining an action to do this week

Notas As a general rule the client will not hear the word ldquosmallrdquo in the question The-refore we must repeat the question until the action is so small that the client would have no difficulty doing it

Of course the Next Small Step may not be the right action to choose for this week

Example The client wants to buy a Porsche (Guru Objective)

ldquoDeposit 1000 eurosrdquo is the Baby Objective The same process can be used for defining the homework

At the end when an action has been defined the Coach may also su-ggest a piece of homework In other words then the Coach is finally

ROSA 20

54

55

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING RAPPORT

at difficulty in taking action If this is the case always look for the smallest step that the person can take If we do not act itrsquos because the step is not small enough Remember ldquoEvery journey begins with one small steprdquo

Commitment amp Penalties some clients will sometimes have real diffi-culty in stepping into action Sometimes you may have to resort to agreeing on a fine if your client does not accomplish her task All human beings run away from pain and sometimes in coaching we need to use a little more masculine energy (wersquoll talk about that more below) to help You can even ask the question ldquoWhat will happen if you do not accomplish itrdquo

Monitoring amp Accountability the role of a Coach is to provide moni-toring to her client However the responsibility must always be on the clientrsquos side As a Coach you are responsible for guiding the process Your client should define the strategies needed to enable her to take the steps she wants You should follow and always try to understand what may have prevented her from completing her tasks Above all you should be focused on finding better strategies to lead her into action However do remind your client that it is her responsibility Ultimately acting or not acting is her choice

VII RAPPORT

Mastering the ROSA technique and mastering Rapport will alone make

you a Mega Coach Of course you can gain more Roots but people

who attend our courses usu-ally already have quite some

1ST DEFINITION OF RAPPORT

Relationship of trust and influence rapport is the ability to create trust within a few minutes with various kinds of people and to influence them to act think and do better You can only influence after being trusted Think about people you trust and do not trust what influence do these people have on you

2ND DEFINITION OF RAPPORTRelationship of empathy and sympathy ldquoWe only like 2 kinds of people people who are the way we are or who are the way we would like to berdquo

Empathy I feel empathy based on the things I have in common with someone

Sympathy Based on the qualities and characteristics that someone has that I would like to have

Conclusion rapport is empathy (who is like me) and sympathy (who is the way I would like to be)

56

57

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

Rapport is trust and

influence

Rapport is the ability to create

empathy and sympathy

WARNING Empathy comes before sympathy and trust comes before influence This is the most important aspect of rapport I cannot influence anyone who does not trust me

Part 2 Now letrsquos try to understand what happens in our psyche why this is the way it is

I invite you to imagine that yoursquore a rabbit in a forest and you meet another rabbit What happens Now imagine you meet another animal thatrsquos different from you What does the rabbit do FLIGHT (runs away)

Now imagine that you are not a rabbit yoursquore a wolf You meet an ani-mal thatrsquos different from you What does the wolf do FIGHT

Now imagine yoursquore a porcupine What happens FREEZE

Animals have these three types of reactions Now imagine yoursquore a human being 20000 years ago and you come across something di-fferent from you What happens ONE OF THESE THINGS AND YOU FEEL FEAR You react the way you do because your psyche does not know what it is And if it is another human being I KNOW WHAT TO EXPECT She is like me Our fear grows when something is different because we donrsquot know what to expect Imagine that you do meet a hu-man being but wearing clothes or other things that are very different

What happens when it is the same kind of animal What exists there EM-PATHY AND TRUST - 1st LEVEL of RAPPORT

This is a metaphor of course Rapport is very unconscious I could tell you to trust someone but your unconscious may not feel the trust What regula-tes that instinct in your psyche is KNOWING WHAT I CAN EXPECT

WHAT HAPPENS IN COACHING Clients also have these three types of reactions flight freeze or fight They may not show up for the follow ses-sion they may answer ldquoyesrdquo ldquonordquo ldquomayberdquo ldquodonrsquot knowrdquo or they may be in constant disagreement with you

Key ldquothe more the Coach is the way I am the more rapport there isrdquo

MILTON ERICSON (Ericsonian Psychology NLP Hypnotherapy) found the client within himself and used this as his tool in the therapy sessions

Ericson created rapport before proceeding with anything else This is TRUST and EMPATHY Ericson was humble and flexible enough to adapt to the client Only once you have done this you can go back to being yourself

Ways of creating rapport with someone

Verbal

3 Language words 3 Subject matter 3 Quotes way of speaking 3 Repeating what the other says 3 Using the otherrsquos metaphors 3 Using the same expressions

Non-verbal

3 Gestures 3 Voice 3 Mime 3 Distance 3 Posture 3 Breathing 3 Touch 3 Speed

Note Every human being has a natural and unconscious tendency to create rapport with others To confirm this all you need is to look at two people talking to each other and see how easily you will notice similarities in their postures and way of speaking

ldquoYou have only one chance to create a good first impression but you have plenty of opportunities to create rapportrdquo

Rapport is an honest attempt to enter someonersquos map-of-the-world The-re is no agreeing or disagreeing only flexibility Rapport does not mean friendship The first session and often the second is a lot about creating rapport

RAPPORT

Sometimes itacutes enought just a little attention to help someone but attention is not coaching

58

59

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

RAPPORT MODELndash 2 PacuteSEstablishing rapport is a process of many levels and layers of depth

LEVEL 1 - PRESENCE AND

PARTNERSHIP

PRESENCEThis is the first step towards creating ra-pport thus the most superficial one Pre-sence means that the Coach is fully com-mitted to her client aware of everything she says and does Nothing from outside the ses-sion should be on the Coachrsquos mind She must be fully present

Before a session itrsquos important that you as a Co-ach calm down forget about everything else and gain a notion of where you are and what you are going to do

POSTURE amp PHRASING

PERCEPTUAL POSITIONS

PERSON TO PERSON

PRESENCE amp PARTNERSHIP

PROBING amp PATIENCE

click the video to see it

Dedicate a few minutes to this process

Presence and Attention are among the healthiest ac-tions that lead to real results You can create a good

relationship with your client (child parent etc) just by being fully present and attentive Even gardens become more beautiful if they are cared for

Presence is about getting yourself into a certain state Itrsquos about being Yin and Yang at the same time

Yin ndash relaxing breathing being aware of all five senses being fully present where you are

Yang ndash mobilizing all your energy by run-ning jumping listening to inspiring music

PARTNERSHIP

Creating an equal relationship with your client Not top down or vice--versa The Coach should never be at a lower or higher level than her client The chairs should be the same for example

For presence and partnership it is also important to switch off the phone to prevent anything from interrupting the session Tidying up the table is equally important to having a clean and hygienic space

From 0 to 10 the importance of Presence during a session is a 10 It is the first step If it isnrsquot there nothing else will

Psycho-geography is also very important in this area

PSYCHO-GEOGRAPHY the way your psyche relates to geography Example On which side you like to sleep Each person has a different psycho-geography Some prefer to be by the sea while others prefer to be in the mountains

RAPPORT

Empathy is being doing

talk and think like the other Sympathy is being doing

talk and think how the other

would like to be

60

61

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

Some tips for using the psycho-geography of the client to your advan-tage

3 Having a room with a minimum amount of symbols It is not recom-mended to have crucifixes or other artefacts related to religion A bookshelf filled with books can also intimidate the client

3 Pay attention to details ndash cables on the floor which CDs are on the shelf etc

3 Having sessions at the clientrsquos home can become dangerous because there are lots of distractions and anchors Difficult si-tuations might have taken place there which will make it more challenging for the client to create a distance to them

It is the Coachrsquos job to notice the psycho-geography of her client and what makes her more comfortable

Despite all the rapport a Coaching session should always stay pro-fessional Being relaxed is necessary for both parties but the focus should not be on friendship You as a Coach need to be professional You must choose to be a Coach instead of a friend

When it comes to clothing you should be as neutral as possible in the beginning but always aligned with your personality Then you can try to adapt to the style of your client

The mantra here is having the client leave the session thinking that her Coach is just like her NOTHING IS WRONG Let your client choose what she prefers

LEVEL 2 - POSTURE AND PHRASINGWhen establishing rapport mere presence and partnership are not enough Moreover they are only the first step The posture and the phrasing that the Coach uses are very important for creating rapport in the relationship What we refer to here is mainly keeping a posture and using similar words and expressions to those of the client This way the client will see herself in us and instead of flight fight or freeze she will feel relaxed and be much more comfortable about talking

Sitting in the same position as the client using her posture tone of

voice and gestures these are all factors to consider

POSTURERegarding posture one can use two techniques that are very similar and very powerful

Mirroring When a Coach takes on a physical position that is the exact mirror image of the clientrsquos If the client leans to her right then the Coach who is facing her leans to her left

Matching In this case the Coach adopts the exact same physical position instead of a symmetric one Both ways are good and powerful The goal is to be equal or symmetrical

Of course it is not indispensable to be like the client 100 of the time as this will take a lot of the attention that the Coach needs to give the client

The more you practice these behaviours the more automatically and unconsciously you will do it When rapport already is high you can go back to your own posture and your regular vocabulary However should you feel the need you can always take up these techniques again

In fact at a high level of rapport it is possible and entirely positive that it is the client herself who starts to imitate our posture and words (un-consciously) This is the perfect moment to lead the client and suggest something more challenging to her

PHRASINGYou must pay great attention to the words that your client uses and the energy she puts into them The names of people that she talks about are also very important facts to remember

If you can use the same expressions as your client you will earn points in rapport Among these expressions metaphors are the most power-ful ones Try to explore as much possible the metaphors that are being used An excellent technique is to use a metaphor of the client to ex-

RAPPORT

The mirroring copies the

exact posture of the client

the matching mirrors

62

63

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

plain something This will reach very deeply into the psyche of the client and have great impact

You can also use themes that the client likes such as her passions and keep using them in future sessions to explain something or to give examples This creates an incredible sense of empathy between you and the client She will be glad that you are paying attention to what she says and at the same time she will understand much better what you say

The clientrsquos ideas are important keys to use when you speak in order to create and maintain rapport For example if the client talks a lot about travelling Irsquoll use the idea (anchor) that is already there because I know it works in his mind

BACKTRACKING backtracking is a Coaching technique that consists of summarizing the main points of a conversation by using the exact same words that the other person uses This tool helps the client follow the session and make her own short summary while listening to the Coach returning to what she just said and using the same words It is important to use at least the words we consider to be the most significant among the ones that the client expresses those that might be conveying more about her value patterns Backtracking can help us understand for example if we can move to the next phase of ROSA It helps us understand if the client has finished what she had to say about that phase and that way we can figure out whether we can move forward or not You can use simple questions to do so

3 ldquoLet me see if I got what you saidhelliprdquo - backtracking the conversa-tion using the exact words of the client - and then ending ldquoIs this is it or would you like to add something

3 ldquoSo what yoursquore saying isrdquo 3 ldquoCan I make a summary of your reality in relation to that slicerdquo

This is one of the simplest and most important techniques when buil-ding rapport

When building rapport avoid paraphrasing (saying the same thing in other words) but do quote A coach quotes

Mastery in Backtracking is being able to quote the last 20 minutes of a session This will leave your client fascinated and feeling that her Coach is really paying attention to everything she says

Therefore it is motivating to Backtrack at the end of each session and at the end of each phase of the ROSA

The Coach shows confidence and agrees with the client shows that she is on her side and really believes that the client will succeed

We must allow the person to be what she truly is talkative or silent Silent people also have things to say it is a matter of asking the right questions

NOTES When a session is not going well (the relationship is under stress) then the focus should be fully on level 2 Rapport - Posture and Phrasing The secret is to forget about the rest and build rapport again Once it is re-established you can address the problem

LEVEL 3 - PROBING AND PATIENCEEvery new level in Rapport brings you techniques that are deeper and more complex But the good news is that you donrsquot do level 3 Rapport until Level 1 and 2 are done So you will increase your skills by going from the easiest to the most difficult

PROBINGAsking questions is more complicated than imitating the posture and words of the client Indeed one of the more complicated aspects of being a Coach is to not give opinions and to ask the right questions at the right time We know that we keep showing you that you already are a Coach and that itrsquos easy but here we must tell you ldquoITrsquoS HARD BEING A COACHrdquo Think very carefully about whether you want to get into it Listening asking questions being patient with the pace of your clients

Even if you have the miracle answer to the clientrsquos situation you need to keep it to yourself Being patient is a challenge and usually typical

RAPPORT

64

65

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

To paraphrase can break

rapport

of the great masters You can only be a master if you want to learn to listen and if you develop a great patience for listening

Questions have the power to illuminate the darkness of your client by asking a powerful question you really get to see another human bri-ghten up right in front of you

Coaching has the power to open a new world to the client questions help people discover new resources Clients tend to find familiar answers but you as a Coach will lead them to unfamiliar answers

Classic examples of some ways to make your client talk

1 -Repeating what the client just said but in question form Client ndash ldquoYesterday I went boatingrdquo Coach ndash ldquoBoatingrdquo

2 -What does that mean to you What does fear mean to you What does a goal mean to you Example Client says ldquoIt is not rapport itrsquos complicityrdquoCoach replies ldquoWhat does complicity mean to yourdquo Client says ldquoItrsquos a clickrdquo Coach ldquoWhat does a click mean to yourdquo

3 -rdquoWhat elserdquo Serves above all to go to the heart of the matter Others like this one are ldquoTell me morerdquo and ldquoCan you go a bit deeper on thatrdquo

POWERFUL QUESTIONS Questions are probably the most beautiful flowers in the garden of learning Questions are one of the biggest se-crets of learning Creative solutions are practically impossible without questions

If you learn to ask 100 questions a day get ready for a revolution in your work at all levels

In life at work in business we are all afraid of asking questions We were educated from an early age to believe that there are right and wrong questions and we were also taught to not fail we avoid asking questions because of fearing that they are wrong The only way to reach the right questions is by not being afraid of the wrong ones

The one who wants to explore learning has to dance with this fear

A large part of all our creative potential stops at the door fearing to ring the doorbell When learning the one who doesnrsquot know is far less ignorant than the knowledgeable one Take risks Ring the bell Ask questions

Become obsessively curious ask questions How

3 Using the Coachrsquos ability of asking powerful questions 3 Following the rule of thumb ldquoThe Coach has the questions the

Client has the answersrdquo 3 Using positive language 3 Respecting the clientrsquos map-of-the-world 3 Always guiding towards solutions

Examples of powerful questions

3 ldquoCompared to whatrdquordquo 3 ldquoWhat does that mean to yourdquo 3 ldquoWhat could be a solution to yourdquo 3 ldquoI know you donrsquot know But if you knew what would that berdquo 3 ldquoWhat would be ideal to yourdquo 3 ldquoWhat do you want insteadrdquo 3 ldquoHow does that make you feelrdquo 3 ldquoWhat else could that meanrdquo 3 ldquoWhat do you want exactlyrdquo 3 ldquoWhat will you achieve with this goalrdquo 3 ldquoWhat will you do differently next timerdquo 3 ldquoWhat are you doing wellrdquo 3 ldquoWhat has to happen for you to be happy and successfulrdquo 3 ldquoWhat motivates you the mostrdquo 3 ldquoWhatrsquos the worst possible scenario And what could be the best

scenario ldquo 3 ldquoWhat are you willing to do to achieve your goalrdquo 3 ldquoWhat new things could you could tryrdquo 3 ldquoWhat prevents you from taking actionrdquo 3 ldquoWho could help you with this situationrdquo 3 ldquoWhat resources do you need to achieve your goalrdquo

RAPPORT

66

67

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

3 ldquoWhat else do you want to get out of your liferdquo 3 ldquoWhat do you really want achieve in that area of your liferdquo 3 ldquoWhat is your biggest dream in that area of your liferdquo 3 ldquoAnd what is the next small step that you would have to takerdquo 3 ldquoWhat do you find positive in this situationrdquo 3 ldquoHow could you attract better persons into your liferdquo 3 ldquoWhat would have to happen to make you feel more fulfilledrdquo 3 ldquoIf you were your own Coach what coaching would you give

yourselfrdquo 3 ldquoIf I was your best friend what advice would you give me to solve

this situationrdquo 3 ldquoIf you had all the time and money in the world how would you

fix itrdquo

In fact the art of asking questions is the foundations of a coaching process with powerful results The list of questions to ask seems en-dless

So become really obsessed with questions and start NOW How about adding 10 more ideas to our list And some more And many more

Typical coaching questions

3 Questions that lead to action (ldquoWhat will you do What can you do differently What do you need to do tordquo)

3 Goal-oriented instead of problem-oriented ldquoHow would you like it to berdquo ldquoAnd if you could what would you dordquo

3 Future-orientedldquoHow do you see that situation in the future How would you like to feelrdquo

Beware of questions with negative assumptions ldquoWhat happens if you donrsquot do itrdquo They should be followed immediately by a question with positive assumptions ldquoHow will you celebrate when you do itrdquo

RAPPORT

YOUR QUESTIONS

68

69

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

PATIENCECount to 10 relax work on your roots and realize that coaching is a process and that each person has her own time and rhythm How can you train your patience Think of 20 ideas

LEVEL 4 ndash PERCEPTUAL POSITIONSWe could also call this the level where we create rapport with our clientrsquos psychology In fact understanding and perceiving human psychology is a huge advantage for you as a Coach You are not there to be a friend of your client as we have mentioned so then a good way to create a relation with her is through her psychology

Do you know the psychology of a teenager or a parent a boss an unemployed If you grasp your clientrsquos psychology the Rapport will be extraordinary

If you demonstrate that you know how a mother thinks yoursquoll make the client believe that you understand her completely

Most people do not understand their own psyche If you can understand them at that level it will make the client to feel something extraordinary about you and the Coaching process

PERCEPTUAL POSITIONS At this level the Coach must master Per-ceptual Positions that is being able to put herself in another personrsquos position whether itrsquos the clientrsquos or the clientrsquos parent or any other person that is part of the situation You should be able to see the same situation from different perspectives and in the long term help your client do the same

THE EXERCISE This is an exercise to be used mainly if the client has trouble in a relationship with someone (friend family member etc) and is having some difficulty understanding that personrsquos Map-of-the--World And when this is of great importance

You do not need to go very deep in this exercise Because it is NLP even done in a soft way it can be very powerful to your client helping her to see an aspect of the situation that she hadnrsquot seen or reflected on before

STEP 1 ndash The client explains what is going on (she can speak freely without any restrictions You ask questions to understand the reality of the situation)

STEP 2 ndash The Coach suggests this perceptual positions exercise (it is just an invitation If the client does not want to do not continue)

STEP 3 ndash The Coach asks the client to choose two spots represen-ting the two standpoints (you can put a sheet of paper at each spot) and to imagine that the other person is at one of them

STEP 4 ndash The client speaks facing the other spot as if the person was there and acts as herself (The Coach guides with questions ldquoHow did that make you feel What would you like to tell herrdquo etc)

STEP 5 ndash Pause and ldquoshake outrdquo the client and share the question of the game of imagination

STEP 6 ndash The client recalls a childhood game she used to play and describes it a little We then use this as a metaphor to explain that we will now do the same Just a game where we use our imagination The Coach repeats that the per-son with whom the client has a challenge is there at the other spot

STEP 7 ndash The client goes over to the other spot and the Coach helps her go deeper into that role through guiding questions

STEP 8 ndash The client chooses whether she wants to return to her starting position and add something say something more She may go back and forth as many times as she wishes

STEP 9 ndash When done the Coach suggests to the client to stand on a chair and states ldquoYou are now in a neutral position a higher position What would you call this position (Allow the client to choose a name) Seen from above what do you have to say about this situation What would you say to (clientrsquos name) and to (the other personrsquos name) How would you solve this situation How can (clientrsquos name) solve this situationrdquo

RAPPORT

70

71

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

STEP 10 ndash After the client is done with the third (neutral) position the Coach takes the client off the papers

STEP 11 ndash The Coach can then use the following questions to debrief the exercise

3 ldquoHow was the exercise for you 3 ldquoWhat did you learnrdquo 3 ldquoIs there anything you could do differentlyrdquo

STEP 12 ndash Lead the client to an action (a first small step towards sol-ving the situation) and then funnel it

REMEMBER always undock the client from the different roles the client can do the exercise eyes opened or closed

TO ACKNOWLEDGE Acknowledge the client very very very much for having volunteered and shown vulnerability

This exercise serves mainly as a metaphor for the Coach striving to master Perceptual Positions (understanding and being able to go into different psyches)

CONCLUSION The Coach is a master of perceptual positions She knows how to see the different angles of the same situation She sees everything from different angles

PEMS

Life is all about relationships the relationships we have with ourselves and with others Some people instinctively relate better to themselves and others relate really well to others There are those who relate well to almost everything and everyone and others who are unable to relate with anyone This affects their personal and professional life

Is there any way to consciously improve the relationships that instinc-tively do not work Of course

When we grasp the logic of the mind of another person we can better interact with it and even influence it Psychology is power And if we apply on ourselves it becomes even more powerful and interesting The better we know ourselves and the logic of our mind the better we will be able to help ourselves and achieve our goals

Carl Gustav Jung a Swiss psychiatrist and founder of analytical psychology focused on studying social and collective archetypes He identified eight psychological types taking into account peoplersquos beha-viour abilities skills attitudes and motivations

He began by distinguishing between extraverted (social and expansive) and introverted (reserved and reflective) people Each of them could then be connected to two out of the four functions of the psyche sen-sing or intuition thinking or feeling

In the 40rsquos decade Isabel Myers and Katharine Briggs continued Jungrsquos work and added two auxiliary functions to the Jungian types percep-tion and judgement Thereby arriving at 16 psychological types or 16 personality types Later a personality test was created ndash The Myers--Briggs Type Indicator or MBTI - which is still the most commonly used tool for identifying different personality types

Based on Jungrsquos work we have created a model called PEMS which will help us better understand the logic of our own mind and of the people around us

In this model we distinguish four dominant preferences (P-E-M-S) which correspond to the four elements of life

PRACTICAL (the body DOING Activity Action related to the ele-ment of EARTH) - corresponds to someone that is earthly active dynamic practical that does a lot In excess these are people who never stop to consider their actions

EMOTIONAL (the heart FEELING Feelings Love related to the element of WATER) - corresponds to someone who nee-ds people relations who gives a lot to others and seeks affection In excess these are people who might be overly sensitive

RAPPORT

72

73

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

MENTAL (the mind THINKING Analysis Intellect Logic related to the element of AIR) - corresponds to someone who values analysis rationalization and uses logic and who always fo-cuses on making the right decision In excess these are people who might become impersonal and cold

SPIRITUAL (the soul BEING Values Existence related to the ele-ment of FIRE) - corresponds to someone who thinks that everything has meaning and a higher purpose These are people who care very much about values In excess they can fluctuate too much and concretize too little

The four logics of the mind that we have identified are also based on the four elements

Practical ndash EARTH (firm solid stable secure strong dense)Emotional ndash WATER (flexible always coming back to herself)Mental ndashAIR (transparent lightweight fast facilitates communica-

tion)Spiritual ndash FIRE (burning fleeting transforming powerful)

Thus in a very simplified manner we can divide people into four ca-tegories

PRACTICAL PEOPLE (P) ndash THEY LIKE TO ACT AND DOThese are the people who like action movement They are the ones who make the world move As friends or clients they may want to go straight to the point try things and learn about practical matters The greatest fear of these practical persons is losing control They like to feel that they are in control of the situation of the pace of the conver-sation and of the surroundings

HELP THEM ALWAYS FEEL IN CONTROL

EMOTIONAL PEOPLE (E) ndash THEY LIKE FEELING AND RELATINGThese are people who love people and sharing feelings Everything is an emotion for them And they feel things about everything and everyo-ne Let them talk about their family friends dogs neighbours etchellip

They will talk mostly about people and what they are feeling Their greatest fear is loosing empathy They like to feel reliable and they want to relate

HELP THEM FEEL EMPATHY TOWARDS YOU

MENTAL PEOPLE (M) ndash THEY LIKE TO THINK AND TO ANALYSEThese are people who like to analyze and who try to put everything into a box into a certain perspective They are precise and meticulous They like detail to study and analyze all possibilities They donrsquot fear debating (quite the contrary) and discussing they love the exchanging ideas and arguments but they need to end up being right or get a very good explanation to why the other is right A mental person is always striving to make the best decision Their greatest fear is to be wrong they like to feel that they are correct and that they are making deci-sions based on logic and rational thinking

HELP THEM FEEL THAT THEY ARE RIGHT

SPIRITUAL PEOPLE (S) ndash THEY LIKE TO BE AND TO GLOWThey are looking for the greater purpose of things They believe that everything has a reason for being the way it is that there are no coin-cidences and itrsquos that quest that moves them They give great meaning to every situation always looking for ldquotherdquo situation The greater the meaning the greater their motivation Their biggest fear is to have no meaning That it is to not be significant or ldquoshinerdquo in any way They need to feel conscious and whole

HELP THEM FEEL THAT THEY ARE MEANINGFUL

Although we all have and use a portion of these four categories in the different contexts or times of our life one of them is predominant in us Identifying it is important for managing and interacting with life and with others since it is the best and the fastest way of accessing the Map-of-the-world of someone and speaking a language that that per-son recognizes and accepts as her own

RAPPORT

74

75

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

In fact we are all one but we are all different and we must understand these differences to be able to deal with others People who are more emotional behave and interact in a totally opposite manner from mental people the same way that most practical people interact in a way that is opposite to spiritual people

The EMOTIONAL person is micro-MACRO Transforms everything that is small into something big Everything is important everything is emotional From the simple ldquogood morningrdquo to hearing ldquoI love yourdquo every day For an emotional person a discussion is always a tsuna-mi Therefore itrsquos the emotional persons who with their micro-Macro sense make birthdays a special day and receive small things with gre-at love

The MENTAL person is MACRO-micro transforms everything that is big into something small She makes it more complex by simplifying it For example this very PEMS model is MACRO-micro as it strives to make the hugeness of the personality types into something much smaller creating only four categories for all human beings The mental person also feels less and give less importance to her feelings

The SPIRITUAL person is MACRO-MACRO she takes everything that is already big and turns it even bigger more meaningful more im-portant more relevant Almost everything is a question of values of making the world a better place and interpretations that go far beyond reality A simple leaf falling off a tree can represent a new phase in life for a spiritual person

The PRACTICAL person is micro-micro turns everything into small and simple lsquoright here and right nowrsquo matters They act Right now with what they have They donrsquot feel the need to enlarge what is small and they donrsquot care much about great concepts If the five senses can help them grasp a situation everything is fine

THE PREDOMINANT LOGIC OF OUR PSYCHEThe most practical way of finding out is to notice how we behave in a stressful situation Each of us when under stress often react in a way that is very close to our basic personality type

Practical people act react move around organize themselves put their hands to work and do not rest until they manage to move things forward

The emotional people feel and feel a lot If a situation is stressful diffi-cult and negative they will have difficult and negative emotions they will feel what others feel and they will want to manage these emotions in the moment

People that are predominantly mental will under stress begin to ratio-nalize need logical answers be fast and analytical They donrsquot want to solve anything through feelings they donrsquot want to act they are only concerned with finding the right and correct decision and struggle until they get it

Finally the predominantly spiritual people will want to give a greater meaning to that particular event What has to be done what people feel or what the right solution is doesnrsquot matter what matters is why things happened the way they did and what the greater significance of that may be

RAPPORT

76

77

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

Identify the psychological type of the client can help the coach to anticipate and understand expectations

MAIN SUPERIOR FUNCTION AND AUXILIARY INFERIOR FUNCTION

According to Carl Jung while we all have one function that is better developed than the others ndash a superior function ndash we also have another fairly well developed function called the first auxiliary

All of us have a bit of each one of the psychologies but there are always two that are predominant a main one which Jung calls the superior function and an auxiliary one that lies at the bottom of the cross shown on the previous page which is always to the right or left of our superior one

The inferior function is one that is less developed and that remains mainly in our unconscious

Thus a person who is predominantly Practical may have as her auxi-liary function the emotional or mental logic thus being PE or PM

A person who is predominantly Mental may have as her auxiliary func-tion the spiritual or practical logic thus being MS or MP

A person who is predominantly Spiritual may have as her auxiliary function the emotional or mental logic thus being SE or SM

And a person who is predominantly Emotional may have as her auxilia-ry function the spiritual or practical logic thus being ES or EP

This all means that we are situated in one of the following categories

3 Practical Emotional or Emotional Practical 3 Practical Mental or Mental Practical 3 Spiritual Emotional or Emotional Spiritual 3 Spiritual Mental or Mental Spiritual

As you may have noticed according to Jung there are no EMME or PSSP That is one canrsquot have as her first auxiliary function the func-tion that is opposite to the superior one

Carl Jung said that we should look closely at our inferior function whi-ch usually remains in our unconscious because it contains an enor-mous potential for a change and each one of us can benefit a lot from integrating our inferior function with our superior one

Taking risks experimenting enjoying everything that life has to offer is the best way of getting to know ourselves and realizing where our happiness lies (ldquoTrate a Vida por Turdquo paacuteg 74)

INTROVERSION AND EXTROVERSION Introversion and extroversion have to do with the direction in which we focus our attention and energy

People who prefer Extroversion focus their energy and attention away from themselves and are interested in the world of people and things

3 Attracted to the world of events and people outside of themsel-ves

3 They are aware of who and what is around them 3 They like to meet and talk to new people 3 They are friendly often good talkers and easy to get to know 3 They tend to talk easily and often in meetings 3 May not be as aware of what goes on inside them 3 They think while talking 3 They may act or speak first and only think later 3 Speaking about themselves they speak fast 3 They bring energy into life 3 They can get bored and restless if they are alone for too long

People who prefer Introversion (focus their energy and attention inward and are interested in the inner world of thoughts and reflections)

3 Attracted to the inner world of thoughts feelings and reflections 3 They are usually very aware of their inner reactions 3 They prefer to interact with people they know 3 They are usually quiet in meetings and sometimes seem disen-

gaged

RAPPORT

78

79

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

3 They are generally reserved and hard to get to know 3 They may not be as aware of the world outside of them 3 They need time to gather their thoughts before they speak 3 They reflect and think before acting 3 They want to know you before allowing you to get to know them

deeply 3 They feel exhausted and tired after interacting with peoples

FINAL NOTE you must be what your client is You have to find that person inside you

LEARNING STYLESAs we saw with the previous PEMS model our clients will have diffe-rent psychological preferences It is therefore important and essential that you are able to adapt your sessions to the learning style that your client likes best and that better meets her psychological preference

EMOTIONAL Emotional clients will like to talk and share on their to-pics They are very much looking for a relationship and empathy with the Coach and they need to feel heard more than any of the other personality types For these persons learning has a lot to do with the relationship that is created with the feeling of support that they get and even with the positive feedback They like to learn through stories As a Coach it is important to learn to empathize with the emotional range of these persons They will appreciate the sharing to tell stories and to listen to them With emotional clients we may sometimes feel that we are not taking huge steps forward But the fact is that many times these persons need to first be listened to

MENTAL Mental clients will be more logical and may have a more aca-demic style of learning They will want to understand the reasons why things are what they are they will want to get tasks involving research on certain subjects The sessions with these people must be well defi-ned and prepared They will want to explore their intellectual side and feel challenged It is important for them to have access to information and tools that explain the work they are doing in the sessions in a con-crete and logical manner Of course they also need to empathize but the intellectual challenge feeling that their intellect is develops appears to be greater They may like schemes graphics and any models that

could simplify the learning process What these persons will demand of you is a greater capacity to analyse and a logical and rational way of communicating

SPIRITUAL this is for most people the most difficult learning style to adopt Remember that these persons are seeking the greater meaning of things They really want to feel inspired by the coaching process (and even by their Coach) They will want to see that you are an exam-ple of what you talk about so called congruence Spiritual persons will enjoy topics that are more related to values to their identity that make them feel that they are taking steps towards becoming better hu-man beings With these clients you can use powerful metaphors (even through movies music creative exercises etc) and above all strive to make sure that the person leaves the session very inspired

PRACTICAL They like action Which is great because coaching is pri-marily about action These persons like to have very practical sessions in which they get the opportunity to do many exercises and experiment with different situations They may be the clients that like getting more tasks and having things to do (which then sometimes ldquogets lostrdquo due to their time management) These clients will require more simplicity and a well-paced session from you They may also like to do exercises that involve moving their body Above all they will want you to help them get into action

As we deal with these four kinds of preferences we need to adapt our Coaching style to the learning style that each person has Thus we should prepare a lot their sessions and realize that some will require from you

3 Greater sharing and ability to listen and relate (e) 3 Researching mastering the subject very well and knowing how

to mentally stimulate your client with challenges (m) 3 Powerful metaphors very inspirational sessions and congruen-

ce that assign meaning to the Coaching process (s) 3 Practical exercises diversified well rhythmed sessions that

help your client to quickly get into action (p)

RAPPORT

80

81

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING ROOTS

LEVEL 5 - PERSON TO PERSONThis is the fifth level of rapport the deepest and more intense one It happens when the level of rapport is a total vibration Itrsquos when the client feels such a confidence by her Coach empathy and sympathy Itrsquos the hardest level to evaluate

Itrsquos when your client feels so much connected to you that depending on her your relationship would go beyond Coaching She no longer wants the Coach she wants you You no longer understand only the person she feels that you know about her You donrsquot understand psychology you understand who she is

It is very similar to the rapport level you have with 23 of very close persons in your life Everything is natural unconscious and sponta-neous

VIII ROOTS

Every human being seeks to get results Mo-ney Family Romance Peace Happiness

Career Health All we want in life is to have results in those areas

The Map-of-the-World Model is used to work on roots - your

roots as a Coach It shows us how does the psyche of all of us works As a Coach no one

should surprise you about yourself You should know you well know everything about yourself This is what itrsquos called a rooted person

click the video to see it

82

83

BELIEFSTRANSFORMATIVE COACHING

ROSA 20 M - AIR - THINK

VALUESHOLISTIC COACHING

ROSA 30 S - FIRE - BE

COACHING 40

WORLD MAP MODEL

being th

e moment

passi

on en

ergy

demotiv

ation

empowering beliefs

limiting rules

relation air(comunication)

coach is priestisnacutet

1 value focus

UNSUSTAINABLESUSTAINABLE

SECURITY

SELF LOVE

CONSCIOUSNESS

PERSONAL DEVEL

FREEDOM

LOVEBELOVED

BLISS

CONTRIBUTION

P

E

M

S

BEHAVIORROSA 10

SITUATIONAL COACHING

P - EARTH - DO

EMOTIONSREMEDY COACHING

ROSA 10 + LISTEN E - WATER - FEEL

RESULTS

ability to

enter

in st

ate

emotional

patter

ns

habits and discipline

addictions

coach is bossisnacutet

coach is friendisnacutet

1 Homework focus

optimism faithpositive

meditation

key points focusused to interrupt the fear cycle

coach is coach

HUMAN HAVINGHUMAN BEING

UNSUSTAINABLEEGOTISTICAL

STRETCH ZONE

SUSTAINABLEECOLOGICALSTRETCH ZONE

SHORT TERMLONG TERM

CYCLE OF CONFIDENCECYCLE OF FEAR

CONSCIOUS

SUBCONSCIOUS

UNCONSCIOUS

84

85

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

So the first question is why some are getting results while others are not

ACTIONS BEHAVIORSThis means that anyone who is having results is because she is ldquodoingrdquo ie behaving differently from other people who are having no results in those areas For example a millionaire DOES things that people who are not millionaires donrsquot For example saving investing etc Someone with a great health is DOING things that people that donrsquot have a good health are not What we are doing is making the difference Two people in the same circumstances that do exactly the same actions have the same kind of results People who have the results you wanna have ARE DOING THINGS TO GET THEM

So the next question is what leads some people to DO and others to not do

EMOTIONSEverything you do in your life is a relationship between pain and pleasure What happens is that someone who goes running at 6 am associates more pain with lsquonot goingrsquo than with lsquogoingrsquo Who is going to the gym asso-ciates more pleasure than pain with going to the gym in the morning That relationship between pain and pleasure is what is defining your results If we dramatically increase the pain or the pleasure associated we will get to change your results

As so what is then defining that painpleasure relationship

BELIEFSThe reason is because of our beliefs of what we believe in Our beliefs are our set of rules for the world and for our lives Your set of beliefs in fact is defining your painpleasure relationship with something and then your actions A millionaire believes that saving is essential that investing and taking risks is necessary This set of beliefs leads himher to associa-te more pleasure than pain with having these behaviors and therefore heshe implements them Other people have other beliefs that create other

emotions that create other results People who are achieving results in areas that you arenrsquot have a beliefs system different from yours

And then it seems logical to ask so what is defining and creating your set of beliefs

VALUESWhat is a value Itrsquos something that is important to you something you re-ally value The only thing that determines a value is if it is valuable to you Not all of us share the same values (Example the values of Mother Teresa and Donald Trump Contribution vs Professional Accomplishment) What you really value and not what you say that you value You value it so much that it generates your set of beliefs In fact when you live your values in practice (on a daily basis) you are defining your life results Not what you would like to value but what you are really valorizing In fact we all have the same values What differs is the order and the importance we give to each one of them

For example if someone has the value of the family above the value of work she will have the belief that it is more important to spend time with her family causing her to develop a positive feeling when she is with her family which leads her to really try to spend more time with it On the other hand someone who has the value of work above the family one will be someone who believes she should spend more time with her work and career as she believes it is that that will bring her more financial stabi-lity for example So she will associate more pleasure to the time spent at work than at home causing her to act accordingly to that emotion For example Donald Trump and Mother Teresa of Calcutta havenrsquot they got different values One probably values more lsquoprofessional fulfillmentrsquo the other values more lsquocontributionrsquo Different results Sure One has one of the largest business empires in the world the other left the largest volun-teer organization in the world

So in reality the values you are living in practice (what you are valuing in practice) are defining your results

This alone already explains a good part of the psyche of human beings But letrsquos go deeper

ROOTS

Having roots is to control the cycle of trust

86

87

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

To have roots the coach has to identify

her motivators and values create beliefs and habits and learn

to place herself in a state

CYCLE OF CONFIDENCE AND CYCLE OF FEAREveryone has Cycles of Fear in some areas and Cycles of Confidence in other areas

How do you know it If you are having or not results in that area In the areas of your life where you are getting results you are living in a Cycle of Confidence In the areas where yoursquore not you are living in a Cycle of Fear What does this means is that you have behavioral addic-tions or that you are doing things in a vicious way you are in a sort of a mice wheel Those addictions start by creating emotional patterns on you (feelings that you are having whether you want it or not for instan-ce jealousy when it becomes a pattern no matter what the other does that emotion will keep being there it is an emotion that happens to you) and those emotional patterns generate limiting rules We use the words ldquorulesrdquo because in reality limiting beliefs are created because they have a very large set of rules And this generates demotivation An addiction creates an emotional pattern that creates rules limiting which create demotivation and discourage us to move and change This Cycle of Fear is being lived FROM RESULTS TO VALUES and not in the other and right way The bad news are that we all have Cycles of Fear The areas in which we are not having results is because we are afraid but we paint it in other colors Irsquom afraid Irsquom demotivated I have emotional patterns and I have limiting rules

For you to gain roots you need to recognize these cycles You need to break it if you want results but if you want roots you need to recognize them Good news you can break Cycles of Fear

Second good news you have Cycles of Confidence You also unders-tand the other psychology So what is a Cycle of Confidence

You start by having the capacity of creating Discipline and Habits you get the ability to get into a certain and desired state (eg being happy to go training I want to create that emotion I visualize it it is the op-posite of an emotional pattern the pattern happens to you Think of a boxer who puts herself into her wanted state before entering in a ring You have empowering beliefs (when you believe in something that cre-ates more of it) This creates energy passion being in the moment Being with energy and passion and in the moment brings me empowe-ring beliefs which put me in the emotional state I want and provide me

habits and discipline The good news you have these cycles in areas that you are getting results Think in one area You have these four things right

Having these cycles itrsquos called being human First part on lsquorootsrsquo is about knowing your Cycles of Fear and Confidence and admit them to yourself to those you love to the others And having the courage to say that it doesnrsquot work because of FEAR And there is a way to break this cycle When you have roots you stop projecting it in your clients

There is a way of finding your values in a very logical way knowing which human motivators drive your behavior

8 HUMAN MOTIVATORSMaslov pyramid he was the first to talk about human needs He is outda-ted because it defines a hierarchy He places self-fulfillment at the top This model is very much focused on Maslovrsquos map-of-the-world who was an MS If it is a PE he may have lsquofamilyrsquo in the top and that is not wrong Still there are things that all humans need

So with all these models we created the 8 human motivators they are divided in four paradoxes one for each of the PEMS The first paradox is security freedom

Each one of us was born with a set of motivators You are ldquoaddictedrdquo on one side of the paradox You have to fulfill that need even if you have to abdicate of the other one

ROOTS

SECURITY

SELF LOVE

CONSCIOUSNESS

PERSONAL DEVEL

FREEDOM

LOVEBELOVED

BLISS

CONTRIBUTION

P

E

M

S

88

89

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

The main lesson is the more you live the other side of the paradox the more you will live your addiction as well What happens is that you can only get more of your addiction when you learn to validate the other side of the paradox This is what Jung calls ldquoparadoxes integrationrdquo be the millionaire and the altruistic Be the mother of family and career etc Only when you integrate the other energy is when it boosts the one that is more natural to you

For other persons it happens the same with security and all other pa-radoxes The suggestion is Irsquom addicted on this but I can pause and I can go exploring the other side What you have to figure out is your map (draw in the lsquoinfinite signsrsquo which side of the paradoxes is bigger) Your map is about how much you need to fill each side of the paradox

So YOUR HUMAN MOTIVATORS ARE DEFINING YOUR VALUES AND YOUR VALUES ARE DEFINING YOUR RESULTS

You can have everything on one of the sides of the paradox if yoursquore willing to face the fear of losing it

All people fill their motivators The difference between us is how sus-tainable is that satisfaction Unsustainable means that every day you

EXERCISE Do your map How do you discover Based on major decisions you made in your life Example work home relationships etc

have to feed them Imagine a homeless person he meets hisher secu-rity needs (eating and having where to sleep) but he has to do it every day Now compare with Donald Trump If you see the freedom part it probably happens the opposite

3 SUSTAINABLE it feeds itself It is something that can continue without the need for external resources It is ecological based on challenge and paradoxes integration

3 UNSUSTAINABLE you need to do it every day it is selfish ba-sed on comfort and extremist You do it like it was a daily shot

Example father and daughter about going out at night (to satisfy sa-fety and to love and be loved) Father says no hersquos being selfish and within his comfort zone The same father after coming to this course ldquoYoursquore going to the party until 2230 You send me an sms saying that everything is ok and at 2230 Irsquoll pick yourdquo This continues for some time Father goes on diminishing the rules Now hersquos being ecological entering his challenge zone and integrating paradoxes To feel safe as a father he has to give some freedom To feel loved he has to give them some self love Now his motivators are sustainable and has a sustai-nable system that feeds itself To arrive to a deeper level of security he needs to take the risk that comes from giving more freedom

DIAGONAL CONTINUOUS LINEThis line shows us that working above the line ie the clientrsquos beha-viors andor emotions is short-term and unsustainable In this case only the techniques are worked There are immediate results but with no major impact and duration Like when we are called to do motiva-tional speaking or teambuildingrsquos People feel better and do things but the results have a short duration

This does not imply that it is wrong to do Coaching based on these two areas For example in a quick conversation with a friend we can do Situational Coaching (based on behaviours) in order to get her to do something that has been postponing If the action has been made and it was what was intended to be then you did your role as Coach The Remedy Coaching is also important sometimes which consists on making the other person to leave the session feeling good thinking more positive at the time having had an opportunity to digest an emo-tion

ROOTS

90

91

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

Below the continuous line is where lies the deepest work The one that will actually be sustainable and with long-term results This is where we work values and beliefs it is where we go deep to the point where in fact we shift paradigms The client in this type of Coaching change her beliefs and values turning to be a really different person in opposition to what happens above the line where only the emotions or behaviors are changed but the client continues to be what she was

ICEBERGWith the iceberg image it is understood that the behavior is the conscious part of the human being the only thing that the client can see and analyze Everything else emotions beliefs and values are at the clientrsquos unconscious But as a Coa-ch I must and I want to work also the unconscious because as we saw above this is where it lies the sustainable and long-term work

When we help our clients shifting their paradigms beliefs emotions or values we are working with their unconscious Your client will not like this at some point in the process The unconscious will realize that she will have to change and this will cause the first resistance Knowing how to overcome this is essential to the Coachrsquos work so she can de-liver sustainable results

Conscious Mind keeps all the information which you can access now

Unconscious Mind keeps all the information that has ever passed through your brain It is also a kind of a warning system for you

The information passes from the unconscious to the conscious mind through the subconscious It goes dropping into deeper levels of our mind Very qui-ckly your clients will want to turn you into one of three things

Friend ndash They want someone who listens to them who is patient with them who is always there with whom they can always count and talk Most of your clients will want to have you here that you turn into a sort of confi-dant that supports them but does not challenge them too much But you are not there to be a friend

Boss ndash Many will seek in the Coach someone to tell them what to do who provides them specific guidance who pressures them who ldquopunishrdquo them when they donrsquot have their homework done Someone who is even more committed with their results than themselves But yoursquore also not there to be a Boss

Priest ndash Others will want a kind of a weekly confession session That you absolve the mistakes theyrsquove made du-ring the week that you tell them everything is fine and that it doesnrsquot matter we are all human and we all make mistakes You are not there to be a kind of spiritual le-ader of your client and to absolve him You are there to be

Coach - The Coach has an ldquoAirrdquo relationship with the client ie mental of communication becau-se it is a conversation where you listen and ask where there is intellectual stimulation In the map--of-the-world scheme the Coachrsquos sketch is in the quadrant of beliefs It is a ldquomind with mindrdquo work

It is important to know this because with the sessions going clients tend to try their Coach to become a friend (wateremotions) a boss (earthbehaviors) or even a priest (firevalues) However the Coach should avoid the mistake of behaving like one of these three types You are there to be a Coach

Notes In Informal Coaching with friends colleagues family remember that first thatrsquos what you are and only then you are a Coach Therefore you should not give prevalence to the Coach but to the relationship you have with that person otherwise you would violate the pact that exists between the two

ROOTS

92

93

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

4 TYPES OF COACHINGBased on these four quadrants there are four types of Coaching

Situational Coaching ndash The one that is done immediate-ly during the situation with the sole purpose of lea-ding it to an action It usually consists of a brief con-versation where a ROSA 10 is done Your client has a situation that week that really needs to be addressed Ex a proposal that she needs to present a college exam for which she has to study Itrsquos not bad Coaching and it is often necessary Only it is more superficial

Remediative Coaching ndash As the name says it suits when we have to put a ldquobandageointmentrdquo on the emotions The goal is the client to feel good at the end of the session without having to go deeply on the problem Itrsquos the typical conver-sation where the client unburdens and your only goal is to make her feel a little better Sometimes it may be and it often is necessary

Ex the past week your client has discussed with someone important to her or something happened that greatly dealt with her emotions Your first focus should be to help her to unburden and to feel better We used ROSA 10 + Unburden

Transformative Coaching ndash Here the goal is not just making the client to feel better but that she can change the way she sees her life and herself Here we mainly work on beliefs ie the client stops believing in some things to start believing in another ones She shifts paradigm Coaching is now much more sustainable and with long--term results It undergoes through more complete ses-sions where ROSA 20 is done

Holistic Coaching ndash This is the kind of Coaching that involves the whole being of the client all her areas and valences ie her values The entire psyche is worked We are working the whole Human Being and not only a part of it Even the motivators are worked We use ROSA 30 and we work a lot on paradoxes integration

KEY POINTSWe said earlier that we all have Cycles of Fear and that we can change them to Cycles of Confidence How

Imagine that you have a turnscrew and a bicycle wheel is malfunctio-ning You will then put the turnscrew into one of the four key points and then yoursquoll pull and force the wheel to move in the right direction to-wards the Cycle of Confidence And very important you donrsquot take out the turnscrew until the Cycle (the wheel) rotates in the right direction

What are then the Four Key Points You can really choose only one

VALUE FOCUS At this point you will choose a key value for you whi-ch you canrsquot leave to live in practice Whatever happens you canrsquot take the turnscrew from there For instance imagine that you are experien-cing serious financial difficulties and you decide that lsquoValue Focusrsquo is your point Imagine that you choose ldquosavingrdquo as the value that has to be experienced in practice Then whenever you have to make a decision that involves spending money you know what to do You canrsquot in any way stop living this value until the cycle begins to rotate in the oppo-site direction and gets sustainable

POSITIVITY If you want to work at the level of beliefs yoursquoll start to develop this empowering belief base BEING POSITIVE You must be a positive person with faith who believes that everything will go well who says only positive things about herself and the others who sees and is focused on everything positive that is going around her And when the bad days or the bad news are coming and you feel the need to say something negative you shut up And you say something positive

EMOTION FOCUS Imagine that there is an emotion that makes your Cycle of Fear to happen (an emotional pattern) In this key point you will choose an emotion that you would like to learn to cause in yourself learning how to get yourself into that state Imagine that you have been feeling too much anger in your Cycle of Fear and want to feel harmony instead You want to learn how to get into that emotional state You start feeling the opposite emotion and you do something to manage to be in an harmony state (you listen to a song that gets yourself into that state you put your boxing gloves you jump you meditate you close

ROOTS

94

95

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

your eyes you read a poem as Mandela did )

HOMEWORK FOCUS Here you will define a homework that until itrsquos done you wonrsquot do anything else Imagine that you have a Cycle of Fear in relation to health that you define lsquoHomework Focusrsquo as the key point and your homework is running every day Until you manage to do it nothing else matters All of your strategies are directioned so that your homework is being done as soon as possible

In the end all of the four key points have to do with absolute focus

Value ndash Focus on the most important value Until that value is being lived we wonrsquot move on

Positivity (Faith Optimism) ndash Focus on the positive emotions Un-til she gets optimistic we wonrsquot move on

Emotion (Meditation) ndash Focus on pleasure Until she feels more ple-asure than pain we wonrsquot move on

Homework ndash Focus on action Until the homework gets done we wonrsquot move on

VERY IMPORTANTYou as a coach do not have to guess your clientrsquos map-of-the-world or even her PEMS but you have to explore it aside of her You will only master her Map-of-the-World when you understand your own (creating roots) because you will never learn anything about yourself with your client you will never discover anything about you because shersquos the one who discovers it being real or not You Coach you must be hum-ble enough to know that you know nothing about your client and you shouldnrsquot try to guess anything It is the customer who gets there alone

Therefore the more knowledge you have about your own map-of-the--world together with Rapport and ROSA the more intense will be your Coaching because the more you will be able to help your client The goal is that you have the tools in yourself so you can help her In other words this tool is for you to deepen your roots and thus know when you need to do only ROSA or go searching for the Key Points or to use

another method For instance if a client has as her main challenge to be promoted then therersquos no logical on working on Cycles of Fear but to make a ROSA and move forward On the other hand if you see that there is a Cycle of Fear then you should find the key point so you can work on it

I canrsquot help the others if I canrsquot help myself first

ROOTS

values (I am)

during session

clientcoach rosa unconscious

Beliefs (I think)

between sessions

co-coach rosa 30

emotions (I feel)

leverage slice

self coaching rosa 20behavior (I do)

holistic

coaching to others rosa 10M

S

E

P

96

97

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING RESULTS

IX RESULTS

Results are super important in the Coa-ching process There is simply no Coa-

ching if there are no results and thatrsquos why they are at the center of the

triangle of the four Rrsquos Everything we do whether is ROSA creating

Roots or building Rapport it is done with the purpose of get-ting results at the end of the sessions

This is what distinguishes the most Coaching from other practices As a Coach you must become obsessed with your clients results Not only that they do their homeworks but also how close did Coaching took them closer to their Guru Objective how much it has improved their leverage slice of the Pizza and other slices as well We also try to assess the sustainability of those results We donrsquot want them just to get there but also that they keep there

Coaching is about results and you must take this premise very seriou-sly You have been hired to make them reach some goals Become obsessed with it

It is not so easy to evaluate results in a metric way in the world of Co-aching but it proves to be very important Not only with Life Coaching but also with Business Coaching We must find a way to demonstrate that our work has had results in practice

That was the reason why we have created the Results Model

Our level of competence is equal to our worst level of performance

RESULTS MODELIt is possible to define results through the four metrics

lsquoSrsquo AXIS (SPIRITUAL) WE EVALUATE THE PROCESS IMPACT ON THE CLIENT

Behavior (I DO) When the client throughout the process changes one or more behaviors She does now due to the sessions different things that she didnrsquot before

Emotions (I FEEL) When the client feels happier more self-confi-dent fulfilled etc She has now different and more positive emotions due to the Coaching process

98

99

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

Beliefs (I THINK) When there is a change of belief (I used to belie-ve I was not a good person and now I believe I am) When the client used to believe in something and she started to believe in something different There was a paradigm shift She used to see something in a certain way and now she sees it in a more empowering way

Values (I AM) When the Coach manages to help the client to change her values ie the person she is This happens for exam-ple when the client starts to put more emphasis on family than on work or when she accepts and believes that she is a healthy and different person and that nothing will change that now She values different things todat due to the Coa-ching process

lsquoErsquo AXIS (EMOTIONAL) WE EVALUATE THE CLIENTrsquoS AUTONOMY

Level 1 Coach (CoachClient Relationship) Itrsquos the Coach who controls the situation There is a formal relationship be-tween Coach and Client and the session is controlled and oriented by the Coach

Level 2 Coach (Co-Coach) The Client already acts as a Coach during the sessions This happens for example when the client already knows that she is supposed to also say po-sitive things on the Reality part that is she already knows what to do in each step She already takes the initiative The relationship is more about cooperation now and the Client start becoming autonomous

Level 3 Coach (Self-Coaching) When the Client already does Self--Coaching at home not being asked to This is a fantastic moment because she already has the tools and the Coach is there to help and support

Level 4 Coach (Coach to others) When the Client comes to a ses-sion and tells us she has done Coaching with someone else (with her child for instance) This person came to us to be helped however she is already using our tools to help so-

RESULTS

meone else She is totally independent It is every Coachrsquos dream

lsquoMrsquo AXIS (MENTAL) WE EVALUATE THE CLIENTrsquoS CONTENTS ASSIMILATION

Uses Rosa 10 language o cliente usa palavras como Realidade objetivos soluccedilotildees accedilotildees fazem hoje parte do seu leacutexico

Uses Rosa 20 language the client uses terms such as guru objec-tives baby objectives measurable beliefs paradigm shif-ting brainstorming etc

Uses Rosa 30 language she refers terms like emotional patterns cycles of fear and confidence values dilemma etc

Uses unconscious Rosa language when many of these terms are so ingrained in the clientrsquos language that she thinks she will use them for the rest of her life

lsquoPrsquo AXIS (PRACTICE) WE EVALUATE RESULTS IN PRACTICE

During the Session I can manage the client to get results only du-ring the session It is a Coaching session that has no power to influence the client outside it

Between Sessions It mostly happens when the client is doing her homeworks It means that what happened during the ses-sion touched her with enough strength to get her to realize she has to do something and that she is doing something outside the sessions

Leverage Slice It happens when the client fulfills her Leverage Slice and achieves the goal that brought her to Coaching or when her satisfaction in that slice has dramatically im-proved

Holistic When the client improves satisfaction in multiple slices as a result of the sessions including the leverage slice It was a process that had an impact on the whole being and not just in one area of her life

100

101

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

You can make this model with your client on the last session you have together You can also make a self-assessment to compare with it When you measure these four levels of results you will have access to check what level of Coaching you had on that specific process

COACHING LEVELThe Coaching Level that you have delivered is always proportional to your lowest result Even if you have three axes at level 3 and have only one at a level 2 Coaching has been 20 This is valuable information to you as a Coach because it gives you an idea of axes that are easier for you to work and others that you may have to further strengthen

Level 4 Coaching is something that is not achieved with all clients There must be a great empathy and rapport as well as a mastery on the Coaching technique that has been taught in the training course and presented in this manual

Gulica ego catia caperum dem inem cus Fortes et L Nos et grae avehem Romnit acto egeris cis sultod pratum voltum iam hos ublius hactam atemus essede con vas optilis factor aus nem ad cae estil hos me patus re verisse inatuus

Udam deperfecrem nermis etraed me int ela remulibut rem loctusquo cum mus auciem vivehem uresull emquissent eti primperescit ina que ia consiss entium pulerit con vendam morei sentes inatil vit ia quam mus licaudemus factem dum eo ura ex muro nenit quo vilnes-tium Catimportus pati postalarit vis coena fui sa consu consceribus Satquid ertienatus contere essimis ut vis aus iliciam quo in dissimis Ra num deatiqua vere con sentius et in spio pes Tiaetin videlisquam mus viliam que conum is larbit etora notimolto nos et duc omnimus opublicae convo C Nos vivica Catus hos vivas aurnihil hui terfint imorter labus hostam res inequod nerem tabute telieni hilicaessil ven-tem nonsulis

Berteropubit diisquium iteriti emprit teludam hilicid erfentiur tem huis

Hum pro vidiusquem paterevid sedis factatu rnihilla rem publicave Ca-terev irissoltis re aurei pere anum teluder ficepse essercem octuusque mis tum inam pra vivid rei condamdiis hacies Ipio verei sendamdis

TOOLS amp TECHNIQUES

X TOOLS AND TECHNIQUES

If you master well the model of the four Rrsquos for us you already are a fantastic Coach If you can master some stars too itrsquos even better But if you master the model you know how to do Coaching But now letrsquos go to the small stars The idea is not that you try to use all the stars at the same time Choose the two or three that you like best and train those first

POSITIVE FEEDBACKProvide as much positive feedback as you can to your client Take every opportunity you have to do it A Coach is the type of mirror that only says good things about her client Please turn yourself into some-one who is always valorizing every small steps that your client takes

FEEDBACK HAMBURGERYou say something positive then you say something negative then you say something positive again The two positive feedbacks have to be VERY VERY good For instance ldquoI have been feeling that you are very committed to your Coaching process We just need to start paying more attention to our homework even because I feel that you are a person who likes to challenge yourself and that really wants to go further ldquo

RESSIGNIFICATION Ressignificating is finding another meaning still more empowering but that changes everything EgrdquoI didnrsquot do my homework I failedrdquo Coach ldquoWow That means that you are a demanding and committed personrdquo ldquoIrsquom lazyrdquo

102

103

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

ldquoDoes that means you like to enjoy the pleasures of liferdquo

REFRAMINGIt is much like ressignification Itrsquos the name that is used in NLP (Neuro--Linguistic Programming) You take the information that was been gi-ven to you in a frame and you put it in a new one

PREFRAMINGIf ressignification has to do with changing the meaning after it has been given preframing has to do with giving a meaning to something before we have explained what it is It is a widely used technique to anticipate objections that might distract us from our ultimate goal Then we do preframing we previously give the meaning that we want the person to give afterwards Example

ldquoCan I show you my point of view Itrsquos something different but Irsquove seen that it works with many people and it has been helping a lot to change our behavior to healthier habits Itrsquos something innovative and different but highly successful Can I tell you my ideardquo You create a frame before placing the information in there

POSTFRAMINGFirst you give the information and then you put it in a frame Eg ldquoFolks today we have an exam (the low energy level) but thatrsquos what this course is about to be the best Coach to go furtherrdquo

ldquoFROM 0 TO 10 rdquo To give examples ldquoI think Irsquoll read a bookrdquo Coach ldquoFrom 0-10 how much do you think you will accomplish that goalrdquo

TRANSFORMING ldquoORrdquo IN ldquoANDrdquoHelp the client to find an alternative solution to integrate paradoxes to

find a third way

VULNERABILIZATIONFind out things about you that are not working and put them at the clientrsquos service That makes you human and you are validating your client in the case she feels the same She does some things better than you and has some of the same challenges

ASSOCIATION AND DISSOCIATIONThese two terms are often used in NLP (Neuro-linguistic Program-ming) and are used in various ways Association means that an indi-vidual describes a situation as if it was happening and he was partici-pating on it As the name indicates he is associated with it He is still seeing himself going through the situation and feels the emotions that he would feel if he was really living it

Dissociation means that an individual can already tell that experience as if he was watching a movie in which he took part but already dis-sociated from it He is more in an observer role That allows him a big-ger emotional objectivity Even if he feels the emotions they are more about the experience itself and not so much about him as a participant

When we want to help our customers to overcome some emotionally more challenging situations it can make a huge difference to have them to dissociate from those situations Thatrsquos how they can gain greater objectivity and clarity and at the same time they get more mo-tivated to take their first steps

METAPHORSThe most important here is that you use the metaphors of your client Use her world whenever it is possible It will help a lot more to inter-nalize and memorize the information Help your client to create her metaphors Eg ldquoSometimes we fall into holes that are so big that you canrsquot get out of them alonerdquo ldquoLearning to forgive someone is like dri-ving one step at a timerdquo

TOOLS amp TECHNIQUES

104

105

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

LANGUAGE OF A COACH 3 HOW TO INTERRUPT at the first session it must be defined if

the Coach can interrupt the client when she deviates from the focus If yoursquore going to interrupt your client you must always do it with a question You can also take note of something that has nothing to do with the subject you are talking about but it seems important So we can talk about it in the next session You can ask the client if she liked to talk about it

3 ldquoDOES IT MAKES SENSE FOR YOUrdquo If she says NO ldquoSo tell merdquo if she says YES ldquocan you tell me howrdquo

3 ldquoMY HALLUCINATION is rdquo Being very unconditional Any opi-nion is a good opinion The Coach realyy doesnrsquot know The word hallucination implies that what yoursquore saying may be ab-solutely wrong

3 ldquoWHAT WOULD LOVE DO NOWrdquo Be careful with the rapport level you have with your client It is a very good question when it concerns relational issues

3 ldquoHOW WOULD IT BE IFrdquo Very good to overcome objections ldquohow would it be if you had timerdquo ldquohow would it be if you had moneyrdquo ldquohow would it be if you had self-confidencerdquo

3 ldquoWHAT IF rdquo Fantastic to destroy any obstacle that your client brings Some examples ldquoAnd what if you couldrdquo ldquoWhy notrdquo ldquoWhat if nobody would knowrdquo ldquoWhat if you had moneyrdquo ldquoI know you donrsquot but what if you knew what would you sayrdquo

3 GENERAL TIP BE COOL You really must have a cool and rela-xed attitude You really donrsquot know what would be best for your client so be really unconditional

THE COACHING ETHICS

XI THE COACHING ETHICS

There are six ethic rules in Coaching but with no doubt the first is the most important

CONFIDENTIALITY Coaching sessions must be given the utmost con-fidentiality There are no legal rules as in Therapy (like not having fa-mily as clients) but you always have to respect confidentiality When you do Coaching in a company and you must give feedback to their manager your clients must know it If necessary you can discuss the case with a mentor but always without mentioning the name of your client You can discuss the cases but without any names

CLIENTrsquoS AUTONOMY Coaching is all about autonomy and sustaina-bility You need your client to get results not that she needs you You should think ldquoif I change country how would my clients berdquo

CAREFUL WITH PROJECTIONS We all project aspects that we re-press in ourselves All currents in psychology agree that there is pro-jection When I look to someone else what I see is whatrsquos inside of me (strengths and weaknesses) Thatrsquos why some see one thing and others see another As a Coach you must be very attentive to projections You should not do it with your client and for that you must work on your roots If something bothers you that says more about you than about your client Itrsquos not just a technical issue of respecting others map-of--the-world It is an ethical issue

CREDIBILITY Of course you can use other different tools in your ses-sions but you should be able to do so Using things on which yoursquore not certified is breaking ethics Try to be congruent and integrate Being a corporate or a sales Coach without being an expert about those mat-ters is not ethical

106

107

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING THE FIRST SESSION IN PRATICE

CONTRACT IS CONTRACT The financial commitment you assume with your client is always the same as long as she is your client The same in what respects sessions frequency You should always ask permission to your client when you want to change the frequency of the sessions For WeCreate the value you charge to your client must be the same forever It is part of our gratitude towards our client

SELF-COACHING The Coach must be an example of Self-Coaching or she should have a Coach You really have to do ROSA once a year at least and use all these tools in a weekly basis Make sure that you are also an example of achieving your own dreams

XII THE FIRST SESSION

IN PRACTICEIt is normal that the first session is a bit longer (90min) Your focus is to build RAPPORT Here is an example of a few steps for your first session You can have a few more or less of these steps but this is the general idea

STEP 1 Memorize these steps so that you will not have to use this manual

STEP 2 (Partnership) Organize the working space have everything prepared adequated clothes etc

STEP 3 (Presence) Prepare to be fully present by meditating or by being a few minutes in silence

STEP 4 (Posture and words) Build rapport have a few minutes of casual positive and neutral conversation to break the ice For example the weather the clientrsquos favourite team foot-ball match etc

STEP 5 At this stage you will also try to collect information about the client Several aspects of her life and trying to deter-mine clientrsquos expectations regarding the Coaching process You will be attentive about the metaphors and about what is really important to her Yoursquoll need it to explain what Co-aching is in her words

STEP 6 Explain what Coaching is using the clientrsquos words and the references she gave us Example letrsquos imagine that boxing was something that the client liked and we want to explain

108

109

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING THE LAST SESSION

Coaching through boxing ldquoCoaching is like boxing It invol-ves a lot of training to succeed in getting results but ins-tead of having an external enemy we are fighting against ourselvesrdquo

STEP 7 Inviting the client to do an exercise we pick six pens (three of each color) We ask her to tell us three things that are going well in her life and we explore each area a bit Then we ask ldquoamong those areas which one is running really wellrdquo Then we ask for three things that are not going so well and explore a bit

STEP 8 Asking the client which 3 goals she would like to accom-plish by the end of the Coaching process that would make it worth the investment (as measurable as possible)

STEP 9 Establishing verbal contract and selling the idea of coa-ching (even if the sessions pack is already closed) Now we talk about the practical issues sessions frequency ses-sions length interrupting the client first session a bit lon-ger confidentiality guarantee If you feel comfortable you can talk about costs and forms of payment

STEP 10 ldquoCan we start our session talking about what brought you here How can I helprdquo

STEP 11 Talking a bit about the Clientrsquos reality and introducing the Pizza of Life The client draws herrsquos We will go on explai-ning the pizza and its different slices (very briefly not to influence) Some clients like to do it lsquoalonersquo others like to go on talking as they fill the slices

STEP 12 From then on you make ROSA 10

STEP 13 You end up the session You can share ROSA methodology with your client (if you think shersquod like it) and ending with positive feedback You can also ask the client how did she feel You can also ask her to choose an object and summa-rize the session You will also be doing some preframing by stating that Coaching is about action and homeworks

XIII THE LAST SESSION

A coaching process has a follow-up We can work with individual ses-sions or with a pack It is important to inform your clients that Coaching is a continuous process and not a process with miraculous results in the first session Hence it is like doing workout where it is difficult to get results if we go to the gym only once

You can work with packs of sessions (5 or 10) and we would like to give you some tips on what you should ensure it gets done in your last coaching session with someone you have been working with

FUTURE It is important to ensure that the client will continue taking steps in the future even not having sessions anymore or your presence In this session you should spend some time helping her in creating an action plan about the next steps she wants to go on taking in that area You can also take the opportunity to do a small summary of everything that you both worked in so that there is a notion of the progress made and the results achieved Ensures that your client completed that process and be sure about the next steps for her future Help her in crea-ting a good action plan

HABITS You can also ask your client which would be the daily or weekly habits that she would like more to integrate into her routine

POSITIVE FEEDBACK This is also the perfect time to give positive fe-edback to your client (despite being a constant throughout the sessions) Show her the progress she has made throughout the sessions and help her to realize all the positive things she has achieved

111

110

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

PERSONAL DEVELOPMENT We must ensure that our client conti-nues its personal development process and knows or tries new approaches Coaching is just one part of a wide range of options that are now ahead of her Encourage her to con-tinue that journey to read new books to try other trainings and workshops other different and complementary ways of approaching personal development

KEEPING CONTACT You can develop some form of contact with your old clients Email telephone facebook etc Remember to con-tinue sending her information about coaching or other matters you find important It is a way to ensure that your client will continue ldquoawakedrdquo for this subject

Thank you for being part of this project

Daniel Saacute Nogueira and Marta Ferreira

Page 10: WeCreate International Coaching Certification Manual

20

21

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING INTERNATIONAL COACHING PRESUPPOSITIONS

IV INTERNATIONAL COACHING

PRESUPPOSITIONSThe international presuppositions of coaching are general principles that guide the practice of coaching around the world They are a kind of ethical rules that are vital to use in coaching sessions

But even more importantly these ten presuppositions need to be roo-ted in the DNA of the coach and lived fully by her

1 - QUESTIONSldquoThe Coach has the questions and the client the answersrdquo

The Coach always starts from the principle that the client has the answers Even if the Coach knows the answer she should not say it and this is often complicated A challenge The client has to discover the answer for herself even though she may then realize that this was not the best answer and that there are more suitable ones But this makes the client feel in charge of her process A major benefit of coaching is the ldquopowerrdquo that it gives to the client

For this to happen the Coach needs to find and ask questions because there are no answers only questions If the client asks ldquoWhat can I do to solve this situationrdquo the Coach asks ldquoHave you already done something to solve itrdquo or ldquoIs there anything you can do right nowrdquo Try to avoid responding with solutions as much as possible This way the Coach will lead the client to finding the best answer for herself

The coaching process is for the client The coach only facilitates the process

I AS A COACH NEVER KNOW THE SOLUTION

That is as the Coach does not know the psyche of the client she must remain detached and calm allowing the client to pursue at her own pace without interfering The process belongs to the client

2 - RESPECTldquoThe map is not a territoryrdquo

Each person has her way of being her World Map (the perception that each of us has of the same reality) The way one person sees a situation is never identical to someone elsersquos way Everyone interprets the same events differently and react accordingly

Thus the map of the client has true value and merit and the Coach res-pects this principle by holding the point of view that her own map of the world is not the only correct one For example a Coach who is married must respect the client who has three girlfriends and is looking for a fourth A spiritual coach must understand the world of a client whorsquos in the military If you cannot respect the world map of your client then yoursquore not the best Coach for her The best option then is to not con-tinue your sessions and instead suggest that a colleague takes over

Suggestion Do everything in your power to keep your client even if you donrsquot agree with her world map This is because by your fifth ses-sion you will have the necessary rapport to take on the challenge of asking something like

ldquoIs that really what you want for your liferdquo

ldquoDonrsquot you need something bigger in your liferdquo

In conclusion it is only natural that a Coach develops an opinion about what is happening with the client but she must still respect the clientrsquos world map and use open questions that are genuinely tolerant

22

23

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING INTERNATIONAL COACHING PRESUPPOSITIONS

3 - FEEDBACKldquoThere is no failure only feedbackrdquo

Everything that happens to the client during sessions andor outside of them is an opportunity for the Coach to get feedback For example if a client hasnrsquot done her homework this is not failure but feedback to the Coach Perhaps the homework was too complicated maybe the Coach did not convey itrsquos importance or the client is still very focused on another area

ldquoFailurerdquo is short-term psychology itrsquos what you see in the moment ldquoFeedbackrdquo on the other hand is long-term psychology We believe that the client will understand if she hasnrsquot already that itrsquos not about not being capable Instead itrsquos about taking in feedback about the situation learning from it polishing the rough edges and continuing until you can do it A good example of this kind of psychology is when babies start to learn how to walk They will fall many times and try over and over again to remain standing but never will a parent think that their daughter has failed and will never walk only because she fell In other words she did not fail she simply got feedback

4 - RESOURCESldquoAll people have the resources within them

or can acquire them

The coach treats the client as someone who is always rich in resour-ces

The potential that lies in all human beings is very big giant really It enables all of us to achieve any goal that we set ourselves in life and the Coach knows this reality Therefore we will never criticize the goal of a client that may seem impossible in the eyes of the Coach because the client has all the resources she needs within her or can acquire them Many clients will try to convince you that they are not capable of something and do not have these resources within them As a Coach you have fully embrace this assumption and know deep inside that they are perfectly capable

5 - BEST OPTION AT THE TIME

ldquoPeople always choose the best option that is currently available

especially given their context rdquo

For example if a client yelled at a co-worker the Coach should assume that this was the best option that she had available at the time Whether the Coach finds it good or bad does not really matter because for that person it was the only option available given the context

Thus the process of coaching is very humble The Coach puts herself into the shoes of her client staying present and concerned

It is very important that the Coach does not impose her own limita-tions on the client Furthermore she can choose to accept the limits of her client or to go around them Never forget that your client always comes from a context that is different from yours and that her family history religion and education among other things is what guides her to make choices which are always the best option at the time

6 - CAUSE AND EFFECTldquoEach person creates her own realityrdquo

The client is the energetic centre of everything that happens to her In other words it is she who creates or attracts her own reality Thus the Coach should always assume that what is happening to the client was in some way created by her whether it is an accident an argument or even the case of being fired The same applies to positive events

As a coach and this is why you should always respect otherrsquos world maps you do not to say that the client is ldquoguiltyrdquo Instead you keep asking questions

Your session will then be focused on trying to understand what motive led her to create this reality If you do not believe that your client crea-ted it you will also not believe that she has within her all the personal

24

25

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING INTERNATIONAL COACHING PRESUPPOSITIONS

power needed to change or modify it

Therefore as a Coach you need to take this presupposition into your own life and aim to deepen it to the fullest until you reach the point where you believe that you can influence everything that happens in your life

7 - ACTIONldquoIf you want to understand actrdquo

A Coach believes that action is needed to understand a problem chal-lenge or opportunity Itrsquos not enough to say that something has been understood on the mental level Coaching is about action It does not matter how much your client understands or knows about a subject What matters is how much she acts

Hence all sessions have a compulsory homework ending ldquoWhat will you do in this directionrdquo ldquoWhenrdquo ldquoWith whomrdquo

8 - FLEXIBILITYldquoIf yoursquore not getting results do it differentlyrdquo

Between the two of them the Coach needs to be the most flexible be-cause if the client is not getting results new approaches are needed In other words since the Coach believes that the client has all the resour-ces within her if there are no results it is because the Coach has to be more flexible What works with one client does not work with others Einstein said ldquoInsanity is doing the same thing and expecting a diffe-rent resultrdquo If yoursquore not getting the results you want do it differently

9 - POSITIVE INTENTIONldquoAll behaviour is based on a positive intentionrdquo

All human behaviour is driven by positive intention This does not mean

it is all good behaviour just the intention that created them Let us ima-gine a dramatic situation someone who screams violently at another person may be wanting to feel safer calmer have more justice The intention is good but not the behaviour As a Coach you know that what your client does or doesnrsquot do is based on a positive intention

10 - NON-IMPOSITIONldquoNone of these presuppositions are important

to your clientrdquo

All these presuppositions are for you as Coach to internalize and use in your sessions The idea is not that you should now impose on your client to use questions stick to a positive language and refrain from judging other peoplersquos World Maps The pre-suppositions are made for you and aim to orient the coaching process

26

27

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING ROSA 10

V ROSA 10

ROSA 10 is about going through each letter of the ROSA during a ses-sion or an informal conversation without expanding on any of them

The starting point is helping the other person to identify the Reality (Whatrsquos up) of their situation and understand what the problem or challenge is Then to speak about the Objectives (What do you want) and note what the person wants and aspires to After thinking about the goals itrsquos all about encouraging the other to find solutions (How can you get there) And finally because the Coach believes that re-sults come from action itrsquos about agreeing on a piece of homework that is in line with the best solution found (Out of all these ideas what you can do next week)

ROSA 10 is used in more informal coaching with friends and acquain-tances and in more situational coaching that is fast and focused on action where the client already knows what you want Moreover in situations where there is no need to go deeper into understanding the emotions beliefs and values of the client

EXAMPLES OF QUESTIONS LETTER ldquoRrdquo 3 What made you want to come and see me 3 How can I help you 3 How happy satisfied are you 3 How do you feel about that 3 What is the path yoursquove followed so far 3 What works best in your life at the moment What can and

should be improved

3 On a 0-10 scale how satisfied are you in this area 3 What is your biggest challenge 3 How are other areas of your life 3 What else Tell me more

The fundamental Reality question is WHATrsquoS UP

EXAMPLES OF QUESTIONS LETTER ldquoOrdquo 3 Where will you be in a year 3 What is your biggest dream 3 Where would you like to go 3 What is your most amazing vision of this situation 3 From 0 to 10 how important is this goal to you 3 Can you see your goal Describe in detail what it looks like 3 If you had a magic wand that could solve this problem what

would your new situation look like what would you like to see happen

The fundamental Objectives question is WHAT DO YOU WANT

EXAMPLES OF QUESTIONS LETTER ldquoSrdquo 3 What can you do 3 What are you doing right now to solve this situation 3 What do you think is the best way to reach the objectives 3 Do you know someone who can help 3 What are some things yoursquove never imagined doing 3 Let us list a series of possible steps 3 Can you give me 10 solutions And 10 more 3 If I were in your situation what advice would you give me 3 If you had all the money in the world what would you do 3 Who could help you solve this situation

The fundamental Solutions question is GREAT AND WHAT ELSE

28

29

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING ROSA 20

EXAMPLES OF QUESTIONS LETTER ldquoArdquo

3 What will you do this week 3 What is one thing you could do without much difficulty 3 Which of these solutions can you start with today 3 What is your next small step

The fundamental Action question is WHAT ARE YOU GOING TO DO WITH WHOM WHEN During a coaching session the letters R and S have a divergent func-tion allowing you to fully open the flow of ideas The Action phase then has a fully convergent function specifying what will be done as seen in the following diagram

VI ROSA 20

The purpose of this manual and the International Coa-ching Certification is to learn to use ROSA 20 The

MasterCoach Certification goes more in depth with 30 coaching and the MasterCoachTrainer

Certification is about 40 coaching

R(EALITY)The Reality phase is usually the longest

one in ROSA (especially in the first session) It is a very important phase because it is where we find out about our clientrsquos current life situation and start building rapport with her

If this phase is well done the rest comes quite easily and naturally 99 of your clients will be focused on the problem ie living the ldquoPro-blem Psychologyrdquo They will have the tendency to always see the ne-gative even to amplify it as they go along by finding more and more reasons that ldquofeedrdquo the negative aspect of their situation

Everything around them whether it is their home situation or even the state of the country or the world strengthens their ability to see how bad their problem is which contributes to killing all hope for impro-vement and opportunities ultimately go unnoticed Their situation is always the worst it can ever get In fact they tend to see that their life has always been that way

Your goal at this stage is to collect as much information as possible about your client and different aspects (both good and less good) of her life The Coach has two tools for helping her client ldquoget outrdquo of the

ROSA 10

ROSA 30

ROSA 20

ROSA 10

ROSA 30

ROSA 20

WhatWho

when

babybaby

30

31

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

hole that she is focused on and have a conversation about the broader reality of her life

FLUFFY PUFFY VS COMPLICATORAt the stage of Reality we find two main types of people

COMPLICATORThis is the type of person who will claim that they are not able to solve their problem and who also believes that the situation is so big and so bad that there actually is no solution

ROSA 20

In this case let the client speak for five to ten minutes about this but then it is essential to make her say something positive about it with questions like

ldquoWhatrsquos good about itrdquordquo ldquoWhat do you like about your life (Maybe on the same sub-

ject or another - see ldquoGuide to the First Coaching Ses-sionrdquo)

By doing this we motivate the client for the rest of the ROSA Itrsquos re-ally a question of energy If we donrsquot address the positive aspect (of the particular situation or of another area of life) we will not have any energy for the Objectives phase

The conversation gets very depressing and not very motivating when the client manages to convince herself (and often the coach as well)

32

33

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

that there is no solution By adding together both positive and negative aspects we create tension and a spark of energy to move on At the same time we get to find out what truly motivates the client whether it is family a passion that she has or others things

FLUFFY PUFFYThis is the opposite of the type above This is a person who has re-edu-cated herself and grown convinced that itrsquos good to have problems and that they are there for a reason She has a super positive perspective on life but possibly a bit exaggerated Problems are always positive and she does not understand that they may have negative implications

To the question ldquoSo is this problem hurting yourdquo she will promptly reply ldquoOh it isnrsquot Itrsquos good to have problems they bring along many positive things and are just what they should berdquo In this case the Co-ach has to make the client talk about the problem and the aspects that are negative or less good In other words we must find out what hurts enough for the client to realize she needs help with something and that not everything is going well after all

As in the previous case we need to create an inner shock in order to generate energy for the Objectives phase In this case it is necessary to do so by making the client ldquosufferrdquo a bit or to get her out of her comfort zone in order to become aware that there is something she wants to change or do differently If we do not have a challenge an opportunity or a problem we cannot do coaching

Both the ldquoComplicatorrdquo and the ldquoFluffy Puffyrdquo should identify both good and bad aspects of the subject matter Moreover you should not move to the Objectivesrsquo phase be fore this is done At this stage the more the client is aware of her own reality the better the Coachrsquos picture will be of that same reality Both types of clients need to enter the area of challenge leaving the reality that they live in and gaining a broader awareness of the reality that is

Only with this awareness will there be fuel to create goals and pro-gress to the next stages

PIZZA OF LIFEThe clientrsquos reality is like a big wall Something she nee-ds to overcome to reach the other side the side that she wants to be on Although the wall is large the client will tend to concentrate on a small part of the wall a hole a brick to paint etc About 98 of people are focused on the small ldquoholesrdquo of life which only increases their size and importance

Implementing a real change in your life means looking at it as a whole from various angles analyzing all its weaknesses but also all the pos-sibilities In doing so the client becomes more aware of who she is

The pizza is divided into four distinct areas (linked to the four elements and the four personality types) and twelve slices

EARTH AREA (PRACTICAL WORLD)Money How is your bank account Do you have any debts Do you

think you have enough money or do you need more to have the life you want And what about material goods such as a home a car travel

Health Are you healthy Do you have any chronic illness How do you nourish yourself Any sports Do you feel alive

Jobcareer Are you doing something you like Feel satisfied with your career How many hours do you work per day What is your level of productivity

WATER AREA (EMOTIONAL WORLD)

Romance Do you have a love relationship that satisfies you Do you love and are you loved Are you feeling happy and complete without being in a relationship

Family and Friends (with a big F) How do you relate to your chil-dren parents and friends

Contribution Are you helping create a better world Any voluntary work Donations Satisfied with the help you provide

ROSA 20

of life

money

hea

lth

workcareer romance

Friends

family

contribuitiondevelopmentpersonal

social life

hobbies

peer groupleadershippersonal

life p

urpose

Pearth

Ewater

Mair

Sfire

meaning

34

35

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

AIR AREA (MENTAL WORLD)Personal Development Do you read books participate in training

courses invest in yourself and in your learningdevelop-ment

Hobbies and Social Life Do you have a social life that satisfies you Do you have free time to do what you like

Peer Group Groups of people (friends family etc) that challenge us and pull us forward Do you have people that encourage you How often do you meet with them

FIRE AREA (SPIRITUAL WORLD)Personal Leadership How do you relate with yourself When you

look at yourself (on the inside and the outside) do you like

what you see How is your confidence and self-esteem

Life Purpose How much of your day-to-day do you dedicate to doing what you love most

Meaning of Life Do you have a faith What do you believe in What is the energy that encompasses all Why are we here on this planet

The Pizza of Life is a very deep tool to be used both by the client and the Coach to develop their roots It is a practical way of examining all areas of our lives

It is essential to distinguish between the importance that a client at-tributes to a slice and her degree of satisfaction with it Itrsquos not about how much you have of this or that slice but rather how satisfied you are with this area For example a person who is not religious does not have to have a zero in the area of the meaning of life if she is comfor-table with that area But if she does feel that she needs to work on her faith then the value will inevitably be less than 10 Another example someone who lives in a rented house travels by bus and goes camping on holidays may have a 10 in the money slice if itrsquos a person who does not value material goods Someone else who lives the same kind of life but aspires to have a beach house a great car and travel to exotic places will assign a lower value to this slice

The client may want to add or remove a slice and split others However the most important thing is to recognize the four main areas (PEMS) and the importance of all the slices for your happiness and for gaining a more balanced life

When the pizza is filled out once again you will address the positive and less positive aspects of it At this stage you should ask your client

3 ldquoWhich 2 or 3 areasslices feel goodstrong at the momentrdquo

3 ldquoWhich 2 or 3 areasslices need a little more attention and some im-

ROSA 20

1 What is the current situation

2 Concrete examples

3 Objectivity through facts

4 Ask what when where who

REALITYRESUME

36

37

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

provementrdquo

This way you gain even more information about the current situation of your client which may be very helpful during the rest of the coaching process

LEVERAGE SLICEAfter evaluating the pizza of life we dedicate ourselves to hel-ping the client choose a leverage slice We can explain that coaching is about gaining focus by having only one target to hit at each moment in time This does not mean that we wonrsquot work on any other area it just means that we first need to solve one slice one priority slice

The question to use is ldquoWhich slice if you increase your satisfaction with it by one or two points would improve the biggest number of your other pizza slicesrdquo

You can ask your client to select any 5 slices then 3 then 2 and ask ldquoImagine that I am the genie in the lamp and I can help you bring one of these slices to a 10 which one would you chooserdquo

If your client clearly has a slice that she wants to work you can proce-ed with this one right away

The leverage slice is not always the slice that got the lowest rating Therefore we should not influence the decision of the client

A few tips

3 If the client chooses a slice that she gave a high rating itrsquos good news for the Coach because it will be relatively easy for the client to improve it further

3 If the client wants to choose a new slice in the next session no problem Remember that we are just chauffeurs Early on in the coaching process the client may do some reflection and then want to choose another slice

3 Until the leverage slice is resolved (rated much more positively)

or under control by the client (it only being a matter of time) we DO NOT change the slice along the way We only do so once we have delivered the wanted results If we change the slice in each session it becomes difficult (if not impossible) to deliver results which also become much less sustainable Coaching is not a process with a magic wand that can transform a slice in an hour

3 No area is more important than another and the numbers that the client uses to evaluate only mean something to her Remember that YOU SHOULD NOT JUDGE anything about the pizza of your client It only needs to make sense to her

O(BJECTIVES)Now that we know the current reality of our client it is time to move on At this point we no longer speak of problems or challenges That was back in the previous phase Now we just want to know about Objectives

In Coaching we work with two types of objectives

GURU OBJECTIVES AND BABY OBJECTIVESAll of us more or less consciously orient our action through goals But we do not always take the right steps There are people who consciously do but there are many others who without being conscious of it hurt their feet run without knowing where theyrsquore going or stop halfway

We can identify two types of goals which we should use to our advan-tage

3 Guru objective ndash a goal that is so big so big that therersquos a voi-ce in our head that thinks itrsquos impossible to accomplish

3 Baby objective ndash a goal that is so small so small that we are absolutely certain of achieving it

ROSA 20

The slice of leverage is the one in which if there is any improvements will positively affect other slices of pizza

The Baby-Objectives has the

unique purpose to increase client

confidence

38

39

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

Guru and baby objectives psychology is natural to us not something we learn nor something we can unlearn For example it activates immediately if wersquore in a car accident if anything threatens our survi-val or the survival of our loved ones We then forget whether we are confident or not successful or not rich or poor and we only care about finding a solution This is natural we always have an ultimate goal in mind while at the same time staying present to the immediate objec-tive since that is what makes us define the next small step towards reaching our guru objective And we get so engaged that nothing will distract us from our guru objective Now this psychology should not get triggered only unconsciously in moments of survival but also be applied consciously in our lives in general in our everyday And yes it can be activated

Always remember that an objective is only at the guru level if there is a voice inside you that laughs finding it impossible to achieve and a baby objective is only one if you are sure that you will achieve It is therefore essential to dream to look farther and reach beyond what our minds can visualize

But beware if we focus solely on our highest goals we will never le-ave the realm of dreams and over time we will lose self-confidence Achieving goals involves taking small steps every day defining reaso-nable steps that slowly but surely bring us closer to our guru objective

Success depends on a combination of both We must therefore learn to live life with very big guru objectives and very small baby objectives Most people that feel unhappy have developed a guru psychology but not a baby psychology or vice versa The former always want more and are never satisfied with their daily achievements The latter live through small steps but cannot think big so the little steps wear them out and monotony or apathy reigns

Having a great guru objective without setting baby objectives leads to frustration anxiety and impatience Setting baby objectives without having a big guru objective leads to disinterest discouragement and lack of direction(ldquoTrate a Vida por Turdquo paacuteg 111)

META+Our objectives should be

Measurable - Objectives should be very concrete so that when we reach them we can check off ldquomission accomplishedrdquo For example ldquoI will spend 3 hours a day with my familyrdquo instead of ldquoI will spend more time with my familyrdquo

Emotional Objectives should contain grand adjectives that provoke a lot of emotion so that the brain gives them more importance For example ldquoI will wake up shining and full of vitality ready for a new day of fun and productivityrdquo

Timed - Objectives must have either a date or a frequency or both For example ldquoStarting tomorrow I will be home by 8 pm every day to have dinner with my childrenrdquo or ldquoI will train every day starting on Sundayrdquo

Achievable - We need to believe in the objectives that we set and know that they are possible to reach For example ldquoI will write a book next monthrdquo If you think your goal is too ambitious you had better adapt it ldquoIrsquoll write one chapter in the next monthrdquo

Positive (+) - Goals should be stimulating the positive Neurolinguistics say that everything that we define as positi-ve encourages us and everything that we define as negative defeats us For example ldquoI will not smoke anymorerdquo is wrong while ldquoI will breathe 100 oxy-gen and make air cleaner for myself and for othersrdquo is more correct Or ldquoon day x I will weigh y poundsrdquo instead of ldquoI will lose weightrdquo(Trate a Vida por Tu paacuteg 155)

ROSA 20

1 What do you want

2 What do you really want

3 What is the Guru-Objective

4 What is the Baby-Objective

5 What is the dream (the most importan is to make the client talk about his dreams)

6 In a perfect world (For those who have di-fficulty in define Guru-Objectives)

7 Meta+

OBJECTIVESRESUME

The meta+ model is used to specify the target-guru

40

41

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

Why do we need to have these two opposing energies Exactly for the same reason as the positive and negative energies in the Reality phase We really need a guru objective since the effort that the client will have to make and the person she has to become to get there will make her reach much further than if she had set an intermediate goal Coaching is about dreams about the best of the best for each area of our lives The important thing is not whether or not the client gets there but that the road she travels takes her much further

Moreover every journey starts with a small step We need to create an objective so small so small that the client is absolutely sure she can do it Why To get her motivated quickly to achieve success and above all to convey the baby objective psychology We need to make our clients realize that coaching is about big and small steps The baby objective in itself is not important but we need to introduce this step here so that your client begins to celebrate every little step that she takes every piece of homework that gets done

Coaching is about forming a person with both guru and baby objectives psychology Someone who wants to go really far and at the same time is super happy with everything that she has already achieved

Notas If a client has a very big guru objective to reach in a short time and the Coach thinks it is not possible we can ask the client to ldquoconvince us that it is possiblerdquo On the other hand if the baby objective is very big we do the same

S(OLUTIONS)Encouraging creativity is equally important to teaching children ma-thematics Portuguese and science This is what later on will separate intelligent adults from true geniuses who are able to create something new revolutionary and innovative in whatever area It is those who mark others society science and the world who ultimately make a

difference

40 IDEASIn fact we are all creative We have all been children we have all been creative and so what happened What is it that makes our creativity die The fact is that our society limits our creativity while forgetting that in a grey professional world creativity makes the difference

ROSA 20

clique no viacutedeo para o activar

42

43

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

Anyone who is creative grows through challenges simply because they put their creativity at the service of what is not working They go off immediately to search for a solution And this is available to everyo-ne This is the basis of the ldquoSrdquo in ROSA instead of complaining go look for a solution Remember yoursquore always one idea away from solving your biggest challenge You just havenrsquot found that idea yet Pull out

your creativity and try finding ideas ideas ideas

Even the most creative people start with obvious ideas and it is good to go through them in order to get to the other ones Little by little we will get to the interesting ideas and when we stop being afraid of saying nonsense we become creative Now the challenge is to get an innovative idea And that can only be achieved by investing time and energy When we are at 10 or 20 ideas to not give up until you have at least 40

Losing our creativity is in other words restraining our physical (earth) emotional (water) mental (air) and spiritual (fire) abilities Children do not have these restraints in a physical sense they love exploring the world through their body showing you they donrsquot care about posture for instance and they seem unbreakable when defying the laws of gra-vity with an energy that seems limitless Emotionally they are much more open to all kinds of feelings because they have not accumulated many negative experiences Mentally they are hungry for knowledge and the concept of right and wrong is not yet set so everything seems possible to them Spiritually they are completely free they may have some enrooted values but everything else is an open book

In order to be creative again and go back to having blank pages in the book of life being able to write and rewrite improvise and create we

obvious interesting creative innovative

can start by being creative in one area or going back to being creative in all aspects of life and our being To go back to being creative we must explore our physical body do sports dance act etc and use your senses to hear smell taste touch and see The healthier we are the more our body will be available to be physically creative To go back to being more creative emotionally we have to stop being afraid to feel We have to venture into relationships connections sharing without the fear of being hurt frustrated cheated and even happy

To go back to being mentally creative we must learn new subjects think about new things analyze from new angles and perspectives challenge our minds have conversations with all kinds of people read all kinds of magazines stimulate all parts of our brain

Finally if we want to go back to being spiritually creative we must question all our certainties and dogmas meditate and open ourselves to the world of possibilities and the inexplicable We need to know oursel-ves in order to experience life intensely

If we manage to be creative in all four areas we will be soon become a new person with a palette of new experiences and openness to wha-tever happens giving us new shape and a different glow If we can be more creative regarding the first letter of our PEMS we should really be congratulated for it The important thing is to enter the challenge zone to seek solutions in areas that have not yet been explored in fiel-ds that are uncomfortable for others but that we call our comfort zone Then everything and really everything becomes possible and there are no longer problems without solutions(ldquoTrate a Vida por Turdquo paacuteg 165)

PARADIGM SHIFTThis is the time to get the client to think ldquoupside downrdquo ie to think ldquoout of the boxrdquo It is undoubtedly the most difficult phase of the coaching sessions Your clients will not even want to think and to change their paradigms

The vast majority of people when trying to solve a pro-blem or challenge use the first ideas that come to mind - the Obvious ideas ndash the ones that we all have However there are three more levels of ideas The Interesting ideas are those that some have sometimes

ROSA 20

The very first ideas are obvious Only then comes the interesting and then comes the very creative and innovative ideas

44

45

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

Solutions are always related to the Guru-Objectives

and then come the Creative Ideas that are those which generate con-flict because they go lsquoout of the boxrsquo shifting paradigms Finally we have the Innovative ideas that are the ones that nobody sees but once they are revealed they become obvious

We may use this ability in all areas of our life using this unique creati-vity to make everything unique and different

The goal of a Coach is getting the client to change her paradigm This is what happens in an ldquoAHArdquo moment when she finds an idea and is sure that this is the one she was missing

In the picture on the left do you see a young girl or an old lady Try to see both Put your brain to work both ways

GREAT AND WHAT ELSEBrainstorming is the most powerful tool for creativity and the best way of stimulating creativity in all areas of your life It is essential to do individual and group brainstorming as it is the best way to find so-lutions to challenges

What is a lsquobrainstormingrsquo

As the name implies it is a kind of ldquobrain stormrdquo And what do storms do They stir things up make ideas collide (thunder) and launch one solution after the other (lightning) ldquowaitingrdquo for the one that will solve the problem and put the storm at rest Brainstorming is not only use-ful at the workplace Every person and family should brainstorm from time to time to seek solutions to their problems from the most basic day-to-day questions (how to deal with expenses manage domestic tasks prepare meals) to deeper and more complex ones (helping a child become more confident helping a father that is unemployed) And individually each one of us should do brainstorming to solve and improve all areas that we feel the need to change

It is very easy to do brainstorming Here are the six rules to start prac-ticing today

1 No judgement All ideas are valuable even the most stupid ones In a brainstorming there are no arguments or criticism All ideas are good initially If there is criticism besides genera-ting conflict it can also inhibit the people involved

2 Quantity quantity quantity The more ideas generated the better the brainstorming Quality does not matter here only quantity Why The first ideas will be obvious then interesting then creative and only then innovative

3 Hitchhike You can build on otherrsquos ideas No participant should be silent for a long time If you donrsquot have any idea you can simply hitchhike on someone elsersquos The only thing you cannot do is not to participate

4 Go crazy From time to time throw in some ideas that are lsquoout-side the boxrsquo Regardless of how absurd they may seem this will help you and your colleagues to leave the obvious ideas and make your brains think At the very least you will enliven the session If the group laughs at your idea yoursquore being crazy

ROSA 20

click the video to see it

46

47

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

5 Take notes The most dangerous thing in a brainstorming ses-sion is having no one to write down the ideas Preferably the one who writes should not be giving any ideas she should fo-cus on writing down othersrsquo ideas There should also be a kind of a moderatorfacilitator of the brainstorming session not for taking decisions or criticizing but precisely for making sure that no one tries to take decisions on behalf of the group or to criticize other peoplersquos ideas and to help keep the focus on what matters In an individual brainstorming session you of course need to be your own moderator

6 A clear goal You must clearly define what the purpose of your objective is what the challenge is and if possible write formu-late it in META+(ldquoTrate a Vida por Turdquo paacuteg 213)

Brainstorming is the most powerful creativity tool In a brainstorming the client is requested to come up with a great amount of ideas on how to reach her Guru Objective

click the video to see it

And the Coach must be persistent since this is when you realize that humans are lazy when it comes to thinking It is very likely that when giving her fifth idea the client will say that she has no more Everyone will want to convince you that they have already found the magic solu-tion But they havenrsquot And how do we know that Because if they had found it they would already have solved their challenge

During a brainstorming ideally it is the Coach who writes down the ideas But she should not alter any of them And if the client gets stuck we must ask open and creative questions such as

3 If you had all the money in the world what would you do 3 If you were your idol what would you do 3 If it were 10 years ago what would you do 3 If it were 10 years from now what would you do

Cultivating a sense of humour as a Coach is always a good for rela-xing and making people creative This is in fact important in any area At this stage it is very likely that the client will have long mo-ments without coming up with any ideas Therefore it is impor-tant to create our own personal way of ldquopulling outrdquo the clientrsquos ideas such as a small exercise changing seats or using humour If the client gets to 40 ideas very easily and none is lsquointerestingrsquo even for her it means that she is still in the obvious ide-as and then 40 more ideas are always welcome Creativity is an expansive energy The more it is cultivated the more it grows and the easier it becomes to use it in other areas of life Notas The Coach may suggest ideas but only as an encouragement to the client

A brainstorming can take up a large part of a session so it is important to make sure there is enough time for it

ROSA 20

1 Allow the obvious

2 I want more ideas

3 Help to avoid judgment

4 Overcoming objections with questions ldquoWhat ifrdquo

5 Okay what else

SOLUTIONSRESUME

48

49

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

since it is not right to leave it midway The goal is that the client forces her brain to find new ideas in a short time and in such a way that it is almost like a shock to her

It is important to keep focused on one topic in a brainstorming Some may change their focus during the process for example a client whorsquos Guru objective is to open a business may start to suggest ideas on how to make more money In this case the Coach should remind the client of the main topic At the same time the Coach should stay flexible and if the client really feels that their focus was not on the first topic but on the second itrsquos time to go back and set a new Guru objective

A(CTION)ROSA exists only for one reason to get us to act We find our Reality establish our Objectives and think up Solutions that make us act ndash the A is the purpose of ROSA

Now more than people of action we must be people of innovation

Innovation is creativity applied to getting the desired results Being creative is not enough but creativity is the tool for getting to innova-tion So how do we do this

The secret is not to give up on creating ideas ideas and more ideas until the innovative idea comes Sometimes it never comes but get-ting to the creative ones is already something Those who have dared being creative many times and more and more are those who mana-ge to reach the innovation Itrsquos not enough to have talent you have to work hard to translate this talent into amazing results Look at these examples

3 Bach wrote one cantata a week even when he was sick 3 Mozart produced more than 600 pieces of music 3 Darwin wrote 109 publications one of which was about the Theory of

Evolution 3 Einstein published 248 theses one of which was about the Theory

of Relativity 3 Freud published 350 theses 3 Rembrandt produced 650 paintings 3 It took Thomas Edison 2000 experiments to invent the light bulb

and 9000 to perfect it 3 Picasso created more than 20000 pieces of art

This is why it is so important to act Do a lot create a lot invest a lot (ldquoTrate a Vida por Turdquo paacuteg 234)

THE FUNNELThis is the part where coaching really becomes challenging where the client realizes that she will have to do something and not just think and talk about it It is the phase where we start to converge and funnel things in order to find an action that is as specific as possible

This is with no doubt the most important phase of ROSA In a coaching session anything can happen in any of the other phases but we cannot end it without an action (without homework)

What

3 What are you going to do now 3 What are you thinking about doing now ()

ROSA 20

click the video to see it

A task should not be so simple that it doesnacutet make any difference to the client to fulfill it nor should it be so difficult that it becomes infeasible

50

51

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

With whom It is very important to involve someone in the action pro-cess 99 of the homework should have a third person involved The-reby we are creating conditions for the client to become autonomous after the coaching process The questions might be

3 ldquowill you ask to ask you whether you have done itrdquo 3 ldquoApart from me (the Coach) who else will be involved in thisrdquo

When Marcar data ou frequecircncia Quanto mais especiacutefica for me-lhor Isto leva o cliente a pensar exatamente quando vai fazer au-tomaticamente isto cria um compromisso maior dentro dele doing this the client should end each session with a specific homework knowing both the day and the time she will do it and with whom she will share it

At what time of the week beginning or end

At the end of the week

What is for you the end of the week Friday Saturday Sunday

Friday

Ok and what time

Anytime

Anytime Ok But in the morning in the afternoon or evening

Morning

And what time

Early

What is early for you

Upon waking

And what time do you wake up

At 7am

THE CONVERGENCE TECHNIQUEIf the client does not find an action to do you can use the convergence technique by asking the following questions

3 ldquoLook at your ideas (the brainstorming) and mark those that you find reasonablerdquo

3 ldquoNow choose 10rdquo 3 ldquoChoose 5rdquo 3 ldquoChoose 3 2 rdquo 3 ldquoIf I had a magic wand that would immediately fulfil one of these

ideas which one would you chooserdquo

COMMITMENTIn the early sessions you can also ask the client to send you an SMS after doing the action in or-der to confirm it Of course you donrsquot force her

if she refuses but then if she doesnrsquot do her homework you will have more power to ask for an SMS in the next homework

If she accepts you may also ask if you can send her an SMS in case she forgets to do so What will happen is that as soon as she receives our SMS asking whether the action has been done she will do it immediately so that she can reply that she has By SMS we also mean any other means like a telephone call or e-mail The Coach must be flexible enough to perceive which method suits her client the best

THE HANDSHAKEShaking hands after defining the homework is very important because it is the archetype of commitment But remember if the client does not do her homework there is no failure only feedback Maybe the problem really is the kind of homework given or poor explanation about the im-portance of the homework in the coaching process

ONE SMALL STEP FORWARDWhat is the Next Small Step you can take This ques-

ROSA 20

What is the first next small step

Earn 20000 euro

What is the first next small step

Save 100 euro month

What is the first next small step

Open an account

ldquoGreat what is the next small step that you believe you can accomplish

Deposit 1000 euro

1 What is the option that has magic

2 What is the option that makes sense

3 What are you gonna do exactly

4 How will you know you make it

5 Funnel When What day What time

6 Commitment handshake

ACTIONRESUME

52

53

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

free to put everything she has (skills tools knowledge) at the service of her client Indeed every three sessions more or less you should challenge your client with a piece of homework However the challen-ge will vary depending on whom we have in front of us and on the level of the process

4 SUCCESS TIPS FOR THIS PHASE FASEAction Plans it is at this stage that we start working on an action plan

that will follow the session Remember coaching without ac-tion is not coaching Thatrsquos why you should do a ROSA in every session go through the four phases and always end with a very concrete action plan on what the client will do during the week and until the next session Here is an example of an action plan

What will I do Run 3 times per week

When Monday Wednesday and Friday

With whom Alone

Possible obstacles Laziness and lack of time

Benefits Feeling healthier

What will help me remember Setting an alarm on my phone

How will I celebrate By going to the cinema

Homework the tasks between the sessions are a priority for the coaching Most of the le-arning comes from the homework that is done between sessions So remember to always end your session by asking your client to suggest tasks that she would like to accom-plish that coming week the next small steps she can take right now Then rephra-se each one into a concrete action (when how where ) Still some clients will have gre-

tion tool is ideal for those who have difficulty in defining Baby Objecti-ves or those who have difficulty in defining an action to do this week

Notas As a general rule the client will not hear the word ldquosmallrdquo in the question The-refore we must repeat the question until the action is so small that the client would have no difficulty doing it

Of course the Next Small Step may not be the right action to choose for this week

Example The client wants to buy a Porsche (Guru Objective)

ldquoDeposit 1000 eurosrdquo is the Baby Objective The same process can be used for defining the homework

At the end when an action has been defined the Coach may also su-ggest a piece of homework In other words then the Coach is finally

ROSA 20

54

55

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING RAPPORT

at difficulty in taking action If this is the case always look for the smallest step that the person can take If we do not act itrsquos because the step is not small enough Remember ldquoEvery journey begins with one small steprdquo

Commitment amp Penalties some clients will sometimes have real diffi-culty in stepping into action Sometimes you may have to resort to agreeing on a fine if your client does not accomplish her task All human beings run away from pain and sometimes in coaching we need to use a little more masculine energy (wersquoll talk about that more below) to help You can even ask the question ldquoWhat will happen if you do not accomplish itrdquo

Monitoring amp Accountability the role of a Coach is to provide moni-toring to her client However the responsibility must always be on the clientrsquos side As a Coach you are responsible for guiding the process Your client should define the strategies needed to enable her to take the steps she wants You should follow and always try to understand what may have prevented her from completing her tasks Above all you should be focused on finding better strategies to lead her into action However do remind your client that it is her responsibility Ultimately acting or not acting is her choice

VII RAPPORT

Mastering the ROSA technique and mastering Rapport will alone make

you a Mega Coach Of course you can gain more Roots but people

who attend our courses usu-ally already have quite some

1ST DEFINITION OF RAPPORT

Relationship of trust and influence rapport is the ability to create trust within a few minutes with various kinds of people and to influence them to act think and do better You can only influence after being trusted Think about people you trust and do not trust what influence do these people have on you

2ND DEFINITION OF RAPPORTRelationship of empathy and sympathy ldquoWe only like 2 kinds of people people who are the way we are or who are the way we would like to berdquo

Empathy I feel empathy based on the things I have in common with someone

Sympathy Based on the qualities and characteristics that someone has that I would like to have

Conclusion rapport is empathy (who is like me) and sympathy (who is the way I would like to be)

56

57

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

Rapport is trust and

influence

Rapport is the ability to create

empathy and sympathy

WARNING Empathy comes before sympathy and trust comes before influence This is the most important aspect of rapport I cannot influence anyone who does not trust me

Part 2 Now letrsquos try to understand what happens in our psyche why this is the way it is

I invite you to imagine that yoursquore a rabbit in a forest and you meet another rabbit What happens Now imagine you meet another animal thatrsquos different from you What does the rabbit do FLIGHT (runs away)

Now imagine that you are not a rabbit yoursquore a wolf You meet an ani-mal thatrsquos different from you What does the wolf do FIGHT

Now imagine yoursquore a porcupine What happens FREEZE

Animals have these three types of reactions Now imagine yoursquore a human being 20000 years ago and you come across something di-fferent from you What happens ONE OF THESE THINGS AND YOU FEEL FEAR You react the way you do because your psyche does not know what it is And if it is another human being I KNOW WHAT TO EXPECT She is like me Our fear grows when something is different because we donrsquot know what to expect Imagine that you do meet a hu-man being but wearing clothes or other things that are very different

What happens when it is the same kind of animal What exists there EM-PATHY AND TRUST - 1st LEVEL of RAPPORT

This is a metaphor of course Rapport is very unconscious I could tell you to trust someone but your unconscious may not feel the trust What regula-tes that instinct in your psyche is KNOWING WHAT I CAN EXPECT

WHAT HAPPENS IN COACHING Clients also have these three types of reactions flight freeze or fight They may not show up for the follow ses-sion they may answer ldquoyesrdquo ldquonordquo ldquomayberdquo ldquodonrsquot knowrdquo or they may be in constant disagreement with you

Key ldquothe more the Coach is the way I am the more rapport there isrdquo

MILTON ERICSON (Ericsonian Psychology NLP Hypnotherapy) found the client within himself and used this as his tool in the therapy sessions

Ericson created rapport before proceeding with anything else This is TRUST and EMPATHY Ericson was humble and flexible enough to adapt to the client Only once you have done this you can go back to being yourself

Ways of creating rapport with someone

Verbal

3 Language words 3 Subject matter 3 Quotes way of speaking 3 Repeating what the other says 3 Using the otherrsquos metaphors 3 Using the same expressions

Non-verbal

3 Gestures 3 Voice 3 Mime 3 Distance 3 Posture 3 Breathing 3 Touch 3 Speed

Note Every human being has a natural and unconscious tendency to create rapport with others To confirm this all you need is to look at two people talking to each other and see how easily you will notice similarities in their postures and way of speaking

ldquoYou have only one chance to create a good first impression but you have plenty of opportunities to create rapportrdquo

Rapport is an honest attempt to enter someonersquos map-of-the-world The-re is no agreeing or disagreeing only flexibility Rapport does not mean friendship The first session and often the second is a lot about creating rapport

RAPPORT

Sometimes itacutes enought just a little attention to help someone but attention is not coaching

58

59

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

RAPPORT MODELndash 2 PacuteSEstablishing rapport is a process of many levels and layers of depth

LEVEL 1 - PRESENCE AND

PARTNERSHIP

PRESENCEThis is the first step towards creating ra-pport thus the most superficial one Pre-sence means that the Coach is fully com-mitted to her client aware of everything she says and does Nothing from outside the ses-sion should be on the Coachrsquos mind She must be fully present

Before a session itrsquos important that you as a Co-ach calm down forget about everything else and gain a notion of where you are and what you are going to do

POSTURE amp PHRASING

PERCEPTUAL POSITIONS

PERSON TO PERSON

PRESENCE amp PARTNERSHIP

PROBING amp PATIENCE

click the video to see it

Dedicate a few minutes to this process

Presence and Attention are among the healthiest ac-tions that lead to real results You can create a good

relationship with your client (child parent etc) just by being fully present and attentive Even gardens become more beautiful if they are cared for

Presence is about getting yourself into a certain state Itrsquos about being Yin and Yang at the same time

Yin ndash relaxing breathing being aware of all five senses being fully present where you are

Yang ndash mobilizing all your energy by run-ning jumping listening to inspiring music

PARTNERSHIP

Creating an equal relationship with your client Not top down or vice--versa The Coach should never be at a lower or higher level than her client The chairs should be the same for example

For presence and partnership it is also important to switch off the phone to prevent anything from interrupting the session Tidying up the table is equally important to having a clean and hygienic space

From 0 to 10 the importance of Presence during a session is a 10 It is the first step If it isnrsquot there nothing else will

Psycho-geography is also very important in this area

PSYCHO-GEOGRAPHY the way your psyche relates to geography Example On which side you like to sleep Each person has a different psycho-geography Some prefer to be by the sea while others prefer to be in the mountains

RAPPORT

Empathy is being doing

talk and think like the other Sympathy is being doing

talk and think how the other

would like to be

60

61

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

Some tips for using the psycho-geography of the client to your advan-tage

3 Having a room with a minimum amount of symbols It is not recom-mended to have crucifixes or other artefacts related to religion A bookshelf filled with books can also intimidate the client

3 Pay attention to details ndash cables on the floor which CDs are on the shelf etc

3 Having sessions at the clientrsquos home can become dangerous because there are lots of distractions and anchors Difficult si-tuations might have taken place there which will make it more challenging for the client to create a distance to them

It is the Coachrsquos job to notice the psycho-geography of her client and what makes her more comfortable

Despite all the rapport a Coaching session should always stay pro-fessional Being relaxed is necessary for both parties but the focus should not be on friendship You as a Coach need to be professional You must choose to be a Coach instead of a friend

When it comes to clothing you should be as neutral as possible in the beginning but always aligned with your personality Then you can try to adapt to the style of your client

The mantra here is having the client leave the session thinking that her Coach is just like her NOTHING IS WRONG Let your client choose what she prefers

LEVEL 2 - POSTURE AND PHRASINGWhen establishing rapport mere presence and partnership are not enough Moreover they are only the first step The posture and the phrasing that the Coach uses are very important for creating rapport in the relationship What we refer to here is mainly keeping a posture and using similar words and expressions to those of the client This way the client will see herself in us and instead of flight fight or freeze she will feel relaxed and be much more comfortable about talking

Sitting in the same position as the client using her posture tone of

voice and gestures these are all factors to consider

POSTURERegarding posture one can use two techniques that are very similar and very powerful

Mirroring When a Coach takes on a physical position that is the exact mirror image of the clientrsquos If the client leans to her right then the Coach who is facing her leans to her left

Matching In this case the Coach adopts the exact same physical position instead of a symmetric one Both ways are good and powerful The goal is to be equal or symmetrical

Of course it is not indispensable to be like the client 100 of the time as this will take a lot of the attention that the Coach needs to give the client

The more you practice these behaviours the more automatically and unconsciously you will do it When rapport already is high you can go back to your own posture and your regular vocabulary However should you feel the need you can always take up these techniques again

In fact at a high level of rapport it is possible and entirely positive that it is the client herself who starts to imitate our posture and words (un-consciously) This is the perfect moment to lead the client and suggest something more challenging to her

PHRASINGYou must pay great attention to the words that your client uses and the energy she puts into them The names of people that she talks about are also very important facts to remember

If you can use the same expressions as your client you will earn points in rapport Among these expressions metaphors are the most power-ful ones Try to explore as much possible the metaphors that are being used An excellent technique is to use a metaphor of the client to ex-

RAPPORT

The mirroring copies the

exact posture of the client

the matching mirrors

62

63

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

plain something This will reach very deeply into the psyche of the client and have great impact

You can also use themes that the client likes such as her passions and keep using them in future sessions to explain something or to give examples This creates an incredible sense of empathy between you and the client She will be glad that you are paying attention to what she says and at the same time she will understand much better what you say

The clientrsquos ideas are important keys to use when you speak in order to create and maintain rapport For example if the client talks a lot about travelling Irsquoll use the idea (anchor) that is already there because I know it works in his mind

BACKTRACKING backtracking is a Coaching technique that consists of summarizing the main points of a conversation by using the exact same words that the other person uses This tool helps the client follow the session and make her own short summary while listening to the Coach returning to what she just said and using the same words It is important to use at least the words we consider to be the most significant among the ones that the client expresses those that might be conveying more about her value patterns Backtracking can help us understand for example if we can move to the next phase of ROSA It helps us understand if the client has finished what she had to say about that phase and that way we can figure out whether we can move forward or not You can use simple questions to do so

3 ldquoLet me see if I got what you saidhelliprdquo - backtracking the conversa-tion using the exact words of the client - and then ending ldquoIs this is it or would you like to add something

3 ldquoSo what yoursquore saying isrdquo 3 ldquoCan I make a summary of your reality in relation to that slicerdquo

This is one of the simplest and most important techniques when buil-ding rapport

When building rapport avoid paraphrasing (saying the same thing in other words) but do quote A coach quotes

Mastery in Backtracking is being able to quote the last 20 minutes of a session This will leave your client fascinated and feeling that her Coach is really paying attention to everything she says

Therefore it is motivating to Backtrack at the end of each session and at the end of each phase of the ROSA

The Coach shows confidence and agrees with the client shows that she is on her side and really believes that the client will succeed

We must allow the person to be what she truly is talkative or silent Silent people also have things to say it is a matter of asking the right questions

NOTES When a session is not going well (the relationship is under stress) then the focus should be fully on level 2 Rapport - Posture and Phrasing The secret is to forget about the rest and build rapport again Once it is re-established you can address the problem

LEVEL 3 - PROBING AND PATIENCEEvery new level in Rapport brings you techniques that are deeper and more complex But the good news is that you donrsquot do level 3 Rapport until Level 1 and 2 are done So you will increase your skills by going from the easiest to the most difficult

PROBINGAsking questions is more complicated than imitating the posture and words of the client Indeed one of the more complicated aspects of being a Coach is to not give opinions and to ask the right questions at the right time We know that we keep showing you that you already are a Coach and that itrsquos easy but here we must tell you ldquoITrsquoS HARD BEING A COACHrdquo Think very carefully about whether you want to get into it Listening asking questions being patient with the pace of your clients

Even if you have the miracle answer to the clientrsquos situation you need to keep it to yourself Being patient is a challenge and usually typical

RAPPORT

64

65

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

To paraphrase can break

rapport

of the great masters You can only be a master if you want to learn to listen and if you develop a great patience for listening

Questions have the power to illuminate the darkness of your client by asking a powerful question you really get to see another human bri-ghten up right in front of you

Coaching has the power to open a new world to the client questions help people discover new resources Clients tend to find familiar answers but you as a Coach will lead them to unfamiliar answers

Classic examples of some ways to make your client talk

1 -Repeating what the client just said but in question form Client ndash ldquoYesterday I went boatingrdquo Coach ndash ldquoBoatingrdquo

2 -What does that mean to you What does fear mean to you What does a goal mean to you Example Client says ldquoIt is not rapport itrsquos complicityrdquoCoach replies ldquoWhat does complicity mean to yourdquo Client says ldquoItrsquos a clickrdquo Coach ldquoWhat does a click mean to yourdquo

3 -rdquoWhat elserdquo Serves above all to go to the heart of the matter Others like this one are ldquoTell me morerdquo and ldquoCan you go a bit deeper on thatrdquo

POWERFUL QUESTIONS Questions are probably the most beautiful flowers in the garden of learning Questions are one of the biggest se-crets of learning Creative solutions are practically impossible without questions

If you learn to ask 100 questions a day get ready for a revolution in your work at all levels

In life at work in business we are all afraid of asking questions We were educated from an early age to believe that there are right and wrong questions and we were also taught to not fail we avoid asking questions because of fearing that they are wrong The only way to reach the right questions is by not being afraid of the wrong ones

The one who wants to explore learning has to dance with this fear

A large part of all our creative potential stops at the door fearing to ring the doorbell When learning the one who doesnrsquot know is far less ignorant than the knowledgeable one Take risks Ring the bell Ask questions

Become obsessively curious ask questions How

3 Using the Coachrsquos ability of asking powerful questions 3 Following the rule of thumb ldquoThe Coach has the questions the

Client has the answersrdquo 3 Using positive language 3 Respecting the clientrsquos map-of-the-world 3 Always guiding towards solutions

Examples of powerful questions

3 ldquoCompared to whatrdquordquo 3 ldquoWhat does that mean to yourdquo 3 ldquoWhat could be a solution to yourdquo 3 ldquoI know you donrsquot know But if you knew what would that berdquo 3 ldquoWhat would be ideal to yourdquo 3 ldquoWhat do you want insteadrdquo 3 ldquoHow does that make you feelrdquo 3 ldquoWhat else could that meanrdquo 3 ldquoWhat do you want exactlyrdquo 3 ldquoWhat will you achieve with this goalrdquo 3 ldquoWhat will you do differently next timerdquo 3 ldquoWhat are you doing wellrdquo 3 ldquoWhat has to happen for you to be happy and successfulrdquo 3 ldquoWhat motivates you the mostrdquo 3 ldquoWhatrsquos the worst possible scenario And what could be the best

scenario ldquo 3 ldquoWhat are you willing to do to achieve your goalrdquo 3 ldquoWhat new things could you could tryrdquo 3 ldquoWhat prevents you from taking actionrdquo 3 ldquoWho could help you with this situationrdquo 3 ldquoWhat resources do you need to achieve your goalrdquo

RAPPORT

66

67

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

3 ldquoWhat else do you want to get out of your liferdquo 3 ldquoWhat do you really want achieve in that area of your liferdquo 3 ldquoWhat is your biggest dream in that area of your liferdquo 3 ldquoAnd what is the next small step that you would have to takerdquo 3 ldquoWhat do you find positive in this situationrdquo 3 ldquoHow could you attract better persons into your liferdquo 3 ldquoWhat would have to happen to make you feel more fulfilledrdquo 3 ldquoIf you were your own Coach what coaching would you give

yourselfrdquo 3 ldquoIf I was your best friend what advice would you give me to solve

this situationrdquo 3 ldquoIf you had all the time and money in the world how would you

fix itrdquo

In fact the art of asking questions is the foundations of a coaching process with powerful results The list of questions to ask seems en-dless

So become really obsessed with questions and start NOW How about adding 10 more ideas to our list And some more And many more

Typical coaching questions

3 Questions that lead to action (ldquoWhat will you do What can you do differently What do you need to do tordquo)

3 Goal-oriented instead of problem-oriented ldquoHow would you like it to berdquo ldquoAnd if you could what would you dordquo

3 Future-orientedldquoHow do you see that situation in the future How would you like to feelrdquo

Beware of questions with negative assumptions ldquoWhat happens if you donrsquot do itrdquo They should be followed immediately by a question with positive assumptions ldquoHow will you celebrate when you do itrdquo

RAPPORT

YOUR QUESTIONS

68

69

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

PATIENCECount to 10 relax work on your roots and realize that coaching is a process and that each person has her own time and rhythm How can you train your patience Think of 20 ideas

LEVEL 4 ndash PERCEPTUAL POSITIONSWe could also call this the level where we create rapport with our clientrsquos psychology In fact understanding and perceiving human psychology is a huge advantage for you as a Coach You are not there to be a friend of your client as we have mentioned so then a good way to create a relation with her is through her psychology

Do you know the psychology of a teenager or a parent a boss an unemployed If you grasp your clientrsquos psychology the Rapport will be extraordinary

If you demonstrate that you know how a mother thinks yoursquoll make the client believe that you understand her completely

Most people do not understand their own psyche If you can understand them at that level it will make the client to feel something extraordinary about you and the Coaching process

PERCEPTUAL POSITIONS At this level the Coach must master Per-ceptual Positions that is being able to put herself in another personrsquos position whether itrsquos the clientrsquos or the clientrsquos parent or any other person that is part of the situation You should be able to see the same situation from different perspectives and in the long term help your client do the same

THE EXERCISE This is an exercise to be used mainly if the client has trouble in a relationship with someone (friend family member etc) and is having some difficulty understanding that personrsquos Map-of-the--World And when this is of great importance

You do not need to go very deep in this exercise Because it is NLP even done in a soft way it can be very powerful to your client helping her to see an aspect of the situation that she hadnrsquot seen or reflected on before

STEP 1 ndash The client explains what is going on (she can speak freely without any restrictions You ask questions to understand the reality of the situation)

STEP 2 ndash The Coach suggests this perceptual positions exercise (it is just an invitation If the client does not want to do not continue)

STEP 3 ndash The Coach asks the client to choose two spots represen-ting the two standpoints (you can put a sheet of paper at each spot) and to imagine that the other person is at one of them

STEP 4 ndash The client speaks facing the other spot as if the person was there and acts as herself (The Coach guides with questions ldquoHow did that make you feel What would you like to tell herrdquo etc)

STEP 5 ndash Pause and ldquoshake outrdquo the client and share the question of the game of imagination

STEP 6 ndash The client recalls a childhood game she used to play and describes it a little We then use this as a metaphor to explain that we will now do the same Just a game where we use our imagination The Coach repeats that the per-son with whom the client has a challenge is there at the other spot

STEP 7 ndash The client goes over to the other spot and the Coach helps her go deeper into that role through guiding questions

STEP 8 ndash The client chooses whether she wants to return to her starting position and add something say something more She may go back and forth as many times as she wishes

STEP 9 ndash When done the Coach suggests to the client to stand on a chair and states ldquoYou are now in a neutral position a higher position What would you call this position (Allow the client to choose a name) Seen from above what do you have to say about this situation What would you say to (clientrsquos name) and to (the other personrsquos name) How would you solve this situation How can (clientrsquos name) solve this situationrdquo

RAPPORT

70

71

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

STEP 10 ndash After the client is done with the third (neutral) position the Coach takes the client off the papers

STEP 11 ndash The Coach can then use the following questions to debrief the exercise

3 ldquoHow was the exercise for you 3 ldquoWhat did you learnrdquo 3 ldquoIs there anything you could do differentlyrdquo

STEP 12 ndash Lead the client to an action (a first small step towards sol-ving the situation) and then funnel it

REMEMBER always undock the client from the different roles the client can do the exercise eyes opened or closed

TO ACKNOWLEDGE Acknowledge the client very very very much for having volunteered and shown vulnerability

This exercise serves mainly as a metaphor for the Coach striving to master Perceptual Positions (understanding and being able to go into different psyches)

CONCLUSION The Coach is a master of perceptual positions She knows how to see the different angles of the same situation She sees everything from different angles

PEMS

Life is all about relationships the relationships we have with ourselves and with others Some people instinctively relate better to themselves and others relate really well to others There are those who relate well to almost everything and everyone and others who are unable to relate with anyone This affects their personal and professional life

Is there any way to consciously improve the relationships that instinc-tively do not work Of course

When we grasp the logic of the mind of another person we can better interact with it and even influence it Psychology is power And if we apply on ourselves it becomes even more powerful and interesting The better we know ourselves and the logic of our mind the better we will be able to help ourselves and achieve our goals

Carl Gustav Jung a Swiss psychiatrist and founder of analytical psychology focused on studying social and collective archetypes He identified eight psychological types taking into account peoplersquos beha-viour abilities skills attitudes and motivations

He began by distinguishing between extraverted (social and expansive) and introverted (reserved and reflective) people Each of them could then be connected to two out of the four functions of the psyche sen-sing or intuition thinking or feeling

In the 40rsquos decade Isabel Myers and Katharine Briggs continued Jungrsquos work and added two auxiliary functions to the Jungian types percep-tion and judgement Thereby arriving at 16 psychological types or 16 personality types Later a personality test was created ndash The Myers--Briggs Type Indicator or MBTI - which is still the most commonly used tool for identifying different personality types

Based on Jungrsquos work we have created a model called PEMS which will help us better understand the logic of our own mind and of the people around us

In this model we distinguish four dominant preferences (P-E-M-S) which correspond to the four elements of life

PRACTICAL (the body DOING Activity Action related to the ele-ment of EARTH) - corresponds to someone that is earthly active dynamic practical that does a lot In excess these are people who never stop to consider their actions

EMOTIONAL (the heart FEELING Feelings Love related to the element of WATER) - corresponds to someone who nee-ds people relations who gives a lot to others and seeks affection In excess these are people who might be overly sensitive

RAPPORT

72

73

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

MENTAL (the mind THINKING Analysis Intellect Logic related to the element of AIR) - corresponds to someone who values analysis rationalization and uses logic and who always fo-cuses on making the right decision In excess these are people who might become impersonal and cold

SPIRITUAL (the soul BEING Values Existence related to the ele-ment of FIRE) - corresponds to someone who thinks that everything has meaning and a higher purpose These are people who care very much about values In excess they can fluctuate too much and concretize too little

The four logics of the mind that we have identified are also based on the four elements

Practical ndash EARTH (firm solid stable secure strong dense)Emotional ndash WATER (flexible always coming back to herself)Mental ndashAIR (transparent lightweight fast facilitates communica-

tion)Spiritual ndash FIRE (burning fleeting transforming powerful)

Thus in a very simplified manner we can divide people into four ca-tegories

PRACTICAL PEOPLE (P) ndash THEY LIKE TO ACT AND DOThese are the people who like action movement They are the ones who make the world move As friends or clients they may want to go straight to the point try things and learn about practical matters The greatest fear of these practical persons is losing control They like to feel that they are in control of the situation of the pace of the conver-sation and of the surroundings

HELP THEM ALWAYS FEEL IN CONTROL

EMOTIONAL PEOPLE (E) ndash THEY LIKE FEELING AND RELATINGThese are people who love people and sharing feelings Everything is an emotion for them And they feel things about everything and everyo-ne Let them talk about their family friends dogs neighbours etchellip

They will talk mostly about people and what they are feeling Their greatest fear is loosing empathy They like to feel reliable and they want to relate

HELP THEM FEEL EMPATHY TOWARDS YOU

MENTAL PEOPLE (M) ndash THEY LIKE TO THINK AND TO ANALYSEThese are people who like to analyze and who try to put everything into a box into a certain perspective They are precise and meticulous They like detail to study and analyze all possibilities They donrsquot fear debating (quite the contrary) and discussing they love the exchanging ideas and arguments but they need to end up being right or get a very good explanation to why the other is right A mental person is always striving to make the best decision Their greatest fear is to be wrong they like to feel that they are correct and that they are making deci-sions based on logic and rational thinking

HELP THEM FEEL THAT THEY ARE RIGHT

SPIRITUAL PEOPLE (S) ndash THEY LIKE TO BE AND TO GLOWThey are looking for the greater purpose of things They believe that everything has a reason for being the way it is that there are no coin-cidences and itrsquos that quest that moves them They give great meaning to every situation always looking for ldquotherdquo situation The greater the meaning the greater their motivation Their biggest fear is to have no meaning That it is to not be significant or ldquoshinerdquo in any way They need to feel conscious and whole

HELP THEM FEEL THAT THEY ARE MEANINGFUL

Although we all have and use a portion of these four categories in the different contexts or times of our life one of them is predominant in us Identifying it is important for managing and interacting with life and with others since it is the best and the fastest way of accessing the Map-of-the-world of someone and speaking a language that that per-son recognizes and accepts as her own

RAPPORT

74

75

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

In fact we are all one but we are all different and we must understand these differences to be able to deal with others People who are more emotional behave and interact in a totally opposite manner from mental people the same way that most practical people interact in a way that is opposite to spiritual people

The EMOTIONAL person is micro-MACRO Transforms everything that is small into something big Everything is important everything is emotional From the simple ldquogood morningrdquo to hearing ldquoI love yourdquo every day For an emotional person a discussion is always a tsuna-mi Therefore itrsquos the emotional persons who with their micro-Macro sense make birthdays a special day and receive small things with gre-at love

The MENTAL person is MACRO-micro transforms everything that is big into something small She makes it more complex by simplifying it For example this very PEMS model is MACRO-micro as it strives to make the hugeness of the personality types into something much smaller creating only four categories for all human beings The mental person also feels less and give less importance to her feelings

The SPIRITUAL person is MACRO-MACRO she takes everything that is already big and turns it even bigger more meaningful more im-portant more relevant Almost everything is a question of values of making the world a better place and interpretations that go far beyond reality A simple leaf falling off a tree can represent a new phase in life for a spiritual person

The PRACTICAL person is micro-micro turns everything into small and simple lsquoright here and right nowrsquo matters They act Right now with what they have They donrsquot feel the need to enlarge what is small and they donrsquot care much about great concepts If the five senses can help them grasp a situation everything is fine

THE PREDOMINANT LOGIC OF OUR PSYCHEThe most practical way of finding out is to notice how we behave in a stressful situation Each of us when under stress often react in a way that is very close to our basic personality type

Practical people act react move around organize themselves put their hands to work and do not rest until they manage to move things forward

The emotional people feel and feel a lot If a situation is stressful diffi-cult and negative they will have difficult and negative emotions they will feel what others feel and they will want to manage these emotions in the moment

People that are predominantly mental will under stress begin to ratio-nalize need logical answers be fast and analytical They donrsquot want to solve anything through feelings they donrsquot want to act they are only concerned with finding the right and correct decision and struggle until they get it

Finally the predominantly spiritual people will want to give a greater meaning to that particular event What has to be done what people feel or what the right solution is doesnrsquot matter what matters is why things happened the way they did and what the greater significance of that may be

RAPPORT

76

77

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

Identify the psychological type of the client can help the coach to anticipate and understand expectations

MAIN SUPERIOR FUNCTION AND AUXILIARY INFERIOR FUNCTION

According to Carl Jung while we all have one function that is better developed than the others ndash a superior function ndash we also have another fairly well developed function called the first auxiliary

All of us have a bit of each one of the psychologies but there are always two that are predominant a main one which Jung calls the superior function and an auxiliary one that lies at the bottom of the cross shown on the previous page which is always to the right or left of our superior one

The inferior function is one that is less developed and that remains mainly in our unconscious

Thus a person who is predominantly Practical may have as her auxi-liary function the emotional or mental logic thus being PE or PM

A person who is predominantly Mental may have as her auxiliary func-tion the spiritual or practical logic thus being MS or MP

A person who is predominantly Spiritual may have as her auxiliary function the emotional or mental logic thus being SE or SM

And a person who is predominantly Emotional may have as her auxilia-ry function the spiritual or practical logic thus being ES or EP

This all means that we are situated in one of the following categories

3 Practical Emotional or Emotional Practical 3 Practical Mental or Mental Practical 3 Spiritual Emotional or Emotional Spiritual 3 Spiritual Mental or Mental Spiritual

As you may have noticed according to Jung there are no EMME or PSSP That is one canrsquot have as her first auxiliary function the func-tion that is opposite to the superior one

Carl Jung said that we should look closely at our inferior function whi-ch usually remains in our unconscious because it contains an enor-mous potential for a change and each one of us can benefit a lot from integrating our inferior function with our superior one

Taking risks experimenting enjoying everything that life has to offer is the best way of getting to know ourselves and realizing where our happiness lies (ldquoTrate a Vida por Turdquo paacuteg 74)

INTROVERSION AND EXTROVERSION Introversion and extroversion have to do with the direction in which we focus our attention and energy

People who prefer Extroversion focus their energy and attention away from themselves and are interested in the world of people and things

3 Attracted to the world of events and people outside of themsel-ves

3 They are aware of who and what is around them 3 They like to meet and talk to new people 3 They are friendly often good talkers and easy to get to know 3 They tend to talk easily and often in meetings 3 May not be as aware of what goes on inside them 3 They think while talking 3 They may act or speak first and only think later 3 Speaking about themselves they speak fast 3 They bring energy into life 3 They can get bored and restless if they are alone for too long

People who prefer Introversion (focus their energy and attention inward and are interested in the inner world of thoughts and reflections)

3 Attracted to the inner world of thoughts feelings and reflections 3 They are usually very aware of their inner reactions 3 They prefer to interact with people they know 3 They are usually quiet in meetings and sometimes seem disen-

gaged

RAPPORT

78

79

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

3 They are generally reserved and hard to get to know 3 They may not be as aware of the world outside of them 3 They need time to gather their thoughts before they speak 3 They reflect and think before acting 3 They want to know you before allowing you to get to know them

deeply 3 They feel exhausted and tired after interacting with peoples

FINAL NOTE you must be what your client is You have to find that person inside you

LEARNING STYLESAs we saw with the previous PEMS model our clients will have diffe-rent psychological preferences It is therefore important and essential that you are able to adapt your sessions to the learning style that your client likes best and that better meets her psychological preference

EMOTIONAL Emotional clients will like to talk and share on their to-pics They are very much looking for a relationship and empathy with the Coach and they need to feel heard more than any of the other personality types For these persons learning has a lot to do with the relationship that is created with the feeling of support that they get and even with the positive feedback They like to learn through stories As a Coach it is important to learn to empathize with the emotional range of these persons They will appreciate the sharing to tell stories and to listen to them With emotional clients we may sometimes feel that we are not taking huge steps forward But the fact is that many times these persons need to first be listened to

MENTAL Mental clients will be more logical and may have a more aca-demic style of learning They will want to understand the reasons why things are what they are they will want to get tasks involving research on certain subjects The sessions with these people must be well defi-ned and prepared They will want to explore their intellectual side and feel challenged It is important for them to have access to information and tools that explain the work they are doing in the sessions in a con-crete and logical manner Of course they also need to empathize but the intellectual challenge feeling that their intellect is develops appears to be greater They may like schemes graphics and any models that

could simplify the learning process What these persons will demand of you is a greater capacity to analyse and a logical and rational way of communicating

SPIRITUAL this is for most people the most difficult learning style to adopt Remember that these persons are seeking the greater meaning of things They really want to feel inspired by the coaching process (and even by their Coach) They will want to see that you are an exam-ple of what you talk about so called congruence Spiritual persons will enjoy topics that are more related to values to their identity that make them feel that they are taking steps towards becoming better hu-man beings With these clients you can use powerful metaphors (even through movies music creative exercises etc) and above all strive to make sure that the person leaves the session very inspired

PRACTICAL They like action Which is great because coaching is pri-marily about action These persons like to have very practical sessions in which they get the opportunity to do many exercises and experiment with different situations They may be the clients that like getting more tasks and having things to do (which then sometimes ldquogets lostrdquo due to their time management) These clients will require more simplicity and a well-paced session from you They may also like to do exercises that involve moving their body Above all they will want you to help them get into action

As we deal with these four kinds of preferences we need to adapt our Coaching style to the learning style that each person has Thus we should prepare a lot their sessions and realize that some will require from you

3 Greater sharing and ability to listen and relate (e) 3 Researching mastering the subject very well and knowing how

to mentally stimulate your client with challenges (m) 3 Powerful metaphors very inspirational sessions and congruen-

ce that assign meaning to the Coaching process (s) 3 Practical exercises diversified well rhythmed sessions that

help your client to quickly get into action (p)

RAPPORT

80

81

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING ROOTS

LEVEL 5 - PERSON TO PERSONThis is the fifth level of rapport the deepest and more intense one It happens when the level of rapport is a total vibration Itrsquos when the client feels such a confidence by her Coach empathy and sympathy Itrsquos the hardest level to evaluate

Itrsquos when your client feels so much connected to you that depending on her your relationship would go beyond Coaching She no longer wants the Coach she wants you You no longer understand only the person she feels that you know about her You donrsquot understand psychology you understand who she is

It is very similar to the rapport level you have with 23 of very close persons in your life Everything is natural unconscious and sponta-neous

VIII ROOTS

Every human being seeks to get results Mo-ney Family Romance Peace Happiness

Career Health All we want in life is to have results in those areas

The Map-of-the-World Model is used to work on roots - your

roots as a Coach It shows us how does the psyche of all of us works As a Coach no one

should surprise you about yourself You should know you well know everything about yourself This is what itrsquos called a rooted person

click the video to see it

82

83

BELIEFSTRANSFORMATIVE COACHING

ROSA 20 M - AIR - THINK

VALUESHOLISTIC COACHING

ROSA 30 S - FIRE - BE

COACHING 40

WORLD MAP MODEL

being th

e moment

passi

on en

ergy

demotiv

ation

empowering beliefs

limiting rules

relation air(comunication)

coach is priestisnacutet

1 value focus

UNSUSTAINABLESUSTAINABLE

SECURITY

SELF LOVE

CONSCIOUSNESS

PERSONAL DEVEL

FREEDOM

LOVEBELOVED

BLISS

CONTRIBUTION

P

E

M

S

BEHAVIORROSA 10

SITUATIONAL COACHING

P - EARTH - DO

EMOTIONSREMEDY COACHING

ROSA 10 + LISTEN E - WATER - FEEL

RESULTS

ability to

enter

in st

ate

emotional

patter

ns

habits and discipline

addictions

coach is bossisnacutet

coach is friendisnacutet

1 Homework focus

optimism faithpositive

meditation

key points focusused to interrupt the fear cycle

coach is coach

HUMAN HAVINGHUMAN BEING

UNSUSTAINABLEEGOTISTICAL

STRETCH ZONE

SUSTAINABLEECOLOGICALSTRETCH ZONE

SHORT TERMLONG TERM

CYCLE OF CONFIDENCECYCLE OF FEAR

CONSCIOUS

SUBCONSCIOUS

UNCONSCIOUS

84

85

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

So the first question is why some are getting results while others are not

ACTIONS BEHAVIORSThis means that anyone who is having results is because she is ldquodoingrdquo ie behaving differently from other people who are having no results in those areas For example a millionaire DOES things that people who are not millionaires donrsquot For example saving investing etc Someone with a great health is DOING things that people that donrsquot have a good health are not What we are doing is making the difference Two people in the same circumstances that do exactly the same actions have the same kind of results People who have the results you wanna have ARE DOING THINGS TO GET THEM

So the next question is what leads some people to DO and others to not do

EMOTIONSEverything you do in your life is a relationship between pain and pleasure What happens is that someone who goes running at 6 am associates more pain with lsquonot goingrsquo than with lsquogoingrsquo Who is going to the gym asso-ciates more pleasure than pain with going to the gym in the morning That relationship between pain and pleasure is what is defining your results If we dramatically increase the pain or the pleasure associated we will get to change your results

As so what is then defining that painpleasure relationship

BELIEFSThe reason is because of our beliefs of what we believe in Our beliefs are our set of rules for the world and for our lives Your set of beliefs in fact is defining your painpleasure relationship with something and then your actions A millionaire believes that saving is essential that investing and taking risks is necessary This set of beliefs leads himher to associa-te more pleasure than pain with having these behaviors and therefore heshe implements them Other people have other beliefs that create other

emotions that create other results People who are achieving results in areas that you arenrsquot have a beliefs system different from yours

And then it seems logical to ask so what is defining and creating your set of beliefs

VALUESWhat is a value Itrsquos something that is important to you something you re-ally value The only thing that determines a value is if it is valuable to you Not all of us share the same values (Example the values of Mother Teresa and Donald Trump Contribution vs Professional Accomplishment) What you really value and not what you say that you value You value it so much that it generates your set of beliefs In fact when you live your values in practice (on a daily basis) you are defining your life results Not what you would like to value but what you are really valorizing In fact we all have the same values What differs is the order and the importance we give to each one of them

For example if someone has the value of the family above the value of work she will have the belief that it is more important to spend time with her family causing her to develop a positive feeling when she is with her family which leads her to really try to spend more time with it On the other hand someone who has the value of work above the family one will be someone who believes she should spend more time with her work and career as she believes it is that that will bring her more financial stabi-lity for example So she will associate more pleasure to the time spent at work than at home causing her to act accordingly to that emotion For example Donald Trump and Mother Teresa of Calcutta havenrsquot they got different values One probably values more lsquoprofessional fulfillmentrsquo the other values more lsquocontributionrsquo Different results Sure One has one of the largest business empires in the world the other left the largest volun-teer organization in the world

So in reality the values you are living in practice (what you are valuing in practice) are defining your results

This alone already explains a good part of the psyche of human beings But letrsquos go deeper

ROOTS

Having roots is to control the cycle of trust

86

87

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

To have roots the coach has to identify

her motivators and values create beliefs and habits and learn

to place herself in a state

CYCLE OF CONFIDENCE AND CYCLE OF FEAREveryone has Cycles of Fear in some areas and Cycles of Confidence in other areas

How do you know it If you are having or not results in that area In the areas of your life where you are getting results you are living in a Cycle of Confidence In the areas where yoursquore not you are living in a Cycle of Fear What does this means is that you have behavioral addic-tions or that you are doing things in a vicious way you are in a sort of a mice wheel Those addictions start by creating emotional patterns on you (feelings that you are having whether you want it or not for instan-ce jealousy when it becomes a pattern no matter what the other does that emotion will keep being there it is an emotion that happens to you) and those emotional patterns generate limiting rules We use the words ldquorulesrdquo because in reality limiting beliefs are created because they have a very large set of rules And this generates demotivation An addiction creates an emotional pattern that creates rules limiting which create demotivation and discourage us to move and change This Cycle of Fear is being lived FROM RESULTS TO VALUES and not in the other and right way The bad news are that we all have Cycles of Fear The areas in which we are not having results is because we are afraid but we paint it in other colors Irsquom afraid Irsquom demotivated I have emotional patterns and I have limiting rules

For you to gain roots you need to recognize these cycles You need to break it if you want results but if you want roots you need to recognize them Good news you can break Cycles of Fear

Second good news you have Cycles of Confidence You also unders-tand the other psychology So what is a Cycle of Confidence

You start by having the capacity of creating Discipline and Habits you get the ability to get into a certain and desired state (eg being happy to go training I want to create that emotion I visualize it it is the op-posite of an emotional pattern the pattern happens to you Think of a boxer who puts herself into her wanted state before entering in a ring You have empowering beliefs (when you believe in something that cre-ates more of it) This creates energy passion being in the moment Being with energy and passion and in the moment brings me empowe-ring beliefs which put me in the emotional state I want and provide me

habits and discipline The good news you have these cycles in areas that you are getting results Think in one area You have these four things right

Having these cycles itrsquos called being human First part on lsquorootsrsquo is about knowing your Cycles of Fear and Confidence and admit them to yourself to those you love to the others And having the courage to say that it doesnrsquot work because of FEAR And there is a way to break this cycle When you have roots you stop projecting it in your clients

There is a way of finding your values in a very logical way knowing which human motivators drive your behavior

8 HUMAN MOTIVATORSMaslov pyramid he was the first to talk about human needs He is outda-ted because it defines a hierarchy He places self-fulfillment at the top This model is very much focused on Maslovrsquos map-of-the-world who was an MS If it is a PE he may have lsquofamilyrsquo in the top and that is not wrong Still there are things that all humans need

So with all these models we created the 8 human motivators they are divided in four paradoxes one for each of the PEMS The first paradox is security freedom

Each one of us was born with a set of motivators You are ldquoaddictedrdquo on one side of the paradox You have to fulfill that need even if you have to abdicate of the other one

ROOTS

SECURITY

SELF LOVE

CONSCIOUSNESS

PERSONAL DEVEL

FREEDOM

LOVEBELOVED

BLISS

CONTRIBUTION

P

E

M

S

88

89

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

The main lesson is the more you live the other side of the paradox the more you will live your addiction as well What happens is that you can only get more of your addiction when you learn to validate the other side of the paradox This is what Jung calls ldquoparadoxes integrationrdquo be the millionaire and the altruistic Be the mother of family and career etc Only when you integrate the other energy is when it boosts the one that is more natural to you

For other persons it happens the same with security and all other pa-radoxes The suggestion is Irsquom addicted on this but I can pause and I can go exploring the other side What you have to figure out is your map (draw in the lsquoinfinite signsrsquo which side of the paradoxes is bigger) Your map is about how much you need to fill each side of the paradox

So YOUR HUMAN MOTIVATORS ARE DEFINING YOUR VALUES AND YOUR VALUES ARE DEFINING YOUR RESULTS

You can have everything on one of the sides of the paradox if yoursquore willing to face the fear of losing it

All people fill their motivators The difference between us is how sus-tainable is that satisfaction Unsustainable means that every day you

EXERCISE Do your map How do you discover Based on major decisions you made in your life Example work home relationships etc

have to feed them Imagine a homeless person he meets hisher secu-rity needs (eating and having where to sleep) but he has to do it every day Now compare with Donald Trump If you see the freedom part it probably happens the opposite

3 SUSTAINABLE it feeds itself It is something that can continue without the need for external resources It is ecological based on challenge and paradoxes integration

3 UNSUSTAINABLE you need to do it every day it is selfish ba-sed on comfort and extremist You do it like it was a daily shot

Example father and daughter about going out at night (to satisfy sa-fety and to love and be loved) Father says no hersquos being selfish and within his comfort zone The same father after coming to this course ldquoYoursquore going to the party until 2230 You send me an sms saying that everything is ok and at 2230 Irsquoll pick yourdquo This continues for some time Father goes on diminishing the rules Now hersquos being ecological entering his challenge zone and integrating paradoxes To feel safe as a father he has to give some freedom To feel loved he has to give them some self love Now his motivators are sustainable and has a sustai-nable system that feeds itself To arrive to a deeper level of security he needs to take the risk that comes from giving more freedom

DIAGONAL CONTINUOUS LINEThis line shows us that working above the line ie the clientrsquos beha-viors andor emotions is short-term and unsustainable In this case only the techniques are worked There are immediate results but with no major impact and duration Like when we are called to do motiva-tional speaking or teambuildingrsquos People feel better and do things but the results have a short duration

This does not imply that it is wrong to do Coaching based on these two areas For example in a quick conversation with a friend we can do Situational Coaching (based on behaviours) in order to get her to do something that has been postponing If the action has been made and it was what was intended to be then you did your role as Coach The Remedy Coaching is also important sometimes which consists on making the other person to leave the session feeling good thinking more positive at the time having had an opportunity to digest an emo-tion

ROOTS

90

91

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

Below the continuous line is where lies the deepest work The one that will actually be sustainable and with long-term results This is where we work values and beliefs it is where we go deep to the point where in fact we shift paradigms The client in this type of Coaching change her beliefs and values turning to be a really different person in opposition to what happens above the line where only the emotions or behaviors are changed but the client continues to be what she was

ICEBERGWith the iceberg image it is understood that the behavior is the conscious part of the human being the only thing that the client can see and analyze Everything else emotions beliefs and values are at the clientrsquos unconscious But as a Coa-ch I must and I want to work also the unconscious because as we saw above this is where it lies the sustainable and long-term work

When we help our clients shifting their paradigms beliefs emotions or values we are working with their unconscious Your client will not like this at some point in the process The unconscious will realize that she will have to change and this will cause the first resistance Knowing how to overcome this is essential to the Coachrsquos work so she can de-liver sustainable results

Conscious Mind keeps all the information which you can access now

Unconscious Mind keeps all the information that has ever passed through your brain It is also a kind of a warning system for you

The information passes from the unconscious to the conscious mind through the subconscious It goes dropping into deeper levels of our mind Very qui-ckly your clients will want to turn you into one of three things

Friend ndash They want someone who listens to them who is patient with them who is always there with whom they can always count and talk Most of your clients will want to have you here that you turn into a sort of confi-dant that supports them but does not challenge them too much But you are not there to be a friend

Boss ndash Many will seek in the Coach someone to tell them what to do who provides them specific guidance who pressures them who ldquopunishrdquo them when they donrsquot have their homework done Someone who is even more committed with their results than themselves But yoursquore also not there to be a Boss

Priest ndash Others will want a kind of a weekly confession session That you absolve the mistakes theyrsquove made du-ring the week that you tell them everything is fine and that it doesnrsquot matter we are all human and we all make mistakes You are not there to be a kind of spiritual le-ader of your client and to absolve him You are there to be

Coach - The Coach has an ldquoAirrdquo relationship with the client ie mental of communication becau-se it is a conversation where you listen and ask where there is intellectual stimulation In the map--of-the-world scheme the Coachrsquos sketch is in the quadrant of beliefs It is a ldquomind with mindrdquo work

It is important to know this because with the sessions going clients tend to try their Coach to become a friend (wateremotions) a boss (earthbehaviors) or even a priest (firevalues) However the Coach should avoid the mistake of behaving like one of these three types You are there to be a Coach

Notes In Informal Coaching with friends colleagues family remember that first thatrsquos what you are and only then you are a Coach Therefore you should not give prevalence to the Coach but to the relationship you have with that person otherwise you would violate the pact that exists between the two

ROOTS

92

93

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

4 TYPES OF COACHINGBased on these four quadrants there are four types of Coaching

Situational Coaching ndash The one that is done immediate-ly during the situation with the sole purpose of lea-ding it to an action It usually consists of a brief con-versation where a ROSA 10 is done Your client has a situation that week that really needs to be addressed Ex a proposal that she needs to present a college exam for which she has to study Itrsquos not bad Coaching and it is often necessary Only it is more superficial

Remediative Coaching ndash As the name says it suits when we have to put a ldquobandageointmentrdquo on the emotions The goal is the client to feel good at the end of the session without having to go deeply on the problem Itrsquos the typical conver-sation where the client unburdens and your only goal is to make her feel a little better Sometimes it may be and it often is necessary

Ex the past week your client has discussed with someone important to her or something happened that greatly dealt with her emotions Your first focus should be to help her to unburden and to feel better We used ROSA 10 + Unburden

Transformative Coaching ndash Here the goal is not just making the client to feel better but that she can change the way she sees her life and herself Here we mainly work on beliefs ie the client stops believing in some things to start believing in another ones She shifts paradigm Coaching is now much more sustainable and with long--term results It undergoes through more complete ses-sions where ROSA 20 is done

Holistic Coaching ndash This is the kind of Coaching that involves the whole being of the client all her areas and valences ie her values The entire psyche is worked We are working the whole Human Being and not only a part of it Even the motivators are worked We use ROSA 30 and we work a lot on paradoxes integration

KEY POINTSWe said earlier that we all have Cycles of Fear and that we can change them to Cycles of Confidence How

Imagine that you have a turnscrew and a bicycle wheel is malfunctio-ning You will then put the turnscrew into one of the four key points and then yoursquoll pull and force the wheel to move in the right direction to-wards the Cycle of Confidence And very important you donrsquot take out the turnscrew until the Cycle (the wheel) rotates in the right direction

What are then the Four Key Points You can really choose only one

VALUE FOCUS At this point you will choose a key value for you whi-ch you canrsquot leave to live in practice Whatever happens you canrsquot take the turnscrew from there For instance imagine that you are experien-cing serious financial difficulties and you decide that lsquoValue Focusrsquo is your point Imagine that you choose ldquosavingrdquo as the value that has to be experienced in practice Then whenever you have to make a decision that involves spending money you know what to do You canrsquot in any way stop living this value until the cycle begins to rotate in the oppo-site direction and gets sustainable

POSITIVITY If you want to work at the level of beliefs yoursquoll start to develop this empowering belief base BEING POSITIVE You must be a positive person with faith who believes that everything will go well who says only positive things about herself and the others who sees and is focused on everything positive that is going around her And when the bad days or the bad news are coming and you feel the need to say something negative you shut up And you say something positive

EMOTION FOCUS Imagine that there is an emotion that makes your Cycle of Fear to happen (an emotional pattern) In this key point you will choose an emotion that you would like to learn to cause in yourself learning how to get yourself into that state Imagine that you have been feeling too much anger in your Cycle of Fear and want to feel harmony instead You want to learn how to get into that emotional state You start feeling the opposite emotion and you do something to manage to be in an harmony state (you listen to a song that gets yourself into that state you put your boxing gloves you jump you meditate you close

ROOTS

94

95

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

your eyes you read a poem as Mandela did )

HOMEWORK FOCUS Here you will define a homework that until itrsquos done you wonrsquot do anything else Imagine that you have a Cycle of Fear in relation to health that you define lsquoHomework Focusrsquo as the key point and your homework is running every day Until you manage to do it nothing else matters All of your strategies are directioned so that your homework is being done as soon as possible

In the end all of the four key points have to do with absolute focus

Value ndash Focus on the most important value Until that value is being lived we wonrsquot move on

Positivity (Faith Optimism) ndash Focus on the positive emotions Un-til she gets optimistic we wonrsquot move on

Emotion (Meditation) ndash Focus on pleasure Until she feels more ple-asure than pain we wonrsquot move on

Homework ndash Focus on action Until the homework gets done we wonrsquot move on

VERY IMPORTANTYou as a coach do not have to guess your clientrsquos map-of-the-world or even her PEMS but you have to explore it aside of her You will only master her Map-of-the-World when you understand your own (creating roots) because you will never learn anything about yourself with your client you will never discover anything about you because shersquos the one who discovers it being real or not You Coach you must be hum-ble enough to know that you know nothing about your client and you shouldnrsquot try to guess anything It is the customer who gets there alone

Therefore the more knowledge you have about your own map-of-the--world together with Rapport and ROSA the more intense will be your Coaching because the more you will be able to help your client The goal is that you have the tools in yourself so you can help her In other words this tool is for you to deepen your roots and thus know when you need to do only ROSA or go searching for the Key Points or to use

another method For instance if a client has as her main challenge to be promoted then therersquos no logical on working on Cycles of Fear but to make a ROSA and move forward On the other hand if you see that there is a Cycle of Fear then you should find the key point so you can work on it

I canrsquot help the others if I canrsquot help myself first

ROOTS

values (I am)

during session

clientcoach rosa unconscious

Beliefs (I think)

between sessions

co-coach rosa 30

emotions (I feel)

leverage slice

self coaching rosa 20behavior (I do)

holistic

coaching to others rosa 10M

S

E

P

96

97

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING RESULTS

IX RESULTS

Results are super important in the Coa-ching process There is simply no Coa-

ching if there are no results and thatrsquos why they are at the center of the

triangle of the four Rrsquos Everything we do whether is ROSA creating

Roots or building Rapport it is done with the purpose of get-ting results at the end of the sessions

This is what distinguishes the most Coaching from other practices As a Coach you must become obsessed with your clients results Not only that they do their homeworks but also how close did Coaching took them closer to their Guru Objective how much it has improved their leverage slice of the Pizza and other slices as well We also try to assess the sustainability of those results We donrsquot want them just to get there but also that they keep there

Coaching is about results and you must take this premise very seriou-sly You have been hired to make them reach some goals Become obsessed with it

It is not so easy to evaluate results in a metric way in the world of Co-aching but it proves to be very important Not only with Life Coaching but also with Business Coaching We must find a way to demonstrate that our work has had results in practice

That was the reason why we have created the Results Model

Our level of competence is equal to our worst level of performance

RESULTS MODELIt is possible to define results through the four metrics

lsquoSrsquo AXIS (SPIRITUAL) WE EVALUATE THE PROCESS IMPACT ON THE CLIENT

Behavior (I DO) When the client throughout the process changes one or more behaviors She does now due to the sessions different things that she didnrsquot before

Emotions (I FEEL) When the client feels happier more self-confi-dent fulfilled etc She has now different and more positive emotions due to the Coaching process

98

99

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

Beliefs (I THINK) When there is a change of belief (I used to belie-ve I was not a good person and now I believe I am) When the client used to believe in something and she started to believe in something different There was a paradigm shift She used to see something in a certain way and now she sees it in a more empowering way

Values (I AM) When the Coach manages to help the client to change her values ie the person she is This happens for exam-ple when the client starts to put more emphasis on family than on work or when she accepts and believes that she is a healthy and different person and that nothing will change that now She values different things todat due to the Coa-ching process

lsquoErsquo AXIS (EMOTIONAL) WE EVALUATE THE CLIENTrsquoS AUTONOMY

Level 1 Coach (CoachClient Relationship) Itrsquos the Coach who controls the situation There is a formal relationship be-tween Coach and Client and the session is controlled and oriented by the Coach

Level 2 Coach (Co-Coach) The Client already acts as a Coach during the sessions This happens for example when the client already knows that she is supposed to also say po-sitive things on the Reality part that is she already knows what to do in each step She already takes the initiative The relationship is more about cooperation now and the Client start becoming autonomous

Level 3 Coach (Self-Coaching) When the Client already does Self--Coaching at home not being asked to This is a fantastic moment because she already has the tools and the Coach is there to help and support

Level 4 Coach (Coach to others) When the Client comes to a ses-sion and tells us she has done Coaching with someone else (with her child for instance) This person came to us to be helped however she is already using our tools to help so-

RESULTS

meone else She is totally independent It is every Coachrsquos dream

lsquoMrsquo AXIS (MENTAL) WE EVALUATE THE CLIENTrsquoS CONTENTS ASSIMILATION

Uses Rosa 10 language o cliente usa palavras como Realidade objetivos soluccedilotildees accedilotildees fazem hoje parte do seu leacutexico

Uses Rosa 20 language the client uses terms such as guru objec-tives baby objectives measurable beliefs paradigm shif-ting brainstorming etc

Uses Rosa 30 language she refers terms like emotional patterns cycles of fear and confidence values dilemma etc

Uses unconscious Rosa language when many of these terms are so ingrained in the clientrsquos language that she thinks she will use them for the rest of her life

lsquoPrsquo AXIS (PRACTICE) WE EVALUATE RESULTS IN PRACTICE

During the Session I can manage the client to get results only du-ring the session It is a Coaching session that has no power to influence the client outside it

Between Sessions It mostly happens when the client is doing her homeworks It means that what happened during the ses-sion touched her with enough strength to get her to realize she has to do something and that she is doing something outside the sessions

Leverage Slice It happens when the client fulfills her Leverage Slice and achieves the goal that brought her to Coaching or when her satisfaction in that slice has dramatically im-proved

Holistic When the client improves satisfaction in multiple slices as a result of the sessions including the leverage slice It was a process that had an impact on the whole being and not just in one area of her life

100

101

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

You can make this model with your client on the last session you have together You can also make a self-assessment to compare with it When you measure these four levels of results you will have access to check what level of Coaching you had on that specific process

COACHING LEVELThe Coaching Level that you have delivered is always proportional to your lowest result Even if you have three axes at level 3 and have only one at a level 2 Coaching has been 20 This is valuable information to you as a Coach because it gives you an idea of axes that are easier for you to work and others that you may have to further strengthen

Level 4 Coaching is something that is not achieved with all clients There must be a great empathy and rapport as well as a mastery on the Coaching technique that has been taught in the training course and presented in this manual

Gulica ego catia caperum dem inem cus Fortes et L Nos et grae avehem Romnit acto egeris cis sultod pratum voltum iam hos ublius hactam atemus essede con vas optilis factor aus nem ad cae estil hos me patus re verisse inatuus

Udam deperfecrem nermis etraed me int ela remulibut rem loctusquo cum mus auciem vivehem uresull emquissent eti primperescit ina que ia consiss entium pulerit con vendam morei sentes inatil vit ia quam mus licaudemus factem dum eo ura ex muro nenit quo vilnes-tium Catimportus pati postalarit vis coena fui sa consu consceribus Satquid ertienatus contere essimis ut vis aus iliciam quo in dissimis Ra num deatiqua vere con sentius et in spio pes Tiaetin videlisquam mus viliam que conum is larbit etora notimolto nos et duc omnimus opublicae convo C Nos vivica Catus hos vivas aurnihil hui terfint imorter labus hostam res inequod nerem tabute telieni hilicaessil ven-tem nonsulis

Berteropubit diisquium iteriti emprit teludam hilicid erfentiur tem huis

Hum pro vidiusquem paterevid sedis factatu rnihilla rem publicave Ca-terev irissoltis re aurei pere anum teluder ficepse essercem octuusque mis tum inam pra vivid rei condamdiis hacies Ipio verei sendamdis

TOOLS amp TECHNIQUES

X TOOLS AND TECHNIQUES

If you master well the model of the four Rrsquos for us you already are a fantastic Coach If you can master some stars too itrsquos even better But if you master the model you know how to do Coaching But now letrsquos go to the small stars The idea is not that you try to use all the stars at the same time Choose the two or three that you like best and train those first

POSITIVE FEEDBACKProvide as much positive feedback as you can to your client Take every opportunity you have to do it A Coach is the type of mirror that only says good things about her client Please turn yourself into some-one who is always valorizing every small steps that your client takes

FEEDBACK HAMBURGERYou say something positive then you say something negative then you say something positive again The two positive feedbacks have to be VERY VERY good For instance ldquoI have been feeling that you are very committed to your Coaching process We just need to start paying more attention to our homework even because I feel that you are a person who likes to challenge yourself and that really wants to go further ldquo

RESSIGNIFICATION Ressignificating is finding another meaning still more empowering but that changes everything EgrdquoI didnrsquot do my homework I failedrdquo Coach ldquoWow That means that you are a demanding and committed personrdquo ldquoIrsquom lazyrdquo

102

103

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

ldquoDoes that means you like to enjoy the pleasures of liferdquo

REFRAMINGIt is much like ressignification Itrsquos the name that is used in NLP (Neuro--Linguistic Programming) You take the information that was been gi-ven to you in a frame and you put it in a new one

PREFRAMINGIf ressignification has to do with changing the meaning after it has been given preframing has to do with giving a meaning to something before we have explained what it is It is a widely used technique to anticipate objections that might distract us from our ultimate goal Then we do preframing we previously give the meaning that we want the person to give afterwards Example

ldquoCan I show you my point of view Itrsquos something different but Irsquove seen that it works with many people and it has been helping a lot to change our behavior to healthier habits Itrsquos something innovative and different but highly successful Can I tell you my ideardquo You create a frame before placing the information in there

POSTFRAMINGFirst you give the information and then you put it in a frame Eg ldquoFolks today we have an exam (the low energy level) but thatrsquos what this course is about to be the best Coach to go furtherrdquo

ldquoFROM 0 TO 10 rdquo To give examples ldquoI think Irsquoll read a bookrdquo Coach ldquoFrom 0-10 how much do you think you will accomplish that goalrdquo

TRANSFORMING ldquoORrdquo IN ldquoANDrdquoHelp the client to find an alternative solution to integrate paradoxes to

find a third way

VULNERABILIZATIONFind out things about you that are not working and put them at the clientrsquos service That makes you human and you are validating your client in the case she feels the same She does some things better than you and has some of the same challenges

ASSOCIATION AND DISSOCIATIONThese two terms are often used in NLP (Neuro-linguistic Program-ming) and are used in various ways Association means that an indi-vidual describes a situation as if it was happening and he was partici-pating on it As the name indicates he is associated with it He is still seeing himself going through the situation and feels the emotions that he would feel if he was really living it

Dissociation means that an individual can already tell that experience as if he was watching a movie in which he took part but already dis-sociated from it He is more in an observer role That allows him a big-ger emotional objectivity Even if he feels the emotions they are more about the experience itself and not so much about him as a participant

When we want to help our customers to overcome some emotionally more challenging situations it can make a huge difference to have them to dissociate from those situations Thatrsquos how they can gain greater objectivity and clarity and at the same time they get more mo-tivated to take their first steps

METAPHORSThe most important here is that you use the metaphors of your client Use her world whenever it is possible It will help a lot more to inter-nalize and memorize the information Help your client to create her metaphors Eg ldquoSometimes we fall into holes that are so big that you canrsquot get out of them alonerdquo ldquoLearning to forgive someone is like dri-ving one step at a timerdquo

TOOLS amp TECHNIQUES

104

105

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

LANGUAGE OF A COACH 3 HOW TO INTERRUPT at the first session it must be defined if

the Coach can interrupt the client when she deviates from the focus If yoursquore going to interrupt your client you must always do it with a question You can also take note of something that has nothing to do with the subject you are talking about but it seems important So we can talk about it in the next session You can ask the client if she liked to talk about it

3 ldquoDOES IT MAKES SENSE FOR YOUrdquo If she says NO ldquoSo tell merdquo if she says YES ldquocan you tell me howrdquo

3 ldquoMY HALLUCINATION is rdquo Being very unconditional Any opi-nion is a good opinion The Coach realyy doesnrsquot know The word hallucination implies that what yoursquore saying may be ab-solutely wrong

3 ldquoWHAT WOULD LOVE DO NOWrdquo Be careful with the rapport level you have with your client It is a very good question when it concerns relational issues

3 ldquoHOW WOULD IT BE IFrdquo Very good to overcome objections ldquohow would it be if you had timerdquo ldquohow would it be if you had moneyrdquo ldquohow would it be if you had self-confidencerdquo

3 ldquoWHAT IF rdquo Fantastic to destroy any obstacle that your client brings Some examples ldquoAnd what if you couldrdquo ldquoWhy notrdquo ldquoWhat if nobody would knowrdquo ldquoWhat if you had moneyrdquo ldquoI know you donrsquot but what if you knew what would you sayrdquo

3 GENERAL TIP BE COOL You really must have a cool and rela-xed attitude You really donrsquot know what would be best for your client so be really unconditional

THE COACHING ETHICS

XI THE COACHING ETHICS

There are six ethic rules in Coaching but with no doubt the first is the most important

CONFIDENTIALITY Coaching sessions must be given the utmost con-fidentiality There are no legal rules as in Therapy (like not having fa-mily as clients) but you always have to respect confidentiality When you do Coaching in a company and you must give feedback to their manager your clients must know it If necessary you can discuss the case with a mentor but always without mentioning the name of your client You can discuss the cases but without any names

CLIENTrsquoS AUTONOMY Coaching is all about autonomy and sustaina-bility You need your client to get results not that she needs you You should think ldquoif I change country how would my clients berdquo

CAREFUL WITH PROJECTIONS We all project aspects that we re-press in ourselves All currents in psychology agree that there is pro-jection When I look to someone else what I see is whatrsquos inside of me (strengths and weaknesses) Thatrsquos why some see one thing and others see another As a Coach you must be very attentive to projections You should not do it with your client and for that you must work on your roots If something bothers you that says more about you than about your client Itrsquos not just a technical issue of respecting others map-of--the-world It is an ethical issue

CREDIBILITY Of course you can use other different tools in your ses-sions but you should be able to do so Using things on which yoursquore not certified is breaking ethics Try to be congruent and integrate Being a corporate or a sales Coach without being an expert about those mat-ters is not ethical

106

107

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING THE FIRST SESSION IN PRATICE

CONTRACT IS CONTRACT The financial commitment you assume with your client is always the same as long as she is your client The same in what respects sessions frequency You should always ask permission to your client when you want to change the frequency of the sessions For WeCreate the value you charge to your client must be the same forever It is part of our gratitude towards our client

SELF-COACHING The Coach must be an example of Self-Coaching or she should have a Coach You really have to do ROSA once a year at least and use all these tools in a weekly basis Make sure that you are also an example of achieving your own dreams

XII THE FIRST SESSION

IN PRACTICEIt is normal that the first session is a bit longer (90min) Your focus is to build RAPPORT Here is an example of a few steps for your first session You can have a few more or less of these steps but this is the general idea

STEP 1 Memorize these steps so that you will not have to use this manual

STEP 2 (Partnership) Organize the working space have everything prepared adequated clothes etc

STEP 3 (Presence) Prepare to be fully present by meditating or by being a few minutes in silence

STEP 4 (Posture and words) Build rapport have a few minutes of casual positive and neutral conversation to break the ice For example the weather the clientrsquos favourite team foot-ball match etc

STEP 5 At this stage you will also try to collect information about the client Several aspects of her life and trying to deter-mine clientrsquos expectations regarding the Coaching process You will be attentive about the metaphors and about what is really important to her Yoursquoll need it to explain what Co-aching is in her words

STEP 6 Explain what Coaching is using the clientrsquos words and the references she gave us Example letrsquos imagine that boxing was something that the client liked and we want to explain

108

109

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING THE LAST SESSION

Coaching through boxing ldquoCoaching is like boxing It invol-ves a lot of training to succeed in getting results but ins-tead of having an external enemy we are fighting against ourselvesrdquo

STEP 7 Inviting the client to do an exercise we pick six pens (three of each color) We ask her to tell us three things that are going well in her life and we explore each area a bit Then we ask ldquoamong those areas which one is running really wellrdquo Then we ask for three things that are not going so well and explore a bit

STEP 8 Asking the client which 3 goals she would like to accom-plish by the end of the Coaching process that would make it worth the investment (as measurable as possible)

STEP 9 Establishing verbal contract and selling the idea of coa-ching (even if the sessions pack is already closed) Now we talk about the practical issues sessions frequency ses-sions length interrupting the client first session a bit lon-ger confidentiality guarantee If you feel comfortable you can talk about costs and forms of payment

STEP 10 ldquoCan we start our session talking about what brought you here How can I helprdquo

STEP 11 Talking a bit about the Clientrsquos reality and introducing the Pizza of Life The client draws herrsquos We will go on explai-ning the pizza and its different slices (very briefly not to influence) Some clients like to do it lsquoalonersquo others like to go on talking as they fill the slices

STEP 12 From then on you make ROSA 10

STEP 13 You end up the session You can share ROSA methodology with your client (if you think shersquod like it) and ending with positive feedback You can also ask the client how did she feel You can also ask her to choose an object and summa-rize the session You will also be doing some preframing by stating that Coaching is about action and homeworks

XIII THE LAST SESSION

A coaching process has a follow-up We can work with individual ses-sions or with a pack It is important to inform your clients that Coaching is a continuous process and not a process with miraculous results in the first session Hence it is like doing workout where it is difficult to get results if we go to the gym only once

You can work with packs of sessions (5 or 10) and we would like to give you some tips on what you should ensure it gets done in your last coaching session with someone you have been working with

FUTURE It is important to ensure that the client will continue taking steps in the future even not having sessions anymore or your presence In this session you should spend some time helping her in creating an action plan about the next steps she wants to go on taking in that area You can also take the opportunity to do a small summary of everything that you both worked in so that there is a notion of the progress made and the results achieved Ensures that your client completed that process and be sure about the next steps for her future Help her in crea-ting a good action plan

HABITS You can also ask your client which would be the daily or weekly habits that she would like more to integrate into her routine

POSITIVE FEEDBACK This is also the perfect time to give positive fe-edback to your client (despite being a constant throughout the sessions) Show her the progress she has made throughout the sessions and help her to realize all the positive things she has achieved

111

110

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

PERSONAL DEVELOPMENT We must ensure that our client conti-nues its personal development process and knows or tries new approaches Coaching is just one part of a wide range of options that are now ahead of her Encourage her to con-tinue that journey to read new books to try other trainings and workshops other different and complementary ways of approaching personal development

KEEPING CONTACT You can develop some form of contact with your old clients Email telephone facebook etc Remember to con-tinue sending her information about coaching or other matters you find important It is a way to ensure that your client will continue ldquoawakedrdquo for this subject

Thank you for being part of this project

Daniel Saacute Nogueira and Marta Ferreira

Page 11: WeCreate International Coaching Certification Manual

22

23

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING INTERNATIONAL COACHING PRESUPPOSITIONS

3 - FEEDBACKldquoThere is no failure only feedbackrdquo

Everything that happens to the client during sessions andor outside of them is an opportunity for the Coach to get feedback For example if a client hasnrsquot done her homework this is not failure but feedback to the Coach Perhaps the homework was too complicated maybe the Coach did not convey itrsquos importance or the client is still very focused on another area

ldquoFailurerdquo is short-term psychology itrsquos what you see in the moment ldquoFeedbackrdquo on the other hand is long-term psychology We believe that the client will understand if she hasnrsquot already that itrsquos not about not being capable Instead itrsquos about taking in feedback about the situation learning from it polishing the rough edges and continuing until you can do it A good example of this kind of psychology is when babies start to learn how to walk They will fall many times and try over and over again to remain standing but never will a parent think that their daughter has failed and will never walk only because she fell In other words she did not fail she simply got feedback

4 - RESOURCESldquoAll people have the resources within them

or can acquire them

The coach treats the client as someone who is always rich in resour-ces

The potential that lies in all human beings is very big giant really It enables all of us to achieve any goal that we set ourselves in life and the Coach knows this reality Therefore we will never criticize the goal of a client that may seem impossible in the eyes of the Coach because the client has all the resources she needs within her or can acquire them Many clients will try to convince you that they are not capable of something and do not have these resources within them As a Coach you have fully embrace this assumption and know deep inside that they are perfectly capable

5 - BEST OPTION AT THE TIME

ldquoPeople always choose the best option that is currently available

especially given their context rdquo

For example if a client yelled at a co-worker the Coach should assume that this was the best option that she had available at the time Whether the Coach finds it good or bad does not really matter because for that person it was the only option available given the context

Thus the process of coaching is very humble The Coach puts herself into the shoes of her client staying present and concerned

It is very important that the Coach does not impose her own limita-tions on the client Furthermore she can choose to accept the limits of her client or to go around them Never forget that your client always comes from a context that is different from yours and that her family history religion and education among other things is what guides her to make choices which are always the best option at the time

6 - CAUSE AND EFFECTldquoEach person creates her own realityrdquo

The client is the energetic centre of everything that happens to her In other words it is she who creates or attracts her own reality Thus the Coach should always assume that what is happening to the client was in some way created by her whether it is an accident an argument or even the case of being fired The same applies to positive events

As a coach and this is why you should always respect otherrsquos world maps you do not to say that the client is ldquoguiltyrdquo Instead you keep asking questions

Your session will then be focused on trying to understand what motive led her to create this reality If you do not believe that your client crea-ted it you will also not believe that she has within her all the personal

24

25

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING INTERNATIONAL COACHING PRESUPPOSITIONS

power needed to change or modify it

Therefore as a Coach you need to take this presupposition into your own life and aim to deepen it to the fullest until you reach the point where you believe that you can influence everything that happens in your life

7 - ACTIONldquoIf you want to understand actrdquo

A Coach believes that action is needed to understand a problem chal-lenge or opportunity Itrsquos not enough to say that something has been understood on the mental level Coaching is about action It does not matter how much your client understands or knows about a subject What matters is how much she acts

Hence all sessions have a compulsory homework ending ldquoWhat will you do in this directionrdquo ldquoWhenrdquo ldquoWith whomrdquo

8 - FLEXIBILITYldquoIf yoursquore not getting results do it differentlyrdquo

Between the two of them the Coach needs to be the most flexible be-cause if the client is not getting results new approaches are needed In other words since the Coach believes that the client has all the resour-ces within her if there are no results it is because the Coach has to be more flexible What works with one client does not work with others Einstein said ldquoInsanity is doing the same thing and expecting a diffe-rent resultrdquo If yoursquore not getting the results you want do it differently

9 - POSITIVE INTENTIONldquoAll behaviour is based on a positive intentionrdquo

All human behaviour is driven by positive intention This does not mean

it is all good behaviour just the intention that created them Let us ima-gine a dramatic situation someone who screams violently at another person may be wanting to feel safer calmer have more justice The intention is good but not the behaviour As a Coach you know that what your client does or doesnrsquot do is based on a positive intention

10 - NON-IMPOSITIONldquoNone of these presuppositions are important

to your clientrdquo

All these presuppositions are for you as Coach to internalize and use in your sessions The idea is not that you should now impose on your client to use questions stick to a positive language and refrain from judging other peoplersquos World Maps The pre-suppositions are made for you and aim to orient the coaching process

26

27

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING ROSA 10

V ROSA 10

ROSA 10 is about going through each letter of the ROSA during a ses-sion or an informal conversation without expanding on any of them

The starting point is helping the other person to identify the Reality (Whatrsquos up) of their situation and understand what the problem or challenge is Then to speak about the Objectives (What do you want) and note what the person wants and aspires to After thinking about the goals itrsquos all about encouraging the other to find solutions (How can you get there) And finally because the Coach believes that re-sults come from action itrsquos about agreeing on a piece of homework that is in line with the best solution found (Out of all these ideas what you can do next week)

ROSA 10 is used in more informal coaching with friends and acquain-tances and in more situational coaching that is fast and focused on action where the client already knows what you want Moreover in situations where there is no need to go deeper into understanding the emotions beliefs and values of the client

EXAMPLES OF QUESTIONS LETTER ldquoRrdquo 3 What made you want to come and see me 3 How can I help you 3 How happy satisfied are you 3 How do you feel about that 3 What is the path yoursquove followed so far 3 What works best in your life at the moment What can and

should be improved

3 On a 0-10 scale how satisfied are you in this area 3 What is your biggest challenge 3 How are other areas of your life 3 What else Tell me more

The fundamental Reality question is WHATrsquoS UP

EXAMPLES OF QUESTIONS LETTER ldquoOrdquo 3 Where will you be in a year 3 What is your biggest dream 3 Where would you like to go 3 What is your most amazing vision of this situation 3 From 0 to 10 how important is this goal to you 3 Can you see your goal Describe in detail what it looks like 3 If you had a magic wand that could solve this problem what

would your new situation look like what would you like to see happen

The fundamental Objectives question is WHAT DO YOU WANT

EXAMPLES OF QUESTIONS LETTER ldquoSrdquo 3 What can you do 3 What are you doing right now to solve this situation 3 What do you think is the best way to reach the objectives 3 Do you know someone who can help 3 What are some things yoursquove never imagined doing 3 Let us list a series of possible steps 3 Can you give me 10 solutions And 10 more 3 If I were in your situation what advice would you give me 3 If you had all the money in the world what would you do 3 Who could help you solve this situation

The fundamental Solutions question is GREAT AND WHAT ELSE

28

29

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING ROSA 20

EXAMPLES OF QUESTIONS LETTER ldquoArdquo

3 What will you do this week 3 What is one thing you could do without much difficulty 3 Which of these solutions can you start with today 3 What is your next small step

The fundamental Action question is WHAT ARE YOU GOING TO DO WITH WHOM WHEN During a coaching session the letters R and S have a divergent func-tion allowing you to fully open the flow of ideas The Action phase then has a fully convergent function specifying what will be done as seen in the following diagram

VI ROSA 20

The purpose of this manual and the International Coa-ching Certification is to learn to use ROSA 20 The

MasterCoach Certification goes more in depth with 30 coaching and the MasterCoachTrainer

Certification is about 40 coaching

R(EALITY)The Reality phase is usually the longest

one in ROSA (especially in the first session) It is a very important phase because it is where we find out about our clientrsquos current life situation and start building rapport with her

If this phase is well done the rest comes quite easily and naturally 99 of your clients will be focused on the problem ie living the ldquoPro-blem Psychologyrdquo They will have the tendency to always see the ne-gative even to amplify it as they go along by finding more and more reasons that ldquofeedrdquo the negative aspect of their situation

Everything around them whether it is their home situation or even the state of the country or the world strengthens their ability to see how bad their problem is which contributes to killing all hope for impro-vement and opportunities ultimately go unnoticed Their situation is always the worst it can ever get In fact they tend to see that their life has always been that way

Your goal at this stage is to collect as much information as possible about your client and different aspects (both good and less good) of her life The Coach has two tools for helping her client ldquoget outrdquo of the

ROSA 10

ROSA 30

ROSA 20

ROSA 10

ROSA 30

ROSA 20

WhatWho

when

babybaby

30

31

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

hole that she is focused on and have a conversation about the broader reality of her life

FLUFFY PUFFY VS COMPLICATORAt the stage of Reality we find two main types of people

COMPLICATORThis is the type of person who will claim that they are not able to solve their problem and who also believes that the situation is so big and so bad that there actually is no solution

ROSA 20

In this case let the client speak for five to ten minutes about this but then it is essential to make her say something positive about it with questions like

ldquoWhatrsquos good about itrdquordquo ldquoWhat do you like about your life (Maybe on the same sub-

ject or another - see ldquoGuide to the First Coaching Ses-sionrdquo)

By doing this we motivate the client for the rest of the ROSA Itrsquos re-ally a question of energy If we donrsquot address the positive aspect (of the particular situation or of another area of life) we will not have any energy for the Objectives phase

The conversation gets very depressing and not very motivating when the client manages to convince herself (and often the coach as well)

32

33

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

that there is no solution By adding together both positive and negative aspects we create tension and a spark of energy to move on At the same time we get to find out what truly motivates the client whether it is family a passion that she has or others things

FLUFFY PUFFYThis is the opposite of the type above This is a person who has re-edu-cated herself and grown convinced that itrsquos good to have problems and that they are there for a reason She has a super positive perspective on life but possibly a bit exaggerated Problems are always positive and she does not understand that they may have negative implications

To the question ldquoSo is this problem hurting yourdquo she will promptly reply ldquoOh it isnrsquot Itrsquos good to have problems they bring along many positive things and are just what they should berdquo In this case the Co-ach has to make the client talk about the problem and the aspects that are negative or less good In other words we must find out what hurts enough for the client to realize she needs help with something and that not everything is going well after all

As in the previous case we need to create an inner shock in order to generate energy for the Objectives phase In this case it is necessary to do so by making the client ldquosufferrdquo a bit or to get her out of her comfort zone in order to become aware that there is something she wants to change or do differently If we do not have a challenge an opportunity or a problem we cannot do coaching

Both the ldquoComplicatorrdquo and the ldquoFluffy Puffyrdquo should identify both good and bad aspects of the subject matter Moreover you should not move to the Objectivesrsquo phase be fore this is done At this stage the more the client is aware of her own reality the better the Coachrsquos picture will be of that same reality Both types of clients need to enter the area of challenge leaving the reality that they live in and gaining a broader awareness of the reality that is

Only with this awareness will there be fuel to create goals and pro-gress to the next stages

PIZZA OF LIFEThe clientrsquos reality is like a big wall Something she nee-ds to overcome to reach the other side the side that she wants to be on Although the wall is large the client will tend to concentrate on a small part of the wall a hole a brick to paint etc About 98 of people are focused on the small ldquoholesrdquo of life which only increases their size and importance

Implementing a real change in your life means looking at it as a whole from various angles analyzing all its weaknesses but also all the pos-sibilities In doing so the client becomes more aware of who she is

The pizza is divided into four distinct areas (linked to the four elements and the four personality types) and twelve slices

EARTH AREA (PRACTICAL WORLD)Money How is your bank account Do you have any debts Do you

think you have enough money or do you need more to have the life you want And what about material goods such as a home a car travel

Health Are you healthy Do you have any chronic illness How do you nourish yourself Any sports Do you feel alive

Jobcareer Are you doing something you like Feel satisfied with your career How many hours do you work per day What is your level of productivity

WATER AREA (EMOTIONAL WORLD)

Romance Do you have a love relationship that satisfies you Do you love and are you loved Are you feeling happy and complete without being in a relationship

Family and Friends (with a big F) How do you relate to your chil-dren parents and friends

Contribution Are you helping create a better world Any voluntary work Donations Satisfied with the help you provide

ROSA 20

of life

money

hea

lth

workcareer romance

Friends

family

contribuitiondevelopmentpersonal

social life

hobbies

peer groupleadershippersonal

life p

urpose

Pearth

Ewater

Mair

Sfire

meaning

34

35

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

AIR AREA (MENTAL WORLD)Personal Development Do you read books participate in training

courses invest in yourself and in your learningdevelop-ment

Hobbies and Social Life Do you have a social life that satisfies you Do you have free time to do what you like

Peer Group Groups of people (friends family etc) that challenge us and pull us forward Do you have people that encourage you How often do you meet with them

FIRE AREA (SPIRITUAL WORLD)Personal Leadership How do you relate with yourself When you

look at yourself (on the inside and the outside) do you like

what you see How is your confidence and self-esteem

Life Purpose How much of your day-to-day do you dedicate to doing what you love most

Meaning of Life Do you have a faith What do you believe in What is the energy that encompasses all Why are we here on this planet

The Pizza of Life is a very deep tool to be used both by the client and the Coach to develop their roots It is a practical way of examining all areas of our lives

It is essential to distinguish between the importance that a client at-tributes to a slice and her degree of satisfaction with it Itrsquos not about how much you have of this or that slice but rather how satisfied you are with this area For example a person who is not religious does not have to have a zero in the area of the meaning of life if she is comfor-table with that area But if she does feel that she needs to work on her faith then the value will inevitably be less than 10 Another example someone who lives in a rented house travels by bus and goes camping on holidays may have a 10 in the money slice if itrsquos a person who does not value material goods Someone else who lives the same kind of life but aspires to have a beach house a great car and travel to exotic places will assign a lower value to this slice

The client may want to add or remove a slice and split others However the most important thing is to recognize the four main areas (PEMS) and the importance of all the slices for your happiness and for gaining a more balanced life

When the pizza is filled out once again you will address the positive and less positive aspects of it At this stage you should ask your client

3 ldquoWhich 2 or 3 areasslices feel goodstrong at the momentrdquo

3 ldquoWhich 2 or 3 areasslices need a little more attention and some im-

ROSA 20

1 What is the current situation

2 Concrete examples

3 Objectivity through facts

4 Ask what when where who

REALITYRESUME

36

37

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

provementrdquo

This way you gain even more information about the current situation of your client which may be very helpful during the rest of the coaching process

LEVERAGE SLICEAfter evaluating the pizza of life we dedicate ourselves to hel-ping the client choose a leverage slice We can explain that coaching is about gaining focus by having only one target to hit at each moment in time This does not mean that we wonrsquot work on any other area it just means that we first need to solve one slice one priority slice

The question to use is ldquoWhich slice if you increase your satisfaction with it by one or two points would improve the biggest number of your other pizza slicesrdquo

You can ask your client to select any 5 slices then 3 then 2 and ask ldquoImagine that I am the genie in the lamp and I can help you bring one of these slices to a 10 which one would you chooserdquo

If your client clearly has a slice that she wants to work you can proce-ed with this one right away

The leverage slice is not always the slice that got the lowest rating Therefore we should not influence the decision of the client

A few tips

3 If the client chooses a slice that she gave a high rating itrsquos good news for the Coach because it will be relatively easy for the client to improve it further

3 If the client wants to choose a new slice in the next session no problem Remember that we are just chauffeurs Early on in the coaching process the client may do some reflection and then want to choose another slice

3 Until the leverage slice is resolved (rated much more positively)

or under control by the client (it only being a matter of time) we DO NOT change the slice along the way We only do so once we have delivered the wanted results If we change the slice in each session it becomes difficult (if not impossible) to deliver results which also become much less sustainable Coaching is not a process with a magic wand that can transform a slice in an hour

3 No area is more important than another and the numbers that the client uses to evaluate only mean something to her Remember that YOU SHOULD NOT JUDGE anything about the pizza of your client It only needs to make sense to her

O(BJECTIVES)Now that we know the current reality of our client it is time to move on At this point we no longer speak of problems or challenges That was back in the previous phase Now we just want to know about Objectives

In Coaching we work with two types of objectives

GURU OBJECTIVES AND BABY OBJECTIVESAll of us more or less consciously orient our action through goals But we do not always take the right steps There are people who consciously do but there are many others who without being conscious of it hurt their feet run without knowing where theyrsquore going or stop halfway

We can identify two types of goals which we should use to our advan-tage

3 Guru objective ndash a goal that is so big so big that therersquos a voi-ce in our head that thinks itrsquos impossible to accomplish

3 Baby objective ndash a goal that is so small so small that we are absolutely certain of achieving it

ROSA 20

The slice of leverage is the one in which if there is any improvements will positively affect other slices of pizza

The Baby-Objectives has the

unique purpose to increase client

confidence

38

39

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

Guru and baby objectives psychology is natural to us not something we learn nor something we can unlearn For example it activates immediately if wersquore in a car accident if anything threatens our survi-val or the survival of our loved ones We then forget whether we are confident or not successful or not rich or poor and we only care about finding a solution This is natural we always have an ultimate goal in mind while at the same time staying present to the immediate objec-tive since that is what makes us define the next small step towards reaching our guru objective And we get so engaged that nothing will distract us from our guru objective Now this psychology should not get triggered only unconsciously in moments of survival but also be applied consciously in our lives in general in our everyday And yes it can be activated

Always remember that an objective is only at the guru level if there is a voice inside you that laughs finding it impossible to achieve and a baby objective is only one if you are sure that you will achieve It is therefore essential to dream to look farther and reach beyond what our minds can visualize

But beware if we focus solely on our highest goals we will never le-ave the realm of dreams and over time we will lose self-confidence Achieving goals involves taking small steps every day defining reaso-nable steps that slowly but surely bring us closer to our guru objective

Success depends on a combination of both We must therefore learn to live life with very big guru objectives and very small baby objectives Most people that feel unhappy have developed a guru psychology but not a baby psychology or vice versa The former always want more and are never satisfied with their daily achievements The latter live through small steps but cannot think big so the little steps wear them out and monotony or apathy reigns

Having a great guru objective without setting baby objectives leads to frustration anxiety and impatience Setting baby objectives without having a big guru objective leads to disinterest discouragement and lack of direction(ldquoTrate a Vida por Turdquo paacuteg 111)

META+Our objectives should be

Measurable - Objectives should be very concrete so that when we reach them we can check off ldquomission accomplishedrdquo For example ldquoI will spend 3 hours a day with my familyrdquo instead of ldquoI will spend more time with my familyrdquo

Emotional Objectives should contain grand adjectives that provoke a lot of emotion so that the brain gives them more importance For example ldquoI will wake up shining and full of vitality ready for a new day of fun and productivityrdquo

Timed - Objectives must have either a date or a frequency or both For example ldquoStarting tomorrow I will be home by 8 pm every day to have dinner with my childrenrdquo or ldquoI will train every day starting on Sundayrdquo

Achievable - We need to believe in the objectives that we set and know that they are possible to reach For example ldquoI will write a book next monthrdquo If you think your goal is too ambitious you had better adapt it ldquoIrsquoll write one chapter in the next monthrdquo

Positive (+) - Goals should be stimulating the positive Neurolinguistics say that everything that we define as positi-ve encourages us and everything that we define as negative defeats us For example ldquoI will not smoke anymorerdquo is wrong while ldquoI will breathe 100 oxy-gen and make air cleaner for myself and for othersrdquo is more correct Or ldquoon day x I will weigh y poundsrdquo instead of ldquoI will lose weightrdquo(Trate a Vida por Tu paacuteg 155)

ROSA 20

1 What do you want

2 What do you really want

3 What is the Guru-Objective

4 What is the Baby-Objective

5 What is the dream (the most importan is to make the client talk about his dreams)

6 In a perfect world (For those who have di-fficulty in define Guru-Objectives)

7 Meta+

OBJECTIVESRESUME

The meta+ model is used to specify the target-guru

40

41

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

Why do we need to have these two opposing energies Exactly for the same reason as the positive and negative energies in the Reality phase We really need a guru objective since the effort that the client will have to make and the person she has to become to get there will make her reach much further than if she had set an intermediate goal Coaching is about dreams about the best of the best for each area of our lives The important thing is not whether or not the client gets there but that the road she travels takes her much further

Moreover every journey starts with a small step We need to create an objective so small so small that the client is absolutely sure she can do it Why To get her motivated quickly to achieve success and above all to convey the baby objective psychology We need to make our clients realize that coaching is about big and small steps The baby objective in itself is not important but we need to introduce this step here so that your client begins to celebrate every little step that she takes every piece of homework that gets done

Coaching is about forming a person with both guru and baby objectives psychology Someone who wants to go really far and at the same time is super happy with everything that she has already achieved

Notas If a client has a very big guru objective to reach in a short time and the Coach thinks it is not possible we can ask the client to ldquoconvince us that it is possiblerdquo On the other hand if the baby objective is very big we do the same

S(OLUTIONS)Encouraging creativity is equally important to teaching children ma-thematics Portuguese and science This is what later on will separate intelligent adults from true geniuses who are able to create something new revolutionary and innovative in whatever area It is those who mark others society science and the world who ultimately make a

difference

40 IDEASIn fact we are all creative We have all been children we have all been creative and so what happened What is it that makes our creativity die The fact is that our society limits our creativity while forgetting that in a grey professional world creativity makes the difference

ROSA 20

clique no viacutedeo para o activar

42

43

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

Anyone who is creative grows through challenges simply because they put their creativity at the service of what is not working They go off immediately to search for a solution And this is available to everyo-ne This is the basis of the ldquoSrdquo in ROSA instead of complaining go look for a solution Remember yoursquore always one idea away from solving your biggest challenge You just havenrsquot found that idea yet Pull out

your creativity and try finding ideas ideas ideas

Even the most creative people start with obvious ideas and it is good to go through them in order to get to the other ones Little by little we will get to the interesting ideas and when we stop being afraid of saying nonsense we become creative Now the challenge is to get an innovative idea And that can only be achieved by investing time and energy When we are at 10 or 20 ideas to not give up until you have at least 40

Losing our creativity is in other words restraining our physical (earth) emotional (water) mental (air) and spiritual (fire) abilities Children do not have these restraints in a physical sense they love exploring the world through their body showing you they donrsquot care about posture for instance and they seem unbreakable when defying the laws of gra-vity with an energy that seems limitless Emotionally they are much more open to all kinds of feelings because they have not accumulated many negative experiences Mentally they are hungry for knowledge and the concept of right and wrong is not yet set so everything seems possible to them Spiritually they are completely free they may have some enrooted values but everything else is an open book

In order to be creative again and go back to having blank pages in the book of life being able to write and rewrite improvise and create we

obvious interesting creative innovative

can start by being creative in one area or going back to being creative in all aspects of life and our being To go back to being creative we must explore our physical body do sports dance act etc and use your senses to hear smell taste touch and see The healthier we are the more our body will be available to be physically creative To go back to being more creative emotionally we have to stop being afraid to feel We have to venture into relationships connections sharing without the fear of being hurt frustrated cheated and even happy

To go back to being mentally creative we must learn new subjects think about new things analyze from new angles and perspectives challenge our minds have conversations with all kinds of people read all kinds of magazines stimulate all parts of our brain

Finally if we want to go back to being spiritually creative we must question all our certainties and dogmas meditate and open ourselves to the world of possibilities and the inexplicable We need to know oursel-ves in order to experience life intensely

If we manage to be creative in all four areas we will be soon become a new person with a palette of new experiences and openness to wha-tever happens giving us new shape and a different glow If we can be more creative regarding the first letter of our PEMS we should really be congratulated for it The important thing is to enter the challenge zone to seek solutions in areas that have not yet been explored in fiel-ds that are uncomfortable for others but that we call our comfort zone Then everything and really everything becomes possible and there are no longer problems without solutions(ldquoTrate a Vida por Turdquo paacuteg 165)

PARADIGM SHIFTThis is the time to get the client to think ldquoupside downrdquo ie to think ldquoout of the boxrdquo It is undoubtedly the most difficult phase of the coaching sessions Your clients will not even want to think and to change their paradigms

The vast majority of people when trying to solve a pro-blem or challenge use the first ideas that come to mind - the Obvious ideas ndash the ones that we all have However there are three more levels of ideas The Interesting ideas are those that some have sometimes

ROSA 20

The very first ideas are obvious Only then comes the interesting and then comes the very creative and innovative ideas

44

45

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

Solutions are always related to the Guru-Objectives

and then come the Creative Ideas that are those which generate con-flict because they go lsquoout of the boxrsquo shifting paradigms Finally we have the Innovative ideas that are the ones that nobody sees but once they are revealed they become obvious

We may use this ability in all areas of our life using this unique creati-vity to make everything unique and different

The goal of a Coach is getting the client to change her paradigm This is what happens in an ldquoAHArdquo moment when she finds an idea and is sure that this is the one she was missing

In the picture on the left do you see a young girl or an old lady Try to see both Put your brain to work both ways

GREAT AND WHAT ELSEBrainstorming is the most powerful tool for creativity and the best way of stimulating creativity in all areas of your life It is essential to do individual and group brainstorming as it is the best way to find so-lutions to challenges

What is a lsquobrainstormingrsquo

As the name implies it is a kind of ldquobrain stormrdquo And what do storms do They stir things up make ideas collide (thunder) and launch one solution after the other (lightning) ldquowaitingrdquo for the one that will solve the problem and put the storm at rest Brainstorming is not only use-ful at the workplace Every person and family should brainstorm from time to time to seek solutions to their problems from the most basic day-to-day questions (how to deal with expenses manage domestic tasks prepare meals) to deeper and more complex ones (helping a child become more confident helping a father that is unemployed) And individually each one of us should do brainstorming to solve and improve all areas that we feel the need to change

It is very easy to do brainstorming Here are the six rules to start prac-ticing today

1 No judgement All ideas are valuable even the most stupid ones In a brainstorming there are no arguments or criticism All ideas are good initially If there is criticism besides genera-ting conflict it can also inhibit the people involved

2 Quantity quantity quantity The more ideas generated the better the brainstorming Quality does not matter here only quantity Why The first ideas will be obvious then interesting then creative and only then innovative

3 Hitchhike You can build on otherrsquos ideas No participant should be silent for a long time If you donrsquot have any idea you can simply hitchhike on someone elsersquos The only thing you cannot do is not to participate

4 Go crazy From time to time throw in some ideas that are lsquoout-side the boxrsquo Regardless of how absurd they may seem this will help you and your colleagues to leave the obvious ideas and make your brains think At the very least you will enliven the session If the group laughs at your idea yoursquore being crazy

ROSA 20

click the video to see it

46

47

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

5 Take notes The most dangerous thing in a brainstorming ses-sion is having no one to write down the ideas Preferably the one who writes should not be giving any ideas she should fo-cus on writing down othersrsquo ideas There should also be a kind of a moderatorfacilitator of the brainstorming session not for taking decisions or criticizing but precisely for making sure that no one tries to take decisions on behalf of the group or to criticize other peoplersquos ideas and to help keep the focus on what matters In an individual brainstorming session you of course need to be your own moderator

6 A clear goal You must clearly define what the purpose of your objective is what the challenge is and if possible write formu-late it in META+(ldquoTrate a Vida por Turdquo paacuteg 213)

Brainstorming is the most powerful creativity tool In a brainstorming the client is requested to come up with a great amount of ideas on how to reach her Guru Objective

click the video to see it

And the Coach must be persistent since this is when you realize that humans are lazy when it comes to thinking It is very likely that when giving her fifth idea the client will say that she has no more Everyone will want to convince you that they have already found the magic solu-tion But they havenrsquot And how do we know that Because if they had found it they would already have solved their challenge

During a brainstorming ideally it is the Coach who writes down the ideas But she should not alter any of them And if the client gets stuck we must ask open and creative questions such as

3 If you had all the money in the world what would you do 3 If you were your idol what would you do 3 If it were 10 years ago what would you do 3 If it were 10 years from now what would you do

Cultivating a sense of humour as a Coach is always a good for rela-xing and making people creative This is in fact important in any area At this stage it is very likely that the client will have long mo-ments without coming up with any ideas Therefore it is impor-tant to create our own personal way of ldquopulling outrdquo the clientrsquos ideas such as a small exercise changing seats or using humour If the client gets to 40 ideas very easily and none is lsquointerestingrsquo even for her it means that she is still in the obvious ide-as and then 40 more ideas are always welcome Creativity is an expansive energy The more it is cultivated the more it grows and the easier it becomes to use it in other areas of life Notas The Coach may suggest ideas but only as an encouragement to the client

A brainstorming can take up a large part of a session so it is important to make sure there is enough time for it

ROSA 20

1 Allow the obvious

2 I want more ideas

3 Help to avoid judgment

4 Overcoming objections with questions ldquoWhat ifrdquo

5 Okay what else

SOLUTIONSRESUME

48

49

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

since it is not right to leave it midway The goal is that the client forces her brain to find new ideas in a short time and in such a way that it is almost like a shock to her

It is important to keep focused on one topic in a brainstorming Some may change their focus during the process for example a client whorsquos Guru objective is to open a business may start to suggest ideas on how to make more money In this case the Coach should remind the client of the main topic At the same time the Coach should stay flexible and if the client really feels that their focus was not on the first topic but on the second itrsquos time to go back and set a new Guru objective

A(CTION)ROSA exists only for one reason to get us to act We find our Reality establish our Objectives and think up Solutions that make us act ndash the A is the purpose of ROSA

Now more than people of action we must be people of innovation

Innovation is creativity applied to getting the desired results Being creative is not enough but creativity is the tool for getting to innova-tion So how do we do this

The secret is not to give up on creating ideas ideas and more ideas until the innovative idea comes Sometimes it never comes but get-ting to the creative ones is already something Those who have dared being creative many times and more and more are those who mana-ge to reach the innovation Itrsquos not enough to have talent you have to work hard to translate this talent into amazing results Look at these examples

3 Bach wrote one cantata a week even when he was sick 3 Mozart produced more than 600 pieces of music 3 Darwin wrote 109 publications one of which was about the Theory of

Evolution 3 Einstein published 248 theses one of which was about the Theory

of Relativity 3 Freud published 350 theses 3 Rembrandt produced 650 paintings 3 It took Thomas Edison 2000 experiments to invent the light bulb

and 9000 to perfect it 3 Picasso created more than 20000 pieces of art

This is why it is so important to act Do a lot create a lot invest a lot (ldquoTrate a Vida por Turdquo paacuteg 234)

THE FUNNELThis is the part where coaching really becomes challenging where the client realizes that she will have to do something and not just think and talk about it It is the phase where we start to converge and funnel things in order to find an action that is as specific as possible

This is with no doubt the most important phase of ROSA In a coaching session anything can happen in any of the other phases but we cannot end it without an action (without homework)

What

3 What are you going to do now 3 What are you thinking about doing now ()

ROSA 20

click the video to see it

A task should not be so simple that it doesnacutet make any difference to the client to fulfill it nor should it be so difficult that it becomes infeasible

50

51

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

With whom It is very important to involve someone in the action pro-cess 99 of the homework should have a third person involved The-reby we are creating conditions for the client to become autonomous after the coaching process The questions might be

3 ldquowill you ask to ask you whether you have done itrdquo 3 ldquoApart from me (the Coach) who else will be involved in thisrdquo

When Marcar data ou frequecircncia Quanto mais especiacutefica for me-lhor Isto leva o cliente a pensar exatamente quando vai fazer au-tomaticamente isto cria um compromisso maior dentro dele doing this the client should end each session with a specific homework knowing both the day and the time she will do it and with whom she will share it

At what time of the week beginning or end

At the end of the week

What is for you the end of the week Friday Saturday Sunday

Friday

Ok and what time

Anytime

Anytime Ok But in the morning in the afternoon or evening

Morning

And what time

Early

What is early for you

Upon waking

And what time do you wake up

At 7am

THE CONVERGENCE TECHNIQUEIf the client does not find an action to do you can use the convergence technique by asking the following questions

3 ldquoLook at your ideas (the brainstorming) and mark those that you find reasonablerdquo

3 ldquoNow choose 10rdquo 3 ldquoChoose 5rdquo 3 ldquoChoose 3 2 rdquo 3 ldquoIf I had a magic wand that would immediately fulfil one of these

ideas which one would you chooserdquo

COMMITMENTIn the early sessions you can also ask the client to send you an SMS after doing the action in or-der to confirm it Of course you donrsquot force her

if she refuses but then if she doesnrsquot do her homework you will have more power to ask for an SMS in the next homework

If she accepts you may also ask if you can send her an SMS in case she forgets to do so What will happen is that as soon as she receives our SMS asking whether the action has been done she will do it immediately so that she can reply that she has By SMS we also mean any other means like a telephone call or e-mail The Coach must be flexible enough to perceive which method suits her client the best

THE HANDSHAKEShaking hands after defining the homework is very important because it is the archetype of commitment But remember if the client does not do her homework there is no failure only feedback Maybe the problem really is the kind of homework given or poor explanation about the im-portance of the homework in the coaching process

ONE SMALL STEP FORWARDWhat is the Next Small Step you can take This ques-

ROSA 20

What is the first next small step

Earn 20000 euro

What is the first next small step

Save 100 euro month

What is the first next small step

Open an account

ldquoGreat what is the next small step that you believe you can accomplish

Deposit 1000 euro

1 What is the option that has magic

2 What is the option that makes sense

3 What are you gonna do exactly

4 How will you know you make it

5 Funnel When What day What time

6 Commitment handshake

ACTIONRESUME

52

53

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

free to put everything she has (skills tools knowledge) at the service of her client Indeed every three sessions more or less you should challenge your client with a piece of homework However the challen-ge will vary depending on whom we have in front of us and on the level of the process

4 SUCCESS TIPS FOR THIS PHASE FASEAction Plans it is at this stage that we start working on an action plan

that will follow the session Remember coaching without ac-tion is not coaching Thatrsquos why you should do a ROSA in every session go through the four phases and always end with a very concrete action plan on what the client will do during the week and until the next session Here is an example of an action plan

What will I do Run 3 times per week

When Monday Wednesday and Friday

With whom Alone

Possible obstacles Laziness and lack of time

Benefits Feeling healthier

What will help me remember Setting an alarm on my phone

How will I celebrate By going to the cinema

Homework the tasks between the sessions are a priority for the coaching Most of the le-arning comes from the homework that is done between sessions So remember to always end your session by asking your client to suggest tasks that she would like to accom-plish that coming week the next small steps she can take right now Then rephra-se each one into a concrete action (when how where ) Still some clients will have gre-

tion tool is ideal for those who have difficulty in defining Baby Objecti-ves or those who have difficulty in defining an action to do this week

Notas As a general rule the client will not hear the word ldquosmallrdquo in the question The-refore we must repeat the question until the action is so small that the client would have no difficulty doing it

Of course the Next Small Step may not be the right action to choose for this week

Example The client wants to buy a Porsche (Guru Objective)

ldquoDeposit 1000 eurosrdquo is the Baby Objective The same process can be used for defining the homework

At the end when an action has been defined the Coach may also su-ggest a piece of homework In other words then the Coach is finally

ROSA 20

54

55

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING RAPPORT

at difficulty in taking action If this is the case always look for the smallest step that the person can take If we do not act itrsquos because the step is not small enough Remember ldquoEvery journey begins with one small steprdquo

Commitment amp Penalties some clients will sometimes have real diffi-culty in stepping into action Sometimes you may have to resort to agreeing on a fine if your client does not accomplish her task All human beings run away from pain and sometimes in coaching we need to use a little more masculine energy (wersquoll talk about that more below) to help You can even ask the question ldquoWhat will happen if you do not accomplish itrdquo

Monitoring amp Accountability the role of a Coach is to provide moni-toring to her client However the responsibility must always be on the clientrsquos side As a Coach you are responsible for guiding the process Your client should define the strategies needed to enable her to take the steps she wants You should follow and always try to understand what may have prevented her from completing her tasks Above all you should be focused on finding better strategies to lead her into action However do remind your client that it is her responsibility Ultimately acting or not acting is her choice

VII RAPPORT

Mastering the ROSA technique and mastering Rapport will alone make

you a Mega Coach Of course you can gain more Roots but people

who attend our courses usu-ally already have quite some

1ST DEFINITION OF RAPPORT

Relationship of trust and influence rapport is the ability to create trust within a few minutes with various kinds of people and to influence them to act think and do better You can only influence after being trusted Think about people you trust and do not trust what influence do these people have on you

2ND DEFINITION OF RAPPORTRelationship of empathy and sympathy ldquoWe only like 2 kinds of people people who are the way we are or who are the way we would like to berdquo

Empathy I feel empathy based on the things I have in common with someone

Sympathy Based on the qualities and characteristics that someone has that I would like to have

Conclusion rapport is empathy (who is like me) and sympathy (who is the way I would like to be)

56

57

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

Rapport is trust and

influence

Rapport is the ability to create

empathy and sympathy

WARNING Empathy comes before sympathy and trust comes before influence This is the most important aspect of rapport I cannot influence anyone who does not trust me

Part 2 Now letrsquos try to understand what happens in our psyche why this is the way it is

I invite you to imagine that yoursquore a rabbit in a forest and you meet another rabbit What happens Now imagine you meet another animal thatrsquos different from you What does the rabbit do FLIGHT (runs away)

Now imagine that you are not a rabbit yoursquore a wolf You meet an ani-mal thatrsquos different from you What does the wolf do FIGHT

Now imagine yoursquore a porcupine What happens FREEZE

Animals have these three types of reactions Now imagine yoursquore a human being 20000 years ago and you come across something di-fferent from you What happens ONE OF THESE THINGS AND YOU FEEL FEAR You react the way you do because your psyche does not know what it is And if it is another human being I KNOW WHAT TO EXPECT She is like me Our fear grows when something is different because we donrsquot know what to expect Imagine that you do meet a hu-man being but wearing clothes or other things that are very different

What happens when it is the same kind of animal What exists there EM-PATHY AND TRUST - 1st LEVEL of RAPPORT

This is a metaphor of course Rapport is very unconscious I could tell you to trust someone but your unconscious may not feel the trust What regula-tes that instinct in your psyche is KNOWING WHAT I CAN EXPECT

WHAT HAPPENS IN COACHING Clients also have these three types of reactions flight freeze or fight They may not show up for the follow ses-sion they may answer ldquoyesrdquo ldquonordquo ldquomayberdquo ldquodonrsquot knowrdquo or they may be in constant disagreement with you

Key ldquothe more the Coach is the way I am the more rapport there isrdquo

MILTON ERICSON (Ericsonian Psychology NLP Hypnotherapy) found the client within himself and used this as his tool in the therapy sessions

Ericson created rapport before proceeding with anything else This is TRUST and EMPATHY Ericson was humble and flexible enough to adapt to the client Only once you have done this you can go back to being yourself

Ways of creating rapport with someone

Verbal

3 Language words 3 Subject matter 3 Quotes way of speaking 3 Repeating what the other says 3 Using the otherrsquos metaphors 3 Using the same expressions

Non-verbal

3 Gestures 3 Voice 3 Mime 3 Distance 3 Posture 3 Breathing 3 Touch 3 Speed

Note Every human being has a natural and unconscious tendency to create rapport with others To confirm this all you need is to look at two people talking to each other and see how easily you will notice similarities in their postures and way of speaking

ldquoYou have only one chance to create a good first impression but you have plenty of opportunities to create rapportrdquo

Rapport is an honest attempt to enter someonersquos map-of-the-world The-re is no agreeing or disagreeing only flexibility Rapport does not mean friendship The first session and often the second is a lot about creating rapport

RAPPORT

Sometimes itacutes enought just a little attention to help someone but attention is not coaching

58

59

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

RAPPORT MODELndash 2 PacuteSEstablishing rapport is a process of many levels and layers of depth

LEVEL 1 - PRESENCE AND

PARTNERSHIP

PRESENCEThis is the first step towards creating ra-pport thus the most superficial one Pre-sence means that the Coach is fully com-mitted to her client aware of everything she says and does Nothing from outside the ses-sion should be on the Coachrsquos mind She must be fully present

Before a session itrsquos important that you as a Co-ach calm down forget about everything else and gain a notion of where you are and what you are going to do

POSTURE amp PHRASING

PERCEPTUAL POSITIONS

PERSON TO PERSON

PRESENCE amp PARTNERSHIP

PROBING amp PATIENCE

click the video to see it

Dedicate a few minutes to this process

Presence and Attention are among the healthiest ac-tions that lead to real results You can create a good

relationship with your client (child parent etc) just by being fully present and attentive Even gardens become more beautiful if they are cared for

Presence is about getting yourself into a certain state Itrsquos about being Yin and Yang at the same time

Yin ndash relaxing breathing being aware of all five senses being fully present where you are

Yang ndash mobilizing all your energy by run-ning jumping listening to inspiring music

PARTNERSHIP

Creating an equal relationship with your client Not top down or vice--versa The Coach should never be at a lower or higher level than her client The chairs should be the same for example

For presence and partnership it is also important to switch off the phone to prevent anything from interrupting the session Tidying up the table is equally important to having a clean and hygienic space

From 0 to 10 the importance of Presence during a session is a 10 It is the first step If it isnrsquot there nothing else will

Psycho-geography is also very important in this area

PSYCHO-GEOGRAPHY the way your psyche relates to geography Example On which side you like to sleep Each person has a different psycho-geography Some prefer to be by the sea while others prefer to be in the mountains

RAPPORT

Empathy is being doing

talk and think like the other Sympathy is being doing

talk and think how the other

would like to be

60

61

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

Some tips for using the psycho-geography of the client to your advan-tage

3 Having a room with a minimum amount of symbols It is not recom-mended to have crucifixes or other artefacts related to religion A bookshelf filled with books can also intimidate the client

3 Pay attention to details ndash cables on the floor which CDs are on the shelf etc

3 Having sessions at the clientrsquos home can become dangerous because there are lots of distractions and anchors Difficult si-tuations might have taken place there which will make it more challenging for the client to create a distance to them

It is the Coachrsquos job to notice the psycho-geography of her client and what makes her more comfortable

Despite all the rapport a Coaching session should always stay pro-fessional Being relaxed is necessary for both parties but the focus should not be on friendship You as a Coach need to be professional You must choose to be a Coach instead of a friend

When it comes to clothing you should be as neutral as possible in the beginning but always aligned with your personality Then you can try to adapt to the style of your client

The mantra here is having the client leave the session thinking that her Coach is just like her NOTHING IS WRONG Let your client choose what she prefers

LEVEL 2 - POSTURE AND PHRASINGWhen establishing rapport mere presence and partnership are not enough Moreover they are only the first step The posture and the phrasing that the Coach uses are very important for creating rapport in the relationship What we refer to here is mainly keeping a posture and using similar words and expressions to those of the client This way the client will see herself in us and instead of flight fight or freeze she will feel relaxed and be much more comfortable about talking

Sitting in the same position as the client using her posture tone of

voice and gestures these are all factors to consider

POSTURERegarding posture one can use two techniques that are very similar and very powerful

Mirroring When a Coach takes on a physical position that is the exact mirror image of the clientrsquos If the client leans to her right then the Coach who is facing her leans to her left

Matching In this case the Coach adopts the exact same physical position instead of a symmetric one Both ways are good and powerful The goal is to be equal or symmetrical

Of course it is not indispensable to be like the client 100 of the time as this will take a lot of the attention that the Coach needs to give the client

The more you practice these behaviours the more automatically and unconsciously you will do it When rapport already is high you can go back to your own posture and your regular vocabulary However should you feel the need you can always take up these techniques again

In fact at a high level of rapport it is possible and entirely positive that it is the client herself who starts to imitate our posture and words (un-consciously) This is the perfect moment to lead the client and suggest something more challenging to her

PHRASINGYou must pay great attention to the words that your client uses and the energy she puts into them The names of people that she talks about are also very important facts to remember

If you can use the same expressions as your client you will earn points in rapport Among these expressions metaphors are the most power-ful ones Try to explore as much possible the metaphors that are being used An excellent technique is to use a metaphor of the client to ex-

RAPPORT

The mirroring copies the

exact posture of the client

the matching mirrors

62

63

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

plain something This will reach very deeply into the psyche of the client and have great impact

You can also use themes that the client likes such as her passions and keep using them in future sessions to explain something or to give examples This creates an incredible sense of empathy between you and the client She will be glad that you are paying attention to what she says and at the same time she will understand much better what you say

The clientrsquos ideas are important keys to use when you speak in order to create and maintain rapport For example if the client talks a lot about travelling Irsquoll use the idea (anchor) that is already there because I know it works in his mind

BACKTRACKING backtracking is a Coaching technique that consists of summarizing the main points of a conversation by using the exact same words that the other person uses This tool helps the client follow the session and make her own short summary while listening to the Coach returning to what she just said and using the same words It is important to use at least the words we consider to be the most significant among the ones that the client expresses those that might be conveying more about her value patterns Backtracking can help us understand for example if we can move to the next phase of ROSA It helps us understand if the client has finished what she had to say about that phase and that way we can figure out whether we can move forward or not You can use simple questions to do so

3 ldquoLet me see if I got what you saidhelliprdquo - backtracking the conversa-tion using the exact words of the client - and then ending ldquoIs this is it or would you like to add something

3 ldquoSo what yoursquore saying isrdquo 3 ldquoCan I make a summary of your reality in relation to that slicerdquo

This is one of the simplest and most important techniques when buil-ding rapport

When building rapport avoid paraphrasing (saying the same thing in other words) but do quote A coach quotes

Mastery in Backtracking is being able to quote the last 20 minutes of a session This will leave your client fascinated and feeling that her Coach is really paying attention to everything she says

Therefore it is motivating to Backtrack at the end of each session and at the end of each phase of the ROSA

The Coach shows confidence and agrees with the client shows that she is on her side and really believes that the client will succeed

We must allow the person to be what she truly is talkative or silent Silent people also have things to say it is a matter of asking the right questions

NOTES When a session is not going well (the relationship is under stress) then the focus should be fully on level 2 Rapport - Posture and Phrasing The secret is to forget about the rest and build rapport again Once it is re-established you can address the problem

LEVEL 3 - PROBING AND PATIENCEEvery new level in Rapport brings you techniques that are deeper and more complex But the good news is that you donrsquot do level 3 Rapport until Level 1 and 2 are done So you will increase your skills by going from the easiest to the most difficult

PROBINGAsking questions is more complicated than imitating the posture and words of the client Indeed one of the more complicated aspects of being a Coach is to not give opinions and to ask the right questions at the right time We know that we keep showing you that you already are a Coach and that itrsquos easy but here we must tell you ldquoITrsquoS HARD BEING A COACHrdquo Think very carefully about whether you want to get into it Listening asking questions being patient with the pace of your clients

Even if you have the miracle answer to the clientrsquos situation you need to keep it to yourself Being patient is a challenge and usually typical

RAPPORT

64

65

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

To paraphrase can break

rapport

of the great masters You can only be a master if you want to learn to listen and if you develop a great patience for listening

Questions have the power to illuminate the darkness of your client by asking a powerful question you really get to see another human bri-ghten up right in front of you

Coaching has the power to open a new world to the client questions help people discover new resources Clients tend to find familiar answers but you as a Coach will lead them to unfamiliar answers

Classic examples of some ways to make your client talk

1 -Repeating what the client just said but in question form Client ndash ldquoYesterday I went boatingrdquo Coach ndash ldquoBoatingrdquo

2 -What does that mean to you What does fear mean to you What does a goal mean to you Example Client says ldquoIt is not rapport itrsquos complicityrdquoCoach replies ldquoWhat does complicity mean to yourdquo Client says ldquoItrsquos a clickrdquo Coach ldquoWhat does a click mean to yourdquo

3 -rdquoWhat elserdquo Serves above all to go to the heart of the matter Others like this one are ldquoTell me morerdquo and ldquoCan you go a bit deeper on thatrdquo

POWERFUL QUESTIONS Questions are probably the most beautiful flowers in the garden of learning Questions are one of the biggest se-crets of learning Creative solutions are practically impossible without questions

If you learn to ask 100 questions a day get ready for a revolution in your work at all levels

In life at work in business we are all afraid of asking questions We were educated from an early age to believe that there are right and wrong questions and we were also taught to not fail we avoid asking questions because of fearing that they are wrong The only way to reach the right questions is by not being afraid of the wrong ones

The one who wants to explore learning has to dance with this fear

A large part of all our creative potential stops at the door fearing to ring the doorbell When learning the one who doesnrsquot know is far less ignorant than the knowledgeable one Take risks Ring the bell Ask questions

Become obsessively curious ask questions How

3 Using the Coachrsquos ability of asking powerful questions 3 Following the rule of thumb ldquoThe Coach has the questions the

Client has the answersrdquo 3 Using positive language 3 Respecting the clientrsquos map-of-the-world 3 Always guiding towards solutions

Examples of powerful questions

3 ldquoCompared to whatrdquordquo 3 ldquoWhat does that mean to yourdquo 3 ldquoWhat could be a solution to yourdquo 3 ldquoI know you donrsquot know But if you knew what would that berdquo 3 ldquoWhat would be ideal to yourdquo 3 ldquoWhat do you want insteadrdquo 3 ldquoHow does that make you feelrdquo 3 ldquoWhat else could that meanrdquo 3 ldquoWhat do you want exactlyrdquo 3 ldquoWhat will you achieve with this goalrdquo 3 ldquoWhat will you do differently next timerdquo 3 ldquoWhat are you doing wellrdquo 3 ldquoWhat has to happen for you to be happy and successfulrdquo 3 ldquoWhat motivates you the mostrdquo 3 ldquoWhatrsquos the worst possible scenario And what could be the best

scenario ldquo 3 ldquoWhat are you willing to do to achieve your goalrdquo 3 ldquoWhat new things could you could tryrdquo 3 ldquoWhat prevents you from taking actionrdquo 3 ldquoWho could help you with this situationrdquo 3 ldquoWhat resources do you need to achieve your goalrdquo

RAPPORT

66

67

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

3 ldquoWhat else do you want to get out of your liferdquo 3 ldquoWhat do you really want achieve in that area of your liferdquo 3 ldquoWhat is your biggest dream in that area of your liferdquo 3 ldquoAnd what is the next small step that you would have to takerdquo 3 ldquoWhat do you find positive in this situationrdquo 3 ldquoHow could you attract better persons into your liferdquo 3 ldquoWhat would have to happen to make you feel more fulfilledrdquo 3 ldquoIf you were your own Coach what coaching would you give

yourselfrdquo 3 ldquoIf I was your best friend what advice would you give me to solve

this situationrdquo 3 ldquoIf you had all the time and money in the world how would you

fix itrdquo

In fact the art of asking questions is the foundations of a coaching process with powerful results The list of questions to ask seems en-dless

So become really obsessed with questions and start NOW How about adding 10 more ideas to our list And some more And many more

Typical coaching questions

3 Questions that lead to action (ldquoWhat will you do What can you do differently What do you need to do tordquo)

3 Goal-oriented instead of problem-oriented ldquoHow would you like it to berdquo ldquoAnd if you could what would you dordquo

3 Future-orientedldquoHow do you see that situation in the future How would you like to feelrdquo

Beware of questions with negative assumptions ldquoWhat happens if you donrsquot do itrdquo They should be followed immediately by a question with positive assumptions ldquoHow will you celebrate when you do itrdquo

RAPPORT

YOUR QUESTIONS

68

69

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

PATIENCECount to 10 relax work on your roots and realize that coaching is a process and that each person has her own time and rhythm How can you train your patience Think of 20 ideas

LEVEL 4 ndash PERCEPTUAL POSITIONSWe could also call this the level where we create rapport with our clientrsquos psychology In fact understanding and perceiving human psychology is a huge advantage for you as a Coach You are not there to be a friend of your client as we have mentioned so then a good way to create a relation with her is through her psychology

Do you know the psychology of a teenager or a parent a boss an unemployed If you grasp your clientrsquos psychology the Rapport will be extraordinary

If you demonstrate that you know how a mother thinks yoursquoll make the client believe that you understand her completely

Most people do not understand their own psyche If you can understand them at that level it will make the client to feel something extraordinary about you and the Coaching process

PERCEPTUAL POSITIONS At this level the Coach must master Per-ceptual Positions that is being able to put herself in another personrsquos position whether itrsquos the clientrsquos or the clientrsquos parent or any other person that is part of the situation You should be able to see the same situation from different perspectives and in the long term help your client do the same

THE EXERCISE This is an exercise to be used mainly if the client has trouble in a relationship with someone (friend family member etc) and is having some difficulty understanding that personrsquos Map-of-the--World And when this is of great importance

You do not need to go very deep in this exercise Because it is NLP even done in a soft way it can be very powerful to your client helping her to see an aspect of the situation that she hadnrsquot seen or reflected on before

STEP 1 ndash The client explains what is going on (she can speak freely without any restrictions You ask questions to understand the reality of the situation)

STEP 2 ndash The Coach suggests this perceptual positions exercise (it is just an invitation If the client does not want to do not continue)

STEP 3 ndash The Coach asks the client to choose two spots represen-ting the two standpoints (you can put a sheet of paper at each spot) and to imagine that the other person is at one of them

STEP 4 ndash The client speaks facing the other spot as if the person was there and acts as herself (The Coach guides with questions ldquoHow did that make you feel What would you like to tell herrdquo etc)

STEP 5 ndash Pause and ldquoshake outrdquo the client and share the question of the game of imagination

STEP 6 ndash The client recalls a childhood game she used to play and describes it a little We then use this as a metaphor to explain that we will now do the same Just a game where we use our imagination The Coach repeats that the per-son with whom the client has a challenge is there at the other spot

STEP 7 ndash The client goes over to the other spot and the Coach helps her go deeper into that role through guiding questions

STEP 8 ndash The client chooses whether she wants to return to her starting position and add something say something more She may go back and forth as many times as she wishes

STEP 9 ndash When done the Coach suggests to the client to stand on a chair and states ldquoYou are now in a neutral position a higher position What would you call this position (Allow the client to choose a name) Seen from above what do you have to say about this situation What would you say to (clientrsquos name) and to (the other personrsquos name) How would you solve this situation How can (clientrsquos name) solve this situationrdquo

RAPPORT

70

71

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

STEP 10 ndash After the client is done with the third (neutral) position the Coach takes the client off the papers

STEP 11 ndash The Coach can then use the following questions to debrief the exercise

3 ldquoHow was the exercise for you 3 ldquoWhat did you learnrdquo 3 ldquoIs there anything you could do differentlyrdquo

STEP 12 ndash Lead the client to an action (a first small step towards sol-ving the situation) and then funnel it

REMEMBER always undock the client from the different roles the client can do the exercise eyes opened or closed

TO ACKNOWLEDGE Acknowledge the client very very very much for having volunteered and shown vulnerability

This exercise serves mainly as a metaphor for the Coach striving to master Perceptual Positions (understanding and being able to go into different psyches)

CONCLUSION The Coach is a master of perceptual positions She knows how to see the different angles of the same situation She sees everything from different angles

PEMS

Life is all about relationships the relationships we have with ourselves and with others Some people instinctively relate better to themselves and others relate really well to others There are those who relate well to almost everything and everyone and others who are unable to relate with anyone This affects their personal and professional life

Is there any way to consciously improve the relationships that instinc-tively do not work Of course

When we grasp the logic of the mind of another person we can better interact with it and even influence it Psychology is power And if we apply on ourselves it becomes even more powerful and interesting The better we know ourselves and the logic of our mind the better we will be able to help ourselves and achieve our goals

Carl Gustav Jung a Swiss psychiatrist and founder of analytical psychology focused on studying social and collective archetypes He identified eight psychological types taking into account peoplersquos beha-viour abilities skills attitudes and motivations

He began by distinguishing between extraverted (social and expansive) and introverted (reserved and reflective) people Each of them could then be connected to two out of the four functions of the psyche sen-sing or intuition thinking or feeling

In the 40rsquos decade Isabel Myers and Katharine Briggs continued Jungrsquos work and added two auxiliary functions to the Jungian types percep-tion and judgement Thereby arriving at 16 psychological types or 16 personality types Later a personality test was created ndash The Myers--Briggs Type Indicator or MBTI - which is still the most commonly used tool for identifying different personality types

Based on Jungrsquos work we have created a model called PEMS which will help us better understand the logic of our own mind and of the people around us

In this model we distinguish four dominant preferences (P-E-M-S) which correspond to the four elements of life

PRACTICAL (the body DOING Activity Action related to the ele-ment of EARTH) - corresponds to someone that is earthly active dynamic practical that does a lot In excess these are people who never stop to consider their actions

EMOTIONAL (the heart FEELING Feelings Love related to the element of WATER) - corresponds to someone who nee-ds people relations who gives a lot to others and seeks affection In excess these are people who might be overly sensitive

RAPPORT

72

73

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

MENTAL (the mind THINKING Analysis Intellect Logic related to the element of AIR) - corresponds to someone who values analysis rationalization and uses logic and who always fo-cuses on making the right decision In excess these are people who might become impersonal and cold

SPIRITUAL (the soul BEING Values Existence related to the ele-ment of FIRE) - corresponds to someone who thinks that everything has meaning and a higher purpose These are people who care very much about values In excess they can fluctuate too much and concretize too little

The four logics of the mind that we have identified are also based on the four elements

Practical ndash EARTH (firm solid stable secure strong dense)Emotional ndash WATER (flexible always coming back to herself)Mental ndashAIR (transparent lightweight fast facilitates communica-

tion)Spiritual ndash FIRE (burning fleeting transforming powerful)

Thus in a very simplified manner we can divide people into four ca-tegories

PRACTICAL PEOPLE (P) ndash THEY LIKE TO ACT AND DOThese are the people who like action movement They are the ones who make the world move As friends or clients they may want to go straight to the point try things and learn about practical matters The greatest fear of these practical persons is losing control They like to feel that they are in control of the situation of the pace of the conver-sation and of the surroundings

HELP THEM ALWAYS FEEL IN CONTROL

EMOTIONAL PEOPLE (E) ndash THEY LIKE FEELING AND RELATINGThese are people who love people and sharing feelings Everything is an emotion for them And they feel things about everything and everyo-ne Let them talk about their family friends dogs neighbours etchellip

They will talk mostly about people and what they are feeling Their greatest fear is loosing empathy They like to feel reliable and they want to relate

HELP THEM FEEL EMPATHY TOWARDS YOU

MENTAL PEOPLE (M) ndash THEY LIKE TO THINK AND TO ANALYSEThese are people who like to analyze and who try to put everything into a box into a certain perspective They are precise and meticulous They like detail to study and analyze all possibilities They donrsquot fear debating (quite the contrary) and discussing they love the exchanging ideas and arguments but they need to end up being right or get a very good explanation to why the other is right A mental person is always striving to make the best decision Their greatest fear is to be wrong they like to feel that they are correct and that they are making deci-sions based on logic and rational thinking

HELP THEM FEEL THAT THEY ARE RIGHT

SPIRITUAL PEOPLE (S) ndash THEY LIKE TO BE AND TO GLOWThey are looking for the greater purpose of things They believe that everything has a reason for being the way it is that there are no coin-cidences and itrsquos that quest that moves them They give great meaning to every situation always looking for ldquotherdquo situation The greater the meaning the greater their motivation Their biggest fear is to have no meaning That it is to not be significant or ldquoshinerdquo in any way They need to feel conscious and whole

HELP THEM FEEL THAT THEY ARE MEANINGFUL

Although we all have and use a portion of these four categories in the different contexts or times of our life one of them is predominant in us Identifying it is important for managing and interacting with life and with others since it is the best and the fastest way of accessing the Map-of-the-world of someone and speaking a language that that per-son recognizes and accepts as her own

RAPPORT

74

75

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

In fact we are all one but we are all different and we must understand these differences to be able to deal with others People who are more emotional behave and interact in a totally opposite manner from mental people the same way that most practical people interact in a way that is opposite to spiritual people

The EMOTIONAL person is micro-MACRO Transforms everything that is small into something big Everything is important everything is emotional From the simple ldquogood morningrdquo to hearing ldquoI love yourdquo every day For an emotional person a discussion is always a tsuna-mi Therefore itrsquos the emotional persons who with their micro-Macro sense make birthdays a special day and receive small things with gre-at love

The MENTAL person is MACRO-micro transforms everything that is big into something small She makes it more complex by simplifying it For example this very PEMS model is MACRO-micro as it strives to make the hugeness of the personality types into something much smaller creating only four categories for all human beings The mental person also feels less and give less importance to her feelings

The SPIRITUAL person is MACRO-MACRO she takes everything that is already big and turns it even bigger more meaningful more im-portant more relevant Almost everything is a question of values of making the world a better place and interpretations that go far beyond reality A simple leaf falling off a tree can represent a new phase in life for a spiritual person

The PRACTICAL person is micro-micro turns everything into small and simple lsquoright here and right nowrsquo matters They act Right now with what they have They donrsquot feel the need to enlarge what is small and they donrsquot care much about great concepts If the five senses can help them grasp a situation everything is fine

THE PREDOMINANT LOGIC OF OUR PSYCHEThe most practical way of finding out is to notice how we behave in a stressful situation Each of us when under stress often react in a way that is very close to our basic personality type

Practical people act react move around organize themselves put their hands to work and do not rest until they manage to move things forward

The emotional people feel and feel a lot If a situation is stressful diffi-cult and negative they will have difficult and negative emotions they will feel what others feel and they will want to manage these emotions in the moment

People that are predominantly mental will under stress begin to ratio-nalize need logical answers be fast and analytical They donrsquot want to solve anything through feelings they donrsquot want to act they are only concerned with finding the right and correct decision and struggle until they get it

Finally the predominantly spiritual people will want to give a greater meaning to that particular event What has to be done what people feel or what the right solution is doesnrsquot matter what matters is why things happened the way they did and what the greater significance of that may be

RAPPORT

76

77

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

Identify the psychological type of the client can help the coach to anticipate and understand expectations

MAIN SUPERIOR FUNCTION AND AUXILIARY INFERIOR FUNCTION

According to Carl Jung while we all have one function that is better developed than the others ndash a superior function ndash we also have another fairly well developed function called the first auxiliary

All of us have a bit of each one of the psychologies but there are always two that are predominant a main one which Jung calls the superior function and an auxiliary one that lies at the bottom of the cross shown on the previous page which is always to the right or left of our superior one

The inferior function is one that is less developed and that remains mainly in our unconscious

Thus a person who is predominantly Practical may have as her auxi-liary function the emotional or mental logic thus being PE or PM

A person who is predominantly Mental may have as her auxiliary func-tion the spiritual or practical logic thus being MS or MP

A person who is predominantly Spiritual may have as her auxiliary function the emotional or mental logic thus being SE or SM

And a person who is predominantly Emotional may have as her auxilia-ry function the spiritual or practical logic thus being ES or EP

This all means that we are situated in one of the following categories

3 Practical Emotional or Emotional Practical 3 Practical Mental or Mental Practical 3 Spiritual Emotional or Emotional Spiritual 3 Spiritual Mental or Mental Spiritual

As you may have noticed according to Jung there are no EMME or PSSP That is one canrsquot have as her first auxiliary function the func-tion that is opposite to the superior one

Carl Jung said that we should look closely at our inferior function whi-ch usually remains in our unconscious because it contains an enor-mous potential for a change and each one of us can benefit a lot from integrating our inferior function with our superior one

Taking risks experimenting enjoying everything that life has to offer is the best way of getting to know ourselves and realizing where our happiness lies (ldquoTrate a Vida por Turdquo paacuteg 74)

INTROVERSION AND EXTROVERSION Introversion and extroversion have to do with the direction in which we focus our attention and energy

People who prefer Extroversion focus their energy and attention away from themselves and are interested in the world of people and things

3 Attracted to the world of events and people outside of themsel-ves

3 They are aware of who and what is around them 3 They like to meet and talk to new people 3 They are friendly often good talkers and easy to get to know 3 They tend to talk easily and often in meetings 3 May not be as aware of what goes on inside them 3 They think while talking 3 They may act or speak first and only think later 3 Speaking about themselves they speak fast 3 They bring energy into life 3 They can get bored and restless if they are alone for too long

People who prefer Introversion (focus their energy and attention inward and are interested in the inner world of thoughts and reflections)

3 Attracted to the inner world of thoughts feelings and reflections 3 They are usually very aware of their inner reactions 3 They prefer to interact with people they know 3 They are usually quiet in meetings and sometimes seem disen-

gaged

RAPPORT

78

79

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

3 They are generally reserved and hard to get to know 3 They may not be as aware of the world outside of them 3 They need time to gather their thoughts before they speak 3 They reflect and think before acting 3 They want to know you before allowing you to get to know them

deeply 3 They feel exhausted and tired after interacting with peoples

FINAL NOTE you must be what your client is You have to find that person inside you

LEARNING STYLESAs we saw with the previous PEMS model our clients will have diffe-rent psychological preferences It is therefore important and essential that you are able to adapt your sessions to the learning style that your client likes best and that better meets her psychological preference

EMOTIONAL Emotional clients will like to talk and share on their to-pics They are very much looking for a relationship and empathy with the Coach and they need to feel heard more than any of the other personality types For these persons learning has a lot to do with the relationship that is created with the feeling of support that they get and even with the positive feedback They like to learn through stories As a Coach it is important to learn to empathize with the emotional range of these persons They will appreciate the sharing to tell stories and to listen to them With emotional clients we may sometimes feel that we are not taking huge steps forward But the fact is that many times these persons need to first be listened to

MENTAL Mental clients will be more logical and may have a more aca-demic style of learning They will want to understand the reasons why things are what they are they will want to get tasks involving research on certain subjects The sessions with these people must be well defi-ned and prepared They will want to explore their intellectual side and feel challenged It is important for them to have access to information and tools that explain the work they are doing in the sessions in a con-crete and logical manner Of course they also need to empathize but the intellectual challenge feeling that their intellect is develops appears to be greater They may like schemes graphics and any models that

could simplify the learning process What these persons will demand of you is a greater capacity to analyse and a logical and rational way of communicating

SPIRITUAL this is for most people the most difficult learning style to adopt Remember that these persons are seeking the greater meaning of things They really want to feel inspired by the coaching process (and even by their Coach) They will want to see that you are an exam-ple of what you talk about so called congruence Spiritual persons will enjoy topics that are more related to values to their identity that make them feel that they are taking steps towards becoming better hu-man beings With these clients you can use powerful metaphors (even through movies music creative exercises etc) and above all strive to make sure that the person leaves the session very inspired

PRACTICAL They like action Which is great because coaching is pri-marily about action These persons like to have very practical sessions in which they get the opportunity to do many exercises and experiment with different situations They may be the clients that like getting more tasks and having things to do (which then sometimes ldquogets lostrdquo due to their time management) These clients will require more simplicity and a well-paced session from you They may also like to do exercises that involve moving their body Above all they will want you to help them get into action

As we deal with these four kinds of preferences we need to adapt our Coaching style to the learning style that each person has Thus we should prepare a lot their sessions and realize that some will require from you

3 Greater sharing and ability to listen and relate (e) 3 Researching mastering the subject very well and knowing how

to mentally stimulate your client with challenges (m) 3 Powerful metaphors very inspirational sessions and congruen-

ce that assign meaning to the Coaching process (s) 3 Practical exercises diversified well rhythmed sessions that

help your client to quickly get into action (p)

RAPPORT

80

81

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING ROOTS

LEVEL 5 - PERSON TO PERSONThis is the fifth level of rapport the deepest and more intense one It happens when the level of rapport is a total vibration Itrsquos when the client feels such a confidence by her Coach empathy and sympathy Itrsquos the hardest level to evaluate

Itrsquos when your client feels so much connected to you that depending on her your relationship would go beyond Coaching She no longer wants the Coach she wants you You no longer understand only the person she feels that you know about her You donrsquot understand psychology you understand who she is

It is very similar to the rapport level you have with 23 of very close persons in your life Everything is natural unconscious and sponta-neous

VIII ROOTS

Every human being seeks to get results Mo-ney Family Romance Peace Happiness

Career Health All we want in life is to have results in those areas

The Map-of-the-World Model is used to work on roots - your

roots as a Coach It shows us how does the psyche of all of us works As a Coach no one

should surprise you about yourself You should know you well know everything about yourself This is what itrsquos called a rooted person

click the video to see it

82

83

BELIEFSTRANSFORMATIVE COACHING

ROSA 20 M - AIR - THINK

VALUESHOLISTIC COACHING

ROSA 30 S - FIRE - BE

COACHING 40

WORLD MAP MODEL

being th

e moment

passi

on en

ergy

demotiv

ation

empowering beliefs

limiting rules

relation air(comunication)

coach is priestisnacutet

1 value focus

UNSUSTAINABLESUSTAINABLE

SECURITY

SELF LOVE

CONSCIOUSNESS

PERSONAL DEVEL

FREEDOM

LOVEBELOVED

BLISS

CONTRIBUTION

P

E

M

S

BEHAVIORROSA 10

SITUATIONAL COACHING

P - EARTH - DO

EMOTIONSREMEDY COACHING

ROSA 10 + LISTEN E - WATER - FEEL

RESULTS

ability to

enter

in st

ate

emotional

patter

ns

habits and discipline

addictions

coach is bossisnacutet

coach is friendisnacutet

1 Homework focus

optimism faithpositive

meditation

key points focusused to interrupt the fear cycle

coach is coach

HUMAN HAVINGHUMAN BEING

UNSUSTAINABLEEGOTISTICAL

STRETCH ZONE

SUSTAINABLEECOLOGICALSTRETCH ZONE

SHORT TERMLONG TERM

CYCLE OF CONFIDENCECYCLE OF FEAR

CONSCIOUS

SUBCONSCIOUS

UNCONSCIOUS

84

85

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

So the first question is why some are getting results while others are not

ACTIONS BEHAVIORSThis means that anyone who is having results is because she is ldquodoingrdquo ie behaving differently from other people who are having no results in those areas For example a millionaire DOES things that people who are not millionaires donrsquot For example saving investing etc Someone with a great health is DOING things that people that donrsquot have a good health are not What we are doing is making the difference Two people in the same circumstances that do exactly the same actions have the same kind of results People who have the results you wanna have ARE DOING THINGS TO GET THEM

So the next question is what leads some people to DO and others to not do

EMOTIONSEverything you do in your life is a relationship between pain and pleasure What happens is that someone who goes running at 6 am associates more pain with lsquonot goingrsquo than with lsquogoingrsquo Who is going to the gym asso-ciates more pleasure than pain with going to the gym in the morning That relationship between pain and pleasure is what is defining your results If we dramatically increase the pain or the pleasure associated we will get to change your results

As so what is then defining that painpleasure relationship

BELIEFSThe reason is because of our beliefs of what we believe in Our beliefs are our set of rules for the world and for our lives Your set of beliefs in fact is defining your painpleasure relationship with something and then your actions A millionaire believes that saving is essential that investing and taking risks is necessary This set of beliefs leads himher to associa-te more pleasure than pain with having these behaviors and therefore heshe implements them Other people have other beliefs that create other

emotions that create other results People who are achieving results in areas that you arenrsquot have a beliefs system different from yours

And then it seems logical to ask so what is defining and creating your set of beliefs

VALUESWhat is a value Itrsquos something that is important to you something you re-ally value The only thing that determines a value is if it is valuable to you Not all of us share the same values (Example the values of Mother Teresa and Donald Trump Contribution vs Professional Accomplishment) What you really value and not what you say that you value You value it so much that it generates your set of beliefs In fact when you live your values in practice (on a daily basis) you are defining your life results Not what you would like to value but what you are really valorizing In fact we all have the same values What differs is the order and the importance we give to each one of them

For example if someone has the value of the family above the value of work she will have the belief that it is more important to spend time with her family causing her to develop a positive feeling when she is with her family which leads her to really try to spend more time with it On the other hand someone who has the value of work above the family one will be someone who believes she should spend more time with her work and career as she believes it is that that will bring her more financial stabi-lity for example So she will associate more pleasure to the time spent at work than at home causing her to act accordingly to that emotion For example Donald Trump and Mother Teresa of Calcutta havenrsquot they got different values One probably values more lsquoprofessional fulfillmentrsquo the other values more lsquocontributionrsquo Different results Sure One has one of the largest business empires in the world the other left the largest volun-teer organization in the world

So in reality the values you are living in practice (what you are valuing in practice) are defining your results

This alone already explains a good part of the psyche of human beings But letrsquos go deeper

ROOTS

Having roots is to control the cycle of trust

86

87

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

To have roots the coach has to identify

her motivators and values create beliefs and habits and learn

to place herself in a state

CYCLE OF CONFIDENCE AND CYCLE OF FEAREveryone has Cycles of Fear in some areas and Cycles of Confidence in other areas

How do you know it If you are having or not results in that area In the areas of your life where you are getting results you are living in a Cycle of Confidence In the areas where yoursquore not you are living in a Cycle of Fear What does this means is that you have behavioral addic-tions or that you are doing things in a vicious way you are in a sort of a mice wheel Those addictions start by creating emotional patterns on you (feelings that you are having whether you want it or not for instan-ce jealousy when it becomes a pattern no matter what the other does that emotion will keep being there it is an emotion that happens to you) and those emotional patterns generate limiting rules We use the words ldquorulesrdquo because in reality limiting beliefs are created because they have a very large set of rules And this generates demotivation An addiction creates an emotional pattern that creates rules limiting which create demotivation and discourage us to move and change This Cycle of Fear is being lived FROM RESULTS TO VALUES and not in the other and right way The bad news are that we all have Cycles of Fear The areas in which we are not having results is because we are afraid but we paint it in other colors Irsquom afraid Irsquom demotivated I have emotional patterns and I have limiting rules

For you to gain roots you need to recognize these cycles You need to break it if you want results but if you want roots you need to recognize them Good news you can break Cycles of Fear

Second good news you have Cycles of Confidence You also unders-tand the other psychology So what is a Cycle of Confidence

You start by having the capacity of creating Discipline and Habits you get the ability to get into a certain and desired state (eg being happy to go training I want to create that emotion I visualize it it is the op-posite of an emotional pattern the pattern happens to you Think of a boxer who puts herself into her wanted state before entering in a ring You have empowering beliefs (when you believe in something that cre-ates more of it) This creates energy passion being in the moment Being with energy and passion and in the moment brings me empowe-ring beliefs which put me in the emotional state I want and provide me

habits and discipline The good news you have these cycles in areas that you are getting results Think in one area You have these four things right

Having these cycles itrsquos called being human First part on lsquorootsrsquo is about knowing your Cycles of Fear and Confidence and admit them to yourself to those you love to the others And having the courage to say that it doesnrsquot work because of FEAR And there is a way to break this cycle When you have roots you stop projecting it in your clients

There is a way of finding your values in a very logical way knowing which human motivators drive your behavior

8 HUMAN MOTIVATORSMaslov pyramid he was the first to talk about human needs He is outda-ted because it defines a hierarchy He places self-fulfillment at the top This model is very much focused on Maslovrsquos map-of-the-world who was an MS If it is a PE he may have lsquofamilyrsquo in the top and that is not wrong Still there are things that all humans need

So with all these models we created the 8 human motivators they are divided in four paradoxes one for each of the PEMS The first paradox is security freedom

Each one of us was born with a set of motivators You are ldquoaddictedrdquo on one side of the paradox You have to fulfill that need even if you have to abdicate of the other one

ROOTS

SECURITY

SELF LOVE

CONSCIOUSNESS

PERSONAL DEVEL

FREEDOM

LOVEBELOVED

BLISS

CONTRIBUTION

P

E

M

S

88

89

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

The main lesson is the more you live the other side of the paradox the more you will live your addiction as well What happens is that you can only get more of your addiction when you learn to validate the other side of the paradox This is what Jung calls ldquoparadoxes integrationrdquo be the millionaire and the altruistic Be the mother of family and career etc Only when you integrate the other energy is when it boosts the one that is more natural to you

For other persons it happens the same with security and all other pa-radoxes The suggestion is Irsquom addicted on this but I can pause and I can go exploring the other side What you have to figure out is your map (draw in the lsquoinfinite signsrsquo which side of the paradoxes is bigger) Your map is about how much you need to fill each side of the paradox

So YOUR HUMAN MOTIVATORS ARE DEFINING YOUR VALUES AND YOUR VALUES ARE DEFINING YOUR RESULTS

You can have everything on one of the sides of the paradox if yoursquore willing to face the fear of losing it

All people fill their motivators The difference between us is how sus-tainable is that satisfaction Unsustainable means that every day you

EXERCISE Do your map How do you discover Based on major decisions you made in your life Example work home relationships etc

have to feed them Imagine a homeless person he meets hisher secu-rity needs (eating and having where to sleep) but he has to do it every day Now compare with Donald Trump If you see the freedom part it probably happens the opposite

3 SUSTAINABLE it feeds itself It is something that can continue without the need for external resources It is ecological based on challenge and paradoxes integration

3 UNSUSTAINABLE you need to do it every day it is selfish ba-sed on comfort and extremist You do it like it was a daily shot

Example father and daughter about going out at night (to satisfy sa-fety and to love and be loved) Father says no hersquos being selfish and within his comfort zone The same father after coming to this course ldquoYoursquore going to the party until 2230 You send me an sms saying that everything is ok and at 2230 Irsquoll pick yourdquo This continues for some time Father goes on diminishing the rules Now hersquos being ecological entering his challenge zone and integrating paradoxes To feel safe as a father he has to give some freedom To feel loved he has to give them some self love Now his motivators are sustainable and has a sustai-nable system that feeds itself To arrive to a deeper level of security he needs to take the risk that comes from giving more freedom

DIAGONAL CONTINUOUS LINEThis line shows us that working above the line ie the clientrsquos beha-viors andor emotions is short-term and unsustainable In this case only the techniques are worked There are immediate results but with no major impact and duration Like when we are called to do motiva-tional speaking or teambuildingrsquos People feel better and do things but the results have a short duration

This does not imply that it is wrong to do Coaching based on these two areas For example in a quick conversation with a friend we can do Situational Coaching (based on behaviours) in order to get her to do something that has been postponing If the action has been made and it was what was intended to be then you did your role as Coach The Remedy Coaching is also important sometimes which consists on making the other person to leave the session feeling good thinking more positive at the time having had an opportunity to digest an emo-tion

ROOTS

90

91

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

Below the continuous line is where lies the deepest work The one that will actually be sustainable and with long-term results This is where we work values and beliefs it is where we go deep to the point where in fact we shift paradigms The client in this type of Coaching change her beliefs and values turning to be a really different person in opposition to what happens above the line where only the emotions or behaviors are changed but the client continues to be what she was

ICEBERGWith the iceberg image it is understood that the behavior is the conscious part of the human being the only thing that the client can see and analyze Everything else emotions beliefs and values are at the clientrsquos unconscious But as a Coa-ch I must and I want to work also the unconscious because as we saw above this is where it lies the sustainable and long-term work

When we help our clients shifting their paradigms beliefs emotions or values we are working with their unconscious Your client will not like this at some point in the process The unconscious will realize that she will have to change and this will cause the first resistance Knowing how to overcome this is essential to the Coachrsquos work so she can de-liver sustainable results

Conscious Mind keeps all the information which you can access now

Unconscious Mind keeps all the information that has ever passed through your brain It is also a kind of a warning system for you

The information passes from the unconscious to the conscious mind through the subconscious It goes dropping into deeper levels of our mind Very qui-ckly your clients will want to turn you into one of three things

Friend ndash They want someone who listens to them who is patient with them who is always there with whom they can always count and talk Most of your clients will want to have you here that you turn into a sort of confi-dant that supports them but does not challenge them too much But you are not there to be a friend

Boss ndash Many will seek in the Coach someone to tell them what to do who provides them specific guidance who pressures them who ldquopunishrdquo them when they donrsquot have their homework done Someone who is even more committed with their results than themselves But yoursquore also not there to be a Boss

Priest ndash Others will want a kind of a weekly confession session That you absolve the mistakes theyrsquove made du-ring the week that you tell them everything is fine and that it doesnrsquot matter we are all human and we all make mistakes You are not there to be a kind of spiritual le-ader of your client and to absolve him You are there to be

Coach - The Coach has an ldquoAirrdquo relationship with the client ie mental of communication becau-se it is a conversation where you listen and ask where there is intellectual stimulation In the map--of-the-world scheme the Coachrsquos sketch is in the quadrant of beliefs It is a ldquomind with mindrdquo work

It is important to know this because with the sessions going clients tend to try their Coach to become a friend (wateremotions) a boss (earthbehaviors) or even a priest (firevalues) However the Coach should avoid the mistake of behaving like one of these three types You are there to be a Coach

Notes In Informal Coaching with friends colleagues family remember that first thatrsquos what you are and only then you are a Coach Therefore you should not give prevalence to the Coach but to the relationship you have with that person otherwise you would violate the pact that exists between the two

ROOTS

92

93

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

4 TYPES OF COACHINGBased on these four quadrants there are four types of Coaching

Situational Coaching ndash The one that is done immediate-ly during the situation with the sole purpose of lea-ding it to an action It usually consists of a brief con-versation where a ROSA 10 is done Your client has a situation that week that really needs to be addressed Ex a proposal that she needs to present a college exam for which she has to study Itrsquos not bad Coaching and it is often necessary Only it is more superficial

Remediative Coaching ndash As the name says it suits when we have to put a ldquobandageointmentrdquo on the emotions The goal is the client to feel good at the end of the session without having to go deeply on the problem Itrsquos the typical conver-sation where the client unburdens and your only goal is to make her feel a little better Sometimes it may be and it often is necessary

Ex the past week your client has discussed with someone important to her or something happened that greatly dealt with her emotions Your first focus should be to help her to unburden and to feel better We used ROSA 10 + Unburden

Transformative Coaching ndash Here the goal is not just making the client to feel better but that she can change the way she sees her life and herself Here we mainly work on beliefs ie the client stops believing in some things to start believing in another ones She shifts paradigm Coaching is now much more sustainable and with long--term results It undergoes through more complete ses-sions where ROSA 20 is done

Holistic Coaching ndash This is the kind of Coaching that involves the whole being of the client all her areas and valences ie her values The entire psyche is worked We are working the whole Human Being and not only a part of it Even the motivators are worked We use ROSA 30 and we work a lot on paradoxes integration

KEY POINTSWe said earlier that we all have Cycles of Fear and that we can change them to Cycles of Confidence How

Imagine that you have a turnscrew and a bicycle wheel is malfunctio-ning You will then put the turnscrew into one of the four key points and then yoursquoll pull and force the wheel to move in the right direction to-wards the Cycle of Confidence And very important you donrsquot take out the turnscrew until the Cycle (the wheel) rotates in the right direction

What are then the Four Key Points You can really choose only one

VALUE FOCUS At this point you will choose a key value for you whi-ch you canrsquot leave to live in practice Whatever happens you canrsquot take the turnscrew from there For instance imagine that you are experien-cing serious financial difficulties and you decide that lsquoValue Focusrsquo is your point Imagine that you choose ldquosavingrdquo as the value that has to be experienced in practice Then whenever you have to make a decision that involves spending money you know what to do You canrsquot in any way stop living this value until the cycle begins to rotate in the oppo-site direction and gets sustainable

POSITIVITY If you want to work at the level of beliefs yoursquoll start to develop this empowering belief base BEING POSITIVE You must be a positive person with faith who believes that everything will go well who says only positive things about herself and the others who sees and is focused on everything positive that is going around her And when the bad days or the bad news are coming and you feel the need to say something negative you shut up And you say something positive

EMOTION FOCUS Imagine that there is an emotion that makes your Cycle of Fear to happen (an emotional pattern) In this key point you will choose an emotion that you would like to learn to cause in yourself learning how to get yourself into that state Imagine that you have been feeling too much anger in your Cycle of Fear and want to feel harmony instead You want to learn how to get into that emotional state You start feeling the opposite emotion and you do something to manage to be in an harmony state (you listen to a song that gets yourself into that state you put your boxing gloves you jump you meditate you close

ROOTS

94

95

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

your eyes you read a poem as Mandela did )

HOMEWORK FOCUS Here you will define a homework that until itrsquos done you wonrsquot do anything else Imagine that you have a Cycle of Fear in relation to health that you define lsquoHomework Focusrsquo as the key point and your homework is running every day Until you manage to do it nothing else matters All of your strategies are directioned so that your homework is being done as soon as possible

In the end all of the four key points have to do with absolute focus

Value ndash Focus on the most important value Until that value is being lived we wonrsquot move on

Positivity (Faith Optimism) ndash Focus on the positive emotions Un-til she gets optimistic we wonrsquot move on

Emotion (Meditation) ndash Focus on pleasure Until she feels more ple-asure than pain we wonrsquot move on

Homework ndash Focus on action Until the homework gets done we wonrsquot move on

VERY IMPORTANTYou as a coach do not have to guess your clientrsquos map-of-the-world or even her PEMS but you have to explore it aside of her You will only master her Map-of-the-World when you understand your own (creating roots) because you will never learn anything about yourself with your client you will never discover anything about you because shersquos the one who discovers it being real or not You Coach you must be hum-ble enough to know that you know nothing about your client and you shouldnrsquot try to guess anything It is the customer who gets there alone

Therefore the more knowledge you have about your own map-of-the--world together with Rapport and ROSA the more intense will be your Coaching because the more you will be able to help your client The goal is that you have the tools in yourself so you can help her In other words this tool is for you to deepen your roots and thus know when you need to do only ROSA or go searching for the Key Points or to use

another method For instance if a client has as her main challenge to be promoted then therersquos no logical on working on Cycles of Fear but to make a ROSA and move forward On the other hand if you see that there is a Cycle of Fear then you should find the key point so you can work on it

I canrsquot help the others if I canrsquot help myself first

ROOTS

values (I am)

during session

clientcoach rosa unconscious

Beliefs (I think)

between sessions

co-coach rosa 30

emotions (I feel)

leverage slice

self coaching rosa 20behavior (I do)

holistic

coaching to others rosa 10M

S

E

P

96

97

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING RESULTS

IX RESULTS

Results are super important in the Coa-ching process There is simply no Coa-

ching if there are no results and thatrsquos why they are at the center of the

triangle of the four Rrsquos Everything we do whether is ROSA creating

Roots or building Rapport it is done with the purpose of get-ting results at the end of the sessions

This is what distinguishes the most Coaching from other practices As a Coach you must become obsessed with your clients results Not only that they do their homeworks but also how close did Coaching took them closer to their Guru Objective how much it has improved their leverage slice of the Pizza and other slices as well We also try to assess the sustainability of those results We donrsquot want them just to get there but also that they keep there

Coaching is about results and you must take this premise very seriou-sly You have been hired to make them reach some goals Become obsessed with it

It is not so easy to evaluate results in a metric way in the world of Co-aching but it proves to be very important Not only with Life Coaching but also with Business Coaching We must find a way to demonstrate that our work has had results in practice

That was the reason why we have created the Results Model

Our level of competence is equal to our worst level of performance

RESULTS MODELIt is possible to define results through the four metrics

lsquoSrsquo AXIS (SPIRITUAL) WE EVALUATE THE PROCESS IMPACT ON THE CLIENT

Behavior (I DO) When the client throughout the process changes one or more behaviors She does now due to the sessions different things that she didnrsquot before

Emotions (I FEEL) When the client feels happier more self-confi-dent fulfilled etc She has now different and more positive emotions due to the Coaching process

98

99

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

Beliefs (I THINK) When there is a change of belief (I used to belie-ve I was not a good person and now I believe I am) When the client used to believe in something and she started to believe in something different There was a paradigm shift She used to see something in a certain way and now she sees it in a more empowering way

Values (I AM) When the Coach manages to help the client to change her values ie the person she is This happens for exam-ple when the client starts to put more emphasis on family than on work or when she accepts and believes that she is a healthy and different person and that nothing will change that now She values different things todat due to the Coa-ching process

lsquoErsquo AXIS (EMOTIONAL) WE EVALUATE THE CLIENTrsquoS AUTONOMY

Level 1 Coach (CoachClient Relationship) Itrsquos the Coach who controls the situation There is a formal relationship be-tween Coach and Client and the session is controlled and oriented by the Coach

Level 2 Coach (Co-Coach) The Client already acts as a Coach during the sessions This happens for example when the client already knows that she is supposed to also say po-sitive things on the Reality part that is she already knows what to do in each step She already takes the initiative The relationship is more about cooperation now and the Client start becoming autonomous

Level 3 Coach (Self-Coaching) When the Client already does Self--Coaching at home not being asked to This is a fantastic moment because she already has the tools and the Coach is there to help and support

Level 4 Coach (Coach to others) When the Client comes to a ses-sion and tells us she has done Coaching with someone else (with her child for instance) This person came to us to be helped however she is already using our tools to help so-

RESULTS

meone else She is totally independent It is every Coachrsquos dream

lsquoMrsquo AXIS (MENTAL) WE EVALUATE THE CLIENTrsquoS CONTENTS ASSIMILATION

Uses Rosa 10 language o cliente usa palavras como Realidade objetivos soluccedilotildees accedilotildees fazem hoje parte do seu leacutexico

Uses Rosa 20 language the client uses terms such as guru objec-tives baby objectives measurable beliefs paradigm shif-ting brainstorming etc

Uses Rosa 30 language she refers terms like emotional patterns cycles of fear and confidence values dilemma etc

Uses unconscious Rosa language when many of these terms are so ingrained in the clientrsquos language that she thinks she will use them for the rest of her life

lsquoPrsquo AXIS (PRACTICE) WE EVALUATE RESULTS IN PRACTICE

During the Session I can manage the client to get results only du-ring the session It is a Coaching session that has no power to influence the client outside it

Between Sessions It mostly happens when the client is doing her homeworks It means that what happened during the ses-sion touched her with enough strength to get her to realize she has to do something and that she is doing something outside the sessions

Leverage Slice It happens when the client fulfills her Leverage Slice and achieves the goal that brought her to Coaching or when her satisfaction in that slice has dramatically im-proved

Holistic When the client improves satisfaction in multiple slices as a result of the sessions including the leverage slice It was a process that had an impact on the whole being and not just in one area of her life

100

101

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

You can make this model with your client on the last session you have together You can also make a self-assessment to compare with it When you measure these four levels of results you will have access to check what level of Coaching you had on that specific process

COACHING LEVELThe Coaching Level that you have delivered is always proportional to your lowest result Even if you have three axes at level 3 and have only one at a level 2 Coaching has been 20 This is valuable information to you as a Coach because it gives you an idea of axes that are easier for you to work and others that you may have to further strengthen

Level 4 Coaching is something that is not achieved with all clients There must be a great empathy and rapport as well as a mastery on the Coaching technique that has been taught in the training course and presented in this manual

Gulica ego catia caperum dem inem cus Fortes et L Nos et grae avehem Romnit acto egeris cis sultod pratum voltum iam hos ublius hactam atemus essede con vas optilis factor aus nem ad cae estil hos me patus re verisse inatuus

Udam deperfecrem nermis etraed me int ela remulibut rem loctusquo cum mus auciem vivehem uresull emquissent eti primperescit ina que ia consiss entium pulerit con vendam morei sentes inatil vit ia quam mus licaudemus factem dum eo ura ex muro nenit quo vilnes-tium Catimportus pati postalarit vis coena fui sa consu consceribus Satquid ertienatus contere essimis ut vis aus iliciam quo in dissimis Ra num deatiqua vere con sentius et in spio pes Tiaetin videlisquam mus viliam que conum is larbit etora notimolto nos et duc omnimus opublicae convo C Nos vivica Catus hos vivas aurnihil hui terfint imorter labus hostam res inequod nerem tabute telieni hilicaessil ven-tem nonsulis

Berteropubit diisquium iteriti emprit teludam hilicid erfentiur tem huis

Hum pro vidiusquem paterevid sedis factatu rnihilla rem publicave Ca-terev irissoltis re aurei pere anum teluder ficepse essercem octuusque mis tum inam pra vivid rei condamdiis hacies Ipio verei sendamdis

TOOLS amp TECHNIQUES

X TOOLS AND TECHNIQUES

If you master well the model of the four Rrsquos for us you already are a fantastic Coach If you can master some stars too itrsquos even better But if you master the model you know how to do Coaching But now letrsquos go to the small stars The idea is not that you try to use all the stars at the same time Choose the two or three that you like best and train those first

POSITIVE FEEDBACKProvide as much positive feedback as you can to your client Take every opportunity you have to do it A Coach is the type of mirror that only says good things about her client Please turn yourself into some-one who is always valorizing every small steps that your client takes

FEEDBACK HAMBURGERYou say something positive then you say something negative then you say something positive again The two positive feedbacks have to be VERY VERY good For instance ldquoI have been feeling that you are very committed to your Coaching process We just need to start paying more attention to our homework even because I feel that you are a person who likes to challenge yourself and that really wants to go further ldquo

RESSIGNIFICATION Ressignificating is finding another meaning still more empowering but that changes everything EgrdquoI didnrsquot do my homework I failedrdquo Coach ldquoWow That means that you are a demanding and committed personrdquo ldquoIrsquom lazyrdquo

102

103

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

ldquoDoes that means you like to enjoy the pleasures of liferdquo

REFRAMINGIt is much like ressignification Itrsquos the name that is used in NLP (Neuro--Linguistic Programming) You take the information that was been gi-ven to you in a frame and you put it in a new one

PREFRAMINGIf ressignification has to do with changing the meaning after it has been given preframing has to do with giving a meaning to something before we have explained what it is It is a widely used technique to anticipate objections that might distract us from our ultimate goal Then we do preframing we previously give the meaning that we want the person to give afterwards Example

ldquoCan I show you my point of view Itrsquos something different but Irsquove seen that it works with many people and it has been helping a lot to change our behavior to healthier habits Itrsquos something innovative and different but highly successful Can I tell you my ideardquo You create a frame before placing the information in there

POSTFRAMINGFirst you give the information and then you put it in a frame Eg ldquoFolks today we have an exam (the low energy level) but thatrsquos what this course is about to be the best Coach to go furtherrdquo

ldquoFROM 0 TO 10 rdquo To give examples ldquoI think Irsquoll read a bookrdquo Coach ldquoFrom 0-10 how much do you think you will accomplish that goalrdquo

TRANSFORMING ldquoORrdquo IN ldquoANDrdquoHelp the client to find an alternative solution to integrate paradoxes to

find a third way

VULNERABILIZATIONFind out things about you that are not working and put them at the clientrsquos service That makes you human and you are validating your client in the case she feels the same She does some things better than you and has some of the same challenges

ASSOCIATION AND DISSOCIATIONThese two terms are often used in NLP (Neuro-linguistic Program-ming) and are used in various ways Association means that an indi-vidual describes a situation as if it was happening and he was partici-pating on it As the name indicates he is associated with it He is still seeing himself going through the situation and feels the emotions that he would feel if he was really living it

Dissociation means that an individual can already tell that experience as if he was watching a movie in which he took part but already dis-sociated from it He is more in an observer role That allows him a big-ger emotional objectivity Even if he feels the emotions they are more about the experience itself and not so much about him as a participant

When we want to help our customers to overcome some emotionally more challenging situations it can make a huge difference to have them to dissociate from those situations Thatrsquos how they can gain greater objectivity and clarity and at the same time they get more mo-tivated to take their first steps

METAPHORSThe most important here is that you use the metaphors of your client Use her world whenever it is possible It will help a lot more to inter-nalize and memorize the information Help your client to create her metaphors Eg ldquoSometimes we fall into holes that are so big that you canrsquot get out of them alonerdquo ldquoLearning to forgive someone is like dri-ving one step at a timerdquo

TOOLS amp TECHNIQUES

104

105

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

LANGUAGE OF A COACH 3 HOW TO INTERRUPT at the first session it must be defined if

the Coach can interrupt the client when she deviates from the focus If yoursquore going to interrupt your client you must always do it with a question You can also take note of something that has nothing to do with the subject you are talking about but it seems important So we can talk about it in the next session You can ask the client if she liked to talk about it

3 ldquoDOES IT MAKES SENSE FOR YOUrdquo If she says NO ldquoSo tell merdquo if she says YES ldquocan you tell me howrdquo

3 ldquoMY HALLUCINATION is rdquo Being very unconditional Any opi-nion is a good opinion The Coach realyy doesnrsquot know The word hallucination implies that what yoursquore saying may be ab-solutely wrong

3 ldquoWHAT WOULD LOVE DO NOWrdquo Be careful with the rapport level you have with your client It is a very good question when it concerns relational issues

3 ldquoHOW WOULD IT BE IFrdquo Very good to overcome objections ldquohow would it be if you had timerdquo ldquohow would it be if you had moneyrdquo ldquohow would it be if you had self-confidencerdquo

3 ldquoWHAT IF rdquo Fantastic to destroy any obstacle that your client brings Some examples ldquoAnd what if you couldrdquo ldquoWhy notrdquo ldquoWhat if nobody would knowrdquo ldquoWhat if you had moneyrdquo ldquoI know you donrsquot but what if you knew what would you sayrdquo

3 GENERAL TIP BE COOL You really must have a cool and rela-xed attitude You really donrsquot know what would be best for your client so be really unconditional

THE COACHING ETHICS

XI THE COACHING ETHICS

There are six ethic rules in Coaching but with no doubt the first is the most important

CONFIDENTIALITY Coaching sessions must be given the utmost con-fidentiality There are no legal rules as in Therapy (like not having fa-mily as clients) but you always have to respect confidentiality When you do Coaching in a company and you must give feedback to their manager your clients must know it If necessary you can discuss the case with a mentor but always without mentioning the name of your client You can discuss the cases but without any names

CLIENTrsquoS AUTONOMY Coaching is all about autonomy and sustaina-bility You need your client to get results not that she needs you You should think ldquoif I change country how would my clients berdquo

CAREFUL WITH PROJECTIONS We all project aspects that we re-press in ourselves All currents in psychology agree that there is pro-jection When I look to someone else what I see is whatrsquos inside of me (strengths and weaknesses) Thatrsquos why some see one thing and others see another As a Coach you must be very attentive to projections You should not do it with your client and for that you must work on your roots If something bothers you that says more about you than about your client Itrsquos not just a technical issue of respecting others map-of--the-world It is an ethical issue

CREDIBILITY Of course you can use other different tools in your ses-sions but you should be able to do so Using things on which yoursquore not certified is breaking ethics Try to be congruent and integrate Being a corporate or a sales Coach without being an expert about those mat-ters is not ethical

106

107

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING THE FIRST SESSION IN PRATICE

CONTRACT IS CONTRACT The financial commitment you assume with your client is always the same as long as she is your client The same in what respects sessions frequency You should always ask permission to your client when you want to change the frequency of the sessions For WeCreate the value you charge to your client must be the same forever It is part of our gratitude towards our client

SELF-COACHING The Coach must be an example of Self-Coaching or she should have a Coach You really have to do ROSA once a year at least and use all these tools in a weekly basis Make sure that you are also an example of achieving your own dreams

XII THE FIRST SESSION

IN PRACTICEIt is normal that the first session is a bit longer (90min) Your focus is to build RAPPORT Here is an example of a few steps for your first session You can have a few more or less of these steps but this is the general idea

STEP 1 Memorize these steps so that you will not have to use this manual

STEP 2 (Partnership) Organize the working space have everything prepared adequated clothes etc

STEP 3 (Presence) Prepare to be fully present by meditating or by being a few minutes in silence

STEP 4 (Posture and words) Build rapport have a few minutes of casual positive and neutral conversation to break the ice For example the weather the clientrsquos favourite team foot-ball match etc

STEP 5 At this stage you will also try to collect information about the client Several aspects of her life and trying to deter-mine clientrsquos expectations regarding the Coaching process You will be attentive about the metaphors and about what is really important to her Yoursquoll need it to explain what Co-aching is in her words

STEP 6 Explain what Coaching is using the clientrsquos words and the references she gave us Example letrsquos imagine that boxing was something that the client liked and we want to explain

108

109

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING THE LAST SESSION

Coaching through boxing ldquoCoaching is like boxing It invol-ves a lot of training to succeed in getting results but ins-tead of having an external enemy we are fighting against ourselvesrdquo

STEP 7 Inviting the client to do an exercise we pick six pens (three of each color) We ask her to tell us three things that are going well in her life and we explore each area a bit Then we ask ldquoamong those areas which one is running really wellrdquo Then we ask for three things that are not going so well and explore a bit

STEP 8 Asking the client which 3 goals she would like to accom-plish by the end of the Coaching process that would make it worth the investment (as measurable as possible)

STEP 9 Establishing verbal contract and selling the idea of coa-ching (even if the sessions pack is already closed) Now we talk about the practical issues sessions frequency ses-sions length interrupting the client first session a bit lon-ger confidentiality guarantee If you feel comfortable you can talk about costs and forms of payment

STEP 10 ldquoCan we start our session talking about what brought you here How can I helprdquo

STEP 11 Talking a bit about the Clientrsquos reality and introducing the Pizza of Life The client draws herrsquos We will go on explai-ning the pizza and its different slices (very briefly not to influence) Some clients like to do it lsquoalonersquo others like to go on talking as they fill the slices

STEP 12 From then on you make ROSA 10

STEP 13 You end up the session You can share ROSA methodology with your client (if you think shersquod like it) and ending with positive feedback You can also ask the client how did she feel You can also ask her to choose an object and summa-rize the session You will also be doing some preframing by stating that Coaching is about action and homeworks

XIII THE LAST SESSION

A coaching process has a follow-up We can work with individual ses-sions or with a pack It is important to inform your clients that Coaching is a continuous process and not a process with miraculous results in the first session Hence it is like doing workout where it is difficult to get results if we go to the gym only once

You can work with packs of sessions (5 or 10) and we would like to give you some tips on what you should ensure it gets done in your last coaching session with someone you have been working with

FUTURE It is important to ensure that the client will continue taking steps in the future even not having sessions anymore or your presence In this session you should spend some time helping her in creating an action plan about the next steps she wants to go on taking in that area You can also take the opportunity to do a small summary of everything that you both worked in so that there is a notion of the progress made and the results achieved Ensures that your client completed that process and be sure about the next steps for her future Help her in crea-ting a good action plan

HABITS You can also ask your client which would be the daily or weekly habits that she would like more to integrate into her routine

POSITIVE FEEDBACK This is also the perfect time to give positive fe-edback to your client (despite being a constant throughout the sessions) Show her the progress she has made throughout the sessions and help her to realize all the positive things she has achieved

111

110

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

PERSONAL DEVELOPMENT We must ensure that our client conti-nues its personal development process and knows or tries new approaches Coaching is just one part of a wide range of options that are now ahead of her Encourage her to con-tinue that journey to read new books to try other trainings and workshops other different and complementary ways of approaching personal development

KEEPING CONTACT You can develop some form of contact with your old clients Email telephone facebook etc Remember to con-tinue sending her information about coaching or other matters you find important It is a way to ensure that your client will continue ldquoawakedrdquo for this subject

Thank you for being part of this project

Daniel Saacute Nogueira and Marta Ferreira

Page 12: WeCreate International Coaching Certification Manual

24

25

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING INTERNATIONAL COACHING PRESUPPOSITIONS

power needed to change or modify it

Therefore as a Coach you need to take this presupposition into your own life and aim to deepen it to the fullest until you reach the point where you believe that you can influence everything that happens in your life

7 - ACTIONldquoIf you want to understand actrdquo

A Coach believes that action is needed to understand a problem chal-lenge or opportunity Itrsquos not enough to say that something has been understood on the mental level Coaching is about action It does not matter how much your client understands or knows about a subject What matters is how much she acts

Hence all sessions have a compulsory homework ending ldquoWhat will you do in this directionrdquo ldquoWhenrdquo ldquoWith whomrdquo

8 - FLEXIBILITYldquoIf yoursquore not getting results do it differentlyrdquo

Between the two of them the Coach needs to be the most flexible be-cause if the client is not getting results new approaches are needed In other words since the Coach believes that the client has all the resour-ces within her if there are no results it is because the Coach has to be more flexible What works with one client does not work with others Einstein said ldquoInsanity is doing the same thing and expecting a diffe-rent resultrdquo If yoursquore not getting the results you want do it differently

9 - POSITIVE INTENTIONldquoAll behaviour is based on a positive intentionrdquo

All human behaviour is driven by positive intention This does not mean

it is all good behaviour just the intention that created them Let us ima-gine a dramatic situation someone who screams violently at another person may be wanting to feel safer calmer have more justice The intention is good but not the behaviour As a Coach you know that what your client does or doesnrsquot do is based on a positive intention

10 - NON-IMPOSITIONldquoNone of these presuppositions are important

to your clientrdquo

All these presuppositions are for you as Coach to internalize and use in your sessions The idea is not that you should now impose on your client to use questions stick to a positive language and refrain from judging other peoplersquos World Maps The pre-suppositions are made for you and aim to orient the coaching process

26

27

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING ROSA 10

V ROSA 10

ROSA 10 is about going through each letter of the ROSA during a ses-sion or an informal conversation without expanding on any of them

The starting point is helping the other person to identify the Reality (Whatrsquos up) of their situation and understand what the problem or challenge is Then to speak about the Objectives (What do you want) and note what the person wants and aspires to After thinking about the goals itrsquos all about encouraging the other to find solutions (How can you get there) And finally because the Coach believes that re-sults come from action itrsquos about agreeing on a piece of homework that is in line with the best solution found (Out of all these ideas what you can do next week)

ROSA 10 is used in more informal coaching with friends and acquain-tances and in more situational coaching that is fast and focused on action where the client already knows what you want Moreover in situations where there is no need to go deeper into understanding the emotions beliefs and values of the client

EXAMPLES OF QUESTIONS LETTER ldquoRrdquo 3 What made you want to come and see me 3 How can I help you 3 How happy satisfied are you 3 How do you feel about that 3 What is the path yoursquove followed so far 3 What works best in your life at the moment What can and

should be improved

3 On a 0-10 scale how satisfied are you in this area 3 What is your biggest challenge 3 How are other areas of your life 3 What else Tell me more

The fundamental Reality question is WHATrsquoS UP

EXAMPLES OF QUESTIONS LETTER ldquoOrdquo 3 Where will you be in a year 3 What is your biggest dream 3 Where would you like to go 3 What is your most amazing vision of this situation 3 From 0 to 10 how important is this goal to you 3 Can you see your goal Describe in detail what it looks like 3 If you had a magic wand that could solve this problem what

would your new situation look like what would you like to see happen

The fundamental Objectives question is WHAT DO YOU WANT

EXAMPLES OF QUESTIONS LETTER ldquoSrdquo 3 What can you do 3 What are you doing right now to solve this situation 3 What do you think is the best way to reach the objectives 3 Do you know someone who can help 3 What are some things yoursquove never imagined doing 3 Let us list a series of possible steps 3 Can you give me 10 solutions And 10 more 3 If I were in your situation what advice would you give me 3 If you had all the money in the world what would you do 3 Who could help you solve this situation

The fundamental Solutions question is GREAT AND WHAT ELSE

28

29

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING ROSA 20

EXAMPLES OF QUESTIONS LETTER ldquoArdquo

3 What will you do this week 3 What is one thing you could do without much difficulty 3 Which of these solutions can you start with today 3 What is your next small step

The fundamental Action question is WHAT ARE YOU GOING TO DO WITH WHOM WHEN During a coaching session the letters R and S have a divergent func-tion allowing you to fully open the flow of ideas The Action phase then has a fully convergent function specifying what will be done as seen in the following diagram

VI ROSA 20

The purpose of this manual and the International Coa-ching Certification is to learn to use ROSA 20 The

MasterCoach Certification goes more in depth with 30 coaching and the MasterCoachTrainer

Certification is about 40 coaching

R(EALITY)The Reality phase is usually the longest

one in ROSA (especially in the first session) It is a very important phase because it is where we find out about our clientrsquos current life situation and start building rapport with her

If this phase is well done the rest comes quite easily and naturally 99 of your clients will be focused on the problem ie living the ldquoPro-blem Psychologyrdquo They will have the tendency to always see the ne-gative even to amplify it as they go along by finding more and more reasons that ldquofeedrdquo the negative aspect of their situation

Everything around them whether it is their home situation or even the state of the country or the world strengthens their ability to see how bad their problem is which contributes to killing all hope for impro-vement and opportunities ultimately go unnoticed Their situation is always the worst it can ever get In fact they tend to see that their life has always been that way

Your goal at this stage is to collect as much information as possible about your client and different aspects (both good and less good) of her life The Coach has two tools for helping her client ldquoget outrdquo of the

ROSA 10

ROSA 30

ROSA 20

ROSA 10

ROSA 30

ROSA 20

WhatWho

when

babybaby

30

31

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

hole that she is focused on and have a conversation about the broader reality of her life

FLUFFY PUFFY VS COMPLICATORAt the stage of Reality we find two main types of people

COMPLICATORThis is the type of person who will claim that they are not able to solve their problem and who also believes that the situation is so big and so bad that there actually is no solution

ROSA 20

In this case let the client speak for five to ten minutes about this but then it is essential to make her say something positive about it with questions like

ldquoWhatrsquos good about itrdquordquo ldquoWhat do you like about your life (Maybe on the same sub-

ject or another - see ldquoGuide to the First Coaching Ses-sionrdquo)

By doing this we motivate the client for the rest of the ROSA Itrsquos re-ally a question of energy If we donrsquot address the positive aspect (of the particular situation or of another area of life) we will not have any energy for the Objectives phase

The conversation gets very depressing and not very motivating when the client manages to convince herself (and often the coach as well)

32

33

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

that there is no solution By adding together both positive and negative aspects we create tension and a spark of energy to move on At the same time we get to find out what truly motivates the client whether it is family a passion that she has or others things

FLUFFY PUFFYThis is the opposite of the type above This is a person who has re-edu-cated herself and grown convinced that itrsquos good to have problems and that they are there for a reason She has a super positive perspective on life but possibly a bit exaggerated Problems are always positive and she does not understand that they may have negative implications

To the question ldquoSo is this problem hurting yourdquo she will promptly reply ldquoOh it isnrsquot Itrsquos good to have problems they bring along many positive things and are just what they should berdquo In this case the Co-ach has to make the client talk about the problem and the aspects that are negative or less good In other words we must find out what hurts enough for the client to realize she needs help with something and that not everything is going well after all

As in the previous case we need to create an inner shock in order to generate energy for the Objectives phase In this case it is necessary to do so by making the client ldquosufferrdquo a bit or to get her out of her comfort zone in order to become aware that there is something she wants to change or do differently If we do not have a challenge an opportunity or a problem we cannot do coaching

Both the ldquoComplicatorrdquo and the ldquoFluffy Puffyrdquo should identify both good and bad aspects of the subject matter Moreover you should not move to the Objectivesrsquo phase be fore this is done At this stage the more the client is aware of her own reality the better the Coachrsquos picture will be of that same reality Both types of clients need to enter the area of challenge leaving the reality that they live in and gaining a broader awareness of the reality that is

Only with this awareness will there be fuel to create goals and pro-gress to the next stages

PIZZA OF LIFEThe clientrsquos reality is like a big wall Something she nee-ds to overcome to reach the other side the side that she wants to be on Although the wall is large the client will tend to concentrate on a small part of the wall a hole a brick to paint etc About 98 of people are focused on the small ldquoholesrdquo of life which only increases their size and importance

Implementing a real change in your life means looking at it as a whole from various angles analyzing all its weaknesses but also all the pos-sibilities In doing so the client becomes more aware of who she is

The pizza is divided into four distinct areas (linked to the four elements and the four personality types) and twelve slices

EARTH AREA (PRACTICAL WORLD)Money How is your bank account Do you have any debts Do you

think you have enough money or do you need more to have the life you want And what about material goods such as a home a car travel

Health Are you healthy Do you have any chronic illness How do you nourish yourself Any sports Do you feel alive

Jobcareer Are you doing something you like Feel satisfied with your career How many hours do you work per day What is your level of productivity

WATER AREA (EMOTIONAL WORLD)

Romance Do you have a love relationship that satisfies you Do you love and are you loved Are you feeling happy and complete without being in a relationship

Family and Friends (with a big F) How do you relate to your chil-dren parents and friends

Contribution Are you helping create a better world Any voluntary work Donations Satisfied with the help you provide

ROSA 20

of life

money

hea

lth

workcareer romance

Friends

family

contribuitiondevelopmentpersonal

social life

hobbies

peer groupleadershippersonal

life p

urpose

Pearth

Ewater

Mair

Sfire

meaning

34

35

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

AIR AREA (MENTAL WORLD)Personal Development Do you read books participate in training

courses invest in yourself and in your learningdevelop-ment

Hobbies and Social Life Do you have a social life that satisfies you Do you have free time to do what you like

Peer Group Groups of people (friends family etc) that challenge us and pull us forward Do you have people that encourage you How often do you meet with them

FIRE AREA (SPIRITUAL WORLD)Personal Leadership How do you relate with yourself When you

look at yourself (on the inside and the outside) do you like

what you see How is your confidence and self-esteem

Life Purpose How much of your day-to-day do you dedicate to doing what you love most

Meaning of Life Do you have a faith What do you believe in What is the energy that encompasses all Why are we here on this planet

The Pizza of Life is a very deep tool to be used both by the client and the Coach to develop their roots It is a practical way of examining all areas of our lives

It is essential to distinguish between the importance that a client at-tributes to a slice and her degree of satisfaction with it Itrsquos not about how much you have of this or that slice but rather how satisfied you are with this area For example a person who is not religious does not have to have a zero in the area of the meaning of life if she is comfor-table with that area But if she does feel that she needs to work on her faith then the value will inevitably be less than 10 Another example someone who lives in a rented house travels by bus and goes camping on holidays may have a 10 in the money slice if itrsquos a person who does not value material goods Someone else who lives the same kind of life but aspires to have a beach house a great car and travel to exotic places will assign a lower value to this slice

The client may want to add or remove a slice and split others However the most important thing is to recognize the four main areas (PEMS) and the importance of all the slices for your happiness and for gaining a more balanced life

When the pizza is filled out once again you will address the positive and less positive aspects of it At this stage you should ask your client

3 ldquoWhich 2 or 3 areasslices feel goodstrong at the momentrdquo

3 ldquoWhich 2 or 3 areasslices need a little more attention and some im-

ROSA 20

1 What is the current situation

2 Concrete examples

3 Objectivity through facts

4 Ask what when where who

REALITYRESUME

36

37

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

provementrdquo

This way you gain even more information about the current situation of your client which may be very helpful during the rest of the coaching process

LEVERAGE SLICEAfter evaluating the pizza of life we dedicate ourselves to hel-ping the client choose a leverage slice We can explain that coaching is about gaining focus by having only one target to hit at each moment in time This does not mean that we wonrsquot work on any other area it just means that we first need to solve one slice one priority slice

The question to use is ldquoWhich slice if you increase your satisfaction with it by one or two points would improve the biggest number of your other pizza slicesrdquo

You can ask your client to select any 5 slices then 3 then 2 and ask ldquoImagine that I am the genie in the lamp and I can help you bring one of these slices to a 10 which one would you chooserdquo

If your client clearly has a slice that she wants to work you can proce-ed with this one right away

The leverage slice is not always the slice that got the lowest rating Therefore we should not influence the decision of the client

A few tips

3 If the client chooses a slice that she gave a high rating itrsquos good news for the Coach because it will be relatively easy for the client to improve it further

3 If the client wants to choose a new slice in the next session no problem Remember that we are just chauffeurs Early on in the coaching process the client may do some reflection and then want to choose another slice

3 Until the leverage slice is resolved (rated much more positively)

or under control by the client (it only being a matter of time) we DO NOT change the slice along the way We only do so once we have delivered the wanted results If we change the slice in each session it becomes difficult (if not impossible) to deliver results which also become much less sustainable Coaching is not a process with a magic wand that can transform a slice in an hour

3 No area is more important than another and the numbers that the client uses to evaluate only mean something to her Remember that YOU SHOULD NOT JUDGE anything about the pizza of your client It only needs to make sense to her

O(BJECTIVES)Now that we know the current reality of our client it is time to move on At this point we no longer speak of problems or challenges That was back in the previous phase Now we just want to know about Objectives

In Coaching we work with two types of objectives

GURU OBJECTIVES AND BABY OBJECTIVESAll of us more or less consciously orient our action through goals But we do not always take the right steps There are people who consciously do but there are many others who without being conscious of it hurt their feet run without knowing where theyrsquore going or stop halfway

We can identify two types of goals which we should use to our advan-tage

3 Guru objective ndash a goal that is so big so big that therersquos a voi-ce in our head that thinks itrsquos impossible to accomplish

3 Baby objective ndash a goal that is so small so small that we are absolutely certain of achieving it

ROSA 20

The slice of leverage is the one in which if there is any improvements will positively affect other slices of pizza

The Baby-Objectives has the

unique purpose to increase client

confidence

38

39

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

Guru and baby objectives psychology is natural to us not something we learn nor something we can unlearn For example it activates immediately if wersquore in a car accident if anything threatens our survi-val or the survival of our loved ones We then forget whether we are confident or not successful or not rich or poor and we only care about finding a solution This is natural we always have an ultimate goal in mind while at the same time staying present to the immediate objec-tive since that is what makes us define the next small step towards reaching our guru objective And we get so engaged that nothing will distract us from our guru objective Now this psychology should not get triggered only unconsciously in moments of survival but also be applied consciously in our lives in general in our everyday And yes it can be activated

Always remember that an objective is only at the guru level if there is a voice inside you that laughs finding it impossible to achieve and a baby objective is only one if you are sure that you will achieve It is therefore essential to dream to look farther and reach beyond what our minds can visualize

But beware if we focus solely on our highest goals we will never le-ave the realm of dreams and over time we will lose self-confidence Achieving goals involves taking small steps every day defining reaso-nable steps that slowly but surely bring us closer to our guru objective

Success depends on a combination of both We must therefore learn to live life with very big guru objectives and very small baby objectives Most people that feel unhappy have developed a guru psychology but not a baby psychology or vice versa The former always want more and are never satisfied with their daily achievements The latter live through small steps but cannot think big so the little steps wear them out and monotony or apathy reigns

Having a great guru objective without setting baby objectives leads to frustration anxiety and impatience Setting baby objectives without having a big guru objective leads to disinterest discouragement and lack of direction(ldquoTrate a Vida por Turdquo paacuteg 111)

META+Our objectives should be

Measurable - Objectives should be very concrete so that when we reach them we can check off ldquomission accomplishedrdquo For example ldquoI will spend 3 hours a day with my familyrdquo instead of ldquoI will spend more time with my familyrdquo

Emotional Objectives should contain grand adjectives that provoke a lot of emotion so that the brain gives them more importance For example ldquoI will wake up shining and full of vitality ready for a new day of fun and productivityrdquo

Timed - Objectives must have either a date or a frequency or both For example ldquoStarting tomorrow I will be home by 8 pm every day to have dinner with my childrenrdquo or ldquoI will train every day starting on Sundayrdquo

Achievable - We need to believe in the objectives that we set and know that they are possible to reach For example ldquoI will write a book next monthrdquo If you think your goal is too ambitious you had better adapt it ldquoIrsquoll write one chapter in the next monthrdquo

Positive (+) - Goals should be stimulating the positive Neurolinguistics say that everything that we define as positi-ve encourages us and everything that we define as negative defeats us For example ldquoI will not smoke anymorerdquo is wrong while ldquoI will breathe 100 oxy-gen and make air cleaner for myself and for othersrdquo is more correct Or ldquoon day x I will weigh y poundsrdquo instead of ldquoI will lose weightrdquo(Trate a Vida por Tu paacuteg 155)

ROSA 20

1 What do you want

2 What do you really want

3 What is the Guru-Objective

4 What is the Baby-Objective

5 What is the dream (the most importan is to make the client talk about his dreams)

6 In a perfect world (For those who have di-fficulty in define Guru-Objectives)

7 Meta+

OBJECTIVESRESUME

The meta+ model is used to specify the target-guru

40

41

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

Why do we need to have these two opposing energies Exactly for the same reason as the positive and negative energies in the Reality phase We really need a guru objective since the effort that the client will have to make and the person she has to become to get there will make her reach much further than if she had set an intermediate goal Coaching is about dreams about the best of the best for each area of our lives The important thing is not whether or not the client gets there but that the road she travels takes her much further

Moreover every journey starts with a small step We need to create an objective so small so small that the client is absolutely sure she can do it Why To get her motivated quickly to achieve success and above all to convey the baby objective psychology We need to make our clients realize that coaching is about big and small steps The baby objective in itself is not important but we need to introduce this step here so that your client begins to celebrate every little step that she takes every piece of homework that gets done

Coaching is about forming a person with both guru and baby objectives psychology Someone who wants to go really far and at the same time is super happy with everything that she has already achieved

Notas If a client has a very big guru objective to reach in a short time and the Coach thinks it is not possible we can ask the client to ldquoconvince us that it is possiblerdquo On the other hand if the baby objective is very big we do the same

S(OLUTIONS)Encouraging creativity is equally important to teaching children ma-thematics Portuguese and science This is what later on will separate intelligent adults from true geniuses who are able to create something new revolutionary and innovative in whatever area It is those who mark others society science and the world who ultimately make a

difference

40 IDEASIn fact we are all creative We have all been children we have all been creative and so what happened What is it that makes our creativity die The fact is that our society limits our creativity while forgetting that in a grey professional world creativity makes the difference

ROSA 20

clique no viacutedeo para o activar

42

43

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

Anyone who is creative grows through challenges simply because they put their creativity at the service of what is not working They go off immediately to search for a solution And this is available to everyo-ne This is the basis of the ldquoSrdquo in ROSA instead of complaining go look for a solution Remember yoursquore always one idea away from solving your biggest challenge You just havenrsquot found that idea yet Pull out

your creativity and try finding ideas ideas ideas

Even the most creative people start with obvious ideas and it is good to go through them in order to get to the other ones Little by little we will get to the interesting ideas and when we stop being afraid of saying nonsense we become creative Now the challenge is to get an innovative idea And that can only be achieved by investing time and energy When we are at 10 or 20 ideas to not give up until you have at least 40

Losing our creativity is in other words restraining our physical (earth) emotional (water) mental (air) and spiritual (fire) abilities Children do not have these restraints in a physical sense they love exploring the world through their body showing you they donrsquot care about posture for instance and they seem unbreakable when defying the laws of gra-vity with an energy that seems limitless Emotionally they are much more open to all kinds of feelings because they have not accumulated many negative experiences Mentally they are hungry for knowledge and the concept of right and wrong is not yet set so everything seems possible to them Spiritually they are completely free they may have some enrooted values but everything else is an open book

In order to be creative again and go back to having blank pages in the book of life being able to write and rewrite improvise and create we

obvious interesting creative innovative

can start by being creative in one area or going back to being creative in all aspects of life and our being To go back to being creative we must explore our physical body do sports dance act etc and use your senses to hear smell taste touch and see The healthier we are the more our body will be available to be physically creative To go back to being more creative emotionally we have to stop being afraid to feel We have to venture into relationships connections sharing without the fear of being hurt frustrated cheated and even happy

To go back to being mentally creative we must learn new subjects think about new things analyze from new angles and perspectives challenge our minds have conversations with all kinds of people read all kinds of magazines stimulate all parts of our brain

Finally if we want to go back to being spiritually creative we must question all our certainties and dogmas meditate and open ourselves to the world of possibilities and the inexplicable We need to know oursel-ves in order to experience life intensely

If we manage to be creative in all four areas we will be soon become a new person with a palette of new experiences and openness to wha-tever happens giving us new shape and a different glow If we can be more creative regarding the first letter of our PEMS we should really be congratulated for it The important thing is to enter the challenge zone to seek solutions in areas that have not yet been explored in fiel-ds that are uncomfortable for others but that we call our comfort zone Then everything and really everything becomes possible and there are no longer problems without solutions(ldquoTrate a Vida por Turdquo paacuteg 165)

PARADIGM SHIFTThis is the time to get the client to think ldquoupside downrdquo ie to think ldquoout of the boxrdquo It is undoubtedly the most difficult phase of the coaching sessions Your clients will not even want to think and to change their paradigms

The vast majority of people when trying to solve a pro-blem or challenge use the first ideas that come to mind - the Obvious ideas ndash the ones that we all have However there are three more levels of ideas The Interesting ideas are those that some have sometimes

ROSA 20

The very first ideas are obvious Only then comes the interesting and then comes the very creative and innovative ideas

44

45

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

Solutions are always related to the Guru-Objectives

and then come the Creative Ideas that are those which generate con-flict because they go lsquoout of the boxrsquo shifting paradigms Finally we have the Innovative ideas that are the ones that nobody sees but once they are revealed they become obvious

We may use this ability in all areas of our life using this unique creati-vity to make everything unique and different

The goal of a Coach is getting the client to change her paradigm This is what happens in an ldquoAHArdquo moment when she finds an idea and is sure that this is the one she was missing

In the picture on the left do you see a young girl or an old lady Try to see both Put your brain to work both ways

GREAT AND WHAT ELSEBrainstorming is the most powerful tool for creativity and the best way of stimulating creativity in all areas of your life It is essential to do individual and group brainstorming as it is the best way to find so-lutions to challenges

What is a lsquobrainstormingrsquo

As the name implies it is a kind of ldquobrain stormrdquo And what do storms do They stir things up make ideas collide (thunder) and launch one solution after the other (lightning) ldquowaitingrdquo for the one that will solve the problem and put the storm at rest Brainstorming is not only use-ful at the workplace Every person and family should brainstorm from time to time to seek solutions to their problems from the most basic day-to-day questions (how to deal with expenses manage domestic tasks prepare meals) to deeper and more complex ones (helping a child become more confident helping a father that is unemployed) And individually each one of us should do brainstorming to solve and improve all areas that we feel the need to change

It is very easy to do brainstorming Here are the six rules to start prac-ticing today

1 No judgement All ideas are valuable even the most stupid ones In a brainstorming there are no arguments or criticism All ideas are good initially If there is criticism besides genera-ting conflict it can also inhibit the people involved

2 Quantity quantity quantity The more ideas generated the better the brainstorming Quality does not matter here only quantity Why The first ideas will be obvious then interesting then creative and only then innovative

3 Hitchhike You can build on otherrsquos ideas No participant should be silent for a long time If you donrsquot have any idea you can simply hitchhike on someone elsersquos The only thing you cannot do is not to participate

4 Go crazy From time to time throw in some ideas that are lsquoout-side the boxrsquo Regardless of how absurd they may seem this will help you and your colleagues to leave the obvious ideas and make your brains think At the very least you will enliven the session If the group laughs at your idea yoursquore being crazy

ROSA 20

click the video to see it

46

47

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

5 Take notes The most dangerous thing in a brainstorming ses-sion is having no one to write down the ideas Preferably the one who writes should not be giving any ideas she should fo-cus on writing down othersrsquo ideas There should also be a kind of a moderatorfacilitator of the brainstorming session not for taking decisions or criticizing but precisely for making sure that no one tries to take decisions on behalf of the group or to criticize other peoplersquos ideas and to help keep the focus on what matters In an individual brainstorming session you of course need to be your own moderator

6 A clear goal You must clearly define what the purpose of your objective is what the challenge is and if possible write formu-late it in META+(ldquoTrate a Vida por Turdquo paacuteg 213)

Brainstorming is the most powerful creativity tool In a brainstorming the client is requested to come up with a great amount of ideas on how to reach her Guru Objective

click the video to see it

And the Coach must be persistent since this is when you realize that humans are lazy when it comes to thinking It is very likely that when giving her fifth idea the client will say that she has no more Everyone will want to convince you that they have already found the magic solu-tion But they havenrsquot And how do we know that Because if they had found it they would already have solved their challenge

During a brainstorming ideally it is the Coach who writes down the ideas But she should not alter any of them And if the client gets stuck we must ask open and creative questions such as

3 If you had all the money in the world what would you do 3 If you were your idol what would you do 3 If it were 10 years ago what would you do 3 If it were 10 years from now what would you do

Cultivating a sense of humour as a Coach is always a good for rela-xing and making people creative This is in fact important in any area At this stage it is very likely that the client will have long mo-ments without coming up with any ideas Therefore it is impor-tant to create our own personal way of ldquopulling outrdquo the clientrsquos ideas such as a small exercise changing seats or using humour If the client gets to 40 ideas very easily and none is lsquointerestingrsquo even for her it means that she is still in the obvious ide-as and then 40 more ideas are always welcome Creativity is an expansive energy The more it is cultivated the more it grows and the easier it becomes to use it in other areas of life Notas The Coach may suggest ideas but only as an encouragement to the client

A brainstorming can take up a large part of a session so it is important to make sure there is enough time for it

ROSA 20

1 Allow the obvious

2 I want more ideas

3 Help to avoid judgment

4 Overcoming objections with questions ldquoWhat ifrdquo

5 Okay what else

SOLUTIONSRESUME

48

49

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

since it is not right to leave it midway The goal is that the client forces her brain to find new ideas in a short time and in such a way that it is almost like a shock to her

It is important to keep focused on one topic in a brainstorming Some may change their focus during the process for example a client whorsquos Guru objective is to open a business may start to suggest ideas on how to make more money In this case the Coach should remind the client of the main topic At the same time the Coach should stay flexible and if the client really feels that their focus was not on the first topic but on the second itrsquos time to go back and set a new Guru objective

A(CTION)ROSA exists only for one reason to get us to act We find our Reality establish our Objectives and think up Solutions that make us act ndash the A is the purpose of ROSA

Now more than people of action we must be people of innovation

Innovation is creativity applied to getting the desired results Being creative is not enough but creativity is the tool for getting to innova-tion So how do we do this

The secret is not to give up on creating ideas ideas and more ideas until the innovative idea comes Sometimes it never comes but get-ting to the creative ones is already something Those who have dared being creative many times and more and more are those who mana-ge to reach the innovation Itrsquos not enough to have talent you have to work hard to translate this talent into amazing results Look at these examples

3 Bach wrote one cantata a week even when he was sick 3 Mozart produced more than 600 pieces of music 3 Darwin wrote 109 publications one of which was about the Theory of

Evolution 3 Einstein published 248 theses one of which was about the Theory

of Relativity 3 Freud published 350 theses 3 Rembrandt produced 650 paintings 3 It took Thomas Edison 2000 experiments to invent the light bulb

and 9000 to perfect it 3 Picasso created more than 20000 pieces of art

This is why it is so important to act Do a lot create a lot invest a lot (ldquoTrate a Vida por Turdquo paacuteg 234)

THE FUNNELThis is the part where coaching really becomes challenging where the client realizes that she will have to do something and not just think and talk about it It is the phase where we start to converge and funnel things in order to find an action that is as specific as possible

This is with no doubt the most important phase of ROSA In a coaching session anything can happen in any of the other phases but we cannot end it without an action (without homework)

What

3 What are you going to do now 3 What are you thinking about doing now ()

ROSA 20

click the video to see it

A task should not be so simple that it doesnacutet make any difference to the client to fulfill it nor should it be so difficult that it becomes infeasible

50

51

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

With whom It is very important to involve someone in the action pro-cess 99 of the homework should have a third person involved The-reby we are creating conditions for the client to become autonomous after the coaching process The questions might be

3 ldquowill you ask to ask you whether you have done itrdquo 3 ldquoApart from me (the Coach) who else will be involved in thisrdquo

When Marcar data ou frequecircncia Quanto mais especiacutefica for me-lhor Isto leva o cliente a pensar exatamente quando vai fazer au-tomaticamente isto cria um compromisso maior dentro dele doing this the client should end each session with a specific homework knowing both the day and the time she will do it and with whom she will share it

At what time of the week beginning or end

At the end of the week

What is for you the end of the week Friday Saturday Sunday

Friday

Ok and what time

Anytime

Anytime Ok But in the morning in the afternoon or evening

Morning

And what time

Early

What is early for you

Upon waking

And what time do you wake up

At 7am

THE CONVERGENCE TECHNIQUEIf the client does not find an action to do you can use the convergence technique by asking the following questions

3 ldquoLook at your ideas (the brainstorming) and mark those that you find reasonablerdquo

3 ldquoNow choose 10rdquo 3 ldquoChoose 5rdquo 3 ldquoChoose 3 2 rdquo 3 ldquoIf I had a magic wand that would immediately fulfil one of these

ideas which one would you chooserdquo

COMMITMENTIn the early sessions you can also ask the client to send you an SMS after doing the action in or-der to confirm it Of course you donrsquot force her

if she refuses but then if she doesnrsquot do her homework you will have more power to ask for an SMS in the next homework

If she accepts you may also ask if you can send her an SMS in case she forgets to do so What will happen is that as soon as she receives our SMS asking whether the action has been done she will do it immediately so that she can reply that she has By SMS we also mean any other means like a telephone call or e-mail The Coach must be flexible enough to perceive which method suits her client the best

THE HANDSHAKEShaking hands after defining the homework is very important because it is the archetype of commitment But remember if the client does not do her homework there is no failure only feedback Maybe the problem really is the kind of homework given or poor explanation about the im-portance of the homework in the coaching process

ONE SMALL STEP FORWARDWhat is the Next Small Step you can take This ques-

ROSA 20

What is the first next small step

Earn 20000 euro

What is the first next small step

Save 100 euro month

What is the first next small step

Open an account

ldquoGreat what is the next small step that you believe you can accomplish

Deposit 1000 euro

1 What is the option that has magic

2 What is the option that makes sense

3 What are you gonna do exactly

4 How will you know you make it

5 Funnel When What day What time

6 Commitment handshake

ACTIONRESUME

52

53

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

free to put everything she has (skills tools knowledge) at the service of her client Indeed every three sessions more or less you should challenge your client with a piece of homework However the challen-ge will vary depending on whom we have in front of us and on the level of the process

4 SUCCESS TIPS FOR THIS PHASE FASEAction Plans it is at this stage that we start working on an action plan

that will follow the session Remember coaching without ac-tion is not coaching Thatrsquos why you should do a ROSA in every session go through the four phases and always end with a very concrete action plan on what the client will do during the week and until the next session Here is an example of an action plan

What will I do Run 3 times per week

When Monday Wednesday and Friday

With whom Alone

Possible obstacles Laziness and lack of time

Benefits Feeling healthier

What will help me remember Setting an alarm on my phone

How will I celebrate By going to the cinema

Homework the tasks between the sessions are a priority for the coaching Most of the le-arning comes from the homework that is done between sessions So remember to always end your session by asking your client to suggest tasks that she would like to accom-plish that coming week the next small steps she can take right now Then rephra-se each one into a concrete action (when how where ) Still some clients will have gre-

tion tool is ideal for those who have difficulty in defining Baby Objecti-ves or those who have difficulty in defining an action to do this week

Notas As a general rule the client will not hear the word ldquosmallrdquo in the question The-refore we must repeat the question until the action is so small that the client would have no difficulty doing it

Of course the Next Small Step may not be the right action to choose for this week

Example The client wants to buy a Porsche (Guru Objective)

ldquoDeposit 1000 eurosrdquo is the Baby Objective The same process can be used for defining the homework

At the end when an action has been defined the Coach may also su-ggest a piece of homework In other words then the Coach is finally

ROSA 20

54

55

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING RAPPORT

at difficulty in taking action If this is the case always look for the smallest step that the person can take If we do not act itrsquos because the step is not small enough Remember ldquoEvery journey begins with one small steprdquo

Commitment amp Penalties some clients will sometimes have real diffi-culty in stepping into action Sometimes you may have to resort to agreeing on a fine if your client does not accomplish her task All human beings run away from pain and sometimes in coaching we need to use a little more masculine energy (wersquoll talk about that more below) to help You can even ask the question ldquoWhat will happen if you do not accomplish itrdquo

Monitoring amp Accountability the role of a Coach is to provide moni-toring to her client However the responsibility must always be on the clientrsquos side As a Coach you are responsible for guiding the process Your client should define the strategies needed to enable her to take the steps she wants You should follow and always try to understand what may have prevented her from completing her tasks Above all you should be focused on finding better strategies to lead her into action However do remind your client that it is her responsibility Ultimately acting or not acting is her choice

VII RAPPORT

Mastering the ROSA technique and mastering Rapport will alone make

you a Mega Coach Of course you can gain more Roots but people

who attend our courses usu-ally already have quite some

1ST DEFINITION OF RAPPORT

Relationship of trust and influence rapport is the ability to create trust within a few minutes with various kinds of people and to influence them to act think and do better You can only influence after being trusted Think about people you trust and do not trust what influence do these people have on you

2ND DEFINITION OF RAPPORTRelationship of empathy and sympathy ldquoWe only like 2 kinds of people people who are the way we are or who are the way we would like to berdquo

Empathy I feel empathy based on the things I have in common with someone

Sympathy Based on the qualities and characteristics that someone has that I would like to have

Conclusion rapport is empathy (who is like me) and sympathy (who is the way I would like to be)

56

57

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

Rapport is trust and

influence

Rapport is the ability to create

empathy and sympathy

WARNING Empathy comes before sympathy and trust comes before influence This is the most important aspect of rapport I cannot influence anyone who does not trust me

Part 2 Now letrsquos try to understand what happens in our psyche why this is the way it is

I invite you to imagine that yoursquore a rabbit in a forest and you meet another rabbit What happens Now imagine you meet another animal thatrsquos different from you What does the rabbit do FLIGHT (runs away)

Now imagine that you are not a rabbit yoursquore a wolf You meet an ani-mal thatrsquos different from you What does the wolf do FIGHT

Now imagine yoursquore a porcupine What happens FREEZE

Animals have these three types of reactions Now imagine yoursquore a human being 20000 years ago and you come across something di-fferent from you What happens ONE OF THESE THINGS AND YOU FEEL FEAR You react the way you do because your psyche does not know what it is And if it is another human being I KNOW WHAT TO EXPECT She is like me Our fear grows when something is different because we donrsquot know what to expect Imagine that you do meet a hu-man being but wearing clothes or other things that are very different

What happens when it is the same kind of animal What exists there EM-PATHY AND TRUST - 1st LEVEL of RAPPORT

This is a metaphor of course Rapport is very unconscious I could tell you to trust someone but your unconscious may not feel the trust What regula-tes that instinct in your psyche is KNOWING WHAT I CAN EXPECT

WHAT HAPPENS IN COACHING Clients also have these three types of reactions flight freeze or fight They may not show up for the follow ses-sion they may answer ldquoyesrdquo ldquonordquo ldquomayberdquo ldquodonrsquot knowrdquo or they may be in constant disagreement with you

Key ldquothe more the Coach is the way I am the more rapport there isrdquo

MILTON ERICSON (Ericsonian Psychology NLP Hypnotherapy) found the client within himself and used this as his tool in the therapy sessions

Ericson created rapport before proceeding with anything else This is TRUST and EMPATHY Ericson was humble and flexible enough to adapt to the client Only once you have done this you can go back to being yourself

Ways of creating rapport with someone

Verbal

3 Language words 3 Subject matter 3 Quotes way of speaking 3 Repeating what the other says 3 Using the otherrsquos metaphors 3 Using the same expressions

Non-verbal

3 Gestures 3 Voice 3 Mime 3 Distance 3 Posture 3 Breathing 3 Touch 3 Speed

Note Every human being has a natural and unconscious tendency to create rapport with others To confirm this all you need is to look at two people talking to each other and see how easily you will notice similarities in their postures and way of speaking

ldquoYou have only one chance to create a good first impression but you have plenty of opportunities to create rapportrdquo

Rapport is an honest attempt to enter someonersquos map-of-the-world The-re is no agreeing or disagreeing only flexibility Rapport does not mean friendship The first session and often the second is a lot about creating rapport

RAPPORT

Sometimes itacutes enought just a little attention to help someone but attention is not coaching

58

59

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

RAPPORT MODELndash 2 PacuteSEstablishing rapport is a process of many levels and layers of depth

LEVEL 1 - PRESENCE AND

PARTNERSHIP

PRESENCEThis is the first step towards creating ra-pport thus the most superficial one Pre-sence means that the Coach is fully com-mitted to her client aware of everything she says and does Nothing from outside the ses-sion should be on the Coachrsquos mind She must be fully present

Before a session itrsquos important that you as a Co-ach calm down forget about everything else and gain a notion of where you are and what you are going to do

POSTURE amp PHRASING

PERCEPTUAL POSITIONS

PERSON TO PERSON

PRESENCE amp PARTNERSHIP

PROBING amp PATIENCE

click the video to see it

Dedicate a few minutes to this process

Presence and Attention are among the healthiest ac-tions that lead to real results You can create a good

relationship with your client (child parent etc) just by being fully present and attentive Even gardens become more beautiful if they are cared for

Presence is about getting yourself into a certain state Itrsquos about being Yin and Yang at the same time

Yin ndash relaxing breathing being aware of all five senses being fully present where you are

Yang ndash mobilizing all your energy by run-ning jumping listening to inspiring music

PARTNERSHIP

Creating an equal relationship with your client Not top down or vice--versa The Coach should never be at a lower or higher level than her client The chairs should be the same for example

For presence and partnership it is also important to switch off the phone to prevent anything from interrupting the session Tidying up the table is equally important to having a clean and hygienic space

From 0 to 10 the importance of Presence during a session is a 10 It is the first step If it isnrsquot there nothing else will

Psycho-geography is also very important in this area

PSYCHO-GEOGRAPHY the way your psyche relates to geography Example On which side you like to sleep Each person has a different psycho-geography Some prefer to be by the sea while others prefer to be in the mountains

RAPPORT

Empathy is being doing

talk and think like the other Sympathy is being doing

talk and think how the other

would like to be

60

61

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

Some tips for using the psycho-geography of the client to your advan-tage

3 Having a room with a minimum amount of symbols It is not recom-mended to have crucifixes or other artefacts related to religion A bookshelf filled with books can also intimidate the client

3 Pay attention to details ndash cables on the floor which CDs are on the shelf etc

3 Having sessions at the clientrsquos home can become dangerous because there are lots of distractions and anchors Difficult si-tuations might have taken place there which will make it more challenging for the client to create a distance to them

It is the Coachrsquos job to notice the psycho-geography of her client and what makes her more comfortable

Despite all the rapport a Coaching session should always stay pro-fessional Being relaxed is necessary for both parties but the focus should not be on friendship You as a Coach need to be professional You must choose to be a Coach instead of a friend

When it comes to clothing you should be as neutral as possible in the beginning but always aligned with your personality Then you can try to adapt to the style of your client

The mantra here is having the client leave the session thinking that her Coach is just like her NOTHING IS WRONG Let your client choose what she prefers

LEVEL 2 - POSTURE AND PHRASINGWhen establishing rapport mere presence and partnership are not enough Moreover they are only the first step The posture and the phrasing that the Coach uses are very important for creating rapport in the relationship What we refer to here is mainly keeping a posture and using similar words and expressions to those of the client This way the client will see herself in us and instead of flight fight or freeze she will feel relaxed and be much more comfortable about talking

Sitting in the same position as the client using her posture tone of

voice and gestures these are all factors to consider

POSTURERegarding posture one can use two techniques that are very similar and very powerful

Mirroring When a Coach takes on a physical position that is the exact mirror image of the clientrsquos If the client leans to her right then the Coach who is facing her leans to her left

Matching In this case the Coach adopts the exact same physical position instead of a symmetric one Both ways are good and powerful The goal is to be equal or symmetrical

Of course it is not indispensable to be like the client 100 of the time as this will take a lot of the attention that the Coach needs to give the client

The more you practice these behaviours the more automatically and unconsciously you will do it When rapport already is high you can go back to your own posture and your regular vocabulary However should you feel the need you can always take up these techniques again

In fact at a high level of rapport it is possible and entirely positive that it is the client herself who starts to imitate our posture and words (un-consciously) This is the perfect moment to lead the client and suggest something more challenging to her

PHRASINGYou must pay great attention to the words that your client uses and the energy she puts into them The names of people that she talks about are also very important facts to remember

If you can use the same expressions as your client you will earn points in rapport Among these expressions metaphors are the most power-ful ones Try to explore as much possible the metaphors that are being used An excellent technique is to use a metaphor of the client to ex-

RAPPORT

The mirroring copies the

exact posture of the client

the matching mirrors

62

63

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

plain something This will reach very deeply into the psyche of the client and have great impact

You can also use themes that the client likes such as her passions and keep using them in future sessions to explain something or to give examples This creates an incredible sense of empathy between you and the client She will be glad that you are paying attention to what she says and at the same time she will understand much better what you say

The clientrsquos ideas are important keys to use when you speak in order to create and maintain rapport For example if the client talks a lot about travelling Irsquoll use the idea (anchor) that is already there because I know it works in his mind

BACKTRACKING backtracking is a Coaching technique that consists of summarizing the main points of a conversation by using the exact same words that the other person uses This tool helps the client follow the session and make her own short summary while listening to the Coach returning to what she just said and using the same words It is important to use at least the words we consider to be the most significant among the ones that the client expresses those that might be conveying more about her value patterns Backtracking can help us understand for example if we can move to the next phase of ROSA It helps us understand if the client has finished what she had to say about that phase and that way we can figure out whether we can move forward or not You can use simple questions to do so

3 ldquoLet me see if I got what you saidhelliprdquo - backtracking the conversa-tion using the exact words of the client - and then ending ldquoIs this is it or would you like to add something

3 ldquoSo what yoursquore saying isrdquo 3 ldquoCan I make a summary of your reality in relation to that slicerdquo

This is one of the simplest and most important techniques when buil-ding rapport

When building rapport avoid paraphrasing (saying the same thing in other words) but do quote A coach quotes

Mastery in Backtracking is being able to quote the last 20 minutes of a session This will leave your client fascinated and feeling that her Coach is really paying attention to everything she says

Therefore it is motivating to Backtrack at the end of each session and at the end of each phase of the ROSA

The Coach shows confidence and agrees with the client shows that she is on her side and really believes that the client will succeed

We must allow the person to be what she truly is talkative or silent Silent people also have things to say it is a matter of asking the right questions

NOTES When a session is not going well (the relationship is under stress) then the focus should be fully on level 2 Rapport - Posture and Phrasing The secret is to forget about the rest and build rapport again Once it is re-established you can address the problem

LEVEL 3 - PROBING AND PATIENCEEvery new level in Rapport brings you techniques that are deeper and more complex But the good news is that you donrsquot do level 3 Rapport until Level 1 and 2 are done So you will increase your skills by going from the easiest to the most difficult

PROBINGAsking questions is more complicated than imitating the posture and words of the client Indeed one of the more complicated aspects of being a Coach is to not give opinions and to ask the right questions at the right time We know that we keep showing you that you already are a Coach and that itrsquos easy but here we must tell you ldquoITrsquoS HARD BEING A COACHrdquo Think very carefully about whether you want to get into it Listening asking questions being patient with the pace of your clients

Even if you have the miracle answer to the clientrsquos situation you need to keep it to yourself Being patient is a challenge and usually typical

RAPPORT

64

65

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

To paraphrase can break

rapport

of the great masters You can only be a master if you want to learn to listen and if you develop a great patience for listening

Questions have the power to illuminate the darkness of your client by asking a powerful question you really get to see another human bri-ghten up right in front of you

Coaching has the power to open a new world to the client questions help people discover new resources Clients tend to find familiar answers but you as a Coach will lead them to unfamiliar answers

Classic examples of some ways to make your client talk

1 -Repeating what the client just said but in question form Client ndash ldquoYesterday I went boatingrdquo Coach ndash ldquoBoatingrdquo

2 -What does that mean to you What does fear mean to you What does a goal mean to you Example Client says ldquoIt is not rapport itrsquos complicityrdquoCoach replies ldquoWhat does complicity mean to yourdquo Client says ldquoItrsquos a clickrdquo Coach ldquoWhat does a click mean to yourdquo

3 -rdquoWhat elserdquo Serves above all to go to the heart of the matter Others like this one are ldquoTell me morerdquo and ldquoCan you go a bit deeper on thatrdquo

POWERFUL QUESTIONS Questions are probably the most beautiful flowers in the garden of learning Questions are one of the biggest se-crets of learning Creative solutions are practically impossible without questions

If you learn to ask 100 questions a day get ready for a revolution in your work at all levels

In life at work in business we are all afraid of asking questions We were educated from an early age to believe that there are right and wrong questions and we were also taught to not fail we avoid asking questions because of fearing that they are wrong The only way to reach the right questions is by not being afraid of the wrong ones

The one who wants to explore learning has to dance with this fear

A large part of all our creative potential stops at the door fearing to ring the doorbell When learning the one who doesnrsquot know is far less ignorant than the knowledgeable one Take risks Ring the bell Ask questions

Become obsessively curious ask questions How

3 Using the Coachrsquos ability of asking powerful questions 3 Following the rule of thumb ldquoThe Coach has the questions the

Client has the answersrdquo 3 Using positive language 3 Respecting the clientrsquos map-of-the-world 3 Always guiding towards solutions

Examples of powerful questions

3 ldquoCompared to whatrdquordquo 3 ldquoWhat does that mean to yourdquo 3 ldquoWhat could be a solution to yourdquo 3 ldquoI know you donrsquot know But if you knew what would that berdquo 3 ldquoWhat would be ideal to yourdquo 3 ldquoWhat do you want insteadrdquo 3 ldquoHow does that make you feelrdquo 3 ldquoWhat else could that meanrdquo 3 ldquoWhat do you want exactlyrdquo 3 ldquoWhat will you achieve with this goalrdquo 3 ldquoWhat will you do differently next timerdquo 3 ldquoWhat are you doing wellrdquo 3 ldquoWhat has to happen for you to be happy and successfulrdquo 3 ldquoWhat motivates you the mostrdquo 3 ldquoWhatrsquos the worst possible scenario And what could be the best

scenario ldquo 3 ldquoWhat are you willing to do to achieve your goalrdquo 3 ldquoWhat new things could you could tryrdquo 3 ldquoWhat prevents you from taking actionrdquo 3 ldquoWho could help you with this situationrdquo 3 ldquoWhat resources do you need to achieve your goalrdquo

RAPPORT

66

67

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

3 ldquoWhat else do you want to get out of your liferdquo 3 ldquoWhat do you really want achieve in that area of your liferdquo 3 ldquoWhat is your biggest dream in that area of your liferdquo 3 ldquoAnd what is the next small step that you would have to takerdquo 3 ldquoWhat do you find positive in this situationrdquo 3 ldquoHow could you attract better persons into your liferdquo 3 ldquoWhat would have to happen to make you feel more fulfilledrdquo 3 ldquoIf you were your own Coach what coaching would you give

yourselfrdquo 3 ldquoIf I was your best friend what advice would you give me to solve

this situationrdquo 3 ldquoIf you had all the time and money in the world how would you

fix itrdquo

In fact the art of asking questions is the foundations of a coaching process with powerful results The list of questions to ask seems en-dless

So become really obsessed with questions and start NOW How about adding 10 more ideas to our list And some more And many more

Typical coaching questions

3 Questions that lead to action (ldquoWhat will you do What can you do differently What do you need to do tordquo)

3 Goal-oriented instead of problem-oriented ldquoHow would you like it to berdquo ldquoAnd if you could what would you dordquo

3 Future-orientedldquoHow do you see that situation in the future How would you like to feelrdquo

Beware of questions with negative assumptions ldquoWhat happens if you donrsquot do itrdquo They should be followed immediately by a question with positive assumptions ldquoHow will you celebrate when you do itrdquo

RAPPORT

YOUR QUESTIONS

68

69

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

PATIENCECount to 10 relax work on your roots and realize that coaching is a process and that each person has her own time and rhythm How can you train your patience Think of 20 ideas

LEVEL 4 ndash PERCEPTUAL POSITIONSWe could also call this the level where we create rapport with our clientrsquos psychology In fact understanding and perceiving human psychology is a huge advantage for you as a Coach You are not there to be a friend of your client as we have mentioned so then a good way to create a relation with her is through her psychology

Do you know the psychology of a teenager or a parent a boss an unemployed If you grasp your clientrsquos psychology the Rapport will be extraordinary

If you demonstrate that you know how a mother thinks yoursquoll make the client believe that you understand her completely

Most people do not understand their own psyche If you can understand them at that level it will make the client to feel something extraordinary about you and the Coaching process

PERCEPTUAL POSITIONS At this level the Coach must master Per-ceptual Positions that is being able to put herself in another personrsquos position whether itrsquos the clientrsquos or the clientrsquos parent or any other person that is part of the situation You should be able to see the same situation from different perspectives and in the long term help your client do the same

THE EXERCISE This is an exercise to be used mainly if the client has trouble in a relationship with someone (friend family member etc) and is having some difficulty understanding that personrsquos Map-of-the--World And when this is of great importance

You do not need to go very deep in this exercise Because it is NLP even done in a soft way it can be very powerful to your client helping her to see an aspect of the situation that she hadnrsquot seen or reflected on before

STEP 1 ndash The client explains what is going on (she can speak freely without any restrictions You ask questions to understand the reality of the situation)

STEP 2 ndash The Coach suggests this perceptual positions exercise (it is just an invitation If the client does not want to do not continue)

STEP 3 ndash The Coach asks the client to choose two spots represen-ting the two standpoints (you can put a sheet of paper at each spot) and to imagine that the other person is at one of them

STEP 4 ndash The client speaks facing the other spot as if the person was there and acts as herself (The Coach guides with questions ldquoHow did that make you feel What would you like to tell herrdquo etc)

STEP 5 ndash Pause and ldquoshake outrdquo the client and share the question of the game of imagination

STEP 6 ndash The client recalls a childhood game she used to play and describes it a little We then use this as a metaphor to explain that we will now do the same Just a game where we use our imagination The Coach repeats that the per-son with whom the client has a challenge is there at the other spot

STEP 7 ndash The client goes over to the other spot and the Coach helps her go deeper into that role through guiding questions

STEP 8 ndash The client chooses whether she wants to return to her starting position and add something say something more She may go back and forth as many times as she wishes

STEP 9 ndash When done the Coach suggests to the client to stand on a chair and states ldquoYou are now in a neutral position a higher position What would you call this position (Allow the client to choose a name) Seen from above what do you have to say about this situation What would you say to (clientrsquos name) and to (the other personrsquos name) How would you solve this situation How can (clientrsquos name) solve this situationrdquo

RAPPORT

70

71

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

STEP 10 ndash After the client is done with the third (neutral) position the Coach takes the client off the papers

STEP 11 ndash The Coach can then use the following questions to debrief the exercise

3 ldquoHow was the exercise for you 3 ldquoWhat did you learnrdquo 3 ldquoIs there anything you could do differentlyrdquo

STEP 12 ndash Lead the client to an action (a first small step towards sol-ving the situation) and then funnel it

REMEMBER always undock the client from the different roles the client can do the exercise eyes opened or closed

TO ACKNOWLEDGE Acknowledge the client very very very much for having volunteered and shown vulnerability

This exercise serves mainly as a metaphor for the Coach striving to master Perceptual Positions (understanding and being able to go into different psyches)

CONCLUSION The Coach is a master of perceptual positions She knows how to see the different angles of the same situation She sees everything from different angles

PEMS

Life is all about relationships the relationships we have with ourselves and with others Some people instinctively relate better to themselves and others relate really well to others There are those who relate well to almost everything and everyone and others who are unable to relate with anyone This affects their personal and professional life

Is there any way to consciously improve the relationships that instinc-tively do not work Of course

When we grasp the logic of the mind of another person we can better interact with it and even influence it Psychology is power And if we apply on ourselves it becomes even more powerful and interesting The better we know ourselves and the logic of our mind the better we will be able to help ourselves and achieve our goals

Carl Gustav Jung a Swiss psychiatrist and founder of analytical psychology focused on studying social and collective archetypes He identified eight psychological types taking into account peoplersquos beha-viour abilities skills attitudes and motivations

He began by distinguishing between extraverted (social and expansive) and introverted (reserved and reflective) people Each of them could then be connected to two out of the four functions of the psyche sen-sing or intuition thinking or feeling

In the 40rsquos decade Isabel Myers and Katharine Briggs continued Jungrsquos work and added two auxiliary functions to the Jungian types percep-tion and judgement Thereby arriving at 16 psychological types or 16 personality types Later a personality test was created ndash The Myers--Briggs Type Indicator or MBTI - which is still the most commonly used tool for identifying different personality types

Based on Jungrsquos work we have created a model called PEMS which will help us better understand the logic of our own mind and of the people around us

In this model we distinguish four dominant preferences (P-E-M-S) which correspond to the four elements of life

PRACTICAL (the body DOING Activity Action related to the ele-ment of EARTH) - corresponds to someone that is earthly active dynamic practical that does a lot In excess these are people who never stop to consider their actions

EMOTIONAL (the heart FEELING Feelings Love related to the element of WATER) - corresponds to someone who nee-ds people relations who gives a lot to others and seeks affection In excess these are people who might be overly sensitive

RAPPORT

72

73

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

MENTAL (the mind THINKING Analysis Intellect Logic related to the element of AIR) - corresponds to someone who values analysis rationalization and uses logic and who always fo-cuses on making the right decision In excess these are people who might become impersonal and cold

SPIRITUAL (the soul BEING Values Existence related to the ele-ment of FIRE) - corresponds to someone who thinks that everything has meaning and a higher purpose These are people who care very much about values In excess they can fluctuate too much and concretize too little

The four logics of the mind that we have identified are also based on the four elements

Practical ndash EARTH (firm solid stable secure strong dense)Emotional ndash WATER (flexible always coming back to herself)Mental ndashAIR (transparent lightweight fast facilitates communica-

tion)Spiritual ndash FIRE (burning fleeting transforming powerful)

Thus in a very simplified manner we can divide people into four ca-tegories

PRACTICAL PEOPLE (P) ndash THEY LIKE TO ACT AND DOThese are the people who like action movement They are the ones who make the world move As friends or clients they may want to go straight to the point try things and learn about practical matters The greatest fear of these practical persons is losing control They like to feel that they are in control of the situation of the pace of the conver-sation and of the surroundings

HELP THEM ALWAYS FEEL IN CONTROL

EMOTIONAL PEOPLE (E) ndash THEY LIKE FEELING AND RELATINGThese are people who love people and sharing feelings Everything is an emotion for them And they feel things about everything and everyo-ne Let them talk about their family friends dogs neighbours etchellip

They will talk mostly about people and what they are feeling Their greatest fear is loosing empathy They like to feel reliable and they want to relate

HELP THEM FEEL EMPATHY TOWARDS YOU

MENTAL PEOPLE (M) ndash THEY LIKE TO THINK AND TO ANALYSEThese are people who like to analyze and who try to put everything into a box into a certain perspective They are precise and meticulous They like detail to study and analyze all possibilities They donrsquot fear debating (quite the contrary) and discussing they love the exchanging ideas and arguments but they need to end up being right or get a very good explanation to why the other is right A mental person is always striving to make the best decision Their greatest fear is to be wrong they like to feel that they are correct and that they are making deci-sions based on logic and rational thinking

HELP THEM FEEL THAT THEY ARE RIGHT

SPIRITUAL PEOPLE (S) ndash THEY LIKE TO BE AND TO GLOWThey are looking for the greater purpose of things They believe that everything has a reason for being the way it is that there are no coin-cidences and itrsquos that quest that moves them They give great meaning to every situation always looking for ldquotherdquo situation The greater the meaning the greater their motivation Their biggest fear is to have no meaning That it is to not be significant or ldquoshinerdquo in any way They need to feel conscious and whole

HELP THEM FEEL THAT THEY ARE MEANINGFUL

Although we all have and use a portion of these four categories in the different contexts or times of our life one of them is predominant in us Identifying it is important for managing and interacting with life and with others since it is the best and the fastest way of accessing the Map-of-the-world of someone and speaking a language that that per-son recognizes and accepts as her own

RAPPORT

74

75

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

In fact we are all one but we are all different and we must understand these differences to be able to deal with others People who are more emotional behave and interact in a totally opposite manner from mental people the same way that most practical people interact in a way that is opposite to spiritual people

The EMOTIONAL person is micro-MACRO Transforms everything that is small into something big Everything is important everything is emotional From the simple ldquogood morningrdquo to hearing ldquoI love yourdquo every day For an emotional person a discussion is always a tsuna-mi Therefore itrsquos the emotional persons who with their micro-Macro sense make birthdays a special day and receive small things with gre-at love

The MENTAL person is MACRO-micro transforms everything that is big into something small She makes it more complex by simplifying it For example this very PEMS model is MACRO-micro as it strives to make the hugeness of the personality types into something much smaller creating only four categories for all human beings The mental person also feels less and give less importance to her feelings

The SPIRITUAL person is MACRO-MACRO she takes everything that is already big and turns it even bigger more meaningful more im-portant more relevant Almost everything is a question of values of making the world a better place and interpretations that go far beyond reality A simple leaf falling off a tree can represent a new phase in life for a spiritual person

The PRACTICAL person is micro-micro turns everything into small and simple lsquoright here and right nowrsquo matters They act Right now with what they have They donrsquot feel the need to enlarge what is small and they donrsquot care much about great concepts If the five senses can help them grasp a situation everything is fine

THE PREDOMINANT LOGIC OF OUR PSYCHEThe most practical way of finding out is to notice how we behave in a stressful situation Each of us when under stress often react in a way that is very close to our basic personality type

Practical people act react move around organize themselves put their hands to work and do not rest until they manage to move things forward

The emotional people feel and feel a lot If a situation is stressful diffi-cult and negative they will have difficult and negative emotions they will feel what others feel and they will want to manage these emotions in the moment

People that are predominantly mental will under stress begin to ratio-nalize need logical answers be fast and analytical They donrsquot want to solve anything through feelings they donrsquot want to act they are only concerned with finding the right and correct decision and struggle until they get it

Finally the predominantly spiritual people will want to give a greater meaning to that particular event What has to be done what people feel or what the right solution is doesnrsquot matter what matters is why things happened the way they did and what the greater significance of that may be

RAPPORT

76

77

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

Identify the psychological type of the client can help the coach to anticipate and understand expectations

MAIN SUPERIOR FUNCTION AND AUXILIARY INFERIOR FUNCTION

According to Carl Jung while we all have one function that is better developed than the others ndash a superior function ndash we also have another fairly well developed function called the first auxiliary

All of us have a bit of each one of the psychologies but there are always two that are predominant a main one which Jung calls the superior function and an auxiliary one that lies at the bottom of the cross shown on the previous page which is always to the right or left of our superior one

The inferior function is one that is less developed and that remains mainly in our unconscious

Thus a person who is predominantly Practical may have as her auxi-liary function the emotional or mental logic thus being PE or PM

A person who is predominantly Mental may have as her auxiliary func-tion the spiritual or practical logic thus being MS or MP

A person who is predominantly Spiritual may have as her auxiliary function the emotional or mental logic thus being SE or SM

And a person who is predominantly Emotional may have as her auxilia-ry function the spiritual or practical logic thus being ES or EP

This all means that we are situated in one of the following categories

3 Practical Emotional or Emotional Practical 3 Practical Mental or Mental Practical 3 Spiritual Emotional or Emotional Spiritual 3 Spiritual Mental or Mental Spiritual

As you may have noticed according to Jung there are no EMME or PSSP That is one canrsquot have as her first auxiliary function the func-tion that is opposite to the superior one

Carl Jung said that we should look closely at our inferior function whi-ch usually remains in our unconscious because it contains an enor-mous potential for a change and each one of us can benefit a lot from integrating our inferior function with our superior one

Taking risks experimenting enjoying everything that life has to offer is the best way of getting to know ourselves and realizing where our happiness lies (ldquoTrate a Vida por Turdquo paacuteg 74)

INTROVERSION AND EXTROVERSION Introversion and extroversion have to do with the direction in which we focus our attention and energy

People who prefer Extroversion focus their energy and attention away from themselves and are interested in the world of people and things

3 Attracted to the world of events and people outside of themsel-ves

3 They are aware of who and what is around them 3 They like to meet and talk to new people 3 They are friendly often good talkers and easy to get to know 3 They tend to talk easily and often in meetings 3 May not be as aware of what goes on inside them 3 They think while talking 3 They may act or speak first and only think later 3 Speaking about themselves they speak fast 3 They bring energy into life 3 They can get bored and restless if they are alone for too long

People who prefer Introversion (focus their energy and attention inward and are interested in the inner world of thoughts and reflections)

3 Attracted to the inner world of thoughts feelings and reflections 3 They are usually very aware of their inner reactions 3 They prefer to interact with people they know 3 They are usually quiet in meetings and sometimes seem disen-

gaged

RAPPORT

78

79

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

3 They are generally reserved and hard to get to know 3 They may not be as aware of the world outside of them 3 They need time to gather their thoughts before they speak 3 They reflect and think before acting 3 They want to know you before allowing you to get to know them

deeply 3 They feel exhausted and tired after interacting with peoples

FINAL NOTE you must be what your client is You have to find that person inside you

LEARNING STYLESAs we saw with the previous PEMS model our clients will have diffe-rent psychological preferences It is therefore important and essential that you are able to adapt your sessions to the learning style that your client likes best and that better meets her psychological preference

EMOTIONAL Emotional clients will like to talk and share on their to-pics They are very much looking for a relationship and empathy with the Coach and they need to feel heard more than any of the other personality types For these persons learning has a lot to do with the relationship that is created with the feeling of support that they get and even with the positive feedback They like to learn through stories As a Coach it is important to learn to empathize with the emotional range of these persons They will appreciate the sharing to tell stories and to listen to them With emotional clients we may sometimes feel that we are not taking huge steps forward But the fact is that many times these persons need to first be listened to

MENTAL Mental clients will be more logical and may have a more aca-demic style of learning They will want to understand the reasons why things are what they are they will want to get tasks involving research on certain subjects The sessions with these people must be well defi-ned and prepared They will want to explore their intellectual side and feel challenged It is important for them to have access to information and tools that explain the work they are doing in the sessions in a con-crete and logical manner Of course they also need to empathize but the intellectual challenge feeling that their intellect is develops appears to be greater They may like schemes graphics and any models that

could simplify the learning process What these persons will demand of you is a greater capacity to analyse and a logical and rational way of communicating

SPIRITUAL this is for most people the most difficult learning style to adopt Remember that these persons are seeking the greater meaning of things They really want to feel inspired by the coaching process (and even by their Coach) They will want to see that you are an exam-ple of what you talk about so called congruence Spiritual persons will enjoy topics that are more related to values to their identity that make them feel that they are taking steps towards becoming better hu-man beings With these clients you can use powerful metaphors (even through movies music creative exercises etc) and above all strive to make sure that the person leaves the session very inspired

PRACTICAL They like action Which is great because coaching is pri-marily about action These persons like to have very practical sessions in which they get the opportunity to do many exercises and experiment with different situations They may be the clients that like getting more tasks and having things to do (which then sometimes ldquogets lostrdquo due to their time management) These clients will require more simplicity and a well-paced session from you They may also like to do exercises that involve moving their body Above all they will want you to help them get into action

As we deal with these four kinds of preferences we need to adapt our Coaching style to the learning style that each person has Thus we should prepare a lot their sessions and realize that some will require from you

3 Greater sharing and ability to listen and relate (e) 3 Researching mastering the subject very well and knowing how

to mentally stimulate your client with challenges (m) 3 Powerful metaphors very inspirational sessions and congruen-

ce that assign meaning to the Coaching process (s) 3 Practical exercises diversified well rhythmed sessions that

help your client to quickly get into action (p)

RAPPORT

80

81

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING ROOTS

LEVEL 5 - PERSON TO PERSONThis is the fifth level of rapport the deepest and more intense one It happens when the level of rapport is a total vibration Itrsquos when the client feels such a confidence by her Coach empathy and sympathy Itrsquos the hardest level to evaluate

Itrsquos when your client feels so much connected to you that depending on her your relationship would go beyond Coaching She no longer wants the Coach she wants you You no longer understand only the person she feels that you know about her You donrsquot understand psychology you understand who she is

It is very similar to the rapport level you have with 23 of very close persons in your life Everything is natural unconscious and sponta-neous

VIII ROOTS

Every human being seeks to get results Mo-ney Family Romance Peace Happiness

Career Health All we want in life is to have results in those areas

The Map-of-the-World Model is used to work on roots - your

roots as a Coach It shows us how does the psyche of all of us works As a Coach no one

should surprise you about yourself You should know you well know everything about yourself This is what itrsquos called a rooted person

click the video to see it

82

83

BELIEFSTRANSFORMATIVE COACHING

ROSA 20 M - AIR - THINK

VALUESHOLISTIC COACHING

ROSA 30 S - FIRE - BE

COACHING 40

WORLD MAP MODEL

being th

e moment

passi

on en

ergy

demotiv

ation

empowering beliefs

limiting rules

relation air(comunication)

coach is priestisnacutet

1 value focus

UNSUSTAINABLESUSTAINABLE

SECURITY

SELF LOVE

CONSCIOUSNESS

PERSONAL DEVEL

FREEDOM

LOVEBELOVED

BLISS

CONTRIBUTION

P

E

M

S

BEHAVIORROSA 10

SITUATIONAL COACHING

P - EARTH - DO

EMOTIONSREMEDY COACHING

ROSA 10 + LISTEN E - WATER - FEEL

RESULTS

ability to

enter

in st

ate

emotional

patter

ns

habits and discipline

addictions

coach is bossisnacutet

coach is friendisnacutet

1 Homework focus

optimism faithpositive

meditation

key points focusused to interrupt the fear cycle

coach is coach

HUMAN HAVINGHUMAN BEING

UNSUSTAINABLEEGOTISTICAL

STRETCH ZONE

SUSTAINABLEECOLOGICALSTRETCH ZONE

SHORT TERMLONG TERM

CYCLE OF CONFIDENCECYCLE OF FEAR

CONSCIOUS

SUBCONSCIOUS

UNCONSCIOUS

84

85

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

So the first question is why some are getting results while others are not

ACTIONS BEHAVIORSThis means that anyone who is having results is because she is ldquodoingrdquo ie behaving differently from other people who are having no results in those areas For example a millionaire DOES things that people who are not millionaires donrsquot For example saving investing etc Someone with a great health is DOING things that people that donrsquot have a good health are not What we are doing is making the difference Two people in the same circumstances that do exactly the same actions have the same kind of results People who have the results you wanna have ARE DOING THINGS TO GET THEM

So the next question is what leads some people to DO and others to not do

EMOTIONSEverything you do in your life is a relationship between pain and pleasure What happens is that someone who goes running at 6 am associates more pain with lsquonot goingrsquo than with lsquogoingrsquo Who is going to the gym asso-ciates more pleasure than pain with going to the gym in the morning That relationship between pain and pleasure is what is defining your results If we dramatically increase the pain or the pleasure associated we will get to change your results

As so what is then defining that painpleasure relationship

BELIEFSThe reason is because of our beliefs of what we believe in Our beliefs are our set of rules for the world and for our lives Your set of beliefs in fact is defining your painpleasure relationship with something and then your actions A millionaire believes that saving is essential that investing and taking risks is necessary This set of beliefs leads himher to associa-te more pleasure than pain with having these behaviors and therefore heshe implements them Other people have other beliefs that create other

emotions that create other results People who are achieving results in areas that you arenrsquot have a beliefs system different from yours

And then it seems logical to ask so what is defining and creating your set of beliefs

VALUESWhat is a value Itrsquos something that is important to you something you re-ally value The only thing that determines a value is if it is valuable to you Not all of us share the same values (Example the values of Mother Teresa and Donald Trump Contribution vs Professional Accomplishment) What you really value and not what you say that you value You value it so much that it generates your set of beliefs In fact when you live your values in practice (on a daily basis) you are defining your life results Not what you would like to value but what you are really valorizing In fact we all have the same values What differs is the order and the importance we give to each one of them

For example if someone has the value of the family above the value of work she will have the belief that it is more important to spend time with her family causing her to develop a positive feeling when she is with her family which leads her to really try to spend more time with it On the other hand someone who has the value of work above the family one will be someone who believes she should spend more time with her work and career as she believes it is that that will bring her more financial stabi-lity for example So she will associate more pleasure to the time spent at work than at home causing her to act accordingly to that emotion For example Donald Trump and Mother Teresa of Calcutta havenrsquot they got different values One probably values more lsquoprofessional fulfillmentrsquo the other values more lsquocontributionrsquo Different results Sure One has one of the largest business empires in the world the other left the largest volun-teer organization in the world

So in reality the values you are living in practice (what you are valuing in practice) are defining your results

This alone already explains a good part of the psyche of human beings But letrsquos go deeper

ROOTS

Having roots is to control the cycle of trust

86

87

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

To have roots the coach has to identify

her motivators and values create beliefs and habits and learn

to place herself in a state

CYCLE OF CONFIDENCE AND CYCLE OF FEAREveryone has Cycles of Fear in some areas and Cycles of Confidence in other areas

How do you know it If you are having or not results in that area In the areas of your life where you are getting results you are living in a Cycle of Confidence In the areas where yoursquore not you are living in a Cycle of Fear What does this means is that you have behavioral addic-tions or that you are doing things in a vicious way you are in a sort of a mice wheel Those addictions start by creating emotional patterns on you (feelings that you are having whether you want it or not for instan-ce jealousy when it becomes a pattern no matter what the other does that emotion will keep being there it is an emotion that happens to you) and those emotional patterns generate limiting rules We use the words ldquorulesrdquo because in reality limiting beliefs are created because they have a very large set of rules And this generates demotivation An addiction creates an emotional pattern that creates rules limiting which create demotivation and discourage us to move and change This Cycle of Fear is being lived FROM RESULTS TO VALUES and not in the other and right way The bad news are that we all have Cycles of Fear The areas in which we are not having results is because we are afraid but we paint it in other colors Irsquom afraid Irsquom demotivated I have emotional patterns and I have limiting rules

For you to gain roots you need to recognize these cycles You need to break it if you want results but if you want roots you need to recognize them Good news you can break Cycles of Fear

Second good news you have Cycles of Confidence You also unders-tand the other psychology So what is a Cycle of Confidence

You start by having the capacity of creating Discipline and Habits you get the ability to get into a certain and desired state (eg being happy to go training I want to create that emotion I visualize it it is the op-posite of an emotional pattern the pattern happens to you Think of a boxer who puts herself into her wanted state before entering in a ring You have empowering beliefs (when you believe in something that cre-ates more of it) This creates energy passion being in the moment Being with energy and passion and in the moment brings me empowe-ring beliefs which put me in the emotional state I want and provide me

habits and discipline The good news you have these cycles in areas that you are getting results Think in one area You have these four things right

Having these cycles itrsquos called being human First part on lsquorootsrsquo is about knowing your Cycles of Fear and Confidence and admit them to yourself to those you love to the others And having the courage to say that it doesnrsquot work because of FEAR And there is a way to break this cycle When you have roots you stop projecting it in your clients

There is a way of finding your values in a very logical way knowing which human motivators drive your behavior

8 HUMAN MOTIVATORSMaslov pyramid he was the first to talk about human needs He is outda-ted because it defines a hierarchy He places self-fulfillment at the top This model is very much focused on Maslovrsquos map-of-the-world who was an MS If it is a PE he may have lsquofamilyrsquo in the top and that is not wrong Still there are things that all humans need

So with all these models we created the 8 human motivators they are divided in four paradoxes one for each of the PEMS The first paradox is security freedom

Each one of us was born with a set of motivators You are ldquoaddictedrdquo on one side of the paradox You have to fulfill that need even if you have to abdicate of the other one

ROOTS

SECURITY

SELF LOVE

CONSCIOUSNESS

PERSONAL DEVEL

FREEDOM

LOVEBELOVED

BLISS

CONTRIBUTION

P

E

M

S

88

89

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

The main lesson is the more you live the other side of the paradox the more you will live your addiction as well What happens is that you can only get more of your addiction when you learn to validate the other side of the paradox This is what Jung calls ldquoparadoxes integrationrdquo be the millionaire and the altruistic Be the mother of family and career etc Only when you integrate the other energy is when it boosts the one that is more natural to you

For other persons it happens the same with security and all other pa-radoxes The suggestion is Irsquom addicted on this but I can pause and I can go exploring the other side What you have to figure out is your map (draw in the lsquoinfinite signsrsquo which side of the paradoxes is bigger) Your map is about how much you need to fill each side of the paradox

So YOUR HUMAN MOTIVATORS ARE DEFINING YOUR VALUES AND YOUR VALUES ARE DEFINING YOUR RESULTS

You can have everything on one of the sides of the paradox if yoursquore willing to face the fear of losing it

All people fill their motivators The difference between us is how sus-tainable is that satisfaction Unsustainable means that every day you

EXERCISE Do your map How do you discover Based on major decisions you made in your life Example work home relationships etc

have to feed them Imagine a homeless person he meets hisher secu-rity needs (eating and having where to sleep) but he has to do it every day Now compare with Donald Trump If you see the freedom part it probably happens the opposite

3 SUSTAINABLE it feeds itself It is something that can continue without the need for external resources It is ecological based on challenge and paradoxes integration

3 UNSUSTAINABLE you need to do it every day it is selfish ba-sed on comfort and extremist You do it like it was a daily shot

Example father and daughter about going out at night (to satisfy sa-fety and to love and be loved) Father says no hersquos being selfish and within his comfort zone The same father after coming to this course ldquoYoursquore going to the party until 2230 You send me an sms saying that everything is ok and at 2230 Irsquoll pick yourdquo This continues for some time Father goes on diminishing the rules Now hersquos being ecological entering his challenge zone and integrating paradoxes To feel safe as a father he has to give some freedom To feel loved he has to give them some self love Now his motivators are sustainable and has a sustai-nable system that feeds itself To arrive to a deeper level of security he needs to take the risk that comes from giving more freedom

DIAGONAL CONTINUOUS LINEThis line shows us that working above the line ie the clientrsquos beha-viors andor emotions is short-term and unsustainable In this case only the techniques are worked There are immediate results but with no major impact and duration Like when we are called to do motiva-tional speaking or teambuildingrsquos People feel better and do things but the results have a short duration

This does not imply that it is wrong to do Coaching based on these two areas For example in a quick conversation with a friend we can do Situational Coaching (based on behaviours) in order to get her to do something that has been postponing If the action has been made and it was what was intended to be then you did your role as Coach The Remedy Coaching is also important sometimes which consists on making the other person to leave the session feeling good thinking more positive at the time having had an opportunity to digest an emo-tion

ROOTS

90

91

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

Below the continuous line is where lies the deepest work The one that will actually be sustainable and with long-term results This is where we work values and beliefs it is where we go deep to the point where in fact we shift paradigms The client in this type of Coaching change her beliefs and values turning to be a really different person in opposition to what happens above the line where only the emotions or behaviors are changed but the client continues to be what she was

ICEBERGWith the iceberg image it is understood that the behavior is the conscious part of the human being the only thing that the client can see and analyze Everything else emotions beliefs and values are at the clientrsquos unconscious But as a Coa-ch I must and I want to work also the unconscious because as we saw above this is where it lies the sustainable and long-term work

When we help our clients shifting their paradigms beliefs emotions or values we are working with their unconscious Your client will not like this at some point in the process The unconscious will realize that she will have to change and this will cause the first resistance Knowing how to overcome this is essential to the Coachrsquos work so she can de-liver sustainable results

Conscious Mind keeps all the information which you can access now

Unconscious Mind keeps all the information that has ever passed through your brain It is also a kind of a warning system for you

The information passes from the unconscious to the conscious mind through the subconscious It goes dropping into deeper levels of our mind Very qui-ckly your clients will want to turn you into one of three things

Friend ndash They want someone who listens to them who is patient with them who is always there with whom they can always count and talk Most of your clients will want to have you here that you turn into a sort of confi-dant that supports them but does not challenge them too much But you are not there to be a friend

Boss ndash Many will seek in the Coach someone to tell them what to do who provides them specific guidance who pressures them who ldquopunishrdquo them when they donrsquot have their homework done Someone who is even more committed with their results than themselves But yoursquore also not there to be a Boss

Priest ndash Others will want a kind of a weekly confession session That you absolve the mistakes theyrsquove made du-ring the week that you tell them everything is fine and that it doesnrsquot matter we are all human and we all make mistakes You are not there to be a kind of spiritual le-ader of your client and to absolve him You are there to be

Coach - The Coach has an ldquoAirrdquo relationship with the client ie mental of communication becau-se it is a conversation where you listen and ask where there is intellectual stimulation In the map--of-the-world scheme the Coachrsquos sketch is in the quadrant of beliefs It is a ldquomind with mindrdquo work

It is important to know this because with the sessions going clients tend to try their Coach to become a friend (wateremotions) a boss (earthbehaviors) or even a priest (firevalues) However the Coach should avoid the mistake of behaving like one of these three types You are there to be a Coach

Notes In Informal Coaching with friends colleagues family remember that first thatrsquos what you are and only then you are a Coach Therefore you should not give prevalence to the Coach but to the relationship you have with that person otherwise you would violate the pact that exists between the two

ROOTS

92

93

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

4 TYPES OF COACHINGBased on these four quadrants there are four types of Coaching

Situational Coaching ndash The one that is done immediate-ly during the situation with the sole purpose of lea-ding it to an action It usually consists of a brief con-versation where a ROSA 10 is done Your client has a situation that week that really needs to be addressed Ex a proposal that she needs to present a college exam for which she has to study Itrsquos not bad Coaching and it is often necessary Only it is more superficial

Remediative Coaching ndash As the name says it suits when we have to put a ldquobandageointmentrdquo on the emotions The goal is the client to feel good at the end of the session without having to go deeply on the problem Itrsquos the typical conver-sation where the client unburdens and your only goal is to make her feel a little better Sometimes it may be and it often is necessary

Ex the past week your client has discussed with someone important to her or something happened that greatly dealt with her emotions Your first focus should be to help her to unburden and to feel better We used ROSA 10 + Unburden

Transformative Coaching ndash Here the goal is not just making the client to feel better but that she can change the way she sees her life and herself Here we mainly work on beliefs ie the client stops believing in some things to start believing in another ones She shifts paradigm Coaching is now much more sustainable and with long--term results It undergoes through more complete ses-sions where ROSA 20 is done

Holistic Coaching ndash This is the kind of Coaching that involves the whole being of the client all her areas and valences ie her values The entire psyche is worked We are working the whole Human Being and not only a part of it Even the motivators are worked We use ROSA 30 and we work a lot on paradoxes integration

KEY POINTSWe said earlier that we all have Cycles of Fear and that we can change them to Cycles of Confidence How

Imagine that you have a turnscrew and a bicycle wheel is malfunctio-ning You will then put the turnscrew into one of the four key points and then yoursquoll pull and force the wheel to move in the right direction to-wards the Cycle of Confidence And very important you donrsquot take out the turnscrew until the Cycle (the wheel) rotates in the right direction

What are then the Four Key Points You can really choose only one

VALUE FOCUS At this point you will choose a key value for you whi-ch you canrsquot leave to live in practice Whatever happens you canrsquot take the turnscrew from there For instance imagine that you are experien-cing serious financial difficulties and you decide that lsquoValue Focusrsquo is your point Imagine that you choose ldquosavingrdquo as the value that has to be experienced in practice Then whenever you have to make a decision that involves spending money you know what to do You canrsquot in any way stop living this value until the cycle begins to rotate in the oppo-site direction and gets sustainable

POSITIVITY If you want to work at the level of beliefs yoursquoll start to develop this empowering belief base BEING POSITIVE You must be a positive person with faith who believes that everything will go well who says only positive things about herself and the others who sees and is focused on everything positive that is going around her And when the bad days or the bad news are coming and you feel the need to say something negative you shut up And you say something positive

EMOTION FOCUS Imagine that there is an emotion that makes your Cycle of Fear to happen (an emotional pattern) In this key point you will choose an emotion that you would like to learn to cause in yourself learning how to get yourself into that state Imagine that you have been feeling too much anger in your Cycle of Fear and want to feel harmony instead You want to learn how to get into that emotional state You start feeling the opposite emotion and you do something to manage to be in an harmony state (you listen to a song that gets yourself into that state you put your boxing gloves you jump you meditate you close

ROOTS

94

95

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

your eyes you read a poem as Mandela did )

HOMEWORK FOCUS Here you will define a homework that until itrsquos done you wonrsquot do anything else Imagine that you have a Cycle of Fear in relation to health that you define lsquoHomework Focusrsquo as the key point and your homework is running every day Until you manage to do it nothing else matters All of your strategies are directioned so that your homework is being done as soon as possible

In the end all of the four key points have to do with absolute focus

Value ndash Focus on the most important value Until that value is being lived we wonrsquot move on

Positivity (Faith Optimism) ndash Focus on the positive emotions Un-til she gets optimistic we wonrsquot move on

Emotion (Meditation) ndash Focus on pleasure Until she feels more ple-asure than pain we wonrsquot move on

Homework ndash Focus on action Until the homework gets done we wonrsquot move on

VERY IMPORTANTYou as a coach do not have to guess your clientrsquos map-of-the-world or even her PEMS but you have to explore it aside of her You will only master her Map-of-the-World when you understand your own (creating roots) because you will never learn anything about yourself with your client you will never discover anything about you because shersquos the one who discovers it being real or not You Coach you must be hum-ble enough to know that you know nothing about your client and you shouldnrsquot try to guess anything It is the customer who gets there alone

Therefore the more knowledge you have about your own map-of-the--world together with Rapport and ROSA the more intense will be your Coaching because the more you will be able to help your client The goal is that you have the tools in yourself so you can help her In other words this tool is for you to deepen your roots and thus know when you need to do only ROSA or go searching for the Key Points or to use

another method For instance if a client has as her main challenge to be promoted then therersquos no logical on working on Cycles of Fear but to make a ROSA and move forward On the other hand if you see that there is a Cycle of Fear then you should find the key point so you can work on it

I canrsquot help the others if I canrsquot help myself first

ROOTS

values (I am)

during session

clientcoach rosa unconscious

Beliefs (I think)

between sessions

co-coach rosa 30

emotions (I feel)

leverage slice

self coaching rosa 20behavior (I do)

holistic

coaching to others rosa 10M

S

E

P

96

97

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING RESULTS

IX RESULTS

Results are super important in the Coa-ching process There is simply no Coa-

ching if there are no results and thatrsquos why they are at the center of the

triangle of the four Rrsquos Everything we do whether is ROSA creating

Roots or building Rapport it is done with the purpose of get-ting results at the end of the sessions

This is what distinguishes the most Coaching from other practices As a Coach you must become obsessed with your clients results Not only that they do their homeworks but also how close did Coaching took them closer to their Guru Objective how much it has improved their leverage slice of the Pizza and other slices as well We also try to assess the sustainability of those results We donrsquot want them just to get there but also that they keep there

Coaching is about results and you must take this premise very seriou-sly You have been hired to make them reach some goals Become obsessed with it

It is not so easy to evaluate results in a metric way in the world of Co-aching but it proves to be very important Not only with Life Coaching but also with Business Coaching We must find a way to demonstrate that our work has had results in practice

That was the reason why we have created the Results Model

Our level of competence is equal to our worst level of performance

RESULTS MODELIt is possible to define results through the four metrics

lsquoSrsquo AXIS (SPIRITUAL) WE EVALUATE THE PROCESS IMPACT ON THE CLIENT

Behavior (I DO) When the client throughout the process changes one or more behaviors She does now due to the sessions different things that she didnrsquot before

Emotions (I FEEL) When the client feels happier more self-confi-dent fulfilled etc She has now different and more positive emotions due to the Coaching process

98

99

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

Beliefs (I THINK) When there is a change of belief (I used to belie-ve I was not a good person and now I believe I am) When the client used to believe in something and she started to believe in something different There was a paradigm shift She used to see something in a certain way and now she sees it in a more empowering way

Values (I AM) When the Coach manages to help the client to change her values ie the person she is This happens for exam-ple when the client starts to put more emphasis on family than on work or when she accepts and believes that she is a healthy and different person and that nothing will change that now She values different things todat due to the Coa-ching process

lsquoErsquo AXIS (EMOTIONAL) WE EVALUATE THE CLIENTrsquoS AUTONOMY

Level 1 Coach (CoachClient Relationship) Itrsquos the Coach who controls the situation There is a formal relationship be-tween Coach and Client and the session is controlled and oriented by the Coach

Level 2 Coach (Co-Coach) The Client already acts as a Coach during the sessions This happens for example when the client already knows that she is supposed to also say po-sitive things on the Reality part that is she already knows what to do in each step She already takes the initiative The relationship is more about cooperation now and the Client start becoming autonomous

Level 3 Coach (Self-Coaching) When the Client already does Self--Coaching at home not being asked to This is a fantastic moment because she already has the tools and the Coach is there to help and support

Level 4 Coach (Coach to others) When the Client comes to a ses-sion and tells us she has done Coaching with someone else (with her child for instance) This person came to us to be helped however she is already using our tools to help so-

RESULTS

meone else She is totally independent It is every Coachrsquos dream

lsquoMrsquo AXIS (MENTAL) WE EVALUATE THE CLIENTrsquoS CONTENTS ASSIMILATION

Uses Rosa 10 language o cliente usa palavras como Realidade objetivos soluccedilotildees accedilotildees fazem hoje parte do seu leacutexico

Uses Rosa 20 language the client uses terms such as guru objec-tives baby objectives measurable beliefs paradigm shif-ting brainstorming etc

Uses Rosa 30 language she refers terms like emotional patterns cycles of fear and confidence values dilemma etc

Uses unconscious Rosa language when many of these terms are so ingrained in the clientrsquos language that she thinks she will use them for the rest of her life

lsquoPrsquo AXIS (PRACTICE) WE EVALUATE RESULTS IN PRACTICE

During the Session I can manage the client to get results only du-ring the session It is a Coaching session that has no power to influence the client outside it

Between Sessions It mostly happens when the client is doing her homeworks It means that what happened during the ses-sion touched her with enough strength to get her to realize she has to do something and that she is doing something outside the sessions

Leverage Slice It happens when the client fulfills her Leverage Slice and achieves the goal that brought her to Coaching or when her satisfaction in that slice has dramatically im-proved

Holistic When the client improves satisfaction in multiple slices as a result of the sessions including the leverage slice It was a process that had an impact on the whole being and not just in one area of her life

100

101

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

You can make this model with your client on the last session you have together You can also make a self-assessment to compare with it When you measure these four levels of results you will have access to check what level of Coaching you had on that specific process

COACHING LEVELThe Coaching Level that you have delivered is always proportional to your lowest result Even if you have three axes at level 3 and have only one at a level 2 Coaching has been 20 This is valuable information to you as a Coach because it gives you an idea of axes that are easier for you to work and others that you may have to further strengthen

Level 4 Coaching is something that is not achieved with all clients There must be a great empathy and rapport as well as a mastery on the Coaching technique that has been taught in the training course and presented in this manual

Gulica ego catia caperum dem inem cus Fortes et L Nos et grae avehem Romnit acto egeris cis sultod pratum voltum iam hos ublius hactam atemus essede con vas optilis factor aus nem ad cae estil hos me patus re verisse inatuus

Udam deperfecrem nermis etraed me int ela remulibut rem loctusquo cum mus auciem vivehem uresull emquissent eti primperescit ina que ia consiss entium pulerit con vendam morei sentes inatil vit ia quam mus licaudemus factem dum eo ura ex muro nenit quo vilnes-tium Catimportus pati postalarit vis coena fui sa consu consceribus Satquid ertienatus contere essimis ut vis aus iliciam quo in dissimis Ra num deatiqua vere con sentius et in spio pes Tiaetin videlisquam mus viliam que conum is larbit etora notimolto nos et duc omnimus opublicae convo C Nos vivica Catus hos vivas aurnihil hui terfint imorter labus hostam res inequod nerem tabute telieni hilicaessil ven-tem nonsulis

Berteropubit diisquium iteriti emprit teludam hilicid erfentiur tem huis

Hum pro vidiusquem paterevid sedis factatu rnihilla rem publicave Ca-terev irissoltis re aurei pere anum teluder ficepse essercem octuusque mis tum inam pra vivid rei condamdiis hacies Ipio verei sendamdis

TOOLS amp TECHNIQUES

X TOOLS AND TECHNIQUES

If you master well the model of the four Rrsquos for us you already are a fantastic Coach If you can master some stars too itrsquos even better But if you master the model you know how to do Coaching But now letrsquos go to the small stars The idea is not that you try to use all the stars at the same time Choose the two or three that you like best and train those first

POSITIVE FEEDBACKProvide as much positive feedback as you can to your client Take every opportunity you have to do it A Coach is the type of mirror that only says good things about her client Please turn yourself into some-one who is always valorizing every small steps that your client takes

FEEDBACK HAMBURGERYou say something positive then you say something negative then you say something positive again The two positive feedbacks have to be VERY VERY good For instance ldquoI have been feeling that you are very committed to your Coaching process We just need to start paying more attention to our homework even because I feel that you are a person who likes to challenge yourself and that really wants to go further ldquo

RESSIGNIFICATION Ressignificating is finding another meaning still more empowering but that changes everything EgrdquoI didnrsquot do my homework I failedrdquo Coach ldquoWow That means that you are a demanding and committed personrdquo ldquoIrsquom lazyrdquo

102

103

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

ldquoDoes that means you like to enjoy the pleasures of liferdquo

REFRAMINGIt is much like ressignification Itrsquos the name that is used in NLP (Neuro--Linguistic Programming) You take the information that was been gi-ven to you in a frame and you put it in a new one

PREFRAMINGIf ressignification has to do with changing the meaning after it has been given preframing has to do with giving a meaning to something before we have explained what it is It is a widely used technique to anticipate objections that might distract us from our ultimate goal Then we do preframing we previously give the meaning that we want the person to give afterwards Example

ldquoCan I show you my point of view Itrsquos something different but Irsquove seen that it works with many people and it has been helping a lot to change our behavior to healthier habits Itrsquos something innovative and different but highly successful Can I tell you my ideardquo You create a frame before placing the information in there

POSTFRAMINGFirst you give the information and then you put it in a frame Eg ldquoFolks today we have an exam (the low energy level) but thatrsquos what this course is about to be the best Coach to go furtherrdquo

ldquoFROM 0 TO 10 rdquo To give examples ldquoI think Irsquoll read a bookrdquo Coach ldquoFrom 0-10 how much do you think you will accomplish that goalrdquo

TRANSFORMING ldquoORrdquo IN ldquoANDrdquoHelp the client to find an alternative solution to integrate paradoxes to

find a third way

VULNERABILIZATIONFind out things about you that are not working and put them at the clientrsquos service That makes you human and you are validating your client in the case she feels the same She does some things better than you and has some of the same challenges

ASSOCIATION AND DISSOCIATIONThese two terms are often used in NLP (Neuro-linguistic Program-ming) and are used in various ways Association means that an indi-vidual describes a situation as if it was happening and he was partici-pating on it As the name indicates he is associated with it He is still seeing himself going through the situation and feels the emotions that he would feel if he was really living it

Dissociation means that an individual can already tell that experience as if he was watching a movie in which he took part but already dis-sociated from it He is more in an observer role That allows him a big-ger emotional objectivity Even if he feels the emotions they are more about the experience itself and not so much about him as a participant

When we want to help our customers to overcome some emotionally more challenging situations it can make a huge difference to have them to dissociate from those situations Thatrsquos how they can gain greater objectivity and clarity and at the same time they get more mo-tivated to take their first steps

METAPHORSThe most important here is that you use the metaphors of your client Use her world whenever it is possible It will help a lot more to inter-nalize and memorize the information Help your client to create her metaphors Eg ldquoSometimes we fall into holes that are so big that you canrsquot get out of them alonerdquo ldquoLearning to forgive someone is like dri-ving one step at a timerdquo

TOOLS amp TECHNIQUES

104

105

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

LANGUAGE OF A COACH 3 HOW TO INTERRUPT at the first session it must be defined if

the Coach can interrupt the client when she deviates from the focus If yoursquore going to interrupt your client you must always do it with a question You can also take note of something that has nothing to do with the subject you are talking about but it seems important So we can talk about it in the next session You can ask the client if she liked to talk about it

3 ldquoDOES IT MAKES SENSE FOR YOUrdquo If she says NO ldquoSo tell merdquo if she says YES ldquocan you tell me howrdquo

3 ldquoMY HALLUCINATION is rdquo Being very unconditional Any opi-nion is a good opinion The Coach realyy doesnrsquot know The word hallucination implies that what yoursquore saying may be ab-solutely wrong

3 ldquoWHAT WOULD LOVE DO NOWrdquo Be careful with the rapport level you have with your client It is a very good question when it concerns relational issues

3 ldquoHOW WOULD IT BE IFrdquo Very good to overcome objections ldquohow would it be if you had timerdquo ldquohow would it be if you had moneyrdquo ldquohow would it be if you had self-confidencerdquo

3 ldquoWHAT IF rdquo Fantastic to destroy any obstacle that your client brings Some examples ldquoAnd what if you couldrdquo ldquoWhy notrdquo ldquoWhat if nobody would knowrdquo ldquoWhat if you had moneyrdquo ldquoI know you donrsquot but what if you knew what would you sayrdquo

3 GENERAL TIP BE COOL You really must have a cool and rela-xed attitude You really donrsquot know what would be best for your client so be really unconditional

THE COACHING ETHICS

XI THE COACHING ETHICS

There are six ethic rules in Coaching but with no doubt the first is the most important

CONFIDENTIALITY Coaching sessions must be given the utmost con-fidentiality There are no legal rules as in Therapy (like not having fa-mily as clients) but you always have to respect confidentiality When you do Coaching in a company and you must give feedback to their manager your clients must know it If necessary you can discuss the case with a mentor but always without mentioning the name of your client You can discuss the cases but without any names

CLIENTrsquoS AUTONOMY Coaching is all about autonomy and sustaina-bility You need your client to get results not that she needs you You should think ldquoif I change country how would my clients berdquo

CAREFUL WITH PROJECTIONS We all project aspects that we re-press in ourselves All currents in psychology agree that there is pro-jection When I look to someone else what I see is whatrsquos inside of me (strengths and weaknesses) Thatrsquos why some see one thing and others see another As a Coach you must be very attentive to projections You should not do it with your client and for that you must work on your roots If something bothers you that says more about you than about your client Itrsquos not just a technical issue of respecting others map-of--the-world It is an ethical issue

CREDIBILITY Of course you can use other different tools in your ses-sions but you should be able to do so Using things on which yoursquore not certified is breaking ethics Try to be congruent and integrate Being a corporate or a sales Coach without being an expert about those mat-ters is not ethical

106

107

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING THE FIRST SESSION IN PRATICE

CONTRACT IS CONTRACT The financial commitment you assume with your client is always the same as long as she is your client The same in what respects sessions frequency You should always ask permission to your client when you want to change the frequency of the sessions For WeCreate the value you charge to your client must be the same forever It is part of our gratitude towards our client

SELF-COACHING The Coach must be an example of Self-Coaching or she should have a Coach You really have to do ROSA once a year at least and use all these tools in a weekly basis Make sure that you are also an example of achieving your own dreams

XII THE FIRST SESSION

IN PRACTICEIt is normal that the first session is a bit longer (90min) Your focus is to build RAPPORT Here is an example of a few steps for your first session You can have a few more or less of these steps but this is the general idea

STEP 1 Memorize these steps so that you will not have to use this manual

STEP 2 (Partnership) Organize the working space have everything prepared adequated clothes etc

STEP 3 (Presence) Prepare to be fully present by meditating or by being a few minutes in silence

STEP 4 (Posture and words) Build rapport have a few minutes of casual positive and neutral conversation to break the ice For example the weather the clientrsquos favourite team foot-ball match etc

STEP 5 At this stage you will also try to collect information about the client Several aspects of her life and trying to deter-mine clientrsquos expectations regarding the Coaching process You will be attentive about the metaphors and about what is really important to her Yoursquoll need it to explain what Co-aching is in her words

STEP 6 Explain what Coaching is using the clientrsquos words and the references she gave us Example letrsquos imagine that boxing was something that the client liked and we want to explain

108

109

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING THE LAST SESSION

Coaching through boxing ldquoCoaching is like boxing It invol-ves a lot of training to succeed in getting results but ins-tead of having an external enemy we are fighting against ourselvesrdquo

STEP 7 Inviting the client to do an exercise we pick six pens (three of each color) We ask her to tell us three things that are going well in her life and we explore each area a bit Then we ask ldquoamong those areas which one is running really wellrdquo Then we ask for three things that are not going so well and explore a bit

STEP 8 Asking the client which 3 goals she would like to accom-plish by the end of the Coaching process that would make it worth the investment (as measurable as possible)

STEP 9 Establishing verbal contract and selling the idea of coa-ching (even if the sessions pack is already closed) Now we talk about the practical issues sessions frequency ses-sions length interrupting the client first session a bit lon-ger confidentiality guarantee If you feel comfortable you can talk about costs and forms of payment

STEP 10 ldquoCan we start our session talking about what brought you here How can I helprdquo

STEP 11 Talking a bit about the Clientrsquos reality and introducing the Pizza of Life The client draws herrsquos We will go on explai-ning the pizza and its different slices (very briefly not to influence) Some clients like to do it lsquoalonersquo others like to go on talking as they fill the slices

STEP 12 From then on you make ROSA 10

STEP 13 You end up the session You can share ROSA methodology with your client (if you think shersquod like it) and ending with positive feedback You can also ask the client how did she feel You can also ask her to choose an object and summa-rize the session You will also be doing some preframing by stating that Coaching is about action and homeworks

XIII THE LAST SESSION

A coaching process has a follow-up We can work with individual ses-sions or with a pack It is important to inform your clients that Coaching is a continuous process and not a process with miraculous results in the first session Hence it is like doing workout where it is difficult to get results if we go to the gym only once

You can work with packs of sessions (5 or 10) and we would like to give you some tips on what you should ensure it gets done in your last coaching session with someone you have been working with

FUTURE It is important to ensure that the client will continue taking steps in the future even not having sessions anymore or your presence In this session you should spend some time helping her in creating an action plan about the next steps she wants to go on taking in that area You can also take the opportunity to do a small summary of everything that you both worked in so that there is a notion of the progress made and the results achieved Ensures that your client completed that process and be sure about the next steps for her future Help her in crea-ting a good action plan

HABITS You can also ask your client which would be the daily or weekly habits that she would like more to integrate into her routine

POSITIVE FEEDBACK This is also the perfect time to give positive fe-edback to your client (despite being a constant throughout the sessions) Show her the progress she has made throughout the sessions and help her to realize all the positive things she has achieved

111

110

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

PERSONAL DEVELOPMENT We must ensure that our client conti-nues its personal development process and knows or tries new approaches Coaching is just one part of a wide range of options that are now ahead of her Encourage her to con-tinue that journey to read new books to try other trainings and workshops other different and complementary ways of approaching personal development

KEEPING CONTACT You can develop some form of contact with your old clients Email telephone facebook etc Remember to con-tinue sending her information about coaching or other matters you find important It is a way to ensure that your client will continue ldquoawakedrdquo for this subject

Thank you for being part of this project

Daniel Saacute Nogueira and Marta Ferreira

Page 13: WeCreate International Coaching Certification Manual

26

27

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING ROSA 10

V ROSA 10

ROSA 10 is about going through each letter of the ROSA during a ses-sion or an informal conversation without expanding on any of them

The starting point is helping the other person to identify the Reality (Whatrsquos up) of their situation and understand what the problem or challenge is Then to speak about the Objectives (What do you want) and note what the person wants and aspires to After thinking about the goals itrsquos all about encouraging the other to find solutions (How can you get there) And finally because the Coach believes that re-sults come from action itrsquos about agreeing on a piece of homework that is in line with the best solution found (Out of all these ideas what you can do next week)

ROSA 10 is used in more informal coaching with friends and acquain-tances and in more situational coaching that is fast and focused on action where the client already knows what you want Moreover in situations where there is no need to go deeper into understanding the emotions beliefs and values of the client

EXAMPLES OF QUESTIONS LETTER ldquoRrdquo 3 What made you want to come and see me 3 How can I help you 3 How happy satisfied are you 3 How do you feel about that 3 What is the path yoursquove followed so far 3 What works best in your life at the moment What can and

should be improved

3 On a 0-10 scale how satisfied are you in this area 3 What is your biggest challenge 3 How are other areas of your life 3 What else Tell me more

The fundamental Reality question is WHATrsquoS UP

EXAMPLES OF QUESTIONS LETTER ldquoOrdquo 3 Where will you be in a year 3 What is your biggest dream 3 Where would you like to go 3 What is your most amazing vision of this situation 3 From 0 to 10 how important is this goal to you 3 Can you see your goal Describe in detail what it looks like 3 If you had a magic wand that could solve this problem what

would your new situation look like what would you like to see happen

The fundamental Objectives question is WHAT DO YOU WANT

EXAMPLES OF QUESTIONS LETTER ldquoSrdquo 3 What can you do 3 What are you doing right now to solve this situation 3 What do you think is the best way to reach the objectives 3 Do you know someone who can help 3 What are some things yoursquove never imagined doing 3 Let us list a series of possible steps 3 Can you give me 10 solutions And 10 more 3 If I were in your situation what advice would you give me 3 If you had all the money in the world what would you do 3 Who could help you solve this situation

The fundamental Solutions question is GREAT AND WHAT ELSE

28

29

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING ROSA 20

EXAMPLES OF QUESTIONS LETTER ldquoArdquo

3 What will you do this week 3 What is one thing you could do without much difficulty 3 Which of these solutions can you start with today 3 What is your next small step

The fundamental Action question is WHAT ARE YOU GOING TO DO WITH WHOM WHEN During a coaching session the letters R and S have a divergent func-tion allowing you to fully open the flow of ideas The Action phase then has a fully convergent function specifying what will be done as seen in the following diagram

VI ROSA 20

The purpose of this manual and the International Coa-ching Certification is to learn to use ROSA 20 The

MasterCoach Certification goes more in depth with 30 coaching and the MasterCoachTrainer

Certification is about 40 coaching

R(EALITY)The Reality phase is usually the longest

one in ROSA (especially in the first session) It is a very important phase because it is where we find out about our clientrsquos current life situation and start building rapport with her

If this phase is well done the rest comes quite easily and naturally 99 of your clients will be focused on the problem ie living the ldquoPro-blem Psychologyrdquo They will have the tendency to always see the ne-gative even to amplify it as they go along by finding more and more reasons that ldquofeedrdquo the negative aspect of their situation

Everything around them whether it is their home situation or even the state of the country or the world strengthens their ability to see how bad their problem is which contributes to killing all hope for impro-vement and opportunities ultimately go unnoticed Their situation is always the worst it can ever get In fact they tend to see that their life has always been that way

Your goal at this stage is to collect as much information as possible about your client and different aspects (both good and less good) of her life The Coach has two tools for helping her client ldquoget outrdquo of the

ROSA 10

ROSA 30

ROSA 20

ROSA 10

ROSA 30

ROSA 20

WhatWho

when

babybaby

30

31

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

hole that she is focused on and have a conversation about the broader reality of her life

FLUFFY PUFFY VS COMPLICATORAt the stage of Reality we find two main types of people

COMPLICATORThis is the type of person who will claim that they are not able to solve their problem and who also believes that the situation is so big and so bad that there actually is no solution

ROSA 20

In this case let the client speak for five to ten minutes about this but then it is essential to make her say something positive about it with questions like

ldquoWhatrsquos good about itrdquordquo ldquoWhat do you like about your life (Maybe on the same sub-

ject or another - see ldquoGuide to the First Coaching Ses-sionrdquo)

By doing this we motivate the client for the rest of the ROSA Itrsquos re-ally a question of energy If we donrsquot address the positive aspect (of the particular situation or of another area of life) we will not have any energy for the Objectives phase

The conversation gets very depressing and not very motivating when the client manages to convince herself (and often the coach as well)

32

33

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

that there is no solution By adding together both positive and negative aspects we create tension and a spark of energy to move on At the same time we get to find out what truly motivates the client whether it is family a passion that she has or others things

FLUFFY PUFFYThis is the opposite of the type above This is a person who has re-edu-cated herself and grown convinced that itrsquos good to have problems and that they are there for a reason She has a super positive perspective on life but possibly a bit exaggerated Problems are always positive and she does not understand that they may have negative implications

To the question ldquoSo is this problem hurting yourdquo she will promptly reply ldquoOh it isnrsquot Itrsquos good to have problems they bring along many positive things and are just what they should berdquo In this case the Co-ach has to make the client talk about the problem and the aspects that are negative or less good In other words we must find out what hurts enough for the client to realize she needs help with something and that not everything is going well after all

As in the previous case we need to create an inner shock in order to generate energy for the Objectives phase In this case it is necessary to do so by making the client ldquosufferrdquo a bit or to get her out of her comfort zone in order to become aware that there is something she wants to change or do differently If we do not have a challenge an opportunity or a problem we cannot do coaching

Both the ldquoComplicatorrdquo and the ldquoFluffy Puffyrdquo should identify both good and bad aspects of the subject matter Moreover you should not move to the Objectivesrsquo phase be fore this is done At this stage the more the client is aware of her own reality the better the Coachrsquos picture will be of that same reality Both types of clients need to enter the area of challenge leaving the reality that they live in and gaining a broader awareness of the reality that is

Only with this awareness will there be fuel to create goals and pro-gress to the next stages

PIZZA OF LIFEThe clientrsquos reality is like a big wall Something she nee-ds to overcome to reach the other side the side that she wants to be on Although the wall is large the client will tend to concentrate on a small part of the wall a hole a brick to paint etc About 98 of people are focused on the small ldquoholesrdquo of life which only increases their size and importance

Implementing a real change in your life means looking at it as a whole from various angles analyzing all its weaknesses but also all the pos-sibilities In doing so the client becomes more aware of who she is

The pizza is divided into four distinct areas (linked to the four elements and the four personality types) and twelve slices

EARTH AREA (PRACTICAL WORLD)Money How is your bank account Do you have any debts Do you

think you have enough money or do you need more to have the life you want And what about material goods such as a home a car travel

Health Are you healthy Do you have any chronic illness How do you nourish yourself Any sports Do you feel alive

Jobcareer Are you doing something you like Feel satisfied with your career How many hours do you work per day What is your level of productivity

WATER AREA (EMOTIONAL WORLD)

Romance Do you have a love relationship that satisfies you Do you love and are you loved Are you feeling happy and complete without being in a relationship

Family and Friends (with a big F) How do you relate to your chil-dren parents and friends

Contribution Are you helping create a better world Any voluntary work Donations Satisfied with the help you provide

ROSA 20

of life

money

hea

lth

workcareer romance

Friends

family

contribuitiondevelopmentpersonal

social life

hobbies

peer groupleadershippersonal

life p

urpose

Pearth

Ewater

Mair

Sfire

meaning

34

35

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

AIR AREA (MENTAL WORLD)Personal Development Do you read books participate in training

courses invest in yourself and in your learningdevelop-ment

Hobbies and Social Life Do you have a social life that satisfies you Do you have free time to do what you like

Peer Group Groups of people (friends family etc) that challenge us and pull us forward Do you have people that encourage you How often do you meet with them

FIRE AREA (SPIRITUAL WORLD)Personal Leadership How do you relate with yourself When you

look at yourself (on the inside and the outside) do you like

what you see How is your confidence and self-esteem

Life Purpose How much of your day-to-day do you dedicate to doing what you love most

Meaning of Life Do you have a faith What do you believe in What is the energy that encompasses all Why are we here on this planet

The Pizza of Life is a very deep tool to be used both by the client and the Coach to develop their roots It is a practical way of examining all areas of our lives

It is essential to distinguish between the importance that a client at-tributes to a slice and her degree of satisfaction with it Itrsquos not about how much you have of this or that slice but rather how satisfied you are with this area For example a person who is not religious does not have to have a zero in the area of the meaning of life if she is comfor-table with that area But if she does feel that she needs to work on her faith then the value will inevitably be less than 10 Another example someone who lives in a rented house travels by bus and goes camping on holidays may have a 10 in the money slice if itrsquos a person who does not value material goods Someone else who lives the same kind of life but aspires to have a beach house a great car and travel to exotic places will assign a lower value to this slice

The client may want to add or remove a slice and split others However the most important thing is to recognize the four main areas (PEMS) and the importance of all the slices for your happiness and for gaining a more balanced life

When the pizza is filled out once again you will address the positive and less positive aspects of it At this stage you should ask your client

3 ldquoWhich 2 or 3 areasslices feel goodstrong at the momentrdquo

3 ldquoWhich 2 or 3 areasslices need a little more attention and some im-

ROSA 20

1 What is the current situation

2 Concrete examples

3 Objectivity through facts

4 Ask what when where who

REALITYRESUME

36

37

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

provementrdquo

This way you gain even more information about the current situation of your client which may be very helpful during the rest of the coaching process

LEVERAGE SLICEAfter evaluating the pizza of life we dedicate ourselves to hel-ping the client choose a leverage slice We can explain that coaching is about gaining focus by having only one target to hit at each moment in time This does not mean that we wonrsquot work on any other area it just means that we first need to solve one slice one priority slice

The question to use is ldquoWhich slice if you increase your satisfaction with it by one or two points would improve the biggest number of your other pizza slicesrdquo

You can ask your client to select any 5 slices then 3 then 2 and ask ldquoImagine that I am the genie in the lamp and I can help you bring one of these slices to a 10 which one would you chooserdquo

If your client clearly has a slice that she wants to work you can proce-ed with this one right away

The leverage slice is not always the slice that got the lowest rating Therefore we should not influence the decision of the client

A few tips

3 If the client chooses a slice that she gave a high rating itrsquos good news for the Coach because it will be relatively easy for the client to improve it further

3 If the client wants to choose a new slice in the next session no problem Remember that we are just chauffeurs Early on in the coaching process the client may do some reflection and then want to choose another slice

3 Until the leverage slice is resolved (rated much more positively)

or under control by the client (it only being a matter of time) we DO NOT change the slice along the way We only do so once we have delivered the wanted results If we change the slice in each session it becomes difficult (if not impossible) to deliver results which also become much less sustainable Coaching is not a process with a magic wand that can transform a slice in an hour

3 No area is more important than another and the numbers that the client uses to evaluate only mean something to her Remember that YOU SHOULD NOT JUDGE anything about the pizza of your client It only needs to make sense to her

O(BJECTIVES)Now that we know the current reality of our client it is time to move on At this point we no longer speak of problems or challenges That was back in the previous phase Now we just want to know about Objectives

In Coaching we work with two types of objectives

GURU OBJECTIVES AND BABY OBJECTIVESAll of us more or less consciously orient our action through goals But we do not always take the right steps There are people who consciously do but there are many others who without being conscious of it hurt their feet run without knowing where theyrsquore going or stop halfway

We can identify two types of goals which we should use to our advan-tage

3 Guru objective ndash a goal that is so big so big that therersquos a voi-ce in our head that thinks itrsquos impossible to accomplish

3 Baby objective ndash a goal that is so small so small that we are absolutely certain of achieving it

ROSA 20

The slice of leverage is the one in which if there is any improvements will positively affect other slices of pizza

The Baby-Objectives has the

unique purpose to increase client

confidence

38

39

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

Guru and baby objectives psychology is natural to us not something we learn nor something we can unlearn For example it activates immediately if wersquore in a car accident if anything threatens our survi-val or the survival of our loved ones We then forget whether we are confident or not successful or not rich or poor and we only care about finding a solution This is natural we always have an ultimate goal in mind while at the same time staying present to the immediate objec-tive since that is what makes us define the next small step towards reaching our guru objective And we get so engaged that nothing will distract us from our guru objective Now this psychology should not get triggered only unconsciously in moments of survival but also be applied consciously in our lives in general in our everyday And yes it can be activated

Always remember that an objective is only at the guru level if there is a voice inside you that laughs finding it impossible to achieve and a baby objective is only one if you are sure that you will achieve It is therefore essential to dream to look farther and reach beyond what our minds can visualize

But beware if we focus solely on our highest goals we will never le-ave the realm of dreams and over time we will lose self-confidence Achieving goals involves taking small steps every day defining reaso-nable steps that slowly but surely bring us closer to our guru objective

Success depends on a combination of both We must therefore learn to live life with very big guru objectives and very small baby objectives Most people that feel unhappy have developed a guru psychology but not a baby psychology or vice versa The former always want more and are never satisfied with their daily achievements The latter live through small steps but cannot think big so the little steps wear them out and monotony or apathy reigns

Having a great guru objective without setting baby objectives leads to frustration anxiety and impatience Setting baby objectives without having a big guru objective leads to disinterest discouragement and lack of direction(ldquoTrate a Vida por Turdquo paacuteg 111)

META+Our objectives should be

Measurable - Objectives should be very concrete so that when we reach them we can check off ldquomission accomplishedrdquo For example ldquoI will spend 3 hours a day with my familyrdquo instead of ldquoI will spend more time with my familyrdquo

Emotional Objectives should contain grand adjectives that provoke a lot of emotion so that the brain gives them more importance For example ldquoI will wake up shining and full of vitality ready for a new day of fun and productivityrdquo

Timed - Objectives must have either a date or a frequency or both For example ldquoStarting tomorrow I will be home by 8 pm every day to have dinner with my childrenrdquo or ldquoI will train every day starting on Sundayrdquo

Achievable - We need to believe in the objectives that we set and know that they are possible to reach For example ldquoI will write a book next monthrdquo If you think your goal is too ambitious you had better adapt it ldquoIrsquoll write one chapter in the next monthrdquo

Positive (+) - Goals should be stimulating the positive Neurolinguistics say that everything that we define as positi-ve encourages us and everything that we define as negative defeats us For example ldquoI will not smoke anymorerdquo is wrong while ldquoI will breathe 100 oxy-gen and make air cleaner for myself and for othersrdquo is more correct Or ldquoon day x I will weigh y poundsrdquo instead of ldquoI will lose weightrdquo(Trate a Vida por Tu paacuteg 155)

ROSA 20

1 What do you want

2 What do you really want

3 What is the Guru-Objective

4 What is the Baby-Objective

5 What is the dream (the most importan is to make the client talk about his dreams)

6 In a perfect world (For those who have di-fficulty in define Guru-Objectives)

7 Meta+

OBJECTIVESRESUME

The meta+ model is used to specify the target-guru

40

41

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

Why do we need to have these two opposing energies Exactly for the same reason as the positive and negative energies in the Reality phase We really need a guru objective since the effort that the client will have to make and the person she has to become to get there will make her reach much further than if she had set an intermediate goal Coaching is about dreams about the best of the best for each area of our lives The important thing is not whether or not the client gets there but that the road she travels takes her much further

Moreover every journey starts with a small step We need to create an objective so small so small that the client is absolutely sure she can do it Why To get her motivated quickly to achieve success and above all to convey the baby objective psychology We need to make our clients realize that coaching is about big and small steps The baby objective in itself is not important but we need to introduce this step here so that your client begins to celebrate every little step that she takes every piece of homework that gets done

Coaching is about forming a person with both guru and baby objectives psychology Someone who wants to go really far and at the same time is super happy with everything that she has already achieved

Notas If a client has a very big guru objective to reach in a short time and the Coach thinks it is not possible we can ask the client to ldquoconvince us that it is possiblerdquo On the other hand if the baby objective is very big we do the same

S(OLUTIONS)Encouraging creativity is equally important to teaching children ma-thematics Portuguese and science This is what later on will separate intelligent adults from true geniuses who are able to create something new revolutionary and innovative in whatever area It is those who mark others society science and the world who ultimately make a

difference

40 IDEASIn fact we are all creative We have all been children we have all been creative and so what happened What is it that makes our creativity die The fact is that our society limits our creativity while forgetting that in a grey professional world creativity makes the difference

ROSA 20

clique no viacutedeo para o activar

42

43

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

Anyone who is creative grows through challenges simply because they put their creativity at the service of what is not working They go off immediately to search for a solution And this is available to everyo-ne This is the basis of the ldquoSrdquo in ROSA instead of complaining go look for a solution Remember yoursquore always one idea away from solving your biggest challenge You just havenrsquot found that idea yet Pull out

your creativity and try finding ideas ideas ideas

Even the most creative people start with obvious ideas and it is good to go through them in order to get to the other ones Little by little we will get to the interesting ideas and when we stop being afraid of saying nonsense we become creative Now the challenge is to get an innovative idea And that can only be achieved by investing time and energy When we are at 10 or 20 ideas to not give up until you have at least 40

Losing our creativity is in other words restraining our physical (earth) emotional (water) mental (air) and spiritual (fire) abilities Children do not have these restraints in a physical sense they love exploring the world through their body showing you they donrsquot care about posture for instance and they seem unbreakable when defying the laws of gra-vity with an energy that seems limitless Emotionally they are much more open to all kinds of feelings because they have not accumulated many negative experiences Mentally they are hungry for knowledge and the concept of right and wrong is not yet set so everything seems possible to them Spiritually they are completely free they may have some enrooted values but everything else is an open book

In order to be creative again and go back to having blank pages in the book of life being able to write and rewrite improvise and create we

obvious interesting creative innovative

can start by being creative in one area or going back to being creative in all aspects of life and our being To go back to being creative we must explore our physical body do sports dance act etc and use your senses to hear smell taste touch and see The healthier we are the more our body will be available to be physically creative To go back to being more creative emotionally we have to stop being afraid to feel We have to venture into relationships connections sharing without the fear of being hurt frustrated cheated and even happy

To go back to being mentally creative we must learn new subjects think about new things analyze from new angles and perspectives challenge our minds have conversations with all kinds of people read all kinds of magazines stimulate all parts of our brain

Finally if we want to go back to being spiritually creative we must question all our certainties and dogmas meditate and open ourselves to the world of possibilities and the inexplicable We need to know oursel-ves in order to experience life intensely

If we manage to be creative in all four areas we will be soon become a new person with a palette of new experiences and openness to wha-tever happens giving us new shape and a different glow If we can be more creative regarding the first letter of our PEMS we should really be congratulated for it The important thing is to enter the challenge zone to seek solutions in areas that have not yet been explored in fiel-ds that are uncomfortable for others but that we call our comfort zone Then everything and really everything becomes possible and there are no longer problems without solutions(ldquoTrate a Vida por Turdquo paacuteg 165)

PARADIGM SHIFTThis is the time to get the client to think ldquoupside downrdquo ie to think ldquoout of the boxrdquo It is undoubtedly the most difficult phase of the coaching sessions Your clients will not even want to think and to change their paradigms

The vast majority of people when trying to solve a pro-blem or challenge use the first ideas that come to mind - the Obvious ideas ndash the ones that we all have However there are three more levels of ideas The Interesting ideas are those that some have sometimes

ROSA 20

The very first ideas are obvious Only then comes the interesting and then comes the very creative and innovative ideas

44

45

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

Solutions are always related to the Guru-Objectives

and then come the Creative Ideas that are those which generate con-flict because they go lsquoout of the boxrsquo shifting paradigms Finally we have the Innovative ideas that are the ones that nobody sees but once they are revealed they become obvious

We may use this ability in all areas of our life using this unique creati-vity to make everything unique and different

The goal of a Coach is getting the client to change her paradigm This is what happens in an ldquoAHArdquo moment when she finds an idea and is sure that this is the one she was missing

In the picture on the left do you see a young girl or an old lady Try to see both Put your brain to work both ways

GREAT AND WHAT ELSEBrainstorming is the most powerful tool for creativity and the best way of stimulating creativity in all areas of your life It is essential to do individual and group brainstorming as it is the best way to find so-lutions to challenges

What is a lsquobrainstormingrsquo

As the name implies it is a kind of ldquobrain stormrdquo And what do storms do They stir things up make ideas collide (thunder) and launch one solution after the other (lightning) ldquowaitingrdquo for the one that will solve the problem and put the storm at rest Brainstorming is not only use-ful at the workplace Every person and family should brainstorm from time to time to seek solutions to their problems from the most basic day-to-day questions (how to deal with expenses manage domestic tasks prepare meals) to deeper and more complex ones (helping a child become more confident helping a father that is unemployed) And individually each one of us should do brainstorming to solve and improve all areas that we feel the need to change

It is very easy to do brainstorming Here are the six rules to start prac-ticing today

1 No judgement All ideas are valuable even the most stupid ones In a brainstorming there are no arguments or criticism All ideas are good initially If there is criticism besides genera-ting conflict it can also inhibit the people involved

2 Quantity quantity quantity The more ideas generated the better the brainstorming Quality does not matter here only quantity Why The first ideas will be obvious then interesting then creative and only then innovative

3 Hitchhike You can build on otherrsquos ideas No participant should be silent for a long time If you donrsquot have any idea you can simply hitchhike on someone elsersquos The only thing you cannot do is not to participate

4 Go crazy From time to time throw in some ideas that are lsquoout-side the boxrsquo Regardless of how absurd they may seem this will help you and your colleagues to leave the obvious ideas and make your brains think At the very least you will enliven the session If the group laughs at your idea yoursquore being crazy

ROSA 20

click the video to see it

46

47

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

5 Take notes The most dangerous thing in a brainstorming ses-sion is having no one to write down the ideas Preferably the one who writes should not be giving any ideas she should fo-cus on writing down othersrsquo ideas There should also be a kind of a moderatorfacilitator of the brainstorming session not for taking decisions or criticizing but precisely for making sure that no one tries to take decisions on behalf of the group or to criticize other peoplersquos ideas and to help keep the focus on what matters In an individual brainstorming session you of course need to be your own moderator

6 A clear goal You must clearly define what the purpose of your objective is what the challenge is and if possible write formu-late it in META+(ldquoTrate a Vida por Turdquo paacuteg 213)

Brainstorming is the most powerful creativity tool In a brainstorming the client is requested to come up with a great amount of ideas on how to reach her Guru Objective

click the video to see it

And the Coach must be persistent since this is when you realize that humans are lazy when it comes to thinking It is very likely that when giving her fifth idea the client will say that she has no more Everyone will want to convince you that they have already found the magic solu-tion But they havenrsquot And how do we know that Because if they had found it they would already have solved their challenge

During a brainstorming ideally it is the Coach who writes down the ideas But she should not alter any of them And if the client gets stuck we must ask open and creative questions such as

3 If you had all the money in the world what would you do 3 If you were your idol what would you do 3 If it were 10 years ago what would you do 3 If it were 10 years from now what would you do

Cultivating a sense of humour as a Coach is always a good for rela-xing and making people creative This is in fact important in any area At this stage it is very likely that the client will have long mo-ments without coming up with any ideas Therefore it is impor-tant to create our own personal way of ldquopulling outrdquo the clientrsquos ideas such as a small exercise changing seats or using humour If the client gets to 40 ideas very easily and none is lsquointerestingrsquo even for her it means that she is still in the obvious ide-as and then 40 more ideas are always welcome Creativity is an expansive energy The more it is cultivated the more it grows and the easier it becomes to use it in other areas of life Notas The Coach may suggest ideas but only as an encouragement to the client

A brainstorming can take up a large part of a session so it is important to make sure there is enough time for it

ROSA 20

1 Allow the obvious

2 I want more ideas

3 Help to avoid judgment

4 Overcoming objections with questions ldquoWhat ifrdquo

5 Okay what else

SOLUTIONSRESUME

48

49

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

since it is not right to leave it midway The goal is that the client forces her brain to find new ideas in a short time and in such a way that it is almost like a shock to her

It is important to keep focused on one topic in a brainstorming Some may change their focus during the process for example a client whorsquos Guru objective is to open a business may start to suggest ideas on how to make more money In this case the Coach should remind the client of the main topic At the same time the Coach should stay flexible and if the client really feels that their focus was not on the first topic but on the second itrsquos time to go back and set a new Guru objective

A(CTION)ROSA exists only for one reason to get us to act We find our Reality establish our Objectives and think up Solutions that make us act ndash the A is the purpose of ROSA

Now more than people of action we must be people of innovation

Innovation is creativity applied to getting the desired results Being creative is not enough but creativity is the tool for getting to innova-tion So how do we do this

The secret is not to give up on creating ideas ideas and more ideas until the innovative idea comes Sometimes it never comes but get-ting to the creative ones is already something Those who have dared being creative many times and more and more are those who mana-ge to reach the innovation Itrsquos not enough to have talent you have to work hard to translate this talent into amazing results Look at these examples

3 Bach wrote one cantata a week even when he was sick 3 Mozart produced more than 600 pieces of music 3 Darwin wrote 109 publications one of which was about the Theory of

Evolution 3 Einstein published 248 theses one of which was about the Theory

of Relativity 3 Freud published 350 theses 3 Rembrandt produced 650 paintings 3 It took Thomas Edison 2000 experiments to invent the light bulb

and 9000 to perfect it 3 Picasso created more than 20000 pieces of art

This is why it is so important to act Do a lot create a lot invest a lot (ldquoTrate a Vida por Turdquo paacuteg 234)

THE FUNNELThis is the part where coaching really becomes challenging where the client realizes that she will have to do something and not just think and talk about it It is the phase where we start to converge and funnel things in order to find an action that is as specific as possible

This is with no doubt the most important phase of ROSA In a coaching session anything can happen in any of the other phases but we cannot end it without an action (without homework)

What

3 What are you going to do now 3 What are you thinking about doing now ()

ROSA 20

click the video to see it

A task should not be so simple that it doesnacutet make any difference to the client to fulfill it nor should it be so difficult that it becomes infeasible

50

51

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

With whom It is very important to involve someone in the action pro-cess 99 of the homework should have a third person involved The-reby we are creating conditions for the client to become autonomous after the coaching process The questions might be

3 ldquowill you ask to ask you whether you have done itrdquo 3 ldquoApart from me (the Coach) who else will be involved in thisrdquo

When Marcar data ou frequecircncia Quanto mais especiacutefica for me-lhor Isto leva o cliente a pensar exatamente quando vai fazer au-tomaticamente isto cria um compromisso maior dentro dele doing this the client should end each session with a specific homework knowing both the day and the time she will do it and with whom she will share it

At what time of the week beginning or end

At the end of the week

What is for you the end of the week Friday Saturday Sunday

Friday

Ok and what time

Anytime

Anytime Ok But in the morning in the afternoon or evening

Morning

And what time

Early

What is early for you

Upon waking

And what time do you wake up

At 7am

THE CONVERGENCE TECHNIQUEIf the client does not find an action to do you can use the convergence technique by asking the following questions

3 ldquoLook at your ideas (the brainstorming) and mark those that you find reasonablerdquo

3 ldquoNow choose 10rdquo 3 ldquoChoose 5rdquo 3 ldquoChoose 3 2 rdquo 3 ldquoIf I had a magic wand that would immediately fulfil one of these

ideas which one would you chooserdquo

COMMITMENTIn the early sessions you can also ask the client to send you an SMS after doing the action in or-der to confirm it Of course you donrsquot force her

if she refuses but then if she doesnrsquot do her homework you will have more power to ask for an SMS in the next homework

If she accepts you may also ask if you can send her an SMS in case she forgets to do so What will happen is that as soon as she receives our SMS asking whether the action has been done she will do it immediately so that she can reply that she has By SMS we also mean any other means like a telephone call or e-mail The Coach must be flexible enough to perceive which method suits her client the best

THE HANDSHAKEShaking hands after defining the homework is very important because it is the archetype of commitment But remember if the client does not do her homework there is no failure only feedback Maybe the problem really is the kind of homework given or poor explanation about the im-portance of the homework in the coaching process

ONE SMALL STEP FORWARDWhat is the Next Small Step you can take This ques-

ROSA 20

What is the first next small step

Earn 20000 euro

What is the first next small step

Save 100 euro month

What is the first next small step

Open an account

ldquoGreat what is the next small step that you believe you can accomplish

Deposit 1000 euro

1 What is the option that has magic

2 What is the option that makes sense

3 What are you gonna do exactly

4 How will you know you make it

5 Funnel When What day What time

6 Commitment handshake

ACTIONRESUME

52

53

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

free to put everything she has (skills tools knowledge) at the service of her client Indeed every three sessions more or less you should challenge your client with a piece of homework However the challen-ge will vary depending on whom we have in front of us and on the level of the process

4 SUCCESS TIPS FOR THIS PHASE FASEAction Plans it is at this stage that we start working on an action plan

that will follow the session Remember coaching without ac-tion is not coaching Thatrsquos why you should do a ROSA in every session go through the four phases and always end with a very concrete action plan on what the client will do during the week and until the next session Here is an example of an action plan

What will I do Run 3 times per week

When Monday Wednesday and Friday

With whom Alone

Possible obstacles Laziness and lack of time

Benefits Feeling healthier

What will help me remember Setting an alarm on my phone

How will I celebrate By going to the cinema

Homework the tasks between the sessions are a priority for the coaching Most of the le-arning comes from the homework that is done between sessions So remember to always end your session by asking your client to suggest tasks that she would like to accom-plish that coming week the next small steps she can take right now Then rephra-se each one into a concrete action (when how where ) Still some clients will have gre-

tion tool is ideal for those who have difficulty in defining Baby Objecti-ves or those who have difficulty in defining an action to do this week

Notas As a general rule the client will not hear the word ldquosmallrdquo in the question The-refore we must repeat the question until the action is so small that the client would have no difficulty doing it

Of course the Next Small Step may not be the right action to choose for this week

Example The client wants to buy a Porsche (Guru Objective)

ldquoDeposit 1000 eurosrdquo is the Baby Objective The same process can be used for defining the homework

At the end when an action has been defined the Coach may also su-ggest a piece of homework In other words then the Coach is finally

ROSA 20

54

55

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING RAPPORT

at difficulty in taking action If this is the case always look for the smallest step that the person can take If we do not act itrsquos because the step is not small enough Remember ldquoEvery journey begins with one small steprdquo

Commitment amp Penalties some clients will sometimes have real diffi-culty in stepping into action Sometimes you may have to resort to agreeing on a fine if your client does not accomplish her task All human beings run away from pain and sometimes in coaching we need to use a little more masculine energy (wersquoll talk about that more below) to help You can even ask the question ldquoWhat will happen if you do not accomplish itrdquo

Monitoring amp Accountability the role of a Coach is to provide moni-toring to her client However the responsibility must always be on the clientrsquos side As a Coach you are responsible for guiding the process Your client should define the strategies needed to enable her to take the steps she wants You should follow and always try to understand what may have prevented her from completing her tasks Above all you should be focused on finding better strategies to lead her into action However do remind your client that it is her responsibility Ultimately acting or not acting is her choice

VII RAPPORT

Mastering the ROSA technique and mastering Rapport will alone make

you a Mega Coach Of course you can gain more Roots but people

who attend our courses usu-ally already have quite some

1ST DEFINITION OF RAPPORT

Relationship of trust and influence rapport is the ability to create trust within a few minutes with various kinds of people and to influence them to act think and do better You can only influence after being trusted Think about people you trust and do not trust what influence do these people have on you

2ND DEFINITION OF RAPPORTRelationship of empathy and sympathy ldquoWe only like 2 kinds of people people who are the way we are or who are the way we would like to berdquo

Empathy I feel empathy based on the things I have in common with someone

Sympathy Based on the qualities and characteristics that someone has that I would like to have

Conclusion rapport is empathy (who is like me) and sympathy (who is the way I would like to be)

56

57

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

Rapport is trust and

influence

Rapport is the ability to create

empathy and sympathy

WARNING Empathy comes before sympathy and trust comes before influence This is the most important aspect of rapport I cannot influence anyone who does not trust me

Part 2 Now letrsquos try to understand what happens in our psyche why this is the way it is

I invite you to imagine that yoursquore a rabbit in a forest and you meet another rabbit What happens Now imagine you meet another animal thatrsquos different from you What does the rabbit do FLIGHT (runs away)

Now imagine that you are not a rabbit yoursquore a wolf You meet an ani-mal thatrsquos different from you What does the wolf do FIGHT

Now imagine yoursquore a porcupine What happens FREEZE

Animals have these three types of reactions Now imagine yoursquore a human being 20000 years ago and you come across something di-fferent from you What happens ONE OF THESE THINGS AND YOU FEEL FEAR You react the way you do because your psyche does not know what it is And if it is another human being I KNOW WHAT TO EXPECT She is like me Our fear grows when something is different because we donrsquot know what to expect Imagine that you do meet a hu-man being but wearing clothes or other things that are very different

What happens when it is the same kind of animal What exists there EM-PATHY AND TRUST - 1st LEVEL of RAPPORT

This is a metaphor of course Rapport is very unconscious I could tell you to trust someone but your unconscious may not feel the trust What regula-tes that instinct in your psyche is KNOWING WHAT I CAN EXPECT

WHAT HAPPENS IN COACHING Clients also have these three types of reactions flight freeze or fight They may not show up for the follow ses-sion they may answer ldquoyesrdquo ldquonordquo ldquomayberdquo ldquodonrsquot knowrdquo or they may be in constant disagreement with you

Key ldquothe more the Coach is the way I am the more rapport there isrdquo

MILTON ERICSON (Ericsonian Psychology NLP Hypnotherapy) found the client within himself and used this as his tool in the therapy sessions

Ericson created rapport before proceeding with anything else This is TRUST and EMPATHY Ericson was humble and flexible enough to adapt to the client Only once you have done this you can go back to being yourself

Ways of creating rapport with someone

Verbal

3 Language words 3 Subject matter 3 Quotes way of speaking 3 Repeating what the other says 3 Using the otherrsquos metaphors 3 Using the same expressions

Non-verbal

3 Gestures 3 Voice 3 Mime 3 Distance 3 Posture 3 Breathing 3 Touch 3 Speed

Note Every human being has a natural and unconscious tendency to create rapport with others To confirm this all you need is to look at two people talking to each other and see how easily you will notice similarities in their postures and way of speaking

ldquoYou have only one chance to create a good first impression but you have plenty of opportunities to create rapportrdquo

Rapport is an honest attempt to enter someonersquos map-of-the-world The-re is no agreeing or disagreeing only flexibility Rapport does not mean friendship The first session and often the second is a lot about creating rapport

RAPPORT

Sometimes itacutes enought just a little attention to help someone but attention is not coaching

58

59

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

RAPPORT MODELndash 2 PacuteSEstablishing rapport is a process of many levels and layers of depth

LEVEL 1 - PRESENCE AND

PARTNERSHIP

PRESENCEThis is the first step towards creating ra-pport thus the most superficial one Pre-sence means that the Coach is fully com-mitted to her client aware of everything she says and does Nothing from outside the ses-sion should be on the Coachrsquos mind She must be fully present

Before a session itrsquos important that you as a Co-ach calm down forget about everything else and gain a notion of where you are and what you are going to do

POSTURE amp PHRASING

PERCEPTUAL POSITIONS

PERSON TO PERSON

PRESENCE amp PARTNERSHIP

PROBING amp PATIENCE

click the video to see it

Dedicate a few minutes to this process

Presence and Attention are among the healthiest ac-tions that lead to real results You can create a good

relationship with your client (child parent etc) just by being fully present and attentive Even gardens become more beautiful if they are cared for

Presence is about getting yourself into a certain state Itrsquos about being Yin and Yang at the same time

Yin ndash relaxing breathing being aware of all five senses being fully present where you are

Yang ndash mobilizing all your energy by run-ning jumping listening to inspiring music

PARTNERSHIP

Creating an equal relationship with your client Not top down or vice--versa The Coach should never be at a lower or higher level than her client The chairs should be the same for example

For presence and partnership it is also important to switch off the phone to prevent anything from interrupting the session Tidying up the table is equally important to having a clean and hygienic space

From 0 to 10 the importance of Presence during a session is a 10 It is the first step If it isnrsquot there nothing else will

Psycho-geography is also very important in this area

PSYCHO-GEOGRAPHY the way your psyche relates to geography Example On which side you like to sleep Each person has a different psycho-geography Some prefer to be by the sea while others prefer to be in the mountains

RAPPORT

Empathy is being doing

talk and think like the other Sympathy is being doing

talk and think how the other

would like to be

60

61

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

Some tips for using the psycho-geography of the client to your advan-tage

3 Having a room with a minimum amount of symbols It is not recom-mended to have crucifixes or other artefacts related to religion A bookshelf filled with books can also intimidate the client

3 Pay attention to details ndash cables on the floor which CDs are on the shelf etc

3 Having sessions at the clientrsquos home can become dangerous because there are lots of distractions and anchors Difficult si-tuations might have taken place there which will make it more challenging for the client to create a distance to them

It is the Coachrsquos job to notice the psycho-geography of her client and what makes her more comfortable

Despite all the rapport a Coaching session should always stay pro-fessional Being relaxed is necessary for both parties but the focus should not be on friendship You as a Coach need to be professional You must choose to be a Coach instead of a friend

When it comes to clothing you should be as neutral as possible in the beginning but always aligned with your personality Then you can try to adapt to the style of your client

The mantra here is having the client leave the session thinking that her Coach is just like her NOTHING IS WRONG Let your client choose what she prefers

LEVEL 2 - POSTURE AND PHRASINGWhen establishing rapport mere presence and partnership are not enough Moreover they are only the first step The posture and the phrasing that the Coach uses are very important for creating rapport in the relationship What we refer to here is mainly keeping a posture and using similar words and expressions to those of the client This way the client will see herself in us and instead of flight fight or freeze she will feel relaxed and be much more comfortable about talking

Sitting in the same position as the client using her posture tone of

voice and gestures these are all factors to consider

POSTURERegarding posture one can use two techniques that are very similar and very powerful

Mirroring When a Coach takes on a physical position that is the exact mirror image of the clientrsquos If the client leans to her right then the Coach who is facing her leans to her left

Matching In this case the Coach adopts the exact same physical position instead of a symmetric one Both ways are good and powerful The goal is to be equal or symmetrical

Of course it is not indispensable to be like the client 100 of the time as this will take a lot of the attention that the Coach needs to give the client

The more you practice these behaviours the more automatically and unconsciously you will do it When rapport already is high you can go back to your own posture and your regular vocabulary However should you feel the need you can always take up these techniques again

In fact at a high level of rapport it is possible and entirely positive that it is the client herself who starts to imitate our posture and words (un-consciously) This is the perfect moment to lead the client and suggest something more challenging to her

PHRASINGYou must pay great attention to the words that your client uses and the energy she puts into them The names of people that she talks about are also very important facts to remember

If you can use the same expressions as your client you will earn points in rapport Among these expressions metaphors are the most power-ful ones Try to explore as much possible the metaphors that are being used An excellent technique is to use a metaphor of the client to ex-

RAPPORT

The mirroring copies the

exact posture of the client

the matching mirrors

62

63

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

plain something This will reach very deeply into the psyche of the client and have great impact

You can also use themes that the client likes such as her passions and keep using them in future sessions to explain something or to give examples This creates an incredible sense of empathy between you and the client She will be glad that you are paying attention to what she says and at the same time she will understand much better what you say

The clientrsquos ideas are important keys to use when you speak in order to create and maintain rapport For example if the client talks a lot about travelling Irsquoll use the idea (anchor) that is already there because I know it works in his mind

BACKTRACKING backtracking is a Coaching technique that consists of summarizing the main points of a conversation by using the exact same words that the other person uses This tool helps the client follow the session and make her own short summary while listening to the Coach returning to what she just said and using the same words It is important to use at least the words we consider to be the most significant among the ones that the client expresses those that might be conveying more about her value patterns Backtracking can help us understand for example if we can move to the next phase of ROSA It helps us understand if the client has finished what she had to say about that phase and that way we can figure out whether we can move forward or not You can use simple questions to do so

3 ldquoLet me see if I got what you saidhelliprdquo - backtracking the conversa-tion using the exact words of the client - and then ending ldquoIs this is it or would you like to add something

3 ldquoSo what yoursquore saying isrdquo 3 ldquoCan I make a summary of your reality in relation to that slicerdquo

This is one of the simplest and most important techniques when buil-ding rapport

When building rapport avoid paraphrasing (saying the same thing in other words) but do quote A coach quotes

Mastery in Backtracking is being able to quote the last 20 minutes of a session This will leave your client fascinated and feeling that her Coach is really paying attention to everything she says

Therefore it is motivating to Backtrack at the end of each session and at the end of each phase of the ROSA

The Coach shows confidence and agrees with the client shows that she is on her side and really believes that the client will succeed

We must allow the person to be what she truly is talkative or silent Silent people also have things to say it is a matter of asking the right questions

NOTES When a session is not going well (the relationship is under stress) then the focus should be fully on level 2 Rapport - Posture and Phrasing The secret is to forget about the rest and build rapport again Once it is re-established you can address the problem

LEVEL 3 - PROBING AND PATIENCEEvery new level in Rapport brings you techniques that are deeper and more complex But the good news is that you donrsquot do level 3 Rapport until Level 1 and 2 are done So you will increase your skills by going from the easiest to the most difficult

PROBINGAsking questions is more complicated than imitating the posture and words of the client Indeed one of the more complicated aspects of being a Coach is to not give opinions and to ask the right questions at the right time We know that we keep showing you that you already are a Coach and that itrsquos easy but here we must tell you ldquoITrsquoS HARD BEING A COACHrdquo Think very carefully about whether you want to get into it Listening asking questions being patient with the pace of your clients

Even if you have the miracle answer to the clientrsquos situation you need to keep it to yourself Being patient is a challenge and usually typical

RAPPORT

64

65

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

To paraphrase can break

rapport

of the great masters You can only be a master if you want to learn to listen and if you develop a great patience for listening

Questions have the power to illuminate the darkness of your client by asking a powerful question you really get to see another human bri-ghten up right in front of you

Coaching has the power to open a new world to the client questions help people discover new resources Clients tend to find familiar answers but you as a Coach will lead them to unfamiliar answers

Classic examples of some ways to make your client talk

1 -Repeating what the client just said but in question form Client ndash ldquoYesterday I went boatingrdquo Coach ndash ldquoBoatingrdquo

2 -What does that mean to you What does fear mean to you What does a goal mean to you Example Client says ldquoIt is not rapport itrsquos complicityrdquoCoach replies ldquoWhat does complicity mean to yourdquo Client says ldquoItrsquos a clickrdquo Coach ldquoWhat does a click mean to yourdquo

3 -rdquoWhat elserdquo Serves above all to go to the heart of the matter Others like this one are ldquoTell me morerdquo and ldquoCan you go a bit deeper on thatrdquo

POWERFUL QUESTIONS Questions are probably the most beautiful flowers in the garden of learning Questions are one of the biggest se-crets of learning Creative solutions are practically impossible without questions

If you learn to ask 100 questions a day get ready for a revolution in your work at all levels

In life at work in business we are all afraid of asking questions We were educated from an early age to believe that there are right and wrong questions and we were also taught to not fail we avoid asking questions because of fearing that they are wrong The only way to reach the right questions is by not being afraid of the wrong ones

The one who wants to explore learning has to dance with this fear

A large part of all our creative potential stops at the door fearing to ring the doorbell When learning the one who doesnrsquot know is far less ignorant than the knowledgeable one Take risks Ring the bell Ask questions

Become obsessively curious ask questions How

3 Using the Coachrsquos ability of asking powerful questions 3 Following the rule of thumb ldquoThe Coach has the questions the

Client has the answersrdquo 3 Using positive language 3 Respecting the clientrsquos map-of-the-world 3 Always guiding towards solutions

Examples of powerful questions

3 ldquoCompared to whatrdquordquo 3 ldquoWhat does that mean to yourdquo 3 ldquoWhat could be a solution to yourdquo 3 ldquoI know you donrsquot know But if you knew what would that berdquo 3 ldquoWhat would be ideal to yourdquo 3 ldquoWhat do you want insteadrdquo 3 ldquoHow does that make you feelrdquo 3 ldquoWhat else could that meanrdquo 3 ldquoWhat do you want exactlyrdquo 3 ldquoWhat will you achieve with this goalrdquo 3 ldquoWhat will you do differently next timerdquo 3 ldquoWhat are you doing wellrdquo 3 ldquoWhat has to happen for you to be happy and successfulrdquo 3 ldquoWhat motivates you the mostrdquo 3 ldquoWhatrsquos the worst possible scenario And what could be the best

scenario ldquo 3 ldquoWhat are you willing to do to achieve your goalrdquo 3 ldquoWhat new things could you could tryrdquo 3 ldquoWhat prevents you from taking actionrdquo 3 ldquoWho could help you with this situationrdquo 3 ldquoWhat resources do you need to achieve your goalrdquo

RAPPORT

66

67

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

3 ldquoWhat else do you want to get out of your liferdquo 3 ldquoWhat do you really want achieve in that area of your liferdquo 3 ldquoWhat is your biggest dream in that area of your liferdquo 3 ldquoAnd what is the next small step that you would have to takerdquo 3 ldquoWhat do you find positive in this situationrdquo 3 ldquoHow could you attract better persons into your liferdquo 3 ldquoWhat would have to happen to make you feel more fulfilledrdquo 3 ldquoIf you were your own Coach what coaching would you give

yourselfrdquo 3 ldquoIf I was your best friend what advice would you give me to solve

this situationrdquo 3 ldquoIf you had all the time and money in the world how would you

fix itrdquo

In fact the art of asking questions is the foundations of a coaching process with powerful results The list of questions to ask seems en-dless

So become really obsessed with questions and start NOW How about adding 10 more ideas to our list And some more And many more

Typical coaching questions

3 Questions that lead to action (ldquoWhat will you do What can you do differently What do you need to do tordquo)

3 Goal-oriented instead of problem-oriented ldquoHow would you like it to berdquo ldquoAnd if you could what would you dordquo

3 Future-orientedldquoHow do you see that situation in the future How would you like to feelrdquo

Beware of questions with negative assumptions ldquoWhat happens if you donrsquot do itrdquo They should be followed immediately by a question with positive assumptions ldquoHow will you celebrate when you do itrdquo

RAPPORT

YOUR QUESTIONS

68

69

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

PATIENCECount to 10 relax work on your roots and realize that coaching is a process and that each person has her own time and rhythm How can you train your patience Think of 20 ideas

LEVEL 4 ndash PERCEPTUAL POSITIONSWe could also call this the level where we create rapport with our clientrsquos psychology In fact understanding and perceiving human psychology is a huge advantage for you as a Coach You are not there to be a friend of your client as we have mentioned so then a good way to create a relation with her is through her psychology

Do you know the psychology of a teenager or a parent a boss an unemployed If you grasp your clientrsquos psychology the Rapport will be extraordinary

If you demonstrate that you know how a mother thinks yoursquoll make the client believe that you understand her completely

Most people do not understand their own psyche If you can understand them at that level it will make the client to feel something extraordinary about you and the Coaching process

PERCEPTUAL POSITIONS At this level the Coach must master Per-ceptual Positions that is being able to put herself in another personrsquos position whether itrsquos the clientrsquos or the clientrsquos parent or any other person that is part of the situation You should be able to see the same situation from different perspectives and in the long term help your client do the same

THE EXERCISE This is an exercise to be used mainly if the client has trouble in a relationship with someone (friend family member etc) and is having some difficulty understanding that personrsquos Map-of-the--World And when this is of great importance

You do not need to go very deep in this exercise Because it is NLP even done in a soft way it can be very powerful to your client helping her to see an aspect of the situation that she hadnrsquot seen or reflected on before

STEP 1 ndash The client explains what is going on (she can speak freely without any restrictions You ask questions to understand the reality of the situation)

STEP 2 ndash The Coach suggests this perceptual positions exercise (it is just an invitation If the client does not want to do not continue)

STEP 3 ndash The Coach asks the client to choose two spots represen-ting the two standpoints (you can put a sheet of paper at each spot) and to imagine that the other person is at one of them

STEP 4 ndash The client speaks facing the other spot as if the person was there and acts as herself (The Coach guides with questions ldquoHow did that make you feel What would you like to tell herrdquo etc)

STEP 5 ndash Pause and ldquoshake outrdquo the client and share the question of the game of imagination

STEP 6 ndash The client recalls a childhood game she used to play and describes it a little We then use this as a metaphor to explain that we will now do the same Just a game where we use our imagination The Coach repeats that the per-son with whom the client has a challenge is there at the other spot

STEP 7 ndash The client goes over to the other spot and the Coach helps her go deeper into that role through guiding questions

STEP 8 ndash The client chooses whether she wants to return to her starting position and add something say something more She may go back and forth as many times as she wishes

STEP 9 ndash When done the Coach suggests to the client to stand on a chair and states ldquoYou are now in a neutral position a higher position What would you call this position (Allow the client to choose a name) Seen from above what do you have to say about this situation What would you say to (clientrsquos name) and to (the other personrsquos name) How would you solve this situation How can (clientrsquos name) solve this situationrdquo

RAPPORT

70

71

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

STEP 10 ndash After the client is done with the third (neutral) position the Coach takes the client off the papers

STEP 11 ndash The Coach can then use the following questions to debrief the exercise

3 ldquoHow was the exercise for you 3 ldquoWhat did you learnrdquo 3 ldquoIs there anything you could do differentlyrdquo

STEP 12 ndash Lead the client to an action (a first small step towards sol-ving the situation) and then funnel it

REMEMBER always undock the client from the different roles the client can do the exercise eyes opened or closed

TO ACKNOWLEDGE Acknowledge the client very very very much for having volunteered and shown vulnerability

This exercise serves mainly as a metaphor for the Coach striving to master Perceptual Positions (understanding and being able to go into different psyches)

CONCLUSION The Coach is a master of perceptual positions She knows how to see the different angles of the same situation She sees everything from different angles

PEMS

Life is all about relationships the relationships we have with ourselves and with others Some people instinctively relate better to themselves and others relate really well to others There are those who relate well to almost everything and everyone and others who are unable to relate with anyone This affects their personal and professional life

Is there any way to consciously improve the relationships that instinc-tively do not work Of course

When we grasp the logic of the mind of another person we can better interact with it and even influence it Psychology is power And if we apply on ourselves it becomes even more powerful and interesting The better we know ourselves and the logic of our mind the better we will be able to help ourselves and achieve our goals

Carl Gustav Jung a Swiss psychiatrist and founder of analytical psychology focused on studying social and collective archetypes He identified eight psychological types taking into account peoplersquos beha-viour abilities skills attitudes and motivations

He began by distinguishing between extraverted (social and expansive) and introverted (reserved and reflective) people Each of them could then be connected to two out of the four functions of the psyche sen-sing or intuition thinking or feeling

In the 40rsquos decade Isabel Myers and Katharine Briggs continued Jungrsquos work and added two auxiliary functions to the Jungian types percep-tion and judgement Thereby arriving at 16 psychological types or 16 personality types Later a personality test was created ndash The Myers--Briggs Type Indicator or MBTI - which is still the most commonly used tool for identifying different personality types

Based on Jungrsquos work we have created a model called PEMS which will help us better understand the logic of our own mind and of the people around us

In this model we distinguish four dominant preferences (P-E-M-S) which correspond to the four elements of life

PRACTICAL (the body DOING Activity Action related to the ele-ment of EARTH) - corresponds to someone that is earthly active dynamic practical that does a lot In excess these are people who never stop to consider their actions

EMOTIONAL (the heart FEELING Feelings Love related to the element of WATER) - corresponds to someone who nee-ds people relations who gives a lot to others and seeks affection In excess these are people who might be overly sensitive

RAPPORT

72

73

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

MENTAL (the mind THINKING Analysis Intellect Logic related to the element of AIR) - corresponds to someone who values analysis rationalization and uses logic and who always fo-cuses on making the right decision In excess these are people who might become impersonal and cold

SPIRITUAL (the soul BEING Values Existence related to the ele-ment of FIRE) - corresponds to someone who thinks that everything has meaning and a higher purpose These are people who care very much about values In excess they can fluctuate too much and concretize too little

The four logics of the mind that we have identified are also based on the four elements

Practical ndash EARTH (firm solid stable secure strong dense)Emotional ndash WATER (flexible always coming back to herself)Mental ndashAIR (transparent lightweight fast facilitates communica-

tion)Spiritual ndash FIRE (burning fleeting transforming powerful)

Thus in a very simplified manner we can divide people into four ca-tegories

PRACTICAL PEOPLE (P) ndash THEY LIKE TO ACT AND DOThese are the people who like action movement They are the ones who make the world move As friends or clients they may want to go straight to the point try things and learn about practical matters The greatest fear of these practical persons is losing control They like to feel that they are in control of the situation of the pace of the conver-sation and of the surroundings

HELP THEM ALWAYS FEEL IN CONTROL

EMOTIONAL PEOPLE (E) ndash THEY LIKE FEELING AND RELATINGThese are people who love people and sharing feelings Everything is an emotion for them And they feel things about everything and everyo-ne Let them talk about their family friends dogs neighbours etchellip

They will talk mostly about people and what they are feeling Their greatest fear is loosing empathy They like to feel reliable and they want to relate

HELP THEM FEEL EMPATHY TOWARDS YOU

MENTAL PEOPLE (M) ndash THEY LIKE TO THINK AND TO ANALYSEThese are people who like to analyze and who try to put everything into a box into a certain perspective They are precise and meticulous They like detail to study and analyze all possibilities They donrsquot fear debating (quite the contrary) and discussing they love the exchanging ideas and arguments but they need to end up being right or get a very good explanation to why the other is right A mental person is always striving to make the best decision Their greatest fear is to be wrong they like to feel that they are correct and that they are making deci-sions based on logic and rational thinking

HELP THEM FEEL THAT THEY ARE RIGHT

SPIRITUAL PEOPLE (S) ndash THEY LIKE TO BE AND TO GLOWThey are looking for the greater purpose of things They believe that everything has a reason for being the way it is that there are no coin-cidences and itrsquos that quest that moves them They give great meaning to every situation always looking for ldquotherdquo situation The greater the meaning the greater their motivation Their biggest fear is to have no meaning That it is to not be significant or ldquoshinerdquo in any way They need to feel conscious and whole

HELP THEM FEEL THAT THEY ARE MEANINGFUL

Although we all have and use a portion of these four categories in the different contexts or times of our life one of them is predominant in us Identifying it is important for managing and interacting with life and with others since it is the best and the fastest way of accessing the Map-of-the-world of someone and speaking a language that that per-son recognizes and accepts as her own

RAPPORT

74

75

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

In fact we are all one but we are all different and we must understand these differences to be able to deal with others People who are more emotional behave and interact in a totally opposite manner from mental people the same way that most practical people interact in a way that is opposite to spiritual people

The EMOTIONAL person is micro-MACRO Transforms everything that is small into something big Everything is important everything is emotional From the simple ldquogood morningrdquo to hearing ldquoI love yourdquo every day For an emotional person a discussion is always a tsuna-mi Therefore itrsquos the emotional persons who with their micro-Macro sense make birthdays a special day and receive small things with gre-at love

The MENTAL person is MACRO-micro transforms everything that is big into something small She makes it more complex by simplifying it For example this very PEMS model is MACRO-micro as it strives to make the hugeness of the personality types into something much smaller creating only four categories for all human beings The mental person also feels less and give less importance to her feelings

The SPIRITUAL person is MACRO-MACRO she takes everything that is already big and turns it even bigger more meaningful more im-portant more relevant Almost everything is a question of values of making the world a better place and interpretations that go far beyond reality A simple leaf falling off a tree can represent a new phase in life for a spiritual person

The PRACTICAL person is micro-micro turns everything into small and simple lsquoright here and right nowrsquo matters They act Right now with what they have They donrsquot feel the need to enlarge what is small and they donrsquot care much about great concepts If the five senses can help them grasp a situation everything is fine

THE PREDOMINANT LOGIC OF OUR PSYCHEThe most practical way of finding out is to notice how we behave in a stressful situation Each of us when under stress often react in a way that is very close to our basic personality type

Practical people act react move around organize themselves put their hands to work and do not rest until they manage to move things forward

The emotional people feel and feel a lot If a situation is stressful diffi-cult and negative they will have difficult and negative emotions they will feel what others feel and they will want to manage these emotions in the moment

People that are predominantly mental will under stress begin to ratio-nalize need logical answers be fast and analytical They donrsquot want to solve anything through feelings they donrsquot want to act they are only concerned with finding the right and correct decision and struggle until they get it

Finally the predominantly spiritual people will want to give a greater meaning to that particular event What has to be done what people feel or what the right solution is doesnrsquot matter what matters is why things happened the way they did and what the greater significance of that may be

RAPPORT

76

77

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

Identify the psychological type of the client can help the coach to anticipate and understand expectations

MAIN SUPERIOR FUNCTION AND AUXILIARY INFERIOR FUNCTION

According to Carl Jung while we all have one function that is better developed than the others ndash a superior function ndash we also have another fairly well developed function called the first auxiliary

All of us have a bit of each one of the psychologies but there are always two that are predominant a main one which Jung calls the superior function and an auxiliary one that lies at the bottom of the cross shown on the previous page which is always to the right or left of our superior one

The inferior function is one that is less developed and that remains mainly in our unconscious

Thus a person who is predominantly Practical may have as her auxi-liary function the emotional or mental logic thus being PE or PM

A person who is predominantly Mental may have as her auxiliary func-tion the spiritual or practical logic thus being MS or MP

A person who is predominantly Spiritual may have as her auxiliary function the emotional or mental logic thus being SE or SM

And a person who is predominantly Emotional may have as her auxilia-ry function the spiritual or practical logic thus being ES or EP

This all means that we are situated in one of the following categories

3 Practical Emotional or Emotional Practical 3 Practical Mental or Mental Practical 3 Spiritual Emotional or Emotional Spiritual 3 Spiritual Mental or Mental Spiritual

As you may have noticed according to Jung there are no EMME or PSSP That is one canrsquot have as her first auxiliary function the func-tion that is opposite to the superior one

Carl Jung said that we should look closely at our inferior function whi-ch usually remains in our unconscious because it contains an enor-mous potential for a change and each one of us can benefit a lot from integrating our inferior function with our superior one

Taking risks experimenting enjoying everything that life has to offer is the best way of getting to know ourselves and realizing where our happiness lies (ldquoTrate a Vida por Turdquo paacuteg 74)

INTROVERSION AND EXTROVERSION Introversion and extroversion have to do with the direction in which we focus our attention and energy

People who prefer Extroversion focus their energy and attention away from themselves and are interested in the world of people and things

3 Attracted to the world of events and people outside of themsel-ves

3 They are aware of who and what is around them 3 They like to meet and talk to new people 3 They are friendly often good talkers and easy to get to know 3 They tend to talk easily and often in meetings 3 May not be as aware of what goes on inside them 3 They think while talking 3 They may act or speak first and only think later 3 Speaking about themselves they speak fast 3 They bring energy into life 3 They can get bored and restless if they are alone for too long

People who prefer Introversion (focus their energy and attention inward and are interested in the inner world of thoughts and reflections)

3 Attracted to the inner world of thoughts feelings and reflections 3 They are usually very aware of their inner reactions 3 They prefer to interact with people they know 3 They are usually quiet in meetings and sometimes seem disen-

gaged

RAPPORT

78

79

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

3 They are generally reserved and hard to get to know 3 They may not be as aware of the world outside of them 3 They need time to gather their thoughts before they speak 3 They reflect and think before acting 3 They want to know you before allowing you to get to know them

deeply 3 They feel exhausted and tired after interacting with peoples

FINAL NOTE you must be what your client is You have to find that person inside you

LEARNING STYLESAs we saw with the previous PEMS model our clients will have diffe-rent psychological preferences It is therefore important and essential that you are able to adapt your sessions to the learning style that your client likes best and that better meets her psychological preference

EMOTIONAL Emotional clients will like to talk and share on their to-pics They are very much looking for a relationship and empathy with the Coach and they need to feel heard more than any of the other personality types For these persons learning has a lot to do with the relationship that is created with the feeling of support that they get and even with the positive feedback They like to learn through stories As a Coach it is important to learn to empathize with the emotional range of these persons They will appreciate the sharing to tell stories and to listen to them With emotional clients we may sometimes feel that we are not taking huge steps forward But the fact is that many times these persons need to first be listened to

MENTAL Mental clients will be more logical and may have a more aca-demic style of learning They will want to understand the reasons why things are what they are they will want to get tasks involving research on certain subjects The sessions with these people must be well defi-ned and prepared They will want to explore their intellectual side and feel challenged It is important for them to have access to information and tools that explain the work they are doing in the sessions in a con-crete and logical manner Of course they also need to empathize but the intellectual challenge feeling that their intellect is develops appears to be greater They may like schemes graphics and any models that

could simplify the learning process What these persons will demand of you is a greater capacity to analyse and a logical and rational way of communicating

SPIRITUAL this is for most people the most difficult learning style to adopt Remember that these persons are seeking the greater meaning of things They really want to feel inspired by the coaching process (and even by their Coach) They will want to see that you are an exam-ple of what you talk about so called congruence Spiritual persons will enjoy topics that are more related to values to their identity that make them feel that they are taking steps towards becoming better hu-man beings With these clients you can use powerful metaphors (even through movies music creative exercises etc) and above all strive to make sure that the person leaves the session very inspired

PRACTICAL They like action Which is great because coaching is pri-marily about action These persons like to have very practical sessions in which they get the opportunity to do many exercises and experiment with different situations They may be the clients that like getting more tasks and having things to do (which then sometimes ldquogets lostrdquo due to their time management) These clients will require more simplicity and a well-paced session from you They may also like to do exercises that involve moving their body Above all they will want you to help them get into action

As we deal with these four kinds of preferences we need to adapt our Coaching style to the learning style that each person has Thus we should prepare a lot their sessions and realize that some will require from you

3 Greater sharing and ability to listen and relate (e) 3 Researching mastering the subject very well and knowing how

to mentally stimulate your client with challenges (m) 3 Powerful metaphors very inspirational sessions and congruen-

ce that assign meaning to the Coaching process (s) 3 Practical exercises diversified well rhythmed sessions that

help your client to quickly get into action (p)

RAPPORT

80

81

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING ROOTS

LEVEL 5 - PERSON TO PERSONThis is the fifth level of rapport the deepest and more intense one It happens when the level of rapport is a total vibration Itrsquos when the client feels such a confidence by her Coach empathy and sympathy Itrsquos the hardest level to evaluate

Itrsquos when your client feels so much connected to you that depending on her your relationship would go beyond Coaching She no longer wants the Coach she wants you You no longer understand only the person she feels that you know about her You donrsquot understand psychology you understand who she is

It is very similar to the rapport level you have with 23 of very close persons in your life Everything is natural unconscious and sponta-neous

VIII ROOTS

Every human being seeks to get results Mo-ney Family Romance Peace Happiness

Career Health All we want in life is to have results in those areas

The Map-of-the-World Model is used to work on roots - your

roots as a Coach It shows us how does the psyche of all of us works As a Coach no one

should surprise you about yourself You should know you well know everything about yourself This is what itrsquos called a rooted person

click the video to see it

82

83

BELIEFSTRANSFORMATIVE COACHING

ROSA 20 M - AIR - THINK

VALUESHOLISTIC COACHING

ROSA 30 S - FIRE - BE

COACHING 40

WORLD MAP MODEL

being th

e moment

passi

on en

ergy

demotiv

ation

empowering beliefs

limiting rules

relation air(comunication)

coach is priestisnacutet

1 value focus

UNSUSTAINABLESUSTAINABLE

SECURITY

SELF LOVE

CONSCIOUSNESS

PERSONAL DEVEL

FREEDOM

LOVEBELOVED

BLISS

CONTRIBUTION

P

E

M

S

BEHAVIORROSA 10

SITUATIONAL COACHING

P - EARTH - DO

EMOTIONSREMEDY COACHING

ROSA 10 + LISTEN E - WATER - FEEL

RESULTS

ability to

enter

in st

ate

emotional

patter

ns

habits and discipline

addictions

coach is bossisnacutet

coach is friendisnacutet

1 Homework focus

optimism faithpositive

meditation

key points focusused to interrupt the fear cycle

coach is coach

HUMAN HAVINGHUMAN BEING

UNSUSTAINABLEEGOTISTICAL

STRETCH ZONE

SUSTAINABLEECOLOGICALSTRETCH ZONE

SHORT TERMLONG TERM

CYCLE OF CONFIDENCECYCLE OF FEAR

CONSCIOUS

SUBCONSCIOUS

UNCONSCIOUS

84

85

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

So the first question is why some are getting results while others are not

ACTIONS BEHAVIORSThis means that anyone who is having results is because she is ldquodoingrdquo ie behaving differently from other people who are having no results in those areas For example a millionaire DOES things that people who are not millionaires donrsquot For example saving investing etc Someone with a great health is DOING things that people that donrsquot have a good health are not What we are doing is making the difference Two people in the same circumstances that do exactly the same actions have the same kind of results People who have the results you wanna have ARE DOING THINGS TO GET THEM

So the next question is what leads some people to DO and others to not do

EMOTIONSEverything you do in your life is a relationship between pain and pleasure What happens is that someone who goes running at 6 am associates more pain with lsquonot goingrsquo than with lsquogoingrsquo Who is going to the gym asso-ciates more pleasure than pain with going to the gym in the morning That relationship between pain and pleasure is what is defining your results If we dramatically increase the pain or the pleasure associated we will get to change your results

As so what is then defining that painpleasure relationship

BELIEFSThe reason is because of our beliefs of what we believe in Our beliefs are our set of rules for the world and for our lives Your set of beliefs in fact is defining your painpleasure relationship with something and then your actions A millionaire believes that saving is essential that investing and taking risks is necessary This set of beliefs leads himher to associa-te more pleasure than pain with having these behaviors and therefore heshe implements them Other people have other beliefs that create other

emotions that create other results People who are achieving results in areas that you arenrsquot have a beliefs system different from yours

And then it seems logical to ask so what is defining and creating your set of beliefs

VALUESWhat is a value Itrsquos something that is important to you something you re-ally value The only thing that determines a value is if it is valuable to you Not all of us share the same values (Example the values of Mother Teresa and Donald Trump Contribution vs Professional Accomplishment) What you really value and not what you say that you value You value it so much that it generates your set of beliefs In fact when you live your values in practice (on a daily basis) you are defining your life results Not what you would like to value but what you are really valorizing In fact we all have the same values What differs is the order and the importance we give to each one of them

For example if someone has the value of the family above the value of work she will have the belief that it is more important to spend time with her family causing her to develop a positive feeling when she is with her family which leads her to really try to spend more time with it On the other hand someone who has the value of work above the family one will be someone who believes she should spend more time with her work and career as she believes it is that that will bring her more financial stabi-lity for example So she will associate more pleasure to the time spent at work than at home causing her to act accordingly to that emotion For example Donald Trump and Mother Teresa of Calcutta havenrsquot they got different values One probably values more lsquoprofessional fulfillmentrsquo the other values more lsquocontributionrsquo Different results Sure One has one of the largest business empires in the world the other left the largest volun-teer organization in the world

So in reality the values you are living in practice (what you are valuing in practice) are defining your results

This alone already explains a good part of the psyche of human beings But letrsquos go deeper

ROOTS

Having roots is to control the cycle of trust

86

87

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

To have roots the coach has to identify

her motivators and values create beliefs and habits and learn

to place herself in a state

CYCLE OF CONFIDENCE AND CYCLE OF FEAREveryone has Cycles of Fear in some areas and Cycles of Confidence in other areas

How do you know it If you are having or not results in that area In the areas of your life where you are getting results you are living in a Cycle of Confidence In the areas where yoursquore not you are living in a Cycle of Fear What does this means is that you have behavioral addic-tions or that you are doing things in a vicious way you are in a sort of a mice wheel Those addictions start by creating emotional patterns on you (feelings that you are having whether you want it or not for instan-ce jealousy when it becomes a pattern no matter what the other does that emotion will keep being there it is an emotion that happens to you) and those emotional patterns generate limiting rules We use the words ldquorulesrdquo because in reality limiting beliefs are created because they have a very large set of rules And this generates demotivation An addiction creates an emotional pattern that creates rules limiting which create demotivation and discourage us to move and change This Cycle of Fear is being lived FROM RESULTS TO VALUES and not in the other and right way The bad news are that we all have Cycles of Fear The areas in which we are not having results is because we are afraid but we paint it in other colors Irsquom afraid Irsquom demotivated I have emotional patterns and I have limiting rules

For you to gain roots you need to recognize these cycles You need to break it if you want results but if you want roots you need to recognize them Good news you can break Cycles of Fear

Second good news you have Cycles of Confidence You also unders-tand the other psychology So what is a Cycle of Confidence

You start by having the capacity of creating Discipline and Habits you get the ability to get into a certain and desired state (eg being happy to go training I want to create that emotion I visualize it it is the op-posite of an emotional pattern the pattern happens to you Think of a boxer who puts herself into her wanted state before entering in a ring You have empowering beliefs (when you believe in something that cre-ates more of it) This creates energy passion being in the moment Being with energy and passion and in the moment brings me empowe-ring beliefs which put me in the emotional state I want and provide me

habits and discipline The good news you have these cycles in areas that you are getting results Think in one area You have these four things right

Having these cycles itrsquos called being human First part on lsquorootsrsquo is about knowing your Cycles of Fear and Confidence and admit them to yourself to those you love to the others And having the courage to say that it doesnrsquot work because of FEAR And there is a way to break this cycle When you have roots you stop projecting it in your clients

There is a way of finding your values in a very logical way knowing which human motivators drive your behavior

8 HUMAN MOTIVATORSMaslov pyramid he was the first to talk about human needs He is outda-ted because it defines a hierarchy He places self-fulfillment at the top This model is very much focused on Maslovrsquos map-of-the-world who was an MS If it is a PE he may have lsquofamilyrsquo in the top and that is not wrong Still there are things that all humans need

So with all these models we created the 8 human motivators they are divided in four paradoxes one for each of the PEMS The first paradox is security freedom

Each one of us was born with a set of motivators You are ldquoaddictedrdquo on one side of the paradox You have to fulfill that need even if you have to abdicate of the other one

ROOTS

SECURITY

SELF LOVE

CONSCIOUSNESS

PERSONAL DEVEL

FREEDOM

LOVEBELOVED

BLISS

CONTRIBUTION

P

E

M

S

88

89

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

The main lesson is the more you live the other side of the paradox the more you will live your addiction as well What happens is that you can only get more of your addiction when you learn to validate the other side of the paradox This is what Jung calls ldquoparadoxes integrationrdquo be the millionaire and the altruistic Be the mother of family and career etc Only when you integrate the other energy is when it boosts the one that is more natural to you

For other persons it happens the same with security and all other pa-radoxes The suggestion is Irsquom addicted on this but I can pause and I can go exploring the other side What you have to figure out is your map (draw in the lsquoinfinite signsrsquo which side of the paradoxes is bigger) Your map is about how much you need to fill each side of the paradox

So YOUR HUMAN MOTIVATORS ARE DEFINING YOUR VALUES AND YOUR VALUES ARE DEFINING YOUR RESULTS

You can have everything on one of the sides of the paradox if yoursquore willing to face the fear of losing it

All people fill their motivators The difference between us is how sus-tainable is that satisfaction Unsustainable means that every day you

EXERCISE Do your map How do you discover Based on major decisions you made in your life Example work home relationships etc

have to feed them Imagine a homeless person he meets hisher secu-rity needs (eating and having where to sleep) but he has to do it every day Now compare with Donald Trump If you see the freedom part it probably happens the opposite

3 SUSTAINABLE it feeds itself It is something that can continue without the need for external resources It is ecological based on challenge and paradoxes integration

3 UNSUSTAINABLE you need to do it every day it is selfish ba-sed on comfort and extremist You do it like it was a daily shot

Example father and daughter about going out at night (to satisfy sa-fety and to love and be loved) Father says no hersquos being selfish and within his comfort zone The same father after coming to this course ldquoYoursquore going to the party until 2230 You send me an sms saying that everything is ok and at 2230 Irsquoll pick yourdquo This continues for some time Father goes on diminishing the rules Now hersquos being ecological entering his challenge zone and integrating paradoxes To feel safe as a father he has to give some freedom To feel loved he has to give them some self love Now his motivators are sustainable and has a sustai-nable system that feeds itself To arrive to a deeper level of security he needs to take the risk that comes from giving more freedom

DIAGONAL CONTINUOUS LINEThis line shows us that working above the line ie the clientrsquos beha-viors andor emotions is short-term and unsustainable In this case only the techniques are worked There are immediate results but with no major impact and duration Like when we are called to do motiva-tional speaking or teambuildingrsquos People feel better and do things but the results have a short duration

This does not imply that it is wrong to do Coaching based on these two areas For example in a quick conversation with a friend we can do Situational Coaching (based on behaviours) in order to get her to do something that has been postponing If the action has been made and it was what was intended to be then you did your role as Coach The Remedy Coaching is also important sometimes which consists on making the other person to leave the session feeling good thinking more positive at the time having had an opportunity to digest an emo-tion

ROOTS

90

91

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

Below the continuous line is where lies the deepest work The one that will actually be sustainable and with long-term results This is where we work values and beliefs it is where we go deep to the point where in fact we shift paradigms The client in this type of Coaching change her beliefs and values turning to be a really different person in opposition to what happens above the line where only the emotions or behaviors are changed but the client continues to be what she was

ICEBERGWith the iceberg image it is understood that the behavior is the conscious part of the human being the only thing that the client can see and analyze Everything else emotions beliefs and values are at the clientrsquos unconscious But as a Coa-ch I must and I want to work also the unconscious because as we saw above this is where it lies the sustainable and long-term work

When we help our clients shifting their paradigms beliefs emotions or values we are working with their unconscious Your client will not like this at some point in the process The unconscious will realize that she will have to change and this will cause the first resistance Knowing how to overcome this is essential to the Coachrsquos work so she can de-liver sustainable results

Conscious Mind keeps all the information which you can access now

Unconscious Mind keeps all the information that has ever passed through your brain It is also a kind of a warning system for you

The information passes from the unconscious to the conscious mind through the subconscious It goes dropping into deeper levels of our mind Very qui-ckly your clients will want to turn you into one of three things

Friend ndash They want someone who listens to them who is patient with them who is always there with whom they can always count and talk Most of your clients will want to have you here that you turn into a sort of confi-dant that supports them but does not challenge them too much But you are not there to be a friend

Boss ndash Many will seek in the Coach someone to tell them what to do who provides them specific guidance who pressures them who ldquopunishrdquo them when they donrsquot have their homework done Someone who is even more committed with their results than themselves But yoursquore also not there to be a Boss

Priest ndash Others will want a kind of a weekly confession session That you absolve the mistakes theyrsquove made du-ring the week that you tell them everything is fine and that it doesnrsquot matter we are all human and we all make mistakes You are not there to be a kind of spiritual le-ader of your client and to absolve him You are there to be

Coach - The Coach has an ldquoAirrdquo relationship with the client ie mental of communication becau-se it is a conversation where you listen and ask where there is intellectual stimulation In the map--of-the-world scheme the Coachrsquos sketch is in the quadrant of beliefs It is a ldquomind with mindrdquo work

It is important to know this because with the sessions going clients tend to try their Coach to become a friend (wateremotions) a boss (earthbehaviors) or even a priest (firevalues) However the Coach should avoid the mistake of behaving like one of these three types You are there to be a Coach

Notes In Informal Coaching with friends colleagues family remember that first thatrsquos what you are and only then you are a Coach Therefore you should not give prevalence to the Coach but to the relationship you have with that person otherwise you would violate the pact that exists between the two

ROOTS

92

93

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

4 TYPES OF COACHINGBased on these four quadrants there are four types of Coaching

Situational Coaching ndash The one that is done immediate-ly during the situation with the sole purpose of lea-ding it to an action It usually consists of a brief con-versation where a ROSA 10 is done Your client has a situation that week that really needs to be addressed Ex a proposal that she needs to present a college exam for which she has to study Itrsquos not bad Coaching and it is often necessary Only it is more superficial

Remediative Coaching ndash As the name says it suits when we have to put a ldquobandageointmentrdquo on the emotions The goal is the client to feel good at the end of the session without having to go deeply on the problem Itrsquos the typical conver-sation where the client unburdens and your only goal is to make her feel a little better Sometimes it may be and it often is necessary

Ex the past week your client has discussed with someone important to her or something happened that greatly dealt with her emotions Your first focus should be to help her to unburden and to feel better We used ROSA 10 + Unburden

Transformative Coaching ndash Here the goal is not just making the client to feel better but that she can change the way she sees her life and herself Here we mainly work on beliefs ie the client stops believing in some things to start believing in another ones She shifts paradigm Coaching is now much more sustainable and with long--term results It undergoes through more complete ses-sions where ROSA 20 is done

Holistic Coaching ndash This is the kind of Coaching that involves the whole being of the client all her areas and valences ie her values The entire psyche is worked We are working the whole Human Being and not only a part of it Even the motivators are worked We use ROSA 30 and we work a lot on paradoxes integration

KEY POINTSWe said earlier that we all have Cycles of Fear and that we can change them to Cycles of Confidence How

Imagine that you have a turnscrew and a bicycle wheel is malfunctio-ning You will then put the turnscrew into one of the four key points and then yoursquoll pull and force the wheel to move in the right direction to-wards the Cycle of Confidence And very important you donrsquot take out the turnscrew until the Cycle (the wheel) rotates in the right direction

What are then the Four Key Points You can really choose only one

VALUE FOCUS At this point you will choose a key value for you whi-ch you canrsquot leave to live in practice Whatever happens you canrsquot take the turnscrew from there For instance imagine that you are experien-cing serious financial difficulties and you decide that lsquoValue Focusrsquo is your point Imagine that you choose ldquosavingrdquo as the value that has to be experienced in practice Then whenever you have to make a decision that involves spending money you know what to do You canrsquot in any way stop living this value until the cycle begins to rotate in the oppo-site direction and gets sustainable

POSITIVITY If you want to work at the level of beliefs yoursquoll start to develop this empowering belief base BEING POSITIVE You must be a positive person with faith who believes that everything will go well who says only positive things about herself and the others who sees and is focused on everything positive that is going around her And when the bad days or the bad news are coming and you feel the need to say something negative you shut up And you say something positive

EMOTION FOCUS Imagine that there is an emotion that makes your Cycle of Fear to happen (an emotional pattern) In this key point you will choose an emotion that you would like to learn to cause in yourself learning how to get yourself into that state Imagine that you have been feeling too much anger in your Cycle of Fear and want to feel harmony instead You want to learn how to get into that emotional state You start feeling the opposite emotion and you do something to manage to be in an harmony state (you listen to a song that gets yourself into that state you put your boxing gloves you jump you meditate you close

ROOTS

94

95

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

your eyes you read a poem as Mandela did )

HOMEWORK FOCUS Here you will define a homework that until itrsquos done you wonrsquot do anything else Imagine that you have a Cycle of Fear in relation to health that you define lsquoHomework Focusrsquo as the key point and your homework is running every day Until you manage to do it nothing else matters All of your strategies are directioned so that your homework is being done as soon as possible

In the end all of the four key points have to do with absolute focus

Value ndash Focus on the most important value Until that value is being lived we wonrsquot move on

Positivity (Faith Optimism) ndash Focus on the positive emotions Un-til she gets optimistic we wonrsquot move on

Emotion (Meditation) ndash Focus on pleasure Until she feels more ple-asure than pain we wonrsquot move on

Homework ndash Focus on action Until the homework gets done we wonrsquot move on

VERY IMPORTANTYou as a coach do not have to guess your clientrsquos map-of-the-world or even her PEMS but you have to explore it aside of her You will only master her Map-of-the-World when you understand your own (creating roots) because you will never learn anything about yourself with your client you will never discover anything about you because shersquos the one who discovers it being real or not You Coach you must be hum-ble enough to know that you know nothing about your client and you shouldnrsquot try to guess anything It is the customer who gets there alone

Therefore the more knowledge you have about your own map-of-the--world together with Rapport and ROSA the more intense will be your Coaching because the more you will be able to help your client The goal is that you have the tools in yourself so you can help her In other words this tool is for you to deepen your roots and thus know when you need to do only ROSA or go searching for the Key Points or to use

another method For instance if a client has as her main challenge to be promoted then therersquos no logical on working on Cycles of Fear but to make a ROSA and move forward On the other hand if you see that there is a Cycle of Fear then you should find the key point so you can work on it

I canrsquot help the others if I canrsquot help myself first

ROOTS

values (I am)

during session

clientcoach rosa unconscious

Beliefs (I think)

between sessions

co-coach rosa 30

emotions (I feel)

leverage slice

self coaching rosa 20behavior (I do)

holistic

coaching to others rosa 10M

S

E

P

96

97

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING RESULTS

IX RESULTS

Results are super important in the Coa-ching process There is simply no Coa-

ching if there are no results and thatrsquos why they are at the center of the

triangle of the four Rrsquos Everything we do whether is ROSA creating

Roots or building Rapport it is done with the purpose of get-ting results at the end of the sessions

This is what distinguishes the most Coaching from other practices As a Coach you must become obsessed with your clients results Not only that they do their homeworks but also how close did Coaching took them closer to their Guru Objective how much it has improved their leverage slice of the Pizza and other slices as well We also try to assess the sustainability of those results We donrsquot want them just to get there but also that they keep there

Coaching is about results and you must take this premise very seriou-sly You have been hired to make them reach some goals Become obsessed with it

It is not so easy to evaluate results in a metric way in the world of Co-aching but it proves to be very important Not only with Life Coaching but also with Business Coaching We must find a way to demonstrate that our work has had results in practice

That was the reason why we have created the Results Model

Our level of competence is equal to our worst level of performance

RESULTS MODELIt is possible to define results through the four metrics

lsquoSrsquo AXIS (SPIRITUAL) WE EVALUATE THE PROCESS IMPACT ON THE CLIENT

Behavior (I DO) When the client throughout the process changes one or more behaviors She does now due to the sessions different things that she didnrsquot before

Emotions (I FEEL) When the client feels happier more self-confi-dent fulfilled etc She has now different and more positive emotions due to the Coaching process

98

99

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

Beliefs (I THINK) When there is a change of belief (I used to belie-ve I was not a good person and now I believe I am) When the client used to believe in something and she started to believe in something different There was a paradigm shift She used to see something in a certain way and now she sees it in a more empowering way

Values (I AM) When the Coach manages to help the client to change her values ie the person she is This happens for exam-ple when the client starts to put more emphasis on family than on work or when she accepts and believes that she is a healthy and different person and that nothing will change that now She values different things todat due to the Coa-ching process

lsquoErsquo AXIS (EMOTIONAL) WE EVALUATE THE CLIENTrsquoS AUTONOMY

Level 1 Coach (CoachClient Relationship) Itrsquos the Coach who controls the situation There is a formal relationship be-tween Coach and Client and the session is controlled and oriented by the Coach

Level 2 Coach (Co-Coach) The Client already acts as a Coach during the sessions This happens for example when the client already knows that she is supposed to also say po-sitive things on the Reality part that is she already knows what to do in each step She already takes the initiative The relationship is more about cooperation now and the Client start becoming autonomous

Level 3 Coach (Self-Coaching) When the Client already does Self--Coaching at home not being asked to This is a fantastic moment because she already has the tools and the Coach is there to help and support

Level 4 Coach (Coach to others) When the Client comes to a ses-sion and tells us she has done Coaching with someone else (with her child for instance) This person came to us to be helped however she is already using our tools to help so-

RESULTS

meone else She is totally independent It is every Coachrsquos dream

lsquoMrsquo AXIS (MENTAL) WE EVALUATE THE CLIENTrsquoS CONTENTS ASSIMILATION

Uses Rosa 10 language o cliente usa palavras como Realidade objetivos soluccedilotildees accedilotildees fazem hoje parte do seu leacutexico

Uses Rosa 20 language the client uses terms such as guru objec-tives baby objectives measurable beliefs paradigm shif-ting brainstorming etc

Uses Rosa 30 language she refers terms like emotional patterns cycles of fear and confidence values dilemma etc

Uses unconscious Rosa language when many of these terms are so ingrained in the clientrsquos language that she thinks she will use them for the rest of her life

lsquoPrsquo AXIS (PRACTICE) WE EVALUATE RESULTS IN PRACTICE

During the Session I can manage the client to get results only du-ring the session It is a Coaching session that has no power to influence the client outside it

Between Sessions It mostly happens when the client is doing her homeworks It means that what happened during the ses-sion touched her with enough strength to get her to realize she has to do something and that she is doing something outside the sessions

Leverage Slice It happens when the client fulfills her Leverage Slice and achieves the goal that brought her to Coaching or when her satisfaction in that slice has dramatically im-proved

Holistic When the client improves satisfaction in multiple slices as a result of the sessions including the leverage slice It was a process that had an impact on the whole being and not just in one area of her life

100

101

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

You can make this model with your client on the last session you have together You can also make a self-assessment to compare with it When you measure these four levels of results you will have access to check what level of Coaching you had on that specific process

COACHING LEVELThe Coaching Level that you have delivered is always proportional to your lowest result Even if you have three axes at level 3 and have only one at a level 2 Coaching has been 20 This is valuable information to you as a Coach because it gives you an idea of axes that are easier for you to work and others that you may have to further strengthen

Level 4 Coaching is something that is not achieved with all clients There must be a great empathy and rapport as well as a mastery on the Coaching technique that has been taught in the training course and presented in this manual

Gulica ego catia caperum dem inem cus Fortes et L Nos et grae avehem Romnit acto egeris cis sultod pratum voltum iam hos ublius hactam atemus essede con vas optilis factor aus nem ad cae estil hos me patus re verisse inatuus

Udam deperfecrem nermis etraed me int ela remulibut rem loctusquo cum mus auciem vivehem uresull emquissent eti primperescit ina que ia consiss entium pulerit con vendam morei sentes inatil vit ia quam mus licaudemus factem dum eo ura ex muro nenit quo vilnes-tium Catimportus pati postalarit vis coena fui sa consu consceribus Satquid ertienatus contere essimis ut vis aus iliciam quo in dissimis Ra num deatiqua vere con sentius et in spio pes Tiaetin videlisquam mus viliam que conum is larbit etora notimolto nos et duc omnimus opublicae convo C Nos vivica Catus hos vivas aurnihil hui terfint imorter labus hostam res inequod nerem tabute telieni hilicaessil ven-tem nonsulis

Berteropubit diisquium iteriti emprit teludam hilicid erfentiur tem huis

Hum pro vidiusquem paterevid sedis factatu rnihilla rem publicave Ca-terev irissoltis re aurei pere anum teluder ficepse essercem octuusque mis tum inam pra vivid rei condamdiis hacies Ipio verei sendamdis

TOOLS amp TECHNIQUES

X TOOLS AND TECHNIQUES

If you master well the model of the four Rrsquos for us you already are a fantastic Coach If you can master some stars too itrsquos even better But if you master the model you know how to do Coaching But now letrsquos go to the small stars The idea is not that you try to use all the stars at the same time Choose the two or three that you like best and train those first

POSITIVE FEEDBACKProvide as much positive feedback as you can to your client Take every opportunity you have to do it A Coach is the type of mirror that only says good things about her client Please turn yourself into some-one who is always valorizing every small steps that your client takes

FEEDBACK HAMBURGERYou say something positive then you say something negative then you say something positive again The two positive feedbacks have to be VERY VERY good For instance ldquoI have been feeling that you are very committed to your Coaching process We just need to start paying more attention to our homework even because I feel that you are a person who likes to challenge yourself and that really wants to go further ldquo

RESSIGNIFICATION Ressignificating is finding another meaning still more empowering but that changes everything EgrdquoI didnrsquot do my homework I failedrdquo Coach ldquoWow That means that you are a demanding and committed personrdquo ldquoIrsquom lazyrdquo

102

103

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

ldquoDoes that means you like to enjoy the pleasures of liferdquo

REFRAMINGIt is much like ressignification Itrsquos the name that is used in NLP (Neuro--Linguistic Programming) You take the information that was been gi-ven to you in a frame and you put it in a new one

PREFRAMINGIf ressignification has to do with changing the meaning after it has been given preframing has to do with giving a meaning to something before we have explained what it is It is a widely used technique to anticipate objections that might distract us from our ultimate goal Then we do preframing we previously give the meaning that we want the person to give afterwards Example

ldquoCan I show you my point of view Itrsquos something different but Irsquove seen that it works with many people and it has been helping a lot to change our behavior to healthier habits Itrsquos something innovative and different but highly successful Can I tell you my ideardquo You create a frame before placing the information in there

POSTFRAMINGFirst you give the information and then you put it in a frame Eg ldquoFolks today we have an exam (the low energy level) but thatrsquos what this course is about to be the best Coach to go furtherrdquo

ldquoFROM 0 TO 10 rdquo To give examples ldquoI think Irsquoll read a bookrdquo Coach ldquoFrom 0-10 how much do you think you will accomplish that goalrdquo

TRANSFORMING ldquoORrdquo IN ldquoANDrdquoHelp the client to find an alternative solution to integrate paradoxes to

find a third way

VULNERABILIZATIONFind out things about you that are not working and put them at the clientrsquos service That makes you human and you are validating your client in the case she feels the same She does some things better than you and has some of the same challenges

ASSOCIATION AND DISSOCIATIONThese two terms are often used in NLP (Neuro-linguistic Program-ming) and are used in various ways Association means that an indi-vidual describes a situation as if it was happening and he was partici-pating on it As the name indicates he is associated with it He is still seeing himself going through the situation and feels the emotions that he would feel if he was really living it

Dissociation means that an individual can already tell that experience as if he was watching a movie in which he took part but already dis-sociated from it He is more in an observer role That allows him a big-ger emotional objectivity Even if he feels the emotions they are more about the experience itself and not so much about him as a participant

When we want to help our customers to overcome some emotionally more challenging situations it can make a huge difference to have them to dissociate from those situations Thatrsquos how they can gain greater objectivity and clarity and at the same time they get more mo-tivated to take their first steps

METAPHORSThe most important here is that you use the metaphors of your client Use her world whenever it is possible It will help a lot more to inter-nalize and memorize the information Help your client to create her metaphors Eg ldquoSometimes we fall into holes that are so big that you canrsquot get out of them alonerdquo ldquoLearning to forgive someone is like dri-ving one step at a timerdquo

TOOLS amp TECHNIQUES

104

105

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

LANGUAGE OF A COACH 3 HOW TO INTERRUPT at the first session it must be defined if

the Coach can interrupt the client when she deviates from the focus If yoursquore going to interrupt your client you must always do it with a question You can also take note of something that has nothing to do with the subject you are talking about but it seems important So we can talk about it in the next session You can ask the client if she liked to talk about it

3 ldquoDOES IT MAKES SENSE FOR YOUrdquo If she says NO ldquoSo tell merdquo if she says YES ldquocan you tell me howrdquo

3 ldquoMY HALLUCINATION is rdquo Being very unconditional Any opi-nion is a good opinion The Coach realyy doesnrsquot know The word hallucination implies that what yoursquore saying may be ab-solutely wrong

3 ldquoWHAT WOULD LOVE DO NOWrdquo Be careful with the rapport level you have with your client It is a very good question when it concerns relational issues

3 ldquoHOW WOULD IT BE IFrdquo Very good to overcome objections ldquohow would it be if you had timerdquo ldquohow would it be if you had moneyrdquo ldquohow would it be if you had self-confidencerdquo

3 ldquoWHAT IF rdquo Fantastic to destroy any obstacle that your client brings Some examples ldquoAnd what if you couldrdquo ldquoWhy notrdquo ldquoWhat if nobody would knowrdquo ldquoWhat if you had moneyrdquo ldquoI know you donrsquot but what if you knew what would you sayrdquo

3 GENERAL TIP BE COOL You really must have a cool and rela-xed attitude You really donrsquot know what would be best for your client so be really unconditional

THE COACHING ETHICS

XI THE COACHING ETHICS

There are six ethic rules in Coaching but with no doubt the first is the most important

CONFIDENTIALITY Coaching sessions must be given the utmost con-fidentiality There are no legal rules as in Therapy (like not having fa-mily as clients) but you always have to respect confidentiality When you do Coaching in a company and you must give feedback to their manager your clients must know it If necessary you can discuss the case with a mentor but always without mentioning the name of your client You can discuss the cases but without any names

CLIENTrsquoS AUTONOMY Coaching is all about autonomy and sustaina-bility You need your client to get results not that she needs you You should think ldquoif I change country how would my clients berdquo

CAREFUL WITH PROJECTIONS We all project aspects that we re-press in ourselves All currents in psychology agree that there is pro-jection When I look to someone else what I see is whatrsquos inside of me (strengths and weaknesses) Thatrsquos why some see one thing and others see another As a Coach you must be very attentive to projections You should not do it with your client and for that you must work on your roots If something bothers you that says more about you than about your client Itrsquos not just a technical issue of respecting others map-of--the-world It is an ethical issue

CREDIBILITY Of course you can use other different tools in your ses-sions but you should be able to do so Using things on which yoursquore not certified is breaking ethics Try to be congruent and integrate Being a corporate or a sales Coach without being an expert about those mat-ters is not ethical

106

107

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING THE FIRST SESSION IN PRATICE

CONTRACT IS CONTRACT The financial commitment you assume with your client is always the same as long as she is your client The same in what respects sessions frequency You should always ask permission to your client when you want to change the frequency of the sessions For WeCreate the value you charge to your client must be the same forever It is part of our gratitude towards our client

SELF-COACHING The Coach must be an example of Self-Coaching or she should have a Coach You really have to do ROSA once a year at least and use all these tools in a weekly basis Make sure that you are also an example of achieving your own dreams

XII THE FIRST SESSION

IN PRACTICEIt is normal that the first session is a bit longer (90min) Your focus is to build RAPPORT Here is an example of a few steps for your first session You can have a few more or less of these steps but this is the general idea

STEP 1 Memorize these steps so that you will not have to use this manual

STEP 2 (Partnership) Organize the working space have everything prepared adequated clothes etc

STEP 3 (Presence) Prepare to be fully present by meditating or by being a few minutes in silence

STEP 4 (Posture and words) Build rapport have a few minutes of casual positive and neutral conversation to break the ice For example the weather the clientrsquos favourite team foot-ball match etc

STEP 5 At this stage you will also try to collect information about the client Several aspects of her life and trying to deter-mine clientrsquos expectations regarding the Coaching process You will be attentive about the metaphors and about what is really important to her Yoursquoll need it to explain what Co-aching is in her words

STEP 6 Explain what Coaching is using the clientrsquos words and the references she gave us Example letrsquos imagine that boxing was something that the client liked and we want to explain

108

109

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING THE LAST SESSION

Coaching through boxing ldquoCoaching is like boxing It invol-ves a lot of training to succeed in getting results but ins-tead of having an external enemy we are fighting against ourselvesrdquo

STEP 7 Inviting the client to do an exercise we pick six pens (three of each color) We ask her to tell us three things that are going well in her life and we explore each area a bit Then we ask ldquoamong those areas which one is running really wellrdquo Then we ask for three things that are not going so well and explore a bit

STEP 8 Asking the client which 3 goals she would like to accom-plish by the end of the Coaching process that would make it worth the investment (as measurable as possible)

STEP 9 Establishing verbal contract and selling the idea of coa-ching (even if the sessions pack is already closed) Now we talk about the practical issues sessions frequency ses-sions length interrupting the client first session a bit lon-ger confidentiality guarantee If you feel comfortable you can talk about costs and forms of payment

STEP 10 ldquoCan we start our session talking about what brought you here How can I helprdquo

STEP 11 Talking a bit about the Clientrsquos reality and introducing the Pizza of Life The client draws herrsquos We will go on explai-ning the pizza and its different slices (very briefly not to influence) Some clients like to do it lsquoalonersquo others like to go on talking as they fill the slices

STEP 12 From then on you make ROSA 10

STEP 13 You end up the session You can share ROSA methodology with your client (if you think shersquod like it) and ending with positive feedback You can also ask the client how did she feel You can also ask her to choose an object and summa-rize the session You will also be doing some preframing by stating that Coaching is about action and homeworks

XIII THE LAST SESSION

A coaching process has a follow-up We can work with individual ses-sions or with a pack It is important to inform your clients that Coaching is a continuous process and not a process with miraculous results in the first session Hence it is like doing workout where it is difficult to get results if we go to the gym only once

You can work with packs of sessions (5 or 10) and we would like to give you some tips on what you should ensure it gets done in your last coaching session with someone you have been working with

FUTURE It is important to ensure that the client will continue taking steps in the future even not having sessions anymore or your presence In this session you should spend some time helping her in creating an action plan about the next steps she wants to go on taking in that area You can also take the opportunity to do a small summary of everything that you both worked in so that there is a notion of the progress made and the results achieved Ensures that your client completed that process and be sure about the next steps for her future Help her in crea-ting a good action plan

HABITS You can also ask your client which would be the daily or weekly habits that she would like more to integrate into her routine

POSITIVE FEEDBACK This is also the perfect time to give positive fe-edback to your client (despite being a constant throughout the sessions) Show her the progress she has made throughout the sessions and help her to realize all the positive things she has achieved

111

110

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

PERSONAL DEVELOPMENT We must ensure that our client conti-nues its personal development process and knows or tries new approaches Coaching is just one part of a wide range of options that are now ahead of her Encourage her to con-tinue that journey to read new books to try other trainings and workshops other different and complementary ways of approaching personal development

KEEPING CONTACT You can develop some form of contact with your old clients Email telephone facebook etc Remember to con-tinue sending her information about coaching or other matters you find important It is a way to ensure that your client will continue ldquoawakedrdquo for this subject

Thank you for being part of this project

Daniel Saacute Nogueira and Marta Ferreira

Page 14: WeCreate International Coaching Certification Manual

28

29

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING ROSA 20

EXAMPLES OF QUESTIONS LETTER ldquoArdquo

3 What will you do this week 3 What is one thing you could do without much difficulty 3 Which of these solutions can you start with today 3 What is your next small step

The fundamental Action question is WHAT ARE YOU GOING TO DO WITH WHOM WHEN During a coaching session the letters R and S have a divergent func-tion allowing you to fully open the flow of ideas The Action phase then has a fully convergent function specifying what will be done as seen in the following diagram

VI ROSA 20

The purpose of this manual and the International Coa-ching Certification is to learn to use ROSA 20 The

MasterCoach Certification goes more in depth with 30 coaching and the MasterCoachTrainer

Certification is about 40 coaching

R(EALITY)The Reality phase is usually the longest

one in ROSA (especially in the first session) It is a very important phase because it is where we find out about our clientrsquos current life situation and start building rapport with her

If this phase is well done the rest comes quite easily and naturally 99 of your clients will be focused on the problem ie living the ldquoPro-blem Psychologyrdquo They will have the tendency to always see the ne-gative even to amplify it as they go along by finding more and more reasons that ldquofeedrdquo the negative aspect of their situation

Everything around them whether it is their home situation or even the state of the country or the world strengthens their ability to see how bad their problem is which contributes to killing all hope for impro-vement and opportunities ultimately go unnoticed Their situation is always the worst it can ever get In fact they tend to see that their life has always been that way

Your goal at this stage is to collect as much information as possible about your client and different aspects (both good and less good) of her life The Coach has two tools for helping her client ldquoget outrdquo of the

ROSA 10

ROSA 30

ROSA 20

ROSA 10

ROSA 30

ROSA 20

WhatWho

when

babybaby

30

31

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

hole that she is focused on and have a conversation about the broader reality of her life

FLUFFY PUFFY VS COMPLICATORAt the stage of Reality we find two main types of people

COMPLICATORThis is the type of person who will claim that they are not able to solve their problem and who also believes that the situation is so big and so bad that there actually is no solution

ROSA 20

In this case let the client speak for five to ten minutes about this but then it is essential to make her say something positive about it with questions like

ldquoWhatrsquos good about itrdquordquo ldquoWhat do you like about your life (Maybe on the same sub-

ject or another - see ldquoGuide to the First Coaching Ses-sionrdquo)

By doing this we motivate the client for the rest of the ROSA Itrsquos re-ally a question of energy If we donrsquot address the positive aspect (of the particular situation or of another area of life) we will not have any energy for the Objectives phase

The conversation gets very depressing and not very motivating when the client manages to convince herself (and often the coach as well)

32

33

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

that there is no solution By adding together both positive and negative aspects we create tension and a spark of energy to move on At the same time we get to find out what truly motivates the client whether it is family a passion that she has or others things

FLUFFY PUFFYThis is the opposite of the type above This is a person who has re-edu-cated herself and grown convinced that itrsquos good to have problems and that they are there for a reason She has a super positive perspective on life but possibly a bit exaggerated Problems are always positive and she does not understand that they may have negative implications

To the question ldquoSo is this problem hurting yourdquo she will promptly reply ldquoOh it isnrsquot Itrsquos good to have problems they bring along many positive things and are just what they should berdquo In this case the Co-ach has to make the client talk about the problem and the aspects that are negative or less good In other words we must find out what hurts enough for the client to realize she needs help with something and that not everything is going well after all

As in the previous case we need to create an inner shock in order to generate energy for the Objectives phase In this case it is necessary to do so by making the client ldquosufferrdquo a bit or to get her out of her comfort zone in order to become aware that there is something she wants to change or do differently If we do not have a challenge an opportunity or a problem we cannot do coaching

Both the ldquoComplicatorrdquo and the ldquoFluffy Puffyrdquo should identify both good and bad aspects of the subject matter Moreover you should not move to the Objectivesrsquo phase be fore this is done At this stage the more the client is aware of her own reality the better the Coachrsquos picture will be of that same reality Both types of clients need to enter the area of challenge leaving the reality that they live in and gaining a broader awareness of the reality that is

Only with this awareness will there be fuel to create goals and pro-gress to the next stages

PIZZA OF LIFEThe clientrsquos reality is like a big wall Something she nee-ds to overcome to reach the other side the side that she wants to be on Although the wall is large the client will tend to concentrate on a small part of the wall a hole a brick to paint etc About 98 of people are focused on the small ldquoholesrdquo of life which only increases their size and importance

Implementing a real change in your life means looking at it as a whole from various angles analyzing all its weaknesses but also all the pos-sibilities In doing so the client becomes more aware of who she is

The pizza is divided into four distinct areas (linked to the four elements and the four personality types) and twelve slices

EARTH AREA (PRACTICAL WORLD)Money How is your bank account Do you have any debts Do you

think you have enough money or do you need more to have the life you want And what about material goods such as a home a car travel

Health Are you healthy Do you have any chronic illness How do you nourish yourself Any sports Do you feel alive

Jobcareer Are you doing something you like Feel satisfied with your career How many hours do you work per day What is your level of productivity

WATER AREA (EMOTIONAL WORLD)

Romance Do you have a love relationship that satisfies you Do you love and are you loved Are you feeling happy and complete without being in a relationship

Family and Friends (with a big F) How do you relate to your chil-dren parents and friends

Contribution Are you helping create a better world Any voluntary work Donations Satisfied with the help you provide

ROSA 20

of life

money

hea

lth

workcareer romance

Friends

family

contribuitiondevelopmentpersonal

social life

hobbies

peer groupleadershippersonal

life p

urpose

Pearth

Ewater

Mair

Sfire

meaning

34

35

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

AIR AREA (MENTAL WORLD)Personal Development Do you read books participate in training

courses invest in yourself and in your learningdevelop-ment

Hobbies and Social Life Do you have a social life that satisfies you Do you have free time to do what you like

Peer Group Groups of people (friends family etc) that challenge us and pull us forward Do you have people that encourage you How often do you meet with them

FIRE AREA (SPIRITUAL WORLD)Personal Leadership How do you relate with yourself When you

look at yourself (on the inside and the outside) do you like

what you see How is your confidence and self-esteem

Life Purpose How much of your day-to-day do you dedicate to doing what you love most

Meaning of Life Do you have a faith What do you believe in What is the energy that encompasses all Why are we here on this planet

The Pizza of Life is a very deep tool to be used both by the client and the Coach to develop their roots It is a practical way of examining all areas of our lives

It is essential to distinguish between the importance that a client at-tributes to a slice and her degree of satisfaction with it Itrsquos not about how much you have of this or that slice but rather how satisfied you are with this area For example a person who is not religious does not have to have a zero in the area of the meaning of life if she is comfor-table with that area But if she does feel that she needs to work on her faith then the value will inevitably be less than 10 Another example someone who lives in a rented house travels by bus and goes camping on holidays may have a 10 in the money slice if itrsquos a person who does not value material goods Someone else who lives the same kind of life but aspires to have a beach house a great car and travel to exotic places will assign a lower value to this slice

The client may want to add or remove a slice and split others However the most important thing is to recognize the four main areas (PEMS) and the importance of all the slices for your happiness and for gaining a more balanced life

When the pizza is filled out once again you will address the positive and less positive aspects of it At this stage you should ask your client

3 ldquoWhich 2 or 3 areasslices feel goodstrong at the momentrdquo

3 ldquoWhich 2 or 3 areasslices need a little more attention and some im-

ROSA 20

1 What is the current situation

2 Concrete examples

3 Objectivity through facts

4 Ask what when where who

REALITYRESUME

36

37

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

provementrdquo

This way you gain even more information about the current situation of your client which may be very helpful during the rest of the coaching process

LEVERAGE SLICEAfter evaluating the pizza of life we dedicate ourselves to hel-ping the client choose a leverage slice We can explain that coaching is about gaining focus by having only one target to hit at each moment in time This does not mean that we wonrsquot work on any other area it just means that we first need to solve one slice one priority slice

The question to use is ldquoWhich slice if you increase your satisfaction with it by one or two points would improve the biggest number of your other pizza slicesrdquo

You can ask your client to select any 5 slices then 3 then 2 and ask ldquoImagine that I am the genie in the lamp and I can help you bring one of these slices to a 10 which one would you chooserdquo

If your client clearly has a slice that she wants to work you can proce-ed with this one right away

The leverage slice is not always the slice that got the lowest rating Therefore we should not influence the decision of the client

A few tips

3 If the client chooses a slice that she gave a high rating itrsquos good news for the Coach because it will be relatively easy for the client to improve it further

3 If the client wants to choose a new slice in the next session no problem Remember that we are just chauffeurs Early on in the coaching process the client may do some reflection and then want to choose another slice

3 Until the leverage slice is resolved (rated much more positively)

or under control by the client (it only being a matter of time) we DO NOT change the slice along the way We only do so once we have delivered the wanted results If we change the slice in each session it becomes difficult (if not impossible) to deliver results which also become much less sustainable Coaching is not a process with a magic wand that can transform a slice in an hour

3 No area is more important than another and the numbers that the client uses to evaluate only mean something to her Remember that YOU SHOULD NOT JUDGE anything about the pizza of your client It only needs to make sense to her

O(BJECTIVES)Now that we know the current reality of our client it is time to move on At this point we no longer speak of problems or challenges That was back in the previous phase Now we just want to know about Objectives

In Coaching we work with two types of objectives

GURU OBJECTIVES AND BABY OBJECTIVESAll of us more or less consciously orient our action through goals But we do not always take the right steps There are people who consciously do but there are many others who without being conscious of it hurt their feet run without knowing where theyrsquore going or stop halfway

We can identify two types of goals which we should use to our advan-tage

3 Guru objective ndash a goal that is so big so big that therersquos a voi-ce in our head that thinks itrsquos impossible to accomplish

3 Baby objective ndash a goal that is so small so small that we are absolutely certain of achieving it

ROSA 20

The slice of leverage is the one in which if there is any improvements will positively affect other slices of pizza

The Baby-Objectives has the

unique purpose to increase client

confidence

38

39

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

Guru and baby objectives psychology is natural to us not something we learn nor something we can unlearn For example it activates immediately if wersquore in a car accident if anything threatens our survi-val or the survival of our loved ones We then forget whether we are confident or not successful or not rich or poor and we only care about finding a solution This is natural we always have an ultimate goal in mind while at the same time staying present to the immediate objec-tive since that is what makes us define the next small step towards reaching our guru objective And we get so engaged that nothing will distract us from our guru objective Now this psychology should not get triggered only unconsciously in moments of survival but also be applied consciously in our lives in general in our everyday And yes it can be activated

Always remember that an objective is only at the guru level if there is a voice inside you that laughs finding it impossible to achieve and a baby objective is only one if you are sure that you will achieve It is therefore essential to dream to look farther and reach beyond what our minds can visualize

But beware if we focus solely on our highest goals we will never le-ave the realm of dreams and over time we will lose self-confidence Achieving goals involves taking small steps every day defining reaso-nable steps that slowly but surely bring us closer to our guru objective

Success depends on a combination of both We must therefore learn to live life with very big guru objectives and very small baby objectives Most people that feel unhappy have developed a guru psychology but not a baby psychology or vice versa The former always want more and are never satisfied with their daily achievements The latter live through small steps but cannot think big so the little steps wear them out and monotony or apathy reigns

Having a great guru objective without setting baby objectives leads to frustration anxiety and impatience Setting baby objectives without having a big guru objective leads to disinterest discouragement and lack of direction(ldquoTrate a Vida por Turdquo paacuteg 111)

META+Our objectives should be

Measurable - Objectives should be very concrete so that when we reach them we can check off ldquomission accomplishedrdquo For example ldquoI will spend 3 hours a day with my familyrdquo instead of ldquoI will spend more time with my familyrdquo

Emotional Objectives should contain grand adjectives that provoke a lot of emotion so that the brain gives them more importance For example ldquoI will wake up shining and full of vitality ready for a new day of fun and productivityrdquo

Timed - Objectives must have either a date or a frequency or both For example ldquoStarting tomorrow I will be home by 8 pm every day to have dinner with my childrenrdquo or ldquoI will train every day starting on Sundayrdquo

Achievable - We need to believe in the objectives that we set and know that they are possible to reach For example ldquoI will write a book next monthrdquo If you think your goal is too ambitious you had better adapt it ldquoIrsquoll write one chapter in the next monthrdquo

Positive (+) - Goals should be stimulating the positive Neurolinguistics say that everything that we define as positi-ve encourages us and everything that we define as negative defeats us For example ldquoI will not smoke anymorerdquo is wrong while ldquoI will breathe 100 oxy-gen and make air cleaner for myself and for othersrdquo is more correct Or ldquoon day x I will weigh y poundsrdquo instead of ldquoI will lose weightrdquo(Trate a Vida por Tu paacuteg 155)

ROSA 20

1 What do you want

2 What do you really want

3 What is the Guru-Objective

4 What is the Baby-Objective

5 What is the dream (the most importan is to make the client talk about his dreams)

6 In a perfect world (For those who have di-fficulty in define Guru-Objectives)

7 Meta+

OBJECTIVESRESUME

The meta+ model is used to specify the target-guru

40

41

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

Why do we need to have these two opposing energies Exactly for the same reason as the positive and negative energies in the Reality phase We really need a guru objective since the effort that the client will have to make and the person she has to become to get there will make her reach much further than if she had set an intermediate goal Coaching is about dreams about the best of the best for each area of our lives The important thing is not whether or not the client gets there but that the road she travels takes her much further

Moreover every journey starts with a small step We need to create an objective so small so small that the client is absolutely sure she can do it Why To get her motivated quickly to achieve success and above all to convey the baby objective psychology We need to make our clients realize that coaching is about big and small steps The baby objective in itself is not important but we need to introduce this step here so that your client begins to celebrate every little step that she takes every piece of homework that gets done

Coaching is about forming a person with both guru and baby objectives psychology Someone who wants to go really far and at the same time is super happy with everything that she has already achieved

Notas If a client has a very big guru objective to reach in a short time and the Coach thinks it is not possible we can ask the client to ldquoconvince us that it is possiblerdquo On the other hand if the baby objective is very big we do the same

S(OLUTIONS)Encouraging creativity is equally important to teaching children ma-thematics Portuguese and science This is what later on will separate intelligent adults from true geniuses who are able to create something new revolutionary and innovative in whatever area It is those who mark others society science and the world who ultimately make a

difference

40 IDEASIn fact we are all creative We have all been children we have all been creative and so what happened What is it that makes our creativity die The fact is that our society limits our creativity while forgetting that in a grey professional world creativity makes the difference

ROSA 20

clique no viacutedeo para o activar

42

43

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

Anyone who is creative grows through challenges simply because they put their creativity at the service of what is not working They go off immediately to search for a solution And this is available to everyo-ne This is the basis of the ldquoSrdquo in ROSA instead of complaining go look for a solution Remember yoursquore always one idea away from solving your biggest challenge You just havenrsquot found that idea yet Pull out

your creativity and try finding ideas ideas ideas

Even the most creative people start with obvious ideas and it is good to go through them in order to get to the other ones Little by little we will get to the interesting ideas and when we stop being afraid of saying nonsense we become creative Now the challenge is to get an innovative idea And that can only be achieved by investing time and energy When we are at 10 or 20 ideas to not give up until you have at least 40

Losing our creativity is in other words restraining our physical (earth) emotional (water) mental (air) and spiritual (fire) abilities Children do not have these restraints in a physical sense they love exploring the world through their body showing you they donrsquot care about posture for instance and they seem unbreakable when defying the laws of gra-vity with an energy that seems limitless Emotionally they are much more open to all kinds of feelings because they have not accumulated many negative experiences Mentally they are hungry for knowledge and the concept of right and wrong is not yet set so everything seems possible to them Spiritually they are completely free they may have some enrooted values but everything else is an open book

In order to be creative again and go back to having blank pages in the book of life being able to write and rewrite improvise and create we

obvious interesting creative innovative

can start by being creative in one area or going back to being creative in all aspects of life and our being To go back to being creative we must explore our physical body do sports dance act etc and use your senses to hear smell taste touch and see The healthier we are the more our body will be available to be physically creative To go back to being more creative emotionally we have to stop being afraid to feel We have to venture into relationships connections sharing without the fear of being hurt frustrated cheated and even happy

To go back to being mentally creative we must learn new subjects think about new things analyze from new angles and perspectives challenge our minds have conversations with all kinds of people read all kinds of magazines stimulate all parts of our brain

Finally if we want to go back to being spiritually creative we must question all our certainties and dogmas meditate and open ourselves to the world of possibilities and the inexplicable We need to know oursel-ves in order to experience life intensely

If we manage to be creative in all four areas we will be soon become a new person with a palette of new experiences and openness to wha-tever happens giving us new shape and a different glow If we can be more creative regarding the first letter of our PEMS we should really be congratulated for it The important thing is to enter the challenge zone to seek solutions in areas that have not yet been explored in fiel-ds that are uncomfortable for others but that we call our comfort zone Then everything and really everything becomes possible and there are no longer problems without solutions(ldquoTrate a Vida por Turdquo paacuteg 165)

PARADIGM SHIFTThis is the time to get the client to think ldquoupside downrdquo ie to think ldquoout of the boxrdquo It is undoubtedly the most difficult phase of the coaching sessions Your clients will not even want to think and to change their paradigms

The vast majority of people when trying to solve a pro-blem or challenge use the first ideas that come to mind - the Obvious ideas ndash the ones that we all have However there are three more levels of ideas The Interesting ideas are those that some have sometimes

ROSA 20

The very first ideas are obvious Only then comes the interesting and then comes the very creative and innovative ideas

44

45

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

Solutions are always related to the Guru-Objectives

and then come the Creative Ideas that are those which generate con-flict because they go lsquoout of the boxrsquo shifting paradigms Finally we have the Innovative ideas that are the ones that nobody sees but once they are revealed they become obvious

We may use this ability in all areas of our life using this unique creati-vity to make everything unique and different

The goal of a Coach is getting the client to change her paradigm This is what happens in an ldquoAHArdquo moment when she finds an idea and is sure that this is the one she was missing

In the picture on the left do you see a young girl or an old lady Try to see both Put your brain to work both ways

GREAT AND WHAT ELSEBrainstorming is the most powerful tool for creativity and the best way of stimulating creativity in all areas of your life It is essential to do individual and group brainstorming as it is the best way to find so-lutions to challenges

What is a lsquobrainstormingrsquo

As the name implies it is a kind of ldquobrain stormrdquo And what do storms do They stir things up make ideas collide (thunder) and launch one solution after the other (lightning) ldquowaitingrdquo for the one that will solve the problem and put the storm at rest Brainstorming is not only use-ful at the workplace Every person and family should brainstorm from time to time to seek solutions to their problems from the most basic day-to-day questions (how to deal with expenses manage domestic tasks prepare meals) to deeper and more complex ones (helping a child become more confident helping a father that is unemployed) And individually each one of us should do brainstorming to solve and improve all areas that we feel the need to change

It is very easy to do brainstorming Here are the six rules to start prac-ticing today

1 No judgement All ideas are valuable even the most stupid ones In a brainstorming there are no arguments or criticism All ideas are good initially If there is criticism besides genera-ting conflict it can also inhibit the people involved

2 Quantity quantity quantity The more ideas generated the better the brainstorming Quality does not matter here only quantity Why The first ideas will be obvious then interesting then creative and only then innovative

3 Hitchhike You can build on otherrsquos ideas No participant should be silent for a long time If you donrsquot have any idea you can simply hitchhike on someone elsersquos The only thing you cannot do is not to participate

4 Go crazy From time to time throw in some ideas that are lsquoout-side the boxrsquo Regardless of how absurd they may seem this will help you and your colleagues to leave the obvious ideas and make your brains think At the very least you will enliven the session If the group laughs at your idea yoursquore being crazy

ROSA 20

click the video to see it

46

47

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

5 Take notes The most dangerous thing in a brainstorming ses-sion is having no one to write down the ideas Preferably the one who writes should not be giving any ideas she should fo-cus on writing down othersrsquo ideas There should also be a kind of a moderatorfacilitator of the brainstorming session not for taking decisions or criticizing but precisely for making sure that no one tries to take decisions on behalf of the group or to criticize other peoplersquos ideas and to help keep the focus on what matters In an individual brainstorming session you of course need to be your own moderator

6 A clear goal You must clearly define what the purpose of your objective is what the challenge is and if possible write formu-late it in META+(ldquoTrate a Vida por Turdquo paacuteg 213)

Brainstorming is the most powerful creativity tool In a brainstorming the client is requested to come up with a great amount of ideas on how to reach her Guru Objective

click the video to see it

And the Coach must be persistent since this is when you realize that humans are lazy when it comes to thinking It is very likely that when giving her fifth idea the client will say that she has no more Everyone will want to convince you that they have already found the magic solu-tion But they havenrsquot And how do we know that Because if they had found it they would already have solved their challenge

During a brainstorming ideally it is the Coach who writes down the ideas But she should not alter any of them And if the client gets stuck we must ask open and creative questions such as

3 If you had all the money in the world what would you do 3 If you were your idol what would you do 3 If it were 10 years ago what would you do 3 If it were 10 years from now what would you do

Cultivating a sense of humour as a Coach is always a good for rela-xing and making people creative This is in fact important in any area At this stage it is very likely that the client will have long mo-ments without coming up with any ideas Therefore it is impor-tant to create our own personal way of ldquopulling outrdquo the clientrsquos ideas such as a small exercise changing seats or using humour If the client gets to 40 ideas very easily and none is lsquointerestingrsquo even for her it means that she is still in the obvious ide-as and then 40 more ideas are always welcome Creativity is an expansive energy The more it is cultivated the more it grows and the easier it becomes to use it in other areas of life Notas The Coach may suggest ideas but only as an encouragement to the client

A brainstorming can take up a large part of a session so it is important to make sure there is enough time for it

ROSA 20

1 Allow the obvious

2 I want more ideas

3 Help to avoid judgment

4 Overcoming objections with questions ldquoWhat ifrdquo

5 Okay what else

SOLUTIONSRESUME

48

49

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

since it is not right to leave it midway The goal is that the client forces her brain to find new ideas in a short time and in such a way that it is almost like a shock to her

It is important to keep focused on one topic in a brainstorming Some may change their focus during the process for example a client whorsquos Guru objective is to open a business may start to suggest ideas on how to make more money In this case the Coach should remind the client of the main topic At the same time the Coach should stay flexible and if the client really feels that their focus was not on the first topic but on the second itrsquos time to go back and set a new Guru objective

A(CTION)ROSA exists only for one reason to get us to act We find our Reality establish our Objectives and think up Solutions that make us act ndash the A is the purpose of ROSA

Now more than people of action we must be people of innovation

Innovation is creativity applied to getting the desired results Being creative is not enough but creativity is the tool for getting to innova-tion So how do we do this

The secret is not to give up on creating ideas ideas and more ideas until the innovative idea comes Sometimes it never comes but get-ting to the creative ones is already something Those who have dared being creative many times and more and more are those who mana-ge to reach the innovation Itrsquos not enough to have talent you have to work hard to translate this talent into amazing results Look at these examples

3 Bach wrote one cantata a week even when he was sick 3 Mozart produced more than 600 pieces of music 3 Darwin wrote 109 publications one of which was about the Theory of

Evolution 3 Einstein published 248 theses one of which was about the Theory

of Relativity 3 Freud published 350 theses 3 Rembrandt produced 650 paintings 3 It took Thomas Edison 2000 experiments to invent the light bulb

and 9000 to perfect it 3 Picasso created more than 20000 pieces of art

This is why it is so important to act Do a lot create a lot invest a lot (ldquoTrate a Vida por Turdquo paacuteg 234)

THE FUNNELThis is the part where coaching really becomes challenging where the client realizes that she will have to do something and not just think and talk about it It is the phase where we start to converge and funnel things in order to find an action that is as specific as possible

This is with no doubt the most important phase of ROSA In a coaching session anything can happen in any of the other phases but we cannot end it without an action (without homework)

What

3 What are you going to do now 3 What are you thinking about doing now ()

ROSA 20

click the video to see it

A task should not be so simple that it doesnacutet make any difference to the client to fulfill it nor should it be so difficult that it becomes infeasible

50

51

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

With whom It is very important to involve someone in the action pro-cess 99 of the homework should have a third person involved The-reby we are creating conditions for the client to become autonomous after the coaching process The questions might be

3 ldquowill you ask to ask you whether you have done itrdquo 3 ldquoApart from me (the Coach) who else will be involved in thisrdquo

When Marcar data ou frequecircncia Quanto mais especiacutefica for me-lhor Isto leva o cliente a pensar exatamente quando vai fazer au-tomaticamente isto cria um compromisso maior dentro dele doing this the client should end each session with a specific homework knowing both the day and the time she will do it and with whom she will share it

At what time of the week beginning or end

At the end of the week

What is for you the end of the week Friday Saturday Sunday

Friday

Ok and what time

Anytime

Anytime Ok But in the morning in the afternoon or evening

Morning

And what time

Early

What is early for you

Upon waking

And what time do you wake up

At 7am

THE CONVERGENCE TECHNIQUEIf the client does not find an action to do you can use the convergence technique by asking the following questions

3 ldquoLook at your ideas (the brainstorming) and mark those that you find reasonablerdquo

3 ldquoNow choose 10rdquo 3 ldquoChoose 5rdquo 3 ldquoChoose 3 2 rdquo 3 ldquoIf I had a magic wand that would immediately fulfil one of these

ideas which one would you chooserdquo

COMMITMENTIn the early sessions you can also ask the client to send you an SMS after doing the action in or-der to confirm it Of course you donrsquot force her

if she refuses but then if she doesnrsquot do her homework you will have more power to ask for an SMS in the next homework

If she accepts you may also ask if you can send her an SMS in case she forgets to do so What will happen is that as soon as she receives our SMS asking whether the action has been done she will do it immediately so that she can reply that she has By SMS we also mean any other means like a telephone call or e-mail The Coach must be flexible enough to perceive which method suits her client the best

THE HANDSHAKEShaking hands after defining the homework is very important because it is the archetype of commitment But remember if the client does not do her homework there is no failure only feedback Maybe the problem really is the kind of homework given or poor explanation about the im-portance of the homework in the coaching process

ONE SMALL STEP FORWARDWhat is the Next Small Step you can take This ques-

ROSA 20

What is the first next small step

Earn 20000 euro

What is the first next small step

Save 100 euro month

What is the first next small step

Open an account

ldquoGreat what is the next small step that you believe you can accomplish

Deposit 1000 euro

1 What is the option that has magic

2 What is the option that makes sense

3 What are you gonna do exactly

4 How will you know you make it

5 Funnel When What day What time

6 Commitment handshake

ACTIONRESUME

52

53

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

free to put everything she has (skills tools knowledge) at the service of her client Indeed every three sessions more or less you should challenge your client with a piece of homework However the challen-ge will vary depending on whom we have in front of us and on the level of the process

4 SUCCESS TIPS FOR THIS PHASE FASEAction Plans it is at this stage that we start working on an action plan

that will follow the session Remember coaching without ac-tion is not coaching Thatrsquos why you should do a ROSA in every session go through the four phases and always end with a very concrete action plan on what the client will do during the week and until the next session Here is an example of an action plan

What will I do Run 3 times per week

When Monday Wednesday and Friday

With whom Alone

Possible obstacles Laziness and lack of time

Benefits Feeling healthier

What will help me remember Setting an alarm on my phone

How will I celebrate By going to the cinema

Homework the tasks between the sessions are a priority for the coaching Most of the le-arning comes from the homework that is done between sessions So remember to always end your session by asking your client to suggest tasks that she would like to accom-plish that coming week the next small steps she can take right now Then rephra-se each one into a concrete action (when how where ) Still some clients will have gre-

tion tool is ideal for those who have difficulty in defining Baby Objecti-ves or those who have difficulty in defining an action to do this week

Notas As a general rule the client will not hear the word ldquosmallrdquo in the question The-refore we must repeat the question until the action is so small that the client would have no difficulty doing it

Of course the Next Small Step may not be the right action to choose for this week

Example The client wants to buy a Porsche (Guru Objective)

ldquoDeposit 1000 eurosrdquo is the Baby Objective The same process can be used for defining the homework

At the end when an action has been defined the Coach may also su-ggest a piece of homework In other words then the Coach is finally

ROSA 20

54

55

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING RAPPORT

at difficulty in taking action If this is the case always look for the smallest step that the person can take If we do not act itrsquos because the step is not small enough Remember ldquoEvery journey begins with one small steprdquo

Commitment amp Penalties some clients will sometimes have real diffi-culty in stepping into action Sometimes you may have to resort to agreeing on a fine if your client does not accomplish her task All human beings run away from pain and sometimes in coaching we need to use a little more masculine energy (wersquoll talk about that more below) to help You can even ask the question ldquoWhat will happen if you do not accomplish itrdquo

Monitoring amp Accountability the role of a Coach is to provide moni-toring to her client However the responsibility must always be on the clientrsquos side As a Coach you are responsible for guiding the process Your client should define the strategies needed to enable her to take the steps she wants You should follow and always try to understand what may have prevented her from completing her tasks Above all you should be focused on finding better strategies to lead her into action However do remind your client that it is her responsibility Ultimately acting or not acting is her choice

VII RAPPORT

Mastering the ROSA technique and mastering Rapport will alone make

you a Mega Coach Of course you can gain more Roots but people

who attend our courses usu-ally already have quite some

1ST DEFINITION OF RAPPORT

Relationship of trust and influence rapport is the ability to create trust within a few minutes with various kinds of people and to influence them to act think and do better You can only influence after being trusted Think about people you trust and do not trust what influence do these people have on you

2ND DEFINITION OF RAPPORTRelationship of empathy and sympathy ldquoWe only like 2 kinds of people people who are the way we are or who are the way we would like to berdquo

Empathy I feel empathy based on the things I have in common with someone

Sympathy Based on the qualities and characteristics that someone has that I would like to have

Conclusion rapport is empathy (who is like me) and sympathy (who is the way I would like to be)

56

57

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

Rapport is trust and

influence

Rapport is the ability to create

empathy and sympathy

WARNING Empathy comes before sympathy and trust comes before influence This is the most important aspect of rapport I cannot influence anyone who does not trust me

Part 2 Now letrsquos try to understand what happens in our psyche why this is the way it is

I invite you to imagine that yoursquore a rabbit in a forest and you meet another rabbit What happens Now imagine you meet another animal thatrsquos different from you What does the rabbit do FLIGHT (runs away)

Now imagine that you are not a rabbit yoursquore a wolf You meet an ani-mal thatrsquos different from you What does the wolf do FIGHT

Now imagine yoursquore a porcupine What happens FREEZE

Animals have these three types of reactions Now imagine yoursquore a human being 20000 years ago and you come across something di-fferent from you What happens ONE OF THESE THINGS AND YOU FEEL FEAR You react the way you do because your psyche does not know what it is And if it is another human being I KNOW WHAT TO EXPECT She is like me Our fear grows when something is different because we donrsquot know what to expect Imagine that you do meet a hu-man being but wearing clothes or other things that are very different

What happens when it is the same kind of animal What exists there EM-PATHY AND TRUST - 1st LEVEL of RAPPORT

This is a metaphor of course Rapport is very unconscious I could tell you to trust someone but your unconscious may not feel the trust What regula-tes that instinct in your psyche is KNOWING WHAT I CAN EXPECT

WHAT HAPPENS IN COACHING Clients also have these three types of reactions flight freeze or fight They may not show up for the follow ses-sion they may answer ldquoyesrdquo ldquonordquo ldquomayberdquo ldquodonrsquot knowrdquo or they may be in constant disagreement with you

Key ldquothe more the Coach is the way I am the more rapport there isrdquo

MILTON ERICSON (Ericsonian Psychology NLP Hypnotherapy) found the client within himself and used this as his tool in the therapy sessions

Ericson created rapport before proceeding with anything else This is TRUST and EMPATHY Ericson was humble and flexible enough to adapt to the client Only once you have done this you can go back to being yourself

Ways of creating rapport with someone

Verbal

3 Language words 3 Subject matter 3 Quotes way of speaking 3 Repeating what the other says 3 Using the otherrsquos metaphors 3 Using the same expressions

Non-verbal

3 Gestures 3 Voice 3 Mime 3 Distance 3 Posture 3 Breathing 3 Touch 3 Speed

Note Every human being has a natural and unconscious tendency to create rapport with others To confirm this all you need is to look at two people talking to each other and see how easily you will notice similarities in their postures and way of speaking

ldquoYou have only one chance to create a good first impression but you have plenty of opportunities to create rapportrdquo

Rapport is an honest attempt to enter someonersquos map-of-the-world The-re is no agreeing or disagreeing only flexibility Rapport does not mean friendship The first session and often the second is a lot about creating rapport

RAPPORT

Sometimes itacutes enought just a little attention to help someone but attention is not coaching

58

59

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

RAPPORT MODELndash 2 PacuteSEstablishing rapport is a process of many levels and layers of depth

LEVEL 1 - PRESENCE AND

PARTNERSHIP

PRESENCEThis is the first step towards creating ra-pport thus the most superficial one Pre-sence means that the Coach is fully com-mitted to her client aware of everything she says and does Nothing from outside the ses-sion should be on the Coachrsquos mind She must be fully present

Before a session itrsquos important that you as a Co-ach calm down forget about everything else and gain a notion of where you are and what you are going to do

POSTURE amp PHRASING

PERCEPTUAL POSITIONS

PERSON TO PERSON

PRESENCE amp PARTNERSHIP

PROBING amp PATIENCE

click the video to see it

Dedicate a few minutes to this process

Presence and Attention are among the healthiest ac-tions that lead to real results You can create a good

relationship with your client (child parent etc) just by being fully present and attentive Even gardens become more beautiful if they are cared for

Presence is about getting yourself into a certain state Itrsquos about being Yin and Yang at the same time

Yin ndash relaxing breathing being aware of all five senses being fully present where you are

Yang ndash mobilizing all your energy by run-ning jumping listening to inspiring music

PARTNERSHIP

Creating an equal relationship with your client Not top down or vice--versa The Coach should never be at a lower or higher level than her client The chairs should be the same for example

For presence and partnership it is also important to switch off the phone to prevent anything from interrupting the session Tidying up the table is equally important to having a clean and hygienic space

From 0 to 10 the importance of Presence during a session is a 10 It is the first step If it isnrsquot there nothing else will

Psycho-geography is also very important in this area

PSYCHO-GEOGRAPHY the way your psyche relates to geography Example On which side you like to sleep Each person has a different psycho-geography Some prefer to be by the sea while others prefer to be in the mountains

RAPPORT

Empathy is being doing

talk and think like the other Sympathy is being doing

talk and think how the other

would like to be

60

61

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

Some tips for using the psycho-geography of the client to your advan-tage

3 Having a room with a minimum amount of symbols It is not recom-mended to have crucifixes or other artefacts related to religion A bookshelf filled with books can also intimidate the client

3 Pay attention to details ndash cables on the floor which CDs are on the shelf etc

3 Having sessions at the clientrsquos home can become dangerous because there are lots of distractions and anchors Difficult si-tuations might have taken place there which will make it more challenging for the client to create a distance to them

It is the Coachrsquos job to notice the psycho-geography of her client and what makes her more comfortable

Despite all the rapport a Coaching session should always stay pro-fessional Being relaxed is necessary for both parties but the focus should not be on friendship You as a Coach need to be professional You must choose to be a Coach instead of a friend

When it comes to clothing you should be as neutral as possible in the beginning but always aligned with your personality Then you can try to adapt to the style of your client

The mantra here is having the client leave the session thinking that her Coach is just like her NOTHING IS WRONG Let your client choose what she prefers

LEVEL 2 - POSTURE AND PHRASINGWhen establishing rapport mere presence and partnership are not enough Moreover they are only the first step The posture and the phrasing that the Coach uses are very important for creating rapport in the relationship What we refer to here is mainly keeping a posture and using similar words and expressions to those of the client This way the client will see herself in us and instead of flight fight or freeze she will feel relaxed and be much more comfortable about talking

Sitting in the same position as the client using her posture tone of

voice and gestures these are all factors to consider

POSTURERegarding posture one can use two techniques that are very similar and very powerful

Mirroring When a Coach takes on a physical position that is the exact mirror image of the clientrsquos If the client leans to her right then the Coach who is facing her leans to her left

Matching In this case the Coach adopts the exact same physical position instead of a symmetric one Both ways are good and powerful The goal is to be equal or symmetrical

Of course it is not indispensable to be like the client 100 of the time as this will take a lot of the attention that the Coach needs to give the client

The more you practice these behaviours the more automatically and unconsciously you will do it When rapport already is high you can go back to your own posture and your regular vocabulary However should you feel the need you can always take up these techniques again

In fact at a high level of rapport it is possible and entirely positive that it is the client herself who starts to imitate our posture and words (un-consciously) This is the perfect moment to lead the client and suggest something more challenging to her

PHRASINGYou must pay great attention to the words that your client uses and the energy she puts into them The names of people that she talks about are also very important facts to remember

If you can use the same expressions as your client you will earn points in rapport Among these expressions metaphors are the most power-ful ones Try to explore as much possible the metaphors that are being used An excellent technique is to use a metaphor of the client to ex-

RAPPORT

The mirroring copies the

exact posture of the client

the matching mirrors

62

63

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

plain something This will reach very deeply into the psyche of the client and have great impact

You can also use themes that the client likes such as her passions and keep using them in future sessions to explain something or to give examples This creates an incredible sense of empathy between you and the client She will be glad that you are paying attention to what she says and at the same time she will understand much better what you say

The clientrsquos ideas are important keys to use when you speak in order to create and maintain rapport For example if the client talks a lot about travelling Irsquoll use the idea (anchor) that is already there because I know it works in his mind

BACKTRACKING backtracking is a Coaching technique that consists of summarizing the main points of a conversation by using the exact same words that the other person uses This tool helps the client follow the session and make her own short summary while listening to the Coach returning to what she just said and using the same words It is important to use at least the words we consider to be the most significant among the ones that the client expresses those that might be conveying more about her value patterns Backtracking can help us understand for example if we can move to the next phase of ROSA It helps us understand if the client has finished what she had to say about that phase and that way we can figure out whether we can move forward or not You can use simple questions to do so

3 ldquoLet me see if I got what you saidhelliprdquo - backtracking the conversa-tion using the exact words of the client - and then ending ldquoIs this is it or would you like to add something

3 ldquoSo what yoursquore saying isrdquo 3 ldquoCan I make a summary of your reality in relation to that slicerdquo

This is one of the simplest and most important techniques when buil-ding rapport

When building rapport avoid paraphrasing (saying the same thing in other words) but do quote A coach quotes

Mastery in Backtracking is being able to quote the last 20 minutes of a session This will leave your client fascinated and feeling that her Coach is really paying attention to everything she says

Therefore it is motivating to Backtrack at the end of each session and at the end of each phase of the ROSA

The Coach shows confidence and agrees with the client shows that she is on her side and really believes that the client will succeed

We must allow the person to be what she truly is talkative or silent Silent people also have things to say it is a matter of asking the right questions

NOTES When a session is not going well (the relationship is under stress) then the focus should be fully on level 2 Rapport - Posture and Phrasing The secret is to forget about the rest and build rapport again Once it is re-established you can address the problem

LEVEL 3 - PROBING AND PATIENCEEvery new level in Rapport brings you techniques that are deeper and more complex But the good news is that you donrsquot do level 3 Rapport until Level 1 and 2 are done So you will increase your skills by going from the easiest to the most difficult

PROBINGAsking questions is more complicated than imitating the posture and words of the client Indeed one of the more complicated aspects of being a Coach is to not give opinions and to ask the right questions at the right time We know that we keep showing you that you already are a Coach and that itrsquos easy but here we must tell you ldquoITrsquoS HARD BEING A COACHrdquo Think very carefully about whether you want to get into it Listening asking questions being patient with the pace of your clients

Even if you have the miracle answer to the clientrsquos situation you need to keep it to yourself Being patient is a challenge and usually typical

RAPPORT

64

65

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

To paraphrase can break

rapport

of the great masters You can only be a master if you want to learn to listen and if you develop a great patience for listening

Questions have the power to illuminate the darkness of your client by asking a powerful question you really get to see another human bri-ghten up right in front of you

Coaching has the power to open a new world to the client questions help people discover new resources Clients tend to find familiar answers but you as a Coach will lead them to unfamiliar answers

Classic examples of some ways to make your client talk

1 -Repeating what the client just said but in question form Client ndash ldquoYesterday I went boatingrdquo Coach ndash ldquoBoatingrdquo

2 -What does that mean to you What does fear mean to you What does a goal mean to you Example Client says ldquoIt is not rapport itrsquos complicityrdquoCoach replies ldquoWhat does complicity mean to yourdquo Client says ldquoItrsquos a clickrdquo Coach ldquoWhat does a click mean to yourdquo

3 -rdquoWhat elserdquo Serves above all to go to the heart of the matter Others like this one are ldquoTell me morerdquo and ldquoCan you go a bit deeper on thatrdquo

POWERFUL QUESTIONS Questions are probably the most beautiful flowers in the garden of learning Questions are one of the biggest se-crets of learning Creative solutions are practically impossible without questions

If you learn to ask 100 questions a day get ready for a revolution in your work at all levels

In life at work in business we are all afraid of asking questions We were educated from an early age to believe that there are right and wrong questions and we were also taught to not fail we avoid asking questions because of fearing that they are wrong The only way to reach the right questions is by not being afraid of the wrong ones

The one who wants to explore learning has to dance with this fear

A large part of all our creative potential stops at the door fearing to ring the doorbell When learning the one who doesnrsquot know is far less ignorant than the knowledgeable one Take risks Ring the bell Ask questions

Become obsessively curious ask questions How

3 Using the Coachrsquos ability of asking powerful questions 3 Following the rule of thumb ldquoThe Coach has the questions the

Client has the answersrdquo 3 Using positive language 3 Respecting the clientrsquos map-of-the-world 3 Always guiding towards solutions

Examples of powerful questions

3 ldquoCompared to whatrdquordquo 3 ldquoWhat does that mean to yourdquo 3 ldquoWhat could be a solution to yourdquo 3 ldquoI know you donrsquot know But if you knew what would that berdquo 3 ldquoWhat would be ideal to yourdquo 3 ldquoWhat do you want insteadrdquo 3 ldquoHow does that make you feelrdquo 3 ldquoWhat else could that meanrdquo 3 ldquoWhat do you want exactlyrdquo 3 ldquoWhat will you achieve with this goalrdquo 3 ldquoWhat will you do differently next timerdquo 3 ldquoWhat are you doing wellrdquo 3 ldquoWhat has to happen for you to be happy and successfulrdquo 3 ldquoWhat motivates you the mostrdquo 3 ldquoWhatrsquos the worst possible scenario And what could be the best

scenario ldquo 3 ldquoWhat are you willing to do to achieve your goalrdquo 3 ldquoWhat new things could you could tryrdquo 3 ldquoWhat prevents you from taking actionrdquo 3 ldquoWho could help you with this situationrdquo 3 ldquoWhat resources do you need to achieve your goalrdquo

RAPPORT

66

67

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

3 ldquoWhat else do you want to get out of your liferdquo 3 ldquoWhat do you really want achieve in that area of your liferdquo 3 ldquoWhat is your biggest dream in that area of your liferdquo 3 ldquoAnd what is the next small step that you would have to takerdquo 3 ldquoWhat do you find positive in this situationrdquo 3 ldquoHow could you attract better persons into your liferdquo 3 ldquoWhat would have to happen to make you feel more fulfilledrdquo 3 ldquoIf you were your own Coach what coaching would you give

yourselfrdquo 3 ldquoIf I was your best friend what advice would you give me to solve

this situationrdquo 3 ldquoIf you had all the time and money in the world how would you

fix itrdquo

In fact the art of asking questions is the foundations of a coaching process with powerful results The list of questions to ask seems en-dless

So become really obsessed with questions and start NOW How about adding 10 more ideas to our list And some more And many more

Typical coaching questions

3 Questions that lead to action (ldquoWhat will you do What can you do differently What do you need to do tordquo)

3 Goal-oriented instead of problem-oriented ldquoHow would you like it to berdquo ldquoAnd if you could what would you dordquo

3 Future-orientedldquoHow do you see that situation in the future How would you like to feelrdquo

Beware of questions with negative assumptions ldquoWhat happens if you donrsquot do itrdquo They should be followed immediately by a question with positive assumptions ldquoHow will you celebrate when you do itrdquo

RAPPORT

YOUR QUESTIONS

68

69

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

PATIENCECount to 10 relax work on your roots and realize that coaching is a process and that each person has her own time and rhythm How can you train your patience Think of 20 ideas

LEVEL 4 ndash PERCEPTUAL POSITIONSWe could also call this the level where we create rapport with our clientrsquos psychology In fact understanding and perceiving human psychology is a huge advantage for you as a Coach You are not there to be a friend of your client as we have mentioned so then a good way to create a relation with her is through her psychology

Do you know the psychology of a teenager or a parent a boss an unemployed If you grasp your clientrsquos psychology the Rapport will be extraordinary

If you demonstrate that you know how a mother thinks yoursquoll make the client believe that you understand her completely

Most people do not understand their own psyche If you can understand them at that level it will make the client to feel something extraordinary about you and the Coaching process

PERCEPTUAL POSITIONS At this level the Coach must master Per-ceptual Positions that is being able to put herself in another personrsquos position whether itrsquos the clientrsquos or the clientrsquos parent or any other person that is part of the situation You should be able to see the same situation from different perspectives and in the long term help your client do the same

THE EXERCISE This is an exercise to be used mainly if the client has trouble in a relationship with someone (friend family member etc) and is having some difficulty understanding that personrsquos Map-of-the--World And when this is of great importance

You do not need to go very deep in this exercise Because it is NLP even done in a soft way it can be very powerful to your client helping her to see an aspect of the situation that she hadnrsquot seen or reflected on before

STEP 1 ndash The client explains what is going on (she can speak freely without any restrictions You ask questions to understand the reality of the situation)

STEP 2 ndash The Coach suggests this perceptual positions exercise (it is just an invitation If the client does not want to do not continue)

STEP 3 ndash The Coach asks the client to choose two spots represen-ting the two standpoints (you can put a sheet of paper at each spot) and to imagine that the other person is at one of them

STEP 4 ndash The client speaks facing the other spot as if the person was there and acts as herself (The Coach guides with questions ldquoHow did that make you feel What would you like to tell herrdquo etc)

STEP 5 ndash Pause and ldquoshake outrdquo the client and share the question of the game of imagination

STEP 6 ndash The client recalls a childhood game she used to play and describes it a little We then use this as a metaphor to explain that we will now do the same Just a game where we use our imagination The Coach repeats that the per-son with whom the client has a challenge is there at the other spot

STEP 7 ndash The client goes over to the other spot and the Coach helps her go deeper into that role through guiding questions

STEP 8 ndash The client chooses whether she wants to return to her starting position and add something say something more She may go back and forth as many times as she wishes

STEP 9 ndash When done the Coach suggests to the client to stand on a chair and states ldquoYou are now in a neutral position a higher position What would you call this position (Allow the client to choose a name) Seen from above what do you have to say about this situation What would you say to (clientrsquos name) and to (the other personrsquos name) How would you solve this situation How can (clientrsquos name) solve this situationrdquo

RAPPORT

70

71

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

STEP 10 ndash After the client is done with the third (neutral) position the Coach takes the client off the papers

STEP 11 ndash The Coach can then use the following questions to debrief the exercise

3 ldquoHow was the exercise for you 3 ldquoWhat did you learnrdquo 3 ldquoIs there anything you could do differentlyrdquo

STEP 12 ndash Lead the client to an action (a first small step towards sol-ving the situation) and then funnel it

REMEMBER always undock the client from the different roles the client can do the exercise eyes opened or closed

TO ACKNOWLEDGE Acknowledge the client very very very much for having volunteered and shown vulnerability

This exercise serves mainly as a metaphor for the Coach striving to master Perceptual Positions (understanding and being able to go into different psyches)

CONCLUSION The Coach is a master of perceptual positions She knows how to see the different angles of the same situation She sees everything from different angles

PEMS

Life is all about relationships the relationships we have with ourselves and with others Some people instinctively relate better to themselves and others relate really well to others There are those who relate well to almost everything and everyone and others who are unable to relate with anyone This affects their personal and professional life

Is there any way to consciously improve the relationships that instinc-tively do not work Of course

When we grasp the logic of the mind of another person we can better interact with it and even influence it Psychology is power And if we apply on ourselves it becomes even more powerful and interesting The better we know ourselves and the logic of our mind the better we will be able to help ourselves and achieve our goals

Carl Gustav Jung a Swiss psychiatrist and founder of analytical psychology focused on studying social and collective archetypes He identified eight psychological types taking into account peoplersquos beha-viour abilities skills attitudes and motivations

He began by distinguishing between extraverted (social and expansive) and introverted (reserved and reflective) people Each of them could then be connected to two out of the four functions of the psyche sen-sing or intuition thinking or feeling

In the 40rsquos decade Isabel Myers and Katharine Briggs continued Jungrsquos work and added two auxiliary functions to the Jungian types percep-tion and judgement Thereby arriving at 16 psychological types or 16 personality types Later a personality test was created ndash The Myers--Briggs Type Indicator or MBTI - which is still the most commonly used tool for identifying different personality types

Based on Jungrsquos work we have created a model called PEMS which will help us better understand the logic of our own mind and of the people around us

In this model we distinguish four dominant preferences (P-E-M-S) which correspond to the four elements of life

PRACTICAL (the body DOING Activity Action related to the ele-ment of EARTH) - corresponds to someone that is earthly active dynamic practical that does a lot In excess these are people who never stop to consider their actions

EMOTIONAL (the heart FEELING Feelings Love related to the element of WATER) - corresponds to someone who nee-ds people relations who gives a lot to others and seeks affection In excess these are people who might be overly sensitive

RAPPORT

72

73

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

MENTAL (the mind THINKING Analysis Intellect Logic related to the element of AIR) - corresponds to someone who values analysis rationalization and uses logic and who always fo-cuses on making the right decision In excess these are people who might become impersonal and cold

SPIRITUAL (the soul BEING Values Existence related to the ele-ment of FIRE) - corresponds to someone who thinks that everything has meaning and a higher purpose These are people who care very much about values In excess they can fluctuate too much and concretize too little

The four logics of the mind that we have identified are also based on the four elements

Practical ndash EARTH (firm solid stable secure strong dense)Emotional ndash WATER (flexible always coming back to herself)Mental ndashAIR (transparent lightweight fast facilitates communica-

tion)Spiritual ndash FIRE (burning fleeting transforming powerful)

Thus in a very simplified manner we can divide people into four ca-tegories

PRACTICAL PEOPLE (P) ndash THEY LIKE TO ACT AND DOThese are the people who like action movement They are the ones who make the world move As friends or clients they may want to go straight to the point try things and learn about practical matters The greatest fear of these practical persons is losing control They like to feel that they are in control of the situation of the pace of the conver-sation and of the surroundings

HELP THEM ALWAYS FEEL IN CONTROL

EMOTIONAL PEOPLE (E) ndash THEY LIKE FEELING AND RELATINGThese are people who love people and sharing feelings Everything is an emotion for them And they feel things about everything and everyo-ne Let them talk about their family friends dogs neighbours etchellip

They will talk mostly about people and what they are feeling Their greatest fear is loosing empathy They like to feel reliable and they want to relate

HELP THEM FEEL EMPATHY TOWARDS YOU

MENTAL PEOPLE (M) ndash THEY LIKE TO THINK AND TO ANALYSEThese are people who like to analyze and who try to put everything into a box into a certain perspective They are precise and meticulous They like detail to study and analyze all possibilities They donrsquot fear debating (quite the contrary) and discussing they love the exchanging ideas and arguments but they need to end up being right or get a very good explanation to why the other is right A mental person is always striving to make the best decision Their greatest fear is to be wrong they like to feel that they are correct and that they are making deci-sions based on logic and rational thinking

HELP THEM FEEL THAT THEY ARE RIGHT

SPIRITUAL PEOPLE (S) ndash THEY LIKE TO BE AND TO GLOWThey are looking for the greater purpose of things They believe that everything has a reason for being the way it is that there are no coin-cidences and itrsquos that quest that moves them They give great meaning to every situation always looking for ldquotherdquo situation The greater the meaning the greater their motivation Their biggest fear is to have no meaning That it is to not be significant or ldquoshinerdquo in any way They need to feel conscious and whole

HELP THEM FEEL THAT THEY ARE MEANINGFUL

Although we all have and use a portion of these four categories in the different contexts or times of our life one of them is predominant in us Identifying it is important for managing and interacting with life and with others since it is the best and the fastest way of accessing the Map-of-the-world of someone and speaking a language that that per-son recognizes and accepts as her own

RAPPORT

74

75

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

In fact we are all one but we are all different and we must understand these differences to be able to deal with others People who are more emotional behave and interact in a totally opposite manner from mental people the same way that most practical people interact in a way that is opposite to spiritual people

The EMOTIONAL person is micro-MACRO Transforms everything that is small into something big Everything is important everything is emotional From the simple ldquogood morningrdquo to hearing ldquoI love yourdquo every day For an emotional person a discussion is always a tsuna-mi Therefore itrsquos the emotional persons who with their micro-Macro sense make birthdays a special day and receive small things with gre-at love

The MENTAL person is MACRO-micro transforms everything that is big into something small She makes it more complex by simplifying it For example this very PEMS model is MACRO-micro as it strives to make the hugeness of the personality types into something much smaller creating only four categories for all human beings The mental person also feels less and give less importance to her feelings

The SPIRITUAL person is MACRO-MACRO she takes everything that is already big and turns it even bigger more meaningful more im-portant more relevant Almost everything is a question of values of making the world a better place and interpretations that go far beyond reality A simple leaf falling off a tree can represent a new phase in life for a spiritual person

The PRACTICAL person is micro-micro turns everything into small and simple lsquoright here and right nowrsquo matters They act Right now with what they have They donrsquot feel the need to enlarge what is small and they donrsquot care much about great concepts If the five senses can help them grasp a situation everything is fine

THE PREDOMINANT LOGIC OF OUR PSYCHEThe most practical way of finding out is to notice how we behave in a stressful situation Each of us when under stress often react in a way that is very close to our basic personality type

Practical people act react move around organize themselves put their hands to work and do not rest until they manage to move things forward

The emotional people feel and feel a lot If a situation is stressful diffi-cult and negative they will have difficult and negative emotions they will feel what others feel and they will want to manage these emotions in the moment

People that are predominantly mental will under stress begin to ratio-nalize need logical answers be fast and analytical They donrsquot want to solve anything through feelings they donrsquot want to act they are only concerned with finding the right and correct decision and struggle until they get it

Finally the predominantly spiritual people will want to give a greater meaning to that particular event What has to be done what people feel or what the right solution is doesnrsquot matter what matters is why things happened the way they did and what the greater significance of that may be

RAPPORT

76

77

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

Identify the psychological type of the client can help the coach to anticipate and understand expectations

MAIN SUPERIOR FUNCTION AND AUXILIARY INFERIOR FUNCTION

According to Carl Jung while we all have one function that is better developed than the others ndash a superior function ndash we also have another fairly well developed function called the first auxiliary

All of us have a bit of each one of the psychologies but there are always two that are predominant a main one which Jung calls the superior function and an auxiliary one that lies at the bottom of the cross shown on the previous page which is always to the right or left of our superior one

The inferior function is one that is less developed and that remains mainly in our unconscious

Thus a person who is predominantly Practical may have as her auxi-liary function the emotional or mental logic thus being PE or PM

A person who is predominantly Mental may have as her auxiliary func-tion the spiritual or practical logic thus being MS or MP

A person who is predominantly Spiritual may have as her auxiliary function the emotional or mental logic thus being SE or SM

And a person who is predominantly Emotional may have as her auxilia-ry function the spiritual or practical logic thus being ES or EP

This all means that we are situated in one of the following categories

3 Practical Emotional or Emotional Practical 3 Practical Mental or Mental Practical 3 Spiritual Emotional or Emotional Spiritual 3 Spiritual Mental or Mental Spiritual

As you may have noticed according to Jung there are no EMME or PSSP That is one canrsquot have as her first auxiliary function the func-tion that is opposite to the superior one

Carl Jung said that we should look closely at our inferior function whi-ch usually remains in our unconscious because it contains an enor-mous potential for a change and each one of us can benefit a lot from integrating our inferior function with our superior one

Taking risks experimenting enjoying everything that life has to offer is the best way of getting to know ourselves and realizing where our happiness lies (ldquoTrate a Vida por Turdquo paacuteg 74)

INTROVERSION AND EXTROVERSION Introversion and extroversion have to do with the direction in which we focus our attention and energy

People who prefer Extroversion focus their energy and attention away from themselves and are interested in the world of people and things

3 Attracted to the world of events and people outside of themsel-ves

3 They are aware of who and what is around them 3 They like to meet and talk to new people 3 They are friendly often good talkers and easy to get to know 3 They tend to talk easily and often in meetings 3 May not be as aware of what goes on inside them 3 They think while talking 3 They may act or speak first and only think later 3 Speaking about themselves they speak fast 3 They bring energy into life 3 They can get bored and restless if they are alone for too long

People who prefer Introversion (focus their energy and attention inward and are interested in the inner world of thoughts and reflections)

3 Attracted to the inner world of thoughts feelings and reflections 3 They are usually very aware of their inner reactions 3 They prefer to interact with people they know 3 They are usually quiet in meetings and sometimes seem disen-

gaged

RAPPORT

78

79

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

3 They are generally reserved and hard to get to know 3 They may not be as aware of the world outside of them 3 They need time to gather their thoughts before they speak 3 They reflect and think before acting 3 They want to know you before allowing you to get to know them

deeply 3 They feel exhausted and tired after interacting with peoples

FINAL NOTE you must be what your client is You have to find that person inside you

LEARNING STYLESAs we saw with the previous PEMS model our clients will have diffe-rent psychological preferences It is therefore important and essential that you are able to adapt your sessions to the learning style that your client likes best and that better meets her psychological preference

EMOTIONAL Emotional clients will like to talk and share on their to-pics They are very much looking for a relationship and empathy with the Coach and they need to feel heard more than any of the other personality types For these persons learning has a lot to do with the relationship that is created with the feeling of support that they get and even with the positive feedback They like to learn through stories As a Coach it is important to learn to empathize with the emotional range of these persons They will appreciate the sharing to tell stories and to listen to them With emotional clients we may sometimes feel that we are not taking huge steps forward But the fact is that many times these persons need to first be listened to

MENTAL Mental clients will be more logical and may have a more aca-demic style of learning They will want to understand the reasons why things are what they are they will want to get tasks involving research on certain subjects The sessions with these people must be well defi-ned and prepared They will want to explore their intellectual side and feel challenged It is important for them to have access to information and tools that explain the work they are doing in the sessions in a con-crete and logical manner Of course they also need to empathize but the intellectual challenge feeling that their intellect is develops appears to be greater They may like schemes graphics and any models that

could simplify the learning process What these persons will demand of you is a greater capacity to analyse and a logical and rational way of communicating

SPIRITUAL this is for most people the most difficult learning style to adopt Remember that these persons are seeking the greater meaning of things They really want to feel inspired by the coaching process (and even by their Coach) They will want to see that you are an exam-ple of what you talk about so called congruence Spiritual persons will enjoy topics that are more related to values to their identity that make them feel that they are taking steps towards becoming better hu-man beings With these clients you can use powerful metaphors (even through movies music creative exercises etc) and above all strive to make sure that the person leaves the session very inspired

PRACTICAL They like action Which is great because coaching is pri-marily about action These persons like to have very practical sessions in which they get the opportunity to do many exercises and experiment with different situations They may be the clients that like getting more tasks and having things to do (which then sometimes ldquogets lostrdquo due to their time management) These clients will require more simplicity and a well-paced session from you They may also like to do exercises that involve moving their body Above all they will want you to help them get into action

As we deal with these four kinds of preferences we need to adapt our Coaching style to the learning style that each person has Thus we should prepare a lot their sessions and realize that some will require from you

3 Greater sharing and ability to listen and relate (e) 3 Researching mastering the subject very well and knowing how

to mentally stimulate your client with challenges (m) 3 Powerful metaphors very inspirational sessions and congruen-

ce that assign meaning to the Coaching process (s) 3 Practical exercises diversified well rhythmed sessions that

help your client to quickly get into action (p)

RAPPORT

80

81

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING ROOTS

LEVEL 5 - PERSON TO PERSONThis is the fifth level of rapport the deepest and more intense one It happens when the level of rapport is a total vibration Itrsquos when the client feels such a confidence by her Coach empathy and sympathy Itrsquos the hardest level to evaluate

Itrsquos when your client feels so much connected to you that depending on her your relationship would go beyond Coaching She no longer wants the Coach she wants you You no longer understand only the person she feels that you know about her You donrsquot understand psychology you understand who she is

It is very similar to the rapport level you have with 23 of very close persons in your life Everything is natural unconscious and sponta-neous

VIII ROOTS

Every human being seeks to get results Mo-ney Family Romance Peace Happiness

Career Health All we want in life is to have results in those areas

The Map-of-the-World Model is used to work on roots - your

roots as a Coach It shows us how does the psyche of all of us works As a Coach no one

should surprise you about yourself You should know you well know everything about yourself This is what itrsquos called a rooted person

click the video to see it

82

83

BELIEFSTRANSFORMATIVE COACHING

ROSA 20 M - AIR - THINK

VALUESHOLISTIC COACHING

ROSA 30 S - FIRE - BE

COACHING 40

WORLD MAP MODEL

being th

e moment

passi

on en

ergy

demotiv

ation

empowering beliefs

limiting rules

relation air(comunication)

coach is priestisnacutet

1 value focus

UNSUSTAINABLESUSTAINABLE

SECURITY

SELF LOVE

CONSCIOUSNESS

PERSONAL DEVEL

FREEDOM

LOVEBELOVED

BLISS

CONTRIBUTION

P

E

M

S

BEHAVIORROSA 10

SITUATIONAL COACHING

P - EARTH - DO

EMOTIONSREMEDY COACHING

ROSA 10 + LISTEN E - WATER - FEEL

RESULTS

ability to

enter

in st

ate

emotional

patter

ns

habits and discipline

addictions

coach is bossisnacutet

coach is friendisnacutet

1 Homework focus

optimism faithpositive

meditation

key points focusused to interrupt the fear cycle

coach is coach

HUMAN HAVINGHUMAN BEING

UNSUSTAINABLEEGOTISTICAL

STRETCH ZONE

SUSTAINABLEECOLOGICALSTRETCH ZONE

SHORT TERMLONG TERM

CYCLE OF CONFIDENCECYCLE OF FEAR

CONSCIOUS

SUBCONSCIOUS

UNCONSCIOUS

84

85

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

So the first question is why some are getting results while others are not

ACTIONS BEHAVIORSThis means that anyone who is having results is because she is ldquodoingrdquo ie behaving differently from other people who are having no results in those areas For example a millionaire DOES things that people who are not millionaires donrsquot For example saving investing etc Someone with a great health is DOING things that people that donrsquot have a good health are not What we are doing is making the difference Two people in the same circumstances that do exactly the same actions have the same kind of results People who have the results you wanna have ARE DOING THINGS TO GET THEM

So the next question is what leads some people to DO and others to not do

EMOTIONSEverything you do in your life is a relationship between pain and pleasure What happens is that someone who goes running at 6 am associates more pain with lsquonot goingrsquo than with lsquogoingrsquo Who is going to the gym asso-ciates more pleasure than pain with going to the gym in the morning That relationship between pain and pleasure is what is defining your results If we dramatically increase the pain or the pleasure associated we will get to change your results

As so what is then defining that painpleasure relationship

BELIEFSThe reason is because of our beliefs of what we believe in Our beliefs are our set of rules for the world and for our lives Your set of beliefs in fact is defining your painpleasure relationship with something and then your actions A millionaire believes that saving is essential that investing and taking risks is necessary This set of beliefs leads himher to associa-te more pleasure than pain with having these behaviors and therefore heshe implements them Other people have other beliefs that create other

emotions that create other results People who are achieving results in areas that you arenrsquot have a beliefs system different from yours

And then it seems logical to ask so what is defining and creating your set of beliefs

VALUESWhat is a value Itrsquos something that is important to you something you re-ally value The only thing that determines a value is if it is valuable to you Not all of us share the same values (Example the values of Mother Teresa and Donald Trump Contribution vs Professional Accomplishment) What you really value and not what you say that you value You value it so much that it generates your set of beliefs In fact when you live your values in practice (on a daily basis) you are defining your life results Not what you would like to value but what you are really valorizing In fact we all have the same values What differs is the order and the importance we give to each one of them

For example if someone has the value of the family above the value of work she will have the belief that it is more important to spend time with her family causing her to develop a positive feeling when she is with her family which leads her to really try to spend more time with it On the other hand someone who has the value of work above the family one will be someone who believes she should spend more time with her work and career as she believes it is that that will bring her more financial stabi-lity for example So she will associate more pleasure to the time spent at work than at home causing her to act accordingly to that emotion For example Donald Trump and Mother Teresa of Calcutta havenrsquot they got different values One probably values more lsquoprofessional fulfillmentrsquo the other values more lsquocontributionrsquo Different results Sure One has one of the largest business empires in the world the other left the largest volun-teer organization in the world

So in reality the values you are living in practice (what you are valuing in practice) are defining your results

This alone already explains a good part of the psyche of human beings But letrsquos go deeper

ROOTS

Having roots is to control the cycle of trust

86

87

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

To have roots the coach has to identify

her motivators and values create beliefs and habits and learn

to place herself in a state

CYCLE OF CONFIDENCE AND CYCLE OF FEAREveryone has Cycles of Fear in some areas and Cycles of Confidence in other areas

How do you know it If you are having or not results in that area In the areas of your life where you are getting results you are living in a Cycle of Confidence In the areas where yoursquore not you are living in a Cycle of Fear What does this means is that you have behavioral addic-tions or that you are doing things in a vicious way you are in a sort of a mice wheel Those addictions start by creating emotional patterns on you (feelings that you are having whether you want it or not for instan-ce jealousy when it becomes a pattern no matter what the other does that emotion will keep being there it is an emotion that happens to you) and those emotional patterns generate limiting rules We use the words ldquorulesrdquo because in reality limiting beliefs are created because they have a very large set of rules And this generates demotivation An addiction creates an emotional pattern that creates rules limiting which create demotivation and discourage us to move and change This Cycle of Fear is being lived FROM RESULTS TO VALUES and not in the other and right way The bad news are that we all have Cycles of Fear The areas in which we are not having results is because we are afraid but we paint it in other colors Irsquom afraid Irsquom demotivated I have emotional patterns and I have limiting rules

For you to gain roots you need to recognize these cycles You need to break it if you want results but if you want roots you need to recognize them Good news you can break Cycles of Fear

Second good news you have Cycles of Confidence You also unders-tand the other psychology So what is a Cycle of Confidence

You start by having the capacity of creating Discipline and Habits you get the ability to get into a certain and desired state (eg being happy to go training I want to create that emotion I visualize it it is the op-posite of an emotional pattern the pattern happens to you Think of a boxer who puts herself into her wanted state before entering in a ring You have empowering beliefs (when you believe in something that cre-ates more of it) This creates energy passion being in the moment Being with energy and passion and in the moment brings me empowe-ring beliefs which put me in the emotional state I want and provide me

habits and discipline The good news you have these cycles in areas that you are getting results Think in one area You have these four things right

Having these cycles itrsquos called being human First part on lsquorootsrsquo is about knowing your Cycles of Fear and Confidence and admit them to yourself to those you love to the others And having the courage to say that it doesnrsquot work because of FEAR And there is a way to break this cycle When you have roots you stop projecting it in your clients

There is a way of finding your values in a very logical way knowing which human motivators drive your behavior

8 HUMAN MOTIVATORSMaslov pyramid he was the first to talk about human needs He is outda-ted because it defines a hierarchy He places self-fulfillment at the top This model is very much focused on Maslovrsquos map-of-the-world who was an MS If it is a PE he may have lsquofamilyrsquo in the top and that is not wrong Still there are things that all humans need

So with all these models we created the 8 human motivators they are divided in four paradoxes one for each of the PEMS The first paradox is security freedom

Each one of us was born with a set of motivators You are ldquoaddictedrdquo on one side of the paradox You have to fulfill that need even if you have to abdicate of the other one

ROOTS

SECURITY

SELF LOVE

CONSCIOUSNESS

PERSONAL DEVEL

FREEDOM

LOVEBELOVED

BLISS

CONTRIBUTION

P

E

M

S

88

89

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

The main lesson is the more you live the other side of the paradox the more you will live your addiction as well What happens is that you can only get more of your addiction when you learn to validate the other side of the paradox This is what Jung calls ldquoparadoxes integrationrdquo be the millionaire and the altruistic Be the mother of family and career etc Only when you integrate the other energy is when it boosts the one that is more natural to you

For other persons it happens the same with security and all other pa-radoxes The suggestion is Irsquom addicted on this but I can pause and I can go exploring the other side What you have to figure out is your map (draw in the lsquoinfinite signsrsquo which side of the paradoxes is bigger) Your map is about how much you need to fill each side of the paradox

So YOUR HUMAN MOTIVATORS ARE DEFINING YOUR VALUES AND YOUR VALUES ARE DEFINING YOUR RESULTS

You can have everything on one of the sides of the paradox if yoursquore willing to face the fear of losing it

All people fill their motivators The difference between us is how sus-tainable is that satisfaction Unsustainable means that every day you

EXERCISE Do your map How do you discover Based on major decisions you made in your life Example work home relationships etc

have to feed them Imagine a homeless person he meets hisher secu-rity needs (eating and having where to sleep) but he has to do it every day Now compare with Donald Trump If you see the freedom part it probably happens the opposite

3 SUSTAINABLE it feeds itself It is something that can continue without the need for external resources It is ecological based on challenge and paradoxes integration

3 UNSUSTAINABLE you need to do it every day it is selfish ba-sed on comfort and extremist You do it like it was a daily shot

Example father and daughter about going out at night (to satisfy sa-fety and to love and be loved) Father says no hersquos being selfish and within his comfort zone The same father after coming to this course ldquoYoursquore going to the party until 2230 You send me an sms saying that everything is ok and at 2230 Irsquoll pick yourdquo This continues for some time Father goes on diminishing the rules Now hersquos being ecological entering his challenge zone and integrating paradoxes To feel safe as a father he has to give some freedom To feel loved he has to give them some self love Now his motivators are sustainable and has a sustai-nable system that feeds itself To arrive to a deeper level of security he needs to take the risk that comes from giving more freedom

DIAGONAL CONTINUOUS LINEThis line shows us that working above the line ie the clientrsquos beha-viors andor emotions is short-term and unsustainable In this case only the techniques are worked There are immediate results but with no major impact and duration Like when we are called to do motiva-tional speaking or teambuildingrsquos People feel better and do things but the results have a short duration

This does not imply that it is wrong to do Coaching based on these two areas For example in a quick conversation with a friend we can do Situational Coaching (based on behaviours) in order to get her to do something that has been postponing If the action has been made and it was what was intended to be then you did your role as Coach The Remedy Coaching is also important sometimes which consists on making the other person to leave the session feeling good thinking more positive at the time having had an opportunity to digest an emo-tion

ROOTS

90

91

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

Below the continuous line is where lies the deepest work The one that will actually be sustainable and with long-term results This is where we work values and beliefs it is where we go deep to the point where in fact we shift paradigms The client in this type of Coaching change her beliefs and values turning to be a really different person in opposition to what happens above the line where only the emotions or behaviors are changed but the client continues to be what she was

ICEBERGWith the iceberg image it is understood that the behavior is the conscious part of the human being the only thing that the client can see and analyze Everything else emotions beliefs and values are at the clientrsquos unconscious But as a Coa-ch I must and I want to work also the unconscious because as we saw above this is where it lies the sustainable and long-term work

When we help our clients shifting their paradigms beliefs emotions or values we are working with their unconscious Your client will not like this at some point in the process The unconscious will realize that she will have to change and this will cause the first resistance Knowing how to overcome this is essential to the Coachrsquos work so she can de-liver sustainable results

Conscious Mind keeps all the information which you can access now

Unconscious Mind keeps all the information that has ever passed through your brain It is also a kind of a warning system for you

The information passes from the unconscious to the conscious mind through the subconscious It goes dropping into deeper levels of our mind Very qui-ckly your clients will want to turn you into one of three things

Friend ndash They want someone who listens to them who is patient with them who is always there with whom they can always count and talk Most of your clients will want to have you here that you turn into a sort of confi-dant that supports them but does not challenge them too much But you are not there to be a friend

Boss ndash Many will seek in the Coach someone to tell them what to do who provides them specific guidance who pressures them who ldquopunishrdquo them when they donrsquot have their homework done Someone who is even more committed with their results than themselves But yoursquore also not there to be a Boss

Priest ndash Others will want a kind of a weekly confession session That you absolve the mistakes theyrsquove made du-ring the week that you tell them everything is fine and that it doesnrsquot matter we are all human and we all make mistakes You are not there to be a kind of spiritual le-ader of your client and to absolve him You are there to be

Coach - The Coach has an ldquoAirrdquo relationship with the client ie mental of communication becau-se it is a conversation where you listen and ask where there is intellectual stimulation In the map--of-the-world scheme the Coachrsquos sketch is in the quadrant of beliefs It is a ldquomind with mindrdquo work

It is important to know this because with the sessions going clients tend to try their Coach to become a friend (wateremotions) a boss (earthbehaviors) or even a priest (firevalues) However the Coach should avoid the mistake of behaving like one of these three types You are there to be a Coach

Notes In Informal Coaching with friends colleagues family remember that first thatrsquos what you are and only then you are a Coach Therefore you should not give prevalence to the Coach but to the relationship you have with that person otherwise you would violate the pact that exists between the two

ROOTS

92

93

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

4 TYPES OF COACHINGBased on these four quadrants there are four types of Coaching

Situational Coaching ndash The one that is done immediate-ly during the situation with the sole purpose of lea-ding it to an action It usually consists of a brief con-versation where a ROSA 10 is done Your client has a situation that week that really needs to be addressed Ex a proposal that she needs to present a college exam for which she has to study Itrsquos not bad Coaching and it is often necessary Only it is more superficial

Remediative Coaching ndash As the name says it suits when we have to put a ldquobandageointmentrdquo on the emotions The goal is the client to feel good at the end of the session without having to go deeply on the problem Itrsquos the typical conver-sation where the client unburdens and your only goal is to make her feel a little better Sometimes it may be and it often is necessary

Ex the past week your client has discussed with someone important to her or something happened that greatly dealt with her emotions Your first focus should be to help her to unburden and to feel better We used ROSA 10 + Unburden

Transformative Coaching ndash Here the goal is not just making the client to feel better but that she can change the way she sees her life and herself Here we mainly work on beliefs ie the client stops believing in some things to start believing in another ones She shifts paradigm Coaching is now much more sustainable and with long--term results It undergoes through more complete ses-sions where ROSA 20 is done

Holistic Coaching ndash This is the kind of Coaching that involves the whole being of the client all her areas and valences ie her values The entire psyche is worked We are working the whole Human Being and not only a part of it Even the motivators are worked We use ROSA 30 and we work a lot on paradoxes integration

KEY POINTSWe said earlier that we all have Cycles of Fear and that we can change them to Cycles of Confidence How

Imagine that you have a turnscrew and a bicycle wheel is malfunctio-ning You will then put the turnscrew into one of the four key points and then yoursquoll pull and force the wheel to move in the right direction to-wards the Cycle of Confidence And very important you donrsquot take out the turnscrew until the Cycle (the wheel) rotates in the right direction

What are then the Four Key Points You can really choose only one

VALUE FOCUS At this point you will choose a key value for you whi-ch you canrsquot leave to live in practice Whatever happens you canrsquot take the turnscrew from there For instance imagine that you are experien-cing serious financial difficulties and you decide that lsquoValue Focusrsquo is your point Imagine that you choose ldquosavingrdquo as the value that has to be experienced in practice Then whenever you have to make a decision that involves spending money you know what to do You canrsquot in any way stop living this value until the cycle begins to rotate in the oppo-site direction and gets sustainable

POSITIVITY If you want to work at the level of beliefs yoursquoll start to develop this empowering belief base BEING POSITIVE You must be a positive person with faith who believes that everything will go well who says only positive things about herself and the others who sees and is focused on everything positive that is going around her And when the bad days or the bad news are coming and you feel the need to say something negative you shut up And you say something positive

EMOTION FOCUS Imagine that there is an emotion that makes your Cycle of Fear to happen (an emotional pattern) In this key point you will choose an emotion that you would like to learn to cause in yourself learning how to get yourself into that state Imagine that you have been feeling too much anger in your Cycle of Fear and want to feel harmony instead You want to learn how to get into that emotional state You start feeling the opposite emotion and you do something to manage to be in an harmony state (you listen to a song that gets yourself into that state you put your boxing gloves you jump you meditate you close

ROOTS

94

95

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

your eyes you read a poem as Mandela did )

HOMEWORK FOCUS Here you will define a homework that until itrsquos done you wonrsquot do anything else Imagine that you have a Cycle of Fear in relation to health that you define lsquoHomework Focusrsquo as the key point and your homework is running every day Until you manage to do it nothing else matters All of your strategies are directioned so that your homework is being done as soon as possible

In the end all of the four key points have to do with absolute focus

Value ndash Focus on the most important value Until that value is being lived we wonrsquot move on

Positivity (Faith Optimism) ndash Focus on the positive emotions Un-til she gets optimistic we wonrsquot move on

Emotion (Meditation) ndash Focus on pleasure Until she feels more ple-asure than pain we wonrsquot move on

Homework ndash Focus on action Until the homework gets done we wonrsquot move on

VERY IMPORTANTYou as a coach do not have to guess your clientrsquos map-of-the-world or even her PEMS but you have to explore it aside of her You will only master her Map-of-the-World when you understand your own (creating roots) because you will never learn anything about yourself with your client you will never discover anything about you because shersquos the one who discovers it being real or not You Coach you must be hum-ble enough to know that you know nothing about your client and you shouldnrsquot try to guess anything It is the customer who gets there alone

Therefore the more knowledge you have about your own map-of-the--world together with Rapport and ROSA the more intense will be your Coaching because the more you will be able to help your client The goal is that you have the tools in yourself so you can help her In other words this tool is for you to deepen your roots and thus know when you need to do only ROSA or go searching for the Key Points or to use

another method For instance if a client has as her main challenge to be promoted then therersquos no logical on working on Cycles of Fear but to make a ROSA and move forward On the other hand if you see that there is a Cycle of Fear then you should find the key point so you can work on it

I canrsquot help the others if I canrsquot help myself first

ROOTS

values (I am)

during session

clientcoach rosa unconscious

Beliefs (I think)

between sessions

co-coach rosa 30

emotions (I feel)

leverage slice

self coaching rosa 20behavior (I do)

holistic

coaching to others rosa 10M

S

E

P

96

97

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING RESULTS

IX RESULTS

Results are super important in the Coa-ching process There is simply no Coa-

ching if there are no results and thatrsquos why they are at the center of the

triangle of the four Rrsquos Everything we do whether is ROSA creating

Roots or building Rapport it is done with the purpose of get-ting results at the end of the sessions

This is what distinguishes the most Coaching from other practices As a Coach you must become obsessed with your clients results Not only that they do their homeworks but also how close did Coaching took them closer to their Guru Objective how much it has improved their leverage slice of the Pizza and other slices as well We also try to assess the sustainability of those results We donrsquot want them just to get there but also that they keep there

Coaching is about results and you must take this premise very seriou-sly You have been hired to make them reach some goals Become obsessed with it

It is not so easy to evaluate results in a metric way in the world of Co-aching but it proves to be very important Not only with Life Coaching but also with Business Coaching We must find a way to demonstrate that our work has had results in practice

That was the reason why we have created the Results Model

Our level of competence is equal to our worst level of performance

RESULTS MODELIt is possible to define results through the four metrics

lsquoSrsquo AXIS (SPIRITUAL) WE EVALUATE THE PROCESS IMPACT ON THE CLIENT

Behavior (I DO) When the client throughout the process changes one or more behaviors She does now due to the sessions different things that she didnrsquot before

Emotions (I FEEL) When the client feels happier more self-confi-dent fulfilled etc She has now different and more positive emotions due to the Coaching process

98

99

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

Beliefs (I THINK) When there is a change of belief (I used to belie-ve I was not a good person and now I believe I am) When the client used to believe in something and she started to believe in something different There was a paradigm shift She used to see something in a certain way and now she sees it in a more empowering way

Values (I AM) When the Coach manages to help the client to change her values ie the person she is This happens for exam-ple when the client starts to put more emphasis on family than on work or when she accepts and believes that she is a healthy and different person and that nothing will change that now She values different things todat due to the Coa-ching process

lsquoErsquo AXIS (EMOTIONAL) WE EVALUATE THE CLIENTrsquoS AUTONOMY

Level 1 Coach (CoachClient Relationship) Itrsquos the Coach who controls the situation There is a formal relationship be-tween Coach and Client and the session is controlled and oriented by the Coach

Level 2 Coach (Co-Coach) The Client already acts as a Coach during the sessions This happens for example when the client already knows that she is supposed to also say po-sitive things on the Reality part that is she already knows what to do in each step She already takes the initiative The relationship is more about cooperation now and the Client start becoming autonomous

Level 3 Coach (Self-Coaching) When the Client already does Self--Coaching at home not being asked to This is a fantastic moment because she already has the tools and the Coach is there to help and support

Level 4 Coach (Coach to others) When the Client comes to a ses-sion and tells us she has done Coaching with someone else (with her child for instance) This person came to us to be helped however she is already using our tools to help so-

RESULTS

meone else She is totally independent It is every Coachrsquos dream

lsquoMrsquo AXIS (MENTAL) WE EVALUATE THE CLIENTrsquoS CONTENTS ASSIMILATION

Uses Rosa 10 language o cliente usa palavras como Realidade objetivos soluccedilotildees accedilotildees fazem hoje parte do seu leacutexico

Uses Rosa 20 language the client uses terms such as guru objec-tives baby objectives measurable beliefs paradigm shif-ting brainstorming etc

Uses Rosa 30 language she refers terms like emotional patterns cycles of fear and confidence values dilemma etc

Uses unconscious Rosa language when many of these terms are so ingrained in the clientrsquos language that she thinks she will use them for the rest of her life

lsquoPrsquo AXIS (PRACTICE) WE EVALUATE RESULTS IN PRACTICE

During the Session I can manage the client to get results only du-ring the session It is a Coaching session that has no power to influence the client outside it

Between Sessions It mostly happens when the client is doing her homeworks It means that what happened during the ses-sion touched her with enough strength to get her to realize she has to do something and that she is doing something outside the sessions

Leverage Slice It happens when the client fulfills her Leverage Slice and achieves the goal that brought her to Coaching or when her satisfaction in that slice has dramatically im-proved

Holistic When the client improves satisfaction in multiple slices as a result of the sessions including the leverage slice It was a process that had an impact on the whole being and not just in one area of her life

100

101

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

You can make this model with your client on the last session you have together You can also make a self-assessment to compare with it When you measure these four levels of results you will have access to check what level of Coaching you had on that specific process

COACHING LEVELThe Coaching Level that you have delivered is always proportional to your lowest result Even if you have three axes at level 3 and have only one at a level 2 Coaching has been 20 This is valuable information to you as a Coach because it gives you an idea of axes that are easier for you to work and others that you may have to further strengthen

Level 4 Coaching is something that is not achieved with all clients There must be a great empathy and rapport as well as a mastery on the Coaching technique that has been taught in the training course and presented in this manual

Gulica ego catia caperum dem inem cus Fortes et L Nos et grae avehem Romnit acto egeris cis sultod pratum voltum iam hos ublius hactam atemus essede con vas optilis factor aus nem ad cae estil hos me patus re verisse inatuus

Udam deperfecrem nermis etraed me int ela remulibut rem loctusquo cum mus auciem vivehem uresull emquissent eti primperescit ina que ia consiss entium pulerit con vendam morei sentes inatil vit ia quam mus licaudemus factem dum eo ura ex muro nenit quo vilnes-tium Catimportus pati postalarit vis coena fui sa consu consceribus Satquid ertienatus contere essimis ut vis aus iliciam quo in dissimis Ra num deatiqua vere con sentius et in spio pes Tiaetin videlisquam mus viliam que conum is larbit etora notimolto nos et duc omnimus opublicae convo C Nos vivica Catus hos vivas aurnihil hui terfint imorter labus hostam res inequod nerem tabute telieni hilicaessil ven-tem nonsulis

Berteropubit diisquium iteriti emprit teludam hilicid erfentiur tem huis

Hum pro vidiusquem paterevid sedis factatu rnihilla rem publicave Ca-terev irissoltis re aurei pere anum teluder ficepse essercem octuusque mis tum inam pra vivid rei condamdiis hacies Ipio verei sendamdis

TOOLS amp TECHNIQUES

X TOOLS AND TECHNIQUES

If you master well the model of the four Rrsquos for us you already are a fantastic Coach If you can master some stars too itrsquos even better But if you master the model you know how to do Coaching But now letrsquos go to the small stars The idea is not that you try to use all the stars at the same time Choose the two or three that you like best and train those first

POSITIVE FEEDBACKProvide as much positive feedback as you can to your client Take every opportunity you have to do it A Coach is the type of mirror that only says good things about her client Please turn yourself into some-one who is always valorizing every small steps that your client takes

FEEDBACK HAMBURGERYou say something positive then you say something negative then you say something positive again The two positive feedbacks have to be VERY VERY good For instance ldquoI have been feeling that you are very committed to your Coaching process We just need to start paying more attention to our homework even because I feel that you are a person who likes to challenge yourself and that really wants to go further ldquo

RESSIGNIFICATION Ressignificating is finding another meaning still more empowering but that changes everything EgrdquoI didnrsquot do my homework I failedrdquo Coach ldquoWow That means that you are a demanding and committed personrdquo ldquoIrsquom lazyrdquo

102

103

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

ldquoDoes that means you like to enjoy the pleasures of liferdquo

REFRAMINGIt is much like ressignification Itrsquos the name that is used in NLP (Neuro--Linguistic Programming) You take the information that was been gi-ven to you in a frame and you put it in a new one

PREFRAMINGIf ressignification has to do with changing the meaning after it has been given preframing has to do with giving a meaning to something before we have explained what it is It is a widely used technique to anticipate objections that might distract us from our ultimate goal Then we do preframing we previously give the meaning that we want the person to give afterwards Example

ldquoCan I show you my point of view Itrsquos something different but Irsquove seen that it works with many people and it has been helping a lot to change our behavior to healthier habits Itrsquos something innovative and different but highly successful Can I tell you my ideardquo You create a frame before placing the information in there

POSTFRAMINGFirst you give the information and then you put it in a frame Eg ldquoFolks today we have an exam (the low energy level) but thatrsquos what this course is about to be the best Coach to go furtherrdquo

ldquoFROM 0 TO 10 rdquo To give examples ldquoI think Irsquoll read a bookrdquo Coach ldquoFrom 0-10 how much do you think you will accomplish that goalrdquo

TRANSFORMING ldquoORrdquo IN ldquoANDrdquoHelp the client to find an alternative solution to integrate paradoxes to

find a third way

VULNERABILIZATIONFind out things about you that are not working and put them at the clientrsquos service That makes you human and you are validating your client in the case she feels the same She does some things better than you and has some of the same challenges

ASSOCIATION AND DISSOCIATIONThese two terms are often used in NLP (Neuro-linguistic Program-ming) and are used in various ways Association means that an indi-vidual describes a situation as if it was happening and he was partici-pating on it As the name indicates he is associated with it He is still seeing himself going through the situation and feels the emotions that he would feel if he was really living it

Dissociation means that an individual can already tell that experience as if he was watching a movie in which he took part but already dis-sociated from it He is more in an observer role That allows him a big-ger emotional objectivity Even if he feels the emotions they are more about the experience itself and not so much about him as a participant

When we want to help our customers to overcome some emotionally more challenging situations it can make a huge difference to have them to dissociate from those situations Thatrsquos how they can gain greater objectivity and clarity and at the same time they get more mo-tivated to take their first steps

METAPHORSThe most important here is that you use the metaphors of your client Use her world whenever it is possible It will help a lot more to inter-nalize and memorize the information Help your client to create her metaphors Eg ldquoSometimes we fall into holes that are so big that you canrsquot get out of them alonerdquo ldquoLearning to forgive someone is like dri-ving one step at a timerdquo

TOOLS amp TECHNIQUES

104

105

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

LANGUAGE OF A COACH 3 HOW TO INTERRUPT at the first session it must be defined if

the Coach can interrupt the client when she deviates from the focus If yoursquore going to interrupt your client you must always do it with a question You can also take note of something that has nothing to do with the subject you are talking about but it seems important So we can talk about it in the next session You can ask the client if she liked to talk about it

3 ldquoDOES IT MAKES SENSE FOR YOUrdquo If she says NO ldquoSo tell merdquo if she says YES ldquocan you tell me howrdquo

3 ldquoMY HALLUCINATION is rdquo Being very unconditional Any opi-nion is a good opinion The Coach realyy doesnrsquot know The word hallucination implies that what yoursquore saying may be ab-solutely wrong

3 ldquoWHAT WOULD LOVE DO NOWrdquo Be careful with the rapport level you have with your client It is a very good question when it concerns relational issues

3 ldquoHOW WOULD IT BE IFrdquo Very good to overcome objections ldquohow would it be if you had timerdquo ldquohow would it be if you had moneyrdquo ldquohow would it be if you had self-confidencerdquo

3 ldquoWHAT IF rdquo Fantastic to destroy any obstacle that your client brings Some examples ldquoAnd what if you couldrdquo ldquoWhy notrdquo ldquoWhat if nobody would knowrdquo ldquoWhat if you had moneyrdquo ldquoI know you donrsquot but what if you knew what would you sayrdquo

3 GENERAL TIP BE COOL You really must have a cool and rela-xed attitude You really donrsquot know what would be best for your client so be really unconditional

THE COACHING ETHICS

XI THE COACHING ETHICS

There are six ethic rules in Coaching but with no doubt the first is the most important

CONFIDENTIALITY Coaching sessions must be given the utmost con-fidentiality There are no legal rules as in Therapy (like not having fa-mily as clients) but you always have to respect confidentiality When you do Coaching in a company and you must give feedback to their manager your clients must know it If necessary you can discuss the case with a mentor but always without mentioning the name of your client You can discuss the cases but without any names

CLIENTrsquoS AUTONOMY Coaching is all about autonomy and sustaina-bility You need your client to get results not that she needs you You should think ldquoif I change country how would my clients berdquo

CAREFUL WITH PROJECTIONS We all project aspects that we re-press in ourselves All currents in psychology agree that there is pro-jection When I look to someone else what I see is whatrsquos inside of me (strengths and weaknesses) Thatrsquos why some see one thing and others see another As a Coach you must be very attentive to projections You should not do it with your client and for that you must work on your roots If something bothers you that says more about you than about your client Itrsquos not just a technical issue of respecting others map-of--the-world It is an ethical issue

CREDIBILITY Of course you can use other different tools in your ses-sions but you should be able to do so Using things on which yoursquore not certified is breaking ethics Try to be congruent and integrate Being a corporate or a sales Coach without being an expert about those mat-ters is not ethical

106

107

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING THE FIRST SESSION IN PRATICE

CONTRACT IS CONTRACT The financial commitment you assume with your client is always the same as long as she is your client The same in what respects sessions frequency You should always ask permission to your client when you want to change the frequency of the sessions For WeCreate the value you charge to your client must be the same forever It is part of our gratitude towards our client

SELF-COACHING The Coach must be an example of Self-Coaching or she should have a Coach You really have to do ROSA once a year at least and use all these tools in a weekly basis Make sure that you are also an example of achieving your own dreams

XII THE FIRST SESSION

IN PRACTICEIt is normal that the first session is a bit longer (90min) Your focus is to build RAPPORT Here is an example of a few steps for your first session You can have a few more or less of these steps but this is the general idea

STEP 1 Memorize these steps so that you will not have to use this manual

STEP 2 (Partnership) Organize the working space have everything prepared adequated clothes etc

STEP 3 (Presence) Prepare to be fully present by meditating or by being a few minutes in silence

STEP 4 (Posture and words) Build rapport have a few minutes of casual positive and neutral conversation to break the ice For example the weather the clientrsquos favourite team foot-ball match etc

STEP 5 At this stage you will also try to collect information about the client Several aspects of her life and trying to deter-mine clientrsquos expectations regarding the Coaching process You will be attentive about the metaphors and about what is really important to her Yoursquoll need it to explain what Co-aching is in her words

STEP 6 Explain what Coaching is using the clientrsquos words and the references she gave us Example letrsquos imagine that boxing was something that the client liked and we want to explain

108

109

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING THE LAST SESSION

Coaching through boxing ldquoCoaching is like boxing It invol-ves a lot of training to succeed in getting results but ins-tead of having an external enemy we are fighting against ourselvesrdquo

STEP 7 Inviting the client to do an exercise we pick six pens (three of each color) We ask her to tell us three things that are going well in her life and we explore each area a bit Then we ask ldquoamong those areas which one is running really wellrdquo Then we ask for three things that are not going so well and explore a bit

STEP 8 Asking the client which 3 goals she would like to accom-plish by the end of the Coaching process that would make it worth the investment (as measurable as possible)

STEP 9 Establishing verbal contract and selling the idea of coa-ching (even if the sessions pack is already closed) Now we talk about the practical issues sessions frequency ses-sions length interrupting the client first session a bit lon-ger confidentiality guarantee If you feel comfortable you can talk about costs and forms of payment

STEP 10 ldquoCan we start our session talking about what brought you here How can I helprdquo

STEP 11 Talking a bit about the Clientrsquos reality and introducing the Pizza of Life The client draws herrsquos We will go on explai-ning the pizza and its different slices (very briefly not to influence) Some clients like to do it lsquoalonersquo others like to go on talking as they fill the slices

STEP 12 From then on you make ROSA 10

STEP 13 You end up the session You can share ROSA methodology with your client (if you think shersquod like it) and ending with positive feedback You can also ask the client how did she feel You can also ask her to choose an object and summa-rize the session You will also be doing some preframing by stating that Coaching is about action and homeworks

XIII THE LAST SESSION

A coaching process has a follow-up We can work with individual ses-sions or with a pack It is important to inform your clients that Coaching is a continuous process and not a process with miraculous results in the first session Hence it is like doing workout where it is difficult to get results if we go to the gym only once

You can work with packs of sessions (5 or 10) and we would like to give you some tips on what you should ensure it gets done in your last coaching session with someone you have been working with

FUTURE It is important to ensure that the client will continue taking steps in the future even not having sessions anymore or your presence In this session you should spend some time helping her in creating an action plan about the next steps she wants to go on taking in that area You can also take the opportunity to do a small summary of everything that you both worked in so that there is a notion of the progress made and the results achieved Ensures that your client completed that process and be sure about the next steps for her future Help her in crea-ting a good action plan

HABITS You can also ask your client which would be the daily or weekly habits that she would like more to integrate into her routine

POSITIVE FEEDBACK This is also the perfect time to give positive fe-edback to your client (despite being a constant throughout the sessions) Show her the progress she has made throughout the sessions and help her to realize all the positive things she has achieved

111

110

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

PERSONAL DEVELOPMENT We must ensure that our client conti-nues its personal development process and knows or tries new approaches Coaching is just one part of a wide range of options that are now ahead of her Encourage her to con-tinue that journey to read new books to try other trainings and workshops other different and complementary ways of approaching personal development

KEEPING CONTACT You can develop some form of contact with your old clients Email telephone facebook etc Remember to con-tinue sending her information about coaching or other matters you find important It is a way to ensure that your client will continue ldquoawakedrdquo for this subject

Thank you for being part of this project

Daniel Saacute Nogueira and Marta Ferreira

Page 15: WeCreate International Coaching Certification Manual

ROSA 10

ROSA 30

ROSA 20

ROSA 10

ROSA 30

ROSA 20

WhatWho

when

babybaby

30

31

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

hole that she is focused on and have a conversation about the broader reality of her life

FLUFFY PUFFY VS COMPLICATORAt the stage of Reality we find two main types of people

COMPLICATORThis is the type of person who will claim that they are not able to solve their problem and who also believes that the situation is so big and so bad that there actually is no solution

ROSA 20

In this case let the client speak for five to ten minutes about this but then it is essential to make her say something positive about it with questions like

ldquoWhatrsquos good about itrdquordquo ldquoWhat do you like about your life (Maybe on the same sub-

ject or another - see ldquoGuide to the First Coaching Ses-sionrdquo)

By doing this we motivate the client for the rest of the ROSA Itrsquos re-ally a question of energy If we donrsquot address the positive aspect (of the particular situation or of another area of life) we will not have any energy for the Objectives phase

The conversation gets very depressing and not very motivating when the client manages to convince herself (and often the coach as well)

32

33

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

that there is no solution By adding together both positive and negative aspects we create tension and a spark of energy to move on At the same time we get to find out what truly motivates the client whether it is family a passion that she has or others things

FLUFFY PUFFYThis is the opposite of the type above This is a person who has re-edu-cated herself and grown convinced that itrsquos good to have problems and that they are there for a reason She has a super positive perspective on life but possibly a bit exaggerated Problems are always positive and she does not understand that they may have negative implications

To the question ldquoSo is this problem hurting yourdquo she will promptly reply ldquoOh it isnrsquot Itrsquos good to have problems they bring along many positive things and are just what they should berdquo In this case the Co-ach has to make the client talk about the problem and the aspects that are negative or less good In other words we must find out what hurts enough for the client to realize she needs help with something and that not everything is going well after all

As in the previous case we need to create an inner shock in order to generate energy for the Objectives phase In this case it is necessary to do so by making the client ldquosufferrdquo a bit or to get her out of her comfort zone in order to become aware that there is something she wants to change or do differently If we do not have a challenge an opportunity or a problem we cannot do coaching

Both the ldquoComplicatorrdquo and the ldquoFluffy Puffyrdquo should identify both good and bad aspects of the subject matter Moreover you should not move to the Objectivesrsquo phase be fore this is done At this stage the more the client is aware of her own reality the better the Coachrsquos picture will be of that same reality Both types of clients need to enter the area of challenge leaving the reality that they live in and gaining a broader awareness of the reality that is

Only with this awareness will there be fuel to create goals and pro-gress to the next stages

PIZZA OF LIFEThe clientrsquos reality is like a big wall Something she nee-ds to overcome to reach the other side the side that she wants to be on Although the wall is large the client will tend to concentrate on a small part of the wall a hole a brick to paint etc About 98 of people are focused on the small ldquoholesrdquo of life which only increases their size and importance

Implementing a real change in your life means looking at it as a whole from various angles analyzing all its weaknesses but also all the pos-sibilities In doing so the client becomes more aware of who she is

The pizza is divided into four distinct areas (linked to the four elements and the four personality types) and twelve slices

EARTH AREA (PRACTICAL WORLD)Money How is your bank account Do you have any debts Do you

think you have enough money or do you need more to have the life you want And what about material goods such as a home a car travel

Health Are you healthy Do you have any chronic illness How do you nourish yourself Any sports Do you feel alive

Jobcareer Are you doing something you like Feel satisfied with your career How many hours do you work per day What is your level of productivity

WATER AREA (EMOTIONAL WORLD)

Romance Do you have a love relationship that satisfies you Do you love and are you loved Are you feeling happy and complete without being in a relationship

Family and Friends (with a big F) How do you relate to your chil-dren parents and friends

Contribution Are you helping create a better world Any voluntary work Donations Satisfied with the help you provide

ROSA 20

of life

money

hea

lth

workcareer romance

Friends

family

contribuitiondevelopmentpersonal

social life

hobbies

peer groupleadershippersonal

life p

urpose

Pearth

Ewater

Mair

Sfire

meaning

34

35

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

AIR AREA (MENTAL WORLD)Personal Development Do you read books participate in training

courses invest in yourself and in your learningdevelop-ment

Hobbies and Social Life Do you have a social life that satisfies you Do you have free time to do what you like

Peer Group Groups of people (friends family etc) that challenge us and pull us forward Do you have people that encourage you How often do you meet with them

FIRE AREA (SPIRITUAL WORLD)Personal Leadership How do you relate with yourself When you

look at yourself (on the inside and the outside) do you like

what you see How is your confidence and self-esteem

Life Purpose How much of your day-to-day do you dedicate to doing what you love most

Meaning of Life Do you have a faith What do you believe in What is the energy that encompasses all Why are we here on this planet

The Pizza of Life is a very deep tool to be used both by the client and the Coach to develop their roots It is a practical way of examining all areas of our lives

It is essential to distinguish between the importance that a client at-tributes to a slice and her degree of satisfaction with it Itrsquos not about how much you have of this or that slice but rather how satisfied you are with this area For example a person who is not religious does not have to have a zero in the area of the meaning of life if she is comfor-table with that area But if she does feel that she needs to work on her faith then the value will inevitably be less than 10 Another example someone who lives in a rented house travels by bus and goes camping on holidays may have a 10 in the money slice if itrsquos a person who does not value material goods Someone else who lives the same kind of life but aspires to have a beach house a great car and travel to exotic places will assign a lower value to this slice

The client may want to add or remove a slice and split others However the most important thing is to recognize the four main areas (PEMS) and the importance of all the slices for your happiness and for gaining a more balanced life

When the pizza is filled out once again you will address the positive and less positive aspects of it At this stage you should ask your client

3 ldquoWhich 2 or 3 areasslices feel goodstrong at the momentrdquo

3 ldquoWhich 2 or 3 areasslices need a little more attention and some im-

ROSA 20

1 What is the current situation

2 Concrete examples

3 Objectivity through facts

4 Ask what when where who

REALITYRESUME

36

37

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

provementrdquo

This way you gain even more information about the current situation of your client which may be very helpful during the rest of the coaching process

LEVERAGE SLICEAfter evaluating the pizza of life we dedicate ourselves to hel-ping the client choose a leverage slice We can explain that coaching is about gaining focus by having only one target to hit at each moment in time This does not mean that we wonrsquot work on any other area it just means that we first need to solve one slice one priority slice

The question to use is ldquoWhich slice if you increase your satisfaction with it by one or two points would improve the biggest number of your other pizza slicesrdquo

You can ask your client to select any 5 slices then 3 then 2 and ask ldquoImagine that I am the genie in the lamp and I can help you bring one of these slices to a 10 which one would you chooserdquo

If your client clearly has a slice that she wants to work you can proce-ed with this one right away

The leverage slice is not always the slice that got the lowest rating Therefore we should not influence the decision of the client

A few tips

3 If the client chooses a slice that she gave a high rating itrsquos good news for the Coach because it will be relatively easy for the client to improve it further

3 If the client wants to choose a new slice in the next session no problem Remember that we are just chauffeurs Early on in the coaching process the client may do some reflection and then want to choose another slice

3 Until the leverage slice is resolved (rated much more positively)

or under control by the client (it only being a matter of time) we DO NOT change the slice along the way We only do so once we have delivered the wanted results If we change the slice in each session it becomes difficult (if not impossible) to deliver results which also become much less sustainable Coaching is not a process with a magic wand that can transform a slice in an hour

3 No area is more important than another and the numbers that the client uses to evaluate only mean something to her Remember that YOU SHOULD NOT JUDGE anything about the pizza of your client It only needs to make sense to her

O(BJECTIVES)Now that we know the current reality of our client it is time to move on At this point we no longer speak of problems or challenges That was back in the previous phase Now we just want to know about Objectives

In Coaching we work with two types of objectives

GURU OBJECTIVES AND BABY OBJECTIVESAll of us more or less consciously orient our action through goals But we do not always take the right steps There are people who consciously do but there are many others who without being conscious of it hurt their feet run without knowing where theyrsquore going or stop halfway

We can identify two types of goals which we should use to our advan-tage

3 Guru objective ndash a goal that is so big so big that therersquos a voi-ce in our head that thinks itrsquos impossible to accomplish

3 Baby objective ndash a goal that is so small so small that we are absolutely certain of achieving it

ROSA 20

The slice of leverage is the one in which if there is any improvements will positively affect other slices of pizza

The Baby-Objectives has the

unique purpose to increase client

confidence

38

39

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

Guru and baby objectives psychology is natural to us not something we learn nor something we can unlearn For example it activates immediately if wersquore in a car accident if anything threatens our survi-val or the survival of our loved ones We then forget whether we are confident or not successful or not rich or poor and we only care about finding a solution This is natural we always have an ultimate goal in mind while at the same time staying present to the immediate objec-tive since that is what makes us define the next small step towards reaching our guru objective And we get so engaged that nothing will distract us from our guru objective Now this psychology should not get triggered only unconsciously in moments of survival but also be applied consciously in our lives in general in our everyday And yes it can be activated

Always remember that an objective is only at the guru level if there is a voice inside you that laughs finding it impossible to achieve and a baby objective is only one if you are sure that you will achieve It is therefore essential to dream to look farther and reach beyond what our minds can visualize

But beware if we focus solely on our highest goals we will never le-ave the realm of dreams and over time we will lose self-confidence Achieving goals involves taking small steps every day defining reaso-nable steps that slowly but surely bring us closer to our guru objective

Success depends on a combination of both We must therefore learn to live life with very big guru objectives and very small baby objectives Most people that feel unhappy have developed a guru psychology but not a baby psychology or vice versa The former always want more and are never satisfied with their daily achievements The latter live through small steps but cannot think big so the little steps wear them out and monotony or apathy reigns

Having a great guru objective without setting baby objectives leads to frustration anxiety and impatience Setting baby objectives without having a big guru objective leads to disinterest discouragement and lack of direction(ldquoTrate a Vida por Turdquo paacuteg 111)

META+Our objectives should be

Measurable - Objectives should be very concrete so that when we reach them we can check off ldquomission accomplishedrdquo For example ldquoI will spend 3 hours a day with my familyrdquo instead of ldquoI will spend more time with my familyrdquo

Emotional Objectives should contain grand adjectives that provoke a lot of emotion so that the brain gives them more importance For example ldquoI will wake up shining and full of vitality ready for a new day of fun and productivityrdquo

Timed - Objectives must have either a date or a frequency or both For example ldquoStarting tomorrow I will be home by 8 pm every day to have dinner with my childrenrdquo or ldquoI will train every day starting on Sundayrdquo

Achievable - We need to believe in the objectives that we set and know that they are possible to reach For example ldquoI will write a book next monthrdquo If you think your goal is too ambitious you had better adapt it ldquoIrsquoll write one chapter in the next monthrdquo

Positive (+) - Goals should be stimulating the positive Neurolinguistics say that everything that we define as positi-ve encourages us and everything that we define as negative defeats us For example ldquoI will not smoke anymorerdquo is wrong while ldquoI will breathe 100 oxy-gen and make air cleaner for myself and for othersrdquo is more correct Or ldquoon day x I will weigh y poundsrdquo instead of ldquoI will lose weightrdquo(Trate a Vida por Tu paacuteg 155)

ROSA 20

1 What do you want

2 What do you really want

3 What is the Guru-Objective

4 What is the Baby-Objective

5 What is the dream (the most importan is to make the client talk about his dreams)

6 In a perfect world (For those who have di-fficulty in define Guru-Objectives)

7 Meta+

OBJECTIVESRESUME

The meta+ model is used to specify the target-guru

40

41

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

Why do we need to have these two opposing energies Exactly for the same reason as the positive and negative energies in the Reality phase We really need a guru objective since the effort that the client will have to make and the person she has to become to get there will make her reach much further than if she had set an intermediate goal Coaching is about dreams about the best of the best for each area of our lives The important thing is not whether or not the client gets there but that the road she travels takes her much further

Moreover every journey starts with a small step We need to create an objective so small so small that the client is absolutely sure she can do it Why To get her motivated quickly to achieve success and above all to convey the baby objective psychology We need to make our clients realize that coaching is about big and small steps The baby objective in itself is not important but we need to introduce this step here so that your client begins to celebrate every little step that she takes every piece of homework that gets done

Coaching is about forming a person with both guru and baby objectives psychology Someone who wants to go really far and at the same time is super happy with everything that she has already achieved

Notas If a client has a very big guru objective to reach in a short time and the Coach thinks it is not possible we can ask the client to ldquoconvince us that it is possiblerdquo On the other hand if the baby objective is very big we do the same

S(OLUTIONS)Encouraging creativity is equally important to teaching children ma-thematics Portuguese and science This is what later on will separate intelligent adults from true geniuses who are able to create something new revolutionary and innovative in whatever area It is those who mark others society science and the world who ultimately make a

difference

40 IDEASIn fact we are all creative We have all been children we have all been creative and so what happened What is it that makes our creativity die The fact is that our society limits our creativity while forgetting that in a grey professional world creativity makes the difference

ROSA 20

clique no viacutedeo para o activar

42

43

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

Anyone who is creative grows through challenges simply because they put their creativity at the service of what is not working They go off immediately to search for a solution And this is available to everyo-ne This is the basis of the ldquoSrdquo in ROSA instead of complaining go look for a solution Remember yoursquore always one idea away from solving your biggest challenge You just havenrsquot found that idea yet Pull out

your creativity and try finding ideas ideas ideas

Even the most creative people start with obvious ideas and it is good to go through them in order to get to the other ones Little by little we will get to the interesting ideas and when we stop being afraid of saying nonsense we become creative Now the challenge is to get an innovative idea And that can only be achieved by investing time and energy When we are at 10 or 20 ideas to not give up until you have at least 40

Losing our creativity is in other words restraining our physical (earth) emotional (water) mental (air) and spiritual (fire) abilities Children do not have these restraints in a physical sense they love exploring the world through their body showing you they donrsquot care about posture for instance and they seem unbreakable when defying the laws of gra-vity with an energy that seems limitless Emotionally they are much more open to all kinds of feelings because they have not accumulated many negative experiences Mentally they are hungry for knowledge and the concept of right and wrong is not yet set so everything seems possible to them Spiritually they are completely free they may have some enrooted values but everything else is an open book

In order to be creative again and go back to having blank pages in the book of life being able to write and rewrite improvise and create we

obvious interesting creative innovative

can start by being creative in one area or going back to being creative in all aspects of life and our being To go back to being creative we must explore our physical body do sports dance act etc and use your senses to hear smell taste touch and see The healthier we are the more our body will be available to be physically creative To go back to being more creative emotionally we have to stop being afraid to feel We have to venture into relationships connections sharing without the fear of being hurt frustrated cheated and even happy

To go back to being mentally creative we must learn new subjects think about new things analyze from new angles and perspectives challenge our minds have conversations with all kinds of people read all kinds of magazines stimulate all parts of our brain

Finally if we want to go back to being spiritually creative we must question all our certainties and dogmas meditate and open ourselves to the world of possibilities and the inexplicable We need to know oursel-ves in order to experience life intensely

If we manage to be creative in all four areas we will be soon become a new person with a palette of new experiences and openness to wha-tever happens giving us new shape and a different glow If we can be more creative regarding the first letter of our PEMS we should really be congratulated for it The important thing is to enter the challenge zone to seek solutions in areas that have not yet been explored in fiel-ds that are uncomfortable for others but that we call our comfort zone Then everything and really everything becomes possible and there are no longer problems without solutions(ldquoTrate a Vida por Turdquo paacuteg 165)

PARADIGM SHIFTThis is the time to get the client to think ldquoupside downrdquo ie to think ldquoout of the boxrdquo It is undoubtedly the most difficult phase of the coaching sessions Your clients will not even want to think and to change their paradigms

The vast majority of people when trying to solve a pro-blem or challenge use the first ideas that come to mind - the Obvious ideas ndash the ones that we all have However there are three more levels of ideas The Interesting ideas are those that some have sometimes

ROSA 20

The very first ideas are obvious Only then comes the interesting and then comes the very creative and innovative ideas

44

45

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

Solutions are always related to the Guru-Objectives

and then come the Creative Ideas that are those which generate con-flict because they go lsquoout of the boxrsquo shifting paradigms Finally we have the Innovative ideas that are the ones that nobody sees but once they are revealed they become obvious

We may use this ability in all areas of our life using this unique creati-vity to make everything unique and different

The goal of a Coach is getting the client to change her paradigm This is what happens in an ldquoAHArdquo moment when she finds an idea and is sure that this is the one she was missing

In the picture on the left do you see a young girl or an old lady Try to see both Put your brain to work both ways

GREAT AND WHAT ELSEBrainstorming is the most powerful tool for creativity and the best way of stimulating creativity in all areas of your life It is essential to do individual and group brainstorming as it is the best way to find so-lutions to challenges

What is a lsquobrainstormingrsquo

As the name implies it is a kind of ldquobrain stormrdquo And what do storms do They stir things up make ideas collide (thunder) and launch one solution after the other (lightning) ldquowaitingrdquo for the one that will solve the problem and put the storm at rest Brainstorming is not only use-ful at the workplace Every person and family should brainstorm from time to time to seek solutions to their problems from the most basic day-to-day questions (how to deal with expenses manage domestic tasks prepare meals) to deeper and more complex ones (helping a child become more confident helping a father that is unemployed) And individually each one of us should do brainstorming to solve and improve all areas that we feel the need to change

It is very easy to do brainstorming Here are the six rules to start prac-ticing today

1 No judgement All ideas are valuable even the most stupid ones In a brainstorming there are no arguments or criticism All ideas are good initially If there is criticism besides genera-ting conflict it can also inhibit the people involved

2 Quantity quantity quantity The more ideas generated the better the brainstorming Quality does not matter here only quantity Why The first ideas will be obvious then interesting then creative and only then innovative

3 Hitchhike You can build on otherrsquos ideas No participant should be silent for a long time If you donrsquot have any idea you can simply hitchhike on someone elsersquos The only thing you cannot do is not to participate

4 Go crazy From time to time throw in some ideas that are lsquoout-side the boxrsquo Regardless of how absurd they may seem this will help you and your colleagues to leave the obvious ideas and make your brains think At the very least you will enliven the session If the group laughs at your idea yoursquore being crazy

ROSA 20

click the video to see it

46

47

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

5 Take notes The most dangerous thing in a brainstorming ses-sion is having no one to write down the ideas Preferably the one who writes should not be giving any ideas she should fo-cus on writing down othersrsquo ideas There should also be a kind of a moderatorfacilitator of the brainstorming session not for taking decisions or criticizing but precisely for making sure that no one tries to take decisions on behalf of the group or to criticize other peoplersquos ideas and to help keep the focus on what matters In an individual brainstorming session you of course need to be your own moderator

6 A clear goal You must clearly define what the purpose of your objective is what the challenge is and if possible write formu-late it in META+(ldquoTrate a Vida por Turdquo paacuteg 213)

Brainstorming is the most powerful creativity tool In a brainstorming the client is requested to come up with a great amount of ideas on how to reach her Guru Objective

click the video to see it

And the Coach must be persistent since this is when you realize that humans are lazy when it comes to thinking It is very likely that when giving her fifth idea the client will say that she has no more Everyone will want to convince you that they have already found the magic solu-tion But they havenrsquot And how do we know that Because if they had found it they would already have solved their challenge

During a brainstorming ideally it is the Coach who writes down the ideas But she should not alter any of them And if the client gets stuck we must ask open and creative questions such as

3 If you had all the money in the world what would you do 3 If you were your idol what would you do 3 If it were 10 years ago what would you do 3 If it were 10 years from now what would you do

Cultivating a sense of humour as a Coach is always a good for rela-xing and making people creative This is in fact important in any area At this stage it is very likely that the client will have long mo-ments without coming up with any ideas Therefore it is impor-tant to create our own personal way of ldquopulling outrdquo the clientrsquos ideas such as a small exercise changing seats or using humour If the client gets to 40 ideas very easily and none is lsquointerestingrsquo even for her it means that she is still in the obvious ide-as and then 40 more ideas are always welcome Creativity is an expansive energy The more it is cultivated the more it grows and the easier it becomes to use it in other areas of life Notas The Coach may suggest ideas but only as an encouragement to the client

A brainstorming can take up a large part of a session so it is important to make sure there is enough time for it

ROSA 20

1 Allow the obvious

2 I want more ideas

3 Help to avoid judgment

4 Overcoming objections with questions ldquoWhat ifrdquo

5 Okay what else

SOLUTIONSRESUME

48

49

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

since it is not right to leave it midway The goal is that the client forces her brain to find new ideas in a short time and in such a way that it is almost like a shock to her

It is important to keep focused on one topic in a brainstorming Some may change their focus during the process for example a client whorsquos Guru objective is to open a business may start to suggest ideas on how to make more money In this case the Coach should remind the client of the main topic At the same time the Coach should stay flexible and if the client really feels that their focus was not on the first topic but on the second itrsquos time to go back and set a new Guru objective

A(CTION)ROSA exists only for one reason to get us to act We find our Reality establish our Objectives and think up Solutions that make us act ndash the A is the purpose of ROSA

Now more than people of action we must be people of innovation

Innovation is creativity applied to getting the desired results Being creative is not enough but creativity is the tool for getting to innova-tion So how do we do this

The secret is not to give up on creating ideas ideas and more ideas until the innovative idea comes Sometimes it never comes but get-ting to the creative ones is already something Those who have dared being creative many times and more and more are those who mana-ge to reach the innovation Itrsquos not enough to have talent you have to work hard to translate this talent into amazing results Look at these examples

3 Bach wrote one cantata a week even when he was sick 3 Mozart produced more than 600 pieces of music 3 Darwin wrote 109 publications one of which was about the Theory of

Evolution 3 Einstein published 248 theses one of which was about the Theory

of Relativity 3 Freud published 350 theses 3 Rembrandt produced 650 paintings 3 It took Thomas Edison 2000 experiments to invent the light bulb

and 9000 to perfect it 3 Picasso created more than 20000 pieces of art

This is why it is so important to act Do a lot create a lot invest a lot (ldquoTrate a Vida por Turdquo paacuteg 234)

THE FUNNELThis is the part where coaching really becomes challenging where the client realizes that she will have to do something and not just think and talk about it It is the phase where we start to converge and funnel things in order to find an action that is as specific as possible

This is with no doubt the most important phase of ROSA In a coaching session anything can happen in any of the other phases but we cannot end it without an action (without homework)

What

3 What are you going to do now 3 What are you thinking about doing now ()

ROSA 20

click the video to see it

A task should not be so simple that it doesnacutet make any difference to the client to fulfill it nor should it be so difficult that it becomes infeasible

50

51

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

With whom It is very important to involve someone in the action pro-cess 99 of the homework should have a third person involved The-reby we are creating conditions for the client to become autonomous after the coaching process The questions might be

3 ldquowill you ask to ask you whether you have done itrdquo 3 ldquoApart from me (the Coach) who else will be involved in thisrdquo

When Marcar data ou frequecircncia Quanto mais especiacutefica for me-lhor Isto leva o cliente a pensar exatamente quando vai fazer au-tomaticamente isto cria um compromisso maior dentro dele doing this the client should end each session with a specific homework knowing both the day and the time she will do it and with whom she will share it

At what time of the week beginning or end

At the end of the week

What is for you the end of the week Friday Saturday Sunday

Friday

Ok and what time

Anytime

Anytime Ok But in the morning in the afternoon or evening

Morning

And what time

Early

What is early for you

Upon waking

And what time do you wake up

At 7am

THE CONVERGENCE TECHNIQUEIf the client does not find an action to do you can use the convergence technique by asking the following questions

3 ldquoLook at your ideas (the brainstorming) and mark those that you find reasonablerdquo

3 ldquoNow choose 10rdquo 3 ldquoChoose 5rdquo 3 ldquoChoose 3 2 rdquo 3 ldquoIf I had a magic wand that would immediately fulfil one of these

ideas which one would you chooserdquo

COMMITMENTIn the early sessions you can also ask the client to send you an SMS after doing the action in or-der to confirm it Of course you donrsquot force her

if she refuses but then if she doesnrsquot do her homework you will have more power to ask for an SMS in the next homework

If she accepts you may also ask if you can send her an SMS in case she forgets to do so What will happen is that as soon as she receives our SMS asking whether the action has been done she will do it immediately so that she can reply that she has By SMS we also mean any other means like a telephone call or e-mail The Coach must be flexible enough to perceive which method suits her client the best

THE HANDSHAKEShaking hands after defining the homework is very important because it is the archetype of commitment But remember if the client does not do her homework there is no failure only feedback Maybe the problem really is the kind of homework given or poor explanation about the im-portance of the homework in the coaching process

ONE SMALL STEP FORWARDWhat is the Next Small Step you can take This ques-

ROSA 20

What is the first next small step

Earn 20000 euro

What is the first next small step

Save 100 euro month

What is the first next small step

Open an account

ldquoGreat what is the next small step that you believe you can accomplish

Deposit 1000 euro

1 What is the option that has magic

2 What is the option that makes sense

3 What are you gonna do exactly

4 How will you know you make it

5 Funnel When What day What time

6 Commitment handshake

ACTIONRESUME

52

53

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

free to put everything she has (skills tools knowledge) at the service of her client Indeed every three sessions more or less you should challenge your client with a piece of homework However the challen-ge will vary depending on whom we have in front of us and on the level of the process

4 SUCCESS TIPS FOR THIS PHASE FASEAction Plans it is at this stage that we start working on an action plan

that will follow the session Remember coaching without ac-tion is not coaching Thatrsquos why you should do a ROSA in every session go through the four phases and always end with a very concrete action plan on what the client will do during the week and until the next session Here is an example of an action plan

What will I do Run 3 times per week

When Monday Wednesday and Friday

With whom Alone

Possible obstacles Laziness and lack of time

Benefits Feeling healthier

What will help me remember Setting an alarm on my phone

How will I celebrate By going to the cinema

Homework the tasks between the sessions are a priority for the coaching Most of the le-arning comes from the homework that is done between sessions So remember to always end your session by asking your client to suggest tasks that she would like to accom-plish that coming week the next small steps she can take right now Then rephra-se each one into a concrete action (when how where ) Still some clients will have gre-

tion tool is ideal for those who have difficulty in defining Baby Objecti-ves or those who have difficulty in defining an action to do this week

Notas As a general rule the client will not hear the word ldquosmallrdquo in the question The-refore we must repeat the question until the action is so small that the client would have no difficulty doing it

Of course the Next Small Step may not be the right action to choose for this week

Example The client wants to buy a Porsche (Guru Objective)

ldquoDeposit 1000 eurosrdquo is the Baby Objective The same process can be used for defining the homework

At the end when an action has been defined the Coach may also su-ggest a piece of homework In other words then the Coach is finally

ROSA 20

54

55

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING RAPPORT

at difficulty in taking action If this is the case always look for the smallest step that the person can take If we do not act itrsquos because the step is not small enough Remember ldquoEvery journey begins with one small steprdquo

Commitment amp Penalties some clients will sometimes have real diffi-culty in stepping into action Sometimes you may have to resort to agreeing on a fine if your client does not accomplish her task All human beings run away from pain and sometimes in coaching we need to use a little more masculine energy (wersquoll talk about that more below) to help You can even ask the question ldquoWhat will happen if you do not accomplish itrdquo

Monitoring amp Accountability the role of a Coach is to provide moni-toring to her client However the responsibility must always be on the clientrsquos side As a Coach you are responsible for guiding the process Your client should define the strategies needed to enable her to take the steps she wants You should follow and always try to understand what may have prevented her from completing her tasks Above all you should be focused on finding better strategies to lead her into action However do remind your client that it is her responsibility Ultimately acting or not acting is her choice

VII RAPPORT

Mastering the ROSA technique and mastering Rapport will alone make

you a Mega Coach Of course you can gain more Roots but people

who attend our courses usu-ally already have quite some

1ST DEFINITION OF RAPPORT

Relationship of trust and influence rapport is the ability to create trust within a few minutes with various kinds of people and to influence them to act think and do better You can only influence after being trusted Think about people you trust and do not trust what influence do these people have on you

2ND DEFINITION OF RAPPORTRelationship of empathy and sympathy ldquoWe only like 2 kinds of people people who are the way we are or who are the way we would like to berdquo

Empathy I feel empathy based on the things I have in common with someone

Sympathy Based on the qualities and characteristics that someone has that I would like to have

Conclusion rapport is empathy (who is like me) and sympathy (who is the way I would like to be)

56

57

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

Rapport is trust and

influence

Rapport is the ability to create

empathy and sympathy

WARNING Empathy comes before sympathy and trust comes before influence This is the most important aspect of rapport I cannot influence anyone who does not trust me

Part 2 Now letrsquos try to understand what happens in our psyche why this is the way it is

I invite you to imagine that yoursquore a rabbit in a forest and you meet another rabbit What happens Now imagine you meet another animal thatrsquos different from you What does the rabbit do FLIGHT (runs away)

Now imagine that you are not a rabbit yoursquore a wolf You meet an ani-mal thatrsquos different from you What does the wolf do FIGHT

Now imagine yoursquore a porcupine What happens FREEZE

Animals have these three types of reactions Now imagine yoursquore a human being 20000 years ago and you come across something di-fferent from you What happens ONE OF THESE THINGS AND YOU FEEL FEAR You react the way you do because your psyche does not know what it is And if it is another human being I KNOW WHAT TO EXPECT She is like me Our fear grows when something is different because we donrsquot know what to expect Imagine that you do meet a hu-man being but wearing clothes or other things that are very different

What happens when it is the same kind of animal What exists there EM-PATHY AND TRUST - 1st LEVEL of RAPPORT

This is a metaphor of course Rapport is very unconscious I could tell you to trust someone but your unconscious may not feel the trust What regula-tes that instinct in your psyche is KNOWING WHAT I CAN EXPECT

WHAT HAPPENS IN COACHING Clients also have these three types of reactions flight freeze or fight They may not show up for the follow ses-sion they may answer ldquoyesrdquo ldquonordquo ldquomayberdquo ldquodonrsquot knowrdquo or they may be in constant disagreement with you

Key ldquothe more the Coach is the way I am the more rapport there isrdquo

MILTON ERICSON (Ericsonian Psychology NLP Hypnotherapy) found the client within himself and used this as his tool in the therapy sessions

Ericson created rapport before proceeding with anything else This is TRUST and EMPATHY Ericson was humble and flexible enough to adapt to the client Only once you have done this you can go back to being yourself

Ways of creating rapport with someone

Verbal

3 Language words 3 Subject matter 3 Quotes way of speaking 3 Repeating what the other says 3 Using the otherrsquos metaphors 3 Using the same expressions

Non-verbal

3 Gestures 3 Voice 3 Mime 3 Distance 3 Posture 3 Breathing 3 Touch 3 Speed

Note Every human being has a natural and unconscious tendency to create rapport with others To confirm this all you need is to look at two people talking to each other and see how easily you will notice similarities in their postures and way of speaking

ldquoYou have only one chance to create a good first impression but you have plenty of opportunities to create rapportrdquo

Rapport is an honest attempt to enter someonersquos map-of-the-world The-re is no agreeing or disagreeing only flexibility Rapport does not mean friendship The first session and often the second is a lot about creating rapport

RAPPORT

Sometimes itacutes enought just a little attention to help someone but attention is not coaching

58

59

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

RAPPORT MODELndash 2 PacuteSEstablishing rapport is a process of many levels and layers of depth

LEVEL 1 - PRESENCE AND

PARTNERSHIP

PRESENCEThis is the first step towards creating ra-pport thus the most superficial one Pre-sence means that the Coach is fully com-mitted to her client aware of everything she says and does Nothing from outside the ses-sion should be on the Coachrsquos mind She must be fully present

Before a session itrsquos important that you as a Co-ach calm down forget about everything else and gain a notion of where you are and what you are going to do

POSTURE amp PHRASING

PERCEPTUAL POSITIONS

PERSON TO PERSON

PRESENCE amp PARTNERSHIP

PROBING amp PATIENCE

click the video to see it

Dedicate a few minutes to this process

Presence and Attention are among the healthiest ac-tions that lead to real results You can create a good

relationship with your client (child parent etc) just by being fully present and attentive Even gardens become more beautiful if they are cared for

Presence is about getting yourself into a certain state Itrsquos about being Yin and Yang at the same time

Yin ndash relaxing breathing being aware of all five senses being fully present where you are

Yang ndash mobilizing all your energy by run-ning jumping listening to inspiring music

PARTNERSHIP

Creating an equal relationship with your client Not top down or vice--versa The Coach should never be at a lower or higher level than her client The chairs should be the same for example

For presence and partnership it is also important to switch off the phone to prevent anything from interrupting the session Tidying up the table is equally important to having a clean and hygienic space

From 0 to 10 the importance of Presence during a session is a 10 It is the first step If it isnrsquot there nothing else will

Psycho-geography is also very important in this area

PSYCHO-GEOGRAPHY the way your psyche relates to geography Example On which side you like to sleep Each person has a different psycho-geography Some prefer to be by the sea while others prefer to be in the mountains

RAPPORT

Empathy is being doing

talk and think like the other Sympathy is being doing

talk and think how the other

would like to be

60

61

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

Some tips for using the psycho-geography of the client to your advan-tage

3 Having a room with a minimum amount of symbols It is not recom-mended to have crucifixes or other artefacts related to religion A bookshelf filled with books can also intimidate the client

3 Pay attention to details ndash cables on the floor which CDs are on the shelf etc

3 Having sessions at the clientrsquos home can become dangerous because there are lots of distractions and anchors Difficult si-tuations might have taken place there which will make it more challenging for the client to create a distance to them

It is the Coachrsquos job to notice the psycho-geography of her client and what makes her more comfortable

Despite all the rapport a Coaching session should always stay pro-fessional Being relaxed is necessary for both parties but the focus should not be on friendship You as a Coach need to be professional You must choose to be a Coach instead of a friend

When it comes to clothing you should be as neutral as possible in the beginning but always aligned with your personality Then you can try to adapt to the style of your client

The mantra here is having the client leave the session thinking that her Coach is just like her NOTHING IS WRONG Let your client choose what she prefers

LEVEL 2 - POSTURE AND PHRASINGWhen establishing rapport mere presence and partnership are not enough Moreover they are only the first step The posture and the phrasing that the Coach uses are very important for creating rapport in the relationship What we refer to here is mainly keeping a posture and using similar words and expressions to those of the client This way the client will see herself in us and instead of flight fight or freeze she will feel relaxed and be much more comfortable about talking

Sitting in the same position as the client using her posture tone of

voice and gestures these are all factors to consider

POSTURERegarding posture one can use two techniques that are very similar and very powerful

Mirroring When a Coach takes on a physical position that is the exact mirror image of the clientrsquos If the client leans to her right then the Coach who is facing her leans to her left

Matching In this case the Coach adopts the exact same physical position instead of a symmetric one Both ways are good and powerful The goal is to be equal or symmetrical

Of course it is not indispensable to be like the client 100 of the time as this will take a lot of the attention that the Coach needs to give the client

The more you practice these behaviours the more automatically and unconsciously you will do it When rapport already is high you can go back to your own posture and your regular vocabulary However should you feel the need you can always take up these techniques again

In fact at a high level of rapport it is possible and entirely positive that it is the client herself who starts to imitate our posture and words (un-consciously) This is the perfect moment to lead the client and suggest something more challenging to her

PHRASINGYou must pay great attention to the words that your client uses and the energy she puts into them The names of people that she talks about are also very important facts to remember

If you can use the same expressions as your client you will earn points in rapport Among these expressions metaphors are the most power-ful ones Try to explore as much possible the metaphors that are being used An excellent technique is to use a metaphor of the client to ex-

RAPPORT

The mirroring copies the

exact posture of the client

the matching mirrors

62

63

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

plain something This will reach very deeply into the psyche of the client and have great impact

You can also use themes that the client likes such as her passions and keep using them in future sessions to explain something or to give examples This creates an incredible sense of empathy between you and the client She will be glad that you are paying attention to what she says and at the same time she will understand much better what you say

The clientrsquos ideas are important keys to use when you speak in order to create and maintain rapport For example if the client talks a lot about travelling Irsquoll use the idea (anchor) that is already there because I know it works in his mind

BACKTRACKING backtracking is a Coaching technique that consists of summarizing the main points of a conversation by using the exact same words that the other person uses This tool helps the client follow the session and make her own short summary while listening to the Coach returning to what she just said and using the same words It is important to use at least the words we consider to be the most significant among the ones that the client expresses those that might be conveying more about her value patterns Backtracking can help us understand for example if we can move to the next phase of ROSA It helps us understand if the client has finished what she had to say about that phase and that way we can figure out whether we can move forward or not You can use simple questions to do so

3 ldquoLet me see if I got what you saidhelliprdquo - backtracking the conversa-tion using the exact words of the client - and then ending ldquoIs this is it or would you like to add something

3 ldquoSo what yoursquore saying isrdquo 3 ldquoCan I make a summary of your reality in relation to that slicerdquo

This is one of the simplest and most important techniques when buil-ding rapport

When building rapport avoid paraphrasing (saying the same thing in other words) but do quote A coach quotes

Mastery in Backtracking is being able to quote the last 20 minutes of a session This will leave your client fascinated and feeling that her Coach is really paying attention to everything she says

Therefore it is motivating to Backtrack at the end of each session and at the end of each phase of the ROSA

The Coach shows confidence and agrees with the client shows that she is on her side and really believes that the client will succeed

We must allow the person to be what she truly is talkative or silent Silent people also have things to say it is a matter of asking the right questions

NOTES When a session is not going well (the relationship is under stress) then the focus should be fully on level 2 Rapport - Posture and Phrasing The secret is to forget about the rest and build rapport again Once it is re-established you can address the problem

LEVEL 3 - PROBING AND PATIENCEEvery new level in Rapport brings you techniques that are deeper and more complex But the good news is that you donrsquot do level 3 Rapport until Level 1 and 2 are done So you will increase your skills by going from the easiest to the most difficult

PROBINGAsking questions is more complicated than imitating the posture and words of the client Indeed one of the more complicated aspects of being a Coach is to not give opinions and to ask the right questions at the right time We know that we keep showing you that you already are a Coach and that itrsquos easy but here we must tell you ldquoITrsquoS HARD BEING A COACHrdquo Think very carefully about whether you want to get into it Listening asking questions being patient with the pace of your clients

Even if you have the miracle answer to the clientrsquos situation you need to keep it to yourself Being patient is a challenge and usually typical

RAPPORT

64

65

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

To paraphrase can break

rapport

of the great masters You can only be a master if you want to learn to listen and if you develop a great patience for listening

Questions have the power to illuminate the darkness of your client by asking a powerful question you really get to see another human bri-ghten up right in front of you

Coaching has the power to open a new world to the client questions help people discover new resources Clients tend to find familiar answers but you as a Coach will lead them to unfamiliar answers

Classic examples of some ways to make your client talk

1 -Repeating what the client just said but in question form Client ndash ldquoYesterday I went boatingrdquo Coach ndash ldquoBoatingrdquo

2 -What does that mean to you What does fear mean to you What does a goal mean to you Example Client says ldquoIt is not rapport itrsquos complicityrdquoCoach replies ldquoWhat does complicity mean to yourdquo Client says ldquoItrsquos a clickrdquo Coach ldquoWhat does a click mean to yourdquo

3 -rdquoWhat elserdquo Serves above all to go to the heart of the matter Others like this one are ldquoTell me morerdquo and ldquoCan you go a bit deeper on thatrdquo

POWERFUL QUESTIONS Questions are probably the most beautiful flowers in the garden of learning Questions are one of the biggest se-crets of learning Creative solutions are practically impossible without questions

If you learn to ask 100 questions a day get ready for a revolution in your work at all levels

In life at work in business we are all afraid of asking questions We were educated from an early age to believe that there are right and wrong questions and we were also taught to not fail we avoid asking questions because of fearing that they are wrong The only way to reach the right questions is by not being afraid of the wrong ones

The one who wants to explore learning has to dance with this fear

A large part of all our creative potential stops at the door fearing to ring the doorbell When learning the one who doesnrsquot know is far less ignorant than the knowledgeable one Take risks Ring the bell Ask questions

Become obsessively curious ask questions How

3 Using the Coachrsquos ability of asking powerful questions 3 Following the rule of thumb ldquoThe Coach has the questions the

Client has the answersrdquo 3 Using positive language 3 Respecting the clientrsquos map-of-the-world 3 Always guiding towards solutions

Examples of powerful questions

3 ldquoCompared to whatrdquordquo 3 ldquoWhat does that mean to yourdquo 3 ldquoWhat could be a solution to yourdquo 3 ldquoI know you donrsquot know But if you knew what would that berdquo 3 ldquoWhat would be ideal to yourdquo 3 ldquoWhat do you want insteadrdquo 3 ldquoHow does that make you feelrdquo 3 ldquoWhat else could that meanrdquo 3 ldquoWhat do you want exactlyrdquo 3 ldquoWhat will you achieve with this goalrdquo 3 ldquoWhat will you do differently next timerdquo 3 ldquoWhat are you doing wellrdquo 3 ldquoWhat has to happen for you to be happy and successfulrdquo 3 ldquoWhat motivates you the mostrdquo 3 ldquoWhatrsquos the worst possible scenario And what could be the best

scenario ldquo 3 ldquoWhat are you willing to do to achieve your goalrdquo 3 ldquoWhat new things could you could tryrdquo 3 ldquoWhat prevents you from taking actionrdquo 3 ldquoWho could help you with this situationrdquo 3 ldquoWhat resources do you need to achieve your goalrdquo

RAPPORT

66

67

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

3 ldquoWhat else do you want to get out of your liferdquo 3 ldquoWhat do you really want achieve in that area of your liferdquo 3 ldquoWhat is your biggest dream in that area of your liferdquo 3 ldquoAnd what is the next small step that you would have to takerdquo 3 ldquoWhat do you find positive in this situationrdquo 3 ldquoHow could you attract better persons into your liferdquo 3 ldquoWhat would have to happen to make you feel more fulfilledrdquo 3 ldquoIf you were your own Coach what coaching would you give

yourselfrdquo 3 ldquoIf I was your best friend what advice would you give me to solve

this situationrdquo 3 ldquoIf you had all the time and money in the world how would you

fix itrdquo

In fact the art of asking questions is the foundations of a coaching process with powerful results The list of questions to ask seems en-dless

So become really obsessed with questions and start NOW How about adding 10 more ideas to our list And some more And many more

Typical coaching questions

3 Questions that lead to action (ldquoWhat will you do What can you do differently What do you need to do tordquo)

3 Goal-oriented instead of problem-oriented ldquoHow would you like it to berdquo ldquoAnd if you could what would you dordquo

3 Future-orientedldquoHow do you see that situation in the future How would you like to feelrdquo

Beware of questions with negative assumptions ldquoWhat happens if you donrsquot do itrdquo They should be followed immediately by a question with positive assumptions ldquoHow will you celebrate when you do itrdquo

RAPPORT

YOUR QUESTIONS

68

69

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

PATIENCECount to 10 relax work on your roots and realize that coaching is a process and that each person has her own time and rhythm How can you train your patience Think of 20 ideas

LEVEL 4 ndash PERCEPTUAL POSITIONSWe could also call this the level where we create rapport with our clientrsquos psychology In fact understanding and perceiving human psychology is a huge advantage for you as a Coach You are not there to be a friend of your client as we have mentioned so then a good way to create a relation with her is through her psychology

Do you know the psychology of a teenager or a parent a boss an unemployed If you grasp your clientrsquos psychology the Rapport will be extraordinary

If you demonstrate that you know how a mother thinks yoursquoll make the client believe that you understand her completely

Most people do not understand their own psyche If you can understand them at that level it will make the client to feel something extraordinary about you and the Coaching process

PERCEPTUAL POSITIONS At this level the Coach must master Per-ceptual Positions that is being able to put herself in another personrsquos position whether itrsquos the clientrsquos or the clientrsquos parent or any other person that is part of the situation You should be able to see the same situation from different perspectives and in the long term help your client do the same

THE EXERCISE This is an exercise to be used mainly if the client has trouble in a relationship with someone (friend family member etc) and is having some difficulty understanding that personrsquos Map-of-the--World And when this is of great importance

You do not need to go very deep in this exercise Because it is NLP even done in a soft way it can be very powerful to your client helping her to see an aspect of the situation that she hadnrsquot seen or reflected on before

STEP 1 ndash The client explains what is going on (she can speak freely without any restrictions You ask questions to understand the reality of the situation)

STEP 2 ndash The Coach suggests this perceptual positions exercise (it is just an invitation If the client does not want to do not continue)

STEP 3 ndash The Coach asks the client to choose two spots represen-ting the two standpoints (you can put a sheet of paper at each spot) and to imagine that the other person is at one of them

STEP 4 ndash The client speaks facing the other spot as if the person was there and acts as herself (The Coach guides with questions ldquoHow did that make you feel What would you like to tell herrdquo etc)

STEP 5 ndash Pause and ldquoshake outrdquo the client and share the question of the game of imagination

STEP 6 ndash The client recalls a childhood game she used to play and describes it a little We then use this as a metaphor to explain that we will now do the same Just a game where we use our imagination The Coach repeats that the per-son with whom the client has a challenge is there at the other spot

STEP 7 ndash The client goes over to the other spot and the Coach helps her go deeper into that role through guiding questions

STEP 8 ndash The client chooses whether she wants to return to her starting position and add something say something more She may go back and forth as many times as she wishes

STEP 9 ndash When done the Coach suggests to the client to stand on a chair and states ldquoYou are now in a neutral position a higher position What would you call this position (Allow the client to choose a name) Seen from above what do you have to say about this situation What would you say to (clientrsquos name) and to (the other personrsquos name) How would you solve this situation How can (clientrsquos name) solve this situationrdquo

RAPPORT

70

71

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

STEP 10 ndash After the client is done with the third (neutral) position the Coach takes the client off the papers

STEP 11 ndash The Coach can then use the following questions to debrief the exercise

3 ldquoHow was the exercise for you 3 ldquoWhat did you learnrdquo 3 ldquoIs there anything you could do differentlyrdquo

STEP 12 ndash Lead the client to an action (a first small step towards sol-ving the situation) and then funnel it

REMEMBER always undock the client from the different roles the client can do the exercise eyes opened or closed

TO ACKNOWLEDGE Acknowledge the client very very very much for having volunteered and shown vulnerability

This exercise serves mainly as a metaphor for the Coach striving to master Perceptual Positions (understanding and being able to go into different psyches)

CONCLUSION The Coach is a master of perceptual positions She knows how to see the different angles of the same situation She sees everything from different angles

PEMS

Life is all about relationships the relationships we have with ourselves and with others Some people instinctively relate better to themselves and others relate really well to others There are those who relate well to almost everything and everyone and others who are unable to relate with anyone This affects their personal and professional life

Is there any way to consciously improve the relationships that instinc-tively do not work Of course

When we grasp the logic of the mind of another person we can better interact with it and even influence it Psychology is power And if we apply on ourselves it becomes even more powerful and interesting The better we know ourselves and the logic of our mind the better we will be able to help ourselves and achieve our goals

Carl Gustav Jung a Swiss psychiatrist and founder of analytical psychology focused on studying social and collective archetypes He identified eight psychological types taking into account peoplersquos beha-viour abilities skills attitudes and motivations

He began by distinguishing between extraverted (social and expansive) and introverted (reserved and reflective) people Each of them could then be connected to two out of the four functions of the psyche sen-sing or intuition thinking or feeling

In the 40rsquos decade Isabel Myers and Katharine Briggs continued Jungrsquos work and added two auxiliary functions to the Jungian types percep-tion and judgement Thereby arriving at 16 psychological types or 16 personality types Later a personality test was created ndash The Myers--Briggs Type Indicator or MBTI - which is still the most commonly used tool for identifying different personality types

Based on Jungrsquos work we have created a model called PEMS which will help us better understand the logic of our own mind and of the people around us

In this model we distinguish four dominant preferences (P-E-M-S) which correspond to the four elements of life

PRACTICAL (the body DOING Activity Action related to the ele-ment of EARTH) - corresponds to someone that is earthly active dynamic practical that does a lot In excess these are people who never stop to consider their actions

EMOTIONAL (the heart FEELING Feelings Love related to the element of WATER) - corresponds to someone who nee-ds people relations who gives a lot to others and seeks affection In excess these are people who might be overly sensitive

RAPPORT

72

73

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

MENTAL (the mind THINKING Analysis Intellect Logic related to the element of AIR) - corresponds to someone who values analysis rationalization and uses logic and who always fo-cuses on making the right decision In excess these are people who might become impersonal and cold

SPIRITUAL (the soul BEING Values Existence related to the ele-ment of FIRE) - corresponds to someone who thinks that everything has meaning and a higher purpose These are people who care very much about values In excess they can fluctuate too much and concretize too little

The four logics of the mind that we have identified are also based on the four elements

Practical ndash EARTH (firm solid stable secure strong dense)Emotional ndash WATER (flexible always coming back to herself)Mental ndashAIR (transparent lightweight fast facilitates communica-

tion)Spiritual ndash FIRE (burning fleeting transforming powerful)

Thus in a very simplified manner we can divide people into four ca-tegories

PRACTICAL PEOPLE (P) ndash THEY LIKE TO ACT AND DOThese are the people who like action movement They are the ones who make the world move As friends or clients they may want to go straight to the point try things and learn about practical matters The greatest fear of these practical persons is losing control They like to feel that they are in control of the situation of the pace of the conver-sation and of the surroundings

HELP THEM ALWAYS FEEL IN CONTROL

EMOTIONAL PEOPLE (E) ndash THEY LIKE FEELING AND RELATINGThese are people who love people and sharing feelings Everything is an emotion for them And they feel things about everything and everyo-ne Let them talk about their family friends dogs neighbours etchellip

They will talk mostly about people and what they are feeling Their greatest fear is loosing empathy They like to feel reliable and they want to relate

HELP THEM FEEL EMPATHY TOWARDS YOU

MENTAL PEOPLE (M) ndash THEY LIKE TO THINK AND TO ANALYSEThese are people who like to analyze and who try to put everything into a box into a certain perspective They are precise and meticulous They like detail to study and analyze all possibilities They donrsquot fear debating (quite the contrary) and discussing they love the exchanging ideas and arguments but they need to end up being right or get a very good explanation to why the other is right A mental person is always striving to make the best decision Their greatest fear is to be wrong they like to feel that they are correct and that they are making deci-sions based on logic and rational thinking

HELP THEM FEEL THAT THEY ARE RIGHT

SPIRITUAL PEOPLE (S) ndash THEY LIKE TO BE AND TO GLOWThey are looking for the greater purpose of things They believe that everything has a reason for being the way it is that there are no coin-cidences and itrsquos that quest that moves them They give great meaning to every situation always looking for ldquotherdquo situation The greater the meaning the greater their motivation Their biggest fear is to have no meaning That it is to not be significant or ldquoshinerdquo in any way They need to feel conscious and whole

HELP THEM FEEL THAT THEY ARE MEANINGFUL

Although we all have and use a portion of these four categories in the different contexts or times of our life one of them is predominant in us Identifying it is important for managing and interacting with life and with others since it is the best and the fastest way of accessing the Map-of-the-world of someone and speaking a language that that per-son recognizes and accepts as her own

RAPPORT

74

75

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

In fact we are all one but we are all different and we must understand these differences to be able to deal with others People who are more emotional behave and interact in a totally opposite manner from mental people the same way that most practical people interact in a way that is opposite to spiritual people

The EMOTIONAL person is micro-MACRO Transforms everything that is small into something big Everything is important everything is emotional From the simple ldquogood morningrdquo to hearing ldquoI love yourdquo every day For an emotional person a discussion is always a tsuna-mi Therefore itrsquos the emotional persons who with their micro-Macro sense make birthdays a special day and receive small things with gre-at love

The MENTAL person is MACRO-micro transforms everything that is big into something small She makes it more complex by simplifying it For example this very PEMS model is MACRO-micro as it strives to make the hugeness of the personality types into something much smaller creating only four categories for all human beings The mental person also feels less and give less importance to her feelings

The SPIRITUAL person is MACRO-MACRO she takes everything that is already big and turns it even bigger more meaningful more im-portant more relevant Almost everything is a question of values of making the world a better place and interpretations that go far beyond reality A simple leaf falling off a tree can represent a new phase in life for a spiritual person

The PRACTICAL person is micro-micro turns everything into small and simple lsquoright here and right nowrsquo matters They act Right now with what they have They donrsquot feel the need to enlarge what is small and they donrsquot care much about great concepts If the five senses can help them grasp a situation everything is fine

THE PREDOMINANT LOGIC OF OUR PSYCHEThe most practical way of finding out is to notice how we behave in a stressful situation Each of us when under stress often react in a way that is very close to our basic personality type

Practical people act react move around organize themselves put their hands to work and do not rest until they manage to move things forward

The emotional people feel and feel a lot If a situation is stressful diffi-cult and negative they will have difficult and negative emotions they will feel what others feel and they will want to manage these emotions in the moment

People that are predominantly mental will under stress begin to ratio-nalize need logical answers be fast and analytical They donrsquot want to solve anything through feelings they donrsquot want to act they are only concerned with finding the right and correct decision and struggle until they get it

Finally the predominantly spiritual people will want to give a greater meaning to that particular event What has to be done what people feel or what the right solution is doesnrsquot matter what matters is why things happened the way they did and what the greater significance of that may be

RAPPORT

76

77

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

Identify the psychological type of the client can help the coach to anticipate and understand expectations

MAIN SUPERIOR FUNCTION AND AUXILIARY INFERIOR FUNCTION

According to Carl Jung while we all have one function that is better developed than the others ndash a superior function ndash we also have another fairly well developed function called the first auxiliary

All of us have a bit of each one of the psychologies but there are always two that are predominant a main one which Jung calls the superior function and an auxiliary one that lies at the bottom of the cross shown on the previous page which is always to the right or left of our superior one

The inferior function is one that is less developed and that remains mainly in our unconscious

Thus a person who is predominantly Practical may have as her auxi-liary function the emotional or mental logic thus being PE or PM

A person who is predominantly Mental may have as her auxiliary func-tion the spiritual or practical logic thus being MS or MP

A person who is predominantly Spiritual may have as her auxiliary function the emotional or mental logic thus being SE or SM

And a person who is predominantly Emotional may have as her auxilia-ry function the spiritual or practical logic thus being ES or EP

This all means that we are situated in one of the following categories

3 Practical Emotional or Emotional Practical 3 Practical Mental or Mental Practical 3 Spiritual Emotional or Emotional Spiritual 3 Spiritual Mental or Mental Spiritual

As you may have noticed according to Jung there are no EMME or PSSP That is one canrsquot have as her first auxiliary function the func-tion that is opposite to the superior one

Carl Jung said that we should look closely at our inferior function whi-ch usually remains in our unconscious because it contains an enor-mous potential for a change and each one of us can benefit a lot from integrating our inferior function with our superior one

Taking risks experimenting enjoying everything that life has to offer is the best way of getting to know ourselves and realizing where our happiness lies (ldquoTrate a Vida por Turdquo paacuteg 74)

INTROVERSION AND EXTROVERSION Introversion and extroversion have to do with the direction in which we focus our attention and energy

People who prefer Extroversion focus their energy and attention away from themselves and are interested in the world of people and things

3 Attracted to the world of events and people outside of themsel-ves

3 They are aware of who and what is around them 3 They like to meet and talk to new people 3 They are friendly often good talkers and easy to get to know 3 They tend to talk easily and often in meetings 3 May not be as aware of what goes on inside them 3 They think while talking 3 They may act or speak first and only think later 3 Speaking about themselves they speak fast 3 They bring energy into life 3 They can get bored and restless if they are alone for too long

People who prefer Introversion (focus their energy and attention inward and are interested in the inner world of thoughts and reflections)

3 Attracted to the inner world of thoughts feelings and reflections 3 They are usually very aware of their inner reactions 3 They prefer to interact with people they know 3 They are usually quiet in meetings and sometimes seem disen-

gaged

RAPPORT

78

79

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

3 They are generally reserved and hard to get to know 3 They may not be as aware of the world outside of them 3 They need time to gather their thoughts before they speak 3 They reflect and think before acting 3 They want to know you before allowing you to get to know them

deeply 3 They feel exhausted and tired after interacting with peoples

FINAL NOTE you must be what your client is You have to find that person inside you

LEARNING STYLESAs we saw with the previous PEMS model our clients will have diffe-rent psychological preferences It is therefore important and essential that you are able to adapt your sessions to the learning style that your client likes best and that better meets her psychological preference

EMOTIONAL Emotional clients will like to talk and share on their to-pics They are very much looking for a relationship and empathy with the Coach and they need to feel heard more than any of the other personality types For these persons learning has a lot to do with the relationship that is created with the feeling of support that they get and even with the positive feedback They like to learn through stories As a Coach it is important to learn to empathize with the emotional range of these persons They will appreciate the sharing to tell stories and to listen to them With emotional clients we may sometimes feel that we are not taking huge steps forward But the fact is that many times these persons need to first be listened to

MENTAL Mental clients will be more logical and may have a more aca-demic style of learning They will want to understand the reasons why things are what they are they will want to get tasks involving research on certain subjects The sessions with these people must be well defi-ned and prepared They will want to explore their intellectual side and feel challenged It is important for them to have access to information and tools that explain the work they are doing in the sessions in a con-crete and logical manner Of course they also need to empathize but the intellectual challenge feeling that their intellect is develops appears to be greater They may like schemes graphics and any models that

could simplify the learning process What these persons will demand of you is a greater capacity to analyse and a logical and rational way of communicating

SPIRITUAL this is for most people the most difficult learning style to adopt Remember that these persons are seeking the greater meaning of things They really want to feel inspired by the coaching process (and even by their Coach) They will want to see that you are an exam-ple of what you talk about so called congruence Spiritual persons will enjoy topics that are more related to values to their identity that make them feel that they are taking steps towards becoming better hu-man beings With these clients you can use powerful metaphors (even through movies music creative exercises etc) and above all strive to make sure that the person leaves the session very inspired

PRACTICAL They like action Which is great because coaching is pri-marily about action These persons like to have very practical sessions in which they get the opportunity to do many exercises and experiment with different situations They may be the clients that like getting more tasks and having things to do (which then sometimes ldquogets lostrdquo due to their time management) These clients will require more simplicity and a well-paced session from you They may also like to do exercises that involve moving their body Above all they will want you to help them get into action

As we deal with these four kinds of preferences we need to adapt our Coaching style to the learning style that each person has Thus we should prepare a lot their sessions and realize that some will require from you

3 Greater sharing and ability to listen and relate (e) 3 Researching mastering the subject very well and knowing how

to mentally stimulate your client with challenges (m) 3 Powerful metaphors very inspirational sessions and congruen-

ce that assign meaning to the Coaching process (s) 3 Practical exercises diversified well rhythmed sessions that

help your client to quickly get into action (p)

RAPPORT

80

81

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING ROOTS

LEVEL 5 - PERSON TO PERSONThis is the fifth level of rapport the deepest and more intense one It happens when the level of rapport is a total vibration Itrsquos when the client feels such a confidence by her Coach empathy and sympathy Itrsquos the hardest level to evaluate

Itrsquos when your client feels so much connected to you that depending on her your relationship would go beyond Coaching She no longer wants the Coach she wants you You no longer understand only the person she feels that you know about her You donrsquot understand psychology you understand who she is

It is very similar to the rapport level you have with 23 of very close persons in your life Everything is natural unconscious and sponta-neous

VIII ROOTS

Every human being seeks to get results Mo-ney Family Romance Peace Happiness

Career Health All we want in life is to have results in those areas

The Map-of-the-World Model is used to work on roots - your

roots as a Coach It shows us how does the psyche of all of us works As a Coach no one

should surprise you about yourself You should know you well know everything about yourself This is what itrsquos called a rooted person

click the video to see it

82

83

BELIEFSTRANSFORMATIVE COACHING

ROSA 20 M - AIR - THINK

VALUESHOLISTIC COACHING

ROSA 30 S - FIRE - BE

COACHING 40

WORLD MAP MODEL

being th

e moment

passi

on en

ergy

demotiv

ation

empowering beliefs

limiting rules

relation air(comunication)

coach is priestisnacutet

1 value focus

UNSUSTAINABLESUSTAINABLE

SECURITY

SELF LOVE

CONSCIOUSNESS

PERSONAL DEVEL

FREEDOM

LOVEBELOVED

BLISS

CONTRIBUTION

P

E

M

S

BEHAVIORROSA 10

SITUATIONAL COACHING

P - EARTH - DO

EMOTIONSREMEDY COACHING

ROSA 10 + LISTEN E - WATER - FEEL

RESULTS

ability to

enter

in st

ate

emotional

patter

ns

habits and discipline

addictions

coach is bossisnacutet

coach is friendisnacutet

1 Homework focus

optimism faithpositive

meditation

key points focusused to interrupt the fear cycle

coach is coach

HUMAN HAVINGHUMAN BEING

UNSUSTAINABLEEGOTISTICAL

STRETCH ZONE

SUSTAINABLEECOLOGICALSTRETCH ZONE

SHORT TERMLONG TERM

CYCLE OF CONFIDENCECYCLE OF FEAR

CONSCIOUS

SUBCONSCIOUS

UNCONSCIOUS

84

85

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

So the first question is why some are getting results while others are not

ACTIONS BEHAVIORSThis means that anyone who is having results is because she is ldquodoingrdquo ie behaving differently from other people who are having no results in those areas For example a millionaire DOES things that people who are not millionaires donrsquot For example saving investing etc Someone with a great health is DOING things that people that donrsquot have a good health are not What we are doing is making the difference Two people in the same circumstances that do exactly the same actions have the same kind of results People who have the results you wanna have ARE DOING THINGS TO GET THEM

So the next question is what leads some people to DO and others to not do

EMOTIONSEverything you do in your life is a relationship between pain and pleasure What happens is that someone who goes running at 6 am associates more pain with lsquonot goingrsquo than with lsquogoingrsquo Who is going to the gym asso-ciates more pleasure than pain with going to the gym in the morning That relationship between pain and pleasure is what is defining your results If we dramatically increase the pain or the pleasure associated we will get to change your results

As so what is then defining that painpleasure relationship

BELIEFSThe reason is because of our beliefs of what we believe in Our beliefs are our set of rules for the world and for our lives Your set of beliefs in fact is defining your painpleasure relationship with something and then your actions A millionaire believes that saving is essential that investing and taking risks is necessary This set of beliefs leads himher to associa-te more pleasure than pain with having these behaviors and therefore heshe implements them Other people have other beliefs that create other

emotions that create other results People who are achieving results in areas that you arenrsquot have a beliefs system different from yours

And then it seems logical to ask so what is defining and creating your set of beliefs

VALUESWhat is a value Itrsquos something that is important to you something you re-ally value The only thing that determines a value is if it is valuable to you Not all of us share the same values (Example the values of Mother Teresa and Donald Trump Contribution vs Professional Accomplishment) What you really value and not what you say that you value You value it so much that it generates your set of beliefs In fact when you live your values in practice (on a daily basis) you are defining your life results Not what you would like to value but what you are really valorizing In fact we all have the same values What differs is the order and the importance we give to each one of them

For example if someone has the value of the family above the value of work she will have the belief that it is more important to spend time with her family causing her to develop a positive feeling when she is with her family which leads her to really try to spend more time with it On the other hand someone who has the value of work above the family one will be someone who believes she should spend more time with her work and career as she believes it is that that will bring her more financial stabi-lity for example So she will associate more pleasure to the time spent at work than at home causing her to act accordingly to that emotion For example Donald Trump and Mother Teresa of Calcutta havenrsquot they got different values One probably values more lsquoprofessional fulfillmentrsquo the other values more lsquocontributionrsquo Different results Sure One has one of the largest business empires in the world the other left the largest volun-teer organization in the world

So in reality the values you are living in practice (what you are valuing in practice) are defining your results

This alone already explains a good part of the psyche of human beings But letrsquos go deeper

ROOTS

Having roots is to control the cycle of trust

86

87

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

To have roots the coach has to identify

her motivators and values create beliefs and habits and learn

to place herself in a state

CYCLE OF CONFIDENCE AND CYCLE OF FEAREveryone has Cycles of Fear in some areas and Cycles of Confidence in other areas

How do you know it If you are having or not results in that area In the areas of your life where you are getting results you are living in a Cycle of Confidence In the areas where yoursquore not you are living in a Cycle of Fear What does this means is that you have behavioral addic-tions or that you are doing things in a vicious way you are in a sort of a mice wheel Those addictions start by creating emotional patterns on you (feelings that you are having whether you want it or not for instan-ce jealousy when it becomes a pattern no matter what the other does that emotion will keep being there it is an emotion that happens to you) and those emotional patterns generate limiting rules We use the words ldquorulesrdquo because in reality limiting beliefs are created because they have a very large set of rules And this generates demotivation An addiction creates an emotional pattern that creates rules limiting which create demotivation and discourage us to move and change This Cycle of Fear is being lived FROM RESULTS TO VALUES and not in the other and right way The bad news are that we all have Cycles of Fear The areas in which we are not having results is because we are afraid but we paint it in other colors Irsquom afraid Irsquom demotivated I have emotional patterns and I have limiting rules

For you to gain roots you need to recognize these cycles You need to break it if you want results but if you want roots you need to recognize them Good news you can break Cycles of Fear

Second good news you have Cycles of Confidence You also unders-tand the other psychology So what is a Cycle of Confidence

You start by having the capacity of creating Discipline and Habits you get the ability to get into a certain and desired state (eg being happy to go training I want to create that emotion I visualize it it is the op-posite of an emotional pattern the pattern happens to you Think of a boxer who puts herself into her wanted state before entering in a ring You have empowering beliefs (when you believe in something that cre-ates more of it) This creates energy passion being in the moment Being with energy and passion and in the moment brings me empowe-ring beliefs which put me in the emotional state I want and provide me

habits and discipline The good news you have these cycles in areas that you are getting results Think in one area You have these four things right

Having these cycles itrsquos called being human First part on lsquorootsrsquo is about knowing your Cycles of Fear and Confidence and admit them to yourself to those you love to the others And having the courage to say that it doesnrsquot work because of FEAR And there is a way to break this cycle When you have roots you stop projecting it in your clients

There is a way of finding your values in a very logical way knowing which human motivators drive your behavior

8 HUMAN MOTIVATORSMaslov pyramid he was the first to talk about human needs He is outda-ted because it defines a hierarchy He places self-fulfillment at the top This model is very much focused on Maslovrsquos map-of-the-world who was an MS If it is a PE he may have lsquofamilyrsquo in the top and that is not wrong Still there are things that all humans need

So with all these models we created the 8 human motivators they are divided in four paradoxes one for each of the PEMS The first paradox is security freedom

Each one of us was born with a set of motivators You are ldquoaddictedrdquo on one side of the paradox You have to fulfill that need even if you have to abdicate of the other one

ROOTS

SECURITY

SELF LOVE

CONSCIOUSNESS

PERSONAL DEVEL

FREEDOM

LOVEBELOVED

BLISS

CONTRIBUTION

P

E

M

S

88

89

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

The main lesson is the more you live the other side of the paradox the more you will live your addiction as well What happens is that you can only get more of your addiction when you learn to validate the other side of the paradox This is what Jung calls ldquoparadoxes integrationrdquo be the millionaire and the altruistic Be the mother of family and career etc Only when you integrate the other energy is when it boosts the one that is more natural to you

For other persons it happens the same with security and all other pa-radoxes The suggestion is Irsquom addicted on this but I can pause and I can go exploring the other side What you have to figure out is your map (draw in the lsquoinfinite signsrsquo which side of the paradoxes is bigger) Your map is about how much you need to fill each side of the paradox

So YOUR HUMAN MOTIVATORS ARE DEFINING YOUR VALUES AND YOUR VALUES ARE DEFINING YOUR RESULTS

You can have everything on one of the sides of the paradox if yoursquore willing to face the fear of losing it

All people fill their motivators The difference between us is how sus-tainable is that satisfaction Unsustainable means that every day you

EXERCISE Do your map How do you discover Based on major decisions you made in your life Example work home relationships etc

have to feed them Imagine a homeless person he meets hisher secu-rity needs (eating and having where to sleep) but he has to do it every day Now compare with Donald Trump If you see the freedom part it probably happens the opposite

3 SUSTAINABLE it feeds itself It is something that can continue without the need for external resources It is ecological based on challenge and paradoxes integration

3 UNSUSTAINABLE you need to do it every day it is selfish ba-sed on comfort and extremist You do it like it was a daily shot

Example father and daughter about going out at night (to satisfy sa-fety and to love and be loved) Father says no hersquos being selfish and within his comfort zone The same father after coming to this course ldquoYoursquore going to the party until 2230 You send me an sms saying that everything is ok and at 2230 Irsquoll pick yourdquo This continues for some time Father goes on diminishing the rules Now hersquos being ecological entering his challenge zone and integrating paradoxes To feel safe as a father he has to give some freedom To feel loved he has to give them some self love Now his motivators are sustainable and has a sustai-nable system that feeds itself To arrive to a deeper level of security he needs to take the risk that comes from giving more freedom

DIAGONAL CONTINUOUS LINEThis line shows us that working above the line ie the clientrsquos beha-viors andor emotions is short-term and unsustainable In this case only the techniques are worked There are immediate results but with no major impact and duration Like when we are called to do motiva-tional speaking or teambuildingrsquos People feel better and do things but the results have a short duration

This does not imply that it is wrong to do Coaching based on these two areas For example in a quick conversation with a friend we can do Situational Coaching (based on behaviours) in order to get her to do something that has been postponing If the action has been made and it was what was intended to be then you did your role as Coach The Remedy Coaching is also important sometimes which consists on making the other person to leave the session feeling good thinking more positive at the time having had an opportunity to digest an emo-tion

ROOTS

90

91

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

Below the continuous line is where lies the deepest work The one that will actually be sustainable and with long-term results This is where we work values and beliefs it is where we go deep to the point where in fact we shift paradigms The client in this type of Coaching change her beliefs and values turning to be a really different person in opposition to what happens above the line where only the emotions or behaviors are changed but the client continues to be what she was

ICEBERGWith the iceberg image it is understood that the behavior is the conscious part of the human being the only thing that the client can see and analyze Everything else emotions beliefs and values are at the clientrsquos unconscious But as a Coa-ch I must and I want to work also the unconscious because as we saw above this is where it lies the sustainable and long-term work

When we help our clients shifting their paradigms beliefs emotions or values we are working with their unconscious Your client will not like this at some point in the process The unconscious will realize that she will have to change and this will cause the first resistance Knowing how to overcome this is essential to the Coachrsquos work so she can de-liver sustainable results

Conscious Mind keeps all the information which you can access now

Unconscious Mind keeps all the information that has ever passed through your brain It is also a kind of a warning system for you

The information passes from the unconscious to the conscious mind through the subconscious It goes dropping into deeper levels of our mind Very qui-ckly your clients will want to turn you into one of three things

Friend ndash They want someone who listens to them who is patient with them who is always there with whom they can always count and talk Most of your clients will want to have you here that you turn into a sort of confi-dant that supports them but does not challenge them too much But you are not there to be a friend

Boss ndash Many will seek in the Coach someone to tell them what to do who provides them specific guidance who pressures them who ldquopunishrdquo them when they donrsquot have their homework done Someone who is even more committed with their results than themselves But yoursquore also not there to be a Boss

Priest ndash Others will want a kind of a weekly confession session That you absolve the mistakes theyrsquove made du-ring the week that you tell them everything is fine and that it doesnrsquot matter we are all human and we all make mistakes You are not there to be a kind of spiritual le-ader of your client and to absolve him You are there to be

Coach - The Coach has an ldquoAirrdquo relationship with the client ie mental of communication becau-se it is a conversation where you listen and ask where there is intellectual stimulation In the map--of-the-world scheme the Coachrsquos sketch is in the quadrant of beliefs It is a ldquomind with mindrdquo work

It is important to know this because with the sessions going clients tend to try their Coach to become a friend (wateremotions) a boss (earthbehaviors) or even a priest (firevalues) However the Coach should avoid the mistake of behaving like one of these three types You are there to be a Coach

Notes In Informal Coaching with friends colleagues family remember that first thatrsquos what you are and only then you are a Coach Therefore you should not give prevalence to the Coach but to the relationship you have with that person otherwise you would violate the pact that exists between the two

ROOTS

92

93

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

4 TYPES OF COACHINGBased on these four quadrants there are four types of Coaching

Situational Coaching ndash The one that is done immediate-ly during the situation with the sole purpose of lea-ding it to an action It usually consists of a brief con-versation where a ROSA 10 is done Your client has a situation that week that really needs to be addressed Ex a proposal that she needs to present a college exam for which she has to study Itrsquos not bad Coaching and it is often necessary Only it is more superficial

Remediative Coaching ndash As the name says it suits when we have to put a ldquobandageointmentrdquo on the emotions The goal is the client to feel good at the end of the session without having to go deeply on the problem Itrsquos the typical conver-sation where the client unburdens and your only goal is to make her feel a little better Sometimes it may be and it often is necessary

Ex the past week your client has discussed with someone important to her or something happened that greatly dealt with her emotions Your first focus should be to help her to unburden and to feel better We used ROSA 10 + Unburden

Transformative Coaching ndash Here the goal is not just making the client to feel better but that she can change the way she sees her life and herself Here we mainly work on beliefs ie the client stops believing in some things to start believing in another ones She shifts paradigm Coaching is now much more sustainable and with long--term results It undergoes through more complete ses-sions where ROSA 20 is done

Holistic Coaching ndash This is the kind of Coaching that involves the whole being of the client all her areas and valences ie her values The entire psyche is worked We are working the whole Human Being and not only a part of it Even the motivators are worked We use ROSA 30 and we work a lot on paradoxes integration

KEY POINTSWe said earlier that we all have Cycles of Fear and that we can change them to Cycles of Confidence How

Imagine that you have a turnscrew and a bicycle wheel is malfunctio-ning You will then put the turnscrew into one of the four key points and then yoursquoll pull and force the wheel to move in the right direction to-wards the Cycle of Confidence And very important you donrsquot take out the turnscrew until the Cycle (the wheel) rotates in the right direction

What are then the Four Key Points You can really choose only one

VALUE FOCUS At this point you will choose a key value for you whi-ch you canrsquot leave to live in practice Whatever happens you canrsquot take the turnscrew from there For instance imagine that you are experien-cing serious financial difficulties and you decide that lsquoValue Focusrsquo is your point Imagine that you choose ldquosavingrdquo as the value that has to be experienced in practice Then whenever you have to make a decision that involves spending money you know what to do You canrsquot in any way stop living this value until the cycle begins to rotate in the oppo-site direction and gets sustainable

POSITIVITY If you want to work at the level of beliefs yoursquoll start to develop this empowering belief base BEING POSITIVE You must be a positive person with faith who believes that everything will go well who says only positive things about herself and the others who sees and is focused on everything positive that is going around her And when the bad days or the bad news are coming and you feel the need to say something negative you shut up And you say something positive

EMOTION FOCUS Imagine that there is an emotion that makes your Cycle of Fear to happen (an emotional pattern) In this key point you will choose an emotion that you would like to learn to cause in yourself learning how to get yourself into that state Imagine that you have been feeling too much anger in your Cycle of Fear and want to feel harmony instead You want to learn how to get into that emotional state You start feeling the opposite emotion and you do something to manage to be in an harmony state (you listen to a song that gets yourself into that state you put your boxing gloves you jump you meditate you close

ROOTS

94

95

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

your eyes you read a poem as Mandela did )

HOMEWORK FOCUS Here you will define a homework that until itrsquos done you wonrsquot do anything else Imagine that you have a Cycle of Fear in relation to health that you define lsquoHomework Focusrsquo as the key point and your homework is running every day Until you manage to do it nothing else matters All of your strategies are directioned so that your homework is being done as soon as possible

In the end all of the four key points have to do with absolute focus

Value ndash Focus on the most important value Until that value is being lived we wonrsquot move on

Positivity (Faith Optimism) ndash Focus on the positive emotions Un-til she gets optimistic we wonrsquot move on

Emotion (Meditation) ndash Focus on pleasure Until she feels more ple-asure than pain we wonrsquot move on

Homework ndash Focus on action Until the homework gets done we wonrsquot move on

VERY IMPORTANTYou as a coach do not have to guess your clientrsquos map-of-the-world or even her PEMS but you have to explore it aside of her You will only master her Map-of-the-World when you understand your own (creating roots) because you will never learn anything about yourself with your client you will never discover anything about you because shersquos the one who discovers it being real or not You Coach you must be hum-ble enough to know that you know nothing about your client and you shouldnrsquot try to guess anything It is the customer who gets there alone

Therefore the more knowledge you have about your own map-of-the--world together with Rapport and ROSA the more intense will be your Coaching because the more you will be able to help your client The goal is that you have the tools in yourself so you can help her In other words this tool is for you to deepen your roots and thus know when you need to do only ROSA or go searching for the Key Points or to use

another method For instance if a client has as her main challenge to be promoted then therersquos no logical on working on Cycles of Fear but to make a ROSA and move forward On the other hand if you see that there is a Cycle of Fear then you should find the key point so you can work on it

I canrsquot help the others if I canrsquot help myself first

ROOTS

values (I am)

during session

clientcoach rosa unconscious

Beliefs (I think)

between sessions

co-coach rosa 30

emotions (I feel)

leverage slice

self coaching rosa 20behavior (I do)

holistic

coaching to others rosa 10M

S

E

P

96

97

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING RESULTS

IX RESULTS

Results are super important in the Coa-ching process There is simply no Coa-

ching if there are no results and thatrsquos why they are at the center of the

triangle of the four Rrsquos Everything we do whether is ROSA creating

Roots or building Rapport it is done with the purpose of get-ting results at the end of the sessions

This is what distinguishes the most Coaching from other practices As a Coach you must become obsessed with your clients results Not only that they do their homeworks but also how close did Coaching took them closer to their Guru Objective how much it has improved their leverage slice of the Pizza and other slices as well We also try to assess the sustainability of those results We donrsquot want them just to get there but also that they keep there

Coaching is about results and you must take this premise very seriou-sly You have been hired to make them reach some goals Become obsessed with it

It is not so easy to evaluate results in a metric way in the world of Co-aching but it proves to be very important Not only with Life Coaching but also with Business Coaching We must find a way to demonstrate that our work has had results in practice

That was the reason why we have created the Results Model

Our level of competence is equal to our worst level of performance

RESULTS MODELIt is possible to define results through the four metrics

lsquoSrsquo AXIS (SPIRITUAL) WE EVALUATE THE PROCESS IMPACT ON THE CLIENT

Behavior (I DO) When the client throughout the process changes one or more behaviors She does now due to the sessions different things that she didnrsquot before

Emotions (I FEEL) When the client feels happier more self-confi-dent fulfilled etc She has now different and more positive emotions due to the Coaching process

98

99

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

Beliefs (I THINK) When there is a change of belief (I used to belie-ve I was not a good person and now I believe I am) When the client used to believe in something and she started to believe in something different There was a paradigm shift She used to see something in a certain way and now she sees it in a more empowering way

Values (I AM) When the Coach manages to help the client to change her values ie the person she is This happens for exam-ple when the client starts to put more emphasis on family than on work or when she accepts and believes that she is a healthy and different person and that nothing will change that now She values different things todat due to the Coa-ching process

lsquoErsquo AXIS (EMOTIONAL) WE EVALUATE THE CLIENTrsquoS AUTONOMY

Level 1 Coach (CoachClient Relationship) Itrsquos the Coach who controls the situation There is a formal relationship be-tween Coach and Client and the session is controlled and oriented by the Coach

Level 2 Coach (Co-Coach) The Client already acts as a Coach during the sessions This happens for example when the client already knows that she is supposed to also say po-sitive things on the Reality part that is she already knows what to do in each step She already takes the initiative The relationship is more about cooperation now and the Client start becoming autonomous

Level 3 Coach (Self-Coaching) When the Client already does Self--Coaching at home not being asked to This is a fantastic moment because she already has the tools and the Coach is there to help and support

Level 4 Coach (Coach to others) When the Client comes to a ses-sion and tells us she has done Coaching with someone else (with her child for instance) This person came to us to be helped however she is already using our tools to help so-

RESULTS

meone else She is totally independent It is every Coachrsquos dream

lsquoMrsquo AXIS (MENTAL) WE EVALUATE THE CLIENTrsquoS CONTENTS ASSIMILATION

Uses Rosa 10 language o cliente usa palavras como Realidade objetivos soluccedilotildees accedilotildees fazem hoje parte do seu leacutexico

Uses Rosa 20 language the client uses terms such as guru objec-tives baby objectives measurable beliefs paradigm shif-ting brainstorming etc

Uses Rosa 30 language she refers terms like emotional patterns cycles of fear and confidence values dilemma etc

Uses unconscious Rosa language when many of these terms are so ingrained in the clientrsquos language that she thinks she will use them for the rest of her life

lsquoPrsquo AXIS (PRACTICE) WE EVALUATE RESULTS IN PRACTICE

During the Session I can manage the client to get results only du-ring the session It is a Coaching session that has no power to influence the client outside it

Between Sessions It mostly happens when the client is doing her homeworks It means that what happened during the ses-sion touched her with enough strength to get her to realize she has to do something and that she is doing something outside the sessions

Leverage Slice It happens when the client fulfills her Leverage Slice and achieves the goal that brought her to Coaching or when her satisfaction in that slice has dramatically im-proved

Holistic When the client improves satisfaction in multiple slices as a result of the sessions including the leverage slice It was a process that had an impact on the whole being and not just in one area of her life

100

101

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

You can make this model with your client on the last session you have together You can also make a self-assessment to compare with it When you measure these four levels of results you will have access to check what level of Coaching you had on that specific process

COACHING LEVELThe Coaching Level that you have delivered is always proportional to your lowest result Even if you have three axes at level 3 and have only one at a level 2 Coaching has been 20 This is valuable information to you as a Coach because it gives you an idea of axes that are easier for you to work and others that you may have to further strengthen

Level 4 Coaching is something that is not achieved with all clients There must be a great empathy and rapport as well as a mastery on the Coaching technique that has been taught in the training course and presented in this manual

Gulica ego catia caperum dem inem cus Fortes et L Nos et grae avehem Romnit acto egeris cis sultod pratum voltum iam hos ublius hactam atemus essede con vas optilis factor aus nem ad cae estil hos me patus re verisse inatuus

Udam deperfecrem nermis etraed me int ela remulibut rem loctusquo cum mus auciem vivehem uresull emquissent eti primperescit ina que ia consiss entium pulerit con vendam morei sentes inatil vit ia quam mus licaudemus factem dum eo ura ex muro nenit quo vilnes-tium Catimportus pati postalarit vis coena fui sa consu consceribus Satquid ertienatus contere essimis ut vis aus iliciam quo in dissimis Ra num deatiqua vere con sentius et in spio pes Tiaetin videlisquam mus viliam que conum is larbit etora notimolto nos et duc omnimus opublicae convo C Nos vivica Catus hos vivas aurnihil hui terfint imorter labus hostam res inequod nerem tabute telieni hilicaessil ven-tem nonsulis

Berteropubit diisquium iteriti emprit teludam hilicid erfentiur tem huis

Hum pro vidiusquem paterevid sedis factatu rnihilla rem publicave Ca-terev irissoltis re aurei pere anum teluder ficepse essercem octuusque mis tum inam pra vivid rei condamdiis hacies Ipio verei sendamdis

TOOLS amp TECHNIQUES

X TOOLS AND TECHNIQUES

If you master well the model of the four Rrsquos for us you already are a fantastic Coach If you can master some stars too itrsquos even better But if you master the model you know how to do Coaching But now letrsquos go to the small stars The idea is not that you try to use all the stars at the same time Choose the two or three that you like best and train those first

POSITIVE FEEDBACKProvide as much positive feedback as you can to your client Take every opportunity you have to do it A Coach is the type of mirror that only says good things about her client Please turn yourself into some-one who is always valorizing every small steps that your client takes

FEEDBACK HAMBURGERYou say something positive then you say something negative then you say something positive again The two positive feedbacks have to be VERY VERY good For instance ldquoI have been feeling that you are very committed to your Coaching process We just need to start paying more attention to our homework even because I feel that you are a person who likes to challenge yourself and that really wants to go further ldquo

RESSIGNIFICATION Ressignificating is finding another meaning still more empowering but that changes everything EgrdquoI didnrsquot do my homework I failedrdquo Coach ldquoWow That means that you are a demanding and committed personrdquo ldquoIrsquom lazyrdquo

102

103

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

ldquoDoes that means you like to enjoy the pleasures of liferdquo

REFRAMINGIt is much like ressignification Itrsquos the name that is used in NLP (Neuro--Linguistic Programming) You take the information that was been gi-ven to you in a frame and you put it in a new one

PREFRAMINGIf ressignification has to do with changing the meaning after it has been given preframing has to do with giving a meaning to something before we have explained what it is It is a widely used technique to anticipate objections that might distract us from our ultimate goal Then we do preframing we previously give the meaning that we want the person to give afterwards Example

ldquoCan I show you my point of view Itrsquos something different but Irsquove seen that it works with many people and it has been helping a lot to change our behavior to healthier habits Itrsquos something innovative and different but highly successful Can I tell you my ideardquo You create a frame before placing the information in there

POSTFRAMINGFirst you give the information and then you put it in a frame Eg ldquoFolks today we have an exam (the low energy level) but thatrsquos what this course is about to be the best Coach to go furtherrdquo

ldquoFROM 0 TO 10 rdquo To give examples ldquoI think Irsquoll read a bookrdquo Coach ldquoFrom 0-10 how much do you think you will accomplish that goalrdquo

TRANSFORMING ldquoORrdquo IN ldquoANDrdquoHelp the client to find an alternative solution to integrate paradoxes to

find a third way

VULNERABILIZATIONFind out things about you that are not working and put them at the clientrsquos service That makes you human and you are validating your client in the case she feels the same She does some things better than you and has some of the same challenges

ASSOCIATION AND DISSOCIATIONThese two terms are often used in NLP (Neuro-linguistic Program-ming) and are used in various ways Association means that an indi-vidual describes a situation as if it was happening and he was partici-pating on it As the name indicates he is associated with it He is still seeing himself going through the situation and feels the emotions that he would feel if he was really living it

Dissociation means that an individual can already tell that experience as if he was watching a movie in which he took part but already dis-sociated from it He is more in an observer role That allows him a big-ger emotional objectivity Even if he feels the emotions they are more about the experience itself and not so much about him as a participant

When we want to help our customers to overcome some emotionally more challenging situations it can make a huge difference to have them to dissociate from those situations Thatrsquos how they can gain greater objectivity and clarity and at the same time they get more mo-tivated to take their first steps

METAPHORSThe most important here is that you use the metaphors of your client Use her world whenever it is possible It will help a lot more to inter-nalize and memorize the information Help your client to create her metaphors Eg ldquoSometimes we fall into holes that are so big that you canrsquot get out of them alonerdquo ldquoLearning to forgive someone is like dri-ving one step at a timerdquo

TOOLS amp TECHNIQUES

104

105

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

LANGUAGE OF A COACH 3 HOW TO INTERRUPT at the first session it must be defined if

the Coach can interrupt the client when she deviates from the focus If yoursquore going to interrupt your client you must always do it with a question You can also take note of something that has nothing to do with the subject you are talking about but it seems important So we can talk about it in the next session You can ask the client if she liked to talk about it

3 ldquoDOES IT MAKES SENSE FOR YOUrdquo If she says NO ldquoSo tell merdquo if she says YES ldquocan you tell me howrdquo

3 ldquoMY HALLUCINATION is rdquo Being very unconditional Any opi-nion is a good opinion The Coach realyy doesnrsquot know The word hallucination implies that what yoursquore saying may be ab-solutely wrong

3 ldquoWHAT WOULD LOVE DO NOWrdquo Be careful with the rapport level you have with your client It is a very good question when it concerns relational issues

3 ldquoHOW WOULD IT BE IFrdquo Very good to overcome objections ldquohow would it be if you had timerdquo ldquohow would it be if you had moneyrdquo ldquohow would it be if you had self-confidencerdquo

3 ldquoWHAT IF rdquo Fantastic to destroy any obstacle that your client brings Some examples ldquoAnd what if you couldrdquo ldquoWhy notrdquo ldquoWhat if nobody would knowrdquo ldquoWhat if you had moneyrdquo ldquoI know you donrsquot but what if you knew what would you sayrdquo

3 GENERAL TIP BE COOL You really must have a cool and rela-xed attitude You really donrsquot know what would be best for your client so be really unconditional

THE COACHING ETHICS

XI THE COACHING ETHICS

There are six ethic rules in Coaching but with no doubt the first is the most important

CONFIDENTIALITY Coaching sessions must be given the utmost con-fidentiality There are no legal rules as in Therapy (like not having fa-mily as clients) but you always have to respect confidentiality When you do Coaching in a company and you must give feedback to their manager your clients must know it If necessary you can discuss the case with a mentor but always without mentioning the name of your client You can discuss the cases but without any names

CLIENTrsquoS AUTONOMY Coaching is all about autonomy and sustaina-bility You need your client to get results not that she needs you You should think ldquoif I change country how would my clients berdquo

CAREFUL WITH PROJECTIONS We all project aspects that we re-press in ourselves All currents in psychology agree that there is pro-jection When I look to someone else what I see is whatrsquos inside of me (strengths and weaknesses) Thatrsquos why some see one thing and others see another As a Coach you must be very attentive to projections You should not do it with your client and for that you must work on your roots If something bothers you that says more about you than about your client Itrsquos not just a technical issue of respecting others map-of--the-world It is an ethical issue

CREDIBILITY Of course you can use other different tools in your ses-sions but you should be able to do so Using things on which yoursquore not certified is breaking ethics Try to be congruent and integrate Being a corporate or a sales Coach without being an expert about those mat-ters is not ethical

106

107

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING THE FIRST SESSION IN PRATICE

CONTRACT IS CONTRACT The financial commitment you assume with your client is always the same as long as she is your client The same in what respects sessions frequency You should always ask permission to your client when you want to change the frequency of the sessions For WeCreate the value you charge to your client must be the same forever It is part of our gratitude towards our client

SELF-COACHING The Coach must be an example of Self-Coaching or she should have a Coach You really have to do ROSA once a year at least and use all these tools in a weekly basis Make sure that you are also an example of achieving your own dreams

XII THE FIRST SESSION

IN PRACTICEIt is normal that the first session is a bit longer (90min) Your focus is to build RAPPORT Here is an example of a few steps for your first session You can have a few more or less of these steps but this is the general idea

STEP 1 Memorize these steps so that you will not have to use this manual

STEP 2 (Partnership) Organize the working space have everything prepared adequated clothes etc

STEP 3 (Presence) Prepare to be fully present by meditating or by being a few minutes in silence

STEP 4 (Posture and words) Build rapport have a few minutes of casual positive and neutral conversation to break the ice For example the weather the clientrsquos favourite team foot-ball match etc

STEP 5 At this stage you will also try to collect information about the client Several aspects of her life and trying to deter-mine clientrsquos expectations regarding the Coaching process You will be attentive about the metaphors and about what is really important to her Yoursquoll need it to explain what Co-aching is in her words

STEP 6 Explain what Coaching is using the clientrsquos words and the references she gave us Example letrsquos imagine that boxing was something that the client liked and we want to explain

108

109

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING THE LAST SESSION

Coaching through boxing ldquoCoaching is like boxing It invol-ves a lot of training to succeed in getting results but ins-tead of having an external enemy we are fighting against ourselvesrdquo

STEP 7 Inviting the client to do an exercise we pick six pens (three of each color) We ask her to tell us three things that are going well in her life and we explore each area a bit Then we ask ldquoamong those areas which one is running really wellrdquo Then we ask for three things that are not going so well and explore a bit

STEP 8 Asking the client which 3 goals she would like to accom-plish by the end of the Coaching process that would make it worth the investment (as measurable as possible)

STEP 9 Establishing verbal contract and selling the idea of coa-ching (even if the sessions pack is already closed) Now we talk about the practical issues sessions frequency ses-sions length interrupting the client first session a bit lon-ger confidentiality guarantee If you feel comfortable you can talk about costs and forms of payment

STEP 10 ldquoCan we start our session talking about what brought you here How can I helprdquo

STEP 11 Talking a bit about the Clientrsquos reality and introducing the Pizza of Life The client draws herrsquos We will go on explai-ning the pizza and its different slices (very briefly not to influence) Some clients like to do it lsquoalonersquo others like to go on talking as they fill the slices

STEP 12 From then on you make ROSA 10

STEP 13 You end up the session You can share ROSA methodology with your client (if you think shersquod like it) and ending with positive feedback You can also ask the client how did she feel You can also ask her to choose an object and summa-rize the session You will also be doing some preframing by stating that Coaching is about action and homeworks

XIII THE LAST SESSION

A coaching process has a follow-up We can work with individual ses-sions or with a pack It is important to inform your clients that Coaching is a continuous process and not a process with miraculous results in the first session Hence it is like doing workout where it is difficult to get results if we go to the gym only once

You can work with packs of sessions (5 or 10) and we would like to give you some tips on what you should ensure it gets done in your last coaching session with someone you have been working with

FUTURE It is important to ensure that the client will continue taking steps in the future even not having sessions anymore or your presence In this session you should spend some time helping her in creating an action plan about the next steps she wants to go on taking in that area You can also take the opportunity to do a small summary of everything that you both worked in so that there is a notion of the progress made and the results achieved Ensures that your client completed that process and be sure about the next steps for her future Help her in crea-ting a good action plan

HABITS You can also ask your client which would be the daily or weekly habits that she would like more to integrate into her routine

POSITIVE FEEDBACK This is also the perfect time to give positive fe-edback to your client (despite being a constant throughout the sessions) Show her the progress she has made throughout the sessions and help her to realize all the positive things she has achieved

111

110

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

PERSONAL DEVELOPMENT We must ensure that our client conti-nues its personal development process and knows or tries new approaches Coaching is just one part of a wide range of options that are now ahead of her Encourage her to con-tinue that journey to read new books to try other trainings and workshops other different and complementary ways of approaching personal development

KEEPING CONTACT You can develop some form of contact with your old clients Email telephone facebook etc Remember to con-tinue sending her information about coaching or other matters you find important It is a way to ensure that your client will continue ldquoawakedrdquo for this subject

Thank you for being part of this project

Daniel Saacute Nogueira and Marta Ferreira

Page 16: WeCreate International Coaching Certification Manual

32

33

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

that there is no solution By adding together both positive and negative aspects we create tension and a spark of energy to move on At the same time we get to find out what truly motivates the client whether it is family a passion that she has or others things

FLUFFY PUFFYThis is the opposite of the type above This is a person who has re-edu-cated herself and grown convinced that itrsquos good to have problems and that they are there for a reason She has a super positive perspective on life but possibly a bit exaggerated Problems are always positive and she does not understand that they may have negative implications

To the question ldquoSo is this problem hurting yourdquo she will promptly reply ldquoOh it isnrsquot Itrsquos good to have problems they bring along many positive things and are just what they should berdquo In this case the Co-ach has to make the client talk about the problem and the aspects that are negative or less good In other words we must find out what hurts enough for the client to realize she needs help with something and that not everything is going well after all

As in the previous case we need to create an inner shock in order to generate energy for the Objectives phase In this case it is necessary to do so by making the client ldquosufferrdquo a bit or to get her out of her comfort zone in order to become aware that there is something she wants to change or do differently If we do not have a challenge an opportunity or a problem we cannot do coaching

Both the ldquoComplicatorrdquo and the ldquoFluffy Puffyrdquo should identify both good and bad aspects of the subject matter Moreover you should not move to the Objectivesrsquo phase be fore this is done At this stage the more the client is aware of her own reality the better the Coachrsquos picture will be of that same reality Both types of clients need to enter the area of challenge leaving the reality that they live in and gaining a broader awareness of the reality that is

Only with this awareness will there be fuel to create goals and pro-gress to the next stages

PIZZA OF LIFEThe clientrsquos reality is like a big wall Something she nee-ds to overcome to reach the other side the side that she wants to be on Although the wall is large the client will tend to concentrate on a small part of the wall a hole a brick to paint etc About 98 of people are focused on the small ldquoholesrdquo of life which only increases their size and importance

Implementing a real change in your life means looking at it as a whole from various angles analyzing all its weaknesses but also all the pos-sibilities In doing so the client becomes more aware of who she is

The pizza is divided into four distinct areas (linked to the four elements and the four personality types) and twelve slices

EARTH AREA (PRACTICAL WORLD)Money How is your bank account Do you have any debts Do you

think you have enough money or do you need more to have the life you want And what about material goods such as a home a car travel

Health Are you healthy Do you have any chronic illness How do you nourish yourself Any sports Do you feel alive

Jobcareer Are you doing something you like Feel satisfied with your career How many hours do you work per day What is your level of productivity

WATER AREA (EMOTIONAL WORLD)

Romance Do you have a love relationship that satisfies you Do you love and are you loved Are you feeling happy and complete without being in a relationship

Family and Friends (with a big F) How do you relate to your chil-dren parents and friends

Contribution Are you helping create a better world Any voluntary work Donations Satisfied with the help you provide

ROSA 20

of life

money

hea

lth

workcareer romance

Friends

family

contribuitiondevelopmentpersonal

social life

hobbies

peer groupleadershippersonal

life p

urpose

Pearth

Ewater

Mair

Sfire

meaning

34

35

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

AIR AREA (MENTAL WORLD)Personal Development Do you read books participate in training

courses invest in yourself and in your learningdevelop-ment

Hobbies and Social Life Do you have a social life that satisfies you Do you have free time to do what you like

Peer Group Groups of people (friends family etc) that challenge us and pull us forward Do you have people that encourage you How often do you meet with them

FIRE AREA (SPIRITUAL WORLD)Personal Leadership How do you relate with yourself When you

look at yourself (on the inside and the outside) do you like

what you see How is your confidence and self-esteem

Life Purpose How much of your day-to-day do you dedicate to doing what you love most

Meaning of Life Do you have a faith What do you believe in What is the energy that encompasses all Why are we here on this planet

The Pizza of Life is a very deep tool to be used both by the client and the Coach to develop their roots It is a practical way of examining all areas of our lives

It is essential to distinguish between the importance that a client at-tributes to a slice and her degree of satisfaction with it Itrsquos not about how much you have of this or that slice but rather how satisfied you are with this area For example a person who is not religious does not have to have a zero in the area of the meaning of life if she is comfor-table with that area But if she does feel that she needs to work on her faith then the value will inevitably be less than 10 Another example someone who lives in a rented house travels by bus and goes camping on holidays may have a 10 in the money slice if itrsquos a person who does not value material goods Someone else who lives the same kind of life but aspires to have a beach house a great car and travel to exotic places will assign a lower value to this slice

The client may want to add or remove a slice and split others However the most important thing is to recognize the four main areas (PEMS) and the importance of all the slices for your happiness and for gaining a more balanced life

When the pizza is filled out once again you will address the positive and less positive aspects of it At this stage you should ask your client

3 ldquoWhich 2 or 3 areasslices feel goodstrong at the momentrdquo

3 ldquoWhich 2 or 3 areasslices need a little more attention and some im-

ROSA 20

1 What is the current situation

2 Concrete examples

3 Objectivity through facts

4 Ask what when where who

REALITYRESUME

36

37

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

provementrdquo

This way you gain even more information about the current situation of your client which may be very helpful during the rest of the coaching process

LEVERAGE SLICEAfter evaluating the pizza of life we dedicate ourselves to hel-ping the client choose a leverage slice We can explain that coaching is about gaining focus by having only one target to hit at each moment in time This does not mean that we wonrsquot work on any other area it just means that we first need to solve one slice one priority slice

The question to use is ldquoWhich slice if you increase your satisfaction with it by one or two points would improve the biggest number of your other pizza slicesrdquo

You can ask your client to select any 5 slices then 3 then 2 and ask ldquoImagine that I am the genie in the lamp and I can help you bring one of these slices to a 10 which one would you chooserdquo

If your client clearly has a slice that she wants to work you can proce-ed with this one right away

The leverage slice is not always the slice that got the lowest rating Therefore we should not influence the decision of the client

A few tips

3 If the client chooses a slice that she gave a high rating itrsquos good news for the Coach because it will be relatively easy for the client to improve it further

3 If the client wants to choose a new slice in the next session no problem Remember that we are just chauffeurs Early on in the coaching process the client may do some reflection and then want to choose another slice

3 Until the leverage slice is resolved (rated much more positively)

or under control by the client (it only being a matter of time) we DO NOT change the slice along the way We only do so once we have delivered the wanted results If we change the slice in each session it becomes difficult (if not impossible) to deliver results which also become much less sustainable Coaching is not a process with a magic wand that can transform a slice in an hour

3 No area is more important than another and the numbers that the client uses to evaluate only mean something to her Remember that YOU SHOULD NOT JUDGE anything about the pizza of your client It only needs to make sense to her

O(BJECTIVES)Now that we know the current reality of our client it is time to move on At this point we no longer speak of problems or challenges That was back in the previous phase Now we just want to know about Objectives

In Coaching we work with two types of objectives

GURU OBJECTIVES AND BABY OBJECTIVESAll of us more or less consciously orient our action through goals But we do not always take the right steps There are people who consciously do but there are many others who without being conscious of it hurt their feet run without knowing where theyrsquore going or stop halfway

We can identify two types of goals which we should use to our advan-tage

3 Guru objective ndash a goal that is so big so big that therersquos a voi-ce in our head that thinks itrsquos impossible to accomplish

3 Baby objective ndash a goal that is so small so small that we are absolutely certain of achieving it

ROSA 20

The slice of leverage is the one in which if there is any improvements will positively affect other slices of pizza

The Baby-Objectives has the

unique purpose to increase client

confidence

38

39

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

Guru and baby objectives psychology is natural to us not something we learn nor something we can unlearn For example it activates immediately if wersquore in a car accident if anything threatens our survi-val or the survival of our loved ones We then forget whether we are confident or not successful or not rich or poor and we only care about finding a solution This is natural we always have an ultimate goal in mind while at the same time staying present to the immediate objec-tive since that is what makes us define the next small step towards reaching our guru objective And we get so engaged that nothing will distract us from our guru objective Now this psychology should not get triggered only unconsciously in moments of survival but also be applied consciously in our lives in general in our everyday And yes it can be activated

Always remember that an objective is only at the guru level if there is a voice inside you that laughs finding it impossible to achieve and a baby objective is only one if you are sure that you will achieve It is therefore essential to dream to look farther and reach beyond what our minds can visualize

But beware if we focus solely on our highest goals we will never le-ave the realm of dreams and over time we will lose self-confidence Achieving goals involves taking small steps every day defining reaso-nable steps that slowly but surely bring us closer to our guru objective

Success depends on a combination of both We must therefore learn to live life with very big guru objectives and very small baby objectives Most people that feel unhappy have developed a guru psychology but not a baby psychology or vice versa The former always want more and are never satisfied with their daily achievements The latter live through small steps but cannot think big so the little steps wear them out and monotony or apathy reigns

Having a great guru objective without setting baby objectives leads to frustration anxiety and impatience Setting baby objectives without having a big guru objective leads to disinterest discouragement and lack of direction(ldquoTrate a Vida por Turdquo paacuteg 111)

META+Our objectives should be

Measurable - Objectives should be very concrete so that when we reach them we can check off ldquomission accomplishedrdquo For example ldquoI will spend 3 hours a day with my familyrdquo instead of ldquoI will spend more time with my familyrdquo

Emotional Objectives should contain grand adjectives that provoke a lot of emotion so that the brain gives them more importance For example ldquoI will wake up shining and full of vitality ready for a new day of fun and productivityrdquo

Timed - Objectives must have either a date or a frequency or both For example ldquoStarting tomorrow I will be home by 8 pm every day to have dinner with my childrenrdquo or ldquoI will train every day starting on Sundayrdquo

Achievable - We need to believe in the objectives that we set and know that they are possible to reach For example ldquoI will write a book next monthrdquo If you think your goal is too ambitious you had better adapt it ldquoIrsquoll write one chapter in the next monthrdquo

Positive (+) - Goals should be stimulating the positive Neurolinguistics say that everything that we define as positi-ve encourages us and everything that we define as negative defeats us For example ldquoI will not smoke anymorerdquo is wrong while ldquoI will breathe 100 oxy-gen and make air cleaner for myself and for othersrdquo is more correct Or ldquoon day x I will weigh y poundsrdquo instead of ldquoI will lose weightrdquo(Trate a Vida por Tu paacuteg 155)

ROSA 20

1 What do you want

2 What do you really want

3 What is the Guru-Objective

4 What is the Baby-Objective

5 What is the dream (the most importan is to make the client talk about his dreams)

6 In a perfect world (For those who have di-fficulty in define Guru-Objectives)

7 Meta+

OBJECTIVESRESUME

The meta+ model is used to specify the target-guru

40

41

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

Why do we need to have these two opposing energies Exactly for the same reason as the positive and negative energies in the Reality phase We really need a guru objective since the effort that the client will have to make and the person she has to become to get there will make her reach much further than if she had set an intermediate goal Coaching is about dreams about the best of the best for each area of our lives The important thing is not whether or not the client gets there but that the road she travels takes her much further

Moreover every journey starts with a small step We need to create an objective so small so small that the client is absolutely sure she can do it Why To get her motivated quickly to achieve success and above all to convey the baby objective psychology We need to make our clients realize that coaching is about big and small steps The baby objective in itself is not important but we need to introduce this step here so that your client begins to celebrate every little step that she takes every piece of homework that gets done

Coaching is about forming a person with both guru and baby objectives psychology Someone who wants to go really far and at the same time is super happy with everything that she has already achieved

Notas If a client has a very big guru objective to reach in a short time and the Coach thinks it is not possible we can ask the client to ldquoconvince us that it is possiblerdquo On the other hand if the baby objective is very big we do the same

S(OLUTIONS)Encouraging creativity is equally important to teaching children ma-thematics Portuguese and science This is what later on will separate intelligent adults from true geniuses who are able to create something new revolutionary and innovative in whatever area It is those who mark others society science and the world who ultimately make a

difference

40 IDEASIn fact we are all creative We have all been children we have all been creative and so what happened What is it that makes our creativity die The fact is that our society limits our creativity while forgetting that in a grey professional world creativity makes the difference

ROSA 20

clique no viacutedeo para o activar

42

43

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

Anyone who is creative grows through challenges simply because they put their creativity at the service of what is not working They go off immediately to search for a solution And this is available to everyo-ne This is the basis of the ldquoSrdquo in ROSA instead of complaining go look for a solution Remember yoursquore always one idea away from solving your biggest challenge You just havenrsquot found that idea yet Pull out

your creativity and try finding ideas ideas ideas

Even the most creative people start with obvious ideas and it is good to go through them in order to get to the other ones Little by little we will get to the interesting ideas and when we stop being afraid of saying nonsense we become creative Now the challenge is to get an innovative idea And that can only be achieved by investing time and energy When we are at 10 or 20 ideas to not give up until you have at least 40

Losing our creativity is in other words restraining our physical (earth) emotional (water) mental (air) and spiritual (fire) abilities Children do not have these restraints in a physical sense they love exploring the world through their body showing you they donrsquot care about posture for instance and they seem unbreakable when defying the laws of gra-vity with an energy that seems limitless Emotionally they are much more open to all kinds of feelings because they have not accumulated many negative experiences Mentally they are hungry for knowledge and the concept of right and wrong is not yet set so everything seems possible to them Spiritually they are completely free they may have some enrooted values but everything else is an open book

In order to be creative again and go back to having blank pages in the book of life being able to write and rewrite improvise and create we

obvious interesting creative innovative

can start by being creative in one area or going back to being creative in all aspects of life and our being To go back to being creative we must explore our physical body do sports dance act etc and use your senses to hear smell taste touch and see The healthier we are the more our body will be available to be physically creative To go back to being more creative emotionally we have to stop being afraid to feel We have to venture into relationships connections sharing without the fear of being hurt frustrated cheated and even happy

To go back to being mentally creative we must learn new subjects think about new things analyze from new angles and perspectives challenge our minds have conversations with all kinds of people read all kinds of magazines stimulate all parts of our brain

Finally if we want to go back to being spiritually creative we must question all our certainties and dogmas meditate and open ourselves to the world of possibilities and the inexplicable We need to know oursel-ves in order to experience life intensely

If we manage to be creative in all four areas we will be soon become a new person with a palette of new experiences and openness to wha-tever happens giving us new shape and a different glow If we can be more creative regarding the first letter of our PEMS we should really be congratulated for it The important thing is to enter the challenge zone to seek solutions in areas that have not yet been explored in fiel-ds that are uncomfortable for others but that we call our comfort zone Then everything and really everything becomes possible and there are no longer problems without solutions(ldquoTrate a Vida por Turdquo paacuteg 165)

PARADIGM SHIFTThis is the time to get the client to think ldquoupside downrdquo ie to think ldquoout of the boxrdquo It is undoubtedly the most difficult phase of the coaching sessions Your clients will not even want to think and to change their paradigms

The vast majority of people when trying to solve a pro-blem or challenge use the first ideas that come to mind - the Obvious ideas ndash the ones that we all have However there are three more levels of ideas The Interesting ideas are those that some have sometimes

ROSA 20

The very first ideas are obvious Only then comes the interesting and then comes the very creative and innovative ideas

44

45

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

Solutions are always related to the Guru-Objectives

and then come the Creative Ideas that are those which generate con-flict because they go lsquoout of the boxrsquo shifting paradigms Finally we have the Innovative ideas that are the ones that nobody sees but once they are revealed they become obvious

We may use this ability in all areas of our life using this unique creati-vity to make everything unique and different

The goal of a Coach is getting the client to change her paradigm This is what happens in an ldquoAHArdquo moment when she finds an idea and is sure that this is the one she was missing

In the picture on the left do you see a young girl or an old lady Try to see both Put your brain to work both ways

GREAT AND WHAT ELSEBrainstorming is the most powerful tool for creativity and the best way of stimulating creativity in all areas of your life It is essential to do individual and group brainstorming as it is the best way to find so-lutions to challenges

What is a lsquobrainstormingrsquo

As the name implies it is a kind of ldquobrain stormrdquo And what do storms do They stir things up make ideas collide (thunder) and launch one solution after the other (lightning) ldquowaitingrdquo for the one that will solve the problem and put the storm at rest Brainstorming is not only use-ful at the workplace Every person and family should brainstorm from time to time to seek solutions to their problems from the most basic day-to-day questions (how to deal with expenses manage domestic tasks prepare meals) to deeper and more complex ones (helping a child become more confident helping a father that is unemployed) And individually each one of us should do brainstorming to solve and improve all areas that we feel the need to change

It is very easy to do brainstorming Here are the six rules to start prac-ticing today

1 No judgement All ideas are valuable even the most stupid ones In a brainstorming there are no arguments or criticism All ideas are good initially If there is criticism besides genera-ting conflict it can also inhibit the people involved

2 Quantity quantity quantity The more ideas generated the better the brainstorming Quality does not matter here only quantity Why The first ideas will be obvious then interesting then creative and only then innovative

3 Hitchhike You can build on otherrsquos ideas No participant should be silent for a long time If you donrsquot have any idea you can simply hitchhike on someone elsersquos The only thing you cannot do is not to participate

4 Go crazy From time to time throw in some ideas that are lsquoout-side the boxrsquo Regardless of how absurd they may seem this will help you and your colleagues to leave the obvious ideas and make your brains think At the very least you will enliven the session If the group laughs at your idea yoursquore being crazy

ROSA 20

click the video to see it

46

47

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

5 Take notes The most dangerous thing in a brainstorming ses-sion is having no one to write down the ideas Preferably the one who writes should not be giving any ideas she should fo-cus on writing down othersrsquo ideas There should also be a kind of a moderatorfacilitator of the brainstorming session not for taking decisions or criticizing but precisely for making sure that no one tries to take decisions on behalf of the group or to criticize other peoplersquos ideas and to help keep the focus on what matters In an individual brainstorming session you of course need to be your own moderator

6 A clear goal You must clearly define what the purpose of your objective is what the challenge is and if possible write formu-late it in META+(ldquoTrate a Vida por Turdquo paacuteg 213)

Brainstorming is the most powerful creativity tool In a brainstorming the client is requested to come up with a great amount of ideas on how to reach her Guru Objective

click the video to see it

And the Coach must be persistent since this is when you realize that humans are lazy when it comes to thinking It is very likely that when giving her fifth idea the client will say that she has no more Everyone will want to convince you that they have already found the magic solu-tion But they havenrsquot And how do we know that Because if they had found it they would already have solved their challenge

During a brainstorming ideally it is the Coach who writes down the ideas But she should not alter any of them And if the client gets stuck we must ask open and creative questions such as

3 If you had all the money in the world what would you do 3 If you were your idol what would you do 3 If it were 10 years ago what would you do 3 If it were 10 years from now what would you do

Cultivating a sense of humour as a Coach is always a good for rela-xing and making people creative This is in fact important in any area At this stage it is very likely that the client will have long mo-ments without coming up with any ideas Therefore it is impor-tant to create our own personal way of ldquopulling outrdquo the clientrsquos ideas such as a small exercise changing seats or using humour If the client gets to 40 ideas very easily and none is lsquointerestingrsquo even for her it means that she is still in the obvious ide-as and then 40 more ideas are always welcome Creativity is an expansive energy The more it is cultivated the more it grows and the easier it becomes to use it in other areas of life Notas The Coach may suggest ideas but only as an encouragement to the client

A brainstorming can take up a large part of a session so it is important to make sure there is enough time for it

ROSA 20

1 Allow the obvious

2 I want more ideas

3 Help to avoid judgment

4 Overcoming objections with questions ldquoWhat ifrdquo

5 Okay what else

SOLUTIONSRESUME

48

49

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

since it is not right to leave it midway The goal is that the client forces her brain to find new ideas in a short time and in such a way that it is almost like a shock to her

It is important to keep focused on one topic in a brainstorming Some may change their focus during the process for example a client whorsquos Guru objective is to open a business may start to suggest ideas on how to make more money In this case the Coach should remind the client of the main topic At the same time the Coach should stay flexible and if the client really feels that their focus was not on the first topic but on the second itrsquos time to go back and set a new Guru objective

A(CTION)ROSA exists only for one reason to get us to act We find our Reality establish our Objectives and think up Solutions that make us act ndash the A is the purpose of ROSA

Now more than people of action we must be people of innovation

Innovation is creativity applied to getting the desired results Being creative is not enough but creativity is the tool for getting to innova-tion So how do we do this

The secret is not to give up on creating ideas ideas and more ideas until the innovative idea comes Sometimes it never comes but get-ting to the creative ones is already something Those who have dared being creative many times and more and more are those who mana-ge to reach the innovation Itrsquos not enough to have talent you have to work hard to translate this talent into amazing results Look at these examples

3 Bach wrote one cantata a week even when he was sick 3 Mozart produced more than 600 pieces of music 3 Darwin wrote 109 publications one of which was about the Theory of

Evolution 3 Einstein published 248 theses one of which was about the Theory

of Relativity 3 Freud published 350 theses 3 Rembrandt produced 650 paintings 3 It took Thomas Edison 2000 experiments to invent the light bulb

and 9000 to perfect it 3 Picasso created more than 20000 pieces of art

This is why it is so important to act Do a lot create a lot invest a lot (ldquoTrate a Vida por Turdquo paacuteg 234)

THE FUNNELThis is the part where coaching really becomes challenging where the client realizes that she will have to do something and not just think and talk about it It is the phase where we start to converge and funnel things in order to find an action that is as specific as possible

This is with no doubt the most important phase of ROSA In a coaching session anything can happen in any of the other phases but we cannot end it without an action (without homework)

What

3 What are you going to do now 3 What are you thinking about doing now ()

ROSA 20

click the video to see it

A task should not be so simple that it doesnacutet make any difference to the client to fulfill it nor should it be so difficult that it becomes infeasible

50

51

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

With whom It is very important to involve someone in the action pro-cess 99 of the homework should have a third person involved The-reby we are creating conditions for the client to become autonomous after the coaching process The questions might be

3 ldquowill you ask to ask you whether you have done itrdquo 3 ldquoApart from me (the Coach) who else will be involved in thisrdquo

When Marcar data ou frequecircncia Quanto mais especiacutefica for me-lhor Isto leva o cliente a pensar exatamente quando vai fazer au-tomaticamente isto cria um compromisso maior dentro dele doing this the client should end each session with a specific homework knowing both the day and the time she will do it and with whom she will share it

At what time of the week beginning or end

At the end of the week

What is for you the end of the week Friday Saturday Sunday

Friday

Ok and what time

Anytime

Anytime Ok But in the morning in the afternoon or evening

Morning

And what time

Early

What is early for you

Upon waking

And what time do you wake up

At 7am

THE CONVERGENCE TECHNIQUEIf the client does not find an action to do you can use the convergence technique by asking the following questions

3 ldquoLook at your ideas (the brainstorming) and mark those that you find reasonablerdquo

3 ldquoNow choose 10rdquo 3 ldquoChoose 5rdquo 3 ldquoChoose 3 2 rdquo 3 ldquoIf I had a magic wand that would immediately fulfil one of these

ideas which one would you chooserdquo

COMMITMENTIn the early sessions you can also ask the client to send you an SMS after doing the action in or-der to confirm it Of course you donrsquot force her

if she refuses but then if she doesnrsquot do her homework you will have more power to ask for an SMS in the next homework

If she accepts you may also ask if you can send her an SMS in case she forgets to do so What will happen is that as soon as she receives our SMS asking whether the action has been done she will do it immediately so that she can reply that she has By SMS we also mean any other means like a telephone call or e-mail The Coach must be flexible enough to perceive which method suits her client the best

THE HANDSHAKEShaking hands after defining the homework is very important because it is the archetype of commitment But remember if the client does not do her homework there is no failure only feedback Maybe the problem really is the kind of homework given or poor explanation about the im-portance of the homework in the coaching process

ONE SMALL STEP FORWARDWhat is the Next Small Step you can take This ques-

ROSA 20

What is the first next small step

Earn 20000 euro

What is the first next small step

Save 100 euro month

What is the first next small step

Open an account

ldquoGreat what is the next small step that you believe you can accomplish

Deposit 1000 euro

1 What is the option that has magic

2 What is the option that makes sense

3 What are you gonna do exactly

4 How will you know you make it

5 Funnel When What day What time

6 Commitment handshake

ACTIONRESUME

52

53

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

free to put everything she has (skills tools knowledge) at the service of her client Indeed every three sessions more or less you should challenge your client with a piece of homework However the challen-ge will vary depending on whom we have in front of us and on the level of the process

4 SUCCESS TIPS FOR THIS PHASE FASEAction Plans it is at this stage that we start working on an action plan

that will follow the session Remember coaching without ac-tion is not coaching Thatrsquos why you should do a ROSA in every session go through the four phases and always end with a very concrete action plan on what the client will do during the week and until the next session Here is an example of an action plan

What will I do Run 3 times per week

When Monday Wednesday and Friday

With whom Alone

Possible obstacles Laziness and lack of time

Benefits Feeling healthier

What will help me remember Setting an alarm on my phone

How will I celebrate By going to the cinema

Homework the tasks between the sessions are a priority for the coaching Most of the le-arning comes from the homework that is done between sessions So remember to always end your session by asking your client to suggest tasks that she would like to accom-plish that coming week the next small steps she can take right now Then rephra-se each one into a concrete action (when how where ) Still some clients will have gre-

tion tool is ideal for those who have difficulty in defining Baby Objecti-ves or those who have difficulty in defining an action to do this week

Notas As a general rule the client will not hear the word ldquosmallrdquo in the question The-refore we must repeat the question until the action is so small that the client would have no difficulty doing it

Of course the Next Small Step may not be the right action to choose for this week

Example The client wants to buy a Porsche (Guru Objective)

ldquoDeposit 1000 eurosrdquo is the Baby Objective The same process can be used for defining the homework

At the end when an action has been defined the Coach may also su-ggest a piece of homework In other words then the Coach is finally

ROSA 20

54

55

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING RAPPORT

at difficulty in taking action If this is the case always look for the smallest step that the person can take If we do not act itrsquos because the step is not small enough Remember ldquoEvery journey begins with one small steprdquo

Commitment amp Penalties some clients will sometimes have real diffi-culty in stepping into action Sometimes you may have to resort to agreeing on a fine if your client does not accomplish her task All human beings run away from pain and sometimes in coaching we need to use a little more masculine energy (wersquoll talk about that more below) to help You can even ask the question ldquoWhat will happen if you do not accomplish itrdquo

Monitoring amp Accountability the role of a Coach is to provide moni-toring to her client However the responsibility must always be on the clientrsquos side As a Coach you are responsible for guiding the process Your client should define the strategies needed to enable her to take the steps she wants You should follow and always try to understand what may have prevented her from completing her tasks Above all you should be focused on finding better strategies to lead her into action However do remind your client that it is her responsibility Ultimately acting or not acting is her choice

VII RAPPORT

Mastering the ROSA technique and mastering Rapport will alone make

you a Mega Coach Of course you can gain more Roots but people

who attend our courses usu-ally already have quite some

1ST DEFINITION OF RAPPORT

Relationship of trust and influence rapport is the ability to create trust within a few minutes with various kinds of people and to influence them to act think and do better You can only influence after being trusted Think about people you trust and do not trust what influence do these people have on you

2ND DEFINITION OF RAPPORTRelationship of empathy and sympathy ldquoWe only like 2 kinds of people people who are the way we are or who are the way we would like to berdquo

Empathy I feel empathy based on the things I have in common with someone

Sympathy Based on the qualities and characteristics that someone has that I would like to have

Conclusion rapport is empathy (who is like me) and sympathy (who is the way I would like to be)

56

57

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

Rapport is trust and

influence

Rapport is the ability to create

empathy and sympathy

WARNING Empathy comes before sympathy and trust comes before influence This is the most important aspect of rapport I cannot influence anyone who does not trust me

Part 2 Now letrsquos try to understand what happens in our psyche why this is the way it is

I invite you to imagine that yoursquore a rabbit in a forest and you meet another rabbit What happens Now imagine you meet another animal thatrsquos different from you What does the rabbit do FLIGHT (runs away)

Now imagine that you are not a rabbit yoursquore a wolf You meet an ani-mal thatrsquos different from you What does the wolf do FIGHT

Now imagine yoursquore a porcupine What happens FREEZE

Animals have these three types of reactions Now imagine yoursquore a human being 20000 years ago and you come across something di-fferent from you What happens ONE OF THESE THINGS AND YOU FEEL FEAR You react the way you do because your psyche does not know what it is And if it is another human being I KNOW WHAT TO EXPECT She is like me Our fear grows when something is different because we donrsquot know what to expect Imagine that you do meet a hu-man being but wearing clothes or other things that are very different

What happens when it is the same kind of animal What exists there EM-PATHY AND TRUST - 1st LEVEL of RAPPORT

This is a metaphor of course Rapport is very unconscious I could tell you to trust someone but your unconscious may not feel the trust What regula-tes that instinct in your psyche is KNOWING WHAT I CAN EXPECT

WHAT HAPPENS IN COACHING Clients also have these three types of reactions flight freeze or fight They may not show up for the follow ses-sion they may answer ldquoyesrdquo ldquonordquo ldquomayberdquo ldquodonrsquot knowrdquo or they may be in constant disagreement with you

Key ldquothe more the Coach is the way I am the more rapport there isrdquo

MILTON ERICSON (Ericsonian Psychology NLP Hypnotherapy) found the client within himself and used this as his tool in the therapy sessions

Ericson created rapport before proceeding with anything else This is TRUST and EMPATHY Ericson was humble and flexible enough to adapt to the client Only once you have done this you can go back to being yourself

Ways of creating rapport with someone

Verbal

3 Language words 3 Subject matter 3 Quotes way of speaking 3 Repeating what the other says 3 Using the otherrsquos metaphors 3 Using the same expressions

Non-verbal

3 Gestures 3 Voice 3 Mime 3 Distance 3 Posture 3 Breathing 3 Touch 3 Speed

Note Every human being has a natural and unconscious tendency to create rapport with others To confirm this all you need is to look at two people talking to each other and see how easily you will notice similarities in their postures and way of speaking

ldquoYou have only one chance to create a good first impression but you have plenty of opportunities to create rapportrdquo

Rapport is an honest attempt to enter someonersquos map-of-the-world The-re is no agreeing or disagreeing only flexibility Rapport does not mean friendship The first session and often the second is a lot about creating rapport

RAPPORT

Sometimes itacutes enought just a little attention to help someone but attention is not coaching

58

59

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

RAPPORT MODELndash 2 PacuteSEstablishing rapport is a process of many levels and layers of depth

LEVEL 1 - PRESENCE AND

PARTNERSHIP

PRESENCEThis is the first step towards creating ra-pport thus the most superficial one Pre-sence means that the Coach is fully com-mitted to her client aware of everything she says and does Nothing from outside the ses-sion should be on the Coachrsquos mind She must be fully present

Before a session itrsquos important that you as a Co-ach calm down forget about everything else and gain a notion of where you are and what you are going to do

POSTURE amp PHRASING

PERCEPTUAL POSITIONS

PERSON TO PERSON

PRESENCE amp PARTNERSHIP

PROBING amp PATIENCE

click the video to see it

Dedicate a few minutes to this process

Presence and Attention are among the healthiest ac-tions that lead to real results You can create a good

relationship with your client (child parent etc) just by being fully present and attentive Even gardens become more beautiful if they are cared for

Presence is about getting yourself into a certain state Itrsquos about being Yin and Yang at the same time

Yin ndash relaxing breathing being aware of all five senses being fully present where you are

Yang ndash mobilizing all your energy by run-ning jumping listening to inspiring music

PARTNERSHIP

Creating an equal relationship with your client Not top down or vice--versa The Coach should never be at a lower or higher level than her client The chairs should be the same for example

For presence and partnership it is also important to switch off the phone to prevent anything from interrupting the session Tidying up the table is equally important to having a clean and hygienic space

From 0 to 10 the importance of Presence during a session is a 10 It is the first step If it isnrsquot there nothing else will

Psycho-geography is also very important in this area

PSYCHO-GEOGRAPHY the way your psyche relates to geography Example On which side you like to sleep Each person has a different psycho-geography Some prefer to be by the sea while others prefer to be in the mountains

RAPPORT

Empathy is being doing

talk and think like the other Sympathy is being doing

talk and think how the other

would like to be

60

61

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

Some tips for using the psycho-geography of the client to your advan-tage

3 Having a room with a minimum amount of symbols It is not recom-mended to have crucifixes or other artefacts related to religion A bookshelf filled with books can also intimidate the client

3 Pay attention to details ndash cables on the floor which CDs are on the shelf etc

3 Having sessions at the clientrsquos home can become dangerous because there are lots of distractions and anchors Difficult si-tuations might have taken place there which will make it more challenging for the client to create a distance to them

It is the Coachrsquos job to notice the psycho-geography of her client and what makes her more comfortable

Despite all the rapport a Coaching session should always stay pro-fessional Being relaxed is necessary for both parties but the focus should not be on friendship You as a Coach need to be professional You must choose to be a Coach instead of a friend

When it comes to clothing you should be as neutral as possible in the beginning but always aligned with your personality Then you can try to adapt to the style of your client

The mantra here is having the client leave the session thinking that her Coach is just like her NOTHING IS WRONG Let your client choose what she prefers

LEVEL 2 - POSTURE AND PHRASINGWhen establishing rapport mere presence and partnership are not enough Moreover they are only the first step The posture and the phrasing that the Coach uses are very important for creating rapport in the relationship What we refer to here is mainly keeping a posture and using similar words and expressions to those of the client This way the client will see herself in us and instead of flight fight or freeze she will feel relaxed and be much more comfortable about talking

Sitting in the same position as the client using her posture tone of

voice and gestures these are all factors to consider

POSTURERegarding posture one can use two techniques that are very similar and very powerful

Mirroring When a Coach takes on a physical position that is the exact mirror image of the clientrsquos If the client leans to her right then the Coach who is facing her leans to her left

Matching In this case the Coach adopts the exact same physical position instead of a symmetric one Both ways are good and powerful The goal is to be equal or symmetrical

Of course it is not indispensable to be like the client 100 of the time as this will take a lot of the attention that the Coach needs to give the client

The more you practice these behaviours the more automatically and unconsciously you will do it When rapport already is high you can go back to your own posture and your regular vocabulary However should you feel the need you can always take up these techniques again

In fact at a high level of rapport it is possible and entirely positive that it is the client herself who starts to imitate our posture and words (un-consciously) This is the perfect moment to lead the client and suggest something more challenging to her

PHRASINGYou must pay great attention to the words that your client uses and the energy she puts into them The names of people that she talks about are also very important facts to remember

If you can use the same expressions as your client you will earn points in rapport Among these expressions metaphors are the most power-ful ones Try to explore as much possible the metaphors that are being used An excellent technique is to use a metaphor of the client to ex-

RAPPORT

The mirroring copies the

exact posture of the client

the matching mirrors

62

63

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

plain something This will reach very deeply into the psyche of the client and have great impact

You can also use themes that the client likes such as her passions and keep using them in future sessions to explain something or to give examples This creates an incredible sense of empathy between you and the client She will be glad that you are paying attention to what she says and at the same time she will understand much better what you say

The clientrsquos ideas are important keys to use when you speak in order to create and maintain rapport For example if the client talks a lot about travelling Irsquoll use the idea (anchor) that is already there because I know it works in his mind

BACKTRACKING backtracking is a Coaching technique that consists of summarizing the main points of a conversation by using the exact same words that the other person uses This tool helps the client follow the session and make her own short summary while listening to the Coach returning to what she just said and using the same words It is important to use at least the words we consider to be the most significant among the ones that the client expresses those that might be conveying more about her value patterns Backtracking can help us understand for example if we can move to the next phase of ROSA It helps us understand if the client has finished what she had to say about that phase and that way we can figure out whether we can move forward or not You can use simple questions to do so

3 ldquoLet me see if I got what you saidhelliprdquo - backtracking the conversa-tion using the exact words of the client - and then ending ldquoIs this is it or would you like to add something

3 ldquoSo what yoursquore saying isrdquo 3 ldquoCan I make a summary of your reality in relation to that slicerdquo

This is one of the simplest and most important techniques when buil-ding rapport

When building rapport avoid paraphrasing (saying the same thing in other words) but do quote A coach quotes

Mastery in Backtracking is being able to quote the last 20 minutes of a session This will leave your client fascinated and feeling that her Coach is really paying attention to everything she says

Therefore it is motivating to Backtrack at the end of each session and at the end of each phase of the ROSA

The Coach shows confidence and agrees with the client shows that she is on her side and really believes that the client will succeed

We must allow the person to be what she truly is talkative or silent Silent people also have things to say it is a matter of asking the right questions

NOTES When a session is not going well (the relationship is under stress) then the focus should be fully on level 2 Rapport - Posture and Phrasing The secret is to forget about the rest and build rapport again Once it is re-established you can address the problem

LEVEL 3 - PROBING AND PATIENCEEvery new level in Rapport brings you techniques that are deeper and more complex But the good news is that you donrsquot do level 3 Rapport until Level 1 and 2 are done So you will increase your skills by going from the easiest to the most difficult

PROBINGAsking questions is more complicated than imitating the posture and words of the client Indeed one of the more complicated aspects of being a Coach is to not give opinions and to ask the right questions at the right time We know that we keep showing you that you already are a Coach and that itrsquos easy but here we must tell you ldquoITrsquoS HARD BEING A COACHrdquo Think very carefully about whether you want to get into it Listening asking questions being patient with the pace of your clients

Even if you have the miracle answer to the clientrsquos situation you need to keep it to yourself Being patient is a challenge and usually typical

RAPPORT

64

65

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

To paraphrase can break

rapport

of the great masters You can only be a master if you want to learn to listen and if you develop a great patience for listening

Questions have the power to illuminate the darkness of your client by asking a powerful question you really get to see another human bri-ghten up right in front of you

Coaching has the power to open a new world to the client questions help people discover new resources Clients tend to find familiar answers but you as a Coach will lead them to unfamiliar answers

Classic examples of some ways to make your client talk

1 -Repeating what the client just said but in question form Client ndash ldquoYesterday I went boatingrdquo Coach ndash ldquoBoatingrdquo

2 -What does that mean to you What does fear mean to you What does a goal mean to you Example Client says ldquoIt is not rapport itrsquos complicityrdquoCoach replies ldquoWhat does complicity mean to yourdquo Client says ldquoItrsquos a clickrdquo Coach ldquoWhat does a click mean to yourdquo

3 -rdquoWhat elserdquo Serves above all to go to the heart of the matter Others like this one are ldquoTell me morerdquo and ldquoCan you go a bit deeper on thatrdquo

POWERFUL QUESTIONS Questions are probably the most beautiful flowers in the garden of learning Questions are one of the biggest se-crets of learning Creative solutions are practically impossible without questions

If you learn to ask 100 questions a day get ready for a revolution in your work at all levels

In life at work in business we are all afraid of asking questions We were educated from an early age to believe that there are right and wrong questions and we were also taught to not fail we avoid asking questions because of fearing that they are wrong The only way to reach the right questions is by not being afraid of the wrong ones

The one who wants to explore learning has to dance with this fear

A large part of all our creative potential stops at the door fearing to ring the doorbell When learning the one who doesnrsquot know is far less ignorant than the knowledgeable one Take risks Ring the bell Ask questions

Become obsessively curious ask questions How

3 Using the Coachrsquos ability of asking powerful questions 3 Following the rule of thumb ldquoThe Coach has the questions the

Client has the answersrdquo 3 Using positive language 3 Respecting the clientrsquos map-of-the-world 3 Always guiding towards solutions

Examples of powerful questions

3 ldquoCompared to whatrdquordquo 3 ldquoWhat does that mean to yourdquo 3 ldquoWhat could be a solution to yourdquo 3 ldquoI know you donrsquot know But if you knew what would that berdquo 3 ldquoWhat would be ideal to yourdquo 3 ldquoWhat do you want insteadrdquo 3 ldquoHow does that make you feelrdquo 3 ldquoWhat else could that meanrdquo 3 ldquoWhat do you want exactlyrdquo 3 ldquoWhat will you achieve with this goalrdquo 3 ldquoWhat will you do differently next timerdquo 3 ldquoWhat are you doing wellrdquo 3 ldquoWhat has to happen for you to be happy and successfulrdquo 3 ldquoWhat motivates you the mostrdquo 3 ldquoWhatrsquos the worst possible scenario And what could be the best

scenario ldquo 3 ldquoWhat are you willing to do to achieve your goalrdquo 3 ldquoWhat new things could you could tryrdquo 3 ldquoWhat prevents you from taking actionrdquo 3 ldquoWho could help you with this situationrdquo 3 ldquoWhat resources do you need to achieve your goalrdquo

RAPPORT

66

67

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

3 ldquoWhat else do you want to get out of your liferdquo 3 ldquoWhat do you really want achieve in that area of your liferdquo 3 ldquoWhat is your biggest dream in that area of your liferdquo 3 ldquoAnd what is the next small step that you would have to takerdquo 3 ldquoWhat do you find positive in this situationrdquo 3 ldquoHow could you attract better persons into your liferdquo 3 ldquoWhat would have to happen to make you feel more fulfilledrdquo 3 ldquoIf you were your own Coach what coaching would you give

yourselfrdquo 3 ldquoIf I was your best friend what advice would you give me to solve

this situationrdquo 3 ldquoIf you had all the time and money in the world how would you

fix itrdquo

In fact the art of asking questions is the foundations of a coaching process with powerful results The list of questions to ask seems en-dless

So become really obsessed with questions and start NOW How about adding 10 more ideas to our list And some more And many more

Typical coaching questions

3 Questions that lead to action (ldquoWhat will you do What can you do differently What do you need to do tordquo)

3 Goal-oriented instead of problem-oriented ldquoHow would you like it to berdquo ldquoAnd if you could what would you dordquo

3 Future-orientedldquoHow do you see that situation in the future How would you like to feelrdquo

Beware of questions with negative assumptions ldquoWhat happens if you donrsquot do itrdquo They should be followed immediately by a question with positive assumptions ldquoHow will you celebrate when you do itrdquo

RAPPORT

YOUR QUESTIONS

68

69

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

PATIENCECount to 10 relax work on your roots and realize that coaching is a process and that each person has her own time and rhythm How can you train your patience Think of 20 ideas

LEVEL 4 ndash PERCEPTUAL POSITIONSWe could also call this the level where we create rapport with our clientrsquos psychology In fact understanding and perceiving human psychology is a huge advantage for you as a Coach You are not there to be a friend of your client as we have mentioned so then a good way to create a relation with her is through her psychology

Do you know the psychology of a teenager or a parent a boss an unemployed If you grasp your clientrsquos psychology the Rapport will be extraordinary

If you demonstrate that you know how a mother thinks yoursquoll make the client believe that you understand her completely

Most people do not understand their own psyche If you can understand them at that level it will make the client to feel something extraordinary about you and the Coaching process

PERCEPTUAL POSITIONS At this level the Coach must master Per-ceptual Positions that is being able to put herself in another personrsquos position whether itrsquos the clientrsquos or the clientrsquos parent or any other person that is part of the situation You should be able to see the same situation from different perspectives and in the long term help your client do the same

THE EXERCISE This is an exercise to be used mainly if the client has trouble in a relationship with someone (friend family member etc) and is having some difficulty understanding that personrsquos Map-of-the--World And when this is of great importance

You do not need to go very deep in this exercise Because it is NLP even done in a soft way it can be very powerful to your client helping her to see an aspect of the situation that she hadnrsquot seen or reflected on before

STEP 1 ndash The client explains what is going on (she can speak freely without any restrictions You ask questions to understand the reality of the situation)

STEP 2 ndash The Coach suggests this perceptual positions exercise (it is just an invitation If the client does not want to do not continue)

STEP 3 ndash The Coach asks the client to choose two spots represen-ting the two standpoints (you can put a sheet of paper at each spot) and to imagine that the other person is at one of them

STEP 4 ndash The client speaks facing the other spot as if the person was there and acts as herself (The Coach guides with questions ldquoHow did that make you feel What would you like to tell herrdquo etc)

STEP 5 ndash Pause and ldquoshake outrdquo the client and share the question of the game of imagination

STEP 6 ndash The client recalls a childhood game she used to play and describes it a little We then use this as a metaphor to explain that we will now do the same Just a game where we use our imagination The Coach repeats that the per-son with whom the client has a challenge is there at the other spot

STEP 7 ndash The client goes over to the other spot and the Coach helps her go deeper into that role through guiding questions

STEP 8 ndash The client chooses whether she wants to return to her starting position and add something say something more She may go back and forth as many times as she wishes

STEP 9 ndash When done the Coach suggests to the client to stand on a chair and states ldquoYou are now in a neutral position a higher position What would you call this position (Allow the client to choose a name) Seen from above what do you have to say about this situation What would you say to (clientrsquos name) and to (the other personrsquos name) How would you solve this situation How can (clientrsquos name) solve this situationrdquo

RAPPORT

70

71

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

STEP 10 ndash After the client is done with the third (neutral) position the Coach takes the client off the papers

STEP 11 ndash The Coach can then use the following questions to debrief the exercise

3 ldquoHow was the exercise for you 3 ldquoWhat did you learnrdquo 3 ldquoIs there anything you could do differentlyrdquo

STEP 12 ndash Lead the client to an action (a first small step towards sol-ving the situation) and then funnel it

REMEMBER always undock the client from the different roles the client can do the exercise eyes opened or closed

TO ACKNOWLEDGE Acknowledge the client very very very much for having volunteered and shown vulnerability

This exercise serves mainly as a metaphor for the Coach striving to master Perceptual Positions (understanding and being able to go into different psyches)

CONCLUSION The Coach is a master of perceptual positions She knows how to see the different angles of the same situation She sees everything from different angles

PEMS

Life is all about relationships the relationships we have with ourselves and with others Some people instinctively relate better to themselves and others relate really well to others There are those who relate well to almost everything and everyone and others who are unable to relate with anyone This affects their personal and professional life

Is there any way to consciously improve the relationships that instinc-tively do not work Of course

When we grasp the logic of the mind of another person we can better interact with it and even influence it Psychology is power And if we apply on ourselves it becomes even more powerful and interesting The better we know ourselves and the logic of our mind the better we will be able to help ourselves and achieve our goals

Carl Gustav Jung a Swiss psychiatrist and founder of analytical psychology focused on studying social and collective archetypes He identified eight psychological types taking into account peoplersquos beha-viour abilities skills attitudes and motivations

He began by distinguishing between extraverted (social and expansive) and introverted (reserved and reflective) people Each of them could then be connected to two out of the four functions of the psyche sen-sing or intuition thinking or feeling

In the 40rsquos decade Isabel Myers and Katharine Briggs continued Jungrsquos work and added two auxiliary functions to the Jungian types percep-tion and judgement Thereby arriving at 16 psychological types or 16 personality types Later a personality test was created ndash The Myers--Briggs Type Indicator or MBTI - which is still the most commonly used tool for identifying different personality types

Based on Jungrsquos work we have created a model called PEMS which will help us better understand the logic of our own mind and of the people around us

In this model we distinguish four dominant preferences (P-E-M-S) which correspond to the four elements of life

PRACTICAL (the body DOING Activity Action related to the ele-ment of EARTH) - corresponds to someone that is earthly active dynamic practical that does a lot In excess these are people who never stop to consider their actions

EMOTIONAL (the heart FEELING Feelings Love related to the element of WATER) - corresponds to someone who nee-ds people relations who gives a lot to others and seeks affection In excess these are people who might be overly sensitive

RAPPORT

72

73

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

MENTAL (the mind THINKING Analysis Intellect Logic related to the element of AIR) - corresponds to someone who values analysis rationalization and uses logic and who always fo-cuses on making the right decision In excess these are people who might become impersonal and cold

SPIRITUAL (the soul BEING Values Existence related to the ele-ment of FIRE) - corresponds to someone who thinks that everything has meaning and a higher purpose These are people who care very much about values In excess they can fluctuate too much and concretize too little

The four logics of the mind that we have identified are also based on the four elements

Practical ndash EARTH (firm solid stable secure strong dense)Emotional ndash WATER (flexible always coming back to herself)Mental ndashAIR (transparent lightweight fast facilitates communica-

tion)Spiritual ndash FIRE (burning fleeting transforming powerful)

Thus in a very simplified manner we can divide people into four ca-tegories

PRACTICAL PEOPLE (P) ndash THEY LIKE TO ACT AND DOThese are the people who like action movement They are the ones who make the world move As friends or clients they may want to go straight to the point try things and learn about practical matters The greatest fear of these practical persons is losing control They like to feel that they are in control of the situation of the pace of the conver-sation and of the surroundings

HELP THEM ALWAYS FEEL IN CONTROL

EMOTIONAL PEOPLE (E) ndash THEY LIKE FEELING AND RELATINGThese are people who love people and sharing feelings Everything is an emotion for them And they feel things about everything and everyo-ne Let them talk about their family friends dogs neighbours etchellip

They will talk mostly about people and what they are feeling Their greatest fear is loosing empathy They like to feel reliable and they want to relate

HELP THEM FEEL EMPATHY TOWARDS YOU

MENTAL PEOPLE (M) ndash THEY LIKE TO THINK AND TO ANALYSEThese are people who like to analyze and who try to put everything into a box into a certain perspective They are precise and meticulous They like detail to study and analyze all possibilities They donrsquot fear debating (quite the contrary) and discussing they love the exchanging ideas and arguments but they need to end up being right or get a very good explanation to why the other is right A mental person is always striving to make the best decision Their greatest fear is to be wrong they like to feel that they are correct and that they are making deci-sions based on logic and rational thinking

HELP THEM FEEL THAT THEY ARE RIGHT

SPIRITUAL PEOPLE (S) ndash THEY LIKE TO BE AND TO GLOWThey are looking for the greater purpose of things They believe that everything has a reason for being the way it is that there are no coin-cidences and itrsquos that quest that moves them They give great meaning to every situation always looking for ldquotherdquo situation The greater the meaning the greater their motivation Their biggest fear is to have no meaning That it is to not be significant or ldquoshinerdquo in any way They need to feel conscious and whole

HELP THEM FEEL THAT THEY ARE MEANINGFUL

Although we all have and use a portion of these four categories in the different contexts or times of our life one of them is predominant in us Identifying it is important for managing and interacting with life and with others since it is the best and the fastest way of accessing the Map-of-the-world of someone and speaking a language that that per-son recognizes and accepts as her own

RAPPORT

74

75

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

In fact we are all one but we are all different and we must understand these differences to be able to deal with others People who are more emotional behave and interact in a totally opposite manner from mental people the same way that most practical people interact in a way that is opposite to spiritual people

The EMOTIONAL person is micro-MACRO Transforms everything that is small into something big Everything is important everything is emotional From the simple ldquogood morningrdquo to hearing ldquoI love yourdquo every day For an emotional person a discussion is always a tsuna-mi Therefore itrsquos the emotional persons who with their micro-Macro sense make birthdays a special day and receive small things with gre-at love

The MENTAL person is MACRO-micro transforms everything that is big into something small She makes it more complex by simplifying it For example this very PEMS model is MACRO-micro as it strives to make the hugeness of the personality types into something much smaller creating only four categories for all human beings The mental person also feels less and give less importance to her feelings

The SPIRITUAL person is MACRO-MACRO she takes everything that is already big and turns it even bigger more meaningful more im-portant more relevant Almost everything is a question of values of making the world a better place and interpretations that go far beyond reality A simple leaf falling off a tree can represent a new phase in life for a spiritual person

The PRACTICAL person is micro-micro turns everything into small and simple lsquoright here and right nowrsquo matters They act Right now with what they have They donrsquot feel the need to enlarge what is small and they donrsquot care much about great concepts If the five senses can help them grasp a situation everything is fine

THE PREDOMINANT LOGIC OF OUR PSYCHEThe most practical way of finding out is to notice how we behave in a stressful situation Each of us when under stress often react in a way that is very close to our basic personality type

Practical people act react move around organize themselves put their hands to work and do not rest until they manage to move things forward

The emotional people feel and feel a lot If a situation is stressful diffi-cult and negative they will have difficult and negative emotions they will feel what others feel and they will want to manage these emotions in the moment

People that are predominantly mental will under stress begin to ratio-nalize need logical answers be fast and analytical They donrsquot want to solve anything through feelings they donrsquot want to act they are only concerned with finding the right and correct decision and struggle until they get it

Finally the predominantly spiritual people will want to give a greater meaning to that particular event What has to be done what people feel or what the right solution is doesnrsquot matter what matters is why things happened the way they did and what the greater significance of that may be

RAPPORT

76

77

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

Identify the psychological type of the client can help the coach to anticipate and understand expectations

MAIN SUPERIOR FUNCTION AND AUXILIARY INFERIOR FUNCTION

According to Carl Jung while we all have one function that is better developed than the others ndash a superior function ndash we also have another fairly well developed function called the first auxiliary

All of us have a bit of each one of the psychologies but there are always two that are predominant a main one which Jung calls the superior function and an auxiliary one that lies at the bottom of the cross shown on the previous page which is always to the right or left of our superior one

The inferior function is one that is less developed and that remains mainly in our unconscious

Thus a person who is predominantly Practical may have as her auxi-liary function the emotional or mental logic thus being PE or PM

A person who is predominantly Mental may have as her auxiliary func-tion the spiritual or practical logic thus being MS or MP

A person who is predominantly Spiritual may have as her auxiliary function the emotional or mental logic thus being SE or SM

And a person who is predominantly Emotional may have as her auxilia-ry function the spiritual or practical logic thus being ES or EP

This all means that we are situated in one of the following categories

3 Practical Emotional or Emotional Practical 3 Practical Mental or Mental Practical 3 Spiritual Emotional or Emotional Spiritual 3 Spiritual Mental or Mental Spiritual

As you may have noticed according to Jung there are no EMME or PSSP That is one canrsquot have as her first auxiliary function the func-tion that is opposite to the superior one

Carl Jung said that we should look closely at our inferior function whi-ch usually remains in our unconscious because it contains an enor-mous potential for a change and each one of us can benefit a lot from integrating our inferior function with our superior one

Taking risks experimenting enjoying everything that life has to offer is the best way of getting to know ourselves and realizing where our happiness lies (ldquoTrate a Vida por Turdquo paacuteg 74)

INTROVERSION AND EXTROVERSION Introversion and extroversion have to do with the direction in which we focus our attention and energy

People who prefer Extroversion focus their energy and attention away from themselves and are interested in the world of people and things

3 Attracted to the world of events and people outside of themsel-ves

3 They are aware of who and what is around them 3 They like to meet and talk to new people 3 They are friendly often good talkers and easy to get to know 3 They tend to talk easily and often in meetings 3 May not be as aware of what goes on inside them 3 They think while talking 3 They may act or speak first and only think later 3 Speaking about themselves they speak fast 3 They bring energy into life 3 They can get bored and restless if they are alone for too long

People who prefer Introversion (focus their energy and attention inward and are interested in the inner world of thoughts and reflections)

3 Attracted to the inner world of thoughts feelings and reflections 3 They are usually very aware of their inner reactions 3 They prefer to interact with people they know 3 They are usually quiet in meetings and sometimes seem disen-

gaged

RAPPORT

78

79

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

3 They are generally reserved and hard to get to know 3 They may not be as aware of the world outside of them 3 They need time to gather their thoughts before they speak 3 They reflect and think before acting 3 They want to know you before allowing you to get to know them

deeply 3 They feel exhausted and tired after interacting with peoples

FINAL NOTE you must be what your client is You have to find that person inside you

LEARNING STYLESAs we saw with the previous PEMS model our clients will have diffe-rent psychological preferences It is therefore important and essential that you are able to adapt your sessions to the learning style that your client likes best and that better meets her psychological preference

EMOTIONAL Emotional clients will like to talk and share on their to-pics They are very much looking for a relationship and empathy with the Coach and they need to feel heard more than any of the other personality types For these persons learning has a lot to do with the relationship that is created with the feeling of support that they get and even with the positive feedback They like to learn through stories As a Coach it is important to learn to empathize with the emotional range of these persons They will appreciate the sharing to tell stories and to listen to them With emotional clients we may sometimes feel that we are not taking huge steps forward But the fact is that many times these persons need to first be listened to

MENTAL Mental clients will be more logical and may have a more aca-demic style of learning They will want to understand the reasons why things are what they are they will want to get tasks involving research on certain subjects The sessions with these people must be well defi-ned and prepared They will want to explore their intellectual side and feel challenged It is important for them to have access to information and tools that explain the work they are doing in the sessions in a con-crete and logical manner Of course they also need to empathize but the intellectual challenge feeling that their intellect is develops appears to be greater They may like schemes graphics and any models that

could simplify the learning process What these persons will demand of you is a greater capacity to analyse and a logical and rational way of communicating

SPIRITUAL this is for most people the most difficult learning style to adopt Remember that these persons are seeking the greater meaning of things They really want to feel inspired by the coaching process (and even by their Coach) They will want to see that you are an exam-ple of what you talk about so called congruence Spiritual persons will enjoy topics that are more related to values to their identity that make them feel that they are taking steps towards becoming better hu-man beings With these clients you can use powerful metaphors (even through movies music creative exercises etc) and above all strive to make sure that the person leaves the session very inspired

PRACTICAL They like action Which is great because coaching is pri-marily about action These persons like to have very practical sessions in which they get the opportunity to do many exercises and experiment with different situations They may be the clients that like getting more tasks and having things to do (which then sometimes ldquogets lostrdquo due to their time management) These clients will require more simplicity and a well-paced session from you They may also like to do exercises that involve moving their body Above all they will want you to help them get into action

As we deal with these four kinds of preferences we need to adapt our Coaching style to the learning style that each person has Thus we should prepare a lot their sessions and realize that some will require from you

3 Greater sharing and ability to listen and relate (e) 3 Researching mastering the subject very well and knowing how

to mentally stimulate your client with challenges (m) 3 Powerful metaphors very inspirational sessions and congruen-

ce that assign meaning to the Coaching process (s) 3 Practical exercises diversified well rhythmed sessions that

help your client to quickly get into action (p)

RAPPORT

80

81

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING ROOTS

LEVEL 5 - PERSON TO PERSONThis is the fifth level of rapport the deepest and more intense one It happens when the level of rapport is a total vibration Itrsquos when the client feels such a confidence by her Coach empathy and sympathy Itrsquos the hardest level to evaluate

Itrsquos when your client feels so much connected to you that depending on her your relationship would go beyond Coaching She no longer wants the Coach she wants you You no longer understand only the person she feels that you know about her You donrsquot understand psychology you understand who she is

It is very similar to the rapport level you have with 23 of very close persons in your life Everything is natural unconscious and sponta-neous

VIII ROOTS

Every human being seeks to get results Mo-ney Family Romance Peace Happiness

Career Health All we want in life is to have results in those areas

The Map-of-the-World Model is used to work on roots - your

roots as a Coach It shows us how does the psyche of all of us works As a Coach no one

should surprise you about yourself You should know you well know everything about yourself This is what itrsquos called a rooted person

click the video to see it

82

83

BELIEFSTRANSFORMATIVE COACHING

ROSA 20 M - AIR - THINK

VALUESHOLISTIC COACHING

ROSA 30 S - FIRE - BE

COACHING 40

WORLD MAP MODEL

being th

e moment

passi

on en

ergy

demotiv

ation

empowering beliefs

limiting rules

relation air(comunication)

coach is priestisnacutet

1 value focus

UNSUSTAINABLESUSTAINABLE

SECURITY

SELF LOVE

CONSCIOUSNESS

PERSONAL DEVEL

FREEDOM

LOVEBELOVED

BLISS

CONTRIBUTION

P

E

M

S

BEHAVIORROSA 10

SITUATIONAL COACHING

P - EARTH - DO

EMOTIONSREMEDY COACHING

ROSA 10 + LISTEN E - WATER - FEEL

RESULTS

ability to

enter

in st

ate

emotional

patter

ns

habits and discipline

addictions

coach is bossisnacutet

coach is friendisnacutet

1 Homework focus

optimism faithpositive

meditation

key points focusused to interrupt the fear cycle

coach is coach

HUMAN HAVINGHUMAN BEING

UNSUSTAINABLEEGOTISTICAL

STRETCH ZONE

SUSTAINABLEECOLOGICALSTRETCH ZONE

SHORT TERMLONG TERM

CYCLE OF CONFIDENCECYCLE OF FEAR

CONSCIOUS

SUBCONSCIOUS

UNCONSCIOUS

84

85

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

So the first question is why some are getting results while others are not

ACTIONS BEHAVIORSThis means that anyone who is having results is because she is ldquodoingrdquo ie behaving differently from other people who are having no results in those areas For example a millionaire DOES things that people who are not millionaires donrsquot For example saving investing etc Someone with a great health is DOING things that people that donrsquot have a good health are not What we are doing is making the difference Two people in the same circumstances that do exactly the same actions have the same kind of results People who have the results you wanna have ARE DOING THINGS TO GET THEM

So the next question is what leads some people to DO and others to not do

EMOTIONSEverything you do in your life is a relationship between pain and pleasure What happens is that someone who goes running at 6 am associates more pain with lsquonot goingrsquo than with lsquogoingrsquo Who is going to the gym asso-ciates more pleasure than pain with going to the gym in the morning That relationship between pain and pleasure is what is defining your results If we dramatically increase the pain or the pleasure associated we will get to change your results

As so what is then defining that painpleasure relationship

BELIEFSThe reason is because of our beliefs of what we believe in Our beliefs are our set of rules for the world and for our lives Your set of beliefs in fact is defining your painpleasure relationship with something and then your actions A millionaire believes that saving is essential that investing and taking risks is necessary This set of beliefs leads himher to associa-te more pleasure than pain with having these behaviors and therefore heshe implements them Other people have other beliefs that create other

emotions that create other results People who are achieving results in areas that you arenrsquot have a beliefs system different from yours

And then it seems logical to ask so what is defining and creating your set of beliefs

VALUESWhat is a value Itrsquos something that is important to you something you re-ally value The only thing that determines a value is if it is valuable to you Not all of us share the same values (Example the values of Mother Teresa and Donald Trump Contribution vs Professional Accomplishment) What you really value and not what you say that you value You value it so much that it generates your set of beliefs In fact when you live your values in practice (on a daily basis) you are defining your life results Not what you would like to value but what you are really valorizing In fact we all have the same values What differs is the order and the importance we give to each one of them

For example if someone has the value of the family above the value of work she will have the belief that it is more important to spend time with her family causing her to develop a positive feeling when she is with her family which leads her to really try to spend more time with it On the other hand someone who has the value of work above the family one will be someone who believes she should spend more time with her work and career as she believes it is that that will bring her more financial stabi-lity for example So she will associate more pleasure to the time spent at work than at home causing her to act accordingly to that emotion For example Donald Trump and Mother Teresa of Calcutta havenrsquot they got different values One probably values more lsquoprofessional fulfillmentrsquo the other values more lsquocontributionrsquo Different results Sure One has one of the largest business empires in the world the other left the largest volun-teer organization in the world

So in reality the values you are living in practice (what you are valuing in practice) are defining your results

This alone already explains a good part of the psyche of human beings But letrsquos go deeper

ROOTS

Having roots is to control the cycle of trust

86

87

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

To have roots the coach has to identify

her motivators and values create beliefs and habits and learn

to place herself in a state

CYCLE OF CONFIDENCE AND CYCLE OF FEAREveryone has Cycles of Fear in some areas and Cycles of Confidence in other areas

How do you know it If you are having or not results in that area In the areas of your life where you are getting results you are living in a Cycle of Confidence In the areas where yoursquore not you are living in a Cycle of Fear What does this means is that you have behavioral addic-tions or that you are doing things in a vicious way you are in a sort of a mice wheel Those addictions start by creating emotional patterns on you (feelings that you are having whether you want it or not for instan-ce jealousy when it becomes a pattern no matter what the other does that emotion will keep being there it is an emotion that happens to you) and those emotional patterns generate limiting rules We use the words ldquorulesrdquo because in reality limiting beliefs are created because they have a very large set of rules And this generates demotivation An addiction creates an emotional pattern that creates rules limiting which create demotivation and discourage us to move and change This Cycle of Fear is being lived FROM RESULTS TO VALUES and not in the other and right way The bad news are that we all have Cycles of Fear The areas in which we are not having results is because we are afraid but we paint it in other colors Irsquom afraid Irsquom demotivated I have emotional patterns and I have limiting rules

For you to gain roots you need to recognize these cycles You need to break it if you want results but if you want roots you need to recognize them Good news you can break Cycles of Fear

Second good news you have Cycles of Confidence You also unders-tand the other psychology So what is a Cycle of Confidence

You start by having the capacity of creating Discipline and Habits you get the ability to get into a certain and desired state (eg being happy to go training I want to create that emotion I visualize it it is the op-posite of an emotional pattern the pattern happens to you Think of a boxer who puts herself into her wanted state before entering in a ring You have empowering beliefs (when you believe in something that cre-ates more of it) This creates energy passion being in the moment Being with energy and passion and in the moment brings me empowe-ring beliefs which put me in the emotional state I want and provide me

habits and discipline The good news you have these cycles in areas that you are getting results Think in one area You have these four things right

Having these cycles itrsquos called being human First part on lsquorootsrsquo is about knowing your Cycles of Fear and Confidence and admit them to yourself to those you love to the others And having the courage to say that it doesnrsquot work because of FEAR And there is a way to break this cycle When you have roots you stop projecting it in your clients

There is a way of finding your values in a very logical way knowing which human motivators drive your behavior

8 HUMAN MOTIVATORSMaslov pyramid he was the first to talk about human needs He is outda-ted because it defines a hierarchy He places self-fulfillment at the top This model is very much focused on Maslovrsquos map-of-the-world who was an MS If it is a PE he may have lsquofamilyrsquo in the top and that is not wrong Still there are things that all humans need

So with all these models we created the 8 human motivators they are divided in four paradoxes one for each of the PEMS The first paradox is security freedom

Each one of us was born with a set of motivators You are ldquoaddictedrdquo on one side of the paradox You have to fulfill that need even if you have to abdicate of the other one

ROOTS

SECURITY

SELF LOVE

CONSCIOUSNESS

PERSONAL DEVEL

FREEDOM

LOVEBELOVED

BLISS

CONTRIBUTION

P

E

M

S

88

89

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

The main lesson is the more you live the other side of the paradox the more you will live your addiction as well What happens is that you can only get more of your addiction when you learn to validate the other side of the paradox This is what Jung calls ldquoparadoxes integrationrdquo be the millionaire and the altruistic Be the mother of family and career etc Only when you integrate the other energy is when it boosts the one that is more natural to you

For other persons it happens the same with security and all other pa-radoxes The suggestion is Irsquom addicted on this but I can pause and I can go exploring the other side What you have to figure out is your map (draw in the lsquoinfinite signsrsquo which side of the paradoxes is bigger) Your map is about how much you need to fill each side of the paradox

So YOUR HUMAN MOTIVATORS ARE DEFINING YOUR VALUES AND YOUR VALUES ARE DEFINING YOUR RESULTS

You can have everything on one of the sides of the paradox if yoursquore willing to face the fear of losing it

All people fill their motivators The difference between us is how sus-tainable is that satisfaction Unsustainable means that every day you

EXERCISE Do your map How do you discover Based on major decisions you made in your life Example work home relationships etc

have to feed them Imagine a homeless person he meets hisher secu-rity needs (eating and having where to sleep) but he has to do it every day Now compare with Donald Trump If you see the freedom part it probably happens the opposite

3 SUSTAINABLE it feeds itself It is something that can continue without the need for external resources It is ecological based on challenge and paradoxes integration

3 UNSUSTAINABLE you need to do it every day it is selfish ba-sed on comfort and extremist You do it like it was a daily shot

Example father and daughter about going out at night (to satisfy sa-fety and to love and be loved) Father says no hersquos being selfish and within his comfort zone The same father after coming to this course ldquoYoursquore going to the party until 2230 You send me an sms saying that everything is ok and at 2230 Irsquoll pick yourdquo This continues for some time Father goes on diminishing the rules Now hersquos being ecological entering his challenge zone and integrating paradoxes To feel safe as a father he has to give some freedom To feel loved he has to give them some self love Now his motivators are sustainable and has a sustai-nable system that feeds itself To arrive to a deeper level of security he needs to take the risk that comes from giving more freedom

DIAGONAL CONTINUOUS LINEThis line shows us that working above the line ie the clientrsquos beha-viors andor emotions is short-term and unsustainable In this case only the techniques are worked There are immediate results but with no major impact and duration Like when we are called to do motiva-tional speaking or teambuildingrsquos People feel better and do things but the results have a short duration

This does not imply that it is wrong to do Coaching based on these two areas For example in a quick conversation with a friend we can do Situational Coaching (based on behaviours) in order to get her to do something that has been postponing If the action has been made and it was what was intended to be then you did your role as Coach The Remedy Coaching is also important sometimes which consists on making the other person to leave the session feeling good thinking more positive at the time having had an opportunity to digest an emo-tion

ROOTS

90

91

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

Below the continuous line is where lies the deepest work The one that will actually be sustainable and with long-term results This is where we work values and beliefs it is where we go deep to the point where in fact we shift paradigms The client in this type of Coaching change her beliefs and values turning to be a really different person in opposition to what happens above the line where only the emotions or behaviors are changed but the client continues to be what she was

ICEBERGWith the iceberg image it is understood that the behavior is the conscious part of the human being the only thing that the client can see and analyze Everything else emotions beliefs and values are at the clientrsquos unconscious But as a Coa-ch I must and I want to work also the unconscious because as we saw above this is where it lies the sustainable and long-term work

When we help our clients shifting their paradigms beliefs emotions or values we are working with their unconscious Your client will not like this at some point in the process The unconscious will realize that she will have to change and this will cause the first resistance Knowing how to overcome this is essential to the Coachrsquos work so she can de-liver sustainable results

Conscious Mind keeps all the information which you can access now

Unconscious Mind keeps all the information that has ever passed through your brain It is also a kind of a warning system for you

The information passes from the unconscious to the conscious mind through the subconscious It goes dropping into deeper levels of our mind Very qui-ckly your clients will want to turn you into one of three things

Friend ndash They want someone who listens to them who is patient with them who is always there with whom they can always count and talk Most of your clients will want to have you here that you turn into a sort of confi-dant that supports them but does not challenge them too much But you are not there to be a friend

Boss ndash Many will seek in the Coach someone to tell them what to do who provides them specific guidance who pressures them who ldquopunishrdquo them when they donrsquot have their homework done Someone who is even more committed with their results than themselves But yoursquore also not there to be a Boss

Priest ndash Others will want a kind of a weekly confession session That you absolve the mistakes theyrsquove made du-ring the week that you tell them everything is fine and that it doesnrsquot matter we are all human and we all make mistakes You are not there to be a kind of spiritual le-ader of your client and to absolve him You are there to be

Coach - The Coach has an ldquoAirrdquo relationship with the client ie mental of communication becau-se it is a conversation where you listen and ask where there is intellectual stimulation In the map--of-the-world scheme the Coachrsquos sketch is in the quadrant of beliefs It is a ldquomind with mindrdquo work

It is important to know this because with the sessions going clients tend to try their Coach to become a friend (wateremotions) a boss (earthbehaviors) or even a priest (firevalues) However the Coach should avoid the mistake of behaving like one of these three types You are there to be a Coach

Notes In Informal Coaching with friends colleagues family remember that first thatrsquos what you are and only then you are a Coach Therefore you should not give prevalence to the Coach but to the relationship you have with that person otherwise you would violate the pact that exists between the two

ROOTS

92

93

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

4 TYPES OF COACHINGBased on these four quadrants there are four types of Coaching

Situational Coaching ndash The one that is done immediate-ly during the situation with the sole purpose of lea-ding it to an action It usually consists of a brief con-versation where a ROSA 10 is done Your client has a situation that week that really needs to be addressed Ex a proposal that she needs to present a college exam for which she has to study Itrsquos not bad Coaching and it is often necessary Only it is more superficial

Remediative Coaching ndash As the name says it suits when we have to put a ldquobandageointmentrdquo on the emotions The goal is the client to feel good at the end of the session without having to go deeply on the problem Itrsquos the typical conver-sation where the client unburdens and your only goal is to make her feel a little better Sometimes it may be and it often is necessary

Ex the past week your client has discussed with someone important to her or something happened that greatly dealt with her emotions Your first focus should be to help her to unburden and to feel better We used ROSA 10 + Unburden

Transformative Coaching ndash Here the goal is not just making the client to feel better but that she can change the way she sees her life and herself Here we mainly work on beliefs ie the client stops believing in some things to start believing in another ones She shifts paradigm Coaching is now much more sustainable and with long--term results It undergoes through more complete ses-sions where ROSA 20 is done

Holistic Coaching ndash This is the kind of Coaching that involves the whole being of the client all her areas and valences ie her values The entire psyche is worked We are working the whole Human Being and not only a part of it Even the motivators are worked We use ROSA 30 and we work a lot on paradoxes integration

KEY POINTSWe said earlier that we all have Cycles of Fear and that we can change them to Cycles of Confidence How

Imagine that you have a turnscrew and a bicycle wheel is malfunctio-ning You will then put the turnscrew into one of the four key points and then yoursquoll pull and force the wheel to move in the right direction to-wards the Cycle of Confidence And very important you donrsquot take out the turnscrew until the Cycle (the wheel) rotates in the right direction

What are then the Four Key Points You can really choose only one

VALUE FOCUS At this point you will choose a key value for you whi-ch you canrsquot leave to live in practice Whatever happens you canrsquot take the turnscrew from there For instance imagine that you are experien-cing serious financial difficulties and you decide that lsquoValue Focusrsquo is your point Imagine that you choose ldquosavingrdquo as the value that has to be experienced in practice Then whenever you have to make a decision that involves spending money you know what to do You canrsquot in any way stop living this value until the cycle begins to rotate in the oppo-site direction and gets sustainable

POSITIVITY If you want to work at the level of beliefs yoursquoll start to develop this empowering belief base BEING POSITIVE You must be a positive person with faith who believes that everything will go well who says only positive things about herself and the others who sees and is focused on everything positive that is going around her And when the bad days or the bad news are coming and you feel the need to say something negative you shut up And you say something positive

EMOTION FOCUS Imagine that there is an emotion that makes your Cycle of Fear to happen (an emotional pattern) In this key point you will choose an emotion that you would like to learn to cause in yourself learning how to get yourself into that state Imagine that you have been feeling too much anger in your Cycle of Fear and want to feel harmony instead You want to learn how to get into that emotional state You start feeling the opposite emotion and you do something to manage to be in an harmony state (you listen to a song that gets yourself into that state you put your boxing gloves you jump you meditate you close

ROOTS

94

95

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

your eyes you read a poem as Mandela did )

HOMEWORK FOCUS Here you will define a homework that until itrsquos done you wonrsquot do anything else Imagine that you have a Cycle of Fear in relation to health that you define lsquoHomework Focusrsquo as the key point and your homework is running every day Until you manage to do it nothing else matters All of your strategies are directioned so that your homework is being done as soon as possible

In the end all of the four key points have to do with absolute focus

Value ndash Focus on the most important value Until that value is being lived we wonrsquot move on

Positivity (Faith Optimism) ndash Focus on the positive emotions Un-til she gets optimistic we wonrsquot move on

Emotion (Meditation) ndash Focus on pleasure Until she feels more ple-asure than pain we wonrsquot move on

Homework ndash Focus on action Until the homework gets done we wonrsquot move on

VERY IMPORTANTYou as a coach do not have to guess your clientrsquos map-of-the-world or even her PEMS but you have to explore it aside of her You will only master her Map-of-the-World when you understand your own (creating roots) because you will never learn anything about yourself with your client you will never discover anything about you because shersquos the one who discovers it being real or not You Coach you must be hum-ble enough to know that you know nothing about your client and you shouldnrsquot try to guess anything It is the customer who gets there alone

Therefore the more knowledge you have about your own map-of-the--world together with Rapport and ROSA the more intense will be your Coaching because the more you will be able to help your client The goal is that you have the tools in yourself so you can help her In other words this tool is for you to deepen your roots and thus know when you need to do only ROSA or go searching for the Key Points or to use

another method For instance if a client has as her main challenge to be promoted then therersquos no logical on working on Cycles of Fear but to make a ROSA and move forward On the other hand if you see that there is a Cycle of Fear then you should find the key point so you can work on it

I canrsquot help the others if I canrsquot help myself first

ROOTS

values (I am)

during session

clientcoach rosa unconscious

Beliefs (I think)

between sessions

co-coach rosa 30

emotions (I feel)

leverage slice

self coaching rosa 20behavior (I do)

holistic

coaching to others rosa 10M

S

E

P

96

97

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING RESULTS

IX RESULTS

Results are super important in the Coa-ching process There is simply no Coa-

ching if there are no results and thatrsquos why they are at the center of the

triangle of the four Rrsquos Everything we do whether is ROSA creating

Roots or building Rapport it is done with the purpose of get-ting results at the end of the sessions

This is what distinguishes the most Coaching from other practices As a Coach you must become obsessed with your clients results Not only that they do their homeworks but also how close did Coaching took them closer to their Guru Objective how much it has improved their leverage slice of the Pizza and other slices as well We also try to assess the sustainability of those results We donrsquot want them just to get there but also that they keep there

Coaching is about results and you must take this premise very seriou-sly You have been hired to make them reach some goals Become obsessed with it

It is not so easy to evaluate results in a metric way in the world of Co-aching but it proves to be very important Not only with Life Coaching but also with Business Coaching We must find a way to demonstrate that our work has had results in practice

That was the reason why we have created the Results Model

Our level of competence is equal to our worst level of performance

RESULTS MODELIt is possible to define results through the four metrics

lsquoSrsquo AXIS (SPIRITUAL) WE EVALUATE THE PROCESS IMPACT ON THE CLIENT

Behavior (I DO) When the client throughout the process changes one or more behaviors She does now due to the sessions different things that she didnrsquot before

Emotions (I FEEL) When the client feels happier more self-confi-dent fulfilled etc She has now different and more positive emotions due to the Coaching process

98

99

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

Beliefs (I THINK) When there is a change of belief (I used to belie-ve I was not a good person and now I believe I am) When the client used to believe in something and she started to believe in something different There was a paradigm shift She used to see something in a certain way and now she sees it in a more empowering way

Values (I AM) When the Coach manages to help the client to change her values ie the person she is This happens for exam-ple when the client starts to put more emphasis on family than on work or when she accepts and believes that she is a healthy and different person and that nothing will change that now She values different things todat due to the Coa-ching process

lsquoErsquo AXIS (EMOTIONAL) WE EVALUATE THE CLIENTrsquoS AUTONOMY

Level 1 Coach (CoachClient Relationship) Itrsquos the Coach who controls the situation There is a formal relationship be-tween Coach and Client and the session is controlled and oriented by the Coach

Level 2 Coach (Co-Coach) The Client already acts as a Coach during the sessions This happens for example when the client already knows that she is supposed to also say po-sitive things on the Reality part that is she already knows what to do in each step She already takes the initiative The relationship is more about cooperation now and the Client start becoming autonomous

Level 3 Coach (Self-Coaching) When the Client already does Self--Coaching at home not being asked to This is a fantastic moment because she already has the tools and the Coach is there to help and support

Level 4 Coach (Coach to others) When the Client comes to a ses-sion and tells us she has done Coaching with someone else (with her child for instance) This person came to us to be helped however she is already using our tools to help so-

RESULTS

meone else She is totally independent It is every Coachrsquos dream

lsquoMrsquo AXIS (MENTAL) WE EVALUATE THE CLIENTrsquoS CONTENTS ASSIMILATION

Uses Rosa 10 language o cliente usa palavras como Realidade objetivos soluccedilotildees accedilotildees fazem hoje parte do seu leacutexico

Uses Rosa 20 language the client uses terms such as guru objec-tives baby objectives measurable beliefs paradigm shif-ting brainstorming etc

Uses Rosa 30 language she refers terms like emotional patterns cycles of fear and confidence values dilemma etc

Uses unconscious Rosa language when many of these terms are so ingrained in the clientrsquos language that she thinks she will use them for the rest of her life

lsquoPrsquo AXIS (PRACTICE) WE EVALUATE RESULTS IN PRACTICE

During the Session I can manage the client to get results only du-ring the session It is a Coaching session that has no power to influence the client outside it

Between Sessions It mostly happens when the client is doing her homeworks It means that what happened during the ses-sion touched her with enough strength to get her to realize she has to do something and that she is doing something outside the sessions

Leverage Slice It happens when the client fulfills her Leverage Slice and achieves the goal that brought her to Coaching or when her satisfaction in that slice has dramatically im-proved

Holistic When the client improves satisfaction in multiple slices as a result of the sessions including the leverage slice It was a process that had an impact on the whole being and not just in one area of her life

100

101

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

You can make this model with your client on the last session you have together You can also make a self-assessment to compare with it When you measure these four levels of results you will have access to check what level of Coaching you had on that specific process

COACHING LEVELThe Coaching Level that you have delivered is always proportional to your lowest result Even if you have three axes at level 3 and have only one at a level 2 Coaching has been 20 This is valuable information to you as a Coach because it gives you an idea of axes that are easier for you to work and others that you may have to further strengthen

Level 4 Coaching is something that is not achieved with all clients There must be a great empathy and rapport as well as a mastery on the Coaching technique that has been taught in the training course and presented in this manual

Gulica ego catia caperum dem inem cus Fortes et L Nos et grae avehem Romnit acto egeris cis sultod pratum voltum iam hos ublius hactam atemus essede con vas optilis factor aus nem ad cae estil hos me patus re verisse inatuus

Udam deperfecrem nermis etraed me int ela remulibut rem loctusquo cum mus auciem vivehem uresull emquissent eti primperescit ina que ia consiss entium pulerit con vendam morei sentes inatil vit ia quam mus licaudemus factem dum eo ura ex muro nenit quo vilnes-tium Catimportus pati postalarit vis coena fui sa consu consceribus Satquid ertienatus contere essimis ut vis aus iliciam quo in dissimis Ra num deatiqua vere con sentius et in spio pes Tiaetin videlisquam mus viliam que conum is larbit etora notimolto nos et duc omnimus opublicae convo C Nos vivica Catus hos vivas aurnihil hui terfint imorter labus hostam res inequod nerem tabute telieni hilicaessil ven-tem nonsulis

Berteropubit diisquium iteriti emprit teludam hilicid erfentiur tem huis

Hum pro vidiusquem paterevid sedis factatu rnihilla rem publicave Ca-terev irissoltis re aurei pere anum teluder ficepse essercem octuusque mis tum inam pra vivid rei condamdiis hacies Ipio verei sendamdis

TOOLS amp TECHNIQUES

X TOOLS AND TECHNIQUES

If you master well the model of the four Rrsquos for us you already are a fantastic Coach If you can master some stars too itrsquos even better But if you master the model you know how to do Coaching But now letrsquos go to the small stars The idea is not that you try to use all the stars at the same time Choose the two or three that you like best and train those first

POSITIVE FEEDBACKProvide as much positive feedback as you can to your client Take every opportunity you have to do it A Coach is the type of mirror that only says good things about her client Please turn yourself into some-one who is always valorizing every small steps that your client takes

FEEDBACK HAMBURGERYou say something positive then you say something negative then you say something positive again The two positive feedbacks have to be VERY VERY good For instance ldquoI have been feeling that you are very committed to your Coaching process We just need to start paying more attention to our homework even because I feel that you are a person who likes to challenge yourself and that really wants to go further ldquo

RESSIGNIFICATION Ressignificating is finding another meaning still more empowering but that changes everything EgrdquoI didnrsquot do my homework I failedrdquo Coach ldquoWow That means that you are a demanding and committed personrdquo ldquoIrsquom lazyrdquo

102

103

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

ldquoDoes that means you like to enjoy the pleasures of liferdquo

REFRAMINGIt is much like ressignification Itrsquos the name that is used in NLP (Neuro--Linguistic Programming) You take the information that was been gi-ven to you in a frame and you put it in a new one

PREFRAMINGIf ressignification has to do with changing the meaning after it has been given preframing has to do with giving a meaning to something before we have explained what it is It is a widely used technique to anticipate objections that might distract us from our ultimate goal Then we do preframing we previously give the meaning that we want the person to give afterwards Example

ldquoCan I show you my point of view Itrsquos something different but Irsquove seen that it works with many people and it has been helping a lot to change our behavior to healthier habits Itrsquos something innovative and different but highly successful Can I tell you my ideardquo You create a frame before placing the information in there

POSTFRAMINGFirst you give the information and then you put it in a frame Eg ldquoFolks today we have an exam (the low energy level) but thatrsquos what this course is about to be the best Coach to go furtherrdquo

ldquoFROM 0 TO 10 rdquo To give examples ldquoI think Irsquoll read a bookrdquo Coach ldquoFrom 0-10 how much do you think you will accomplish that goalrdquo

TRANSFORMING ldquoORrdquo IN ldquoANDrdquoHelp the client to find an alternative solution to integrate paradoxes to

find a third way

VULNERABILIZATIONFind out things about you that are not working and put them at the clientrsquos service That makes you human and you are validating your client in the case she feels the same She does some things better than you and has some of the same challenges

ASSOCIATION AND DISSOCIATIONThese two terms are often used in NLP (Neuro-linguistic Program-ming) and are used in various ways Association means that an indi-vidual describes a situation as if it was happening and he was partici-pating on it As the name indicates he is associated with it He is still seeing himself going through the situation and feels the emotions that he would feel if he was really living it

Dissociation means that an individual can already tell that experience as if he was watching a movie in which he took part but already dis-sociated from it He is more in an observer role That allows him a big-ger emotional objectivity Even if he feels the emotions they are more about the experience itself and not so much about him as a participant

When we want to help our customers to overcome some emotionally more challenging situations it can make a huge difference to have them to dissociate from those situations Thatrsquos how they can gain greater objectivity and clarity and at the same time they get more mo-tivated to take their first steps

METAPHORSThe most important here is that you use the metaphors of your client Use her world whenever it is possible It will help a lot more to inter-nalize and memorize the information Help your client to create her metaphors Eg ldquoSometimes we fall into holes that are so big that you canrsquot get out of them alonerdquo ldquoLearning to forgive someone is like dri-ving one step at a timerdquo

TOOLS amp TECHNIQUES

104

105

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

LANGUAGE OF A COACH 3 HOW TO INTERRUPT at the first session it must be defined if

the Coach can interrupt the client when she deviates from the focus If yoursquore going to interrupt your client you must always do it with a question You can also take note of something that has nothing to do with the subject you are talking about but it seems important So we can talk about it in the next session You can ask the client if she liked to talk about it

3 ldquoDOES IT MAKES SENSE FOR YOUrdquo If she says NO ldquoSo tell merdquo if she says YES ldquocan you tell me howrdquo

3 ldquoMY HALLUCINATION is rdquo Being very unconditional Any opi-nion is a good opinion The Coach realyy doesnrsquot know The word hallucination implies that what yoursquore saying may be ab-solutely wrong

3 ldquoWHAT WOULD LOVE DO NOWrdquo Be careful with the rapport level you have with your client It is a very good question when it concerns relational issues

3 ldquoHOW WOULD IT BE IFrdquo Very good to overcome objections ldquohow would it be if you had timerdquo ldquohow would it be if you had moneyrdquo ldquohow would it be if you had self-confidencerdquo

3 ldquoWHAT IF rdquo Fantastic to destroy any obstacle that your client brings Some examples ldquoAnd what if you couldrdquo ldquoWhy notrdquo ldquoWhat if nobody would knowrdquo ldquoWhat if you had moneyrdquo ldquoI know you donrsquot but what if you knew what would you sayrdquo

3 GENERAL TIP BE COOL You really must have a cool and rela-xed attitude You really donrsquot know what would be best for your client so be really unconditional

THE COACHING ETHICS

XI THE COACHING ETHICS

There are six ethic rules in Coaching but with no doubt the first is the most important

CONFIDENTIALITY Coaching sessions must be given the utmost con-fidentiality There are no legal rules as in Therapy (like not having fa-mily as clients) but you always have to respect confidentiality When you do Coaching in a company and you must give feedback to their manager your clients must know it If necessary you can discuss the case with a mentor but always without mentioning the name of your client You can discuss the cases but without any names

CLIENTrsquoS AUTONOMY Coaching is all about autonomy and sustaina-bility You need your client to get results not that she needs you You should think ldquoif I change country how would my clients berdquo

CAREFUL WITH PROJECTIONS We all project aspects that we re-press in ourselves All currents in psychology agree that there is pro-jection When I look to someone else what I see is whatrsquos inside of me (strengths and weaknesses) Thatrsquos why some see one thing and others see another As a Coach you must be very attentive to projections You should not do it with your client and for that you must work on your roots If something bothers you that says more about you than about your client Itrsquos not just a technical issue of respecting others map-of--the-world It is an ethical issue

CREDIBILITY Of course you can use other different tools in your ses-sions but you should be able to do so Using things on which yoursquore not certified is breaking ethics Try to be congruent and integrate Being a corporate or a sales Coach without being an expert about those mat-ters is not ethical

106

107

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING THE FIRST SESSION IN PRATICE

CONTRACT IS CONTRACT The financial commitment you assume with your client is always the same as long as she is your client The same in what respects sessions frequency You should always ask permission to your client when you want to change the frequency of the sessions For WeCreate the value you charge to your client must be the same forever It is part of our gratitude towards our client

SELF-COACHING The Coach must be an example of Self-Coaching or she should have a Coach You really have to do ROSA once a year at least and use all these tools in a weekly basis Make sure that you are also an example of achieving your own dreams

XII THE FIRST SESSION

IN PRACTICEIt is normal that the first session is a bit longer (90min) Your focus is to build RAPPORT Here is an example of a few steps for your first session You can have a few more or less of these steps but this is the general idea

STEP 1 Memorize these steps so that you will not have to use this manual

STEP 2 (Partnership) Organize the working space have everything prepared adequated clothes etc

STEP 3 (Presence) Prepare to be fully present by meditating or by being a few minutes in silence

STEP 4 (Posture and words) Build rapport have a few minutes of casual positive and neutral conversation to break the ice For example the weather the clientrsquos favourite team foot-ball match etc

STEP 5 At this stage you will also try to collect information about the client Several aspects of her life and trying to deter-mine clientrsquos expectations regarding the Coaching process You will be attentive about the metaphors and about what is really important to her Yoursquoll need it to explain what Co-aching is in her words

STEP 6 Explain what Coaching is using the clientrsquos words and the references she gave us Example letrsquos imagine that boxing was something that the client liked and we want to explain

108

109

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING THE LAST SESSION

Coaching through boxing ldquoCoaching is like boxing It invol-ves a lot of training to succeed in getting results but ins-tead of having an external enemy we are fighting against ourselvesrdquo

STEP 7 Inviting the client to do an exercise we pick six pens (three of each color) We ask her to tell us three things that are going well in her life and we explore each area a bit Then we ask ldquoamong those areas which one is running really wellrdquo Then we ask for three things that are not going so well and explore a bit

STEP 8 Asking the client which 3 goals she would like to accom-plish by the end of the Coaching process that would make it worth the investment (as measurable as possible)

STEP 9 Establishing verbal contract and selling the idea of coa-ching (even if the sessions pack is already closed) Now we talk about the practical issues sessions frequency ses-sions length interrupting the client first session a bit lon-ger confidentiality guarantee If you feel comfortable you can talk about costs and forms of payment

STEP 10 ldquoCan we start our session talking about what brought you here How can I helprdquo

STEP 11 Talking a bit about the Clientrsquos reality and introducing the Pizza of Life The client draws herrsquos We will go on explai-ning the pizza and its different slices (very briefly not to influence) Some clients like to do it lsquoalonersquo others like to go on talking as they fill the slices

STEP 12 From then on you make ROSA 10

STEP 13 You end up the session You can share ROSA methodology with your client (if you think shersquod like it) and ending with positive feedback You can also ask the client how did she feel You can also ask her to choose an object and summa-rize the session You will also be doing some preframing by stating that Coaching is about action and homeworks

XIII THE LAST SESSION

A coaching process has a follow-up We can work with individual ses-sions or with a pack It is important to inform your clients that Coaching is a continuous process and not a process with miraculous results in the first session Hence it is like doing workout where it is difficult to get results if we go to the gym only once

You can work with packs of sessions (5 or 10) and we would like to give you some tips on what you should ensure it gets done in your last coaching session with someone you have been working with

FUTURE It is important to ensure that the client will continue taking steps in the future even not having sessions anymore or your presence In this session you should spend some time helping her in creating an action plan about the next steps she wants to go on taking in that area You can also take the opportunity to do a small summary of everything that you both worked in so that there is a notion of the progress made and the results achieved Ensures that your client completed that process and be sure about the next steps for her future Help her in crea-ting a good action plan

HABITS You can also ask your client which would be the daily or weekly habits that she would like more to integrate into her routine

POSITIVE FEEDBACK This is also the perfect time to give positive fe-edback to your client (despite being a constant throughout the sessions) Show her the progress she has made throughout the sessions and help her to realize all the positive things she has achieved

111

110

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

PERSONAL DEVELOPMENT We must ensure that our client conti-nues its personal development process and knows or tries new approaches Coaching is just one part of a wide range of options that are now ahead of her Encourage her to con-tinue that journey to read new books to try other trainings and workshops other different and complementary ways of approaching personal development

KEEPING CONTACT You can develop some form of contact with your old clients Email telephone facebook etc Remember to con-tinue sending her information about coaching or other matters you find important It is a way to ensure that your client will continue ldquoawakedrdquo for this subject

Thank you for being part of this project

Daniel Saacute Nogueira and Marta Ferreira

Page 17: WeCreate International Coaching Certification Manual

of life

money

hea

lth

workcareer romance

Friends

family

contribuitiondevelopmentpersonal

social life

hobbies

peer groupleadershippersonal

life p

urpose

Pearth

Ewater

Mair

Sfire

meaning

34

35

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

AIR AREA (MENTAL WORLD)Personal Development Do you read books participate in training

courses invest in yourself and in your learningdevelop-ment

Hobbies and Social Life Do you have a social life that satisfies you Do you have free time to do what you like

Peer Group Groups of people (friends family etc) that challenge us and pull us forward Do you have people that encourage you How often do you meet with them

FIRE AREA (SPIRITUAL WORLD)Personal Leadership How do you relate with yourself When you

look at yourself (on the inside and the outside) do you like

what you see How is your confidence and self-esteem

Life Purpose How much of your day-to-day do you dedicate to doing what you love most

Meaning of Life Do you have a faith What do you believe in What is the energy that encompasses all Why are we here on this planet

The Pizza of Life is a very deep tool to be used both by the client and the Coach to develop their roots It is a practical way of examining all areas of our lives

It is essential to distinguish between the importance that a client at-tributes to a slice and her degree of satisfaction with it Itrsquos not about how much you have of this or that slice but rather how satisfied you are with this area For example a person who is not religious does not have to have a zero in the area of the meaning of life if she is comfor-table with that area But if she does feel that she needs to work on her faith then the value will inevitably be less than 10 Another example someone who lives in a rented house travels by bus and goes camping on holidays may have a 10 in the money slice if itrsquos a person who does not value material goods Someone else who lives the same kind of life but aspires to have a beach house a great car and travel to exotic places will assign a lower value to this slice

The client may want to add or remove a slice and split others However the most important thing is to recognize the four main areas (PEMS) and the importance of all the slices for your happiness and for gaining a more balanced life

When the pizza is filled out once again you will address the positive and less positive aspects of it At this stage you should ask your client

3 ldquoWhich 2 or 3 areasslices feel goodstrong at the momentrdquo

3 ldquoWhich 2 or 3 areasslices need a little more attention and some im-

ROSA 20

1 What is the current situation

2 Concrete examples

3 Objectivity through facts

4 Ask what when where who

REALITYRESUME

36

37

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

provementrdquo

This way you gain even more information about the current situation of your client which may be very helpful during the rest of the coaching process

LEVERAGE SLICEAfter evaluating the pizza of life we dedicate ourselves to hel-ping the client choose a leverage slice We can explain that coaching is about gaining focus by having only one target to hit at each moment in time This does not mean that we wonrsquot work on any other area it just means that we first need to solve one slice one priority slice

The question to use is ldquoWhich slice if you increase your satisfaction with it by one or two points would improve the biggest number of your other pizza slicesrdquo

You can ask your client to select any 5 slices then 3 then 2 and ask ldquoImagine that I am the genie in the lamp and I can help you bring one of these slices to a 10 which one would you chooserdquo

If your client clearly has a slice that she wants to work you can proce-ed with this one right away

The leverage slice is not always the slice that got the lowest rating Therefore we should not influence the decision of the client

A few tips

3 If the client chooses a slice that she gave a high rating itrsquos good news for the Coach because it will be relatively easy for the client to improve it further

3 If the client wants to choose a new slice in the next session no problem Remember that we are just chauffeurs Early on in the coaching process the client may do some reflection and then want to choose another slice

3 Until the leverage slice is resolved (rated much more positively)

or under control by the client (it only being a matter of time) we DO NOT change the slice along the way We only do so once we have delivered the wanted results If we change the slice in each session it becomes difficult (if not impossible) to deliver results which also become much less sustainable Coaching is not a process with a magic wand that can transform a slice in an hour

3 No area is more important than another and the numbers that the client uses to evaluate only mean something to her Remember that YOU SHOULD NOT JUDGE anything about the pizza of your client It only needs to make sense to her

O(BJECTIVES)Now that we know the current reality of our client it is time to move on At this point we no longer speak of problems or challenges That was back in the previous phase Now we just want to know about Objectives

In Coaching we work with two types of objectives

GURU OBJECTIVES AND BABY OBJECTIVESAll of us more or less consciously orient our action through goals But we do not always take the right steps There are people who consciously do but there are many others who without being conscious of it hurt their feet run without knowing where theyrsquore going or stop halfway

We can identify two types of goals which we should use to our advan-tage

3 Guru objective ndash a goal that is so big so big that therersquos a voi-ce in our head that thinks itrsquos impossible to accomplish

3 Baby objective ndash a goal that is so small so small that we are absolutely certain of achieving it

ROSA 20

The slice of leverage is the one in which if there is any improvements will positively affect other slices of pizza

The Baby-Objectives has the

unique purpose to increase client

confidence

38

39

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

Guru and baby objectives psychology is natural to us not something we learn nor something we can unlearn For example it activates immediately if wersquore in a car accident if anything threatens our survi-val or the survival of our loved ones We then forget whether we are confident or not successful or not rich or poor and we only care about finding a solution This is natural we always have an ultimate goal in mind while at the same time staying present to the immediate objec-tive since that is what makes us define the next small step towards reaching our guru objective And we get so engaged that nothing will distract us from our guru objective Now this psychology should not get triggered only unconsciously in moments of survival but also be applied consciously in our lives in general in our everyday And yes it can be activated

Always remember that an objective is only at the guru level if there is a voice inside you that laughs finding it impossible to achieve and a baby objective is only one if you are sure that you will achieve It is therefore essential to dream to look farther and reach beyond what our minds can visualize

But beware if we focus solely on our highest goals we will never le-ave the realm of dreams and over time we will lose self-confidence Achieving goals involves taking small steps every day defining reaso-nable steps that slowly but surely bring us closer to our guru objective

Success depends on a combination of both We must therefore learn to live life with very big guru objectives and very small baby objectives Most people that feel unhappy have developed a guru psychology but not a baby psychology or vice versa The former always want more and are never satisfied with their daily achievements The latter live through small steps but cannot think big so the little steps wear them out and monotony or apathy reigns

Having a great guru objective without setting baby objectives leads to frustration anxiety and impatience Setting baby objectives without having a big guru objective leads to disinterest discouragement and lack of direction(ldquoTrate a Vida por Turdquo paacuteg 111)

META+Our objectives should be

Measurable - Objectives should be very concrete so that when we reach them we can check off ldquomission accomplishedrdquo For example ldquoI will spend 3 hours a day with my familyrdquo instead of ldquoI will spend more time with my familyrdquo

Emotional Objectives should contain grand adjectives that provoke a lot of emotion so that the brain gives them more importance For example ldquoI will wake up shining and full of vitality ready for a new day of fun and productivityrdquo

Timed - Objectives must have either a date or a frequency or both For example ldquoStarting tomorrow I will be home by 8 pm every day to have dinner with my childrenrdquo or ldquoI will train every day starting on Sundayrdquo

Achievable - We need to believe in the objectives that we set and know that they are possible to reach For example ldquoI will write a book next monthrdquo If you think your goal is too ambitious you had better adapt it ldquoIrsquoll write one chapter in the next monthrdquo

Positive (+) - Goals should be stimulating the positive Neurolinguistics say that everything that we define as positi-ve encourages us and everything that we define as negative defeats us For example ldquoI will not smoke anymorerdquo is wrong while ldquoI will breathe 100 oxy-gen and make air cleaner for myself and for othersrdquo is more correct Or ldquoon day x I will weigh y poundsrdquo instead of ldquoI will lose weightrdquo(Trate a Vida por Tu paacuteg 155)

ROSA 20

1 What do you want

2 What do you really want

3 What is the Guru-Objective

4 What is the Baby-Objective

5 What is the dream (the most importan is to make the client talk about his dreams)

6 In a perfect world (For those who have di-fficulty in define Guru-Objectives)

7 Meta+

OBJECTIVESRESUME

The meta+ model is used to specify the target-guru

40

41

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

Why do we need to have these two opposing energies Exactly for the same reason as the positive and negative energies in the Reality phase We really need a guru objective since the effort that the client will have to make and the person she has to become to get there will make her reach much further than if she had set an intermediate goal Coaching is about dreams about the best of the best for each area of our lives The important thing is not whether or not the client gets there but that the road she travels takes her much further

Moreover every journey starts with a small step We need to create an objective so small so small that the client is absolutely sure she can do it Why To get her motivated quickly to achieve success and above all to convey the baby objective psychology We need to make our clients realize that coaching is about big and small steps The baby objective in itself is not important but we need to introduce this step here so that your client begins to celebrate every little step that she takes every piece of homework that gets done

Coaching is about forming a person with both guru and baby objectives psychology Someone who wants to go really far and at the same time is super happy with everything that she has already achieved

Notas If a client has a very big guru objective to reach in a short time and the Coach thinks it is not possible we can ask the client to ldquoconvince us that it is possiblerdquo On the other hand if the baby objective is very big we do the same

S(OLUTIONS)Encouraging creativity is equally important to teaching children ma-thematics Portuguese and science This is what later on will separate intelligent adults from true geniuses who are able to create something new revolutionary and innovative in whatever area It is those who mark others society science and the world who ultimately make a

difference

40 IDEASIn fact we are all creative We have all been children we have all been creative and so what happened What is it that makes our creativity die The fact is that our society limits our creativity while forgetting that in a grey professional world creativity makes the difference

ROSA 20

clique no viacutedeo para o activar

42

43

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

Anyone who is creative grows through challenges simply because they put their creativity at the service of what is not working They go off immediately to search for a solution And this is available to everyo-ne This is the basis of the ldquoSrdquo in ROSA instead of complaining go look for a solution Remember yoursquore always one idea away from solving your biggest challenge You just havenrsquot found that idea yet Pull out

your creativity and try finding ideas ideas ideas

Even the most creative people start with obvious ideas and it is good to go through them in order to get to the other ones Little by little we will get to the interesting ideas and when we stop being afraid of saying nonsense we become creative Now the challenge is to get an innovative idea And that can only be achieved by investing time and energy When we are at 10 or 20 ideas to not give up until you have at least 40

Losing our creativity is in other words restraining our physical (earth) emotional (water) mental (air) and spiritual (fire) abilities Children do not have these restraints in a physical sense they love exploring the world through their body showing you they donrsquot care about posture for instance and they seem unbreakable when defying the laws of gra-vity with an energy that seems limitless Emotionally they are much more open to all kinds of feelings because they have not accumulated many negative experiences Mentally they are hungry for knowledge and the concept of right and wrong is not yet set so everything seems possible to them Spiritually they are completely free they may have some enrooted values but everything else is an open book

In order to be creative again and go back to having blank pages in the book of life being able to write and rewrite improvise and create we

obvious interesting creative innovative

can start by being creative in one area or going back to being creative in all aspects of life and our being To go back to being creative we must explore our physical body do sports dance act etc and use your senses to hear smell taste touch and see The healthier we are the more our body will be available to be physically creative To go back to being more creative emotionally we have to stop being afraid to feel We have to venture into relationships connections sharing without the fear of being hurt frustrated cheated and even happy

To go back to being mentally creative we must learn new subjects think about new things analyze from new angles and perspectives challenge our minds have conversations with all kinds of people read all kinds of magazines stimulate all parts of our brain

Finally if we want to go back to being spiritually creative we must question all our certainties and dogmas meditate and open ourselves to the world of possibilities and the inexplicable We need to know oursel-ves in order to experience life intensely

If we manage to be creative in all four areas we will be soon become a new person with a palette of new experiences and openness to wha-tever happens giving us new shape and a different glow If we can be more creative regarding the first letter of our PEMS we should really be congratulated for it The important thing is to enter the challenge zone to seek solutions in areas that have not yet been explored in fiel-ds that are uncomfortable for others but that we call our comfort zone Then everything and really everything becomes possible and there are no longer problems without solutions(ldquoTrate a Vida por Turdquo paacuteg 165)

PARADIGM SHIFTThis is the time to get the client to think ldquoupside downrdquo ie to think ldquoout of the boxrdquo It is undoubtedly the most difficult phase of the coaching sessions Your clients will not even want to think and to change their paradigms

The vast majority of people when trying to solve a pro-blem or challenge use the first ideas that come to mind - the Obvious ideas ndash the ones that we all have However there are three more levels of ideas The Interesting ideas are those that some have sometimes

ROSA 20

The very first ideas are obvious Only then comes the interesting and then comes the very creative and innovative ideas

44

45

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

Solutions are always related to the Guru-Objectives

and then come the Creative Ideas that are those which generate con-flict because they go lsquoout of the boxrsquo shifting paradigms Finally we have the Innovative ideas that are the ones that nobody sees but once they are revealed they become obvious

We may use this ability in all areas of our life using this unique creati-vity to make everything unique and different

The goal of a Coach is getting the client to change her paradigm This is what happens in an ldquoAHArdquo moment when she finds an idea and is sure that this is the one she was missing

In the picture on the left do you see a young girl or an old lady Try to see both Put your brain to work both ways

GREAT AND WHAT ELSEBrainstorming is the most powerful tool for creativity and the best way of stimulating creativity in all areas of your life It is essential to do individual and group brainstorming as it is the best way to find so-lutions to challenges

What is a lsquobrainstormingrsquo

As the name implies it is a kind of ldquobrain stormrdquo And what do storms do They stir things up make ideas collide (thunder) and launch one solution after the other (lightning) ldquowaitingrdquo for the one that will solve the problem and put the storm at rest Brainstorming is not only use-ful at the workplace Every person and family should brainstorm from time to time to seek solutions to their problems from the most basic day-to-day questions (how to deal with expenses manage domestic tasks prepare meals) to deeper and more complex ones (helping a child become more confident helping a father that is unemployed) And individually each one of us should do brainstorming to solve and improve all areas that we feel the need to change

It is very easy to do brainstorming Here are the six rules to start prac-ticing today

1 No judgement All ideas are valuable even the most stupid ones In a brainstorming there are no arguments or criticism All ideas are good initially If there is criticism besides genera-ting conflict it can also inhibit the people involved

2 Quantity quantity quantity The more ideas generated the better the brainstorming Quality does not matter here only quantity Why The first ideas will be obvious then interesting then creative and only then innovative

3 Hitchhike You can build on otherrsquos ideas No participant should be silent for a long time If you donrsquot have any idea you can simply hitchhike on someone elsersquos The only thing you cannot do is not to participate

4 Go crazy From time to time throw in some ideas that are lsquoout-side the boxrsquo Regardless of how absurd they may seem this will help you and your colleagues to leave the obvious ideas and make your brains think At the very least you will enliven the session If the group laughs at your idea yoursquore being crazy

ROSA 20

click the video to see it

46

47

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

5 Take notes The most dangerous thing in a brainstorming ses-sion is having no one to write down the ideas Preferably the one who writes should not be giving any ideas she should fo-cus on writing down othersrsquo ideas There should also be a kind of a moderatorfacilitator of the brainstorming session not for taking decisions or criticizing but precisely for making sure that no one tries to take decisions on behalf of the group or to criticize other peoplersquos ideas and to help keep the focus on what matters In an individual brainstorming session you of course need to be your own moderator

6 A clear goal You must clearly define what the purpose of your objective is what the challenge is and if possible write formu-late it in META+(ldquoTrate a Vida por Turdquo paacuteg 213)

Brainstorming is the most powerful creativity tool In a brainstorming the client is requested to come up with a great amount of ideas on how to reach her Guru Objective

click the video to see it

And the Coach must be persistent since this is when you realize that humans are lazy when it comes to thinking It is very likely that when giving her fifth idea the client will say that she has no more Everyone will want to convince you that they have already found the magic solu-tion But they havenrsquot And how do we know that Because if they had found it they would already have solved their challenge

During a brainstorming ideally it is the Coach who writes down the ideas But she should not alter any of them And if the client gets stuck we must ask open and creative questions such as

3 If you had all the money in the world what would you do 3 If you were your idol what would you do 3 If it were 10 years ago what would you do 3 If it were 10 years from now what would you do

Cultivating a sense of humour as a Coach is always a good for rela-xing and making people creative This is in fact important in any area At this stage it is very likely that the client will have long mo-ments without coming up with any ideas Therefore it is impor-tant to create our own personal way of ldquopulling outrdquo the clientrsquos ideas such as a small exercise changing seats or using humour If the client gets to 40 ideas very easily and none is lsquointerestingrsquo even for her it means that she is still in the obvious ide-as and then 40 more ideas are always welcome Creativity is an expansive energy The more it is cultivated the more it grows and the easier it becomes to use it in other areas of life Notas The Coach may suggest ideas but only as an encouragement to the client

A brainstorming can take up a large part of a session so it is important to make sure there is enough time for it

ROSA 20

1 Allow the obvious

2 I want more ideas

3 Help to avoid judgment

4 Overcoming objections with questions ldquoWhat ifrdquo

5 Okay what else

SOLUTIONSRESUME

48

49

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

since it is not right to leave it midway The goal is that the client forces her brain to find new ideas in a short time and in such a way that it is almost like a shock to her

It is important to keep focused on one topic in a brainstorming Some may change their focus during the process for example a client whorsquos Guru objective is to open a business may start to suggest ideas on how to make more money In this case the Coach should remind the client of the main topic At the same time the Coach should stay flexible and if the client really feels that their focus was not on the first topic but on the second itrsquos time to go back and set a new Guru objective

A(CTION)ROSA exists only for one reason to get us to act We find our Reality establish our Objectives and think up Solutions that make us act ndash the A is the purpose of ROSA

Now more than people of action we must be people of innovation

Innovation is creativity applied to getting the desired results Being creative is not enough but creativity is the tool for getting to innova-tion So how do we do this

The secret is not to give up on creating ideas ideas and more ideas until the innovative idea comes Sometimes it never comes but get-ting to the creative ones is already something Those who have dared being creative many times and more and more are those who mana-ge to reach the innovation Itrsquos not enough to have talent you have to work hard to translate this talent into amazing results Look at these examples

3 Bach wrote one cantata a week even when he was sick 3 Mozart produced more than 600 pieces of music 3 Darwin wrote 109 publications one of which was about the Theory of

Evolution 3 Einstein published 248 theses one of which was about the Theory

of Relativity 3 Freud published 350 theses 3 Rembrandt produced 650 paintings 3 It took Thomas Edison 2000 experiments to invent the light bulb

and 9000 to perfect it 3 Picasso created more than 20000 pieces of art

This is why it is so important to act Do a lot create a lot invest a lot (ldquoTrate a Vida por Turdquo paacuteg 234)

THE FUNNELThis is the part where coaching really becomes challenging where the client realizes that she will have to do something and not just think and talk about it It is the phase where we start to converge and funnel things in order to find an action that is as specific as possible

This is with no doubt the most important phase of ROSA In a coaching session anything can happen in any of the other phases but we cannot end it without an action (without homework)

What

3 What are you going to do now 3 What are you thinking about doing now ()

ROSA 20

click the video to see it

A task should not be so simple that it doesnacutet make any difference to the client to fulfill it nor should it be so difficult that it becomes infeasible

50

51

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

With whom It is very important to involve someone in the action pro-cess 99 of the homework should have a third person involved The-reby we are creating conditions for the client to become autonomous after the coaching process The questions might be

3 ldquowill you ask to ask you whether you have done itrdquo 3 ldquoApart from me (the Coach) who else will be involved in thisrdquo

When Marcar data ou frequecircncia Quanto mais especiacutefica for me-lhor Isto leva o cliente a pensar exatamente quando vai fazer au-tomaticamente isto cria um compromisso maior dentro dele doing this the client should end each session with a specific homework knowing both the day and the time she will do it and with whom she will share it

At what time of the week beginning or end

At the end of the week

What is for you the end of the week Friday Saturday Sunday

Friday

Ok and what time

Anytime

Anytime Ok But in the morning in the afternoon or evening

Morning

And what time

Early

What is early for you

Upon waking

And what time do you wake up

At 7am

THE CONVERGENCE TECHNIQUEIf the client does not find an action to do you can use the convergence technique by asking the following questions

3 ldquoLook at your ideas (the brainstorming) and mark those that you find reasonablerdquo

3 ldquoNow choose 10rdquo 3 ldquoChoose 5rdquo 3 ldquoChoose 3 2 rdquo 3 ldquoIf I had a magic wand that would immediately fulfil one of these

ideas which one would you chooserdquo

COMMITMENTIn the early sessions you can also ask the client to send you an SMS after doing the action in or-der to confirm it Of course you donrsquot force her

if she refuses but then if she doesnrsquot do her homework you will have more power to ask for an SMS in the next homework

If she accepts you may also ask if you can send her an SMS in case she forgets to do so What will happen is that as soon as she receives our SMS asking whether the action has been done she will do it immediately so that she can reply that she has By SMS we also mean any other means like a telephone call or e-mail The Coach must be flexible enough to perceive which method suits her client the best

THE HANDSHAKEShaking hands after defining the homework is very important because it is the archetype of commitment But remember if the client does not do her homework there is no failure only feedback Maybe the problem really is the kind of homework given or poor explanation about the im-portance of the homework in the coaching process

ONE SMALL STEP FORWARDWhat is the Next Small Step you can take This ques-

ROSA 20

What is the first next small step

Earn 20000 euro

What is the first next small step

Save 100 euro month

What is the first next small step

Open an account

ldquoGreat what is the next small step that you believe you can accomplish

Deposit 1000 euro

1 What is the option that has magic

2 What is the option that makes sense

3 What are you gonna do exactly

4 How will you know you make it

5 Funnel When What day What time

6 Commitment handshake

ACTIONRESUME

52

53

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

free to put everything she has (skills tools knowledge) at the service of her client Indeed every three sessions more or less you should challenge your client with a piece of homework However the challen-ge will vary depending on whom we have in front of us and on the level of the process

4 SUCCESS TIPS FOR THIS PHASE FASEAction Plans it is at this stage that we start working on an action plan

that will follow the session Remember coaching without ac-tion is not coaching Thatrsquos why you should do a ROSA in every session go through the four phases and always end with a very concrete action plan on what the client will do during the week and until the next session Here is an example of an action plan

What will I do Run 3 times per week

When Monday Wednesday and Friday

With whom Alone

Possible obstacles Laziness and lack of time

Benefits Feeling healthier

What will help me remember Setting an alarm on my phone

How will I celebrate By going to the cinema

Homework the tasks between the sessions are a priority for the coaching Most of the le-arning comes from the homework that is done between sessions So remember to always end your session by asking your client to suggest tasks that she would like to accom-plish that coming week the next small steps she can take right now Then rephra-se each one into a concrete action (when how where ) Still some clients will have gre-

tion tool is ideal for those who have difficulty in defining Baby Objecti-ves or those who have difficulty in defining an action to do this week

Notas As a general rule the client will not hear the word ldquosmallrdquo in the question The-refore we must repeat the question until the action is so small that the client would have no difficulty doing it

Of course the Next Small Step may not be the right action to choose for this week

Example The client wants to buy a Porsche (Guru Objective)

ldquoDeposit 1000 eurosrdquo is the Baby Objective The same process can be used for defining the homework

At the end when an action has been defined the Coach may also su-ggest a piece of homework In other words then the Coach is finally

ROSA 20

54

55

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING RAPPORT

at difficulty in taking action If this is the case always look for the smallest step that the person can take If we do not act itrsquos because the step is not small enough Remember ldquoEvery journey begins with one small steprdquo

Commitment amp Penalties some clients will sometimes have real diffi-culty in stepping into action Sometimes you may have to resort to agreeing on a fine if your client does not accomplish her task All human beings run away from pain and sometimes in coaching we need to use a little more masculine energy (wersquoll talk about that more below) to help You can even ask the question ldquoWhat will happen if you do not accomplish itrdquo

Monitoring amp Accountability the role of a Coach is to provide moni-toring to her client However the responsibility must always be on the clientrsquos side As a Coach you are responsible for guiding the process Your client should define the strategies needed to enable her to take the steps she wants You should follow and always try to understand what may have prevented her from completing her tasks Above all you should be focused on finding better strategies to lead her into action However do remind your client that it is her responsibility Ultimately acting or not acting is her choice

VII RAPPORT

Mastering the ROSA technique and mastering Rapport will alone make

you a Mega Coach Of course you can gain more Roots but people

who attend our courses usu-ally already have quite some

1ST DEFINITION OF RAPPORT

Relationship of trust and influence rapport is the ability to create trust within a few minutes with various kinds of people and to influence them to act think and do better You can only influence after being trusted Think about people you trust and do not trust what influence do these people have on you

2ND DEFINITION OF RAPPORTRelationship of empathy and sympathy ldquoWe only like 2 kinds of people people who are the way we are or who are the way we would like to berdquo

Empathy I feel empathy based on the things I have in common with someone

Sympathy Based on the qualities and characteristics that someone has that I would like to have

Conclusion rapport is empathy (who is like me) and sympathy (who is the way I would like to be)

56

57

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

Rapport is trust and

influence

Rapport is the ability to create

empathy and sympathy

WARNING Empathy comes before sympathy and trust comes before influence This is the most important aspect of rapport I cannot influence anyone who does not trust me

Part 2 Now letrsquos try to understand what happens in our psyche why this is the way it is

I invite you to imagine that yoursquore a rabbit in a forest and you meet another rabbit What happens Now imagine you meet another animal thatrsquos different from you What does the rabbit do FLIGHT (runs away)

Now imagine that you are not a rabbit yoursquore a wolf You meet an ani-mal thatrsquos different from you What does the wolf do FIGHT

Now imagine yoursquore a porcupine What happens FREEZE

Animals have these three types of reactions Now imagine yoursquore a human being 20000 years ago and you come across something di-fferent from you What happens ONE OF THESE THINGS AND YOU FEEL FEAR You react the way you do because your psyche does not know what it is And if it is another human being I KNOW WHAT TO EXPECT She is like me Our fear grows when something is different because we donrsquot know what to expect Imagine that you do meet a hu-man being but wearing clothes or other things that are very different

What happens when it is the same kind of animal What exists there EM-PATHY AND TRUST - 1st LEVEL of RAPPORT

This is a metaphor of course Rapport is very unconscious I could tell you to trust someone but your unconscious may not feel the trust What regula-tes that instinct in your psyche is KNOWING WHAT I CAN EXPECT

WHAT HAPPENS IN COACHING Clients also have these three types of reactions flight freeze or fight They may not show up for the follow ses-sion they may answer ldquoyesrdquo ldquonordquo ldquomayberdquo ldquodonrsquot knowrdquo or they may be in constant disagreement with you

Key ldquothe more the Coach is the way I am the more rapport there isrdquo

MILTON ERICSON (Ericsonian Psychology NLP Hypnotherapy) found the client within himself and used this as his tool in the therapy sessions

Ericson created rapport before proceeding with anything else This is TRUST and EMPATHY Ericson was humble and flexible enough to adapt to the client Only once you have done this you can go back to being yourself

Ways of creating rapport with someone

Verbal

3 Language words 3 Subject matter 3 Quotes way of speaking 3 Repeating what the other says 3 Using the otherrsquos metaphors 3 Using the same expressions

Non-verbal

3 Gestures 3 Voice 3 Mime 3 Distance 3 Posture 3 Breathing 3 Touch 3 Speed

Note Every human being has a natural and unconscious tendency to create rapport with others To confirm this all you need is to look at two people talking to each other and see how easily you will notice similarities in their postures and way of speaking

ldquoYou have only one chance to create a good first impression but you have plenty of opportunities to create rapportrdquo

Rapport is an honest attempt to enter someonersquos map-of-the-world The-re is no agreeing or disagreeing only flexibility Rapport does not mean friendship The first session and often the second is a lot about creating rapport

RAPPORT

Sometimes itacutes enought just a little attention to help someone but attention is not coaching

58

59

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

RAPPORT MODELndash 2 PacuteSEstablishing rapport is a process of many levels and layers of depth

LEVEL 1 - PRESENCE AND

PARTNERSHIP

PRESENCEThis is the first step towards creating ra-pport thus the most superficial one Pre-sence means that the Coach is fully com-mitted to her client aware of everything she says and does Nothing from outside the ses-sion should be on the Coachrsquos mind She must be fully present

Before a session itrsquos important that you as a Co-ach calm down forget about everything else and gain a notion of where you are and what you are going to do

POSTURE amp PHRASING

PERCEPTUAL POSITIONS

PERSON TO PERSON

PRESENCE amp PARTNERSHIP

PROBING amp PATIENCE

click the video to see it

Dedicate a few minutes to this process

Presence and Attention are among the healthiest ac-tions that lead to real results You can create a good

relationship with your client (child parent etc) just by being fully present and attentive Even gardens become more beautiful if they are cared for

Presence is about getting yourself into a certain state Itrsquos about being Yin and Yang at the same time

Yin ndash relaxing breathing being aware of all five senses being fully present where you are

Yang ndash mobilizing all your energy by run-ning jumping listening to inspiring music

PARTNERSHIP

Creating an equal relationship with your client Not top down or vice--versa The Coach should never be at a lower or higher level than her client The chairs should be the same for example

For presence and partnership it is also important to switch off the phone to prevent anything from interrupting the session Tidying up the table is equally important to having a clean and hygienic space

From 0 to 10 the importance of Presence during a session is a 10 It is the first step If it isnrsquot there nothing else will

Psycho-geography is also very important in this area

PSYCHO-GEOGRAPHY the way your psyche relates to geography Example On which side you like to sleep Each person has a different psycho-geography Some prefer to be by the sea while others prefer to be in the mountains

RAPPORT

Empathy is being doing

talk and think like the other Sympathy is being doing

talk and think how the other

would like to be

60

61

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

Some tips for using the psycho-geography of the client to your advan-tage

3 Having a room with a minimum amount of symbols It is not recom-mended to have crucifixes or other artefacts related to religion A bookshelf filled with books can also intimidate the client

3 Pay attention to details ndash cables on the floor which CDs are on the shelf etc

3 Having sessions at the clientrsquos home can become dangerous because there are lots of distractions and anchors Difficult si-tuations might have taken place there which will make it more challenging for the client to create a distance to them

It is the Coachrsquos job to notice the psycho-geography of her client and what makes her more comfortable

Despite all the rapport a Coaching session should always stay pro-fessional Being relaxed is necessary for both parties but the focus should not be on friendship You as a Coach need to be professional You must choose to be a Coach instead of a friend

When it comes to clothing you should be as neutral as possible in the beginning but always aligned with your personality Then you can try to adapt to the style of your client

The mantra here is having the client leave the session thinking that her Coach is just like her NOTHING IS WRONG Let your client choose what she prefers

LEVEL 2 - POSTURE AND PHRASINGWhen establishing rapport mere presence and partnership are not enough Moreover they are only the first step The posture and the phrasing that the Coach uses are very important for creating rapport in the relationship What we refer to here is mainly keeping a posture and using similar words and expressions to those of the client This way the client will see herself in us and instead of flight fight or freeze she will feel relaxed and be much more comfortable about talking

Sitting in the same position as the client using her posture tone of

voice and gestures these are all factors to consider

POSTURERegarding posture one can use two techniques that are very similar and very powerful

Mirroring When a Coach takes on a physical position that is the exact mirror image of the clientrsquos If the client leans to her right then the Coach who is facing her leans to her left

Matching In this case the Coach adopts the exact same physical position instead of a symmetric one Both ways are good and powerful The goal is to be equal or symmetrical

Of course it is not indispensable to be like the client 100 of the time as this will take a lot of the attention that the Coach needs to give the client

The more you practice these behaviours the more automatically and unconsciously you will do it When rapport already is high you can go back to your own posture and your regular vocabulary However should you feel the need you can always take up these techniques again

In fact at a high level of rapport it is possible and entirely positive that it is the client herself who starts to imitate our posture and words (un-consciously) This is the perfect moment to lead the client and suggest something more challenging to her

PHRASINGYou must pay great attention to the words that your client uses and the energy she puts into them The names of people that she talks about are also very important facts to remember

If you can use the same expressions as your client you will earn points in rapport Among these expressions metaphors are the most power-ful ones Try to explore as much possible the metaphors that are being used An excellent technique is to use a metaphor of the client to ex-

RAPPORT

The mirroring copies the

exact posture of the client

the matching mirrors

62

63

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

plain something This will reach very deeply into the psyche of the client and have great impact

You can also use themes that the client likes such as her passions and keep using them in future sessions to explain something or to give examples This creates an incredible sense of empathy between you and the client She will be glad that you are paying attention to what she says and at the same time she will understand much better what you say

The clientrsquos ideas are important keys to use when you speak in order to create and maintain rapport For example if the client talks a lot about travelling Irsquoll use the idea (anchor) that is already there because I know it works in his mind

BACKTRACKING backtracking is a Coaching technique that consists of summarizing the main points of a conversation by using the exact same words that the other person uses This tool helps the client follow the session and make her own short summary while listening to the Coach returning to what she just said and using the same words It is important to use at least the words we consider to be the most significant among the ones that the client expresses those that might be conveying more about her value patterns Backtracking can help us understand for example if we can move to the next phase of ROSA It helps us understand if the client has finished what she had to say about that phase and that way we can figure out whether we can move forward or not You can use simple questions to do so

3 ldquoLet me see if I got what you saidhelliprdquo - backtracking the conversa-tion using the exact words of the client - and then ending ldquoIs this is it or would you like to add something

3 ldquoSo what yoursquore saying isrdquo 3 ldquoCan I make a summary of your reality in relation to that slicerdquo

This is one of the simplest and most important techniques when buil-ding rapport

When building rapport avoid paraphrasing (saying the same thing in other words) but do quote A coach quotes

Mastery in Backtracking is being able to quote the last 20 minutes of a session This will leave your client fascinated and feeling that her Coach is really paying attention to everything she says

Therefore it is motivating to Backtrack at the end of each session and at the end of each phase of the ROSA

The Coach shows confidence and agrees with the client shows that she is on her side and really believes that the client will succeed

We must allow the person to be what she truly is talkative or silent Silent people also have things to say it is a matter of asking the right questions

NOTES When a session is not going well (the relationship is under stress) then the focus should be fully on level 2 Rapport - Posture and Phrasing The secret is to forget about the rest and build rapport again Once it is re-established you can address the problem

LEVEL 3 - PROBING AND PATIENCEEvery new level in Rapport brings you techniques that are deeper and more complex But the good news is that you donrsquot do level 3 Rapport until Level 1 and 2 are done So you will increase your skills by going from the easiest to the most difficult

PROBINGAsking questions is more complicated than imitating the posture and words of the client Indeed one of the more complicated aspects of being a Coach is to not give opinions and to ask the right questions at the right time We know that we keep showing you that you already are a Coach and that itrsquos easy but here we must tell you ldquoITrsquoS HARD BEING A COACHrdquo Think very carefully about whether you want to get into it Listening asking questions being patient with the pace of your clients

Even if you have the miracle answer to the clientrsquos situation you need to keep it to yourself Being patient is a challenge and usually typical

RAPPORT

64

65

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

To paraphrase can break

rapport

of the great masters You can only be a master if you want to learn to listen and if you develop a great patience for listening

Questions have the power to illuminate the darkness of your client by asking a powerful question you really get to see another human bri-ghten up right in front of you

Coaching has the power to open a new world to the client questions help people discover new resources Clients tend to find familiar answers but you as a Coach will lead them to unfamiliar answers

Classic examples of some ways to make your client talk

1 -Repeating what the client just said but in question form Client ndash ldquoYesterday I went boatingrdquo Coach ndash ldquoBoatingrdquo

2 -What does that mean to you What does fear mean to you What does a goal mean to you Example Client says ldquoIt is not rapport itrsquos complicityrdquoCoach replies ldquoWhat does complicity mean to yourdquo Client says ldquoItrsquos a clickrdquo Coach ldquoWhat does a click mean to yourdquo

3 -rdquoWhat elserdquo Serves above all to go to the heart of the matter Others like this one are ldquoTell me morerdquo and ldquoCan you go a bit deeper on thatrdquo

POWERFUL QUESTIONS Questions are probably the most beautiful flowers in the garden of learning Questions are one of the biggest se-crets of learning Creative solutions are practically impossible without questions

If you learn to ask 100 questions a day get ready for a revolution in your work at all levels

In life at work in business we are all afraid of asking questions We were educated from an early age to believe that there are right and wrong questions and we were also taught to not fail we avoid asking questions because of fearing that they are wrong The only way to reach the right questions is by not being afraid of the wrong ones

The one who wants to explore learning has to dance with this fear

A large part of all our creative potential stops at the door fearing to ring the doorbell When learning the one who doesnrsquot know is far less ignorant than the knowledgeable one Take risks Ring the bell Ask questions

Become obsessively curious ask questions How

3 Using the Coachrsquos ability of asking powerful questions 3 Following the rule of thumb ldquoThe Coach has the questions the

Client has the answersrdquo 3 Using positive language 3 Respecting the clientrsquos map-of-the-world 3 Always guiding towards solutions

Examples of powerful questions

3 ldquoCompared to whatrdquordquo 3 ldquoWhat does that mean to yourdquo 3 ldquoWhat could be a solution to yourdquo 3 ldquoI know you donrsquot know But if you knew what would that berdquo 3 ldquoWhat would be ideal to yourdquo 3 ldquoWhat do you want insteadrdquo 3 ldquoHow does that make you feelrdquo 3 ldquoWhat else could that meanrdquo 3 ldquoWhat do you want exactlyrdquo 3 ldquoWhat will you achieve with this goalrdquo 3 ldquoWhat will you do differently next timerdquo 3 ldquoWhat are you doing wellrdquo 3 ldquoWhat has to happen for you to be happy and successfulrdquo 3 ldquoWhat motivates you the mostrdquo 3 ldquoWhatrsquos the worst possible scenario And what could be the best

scenario ldquo 3 ldquoWhat are you willing to do to achieve your goalrdquo 3 ldquoWhat new things could you could tryrdquo 3 ldquoWhat prevents you from taking actionrdquo 3 ldquoWho could help you with this situationrdquo 3 ldquoWhat resources do you need to achieve your goalrdquo

RAPPORT

66

67

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

3 ldquoWhat else do you want to get out of your liferdquo 3 ldquoWhat do you really want achieve in that area of your liferdquo 3 ldquoWhat is your biggest dream in that area of your liferdquo 3 ldquoAnd what is the next small step that you would have to takerdquo 3 ldquoWhat do you find positive in this situationrdquo 3 ldquoHow could you attract better persons into your liferdquo 3 ldquoWhat would have to happen to make you feel more fulfilledrdquo 3 ldquoIf you were your own Coach what coaching would you give

yourselfrdquo 3 ldquoIf I was your best friend what advice would you give me to solve

this situationrdquo 3 ldquoIf you had all the time and money in the world how would you

fix itrdquo

In fact the art of asking questions is the foundations of a coaching process with powerful results The list of questions to ask seems en-dless

So become really obsessed with questions and start NOW How about adding 10 more ideas to our list And some more And many more

Typical coaching questions

3 Questions that lead to action (ldquoWhat will you do What can you do differently What do you need to do tordquo)

3 Goal-oriented instead of problem-oriented ldquoHow would you like it to berdquo ldquoAnd if you could what would you dordquo

3 Future-orientedldquoHow do you see that situation in the future How would you like to feelrdquo

Beware of questions with negative assumptions ldquoWhat happens if you donrsquot do itrdquo They should be followed immediately by a question with positive assumptions ldquoHow will you celebrate when you do itrdquo

RAPPORT

YOUR QUESTIONS

68

69

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

PATIENCECount to 10 relax work on your roots and realize that coaching is a process and that each person has her own time and rhythm How can you train your patience Think of 20 ideas

LEVEL 4 ndash PERCEPTUAL POSITIONSWe could also call this the level where we create rapport with our clientrsquos psychology In fact understanding and perceiving human psychology is a huge advantage for you as a Coach You are not there to be a friend of your client as we have mentioned so then a good way to create a relation with her is through her psychology

Do you know the psychology of a teenager or a parent a boss an unemployed If you grasp your clientrsquos psychology the Rapport will be extraordinary

If you demonstrate that you know how a mother thinks yoursquoll make the client believe that you understand her completely

Most people do not understand their own psyche If you can understand them at that level it will make the client to feel something extraordinary about you and the Coaching process

PERCEPTUAL POSITIONS At this level the Coach must master Per-ceptual Positions that is being able to put herself in another personrsquos position whether itrsquos the clientrsquos or the clientrsquos parent or any other person that is part of the situation You should be able to see the same situation from different perspectives and in the long term help your client do the same

THE EXERCISE This is an exercise to be used mainly if the client has trouble in a relationship with someone (friend family member etc) and is having some difficulty understanding that personrsquos Map-of-the--World And when this is of great importance

You do not need to go very deep in this exercise Because it is NLP even done in a soft way it can be very powerful to your client helping her to see an aspect of the situation that she hadnrsquot seen or reflected on before

STEP 1 ndash The client explains what is going on (she can speak freely without any restrictions You ask questions to understand the reality of the situation)

STEP 2 ndash The Coach suggests this perceptual positions exercise (it is just an invitation If the client does not want to do not continue)

STEP 3 ndash The Coach asks the client to choose two spots represen-ting the two standpoints (you can put a sheet of paper at each spot) and to imagine that the other person is at one of them

STEP 4 ndash The client speaks facing the other spot as if the person was there and acts as herself (The Coach guides with questions ldquoHow did that make you feel What would you like to tell herrdquo etc)

STEP 5 ndash Pause and ldquoshake outrdquo the client and share the question of the game of imagination

STEP 6 ndash The client recalls a childhood game she used to play and describes it a little We then use this as a metaphor to explain that we will now do the same Just a game where we use our imagination The Coach repeats that the per-son with whom the client has a challenge is there at the other spot

STEP 7 ndash The client goes over to the other spot and the Coach helps her go deeper into that role through guiding questions

STEP 8 ndash The client chooses whether she wants to return to her starting position and add something say something more She may go back and forth as many times as she wishes

STEP 9 ndash When done the Coach suggests to the client to stand on a chair and states ldquoYou are now in a neutral position a higher position What would you call this position (Allow the client to choose a name) Seen from above what do you have to say about this situation What would you say to (clientrsquos name) and to (the other personrsquos name) How would you solve this situation How can (clientrsquos name) solve this situationrdquo

RAPPORT

70

71

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

STEP 10 ndash After the client is done with the third (neutral) position the Coach takes the client off the papers

STEP 11 ndash The Coach can then use the following questions to debrief the exercise

3 ldquoHow was the exercise for you 3 ldquoWhat did you learnrdquo 3 ldquoIs there anything you could do differentlyrdquo

STEP 12 ndash Lead the client to an action (a first small step towards sol-ving the situation) and then funnel it

REMEMBER always undock the client from the different roles the client can do the exercise eyes opened or closed

TO ACKNOWLEDGE Acknowledge the client very very very much for having volunteered and shown vulnerability

This exercise serves mainly as a metaphor for the Coach striving to master Perceptual Positions (understanding and being able to go into different psyches)

CONCLUSION The Coach is a master of perceptual positions She knows how to see the different angles of the same situation She sees everything from different angles

PEMS

Life is all about relationships the relationships we have with ourselves and with others Some people instinctively relate better to themselves and others relate really well to others There are those who relate well to almost everything and everyone and others who are unable to relate with anyone This affects their personal and professional life

Is there any way to consciously improve the relationships that instinc-tively do not work Of course

When we grasp the logic of the mind of another person we can better interact with it and even influence it Psychology is power And if we apply on ourselves it becomes even more powerful and interesting The better we know ourselves and the logic of our mind the better we will be able to help ourselves and achieve our goals

Carl Gustav Jung a Swiss psychiatrist and founder of analytical psychology focused on studying social and collective archetypes He identified eight psychological types taking into account peoplersquos beha-viour abilities skills attitudes and motivations

He began by distinguishing between extraverted (social and expansive) and introverted (reserved and reflective) people Each of them could then be connected to two out of the four functions of the psyche sen-sing or intuition thinking or feeling

In the 40rsquos decade Isabel Myers and Katharine Briggs continued Jungrsquos work and added two auxiliary functions to the Jungian types percep-tion and judgement Thereby arriving at 16 psychological types or 16 personality types Later a personality test was created ndash The Myers--Briggs Type Indicator or MBTI - which is still the most commonly used tool for identifying different personality types

Based on Jungrsquos work we have created a model called PEMS which will help us better understand the logic of our own mind and of the people around us

In this model we distinguish four dominant preferences (P-E-M-S) which correspond to the four elements of life

PRACTICAL (the body DOING Activity Action related to the ele-ment of EARTH) - corresponds to someone that is earthly active dynamic practical that does a lot In excess these are people who never stop to consider their actions

EMOTIONAL (the heart FEELING Feelings Love related to the element of WATER) - corresponds to someone who nee-ds people relations who gives a lot to others and seeks affection In excess these are people who might be overly sensitive

RAPPORT

72

73

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

MENTAL (the mind THINKING Analysis Intellect Logic related to the element of AIR) - corresponds to someone who values analysis rationalization and uses logic and who always fo-cuses on making the right decision In excess these are people who might become impersonal and cold

SPIRITUAL (the soul BEING Values Existence related to the ele-ment of FIRE) - corresponds to someone who thinks that everything has meaning and a higher purpose These are people who care very much about values In excess they can fluctuate too much and concretize too little

The four logics of the mind that we have identified are also based on the four elements

Practical ndash EARTH (firm solid stable secure strong dense)Emotional ndash WATER (flexible always coming back to herself)Mental ndashAIR (transparent lightweight fast facilitates communica-

tion)Spiritual ndash FIRE (burning fleeting transforming powerful)

Thus in a very simplified manner we can divide people into four ca-tegories

PRACTICAL PEOPLE (P) ndash THEY LIKE TO ACT AND DOThese are the people who like action movement They are the ones who make the world move As friends or clients they may want to go straight to the point try things and learn about practical matters The greatest fear of these practical persons is losing control They like to feel that they are in control of the situation of the pace of the conver-sation and of the surroundings

HELP THEM ALWAYS FEEL IN CONTROL

EMOTIONAL PEOPLE (E) ndash THEY LIKE FEELING AND RELATINGThese are people who love people and sharing feelings Everything is an emotion for them And they feel things about everything and everyo-ne Let them talk about their family friends dogs neighbours etchellip

They will talk mostly about people and what they are feeling Their greatest fear is loosing empathy They like to feel reliable and they want to relate

HELP THEM FEEL EMPATHY TOWARDS YOU

MENTAL PEOPLE (M) ndash THEY LIKE TO THINK AND TO ANALYSEThese are people who like to analyze and who try to put everything into a box into a certain perspective They are precise and meticulous They like detail to study and analyze all possibilities They donrsquot fear debating (quite the contrary) and discussing they love the exchanging ideas and arguments but they need to end up being right or get a very good explanation to why the other is right A mental person is always striving to make the best decision Their greatest fear is to be wrong they like to feel that they are correct and that they are making deci-sions based on logic and rational thinking

HELP THEM FEEL THAT THEY ARE RIGHT

SPIRITUAL PEOPLE (S) ndash THEY LIKE TO BE AND TO GLOWThey are looking for the greater purpose of things They believe that everything has a reason for being the way it is that there are no coin-cidences and itrsquos that quest that moves them They give great meaning to every situation always looking for ldquotherdquo situation The greater the meaning the greater their motivation Their biggest fear is to have no meaning That it is to not be significant or ldquoshinerdquo in any way They need to feel conscious and whole

HELP THEM FEEL THAT THEY ARE MEANINGFUL

Although we all have and use a portion of these four categories in the different contexts or times of our life one of them is predominant in us Identifying it is important for managing and interacting with life and with others since it is the best and the fastest way of accessing the Map-of-the-world of someone and speaking a language that that per-son recognizes and accepts as her own

RAPPORT

74

75

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

In fact we are all one but we are all different and we must understand these differences to be able to deal with others People who are more emotional behave and interact in a totally opposite manner from mental people the same way that most practical people interact in a way that is opposite to spiritual people

The EMOTIONAL person is micro-MACRO Transforms everything that is small into something big Everything is important everything is emotional From the simple ldquogood morningrdquo to hearing ldquoI love yourdquo every day For an emotional person a discussion is always a tsuna-mi Therefore itrsquos the emotional persons who with their micro-Macro sense make birthdays a special day and receive small things with gre-at love

The MENTAL person is MACRO-micro transforms everything that is big into something small She makes it more complex by simplifying it For example this very PEMS model is MACRO-micro as it strives to make the hugeness of the personality types into something much smaller creating only four categories for all human beings The mental person also feels less and give less importance to her feelings

The SPIRITUAL person is MACRO-MACRO she takes everything that is already big and turns it even bigger more meaningful more im-portant more relevant Almost everything is a question of values of making the world a better place and interpretations that go far beyond reality A simple leaf falling off a tree can represent a new phase in life for a spiritual person

The PRACTICAL person is micro-micro turns everything into small and simple lsquoright here and right nowrsquo matters They act Right now with what they have They donrsquot feel the need to enlarge what is small and they donrsquot care much about great concepts If the five senses can help them grasp a situation everything is fine

THE PREDOMINANT LOGIC OF OUR PSYCHEThe most practical way of finding out is to notice how we behave in a stressful situation Each of us when under stress often react in a way that is very close to our basic personality type

Practical people act react move around organize themselves put their hands to work and do not rest until they manage to move things forward

The emotional people feel and feel a lot If a situation is stressful diffi-cult and negative they will have difficult and negative emotions they will feel what others feel and they will want to manage these emotions in the moment

People that are predominantly mental will under stress begin to ratio-nalize need logical answers be fast and analytical They donrsquot want to solve anything through feelings they donrsquot want to act they are only concerned with finding the right and correct decision and struggle until they get it

Finally the predominantly spiritual people will want to give a greater meaning to that particular event What has to be done what people feel or what the right solution is doesnrsquot matter what matters is why things happened the way they did and what the greater significance of that may be

RAPPORT

76

77

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

Identify the psychological type of the client can help the coach to anticipate and understand expectations

MAIN SUPERIOR FUNCTION AND AUXILIARY INFERIOR FUNCTION

According to Carl Jung while we all have one function that is better developed than the others ndash a superior function ndash we also have another fairly well developed function called the first auxiliary

All of us have a bit of each one of the psychologies but there are always two that are predominant a main one which Jung calls the superior function and an auxiliary one that lies at the bottom of the cross shown on the previous page which is always to the right or left of our superior one

The inferior function is one that is less developed and that remains mainly in our unconscious

Thus a person who is predominantly Practical may have as her auxi-liary function the emotional or mental logic thus being PE or PM

A person who is predominantly Mental may have as her auxiliary func-tion the spiritual or practical logic thus being MS or MP

A person who is predominantly Spiritual may have as her auxiliary function the emotional or mental logic thus being SE or SM

And a person who is predominantly Emotional may have as her auxilia-ry function the spiritual or practical logic thus being ES or EP

This all means that we are situated in one of the following categories

3 Practical Emotional or Emotional Practical 3 Practical Mental or Mental Practical 3 Spiritual Emotional or Emotional Spiritual 3 Spiritual Mental or Mental Spiritual

As you may have noticed according to Jung there are no EMME or PSSP That is one canrsquot have as her first auxiliary function the func-tion that is opposite to the superior one

Carl Jung said that we should look closely at our inferior function whi-ch usually remains in our unconscious because it contains an enor-mous potential for a change and each one of us can benefit a lot from integrating our inferior function with our superior one

Taking risks experimenting enjoying everything that life has to offer is the best way of getting to know ourselves and realizing where our happiness lies (ldquoTrate a Vida por Turdquo paacuteg 74)

INTROVERSION AND EXTROVERSION Introversion and extroversion have to do with the direction in which we focus our attention and energy

People who prefer Extroversion focus their energy and attention away from themselves and are interested in the world of people and things

3 Attracted to the world of events and people outside of themsel-ves

3 They are aware of who and what is around them 3 They like to meet and talk to new people 3 They are friendly often good talkers and easy to get to know 3 They tend to talk easily and often in meetings 3 May not be as aware of what goes on inside them 3 They think while talking 3 They may act or speak first and only think later 3 Speaking about themselves they speak fast 3 They bring energy into life 3 They can get bored and restless if they are alone for too long

People who prefer Introversion (focus their energy and attention inward and are interested in the inner world of thoughts and reflections)

3 Attracted to the inner world of thoughts feelings and reflections 3 They are usually very aware of their inner reactions 3 They prefer to interact with people they know 3 They are usually quiet in meetings and sometimes seem disen-

gaged

RAPPORT

78

79

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

3 They are generally reserved and hard to get to know 3 They may not be as aware of the world outside of them 3 They need time to gather their thoughts before they speak 3 They reflect and think before acting 3 They want to know you before allowing you to get to know them

deeply 3 They feel exhausted and tired after interacting with peoples

FINAL NOTE you must be what your client is You have to find that person inside you

LEARNING STYLESAs we saw with the previous PEMS model our clients will have diffe-rent psychological preferences It is therefore important and essential that you are able to adapt your sessions to the learning style that your client likes best and that better meets her psychological preference

EMOTIONAL Emotional clients will like to talk and share on their to-pics They are very much looking for a relationship and empathy with the Coach and they need to feel heard more than any of the other personality types For these persons learning has a lot to do with the relationship that is created with the feeling of support that they get and even with the positive feedback They like to learn through stories As a Coach it is important to learn to empathize with the emotional range of these persons They will appreciate the sharing to tell stories and to listen to them With emotional clients we may sometimes feel that we are not taking huge steps forward But the fact is that many times these persons need to first be listened to

MENTAL Mental clients will be more logical and may have a more aca-demic style of learning They will want to understand the reasons why things are what they are they will want to get tasks involving research on certain subjects The sessions with these people must be well defi-ned and prepared They will want to explore their intellectual side and feel challenged It is important for them to have access to information and tools that explain the work they are doing in the sessions in a con-crete and logical manner Of course they also need to empathize but the intellectual challenge feeling that their intellect is develops appears to be greater They may like schemes graphics and any models that

could simplify the learning process What these persons will demand of you is a greater capacity to analyse and a logical and rational way of communicating

SPIRITUAL this is for most people the most difficult learning style to adopt Remember that these persons are seeking the greater meaning of things They really want to feel inspired by the coaching process (and even by their Coach) They will want to see that you are an exam-ple of what you talk about so called congruence Spiritual persons will enjoy topics that are more related to values to their identity that make them feel that they are taking steps towards becoming better hu-man beings With these clients you can use powerful metaphors (even through movies music creative exercises etc) and above all strive to make sure that the person leaves the session very inspired

PRACTICAL They like action Which is great because coaching is pri-marily about action These persons like to have very practical sessions in which they get the opportunity to do many exercises and experiment with different situations They may be the clients that like getting more tasks and having things to do (which then sometimes ldquogets lostrdquo due to their time management) These clients will require more simplicity and a well-paced session from you They may also like to do exercises that involve moving their body Above all they will want you to help them get into action

As we deal with these four kinds of preferences we need to adapt our Coaching style to the learning style that each person has Thus we should prepare a lot their sessions and realize that some will require from you

3 Greater sharing and ability to listen and relate (e) 3 Researching mastering the subject very well and knowing how

to mentally stimulate your client with challenges (m) 3 Powerful metaphors very inspirational sessions and congruen-

ce that assign meaning to the Coaching process (s) 3 Practical exercises diversified well rhythmed sessions that

help your client to quickly get into action (p)

RAPPORT

80

81

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING ROOTS

LEVEL 5 - PERSON TO PERSONThis is the fifth level of rapport the deepest and more intense one It happens when the level of rapport is a total vibration Itrsquos when the client feels such a confidence by her Coach empathy and sympathy Itrsquos the hardest level to evaluate

Itrsquos when your client feels so much connected to you that depending on her your relationship would go beyond Coaching She no longer wants the Coach she wants you You no longer understand only the person she feels that you know about her You donrsquot understand psychology you understand who she is

It is very similar to the rapport level you have with 23 of very close persons in your life Everything is natural unconscious and sponta-neous

VIII ROOTS

Every human being seeks to get results Mo-ney Family Romance Peace Happiness

Career Health All we want in life is to have results in those areas

The Map-of-the-World Model is used to work on roots - your

roots as a Coach It shows us how does the psyche of all of us works As a Coach no one

should surprise you about yourself You should know you well know everything about yourself This is what itrsquos called a rooted person

click the video to see it

82

83

BELIEFSTRANSFORMATIVE COACHING

ROSA 20 M - AIR - THINK

VALUESHOLISTIC COACHING

ROSA 30 S - FIRE - BE

COACHING 40

WORLD MAP MODEL

being th

e moment

passi

on en

ergy

demotiv

ation

empowering beliefs

limiting rules

relation air(comunication)

coach is priestisnacutet

1 value focus

UNSUSTAINABLESUSTAINABLE

SECURITY

SELF LOVE

CONSCIOUSNESS

PERSONAL DEVEL

FREEDOM

LOVEBELOVED

BLISS

CONTRIBUTION

P

E

M

S

BEHAVIORROSA 10

SITUATIONAL COACHING

P - EARTH - DO

EMOTIONSREMEDY COACHING

ROSA 10 + LISTEN E - WATER - FEEL

RESULTS

ability to

enter

in st

ate

emotional

patter

ns

habits and discipline

addictions

coach is bossisnacutet

coach is friendisnacutet

1 Homework focus

optimism faithpositive

meditation

key points focusused to interrupt the fear cycle

coach is coach

HUMAN HAVINGHUMAN BEING

UNSUSTAINABLEEGOTISTICAL

STRETCH ZONE

SUSTAINABLEECOLOGICALSTRETCH ZONE

SHORT TERMLONG TERM

CYCLE OF CONFIDENCECYCLE OF FEAR

CONSCIOUS

SUBCONSCIOUS

UNCONSCIOUS

84

85

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

So the first question is why some are getting results while others are not

ACTIONS BEHAVIORSThis means that anyone who is having results is because she is ldquodoingrdquo ie behaving differently from other people who are having no results in those areas For example a millionaire DOES things that people who are not millionaires donrsquot For example saving investing etc Someone with a great health is DOING things that people that donrsquot have a good health are not What we are doing is making the difference Two people in the same circumstances that do exactly the same actions have the same kind of results People who have the results you wanna have ARE DOING THINGS TO GET THEM

So the next question is what leads some people to DO and others to not do

EMOTIONSEverything you do in your life is a relationship between pain and pleasure What happens is that someone who goes running at 6 am associates more pain with lsquonot goingrsquo than with lsquogoingrsquo Who is going to the gym asso-ciates more pleasure than pain with going to the gym in the morning That relationship between pain and pleasure is what is defining your results If we dramatically increase the pain or the pleasure associated we will get to change your results

As so what is then defining that painpleasure relationship

BELIEFSThe reason is because of our beliefs of what we believe in Our beliefs are our set of rules for the world and for our lives Your set of beliefs in fact is defining your painpleasure relationship with something and then your actions A millionaire believes that saving is essential that investing and taking risks is necessary This set of beliefs leads himher to associa-te more pleasure than pain with having these behaviors and therefore heshe implements them Other people have other beliefs that create other

emotions that create other results People who are achieving results in areas that you arenrsquot have a beliefs system different from yours

And then it seems logical to ask so what is defining and creating your set of beliefs

VALUESWhat is a value Itrsquos something that is important to you something you re-ally value The only thing that determines a value is if it is valuable to you Not all of us share the same values (Example the values of Mother Teresa and Donald Trump Contribution vs Professional Accomplishment) What you really value and not what you say that you value You value it so much that it generates your set of beliefs In fact when you live your values in practice (on a daily basis) you are defining your life results Not what you would like to value but what you are really valorizing In fact we all have the same values What differs is the order and the importance we give to each one of them

For example if someone has the value of the family above the value of work she will have the belief that it is more important to spend time with her family causing her to develop a positive feeling when she is with her family which leads her to really try to spend more time with it On the other hand someone who has the value of work above the family one will be someone who believes she should spend more time with her work and career as she believes it is that that will bring her more financial stabi-lity for example So she will associate more pleasure to the time spent at work than at home causing her to act accordingly to that emotion For example Donald Trump and Mother Teresa of Calcutta havenrsquot they got different values One probably values more lsquoprofessional fulfillmentrsquo the other values more lsquocontributionrsquo Different results Sure One has one of the largest business empires in the world the other left the largest volun-teer organization in the world

So in reality the values you are living in practice (what you are valuing in practice) are defining your results

This alone already explains a good part of the psyche of human beings But letrsquos go deeper

ROOTS

Having roots is to control the cycle of trust

86

87

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

To have roots the coach has to identify

her motivators and values create beliefs and habits and learn

to place herself in a state

CYCLE OF CONFIDENCE AND CYCLE OF FEAREveryone has Cycles of Fear in some areas and Cycles of Confidence in other areas

How do you know it If you are having or not results in that area In the areas of your life where you are getting results you are living in a Cycle of Confidence In the areas where yoursquore not you are living in a Cycle of Fear What does this means is that you have behavioral addic-tions or that you are doing things in a vicious way you are in a sort of a mice wheel Those addictions start by creating emotional patterns on you (feelings that you are having whether you want it or not for instan-ce jealousy when it becomes a pattern no matter what the other does that emotion will keep being there it is an emotion that happens to you) and those emotional patterns generate limiting rules We use the words ldquorulesrdquo because in reality limiting beliefs are created because they have a very large set of rules And this generates demotivation An addiction creates an emotional pattern that creates rules limiting which create demotivation and discourage us to move and change This Cycle of Fear is being lived FROM RESULTS TO VALUES and not in the other and right way The bad news are that we all have Cycles of Fear The areas in which we are not having results is because we are afraid but we paint it in other colors Irsquom afraid Irsquom demotivated I have emotional patterns and I have limiting rules

For you to gain roots you need to recognize these cycles You need to break it if you want results but if you want roots you need to recognize them Good news you can break Cycles of Fear

Second good news you have Cycles of Confidence You also unders-tand the other psychology So what is a Cycle of Confidence

You start by having the capacity of creating Discipline and Habits you get the ability to get into a certain and desired state (eg being happy to go training I want to create that emotion I visualize it it is the op-posite of an emotional pattern the pattern happens to you Think of a boxer who puts herself into her wanted state before entering in a ring You have empowering beliefs (when you believe in something that cre-ates more of it) This creates energy passion being in the moment Being with energy and passion and in the moment brings me empowe-ring beliefs which put me in the emotional state I want and provide me

habits and discipline The good news you have these cycles in areas that you are getting results Think in one area You have these four things right

Having these cycles itrsquos called being human First part on lsquorootsrsquo is about knowing your Cycles of Fear and Confidence and admit them to yourself to those you love to the others And having the courage to say that it doesnrsquot work because of FEAR And there is a way to break this cycle When you have roots you stop projecting it in your clients

There is a way of finding your values in a very logical way knowing which human motivators drive your behavior

8 HUMAN MOTIVATORSMaslov pyramid he was the first to talk about human needs He is outda-ted because it defines a hierarchy He places self-fulfillment at the top This model is very much focused on Maslovrsquos map-of-the-world who was an MS If it is a PE he may have lsquofamilyrsquo in the top and that is not wrong Still there are things that all humans need

So with all these models we created the 8 human motivators they are divided in four paradoxes one for each of the PEMS The first paradox is security freedom

Each one of us was born with a set of motivators You are ldquoaddictedrdquo on one side of the paradox You have to fulfill that need even if you have to abdicate of the other one

ROOTS

SECURITY

SELF LOVE

CONSCIOUSNESS

PERSONAL DEVEL

FREEDOM

LOVEBELOVED

BLISS

CONTRIBUTION

P

E

M

S

88

89

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

The main lesson is the more you live the other side of the paradox the more you will live your addiction as well What happens is that you can only get more of your addiction when you learn to validate the other side of the paradox This is what Jung calls ldquoparadoxes integrationrdquo be the millionaire and the altruistic Be the mother of family and career etc Only when you integrate the other energy is when it boosts the one that is more natural to you

For other persons it happens the same with security and all other pa-radoxes The suggestion is Irsquom addicted on this but I can pause and I can go exploring the other side What you have to figure out is your map (draw in the lsquoinfinite signsrsquo which side of the paradoxes is bigger) Your map is about how much you need to fill each side of the paradox

So YOUR HUMAN MOTIVATORS ARE DEFINING YOUR VALUES AND YOUR VALUES ARE DEFINING YOUR RESULTS

You can have everything on one of the sides of the paradox if yoursquore willing to face the fear of losing it

All people fill their motivators The difference between us is how sus-tainable is that satisfaction Unsustainable means that every day you

EXERCISE Do your map How do you discover Based on major decisions you made in your life Example work home relationships etc

have to feed them Imagine a homeless person he meets hisher secu-rity needs (eating and having where to sleep) but he has to do it every day Now compare with Donald Trump If you see the freedom part it probably happens the opposite

3 SUSTAINABLE it feeds itself It is something that can continue without the need for external resources It is ecological based on challenge and paradoxes integration

3 UNSUSTAINABLE you need to do it every day it is selfish ba-sed on comfort and extremist You do it like it was a daily shot

Example father and daughter about going out at night (to satisfy sa-fety and to love and be loved) Father says no hersquos being selfish and within his comfort zone The same father after coming to this course ldquoYoursquore going to the party until 2230 You send me an sms saying that everything is ok and at 2230 Irsquoll pick yourdquo This continues for some time Father goes on diminishing the rules Now hersquos being ecological entering his challenge zone and integrating paradoxes To feel safe as a father he has to give some freedom To feel loved he has to give them some self love Now his motivators are sustainable and has a sustai-nable system that feeds itself To arrive to a deeper level of security he needs to take the risk that comes from giving more freedom

DIAGONAL CONTINUOUS LINEThis line shows us that working above the line ie the clientrsquos beha-viors andor emotions is short-term and unsustainable In this case only the techniques are worked There are immediate results but with no major impact and duration Like when we are called to do motiva-tional speaking or teambuildingrsquos People feel better and do things but the results have a short duration

This does not imply that it is wrong to do Coaching based on these two areas For example in a quick conversation with a friend we can do Situational Coaching (based on behaviours) in order to get her to do something that has been postponing If the action has been made and it was what was intended to be then you did your role as Coach The Remedy Coaching is also important sometimes which consists on making the other person to leave the session feeling good thinking more positive at the time having had an opportunity to digest an emo-tion

ROOTS

90

91

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

Below the continuous line is where lies the deepest work The one that will actually be sustainable and with long-term results This is where we work values and beliefs it is where we go deep to the point where in fact we shift paradigms The client in this type of Coaching change her beliefs and values turning to be a really different person in opposition to what happens above the line where only the emotions or behaviors are changed but the client continues to be what she was

ICEBERGWith the iceberg image it is understood that the behavior is the conscious part of the human being the only thing that the client can see and analyze Everything else emotions beliefs and values are at the clientrsquos unconscious But as a Coa-ch I must and I want to work also the unconscious because as we saw above this is where it lies the sustainable and long-term work

When we help our clients shifting their paradigms beliefs emotions or values we are working with their unconscious Your client will not like this at some point in the process The unconscious will realize that she will have to change and this will cause the first resistance Knowing how to overcome this is essential to the Coachrsquos work so she can de-liver sustainable results

Conscious Mind keeps all the information which you can access now

Unconscious Mind keeps all the information that has ever passed through your brain It is also a kind of a warning system for you

The information passes from the unconscious to the conscious mind through the subconscious It goes dropping into deeper levels of our mind Very qui-ckly your clients will want to turn you into one of three things

Friend ndash They want someone who listens to them who is patient with them who is always there with whom they can always count and talk Most of your clients will want to have you here that you turn into a sort of confi-dant that supports them but does not challenge them too much But you are not there to be a friend

Boss ndash Many will seek in the Coach someone to tell them what to do who provides them specific guidance who pressures them who ldquopunishrdquo them when they donrsquot have their homework done Someone who is even more committed with their results than themselves But yoursquore also not there to be a Boss

Priest ndash Others will want a kind of a weekly confession session That you absolve the mistakes theyrsquove made du-ring the week that you tell them everything is fine and that it doesnrsquot matter we are all human and we all make mistakes You are not there to be a kind of spiritual le-ader of your client and to absolve him You are there to be

Coach - The Coach has an ldquoAirrdquo relationship with the client ie mental of communication becau-se it is a conversation where you listen and ask where there is intellectual stimulation In the map--of-the-world scheme the Coachrsquos sketch is in the quadrant of beliefs It is a ldquomind with mindrdquo work

It is important to know this because with the sessions going clients tend to try their Coach to become a friend (wateremotions) a boss (earthbehaviors) or even a priest (firevalues) However the Coach should avoid the mistake of behaving like one of these three types You are there to be a Coach

Notes In Informal Coaching with friends colleagues family remember that first thatrsquos what you are and only then you are a Coach Therefore you should not give prevalence to the Coach but to the relationship you have with that person otherwise you would violate the pact that exists between the two

ROOTS

92

93

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

4 TYPES OF COACHINGBased on these four quadrants there are four types of Coaching

Situational Coaching ndash The one that is done immediate-ly during the situation with the sole purpose of lea-ding it to an action It usually consists of a brief con-versation where a ROSA 10 is done Your client has a situation that week that really needs to be addressed Ex a proposal that she needs to present a college exam for which she has to study Itrsquos not bad Coaching and it is often necessary Only it is more superficial

Remediative Coaching ndash As the name says it suits when we have to put a ldquobandageointmentrdquo on the emotions The goal is the client to feel good at the end of the session without having to go deeply on the problem Itrsquos the typical conver-sation where the client unburdens and your only goal is to make her feel a little better Sometimes it may be and it often is necessary

Ex the past week your client has discussed with someone important to her or something happened that greatly dealt with her emotions Your first focus should be to help her to unburden and to feel better We used ROSA 10 + Unburden

Transformative Coaching ndash Here the goal is not just making the client to feel better but that she can change the way she sees her life and herself Here we mainly work on beliefs ie the client stops believing in some things to start believing in another ones She shifts paradigm Coaching is now much more sustainable and with long--term results It undergoes through more complete ses-sions where ROSA 20 is done

Holistic Coaching ndash This is the kind of Coaching that involves the whole being of the client all her areas and valences ie her values The entire psyche is worked We are working the whole Human Being and not only a part of it Even the motivators are worked We use ROSA 30 and we work a lot on paradoxes integration

KEY POINTSWe said earlier that we all have Cycles of Fear and that we can change them to Cycles of Confidence How

Imagine that you have a turnscrew and a bicycle wheel is malfunctio-ning You will then put the turnscrew into one of the four key points and then yoursquoll pull and force the wheel to move in the right direction to-wards the Cycle of Confidence And very important you donrsquot take out the turnscrew until the Cycle (the wheel) rotates in the right direction

What are then the Four Key Points You can really choose only one

VALUE FOCUS At this point you will choose a key value for you whi-ch you canrsquot leave to live in practice Whatever happens you canrsquot take the turnscrew from there For instance imagine that you are experien-cing serious financial difficulties and you decide that lsquoValue Focusrsquo is your point Imagine that you choose ldquosavingrdquo as the value that has to be experienced in practice Then whenever you have to make a decision that involves spending money you know what to do You canrsquot in any way stop living this value until the cycle begins to rotate in the oppo-site direction and gets sustainable

POSITIVITY If you want to work at the level of beliefs yoursquoll start to develop this empowering belief base BEING POSITIVE You must be a positive person with faith who believes that everything will go well who says only positive things about herself and the others who sees and is focused on everything positive that is going around her And when the bad days or the bad news are coming and you feel the need to say something negative you shut up And you say something positive

EMOTION FOCUS Imagine that there is an emotion that makes your Cycle of Fear to happen (an emotional pattern) In this key point you will choose an emotion that you would like to learn to cause in yourself learning how to get yourself into that state Imagine that you have been feeling too much anger in your Cycle of Fear and want to feel harmony instead You want to learn how to get into that emotional state You start feeling the opposite emotion and you do something to manage to be in an harmony state (you listen to a song that gets yourself into that state you put your boxing gloves you jump you meditate you close

ROOTS

94

95

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

your eyes you read a poem as Mandela did )

HOMEWORK FOCUS Here you will define a homework that until itrsquos done you wonrsquot do anything else Imagine that you have a Cycle of Fear in relation to health that you define lsquoHomework Focusrsquo as the key point and your homework is running every day Until you manage to do it nothing else matters All of your strategies are directioned so that your homework is being done as soon as possible

In the end all of the four key points have to do with absolute focus

Value ndash Focus on the most important value Until that value is being lived we wonrsquot move on

Positivity (Faith Optimism) ndash Focus on the positive emotions Un-til she gets optimistic we wonrsquot move on

Emotion (Meditation) ndash Focus on pleasure Until she feels more ple-asure than pain we wonrsquot move on

Homework ndash Focus on action Until the homework gets done we wonrsquot move on

VERY IMPORTANTYou as a coach do not have to guess your clientrsquos map-of-the-world or even her PEMS but you have to explore it aside of her You will only master her Map-of-the-World when you understand your own (creating roots) because you will never learn anything about yourself with your client you will never discover anything about you because shersquos the one who discovers it being real or not You Coach you must be hum-ble enough to know that you know nothing about your client and you shouldnrsquot try to guess anything It is the customer who gets there alone

Therefore the more knowledge you have about your own map-of-the--world together with Rapport and ROSA the more intense will be your Coaching because the more you will be able to help your client The goal is that you have the tools in yourself so you can help her In other words this tool is for you to deepen your roots and thus know when you need to do only ROSA or go searching for the Key Points or to use

another method For instance if a client has as her main challenge to be promoted then therersquos no logical on working on Cycles of Fear but to make a ROSA and move forward On the other hand if you see that there is a Cycle of Fear then you should find the key point so you can work on it

I canrsquot help the others if I canrsquot help myself first

ROOTS

values (I am)

during session

clientcoach rosa unconscious

Beliefs (I think)

between sessions

co-coach rosa 30

emotions (I feel)

leverage slice

self coaching rosa 20behavior (I do)

holistic

coaching to others rosa 10M

S

E

P

96

97

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING RESULTS

IX RESULTS

Results are super important in the Coa-ching process There is simply no Coa-

ching if there are no results and thatrsquos why they are at the center of the

triangle of the four Rrsquos Everything we do whether is ROSA creating

Roots or building Rapport it is done with the purpose of get-ting results at the end of the sessions

This is what distinguishes the most Coaching from other practices As a Coach you must become obsessed with your clients results Not only that they do their homeworks but also how close did Coaching took them closer to their Guru Objective how much it has improved their leverage slice of the Pizza and other slices as well We also try to assess the sustainability of those results We donrsquot want them just to get there but also that they keep there

Coaching is about results and you must take this premise very seriou-sly You have been hired to make them reach some goals Become obsessed with it

It is not so easy to evaluate results in a metric way in the world of Co-aching but it proves to be very important Not only with Life Coaching but also with Business Coaching We must find a way to demonstrate that our work has had results in practice

That was the reason why we have created the Results Model

Our level of competence is equal to our worst level of performance

RESULTS MODELIt is possible to define results through the four metrics

lsquoSrsquo AXIS (SPIRITUAL) WE EVALUATE THE PROCESS IMPACT ON THE CLIENT

Behavior (I DO) When the client throughout the process changes one or more behaviors She does now due to the sessions different things that she didnrsquot before

Emotions (I FEEL) When the client feels happier more self-confi-dent fulfilled etc She has now different and more positive emotions due to the Coaching process

98

99

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

Beliefs (I THINK) When there is a change of belief (I used to belie-ve I was not a good person and now I believe I am) When the client used to believe in something and she started to believe in something different There was a paradigm shift She used to see something in a certain way and now she sees it in a more empowering way

Values (I AM) When the Coach manages to help the client to change her values ie the person she is This happens for exam-ple when the client starts to put more emphasis on family than on work or when she accepts and believes that she is a healthy and different person and that nothing will change that now She values different things todat due to the Coa-ching process

lsquoErsquo AXIS (EMOTIONAL) WE EVALUATE THE CLIENTrsquoS AUTONOMY

Level 1 Coach (CoachClient Relationship) Itrsquos the Coach who controls the situation There is a formal relationship be-tween Coach and Client and the session is controlled and oriented by the Coach

Level 2 Coach (Co-Coach) The Client already acts as a Coach during the sessions This happens for example when the client already knows that she is supposed to also say po-sitive things on the Reality part that is she already knows what to do in each step She already takes the initiative The relationship is more about cooperation now and the Client start becoming autonomous

Level 3 Coach (Self-Coaching) When the Client already does Self--Coaching at home not being asked to This is a fantastic moment because she already has the tools and the Coach is there to help and support

Level 4 Coach (Coach to others) When the Client comes to a ses-sion and tells us she has done Coaching with someone else (with her child for instance) This person came to us to be helped however she is already using our tools to help so-

RESULTS

meone else She is totally independent It is every Coachrsquos dream

lsquoMrsquo AXIS (MENTAL) WE EVALUATE THE CLIENTrsquoS CONTENTS ASSIMILATION

Uses Rosa 10 language o cliente usa palavras como Realidade objetivos soluccedilotildees accedilotildees fazem hoje parte do seu leacutexico

Uses Rosa 20 language the client uses terms such as guru objec-tives baby objectives measurable beliefs paradigm shif-ting brainstorming etc

Uses Rosa 30 language she refers terms like emotional patterns cycles of fear and confidence values dilemma etc

Uses unconscious Rosa language when many of these terms are so ingrained in the clientrsquos language that she thinks she will use them for the rest of her life

lsquoPrsquo AXIS (PRACTICE) WE EVALUATE RESULTS IN PRACTICE

During the Session I can manage the client to get results only du-ring the session It is a Coaching session that has no power to influence the client outside it

Between Sessions It mostly happens when the client is doing her homeworks It means that what happened during the ses-sion touched her with enough strength to get her to realize she has to do something and that she is doing something outside the sessions

Leverage Slice It happens when the client fulfills her Leverage Slice and achieves the goal that brought her to Coaching or when her satisfaction in that slice has dramatically im-proved

Holistic When the client improves satisfaction in multiple slices as a result of the sessions including the leverage slice It was a process that had an impact on the whole being and not just in one area of her life

100

101

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

You can make this model with your client on the last session you have together You can also make a self-assessment to compare with it When you measure these four levels of results you will have access to check what level of Coaching you had on that specific process

COACHING LEVELThe Coaching Level that you have delivered is always proportional to your lowest result Even if you have three axes at level 3 and have only one at a level 2 Coaching has been 20 This is valuable information to you as a Coach because it gives you an idea of axes that are easier for you to work and others that you may have to further strengthen

Level 4 Coaching is something that is not achieved with all clients There must be a great empathy and rapport as well as a mastery on the Coaching technique that has been taught in the training course and presented in this manual

Gulica ego catia caperum dem inem cus Fortes et L Nos et grae avehem Romnit acto egeris cis sultod pratum voltum iam hos ublius hactam atemus essede con vas optilis factor aus nem ad cae estil hos me patus re verisse inatuus

Udam deperfecrem nermis etraed me int ela remulibut rem loctusquo cum mus auciem vivehem uresull emquissent eti primperescit ina que ia consiss entium pulerit con vendam morei sentes inatil vit ia quam mus licaudemus factem dum eo ura ex muro nenit quo vilnes-tium Catimportus pati postalarit vis coena fui sa consu consceribus Satquid ertienatus contere essimis ut vis aus iliciam quo in dissimis Ra num deatiqua vere con sentius et in spio pes Tiaetin videlisquam mus viliam que conum is larbit etora notimolto nos et duc omnimus opublicae convo C Nos vivica Catus hos vivas aurnihil hui terfint imorter labus hostam res inequod nerem tabute telieni hilicaessil ven-tem nonsulis

Berteropubit diisquium iteriti emprit teludam hilicid erfentiur tem huis

Hum pro vidiusquem paterevid sedis factatu rnihilla rem publicave Ca-terev irissoltis re aurei pere anum teluder ficepse essercem octuusque mis tum inam pra vivid rei condamdiis hacies Ipio verei sendamdis

TOOLS amp TECHNIQUES

X TOOLS AND TECHNIQUES

If you master well the model of the four Rrsquos for us you already are a fantastic Coach If you can master some stars too itrsquos even better But if you master the model you know how to do Coaching But now letrsquos go to the small stars The idea is not that you try to use all the stars at the same time Choose the two or three that you like best and train those first

POSITIVE FEEDBACKProvide as much positive feedback as you can to your client Take every opportunity you have to do it A Coach is the type of mirror that only says good things about her client Please turn yourself into some-one who is always valorizing every small steps that your client takes

FEEDBACK HAMBURGERYou say something positive then you say something negative then you say something positive again The two positive feedbacks have to be VERY VERY good For instance ldquoI have been feeling that you are very committed to your Coaching process We just need to start paying more attention to our homework even because I feel that you are a person who likes to challenge yourself and that really wants to go further ldquo

RESSIGNIFICATION Ressignificating is finding another meaning still more empowering but that changes everything EgrdquoI didnrsquot do my homework I failedrdquo Coach ldquoWow That means that you are a demanding and committed personrdquo ldquoIrsquom lazyrdquo

102

103

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

ldquoDoes that means you like to enjoy the pleasures of liferdquo

REFRAMINGIt is much like ressignification Itrsquos the name that is used in NLP (Neuro--Linguistic Programming) You take the information that was been gi-ven to you in a frame and you put it in a new one

PREFRAMINGIf ressignification has to do with changing the meaning after it has been given preframing has to do with giving a meaning to something before we have explained what it is It is a widely used technique to anticipate objections that might distract us from our ultimate goal Then we do preframing we previously give the meaning that we want the person to give afterwards Example

ldquoCan I show you my point of view Itrsquos something different but Irsquove seen that it works with many people and it has been helping a lot to change our behavior to healthier habits Itrsquos something innovative and different but highly successful Can I tell you my ideardquo You create a frame before placing the information in there

POSTFRAMINGFirst you give the information and then you put it in a frame Eg ldquoFolks today we have an exam (the low energy level) but thatrsquos what this course is about to be the best Coach to go furtherrdquo

ldquoFROM 0 TO 10 rdquo To give examples ldquoI think Irsquoll read a bookrdquo Coach ldquoFrom 0-10 how much do you think you will accomplish that goalrdquo

TRANSFORMING ldquoORrdquo IN ldquoANDrdquoHelp the client to find an alternative solution to integrate paradoxes to

find a third way

VULNERABILIZATIONFind out things about you that are not working and put them at the clientrsquos service That makes you human and you are validating your client in the case she feels the same She does some things better than you and has some of the same challenges

ASSOCIATION AND DISSOCIATIONThese two terms are often used in NLP (Neuro-linguistic Program-ming) and are used in various ways Association means that an indi-vidual describes a situation as if it was happening and he was partici-pating on it As the name indicates he is associated with it He is still seeing himself going through the situation and feels the emotions that he would feel if he was really living it

Dissociation means that an individual can already tell that experience as if he was watching a movie in which he took part but already dis-sociated from it He is more in an observer role That allows him a big-ger emotional objectivity Even if he feels the emotions they are more about the experience itself and not so much about him as a participant

When we want to help our customers to overcome some emotionally more challenging situations it can make a huge difference to have them to dissociate from those situations Thatrsquos how they can gain greater objectivity and clarity and at the same time they get more mo-tivated to take their first steps

METAPHORSThe most important here is that you use the metaphors of your client Use her world whenever it is possible It will help a lot more to inter-nalize and memorize the information Help your client to create her metaphors Eg ldquoSometimes we fall into holes that are so big that you canrsquot get out of them alonerdquo ldquoLearning to forgive someone is like dri-ving one step at a timerdquo

TOOLS amp TECHNIQUES

104

105

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

LANGUAGE OF A COACH 3 HOW TO INTERRUPT at the first session it must be defined if

the Coach can interrupt the client when she deviates from the focus If yoursquore going to interrupt your client you must always do it with a question You can also take note of something that has nothing to do with the subject you are talking about but it seems important So we can talk about it in the next session You can ask the client if she liked to talk about it

3 ldquoDOES IT MAKES SENSE FOR YOUrdquo If she says NO ldquoSo tell merdquo if she says YES ldquocan you tell me howrdquo

3 ldquoMY HALLUCINATION is rdquo Being very unconditional Any opi-nion is a good opinion The Coach realyy doesnrsquot know The word hallucination implies that what yoursquore saying may be ab-solutely wrong

3 ldquoWHAT WOULD LOVE DO NOWrdquo Be careful with the rapport level you have with your client It is a very good question when it concerns relational issues

3 ldquoHOW WOULD IT BE IFrdquo Very good to overcome objections ldquohow would it be if you had timerdquo ldquohow would it be if you had moneyrdquo ldquohow would it be if you had self-confidencerdquo

3 ldquoWHAT IF rdquo Fantastic to destroy any obstacle that your client brings Some examples ldquoAnd what if you couldrdquo ldquoWhy notrdquo ldquoWhat if nobody would knowrdquo ldquoWhat if you had moneyrdquo ldquoI know you donrsquot but what if you knew what would you sayrdquo

3 GENERAL TIP BE COOL You really must have a cool and rela-xed attitude You really donrsquot know what would be best for your client so be really unconditional

THE COACHING ETHICS

XI THE COACHING ETHICS

There are six ethic rules in Coaching but with no doubt the first is the most important

CONFIDENTIALITY Coaching sessions must be given the utmost con-fidentiality There are no legal rules as in Therapy (like not having fa-mily as clients) but you always have to respect confidentiality When you do Coaching in a company and you must give feedback to their manager your clients must know it If necessary you can discuss the case with a mentor but always without mentioning the name of your client You can discuss the cases but without any names

CLIENTrsquoS AUTONOMY Coaching is all about autonomy and sustaina-bility You need your client to get results not that she needs you You should think ldquoif I change country how would my clients berdquo

CAREFUL WITH PROJECTIONS We all project aspects that we re-press in ourselves All currents in psychology agree that there is pro-jection When I look to someone else what I see is whatrsquos inside of me (strengths and weaknesses) Thatrsquos why some see one thing and others see another As a Coach you must be very attentive to projections You should not do it with your client and for that you must work on your roots If something bothers you that says more about you than about your client Itrsquos not just a technical issue of respecting others map-of--the-world It is an ethical issue

CREDIBILITY Of course you can use other different tools in your ses-sions but you should be able to do so Using things on which yoursquore not certified is breaking ethics Try to be congruent and integrate Being a corporate or a sales Coach without being an expert about those mat-ters is not ethical

106

107

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING THE FIRST SESSION IN PRATICE

CONTRACT IS CONTRACT The financial commitment you assume with your client is always the same as long as she is your client The same in what respects sessions frequency You should always ask permission to your client when you want to change the frequency of the sessions For WeCreate the value you charge to your client must be the same forever It is part of our gratitude towards our client

SELF-COACHING The Coach must be an example of Self-Coaching or she should have a Coach You really have to do ROSA once a year at least and use all these tools in a weekly basis Make sure that you are also an example of achieving your own dreams

XII THE FIRST SESSION

IN PRACTICEIt is normal that the first session is a bit longer (90min) Your focus is to build RAPPORT Here is an example of a few steps for your first session You can have a few more or less of these steps but this is the general idea

STEP 1 Memorize these steps so that you will not have to use this manual

STEP 2 (Partnership) Organize the working space have everything prepared adequated clothes etc

STEP 3 (Presence) Prepare to be fully present by meditating or by being a few minutes in silence

STEP 4 (Posture and words) Build rapport have a few minutes of casual positive and neutral conversation to break the ice For example the weather the clientrsquos favourite team foot-ball match etc

STEP 5 At this stage you will also try to collect information about the client Several aspects of her life and trying to deter-mine clientrsquos expectations regarding the Coaching process You will be attentive about the metaphors and about what is really important to her Yoursquoll need it to explain what Co-aching is in her words

STEP 6 Explain what Coaching is using the clientrsquos words and the references she gave us Example letrsquos imagine that boxing was something that the client liked and we want to explain

108

109

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING THE LAST SESSION

Coaching through boxing ldquoCoaching is like boxing It invol-ves a lot of training to succeed in getting results but ins-tead of having an external enemy we are fighting against ourselvesrdquo

STEP 7 Inviting the client to do an exercise we pick six pens (three of each color) We ask her to tell us three things that are going well in her life and we explore each area a bit Then we ask ldquoamong those areas which one is running really wellrdquo Then we ask for three things that are not going so well and explore a bit

STEP 8 Asking the client which 3 goals she would like to accom-plish by the end of the Coaching process that would make it worth the investment (as measurable as possible)

STEP 9 Establishing verbal contract and selling the idea of coa-ching (even if the sessions pack is already closed) Now we talk about the practical issues sessions frequency ses-sions length interrupting the client first session a bit lon-ger confidentiality guarantee If you feel comfortable you can talk about costs and forms of payment

STEP 10 ldquoCan we start our session talking about what brought you here How can I helprdquo

STEP 11 Talking a bit about the Clientrsquos reality and introducing the Pizza of Life The client draws herrsquos We will go on explai-ning the pizza and its different slices (very briefly not to influence) Some clients like to do it lsquoalonersquo others like to go on talking as they fill the slices

STEP 12 From then on you make ROSA 10

STEP 13 You end up the session You can share ROSA methodology with your client (if you think shersquod like it) and ending with positive feedback You can also ask the client how did she feel You can also ask her to choose an object and summa-rize the session You will also be doing some preframing by stating that Coaching is about action and homeworks

XIII THE LAST SESSION

A coaching process has a follow-up We can work with individual ses-sions or with a pack It is important to inform your clients that Coaching is a continuous process and not a process with miraculous results in the first session Hence it is like doing workout where it is difficult to get results if we go to the gym only once

You can work with packs of sessions (5 or 10) and we would like to give you some tips on what you should ensure it gets done in your last coaching session with someone you have been working with

FUTURE It is important to ensure that the client will continue taking steps in the future even not having sessions anymore or your presence In this session you should spend some time helping her in creating an action plan about the next steps she wants to go on taking in that area You can also take the opportunity to do a small summary of everything that you both worked in so that there is a notion of the progress made and the results achieved Ensures that your client completed that process and be sure about the next steps for her future Help her in crea-ting a good action plan

HABITS You can also ask your client which would be the daily or weekly habits that she would like more to integrate into her routine

POSITIVE FEEDBACK This is also the perfect time to give positive fe-edback to your client (despite being a constant throughout the sessions) Show her the progress she has made throughout the sessions and help her to realize all the positive things she has achieved

111

110

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

PERSONAL DEVELOPMENT We must ensure that our client conti-nues its personal development process and knows or tries new approaches Coaching is just one part of a wide range of options that are now ahead of her Encourage her to con-tinue that journey to read new books to try other trainings and workshops other different and complementary ways of approaching personal development

KEEPING CONTACT You can develop some form of contact with your old clients Email telephone facebook etc Remember to con-tinue sending her information about coaching or other matters you find important It is a way to ensure that your client will continue ldquoawakedrdquo for this subject

Thank you for being part of this project

Daniel Saacute Nogueira and Marta Ferreira

Page 18: WeCreate International Coaching Certification Manual

36

37

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

provementrdquo

This way you gain even more information about the current situation of your client which may be very helpful during the rest of the coaching process

LEVERAGE SLICEAfter evaluating the pizza of life we dedicate ourselves to hel-ping the client choose a leverage slice We can explain that coaching is about gaining focus by having only one target to hit at each moment in time This does not mean that we wonrsquot work on any other area it just means that we first need to solve one slice one priority slice

The question to use is ldquoWhich slice if you increase your satisfaction with it by one or two points would improve the biggest number of your other pizza slicesrdquo

You can ask your client to select any 5 slices then 3 then 2 and ask ldquoImagine that I am the genie in the lamp and I can help you bring one of these slices to a 10 which one would you chooserdquo

If your client clearly has a slice that she wants to work you can proce-ed with this one right away

The leverage slice is not always the slice that got the lowest rating Therefore we should not influence the decision of the client

A few tips

3 If the client chooses a slice that she gave a high rating itrsquos good news for the Coach because it will be relatively easy for the client to improve it further

3 If the client wants to choose a new slice in the next session no problem Remember that we are just chauffeurs Early on in the coaching process the client may do some reflection and then want to choose another slice

3 Until the leverage slice is resolved (rated much more positively)

or under control by the client (it only being a matter of time) we DO NOT change the slice along the way We only do so once we have delivered the wanted results If we change the slice in each session it becomes difficult (if not impossible) to deliver results which also become much less sustainable Coaching is not a process with a magic wand that can transform a slice in an hour

3 No area is more important than another and the numbers that the client uses to evaluate only mean something to her Remember that YOU SHOULD NOT JUDGE anything about the pizza of your client It only needs to make sense to her

O(BJECTIVES)Now that we know the current reality of our client it is time to move on At this point we no longer speak of problems or challenges That was back in the previous phase Now we just want to know about Objectives

In Coaching we work with two types of objectives

GURU OBJECTIVES AND BABY OBJECTIVESAll of us more or less consciously orient our action through goals But we do not always take the right steps There are people who consciously do but there are many others who without being conscious of it hurt their feet run without knowing where theyrsquore going or stop halfway

We can identify two types of goals which we should use to our advan-tage

3 Guru objective ndash a goal that is so big so big that therersquos a voi-ce in our head that thinks itrsquos impossible to accomplish

3 Baby objective ndash a goal that is so small so small that we are absolutely certain of achieving it

ROSA 20

The slice of leverage is the one in which if there is any improvements will positively affect other slices of pizza

The Baby-Objectives has the

unique purpose to increase client

confidence

38

39

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

Guru and baby objectives psychology is natural to us not something we learn nor something we can unlearn For example it activates immediately if wersquore in a car accident if anything threatens our survi-val or the survival of our loved ones We then forget whether we are confident or not successful or not rich or poor and we only care about finding a solution This is natural we always have an ultimate goal in mind while at the same time staying present to the immediate objec-tive since that is what makes us define the next small step towards reaching our guru objective And we get so engaged that nothing will distract us from our guru objective Now this psychology should not get triggered only unconsciously in moments of survival but also be applied consciously in our lives in general in our everyday And yes it can be activated

Always remember that an objective is only at the guru level if there is a voice inside you that laughs finding it impossible to achieve and a baby objective is only one if you are sure that you will achieve It is therefore essential to dream to look farther and reach beyond what our minds can visualize

But beware if we focus solely on our highest goals we will never le-ave the realm of dreams and over time we will lose self-confidence Achieving goals involves taking small steps every day defining reaso-nable steps that slowly but surely bring us closer to our guru objective

Success depends on a combination of both We must therefore learn to live life with very big guru objectives and very small baby objectives Most people that feel unhappy have developed a guru psychology but not a baby psychology or vice versa The former always want more and are never satisfied with their daily achievements The latter live through small steps but cannot think big so the little steps wear them out and monotony or apathy reigns

Having a great guru objective without setting baby objectives leads to frustration anxiety and impatience Setting baby objectives without having a big guru objective leads to disinterest discouragement and lack of direction(ldquoTrate a Vida por Turdquo paacuteg 111)

META+Our objectives should be

Measurable - Objectives should be very concrete so that when we reach them we can check off ldquomission accomplishedrdquo For example ldquoI will spend 3 hours a day with my familyrdquo instead of ldquoI will spend more time with my familyrdquo

Emotional Objectives should contain grand adjectives that provoke a lot of emotion so that the brain gives them more importance For example ldquoI will wake up shining and full of vitality ready for a new day of fun and productivityrdquo

Timed - Objectives must have either a date or a frequency or both For example ldquoStarting tomorrow I will be home by 8 pm every day to have dinner with my childrenrdquo or ldquoI will train every day starting on Sundayrdquo

Achievable - We need to believe in the objectives that we set and know that they are possible to reach For example ldquoI will write a book next monthrdquo If you think your goal is too ambitious you had better adapt it ldquoIrsquoll write one chapter in the next monthrdquo

Positive (+) - Goals should be stimulating the positive Neurolinguistics say that everything that we define as positi-ve encourages us and everything that we define as negative defeats us For example ldquoI will not smoke anymorerdquo is wrong while ldquoI will breathe 100 oxy-gen and make air cleaner for myself and for othersrdquo is more correct Or ldquoon day x I will weigh y poundsrdquo instead of ldquoI will lose weightrdquo(Trate a Vida por Tu paacuteg 155)

ROSA 20

1 What do you want

2 What do you really want

3 What is the Guru-Objective

4 What is the Baby-Objective

5 What is the dream (the most importan is to make the client talk about his dreams)

6 In a perfect world (For those who have di-fficulty in define Guru-Objectives)

7 Meta+

OBJECTIVESRESUME

The meta+ model is used to specify the target-guru

40

41

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

Why do we need to have these two opposing energies Exactly for the same reason as the positive and negative energies in the Reality phase We really need a guru objective since the effort that the client will have to make and the person she has to become to get there will make her reach much further than if she had set an intermediate goal Coaching is about dreams about the best of the best for each area of our lives The important thing is not whether or not the client gets there but that the road she travels takes her much further

Moreover every journey starts with a small step We need to create an objective so small so small that the client is absolutely sure she can do it Why To get her motivated quickly to achieve success and above all to convey the baby objective psychology We need to make our clients realize that coaching is about big and small steps The baby objective in itself is not important but we need to introduce this step here so that your client begins to celebrate every little step that she takes every piece of homework that gets done

Coaching is about forming a person with both guru and baby objectives psychology Someone who wants to go really far and at the same time is super happy with everything that she has already achieved

Notas If a client has a very big guru objective to reach in a short time and the Coach thinks it is not possible we can ask the client to ldquoconvince us that it is possiblerdquo On the other hand if the baby objective is very big we do the same

S(OLUTIONS)Encouraging creativity is equally important to teaching children ma-thematics Portuguese and science This is what later on will separate intelligent adults from true geniuses who are able to create something new revolutionary and innovative in whatever area It is those who mark others society science and the world who ultimately make a

difference

40 IDEASIn fact we are all creative We have all been children we have all been creative and so what happened What is it that makes our creativity die The fact is that our society limits our creativity while forgetting that in a grey professional world creativity makes the difference

ROSA 20

clique no viacutedeo para o activar

42

43

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

Anyone who is creative grows through challenges simply because they put their creativity at the service of what is not working They go off immediately to search for a solution And this is available to everyo-ne This is the basis of the ldquoSrdquo in ROSA instead of complaining go look for a solution Remember yoursquore always one idea away from solving your biggest challenge You just havenrsquot found that idea yet Pull out

your creativity and try finding ideas ideas ideas

Even the most creative people start with obvious ideas and it is good to go through them in order to get to the other ones Little by little we will get to the interesting ideas and when we stop being afraid of saying nonsense we become creative Now the challenge is to get an innovative idea And that can only be achieved by investing time and energy When we are at 10 or 20 ideas to not give up until you have at least 40

Losing our creativity is in other words restraining our physical (earth) emotional (water) mental (air) and spiritual (fire) abilities Children do not have these restraints in a physical sense they love exploring the world through their body showing you they donrsquot care about posture for instance and they seem unbreakable when defying the laws of gra-vity with an energy that seems limitless Emotionally they are much more open to all kinds of feelings because they have not accumulated many negative experiences Mentally they are hungry for knowledge and the concept of right and wrong is not yet set so everything seems possible to them Spiritually they are completely free they may have some enrooted values but everything else is an open book

In order to be creative again and go back to having blank pages in the book of life being able to write and rewrite improvise and create we

obvious interesting creative innovative

can start by being creative in one area or going back to being creative in all aspects of life and our being To go back to being creative we must explore our physical body do sports dance act etc and use your senses to hear smell taste touch and see The healthier we are the more our body will be available to be physically creative To go back to being more creative emotionally we have to stop being afraid to feel We have to venture into relationships connections sharing without the fear of being hurt frustrated cheated and even happy

To go back to being mentally creative we must learn new subjects think about new things analyze from new angles and perspectives challenge our minds have conversations with all kinds of people read all kinds of magazines stimulate all parts of our brain

Finally if we want to go back to being spiritually creative we must question all our certainties and dogmas meditate and open ourselves to the world of possibilities and the inexplicable We need to know oursel-ves in order to experience life intensely

If we manage to be creative in all four areas we will be soon become a new person with a palette of new experiences and openness to wha-tever happens giving us new shape and a different glow If we can be more creative regarding the first letter of our PEMS we should really be congratulated for it The important thing is to enter the challenge zone to seek solutions in areas that have not yet been explored in fiel-ds that are uncomfortable for others but that we call our comfort zone Then everything and really everything becomes possible and there are no longer problems without solutions(ldquoTrate a Vida por Turdquo paacuteg 165)

PARADIGM SHIFTThis is the time to get the client to think ldquoupside downrdquo ie to think ldquoout of the boxrdquo It is undoubtedly the most difficult phase of the coaching sessions Your clients will not even want to think and to change their paradigms

The vast majority of people when trying to solve a pro-blem or challenge use the first ideas that come to mind - the Obvious ideas ndash the ones that we all have However there are three more levels of ideas The Interesting ideas are those that some have sometimes

ROSA 20

The very first ideas are obvious Only then comes the interesting and then comes the very creative and innovative ideas

44

45

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

Solutions are always related to the Guru-Objectives

and then come the Creative Ideas that are those which generate con-flict because they go lsquoout of the boxrsquo shifting paradigms Finally we have the Innovative ideas that are the ones that nobody sees but once they are revealed they become obvious

We may use this ability in all areas of our life using this unique creati-vity to make everything unique and different

The goal of a Coach is getting the client to change her paradigm This is what happens in an ldquoAHArdquo moment when she finds an idea and is sure that this is the one she was missing

In the picture on the left do you see a young girl or an old lady Try to see both Put your brain to work both ways

GREAT AND WHAT ELSEBrainstorming is the most powerful tool for creativity and the best way of stimulating creativity in all areas of your life It is essential to do individual and group brainstorming as it is the best way to find so-lutions to challenges

What is a lsquobrainstormingrsquo

As the name implies it is a kind of ldquobrain stormrdquo And what do storms do They stir things up make ideas collide (thunder) and launch one solution after the other (lightning) ldquowaitingrdquo for the one that will solve the problem and put the storm at rest Brainstorming is not only use-ful at the workplace Every person and family should brainstorm from time to time to seek solutions to their problems from the most basic day-to-day questions (how to deal with expenses manage domestic tasks prepare meals) to deeper and more complex ones (helping a child become more confident helping a father that is unemployed) And individually each one of us should do brainstorming to solve and improve all areas that we feel the need to change

It is very easy to do brainstorming Here are the six rules to start prac-ticing today

1 No judgement All ideas are valuable even the most stupid ones In a brainstorming there are no arguments or criticism All ideas are good initially If there is criticism besides genera-ting conflict it can also inhibit the people involved

2 Quantity quantity quantity The more ideas generated the better the brainstorming Quality does not matter here only quantity Why The first ideas will be obvious then interesting then creative and only then innovative

3 Hitchhike You can build on otherrsquos ideas No participant should be silent for a long time If you donrsquot have any idea you can simply hitchhike on someone elsersquos The only thing you cannot do is not to participate

4 Go crazy From time to time throw in some ideas that are lsquoout-side the boxrsquo Regardless of how absurd they may seem this will help you and your colleagues to leave the obvious ideas and make your brains think At the very least you will enliven the session If the group laughs at your idea yoursquore being crazy

ROSA 20

click the video to see it

46

47

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

5 Take notes The most dangerous thing in a brainstorming ses-sion is having no one to write down the ideas Preferably the one who writes should not be giving any ideas she should fo-cus on writing down othersrsquo ideas There should also be a kind of a moderatorfacilitator of the brainstorming session not for taking decisions or criticizing but precisely for making sure that no one tries to take decisions on behalf of the group or to criticize other peoplersquos ideas and to help keep the focus on what matters In an individual brainstorming session you of course need to be your own moderator

6 A clear goal You must clearly define what the purpose of your objective is what the challenge is and if possible write formu-late it in META+(ldquoTrate a Vida por Turdquo paacuteg 213)

Brainstorming is the most powerful creativity tool In a brainstorming the client is requested to come up with a great amount of ideas on how to reach her Guru Objective

click the video to see it

And the Coach must be persistent since this is when you realize that humans are lazy when it comes to thinking It is very likely that when giving her fifth idea the client will say that she has no more Everyone will want to convince you that they have already found the magic solu-tion But they havenrsquot And how do we know that Because if they had found it they would already have solved their challenge

During a brainstorming ideally it is the Coach who writes down the ideas But she should not alter any of them And if the client gets stuck we must ask open and creative questions such as

3 If you had all the money in the world what would you do 3 If you were your idol what would you do 3 If it were 10 years ago what would you do 3 If it were 10 years from now what would you do

Cultivating a sense of humour as a Coach is always a good for rela-xing and making people creative This is in fact important in any area At this stage it is very likely that the client will have long mo-ments without coming up with any ideas Therefore it is impor-tant to create our own personal way of ldquopulling outrdquo the clientrsquos ideas such as a small exercise changing seats or using humour If the client gets to 40 ideas very easily and none is lsquointerestingrsquo even for her it means that she is still in the obvious ide-as and then 40 more ideas are always welcome Creativity is an expansive energy The more it is cultivated the more it grows and the easier it becomes to use it in other areas of life Notas The Coach may suggest ideas but only as an encouragement to the client

A brainstorming can take up a large part of a session so it is important to make sure there is enough time for it

ROSA 20

1 Allow the obvious

2 I want more ideas

3 Help to avoid judgment

4 Overcoming objections with questions ldquoWhat ifrdquo

5 Okay what else

SOLUTIONSRESUME

48

49

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

since it is not right to leave it midway The goal is that the client forces her brain to find new ideas in a short time and in such a way that it is almost like a shock to her

It is important to keep focused on one topic in a brainstorming Some may change their focus during the process for example a client whorsquos Guru objective is to open a business may start to suggest ideas on how to make more money In this case the Coach should remind the client of the main topic At the same time the Coach should stay flexible and if the client really feels that their focus was not on the first topic but on the second itrsquos time to go back and set a new Guru objective

A(CTION)ROSA exists only for one reason to get us to act We find our Reality establish our Objectives and think up Solutions that make us act ndash the A is the purpose of ROSA

Now more than people of action we must be people of innovation

Innovation is creativity applied to getting the desired results Being creative is not enough but creativity is the tool for getting to innova-tion So how do we do this

The secret is not to give up on creating ideas ideas and more ideas until the innovative idea comes Sometimes it never comes but get-ting to the creative ones is already something Those who have dared being creative many times and more and more are those who mana-ge to reach the innovation Itrsquos not enough to have talent you have to work hard to translate this talent into amazing results Look at these examples

3 Bach wrote one cantata a week even when he was sick 3 Mozart produced more than 600 pieces of music 3 Darwin wrote 109 publications one of which was about the Theory of

Evolution 3 Einstein published 248 theses one of which was about the Theory

of Relativity 3 Freud published 350 theses 3 Rembrandt produced 650 paintings 3 It took Thomas Edison 2000 experiments to invent the light bulb

and 9000 to perfect it 3 Picasso created more than 20000 pieces of art

This is why it is so important to act Do a lot create a lot invest a lot (ldquoTrate a Vida por Turdquo paacuteg 234)

THE FUNNELThis is the part where coaching really becomes challenging where the client realizes that she will have to do something and not just think and talk about it It is the phase where we start to converge and funnel things in order to find an action that is as specific as possible

This is with no doubt the most important phase of ROSA In a coaching session anything can happen in any of the other phases but we cannot end it without an action (without homework)

What

3 What are you going to do now 3 What are you thinking about doing now ()

ROSA 20

click the video to see it

A task should not be so simple that it doesnacutet make any difference to the client to fulfill it nor should it be so difficult that it becomes infeasible

50

51

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

With whom It is very important to involve someone in the action pro-cess 99 of the homework should have a third person involved The-reby we are creating conditions for the client to become autonomous after the coaching process The questions might be

3 ldquowill you ask to ask you whether you have done itrdquo 3 ldquoApart from me (the Coach) who else will be involved in thisrdquo

When Marcar data ou frequecircncia Quanto mais especiacutefica for me-lhor Isto leva o cliente a pensar exatamente quando vai fazer au-tomaticamente isto cria um compromisso maior dentro dele doing this the client should end each session with a specific homework knowing both the day and the time she will do it and with whom she will share it

At what time of the week beginning or end

At the end of the week

What is for you the end of the week Friday Saturday Sunday

Friday

Ok and what time

Anytime

Anytime Ok But in the morning in the afternoon or evening

Morning

And what time

Early

What is early for you

Upon waking

And what time do you wake up

At 7am

THE CONVERGENCE TECHNIQUEIf the client does not find an action to do you can use the convergence technique by asking the following questions

3 ldquoLook at your ideas (the brainstorming) and mark those that you find reasonablerdquo

3 ldquoNow choose 10rdquo 3 ldquoChoose 5rdquo 3 ldquoChoose 3 2 rdquo 3 ldquoIf I had a magic wand that would immediately fulfil one of these

ideas which one would you chooserdquo

COMMITMENTIn the early sessions you can also ask the client to send you an SMS after doing the action in or-der to confirm it Of course you donrsquot force her

if she refuses but then if she doesnrsquot do her homework you will have more power to ask for an SMS in the next homework

If she accepts you may also ask if you can send her an SMS in case she forgets to do so What will happen is that as soon as she receives our SMS asking whether the action has been done she will do it immediately so that she can reply that she has By SMS we also mean any other means like a telephone call or e-mail The Coach must be flexible enough to perceive which method suits her client the best

THE HANDSHAKEShaking hands after defining the homework is very important because it is the archetype of commitment But remember if the client does not do her homework there is no failure only feedback Maybe the problem really is the kind of homework given or poor explanation about the im-portance of the homework in the coaching process

ONE SMALL STEP FORWARDWhat is the Next Small Step you can take This ques-

ROSA 20

What is the first next small step

Earn 20000 euro

What is the first next small step

Save 100 euro month

What is the first next small step

Open an account

ldquoGreat what is the next small step that you believe you can accomplish

Deposit 1000 euro

1 What is the option that has magic

2 What is the option that makes sense

3 What are you gonna do exactly

4 How will you know you make it

5 Funnel When What day What time

6 Commitment handshake

ACTIONRESUME

52

53

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

free to put everything she has (skills tools knowledge) at the service of her client Indeed every three sessions more or less you should challenge your client with a piece of homework However the challen-ge will vary depending on whom we have in front of us and on the level of the process

4 SUCCESS TIPS FOR THIS PHASE FASEAction Plans it is at this stage that we start working on an action plan

that will follow the session Remember coaching without ac-tion is not coaching Thatrsquos why you should do a ROSA in every session go through the four phases and always end with a very concrete action plan on what the client will do during the week and until the next session Here is an example of an action plan

What will I do Run 3 times per week

When Monday Wednesday and Friday

With whom Alone

Possible obstacles Laziness and lack of time

Benefits Feeling healthier

What will help me remember Setting an alarm on my phone

How will I celebrate By going to the cinema

Homework the tasks between the sessions are a priority for the coaching Most of the le-arning comes from the homework that is done between sessions So remember to always end your session by asking your client to suggest tasks that she would like to accom-plish that coming week the next small steps she can take right now Then rephra-se each one into a concrete action (when how where ) Still some clients will have gre-

tion tool is ideal for those who have difficulty in defining Baby Objecti-ves or those who have difficulty in defining an action to do this week

Notas As a general rule the client will not hear the word ldquosmallrdquo in the question The-refore we must repeat the question until the action is so small that the client would have no difficulty doing it

Of course the Next Small Step may not be the right action to choose for this week

Example The client wants to buy a Porsche (Guru Objective)

ldquoDeposit 1000 eurosrdquo is the Baby Objective The same process can be used for defining the homework

At the end when an action has been defined the Coach may also su-ggest a piece of homework In other words then the Coach is finally

ROSA 20

54

55

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING RAPPORT

at difficulty in taking action If this is the case always look for the smallest step that the person can take If we do not act itrsquos because the step is not small enough Remember ldquoEvery journey begins with one small steprdquo

Commitment amp Penalties some clients will sometimes have real diffi-culty in stepping into action Sometimes you may have to resort to agreeing on a fine if your client does not accomplish her task All human beings run away from pain and sometimes in coaching we need to use a little more masculine energy (wersquoll talk about that more below) to help You can even ask the question ldquoWhat will happen if you do not accomplish itrdquo

Monitoring amp Accountability the role of a Coach is to provide moni-toring to her client However the responsibility must always be on the clientrsquos side As a Coach you are responsible for guiding the process Your client should define the strategies needed to enable her to take the steps she wants You should follow and always try to understand what may have prevented her from completing her tasks Above all you should be focused on finding better strategies to lead her into action However do remind your client that it is her responsibility Ultimately acting or not acting is her choice

VII RAPPORT

Mastering the ROSA technique and mastering Rapport will alone make

you a Mega Coach Of course you can gain more Roots but people

who attend our courses usu-ally already have quite some

1ST DEFINITION OF RAPPORT

Relationship of trust and influence rapport is the ability to create trust within a few minutes with various kinds of people and to influence them to act think and do better You can only influence after being trusted Think about people you trust and do not trust what influence do these people have on you

2ND DEFINITION OF RAPPORTRelationship of empathy and sympathy ldquoWe only like 2 kinds of people people who are the way we are or who are the way we would like to berdquo

Empathy I feel empathy based on the things I have in common with someone

Sympathy Based on the qualities and characteristics that someone has that I would like to have

Conclusion rapport is empathy (who is like me) and sympathy (who is the way I would like to be)

56

57

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

Rapport is trust and

influence

Rapport is the ability to create

empathy and sympathy

WARNING Empathy comes before sympathy and trust comes before influence This is the most important aspect of rapport I cannot influence anyone who does not trust me

Part 2 Now letrsquos try to understand what happens in our psyche why this is the way it is

I invite you to imagine that yoursquore a rabbit in a forest and you meet another rabbit What happens Now imagine you meet another animal thatrsquos different from you What does the rabbit do FLIGHT (runs away)

Now imagine that you are not a rabbit yoursquore a wolf You meet an ani-mal thatrsquos different from you What does the wolf do FIGHT

Now imagine yoursquore a porcupine What happens FREEZE

Animals have these three types of reactions Now imagine yoursquore a human being 20000 years ago and you come across something di-fferent from you What happens ONE OF THESE THINGS AND YOU FEEL FEAR You react the way you do because your psyche does not know what it is And if it is another human being I KNOW WHAT TO EXPECT She is like me Our fear grows when something is different because we donrsquot know what to expect Imagine that you do meet a hu-man being but wearing clothes or other things that are very different

What happens when it is the same kind of animal What exists there EM-PATHY AND TRUST - 1st LEVEL of RAPPORT

This is a metaphor of course Rapport is very unconscious I could tell you to trust someone but your unconscious may not feel the trust What regula-tes that instinct in your psyche is KNOWING WHAT I CAN EXPECT

WHAT HAPPENS IN COACHING Clients also have these three types of reactions flight freeze or fight They may not show up for the follow ses-sion they may answer ldquoyesrdquo ldquonordquo ldquomayberdquo ldquodonrsquot knowrdquo or they may be in constant disagreement with you

Key ldquothe more the Coach is the way I am the more rapport there isrdquo

MILTON ERICSON (Ericsonian Psychology NLP Hypnotherapy) found the client within himself and used this as his tool in the therapy sessions

Ericson created rapport before proceeding with anything else This is TRUST and EMPATHY Ericson was humble and flexible enough to adapt to the client Only once you have done this you can go back to being yourself

Ways of creating rapport with someone

Verbal

3 Language words 3 Subject matter 3 Quotes way of speaking 3 Repeating what the other says 3 Using the otherrsquos metaphors 3 Using the same expressions

Non-verbal

3 Gestures 3 Voice 3 Mime 3 Distance 3 Posture 3 Breathing 3 Touch 3 Speed

Note Every human being has a natural and unconscious tendency to create rapport with others To confirm this all you need is to look at two people talking to each other and see how easily you will notice similarities in their postures and way of speaking

ldquoYou have only one chance to create a good first impression but you have plenty of opportunities to create rapportrdquo

Rapport is an honest attempt to enter someonersquos map-of-the-world The-re is no agreeing or disagreeing only flexibility Rapport does not mean friendship The first session and often the second is a lot about creating rapport

RAPPORT

Sometimes itacutes enought just a little attention to help someone but attention is not coaching

58

59

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

RAPPORT MODELndash 2 PacuteSEstablishing rapport is a process of many levels and layers of depth

LEVEL 1 - PRESENCE AND

PARTNERSHIP

PRESENCEThis is the first step towards creating ra-pport thus the most superficial one Pre-sence means that the Coach is fully com-mitted to her client aware of everything she says and does Nothing from outside the ses-sion should be on the Coachrsquos mind She must be fully present

Before a session itrsquos important that you as a Co-ach calm down forget about everything else and gain a notion of where you are and what you are going to do

POSTURE amp PHRASING

PERCEPTUAL POSITIONS

PERSON TO PERSON

PRESENCE amp PARTNERSHIP

PROBING amp PATIENCE

click the video to see it

Dedicate a few minutes to this process

Presence and Attention are among the healthiest ac-tions that lead to real results You can create a good

relationship with your client (child parent etc) just by being fully present and attentive Even gardens become more beautiful if they are cared for

Presence is about getting yourself into a certain state Itrsquos about being Yin and Yang at the same time

Yin ndash relaxing breathing being aware of all five senses being fully present where you are

Yang ndash mobilizing all your energy by run-ning jumping listening to inspiring music

PARTNERSHIP

Creating an equal relationship with your client Not top down or vice--versa The Coach should never be at a lower or higher level than her client The chairs should be the same for example

For presence and partnership it is also important to switch off the phone to prevent anything from interrupting the session Tidying up the table is equally important to having a clean and hygienic space

From 0 to 10 the importance of Presence during a session is a 10 It is the first step If it isnrsquot there nothing else will

Psycho-geography is also very important in this area

PSYCHO-GEOGRAPHY the way your psyche relates to geography Example On which side you like to sleep Each person has a different psycho-geography Some prefer to be by the sea while others prefer to be in the mountains

RAPPORT

Empathy is being doing

talk and think like the other Sympathy is being doing

talk and think how the other

would like to be

60

61

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

Some tips for using the psycho-geography of the client to your advan-tage

3 Having a room with a minimum amount of symbols It is not recom-mended to have crucifixes or other artefacts related to religion A bookshelf filled with books can also intimidate the client

3 Pay attention to details ndash cables on the floor which CDs are on the shelf etc

3 Having sessions at the clientrsquos home can become dangerous because there are lots of distractions and anchors Difficult si-tuations might have taken place there which will make it more challenging for the client to create a distance to them

It is the Coachrsquos job to notice the psycho-geography of her client and what makes her more comfortable

Despite all the rapport a Coaching session should always stay pro-fessional Being relaxed is necessary for both parties but the focus should not be on friendship You as a Coach need to be professional You must choose to be a Coach instead of a friend

When it comes to clothing you should be as neutral as possible in the beginning but always aligned with your personality Then you can try to adapt to the style of your client

The mantra here is having the client leave the session thinking that her Coach is just like her NOTHING IS WRONG Let your client choose what she prefers

LEVEL 2 - POSTURE AND PHRASINGWhen establishing rapport mere presence and partnership are not enough Moreover they are only the first step The posture and the phrasing that the Coach uses are very important for creating rapport in the relationship What we refer to here is mainly keeping a posture and using similar words and expressions to those of the client This way the client will see herself in us and instead of flight fight or freeze she will feel relaxed and be much more comfortable about talking

Sitting in the same position as the client using her posture tone of

voice and gestures these are all factors to consider

POSTURERegarding posture one can use two techniques that are very similar and very powerful

Mirroring When a Coach takes on a physical position that is the exact mirror image of the clientrsquos If the client leans to her right then the Coach who is facing her leans to her left

Matching In this case the Coach adopts the exact same physical position instead of a symmetric one Both ways are good and powerful The goal is to be equal or symmetrical

Of course it is not indispensable to be like the client 100 of the time as this will take a lot of the attention that the Coach needs to give the client

The more you practice these behaviours the more automatically and unconsciously you will do it When rapport already is high you can go back to your own posture and your regular vocabulary However should you feel the need you can always take up these techniques again

In fact at a high level of rapport it is possible and entirely positive that it is the client herself who starts to imitate our posture and words (un-consciously) This is the perfect moment to lead the client and suggest something more challenging to her

PHRASINGYou must pay great attention to the words that your client uses and the energy she puts into them The names of people that she talks about are also very important facts to remember

If you can use the same expressions as your client you will earn points in rapport Among these expressions metaphors are the most power-ful ones Try to explore as much possible the metaphors that are being used An excellent technique is to use a metaphor of the client to ex-

RAPPORT

The mirroring copies the

exact posture of the client

the matching mirrors

62

63

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

plain something This will reach very deeply into the psyche of the client and have great impact

You can also use themes that the client likes such as her passions and keep using them in future sessions to explain something or to give examples This creates an incredible sense of empathy between you and the client She will be glad that you are paying attention to what she says and at the same time she will understand much better what you say

The clientrsquos ideas are important keys to use when you speak in order to create and maintain rapport For example if the client talks a lot about travelling Irsquoll use the idea (anchor) that is already there because I know it works in his mind

BACKTRACKING backtracking is a Coaching technique that consists of summarizing the main points of a conversation by using the exact same words that the other person uses This tool helps the client follow the session and make her own short summary while listening to the Coach returning to what she just said and using the same words It is important to use at least the words we consider to be the most significant among the ones that the client expresses those that might be conveying more about her value patterns Backtracking can help us understand for example if we can move to the next phase of ROSA It helps us understand if the client has finished what she had to say about that phase and that way we can figure out whether we can move forward or not You can use simple questions to do so

3 ldquoLet me see if I got what you saidhelliprdquo - backtracking the conversa-tion using the exact words of the client - and then ending ldquoIs this is it or would you like to add something

3 ldquoSo what yoursquore saying isrdquo 3 ldquoCan I make a summary of your reality in relation to that slicerdquo

This is one of the simplest and most important techniques when buil-ding rapport

When building rapport avoid paraphrasing (saying the same thing in other words) but do quote A coach quotes

Mastery in Backtracking is being able to quote the last 20 minutes of a session This will leave your client fascinated and feeling that her Coach is really paying attention to everything she says

Therefore it is motivating to Backtrack at the end of each session and at the end of each phase of the ROSA

The Coach shows confidence and agrees with the client shows that she is on her side and really believes that the client will succeed

We must allow the person to be what she truly is talkative or silent Silent people also have things to say it is a matter of asking the right questions

NOTES When a session is not going well (the relationship is under stress) then the focus should be fully on level 2 Rapport - Posture and Phrasing The secret is to forget about the rest and build rapport again Once it is re-established you can address the problem

LEVEL 3 - PROBING AND PATIENCEEvery new level in Rapport brings you techniques that are deeper and more complex But the good news is that you donrsquot do level 3 Rapport until Level 1 and 2 are done So you will increase your skills by going from the easiest to the most difficult

PROBINGAsking questions is more complicated than imitating the posture and words of the client Indeed one of the more complicated aspects of being a Coach is to not give opinions and to ask the right questions at the right time We know that we keep showing you that you already are a Coach and that itrsquos easy but here we must tell you ldquoITrsquoS HARD BEING A COACHrdquo Think very carefully about whether you want to get into it Listening asking questions being patient with the pace of your clients

Even if you have the miracle answer to the clientrsquos situation you need to keep it to yourself Being patient is a challenge and usually typical

RAPPORT

64

65

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

To paraphrase can break

rapport

of the great masters You can only be a master if you want to learn to listen and if you develop a great patience for listening

Questions have the power to illuminate the darkness of your client by asking a powerful question you really get to see another human bri-ghten up right in front of you

Coaching has the power to open a new world to the client questions help people discover new resources Clients tend to find familiar answers but you as a Coach will lead them to unfamiliar answers

Classic examples of some ways to make your client talk

1 -Repeating what the client just said but in question form Client ndash ldquoYesterday I went boatingrdquo Coach ndash ldquoBoatingrdquo

2 -What does that mean to you What does fear mean to you What does a goal mean to you Example Client says ldquoIt is not rapport itrsquos complicityrdquoCoach replies ldquoWhat does complicity mean to yourdquo Client says ldquoItrsquos a clickrdquo Coach ldquoWhat does a click mean to yourdquo

3 -rdquoWhat elserdquo Serves above all to go to the heart of the matter Others like this one are ldquoTell me morerdquo and ldquoCan you go a bit deeper on thatrdquo

POWERFUL QUESTIONS Questions are probably the most beautiful flowers in the garden of learning Questions are one of the biggest se-crets of learning Creative solutions are practically impossible without questions

If you learn to ask 100 questions a day get ready for a revolution in your work at all levels

In life at work in business we are all afraid of asking questions We were educated from an early age to believe that there are right and wrong questions and we were also taught to not fail we avoid asking questions because of fearing that they are wrong The only way to reach the right questions is by not being afraid of the wrong ones

The one who wants to explore learning has to dance with this fear

A large part of all our creative potential stops at the door fearing to ring the doorbell When learning the one who doesnrsquot know is far less ignorant than the knowledgeable one Take risks Ring the bell Ask questions

Become obsessively curious ask questions How

3 Using the Coachrsquos ability of asking powerful questions 3 Following the rule of thumb ldquoThe Coach has the questions the

Client has the answersrdquo 3 Using positive language 3 Respecting the clientrsquos map-of-the-world 3 Always guiding towards solutions

Examples of powerful questions

3 ldquoCompared to whatrdquordquo 3 ldquoWhat does that mean to yourdquo 3 ldquoWhat could be a solution to yourdquo 3 ldquoI know you donrsquot know But if you knew what would that berdquo 3 ldquoWhat would be ideal to yourdquo 3 ldquoWhat do you want insteadrdquo 3 ldquoHow does that make you feelrdquo 3 ldquoWhat else could that meanrdquo 3 ldquoWhat do you want exactlyrdquo 3 ldquoWhat will you achieve with this goalrdquo 3 ldquoWhat will you do differently next timerdquo 3 ldquoWhat are you doing wellrdquo 3 ldquoWhat has to happen for you to be happy and successfulrdquo 3 ldquoWhat motivates you the mostrdquo 3 ldquoWhatrsquos the worst possible scenario And what could be the best

scenario ldquo 3 ldquoWhat are you willing to do to achieve your goalrdquo 3 ldquoWhat new things could you could tryrdquo 3 ldquoWhat prevents you from taking actionrdquo 3 ldquoWho could help you with this situationrdquo 3 ldquoWhat resources do you need to achieve your goalrdquo

RAPPORT

66

67

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

3 ldquoWhat else do you want to get out of your liferdquo 3 ldquoWhat do you really want achieve in that area of your liferdquo 3 ldquoWhat is your biggest dream in that area of your liferdquo 3 ldquoAnd what is the next small step that you would have to takerdquo 3 ldquoWhat do you find positive in this situationrdquo 3 ldquoHow could you attract better persons into your liferdquo 3 ldquoWhat would have to happen to make you feel more fulfilledrdquo 3 ldquoIf you were your own Coach what coaching would you give

yourselfrdquo 3 ldquoIf I was your best friend what advice would you give me to solve

this situationrdquo 3 ldquoIf you had all the time and money in the world how would you

fix itrdquo

In fact the art of asking questions is the foundations of a coaching process with powerful results The list of questions to ask seems en-dless

So become really obsessed with questions and start NOW How about adding 10 more ideas to our list And some more And many more

Typical coaching questions

3 Questions that lead to action (ldquoWhat will you do What can you do differently What do you need to do tordquo)

3 Goal-oriented instead of problem-oriented ldquoHow would you like it to berdquo ldquoAnd if you could what would you dordquo

3 Future-orientedldquoHow do you see that situation in the future How would you like to feelrdquo

Beware of questions with negative assumptions ldquoWhat happens if you donrsquot do itrdquo They should be followed immediately by a question with positive assumptions ldquoHow will you celebrate when you do itrdquo

RAPPORT

YOUR QUESTIONS

68

69

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

PATIENCECount to 10 relax work on your roots and realize that coaching is a process and that each person has her own time and rhythm How can you train your patience Think of 20 ideas

LEVEL 4 ndash PERCEPTUAL POSITIONSWe could also call this the level where we create rapport with our clientrsquos psychology In fact understanding and perceiving human psychology is a huge advantage for you as a Coach You are not there to be a friend of your client as we have mentioned so then a good way to create a relation with her is through her psychology

Do you know the psychology of a teenager or a parent a boss an unemployed If you grasp your clientrsquos psychology the Rapport will be extraordinary

If you demonstrate that you know how a mother thinks yoursquoll make the client believe that you understand her completely

Most people do not understand their own psyche If you can understand them at that level it will make the client to feel something extraordinary about you and the Coaching process

PERCEPTUAL POSITIONS At this level the Coach must master Per-ceptual Positions that is being able to put herself in another personrsquos position whether itrsquos the clientrsquos or the clientrsquos parent or any other person that is part of the situation You should be able to see the same situation from different perspectives and in the long term help your client do the same

THE EXERCISE This is an exercise to be used mainly if the client has trouble in a relationship with someone (friend family member etc) and is having some difficulty understanding that personrsquos Map-of-the--World And when this is of great importance

You do not need to go very deep in this exercise Because it is NLP even done in a soft way it can be very powerful to your client helping her to see an aspect of the situation that she hadnrsquot seen or reflected on before

STEP 1 ndash The client explains what is going on (she can speak freely without any restrictions You ask questions to understand the reality of the situation)

STEP 2 ndash The Coach suggests this perceptual positions exercise (it is just an invitation If the client does not want to do not continue)

STEP 3 ndash The Coach asks the client to choose two spots represen-ting the two standpoints (you can put a sheet of paper at each spot) and to imagine that the other person is at one of them

STEP 4 ndash The client speaks facing the other spot as if the person was there and acts as herself (The Coach guides with questions ldquoHow did that make you feel What would you like to tell herrdquo etc)

STEP 5 ndash Pause and ldquoshake outrdquo the client and share the question of the game of imagination

STEP 6 ndash The client recalls a childhood game she used to play and describes it a little We then use this as a metaphor to explain that we will now do the same Just a game where we use our imagination The Coach repeats that the per-son with whom the client has a challenge is there at the other spot

STEP 7 ndash The client goes over to the other spot and the Coach helps her go deeper into that role through guiding questions

STEP 8 ndash The client chooses whether she wants to return to her starting position and add something say something more She may go back and forth as many times as she wishes

STEP 9 ndash When done the Coach suggests to the client to stand on a chair and states ldquoYou are now in a neutral position a higher position What would you call this position (Allow the client to choose a name) Seen from above what do you have to say about this situation What would you say to (clientrsquos name) and to (the other personrsquos name) How would you solve this situation How can (clientrsquos name) solve this situationrdquo

RAPPORT

70

71

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

STEP 10 ndash After the client is done with the third (neutral) position the Coach takes the client off the papers

STEP 11 ndash The Coach can then use the following questions to debrief the exercise

3 ldquoHow was the exercise for you 3 ldquoWhat did you learnrdquo 3 ldquoIs there anything you could do differentlyrdquo

STEP 12 ndash Lead the client to an action (a first small step towards sol-ving the situation) and then funnel it

REMEMBER always undock the client from the different roles the client can do the exercise eyes opened or closed

TO ACKNOWLEDGE Acknowledge the client very very very much for having volunteered and shown vulnerability

This exercise serves mainly as a metaphor for the Coach striving to master Perceptual Positions (understanding and being able to go into different psyches)

CONCLUSION The Coach is a master of perceptual positions She knows how to see the different angles of the same situation She sees everything from different angles

PEMS

Life is all about relationships the relationships we have with ourselves and with others Some people instinctively relate better to themselves and others relate really well to others There are those who relate well to almost everything and everyone and others who are unable to relate with anyone This affects their personal and professional life

Is there any way to consciously improve the relationships that instinc-tively do not work Of course

When we grasp the logic of the mind of another person we can better interact with it and even influence it Psychology is power And if we apply on ourselves it becomes even more powerful and interesting The better we know ourselves and the logic of our mind the better we will be able to help ourselves and achieve our goals

Carl Gustav Jung a Swiss psychiatrist and founder of analytical psychology focused on studying social and collective archetypes He identified eight psychological types taking into account peoplersquos beha-viour abilities skills attitudes and motivations

He began by distinguishing between extraverted (social and expansive) and introverted (reserved and reflective) people Each of them could then be connected to two out of the four functions of the psyche sen-sing or intuition thinking or feeling

In the 40rsquos decade Isabel Myers and Katharine Briggs continued Jungrsquos work and added two auxiliary functions to the Jungian types percep-tion and judgement Thereby arriving at 16 psychological types or 16 personality types Later a personality test was created ndash The Myers--Briggs Type Indicator or MBTI - which is still the most commonly used tool for identifying different personality types

Based on Jungrsquos work we have created a model called PEMS which will help us better understand the logic of our own mind and of the people around us

In this model we distinguish four dominant preferences (P-E-M-S) which correspond to the four elements of life

PRACTICAL (the body DOING Activity Action related to the ele-ment of EARTH) - corresponds to someone that is earthly active dynamic practical that does a lot In excess these are people who never stop to consider their actions

EMOTIONAL (the heart FEELING Feelings Love related to the element of WATER) - corresponds to someone who nee-ds people relations who gives a lot to others and seeks affection In excess these are people who might be overly sensitive

RAPPORT

72

73

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

MENTAL (the mind THINKING Analysis Intellect Logic related to the element of AIR) - corresponds to someone who values analysis rationalization and uses logic and who always fo-cuses on making the right decision In excess these are people who might become impersonal and cold

SPIRITUAL (the soul BEING Values Existence related to the ele-ment of FIRE) - corresponds to someone who thinks that everything has meaning and a higher purpose These are people who care very much about values In excess they can fluctuate too much and concretize too little

The four logics of the mind that we have identified are also based on the four elements

Practical ndash EARTH (firm solid stable secure strong dense)Emotional ndash WATER (flexible always coming back to herself)Mental ndashAIR (transparent lightweight fast facilitates communica-

tion)Spiritual ndash FIRE (burning fleeting transforming powerful)

Thus in a very simplified manner we can divide people into four ca-tegories

PRACTICAL PEOPLE (P) ndash THEY LIKE TO ACT AND DOThese are the people who like action movement They are the ones who make the world move As friends or clients they may want to go straight to the point try things and learn about practical matters The greatest fear of these practical persons is losing control They like to feel that they are in control of the situation of the pace of the conver-sation and of the surroundings

HELP THEM ALWAYS FEEL IN CONTROL

EMOTIONAL PEOPLE (E) ndash THEY LIKE FEELING AND RELATINGThese are people who love people and sharing feelings Everything is an emotion for them And they feel things about everything and everyo-ne Let them talk about their family friends dogs neighbours etchellip

They will talk mostly about people and what they are feeling Their greatest fear is loosing empathy They like to feel reliable and they want to relate

HELP THEM FEEL EMPATHY TOWARDS YOU

MENTAL PEOPLE (M) ndash THEY LIKE TO THINK AND TO ANALYSEThese are people who like to analyze and who try to put everything into a box into a certain perspective They are precise and meticulous They like detail to study and analyze all possibilities They donrsquot fear debating (quite the contrary) and discussing they love the exchanging ideas and arguments but they need to end up being right or get a very good explanation to why the other is right A mental person is always striving to make the best decision Their greatest fear is to be wrong they like to feel that they are correct and that they are making deci-sions based on logic and rational thinking

HELP THEM FEEL THAT THEY ARE RIGHT

SPIRITUAL PEOPLE (S) ndash THEY LIKE TO BE AND TO GLOWThey are looking for the greater purpose of things They believe that everything has a reason for being the way it is that there are no coin-cidences and itrsquos that quest that moves them They give great meaning to every situation always looking for ldquotherdquo situation The greater the meaning the greater their motivation Their biggest fear is to have no meaning That it is to not be significant or ldquoshinerdquo in any way They need to feel conscious and whole

HELP THEM FEEL THAT THEY ARE MEANINGFUL

Although we all have and use a portion of these four categories in the different contexts or times of our life one of them is predominant in us Identifying it is important for managing and interacting with life and with others since it is the best and the fastest way of accessing the Map-of-the-world of someone and speaking a language that that per-son recognizes and accepts as her own

RAPPORT

74

75

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

In fact we are all one but we are all different and we must understand these differences to be able to deal with others People who are more emotional behave and interact in a totally opposite manner from mental people the same way that most practical people interact in a way that is opposite to spiritual people

The EMOTIONAL person is micro-MACRO Transforms everything that is small into something big Everything is important everything is emotional From the simple ldquogood morningrdquo to hearing ldquoI love yourdquo every day For an emotional person a discussion is always a tsuna-mi Therefore itrsquos the emotional persons who with their micro-Macro sense make birthdays a special day and receive small things with gre-at love

The MENTAL person is MACRO-micro transforms everything that is big into something small She makes it more complex by simplifying it For example this very PEMS model is MACRO-micro as it strives to make the hugeness of the personality types into something much smaller creating only four categories for all human beings The mental person also feels less and give less importance to her feelings

The SPIRITUAL person is MACRO-MACRO she takes everything that is already big and turns it even bigger more meaningful more im-portant more relevant Almost everything is a question of values of making the world a better place and interpretations that go far beyond reality A simple leaf falling off a tree can represent a new phase in life for a spiritual person

The PRACTICAL person is micro-micro turns everything into small and simple lsquoright here and right nowrsquo matters They act Right now with what they have They donrsquot feel the need to enlarge what is small and they donrsquot care much about great concepts If the five senses can help them grasp a situation everything is fine

THE PREDOMINANT LOGIC OF OUR PSYCHEThe most practical way of finding out is to notice how we behave in a stressful situation Each of us when under stress often react in a way that is very close to our basic personality type

Practical people act react move around organize themselves put their hands to work and do not rest until they manage to move things forward

The emotional people feel and feel a lot If a situation is stressful diffi-cult and negative they will have difficult and negative emotions they will feel what others feel and they will want to manage these emotions in the moment

People that are predominantly mental will under stress begin to ratio-nalize need logical answers be fast and analytical They donrsquot want to solve anything through feelings they donrsquot want to act they are only concerned with finding the right and correct decision and struggle until they get it

Finally the predominantly spiritual people will want to give a greater meaning to that particular event What has to be done what people feel or what the right solution is doesnrsquot matter what matters is why things happened the way they did and what the greater significance of that may be

RAPPORT

76

77

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

Identify the psychological type of the client can help the coach to anticipate and understand expectations

MAIN SUPERIOR FUNCTION AND AUXILIARY INFERIOR FUNCTION

According to Carl Jung while we all have one function that is better developed than the others ndash a superior function ndash we also have another fairly well developed function called the first auxiliary

All of us have a bit of each one of the psychologies but there are always two that are predominant a main one which Jung calls the superior function and an auxiliary one that lies at the bottom of the cross shown on the previous page which is always to the right or left of our superior one

The inferior function is one that is less developed and that remains mainly in our unconscious

Thus a person who is predominantly Practical may have as her auxi-liary function the emotional or mental logic thus being PE or PM

A person who is predominantly Mental may have as her auxiliary func-tion the spiritual or practical logic thus being MS or MP

A person who is predominantly Spiritual may have as her auxiliary function the emotional or mental logic thus being SE or SM

And a person who is predominantly Emotional may have as her auxilia-ry function the spiritual or practical logic thus being ES or EP

This all means that we are situated in one of the following categories

3 Practical Emotional or Emotional Practical 3 Practical Mental or Mental Practical 3 Spiritual Emotional or Emotional Spiritual 3 Spiritual Mental or Mental Spiritual

As you may have noticed according to Jung there are no EMME or PSSP That is one canrsquot have as her first auxiliary function the func-tion that is opposite to the superior one

Carl Jung said that we should look closely at our inferior function whi-ch usually remains in our unconscious because it contains an enor-mous potential for a change and each one of us can benefit a lot from integrating our inferior function with our superior one

Taking risks experimenting enjoying everything that life has to offer is the best way of getting to know ourselves and realizing where our happiness lies (ldquoTrate a Vida por Turdquo paacuteg 74)

INTROVERSION AND EXTROVERSION Introversion and extroversion have to do with the direction in which we focus our attention and energy

People who prefer Extroversion focus their energy and attention away from themselves and are interested in the world of people and things

3 Attracted to the world of events and people outside of themsel-ves

3 They are aware of who and what is around them 3 They like to meet and talk to new people 3 They are friendly often good talkers and easy to get to know 3 They tend to talk easily and often in meetings 3 May not be as aware of what goes on inside them 3 They think while talking 3 They may act or speak first and only think later 3 Speaking about themselves they speak fast 3 They bring energy into life 3 They can get bored and restless if they are alone for too long

People who prefer Introversion (focus their energy and attention inward and are interested in the inner world of thoughts and reflections)

3 Attracted to the inner world of thoughts feelings and reflections 3 They are usually very aware of their inner reactions 3 They prefer to interact with people they know 3 They are usually quiet in meetings and sometimes seem disen-

gaged

RAPPORT

78

79

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

3 They are generally reserved and hard to get to know 3 They may not be as aware of the world outside of them 3 They need time to gather their thoughts before they speak 3 They reflect and think before acting 3 They want to know you before allowing you to get to know them

deeply 3 They feel exhausted and tired after interacting with peoples

FINAL NOTE you must be what your client is You have to find that person inside you

LEARNING STYLESAs we saw with the previous PEMS model our clients will have diffe-rent psychological preferences It is therefore important and essential that you are able to adapt your sessions to the learning style that your client likes best and that better meets her psychological preference

EMOTIONAL Emotional clients will like to talk and share on their to-pics They are very much looking for a relationship and empathy with the Coach and they need to feel heard more than any of the other personality types For these persons learning has a lot to do with the relationship that is created with the feeling of support that they get and even with the positive feedback They like to learn through stories As a Coach it is important to learn to empathize with the emotional range of these persons They will appreciate the sharing to tell stories and to listen to them With emotional clients we may sometimes feel that we are not taking huge steps forward But the fact is that many times these persons need to first be listened to

MENTAL Mental clients will be more logical and may have a more aca-demic style of learning They will want to understand the reasons why things are what they are they will want to get tasks involving research on certain subjects The sessions with these people must be well defi-ned and prepared They will want to explore their intellectual side and feel challenged It is important for them to have access to information and tools that explain the work they are doing in the sessions in a con-crete and logical manner Of course they also need to empathize but the intellectual challenge feeling that their intellect is develops appears to be greater They may like schemes graphics and any models that

could simplify the learning process What these persons will demand of you is a greater capacity to analyse and a logical and rational way of communicating

SPIRITUAL this is for most people the most difficult learning style to adopt Remember that these persons are seeking the greater meaning of things They really want to feel inspired by the coaching process (and even by their Coach) They will want to see that you are an exam-ple of what you talk about so called congruence Spiritual persons will enjoy topics that are more related to values to their identity that make them feel that they are taking steps towards becoming better hu-man beings With these clients you can use powerful metaphors (even through movies music creative exercises etc) and above all strive to make sure that the person leaves the session very inspired

PRACTICAL They like action Which is great because coaching is pri-marily about action These persons like to have very practical sessions in which they get the opportunity to do many exercises and experiment with different situations They may be the clients that like getting more tasks and having things to do (which then sometimes ldquogets lostrdquo due to their time management) These clients will require more simplicity and a well-paced session from you They may also like to do exercises that involve moving their body Above all they will want you to help them get into action

As we deal with these four kinds of preferences we need to adapt our Coaching style to the learning style that each person has Thus we should prepare a lot their sessions and realize that some will require from you

3 Greater sharing and ability to listen and relate (e) 3 Researching mastering the subject very well and knowing how

to mentally stimulate your client with challenges (m) 3 Powerful metaphors very inspirational sessions and congruen-

ce that assign meaning to the Coaching process (s) 3 Practical exercises diversified well rhythmed sessions that

help your client to quickly get into action (p)

RAPPORT

80

81

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING ROOTS

LEVEL 5 - PERSON TO PERSONThis is the fifth level of rapport the deepest and more intense one It happens when the level of rapport is a total vibration Itrsquos when the client feels such a confidence by her Coach empathy and sympathy Itrsquos the hardest level to evaluate

Itrsquos when your client feels so much connected to you that depending on her your relationship would go beyond Coaching She no longer wants the Coach she wants you You no longer understand only the person she feels that you know about her You donrsquot understand psychology you understand who she is

It is very similar to the rapport level you have with 23 of very close persons in your life Everything is natural unconscious and sponta-neous

VIII ROOTS

Every human being seeks to get results Mo-ney Family Romance Peace Happiness

Career Health All we want in life is to have results in those areas

The Map-of-the-World Model is used to work on roots - your

roots as a Coach It shows us how does the psyche of all of us works As a Coach no one

should surprise you about yourself You should know you well know everything about yourself This is what itrsquos called a rooted person

click the video to see it

82

83

BELIEFSTRANSFORMATIVE COACHING

ROSA 20 M - AIR - THINK

VALUESHOLISTIC COACHING

ROSA 30 S - FIRE - BE

COACHING 40

WORLD MAP MODEL

being th

e moment

passi

on en

ergy

demotiv

ation

empowering beliefs

limiting rules

relation air(comunication)

coach is priestisnacutet

1 value focus

UNSUSTAINABLESUSTAINABLE

SECURITY

SELF LOVE

CONSCIOUSNESS

PERSONAL DEVEL

FREEDOM

LOVEBELOVED

BLISS

CONTRIBUTION

P

E

M

S

BEHAVIORROSA 10

SITUATIONAL COACHING

P - EARTH - DO

EMOTIONSREMEDY COACHING

ROSA 10 + LISTEN E - WATER - FEEL

RESULTS

ability to

enter

in st

ate

emotional

patter

ns

habits and discipline

addictions

coach is bossisnacutet

coach is friendisnacutet

1 Homework focus

optimism faithpositive

meditation

key points focusused to interrupt the fear cycle

coach is coach

HUMAN HAVINGHUMAN BEING

UNSUSTAINABLEEGOTISTICAL

STRETCH ZONE

SUSTAINABLEECOLOGICALSTRETCH ZONE

SHORT TERMLONG TERM

CYCLE OF CONFIDENCECYCLE OF FEAR

CONSCIOUS

SUBCONSCIOUS

UNCONSCIOUS

84

85

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

So the first question is why some are getting results while others are not

ACTIONS BEHAVIORSThis means that anyone who is having results is because she is ldquodoingrdquo ie behaving differently from other people who are having no results in those areas For example a millionaire DOES things that people who are not millionaires donrsquot For example saving investing etc Someone with a great health is DOING things that people that donrsquot have a good health are not What we are doing is making the difference Two people in the same circumstances that do exactly the same actions have the same kind of results People who have the results you wanna have ARE DOING THINGS TO GET THEM

So the next question is what leads some people to DO and others to not do

EMOTIONSEverything you do in your life is a relationship between pain and pleasure What happens is that someone who goes running at 6 am associates more pain with lsquonot goingrsquo than with lsquogoingrsquo Who is going to the gym asso-ciates more pleasure than pain with going to the gym in the morning That relationship between pain and pleasure is what is defining your results If we dramatically increase the pain or the pleasure associated we will get to change your results

As so what is then defining that painpleasure relationship

BELIEFSThe reason is because of our beliefs of what we believe in Our beliefs are our set of rules for the world and for our lives Your set of beliefs in fact is defining your painpleasure relationship with something and then your actions A millionaire believes that saving is essential that investing and taking risks is necessary This set of beliefs leads himher to associa-te more pleasure than pain with having these behaviors and therefore heshe implements them Other people have other beliefs that create other

emotions that create other results People who are achieving results in areas that you arenrsquot have a beliefs system different from yours

And then it seems logical to ask so what is defining and creating your set of beliefs

VALUESWhat is a value Itrsquos something that is important to you something you re-ally value The only thing that determines a value is if it is valuable to you Not all of us share the same values (Example the values of Mother Teresa and Donald Trump Contribution vs Professional Accomplishment) What you really value and not what you say that you value You value it so much that it generates your set of beliefs In fact when you live your values in practice (on a daily basis) you are defining your life results Not what you would like to value but what you are really valorizing In fact we all have the same values What differs is the order and the importance we give to each one of them

For example if someone has the value of the family above the value of work she will have the belief that it is more important to spend time with her family causing her to develop a positive feeling when she is with her family which leads her to really try to spend more time with it On the other hand someone who has the value of work above the family one will be someone who believes she should spend more time with her work and career as she believes it is that that will bring her more financial stabi-lity for example So she will associate more pleasure to the time spent at work than at home causing her to act accordingly to that emotion For example Donald Trump and Mother Teresa of Calcutta havenrsquot they got different values One probably values more lsquoprofessional fulfillmentrsquo the other values more lsquocontributionrsquo Different results Sure One has one of the largest business empires in the world the other left the largest volun-teer organization in the world

So in reality the values you are living in practice (what you are valuing in practice) are defining your results

This alone already explains a good part of the psyche of human beings But letrsquos go deeper

ROOTS

Having roots is to control the cycle of trust

86

87

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

To have roots the coach has to identify

her motivators and values create beliefs and habits and learn

to place herself in a state

CYCLE OF CONFIDENCE AND CYCLE OF FEAREveryone has Cycles of Fear in some areas and Cycles of Confidence in other areas

How do you know it If you are having or not results in that area In the areas of your life where you are getting results you are living in a Cycle of Confidence In the areas where yoursquore not you are living in a Cycle of Fear What does this means is that you have behavioral addic-tions or that you are doing things in a vicious way you are in a sort of a mice wheel Those addictions start by creating emotional patterns on you (feelings that you are having whether you want it or not for instan-ce jealousy when it becomes a pattern no matter what the other does that emotion will keep being there it is an emotion that happens to you) and those emotional patterns generate limiting rules We use the words ldquorulesrdquo because in reality limiting beliefs are created because they have a very large set of rules And this generates demotivation An addiction creates an emotional pattern that creates rules limiting which create demotivation and discourage us to move and change This Cycle of Fear is being lived FROM RESULTS TO VALUES and not in the other and right way The bad news are that we all have Cycles of Fear The areas in which we are not having results is because we are afraid but we paint it in other colors Irsquom afraid Irsquom demotivated I have emotional patterns and I have limiting rules

For you to gain roots you need to recognize these cycles You need to break it if you want results but if you want roots you need to recognize them Good news you can break Cycles of Fear

Second good news you have Cycles of Confidence You also unders-tand the other psychology So what is a Cycle of Confidence

You start by having the capacity of creating Discipline and Habits you get the ability to get into a certain and desired state (eg being happy to go training I want to create that emotion I visualize it it is the op-posite of an emotional pattern the pattern happens to you Think of a boxer who puts herself into her wanted state before entering in a ring You have empowering beliefs (when you believe in something that cre-ates more of it) This creates energy passion being in the moment Being with energy and passion and in the moment brings me empowe-ring beliefs which put me in the emotional state I want and provide me

habits and discipline The good news you have these cycles in areas that you are getting results Think in one area You have these four things right

Having these cycles itrsquos called being human First part on lsquorootsrsquo is about knowing your Cycles of Fear and Confidence and admit them to yourself to those you love to the others And having the courage to say that it doesnrsquot work because of FEAR And there is a way to break this cycle When you have roots you stop projecting it in your clients

There is a way of finding your values in a very logical way knowing which human motivators drive your behavior

8 HUMAN MOTIVATORSMaslov pyramid he was the first to talk about human needs He is outda-ted because it defines a hierarchy He places self-fulfillment at the top This model is very much focused on Maslovrsquos map-of-the-world who was an MS If it is a PE he may have lsquofamilyrsquo in the top and that is not wrong Still there are things that all humans need

So with all these models we created the 8 human motivators they are divided in four paradoxes one for each of the PEMS The first paradox is security freedom

Each one of us was born with a set of motivators You are ldquoaddictedrdquo on one side of the paradox You have to fulfill that need even if you have to abdicate of the other one

ROOTS

SECURITY

SELF LOVE

CONSCIOUSNESS

PERSONAL DEVEL

FREEDOM

LOVEBELOVED

BLISS

CONTRIBUTION

P

E

M

S

88

89

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

The main lesson is the more you live the other side of the paradox the more you will live your addiction as well What happens is that you can only get more of your addiction when you learn to validate the other side of the paradox This is what Jung calls ldquoparadoxes integrationrdquo be the millionaire and the altruistic Be the mother of family and career etc Only when you integrate the other energy is when it boosts the one that is more natural to you

For other persons it happens the same with security and all other pa-radoxes The suggestion is Irsquom addicted on this but I can pause and I can go exploring the other side What you have to figure out is your map (draw in the lsquoinfinite signsrsquo which side of the paradoxes is bigger) Your map is about how much you need to fill each side of the paradox

So YOUR HUMAN MOTIVATORS ARE DEFINING YOUR VALUES AND YOUR VALUES ARE DEFINING YOUR RESULTS

You can have everything on one of the sides of the paradox if yoursquore willing to face the fear of losing it

All people fill their motivators The difference between us is how sus-tainable is that satisfaction Unsustainable means that every day you

EXERCISE Do your map How do you discover Based on major decisions you made in your life Example work home relationships etc

have to feed them Imagine a homeless person he meets hisher secu-rity needs (eating and having where to sleep) but he has to do it every day Now compare with Donald Trump If you see the freedom part it probably happens the opposite

3 SUSTAINABLE it feeds itself It is something that can continue without the need for external resources It is ecological based on challenge and paradoxes integration

3 UNSUSTAINABLE you need to do it every day it is selfish ba-sed on comfort and extremist You do it like it was a daily shot

Example father and daughter about going out at night (to satisfy sa-fety and to love and be loved) Father says no hersquos being selfish and within his comfort zone The same father after coming to this course ldquoYoursquore going to the party until 2230 You send me an sms saying that everything is ok and at 2230 Irsquoll pick yourdquo This continues for some time Father goes on diminishing the rules Now hersquos being ecological entering his challenge zone and integrating paradoxes To feel safe as a father he has to give some freedom To feel loved he has to give them some self love Now his motivators are sustainable and has a sustai-nable system that feeds itself To arrive to a deeper level of security he needs to take the risk that comes from giving more freedom

DIAGONAL CONTINUOUS LINEThis line shows us that working above the line ie the clientrsquos beha-viors andor emotions is short-term and unsustainable In this case only the techniques are worked There are immediate results but with no major impact and duration Like when we are called to do motiva-tional speaking or teambuildingrsquos People feel better and do things but the results have a short duration

This does not imply that it is wrong to do Coaching based on these two areas For example in a quick conversation with a friend we can do Situational Coaching (based on behaviours) in order to get her to do something that has been postponing If the action has been made and it was what was intended to be then you did your role as Coach The Remedy Coaching is also important sometimes which consists on making the other person to leave the session feeling good thinking more positive at the time having had an opportunity to digest an emo-tion

ROOTS

90

91

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

Below the continuous line is where lies the deepest work The one that will actually be sustainable and with long-term results This is where we work values and beliefs it is where we go deep to the point where in fact we shift paradigms The client in this type of Coaching change her beliefs and values turning to be a really different person in opposition to what happens above the line where only the emotions or behaviors are changed but the client continues to be what she was

ICEBERGWith the iceberg image it is understood that the behavior is the conscious part of the human being the only thing that the client can see and analyze Everything else emotions beliefs and values are at the clientrsquos unconscious But as a Coa-ch I must and I want to work also the unconscious because as we saw above this is where it lies the sustainable and long-term work

When we help our clients shifting their paradigms beliefs emotions or values we are working with their unconscious Your client will not like this at some point in the process The unconscious will realize that she will have to change and this will cause the first resistance Knowing how to overcome this is essential to the Coachrsquos work so she can de-liver sustainable results

Conscious Mind keeps all the information which you can access now

Unconscious Mind keeps all the information that has ever passed through your brain It is also a kind of a warning system for you

The information passes from the unconscious to the conscious mind through the subconscious It goes dropping into deeper levels of our mind Very qui-ckly your clients will want to turn you into one of three things

Friend ndash They want someone who listens to them who is patient with them who is always there with whom they can always count and talk Most of your clients will want to have you here that you turn into a sort of confi-dant that supports them but does not challenge them too much But you are not there to be a friend

Boss ndash Many will seek in the Coach someone to tell them what to do who provides them specific guidance who pressures them who ldquopunishrdquo them when they donrsquot have their homework done Someone who is even more committed with their results than themselves But yoursquore also not there to be a Boss

Priest ndash Others will want a kind of a weekly confession session That you absolve the mistakes theyrsquove made du-ring the week that you tell them everything is fine and that it doesnrsquot matter we are all human and we all make mistakes You are not there to be a kind of spiritual le-ader of your client and to absolve him You are there to be

Coach - The Coach has an ldquoAirrdquo relationship with the client ie mental of communication becau-se it is a conversation where you listen and ask where there is intellectual stimulation In the map--of-the-world scheme the Coachrsquos sketch is in the quadrant of beliefs It is a ldquomind with mindrdquo work

It is important to know this because with the sessions going clients tend to try their Coach to become a friend (wateremotions) a boss (earthbehaviors) or even a priest (firevalues) However the Coach should avoid the mistake of behaving like one of these three types You are there to be a Coach

Notes In Informal Coaching with friends colleagues family remember that first thatrsquos what you are and only then you are a Coach Therefore you should not give prevalence to the Coach but to the relationship you have with that person otherwise you would violate the pact that exists between the two

ROOTS

92

93

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

4 TYPES OF COACHINGBased on these four quadrants there are four types of Coaching

Situational Coaching ndash The one that is done immediate-ly during the situation with the sole purpose of lea-ding it to an action It usually consists of a brief con-versation where a ROSA 10 is done Your client has a situation that week that really needs to be addressed Ex a proposal that she needs to present a college exam for which she has to study Itrsquos not bad Coaching and it is often necessary Only it is more superficial

Remediative Coaching ndash As the name says it suits when we have to put a ldquobandageointmentrdquo on the emotions The goal is the client to feel good at the end of the session without having to go deeply on the problem Itrsquos the typical conver-sation where the client unburdens and your only goal is to make her feel a little better Sometimes it may be and it often is necessary

Ex the past week your client has discussed with someone important to her or something happened that greatly dealt with her emotions Your first focus should be to help her to unburden and to feel better We used ROSA 10 + Unburden

Transformative Coaching ndash Here the goal is not just making the client to feel better but that she can change the way she sees her life and herself Here we mainly work on beliefs ie the client stops believing in some things to start believing in another ones She shifts paradigm Coaching is now much more sustainable and with long--term results It undergoes through more complete ses-sions where ROSA 20 is done

Holistic Coaching ndash This is the kind of Coaching that involves the whole being of the client all her areas and valences ie her values The entire psyche is worked We are working the whole Human Being and not only a part of it Even the motivators are worked We use ROSA 30 and we work a lot on paradoxes integration

KEY POINTSWe said earlier that we all have Cycles of Fear and that we can change them to Cycles of Confidence How

Imagine that you have a turnscrew and a bicycle wheel is malfunctio-ning You will then put the turnscrew into one of the four key points and then yoursquoll pull and force the wheel to move in the right direction to-wards the Cycle of Confidence And very important you donrsquot take out the turnscrew until the Cycle (the wheel) rotates in the right direction

What are then the Four Key Points You can really choose only one

VALUE FOCUS At this point you will choose a key value for you whi-ch you canrsquot leave to live in practice Whatever happens you canrsquot take the turnscrew from there For instance imagine that you are experien-cing serious financial difficulties and you decide that lsquoValue Focusrsquo is your point Imagine that you choose ldquosavingrdquo as the value that has to be experienced in practice Then whenever you have to make a decision that involves spending money you know what to do You canrsquot in any way stop living this value until the cycle begins to rotate in the oppo-site direction and gets sustainable

POSITIVITY If you want to work at the level of beliefs yoursquoll start to develop this empowering belief base BEING POSITIVE You must be a positive person with faith who believes that everything will go well who says only positive things about herself and the others who sees and is focused on everything positive that is going around her And when the bad days or the bad news are coming and you feel the need to say something negative you shut up And you say something positive

EMOTION FOCUS Imagine that there is an emotion that makes your Cycle of Fear to happen (an emotional pattern) In this key point you will choose an emotion that you would like to learn to cause in yourself learning how to get yourself into that state Imagine that you have been feeling too much anger in your Cycle of Fear and want to feel harmony instead You want to learn how to get into that emotional state You start feeling the opposite emotion and you do something to manage to be in an harmony state (you listen to a song that gets yourself into that state you put your boxing gloves you jump you meditate you close

ROOTS

94

95

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

your eyes you read a poem as Mandela did )

HOMEWORK FOCUS Here you will define a homework that until itrsquos done you wonrsquot do anything else Imagine that you have a Cycle of Fear in relation to health that you define lsquoHomework Focusrsquo as the key point and your homework is running every day Until you manage to do it nothing else matters All of your strategies are directioned so that your homework is being done as soon as possible

In the end all of the four key points have to do with absolute focus

Value ndash Focus on the most important value Until that value is being lived we wonrsquot move on

Positivity (Faith Optimism) ndash Focus on the positive emotions Un-til she gets optimistic we wonrsquot move on

Emotion (Meditation) ndash Focus on pleasure Until she feels more ple-asure than pain we wonrsquot move on

Homework ndash Focus on action Until the homework gets done we wonrsquot move on

VERY IMPORTANTYou as a coach do not have to guess your clientrsquos map-of-the-world or even her PEMS but you have to explore it aside of her You will only master her Map-of-the-World when you understand your own (creating roots) because you will never learn anything about yourself with your client you will never discover anything about you because shersquos the one who discovers it being real or not You Coach you must be hum-ble enough to know that you know nothing about your client and you shouldnrsquot try to guess anything It is the customer who gets there alone

Therefore the more knowledge you have about your own map-of-the--world together with Rapport and ROSA the more intense will be your Coaching because the more you will be able to help your client The goal is that you have the tools in yourself so you can help her In other words this tool is for you to deepen your roots and thus know when you need to do only ROSA or go searching for the Key Points or to use

another method For instance if a client has as her main challenge to be promoted then therersquos no logical on working on Cycles of Fear but to make a ROSA and move forward On the other hand if you see that there is a Cycle of Fear then you should find the key point so you can work on it

I canrsquot help the others if I canrsquot help myself first

ROOTS

values (I am)

during session

clientcoach rosa unconscious

Beliefs (I think)

between sessions

co-coach rosa 30

emotions (I feel)

leverage slice

self coaching rosa 20behavior (I do)

holistic

coaching to others rosa 10M

S

E

P

96

97

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING RESULTS

IX RESULTS

Results are super important in the Coa-ching process There is simply no Coa-

ching if there are no results and thatrsquos why they are at the center of the

triangle of the four Rrsquos Everything we do whether is ROSA creating

Roots or building Rapport it is done with the purpose of get-ting results at the end of the sessions

This is what distinguishes the most Coaching from other practices As a Coach you must become obsessed with your clients results Not only that they do their homeworks but also how close did Coaching took them closer to their Guru Objective how much it has improved their leverage slice of the Pizza and other slices as well We also try to assess the sustainability of those results We donrsquot want them just to get there but also that they keep there

Coaching is about results and you must take this premise very seriou-sly You have been hired to make them reach some goals Become obsessed with it

It is not so easy to evaluate results in a metric way in the world of Co-aching but it proves to be very important Not only with Life Coaching but also with Business Coaching We must find a way to demonstrate that our work has had results in practice

That was the reason why we have created the Results Model

Our level of competence is equal to our worst level of performance

RESULTS MODELIt is possible to define results through the four metrics

lsquoSrsquo AXIS (SPIRITUAL) WE EVALUATE THE PROCESS IMPACT ON THE CLIENT

Behavior (I DO) When the client throughout the process changes one or more behaviors She does now due to the sessions different things that she didnrsquot before

Emotions (I FEEL) When the client feels happier more self-confi-dent fulfilled etc She has now different and more positive emotions due to the Coaching process

98

99

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

Beliefs (I THINK) When there is a change of belief (I used to belie-ve I was not a good person and now I believe I am) When the client used to believe in something and she started to believe in something different There was a paradigm shift She used to see something in a certain way and now she sees it in a more empowering way

Values (I AM) When the Coach manages to help the client to change her values ie the person she is This happens for exam-ple when the client starts to put more emphasis on family than on work or when she accepts and believes that she is a healthy and different person and that nothing will change that now She values different things todat due to the Coa-ching process

lsquoErsquo AXIS (EMOTIONAL) WE EVALUATE THE CLIENTrsquoS AUTONOMY

Level 1 Coach (CoachClient Relationship) Itrsquos the Coach who controls the situation There is a formal relationship be-tween Coach and Client and the session is controlled and oriented by the Coach

Level 2 Coach (Co-Coach) The Client already acts as a Coach during the sessions This happens for example when the client already knows that she is supposed to also say po-sitive things on the Reality part that is she already knows what to do in each step She already takes the initiative The relationship is more about cooperation now and the Client start becoming autonomous

Level 3 Coach (Self-Coaching) When the Client already does Self--Coaching at home not being asked to This is a fantastic moment because she already has the tools and the Coach is there to help and support

Level 4 Coach (Coach to others) When the Client comes to a ses-sion and tells us she has done Coaching with someone else (with her child for instance) This person came to us to be helped however she is already using our tools to help so-

RESULTS

meone else She is totally independent It is every Coachrsquos dream

lsquoMrsquo AXIS (MENTAL) WE EVALUATE THE CLIENTrsquoS CONTENTS ASSIMILATION

Uses Rosa 10 language o cliente usa palavras como Realidade objetivos soluccedilotildees accedilotildees fazem hoje parte do seu leacutexico

Uses Rosa 20 language the client uses terms such as guru objec-tives baby objectives measurable beliefs paradigm shif-ting brainstorming etc

Uses Rosa 30 language she refers terms like emotional patterns cycles of fear and confidence values dilemma etc

Uses unconscious Rosa language when many of these terms are so ingrained in the clientrsquos language that she thinks she will use them for the rest of her life

lsquoPrsquo AXIS (PRACTICE) WE EVALUATE RESULTS IN PRACTICE

During the Session I can manage the client to get results only du-ring the session It is a Coaching session that has no power to influence the client outside it

Between Sessions It mostly happens when the client is doing her homeworks It means that what happened during the ses-sion touched her with enough strength to get her to realize she has to do something and that she is doing something outside the sessions

Leverage Slice It happens when the client fulfills her Leverage Slice and achieves the goal that brought her to Coaching or when her satisfaction in that slice has dramatically im-proved

Holistic When the client improves satisfaction in multiple slices as a result of the sessions including the leverage slice It was a process that had an impact on the whole being and not just in one area of her life

100

101

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

You can make this model with your client on the last session you have together You can also make a self-assessment to compare with it When you measure these four levels of results you will have access to check what level of Coaching you had on that specific process

COACHING LEVELThe Coaching Level that you have delivered is always proportional to your lowest result Even if you have three axes at level 3 and have only one at a level 2 Coaching has been 20 This is valuable information to you as a Coach because it gives you an idea of axes that are easier for you to work and others that you may have to further strengthen

Level 4 Coaching is something that is not achieved with all clients There must be a great empathy and rapport as well as a mastery on the Coaching technique that has been taught in the training course and presented in this manual

Gulica ego catia caperum dem inem cus Fortes et L Nos et grae avehem Romnit acto egeris cis sultod pratum voltum iam hos ublius hactam atemus essede con vas optilis factor aus nem ad cae estil hos me patus re verisse inatuus

Udam deperfecrem nermis etraed me int ela remulibut rem loctusquo cum mus auciem vivehem uresull emquissent eti primperescit ina que ia consiss entium pulerit con vendam morei sentes inatil vit ia quam mus licaudemus factem dum eo ura ex muro nenit quo vilnes-tium Catimportus pati postalarit vis coena fui sa consu consceribus Satquid ertienatus contere essimis ut vis aus iliciam quo in dissimis Ra num deatiqua vere con sentius et in spio pes Tiaetin videlisquam mus viliam que conum is larbit etora notimolto nos et duc omnimus opublicae convo C Nos vivica Catus hos vivas aurnihil hui terfint imorter labus hostam res inequod nerem tabute telieni hilicaessil ven-tem nonsulis

Berteropubit diisquium iteriti emprit teludam hilicid erfentiur tem huis

Hum pro vidiusquem paterevid sedis factatu rnihilla rem publicave Ca-terev irissoltis re aurei pere anum teluder ficepse essercem octuusque mis tum inam pra vivid rei condamdiis hacies Ipio verei sendamdis

TOOLS amp TECHNIQUES

X TOOLS AND TECHNIQUES

If you master well the model of the four Rrsquos for us you already are a fantastic Coach If you can master some stars too itrsquos even better But if you master the model you know how to do Coaching But now letrsquos go to the small stars The idea is not that you try to use all the stars at the same time Choose the two or three that you like best and train those first

POSITIVE FEEDBACKProvide as much positive feedback as you can to your client Take every opportunity you have to do it A Coach is the type of mirror that only says good things about her client Please turn yourself into some-one who is always valorizing every small steps that your client takes

FEEDBACK HAMBURGERYou say something positive then you say something negative then you say something positive again The two positive feedbacks have to be VERY VERY good For instance ldquoI have been feeling that you are very committed to your Coaching process We just need to start paying more attention to our homework even because I feel that you are a person who likes to challenge yourself and that really wants to go further ldquo

RESSIGNIFICATION Ressignificating is finding another meaning still more empowering but that changes everything EgrdquoI didnrsquot do my homework I failedrdquo Coach ldquoWow That means that you are a demanding and committed personrdquo ldquoIrsquom lazyrdquo

102

103

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

ldquoDoes that means you like to enjoy the pleasures of liferdquo

REFRAMINGIt is much like ressignification Itrsquos the name that is used in NLP (Neuro--Linguistic Programming) You take the information that was been gi-ven to you in a frame and you put it in a new one

PREFRAMINGIf ressignification has to do with changing the meaning after it has been given preframing has to do with giving a meaning to something before we have explained what it is It is a widely used technique to anticipate objections that might distract us from our ultimate goal Then we do preframing we previously give the meaning that we want the person to give afterwards Example

ldquoCan I show you my point of view Itrsquos something different but Irsquove seen that it works with many people and it has been helping a lot to change our behavior to healthier habits Itrsquos something innovative and different but highly successful Can I tell you my ideardquo You create a frame before placing the information in there

POSTFRAMINGFirst you give the information and then you put it in a frame Eg ldquoFolks today we have an exam (the low energy level) but thatrsquos what this course is about to be the best Coach to go furtherrdquo

ldquoFROM 0 TO 10 rdquo To give examples ldquoI think Irsquoll read a bookrdquo Coach ldquoFrom 0-10 how much do you think you will accomplish that goalrdquo

TRANSFORMING ldquoORrdquo IN ldquoANDrdquoHelp the client to find an alternative solution to integrate paradoxes to

find a third way

VULNERABILIZATIONFind out things about you that are not working and put them at the clientrsquos service That makes you human and you are validating your client in the case she feels the same She does some things better than you and has some of the same challenges

ASSOCIATION AND DISSOCIATIONThese two terms are often used in NLP (Neuro-linguistic Program-ming) and are used in various ways Association means that an indi-vidual describes a situation as if it was happening and he was partici-pating on it As the name indicates he is associated with it He is still seeing himself going through the situation and feels the emotions that he would feel if he was really living it

Dissociation means that an individual can already tell that experience as if he was watching a movie in which he took part but already dis-sociated from it He is more in an observer role That allows him a big-ger emotional objectivity Even if he feels the emotions they are more about the experience itself and not so much about him as a participant

When we want to help our customers to overcome some emotionally more challenging situations it can make a huge difference to have them to dissociate from those situations Thatrsquos how they can gain greater objectivity and clarity and at the same time they get more mo-tivated to take their first steps

METAPHORSThe most important here is that you use the metaphors of your client Use her world whenever it is possible It will help a lot more to inter-nalize and memorize the information Help your client to create her metaphors Eg ldquoSometimes we fall into holes that are so big that you canrsquot get out of them alonerdquo ldquoLearning to forgive someone is like dri-ving one step at a timerdquo

TOOLS amp TECHNIQUES

104

105

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

LANGUAGE OF A COACH 3 HOW TO INTERRUPT at the first session it must be defined if

the Coach can interrupt the client when she deviates from the focus If yoursquore going to interrupt your client you must always do it with a question You can also take note of something that has nothing to do with the subject you are talking about but it seems important So we can talk about it in the next session You can ask the client if she liked to talk about it

3 ldquoDOES IT MAKES SENSE FOR YOUrdquo If she says NO ldquoSo tell merdquo if she says YES ldquocan you tell me howrdquo

3 ldquoMY HALLUCINATION is rdquo Being very unconditional Any opi-nion is a good opinion The Coach realyy doesnrsquot know The word hallucination implies that what yoursquore saying may be ab-solutely wrong

3 ldquoWHAT WOULD LOVE DO NOWrdquo Be careful with the rapport level you have with your client It is a very good question when it concerns relational issues

3 ldquoHOW WOULD IT BE IFrdquo Very good to overcome objections ldquohow would it be if you had timerdquo ldquohow would it be if you had moneyrdquo ldquohow would it be if you had self-confidencerdquo

3 ldquoWHAT IF rdquo Fantastic to destroy any obstacle that your client brings Some examples ldquoAnd what if you couldrdquo ldquoWhy notrdquo ldquoWhat if nobody would knowrdquo ldquoWhat if you had moneyrdquo ldquoI know you donrsquot but what if you knew what would you sayrdquo

3 GENERAL TIP BE COOL You really must have a cool and rela-xed attitude You really donrsquot know what would be best for your client so be really unconditional

THE COACHING ETHICS

XI THE COACHING ETHICS

There are six ethic rules in Coaching but with no doubt the first is the most important

CONFIDENTIALITY Coaching sessions must be given the utmost con-fidentiality There are no legal rules as in Therapy (like not having fa-mily as clients) but you always have to respect confidentiality When you do Coaching in a company and you must give feedback to their manager your clients must know it If necessary you can discuss the case with a mentor but always without mentioning the name of your client You can discuss the cases but without any names

CLIENTrsquoS AUTONOMY Coaching is all about autonomy and sustaina-bility You need your client to get results not that she needs you You should think ldquoif I change country how would my clients berdquo

CAREFUL WITH PROJECTIONS We all project aspects that we re-press in ourselves All currents in psychology agree that there is pro-jection When I look to someone else what I see is whatrsquos inside of me (strengths and weaknesses) Thatrsquos why some see one thing and others see another As a Coach you must be very attentive to projections You should not do it with your client and for that you must work on your roots If something bothers you that says more about you than about your client Itrsquos not just a technical issue of respecting others map-of--the-world It is an ethical issue

CREDIBILITY Of course you can use other different tools in your ses-sions but you should be able to do so Using things on which yoursquore not certified is breaking ethics Try to be congruent and integrate Being a corporate or a sales Coach without being an expert about those mat-ters is not ethical

106

107

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING THE FIRST SESSION IN PRATICE

CONTRACT IS CONTRACT The financial commitment you assume with your client is always the same as long as she is your client The same in what respects sessions frequency You should always ask permission to your client when you want to change the frequency of the sessions For WeCreate the value you charge to your client must be the same forever It is part of our gratitude towards our client

SELF-COACHING The Coach must be an example of Self-Coaching or she should have a Coach You really have to do ROSA once a year at least and use all these tools in a weekly basis Make sure that you are also an example of achieving your own dreams

XII THE FIRST SESSION

IN PRACTICEIt is normal that the first session is a bit longer (90min) Your focus is to build RAPPORT Here is an example of a few steps for your first session You can have a few more or less of these steps but this is the general idea

STEP 1 Memorize these steps so that you will not have to use this manual

STEP 2 (Partnership) Organize the working space have everything prepared adequated clothes etc

STEP 3 (Presence) Prepare to be fully present by meditating or by being a few minutes in silence

STEP 4 (Posture and words) Build rapport have a few minutes of casual positive and neutral conversation to break the ice For example the weather the clientrsquos favourite team foot-ball match etc

STEP 5 At this stage you will also try to collect information about the client Several aspects of her life and trying to deter-mine clientrsquos expectations regarding the Coaching process You will be attentive about the metaphors and about what is really important to her Yoursquoll need it to explain what Co-aching is in her words

STEP 6 Explain what Coaching is using the clientrsquos words and the references she gave us Example letrsquos imagine that boxing was something that the client liked and we want to explain

108

109

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING THE LAST SESSION

Coaching through boxing ldquoCoaching is like boxing It invol-ves a lot of training to succeed in getting results but ins-tead of having an external enemy we are fighting against ourselvesrdquo

STEP 7 Inviting the client to do an exercise we pick six pens (three of each color) We ask her to tell us three things that are going well in her life and we explore each area a bit Then we ask ldquoamong those areas which one is running really wellrdquo Then we ask for three things that are not going so well and explore a bit

STEP 8 Asking the client which 3 goals she would like to accom-plish by the end of the Coaching process that would make it worth the investment (as measurable as possible)

STEP 9 Establishing verbal contract and selling the idea of coa-ching (even if the sessions pack is already closed) Now we talk about the practical issues sessions frequency ses-sions length interrupting the client first session a bit lon-ger confidentiality guarantee If you feel comfortable you can talk about costs and forms of payment

STEP 10 ldquoCan we start our session talking about what brought you here How can I helprdquo

STEP 11 Talking a bit about the Clientrsquos reality and introducing the Pizza of Life The client draws herrsquos We will go on explai-ning the pizza and its different slices (very briefly not to influence) Some clients like to do it lsquoalonersquo others like to go on talking as they fill the slices

STEP 12 From then on you make ROSA 10

STEP 13 You end up the session You can share ROSA methodology with your client (if you think shersquod like it) and ending with positive feedback You can also ask the client how did she feel You can also ask her to choose an object and summa-rize the session You will also be doing some preframing by stating that Coaching is about action and homeworks

XIII THE LAST SESSION

A coaching process has a follow-up We can work with individual ses-sions or with a pack It is important to inform your clients that Coaching is a continuous process and not a process with miraculous results in the first session Hence it is like doing workout where it is difficult to get results if we go to the gym only once

You can work with packs of sessions (5 or 10) and we would like to give you some tips on what you should ensure it gets done in your last coaching session with someone you have been working with

FUTURE It is important to ensure that the client will continue taking steps in the future even not having sessions anymore or your presence In this session you should spend some time helping her in creating an action plan about the next steps she wants to go on taking in that area You can also take the opportunity to do a small summary of everything that you both worked in so that there is a notion of the progress made and the results achieved Ensures that your client completed that process and be sure about the next steps for her future Help her in crea-ting a good action plan

HABITS You can also ask your client which would be the daily or weekly habits that she would like more to integrate into her routine

POSITIVE FEEDBACK This is also the perfect time to give positive fe-edback to your client (despite being a constant throughout the sessions) Show her the progress she has made throughout the sessions and help her to realize all the positive things she has achieved

111

110

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

PERSONAL DEVELOPMENT We must ensure that our client conti-nues its personal development process and knows or tries new approaches Coaching is just one part of a wide range of options that are now ahead of her Encourage her to con-tinue that journey to read new books to try other trainings and workshops other different and complementary ways of approaching personal development

KEEPING CONTACT You can develop some form of contact with your old clients Email telephone facebook etc Remember to con-tinue sending her information about coaching or other matters you find important It is a way to ensure that your client will continue ldquoawakedrdquo for this subject

Thank you for being part of this project

Daniel Saacute Nogueira and Marta Ferreira

Page 19: WeCreate International Coaching Certification Manual

38

39

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

Guru and baby objectives psychology is natural to us not something we learn nor something we can unlearn For example it activates immediately if wersquore in a car accident if anything threatens our survi-val or the survival of our loved ones We then forget whether we are confident or not successful or not rich or poor and we only care about finding a solution This is natural we always have an ultimate goal in mind while at the same time staying present to the immediate objec-tive since that is what makes us define the next small step towards reaching our guru objective And we get so engaged that nothing will distract us from our guru objective Now this psychology should not get triggered only unconsciously in moments of survival but also be applied consciously in our lives in general in our everyday And yes it can be activated

Always remember that an objective is only at the guru level if there is a voice inside you that laughs finding it impossible to achieve and a baby objective is only one if you are sure that you will achieve It is therefore essential to dream to look farther and reach beyond what our minds can visualize

But beware if we focus solely on our highest goals we will never le-ave the realm of dreams and over time we will lose self-confidence Achieving goals involves taking small steps every day defining reaso-nable steps that slowly but surely bring us closer to our guru objective

Success depends on a combination of both We must therefore learn to live life with very big guru objectives and very small baby objectives Most people that feel unhappy have developed a guru psychology but not a baby psychology or vice versa The former always want more and are never satisfied with their daily achievements The latter live through small steps but cannot think big so the little steps wear them out and monotony or apathy reigns

Having a great guru objective without setting baby objectives leads to frustration anxiety and impatience Setting baby objectives without having a big guru objective leads to disinterest discouragement and lack of direction(ldquoTrate a Vida por Turdquo paacuteg 111)

META+Our objectives should be

Measurable - Objectives should be very concrete so that when we reach them we can check off ldquomission accomplishedrdquo For example ldquoI will spend 3 hours a day with my familyrdquo instead of ldquoI will spend more time with my familyrdquo

Emotional Objectives should contain grand adjectives that provoke a lot of emotion so that the brain gives them more importance For example ldquoI will wake up shining and full of vitality ready for a new day of fun and productivityrdquo

Timed - Objectives must have either a date or a frequency or both For example ldquoStarting tomorrow I will be home by 8 pm every day to have dinner with my childrenrdquo or ldquoI will train every day starting on Sundayrdquo

Achievable - We need to believe in the objectives that we set and know that they are possible to reach For example ldquoI will write a book next monthrdquo If you think your goal is too ambitious you had better adapt it ldquoIrsquoll write one chapter in the next monthrdquo

Positive (+) - Goals should be stimulating the positive Neurolinguistics say that everything that we define as positi-ve encourages us and everything that we define as negative defeats us For example ldquoI will not smoke anymorerdquo is wrong while ldquoI will breathe 100 oxy-gen and make air cleaner for myself and for othersrdquo is more correct Or ldquoon day x I will weigh y poundsrdquo instead of ldquoI will lose weightrdquo(Trate a Vida por Tu paacuteg 155)

ROSA 20

1 What do you want

2 What do you really want

3 What is the Guru-Objective

4 What is the Baby-Objective

5 What is the dream (the most importan is to make the client talk about his dreams)

6 In a perfect world (For those who have di-fficulty in define Guru-Objectives)

7 Meta+

OBJECTIVESRESUME

The meta+ model is used to specify the target-guru

40

41

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

Why do we need to have these two opposing energies Exactly for the same reason as the positive and negative energies in the Reality phase We really need a guru objective since the effort that the client will have to make and the person she has to become to get there will make her reach much further than if she had set an intermediate goal Coaching is about dreams about the best of the best for each area of our lives The important thing is not whether or not the client gets there but that the road she travels takes her much further

Moreover every journey starts with a small step We need to create an objective so small so small that the client is absolutely sure she can do it Why To get her motivated quickly to achieve success and above all to convey the baby objective psychology We need to make our clients realize that coaching is about big and small steps The baby objective in itself is not important but we need to introduce this step here so that your client begins to celebrate every little step that she takes every piece of homework that gets done

Coaching is about forming a person with both guru and baby objectives psychology Someone who wants to go really far and at the same time is super happy with everything that she has already achieved

Notas If a client has a very big guru objective to reach in a short time and the Coach thinks it is not possible we can ask the client to ldquoconvince us that it is possiblerdquo On the other hand if the baby objective is very big we do the same

S(OLUTIONS)Encouraging creativity is equally important to teaching children ma-thematics Portuguese and science This is what later on will separate intelligent adults from true geniuses who are able to create something new revolutionary and innovative in whatever area It is those who mark others society science and the world who ultimately make a

difference

40 IDEASIn fact we are all creative We have all been children we have all been creative and so what happened What is it that makes our creativity die The fact is that our society limits our creativity while forgetting that in a grey professional world creativity makes the difference

ROSA 20

clique no viacutedeo para o activar

42

43

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

Anyone who is creative grows through challenges simply because they put their creativity at the service of what is not working They go off immediately to search for a solution And this is available to everyo-ne This is the basis of the ldquoSrdquo in ROSA instead of complaining go look for a solution Remember yoursquore always one idea away from solving your biggest challenge You just havenrsquot found that idea yet Pull out

your creativity and try finding ideas ideas ideas

Even the most creative people start with obvious ideas and it is good to go through them in order to get to the other ones Little by little we will get to the interesting ideas and when we stop being afraid of saying nonsense we become creative Now the challenge is to get an innovative idea And that can only be achieved by investing time and energy When we are at 10 or 20 ideas to not give up until you have at least 40

Losing our creativity is in other words restraining our physical (earth) emotional (water) mental (air) and spiritual (fire) abilities Children do not have these restraints in a physical sense they love exploring the world through their body showing you they donrsquot care about posture for instance and they seem unbreakable when defying the laws of gra-vity with an energy that seems limitless Emotionally they are much more open to all kinds of feelings because they have not accumulated many negative experiences Mentally they are hungry for knowledge and the concept of right and wrong is not yet set so everything seems possible to them Spiritually they are completely free they may have some enrooted values but everything else is an open book

In order to be creative again and go back to having blank pages in the book of life being able to write and rewrite improvise and create we

obvious interesting creative innovative

can start by being creative in one area or going back to being creative in all aspects of life and our being To go back to being creative we must explore our physical body do sports dance act etc and use your senses to hear smell taste touch and see The healthier we are the more our body will be available to be physically creative To go back to being more creative emotionally we have to stop being afraid to feel We have to venture into relationships connections sharing without the fear of being hurt frustrated cheated and even happy

To go back to being mentally creative we must learn new subjects think about new things analyze from new angles and perspectives challenge our minds have conversations with all kinds of people read all kinds of magazines stimulate all parts of our brain

Finally if we want to go back to being spiritually creative we must question all our certainties and dogmas meditate and open ourselves to the world of possibilities and the inexplicable We need to know oursel-ves in order to experience life intensely

If we manage to be creative in all four areas we will be soon become a new person with a palette of new experiences and openness to wha-tever happens giving us new shape and a different glow If we can be more creative regarding the first letter of our PEMS we should really be congratulated for it The important thing is to enter the challenge zone to seek solutions in areas that have not yet been explored in fiel-ds that are uncomfortable for others but that we call our comfort zone Then everything and really everything becomes possible and there are no longer problems without solutions(ldquoTrate a Vida por Turdquo paacuteg 165)

PARADIGM SHIFTThis is the time to get the client to think ldquoupside downrdquo ie to think ldquoout of the boxrdquo It is undoubtedly the most difficult phase of the coaching sessions Your clients will not even want to think and to change their paradigms

The vast majority of people when trying to solve a pro-blem or challenge use the first ideas that come to mind - the Obvious ideas ndash the ones that we all have However there are three more levels of ideas The Interesting ideas are those that some have sometimes

ROSA 20

The very first ideas are obvious Only then comes the interesting and then comes the very creative and innovative ideas

44

45

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

Solutions are always related to the Guru-Objectives

and then come the Creative Ideas that are those which generate con-flict because they go lsquoout of the boxrsquo shifting paradigms Finally we have the Innovative ideas that are the ones that nobody sees but once they are revealed they become obvious

We may use this ability in all areas of our life using this unique creati-vity to make everything unique and different

The goal of a Coach is getting the client to change her paradigm This is what happens in an ldquoAHArdquo moment when she finds an idea and is sure that this is the one she was missing

In the picture on the left do you see a young girl or an old lady Try to see both Put your brain to work both ways

GREAT AND WHAT ELSEBrainstorming is the most powerful tool for creativity and the best way of stimulating creativity in all areas of your life It is essential to do individual and group brainstorming as it is the best way to find so-lutions to challenges

What is a lsquobrainstormingrsquo

As the name implies it is a kind of ldquobrain stormrdquo And what do storms do They stir things up make ideas collide (thunder) and launch one solution after the other (lightning) ldquowaitingrdquo for the one that will solve the problem and put the storm at rest Brainstorming is not only use-ful at the workplace Every person and family should brainstorm from time to time to seek solutions to their problems from the most basic day-to-day questions (how to deal with expenses manage domestic tasks prepare meals) to deeper and more complex ones (helping a child become more confident helping a father that is unemployed) And individually each one of us should do brainstorming to solve and improve all areas that we feel the need to change

It is very easy to do brainstorming Here are the six rules to start prac-ticing today

1 No judgement All ideas are valuable even the most stupid ones In a brainstorming there are no arguments or criticism All ideas are good initially If there is criticism besides genera-ting conflict it can also inhibit the people involved

2 Quantity quantity quantity The more ideas generated the better the brainstorming Quality does not matter here only quantity Why The first ideas will be obvious then interesting then creative and only then innovative

3 Hitchhike You can build on otherrsquos ideas No participant should be silent for a long time If you donrsquot have any idea you can simply hitchhike on someone elsersquos The only thing you cannot do is not to participate

4 Go crazy From time to time throw in some ideas that are lsquoout-side the boxrsquo Regardless of how absurd they may seem this will help you and your colleagues to leave the obvious ideas and make your brains think At the very least you will enliven the session If the group laughs at your idea yoursquore being crazy

ROSA 20

click the video to see it

46

47

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

5 Take notes The most dangerous thing in a brainstorming ses-sion is having no one to write down the ideas Preferably the one who writes should not be giving any ideas she should fo-cus on writing down othersrsquo ideas There should also be a kind of a moderatorfacilitator of the brainstorming session not for taking decisions or criticizing but precisely for making sure that no one tries to take decisions on behalf of the group or to criticize other peoplersquos ideas and to help keep the focus on what matters In an individual brainstorming session you of course need to be your own moderator

6 A clear goal You must clearly define what the purpose of your objective is what the challenge is and if possible write formu-late it in META+(ldquoTrate a Vida por Turdquo paacuteg 213)

Brainstorming is the most powerful creativity tool In a brainstorming the client is requested to come up with a great amount of ideas on how to reach her Guru Objective

click the video to see it

And the Coach must be persistent since this is when you realize that humans are lazy when it comes to thinking It is very likely that when giving her fifth idea the client will say that she has no more Everyone will want to convince you that they have already found the magic solu-tion But they havenrsquot And how do we know that Because if they had found it they would already have solved their challenge

During a brainstorming ideally it is the Coach who writes down the ideas But she should not alter any of them And if the client gets stuck we must ask open and creative questions such as

3 If you had all the money in the world what would you do 3 If you were your idol what would you do 3 If it were 10 years ago what would you do 3 If it were 10 years from now what would you do

Cultivating a sense of humour as a Coach is always a good for rela-xing and making people creative This is in fact important in any area At this stage it is very likely that the client will have long mo-ments without coming up with any ideas Therefore it is impor-tant to create our own personal way of ldquopulling outrdquo the clientrsquos ideas such as a small exercise changing seats or using humour If the client gets to 40 ideas very easily and none is lsquointerestingrsquo even for her it means that she is still in the obvious ide-as and then 40 more ideas are always welcome Creativity is an expansive energy The more it is cultivated the more it grows and the easier it becomes to use it in other areas of life Notas The Coach may suggest ideas but only as an encouragement to the client

A brainstorming can take up a large part of a session so it is important to make sure there is enough time for it

ROSA 20

1 Allow the obvious

2 I want more ideas

3 Help to avoid judgment

4 Overcoming objections with questions ldquoWhat ifrdquo

5 Okay what else

SOLUTIONSRESUME

48

49

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

since it is not right to leave it midway The goal is that the client forces her brain to find new ideas in a short time and in such a way that it is almost like a shock to her

It is important to keep focused on one topic in a brainstorming Some may change their focus during the process for example a client whorsquos Guru objective is to open a business may start to suggest ideas on how to make more money In this case the Coach should remind the client of the main topic At the same time the Coach should stay flexible and if the client really feels that their focus was not on the first topic but on the second itrsquos time to go back and set a new Guru objective

A(CTION)ROSA exists only for one reason to get us to act We find our Reality establish our Objectives and think up Solutions that make us act ndash the A is the purpose of ROSA

Now more than people of action we must be people of innovation

Innovation is creativity applied to getting the desired results Being creative is not enough but creativity is the tool for getting to innova-tion So how do we do this

The secret is not to give up on creating ideas ideas and more ideas until the innovative idea comes Sometimes it never comes but get-ting to the creative ones is already something Those who have dared being creative many times and more and more are those who mana-ge to reach the innovation Itrsquos not enough to have talent you have to work hard to translate this talent into amazing results Look at these examples

3 Bach wrote one cantata a week even when he was sick 3 Mozart produced more than 600 pieces of music 3 Darwin wrote 109 publications one of which was about the Theory of

Evolution 3 Einstein published 248 theses one of which was about the Theory

of Relativity 3 Freud published 350 theses 3 Rembrandt produced 650 paintings 3 It took Thomas Edison 2000 experiments to invent the light bulb

and 9000 to perfect it 3 Picasso created more than 20000 pieces of art

This is why it is so important to act Do a lot create a lot invest a lot (ldquoTrate a Vida por Turdquo paacuteg 234)

THE FUNNELThis is the part where coaching really becomes challenging where the client realizes that she will have to do something and not just think and talk about it It is the phase where we start to converge and funnel things in order to find an action that is as specific as possible

This is with no doubt the most important phase of ROSA In a coaching session anything can happen in any of the other phases but we cannot end it without an action (without homework)

What

3 What are you going to do now 3 What are you thinking about doing now ()

ROSA 20

click the video to see it

A task should not be so simple that it doesnacutet make any difference to the client to fulfill it nor should it be so difficult that it becomes infeasible

50

51

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

With whom It is very important to involve someone in the action pro-cess 99 of the homework should have a third person involved The-reby we are creating conditions for the client to become autonomous after the coaching process The questions might be

3 ldquowill you ask to ask you whether you have done itrdquo 3 ldquoApart from me (the Coach) who else will be involved in thisrdquo

When Marcar data ou frequecircncia Quanto mais especiacutefica for me-lhor Isto leva o cliente a pensar exatamente quando vai fazer au-tomaticamente isto cria um compromisso maior dentro dele doing this the client should end each session with a specific homework knowing both the day and the time she will do it and with whom she will share it

At what time of the week beginning or end

At the end of the week

What is for you the end of the week Friday Saturday Sunday

Friday

Ok and what time

Anytime

Anytime Ok But in the morning in the afternoon or evening

Morning

And what time

Early

What is early for you

Upon waking

And what time do you wake up

At 7am

THE CONVERGENCE TECHNIQUEIf the client does not find an action to do you can use the convergence technique by asking the following questions

3 ldquoLook at your ideas (the brainstorming) and mark those that you find reasonablerdquo

3 ldquoNow choose 10rdquo 3 ldquoChoose 5rdquo 3 ldquoChoose 3 2 rdquo 3 ldquoIf I had a magic wand that would immediately fulfil one of these

ideas which one would you chooserdquo

COMMITMENTIn the early sessions you can also ask the client to send you an SMS after doing the action in or-der to confirm it Of course you donrsquot force her

if she refuses but then if she doesnrsquot do her homework you will have more power to ask for an SMS in the next homework

If she accepts you may also ask if you can send her an SMS in case she forgets to do so What will happen is that as soon as she receives our SMS asking whether the action has been done she will do it immediately so that she can reply that she has By SMS we also mean any other means like a telephone call or e-mail The Coach must be flexible enough to perceive which method suits her client the best

THE HANDSHAKEShaking hands after defining the homework is very important because it is the archetype of commitment But remember if the client does not do her homework there is no failure only feedback Maybe the problem really is the kind of homework given or poor explanation about the im-portance of the homework in the coaching process

ONE SMALL STEP FORWARDWhat is the Next Small Step you can take This ques-

ROSA 20

What is the first next small step

Earn 20000 euro

What is the first next small step

Save 100 euro month

What is the first next small step

Open an account

ldquoGreat what is the next small step that you believe you can accomplish

Deposit 1000 euro

1 What is the option that has magic

2 What is the option that makes sense

3 What are you gonna do exactly

4 How will you know you make it

5 Funnel When What day What time

6 Commitment handshake

ACTIONRESUME

52

53

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

free to put everything she has (skills tools knowledge) at the service of her client Indeed every three sessions more or less you should challenge your client with a piece of homework However the challen-ge will vary depending on whom we have in front of us and on the level of the process

4 SUCCESS TIPS FOR THIS PHASE FASEAction Plans it is at this stage that we start working on an action plan

that will follow the session Remember coaching without ac-tion is not coaching Thatrsquos why you should do a ROSA in every session go through the four phases and always end with a very concrete action plan on what the client will do during the week and until the next session Here is an example of an action plan

What will I do Run 3 times per week

When Monday Wednesday and Friday

With whom Alone

Possible obstacles Laziness and lack of time

Benefits Feeling healthier

What will help me remember Setting an alarm on my phone

How will I celebrate By going to the cinema

Homework the tasks between the sessions are a priority for the coaching Most of the le-arning comes from the homework that is done between sessions So remember to always end your session by asking your client to suggest tasks that she would like to accom-plish that coming week the next small steps she can take right now Then rephra-se each one into a concrete action (when how where ) Still some clients will have gre-

tion tool is ideal for those who have difficulty in defining Baby Objecti-ves or those who have difficulty in defining an action to do this week

Notas As a general rule the client will not hear the word ldquosmallrdquo in the question The-refore we must repeat the question until the action is so small that the client would have no difficulty doing it

Of course the Next Small Step may not be the right action to choose for this week

Example The client wants to buy a Porsche (Guru Objective)

ldquoDeposit 1000 eurosrdquo is the Baby Objective The same process can be used for defining the homework

At the end when an action has been defined the Coach may also su-ggest a piece of homework In other words then the Coach is finally

ROSA 20

54

55

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING RAPPORT

at difficulty in taking action If this is the case always look for the smallest step that the person can take If we do not act itrsquos because the step is not small enough Remember ldquoEvery journey begins with one small steprdquo

Commitment amp Penalties some clients will sometimes have real diffi-culty in stepping into action Sometimes you may have to resort to agreeing on a fine if your client does not accomplish her task All human beings run away from pain and sometimes in coaching we need to use a little more masculine energy (wersquoll talk about that more below) to help You can even ask the question ldquoWhat will happen if you do not accomplish itrdquo

Monitoring amp Accountability the role of a Coach is to provide moni-toring to her client However the responsibility must always be on the clientrsquos side As a Coach you are responsible for guiding the process Your client should define the strategies needed to enable her to take the steps she wants You should follow and always try to understand what may have prevented her from completing her tasks Above all you should be focused on finding better strategies to lead her into action However do remind your client that it is her responsibility Ultimately acting or not acting is her choice

VII RAPPORT

Mastering the ROSA technique and mastering Rapport will alone make

you a Mega Coach Of course you can gain more Roots but people

who attend our courses usu-ally already have quite some

1ST DEFINITION OF RAPPORT

Relationship of trust and influence rapport is the ability to create trust within a few minutes with various kinds of people and to influence them to act think and do better You can only influence after being trusted Think about people you trust and do not trust what influence do these people have on you

2ND DEFINITION OF RAPPORTRelationship of empathy and sympathy ldquoWe only like 2 kinds of people people who are the way we are or who are the way we would like to berdquo

Empathy I feel empathy based on the things I have in common with someone

Sympathy Based on the qualities and characteristics that someone has that I would like to have

Conclusion rapport is empathy (who is like me) and sympathy (who is the way I would like to be)

56

57

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

Rapport is trust and

influence

Rapport is the ability to create

empathy and sympathy

WARNING Empathy comes before sympathy and trust comes before influence This is the most important aspect of rapport I cannot influence anyone who does not trust me

Part 2 Now letrsquos try to understand what happens in our psyche why this is the way it is

I invite you to imagine that yoursquore a rabbit in a forest and you meet another rabbit What happens Now imagine you meet another animal thatrsquos different from you What does the rabbit do FLIGHT (runs away)

Now imagine that you are not a rabbit yoursquore a wolf You meet an ani-mal thatrsquos different from you What does the wolf do FIGHT

Now imagine yoursquore a porcupine What happens FREEZE

Animals have these three types of reactions Now imagine yoursquore a human being 20000 years ago and you come across something di-fferent from you What happens ONE OF THESE THINGS AND YOU FEEL FEAR You react the way you do because your psyche does not know what it is And if it is another human being I KNOW WHAT TO EXPECT She is like me Our fear grows when something is different because we donrsquot know what to expect Imagine that you do meet a hu-man being but wearing clothes or other things that are very different

What happens when it is the same kind of animal What exists there EM-PATHY AND TRUST - 1st LEVEL of RAPPORT

This is a metaphor of course Rapport is very unconscious I could tell you to trust someone but your unconscious may not feel the trust What regula-tes that instinct in your psyche is KNOWING WHAT I CAN EXPECT

WHAT HAPPENS IN COACHING Clients also have these three types of reactions flight freeze or fight They may not show up for the follow ses-sion they may answer ldquoyesrdquo ldquonordquo ldquomayberdquo ldquodonrsquot knowrdquo or they may be in constant disagreement with you

Key ldquothe more the Coach is the way I am the more rapport there isrdquo

MILTON ERICSON (Ericsonian Psychology NLP Hypnotherapy) found the client within himself and used this as his tool in the therapy sessions

Ericson created rapport before proceeding with anything else This is TRUST and EMPATHY Ericson was humble and flexible enough to adapt to the client Only once you have done this you can go back to being yourself

Ways of creating rapport with someone

Verbal

3 Language words 3 Subject matter 3 Quotes way of speaking 3 Repeating what the other says 3 Using the otherrsquos metaphors 3 Using the same expressions

Non-verbal

3 Gestures 3 Voice 3 Mime 3 Distance 3 Posture 3 Breathing 3 Touch 3 Speed

Note Every human being has a natural and unconscious tendency to create rapport with others To confirm this all you need is to look at two people talking to each other and see how easily you will notice similarities in their postures and way of speaking

ldquoYou have only one chance to create a good first impression but you have plenty of opportunities to create rapportrdquo

Rapport is an honest attempt to enter someonersquos map-of-the-world The-re is no agreeing or disagreeing only flexibility Rapport does not mean friendship The first session and often the second is a lot about creating rapport

RAPPORT

Sometimes itacutes enought just a little attention to help someone but attention is not coaching

58

59

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

RAPPORT MODELndash 2 PacuteSEstablishing rapport is a process of many levels and layers of depth

LEVEL 1 - PRESENCE AND

PARTNERSHIP

PRESENCEThis is the first step towards creating ra-pport thus the most superficial one Pre-sence means that the Coach is fully com-mitted to her client aware of everything she says and does Nothing from outside the ses-sion should be on the Coachrsquos mind She must be fully present

Before a session itrsquos important that you as a Co-ach calm down forget about everything else and gain a notion of where you are and what you are going to do

POSTURE amp PHRASING

PERCEPTUAL POSITIONS

PERSON TO PERSON

PRESENCE amp PARTNERSHIP

PROBING amp PATIENCE

click the video to see it

Dedicate a few minutes to this process

Presence and Attention are among the healthiest ac-tions that lead to real results You can create a good

relationship with your client (child parent etc) just by being fully present and attentive Even gardens become more beautiful if they are cared for

Presence is about getting yourself into a certain state Itrsquos about being Yin and Yang at the same time

Yin ndash relaxing breathing being aware of all five senses being fully present where you are

Yang ndash mobilizing all your energy by run-ning jumping listening to inspiring music

PARTNERSHIP

Creating an equal relationship with your client Not top down or vice--versa The Coach should never be at a lower or higher level than her client The chairs should be the same for example

For presence and partnership it is also important to switch off the phone to prevent anything from interrupting the session Tidying up the table is equally important to having a clean and hygienic space

From 0 to 10 the importance of Presence during a session is a 10 It is the first step If it isnrsquot there nothing else will

Psycho-geography is also very important in this area

PSYCHO-GEOGRAPHY the way your psyche relates to geography Example On which side you like to sleep Each person has a different psycho-geography Some prefer to be by the sea while others prefer to be in the mountains

RAPPORT

Empathy is being doing

talk and think like the other Sympathy is being doing

talk and think how the other

would like to be

60

61

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

Some tips for using the psycho-geography of the client to your advan-tage

3 Having a room with a minimum amount of symbols It is not recom-mended to have crucifixes or other artefacts related to religion A bookshelf filled with books can also intimidate the client

3 Pay attention to details ndash cables on the floor which CDs are on the shelf etc

3 Having sessions at the clientrsquos home can become dangerous because there are lots of distractions and anchors Difficult si-tuations might have taken place there which will make it more challenging for the client to create a distance to them

It is the Coachrsquos job to notice the psycho-geography of her client and what makes her more comfortable

Despite all the rapport a Coaching session should always stay pro-fessional Being relaxed is necessary for both parties but the focus should not be on friendship You as a Coach need to be professional You must choose to be a Coach instead of a friend

When it comes to clothing you should be as neutral as possible in the beginning but always aligned with your personality Then you can try to adapt to the style of your client

The mantra here is having the client leave the session thinking that her Coach is just like her NOTHING IS WRONG Let your client choose what she prefers

LEVEL 2 - POSTURE AND PHRASINGWhen establishing rapport mere presence and partnership are not enough Moreover they are only the first step The posture and the phrasing that the Coach uses are very important for creating rapport in the relationship What we refer to here is mainly keeping a posture and using similar words and expressions to those of the client This way the client will see herself in us and instead of flight fight or freeze she will feel relaxed and be much more comfortable about talking

Sitting in the same position as the client using her posture tone of

voice and gestures these are all factors to consider

POSTURERegarding posture one can use two techniques that are very similar and very powerful

Mirroring When a Coach takes on a physical position that is the exact mirror image of the clientrsquos If the client leans to her right then the Coach who is facing her leans to her left

Matching In this case the Coach adopts the exact same physical position instead of a symmetric one Both ways are good and powerful The goal is to be equal or symmetrical

Of course it is not indispensable to be like the client 100 of the time as this will take a lot of the attention that the Coach needs to give the client

The more you practice these behaviours the more automatically and unconsciously you will do it When rapport already is high you can go back to your own posture and your regular vocabulary However should you feel the need you can always take up these techniques again

In fact at a high level of rapport it is possible and entirely positive that it is the client herself who starts to imitate our posture and words (un-consciously) This is the perfect moment to lead the client and suggest something more challenging to her

PHRASINGYou must pay great attention to the words that your client uses and the energy she puts into them The names of people that she talks about are also very important facts to remember

If you can use the same expressions as your client you will earn points in rapport Among these expressions metaphors are the most power-ful ones Try to explore as much possible the metaphors that are being used An excellent technique is to use a metaphor of the client to ex-

RAPPORT

The mirroring copies the

exact posture of the client

the matching mirrors

62

63

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

plain something This will reach very deeply into the psyche of the client and have great impact

You can also use themes that the client likes such as her passions and keep using them in future sessions to explain something or to give examples This creates an incredible sense of empathy between you and the client She will be glad that you are paying attention to what she says and at the same time she will understand much better what you say

The clientrsquos ideas are important keys to use when you speak in order to create and maintain rapport For example if the client talks a lot about travelling Irsquoll use the idea (anchor) that is already there because I know it works in his mind

BACKTRACKING backtracking is a Coaching technique that consists of summarizing the main points of a conversation by using the exact same words that the other person uses This tool helps the client follow the session and make her own short summary while listening to the Coach returning to what she just said and using the same words It is important to use at least the words we consider to be the most significant among the ones that the client expresses those that might be conveying more about her value patterns Backtracking can help us understand for example if we can move to the next phase of ROSA It helps us understand if the client has finished what she had to say about that phase and that way we can figure out whether we can move forward or not You can use simple questions to do so

3 ldquoLet me see if I got what you saidhelliprdquo - backtracking the conversa-tion using the exact words of the client - and then ending ldquoIs this is it or would you like to add something

3 ldquoSo what yoursquore saying isrdquo 3 ldquoCan I make a summary of your reality in relation to that slicerdquo

This is one of the simplest and most important techniques when buil-ding rapport

When building rapport avoid paraphrasing (saying the same thing in other words) but do quote A coach quotes

Mastery in Backtracking is being able to quote the last 20 minutes of a session This will leave your client fascinated and feeling that her Coach is really paying attention to everything she says

Therefore it is motivating to Backtrack at the end of each session and at the end of each phase of the ROSA

The Coach shows confidence and agrees with the client shows that she is on her side and really believes that the client will succeed

We must allow the person to be what she truly is talkative or silent Silent people also have things to say it is a matter of asking the right questions

NOTES When a session is not going well (the relationship is under stress) then the focus should be fully on level 2 Rapport - Posture and Phrasing The secret is to forget about the rest and build rapport again Once it is re-established you can address the problem

LEVEL 3 - PROBING AND PATIENCEEvery new level in Rapport brings you techniques that are deeper and more complex But the good news is that you donrsquot do level 3 Rapport until Level 1 and 2 are done So you will increase your skills by going from the easiest to the most difficult

PROBINGAsking questions is more complicated than imitating the posture and words of the client Indeed one of the more complicated aspects of being a Coach is to not give opinions and to ask the right questions at the right time We know that we keep showing you that you already are a Coach and that itrsquos easy but here we must tell you ldquoITrsquoS HARD BEING A COACHrdquo Think very carefully about whether you want to get into it Listening asking questions being patient with the pace of your clients

Even if you have the miracle answer to the clientrsquos situation you need to keep it to yourself Being patient is a challenge and usually typical

RAPPORT

64

65

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

To paraphrase can break

rapport

of the great masters You can only be a master if you want to learn to listen and if you develop a great patience for listening

Questions have the power to illuminate the darkness of your client by asking a powerful question you really get to see another human bri-ghten up right in front of you

Coaching has the power to open a new world to the client questions help people discover new resources Clients tend to find familiar answers but you as a Coach will lead them to unfamiliar answers

Classic examples of some ways to make your client talk

1 -Repeating what the client just said but in question form Client ndash ldquoYesterday I went boatingrdquo Coach ndash ldquoBoatingrdquo

2 -What does that mean to you What does fear mean to you What does a goal mean to you Example Client says ldquoIt is not rapport itrsquos complicityrdquoCoach replies ldquoWhat does complicity mean to yourdquo Client says ldquoItrsquos a clickrdquo Coach ldquoWhat does a click mean to yourdquo

3 -rdquoWhat elserdquo Serves above all to go to the heart of the matter Others like this one are ldquoTell me morerdquo and ldquoCan you go a bit deeper on thatrdquo

POWERFUL QUESTIONS Questions are probably the most beautiful flowers in the garden of learning Questions are one of the biggest se-crets of learning Creative solutions are practically impossible without questions

If you learn to ask 100 questions a day get ready for a revolution in your work at all levels

In life at work in business we are all afraid of asking questions We were educated from an early age to believe that there are right and wrong questions and we were also taught to not fail we avoid asking questions because of fearing that they are wrong The only way to reach the right questions is by not being afraid of the wrong ones

The one who wants to explore learning has to dance with this fear

A large part of all our creative potential stops at the door fearing to ring the doorbell When learning the one who doesnrsquot know is far less ignorant than the knowledgeable one Take risks Ring the bell Ask questions

Become obsessively curious ask questions How

3 Using the Coachrsquos ability of asking powerful questions 3 Following the rule of thumb ldquoThe Coach has the questions the

Client has the answersrdquo 3 Using positive language 3 Respecting the clientrsquos map-of-the-world 3 Always guiding towards solutions

Examples of powerful questions

3 ldquoCompared to whatrdquordquo 3 ldquoWhat does that mean to yourdquo 3 ldquoWhat could be a solution to yourdquo 3 ldquoI know you donrsquot know But if you knew what would that berdquo 3 ldquoWhat would be ideal to yourdquo 3 ldquoWhat do you want insteadrdquo 3 ldquoHow does that make you feelrdquo 3 ldquoWhat else could that meanrdquo 3 ldquoWhat do you want exactlyrdquo 3 ldquoWhat will you achieve with this goalrdquo 3 ldquoWhat will you do differently next timerdquo 3 ldquoWhat are you doing wellrdquo 3 ldquoWhat has to happen for you to be happy and successfulrdquo 3 ldquoWhat motivates you the mostrdquo 3 ldquoWhatrsquos the worst possible scenario And what could be the best

scenario ldquo 3 ldquoWhat are you willing to do to achieve your goalrdquo 3 ldquoWhat new things could you could tryrdquo 3 ldquoWhat prevents you from taking actionrdquo 3 ldquoWho could help you with this situationrdquo 3 ldquoWhat resources do you need to achieve your goalrdquo

RAPPORT

66

67

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

3 ldquoWhat else do you want to get out of your liferdquo 3 ldquoWhat do you really want achieve in that area of your liferdquo 3 ldquoWhat is your biggest dream in that area of your liferdquo 3 ldquoAnd what is the next small step that you would have to takerdquo 3 ldquoWhat do you find positive in this situationrdquo 3 ldquoHow could you attract better persons into your liferdquo 3 ldquoWhat would have to happen to make you feel more fulfilledrdquo 3 ldquoIf you were your own Coach what coaching would you give

yourselfrdquo 3 ldquoIf I was your best friend what advice would you give me to solve

this situationrdquo 3 ldquoIf you had all the time and money in the world how would you

fix itrdquo

In fact the art of asking questions is the foundations of a coaching process with powerful results The list of questions to ask seems en-dless

So become really obsessed with questions and start NOW How about adding 10 more ideas to our list And some more And many more

Typical coaching questions

3 Questions that lead to action (ldquoWhat will you do What can you do differently What do you need to do tordquo)

3 Goal-oriented instead of problem-oriented ldquoHow would you like it to berdquo ldquoAnd if you could what would you dordquo

3 Future-orientedldquoHow do you see that situation in the future How would you like to feelrdquo

Beware of questions with negative assumptions ldquoWhat happens if you donrsquot do itrdquo They should be followed immediately by a question with positive assumptions ldquoHow will you celebrate when you do itrdquo

RAPPORT

YOUR QUESTIONS

68

69

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

PATIENCECount to 10 relax work on your roots and realize that coaching is a process and that each person has her own time and rhythm How can you train your patience Think of 20 ideas

LEVEL 4 ndash PERCEPTUAL POSITIONSWe could also call this the level where we create rapport with our clientrsquos psychology In fact understanding and perceiving human psychology is a huge advantage for you as a Coach You are not there to be a friend of your client as we have mentioned so then a good way to create a relation with her is through her psychology

Do you know the psychology of a teenager or a parent a boss an unemployed If you grasp your clientrsquos psychology the Rapport will be extraordinary

If you demonstrate that you know how a mother thinks yoursquoll make the client believe that you understand her completely

Most people do not understand their own psyche If you can understand them at that level it will make the client to feel something extraordinary about you and the Coaching process

PERCEPTUAL POSITIONS At this level the Coach must master Per-ceptual Positions that is being able to put herself in another personrsquos position whether itrsquos the clientrsquos or the clientrsquos parent or any other person that is part of the situation You should be able to see the same situation from different perspectives and in the long term help your client do the same

THE EXERCISE This is an exercise to be used mainly if the client has trouble in a relationship with someone (friend family member etc) and is having some difficulty understanding that personrsquos Map-of-the--World And when this is of great importance

You do not need to go very deep in this exercise Because it is NLP even done in a soft way it can be very powerful to your client helping her to see an aspect of the situation that she hadnrsquot seen or reflected on before

STEP 1 ndash The client explains what is going on (she can speak freely without any restrictions You ask questions to understand the reality of the situation)

STEP 2 ndash The Coach suggests this perceptual positions exercise (it is just an invitation If the client does not want to do not continue)

STEP 3 ndash The Coach asks the client to choose two spots represen-ting the two standpoints (you can put a sheet of paper at each spot) and to imagine that the other person is at one of them

STEP 4 ndash The client speaks facing the other spot as if the person was there and acts as herself (The Coach guides with questions ldquoHow did that make you feel What would you like to tell herrdquo etc)

STEP 5 ndash Pause and ldquoshake outrdquo the client and share the question of the game of imagination

STEP 6 ndash The client recalls a childhood game she used to play and describes it a little We then use this as a metaphor to explain that we will now do the same Just a game where we use our imagination The Coach repeats that the per-son with whom the client has a challenge is there at the other spot

STEP 7 ndash The client goes over to the other spot and the Coach helps her go deeper into that role through guiding questions

STEP 8 ndash The client chooses whether she wants to return to her starting position and add something say something more She may go back and forth as many times as she wishes

STEP 9 ndash When done the Coach suggests to the client to stand on a chair and states ldquoYou are now in a neutral position a higher position What would you call this position (Allow the client to choose a name) Seen from above what do you have to say about this situation What would you say to (clientrsquos name) and to (the other personrsquos name) How would you solve this situation How can (clientrsquos name) solve this situationrdquo

RAPPORT

70

71

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

STEP 10 ndash After the client is done with the third (neutral) position the Coach takes the client off the papers

STEP 11 ndash The Coach can then use the following questions to debrief the exercise

3 ldquoHow was the exercise for you 3 ldquoWhat did you learnrdquo 3 ldquoIs there anything you could do differentlyrdquo

STEP 12 ndash Lead the client to an action (a first small step towards sol-ving the situation) and then funnel it

REMEMBER always undock the client from the different roles the client can do the exercise eyes opened or closed

TO ACKNOWLEDGE Acknowledge the client very very very much for having volunteered and shown vulnerability

This exercise serves mainly as a metaphor for the Coach striving to master Perceptual Positions (understanding and being able to go into different psyches)

CONCLUSION The Coach is a master of perceptual positions She knows how to see the different angles of the same situation She sees everything from different angles

PEMS

Life is all about relationships the relationships we have with ourselves and with others Some people instinctively relate better to themselves and others relate really well to others There are those who relate well to almost everything and everyone and others who are unable to relate with anyone This affects their personal and professional life

Is there any way to consciously improve the relationships that instinc-tively do not work Of course

When we grasp the logic of the mind of another person we can better interact with it and even influence it Psychology is power And if we apply on ourselves it becomes even more powerful and interesting The better we know ourselves and the logic of our mind the better we will be able to help ourselves and achieve our goals

Carl Gustav Jung a Swiss psychiatrist and founder of analytical psychology focused on studying social and collective archetypes He identified eight psychological types taking into account peoplersquos beha-viour abilities skills attitudes and motivations

He began by distinguishing between extraverted (social and expansive) and introverted (reserved and reflective) people Each of them could then be connected to two out of the four functions of the psyche sen-sing or intuition thinking or feeling

In the 40rsquos decade Isabel Myers and Katharine Briggs continued Jungrsquos work and added two auxiliary functions to the Jungian types percep-tion and judgement Thereby arriving at 16 psychological types or 16 personality types Later a personality test was created ndash The Myers--Briggs Type Indicator or MBTI - which is still the most commonly used tool for identifying different personality types

Based on Jungrsquos work we have created a model called PEMS which will help us better understand the logic of our own mind and of the people around us

In this model we distinguish four dominant preferences (P-E-M-S) which correspond to the four elements of life

PRACTICAL (the body DOING Activity Action related to the ele-ment of EARTH) - corresponds to someone that is earthly active dynamic practical that does a lot In excess these are people who never stop to consider their actions

EMOTIONAL (the heart FEELING Feelings Love related to the element of WATER) - corresponds to someone who nee-ds people relations who gives a lot to others and seeks affection In excess these are people who might be overly sensitive

RAPPORT

72

73

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

MENTAL (the mind THINKING Analysis Intellect Logic related to the element of AIR) - corresponds to someone who values analysis rationalization and uses logic and who always fo-cuses on making the right decision In excess these are people who might become impersonal and cold

SPIRITUAL (the soul BEING Values Existence related to the ele-ment of FIRE) - corresponds to someone who thinks that everything has meaning and a higher purpose These are people who care very much about values In excess they can fluctuate too much and concretize too little

The four logics of the mind that we have identified are also based on the four elements

Practical ndash EARTH (firm solid stable secure strong dense)Emotional ndash WATER (flexible always coming back to herself)Mental ndashAIR (transparent lightweight fast facilitates communica-

tion)Spiritual ndash FIRE (burning fleeting transforming powerful)

Thus in a very simplified manner we can divide people into four ca-tegories

PRACTICAL PEOPLE (P) ndash THEY LIKE TO ACT AND DOThese are the people who like action movement They are the ones who make the world move As friends or clients they may want to go straight to the point try things and learn about practical matters The greatest fear of these practical persons is losing control They like to feel that they are in control of the situation of the pace of the conver-sation and of the surroundings

HELP THEM ALWAYS FEEL IN CONTROL

EMOTIONAL PEOPLE (E) ndash THEY LIKE FEELING AND RELATINGThese are people who love people and sharing feelings Everything is an emotion for them And they feel things about everything and everyo-ne Let them talk about their family friends dogs neighbours etchellip

They will talk mostly about people and what they are feeling Their greatest fear is loosing empathy They like to feel reliable and they want to relate

HELP THEM FEEL EMPATHY TOWARDS YOU

MENTAL PEOPLE (M) ndash THEY LIKE TO THINK AND TO ANALYSEThese are people who like to analyze and who try to put everything into a box into a certain perspective They are precise and meticulous They like detail to study and analyze all possibilities They donrsquot fear debating (quite the contrary) and discussing they love the exchanging ideas and arguments but they need to end up being right or get a very good explanation to why the other is right A mental person is always striving to make the best decision Their greatest fear is to be wrong they like to feel that they are correct and that they are making deci-sions based on logic and rational thinking

HELP THEM FEEL THAT THEY ARE RIGHT

SPIRITUAL PEOPLE (S) ndash THEY LIKE TO BE AND TO GLOWThey are looking for the greater purpose of things They believe that everything has a reason for being the way it is that there are no coin-cidences and itrsquos that quest that moves them They give great meaning to every situation always looking for ldquotherdquo situation The greater the meaning the greater their motivation Their biggest fear is to have no meaning That it is to not be significant or ldquoshinerdquo in any way They need to feel conscious and whole

HELP THEM FEEL THAT THEY ARE MEANINGFUL

Although we all have and use a portion of these four categories in the different contexts or times of our life one of them is predominant in us Identifying it is important for managing and interacting with life and with others since it is the best and the fastest way of accessing the Map-of-the-world of someone and speaking a language that that per-son recognizes and accepts as her own

RAPPORT

74

75

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

In fact we are all one but we are all different and we must understand these differences to be able to deal with others People who are more emotional behave and interact in a totally opposite manner from mental people the same way that most practical people interact in a way that is opposite to spiritual people

The EMOTIONAL person is micro-MACRO Transforms everything that is small into something big Everything is important everything is emotional From the simple ldquogood morningrdquo to hearing ldquoI love yourdquo every day For an emotional person a discussion is always a tsuna-mi Therefore itrsquos the emotional persons who with their micro-Macro sense make birthdays a special day and receive small things with gre-at love

The MENTAL person is MACRO-micro transforms everything that is big into something small She makes it more complex by simplifying it For example this very PEMS model is MACRO-micro as it strives to make the hugeness of the personality types into something much smaller creating only four categories for all human beings The mental person also feels less and give less importance to her feelings

The SPIRITUAL person is MACRO-MACRO she takes everything that is already big and turns it even bigger more meaningful more im-portant more relevant Almost everything is a question of values of making the world a better place and interpretations that go far beyond reality A simple leaf falling off a tree can represent a new phase in life for a spiritual person

The PRACTICAL person is micro-micro turns everything into small and simple lsquoright here and right nowrsquo matters They act Right now with what they have They donrsquot feel the need to enlarge what is small and they donrsquot care much about great concepts If the five senses can help them grasp a situation everything is fine

THE PREDOMINANT LOGIC OF OUR PSYCHEThe most practical way of finding out is to notice how we behave in a stressful situation Each of us when under stress often react in a way that is very close to our basic personality type

Practical people act react move around organize themselves put their hands to work and do not rest until they manage to move things forward

The emotional people feel and feel a lot If a situation is stressful diffi-cult and negative they will have difficult and negative emotions they will feel what others feel and they will want to manage these emotions in the moment

People that are predominantly mental will under stress begin to ratio-nalize need logical answers be fast and analytical They donrsquot want to solve anything through feelings they donrsquot want to act they are only concerned with finding the right and correct decision and struggle until they get it

Finally the predominantly spiritual people will want to give a greater meaning to that particular event What has to be done what people feel or what the right solution is doesnrsquot matter what matters is why things happened the way they did and what the greater significance of that may be

RAPPORT

76

77

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

Identify the psychological type of the client can help the coach to anticipate and understand expectations

MAIN SUPERIOR FUNCTION AND AUXILIARY INFERIOR FUNCTION

According to Carl Jung while we all have one function that is better developed than the others ndash a superior function ndash we also have another fairly well developed function called the first auxiliary

All of us have a bit of each one of the psychologies but there are always two that are predominant a main one which Jung calls the superior function and an auxiliary one that lies at the bottom of the cross shown on the previous page which is always to the right or left of our superior one

The inferior function is one that is less developed and that remains mainly in our unconscious

Thus a person who is predominantly Practical may have as her auxi-liary function the emotional or mental logic thus being PE or PM

A person who is predominantly Mental may have as her auxiliary func-tion the spiritual or practical logic thus being MS or MP

A person who is predominantly Spiritual may have as her auxiliary function the emotional or mental logic thus being SE or SM

And a person who is predominantly Emotional may have as her auxilia-ry function the spiritual or practical logic thus being ES or EP

This all means that we are situated in one of the following categories

3 Practical Emotional or Emotional Practical 3 Practical Mental or Mental Practical 3 Spiritual Emotional or Emotional Spiritual 3 Spiritual Mental or Mental Spiritual

As you may have noticed according to Jung there are no EMME or PSSP That is one canrsquot have as her first auxiliary function the func-tion that is opposite to the superior one

Carl Jung said that we should look closely at our inferior function whi-ch usually remains in our unconscious because it contains an enor-mous potential for a change and each one of us can benefit a lot from integrating our inferior function with our superior one

Taking risks experimenting enjoying everything that life has to offer is the best way of getting to know ourselves and realizing where our happiness lies (ldquoTrate a Vida por Turdquo paacuteg 74)

INTROVERSION AND EXTROVERSION Introversion and extroversion have to do with the direction in which we focus our attention and energy

People who prefer Extroversion focus their energy and attention away from themselves and are interested in the world of people and things

3 Attracted to the world of events and people outside of themsel-ves

3 They are aware of who and what is around them 3 They like to meet and talk to new people 3 They are friendly often good talkers and easy to get to know 3 They tend to talk easily and often in meetings 3 May not be as aware of what goes on inside them 3 They think while talking 3 They may act or speak first and only think later 3 Speaking about themselves they speak fast 3 They bring energy into life 3 They can get bored and restless if they are alone for too long

People who prefer Introversion (focus their energy and attention inward and are interested in the inner world of thoughts and reflections)

3 Attracted to the inner world of thoughts feelings and reflections 3 They are usually very aware of their inner reactions 3 They prefer to interact with people they know 3 They are usually quiet in meetings and sometimes seem disen-

gaged

RAPPORT

78

79

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

3 They are generally reserved and hard to get to know 3 They may not be as aware of the world outside of them 3 They need time to gather their thoughts before they speak 3 They reflect and think before acting 3 They want to know you before allowing you to get to know them

deeply 3 They feel exhausted and tired after interacting with peoples

FINAL NOTE you must be what your client is You have to find that person inside you

LEARNING STYLESAs we saw with the previous PEMS model our clients will have diffe-rent psychological preferences It is therefore important and essential that you are able to adapt your sessions to the learning style that your client likes best and that better meets her psychological preference

EMOTIONAL Emotional clients will like to talk and share on their to-pics They are very much looking for a relationship and empathy with the Coach and they need to feel heard more than any of the other personality types For these persons learning has a lot to do with the relationship that is created with the feeling of support that they get and even with the positive feedback They like to learn through stories As a Coach it is important to learn to empathize with the emotional range of these persons They will appreciate the sharing to tell stories and to listen to them With emotional clients we may sometimes feel that we are not taking huge steps forward But the fact is that many times these persons need to first be listened to

MENTAL Mental clients will be more logical and may have a more aca-demic style of learning They will want to understand the reasons why things are what they are they will want to get tasks involving research on certain subjects The sessions with these people must be well defi-ned and prepared They will want to explore their intellectual side and feel challenged It is important for them to have access to information and tools that explain the work they are doing in the sessions in a con-crete and logical manner Of course they also need to empathize but the intellectual challenge feeling that their intellect is develops appears to be greater They may like schemes graphics and any models that

could simplify the learning process What these persons will demand of you is a greater capacity to analyse and a logical and rational way of communicating

SPIRITUAL this is for most people the most difficult learning style to adopt Remember that these persons are seeking the greater meaning of things They really want to feel inspired by the coaching process (and even by their Coach) They will want to see that you are an exam-ple of what you talk about so called congruence Spiritual persons will enjoy topics that are more related to values to their identity that make them feel that they are taking steps towards becoming better hu-man beings With these clients you can use powerful metaphors (even through movies music creative exercises etc) and above all strive to make sure that the person leaves the session very inspired

PRACTICAL They like action Which is great because coaching is pri-marily about action These persons like to have very practical sessions in which they get the opportunity to do many exercises and experiment with different situations They may be the clients that like getting more tasks and having things to do (which then sometimes ldquogets lostrdquo due to their time management) These clients will require more simplicity and a well-paced session from you They may also like to do exercises that involve moving their body Above all they will want you to help them get into action

As we deal with these four kinds of preferences we need to adapt our Coaching style to the learning style that each person has Thus we should prepare a lot their sessions and realize that some will require from you

3 Greater sharing and ability to listen and relate (e) 3 Researching mastering the subject very well and knowing how

to mentally stimulate your client with challenges (m) 3 Powerful metaphors very inspirational sessions and congruen-

ce that assign meaning to the Coaching process (s) 3 Practical exercises diversified well rhythmed sessions that

help your client to quickly get into action (p)

RAPPORT

80

81

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING ROOTS

LEVEL 5 - PERSON TO PERSONThis is the fifth level of rapport the deepest and more intense one It happens when the level of rapport is a total vibration Itrsquos when the client feels such a confidence by her Coach empathy and sympathy Itrsquos the hardest level to evaluate

Itrsquos when your client feels so much connected to you that depending on her your relationship would go beyond Coaching She no longer wants the Coach she wants you You no longer understand only the person she feels that you know about her You donrsquot understand psychology you understand who she is

It is very similar to the rapport level you have with 23 of very close persons in your life Everything is natural unconscious and sponta-neous

VIII ROOTS

Every human being seeks to get results Mo-ney Family Romance Peace Happiness

Career Health All we want in life is to have results in those areas

The Map-of-the-World Model is used to work on roots - your

roots as a Coach It shows us how does the psyche of all of us works As a Coach no one

should surprise you about yourself You should know you well know everything about yourself This is what itrsquos called a rooted person

click the video to see it

82

83

BELIEFSTRANSFORMATIVE COACHING

ROSA 20 M - AIR - THINK

VALUESHOLISTIC COACHING

ROSA 30 S - FIRE - BE

COACHING 40

WORLD MAP MODEL

being th

e moment

passi

on en

ergy

demotiv

ation

empowering beliefs

limiting rules

relation air(comunication)

coach is priestisnacutet

1 value focus

UNSUSTAINABLESUSTAINABLE

SECURITY

SELF LOVE

CONSCIOUSNESS

PERSONAL DEVEL

FREEDOM

LOVEBELOVED

BLISS

CONTRIBUTION

P

E

M

S

BEHAVIORROSA 10

SITUATIONAL COACHING

P - EARTH - DO

EMOTIONSREMEDY COACHING

ROSA 10 + LISTEN E - WATER - FEEL

RESULTS

ability to

enter

in st

ate

emotional

patter

ns

habits and discipline

addictions

coach is bossisnacutet

coach is friendisnacutet

1 Homework focus

optimism faithpositive

meditation

key points focusused to interrupt the fear cycle

coach is coach

HUMAN HAVINGHUMAN BEING

UNSUSTAINABLEEGOTISTICAL

STRETCH ZONE

SUSTAINABLEECOLOGICALSTRETCH ZONE

SHORT TERMLONG TERM

CYCLE OF CONFIDENCECYCLE OF FEAR

CONSCIOUS

SUBCONSCIOUS

UNCONSCIOUS

84

85

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

So the first question is why some are getting results while others are not

ACTIONS BEHAVIORSThis means that anyone who is having results is because she is ldquodoingrdquo ie behaving differently from other people who are having no results in those areas For example a millionaire DOES things that people who are not millionaires donrsquot For example saving investing etc Someone with a great health is DOING things that people that donrsquot have a good health are not What we are doing is making the difference Two people in the same circumstances that do exactly the same actions have the same kind of results People who have the results you wanna have ARE DOING THINGS TO GET THEM

So the next question is what leads some people to DO and others to not do

EMOTIONSEverything you do in your life is a relationship between pain and pleasure What happens is that someone who goes running at 6 am associates more pain with lsquonot goingrsquo than with lsquogoingrsquo Who is going to the gym asso-ciates more pleasure than pain with going to the gym in the morning That relationship between pain and pleasure is what is defining your results If we dramatically increase the pain or the pleasure associated we will get to change your results

As so what is then defining that painpleasure relationship

BELIEFSThe reason is because of our beliefs of what we believe in Our beliefs are our set of rules for the world and for our lives Your set of beliefs in fact is defining your painpleasure relationship with something and then your actions A millionaire believes that saving is essential that investing and taking risks is necessary This set of beliefs leads himher to associa-te more pleasure than pain with having these behaviors and therefore heshe implements them Other people have other beliefs that create other

emotions that create other results People who are achieving results in areas that you arenrsquot have a beliefs system different from yours

And then it seems logical to ask so what is defining and creating your set of beliefs

VALUESWhat is a value Itrsquos something that is important to you something you re-ally value The only thing that determines a value is if it is valuable to you Not all of us share the same values (Example the values of Mother Teresa and Donald Trump Contribution vs Professional Accomplishment) What you really value and not what you say that you value You value it so much that it generates your set of beliefs In fact when you live your values in practice (on a daily basis) you are defining your life results Not what you would like to value but what you are really valorizing In fact we all have the same values What differs is the order and the importance we give to each one of them

For example if someone has the value of the family above the value of work she will have the belief that it is more important to spend time with her family causing her to develop a positive feeling when she is with her family which leads her to really try to spend more time with it On the other hand someone who has the value of work above the family one will be someone who believes she should spend more time with her work and career as she believes it is that that will bring her more financial stabi-lity for example So she will associate more pleasure to the time spent at work than at home causing her to act accordingly to that emotion For example Donald Trump and Mother Teresa of Calcutta havenrsquot they got different values One probably values more lsquoprofessional fulfillmentrsquo the other values more lsquocontributionrsquo Different results Sure One has one of the largest business empires in the world the other left the largest volun-teer organization in the world

So in reality the values you are living in practice (what you are valuing in practice) are defining your results

This alone already explains a good part of the psyche of human beings But letrsquos go deeper

ROOTS

Having roots is to control the cycle of trust

86

87

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

To have roots the coach has to identify

her motivators and values create beliefs and habits and learn

to place herself in a state

CYCLE OF CONFIDENCE AND CYCLE OF FEAREveryone has Cycles of Fear in some areas and Cycles of Confidence in other areas

How do you know it If you are having or not results in that area In the areas of your life where you are getting results you are living in a Cycle of Confidence In the areas where yoursquore not you are living in a Cycle of Fear What does this means is that you have behavioral addic-tions or that you are doing things in a vicious way you are in a sort of a mice wheel Those addictions start by creating emotional patterns on you (feelings that you are having whether you want it or not for instan-ce jealousy when it becomes a pattern no matter what the other does that emotion will keep being there it is an emotion that happens to you) and those emotional patterns generate limiting rules We use the words ldquorulesrdquo because in reality limiting beliefs are created because they have a very large set of rules And this generates demotivation An addiction creates an emotional pattern that creates rules limiting which create demotivation and discourage us to move and change This Cycle of Fear is being lived FROM RESULTS TO VALUES and not in the other and right way The bad news are that we all have Cycles of Fear The areas in which we are not having results is because we are afraid but we paint it in other colors Irsquom afraid Irsquom demotivated I have emotional patterns and I have limiting rules

For you to gain roots you need to recognize these cycles You need to break it if you want results but if you want roots you need to recognize them Good news you can break Cycles of Fear

Second good news you have Cycles of Confidence You also unders-tand the other psychology So what is a Cycle of Confidence

You start by having the capacity of creating Discipline and Habits you get the ability to get into a certain and desired state (eg being happy to go training I want to create that emotion I visualize it it is the op-posite of an emotional pattern the pattern happens to you Think of a boxer who puts herself into her wanted state before entering in a ring You have empowering beliefs (when you believe in something that cre-ates more of it) This creates energy passion being in the moment Being with energy and passion and in the moment brings me empowe-ring beliefs which put me in the emotional state I want and provide me

habits and discipline The good news you have these cycles in areas that you are getting results Think in one area You have these four things right

Having these cycles itrsquos called being human First part on lsquorootsrsquo is about knowing your Cycles of Fear and Confidence and admit them to yourself to those you love to the others And having the courage to say that it doesnrsquot work because of FEAR And there is a way to break this cycle When you have roots you stop projecting it in your clients

There is a way of finding your values in a very logical way knowing which human motivators drive your behavior

8 HUMAN MOTIVATORSMaslov pyramid he was the first to talk about human needs He is outda-ted because it defines a hierarchy He places self-fulfillment at the top This model is very much focused on Maslovrsquos map-of-the-world who was an MS If it is a PE he may have lsquofamilyrsquo in the top and that is not wrong Still there are things that all humans need

So with all these models we created the 8 human motivators they are divided in four paradoxes one for each of the PEMS The first paradox is security freedom

Each one of us was born with a set of motivators You are ldquoaddictedrdquo on one side of the paradox You have to fulfill that need even if you have to abdicate of the other one

ROOTS

SECURITY

SELF LOVE

CONSCIOUSNESS

PERSONAL DEVEL

FREEDOM

LOVEBELOVED

BLISS

CONTRIBUTION

P

E

M

S

88

89

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

The main lesson is the more you live the other side of the paradox the more you will live your addiction as well What happens is that you can only get more of your addiction when you learn to validate the other side of the paradox This is what Jung calls ldquoparadoxes integrationrdquo be the millionaire and the altruistic Be the mother of family and career etc Only when you integrate the other energy is when it boosts the one that is more natural to you

For other persons it happens the same with security and all other pa-radoxes The suggestion is Irsquom addicted on this but I can pause and I can go exploring the other side What you have to figure out is your map (draw in the lsquoinfinite signsrsquo which side of the paradoxes is bigger) Your map is about how much you need to fill each side of the paradox

So YOUR HUMAN MOTIVATORS ARE DEFINING YOUR VALUES AND YOUR VALUES ARE DEFINING YOUR RESULTS

You can have everything on one of the sides of the paradox if yoursquore willing to face the fear of losing it

All people fill their motivators The difference between us is how sus-tainable is that satisfaction Unsustainable means that every day you

EXERCISE Do your map How do you discover Based on major decisions you made in your life Example work home relationships etc

have to feed them Imagine a homeless person he meets hisher secu-rity needs (eating and having where to sleep) but he has to do it every day Now compare with Donald Trump If you see the freedom part it probably happens the opposite

3 SUSTAINABLE it feeds itself It is something that can continue without the need for external resources It is ecological based on challenge and paradoxes integration

3 UNSUSTAINABLE you need to do it every day it is selfish ba-sed on comfort and extremist You do it like it was a daily shot

Example father and daughter about going out at night (to satisfy sa-fety and to love and be loved) Father says no hersquos being selfish and within his comfort zone The same father after coming to this course ldquoYoursquore going to the party until 2230 You send me an sms saying that everything is ok and at 2230 Irsquoll pick yourdquo This continues for some time Father goes on diminishing the rules Now hersquos being ecological entering his challenge zone and integrating paradoxes To feel safe as a father he has to give some freedom To feel loved he has to give them some self love Now his motivators are sustainable and has a sustai-nable system that feeds itself To arrive to a deeper level of security he needs to take the risk that comes from giving more freedom

DIAGONAL CONTINUOUS LINEThis line shows us that working above the line ie the clientrsquos beha-viors andor emotions is short-term and unsustainable In this case only the techniques are worked There are immediate results but with no major impact and duration Like when we are called to do motiva-tional speaking or teambuildingrsquos People feel better and do things but the results have a short duration

This does not imply that it is wrong to do Coaching based on these two areas For example in a quick conversation with a friend we can do Situational Coaching (based on behaviours) in order to get her to do something that has been postponing If the action has been made and it was what was intended to be then you did your role as Coach The Remedy Coaching is also important sometimes which consists on making the other person to leave the session feeling good thinking more positive at the time having had an opportunity to digest an emo-tion

ROOTS

90

91

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

Below the continuous line is where lies the deepest work The one that will actually be sustainable and with long-term results This is where we work values and beliefs it is where we go deep to the point where in fact we shift paradigms The client in this type of Coaching change her beliefs and values turning to be a really different person in opposition to what happens above the line where only the emotions or behaviors are changed but the client continues to be what she was

ICEBERGWith the iceberg image it is understood that the behavior is the conscious part of the human being the only thing that the client can see and analyze Everything else emotions beliefs and values are at the clientrsquos unconscious But as a Coa-ch I must and I want to work also the unconscious because as we saw above this is where it lies the sustainable and long-term work

When we help our clients shifting their paradigms beliefs emotions or values we are working with their unconscious Your client will not like this at some point in the process The unconscious will realize that she will have to change and this will cause the first resistance Knowing how to overcome this is essential to the Coachrsquos work so she can de-liver sustainable results

Conscious Mind keeps all the information which you can access now

Unconscious Mind keeps all the information that has ever passed through your brain It is also a kind of a warning system for you

The information passes from the unconscious to the conscious mind through the subconscious It goes dropping into deeper levels of our mind Very qui-ckly your clients will want to turn you into one of three things

Friend ndash They want someone who listens to them who is patient with them who is always there with whom they can always count and talk Most of your clients will want to have you here that you turn into a sort of confi-dant that supports them but does not challenge them too much But you are not there to be a friend

Boss ndash Many will seek in the Coach someone to tell them what to do who provides them specific guidance who pressures them who ldquopunishrdquo them when they donrsquot have their homework done Someone who is even more committed with their results than themselves But yoursquore also not there to be a Boss

Priest ndash Others will want a kind of a weekly confession session That you absolve the mistakes theyrsquove made du-ring the week that you tell them everything is fine and that it doesnrsquot matter we are all human and we all make mistakes You are not there to be a kind of spiritual le-ader of your client and to absolve him You are there to be

Coach - The Coach has an ldquoAirrdquo relationship with the client ie mental of communication becau-se it is a conversation where you listen and ask where there is intellectual stimulation In the map--of-the-world scheme the Coachrsquos sketch is in the quadrant of beliefs It is a ldquomind with mindrdquo work

It is important to know this because with the sessions going clients tend to try their Coach to become a friend (wateremotions) a boss (earthbehaviors) or even a priest (firevalues) However the Coach should avoid the mistake of behaving like one of these three types You are there to be a Coach

Notes In Informal Coaching with friends colleagues family remember that first thatrsquos what you are and only then you are a Coach Therefore you should not give prevalence to the Coach but to the relationship you have with that person otherwise you would violate the pact that exists between the two

ROOTS

92

93

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

4 TYPES OF COACHINGBased on these four quadrants there are four types of Coaching

Situational Coaching ndash The one that is done immediate-ly during the situation with the sole purpose of lea-ding it to an action It usually consists of a brief con-versation where a ROSA 10 is done Your client has a situation that week that really needs to be addressed Ex a proposal that she needs to present a college exam for which she has to study Itrsquos not bad Coaching and it is often necessary Only it is more superficial

Remediative Coaching ndash As the name says it suits when we have to put a ldquobandageointmentrdquo on the emotions The goal is the client to feel good at the end of the session without having to go deeply on the problem Itrsquos the typical conver-sation where the client unburdens and your only goal is to make her feel a little better Sometimes it may be and it often is necessary

Ex the past week your client has discussed with someone important to her or something happened that greatly dealt with her emotions Your first focus should be to help her to unburden and to feel better We used ROSA 10 + Unburden

Transformative Coaching ndash Here the goal is not just making the client to feel better but that she can change the way she sees her life and herself Here we mainly work on beliefs ie the client stops believing in some things to start believing in another ones She shifts paradigm Coaching is now much more sustainable and with long--term results It undergoes through more complete ses-sions where ROSA 20 is done

Holistic Coaching ndash This is the kind of Coaching that involves the whole being of the client all her areas and valences ie her values The entire psyche is worked We are working the whole Human Being and not only a part of it Even the motivators are worked We use ROSA 30 and we work a lot on paradoxes integration

KEY POINTSWe said earlier that we all have Cycles of Fear and that we can change them to Cycles of Confidence How

Imagine that you have a turnscrew and a bicycle wheel is malfunctio-ning You will then put the turnscrew into one of the four key points and then yoursquoll pull and force the wheel to move in the right direction to-wards the Cycle of Confidence And very important you donrsquot take out the turnscrew until the Cycle (the wheel) rotates in the right direction

What are then the Four Key Points You can really choose only one

VALUE FOCUS At this point you will choose a key value for you whi-ch you canrsquot leave to live in practice Whatever happens you canrsquot take the turnscrew from there For instance imagine that you are experien-cing serious financial difficulties and you decide that lsquoValue Focusrsquo is your point Imagine that you choose ldquosavingrdquo as the value that has to be experienced in practice Then whenever you have to make a decision that involves spending money you know what to do You canrsquot in any way stop living this value until the cycle begins to rotate in the oppo-site direction and gets sustainable

POSITIVITY If you want to work at the level of beliefs yoursquoll start to develop this empowering belief base BEING POSITIVE You must be a positive person with faith who believes that everything will go well who says only positive things about herself and the others who sees and is focused on everything positive that is going around her And when the bad days or the bad news are coming and you feel the need to say something negative you shut up And you say something positive

EMOTION FOCUS Imagine that there is an emotion that makes your Cycle of Fear to happen (an emotional pattern) In this key point you will choose an emotion that you would like to learn to cause in yourself learning how to get yourself into that state Imagine that you have been feeling too much anger in your Cycle of Fear and want to feel harmony instead You want to learn how to get into that emotional state You start feeling the opposite emotion and you do something to manage to be in an harmony state (you listen to a song that gets yourself into that state you put your boxing gloves you jump you meditate you close

ROOTS

94

95

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

your eyes you read a poem as Mandela did )

HOMEWORK FOCUS Here you will define a homework that until itrsquos done you wonrsquot do anything else Imagine that you have a Cycle of Fear in relation to health that you define lsquoHomework Focusrsquo as the key point and your homework is running every day Until you manage to do it nothing else matters All of your strategies are directioned so that your homework is being done as soon as possible

In the end all of the four key points have to do with absolute focus

Value ndash Focus on the most important value Until that value is being lived we wonrsquot move on

Positivity (Faith Optimism) ndash Focus on the positive emotions Un-til she gets optimistic we wonrsquot move on

Emotion (Meditation) ndash Focus on pleasure Until she feels more ple-asure than pain we wonrsquot move on

Homework ndash Focus on action Until the homework gets done we wonrsquot move on

VERY IMPORTANTYou as a coach do not have to guess your clientrsquos map-of-the-world or even her PEMS but you have to explore it aside of her You will only master her Map-of-the-World when you understand your own (creating roots) because you will never learn anything about yourself with your client you will never discover anything about you because shersquos the one who discovers it being real or not You Coach you must be hum-ble enough to know that you know nothing about your client and you shouldnrsquot try to guess anything It is the customer who gets there alone

Therefore the more knowledge you have about your own map-of-the--world together with Rapport and ROSA the more intense will be your Coaching because the more you will be able to help your client The goal is that you have the tools in yourself so you can help her In other words this tool is for you to deepen your roots and thus know when you need to do only ROSA or go searching for the Key Points or to use

another method For instance if a client has as her main challenge to be promoted then therersquos no logical on working on Cycles of Fear but to make a ROSA and move forward On the other hand if you see that there is a Cycle of Fear then you should find the key point so you can work on it

I canrsquot help the others if I canrsquot help myself first

ROOTS

values (I am)

during session

clientcoach rosa unconscious

Beliefs (I think)

between sessions

co-coach rosa 30

emotions (I feel)

leverage slice

self coaching rosa 20behavior (I do)

holistic

coaching to others rosa 10M

S

E

P

96

97

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING RESULTS

IX RESULTS

Results are super important in the Coa-ching process There is simply no Coa-

ching if there are no results and thatrsquos why they are at the center of the

triangle of the four Rrsquos Everything we do whether is ROSA creating

Roots or building Rapport it is done with the purpose of get-ting results at the end of the sessions

This is what distinguishes the most Coaching from other practices As a Coach you must become obsessed with your clients results Not only that they do their homeworks but also how close did Coaching took them closer to their Guru Objective how much it has improved their leverage slice of the Pizza and other slices as well We also try to assess the sustainability of those results We donrsquot want them just to get there but also that they keep there

Coaching is about results and you must take this premise very seriou-sly You have been hired to make them reach some goals Become obsessed with it

It is not so easy to evaluate results in a metric way in the world of Co-aching but it proves to be very important Not only with Life Coaching but also with Business Coaching We must find a way to demonstrate that our work has had results in practice

That was the reason why we have created the Results Model

Our level of competence is equal to our worst level of performance

RESULTS MODELIt is possible to define results through the four metrics

lsquoSrsquo AXIS (SPIRITUAL) WE EVALUATE THE PROCESS IMPACT ON THE CLIENT

Behavior (I DO) When the client throughout the process changes one or more behaviors She does now due to the sessions different things that she didnrsquot before

Emotions (I FEEL) When the client feels happier more self-confi-dent fulfilled etc She has now different and more positive emotions due to the Coaching process

98

99

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

Beliefs (I THINK) When there is a change of belief (I used to belie-ve I was not a good person and now I believe I am) When the client used to believe in something and she started to believe in something different There was a paradigm shift She used to see something in a certain way and now she sees it in a more empowering way

Values (I AM) When the Coach manages to help the client to change her values ie the person she is This happens for exam-ple when the client starts to put more emphasis on family than on work or when she accepts and believes that she is a healthy and different person and that nothing will change that now She values different things todat due to the Coa-ching process

lsquoErsquo AXIS (EMOTIONAL) WE EVALUATE THE CLIENTrsquoS AUTONOMY

Level 1 Coach (CoachClient Relationship) Itrsquos the Coach who controls the situation There is a formal relationship be-tween Coach and Client and the session is controlled and oriented by the Coach

Level 2 Coach (Co-Coach) The Client already acts as a Coach during the sessions This happens for example when the client already knows that she is supposed to also say po-sitive things on the Reality part that is she already knows what to do in each step She already takes the initiative The relationship is more about cooperation now and the Client start becoming autonomous

Level 3 Coach (Self-Coaching) When the Client already does Self--Coaching at home not being asked to This is a fantastic moment because she already has the tools and the Coach is there to help and support

Level 4 Coach (Coach to others) When the Client comes to a ses-sion and tells us she has done Coaching with someone else (with her child for instance) This person came to us to be helped however she is already using our tools to help so-

RESULTS

meone else She is totally independent It is every Coachrsquos dream

lsquoMrsquo AXIS (MENTAL) WE EVALUATE THE CLIENTrsquoS CONTENTS ASSIMILATION

Uses Rosa 10 language o cliente usa palavras como Realidade objetivos soluccedilotildees accedilotildees fazem hoje parte do seu leacutexico

Uses Rosa 20 language the client uses terms such as guru objec-tives baby objectives measurable beliefs paradigm shif-ting brainstorming etc

Uses Rosa 30 language she refers terms like emotional patterns cycles of fear and confidence values dilemma etc

Uses unconscious Rosa language when many of these terms are so ingrained in the clientrsquos language that she thinks she will use them for the rest of her life

lsquoPrsquo AXIS (PRACTICE) WE EVALUATE RESULTS IN PRACTICE

During the Session I can manage the client to get results only du-ring the session It is a Coaching session that has no power to influence the client outside it

Between Sessions It mostly happens when the client is doing her homeworks It means that what happened during the ses-sion touched her with enough strength to get her to realize she has to do something and that she is doing something outside the sessions

Leverage Slice It happens when the client fulfills her Leverage Slice and achieves the goal that brought her to Coaching or when her satisfaction in that slice has dramatically im-proved

Holistic When the client improves satisfaction in multiple slices as a result of the sessions including the leverage slice It was a process that had an impact on the whole being and not just in one area of her life

100

101

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

You can make this model with your client on the last session you have together You can also make a self-assessment to compare with it When you measure these four levels of results you will have access to check what level of Coaching you had on that specific process

COACHING LEVELThe Coaching Level that you have delivered is always proportional to your lowest result Even if you have three axes at level 3 and have only one at a level 2 Coaching has been 20 This is valuable information to you as a Coach because it gives you an idea of axes that are easier for you to work and others that you may have to further strengthen

Level 4 Coaching is something that is not achieved with all clients There must be a great empathy and rapport as well as a mastery on the Coaching technique that has been taught in the training course and presented in this manual

Gulica ego catia caperum dem inem cus Fortes et L Nos et grae avehem Romnit acto egeris cis sultod pratum voltum iam hos ublius hactam atemus essede con vas optilis factor aus nem ad cae estil hos me patus re verisse inatuus

Udam deperfecrem nermis etraed me int ela remulibut rem loctusquo cum mus auciem vivehem uresull emquissent eti primperescit ina que ia consiss entium pulerit con vendam morei sentes inatil vit ia quam mus licaudemus factem dum eo ura ex muro nenit quo vilnes-tium Catimportus pati postalarit vis coena fui sa consu consceribus Satquid ertienatus contere essimis ut vis aus iliciam quo in dissimis Ra num deatiqua vere con sentius et in spio pes Tiaetin videlisquam mus viliam que conum is larbit etora notimolto nos et duc omnimus opublicae convo C Nos vivica Catus hos vivas aurnihil hui terfint imorter labus hostam res inequod nerem tabute telieni hilicaessil ven-tem nonsulis

Berteropubit diisquium iteriti emprit teludam hilicid erfentiur tem huis

Hum pro vidiusquem paterevid sedis factatu rnihilla rem publicave Ca-terev irissoltis re aurei pere anum teluder ficepse essercem octuusque mis tum inam pra vivid rei condamdiis hacies Ipio verei sendamdis

TOOLS amp TECHNIQUES

X TOOLS AND TECHNIQUES

If you master well the model of the four Rrsquos for us you already are a fantastic Coach If you can master some stars too itrsquos even better But if you master the model you know how to do Coaching But now letrsquos go to the small stars The idea is not that you try to use all the stars at the same time Choose the two or three that you like best and train those first

POSITIVE FEEDBACKProvide as much positive feedback as you can to your client Take every opportunity you have to do it A Coach is the type of mirror that only says good things about her client Please turn yourself into some-one who is always valorizing every small steps that your client takes

FEEDBACK HAMBURGERYou say something positive then you say something negative then you say something positive again The two positive feedbacks have to be VERY VERY good For instance ldquoI have been feeling that you are very committed to your Coaching process We just need to start paying more attention to our homework even because I feel that you are a person who likes to challenge yourself and that really wants to go further ldquo

RESSIGNIFICATION Ressignificating is finding another meaning still more empowering but that changes everything EgrdquoI didnrsquot do my homework I failedrdquo Coach ldquoWow That means that you are a demanding and committed personrdquo ldquoIrsquom lazyrdquo

102

103

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

ldquoDoes that means you like to enjoy the pleasures of liferdquo

REFRAMINGIt is much like ressignification Itrsquos the name that is used in NLP (Neuro--Linguistic Programming) You take the information that was been gi-ven to you in a frame and you put it in a new one

PREFRAMINGIf ressignification has to do with changing the meaning after it has been given preframing has to do with giving a meaning to something before we have explained what it is It is a widely used technique to anticipate objections that might distract us from our ultimate goal Then we do preframing we previously give the meaning that we want the person to give afterwards Example

ldquoCan I show you my point of view Itrsquos something different but Irsquove seen that it works with many people and it has been helping a lot to change our behavior to healthier habits Itrsquos something innovative and different but highly successful Can I tell you my ideardquo You create a frame before placing the information in there

POSTFRAMINGFirst you give the information and then you put it in a frame Eg ldquoFolks today we have an exam (the low energy level) but thatrsquos what this course is about to be the best Coach to go furtherrdquo

ldquoFROM 0 TO 10 rdquo To give examples ldquoI think Irsquoll read a bookrdquo Coach ldquoFrom 0-10 how much do you think you will accomplish that goalrdquo

TRANSFORMING ldquoORrdquo IN ldquoANDrdquoHelp the client to find an alternative solution to integrate paradoxes to

find a third way

VULNERABILIZATIONFind out things about you that are not working and put them at the clientrsquos service That makes you human and you are validating your client in the case she feels the same She does some things better than you and has some of the same challenges

ASSOCIATION AND DISSOCIATIONThese two terms are often used in NLP (Neuro-linguistic Program-ming) and are used in various ways Association means that an indi-vidual describes a situation as if it was happening and he was partici-pating on it As the name indicates he is associated with it He is still seeing himself going through the situation and feels the emotions that he would feel if he was really living it

Dissociation means that an individual can already tell that experience as if he was watching a movie in which he took part but already dis-sociated from it He is more in an observer role That allows him a big-ger emotional objectivity Even if he feels the emotions they are more about the experience itself and not so much about him as a participant

When we want to help our customers to overcome some emotionally more challenging situations it can make a huge difference to have them to dissociate from those situations Thatrsquos how they can gain greater objectivity and clarity and at the same time they get more mo-tivated to take their first steps

METAPHORSThe most important here is that you use the metaphors of your client Use her world whenever it is possible It will help a lot more to inter-nalize and memorize the information Help your client to create her metaphors Eg ldquoSometimes we fall into holes that are so big that you canrsquot get out of them alonerdquo ldquoLearning to forgive someone is like dri-ving one step at a timerdquo

TOOLS amp TECHNIQUES

104

105

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

LANGUAGE OF A COACH 3 HOW TO INTERRUPT at the first session it must be defined if

the Coach can interrupt the client when she deviates from the focus If yoursquore going to interrupt your client you must always do it with a question You can also take note of something that has nothing to do with the subject you are talking about but it seems important So we can talk about it in the next session You can ask the client if she liked to talk about it

3 ldquoDOES IT MAKES SENSE FOR YOUrdquo If she says NO ldquoSo tell merdquo if she says YES ldquocan you tell me howrdquo

3 ldquoMY HALLUCINATION is rdquo Being very unconditional Any opi-nion is a good opinion The Coach realyy doesnrsquot know The word hallucination implies that what yoursquore saying may be ab-solutely wrong

3 ldquoWHAT WOULD LOVE DO NOWrdquo Be careful with the rapport level you have with your client It is a very good question when it concerns relational issues

3 ldquoHOW WOULD IT BE IFrdquo Very good to overcome objections ldquohow would it be if you had timerdquo ldquohow would it be if you had moneyrdquo ldquohow would it be if you had self-confidencerdquo

3 ldquoWHAT IF rdquo Fantastic to destroy any obstacle that your client brings Some examples ldquoAnd what if you couldrdquo ldquoWhy notrdquo ldquoWhat if nobody would knowrdquo ldquoWhat if you had moneyrdquo ldquoI know you donrsquot but what if you knew what would you sayrdquo

3 GENERAL TIP BE COOL You really must have a cool and rela-xed attitude You really donrsquot know what would be best for your client so be really unconditional

THE COACHING ETHICS

XI THE COACHING ETHICS

There are six ethic rules in Coaching but with no doubt the first is the most important

CONFIDENTIALITY Coaching sessions must be given the utmost con-fidentiality There are no legal rules as in Therapy (like not having fa-mily as clients) but you always have to respect confidentiality When you do Coaching in a company and you must give feedback to their manager your clients must know it If necessary you can discuss the case with a mentor but always without mentioning the name of your client You can discuss the cases but without any names

CLIENTrsquoS AUTONOMY Coaching is all about autonomy and sustaina-bility You need your client to get results not that she needs you You should think ldquoif I change country how would my clients berdquo

CAREFUL WITH PROJECTIONS We all project aspects that we re-press in ourselves All currents in psychology agree that there is pro-jection When I look to someone else what I see is whatrsquos inside of me (strengths and weaknesses) Thatrsquos why some see one thing and others see another As a Coach you must be very attentive to projections You should not do it with your client and for that you must work on your roots If something bothers you that says more about you than about your client Itrsquos not just a technical issue of respecting others map-of--the-world It is an ethical issue

CREDIBILITY Of course you can use other different tools in your ses-sions but you should be able to do so Using things on which yoursquore not certified is breaking ethics Try to be congruent and integrate Being a corporate or a sales Coach without being an expert about those mat-ters is not ethical

106

107

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING THE FIRST SESSION IN PRATICE

CONTRACT IS CONTRACT The financial commitment you assume with your client is always the same as long as she is your client The same in what respects sessions frequency You should always ask permission to your client when you want to change the frequency of the sessions For WeCreate the value you charge to your client must be the same forever It is part of our gratitude towards our client

SELF-COACHING The Coach must be an example of Self-Coaching or she should have a Coach You really have to do ROSA once a year at least and use all these tools in a weekly basis Make sure that you are also an example of achieving your own dreams

XII THE FIRST SESSION

IN PRACTICEIt is normal that the first session is a bit longer (90min) Your focus is to build RAPPORT Here is an example of a few steps for your first session You can have a few more or less of these steps but this is the general idea

STEP 1 Memorize these steps so that you will not have to use this manual

STEP 2 (Partnership) Organize the working space have everything prepared adequated clothes etc

STEP 3 (Presence) Prepare to be fully present by meditating or by being a few minutes in silence

STEP 4 (Posture and words) Build rapport have a few minutes of casual positive and neutral conversation to break the ice For example the weather the clientrsquos favourite team foot-ball match etc

STEP 5 At this stage you will also try to collect information about the client Several aspects of her life and trying to deter-mine clientrsquos expectations regarding the Coaching process You will be attentive about the metaphors and about what is really important to her Yoursquoll need it to explain what Co-aching is in her words

STEP 6 Explain what Coaching is using the clientrsquos words and the references she gave us Example letrsquos imagine that boxing was something that the client liked and we want to explain

108

109

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING THE LAST SESSION

Coaching through boxing ldquoCoaching is like boxing It invol-ves a lot of training to succeed in getting results but ins-tead of having an external enemy we are fighting against ourselvesrdquo

STEP 7 Inviting the client to do an exercise we pick six pens (three of each color) We ask her to tell us three things that are going well in her life and we explore each area a bit Then we ask ldquoamong those areas which one is running really wellrdquo Then we ask for three things that are not going so well and explore a bit

STEP 8 Asking the client which 3 goals she would like to accom-plish by the end of the Coaching process that would make it worth the investment (as measurable as possible)

STEP 9 Establishing verbal contract and selling the idea of coa-ching (even if the sessions pack is already closed) Now we talk about the practical issues sessions frequency ses-sions length interrupting the client first session a bit lon-ger confidentiality guarantee If you feel comfortable you can talk about costs and forms of payment

STEP 10 ldquoCan we start our session talking about what brought you here How can I helprdquo

STEP 11 Talking a bit about the Clientrsquos reality and introducing the Pizza of Life The client draws herrsquos We will go on explai-ning the pizza and its different slices (very briefly not to influence) Some clients like to do it lsquoalonersquo others like to go on talking as they fill the slices

STEP 12 From then on you make ROSA 10

STEP 13 You end up the session You can share ROSA methodology with your client (if you think shersquod like it) and ending with positive feedback You can also ask the client how did she feel You can also ask her to choose an object and summa-rize the session You will also be doing some preframing by stating that Coaching is about action and homeworks

XIII THE LAST SESSION

A coaching process has a follow-up We can work with individual ses-sions or with a pack It is important to inform your clients that Coaching is a continuous process and not a process with miraculous results in the first session Hence it is like doing workout where it is difficult to get results if we go to the gym only once

You can work with packs of sessions (5 or 10) and we would like to give you some tips on what you should ensure it gets done in your last coaching session with someone you have been working with

FUTURE It is important to ensure that the client will continue taking steps in the future even not having sessions anymore or your presence In this session you should spend some time helping her in creating an action plan about the next steps she wants to go on taking in that area You can also take the opportunity to do a small summary of everything that you both worked in so that there is a notion of the progress made and the results achieved Ensures that your client completed that process and be sure about the next steps for her future Help her in crea-ting a good action plan

HABITS You can also ask your client which would be the daily or weekly habits that she would like more to integrate into her routine

POSITIVE FEEDBACK This is also the perfect time to give positive fe-edback to your client (despite being a constant throughout the sessions) Show her the progress she has made throughout the sessions and help her to realize all the positive things she has achieved

111

110

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

PERSONAL DEVELOPMENT We must ensure that our client conti-nues its personal development process and knows or tries new approaches Coaching is just one part of a wide range of options that are now ahead of her Encourage her to con-tinue that journey to read new books to try other trainings and workshops other different and complementary ways of approaching personal development

KEEPING CONTACT You can develop some form of contact with your old clients Email telephone facebook etc Remember to con-tinue sending her information about coaching or other matters you find important It is a way to ensure that your client will continue ldquoawakedrdquo for this subject

Thank you for being part of this project

Daniel Saacute Nogueira and Marta Ferreira

Page 20: WeCreate International Coaching Certification Manual

40

41

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

Why do we need to have these two opposing energies Exactly for the same reason as the positive and negative energies in the Reality phase We really need a guru objective since the effort that the client will have to make and the person she has to become to get there will make her reach much further than if she had set an intermediate goal Coaching is about dreams about the best of the best for each area of our lives The important thing is not whether or not the client gets there but that the road she travels takes her much further

Moreover every journey starts with a small step We need to create an objective so small so small that the client is absolutely sure she can do it Why To get her motivated quickly to achieve success and above all to convey the baby objective psychology We need to make our clients realize that coaching is about big and small steps The baby objective in itself is not important but we need to introduce this step here so that your client begins to celebrate every little step that she takes every piece of homework that gets done

Coaching is about forming a person with both guru and baby objectives psychology Someone who wants to go really far and at the same time is super happy with everything that she has already achieved

Notas If a client has a very big guru objective to reach in a short time and the Coach thinks it is not possible we can ask the client to ldquoconvince us that it is possiblerdquo On the other hand if the baby objective is very big we do the same

S(OLUTIONS)Encouraging creativity is equally important to teaching children ma-thematics Portuguese and science This is what later on will separate intelligent adults from true geniuses who are able to create something new revolutionary and innovative in whatever area It is those who mark others society science and the world who ultimately make a

difference

40 IDEASIn fact we are all creative We have all been children we have all been creative and so what happened What is it that makes our creativity die The fact is that our society limits our creativity while forgetting that in a grey professional world creativity makes the difference

ROSA 20

clique no viacutedeo para o activar

42

43

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

Anyone who is creative grows through challenges simply because they put their creativity at the service of what is not working They go off immediately to search for a solution And this is available to everyo-ne This is the basis of the ldquoSrdquo in ROSA instead of complaining go look for a solution Remember yoursquore always one idea away from solving your biggest challenge You just havenrsquot found that idea yet Pull out

your creativity and try finding ideas ideas ideas

Even the most creative people start with obvious ideas and it is good to go through them in order to get to the other ones Little by little we will get to the interesting ideas and when we stop being afraid of saying nonsense we become creative Now the challenge is to get an innovative idea And that can only be achieved by investing time and energy When we are at 10 or 20 ideas to not give up until you have at least 40

Losing our creativity is in other words restraining our physical (earth) emotional (water) mental (air) and spiritual (fire) abilities Children do not have these restraints in a physical sense they love exploring the world through their body showing you they donrsquot care about posture for instance and they seem unbreakable when defying the laws of gra-vity with an energy that seems limitless Emotionally they are much more open to all kinds of feelings because they have not accumulated many negative experiences Mentally they are hungry for knowledge and the concept of right and wrong is not yet set so everything seems possible to them Spiritually they are completely free they may have some enrooted values but everything else is an open book

In order to be creative again and go back to having blank pages in the book of life being able to write and rewrite improvise and create we

obvious interesting creative innovative

can start by being creative in one area or going back to being creative in all aspects of life and our being To go back to being creative we must explore our physical body do sports dance act etc and use your senses to hear smell taste touch and see The healthier we are the more our body will be available to be physically creative To go back to being more creative emotionally we have to stop being afraid to feel We have to venture into relationships connections sharing without the fear of being hurt frustrated cheated and even happy

To go back to being mentally creative we must learn new subjects think about new things analyze from new angles and perspectives challenge our minds have conversations with all kinds of people read all kinds of magazines stimulate all parts of our brain

Finally if we want to go back to being spiritually creative we must question all our certainties and dogmas meditate and open ourselves to the world of possibilities and the inexplicable We need to know oursel-ves in order to experience life intensely

If we manage to be creative in all four areas we will be soon become a new person with a palette of new experiences and openness to wha-tever happens giving us new shape and a different glow If we can be more creative regarding the first letter of our PEMS we should really be congratulated for it The important thing is to enter the challenge zone to seek solutions in areas that have not yet been explored in fiel-ds that are uncomfortable for others but that we call our comfort zone Then everything and really everything becomes possible and there are no longer problems without solutions(ldquoTrate a Vida por Turdquo paacuteg 165)

PARADIGM SHIFTThis is the time to get the client to think ldquoupside downrdquo ie to think ldquoout of the boxrdquo It is undoubtedly the most difficult phase of the coaching sessions Your clients will not even want to think and to change their paradigms

The vast majority of people when trying to solve a pro-blem or challenge use the first ideas that come to mind - the Obvious ideas ndash the ones that we all have However there are three more levels of ideas The Interesting ideas are those that some have sometimes

ROSA 20

The very first ideas are obvious Only then comes the interesting and then comes the very creative and innovative ideas

44

45

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

Solutions are always related to the Guru-Objectives

and then come the Creative Ideas that are those which generate con-flict because they go lsquoout of the boxrsquo shifting paradigms Finally we have the Innovative ideas that are the ones that nobody sees but once they are revealed they become obvious

We may use this ability in all areas of our life using this unique creati-vity to make everything unique and different

The goal of a Coach is getting the client to change her paradigm This is what happens in an ldquoAHArdquo moment when she finds an idea and is sure that this is the one she was missing

In the picture on the left do you see a young girl or an old lady Try to see both Put your brain to work both ways

GREAT AND WHAT ELSEBrainstorming is the most powerful tool for creativity and the best way of stimulating creativity in all areas of your life It is essential to do individual and group brainstorming as it is the best way to find so-lutions to challenges

What is a lsquobrainstormingrsquo

As the name implies it is a kind of ldquobrain stormrdquo And what do storms do They stir things up make ideas collide (thunder) and launch one solution after the other (lightning) ldquowaitingrdquo for the one that will solve the problem and put the storm at rest Brainstorming is not only use-ful at the workplace Every person and family should brainstorm from time to time to seek solutions to their problems from the most basic day-to-day questions (how to deal with expenses manage domestic tasks prepare meals) to deeper and more complex ones (helping a child become more confident helping a father that is unemployed) And individually each one of us should do brainstorming to solve and improve all areas that we feel the need to change

It is very easy to do brainstorming Here are the six rules to start prac-ticing today

1 No judgement All ideas are valuable even the most stupid ones In a brainstorming there are no arguments or criticism All ideas are good initially If there is criticism besides genera-ting conflict it can also inhibit the people involved

2 Quantity quantity quantity The more ideas generated the better the brainstorming Quality does not matter here only quantity Why The first ideas will be obvious then interesting then creative and only then innovative

3 Hitchhike You can build on otherrsquos ideas No participant should be silent for a long time If you donrsquot have any idea you can simply hitchhike on someone elsersquos The only thing you cannot do is not to participate

4 Go crazy From time to time throw in some ideas that are lsquoout-side the boxrsquo Regardless of how absurd they may seem this will help you and your colleagues to leave the obvious ideas and make your brains think At the very least you will enliven the session If the group laughs at your idea yoursquore being crazy

ROSA 20

click the video to see it

46

47

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

5 Take notes The most dangerous thing in a brainstorming ses-sion is having no one to write down the ideas Preferably the one who writes should not be giving any ideas she should fo-cus on writing down othersrsquo ideas There should also be a kind of a moderatorfacilitator of the brainstorming session not for taking decisions or criticizing but precisely for making sure that no one tries to take decisions on behalf of the group or to criticize other peoplersquos ideas and to help keep the focus on what matters In an individual brainstorming session you of course need to be your own moderator

6 A clear goal You must clearly define what the purpose of your objective is what the challenge is and if possible write formu-late it in META+(ldquoTrate a Vida por Turdquo paacuteg 213)

Brainstorming is the most powerful creativity tool In a brainstorming the client is requested to come up with a great amount of ideas on how to reach her Guru Objective

click the video to see it

And the Coach must be persistent since this is when you realize that humans are lazy when it comes to thinking It is very likely that when giving her fifth idea the client will say that she has no more Everyone will want to convince you that they have already found the magic solu-tion But they havenrsquot And how do we know that Because if they had found it they would already have solved their challenge

During a brainstorming ideally it is the Coach who writes down the ideas But she should not alter any of them And if the client gets stuck we must ask open and creative questions such as

3 If you had all the money in the world what would you do 3 If you were your idol what would you do 3 If it were 10 years ago what would you do 3 If it were 10 years from now what would you do

Cultivating a sense of humour as a Coach is always a good for rela-xing and making people creative This is in fact important in any area At this stage it is very likely that the client will have long mo-ments without coming up with any ideas Therefore it is impor-tant to create our own personal way of ldquopulling outrdquo the clientrsquos ideas such as a small exercise changing seats or using humour If the client gets to 40 ideas very easily and none is lsquointerestingrsquo even for her it means that she is still in the obvious ide-as and then 40 more ideas are always welcome Creativity is an expansive energy The more it is cultivated the more it grows and the easier it becomes to use it in other areas of life Notas The Coach may suggest ideas but only as an encouragement to the client

A brainstorming can take up a large part of a session so it is important to make sure there is enough time for it

ROSA 20

1 Allow the obvious

2 I want more ideas

3 Help to avoid judgment

4 Overcoming objections with questions ldquoWhat ifrdquo

5 Okay what else

SOLUTIONSRESUME

48

49

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

since it is not right to leave it midway The goal is that the client forces her brain to find new ideas in a short time and in such a way that it is almost like a shock to her

It is important to keep focused on one topic in a brainstorming Some may change their focus during the process for example a client whorsquos Guru objective is to open a business may start to suggest ideas on how to make more money In this case the Coach should remind the client of the main topic At the same time the Coach should stay flexible and if the client really feels that their focus was not on the first topic but on the second itrsquos time to go back and set a new Guru objective

A(CTION)ROSA exists only for one reason to get us to act We find our Reality establish our Objectives and think up Solutions that make us act ndash the A is the purpose of ROSA

Now more than people of action we must be people of innovation

Innovation is creativity applied to getting the desired results Being creative is not enough but creativity is the tool for getting to innova-tion So how do we do this

The secret is not to give up on creating ideas ideas and more ideas until the innovative idea comes Sometimes it never comes but get-ting to the creative ones is already something Those who have dared being creative many times and more and more are those who mana-ge to reach the innovation Itrsquos not enough to have talent you have to work hard to translate this talent into amazing results Look at these examples

3 Bach wrote one cantata a week even when he was sick 3 Mozart produced more than 600 pieces of music 3 Darwin wrote 109 publications one of which was about the Theory of

Evolution 3 Einstein published 248 theses one of which was about the Theory

of Relativity 3 Freud published 350 theses 3 Rembrandt produced 650 paintings 3 It took Thomas Edison 2000 experiments to invent the light bulb

and 9000 to perfect it 3 Picasso created more than 20000 pieces of art

This is why it is so important to act Do a lot create a lot invest a lot (ldquoTrate a Vida por Turdquo paacuteg 234)

THE FUNNELThis is the part where coaching really becomes challenging where the client realizes that she will have to do something and not just think and talk about it It is the phase where we start to converge and funnel things in order to find an action that is as specific as possible

This is with no doubt the most important phase of ROSA In a coaching session anything can happen in any of the other phases but we cannot end it without an action (without homework)

What

3 What are you going to do now 3 What are you thinking about doing now ()

ROSA 20

click the video to see it

A task should not be so simple that it doesnacutet make any difference to the client to fulfill it nor should it be so difficult that it becomes infeasible

50

51

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

With whom It is very important to involve someone in the action pro-cess 99 of the homework should have a third person involved The-reby we are creating conditions for the client to become autonomous after the coaching process The questions might be

3 ldquowill you ask to ask you whether you have done itrdquo 3 ldquoApart from me (the Coach) who else will be involved in thisrdquo

When Marcar data ou frequecircncia Quanto mais especiacutefica for me-lhor Isto leva o cliente a pensar exatamente quando vai fazer au-tomaticamente isto cria um compromisso maior dentro dele doing this the client should end each session with a specific homework knowing both the day and the time she will do it and with whom she will share it

At what time of the week beginning or end

At the end of the week

What is for you the end of the week Friday Saturday Sunday

Friday

Ok and what time

Anytime

Anytime Ok But in the morning in the afternoon or evening

Morning

And what time

Early

What is early for you

Upon waking

And what time do you wake up

At 7am

THE CONVERGENCE TECHNIQUEIf the client does not find an action to do you can use the convergence technique by asking the following questions

3 ldquoLook at your ideas (the brainstorming) and mark those that you find reasonablerdquo

3 ldquoNow choose 10rdquo 3 ldquoChoose 5rdquo 3 ldquoChoose 3 2 rdquo 3 ldquoIf I had a magic wand that would immediately fulfil one of these

ideas which one would you chooserdquo

COMMITMENTIn the early sessions you can also ask the client to send you an SMS after doing the action in or-der to confirm it Of course you donrsquot force her

if she refuses but then if she doesnrsquot do her homework you will have more power to ask for an SMS in the next homework

If she accepts you may also ask if you can send her an SMS in case she forgets to do so What will happen is that as soon as she receives our SMS asking whether the action has been done she will do it immediately so that she can reply that she has By SMS we also mean any other means like a telephone call or e-mail The Coach must be flexible enough to perceive which method suits her client the best

THE HANDSHAKEShaking hands after defining the homework is very important because it is the archetype of commitment But remember if the client does not do her homework there is no failure only feedback Maybe the problem really is the kind of homework given or poor explanation about the im-portance of the homework in the coaching process

ONE SMALL STEP FORWARDWhat is the Next Small Step you can take This ques-

ROSA 20

What is the first next small step

Earn 20000 euro

What is the first next small step

Save 100 euro month

What is the first next small step

Open an account

ldquoGreat what is the next small step that you believe you can accomplish

Deposit 1000 euro

1 What is the option that has magic

2 What is the option that makes sense

3 What are you gonna do exactly

4 How will you know you make it

5 Funnel When What day What time

6 Commitment handshake

ACTIONRESUME

52

53

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

free to put everything she has (skills tools knowledge) at the service of her client Indeed every three sessions more or less you should challenge your client with a piece of homework However the challen-ge will vary depending on whom we have in front of us and on the level of the process

4 SUCCESS TIPS FOR THIS PHASE FASEAction Plans it is at this stage that we start working on an action plan

that will follow the session Remember coaching without ac-tion is not coaching Thatrsquos why you should do a ROSA in every session go through the four phases and always end with a very concrete action plan on what the client will do during the week and until the next session Here is an example of an action plan

What will I do Run 3 times per week

When Monday Wednesday and Friday

With whom Alone

Possible obstacles Laziness and lack of time

Benefits Feeling healthier

What will help me remember Setting an alarm on my phone

How will I celebrate By going to the cinema

Homework the tasks between the sessions are a priority for the coaching Most of the le-arning comes from the homework that is done between sessions So remember to always end your session by asking your client to suggest tasks that she would like to accom-plish that coming week the next small steps she can take right now Then rephra-se each one into a concrete action (when how where ) Still some clients will have gre-

tion tool is ideal for those who have difficulty in defining Baby Objecti-ves or those who have difficulty in defining an action to do this week

Notas As a general rule the client will not hear the word ldquosmallrdquo in the question The-refore we must repeat the question until the action is so small that the client would have no difficulty doing it

Of course the Next Small Step may not be the right action to choose for this week

Example The client wants to buy a Porsche (Guru Objective)

ldquoDeposit 1000 eurosrdquo is the Baby Objective The same process can be used for defining the homework

At the end when an action has been defined the Coach may also su-ggest a piece of homework In other words then the Coach is finally

ROSA 20

54

55

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING RAPPORT

at difficulty in taking action If this is the case always look for the smallest step that the person can take If we do not act itrsquos because the step is not small enough Remember ldquoEvery journey begins with one small steprdquo

Commitment amp Penalties some clients will sometimes have real diffi-culty in stepping into action Sometimes you may have to resort to agreeing on a fine if your client does not accomplish her task All human beings run away from pain and sometimes in coaching we need to use a little more masculine energy (wersquoll talk about that more below) to help You can even ask the question ldquoWhat will happen if you do not accomplish itrdquo

Monitoring amp Accountability the role of a Coach is to provide moni-toring to her client However the responsibility must always be on the clientrsquos side As a Coach you are responsible for guiding the process Your client should define the strategies needed to enable her to take the steps she wants You should follow and always try to understand what may have prevented her from completing her tasks Above all you should be focused on finding better strategies to lead her into action However do remind your client that it is her responsibility Ultimately acting or not acting is her choice

VII RAPPORT

Mastering the ROSA technique and mastering Rapport will alone make

you a Mega Coach Of course you can gain more Roots but people

who attend our courses usu-ally already have quite some

1ST DEFINITION OF RAPPORT

Relationship of trust and influence rapport is the ability to create trust within a few minutes with various kinds of people and to influence them to act think and do better You can only influence after being trusted Think about people you trust and do not trust what influence do these people have on you

2ND DEFINITION OF RAPPORTRelationship of empathy and sympathy ldquoWe only like 2 kinds of people people who are the way we are or who are the way we would like to berdquo

Empathy I feel empathy based on the things I have in common with someone

Sympathy Based on the qualities and characteristics that someone has that I would like to have

Conclusion rapport is empathy (who is like me) and sympathy (who is the way I would like to be)

56

57

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

Rapport is trust and

influence

Rapport is the ability to create

empathy and sympathy

WARNING Empathy comes before sympathy and trust comes before influence This is the most important aspect of rapport I cannot influence anyone who does not trust me

Part 2 Now letrsquos try to understand what happens in our psyche why this is the way it is

I invite you to imagine that yoursquore a rabbit in a forest and you meet another rabbit What happens Now imagine you meet another animal thatrsquos different from you What does the rabbit do FLIGHT (runs away)

Now imagine that you are not a rabbit yoursquore a wolf You meet an ani-mal thatrsquos different from you What does the wolf do FIGHT

Now imagine yoursquore a porcupine What happens FREEZE

Animals have these three types of reactions Now imagine yoursquore a human being 20000 years ago and you come across something di-fferent from you What happens ONE OF THESE THINGS AND YOU FEEL FEAR You react the way you do because your psyche does not know what it is And if it is another human being I KNOW WHAT TO EXPECT She is like me Our fear grows when something is different because we donrsquot know what to expect Imagine that you do meet a hu-man being but wearing clothes or other things that are very different

What happens when it is the same kind of animal What exists there EM-PATHY AND TRUST - 1st LEVEL of RAPPORT

This is a metaphor of course Rapport is very unconscious I could tell you to trust someone but your unconscious may not feel the trust What regula-tes that instinct in your psyche is KNOWING WHAT I CAN EXPECT

WHAT HAPPENS IN COACHING Clients also have these three types of reactions flight freeze or fight They may not show up for the follow ses-sion they may answer ldquoyesrdquo ldquonordquo ldquomayberdquo ldquodonrsquot knowrdquo or they may be in constant disagreement with you

Key ldquothe more the Coach is the way I am the more rapport there isrdquo

MILTON ERICSON (Ericsonian Psychology NLP Hypnotherapy) found the client within himself and used this as his tool in the therapy sessions

Ericson created rapport before proceeding with anything else This is TRUST and EMPATHY Ericson was humble and flexible enough to adapt to the client Only once you have done this you can go back to being yourself

Ways of creating rapport with someone

Verbal

3 Language words 3 Subject matter 3 Quotes way of speaking 3 Repeating what the other says 3 Using the otherrsquos metaphors 3 Using the same expressions

Non-verbal

3 Gestures 3 Voice 3 Mime 3 Distance 3 Posture 3 Breathing 3 Touch 3 Speed

Note Every human being has a natural and unconscious tendency to create rapport with others To confirm this all you need is to look at two people talking to each other and see how easily you will notice similarities in their postures and way of speaking

ldquoYou have only one chance to create a good first impression but you have plenty of opportunities to create rapportrdquo

Rapport is an honest attempt to enter someonersquos map-of-the-world The-re is no agreeing or disagreeing only flexibility Rapport does not mean friendship The first session and often the second is a lot about creating rapport

RAPPORT

Sometimes itacutes enought just a little attention to help someone but attention is not coaching

58

59

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

RAPPORT MODELndash 2 PacuteSEstablishing rapport is a process of many levels and layers of depth

LEVEL 1 - PRESENCE AND

PARTNERSHIP

PRESENCEThis is the first step towards creating ra-pport thus the most superficial one Pre-sence means that the Coach is fully com-mitted to her client aware of everything she says and does Nothing from outside the ses-sion should be on the Coachrsquos mind She must be fully present

Before a session itrsquos important that you as a Co-ach calm down forget about everything else and gain a notion of where you are and what you are going to do

POSTURE amp PHRASING

PERCEPTUAL POSITIONS

PERSON TO PERSON

PRESENCE amp PARTNERSHIP

PROBING amp PATIENCE

click the video to see it

Dedicate a few minutes to this process

Presence and Attention are among the healthiest ac-tions that lead to real results You can create a good

relationship with your client (child parent etc) just by being fully present and attentive Even gardens become more beautiful if they are cared for

Presence is about getting yourself into a certain state Itrsquos about being Yin and Yang at the same time

Yin ndash relaxing breathing being aware of all five senses being fully present where you are

Yang ndash mobilizing all your energy by run-ning jumping listening to inspiring music

PARTNERSHIP

Creating an equal relationship with your client Not top down or vice--versa The Coach should never be at a lower or higher level than her client The chairs should be the same for example

For presence and partnership it is also important to switch off the phone to prevent anything from interrupting the session Tidying up the table is equally important to having a clean and hygienic space

From 0 to 10 the importance of Presence during a session is a 10 It is the first step If it isnrsquot there nothing else will

Psycho-geography is also very important in this area

PSYCHO-GEOGRAPHY the way your psyche relates to geography Example On which side you like to sleep Each person has a different psycho-geography Some prefer to be by the sea while others prefer to be in the mountains

RAPPORT

Empathy is being doing

talk and think like the other Sympathy is being doing

talk and think how the other

would like to be

60

61

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

Some tips for using the psycho-geography of the client to your advan-tage

3 Having a room with a minimum amount of symbols It is not recom-mended to have crucifixes or other artefacts related to religion A bookshelf filled with books can also intimidate the client

3 Pay attention to details ndash cables on the floor which CDs are on the shelf etc

3 Having sessions at the clientrsquos home can become dangerous because there are lots of distractions and anchors Difficult si-tuations might have taken place there which will make it more challenging for the client to create a distance to them

It is the Coachrsquos job to notice the psycho-geography of her client and what makes her more comfortable

Despite all the rapport a Coaching session should always stay pro-fessional Being relaxed is necessary for both parties but the focus should not be on friendship You as a Coach need to be professional You must choose to be a Coach instead of a friend

When it comes to clothing you should be as neutral as possible in the beginning but always aligned with your personality Then you can try to adapt to the style of your client

The mantra here is having the client leave the session thinking that her Coach is just like her NOTHING IS WRONG Let your client choose what she prefers

LEVEL 2 - POSTURE AND PHRASINGWhen establishing rapport mere presence and partnership are not enough Moreover they are only the first step The posture and the phrasing that the Coach uses are very important for creating rapport in the relationship What we refer to here is mainly keeping a posture and using similar words and expressions to those of the client This way the client will see herself in us and instead of flight fight or freeze she will feel relaxed and be much more comfortable about talking

Sitting in the same position as the client using her posture tone of

voice and gestures these are all factors to consider

POSTURERegarding posture one can use two techniques that are very similar and very powerful

Mirroring When a Coach takes on a physical position that is the exact mirror image of the clientrsquos If the client leans to her right then the Coach who is facing her leans to her left

Matching In this case the Coach adopts the exact same physical position instead of a symmetric one Both ways are good and powerful The goal is to be equal or symmetrical

Of course it is not indispensable to be like the client 100 of the time as this will take a lot of the attention that the Coach needs to give the client

The more you practice these behaviours the more automatically and unconsciously you will do it When rapport already is high you can go back to your own posture and your regular vocabulary However should you feel the need you can always take up these techniques again

In fact at a high level of rapport it is possible and entirely positive that it is the client herself who starts to imitate our posture and words (un-consciously) This is the perfect moment to lead the client and suggest something more challenging to her

PHRASINGYou must pay great attention to the words that your client uses and the energy she puts into them The names of people that she talks about are also very important facts to remember

If you can use the same expressions as your client you will earn points in rapport Among these expressions metaphors are the most power-ful ones Try to explore as much possible the metaphors that are being used An excellent technique is to use a metaphor of the client to ex-

RAPPORT

The mirroring copies the

exact posture of the client

the matching mirrors

62

63

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

plain something This will reach very deeply into the psyche of the client and have great impact

You can also use themes that the client likes such as her passions and keep using them in future sessions to explain something or to give examples This creates an incredible sense of empathy between you and the client She will be glad that you are paying attention to what she says and at the same time she will understand much better what you say

The clientrsquos ideas are important keys to use when you speak in order to create and maintain rapport For example if the client talks a lot about travelling Irsquoll use the idea (anchor) that is already there because I know it works in his mind

BACKTRACKING backtracking is a Coaching technique that consists of summarizing the main points of a conversation by using the exact same words that the other person uses This tool helps the client follow the session and make her own short summary while listening to the Coach returning to what she just said and using the same words It is important to use at least the words we consider to be the most significant among the ones that the client expresses those that might be conveying more about her value patterns Backtracking can help us understand for example if we can move to the next phase of ROSA It helps us understand if the client has finished what she had to say about that phase and that way we can figure out whether we can move forward or not You can use simple questions to do so

3 ldquoLet me see if I got what you saidhelliprdquo - backtracking the conversa-tion using the exact words of the client - and then ending ldquoIs this is it or would you like to add something

3 ldquoSo what yoursquore saying isrdquo 3 ldquoCan I make a summary of your reality in relation to that slicerdquo

This is one of the simplest and most important techniques when buil-ding rapport

When building rapport avoid paraphrasing (saying the same thing in other words) but do quote A coach quotes

Mastery in Backtracking is being able to quote the last 20 minutes of a session This will leave your client fascinated and feeling that her Coach is really paying attention to everything she says

Therefore it is motivating to Backtrack at the end of each session and at the end of each phase of the ROSA

The Coach shows confidence and agrees with the client shows that she is on her side and really believes that the client will succeed

We must allow the person to be what she truly is talkative or silent Silent people also have things to say it is a matter of asking the right questions

NOTES When a session is not going well (the relationship is under stress) then the focus should be fully on level 2 Rapport - Posture and Phrasing The secret is to forget about the rest and build rapport again Once it is re-established you can address the problem

LEVEL 3 - PROBING AND PATIENCEEvery new level in Rapport brings you techniques that are deeper and more complex But the good news is that you donrsquot do level 3 Rapport until Level 1 and 2 are done So you will increase your skills by going from the easiest to the most difficult

PROBINGAsking questions is more complicated than imitating the posture and words of the client Indeed one of the more complicated aspects of being a Coach is to not give opinions and to ask the right questions at the right time We know that we keep showing you that you already are a Coach and that itrsquos easy but here we must tell you ldquoITrsquoS HARD BEING A COACHrdquo Think very carefully about whether you want to get into it Listening asking questions being patient with the pace of your clients

Even if you have the miracle answer to the clientrsquos situation you need to keep it to yourself Being patient is a challenge and usually typical

RAPPORT

64

65

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

To paraphrase can break

rapport

of the great masters You can only be a master if you want to learn to listen and if you develop a great patience for listening

Questions have the power to illuminate the darkness of your client by asking a powerful question you really get to see another human bri-ghten up right in front of you

Coaching has the power to open a new world to the client questions help people discover new resources Clients tend to find familiar answers but you as a Coach will lead them to unfamiliar answers

Classic examples of some ways to make your client talk

1 -Repeating what the client just said but in question form Client ndash ldquoYesterday I went boatingrdquo Coach ndash ldquoBoatingrdquo

2 -What does that mean to you What does fear mean to you What does a goal mean to you Example Client says ldquoIt is not rapport itrsquos complicityrdquoCoach replies ldquoWhat does complicity mean to yourdquo Client says ldquoItrsquos a clickrdquo Coach ldquoWhat does a click mean to yourdquo

3 -rdquoWhat elserdquo Serves above all to go to the heart of the matter Others like this one are ldquoTell me morerdquo and ldquoCan you go a bit deeper on thatrdquo

POWERFUL QUESTIONS Questions are probably the most beautiful flowers in the garden of learning Questions are one of the biggest se-crets of learning Creative solutions are practically impossible without questions

If you learn to ask 100 questions a day get ready for a revolution in your work at all levels

In life at work in business we are all afraid of asking questions We were educated from an early age to believe that there are right and wrong questions and we were also taught to not fail we avoid asking questions because of fearing that they are wrong The only way to reach the right questions is by not being afraid of the wrong ones

The one who wants to explore learning has to dance with this fear

A large part of all our creative potential stops at the door fearing to ring the doorbell When learning the one who doesnrsquot know is far less ignorant than the knowledgeable one Take risks Ring the bell Ask questions

Become obsessively curious ask questions How

3 Using the Coachrsquos ability of asking powerful questions 3 Following the rule of thumb ldquoThe Coach has the questions the

Client has the answersrdquo 3 Using positive language 3 Respecting the clientrsquos map-of-the-world 3 Always guiding towards solutions

Examples of powerful questions

3 ldquoCompared to whatrdquordquo 3 ldquoWhat does that mean to yourdquo 3 ldquoWhat could be a solution to yourdquo 3 ldquoI know you donrsquot know But if you knew what would that berdquo 3 ldquoWhat would be ideal to yourdquo 3 ldquoWhat do you want insteadrdquo 3 ldquoHow does that make you feelrdquo 3 ldquoWhat else could that meanrdquo 3 ldquoWhat do you want exactlyrdquo 3 ldquoWhat will you achieve with this goalrdquo 3 ldquoWhat will you do differently next timerdquo 3 ldquoWhat are you doing wellrdquo 3 ldquoWhat has to happen for you to be happy and successfulrdquo 3 ldquoWhat motivates you the mostrdquo 3 ldquoWhatrsquos the worst possible scenario And what could be the best

scenario ldquo 3 ldquoWhat are you willing to do to achieve your goalrdquo 3 ldquoWhat new things could you could tryrdquo 3 ldquoWhat prevents you from taking actionrdquo 3 ldquoWho could help you with this situationrdquo 3 ldquoWhat resources do you need to achieve your goalrdquo

RAPPORT

66

67

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

3 ldquoWhat else do you want to get out of your liferdquo 3 ldquoWhat do you really want achieve in that area of your liferdquo 3 ldquoWhat is your biggest dream in that area of your liferdquo 3 ldquoAnd what is the next small step that you would have to takerdquo 3 ldquoWhat do you find positive in this situationrdquo 3 ldquoHow could you attract better persons into your liferdquo 3 ldquoWhat would have to happen to make you feel more fulfilledrdquo 3 ldquoIf you were your own Coach what coaching would you give

yourselfrdquo 3 ldquoIf I was your best friend what advice would you give me to solve

this situationrdquo 3 ldquoIf you had all the time and money in the world how would you

fix itrdquo

In fact the art of asking questions is the foundations of a coaching process with powerful results The list of questions to ask seems en-dless

So become really obsessed with questions and start NOW How about adding 10 more ideas to our list And some more And many more

Typical coaching questions

3 Questions that lead to action (ldquoWhat will you do What can you do differently What do you need to do tordquo)

3 Goal-oriented instead of problem-oriented ldquoHow would you like it to berdquo ldquoAnd if you could what would you dordquo

3 Future-orientedldquoHow do you see that situation in the future How would you like to feelrdquo

Beware of questions with negative assumptions ldquoWhat happens if you donrsquot do itrdquo They should be followed immediately by a question with positive assumptions ldquoHow will you celebrate when you do itrdquo

RAPPORT

YOUR QUESTIONS

68

69

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

PATIENCECount to 10 relax work on your roots and realize that coaching is a process and that each person has her own time and rhythm How can you train your patience Think of 20 ideas

LEVEL 4 ndash PERCEPTUAL POSITIONSWe could also call this the level where we create rapport with our clientrsquos psychology In fact understanding and perceiving human psychology is a huge advantage for you as a Coach You are not there to be a friend of your client as we have mentioned so then a good way to create a relation with her is through her psychology

Do you know the psychology of a teenager or a parent a boss an unemployed If you grasp your clientrsquos psychology the Rapport will be extraordinary

If you demonstrate that you know how a mother thinks yoursquoll make the client believe that you understand her completely

Most people do not understand their own psyche If you can understand them at that level it will make the client to feel something extraordinary about you and the Coaching process

PERCEPTUAL POSITIONS At this level the Coach must master Per-ceptual Positions that is being able to put herself in another personrsquos position whether itrsquos the clientrsquos or the clientrsquos parent or any other person that is part of the situation You should be able to see the same situation from different perspectives and in the long term help your client do the same

THE EXERCISE This is an exercise to be used mainly if the client has trouble in a relationship with someone (friend family member etc) and is having some difficulty understanding that personrsquos Map-of-the--World And when this is of great importance

You do not need to go very deep in this exercise Because it is NLP even done in a soft way it can be very powerful to your client helping her to see an aspect of the situation that she hadnrsquot seen or reflected on before

STEP 1 ndash The client explains what is going on (she can speak freely without any restrictions You ask questions to understand the reality of the situation)

STEP 2 ndash The Coach suggests this perceptual positions exercise (it is just an invitation If the client does not want to do not continue)

STEP 3 ndash The Coach asks the client to choose two spots represen-ting the two standpoints (you can put a sheet of paper at each spot) and to imagine that the other person is at one of them

STEP 4 ndash The client speaks facing the other spot as if the person was there and acts as herself (The Coach guides with questions ldquoHow did that make you feel What would you like to tell herrdquo etc)

STEP 5 ndash Pause and ldquoshake outrdquo the client and share the question of the game of imagination

STEP 6 ndash The client recalls a childhood game she used to play and describes it a little We then use this as a metaphor to explain that we will now do the same Just a game where we use our imagination The Coach repeats that the per-son with whom the client has a challenge is there at the other spot

STEP 7 ndash The client goes over to the other spot and the Coach helps her go deeper into that role through guiding questions

STEP 8 ndash The client chooses whether she wants to return to her starting position and add something say something more She may go back and forth as many times as she wishes

STEP 9 ndash When done the Coach suggests to the client to stand on a chair and states ldquoYou are now in a neutral position a higher position What would you call this position (Allow the client to choose a name) Seen from above what do you have to say about this situation What would you say to (clientrsquos name) and to (the other personrsquos name) How would you solve this situation How can (clientrsquos name) solve this situationrdquo

RAPPORT

70

71

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

STEP 10 ndash After the client is done with the third (neutral) position the Coach takes the client off the papers

STEP 11 ndash The Coach can then use the following questions to debrief the exercise

3 ldquoHow was the exercise for you 3 ldquoWhat did you learnrdquo 3 ldquoIs there anything you could do differentlyrdquo

STEP 12 ndash Lead the client to an action (a first small step towards sol-ving the situation) and then funnel it

REMEMBER always undock the client from the different roles the client can do the exercise eyes opened or closed

TO ACKNOWLEDGE Acknowledge the client very very very much for having volunteered and shown vulnerability

This exercise serves mainly as a metaphor for the Coach striving to master Perceptual Positions (understanding and being able to go into different psyches)

CONCLUSION The Coach is a master of perceptual positions She knows how to see the different angles of the same situation She sees everything from different angles

PEMS

Life is all about relationships the relationships we have with ourselves and with others Some people instinctively relate better to themselves and others relate really well to others There are those who relate well to almost everything and everyone and others who are unable to relate with anyone This affects their personal and professional life

Is there any way to consciously improve the relationships that instinc-tively do not work Of course

When we grasp the logic of the mind of another person we can better interact with it and even influence it Psychology is power And if we apply on ourselves it becomes even more powerful and interesting The better we know ourselves and the logic of our mind the better we will be able to help ourselves and achieve our goals

Carl Gustav Jung a Swiss psychiatrist and founder of analytical psychology focused on studying social and collective archetypes He identified eight psychological types taking into account peoplersquos beha-viour abilities skills attitudes and motivations

He began by distinguishing between extraverted (social and expansive) and introverted (reserved and reflective) people Each of them could then be connected to two out of the four functions of the psyche sen-sing or intuition thinking or feeling

In the 40rsquos decade Isabel Myers and Katharine Briggs continued Jungrsquos work and added two auxiliary functions to the Jungian types percep-tion and judgement Thereby arriving at 16 psychological types or 16 personality types Later a personality test was created ndash The Myers--Briggs Type Indicator or MBTI - which is still the most commonly used tool for identifying different personality types

Based on Jungrsquos work we have created a model called PEMS which will help us better understand the logic of our own mind and of the people around us

In this model we distinguish four dominant preferences (P-E-M-S) which correspond to the four elements of life

PRACTICAL (the body DOING Activity Action related to the ele-ment of EARTH) - corresponds to someone that is earthly active dynamic practical that does a lot In excess these are people who never stop to consider their actions

EMOTIONAL (the heart FEELING Feelings Love related to the element of WATER) - corresponds to someone who nee-ds people relations who gives a lot to others and seeks affection In excess these are people who might be overly sensitive

RAPPORT

72

73

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

MENTAL (the mind THINKING Analysis Intellect Logic related to the element of AIR) - corresponds to someone who values analysis rationalization and uses logic and who always fo-cuses on making the right decision In excess these are people who might become impersonal and cold

SPIRITUAL (the soul BEING Values Existence related to the ele-ment of FIRE) - corresponds to someone who thinks that everything has meaning and a higher purpose These are people who care very much about values In excess they can fluctuate too much and concretize too little

The four logics of the mind that we have identified are also based on the four elements

Practical ndash EARTH (firm solid stable secure strong dense)Emotional ndash WATER (flexible always coming back to herself)Mental ndashAIR (transparent lightweight fast facilitates communica-

tion)Spiritual ndash FIRE (burning fleeting transforming powerful)

Thus in a very simplified manner we can divide people into four ca-tegories

PRACTICAL PEOPLE (P) ndash THEY LIKE TO ACT AND DOThese are the people who like action movement They are the ones who make the world move As friends or clients they may want to go straight to the point try things and learn about practical matters The greatest fear of these practical persons is losing control They like to feel that they are in control of the situation of the pace of the conver-sation and of the surroundings

HELP THEM ALWAYS FEEL IN CONTROL

EMOTIONAL PEOPLE (E) ndash THEY LIKE FEELING AND RELATINGThese are people who love people and sharing feelings Everything is an emotion for them And they feel things about everything and everyo-ne Let them talk about their family friends dogs neighbours etchellip

They will talk mostly about people and what they are feeling Their greatest fear is loosing empathy They like to feel reliable and they want to relate

HELP THEM FEEL EMPATHY TOWARDS YOU

MENTAL PEOPLE (M) ndash THEY LIKE TO THINK AND TO ANALYSEThese are people who like to analyze and who try to put everything into a box into a certain perspective They are precise and meticulous They like detail to study and analyze all possibilities They donrsquot fear debating (quite the contrary) and discussing they love the exchanging ideas and arguments but they need to end up being right or get a very good explanation to why the other is right A mental person is always striving to make the best decision Their greatest fear is to be wrong they like to feel that they are correct and that they are making deci-sions based on logic and rational thinking

HELP THEM FEEL THAT THEY ARE RIGHT

SPIRITUAL PEOPLE (S) ndash THEY LIKE TO BE AND TO GLOWThey are looking for the greater purpose of things They believe that everything has a reason for being the way it is that there are no coin-cidences and itrsquos that quest that moves them They give great meaning to every situation always looking for ldquotherdquo situation The greater the meaning the greater their motivation Their biggest fear is to have no meaning That it is to not be significant or ldquoshinerdquo in any way They need to feel conscious and whole

HELP THEM FEEL THAT THEY ARE MEANINGFUL

Although we all have and use a portion of these four categories in the different contexts or times of our life one of them is predominant in us Identifying it is important for managing and interacting with life and with others since it is the best and the fastest way of accessing the Map-of-the-world of someone and speaking a language that that per-son recognizes and accepts as her own

RAPPORT

74

75

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

In fact we are all one but we are all different and we must understand these differences to be able to deal with others People who are more emotional behave and interact in a totally opposite manner from mental people the same way that most practical people interact in a way that is opposite to spiritual people

The EMOTIONAL person is micro-MACRO Transforms everything that is small into something big Everything is important everything is emotional From the simple ldquogood morningrdquo to hearing ldquoI love yourdquo every day For an emotional person a discussion is always a tsuna-mi Therefore itrsquos the emotional persons who with their micro-Macro sense make birthdays a special day and receive small things with gre-at love

The MENTAL person is MACRO-micro transforms everything that is big into something small She makes it more complex by simplifying it For example this very PEMS model is MACRO-micro as it strives to make the hugeness of the personality types into something much smaller creating only four categories for all human beings The mental person also feels less and give less importance to her feelings

The SPIRITUAL person is MACRO-MACRO she takes everything that is already big and turns it even bigger more meaningful more im-portant more relevant Almost everything is a question of values of making the world a better place and interpretations that go far beyond reality A simple leaf falling off a tree can represent a new phase in life for a spiritual person

The PRACTICAL person is micro-micro turns everything into small and simple lsquoright here and right nowrsquo matters They act Right now with what they have They donrsquot feel the need to enlarge what is small and they donrsquot care much about great concepts If the five senses can help them grasp a situation everything is fine

THE PREDOMINANT LOGIC OF OUR PSYCHEThe most practical way of finding out is to notice how we behave in a stressful situation Each of us when under stress often react in a way that is very close to our basic personality type

Practical people act react move around organize themselves put their hands to work and do not rest until they manage to move things forward

The emotional people feel and feel a lot If a situation is stressful diffi-cult and negative they will have difficult and negative emotions they will feel what others feel and they will want to manage these emotions in the moment

People that are predominantly mental will under stress begin to ratio-nalize need logical answers be fast and analytical They donrsquot want to solve anything through feelings they donrsquot want to act they are only concerned with finding the right and correct decision and struggle until they get it

Finally the predominantly spiritual people will want to give a greater meaning to that particular event What has to be done what people feel or what the right solution is doesnrsquot matter what matters is why things happened the way they did and what the greater significance of that may be

RAPPORT

76

77

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

Identify the psychological type of the client can help the coach to anticipate and understand expectations

MAIN SUPERIOR FUNCTION AND AUXILIARY INFERIOR FUNCTION

According to Carl Jung while we all have one function that is better developed than the others ndash a superior function ndash we also have another fairly well developed function called the first auxiliary

All of us have a bit of each one of the psychologies but there are always two that are predominant a main one which Jung calls the superior function and an auxiliary one that lies at the bottom of the cross shown on the previous page which is always to the right or left of our superior one

The inferior function is one that is less developed and that remains mainly in our unconscious

Thus a person who is predominantly Practical may have as her auxi-liary function the emotional or mental logic thus being PE or PM

A person who is predominantly Mental may have as her auxiliary func-tion the spiritual or practical logic thus being MS or MP

A person who is predominantly Spiritual may have as her auxiliary function the emotional or mental logic thus being SE or SM

And a person who is predominantly Emotional may have as her auxilia-ry function the spiritual or practical logic thus being ES or EP

This all means that we are situated in one of the following categories

3 Practical Emotional or Emotional Practical 3 Practical Mental or Mental Practical 3 Spiritual Emotional or Emotional Spiritual 3 Spiritual Mental or Mental Spiritual

As you may have noticed according to Jung there are no EMME or PSSP That is one canrsquot have as her first auxiliary function the func-tion that is opposite to the superior one

Carl Jung said that we should look closely at our inferior function whi-ch usually remains in our unconscious because it contains an enor-mous potential for a change and each one of us can benefit a lot from integrating our inferior function with our superior one

Taking risks experimenting enjoying everything that life has to offer is the best way of getting to know ourselves and realizing where our happiness lies (ldquoTrate a Vida por Turdquo paacuteg 74)

INTROVERSION AND EXTROVERSION Introversion and extroversion have to do with the direction in which we focus our attention and energy

People who prefer Extroversion focus their energy and attention away from themselves and are interested in the world of people and things

3 Attracted to the world of events and people outside of themsel-ves

3 They are aware of who and what is around them 3 They like to meet and talk to new people 3 They are friendly often good talkers and easy to get to know 3 They tend to talk easily and often in meetings 3 May not be as aware of what goes on inside them 3 They think while talking 3 They may act or speak first and only think later 3 Speaking about themselves they speak fast 3 They bring energy into life 3 They can get bored and restless if they are alone for too long

People who prefer Introversion (focus their energy and attention inward and are interested in the inner world of thoughts and reflections)

3 Attracted to the inner world of thoughts feelings and reflections 3 They are usually very aware of their inner reactions 3 They prefer to interact with people they know 3 They are usually quiet in meetings and sometimes seem disen-

gaged

RAPPORT

78

79

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

3 They are generally reserved and hard to get to know 3 They may not be as aware of the world outside of them 3 They need time to gather their thoughts before they speak 3 They reflect and think before acting 3 They want to know you before allowing you to get to know them

deeply 3 They feel exhausted and tired after interacting with peoples

FINAL NOTE you must be what your client is You have to find that person inside you

LEARNING STYLESAs we saw with the previous PEMS model our clients will have diffe-rent psychological preferences It is therefore important and essential that you are able to adapt your sessions to the learning style that your client likes best and that better meets her psychological preference

EMOTIONAL Emotional clients will like to talk and share on their to-pics They are very much looking for a relationship and empathy with the Coach and they need to feel heard more than any of the other personality types For these persons learning has a lot to do with the relationship that is created with the feeling of support that they get and even with the positive feedback They like to learn through stories As a Coach it is important to learn to empathize with the emotional range of these persons They will appreciate the sharing to tell stories and to listen to them With emotional clients we may sometimes feel that we are not taking huge steps forward But the fact is that many times these persons need to first be listened to

MENTAL Mental clients will be more logical and may have a more aca-demic style of learning They will want to understand the reasons why things are what they are they will want to get tasks involving research on certain subjects The sessions with these people must be well defi-ned and prepared They will want to explore their intellectual side and feel challenged It is important for them to have access to information and tools that explain the work they are doing in the sessions in a con-crete and logical manner Of course they also need to empathize but the intellectual challenge feeling that their intellect is develops appears to be greater They may like schemes graphics and any models that

could simplify the learning process What these persons will demand of you is a greater capacity to analyse and a logical and rational way of communicating

SPIRITUAL this is for most people the most difficult learning style to adopt Remember that these persons are seeking the greater meaning of things They really want to feel inspired by the coaching process (and even by their Coach) They will want to see that you are an exam-ple of what you talk about so called congruence Spiritual persons will enjoy topics that are more related to values to their identity that make them feel that they are taking steps towards becoming better hu-man beings With these clients you can use powerful metaphors (even through movies music creative exercises etc) and above all strive to make sure that the person leaves the session very inspired

PRACTICAL They like action Which is great because coaching is pri-marily about action These persons like to have very practical sessions in which they get the opportunity to do many exercises and experiment with different situations They may be the clients that like getting more tasks and having things to do (which then sometimes ldquogets lostrdquo due to their time management) These clients will require more simplicity and a well-paced session from you They may also like to do exercises that involve moving their body Above all they will want you to help them get into action

As we deal with these four kinds of preferences we need to adapt our Coaching style to the learning style that each person has Thus we should prepare a lot their sessions and realize that some will require from you

3 Greater sharing and ability to listen and relate (e) 3 Researching mastering the subject very well and knowing how

to mentally stimulate your client with challenges (m) 3 Powerful metaphors very inspirational sessions and congruen-

ce that assign meaning to the Coaching process (s) 3 Practical exercises diversified well rhythmed sessions that

help your client to quickly get into action (p)

RAPPORT

80

81

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING ROOTS

LEVEL 5 - PERSON TO PERSONThis is the fifth level of rapport the deepest and more intense one It happens when the level of rapport is a total vibration Itrsquos when the client feels such a confidence by her Coach empathy and sympathy Itrsquos the hardest level to evaluate

Itrsquos when your client feels so much connected to you that depending on her your relationship would go beyond Coaching She no longer wants the Coach she wants you You no longer understand only the person she feels that you know about her You donrsquot understand psychology you understand who she is

It is very similar to the rapport level you have with 23 of very close persons in your life Everything is natural unconscious and sponta-neous

VIII ROOTS

Every human being seeks to get results Mo-ney Family Romance Peace Happiness

Career Health All we want in life is to have results in those areas

The Map-of-the-World Model is used to work on roots - your

roots as a Coach It shows us how does the psyche of all of us works As a Coach no one

should surprise you about yourself You should know you well know everything about yourself This is what itrsquos called a rooted person

click the video to see it

82

83

BELIEFSTRANSFORMATIVE COACHING

ROSA 20 M - AIR - THINK

VALUESHOLISTIC COACHING

ROSA 30 S - FIRE - BE

COACHING 40

WORLD MAP MODEL

being th

e moment

passi

on en

ergy

demotiv

ation

empowering beliefs

limiting rules

relation air(comunication)

coach is priestisnacutet

1 value focus

UNSUSTAINABLESUSTAINABLE

SECURITY

SELF LOVE

CONSCIOUSNESS

PERSONAL DEVEL

FREEDOM

LOVEBELOVED

BLISS

CONTRIBUTION

P

E

M

S

BEHAVIORROSA 10

SITUATIONAL COACHING

P - EARTH - DO

EMOTIONSREMEDY COACHING

ROSA 10 + LISTEN E - WATER - FEEL

RESULTS

ability to

enter

in st

ate

emotional

patter

ns

habits and discipline

addictions

coach is bossisnacutet

coach is friendisnacutet

1 Homework focus

optimism faithpositive

meditation

key points focusused to interrupt the fear cycle

coach is coach

HUMAN HAVINGHUMAN BEING

UNSUSTAINABLEEGOTISTICAL

STRETCH ZONE

SUSTAINABLEECOLOGICALSTRETCH ZONE

SHORT TERMLONG TERM

CYCLE OF CONFIDENCECYCLE OF FEAR

CONSCIOUS

SUBCONSCIOUS

UNCONSCIOUS

84

85

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

So the first question is why some are getting results while others are not

ACTIONS BEHAVIORSThis means that anyone who is having results is because she is ldquodoingrdquo ie behaving differently from other people who are having no results in those areas For example a millionaire DOES things that people who are not millionaires donrsquot For example saving investing etc Someone with a great health is DOING things that people that donrsquot have a good health are not What we are doing is making the difference Two people in the same circumstances that do exactly the same actions have the same kind of results People who have the results you wanna have ARE DOING THINGS TO GET THEM

So the next question is what leads some people to DO and others to not do

EMOTIONSEverything you do in your life is a relationship between pain and pleasure What happens is that someone who goes running at 6 am associates more pain with lsquonot goingrsquo than with lsquogoingrsquo Who is going to the gym asso-ciates more pleasure than pain with going to the gym in the morning That relationship between pain and pleasure is what is defining your results If we dramatically increase the pain or the pleasure associated we will get to change your results

As so what is then defining that painpleasure relationship

BELIEFSThe reason is because of our beliefs of what we believe in Our beliefs are our set of rules for the world and for our lives Your set of beliefs in fact is defining your painpleasure relationship with something and then your actions A millionaire believes that saving is essential that investing and taking risks is necessary This set of beliefs leads himher to associa-te more pleasure than pain with having these behaviors and therefore heshe implements them Other people have other beliefs that create other

emotions that create other results People who are achieving results in areas that you arenrsquot have a beliefs system different from yours

And then it seems logical to ask so what is defining and creating your set of beliefs

VALUESWhat is a value Itrsquos something that is important to you something you re-ally value The only thing that determines a value is if it is valuable to you Not all of us share the same values (Example the values of Mother Teresa and Donald Trump Contribution vs Professional Accomplishment) What you really value and not what you say that you value You value it so much that it generates your set of beliefs In fact when you live your values in practice (on a daily basis) you are defining your life results Not what you would like to value but what you are really valorizing In fact we all have the same values What differs is the order and the importance we give to each one of them

For example if someone has the value of the family above the value of work she will have the belief that it is more important to spend time with her family causing her to develop a positive feeling when she is with her family which leads her to really try to spend more time with it On the other hand someone who has the value of work above the family one will be someone who believes she should spend more time with her work and career as she believes it is that that will bring her more financial stabi-lity for example So she will associate more pleasure to the time spent at work than at home causing her to act accordingly to that emotion For example Donald Trump and Mother Teresa of Calcutta havenrsquot they got different values One probably values more lsquoprofessional fulfillmentrsquo the other values more lsquocontributionrsquo Different results Sure One has one of the largest business empires in the world the other left the largest volun-teer organization in the world

So in reality the values you are living in practice (what you are valuing in practice) are defining your results

This alone already explains a good part of the psyche of human beings But letrsquos go deeper

ROOTS

Having roots is to control the cycle of trust

86

87

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

To have roots the coach has to identify

her motivators and values create beliefs and habits and learn

to place herself in a state

CYCLE OF CONFIDENCE AND CYCLE OF FEAREveryone has Cycles of Fear in some areas and Cycles of Confidence in other areas

How do you know it If you are having or not results in that area In the areas of your life where you are getting results you are living in a Cycle of Confidence In the areas where yoursquore not you are living in a Cycle of Fear What does this means is that you have behavioral addic-tions or that you are doing things in a vicious way you are in a sort of a mice wheel Those addictions start by creating emotional patterns on you (feelings that you are having whether you want it or not for instan-ce jealousy when it becomes a pattern no matter what the other does that emotion will keep being there it is an emotion that happens to you) and those emotional patterns generate limiting rules We use the words ldquorulesrdquo because in reality limiting beliefs are created because they have a very large set of rules And this generates demotivation An addiction creates an emotional pattern that creates rules limiting which create demotivation and discourage us to move and change This Cycle of Fear is being lived FROM RESULTS TO VALUES and not in the other and right way The bad news are that we all have Cycles of Fear The areas in which we are not having results is because we are afraid but we paint it in other colors Irsquom afraid Irsquom demotivated I have emotional patterns and I have limiting rules

For you to gain roots you need to recognize these cycles You need to break it if you want results but if you want roots you need to recognize them Good news you can break Cycles of Fear

Second good news you have Cycles of Confidence You also unders-tand the other psychology So what is a Cycle of Confidence

You start by having the capacity of creating Discipline and Habits you get the ability to get into a certain and desired state (eg being happy to go training I want to create that emotion I visualize it it is the op-posite of an emotional pattern the pattern happens to you Think of a boxer who puts herself into her wanted state before entering in a ring You have empowering beliefs (when you believe in something that cre-ates more of it) This creates energy passion being in the moment Being with energy and passion and in the moment brings me empowe-ring beliefs which put me in the emotional state I want and provide me

habits and discipline The good news you have these cycles in areas that you are getting results Think in one area You have these four things right

Having these cycles itrsquos called being human First part on lsquorootsrsquo is about knowing your Cycles of Fear and Confidence and admit them to yourself to those you love to the others And having the courage to say that it doesnrsquot work because of FEAR And there is a way to break this cycle When you have roots you stop projecting it in your clients

There is a way of finding your values in a very logical way knowing which human motivators drive your behavior

8 HUMAN MOTIVATORSMaslov pyramid he was the first to talk about human needs He is outda-ted because it defines a hierarchy He places self-fulfillment at the top This model is very much focused on Maslovrsquos map-of-the-world who was an MS If it is a PE he may have lsquofamilyrsquo in the top and that is not wrong Still there are things that all humans need

So with all these models we created the 8 human motivators they are divided in four paradoxes one for each of the PEMS The first paradox is security freedom

Each one of us was born with a set of motivators You are ldquoaddictedrdquo on one side of the paradox You have to fulfill that need even if you have to abdicate of the other one

ROOTS

SECURITY

SELF LOVE

CONSCIOUSNESS

PERSONAL DEVEL

FREEDOM

LOVEBELOVED

BLISS

CONTRIBUTION

P

E

M

S

88

89

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

The main lesson is the more you live the other side of the paradox the more you will live your addiction as well What happens is that you can only get more of your addiction when you learn to validate the other side of the paradox This is what Jung calls ldquoparadoxes integrationrdquo be the millionaire and the altruistic Be the mother of family and career etc Only when you integrate the other energy is when it boosts the one that is more natural to you

For other persons it happens the same with security and all other pa-radoxes The suggestion is Irsquom addicted on this but I can pause and I can go exploring the other side What you have to figure out is your map (draw in the lsquoinfinite signsrsquo which side of the paradoxes is bigger) Your map is about how much you need to fill each side of the paradox

So YOUR HUMAN MOTIVATORS ARE DEFINING YOUR VALUES AND YOUR VALUES ARE DEFINING YOUR RESULTS

You can have everything on one of the sides of the paradox if yoursquore willing to face the fear of losing it

All people fill their motivators The difference between us is how sus-tainable is that satisfaction Unsustainable means that every day you

EXERCISE Do your map How do you discover Based on major decisions you made in your life Example work home relationships etc

have to feed them Imagine a homeless person he meets hisher secu-rity needs (eating and having where to sleep) but he has to do it every day Now compare with Donald Trump If you see the freedom part it probably happens the opposite

3 SUSTAINABLE it feeds itself It is something that can continue without the need for external resources It is ecological based on challenge and paradoxes integration

3 UNSUSTAINABLE you need to do it every day it is selfish ba-sed on comfort and extremist You do it like it was a daily shot

Example father and daughter about going out at night (to satisfy sa-fety and to love and be loved) Father says no hersquos being selfish and within his comfort zone The same father after coming to this course ldquoYoursquore going to the party until 2230 You send me an sms saying that everything is ok and at 2230 Irsquoll pick yourdquo This continues for some time Father goes on diminishing the rules Now hersquos being ecological entering his challenge zone and integrating paradoxes To feel safe as a father he has to give some freedom To feel loved he has to give them some self love Now his motivators are sustainable and has a sustai-nable system that feeds itself To arrive to a deeper level of security he needs to take the risk that comes from giving more freedom

DIAGONAL CONTINUOUS LINEThis line shows us that working above the line ie the clientrsquos beha-viors andor emotions is short-term and unsustainable In this case only the techniques are worked There are immediate results but with no major impact and duration Like when we are called to do motiva-tional speaking or teambuildingrsquos People feel better and do things but the results have a short duration

This does not imply that it is wrong to do Coaching based on these two areas For example in a quick conversation with a friend we can do Situational Coaching (based on behaviours) in order to get her to do something that has been postponing If the action has been made and it was what was intended to be then you did your role as Coach The Remedy Coaching is also important sometimes which consists on making the other person to leave the session feeling good thinking more positive at the time having had an opportunity to digest an emo-tion

ROOTS

90

91

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

Below the continuous line is where lies the deepest work The one that will actually be sustainable and with long-term results This is where we work values and beliefs it is where we go deep to the point where in fact we shift paradigms The client in this type of Coaching change her beliefs and values turning to be a really different person in opposition to what happens above the line where only the emotions or behaviors are changed but the client continues to be what she was

ICEBERGWith the iceberg image it is understood that the behavior is the conscious part of the human being the only thing that the client can see and analyze Everything else emotions beliefs and values are at the clientrsquos unconscious But as a Coa-ch I must and I want to work also the unconscious because as we saw above this is where it lies the sustainable and long-term work

When we help our clients shifting their paradigms beliefs emotions or values we are working with their unconscious Your client will not like this at some point in the process The unconscious will realize that she will have to change and this will cause the first resistance Knowing how to overcome this is essential to the Coachrsquos work so she can de-liver sustainable results

Conscious Mind keeps all the information which you can access now

Unconscious Mind keeps all the information that has ever passed through your brain It is also a kind of a warning system for you

The information passes from the unconscious to the conscious mind through the subconscious It goes dropping into deeper levels of our mind Very qui-ckly your clients will want to turn you into one of three things

Friend ndash They want someone who listens to them who is patient with them who is always there with whom they can always count and talk Most of your clients will want to have you here that you turn into a sort of confi-dant that supports them but does not challenge them too much But you are not there to be a friend

Boss ndash Many will seek in the Coach someone to tell them what to do who provides them specific guidance who pressures them who ldquopunishrdquo them when they donrsquot have their homework done Someone who is even more committed with their results than themselves But yoursquore also not there to be a Boss

Priest ndash Others will want a kind of a weekly confession session That you absolve the mistakes theyrsquove made du-ring the week that you tell them everything is fine and that it doesnrsquot matter we are all human and we all make mistakes You are not there to be a kind of spiritual le-ader of your client and to absolve him You are there to be

Coach - The Coach has an ldquoAirrdquo relationship with the client ie mental of communication becau-se it is a conversation where you listen and ask where there is intellectual stimulation In the map--of-the-world scheme the Coachrsquos sketch is in the quadrant of beliefs It is a ldquomind with mindrdquo work

It is important to know this because with the sessions going clients tend to try their Coach to become a friend (wateremotions) a boss (earthbehaviors) or even a priest (firevalues) However the Coach should avoid the mistake of behaving like one of these three types You are there to be a Coach

Notes In Informal Coaching with friends colleagues family remember that first thatrsquos what you are and only then you are a Coach Therefore you should not give prevalence to the Coach but to the relationship you have with that person otherwise you would violate the pact that exists between the two

ROOTS

92

93

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

4 TYPES OF COACHINGBased on these four quadrants there are four types of Coaching

Situational Coaching ndash The one that is done immediate-ly during the situation with the sole purpose of lea-ding it to an action It usually consists of a brief con-versation where a ROSA 10 is done Your client has a situation that week that really needs to be addressed Ex a proposal that she needs to present a college exam for which she has to study Itrsquos not bad Coaching and it is often necessary Only it is more superficial

Remediative Coaching ndash As the name says it suits when we have to put a ldquobandageointmentrdquo on the emotions The goal is the client to feel good at the end of the session without having to go deeply on the problem Itrsquos the typical conver-sation where the client unburdens and your only goal is to make her feel a little better Sometimes it may be and it often is necessary

Ex the past week your client has discussed with someone important to her or something happened that greatly dealt with her emotions Your first focus should be to help her to unburden and to feel better We used ROSA 10 + Unburden

Transformative Coaching ndash Here the goal is not just making the client to feel better but that she can change the way she sees her life and herself Here we mainly work on beliefs ie the client stops believing in some things to start believing in another ones She shifts paradigm Coaching is now much more sustainable and with long--term results It undergoes through more complete ses-sions where ROSA 20 is done

Holistic Coaching ndash This is the kind of Coaching that involves the whole being of the client all her areas and valences ie her values The entire psyche is worked We are working the whole Human Being and not only a part of it Even the motivators are worked We use ROSA 30 and we work a lot on paradoxes integration

KEY POINTSWe said earlier that we all have Cycles of Fear and that we can change them to Cycles of Confidence How

Imagine that you have a turnscrew and a bicycle wheel is malfunctio-ning You will then put the turnscrew into one of the four key points and then yoursquoll pull and force the wheel to move in the right direction to-wards the Cycle of Confidence And very important you donrsquot take out the turnscrew until the Cycle (the wheel) rotates in the right direction

What are then the Four Key Points You can really choose only one

VALUE FOCUS At this point you will choose a key value for you whi-ch you canrsquot leave to live in practice Whatever happens you canrsquot take the turnscrew from there For instance imagine that you are experien-cing serious financial difficulties and you decide that lsquoValue Focusrsquo is your point Imagine that you choose ldquosavingrdquo as the value that has to be experienced in practice Then whenever you have to make a decision that involves spending money you know what to do You canrsquot in any way stop living this value until the cycle begins to rotate in the oppo-site direction and gets sustainable

POSITIVITY If you want to work at the level of beliefs yoursquoll start to develop this empowering belief base BEING POSITIVE You must be a positive person with faith who believes that everything will go well who says only positive things about herself and the others who sees and is focused on everything positive that is going around her And when the bad days or the bad news are coming and you feel the need to say something negative you shut up And you say something positive

EMOTION FOCUS Imagine that there is an emotion that makes your Cycle of Fear to happen (an emotional pattern) In this key point you will choose an emotion that you would like to learn to cause in yourself learning how to get yourself into that state Imagine that you have been feeling too much anger in your Cycle of Fear and want to feel harmony instead You want to learn how to get into that emotional state You start feeling the opposite emotion and you do something to manage to be in an harmony state (you listen to a song that gets yourself into that state you put your boxing gloves you jump you meditate you close

ROOTS

94

95

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

your eyes you read a poem as Mandela did )

HOMEWORK FOCUS Here you will define a homework that until itrsquos done you wonrsquot do anything else Imagine that you have a Cycle of Fear in relation to health that you define lsquoHomework Focusrsquo as the key point and your homework is running every day Until you manage to do it nothing else matters All of your strategies are directioned so that your homework is being done as soon as possible

In the end all of the four key points have to do with absolute focus

Value ndash Focus on the most important value Until that value is being lived we wonrsquot move on

Positivity (Faith Optimism) ndash Focus on the positive emotions Un-til she gets optimistic we wonrsquot move on

Emotion (Meditation) ndash Focus on pleasure Until she feels more ple-asure than pain we wonrsquot move on

Homework ndash Focus on action Until the homework gets done we wonrsquot move on

VERY IMPORTANTYou as a coach do not have to guess your clientrsquos map-of-the-world or even her PEMS but you have to explore it aside of her You will only master her Map-of-the-World when you understand your own (creating roots) because you will never learn anything about yourself with your client you will never discover anything about you because shersquos the one who discovers it being real or not You Coach you must be hum-ble enough to know that you know nothing about your client and you shouldnrsquot try to guess anything It is the customer who gets there alone

Therefore the more knowledge you have about your own map-of-the--world together with Rapport and ROSA the more intense will be your Coaching because the more you will be able to help your client The goal is that you have the tools in yourself so you can help her In other words this tool is for you to deepen your roots and thus know when you need to do only ROSA or go searching for the Key Points or to use

another method For instance if a client has as her main challenge to be promoted then therersquos no logical on working on Cycles of Fear but to make a ROSA and move forward On the other hand if you see that there is a Cycle of Fear then you should find the key point so you can work on it

I canrsquot help the others if I canrsquot help myself first

ROOTS

values (I am)

during session

clientcoach rosa unconscious

Beliefs (I think)

between sessions

co-coach rosa 30

emotions (I feel)

leverage slice

self coaching rosa 20behavior (I do)

holistic

coaching to others rosa 10M

S

E

P

96

97

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING RESULTS

IX RESULTS

Results are super important in the Coa-ching process There is simply no Coa-

ching if there are no results and thatrsquos why they are at the center of the

triangle of the four Rrsquos Everything we do whether is ROSA creating

Roots or building Rapport it is done with the purpose of get-ting results at the end of the sessions

This is what distinguishes the most Coaching from other practices As a Coach you must become obsessed with your clients results Not only that they do their homeworks but also how close did Coaching took them closer to their Guru Objective how much it has improved their leverage slice of the Pizza and other slices as well We also try to assess the sustainability of those results We donrsquot want them just to get there but also that they keep there

Coaching is about results and you must take this premise very seriou-sly You have been hired to make them reach some goals Become obsessed with it

It is not so easy to evaluate results in a metric way in the world of Co-aching but it proves to be very important Not only with Life Coaching but also with Business Coaching We must find a way to demonstrate that our work has had results in practice

That was the reason why we have created the Results Model

Our level of competence is equal to our worst level of performance

RESULTS MODELIt is possible to define results through the four metrics

lsquoSrsquo AXIS (SPIRITUAL) WE EVALUATE THE PROCESS IMPACT ON THE CLIENT

Behavior (I DO) When the client throughout the process changes one or more behaviors She does now due to the sessions different things that she didnrsquot before

Emotions (I FEEL) When the client feels happier more self-confi-dent fulfilled etc She has now different and more positive emotions due to the Coaching process

98

99

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

Beliefs (I THINK) When there is a change of belief (I used to belie-ve I was not a good person and now I believe I am) When the client used to believe in something and she started to believe in something different There was a paradigm shift She used to see something in a certain way and now she sees it in a more empowering way

Values (I AM) When the Coach manages to help the client to change her values ie the person she is This happens for exam-ple when the client starts to put more emphasis on family than on work or when she accepts and believes that she is a healthy and different person and that nothing will change that now She values different things todat due to the Coa-ching process

lsquoErsquo AXIS (EMOTIONAL) WE EVALUATE THE CLIENTrsquoS AUTONOMY

Level 1 Coach (CoachClient Relationship) Itrsquos the Coach who controls the situation There is a formal relationship be-tween Coach and Client and the session is controlled and oriented by the Coach

Level 2 Coach (Co-Coach) The Client already acts as a Coach during the sessions This happens for example when the client already knows that she is supposed to also say po-sitive things on the Reality part that is she already knows what to do in each step She already takes the initiative The relationship is more about cooperation now and the Client start becoming autonomous

Level 3 Coach (Self-Coaching) When the Client already does Self--Coaching at home not being asked to This is a fantastic moment because she already has the tools and the Coach is there to help and support

Level 4 Coach (Coach to others) When the Client comes to a ses-sion and tells us she has done Coaching with someone else (with her child for instance) This person came to us to be helped however she is already using our tools to help so-

RESULTS

meone else She is totally independent It is every Coachrsquos dream

lsquoMrsquo AXIS (MENTAL) WE EVALUATE THE CLIENTrsquoS CONTENTS ASSIMILATION

Uses Rosa 10 language o cliente usa palavras como Realidade objetivos soluccedilotildees accedilotildees fazem hoje parte do seu leacutexico

Uses Rosa 20 language the client uses terms such as guru objec-tives baby objectives measurable beliefs paradigm shif-ting brainstorming etc

Uses Rosa 30 language she refers terms like emotional patterns cycles of fear and confidence values dilemma etc

Uses unconscious Rosa language when many of these terms are so ingrained in the clientrsquos language that she thinks she will use them for the rest of her life

lsquoPrsquo AXIS (PRACTICE) WE EVALUATE RESULTS IN PRACTICE

During the Session I can manage the client to get results only du-ring the session It is a Coaching session that has no power to influence the client outside it

Between Sessions It mostly happens when the client is doing her homeworks It means that what happened during the ses-sion touched her with enough strength to get her to realize she has to do something and that she is doing something outside the sessions

Leverage Slice It happens when the client fulfills her Leverage Slice and achieves the goal that brought her to Coaching or when her satisfaction in that slice has dramatically im-proved

Holistic When the client improves satisfaction in multiple slices as a result of the sessions including the leverage slice It was a process that had an impact on the whole being and not just in one area of her life

100

101

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

You can make this model with your client on the last session you have together You can also make a self-assessment to compare with it When you measure these four levels of results you will have access to check what level of Coaching you had on that specific process

COACHING LEVELThe Coaching Level that you have delivered is always proportional to your lowest result Even if you have three axes at level 3 and have only one at a level 2 Coaching has been 20 This is valuable information to you as a Coach because it gives you an idea of axes that are easier for you to work and others that you may have to further strengthen

Level 4 Coaching is something that is not achieved with all clients There must be a great empathy and rapport as well as a mastery on the Coaching technique that has been taught in the training course and presented in this manual

Gulica ego catia caperum dem inem cus Fortes et L Nos et grae avehem Romnit acto egeris cis sultod pratum voltum iam hos ublius hactam atemus essede con vas optilis factor aus nem ad cae estil hos me patus re verisse inatuus

Udam deperfecrem nermis etraed me int ela remulibut rem loctusquo cum mus auciem vivehem uresull emquissent eti primperescit ina que ia consiss entium pulerit con vendam morei sentes inatil vit ia quam mus licaudemus factem dum eo ura ex muro nenit quo vilnes-tium Catimportus pati postalarit vis coena fui sa consu consceribus Satquid ertienatus contere essimis ut vis aus iliciam quo in dissimis Ra num deatiqua vere con sentius et in spio pes Tiaetin videlisquam mus viliam que conum is larbit etora notimolto nos et duc omnimus opublicae convo C Nos vivica Catus hos vivas aurnihil hui terfint imorter labus hostam res inequod nerem tabute telieni hilicaessil ven-tem nonsulis

Berteropubit diisquium iteriti emprit teludam hilicid erfentiur tem huis

Hum pro vidiusquem paterevid sedis factatu rnihilla rem publicave Ca-terev irissoltis re aurei pere anum teluder ficepse essercem octuusque mis tum inam pra vivid rei condamdiis hacies Ipio verei sendamdis

TOOLS amp TECHNIQUES

X TOOLS AND TECHNIQUES

If you master well the model of the four Rrsquos for us you already are a fantastic Coach If you can master some stars too itrsquos even better But if you master the model you know how to do Coaching But now letrsquos go to the small stars The idea is not that you try to use all the stars at the same time Choose the two or three that you like best and train those first

POSITIVE FEEDBACKProvide as much positive feedback as you can to your client Take every opportunity you have to do it A Coach is the type of mirror that only says good things about her client Please turn yourself into some-one who is always valorizing every small steps that your client takes

FEEDBACK HAMBURGERYou say something positive then you say something negative then you say something positive again The two positive feedbacks have to be VERY VERY good For instance ldquoI have been feeling that you are very committed to your Coaching process We just need to start paying more attention to our homework even because I feel that you are a person who likes to challenge yourself and that really wants to go further ldquo

RESSIGNIFICATION Ressignificating is finding another meaning still more empowering but that changes everything EgrdquoI didnrsquot do my homework I failedrdquo Coach ldquoWow That means that you are a demanding and committed personrdquo ldquoIrsquom lazyrdquo

102

103

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

ldquoDoes that means you like to enjoy the pleasures of liferdquo

REFRAMINGIt is much like ressignification Itrsquos the name that is used in NLP (Neuro--Linguistic Programming) You take the information that was been gi-ven to you in a frame and you put it in a new one

PREFRAMINGIf ressignification has to do with changing the meaning after it has been given preframing has to do with giving a meaning to something before we have explained what it is It is a widely used technique to anticipate objections that might distract us from our ultimate goal Then we do preframing we previously give the meaning that we want the person to give afterwards Example

ldquoCan I show you my point of view Itrsquos something different but Irsquove seen that it works with many people and it has been helping a lot to change our behavior to healthier habits Itrsquos something innovative and different but highly successful Can I tell you my ideardquo You create a frame before placing the information in there

POSTFRAMINGFirst you give the information and then you put it in a frame Eg ldquoFolks today we have an exam (the low energy level) but thatrsquos what this course is about to be the best Coach to go furtherrdquo

ldquoFROM 0 TO 10 rdquo To give examples ldquoI think Irsquoll read a bookrdquo Coach ldquoFrom 0-10 how much do you think you will accomplish that goalrdquo

TRANSFORMING ldquoORrdquo IN ldquoANDrdquoHelp the client to find an alternative solution to integrate paradoxes to

find a third way

VULNERABILIZATIONFind out things about you that are not working and put them at the clientrsquos service That makes you human and you are validating your client in the case she feels the same She does some things better than you and has some of the same challenges

ASSOCIATION AND DISSOCIATIONThese two terms are often used in NLP (Neuro-linguistic Program-ming) and are used in various ways Association means that an indi-vidual describes a situation as if it was happening and he was partici-pating on it As the name indicates he is associated with it He is still seeing himself going through the situation and feels the emotions that he would feel if he was really living it

Dissociation means that an individual can already tell that experience as if he was watching a movie in which he took part but already dis-sociated from it He is more in an observer role That allows him a big-ger emotional objectivity Even if he feels the emotions they are more about the experience itself and not so much about him as a participant

When we want to help our customers to overcome some emotionally more challenging situations it can make a huge difference to have them to dissociate from those situations Thatrsquos how they can gain greater objectivity and clarity and at the same time they get more mo-tivated to take their first steps

METAPHORSThe most important here is that you use the metaphors of your client Use her world whenever it is possible It will help a lot more to inter-nalize and memorize the information Help your client to create her metaphors Eg ldquoSometimes we fall into holes that are so big that you canrsquot get out of them alonerdquo ldquoLearning to forgive someone is like dri-ving one step at a timerdquo

TOOLS amp TECHNIQUES

104

105

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

LANGUAGE OF A COACH 3 HOW TO INTERRUPT at the first session it must be defined if

the Coach can interrupt the client when she deviates from the focus If yoursquore going to interrupt your client you must always do it with a question You can also take note of something that has nothing to do with the subject you are talking about but it seems important So we can talk about it in the next session You can ask the client if she liked to talk about it

3 ldquoDOES IT MAKES SENSE FOR YOUrdquo If she says NO ldquoSo tell merdquo if she says YES ldquocan you tell me howrdquo

3 ldquoMY HALLUCINATION is rdquo Being very unconditional Any opi-nion is a good opinion The Coach realyy doesnrsquot know The word hallucination implies that what yoursquore saying may be ab-solutely wrong

3 ldquoWHAT WOULD LOVE DO NOWrdquo Be careful with the rapport level you have with your client It is a very good question when it concerns relational issues

3 ldquoHOW WOULD IT BE IFrdquo Very good to overcome objections ldquohow would it be if you had timerdquo ldquohow would it be if you had moneyrdquo ldquohow would it be if you had self-confidencerdquo

3 ldquoWHAT IF rdquo Fantastic to destroy any obstacle that your client brings Some examples ldquoAnd what if you couldrdquo ldquoWhy notrdquo ldquoWhat if nobody would knowrdquo ldquoWhat if you had moneyrdquo ldquoI know you donrsquot but what if you knew what would you sayrdquo

3 GENERAL TIP BE COOL You really must have a cool and rela-xed attitude You really donrsquot know what would be best for your client so be really unconditional

THE COACHING ETHICS

XI THE COACHING ETHICS

There are six ethic rules in Coaching but with no doubt the first is the most important

CONFIDENTIALITY Coaching sessions must be given the utmost con-fidentiality There are no legal rules as in Therapy (like not having fa-mily as clients) but you always have to respect confidentiality When you do Coaching in a company and you must give feedback to their manager your clients must know it If necessary you can discuss the case with a mentor but always without mentioning the name of your client You can discuss the cases but without any names

CLIENTrsquoS AUTONOMY Coaching is all about autonomy and sustaina-bility You need your client to get results not that she needs you You should think ldquoif I change country how would my clients berdquo

CAREFUL WITH PROJECTIONS We all project aspects that we re-press in ourselves All currents in psychology agree that there is pro-jection When I look to someone else what I see is whatrsquos inside of me (strengths and weaknesses) Thatrsquos why some see one thing and others see another As a Coach you must be very attentive to projections You should not do it with your client and for that you must work on your roots If something bothers you that says more about you than about your client Itrsquos not just a technical issue of respecting others map-of--the-world It is an ethical issue

CREDIBILITY Of course you can use other different tools in your ses-sions but you should be able to do so Using things on which yoursquore not certified is breaking ethics Try to be congruent and integrate Being a corporate or a sales Coach without being an expert about those mat-ters is not ethical

106

107

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING THE FIRST SESSION IN PRATICE

CONTRACT IS CONTRACT The financial commitment you assume with your client is always the same as long as she is your client The same in what respects sessions frequency You should always ask permission to your client when you want to change the frequency of the sessions For WeCreate the value you charge to your client must be the same forever It is part of our gratitude towards our client

SELF-COACHING The Coach must be an example of Self-Coaching or she should have a Coach You really have to do ROSA once a year at least and use all these tools in a weekly basis Make sure that you are also an example of achieving your own dreams

XII THE FIRST SESSION

IN PRACTICEIt is normal that the first session is a bit longer (90min) Your focus is to build RAPPORT Here is an example of a few steps for your first session You can have a few more or less of these steps but this is the general idea

STEP 1 Memorize these steps so that you will not have to use this manual

STEP 2 (Partnership) Organize the working space have everything prepared adequated clothes etc

STEP 3 (Presence) Prepare to be fully present by meditating or by being a few minutes in silence

STEP 4 (Posture and words) Build rapport have a few minutes of casual positive and neutral conversation to break the ice For example the weather the clientrsquos favourite team foot-ball match etc

STEP 5 At this stage you will also try to collect information about the client Several aspects of her life and trying to deter-mine clientrsquos expectations regarding the Coaching process You will be attentive about the metaphors and about what is really important to her Yoursquoll need it to explain what Co-aching is in her words

STEP 6 Explain what Coaching is using the clientrsquos words and the references she gave us Example letrsquos imagine that boxing was something that the client liked and we want to explain

108

109

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING THE LAST SESSION

Coaching through boxing ldquoCoaching is like boxing It invol-ves a lot of training to succeed in getting results but ins-tead of having an external enemy we are fighting against ourselvesrdquo

STEP 7 Inviting the client to do an exercise we pick six pens (three of each color) We ask her to tell us three things that are going well in her life and we explore each area a bit Then we ask ldquoamong those areas which one is running really wellrdquo Then we ask for three things that are not going so well and explore a bit

STEP 8 Asking the client which 3 goals she would like to accom-plish by the end of the Coaching process that would make it worth the investment (as measurable as possible)

STEP 9 Establishing verbal contract and selling the idea of coa-ching (even if the sessions pack is already closed) Now we talk about the practical issues sessions frequency ses-sions length interrupting the client first session a bit lon-ger confidentiality guarantee If you feel comfortable you can talk about costs and forms of payment

STEP 10 ldquoCan we start our session talking about what brought you here How can I helprdquo

STEP 11 Talking a bit about the Clientrsquos reality and introducing the Pizza of Life The client draws herrsquos We will go on explai-ning the pizza and its different slices (very briefly not to influence) Some clients like to do it lsquoalonersquo others like to go on talking as they fill the slices

STEP 12 From then on you make ROSA 10

STEP 13 You end up the session You can share ROSA methodology with your client (if you think shersquod like it) and ending with positive feedback You can also ask the client how did she feel You can also ask her to choose an object and summa-rize the session You will also be doing some preframing by stating that Coaching is about action and homeworks

XIII THE LAST SESSION

A coaching process has a follow-up We can work with individual ses-sions or with a pack It is important to inform your clients that Coaching is a continuous process and not a process with miraculous results in the first session Hence it is like doing workout where it is difficult to get results if we go to the gym only once

You can work with packs of sessions (5 or 10) and we would like to give you some tips on what you should ensure it gets done in your last coaching session with someone you have been working with

FUTURE It is important to ensure that the client will continue taking steps in the future even not having sessions anymore or your presence In this session you should spend some time helping her in creating an action plan about the next steps she wants to go on taking in that area You can also take the opportunity to do a small summary of everything that you both worked in so that there is a notion of the progress made and the results achieved Ensures that your client completed that process and be sure about the next steps for her future Help her in crea-ting a good action plan

HABITS You can also ask your client which would be the daily or weekly habits that she would like more to integrate into her routine

POSITIVE FEEDBACK This is also the perfect time to give positive fe-edback to your client (despite being a constant throughout the sessions) Show her the progress she has made throughout the sessions and help her to realize all the positive things she has achieved

111

110

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

PERSONAL DEVELOPMENT We must ensure that our client conti-nues its personal development process and knows or tries new approaches Coaching is just one part of a wide range of options that are now ahead of her Encourage her to con-tinue that journey to read new books to try other trainings and workshops other different and complementary ways of approaching personal development

KEEPING CONTACT You can develop some form of contact with your old clients Email telephone facebook etc Remember to con-tinue sending her information about coaching or other matters you find important It is a way to ensure that your client will continue ldquoawakedrdquo for this subject

Thank you for being part of this project

Daniel Saacute Nogueira and Marta Ferreira

Page 21: WeCreate International Coaching Certification Manual

42

43

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

Anyone who is creative grows through challenges simply because they put their creativity at the service of what is not working They go off immediately to search for a solution And this is available to everyo-ne This is the basis of the ldquoSrdquo in ROSA instead of complaining go look for a solution Remember yoursquore always one idea away from solving your biggest challenge You just havenrsquot found that idea yet Pull out

your creativity and try finding ideas ideas ideas

Even the most creative people start with obvious ideas and it is good to go through them in order to get to the other ones Little by little we will get to the interesting ideas and when we stop being afraid of saying nonsense we become creative Now the challenge is to get an innovative idea And that can only be achieved by investing time and energy When we are at 10 or 20 ideas to not give up until you have at least 40

Losing our creativity is in other words restraining our physical (earth) emotional (water) mental (air) and spiritual (fire) abilities Children do not have these restraints in a physical sense they love exploring the world through their body showing you they donrsquot care about posture for instance and they seem unbreakable when defying the laws of gra-vity with an energy that seems limitless Emotionally they are much more open to all kinds of feelings because they have not accumulated many negative experiences Mentally they are hungry for knowledge and the concept of right and wrong is not yet set so everything seems possible to them Spiritually they are completely free they may have some enrooted values but everything else is an open book

In order to be creative again and go back to having blank pages in the book of life being able to write and rewrite improvise and create we

obvious interesting creative innovative

can start by being creative in one area or going back to being creative in all aspects of life and our being To go back to being creative we must explore our physical body do sports dance act etc and use your senses to hear smell taste touch and see The healthier we are the more our body will be available to be physically creative To go back to being more creative emotionally we have to stop being afraid to feel We have to venture into relationships connections sharing without the fear of being hurt frustrated cheated and even happy

To go back to being mentally creative we must learn new subjects think about new things analyze from new angles and perspectives challenge our minds have conversations with all kinds of people read all kinds of magazines stimulate all parts of our brain

Finally if we want to go back to being spiritually creative we must question all our certainties and dogmas meditate and open ourselves to the world of possibilities and the inexplicable We need to know oursel-ves in order to experience life intensely

If we manage to be creative in all four areas we will be soon become a new person with a palette of new experiences and openness to wha-tever happens giving us new shape and a different glow If we can be more creative regarding the first letter of our PEMS we should really be congratulated for it The important thing is to enter the challenge zone to seek solutions in areas that have not yet been explored in fiel-ds that are uncomfortable for others but that we call our comfort zone Then everything and really everything becomes possible and there are no longer problems without solutions(ldquoTrate a Vida por Turdquo paacuteg 165)

PARADIGM SHIFTThis is the time to get the client to think ldquoupside downrdquo ie to think ldquoout of the boxrdquo It is undoubtedly the most difficult phase of the coaching sessions Your clients will not even want to think and to change their paradigms

The vast majority of people when trying to solve a pro-blem or challenge use the first ideas that come to mind - the Obvious ideas ndash the ones that we all have However there are three more levels of ideas The Interesting ideas are those that some have sometimes

ROSA 20

The very first ideas are obvious Only then comes the interesting and then comes the very creative and innovative ideas

44

45

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

Solutions are always related to the Guru-Objectives

and then come the Creative Ideas that are those which generate con-flict because they go lsquoout of the boxrsquo shifting paradigms Finally we have the Innovative ideas that are the ones that nobody sees but once they are revealed they become obvious

We may use this ability in all areas of our life using this unique creati-vity to make everything unique and different

The goal of a Coach is getting the client to change her paradigm This is what happens in an ldquoAHArdquo moment when she finds an idea and is sure that this is the one she was missing

In the picture on the left do you see a young girl or an old lady Try to see both Put your brain to work both ways

GREAT AND WHAT ELSEBrainstorming is the most powerful tool for creativity and the best way of stimulating creativity in all areas of your life It is essential to do individual and group brainstorming as it is the best way to find so-lutions to challenges

What is a lsquobrainstormingrsquo

As the name implies it is a kind of ldquobrain stormrdquo And what do storms do They stir things up make ideas collide (thunder) and launch one solution after the other (lightning) ldquowaitingrdquo for the one that will solve the problem and put the storm at rest Brainstorming is not only use-ful at the workplace Every person and family should brainstorm from time to time to seek solutions to their problems from the most basic day-to-day questions (how to deal with expenses manage domestic tasks prepare meals) to deeper and more complex ones (helping a child become more confident helping a father that is unemployed) And individually each one of us should do brainstorming to solve and improve all areas that we feel the need to change

It is very easy to do brainstorming Here are the six rules to start prac-ticing today

1 No judgement All ideas are valuable even the most stupid ones In a brainstorming there are no arguments or criticism All ideas are good initially If there is criticism besides genera-ting conflict it can also inhibit the people involved

2 Quantity quantity quantity The more ideas generated the better the brainstorming Quality does not matter here only quantity Why The first ideas will be obvious then interesting then creative and only then innovative

3 Hitchhike You can build on otherrsquos ideas No participant should be silent for a long time If you donrsquot have any idea you can simply hitchhike on someone elsersquos The only thing you cannot do is not to participate

4 Go crazy From time to time throw in some ideas that are lsquoout-side the boxrsquo Regardless of how absurd they may seem this will help you and your colleagues to leave the obvious ideas and make your brains think At the very least you will enliven the session If the group laughs at your idea yoursquore being crazy

ROSA 20

click the video to see it

46

47

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

5 Take notes The most dangerous thing in a brainstorming ses-sion is having no one to write down the ideas Preferably the one who writes should not be giving any ideas she should fo-cus on writing down othersrsquo ideas There should also be a kind of a moderatorfacilitator of the brainstorming session not for taking decisions or criticizing but precisely for making sure that no one tries to take decisions on behalf of the group or to criticize other peoplersquos ideas and to help keep the focus on what matters In an individual brainstorming session you of course need to be your own moderator

6 A clear goal You must clearly define what the purpose of your objective is what the challenge is and if possible write formu-late it in META+(ldquoTrate a Vida por Turdquo paacuteg 213)

Brainstorming is the most powerful creativity tool In a brainstorming the client is requested to come up with a great amount of ideas on how to reach her Guru Objective

click the video to see it

And the Coach must be persistent since this is when you realize that humans are lazy when it comes to thinking It is very likely that when giving her fifth idea the client will say that she has no more Everyone will want to convince you that they have already found the magic solu-tion But they havenrsquot And how do we know that Because if they had found it they would already have solved their challenge

During a brainstorming ideally it is the Coach who writes down the ideas But she should not alter any of them And if the client gets stuck we must ask open and creative questions such as

3 If you had all the money in the world what would you do 3 If you were your idol what would you do 3 If it were 10 years ago what would you do 3 If it were 10 years from now what would you do

Cultivating a sense of humour as a Coach is always a good for rela-xing and making people creative This is in fact important in any area At this stage it is very likely that the client will have long mo-ments without coming up with any ideas Therefore it is impor-tant to create our own personal way of ldquopulling outrdquo the clientrsquos ideas such as a small exercise changing seats or using humour If the client gets to 40 ideas very easily and none is lsquointerestingrsquo even for her it means that she is still in the obvious ide-as and then 40 more ideas are always welcome Creativity is an expansive energy The more it is cultivated the more it grows and the easier it becomes to use it in other areas of life Notas The Coach may suggest ideas but only as an encouragement to the client

A brainstorming can take up a large part of a session so it is important to make sure there is enough time for it

ROSA 20

1 Allow the obvious

2 I want more ideas

3 Help to avoid judgment

4 Overcoming objections with questions ldquoWhat ifrdquo

5 Okay what else

SOLUTIONSRESUME

48

49

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

since it is not right to leave it midway The goal is that the client forces her brain to find new ideas in a short time and in such a way that it is almost like a shock to her

It is important to keep focused on one topic in a brainstorming Some may change their focus during the process for example a client whorsquos Guru objective is to open a business may start to suggest ideas on how to make more money In this case the Coach should remind the client of the main topic At the same time the Coach should stay flexible and if the client really feels that their focus was not on the first topic but on the second itrsquos time to go back and set a new Guru objective

A(CTION)ROSA exists only for one reason to get us to act We find our Reality establish our Objectives and think up Solutions that make us act ndash the A is the purpose of ROSA

Now more than people of action we must be people of innovation

Innovation is creativity applied to getting the desired results Being creative is not enough but creativity is the tool for getting to innova-tion So how do we do this

The secret is not to give up on creating ideas ideas and more ideas until the innovative idea comes Sometimes it never comes but get-ting to the creative ones is already something Those who have dared being creative many times and more and more are those who mana-ge to reach the innovation Itrsquos not enough to have talent you have to work hard to translate this talent into amazing results Look at these examples

3 Bach wrote one cantata a week even when he was sick 3 Mozart produced more than 600 pieces of music 3 Darwin wrote 109 publications one of which was about the Theory of

Evolution 3 Einstein published 248 theses one of which was about the Theory

of Relativity 3 Freud published 350 theses 3 Rembrandt produced 650 paintings 3 It took Thomas Edison 2000 experiments to invent the light bulb

and 9000 to perfect it 3 Picasso created more than 20000 pieces of art

This is why it is so important to act Do a lot create a lot invest a lot (ldquoTrate a Vida por Turdquo paacuteg 234)

THE FUNNELThis is the part where coaching really becomes challenging where the client realizes that she will have to do something and not just think and talk about it It is the phase where we start to converge and funnel things in order to find an action that is as specific as possible

This is with no doubt the most important phase of ROSA In a coaching session anything can happen in any of the other phases but we cannot end it without an action (without homework)

What

3 What are you going to do now 3 What are you thinking about doing now ()

ROSA 20

click the video to see it

A task should not be so simple that it doesnacutet make any difference to the client to fulfill it nor should it be so difficult that it becomes infeasible

50

51

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

With whom It is very important to involve someone in the action pro-cess 99 of the homework should have a third person involved The-reby we are creating conditions for the client to become autonomous after the coaching process The questions might be

3 ldquowill you ask to ask you whether you have done itrdquo 3 ldquoApart from me (the Coach) who else will be involved in thisrdquo

When Marcar data ou frequecircncia Quanto mais especiacutefica for me-lhor Isto leva o cliente a pensar exatamente quando vai fazer au-tomaticamente isto cria um compromisso maior dentro dele doing this the client should end each session with a specific homework knowing both the day and the time she will do it and with whom she will share it

At what time of the week beginning or end

At the end of the week

What is for you the end of the week Friday Saturday Sunday

Friday

Ok and what time

Anytime

Anytime Ok But in the morning in the afternoon or evening

Morning

And what time

Early

What is early for you

Upon waking

And what time do you wake up

At 7am

THE CONVERGENCE TECHNIQUEIf the client does not find an action to do you can use the convergence technique by asking the following questions

3 ldquoLook at your ideas (the brainstorming) and mark those that you find reasonablerdquo

3 ldquoNow choose 10rdquo 3 ldquoChoose 5rdquo 3 ldquoChoose 3 2 rdquo 3 ldquoIf I had a magic wand that would immediately fulfil one of these

ideas which one would you chooserdquo

COMMITMENTIn the early sessions you can also ask the client to send you an SMS after doing the action in or-der to confirm it Of course you donrsquot force her

if she refuses but then if she doesnrsquot do her homework you will have more power to ask for an SMS in the next homework

If she accepts you may also ask if you can send her an SMS in case she forgets to do so What will happen is that as soon as she receives our SMS asking whether the action has been done she will do it immediately so that she can reply that she has By SMS we also mean any other means like a telephone call or e-mail The Coach must be flexible enough to perceive which method suits her client the best

THE HANDSHAKEShaking hands after defining the homework is very important because it is the archetype of commitment But remember if the client does not do her homework there is no failure only feedback Maybe the problem really is the kind of homework given or poor explanation about the im-portance of the homework in the coaching process

ONE SMALL STEP FORWARDWhat is the Next Small Step you can take This ques-

ROSA 20

What is the first next small step

Earn 20000 euro

What is the first next small step

Save 100 euro month

What is the first next small step

Open an account

ldquoGreat what is the next small step that you believe you can accomplish

Deposit 1000 euro

1 What is the option that has magic

2 What is the option that makes sense

3 What are you gonna do exactly

4 How will you know you make it

5 Funnel When What day What time

6 Commitment handshake

ACTIONRESUME

52

53

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

free to put everything she has (skills tools knowledge) at the service of her client Indeed every three sessions more or less you should challenge your client with a piece of homework However the challen-ge will vary depending on whom we have in front of us and on the level of the process

4 SUCCESS TIPS FOR THIS PHASE FASEAction Plans it is at this stage that we start working on an action plan

that will follow the session Remember coaching without ac-tion is not coaching Thatrsquos why you should do a ROSA in every session go through the four phases and always end with a very concrete action plan on what the client will do during the week and until the next session Here is an example of an action plan

What will I do Run 3 times per week

When Monday Wednesday and Friday

With whom Alone

Possible obstacles Laziness and lack of time

Benefits Feeling healthier

What will help me remember Setting an alarm on my phone

How will I celebrate By going to the cinema

Homework the tasks between the sessions are a priority for the coaching Most of the le-arning comes from the homework that is done between sessions So remember to always end your session by asking your client to suggest tasks that she would like to accom-plish that coming week the next small steps she can take right now Then rephra-se each one into a concrete action (when how where ) Still some clients will have gre-

tion tool is ideal for those who have difficulty in defining Baby Objecti-ves or those who have difficulty in defining an action to do this week

Notas As a general rule the client will not hear the word ldquosmallrdquo in the question The-refore we must repeat the question until the action is so small that the client would have no difficulty doing it

Of course the Next Small Step may not be the right action to choose for this week

Example The client wants to buy a Porsche (Guru Objective)

ldquoDeposit 1000 eurosrdquo is the Baby Objective The same process can be used for defining the homework

At the end when an action has been defined the Coach may also su-ggest a piece of homework In other words then the Coach is finally

ROSA 20

54

55

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING RAPPORT

at difficulty in taking action If this is the case always look for the smallest step that the person can take If we do not act itrsquos because the step is not small enough Remember ldquoEvery journey begins with one small steprdquo

Commitment amp Penalties some clients will sometimes have real diffi-culty in stepping into action Sometimes you may have to resort to agreeing on a fine if your client does not accomplish her task All human beings run away from pain and sometimes in coaching we need to use a little more masculine energy (wersquoll talk about that more below) to help You can even ask the question ldquoWhat will happen if you do not accomplish itrdquo

Monitoring amp Accountability the role of a Coach is to provide moni-toring to her client However the responsibility must always be on the clientrsquos side As a Coach you are responsible for guiding the process Your client should define the strategies needed to enable her to take the steps she wants You should follow and always try to understand what may have prevented her from completing her tasks Above all you should be focused on finding better strategies to lead her into action However do remind your client that it is her responsibility Ultimately acting or not acting is her choice

VII RAPPORT

Mastering the ROSA technique and mastering Rapport will alone make

you a Mega Coach Of course you can gain more Roots but people

who attend our courses usu-ally already have quite some

1ST DEFINITION OF RAPPORT

Relationship of trust and influence rapport is the ability to create trust within a few minutes with various kinds of people and to influence them to act think and do better You can only influence after being trusted Think about people you trust and do not trust what influence do these people have on you

2ND DEFINITION OF RAPPORTRelationship of empathy and sympathy ldquoWe only like 2 kinds of people people who are the way we are or who are the way we would like to berdquo

Empathy I feel empathy based on the things I have in common with someone

Sympathy Based on the qualities and characteristics that someone has that I would like to have

Conclusion rapport is empathy (who is like me) and sympathy (who is the way I would like to be)

56

57

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

Rapport is trust and

influence

Rapport is the ability to create

empathy and sympathy

WARNING Empathy comes before sympathy and trust comes before influence This is the most important aspect of rapport I cannot influence anyone who does not trust me

Part 2 Now letrsquos try to understand what happens in our psyche why this is the way it is

I invite you to imagine that yoursquore a rabbit in a forest and you meet another rabbit What happens Now imagine you meet another animal thatrsquos different from you What does the rabbit do FLIGHT (runs away)

Now imagine that you are not a rabbit yoursquore a wolf You meet an ani-mal thatrsquos different from you What does the wolf do FIGHT

Now imagine yoursquore a porcupine What happens FREEZE

Animals have these three types of reactions Now imagine yoursquore a human being 20000 years ago and you come across something di-fferent from you What happens ONE OF THESE THINGS AND YOU FEEL FEAR You react the way you do because your psyche does not know what it is And if it is another human being I KNOW WHAT TO EXPECT She is like me Our fear grows when something is different because we donrsquot know what to expect Imagine that you do meet a hu-man being but wearing clothes or other things that are very different

What happens when it is the same kind of animal What exists there EM-PATHY AND TRUST - 1st LEVEL of RAPPORT

This is a metaphor of course Rapport is very unconscious I could tell you to trust someone but your unconscious may not feel the trust What regula-tes that instinct in your psyche is KNOWING WHAT I CAN EXPECT

WHAT HAPPENS IN COACHING Clients also have these three types of reactions flight freeze or fight They may not show up for the follow ses-sion they may answer ldquoyesrdquo ldquonordquo ldquomayberdquo ldquodonrsquot knowrdquo or they may be in constant disagreement with you

Key ldquothe more the Coach is the way I am the more rapport there isrdquo

MILTON ERICSON (Ericsonian Psychology NLP Hypnotherapy) found the client within himself and used this as his tool in the therapy sessions

Ericson created rapport before proceeding with anything else This is TRUST and EMPATHY Ericson was humble and flexible enough to adapt to the client Only once you have done this you can go back to being yourself

Ways of creating rapport with someone

Verbal

3 Language words 3 Subject matter 3 Quotes way of speaking 3 Repeating what the other says 3 Using the otherrsquos metaphors 3 Using the same expressions

Non-verbal

3 Gestures 3 Voice 3 Mime 3 Distance 3 Posture 3 Breathing 3 Touch 3 Speed

Note Every human being has a natural and unconscious tendency to create rapport with others To confirm this all you need is to look at two people talking to each other and see how easily you will notice similarities in their postures and way of speaking

ldquoYou have only one chance to create a good first impression but you have plenty of opportunities to create rapportrdquo

Rapport is an honest attempt to enter someonersquos map-of-the-world The-re is no agreeing or disagreeing only flexibility Rapport does not mean friendship The first session and often the second is a lot about creating rapport

RAPPORT

Sometimes itacutes enought just a little attention to help someone but attention is not coaching

58

59

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

RAPPORT MODELndash 2 PacuteSEstablishing rapport is a process of many levels and layers of depth

LEVEL 1 - PRESENCE AND

PARTNERSHIP

PRESENCEThis is the first step towards creating ra-pport thus the most superficial one Pre-sence means that the Coach is fully com-mitted to her client aware of everything she says and does Nothing from outside the ses-sion should be on the Coachrsquos mind She must be fully present

Before a session itrsquos important that you as a Co-ach calm down forget about everything else and gain a notion of where you are and what you are going to do

POSTURE amp PHRASING

PERCEPTUAL POSITIONS

PERSON TO PERSON

PRESENCE amp PARTNERSHIP

PROBING amp PATIENCE

click the video to see it

Dedicate a few minutes to this process

Presence and Attention are among the healthiest ac-tions that lead to real results You can create a good

relationship with your client (child parent etc) just by being fully present and attentive Even gardens become more beautiful if they are cared for

Presence is about getting yourself into a certain state Itrsquos about being Yin and Yang at the same time

Yin ndash relaxing breathing being aware of all five senses being fully present where you are

Yang ndash mobilizing all your energy by run-ning jumping listening to inspiring music

PARTNERSHIP

Creating an equal relationship with your client Not top down or vice--versa The Coach should never be at a lower or higher level than her client The chairs should be the same for example

For presence and partnership it is also important to switch off the phone to prevent anything from interrupting the session Tidying up the table is equally important to having a clean and hygienic space

From 0 to 10 the importance of Presence during a session is a 10 It is the first step If it isnrsquot there nothing else will

Psycho-geography is also very important in this area

PSYCHO-GEOGRAPHY the way your psyche relates to geography Example On which side you like to sleep Each person has a different psycho-geography Some prefer to be by the sea while others prefer to be in the mountains

RAPPORT

Empathy is being doing

talk and think like the other Sympathy is being doing

talk and think how the other

would like to be

60

61

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

Some tips for using the psycho-geography of the client to your advan-tage

3 Having a room with a minimum amount of symbols It is not recom-mended to have crucifixes or other artefacts related to religion A bookshelf filled with books can also intimidate the client

3 Pay attention to details ndash cables on the floor which CDs are on the shelf etc

3 Having sessions at the clientrsquos home can become dangerous because there are lots of distractions and anchors Difficult si-tuations might have taken place there which will make it more challenging for the client to create a distance to them

It is the Coachrsquos job to notice the psycho-geography of her client and what makes her more comfortable

Despite all the rapport a Coaching session should always stay pro-fessional Being relaxed is necessary for both parties but the focus should not be on friendship You as a Coach need to be professional You must choose to be a Coach instead of a friend

When it comes to clothing you should be as neutral as possible in the beginning but always aligned with your personality Then you can try to adapt to the style of your client

The mantra here is having the client leave the session thinking that her Coach is just like her NOTHING IS WRONG Let your client choose what she prefers

LEVEL 2 - POSTURE AND PHRASINGWhen establishing rapport mere presence and partnership are not enough Moreover they are only the first step The posture and the phrasing that the Coach uses are very important for creating rapport in the relationship What we refer to here is mainly keeping a posture and using similar words and expressions to those of the client This way the client will see herself in us and instead of flight fight or freeze she will feel relaxed and be much more comfortable about talking

Sitting in the same position as the client using her posture tone of

voice and gestures these are all factors to consider

POSTURERegarding posture one can use two techniques that are very similar and very powerful

Mirroring When a Coach takes on a physical position that is the exact mirror image of the clientrsquos If the client leans to her right then the Coach who is facing her leans to her left

Matching In this case the Coach adopts the exact same physical position instead of a symmetric one Both ways are good and powerful The goal is to be equal or symmetrical

Of course it is not indispensable to be like the client 100 of the time as this will take a lot of the attention that the Coach needs to give the client

The more you practice these behaviours the more automatically and unconsciously you will do it When rapport already is high you can go back to your own posture and your regular vocabulary However should you feel the need you can always take up these techniques again

In fact at a high level of rapport it is possible and entirely positive that it is the client herself who starts to imitate our posture and words (un-consciously) This is the perfect moment to lead the client and suggest something more challenging to her

PHRASINGYou must pay great attention to the words that your client uses and the energy she puts into them The names of people that she talks about are also very important facts to remember

If you can use the same expressions as your client you will earn points in rapport Among these expressions metaphors are the most power-ful ones Try to explore as much possible the metaphors that are being used An excellent technique is to use a metaphor of the client to ex-

RAPPORT

The mirroring copies the

exact posture of the client

the matching mirrors

62

63

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

plain something This will reach very deeply into the psyche of the client and have great impact

You can also use themes that the client likes such as her passions and keep using them in future sessions to explain something or to give examples This creates an incredible sense of empathy between you and the client She will be glad that you are paying attention to what she says and at the same time she will understand much better what you say

The clientrsquos ideas are important keys to use when you speak in order to create and maintain rapport For example if the client talks a lot about travelling Irsquoll use the idea (anchor) that is already there because I know it works in his mind

BACKTRACKING backtracking is a Coaching technique that consists of summarizing the main points of a conversation by using the exact same words that the other person uses This tool helps the client follow the session and make her own short summary while listening to the Coach returning to what she just said and using the same words It is important to use at least the words we consider to be the most significant among the ones that the client expresses those that might be conveying more about her value patterns Backtracking can help us understand for example if we can move to the next phase of ROSA It helps us understand if the client has finished what she had to say about that phase and that way we can figure out whether we can move forward or not You can use simple questions to do so

3 ldquoLet me see if I got what you saidhelliprdquo - backtracking the conversa-tion using the exact words of the client - and then ending ldquoIs this is it or would you like to add something

3 ldquoSo what yoursquore saying isrdquo 3 ldquoCan I make a summary of your reality in relation to that slicerdquo

This is one of the simplest and most important techniques when buil-ding rapport

When building rapport avoid paraphrasing (saying the same thing in other words) but do quote A coach quotes

Mastery in Backtracking is being able to quote the last 20 minutes of a session This will leave your client fascinated and feeling that her Coach is really paying attention to everything she says

Therefore it is motivating to Backtrack at the end of each session and at the end of each phase of the ROSA

The Coach shows confidence and agrees with the client shows that she is on her side and really believes that the client will succeed

We must allow the person to be what she truly is talkative or silent Silent people also have things to say it is a matter of asking the right questions

NOTES When a session is not going well (the relationship is under stress) then the focus should be fully on level 2 Rapport - Posture and Phrasing The secret is to forget about the rest and build rapport again Once it is re-established you can address the problem

LEVEL 3 - PROBING AND PATIENCEEvery new level in Rapport brings you techniques that are deeper and more complex But the good news is that you donrsquot do level 3 Rapport until Level 1 and 2 are done So you will increase your skills by going from the easiest to the most difficult

PROBINGAsking questions is more complicated than imitating the posture and words of the client Indeed one of the more complicated aspects of being a Coach is to not give opinions and to ask the right questions at the right time We know that we keep showing you that you already are a Coach and that itrsquos easy but here we must tell you ldquoITrsquoS HARD BEING A COACHrdquo Think very carefully about whether you want to get into it Listening asking questions being patient with the pace of your clients

Even if you have the miracle answer to the clientrsquos situation you need to keep it to yourself Being patient is a challenge and usually typical

RAPPORT

64

65

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

To paraphrase can break

rapport

of the great masters You can only be a master if you want to learn to listen and if you develop a great patience for listening

Questions have the power to illuminate the darkness of your client by asking a powerful question you really get to see another human bri-ghten up right in front of you

Coaching has the power to open a new world to the client questions help people discover new resources Clients tend to find familiar answers but you as a Coach will lead them to unfamiliar answers

Classic examples of some ways to make your client talk

1 -Repeating what the client just said but in question form Client ndash ldquoYesterday I went boatingrdquo Coach ndash ldquoBoatingrdquo

2 -What does that mean to you What does fear mean to you What does a goal mean to you Example Client says ldquoIt is not rapport itrsquos complicityrdquoCoach replies ldquoWhat does complicity mean to yourdquo Client says ldquoItrsquos a clickrdquo Coach ldquoWhat does a click mean to yourdquo

3 -rdquoWhat elserdquo Serves above all to go to the heart of the matter Others like this one are ldquoTell me morerdquo and ldquoCan you go a bit deeper on thatrdquo

POWERFUL QUESTIONS Questions are probably the most beautiful flowers in the garden of learning Questions are one of the biggest se-crets of learning Creative solutions are practically impossible without questions

If you learn to ask 100 questions a day get ready for a revolution in your work at all levels

In life at work in business we are all afraid of asking questions We were educated from an early age to believe that there are right and wrong questions and we were also taught to not fail we avoid asking questions because of fearing that they are wrong The only way to reach the right questions is by not being afraid of the wrong ones

The one who wants to explore learning has to dance with this fear

A large part of all our creative potential stops at the door fearing to ring the doorbell When learning the one who doesnrsquot know is far less ignorant than the knowledgeable one Take risks Ring the bell Ask questions

Become obsessively curious ask questions How

3 Using the Coachrsquos ability of asking powerful questions 3 Following the rule of thumb ldquoThe Coach has the questions the

Client has the answersrdquo 3 Using positive language 3 Respecting the clientrsquos map-of-the-world 3 Always guiding towards solutions

Examples of powerful questions

3 ldquoCompared to whatrdquordquo 3 ldquoWhat does that mean to yourdquo 3 ldquoWhat could be a solution to yourdquo 3 ldquoI know you donrsquot know But if you knew what would that berdquo 3 ldquoWhat would be ideal to yourdquo 3 ldquoWhat do you want insteadrdquo 3 ldquoHow does that make you feelrdquo 3 ldquoWhat else could that meanrdquo 3 ldquoWhat do you want exactlyrdquo 3 ldquoWhat will you achieve with this goalrdquo 3 ldquoWhat will you do differently next timerdquo 3 ldquoWhat are you doing wellrdquo 3 ldquoWhat has to happen for you to be happy and successfulrdquo 3 ldquoWhat motivates you the mostrdquo 3 ldquoWhatrsquos the worst possible scenario And what could be the best

scenario ldquo 3 ldquoWhat are you willing to do to achieve your goalrdquo 3 ldquoWhat new things could you could tryrdquo 3 ldquoWhat prevents you from taking actionrdquo 3 ldquoWho could help you with this situationrdquo 3 ldquoWhat resources do you need to achieve your goalrdquo

RAPPORT

66

67

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

3 ldquoWhat else do you want to get out of your liferdquo 3 ldquoWhat do you really want achieve in that area of your liferdquo 3 ldquoWhat is your biggest dream in that area of your liferdquo 3 ldquoAnd what is the next small step that you would have to takerdquo 3 ldquoWhat do you find positive in this situationrdquo 3 ldquoHow could you attract better persons into your liferdquo 3 ldquoWhat would have to happen to make you feel more fulfilledrdquo 3 ldquoIf you were your own Coach what coaching would you give

yourselfrdquo 3 ldquoIf I was your best friend what advice would you give me to solve

this situationrdquo 3 ldquoIf you had all the time and money in the world how would you

fix itrdquo

In fact the art of asking questions is the foundations of a coaching process with powerful results The list of questions to ask seems en-dless

So become really obsessed with questions and start NOW How about adding 10 more ideas to our list And some more And many more

Typical coaching questions

3 Questions that lead to action (ldquoWhat will you do What can you do differently What do you need to do tordquo)

3 Goal-oriented instead of problem-oriented ldquoHow would you like it to berdquo ldquoAnd if you could what would you dordquo

3 Future-orientedldquoHow do you see that situation in the future How would you like to feelrdquo

Beware of questions with negative assumptions ldquoWhat happens if you donrsquot do itrdquo They should be followed immediately by a question with positive assumptions ldquoHow will you celebrate when you do itrdquo

RAPPORT

YOUR QUESTIONS

68

69

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

PATIENCECount to 10 relax work on your roots and realize that coaching is a process and that each person has her own time and rhythm How can you train your patience Think of 20 ideas

LEVEL 4 ndash PERCEPTUAL POSITIONSWe could also call this the level where we create rapport with our clientrsquos psychology In fact understanding and perceiving human psychology is a huge advantage for you as a Coach You are not there to be a friend of your client as we have mentioned so then a good way to create a relation with her is through her psychology

Do you know the psychology of a teenager or a parent a boss an unemployed If you grasp your clientrsquos psychology the Rapport will be extraordinary

If you demonstrate that you know how a mother thinks yoursquoll make the client believe that you understand her completely

Most people do not understand their own psyche If you can understand them at that level it will make the client to feel something extraordinary about you and the Coaching process

PERCEPTUAL POSITIONS At this level the Coach must master Per-ceptual Positions that is being able to put herself in another personrsquos position whether itrsquos the clientrsquos or the clientrsquos parent or any other person that is part of the situation You should be able to see the same situation from different perspectives and in the long term help your client do the same

THE EXERCISE This is an exercise to be used mainly if the client has trouble in a relationship with someone (friend family member etc) and is having some difficulty understanding that personrsquos Map-of-the--World And when this is of great importance

You do not need to go very deep in this exercise Because it is NLP even done in a soft way it can be very powerful to your client helping her to see an aspect of the situation that she hadnrsquot seen or reflected on before

STEP 1 ndash The client explains what is going on (she can speak freely without any restrictions You ask questions to understand the reality of the situation)

STEP 2 ndash The Coach suggests this perceptual positions exercise (it is just an invitation If the client does not want to do not continue)

STEP 3 ndash The Coach asks the client to choose two spots represen-ting the two standpoints (you can put a sheet of paper at each spot) and to imagine that the other person is at one of them

STEP 4 ndash The client speaks facing the other spot as if the person was there and acts as herself (The Coach guides with questions ldquoHow did that make you feel What would you like to tell herrdquo etc)

STEP 5 ndash Pause and ldquoshake outrdquo the client and share the question of the game of imagination

STEP 6 ndash The client recalls a childhood game she used to play and describes it a little We then use this as a metaphor to explain that we will now do the same Just a game where we use our imagination The Coach repeats that the per-son with whom the client has a challenge is there at the other spot

STEP 7 ndash The client goes over to the other spot and the Coach helps her go deeper into that role through guiding questions

STEP 8 ndash The client chooses whether she wants to return to her starting position and add something say something more She may go back and forth as many times as she wishes

STEP 9 ndash When done the Coach suggests to the client to stand on a chair and states ldquoYou are now in a neutral position a higher position What would you call this position (Allow the client to choose a name) Seen from above what do you have to say about this situation What would you say to (clientrsquos name) and to (the other personrsquos name) How would you solve this situation How can (clientrsquos name) solve this situationrdquo

RAPPORT

70

71

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

STEP 10 ndash After the client is done with the third (neutral) position the Coach takes the client off the papers

STEP 11 ndash The Coach can then use the following questions to debrief the exercise

3 ldquoHow was the exercise for you 3 ldquoWhat did you learnrdquo 3 ldquoIs there anything you could do differentlyrdquo

STEP 12 ndash Lead the client to an action (a first small step towards sol-ving the situation) and then funnel it

REMEMBER always undock the client from the different roles the client can do the exercise eyes opened or closed

TO ACKNOWLEDGE Acknowledge the client very very very much for having volunteered and shown vulnerability

This exercise serves mainly as a metaphor for the Coach striving to master Perceptual Positions (understanding and being able to go into different psyches)

CONCLUSION The Coach is a master of perceptual positions She knows how to see the different angles of the same situation She sees everything from different angles

PEMS

Life is all about relationships the relationships we have with ourselves and with others Some people instinctively relate better to themselves and others relate really well to others There are those who relate well to almost everything and everyone and others who are unable to relate with anyone This affects their personal and professional life

Is there any way to consciously improve the relationships that instinc-tively do not work Of course

When we grasp the logic of the mind of another person we can better interact with it and even influence it Psychology is power And if we apply on ourselves it becomes even more powerful and interesting The better we know ourselves and the logic of our mind the better we will be able to help ourselves and achieve our goals

Carl Gustav Jung a Swiss psychiatrist and founder of analytical psychology focused on studying social and collective archetypes He identified eight psychological types taking into account peoplersquos beha-viour abilities skills attitudes and motivations

He began by distinguishing between extraverted (social and expansive) and introverted (reserved and reflective) people Each of them could then be connected to two out of the four functions of the psyche sen-sing or intuition thinking or feeling

In the 40rsquos decade Isabel Myers and Katharine Briggs continued Jungrsquos work and added two auxiliary functions to the Jungian types percep-tion and judgement Thereby arriving at 16 psychological types or 16 personality types Later a personality test was created ndash The Myers--Briggs Type Indicator or MBTI - which is still the most commonly used tool for identifying different personality types

Based on Jungrsquos work we have created a model called PEMS which will help us better understand the logic of our own mind and of the people around us

In this model we distinguish four dominant preferences (P-E-M-S) which correspond to the four elements of life

PRACTICAL (the body DOING Activity Action related to the ele-ment of EARTH) - corresponds to someone that is earthly active dynamic practical that does a lot In excess these are people who never stop to consider their actions

EMOTIONAL (the heart FEELING Feelings Love related to the element of WATER) - corresponds to someone who nee-ds people relations who gives a lot to others and seeks affection In excess these are people who might be overly sensitive

RAPPORT

72

73

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

MENTAL (the mind THINKING Analysis Intellect Logic related to the element of AIR) - corresponds to someone who values analysis rationalization and uses logic and who always fo-cuses on making the right decision In excess these are people who might become impersonal and cold

SPIRITUAL (the soul BEING Values Existence related to the ele-ment of FIRE) - corresponds to someone who thinks that everything has meaning and a higher purpose These are people who care very much about values In excess they can fluctuate too much and concretize too little

The four logics of the mind that we have identified are also based on the four elements

Practical ndash EARTH (firm solid stable secure strong dense)Emotional ndash WATER (flexible always coming back to herself)Mental ndashAIR (transparent lightweight fast facilitates communica-

tion)Spiritual ndash FIRE (burning fleeting transforming powerful)

Thus in a very simplified manner we can divide people into four ca-tegories

PRACTICAL PEOPLE (P) ndash THEY LIKE TO ACT AND DOThese are the people who like action movement They are the ones who make the world move As friends or clients they may want to go straight to the point try things and learn about practical matters The greatest fear of these practical persons is losing control They like to feel that they are in control of the situation of the pace of the conver-sation and of the surroundings

HELP THEM ALWAYS FEEL IN CONTROL

EMOTIONAL PEOPLE (E) ndash THEY LIKE FEELING AND RELATINGThese are people who love people and sharing feelings Everything is an emotion for them And they feel things about everything and everyo-ne Let them talk about their family friends dogs neighbours etchellip

They will talk mostly about people and what they are feeling Their greatest fear is loosing empathy They like to feel reliable and they want to relate

HELP THEM FEEL EMPATHY TOWARDS YOU

MENTAL PEOPLE (M) ndash THEY LIKE TO THINK AND TO ANALYSEThese are people who like to analyze and who try to put everything into a box into a certain perspective They are precise and meticulous They like detail to study and analyze all possibilities They donrsquot fear debating (quite the contrary) and discussing they love the exchanging ideas and arguments but they need to end up being right or get a very good explanation to why the other is right A mental person is always striving to make the best decision Their greatest fear is to be wrong they like to feel that they are correct and that they are making deci-sions based on logic and rational thinking

HELP THEM FEEL THAT THEY ARE RIGHT

SPIRITUAL PEOPLE (S) ndash THEY LIKE TO BE AND TO GLOWThey are looking for the greater purpose of things They believe that everything has a reason for being the way it is that there are no coin-cidences and itrsquos that quest that moves them They give great meaning to every situation always looking for ldquotherdquo situation The greater the meaning the greater their motivation Their biggest fear is to have no meaning That it is to not be significant or ldquoshinerdquo in any way They need to feel conscious and whole

HELP THEM FEEL THAT THEY ARE MEANINGFUL

Although we all have and use a portion of these four categories in the different contexts or times of our life one of them is predominant in us Identifying it is important for managing and interacting with life and with others since it is the best and the fastest way of accessing the Map-of-the-world of someone and speaking a language that that per-son recognizes and accepts as her own

RAPPORT

74

75

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

In fact we are all one but we are all different and we must understand these differences to be able to deal with others People who are more emotional behave and interact in a totally opposite manner from mental people the same way that most practical people interact in a way that is opposite to spiritual people

The EMOTIONAL person is micro-MACRO Transforms everything that is small into something big Everything is important everything is emotional From the simple ldquogood morningrdquo to hearing ldquoI love yourdquo every day For an emotional person a discussion is always a tsuna-mi Therefore itrsquos the emotional persons who with their micro-Macro sense make birthdays a special day and receive small things with gre-at love

The MENTAL person is MACRO-micro transforms everything that is big into something small She makes it more complex by simplifying it For example this very PEMS model is MACRO-micro as it strives to make the hugeness of the personality types into something much smaller creating only four categories for all human beings The mental person also feels less and give less importance to her feelings

The SPIRITUAL person is MACRO-MACRO she takes everything that is already big and turns it even bigger more meaningful more im-portant more relevant Almost everything is a question of values of making the world a better place and interpretations that go far beyond reality A simple leaf falling off a tree can represent a new phase in life for a spiritual person

The PRACTICAL person is micro-micro turns everything into small and simple lsquoright here and right nowrsquo matters They act Right now with what they have They donrsquot feel the need to enlarge what is small and they donrsquot care much about great concepts If the five senses can help them grasp a situation everything is fine

THE PREDOMINANT LOGIC OF OUR PSYCHEThe most practical way of finding out is to notice how we behave in a stressful situation Each of us when under stress often react in a way that is very close to our basic personality type

Practical people act react move around organize themselves put their hands to work and do not rest until they manage to move things forward

The emotional people feel and feel a lot If a situation is stressful diffi-cult and negative they will have difficult and negative emotions they will feel what others feel and they will want to manage these emotions in the moment

People that are predominantly mental will under stress begin to ratio-nalize need logical answers be fast and analytical They donrsquot want to solve anything through feelings they donrsquot want to act they are only concerned with finding the right and correct decision and struggle until they get it

Finally the predominantly spiritual people will want to give a greater meaning to that particular event What has to be done what people feel or what the right solution is doesnrsquot matter what matters is why things happened the way they did and what the greater significance of that may be

RAPPORT

76

77

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

Identify the psychological type of the client can help the coach to anticipate and understand expectations

MAIN SUPERIOR FUNCTION AND AUXILIARY INFERIOR FUNCTION

According to Carl Jung while we all have one function that is better developed than the others ndash a superior function ndash we also have another fairly well developed function called the first auxiliary

All of us have a bit of each one of the psychologies but there are always two that are predominant a main one which Jung calls the superior function and an auxiliary one that lies at the bottom of the cross shown on the previous page which is always to the right or left of our superior one

The inferior function is one that is less developed and that remains mainly in our unconscious

Thus a person who is predominantly Practical may have as her auxi-liary function the emotional or mental logic thus being PE or PM

A person who is predominantly Mental may have as her auxiliary func-tion the spiritual or practical logic thus being MS or MP

A person who is predominantly Spiritual may have as her auxiliary function the emotional or mental logic thus being SE or SM

And a person who is predominantly Emotional may have as her auxilia-ry function the spiritual or practical logic thus being ES or EP

This all means that we are situated in one of the following categories

3 Practical Emotional or Emotional Practical 3 Practical Mental or Mental Practical 3 Spiritual Emotional or Emotional Spiritual 3 Spiritual Mental or Mental Spiritual

As you may have noticed according to Jung there are no EMME or PSSP That is one canrsquot have as her first auxiliary function the func-tion that is opposite to the superior one

Carl Jung said that we should look closely at our inferior function whi-ch usually remains in our unconscious because it contains an enor-mous potential for a change and each one of us can benefit a lot from integrating our inferior function with our superior one

Taking risks experimenting enjoying everything that life has to offer is the best way of getting to know ourselves and realizing where our happiness lies (ldquoTrate a Vida por Turdquo paacuteg 74)

INTROVERSION AND EXTROVERSION Introversion and extroversion have to do with the direction in which we focus our attention and energy

People who prefer Extroversion focus their energy and attention away from themselves and are interested in the world of people and things

3 Attracted to the world of events and people outside of themsel-ves

3 They are aware of who and what is around them 3 They like to meet and talk to new people 3 They are friendly often good talkers and easy to get to know 3 They tend to talk easily and often in meetings 3 May not be as aware of what goes on inside them 3 They think while talking 3 They may act or speak first and only think later 3 Speaking about themselves they speak fast 3 They bring energy into life 3 They can get bored and restless if they are alone for too long

People who prefer Introversion (focus their energy and attention inward and are interested in the inner world of thoughts and reflections)

3 Attracted to the inner world of thoughts feelings and reflections 3 They are usually very aware of their inner reactions 3 They prefer to interact with people they know 3 They are usually quiet in meetings and sometimes seem disen-

gaged

RAPPORT

78

79

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

3 They are generally reserved and hard to get to know 3 They may not be as aware of the world outside of them 3 They need time to gather their thoughts before they speak 3 They reflect and think before acting 3 They want to know you before allowing you to get to know them

deeply 3 They feel exhausted and tired after interacting with peoples

FINAL NOTE you must be what your client is You have to find that person inside you

LEARNING STYLESAs we saw with the previous PEMS model our clients will have diffe-rent psychological preferences It is therefore important and essential that you are able to adapt your sessions to the learning style that your client likes best and that better meets her psychological preference

EMOTIONAL Emotional clients will like to talk and share on their to-pics They are very much looking for a relationship and empathy with the Coach and they need to feel heard more than any of the other personality types For these persons learning has a lot to do with the relationship that is created with the feeling of support that they get and even with the positive feedback They like to learn through stories As a Coach it is important to learn to empathize with the emotional range of these persons They will appreciate the sharing to tell stories and to listen to them With emotional clients we may sometimes feel that we are not taking huge steps forward But the fact is that many times these persons need to first be listened to

MENTAL Mental clients will be more logical and may have a more aca-demic style of learning They will want to understand the reasons why things are what they are they will want to get tasks involving research on certain subjects The sessions with these people must be well defi-ned and prepared They will want to explore their intellectual side and feel challenged It is important for them to have access to information and tools that explain the work they are doing in the sessions in a con-crete and logical manner Of course they also need to empathize but the intellectual challenge feeling that their intellect is develops appears to be greater They may like schemes graphics and any models that

could simplify the learning process What these persons will demand of you is a greater capacity to analyse and a logical and rational way of communicating

SPIRITUAL this is for most people the most difficult learning style to adopt Remember that these persons are seeking the greater meaning of things They really want to feel inspired by the coaching process (and even by their Coach) They will want to see that you are an exam-ple of what you talk about so called congruence Spiritual persons will enjoy topics that are more related to values to their identity that make them feel that they are taking steps towards becoming better hu-man beings With these clients you can use powerful metaphors (even through movies music creative exercises etc) and above all strive to make sure that the person leaves the session very inspired

PRACTICAL They like action Which is great because coaching is pri-marily about action These persons like to have very practical sessions in which they get the opportunity to do many exercises and experiment with different situations They may be the clients that like getting more tasks and having things to do (which then sometimes ldquogets lostrdquo due to their time management) These clients will require more simplicity and a well-paced session from you They may also like to do exercises that involve moving their body Above all they will want you to help them get into action

As we deal with these four kinds of preferences we need to adapt our Coaching style to the learning style that each person has Thus we should prepare a lot their sessions and realize that some will require from you

3 Greater sharing and ability to listen and relate (e) 3 Researching mastering the subject very well and knowing how

to mentally stimulate your client with challenges (m) 3 Powerful metaphors very inspirational sessions and congruen-

ce that assign meaning to the Coaching process (s) 3 Practical exercises diversified well rhythmed sessions that

help your client to quickly get into action (p)

RAPPORT

80

81

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING ROOTS

LEVEL 5 - PERSON TO PERSONThis is the fifth level of rapport the deepest and more intense one It happens when the level of rapport is a total vibration Itrsquos when the client feels such a confidence by her Coach empathy and sympathy Itrsquos the hardest level to evaluate

Itrsquos when your client feels so much connected to you that depending on her your relationship would go beyond Coaching She no longer wants the Coach she wants you You no longer understand only the person she feels that you know about her You donrsquot understand psychology you understand who she is

It is very similar to the rapport level you have with 23 of very close persons in your life Everything is natural unconscious and sponta-neous

VIII ROOTS

Every human being seeks to get results Mo-ney Family Romance Peace Happiness

Career Health All we want in life is to have results in those areas

The Map-of-the-World Model is used to work on roots - your

roots as a Coach It shows us how does the psyche of all of us works As a Coach no one

should surprise you about yourself You should know you well know everything about yourself This is what itrsquos called a rooted person

click the video to see it

82

83

BELIEFSTRANSFORMATIVE COACHING

ROSA 20 M - AIR - THINK

VALUESHOLISTIC COACHING

ROSA 30 S - FIRE - BE

COACHING 40

WORLD MAP MODEL

being th

e moment

passi

on en

ergy

demotiv

ation

empowering beliefs

limiting rules

relation air(comunication)

coach is priestisnacutet

1 value focus

UNSUSTAINABLESUSTAINABLE

SECURITY

SELF LOVE

CONSCIOUSNESS

PERSONAL DEVEL

FREEDOM

LOVEBELOVED

BLISS

CONTRIBUTION

P

E

M

S

BEHAVIORROSA 10

SITUATIONAL COACHING

P - EARTH - DO

EMOTIONSREMEDY COACHING

ROSA 10 + LISTEN E - WATER - FEEL

RESULTS

ability to

enter

in st

ate

emotional

patter

ns

habits and discipline

addictions

coach is bossisnacutet

coach is friendisnacutet

1 Homework focus

optimism faithpositive

meditation

key points focusused to interrupt the fear cycle

coach is coach

HUMAN HAVINGHUMAN BEING

UNSUSTAINABLEEGOTISTICAL

STRETCH ZONE

SUSTAINABLEECOLOGICALSTRETCH ZONE

SHORT TERMLONG TERM

CYCLE OF CONFIDENCECYCLE OF FEAR

CONSCIOUS

SUBCONSCIOUS

UNCONSCIOUS

84

85

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

So the first question is why some are getting results while others are not

ACTIONS BEHAVIORSThis means that anyone who is having results is because she is ldquodoingrdquo ie behaving differently from other people who are having no results in those areas For example a millionaire DOES things that people who are not millionaires donrsquot For example saving investing etc Someone with a great health is DOING things that people that donrsquot have a good health are not What we are doing is making the difference Two people in the same circumstances that do exactly the same actions have the same kind of results People who have the results you wanna have ARE DOING THINGS TO GET THEM

So the next question is what leads some people to DO and others to not do

EMOTIONSEverything you do in your life is a relationship between pain and pleasure What happens is that someone who goes running at 6 am associates more pain with lsquonot goingrsquo than with lsquogoingrsquo Who is going to the gym asso-ciates more pleasure than pain with going to the gym in the morning That relationship between pain and pleasure is what is defining your results If we dramatically increase the pain or the pleasure associated we will get to change your results

As so what is then defining that painpleasure relationship

BELIEFSThe reason is because of our beliefs of what we believe in Our beliefs are our set of rules for the world and for our lives Your set of beliefs in fact is defining your painpleasure relationship with something and then your actions A millionaire believes that saving is essential that investing and taking risks is necessary This set of beliefs leads himher to associa-te more pleasure than pain with having these behaviors and therefore heshe implements them Other people have other beliefs that create other

emotions that create other results People who are achieving results in areas that you arenrsquot have a beliefs system different from yours

And then it seems logical to ask so what is defining and creating your set of beliefs

VALUESWhat is a value Itrsquos something that is important to you something you re-ally value The only thing that determines a value is if it is valuable to you Not all of us share the same values (Example the values of Mother Teresa and Donald Trump Contribution vs Professional Accomplishment) What you really value and not what you say that you value You value it so much that it generates your set of beliefs In fact when you live your values in practice (on a daily basis) you are defining your life results Not what you would like to value but what you are really valorizing In fact we all have the same values What differs is the order and the importance we give to each one of them

For example if someone has the value of the family above the value of work she will have the belief that it is more important to spend time with her family causing her to develop a positive feeling when she is with her family which leads her to really try to spend more time with it On the other hand someone who has the value of work above the family one will be someone who believes she should spend more time with her work and career as she believes it is that that will bring her more financial stabi-lity for example So she will associate more pleasure to the time spent at work than at home causing her to act accordingly to that emotion For example Donald Trump and Mother Teresa of Calcutta havenrsquot they got different values One probably values more lsquoprofessional fulfillmentrsquo the other values more lsquocontributionrsquo Different results Sure One has one of the largest business empires in the world the other left the largest volun-teer organization in the world

So in reality the values you are living in practice (what you are valuing in practice) are defining your results

This alone already explains a good part of the psyche of human beings But letrsquos go deeper

ROOTS

Having roots is to control the cycle of trust

86

87

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

To have roots the coach has to identify

her motivators and values create beliefs and habits and learn

to place herself in a state

CYCLE OF CONFIDENCE AND CYCLE OF FEAREveryone has Cycles of Fear in some areas and Cycles of Confidence in other areas

How do you know it If you are having or not results in that area In the areas of your life where you are getting results you are living in a Cycle of Confidence In the areas where yoursquore not you are living in a Cycle of Fear What does this means is that you have behavioral addic-tions or that you are doing things in a vicious way you are in a sort of a mice wheel Those addictions start by creating emotional patterns on you (feelings that you are having whether you want it or not for instan-ce jealousy when it becomes a pattern no matter what the other does that emotion will keep being there it is an emotion that happens to you) and those emotional patterns generate limiting rules We use the words ldquorulesrdquo because in reality limiting beliefs are created because they have a very large set of rules And this generates demotivation An addiction creates an emotional pattern that creates rules limiting which create demotivation and discourage us to move and change This Cycle of Fear is being lived FROM RESULTS TO VALUES and not in the other and right way The bad news are that we all have Cycles of Fear The areas in which we are not having results is because we are afraid but we paint it in other colors Irsquom afraid Irsquom demotivated I have emotional patterns and I have limiting rules

For you to gain roots you need to recognize these cycles You need to break it if you want results but if you want roots you need to recognize them Good news you can break Cycles of Fear

Second good news you have Cycles of Confidence You also unders-tand the other psychology So what is a Cycle of Confidence

You start by having the capacity of creating Discipline and Habits you get the ability to get into a certain and desired state (eg being happy to go training I want to create that emotion I visualize it it is the op-posite of an emotional pattern the pattern happens to you Think of a boxer who puts herself into her wanted state before entering in a ring You have empowering beliefs (when you believe in something that cre-ates more of it) This creates energy passion being in the moment Being with energy and passion and in the moment brings me empowe-ring beliefs which put me in the emotional state I want and provide me

habits and discipline The good news you have these cycles in areas that you are getting results Think in one area You have these four things right

Having these cycles itrsquos called being human First part on lsquorootsrsquo is about knowing your Cycles of Fear and Confidence and admit them to yourself to those you love to the others And having the courage to say that it doesnrsquot work because of FEAR And there is a way to break this cycle When you have roots you stop projecting it in your clients

There is a way of finding your values in a very logical way knowing which human motivators drive your behavior

8 HUMAN MOTIVATORSMaslov pyramid he was the first to talk about human needs He is outda-ted because it defines a hierarchy He places self-fulfillment at the top This model is very much focused on Maslovrsquos map-of-the-world who was an MS If it is a PE he may have lsquofamilyrsquo in the top and that is not wrong Still there are things that all humans need

So with all these models we created the 8 human motivators they are divided in four paradoxes one for each of the PEMS The first paradox is security freedom

Each one of us was born with a set of motivators You are ldquoaddictedrdquo on one side of the paradox You have to fulfill that need even if you have to abdicate of the other one

ROOTS

SECURITY

SELF LOVE

CONSCIOUSNESS

PERSONAL DEVEL

FREEDOM

LOVEBELOVED

BLISS

CONTRIBUTION

P

E

M

S

88

89

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

The main lesson is the more you live the other side of the paradox the more you will live your addiction as well What happens is that you can only get more of your addiction when you learn to validate the other side of the paradox This is what Jung calls ldquoparadoxes integrationrdquo be the millionaire and the altruistic Be the mother of family and career etc Only when you integrate the other energy is when it boosts the one that is more natural to you

For other persons it happens the same with security and all other pa-radoxes The suggestion is Irsquom addicted on this but I can pause and I can go exploring the other side What you have to figure out is your map (draw in the lsquoinfinite signsrsquo which side of the paradoxes is bigger) Your map is about how much you need to fill each side of the paradox

So YOUR HUMAN MOTIVATORS ARE DEFINING YOUR VALUES AND YOUR VALUES ARE DEFINING YOUR RESULTS

You can have everything on one of the sides of the paradox if yoursquore willing to face the fear of losing it

All people fill their motivators The difference between us is how sus-tainable is that satisfaction Unsustainable means that every day you

EXERCISE Do your map How do you discover Based on major decisions you made in your life Example work home relationships etc

have to feed them Imagine a homeless person he meets hisher secu-rity needs (eating and having where to sleep) but he has to do it every day Now compare with Donald Trump If you see the freedom part it probably happens the opposite

3 SUSTAINABLE it feeds itself It is something that can continue without the need for external resources It is ecological based on challenge and paradoxes integration

3 UNSUSTAINABLE you need to do it every day it is selfish ba-sed on comfort and extremist You do it like it was a daily shot

Example father and daughter about going out at night (to satisfy sa-fety and to love and be loved) Father says no hersquos being selfish and within his comfort zone The same father after coming to this course ldquoYoursquore going to the party until 2230 You send me an sms saying that everything is ok and at 2230 Irsquoll pick yourdquo This continues for some time Father goes on diminishing the rules Now hersquos being ecological entering his challenge zone and integrating paradoxes To feel safe as a father he has to give some freedom To feel loved he has to give them some self love Now his motivators are sustainable and has a sustai-nable system that feeds itself To arrive to a deeper level of security he needs to take the risk that comes from giving more freedom

DIAGONAL CONTINUOUS LINEThis line shows us that working above the line ie the clientrsquos beha-viors andor emotions is short-term and unsustainable In this case only the techniques are worked There are immediate results but with no major impact and duration Like when we are called to do motiva-tional speaking or teambuildingrsquos People feel better and do things but the results have a short duration

This does not imply that it is wrong to do Coaching based on these two areas For example in a quick conversation with a friend we can do Situational Coaching (based on behaviours) in order to get her to do something that has been postponing If the action has been made and it was what was intended to be then you did your role as Coach The Remedy Coaching is also important sometimes which consists on making the other person to leave the session feeling good thinking more positive at the time having had an opportunity to digest an emo-tion

ROOTS

90

91

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

Below the continuous line is where lies the deepest work The one that will actually be sustainable and with long-term results This is where we work values and beliefs it is where we go deep to the point where in fact we shift paradigms The client in this type of Coaching change her beliefs and values turning to be a really different person in opposition to what happens above the line where only the emotions or behaviors are changed but the client continues to be what she was

ICEBERGWith the iceberg image it is understood that the behavior is the conscious part of the human being the only thing that the client can see and analyze Everything else emotions beliefs and values are at the clientrsquos unconscious But as a Coa-ch I must and I want to work also the unconscious because as we saw above this is where it lies the sustainable and long-term work

When we help our clients shifting their paradigms beliefs emotions or values we are working with their unconscious Your client will not like this at some point in the process The unconscious will realize that she will have to change and this will cause the first resistance Knowing how to overcome this is essential to the Coachrsquos work so she can de-liver sustainable results

Conscious Mind keeps all the information which you can access now

Unconscious Mind keeps all the information that has ever passed through your brain It is also a kind of a warning system for you

The information passes from the unconscious to the conscious mind through the subconscious It goes dropping into deeper levels of our mind Very qui-ckly your clients will want to turn you into one of three things

Friend ndash They want someone who listens to them who is patient with them who is always there with whom they can always count and talk Most of your clients will want to have you here that you turn into a sort of confi-dant that supports them but does not challenge them too much But you are not there to be a friend

Boss ndash Many will seek in the Coach someone to tell them what to do who provides them specific guidance who pressures them who ldquopunishrdquo them when they donrsquot have their homework done Someone who is even more committed with their results than themselves But yoursquore also not there to be a Boss

Priest ndash Others will want a kind of a weekly confession session That you absolve the mistakes theyrsquove made du-ring the week that you tell them everything is fine and that it doesnrsquot matter we are all human and we all make mistakes You are not there to be a kind of spiritual le-ader of your client and to absolve him You are there to be

Coach - The Coach has an ldquoAirrdquo relationship with the client ie mental of communication becau-se it is a conversation where you listen and ask where there is intellectual stimulation In the map--of-the-world scheme the Coachrsquos sketch is in the quadrant of beliefs It is a ldquomind with mindrdquo work

It is important to know this because with the sessions going clients tend to try their Coach to become a friend (wateremotions) a boss (earthbehaviors) or even a priest (firevalues) However the Coach should avoid the mistake of behaving like one of these three types You are there to be a Coach

Notes In Informal Coaching with friends colleagues family remember that first thatrsquos what you are and only then you are a Coach Therefore you should not give prevalence to the Coach but to the relationship you have with that person otherwise you would violate the pact that exists between the two

ROOTS

92

93

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

4 TYPES OF COACHINGBased on these four quadrants there are four types of Coaching

Situational Coaching ndash The one that is done immediate-ly during the situation with the sole purpose of lea-ding it to an action It usually consists of a brief con-versation where a ROSA 10 is done Your client has a situation that week that really needs to be addressed Ex a proposal that she needs to present a college exam for which she has to study Itrsquos not bad Coaching and it is often necessary Only it is more superficial

Remediative Coaching ndash As the name says it suits when we have to put a ldquobandageointmentrdquo on the emotions The goal is the client to feel good at the end of the session without having to go deeply on the problem Itrsquos the typical conver-sation where the client unburdens and your only goal is to make her feel a little better Sometimes it may be and it often is necessary

Ex the past week your client has discussed with someone important to her or something happened that greatly dealt with her emotions Your first focus should be to help her to unburden and to feel better We used ROSA 10 + Unburden

Transformative Coaching ndash Here the goal is not just making the client to feel better but that she can change the way she sees her life and herself Here we mainly work on beliefs ie the client stops believing in some things to start believing in another ones She shifts paradigm Coaching is now much more sustainable and with long--term results It undergoes through more complete ses-sions where ROSA 20 is done

Holistic Coaching ndash This is the kind of Coaching that involves the whole being of the client all her areas and valences ie her values The entire psyche is worked We are working the whole Human Being and not only a part of it Even the motivators are worked We use ROSA 30 and we work a lot on paradoxes integration

KEY POINTSWe said earlier that we all have Cycles of Fear and that we can change them to Cycles of Confidence How

Imagine that you have a turnscrew and a bicycle wheel is malfunctio-ning You will then put the turnscrew into one of the four key points and then yoursquoll pull and force the wheel to move in the right direction to-wards the Cycle of Confidence And very important you donrsquot take out the turnscrew until the Cycle (the wheel) rotates in the right direction

What are then the Four Key Points You can really choose only one

VALUE FOCUS At this point you will choose a key value for you whi-ch you canrsquot leave to live in practice Whatever happens you canrsquot take the turnscrew from there For instance imagine that you are experien-cing serious financial difficulties and you decide that lsquoValue Focusrsquo is your point Imagine that you choose ldquosavingrdquo as the value that has to be experienced in practice Then whenever you have to make a decision that involves spending money you know what to do You canrsquot in any way stop living this value until the cycle begins to rotate in the oppo-site direction and gets sustainable

POSITIVITY If you want to work at the level of beliefs yoursquoll start to develop this empowering belief base BEING POSITIVE You must be a positive person with faith who believes that everything will go well who says only positive things about herself and the others who sees and is focused on everything positive that is going around her And when the bad days or the bad news are coming and you feel the need to say something negative you shut up And you say something positive

EMOTION FOCUS Imagine that there is an emotion that makes your Cycle of Fear to happen (an emotional pattern) In this key point you will choose an emotion that you would like to learn to cause in yourself learning how to get yourself into that state Imagine that you have been feeling too much anger in your Cycle of Fear and want to feel harmony instead You want to learn how to get into that emotional state You start feeling the opposite emotion and you do something to manage to be in an harmony state (you listen to a song that gets yourself into that state you put your boxing gloves you jump you meditate you close

ROOTS

94

95

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

your eyes you read a poem as Mandela did )

HOMEWORK FOCUS Here you will define a homework that until itrsquos done you wonrsquot do anything else Imagine that you have a Cycle of Fear in relation to health that you define lsquoHomework Focusrsquo as the key point and your homework is running every day Until you manage to do it nothing else matters All of your strategies are directioned so that your homework is being done as soon as possible

In the end all of the four key points have to do with absolute focus

Value ndash Focus on the most important value Until that value is being lived we wonrsquot move on

Positivity (Faith Optimism) ndash Focus on the positive emotions Un-til she gets optimistic we wonrsquot move on

Emotion (Meditation) ndash Focus on pleasure Until she feels more ple-asure than pain we wonrsquot move on

Homework ndash Focus on action Until the homework gets done we wonrsquot move on

VERY IMPORTANTYou as a coach do not have to guess your clientrsquos map-of-the-world or even her PEMS but you have to explore it aside of her You will only master her Map-of-the-World when you understand your own (creating roots) because you will never learn anything about yourself with your client you will never discover anything about you because shersquos the one who discovers it being real or not You Coach you must be hum-ble enough to know that you know nothing about your client and you shouldnrsquot try to guess anything It is the customer who gets there alone

Therefore the more knowledge you have about your own map-of-the--world together with Rapport and ROSA the more intense will be your Coaching because the more you will be able to help your client The goal is that you have the tools in yourself so you can help her In other words this tool is for you to deepen your roots and thus know when you need to do only ROSA or go searching for the Key Points or to use

another method For instance if a client has as her main challenge to be promoted then therersquos no logical on working on Cycles of Fear but to make a ROSA and move forward On the other hand if you see that there is a Cycle of Fear then you should find the key point so you can work on it

I canrsquot help the others if I canrsquot help myself first

ROOTS

values (I am)

during session

clientcoach rosa unconscious

Beliefs (I think)

between sessions

co-coach rosa 30

emotions (I feel)

leverage slice

self coaching rosa 20behavior (I do)

holistic

coaching to others rosa 10M

S

E

P

96

97

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING RESULTS

IX RESULTS

Results are super important in the Coa-ching process There is simply no Coa-

ching if there are no results and thatrsquos why they are at the center of the

triangle of the four Rrsquos Everything we do whether is ROSA creating

Roots or building Rapport it is done with the purpose of get-ting results at the end of the sessions

This is what distinguishes the most Coaching from other practices As a Coach you must become obsessed with your clients results Not only that they do their homeworks but also how close did Coaching took them closer to their Guru Objective how much it has improved their leverage slice of the Pizza and other slices as well We also try to assess the sustainability of those results We donrsquot want them just to get there but also that they keep there

Coaching is about results and you must take this premise very seriou-sly You have been hired to make them reach some goals Become obsessed with it

It is not so easy to evaluate results in a metric way in the world of Co-aching but it proves to be very important Not only with Life Coaching but also with Business Coaching We must find a way to demonstrate that our work has had results in practice

That was the reason why we have created the Results Model

Our level of competence is equal to our worst level of performance

RESULTS MODELIt is possible to define results through the four metrics

lsquoSrsquo AXIS (SPIRITUAL) WE EVALUATE THE PROCESS IMPACT ON THE CLIENT

Behavior (I DO) When the client throughout the process changes one or more behaviors She does now due to the sessions different things that she didnrsquot before

Emotions (I FEEL) When the client feels happier more self-confi-dent fulfilled etc She has now different and more positive emotions due to the Coaching process

98

99

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

Beliefs (I THINK) When there is a change of belief (I used to belie-ve I was not a good person and now I believe I am) When the client used to believe in something and she started to believe in something different There was a paradigm shift She used to see something in a certain way and now she sees it in a more empowering way

Values (I AM) When the Coach manages to help the client to change her values ie the person she is This happens for exam-ple when the client starts to put more emphasis on family than on work or when she accepts and believes that she is a healthy and different person and that nothing will change that now She values different things todat due to the Coa-ching process

lsquoErsquo AXIS (EMOTIONAL) WE EVALUATE THE CLIENTrsquoS AUTONOMY

Level 1 Coach (CoachClient Relationship) Itrsquos the Coach who controls the situation There is a formal relationship be-tween Coach and Client and the session is controlled and oriented by the Coach

Level 2 Coach (Co-Coach) The Client already acts as a Coach during the sessions This happens for example when the client already knows that she is supposed to also say po-sitive things on the Reality part that is she already knows what to do in each step She already takes the initiative The relationship is more about cooperation now and the Client start becoming autonomous

Level 3 Coach (Self-Coaching) When the Client already does Self--Coaching at home not being asked to This is a fantastic moment because she already has the tools and the Coach is there to help and support

Level 4 Coach (Coach to others) When the Client comes to a ses-sion and tells us she has done Coaching with someone else (with her child for instance) This person came to us to be helped however she is already using our tools to help so-

RESULTS

meone else She is totally independent It is every Coachrsquos dream

lsquoMrsquo AXIS (MENTAL) WE EVALUATE THE CLIENTrsquoS CONTENTS ASSIMILATION

Uses Rosa 10 language o cliente usa palavras como Realidade objetivos soluccedilotildees accedilotildees fazem hoje parte do seu leacutexico

Uses Rosa 20 language the client uses terms such as guru objec-tives baby objectives measurable beliefs paradigm shif-ting brainstorming etc

Uses Rosa 30 language she refers terms like emotional patterns cycles of fear and confidence values dilemma etc

Uses unconscious Rosa language when many of these terms are so ingrained in the clientrsquos language that she thinks she will use them for the rest of her life

lsquoPrsquo AXIS (PRACTICE) WE EVALUATE RESULTS IN PRACTICE

During the Session I can manage the client to get results only du-ring the session It is a Coaching session that has no power to influence the client outside it

Between Sessions It mostly happens when the client is doing her homeworks It means that what happened during the ses-sion touched her with enough strength to get her to realize she has to do something and that she is doing something outside the sessions

Leverage Slice It happens when the client fulfills her Leverage Slice and achieves the goal that brought her to Coaching or when her satisfaction in that slice has dramatically im-proved

Holistic When the client improves satisfaction in multiple slices as a result of the sessions including the leverage slice It was a process that had an impact on the whole being and not just in one area of her life

100

101

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

You can make this model with your client on the last session you have together You can also make a self-assessment to compare with it When you measure these four levels of results you will have access to check what level of Coaching you had on that specific process

COACHING LEVELThe Coaching Level that you have delivered is always proportional to your lowest result Even if you have three axes at level 3 and have only one at a level 2 Coaching has been 20 This is valuable information to you as a Coach because it gives you an idea of axes that are easier for you to work and others that you may have to further strengthen

Level 4 Coaching is something that is not achieved with all clients There must be a great empathy and rapport as well as a mastery on the Coaching technique that has been taught in the training course and presented in this manual

Gulica ego catia caperum dem inem cus Fortes et L Nos et grae avehem Romnit acto egeris cis sultod pratum voltum iam hos ublius hactam atemus essede con vas optilis factor aus nem ad cae estil hos me patus re verisse inatuus

Udam deperfecrem nermis etraed me int ela remulibut rem loctusquo cum mus auciem vivehem uresull emquissent eti primperescit ina que ia consiss entium pulerit con vendam morei sentes inatil vit ia quam mus licaudemus factem dum eo ura ex muro nenit quo vilnes-tium Catimportus pati postalarit vis coena fui sa consu consceribus Satquid ertienatus contere essimis ut vis aus iliciam quo in dissimis Ra num deatiqua vere con sentius et in spio pes Tiaetin videlisquam mus viliam que conum is larbit etora notimolto nos et duc omnimus opublicae convo C Nos vivica Catus hos vivas aurnihil hui terfint imorter labus hostam res inequod nerem tabute telieni hilicaessil ven-tem nonsulis

Berteropubit diisquium iteriti emprit teludam hilicid erfentiur tem huis

Hum pro vidiusquem paterevid sedis factatu rnihilla rem publicave Ca-terev irissoltis re aurei pere anum teluder ficepse essercem octuusque mis tum inam pra vivid rei condamdiis hacies Ipio verei sendamdis

TOOLS amp TECHNIQUES

X TOOLS AND TECHNIQUES

If you master well the model of the four Rrsquos for us you already are a fantastic Coach If you can master some stars too itrsquos even better But if you master the model you know how to do Coaching But now letrsquos go to the small stars The idea is not that you try to use all the stars at the same time Choose the two or three that you like best and train those first

POSITIVE FEEDBACKProvide as much positive feedback as you can to your client Take every opportunity you have to do it A Coach is the type of mirror that only says good things about her client Please turn yourself into some-one who is always valorizing every small steps that your client takes

FEEDBACK HAMBURGERYou say something positive then you say something negative then you say something positive again The two positive feedbacks have to be VERY VERY good For instance ldquoI have been feeling that you are very committed to your Coaching process We just need to start paying more attention to our homework even because I feel that you are a person who likes to challenge yourself and that really wants to go further ldquo

RESSIGNIFICATION Ressignificating is finding another meaning still more empowering but that changes everything EgrdquoI didnrsquot do my homework I failedrdquo Coach ldquoWow That means that you are a demanding and committed personrdquo ldquoIrsquom lazyrdquo

102

103

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

ldquoDoes that means you like to enjoy the pleasures of liferdquo

REFRAMINGIt is much like ressignification Itrsquos the name that is used in NLP (Neuro--Linguistic Programming) You take the information that was been gi-ven to you in a frame and you put it in a new one

PREFRAMINGIf ressignification has to do with changing the meaning after it has been given preframing has to do with giving a meaning to something before we have explained what it is It is a widely used technique to anticipate objections that might distract us from our ultimate goal Then we do preframing we previously give the meaning that we want the person to give afterwards Example

ldquoCan I show you my point of view Itrsquos something different but Irsquove seen that it works with many people and it has been helping a lot to change our behavior to healthier habits Itrsquos something innovative and different but highly successful Can I tell you my ideardquo You create a frame before placing the information in there

POSTFRAMINGFirst you give the information and then you put it in a frame Eg ldquoFolks today we have an exam (the low energy level) but thatrsquos what this course is about to be the best Coach to go furtherrdquo

ldquoFROM 0 TO 10 rdquo To give examples ldquoI think Irsquoll read a bookrdquo Coach ldquoFrom 0-10 how much do you think you will accomplish that goalrdquo

TRANSFORMING ldquoORrdquo IN ldquoANDrdquoHelp the client to find an alternative solution to integrate paradoxes to

find a third way

VULNERABILIZATIONFind out things about you that are not working and put them at the clientrsquos service That makes you human and you are validating your client in the case she feels the same She does some things better than you and has some of the same challenges

ASSOCIATION AND DISSOCIATIONThese two terms are often used in NLP (Neuro-linguistic Program-ming) and are used in various ways Association means that an indi-vidual describes a situation as if it was happening and he was partici-pating on it As the name indicates he is associated with it He is still seeing himself going through the situation and feels the emotions that he would feel if he was really living it

Dissociation means that an individual can already tell that experience as if he was watching a movie in which he took part but already dis-sociated from it He is more in an observer role That allows him a big-ger emotional objectivity Even if he feels the emotions they are more about the experience itself and not so much about him as a participant

When we want to help our customers to overcome some emotionally more challenging situations it can make a huge difference to have them to dissociate from those situations Thatrsquos how they can gain greater objectivity and clarity and at the same time they get more mo-tivated to take their first steps

METAPHORSThe most important here is that you use the metaphors of your client Use her world whenever it is possible It will help a lot more to inter-nalize and memorize the information Help your client to create her metaphors Eg ldquoSometimes we fall into holes that are so big that you canrsquot get out of them alonerdquo ldquoLearning to forgive someone is like dri-ving one step at a timerdquo

TOOLS amp TECHNIQUES

104

105

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

LANGUAGE OF A COACH 3 HOW TO INTERRUPT at the first session it must be defined if

the Coach can interrupt the client when she deviates from the focus If yoursquore going to interrupt your client you must always do it with a question You can also take note of something that has nothing to do with the subject you are talking about but it seems important So we can talk about it in the next session You can ask the client if she liked to talk about it

3 ldquoDOES IT MAKES SENSE FOR YOUrdquo If she says NO ldquoSo tell merdquo if she says YES ldquocan you tell me howrdquo

3 ldquoMY HALLUCINATION is rdquo Being very unconditional Any opi-nion is a good opinion The Coach realyy doesnrsquot know The word hallucination implies that what yoursquore saying may be ab-solutely wrong

3 ldquoWHAT WOULD LOVE DO NOWrdquo Be careful with the rapport level you have with your client It is a very good question when it concerns relational issues

3 ldquoHOW WOULD IT BE IFrdquo Very good to overcome objections ldquohow would it be if you had timerdquo ldquohow would it be if you had moneyrdquo ldquohow would it be if you had self-confidencerdquo

3 ldquoWHAT IF rdquo Fantastic to destroy any obstacle that your client brings Some examples ldquoAnd what if you couldrdquo ldquoWhy notrdquo ldquoWhat if nobody would knowrdquo ldquoWhat if you had moneyrdquo ldquoI know you donrsquot but what if you knew what would you sayrdquo

3 GENERAL TIP BE COOL You really must have a cool and rela-xed attitude You really donrsquot know what would be best for your client so be really unconditional

THE COACHING ETHICS

XI THE COACHING ETHICS

There are six ethic rules in Coaching but with no doubt the first is the most important

CONFIDENTIALITY Coaching sessions must be given the utmost con-fidentiality There are no legal rules as in Therapy (like not having fa-mily as clients) but you always have to respect confidentiality When you do Coaching in a company and you must give feedback to their manager your clients must know it If necessary you can discuss the case with a mentor but always without mentioning the name of your client You can discuss the cases but without any names

CLIENTrsquoS AUTONOMY Coaching is all about autonomy and sustaina-bility You need your client to get results not that she needs you You should think ldquoif I change country how would my clients berdquo

CAREFUL WITH PROJECTIONS We all project aspects that we re-press in ourselves All currents in psychology agree that there is pro-jection When I look to someone else what I see is whatrsquos inside of me (strengths and weaknesses) Thatrsquos why some see one thing and others see another As a Coach you must be very attentive to projections You should not do it with your client and for that you must work on your roots If something bothers you that says more about you than about your client Itrsquos not just a technical issue of respecting others map-of--the-world It is an ethical issue

CREDIBILITY Of course you can use other different tools in your ses-sions but you should be able to do so Using things on which yoursquore not certified is breaking ethics Try to be congruent and integrate Being a corporate or a sales Coach without being an expert about those mat-ters is not ethical

106

107

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING THE FIRST SESSION IN PRATICE

CONTRACT IS CONTRACT The financial commitment you assume with your client is always the same as long as she is your client The same in what respects sessions frequency You should always ask permission to your client when you want to change the frequency of the sessions For WeCreate the value you charge to your client must be the same forever It is part of our gratitude towards our client

SELF-COACHING The Coach must be an example of Self-Coaching or she should have a Coach You really have to do ROSA once a year at least and use all these tools in a weekly basis Make sure that you are also an example of achieving your own dreams

XII THE FIRST SESSION

IN PRACTICEIt is normal that the first session is a bit longer (90min) Your focus is to build RAPPORT Here is an example of a few steps for your first session You can have a few more or less of these steps but this is the general idea

STEP 1 Memorize these steps so that you will not have to use this manual

STEP 2 (Partnership) Organize the working space have everything prepared adequated clothes etc

STEP 3 (Presence) Prepare to be fully present by meditating or by being a few minutes in silence

STEP 4 (Posture and words) Build rapport have a few minutes of casual positive and neutral conversation to break the ice For example the weather the clientrsquos favourite team foot-ball match etc

STEP 5 At this stage you will also try to collect information about the client Several aspects of her life and trying to deter-mine clientrsquos expectations regarding the Coaching process You will be attentive about the metaphors and about what is really important to her Yoursquoll need it to explain what Co-aching is in her words

STEP 6 Explain what Coaching is using the clientrsquos words and the references she gave us Example letrsquos imagine that boxing was something that the client liked and we want to explain

108

109

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING THE LAST SESSION

Coaching through boxing ldquoCoaching is like boxing It invol-ves a lot of training to succeed in getting results but ins-tead of having an external enemy we are fighting against ourselvesrdquo

STEP 7 Inviting the client to do an exercise we pick six pens (three of each color) We ask her to tell us three things that are going well in her life and we explore each area a bit Then we ask ldquoamong those areas which one is running really wellrdquo Then we ask for three things that are not going so well and explore a bit

STEP 8 Asking the client which 3 goals she would like to accom-plish by the end of the Coaching process that would make it worth the investment (as measurable as possible)

STEP 9 Establishing verbal contract and selling the idea of coa-ching (even if the sessions pack is already closed) Now we talk about the practical issues sessions frequency ses-sions length interrupting the client first session a bit lon-ger confidentiality guarantee If you feel comfortable you can talk about costs and forms of payment

STEP 10 ldquoCan we start our session talking about what brought you here How can I helprdquo

STEP 11 Talking a bit about the Clientrsquos reality and introducing the Pizza of Life The client draws herrsquos We will go on explai-ning the pizza and its different slices (very briefly not to influence) Some clients like to do it lsquoalonersquo others like to go on talking as they fill the slices

STEP 12 From then on you make ROSA 10

STEP 13 You end up the session You can share ROSA methodology with your client (if you think shersquod like it) and ending with positive feedback You can also ask the client how did she feel You can also ask her to choose an object and summa-rize the session You will also be doing some preframing by stating that Coaching is about action and homeworks

XIII THE LAST SESSION

A coaching process has a follow-up We can work with individual ses-sions or with a pack It is important to inform your clients that Coaching is a continuous process and not a process with miraculous results in the first session Hence it is like doing workout where it is difficult to get results if we go to the gym only once

You can work with packs of sessions (5 or 10) and we would like to give you some tips on what you should ensure it gets done in your last coaching session with someone you have been working with

FUTURE It is important to ensure that the client will continue taking steps in the future even not having sessions anymore or your presence In this session you should spend some time helping her in creating an action plan about the next steps she wants to go on taking in that area You can also take the opportunity to do a small summary of everything that you both worked in so that there is a notion of the progress made and the results achieved Ensures that your client completed that process and be sure about the next steps for her future Help her in crea-ting a good action plan

HABITS You can also ask your client which would be the daily or weekly habits that she would like more to integrate into her routine

POSITIVE FEEDBACK This is also the perfect time to give positive fe-edback to your client (despite being a constant throughout the sessions) Show her the progress she has made throughout the sessions and help her to realize all the positive things she has achieved

111

110

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

PERSONAL DEVELOPMENT We must ensure that our client conti-nues its personal development process and knows or tries new approaches Coaching is just one part of a wide range of options that are now ahead of her Encourage her to con-tinue that journey to read new books to try other trainings and workshops other different and complementary ways of approaching personal development

KEEPING CONTACT You can develop some form of contact with your old clients Email telephone facebook etc Remember to con-tinue sending her information about coaching or other matters you find important It is a way to ensure that your client will continue ldquoawakedrdquo for this subject

Thank you for being part of this project

Daniel Saacute Nogueira and Marta Ferreira

Page 22: WeCreate International Coaching Certification Manual

44

45

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

Solutions are always related to the Guru-Objectives

and then come the Creative Ideas that are those which generate con-flict because they go lsquoout of the boxrsquo shifting paradigms Finally we have the Innovative ideas that are the ones that nobody sees but once they are revealed they become obvious

We may use this ability in all areas of our life using this unique creati-vity to make everything unique and different

The goal of a Coach is getting the client to change her paradigm This is what happens in an ldquoAHArdquo moment when she finds an idea and is sure that this is the one she was missing

In the picture on the left do you see a young girl or an old lady Try to see both Put your brain to work both ways

GREAT AND WHAT ELSEBrainstorming is the most powerful tool for creativity and the best way of stimulating creativity in all areas of your life It is essential to do individual and group brainstorming as it is the best way to find so-lutions to challenges

What is a lsquobrainstormingrsquo

As the name implies it is a kind of ldquobrain stormrdquo And what do storms do They stir things up make ideas collide (thunder) and launch one solution after the other (lightning) ldquowaitingrdquo for the one that will solve the problem and put the storm at rest Brainstorming is not only use-ful at the workplace Every person and family should brainstorm from time to time to seek solutions to their problems from the most basic day-to-day questions (how to deal with expenses manage domestic tasks prepare meals) to deeper and more complex ones (helping a child become more confident helping a father that is unemployed) And individually each one of us should do brainstorming to solve and improve all areas that we feel the need to change

It is very easy to do brainstorming Here are the six rules to start prac-ticing today

1 No judgement All ideas are valuable even the most stupid ones In a brainstorming there are no arguments or criticism All ideas are good initially If there is criticism besides genera-ting conflict it can also inhibit the people involved

2 Quantity quantity quantity The more ideas generated the better the brainstorming Quality does not matter here only quantity Why The first ideas will be obvious then interesting then creative and only then innovative

3 Hitchhike You can build on otherrsquos ideas No participant should be silent for a long time If you donrsquot have any idea you can simply hitchhike on someone elsersquos The only thing you cannot do is not to participate

4 Go crazy From time to time throw in some ideas that are lsquoout-side the boxrsquo Regardless of how absurd they may seem this will help you and your colleagues to leave the obvious ideas and make your brains think At the very least you will enliven the session If the group laughs at your idea yoursquore being crazy

ROSA 20

click the video to see it

46

47

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

5 Take notes The most dangerous thing in a brainstorming ses-sion is having no one to write down the ideas Preferably the one who writes should not be giving any ideas she should fo-cus on writing down othersrsquo ideas There should also be a kind of a moderatorfacilitator of the brainstorming session not for taking decisions or criticizing but precisely for making sure that no one tries to take decisions on behalf of the group or to criticize other peoplersquos ideas and to help keep the focus on what matters In an individual brainstorming session you of course need to be your own moderator

6 A clear goal You must clearly define what the purpose of your objective is what the challenge is and if possible write formu-late it in META+(ldquoTrate a Vida por Turdquo paacuteg 213)

Brainstorming is the most powerful creativity tool In a brainstorming the client is requested to come up with a great amount of ideas on how to reach her Guru Objective

click the video to see it

And the Coach must be persistent since this is when you realize that humans are lazy when it comes to thinking It is very likely that when giving her fifth idea the client will say that she has no more Everyone will want to convince you that they have already found the magic solu-tion But they havenrsquot And how do we know that Because if they had found it they would already have solved their challenge

During a brainstorming ideally it is the Coach who writes down the ideas But she should not alter any of them And if the client gets stuck we must ask open and creative questions such as

3 If you had all the money in the world what would you do 3 If you were your idol what would you do 3 If it were 10 years ago what would you do 3 If it were 10 years from now what would you do

Cultivating a sense of humour as a Coach is always a good for rela-xing and making people creative This is in fact important in any area At this stage it is very likely that the client will have long mo-ments without coming up with any ideas Therefore it is impor-tant to create our own personal way of ldquopulling outrdquo the clientrsquos ideas such as a small exercise changing seats or using humour If the client gets to 40 ideas very easily and none is lsquointerestingrsquo even for her it means that she is still in the obvious ide-as and then 40 more ideas are always welcome Creativity is an expansive energy The more it is cultivated the more it grows and the easier it becomes to use it in other areas of life Notas The Coach may suggest ideas but only as an encouragement to the client

A brainstorming can take up a large part of a session so it is important to make sure there is enough time for it

ROSA 20

1 Allow the obvious

2 I want more ideas

3 Help to avoid judgment

4 Overcoming objections with questions ldquoWhat ifrdquo

5 Okay what else

SOLUTIONSRESUME

48

49

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

since it is not right to leave it midway The goal is that the client forces her brain to find new ideas in a short time and in such a way that it is almost like a shock to her

It is important to keep focused on one topic in a brainstorming Some may change their focus during the process for example a client whorsquos Guru objective is to open a business may start to suggest ideas on how to make more money In this case the Coach should remind the client of the main topic At the same time the Coach should stay flexible and if the client really feels that their focus was not on the first topic but on the second itrsquos time to go back and set a new Guru objective

A(CTION)ROSA exists only for one reason to get us to act We find our Reality establish our Objectives and think up Solutions that make us act ndash the A is the purpose of ROSA

Now more than people of action we must be people of innovation

Innovation is creativity applied to getting the desired results Being creative is not enough but creativity is the tool for getting to innova-tion So how do we do this

The secret is not to give up on creating ideas ideas and more ideas until the innovative idea comes Sometimes it never comes but get-ting to the creative ones is already something Those who have dared being creative many times and more and more are those who mana-ge to reach the innovation Itrsquos not enough to have talent you have to work hard to translate this talent into amazing results Look at these examples

3 Bach wrote one cantata a week even when he was sick 3 Mozart produced more than 600 pieces of music 3 Darwin wrote 109 publications one of which was about the Theory of

Evolution 3 Einstein published 248 theses one of which was about the Theory

of Relativity 3 Freud published 350 theses 3 Rembrandt produced 650 paintings 3 It took Thomas Edison 2000 experiments to invent the light bulb

and 9000 to perfect it 3 Picasso created more than 20000 pieces of art

This is why it is so important to act Do a lot create a lot invest a lot (ldquoTrate a Vida por Turdquo paacuteg 234)

THE FUNNELThis is the part where coaching really becomes challenging where the client realizes that she will have to do something and not just think and talk about it It is the phase where we start to converge and funnel things in order to find an action that is as specific as possible

This is with no doubt the most important phase of ROSA In a coaching session anything can happen in any of the other phases but we cannot end it without an action (without homework)

What

3 What are you going to do now 3 What are you thinking about doing now ()

ROSA 20

click the video to see it

A task should not be so simple that it doesnacutet make any difference to the client to fulfill it nor should it be so difficult that it becomes infeasible

50

51

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

With whom It is very important to involve someone in the action pro-cess 99 of the homework should have a third person involved The-reby we are creating conditions for the client to become autonomous after the coaching process The questions might be

3 ldquowill you ask to ask you whether you have done itrdquo 3 ldquoApart from me (the Coach) who else will be involved in thisrdquo

When Marcar data ou frequecircncia Quanto mais especiacutefica for me-lhor Isto leva o cliente a pensar exatamente quando vai fazer au-tomaticamente isto cria um compromisso maior dentro dele doing this the client should end each session with a specific homework knowing both the day and the time she will do it and with whom she will share it

At what time of the week beginning or end

At the end of the week

What is for you the end of the week Friday Saturday Sunday

Friday

Ok and what time

Anytime

Anytime Ok But in the morning in the afternoon or evening

Morning

And what time

Early

What is early for you

Upon waking

And what time do you wake up

At 7am

THE CONVERGENCE TECHNIQUEIf the client does not find an action to do you can use the convergence technique by asking the following questions

3 ldquoLook at your ideas (the brainstorming) and mark those that you find reasonablerdquo

3 ldquoNow choose 10rdquo 3 ldquoChoose 5rdquo 3 ldquoChoose 3 2 rdquo 3 ldquoIf I had a magic wand that would immediately fulfil one of these

ideas which one would you chooserdquo

COMMITMENTIn the early sessions you can also ask the client to send you an SMS after doing the action in or-der to confirm it Of course you donrsquot force her

if she refuses but then if she doesnrsquot do her homework you will have more power to ask for an SMS in the next homework

If she accepts you may also ask if you can send her an SMS in case she forgets to do so What will happen is that as soon as she receives our SMS asking whether the action has been done she will do it immediately so that she can reply that she has By SMS we also mean any other means like a telephone call or e-mail The Coach must be flexible enough to perceive which method suits her client the best

THE HANDSHAKEShaking hands after defining the homework is very important because it is the archetype of commitment But remember if the client does not do her homework there is no failure only feedback Maybe the problem really is the kind of homework given or poor explanation about the im-portance of the homework in the coaching process

ONE SMALL STEP FORWARDWhat is the Next Small Step you can take This ques-

ROSA 20

What is the first next small step

Earn 20000 euro

What is the first next small step

Save 100 euro month

What is the first next small step

Open an account

ldquoGreat what is the next small step that you believe you can accomplish

Deposit 1000 euro

1 What is the option that has magic

2 What is the option that makes sense

3 What are you gonna do exactly

4 How will you know you make it

5 Funnel When What day What time

6 Commitment handshake

ACTIONRESUME

52

53

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

free to put everything she has (skills tools knowledge) at the service of her client Indeed every three sessions more or less you should challenge your client with a piece of homework However the challen-ge will vary depending on whom we have in front of us and on the level of the process

4 SUCCESS TIPS FOR THIS PHASE FASEAction Plans it is at this stage that we start working on an action plan

that will follow the session Remember coaching without ac-tion is not coaching Thatrsquos why you should do a ROSA in every session go through the four phases and always end with a very concrete action plan on what the client will do during the week and until the next session Here is an example of an action plan

What will I do Run 3 times per week

When Monday Wednesday and Friday

With whom Alone

Possible obstacles Laziness and lack of time

Benefits Feeling healthier

What will help me remember Setting an alarm on my phone

How will I celebrate By going to the cinema

Homework the tasks between the sessions are a priority for the coaching Most of the le-arning comes from the homework that is done between sessions So remember to always end your session by asking your client to suggest tasks that she would like to accom-plish that coming week the next small steps she can take right now Then rephra-se each one into a concrete action (when how where ) Still some clients will have gre-

tion tool is ideal for those who have difficulty in defining Baby Objecti-ves or those who have difficulty in defining an action to do this week

Notas As a general rule the client will not hear the word ldquosmallrdquo in the question The-refore we must repeat the question until the action is so small that the client would have no difficulty doing it

Of course the Next Small Step may not be the right action to choose for this week

Example The client wants to buy a Porsche (Guru Objective)

ldquoDeposit 1000 eurosrdquo is the Baby Objective The same process can be used for defining the homework

At the end when an action has been defined the Coach may also su-ggest a piece of homework In other words then the Coach is finally

ROSA 20

54

55

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING RAPPORT

at difficulty in taking action If this is the case always look for the smallest step that the person can take If we do not act itrsquos because the step is not small enough Remember ldquoEvery journey begins with one small steprdquo

Commitment amp Penalties some clients will sometimes have real diffi-culty in stepping into action Sometimes you may have to resort to agreeing on a fine if your client does not accomplish her task All human beings run away from pain and sometimes in coaching we need to use a little more masculine energy (wersquoll talk about that more below) to help You can even ask the question ldquoWhat will happen if you do not accomplish itrdquo

Monitoring amp Accountability the role of a Coach is to provide moni-toring to her client However the responsibility must always be on the clientrsquos side As a Coach you are responsible for guiding the process Your client should define the strategies needed to enable her to take the steps she wants You should follow and always try to understand what may have prevented her from completing her tasks Above all you should be focused on finding better strategies to lead her into action However do remind your client that it is her responsibility Ultimately acting or not acting is her choice

VII RAPPORT

Mastering the ROSA technique and mastering Rapport will alone make

you a Mega Coach Of course you can gain more Roots but people

who attend our courses usu-ally already have quite some

1ST DEFINITION OF RAPPORT

Relationship of trust and influence rapport is the ability to create trust within a few minutes with various kinds of people and to influence them to act think and do better You can only influence after being trusted Think about people you trust and do not trust what influence do these people have on you

2ND DEFINITION OF RAPPORTRelationship of empathy and sympathy ldquoWe only like 2 kinds of people people who are the way we are or who are the way we would like to berdquo

Empathy I feel empathy based on the things I have in common with someone

Sympathy Based on the qualities and characteristics that someone has that I would like to have

Conclusion rapport is empathy (who is like me) and sympathy (who is the way I would like to be)

56

57

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

Rapport is trust and

influence

Rapport is the ability to create

empathy and sympathy

WARNING Empathy comes before sympathy and trust comes before influence This is the most important aspect of rapport I cannot influence anyone who does not trust me

Part 2 Now letrsquos try to understand what happens in our psyche why this is the way it is

I invite you to imagine that yoursquore a rabbit in a forest and you meet another rabbit What happens Now imagine you meet another animal thatrsquos different from you What does the rabbit do FLIGHT (runs away)

Now imagine that you are not a rabbit yoursquore a wolf You meet an ani-mal thatrsquos different from you What does the wolf do FIGHT

Now imagine yoursquore a porcupine What happens FREEZE

Animals have these three types of reactions Now imagine yoursquore a human being 20000 years ago and you come across something di-fferent from you What happens ONE OF THESE THINGS AND YOU FEEL FEAR You react the way you do because your psyche does not know what it is And if it is another human being I KNOW WHAT TO EXPECT She is like me Our fear grows when something is different because we donrsquot know what to expect Imagine that you do meet a hu-man being but wearing clothes or other things that are very different

What happens when it is the same kind of animal What exists there EM-PATHY AND TRUST - 1st LEVEL of RAPPORT

This is a metaphor of course Rapport is very unconscious I could tell you to trust someone but your unconscious may not feel the trust What regula-tes that instinct in your psyche is KNOWING WHAT I CAN EXPECT

WHAT HAPPENS IN COACHING Clients also have these three types of reactions flight freeze or fight They may not show up for the follow ses-sion they may answer ldquoyesrdquo ldquonordquo ldquomayberdquo ldquodonrsquot knowrdquo or they may be in constant disagreement with you

Key ldquothe more the Coach is the way I am the more rapport there isrdquo

MILTON ERICSON (Ericsonian Psychology NLP Hypnotherapy) found the client within himself and used this as his tool in the therapy sessions

Ericson created rapport before proceeding with anything else This is TRUST and EMPATHY Ericson was humble and flexible enough to adapt to the client Only once you have done this you can go back to being yourself

Ways of creating rapport with someone

Verbal

3 Language words 3 Subject matter 3 Quotes way of speaking 3 Repeating what the other says 3 Using the otherrsquos metaphors 3 Using the same expressions

Non-verbal

3 Gestures 3 Voice 3 Mime 3 Distance 3 Posture 3 Breathing 3 Touch 3 Speed

Note Every human being has a natural and unconscious tendency to create rapport with others To confirm this all you need is to look at two people talking to each other and see how easily you will notice similarities in their postures and way of speaking

ldquoYou have only one chance to create a good first impression but you have plenty of opportunities to create rapportrdquo

Rapport is an honest attempt to enter someonersquos map-of-the-world The-re is no agreeing or disagreeing only flexibility Rapport does not mean friendship The first session and often the second is a lot about creating rapport

RAPPORT

Sometimes itacutes enought just a little attention to help someone but attention is not coaching

58

59

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

RAPPORT MODELndash 2 PacuteSEstablishing rapport is a process of many levels and layers of depth

LEVEL 1 - PRESENCE AND

PARTNERSHIP

PRESENCEThis is the first step towards creating ra-pport thus the most superficial one Pre-sence means that the Coach is fully com-mitted to her client aware of everything she says and does Nothing from outside the ses-sion should be on the Coachrsquos mind She must be fully present

Before a session itrsquos important that you as a Co-ach calm down forget about everything else and gain a notion of where you are and what you are going to do

POSTURE amp PHRASING

PERCEPTUAL POSITIONS

PERSON TO PERSON

PRESENCE amp PARTNERSHIP

PROBING amp PATIENCE

click the video to see it

Dedicate a few minutes to this process

Presence and Attention are among the healthiest ac-tions that lead to real results You can create a good

relationship with your client (child parent etc) just by being fully present and attentive Even gardens become more beautiful if they are cared for

Presence is about getting yourself into a certain state Itrsquos about being Yin and Yang at the same time

Yin ndash relaxing breathing being aware of all five senses being fully present where you are

Yang ndash mobilizing all your energy by run-ning jumping listening to inspiring music

PARTNERSHIP

Creating an equal relationship with your client Not top down or vice--versa The Coach should never be at a lower or higher level than her client The chairs should be the same for example

For presence and partnership it is also important to switch off the phone to prevent anything from interrupting the session Tidying up the table is equally important to having a clean and hygienic space

From 0 to 10 the importance of Presence during a session is a 10 It is the first step If it isnrsquot there nothing else will

Psycho-geography is also very important in this area

PSYCHO-GEOGRAPHY the way your psyche relates to geography Example On which side you like to sleep Each person has a different psycho-geography Some prefer to be by the sea while others prefer to be in the mountains

RAPPORT

Empathy is being doing

talk and think like the other Sympathy is being doing

talk and think how the other

would like to be

60

61

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

Some tips for using the psycho-geography of the client to your advan-tage

3 Having a room with a minimum amount of symbols It is not recom-mended to have crucifixes or other artefacts related to religion A bookshelf filled with books can also intimidate the client

3 Pay attention to details ndash cables on the floor which CDs are on the shelf etc

3 Having sessions at the clientrsquos home can become dangerous because there are lots of distractions and anchors Difficult si-tuations might have taken place there which will make it more challenging for the client to create a distance to them

It is the Coachrsquos job to notice the psycho-geography of her client and what makes her more comfortable

Despite all the rapport a Coaching session should always stay pro-fessional Being relaxed is necessary for both parties but the focus should not be on friendship You as a Coach need to be professional You must choose to be a Coach instead of a friend

When it comes to clothing you should be as neutral as possible in the beginning but always aligned with your personality Then you can try to adapt to the style of your client

The mantra here is having the client leave the session thinking that her Coach is just like her NOTHING IS WRONG Let your client choose what she prefers

LEVEL 2 - POSTURE AND PHRASINGWhen establishing rapport mere presence and partnership are not enough Moreover they are only the first step The posture and the phrasing that the Coach uses are very important for creating rapport in the relationship What we refer to here is mainly keeping a posture and using similar words and expressions to those of the client This way the client will see herself in us and instead of flight fight or freeze she will feel relaxed and be much more comfortable about talking

Sitting in the same position as the client using her posture tone of

voice and gestures these are all factors to consider

POSTURERegarding posture one can use two techniques that are very similar and very powerful

Mirroring When a Coach takes on a physical position that is the exact mirror image of the clientrsquos If the client leans to her right then the Coach who is facing her leans to her left

Matching In this case the Coach adopts the exact same physical position instead of a symmetric one Both ways are good and powerful The goal is to be equal or symmetrical

Of course it is not indispensable to be like the client 100 of the time as this will take a lot of the attention that the Coach needs to give the client

The more you practice these behaviours the more automatically and unconsciously you will do it When rapport already is high you can go back to your own posture and your regular vocabulary However should you feel the need you can always take up these techniques again

In fact at a high level of rapport it is possible and entirely positive that it is the client herself who starts to imitate our posture and words (un-consciously) This is the perfect moment to lead the client and suggest something more challenging to her

PHRASINGYou must pay great attention to the words that your client uses and the energy she puts into them The names of people that she talks about are also very important facts to remember

If you can use the same expressions as your client you will earn points in rapport Among these expressions metaphors are the most power-ful ones Try to explore as much possible the metaphors that are being used An excellent technique is to use a metaphor of the client to ex-

RAPPORT

The mirroring copies the

exact posture of the client

the matching mirrors

62

63

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

plain something This will reach very deeply into the psyche of the client and have great impact

You can also use themes that the client likes such as her passions and keep using them in future sessions to explain something or to give examples This creates an incredible sense of empathy between you and the client She will be glad that you are paying attention to what she says and at the same time she will understand much better what you say

The clientrsquos ideas are important keys to use when you speak in order to create and maintain rapport For example if the client talks a lot about travelling Irsquoll use the idea (anchor) that is already there because I know it works in his mind

BACKTRACKING backtracking is a Coaching technique that consists of summarizing the main points of a conversation by using the exact same words that the other person uses This tool helps the client follow the session and make her own short summary while listening to the Coach returning to what she just said and using the same words It is important to use at least the words we consider to be the most significant among the ones that the client expresses those that might be conveying more about her value patterns Backtracking can help us understand for example if we can move to the next phase of ROSA It helps us understand if the client has finished what she had to say about that phase and that way we can figure out whether we can move forward or not You can use simple questions to do so

3 ldquoLet me see if I got what you saidhelliprdquo - backtracking the conversa-tion using the exact words of the client - and then ending ldquoIs this is it or would you like to add something

3 ldquoSo what yoursquore saying isrdquo 3 ldquoCan I make a summary of your reality in relation to that slicerdquo

This is one of the simplest and most important techniques when buil-ding rapport

When building rapport avoid paraphrasing (saying the same thing in other words) but do quote A coach quotes

Mastery in Backtracking is being able to quote the last 20 minutes of a session This will leave your client fascinated and feeling that her Coach is really paying attention to everything she says

Therefore it is motivating to Backtrack at the end of each session and at the end of each phase of the ROSA

The Coach shows confidence and agrees with the client shows that she is on her side and really believes that the client will succeed

We must allow the person to be what she truly is talkative or silent Silent people also have things to say it is a matter of asking the right questions

NOTES When a session is not going well (the relationship is under stress) then the focus should be fully on level 2 Rapport - Posture and Phrasing The secret is to forget about the rest and build rapport again Once it is re-established you can address the problem

LEVEL 3 - PROBING AND PATIENCEEvery new level in Rapport brings you techniques that are deeper and more complex But the good news is that you donrsquot do level 3 Rapport until Level 1 and 2 are done So you will increase your skills by going from the easiest to the most difficult

PROBINGAsking questions is more complicated than imitating the posture and words of the client Indeed one of the more complicated aspects of being a Coach is to not give opinions and to ask the right questions at the right time We know that we keep showing you that you already are a Coach and that itrsquos easy but here we must tell you ldquoITrsquoS HARD BEING A COACHrdquo Think very carefully about whether you want to get into it Listening asking questions being patient with the pace of your clients

Even if you have the miracle answer to the clientrsquos situation you need to keep it to yourself Being patient is a challenge and usually typical

RAPPORT

64

65

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

To paraphrase can break

rapport

of the great masters You can only be a master if you want to learn to listen and if you develop a great patience for listening

Questions have the power to illuminate the darkness of your client by asking a powerful question you really get to see another human bri-ghten up right in front of you

Coaching has the power to open a new world to the client questions help people discover new resources Clients tend to find familiar answers but you as a Coach will lead them to unfamiliar answers

Classic examples of some ways to make your client talk

1 -Repeating what the client just said but in question form Client ndash ldquoYesterday I went boatingrdquo Coach ndash ldquoBoatingrdquo

2 -What does that mean to you What does fear mean to you What does a goal mean to you Example Client says ldquoIt is not rapport itrsquos complicityrdquoCoach replies ldquoWhat does complicity mean to yourdquo Client says ldquoItrsquos a clickrdquo Coach ldquoWhat does a click mean to yourdquo

3 -rdquoWhat elserdquo Serves above all to go to the heart of the matter Others like this one are ldquoTell me morerdquo and ldquoCan you go a bit deeper on thatrdquo

POWERFUL QUESTIONS Questions are probably the most beautiful flowers in the garden of learning Questions are one of the biggest se-crets of learning Creative solutions are practically impossible without questions

If you learn to ask 100 questions a day get ready for a revolution in your work at all levels

In life at work in business we are all afraid of asking questions We were educated from an early age to believe that there are right and wrong questions and we were also taught to not fail we avoid asking questions because of fearing that they are wrong The only way to reach the right questions is by not being afraid of the wrong ones

The one who wants to explore learning has to dance with this fear

A large part of all our creative potential stops at the door fearing to ring the doorbell When learning the one who doesnrsquot know is far less ignorant than the knowledgeable one Take risks Ring the bell Ask questions

Become obsessively curious ask questions How

3 Using the Coachrsquos ability of asking powerful questions 3 Following the rule of thumb ldquoThe Coach has the questions the

Client has the answersrdquo 3 Using positive language 3 Respecting the clientrsquos map-of-the-world 3 Always guiding towards solutions

Examples of powerful questions

3 ldquoCompared to whatrdquordquo 3 ldquoWhat does that mean to yourdquo 3 ldquoWhat could be a solution to yourdquo 3 ldquoI know you donrsquot know But if you knew what would that berdquo 3 ldquoWhat would be ideal to yourdquo 3 ldquoWhat do you want insteadrdquo 3 ldquoHow does that make you feelrdquo 3 ldquoWhat else could that meanrdquo 3 ldquoWhat do you want exactlyrdquo 3 ldquoWhat will you achieve with this goalrdquo 3 ldquoWhat will you do differently next timerdquo 3 ldquoWhat are you doing wellrdquo 3 ldquoWhat has to happen for you to be happy and successfulrdquo 3 ldquoWhat motivates you the mostrdquo 3 ldquoWhatrsquos the worst possible scenario And what could be the best

scenario ldquo 3 ldquoWhat are you willing to do to achieve your goalrdquo 3 ldquoWhat new things could you could tryrdquo 3 ldquoWhat prevents you from taking actionrdquo 3 ldquoWho could help you with this situationrdquo 3 ldquoWhat resources do you need to achieve your goalrdquo

RAPPORT

66

67

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

3 ldquoWhat else do you want to get out of your liferdquo 3 ldquoWhat do you really want achieve in that area of your liferdquo 3 ldquoWhat is your biggest dream in that area of your liferdquo 3 ldquoAnd what is the next small step that you would have to takerdquo 3 ldquoWhat do you find positive in this situationrdquo 3 ldquoHow could you attract better persons into your liferdquo 3 ldquoWhat would have to happen to make you feel more fulfilledrdquo 3 ldquoIf you were your own Coach what coaching would you give

yourselfrdquo 3 ldquoIf I was your best friend what advice would you give me to solve

this situationrdquo 3 ldquoIf you had all the time and money in the world how would you

fix itrdquo

In fact the art of asking questions is the foundations of a coaching process with powerful results The list of questions to ask seems en-dless

So become really obsessed with questions and start NOW How about adding 10 more ideas to our list And some more And many more

Typical coaching questions

3 Questions that lead to action (ldquoWhat will you do What can you do differently What do you need to do tordquo)

3 Goal-oriented instead of problem-oriented ldquoHow would you like it to berdquo ldquoAnd if you could what would you dordquo

3 Future-orientedldquoHow do you see that situation in the future How would you like to feelrdquo

Beware of questions with negative assumptions ldquoWhat happens if you donrsquot do itrdquo They should be followed immediately by a question with positive assumptions ldquoHow will you celebrate when you do itrdquo

RAPPORT

YOUR QUESTIONS

68

69

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

PATIENCECount to 10 relax work on your roots and realize that coaching is a process and that each person has her own time and rhythm How can you train your patience Think of 20 ideas

LEVEL 4 ndash PERCEPTUAL POSITIONSWe could also call this the level where we create rapport with our clientrsquos psychology In fact understanding and perceiving human psychology is a huge advantage for you as a Coach You are not there to be a friend of your client as we have mentioned so then a good way to create a relation with her is through her psychology

Do you know the psychology of a teenager or a parent a boss an unemployed If you grasp your clientrsquos psychology the Rapport will be extraordinary

If you demonstrate that you know how a mother thinks yoursquoll make the client believe that you understand her completely

Most people do not understand their own psyche If you can understand them at that level it will make the client to feel something extraordinary about you and the Coaching process

PERCEPTUAL POSITIONS At this level the Coach must master Per-ceptual Positions that is being able to put herself in another personrsquos position whether itrsquos the clientrsquos or the clientrsquos parent or any other person that is part of the situation You should be able to see the same situation from different perspectives and in the long term help your client do the same

THE EXERCISE This is an exercise to be used mainly if the client has trouble in a relationship with someone (friend family member etc) and is having some difficulty understanding that personrsquos Map-of-the--World And when this is of great importance

You do not need to go very deep in this exercise Because it is NLP even done in a soft way it can be very powerful to your client helping her to see an aspect of the situation that she hadnrsquot seen or reflected on before

STEP 1 ndash The client explains what is going on (she can speak freely without any restrictions You ask questions to understand the reality of the situation)

STEP 2 ndash The Coach suggests this perceptual positions exercise (it is just an invitation If the client does not want to do not continue)

STEP 3 ndash The Coach asks the client to choose two spots represen-ting the two standpoints (you can put a sheet of paper at each spot) and to imagine that the other person is at one of them

STEP 4 ndash The client speaks facing the other spot as if the person was there and acts as herself (The Coach guides with questions ldquoHow did that make you feel What would you like to tell herrdquo etc)

STEP 5 ndash Pause and ldquoshake outrdquo the client and share the question of the game of imagination

STEP 6 ndash The client recalls a childhood game she used to play and describes it a little We then use this as a metaphor to explain that we will now do the same Just a game where we use our imagination The Coach repeats that the per-son with whom the client has a challenge is there at the other spot

STEP 7 ndash The client goes over to the other spot and the Coach helps her go deeper into that role through guiding questions

STEP 8 ndash The client chooses whether she wants to return to her starting position and add something say something more She may go back and forth as many times as she wishes

STEP 9 ndash When done the Coach suggests to the client to stand on a chair and states ldquoYou are now in a neutral position a higher position What would you call this position (Allow the client to choose a name) Seen from above what do you have to say about this situation What would you say to (clientrsquos name) and to (the other personrsquos name) How would you solve this situation How can (clientrsquos name) solve this situationrdquo

RAPPORT

70

71

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

STEP 10 ndash After the client is done with the third (neutral) position the Coach takes the client off the papers

STEP 11 ndash The Coach can then use the following questions to debrief the exercise

3 ldquoHow was the exercise for you 3 ldquoWhat did you learnrdquo 3 ldquoIs there anything you could do differentlyrdquo

STEP 12 ndash Lead the client to an action (a first small step towards sol-ving the situation) and then funnel it

REMEMBER always undock the client from the different roles the client can do the exercise eyes opened or closed

TO ACKNOWLEDGE Acknowledge the client very very very much for having volunteered and shown vulnerability

This exercise serves mainly as a metaphor for the Coach striving to master Perceptual Positions (understanding and being able to go into different psyches)

CONCLUSION The Coach is a master of perceptual positions She knows how to see the different angles of the same situation She sees everything from different angles

PEMS

Life is all about relationships the relationships we have with ourselves and with others Some people instinctively relate better to themselves and others relate really well to others There are those who relate well to almost everything and everyone and others who are unable to relate with anyone This affects their personal and professional life

Is there any way to consciously improve the relationships that instinc-tively do not work Of course

When we grasp the logic of the mind of another person we can better interact with it and even influence it Psychology is power And if we apply on ourselves it becomes even more powerful and interesting The better we know ourselves and the logic of our mind the better we will be able to help ourselves and achieve our goals

Carl Gustav Jung a Swiss psychiatrist and founder of analytical psychology focused on studying social and collective archetypes He identified eight psychological types taking into account peoplersquos beha-viour abilities skills attitudes and motivations

He began by distinguishing between extraverted (social and expansive) and introverted (reserved and reflective) people Each of them could then be connected to two out of the four functions of the psyche sen-sing or intuition thinking or feeling

In the 40rsquos decade Isabel Myers and Katharine Briggs continued Jungrsquos work and added two auxiliary functions to the Jungian types percep-tion and judgement Thereby arriving at 16 psychological types or 16 personality types Later a personality test was created ndash The Myers--Briggs Type Indicator or MBTI - which is still the most commonly used tool for identifying different personality types

Based on Jungrsquos work we have created a model called PEMS which will help us better understand the logic of our own mind and of the people around us

In this model we distinguish four dominant preferences (P-E-M-S) which correspond to the four elements of life

PRACTICAL (the body DOING Activity Action related to the ele-ment of EARTH) - corresponds to someone that is earthly active dynamic practical that does a lot In excess these are people who never stop to consider their actions

EMOTIONAL (the heart FEELING Feelings Love related to the element of WATER) - corresponds to someone who nee-ds people relations who gives a lot to others and seeks affection In excess these are people who might be overly sensitive

RAPPORT

72

73

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

MENTAL (the mind THINKING Analysis Intellect Logic related to the element of AIR) - corresponds to someone who values analysis rationalization and uses logic and who always fo-cuses on making the right decision In excess these are people who might become impersonal and cold

SPIRITUAL (the soul BEING Values Existence related to the ele-ment of FIRE) - corresponds to someone who thinks that everything has meaning and a higher purpose These are people who care very much about values In excess they can fluctuate too much and concretize too little

The four logics of the mind that we have identified are also based on the four elements

Practical ndash EARTH (firm solid stable secure strong dense)Emotional ndash WATER (flexible always coming back to herself)Mental ndashAIR (transparent lightweight fast facilitates communica-

tion)Spiritual ndash FIRE (burning fleeting transforming powerful)

Thus in a very simplified manner we can divide people into four ca-tegories

PRACTICAL PEOPLE (P) ndash THEY LIKE TO ACT AND DOThese are the people who like action movement They are the ones who make the world move As friends or clients they may want to go straight to the point try things and learn about practical matters The greatest fear of these practical persons is losing control They like to feel that they are in control of the situation of the pace of the conver-sation and of the surroundings

HELP THEM ALWAYS FEEL IN CONTROL

EMOTIONAL PEOPLE (E) ndash THEY LIKE FEELING AND RELATINGThese are people who love people and sharing feelings Everything is an emotion for them And they feel things about everything and everyo-ne Let them talk about their family friends dogs neighbours etchellip

They will talk mostly about people and what they are feeling Their greatest fear is loosing empathy They like to feel reliable and they want to relate

HELP THEM FEEL EMPATHY TOWARDS YOU

MENTAL PEOPLE (M) ndash THEY LIKE TO THINK AND TO ANALYSEThese are people who like to analyze and who try to put everything into a box into a certain perspective They are precise and meticulous They like detail to study and analyze all possibilities They donrsquot fear debating (quite the contrary) and discussing they love the exchanging ideas and arguments but they need to end up being right or get a very good explanation to why the other is right A mental person is always striving to make the best decision Their greatest fear is to be wrong they like to feel that they are correct and that they are making deci-sions based on logic and rational thinking

HELP THEM FEEL THAT THEY ARE RIGHT

SPIRITUAL PEOPLE (S) ndash THEY LIKE TO BE AND TO GLOWThey are looking for the greater purpose of things They believe that everything has a reason for being the way it is that there are no coin-cidences and itrsquos that quest that moves them They give great meaning to every situation always looking for ldquotherdquo situation The greater the meaning the greater their motivation Their biggest fear is to have no meaning That it is to not be significant or ldquoshinerdquo in any way They need to feel conscious and whole

HELP THEM FEEL THAT THEY ARE MEANINGFUL

Although we all have and use a portion of these four categories in the different contexts or times of our life one of them is predominant in us Identifying it is important for managing and interacting with life and with others since it is the best and the fastest way of accessing the Map-of-the-world of someone and speaking a language that that per-son recognizes and accepts as her own

RAPPORT

74

75

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

In fact we are all one but we are all different and we must understand these differences to be able to deal with others People who are more emotional behave and interact in a totally opposite manner from mental people the same way that most practical people interact in a way that is opposite to spiritual people

The EMOTIONAL person is micro-MACRO Transforms everything that is small into something big Everything is important everything is emotional From the simple ldquogood morningrdquo to hearing ldquoI love yourdquo every day For an emotional person a discussion is always a tsuna-mi Therefore itrsquos the emotional persons who with their micro-Macro sense make birthdays a special day and receive small things with gre-at love

The MENTAL person is MACRO-micro transforms everything that is big into something small She makes it more complex by simplifying it For example this very PEMS model is MACRO-micro as it strives to make the hugeness of the personality types into something much smaller creating only four categories for all human beings The mental person also feels less and give less importance to her feelings

The SPIRITUAL person is MACRO-MACRO she takes everything that is already big and turns it even bigger more meaningful more im-portant more relevant Almost everything is a question of values of making the world a better place and interpretations that go far beyond reality A simple leaf falling off a tree can represent a new phase in life for a spiritual person

The PRACTICAL person is micro-micro turns everything into small and simple lsquoright here and right nowrsquo matters They act Right now with what they have They donrsquot feel the need to enlarge what is small and they donrsquot care much about great concepts If the five senses can help them grasp a situation everything is fine

THE PREDOMINANT LOGIC OF OUR PSYCHEThe most practical way of finding out is to notice how we behave in a stressful situation Each of us when under stress often react in a way that is very close to our basic personality type

Practical people act react move around organize themselves put their hands to work and do not rest until they manage to move things forward

The emotional people feel and feel a lot If a situation is stressful diffi-cult and negative they will have difficult and negative emotions they will feel what others feel and they will want to manage these emotions in the moment

People that are predominantly mental will under stress begin to ratio-nalize need logical answers be fast and analytical They donrsquot want to solve anything through feelings they donrsquot want to act they are only concerned with finding the right and correct decision and struggle until they get it

Finally the predominantly spiritual people will want to give a greater meaning to that particular event What has to be done what people feel or what the right solution is doesnrsquot matter what matters is why things happened the way they did and what the greater significance of that may be

RAPPORT

76

77

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

Identify the psychological type of the client can help the coach to anticipate and understand expectations

MAIN SUPERIOR FUNCTION AND AUXILIARY INFERIOR FUNCTION

According to Carl Jung while we all have one function that is better developed than the others ndash a superior function ndash we also have another fairly well developed function called the first auxiliary

All of us have a bit of each one of the psychologies but there are always two that are predominant a main one which Jung calls the superior function and an auxiliary one that lies at the bottom of the cross shown on the previous page which is always to the right or left of our superior one

The inferior function is one that is less developed and that remains mainly in our unconscious

Thus a person who is predominantly Practical may have as her auxi-liary function the emotional or mental logic thus being PE or PM

A person who is predominantly Mental may have as her auxiliary func-tion the spiritual or practical logic thus being MS or MP

A person who is predominantly Spiritual may have as her auxiliary function the emotional or mental logic thus being SE or SM

And a person who is predominantly Emotional may have as her auxilia-ry function the spiritual or practical logic thus being ES or EP

This all means that we are situated in one of the following categories

3 Practical Emotional or Emotional Practical 3 Practical Mental or Mental Practical 3 Spiritual Emotional or Emotional Spiritual 3 Spiritual Mental or Mental Spiritual

As you may have noticed according to Jung there are no EMME or PSSP That is one canrsquot have as her first auxiliary function the func-tion that is opposite to the superior one

Carl Jung said that we should look closely at our inferior function whi-ch usually remains in our unconscious because it contains an enor-mous potential for a change and each one of us can benefit a lot from integrating our inferior function with our superior one

Taking risks experimenting enjoying everything that life has to offer is the best way of getting to know ourselves and realizing where our happiness lies (ldquoTrate a Vida por Turdquo paacuteg 74)

INTROVERSION AND EXTROVERSION Introversion and extroversion have to do with the direction in which we focus our attention and energy

People who prefer Extroversion focus their energy and attention away from themselves and are interested in the world of people and things

3 Attracted to the world of events and people outside of themsel-ves

3 They are aware of who and what is around them 3 They like to meet and talk to new people 3 They are friendly often good talkers and easy to get to know 3 They tend to talk easily and often in meetings 3 May not be as aware of what goes on inside them 3 They think while talking 3 They may act or speak first and only think later 3 Speaking about themselves they speak fast 3 They bring energy into life 3 They can get bored and restless if they are alone for too long

People who prefer Introversion (focus their energy and attention inward and are interested in the inner world of thoughts and reflections)

3 Attracted to the inner world of thoughts feelings and reflections 3 They are usually very aware of their inner reactions 3 They prefer to interact with people they know 3 They are usually quiet in meetings and sometimes seem disen-

gaged

RAPPORT

78

79

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

3 They are generally reserved and hard to get to know 3 They may not be as aware of the world outside of them 3 They need time to gather their thoughts before they speak 3 They reflect and think before acting 3 They want to know you before allowing you to get to know them

deeply 3 They feel exhausted and tired after interacting with peoples

FINAL NOTE you must be what your client is You have to find that person inside you

LEARNING STYLESAs we saw with the previous PEMS model our clients will have diffe-rent psychological preferences It is therefore important and essential that you are able to adapt your sessions to the learning style that your client likes best and that better meets her psychological preference

EMOTIONAL Emotional clients will like to talk and share on their to-pics They are very much looking for a relationship and empathy with the Coach and they need to feel heard more than any of the other personality types For these persons learning has a lot to do with the relationship that is created with the feeling of support that they get and even with the positive feedback They like to learn through stories As a Coach it is important to learn to empathize with the emotional range of these persons They will appreciate the sharing to tell stories and to listen to them With emotional clients we may sometimes feel that we are not taking huge steps forward But the fact is that many times these persons need to first be listened to

MENTAL Mental clients will be more logical and may have a more aca-demic style of learning They will want to understand the reasons why things are what they are they will want to get tasks involving research on certain subjects The sessions with these people must be well defi-ned and prepared They will want to explore their intellectual side and feel challenged It is important for them to have access to information and tools that explain the work they are doing in the sessions in a con-crete and logical manner Of course they also need to empathize but the intellectual challenge feeling that their intellect is develops appears to be greater They may like schemes graphics and any models that

could simplify the learning process What these persons will demand of you is a greater capacity to analyse and a logical and rational way of communicating

SPIRITUAL this is for most people the most difficult learning style to adopt Remember that these persons are seeking the greater meaning of things They really want to feel inspired by the coaching process (and even by their Coach) They will want to see that you are an exam-ple of what you talk about so called congruence Spiritual persons will enjoy topics that are more related to values to their identity that make them feel that they are taking steps towards becoming better hu-man beings With these clients you can use powerful metaphors (even through movies music creative exercises etc) and above all strive to make sure that the person leaves the session very inspired

PRACTICAL They like action Which is great because coaching is pri-marily about action These persons like to have very practical sessions in which they get the opportunity to do many exercises and experiment with different situations They may be the clients that like getting more tasks and having things to do (which then sometimes ldquogets lostrdquo due to their time management) These clients will require more simplicity and a well-paced session from you They may also like to do exercises that involve moving their body Above all they will want you to help them get into action

As we deal with these four kinds of preferences we need to adapt our Coaching style to the learning style that each person has Thus we should prepare a lot their sessions and realize that some will require from you

3 Greater sharing and ability to listen and relate (e) 3 Researching mastering the subject very well and knowing how

to mentally stimulate your client with challenges (m) 3 Powerful metaphors very inspirational sessions and congruen-

ce that assign meaning to the Coaching process (s) 3 Practical exercises diversified well rhythmed sessions that

help your client to quickly get into action (p)

RAPPORT

80

81

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING ROOTS

LEVEL 5 - PERSON TO PERSONThis is the fifth level of rapport the deepest and more intense one It happens when the level of rapport is a total vibration Itrsquos when the client feels such a confidence by her Coach empathy and sympathy Itrsquos the hardest level to evaluate

Itrsquos when your client feels so much connected to you that depending on her your relationship would go beyond Coaching She no longer wants the Coach she wants you You no longer understand only the person she feels that you know about her You donrsquot understand psychology you understand who she is

It is very similar to the rapport level you have with 23 of very close persons in your life Everything is natural unconscious and sponta-neous

VIII ROOTS

Every human being seeks to get results Mo-ney Family Romance Peace Happiness

Career Health All we want in life is to have results in those areas

The Map-of-the-World Model is used to work on roots - your

roots as a Coach It shows us how does the psyche of all of us works As a Coach no one

should surprise you about yourself You should know you well know everything about yourself This is what itrsquos called a rooted person

click the video to see it

82

83

BELIEFSTRANSFORMATIVE COACHING

ROSA 20 M - AIR - THINK

VALUESHOLISTIC COACHING

ROSA 30 S - FIRE - BE

COACHING 40

WORLD MAP MODEL

being th

e moment

passi

on en

ergy

demotiv

ation

empowering beliefs

limiting rules

relation air(comunication)

coach is priestisnacutet

1 value focus

UNSUSTAINABLESUSTAINABLE

SECURITY

SELF LOVE

CONSCIOUSNESS

PERSONAL DEVEL

FREEDOM

LOVEBELOVED

BLISS

CONTRIBUTION

P

E

M

S

BEHAVIORROSA 10

SITUATIONAL COACHING

P - EARTH - DO

EMOTIONSREMEDY COACHING

ROSA 10 + LISTEN E - WATER - FEEL

RESULTS

ability to

enter

in st

ate

emotional

patter

ns

habits and discipline

addictions

coach is bossisnacutet

coach is friendisnacutet

1 Homework focus

optimism faithpositive

meditation

key points focusused to interrupt the fear cycle

coach is coach

HUMAN HAVINGHUMAN BEING

UNSUSTAINABLEEGOTISTICAL

STRETCH ZONE

SUSTAINABLEECOLOGICALSTRETCH ZONE

SHORT TERMLONG TERM

CYCLE OF CONFIDENCECYCLE OF FEAR

CONSCIOUS

SUBCONSCIOUS

UNCONSCIOUS

84

85

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

So the first question is why some are getting results while others are not

ACTIONS BEHAVIORSThis means that anyone who is having results is because she is ldquodoingrdquo ie behaving differently from other people who are having no results in those areas For example a millionaire DOES things that people who are not millionaires donrsquot For example saving investing etc Someone with a great health is DOING things that people that donrsquot have a good health are not What we are doing is making the difference Two people in the same circumstances that do exactly the same actions have the same kind of results People who have the results you wanna have ARE DOING THINGS TO GET THEM

So the next question is what leads some people to DO and others to not do

EMOTIONSEverything you do in your life is a relationship between pain and pleasure What happens is that someone who goes running at 6 am associates more pain with lsquonot goingrsquo than with lsquogoingrsquo Who is going to the gym asso-ciates more pleasure than pain with going to the gym in the morning That relationship between pain and pleasure is what is defining your results If we dramatically increase the pain or the pleasure associated we will get to change your results

As so what is then defining that painpleasure relationship

BELIEFSThe reason is because of our beliefs of what we believe in Our beliefs are our set of rules for the world and for our lives Your set of beliefs in fact is defining your painpleasure relationship with something and then your actions A millionaire believes that saving is essential that investing and taking risks is necessary This set of beliefs leads himher to associa-te more pleasure than pain with having these behaviors and therefore heshe implements them Other people have other beliefs that create other

emotions that create other results People who are achieving results in areas that you arenrsquot have a beliefs system different from yours

And then it seems logical to ask so what is defining and creating your set of beliefs

VALUESWhat is a value Itrsquos something that is important to you something you re-ally value The only thing that determines a value is if it is valuable to you Not all of us share the same values (Example the values of Mother Teresa and Donald Trump Contribution vs Professional Accomplishment) What you really value and not what you say that you value You value it so much that it generates your set of beliefs In fact when you live your values in practice (on a daily basis) you are defining your life results Not what you would like to value but what you are really valorizing In fact we all have the same values What differs is the order and the importance we give to each one of them

For example if someone has the value of the family above the value of work she will have the belief that it is more important to spend time with her family causing her to develop a positive feeling when she is with her family which leads her to really try to spend more time with it On the other hand someone who has the value of work above the family one will be someone who believes she should spend more time with her work and career as she believes it is that that will bring her more financial stabi-lity for example So she will associate more pleasure to the time spent at work than at home causing her to act accordingly to that emotion For example Donald Trump and Mother Teresa of Calcutta havenrsquot they got different values One probably values more lsquoprofessional fulfillmentrsquo the other values more lsquocontributionrsquo Different results Sure One has one of the largest business empires in the world the other left the largest volun-teer organization in the world

So in reality the values you are living in practice (what you are valuing in practice) are defining your results

This alone already explains a good part of the psyche of human beings But letrsquos go deeper

ROOTS

Having roots is to control the cycle of trust

86

87

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

To have roots the coach has to identify

her motivators and values create beliefs and habits and learn

to place herself in a state

CYCLE OF CONFIDENCE AND CYCLE OF FEAREveryone has Cycles of Fear in some areas and Cycles of Confidence in other areas

How do you know it If you are having or not results in that area In the areas of your life where you are getting results you are living in a Cycle of Confidence In the areas where yoursquore not you are living in a Cycle of Fear What does this means is that you have behavioral addic-tions or that you are doing things in a vicious way you are in a sort of a mice wheel Those addictions start by creating emotional patterns on you (feelings that you are having whether you want it or not for instan-ce jealousy when it becomes a pattern no matter what the other does that emotion will keep being there it is an emotion that happens to you) and those emotional patterns generate limiting rules We use the words ldquorulesrdquo because in reality limiting beliefs are created because they have a very large set of rules And this generates demotivation An addiction creates an emotional pattern that creates rules limiting which create demotivation and discourage us to move and change This Cycle of Fear is being lived FROM RESULTS TO VALUES and not in the other and right way The bad news are that we all have Cycles of Fear The areas in which we are not having results is because we are afraid but we paint it in other colors Irsquom afraid Irsquom demotivated I have emotional patterns and I have limiting rules

For you to gain roots you need to recognize these cycles You need to break it if you want results but if you want roots you need to recognize them Good news you can break Cycles of Fear

Second good news you have Cycles of Confidence You also unders-tand the other psychology So what is a Cycle of Confidence

You start by having the capacity of creating Discipline and Habits you get the ability to get into a certain and desired state (eg being happy to go training I want to create that emotion I visualize it it is the op-posite of an emotional pattern the pattern happens to you Think of a boxer who puts herself into her wanted state before entering in a ring You have empowering beliefs (when you believe in something that cre-ates more of it) This creates energy passion being in the moment Being with energy and passion and in the moment brings me empowe-ring beliefs which put me in the emotional state I want and provide me

habits and discipline The good news you have these cycles in areas that you are getting results Think in one area You have these four things right

Having these cycles itrsquos called being human First part on lsquorootsrsquo is about knowing your Cycles of Fear and Confidence and admit them to yourself to those you love to the others And having the courage to say that it doesnrsquot work because of FEAR And there is a way to break this cycle When you have roots you stop projecting it in your clients

There is a way of finding your values in a very logical way knowing which human motivators drive your behavior

8 HUMAN MOTIVATORSMaslov pyramid he was the first to talk about human needs He is outda-ted because it defines a hierarchy He places self-fulfillment at the top This model is very much focused on Maslovrsquos map-of-the-world who was an MS If it is a PE he may have lsquofamilyrsquo in the top and that is not wrong Still there are things that all humans need

So with all these models we created the 8 human motivators they are divided in four paradoxes one for each of the PEMS The first paradox is security freedom

Each one of us was born with a set of motivators You are ldquoaddictedrdquo on one side of the paradox You have to fulfill that need even if you have to abdicate of the other one

ROOTS

SECURITY

SELF LOVE

CONSCIOUSNESS

PERSONAL DEVEL

FREEDOM

LOVEBELOVED

BLISS

CONTRIBUTION

P

E

M

S

88

89

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

The main lesson is the more you live the other side of the paradox the more you will live your addiction as well What happens is that you can only get more of your addiction when you learn to validate the other side of the paradox This is what Jung calls ldquoparadoxes integrationrdquo be the millionaire and the altruistic Be the mother of family and career etc Only when you integrate the other energy is when it boosts the one that is more natural to you

For other persons it happens the same with security and all other pa-radoxes The suggestion is Irsquom addicted on this but I can pause and I can go exploring the other side What you have to figure out is your map (draw in the lsquoinfinite signsrsquo which side of the paradoxes is bigger) Your map is about how much you need to fill each side of the paradox

So YOUR HUMAN MOTIVATORS ARE DEFINING YOUR VALUES AND YOUR VALUES ARE DEFINING YOUR RESULTS

You can have everything on one of the sides of the paradox if yoursquore willing to face the fear of losing it

All people fill their motivators The difference between us is how sus-tainable is that satisfaction Unsustainable means that every day you

EXERCISE Do your map How do you discover Based on major decisions you made in your life Example work home relationships etc

have to feed them Imagine a homeless person he meets hisher secu-rity needs (eating and having where to sleep) but he has to do it every day Now compare with Donald Trump If you see the freedom part it probably happens the opposite

3 SUSTAINABLE it feeds itself It is something that can continue without the need for external resources It is ecological based on challenge and paradoxes integration

3 UNSUSTAINABLE you need to do it every day it is selfish ba-sed on comfort and extremist You do it like it was a daily shot

Example father and daughter about going out at night (to satisfy sa-fety and to love and be loved) Father says no hersquos being selfish and within his comfort zone The same father after coming to this course ldquoYoursquore going to the party until 2230 You send me an sms saying that everything is ok and at 2230 Irsquoll pick yourdquo This continues for some time Father goes on diminishing the rules Now hersquos being ecological entering his challenge zone and integrating paradoxes To feel safe as a father he has to give some freedom To feel loved he has to give them some self love Now his motivators are sustainable and has a sustai-nable system that feeds itself To arrive to a deeper level of security he needs to take the risk that comes from giving more freedom

DIAGONAL CONTINUOUS LINEThis line shows us that working above the line ie the clientrsquos beha-viors andor emotions is short-term and unsustainable In this case only the techniques are worked There are immediate results but with no major impact and duration Like when we are called to do motiva-tional speaking or teambuildingrsquos People feel better and do things but the results have a short duration

This does not imply that it is wrong to do Coaching based on these two areas For example in a quick conversation with a friend we can do Situational Coaching (based on behaviours) in order to get her to do something that has been postponing If the action has been made and it was what was intended to be then you did your role as Coach The Remedy Coaching is also important sometimes which consists on making the other person to leave the session feeling good thinking more positive at the time having had an opportunity to digest an emo-tion

ROOTS

90

91

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

Below the continuous line is where lies the deepest work The one that will actually be sustainable and with long-term results This is where we work values and beliefs it is where we go deep to the point where in fact we shift paradigms The client in this type of Coaching change her beliefs and values turning to be a really different person in opposition to what happens above the line where only the emotions or behaviors are changed but the client continues to be what she was

ICEBERGWith the iceberg image it is understood that the behavior is the conscious part of the human being the only thing that the client can see and analyze Everything else emotions beliefs and values are at the clientrsquos unconscious But as a Coa-ch I must and I want to work also the unconscious because as we saw above this is where it lies the sustainable and long-term work

When we help our clients shifting their paradigms beliefs emotions or values we are working with their unconscious Your client will not like this at some point in the process The unconscious will realize that she will have to change and this will cause the first resistance Knowing how to overcome this is essential to the Coachrsquos work so she can de-liver sustainable results

Conscious Mind keeps all the information which you can access now

Unconscious Mind keeps all the information that has ever passed through your brain It is also a kind of a warning system for you

The information passes from the unconscious to the conscious mind through the subconscious It goes dropping into deeper levels of our mind Very qui-ckly your clients will want to turn you into one of three things

Friend ndash They want someone who listens to them who is patient with them who is always there with whom they can always count and talk Most of your clients will want to have you here that you turn into a sort of confi-dant that supports them but does not challenge them too much But you are not there to be a friend

Boss ndash Many will seek in the Coach someone to tell them what to do who provides them specific guidance who pressures them who ldquopunishrdquo them when they donrsquot have their homework done Someone who is even more committed with their results than themselves But yoursquore also not there to be a Boss

Priest ndash Others will want a kind of a weekly confession session That you absolve the mistakes theyrsquove made du-ring the week that you tell them everything is fine and that it doesnrsquot matter we are all human and we all make mistakes You are not there to be a kind of spiritual le-ader of your client and to absolve him You are there to be

Coach - The Coach has an ldquoAirrdquo relationship with the client ie mental of communication becau-se it is a conversation where you listen and ask where there is intellectual stimulation In the map--of-the-world scheme the Coachrsquos sketch is in the quadrant of beliefs It is a ldquomind with mindrdquo work

It is important to know this because with the sessions going clients tend to try their Coach to become a friend (wateremotions) a boss (earthbehaviors) or even a priest (firevalues) However the Coach should avoid the mistake of behaving like one of these three types You are there to be a Coach

Notes In Informal Coaching with friends colleagues family remember that first thatrsquos what you are and only then you are a Coach Therefore you should not give prevalence to the Coach but to the relationship you have with that person otherwise you would violate the pact that exists between the two

ROOTS

92

93

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

4 TYPES OF COACHINGBased on these four quadrants there are four types of Coaching

Situational Coaching ndash The one that is done immediate-ly during the situation with the sole purpose of lea-ding it to an action It usually consists of a brief con-versation where a ROSA 10 is done Your client has a situation that week that really needs to be addressed Ex a proposal that she needs to present a college exam for which she has to study Itrsquos not bad Coaching and it is often necessary Only it is more superficial

Remediative Coaching ndash As the name says it suits when we have to put a ldquobandageointmentrdquo on the emotions The goal is the client to feel good at the end of the session without having to go deeply on the problem Itrsquos the typical conver-sation where the client unburdens and your only goal is to make her feel a little better Sometimes it may be and it often is necessary

Ex the past week your client has discussed with someone important to her or something happened that greatly dealt with her emotions Your first focus should be to help her to unburden and to feel better We used ROSA 10 + Unburden

Transformative Coaching ndash Here the goal is not just making the client to feel better but that she can change the way she sees her life and herself Here we mainly work on beliefs ie the client stops believing in some things to start believing in another ones She shifts paradigm Coaching is now much more sustainable and with long--term results It undergoes through more complete ses-sions where ROSA 20 is done

Holistic Coaching ndash This is the kind of Coaching that involves the whole being of the client all her areas and valences ie her values The entire psyche is worked We are working the whole Human Being and not only a part of it Even the motivators are worked We use ROSA 30 and we work a lot on paradoxes integration

KEY POINTSWe said earlier that we all have Cycles of Fear and that we can change them to Cycles of Confidence How

Imagine that you have a turnscrew and a bicycle wheel is malfunctio-ning You will then put the turnscrew into one of the four key points and then yoursquoll pull and force the wheel to move in the right direction to-wards the Cycle of Confidence And very important you donrsquot take out the turnscrew until the Cycle (the wheel) rotates in the right direction

What are then the Four Key Points You can really choose only one

VALUE FOCUS At this point you will choose a key value for you whi-ch you canrsquot leave to live in practice Whatever happens you canrsquot take the turnscrew from there For instance imagine that you are experien-cing serious financial difficulties and you decide that lsquoValue Focusrsquo is your point Imagine that you choose ldquosavingrdquo as the value that has to be experienced in practice Then whenever you have to make a decision that involves spending money you know what to do You canrsquot in any way stop living this value until the cycle begins to rotate in the oppo-site direction and gets sustainable

POSITIVITY If you want to work at the level of beliefs yoursquoll start to develop this empowering belief base BEING POSITIVE You must be a positive person with faith who believes that everything will go well who says only positive things about herself and the others who sees and is focused on everything positive that is going around her And when the bad days or the bad news are coming and you feel the need to say something negative you shut up And you say something positive

EMOTION FOCUS Imagine that there is an emotion that makes your Cycle of Fear to happen (an emotional pattern) In this key point you will choose an emotion that you would like to learn to cause in yourself learning how to get yourself into that state Imagine that you have been feeling too much anger in your Cycle of Fear and want to feel harmony instead You want to learn how to get into that emotional state You start feeling the opposite emotion and you do something to manage to be in an harmony state (you listen to a song that gets yourself into that state you put your boxing gloves you jump you meditate you close

ROOTS

94

95

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

your eyes you read a poem as Mandela did )

HOMEWORK FOCUS Here you will define a homework that until itrsquos done you wonrsquot do anything else Imagine that you have a Cycle of Fear in relation to health that you define lsquoHomework Focusrsquo as the key point and your homework is running every day Until you manage to do it nothing else matters All of your strategies are directioned so that your homework is being done as soon as possible

In the end all of the four key points have to do with absolute focus

Value ndash Focus on the most important value Until that value is being lived we wonrsquot move on

Positivity (Faith Optimism) ndash Focus on the positive emotions Un-til she gets optimistic we wonrsquot move on

Emotion (Meditation) ndash Focus on pleasure Until she feels more ple-asure than pain we wonrsquot move on

Homework ndash Focus on action Until the homework gets done we wonrsquot move on

VERY IMPORTANTYou as a coach do not have to guess your clientrsquos map-of-the-world or even her PEMS but you have to explore it aside of her You will only master her Map-of-the-World when you understand your own (creating roots) because you will never learn anything about yourself with your client you will never discover anything about you because shersquos the one who discovers it being real or not You Coach you must be hum-ble enough to know that you know nothing about your client and you shouldnrsquot try to guess anything It is the customer who gets there alone

Therefore the more knowledge you have about your own map-of-the--world together with Rapport and ROSA the more intense will be your Coaching because the more you will be able to help your client The goal is that you have the tools in yourself so you can help her In other words this tool is for you to deepen your roots and thus know when you need to do only ROSA or go searching for the Key Points or to use

another method For instance if a client has as her main challenge to be promoted then therersquos no logical on working on Cycles of Fear but to make a ROSA and move forward On the other hand if you see that there is a Cycle of Fear then you should find the key point so you can work on it

I canrsquot help the others if I canrsquot help myself first

ROOTS

values (I am)

during session

clientcoach rosa unconscious

Beliefs (I think)

between sessions

co-coach rosa 30

emotions (I feel)

leverage slice

self coaching rosa 20behavior (I do)

holistic

coaching to others rosa 10M

S

E

P

96

97

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING RESULTS

IX RESULTS

Results are super important in the Coa-ching process There is simply no Coa-

ching if there are no results and thatrsquos why they are at the center of the

triangle of the four Rrsquos Everything we do whether is ROSA creating

Roots or building Rapport it is done with the purpose of get-ting results at the end of the sessions

This is what distinguishes the most Coaching from other practices As a Coach you must become obsessed with your clients results Not only that they do their homeworks but also how close did Coaching took them closer to their Guru Objective how much it has improved their leverage slice of the Pizza and other slices as well We also try to assess the sustainability of those results We donrsquot want them just to get there but also that they keep there

Coaching is about results and you must take this premise very seriou-sly You have been hired to make them reach some goals Become obsessed with it

It is not so easy to evaluate results in a metric way in the world of Co-aching but it proves to be very important Not only with Life Coaching but also with Business Coaching We must find a way to demonstrate that our work has had results in practice

That was the reason why we have created the Results Model

Our level of competence is equal to our worst level of performance

RESULTS MODELIt is possible to define results through the four metrics

lsquoSrsquo AXIS (SPIRITUAL) WE EVALUATE THE PROCESS IMPACT ON THE CLIENT

Behavior (I DO) When the client throughout the process changes one or more behaviors She does now due to the sessions different things that she didnrsquot before

Emotions (I FEEL) When the client feels happier more self-confi-dent fulfilled etc She has now different and more positive emotions due to the Coaching process

98

99

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

Beliefs (I THINK) When there is a change of belief (I used to belie-ve I was not a good person and now I believe I am) When the client used to believe in something and she started to believe in something different There was a paradigm shift She used to see something in a certain way and now she sees it in a more empowering way

Values (I AM) When the Coach manages to help the client to change her values ie the person she is This happens for exam-ple when the client starts to put more emphasis on family than on work or when she accepts and believes that she is a healthy and different person and that nothing will change that now She values different things todat due to the Coa-ching process

lsquoErsquo AXIS (EMOTIONAL) WE EVALUATE THE CLIENTrsquoS AUTONOMY

Level 1 Coach (CoachClient Relationship) Itrsquos the Coach who controls the situation There is a formal relationship be-tween Coach and Client and the session is controlled and oriented by the Coach

Level 2 Coach (Co-Coach) The Client already acts as a Coach during the sessions This happens for example when the client already knows that she is supposed to also say po-sitive things on the Reality part that is she already knows what to do in each step She already takes the initiative The relationship is more about cooperation now and the Client start becoming autonomous

Level 3 Coach (Self-Coaching) When the Client already does Self--Coaching at home not being asked to This is a fantastic moment because she already has the tools and the Coach is there to help and support

Level 4 Coach (Coach to others) When the Client comes to a ses-sion and tells us she has done Coaching with someone else (with her child for instance) This person came to us to be helped however she is already using our tools to help so-

RESULTS

meone else She is totally independent It is every Coachrsquos dream

lsquoMrsquo AXIS (MENTAL) WE EVALUATE THE CLIENTrsquoS CONTENTS ASSIMILATION

Uses Rosa 10 language o cliente usa palavras como Realidade objetivos soluccedilotildees accedilotildees fazem hoje parte do seu leacutexico

Uses Rosa 20 language the client uses terms such as guru objec-tives baby objectives measurable beliefs paradigm shif-ting brainstorming etc

Uses Rosa 30 language she refers terms like emotional patterns cycles of fear and confidence values dilemma etc

Uses unconscious Rosa language when many of these terms are so ingrained in the clientrsquos language that she thinks she will use them for the rest of her life

lsquoPrsquo AXIS (PRACTICE) WE EVALUATE RESULTS IN PRACTICE

During the Session I can manage the client to get results only du-ring the session It is a Coaching session that has no power to influence the client outside it

Between Sessions It mostly happens when the client is doing her homeworks It means that what happened during the ses-sion touched her with enough strength to get her to realize she has to do something and that she is doing something outside the sessions

Leverage Slice It happens when the client fulfills her Leverage Slice and achieves the goal that brought her to Coaching or when her satisfaction in that slice has dramatically im-proved

Holistic When the client improves satisfaction in multiple slices as a result of the sessions including the leverage slice It was a process that had an impact on the whole being and not just in one area of her life

100

101

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

You can make this model with your client on the last session you have together You can also make a self-assessment to compare with it When you measure these four levels of results you will have access to check what level of Coaching you had on that specific process

COACHING LEVELThe Coaching Level that you have delivered is always proportional to your lowest result Even if you have three axes at level 3 and have only one at a level 2 Coaching has been 20 This is valuable information to you as a Coach because it gives you an idea of axes that are easier for you to work and others that you may have to further strengthen

Level 4 Coaching is something that is not achieved with all clients There must be a great empathy and rapport as well as a mastery on the Coaching technique that has been taught in the training course and presented in this manual

Gulica ego catia caperum dem inem cus Fortes et L Nos et grae avehem Romnit acto egeris cis sultod pratum voltum iam hos ublius hactam atemus essede con vas optilis factor aus nem ad cae estil hos me patus re verisse inatuus

Udam deperfecrem nermis etraed me int ela remulibut rem loctusquo cum mus auciem vivehem uresull emquissent eti primperescit ina que ia consiss entium pulerit con vendam morei sentes inatil vit ia quam mus licaudemus factem dum eo ura ex muro nenit quo vilnes-tium Catimportus pati postalarit vis coena fui sa consu consceribus Satquid ertienatus contere essimis ut vis aus iliciam quo in dissimis Ra num deatiqua vere con sentius et in spio pes Tiaetin videlisquam mus viliam que conum is larbit etora notimolto nos et duc omnimus opublicae convo C Nos vivica Catus hos vivas aurnihil hui terfint imorter labus hostam res inequod nerem tabute telieni hilicaessil ven-tem nonsulis

Berteropubit diisquium iteriti emprit teludam hilicid erfentiur tem huis

Hum pro vidiusquem paterevid sedis factatu rnihilla rem publicave Ca-terev irissoltis re aurei pere anum teluder ficepse essercem octuusque mis tum inam pra vivid rei condamdiis hacies Ipio verei sendamdis

TOOLS amp TECHNIQUES

X TOOLS AND TECHNIQUES

If you master well the model of the four Rrsquos for us you already are a fantastic Coach If you can master some stars too itrsquos even better But if you master the model you know how to do Coaching But now letrsquos go to the small stars The idea is not that you try to use all the stars at the same time Choose the two or three that you like best and train those first

POSITIVE FEEDBACKProvide as much positive feedback as you can to your client Take every opportunity you have to do it A Coach is the type of mirror that only says good things about her client Please turn yourself into some-one who is always valorizing every small steps that your client takes

FEEDBACK HAMBURGERYou say something positive then you say something negative then you say something positive again The two positive feedbacks have to be VERY VERY good For instance ldquoI have been feeling that you are very committed to your Coaching process We just need to start paying more attention to our homework even because I feel that you are a person who likes to challenge yourself and that really wants to go further ldquo

RESSIGNIFICATION Ressignificating is finding another meaning still more empowering but that changes everything EgrdquoI didnrsquot do my homework I failedrdquo Coach ldquoWow That means that you are a demanding and committed personrdquo ldquoIrsquom lazyrdquo

102

103

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

ldquoDoes that means you like to enjoy the pleasures of liferdquo

REFRAMINGIt is much like ressignification Itrsquos the name that is used in NLP (Neuro--Linguistic Programming) You take the information that was been gi-ven to you in a frame and you put it in a new one

PREFRAMINGIf ressignification has to do with changing the meaning after it has been given preframing has to do with giving a meaning to something before we have explained what it is It is a widely used technique to anticipate objections that might distract us from our ultimate goal Then we do preframing we previously give the meaning that we want the person to give afterwards Example

ldquoCan I show you my point of view Itrsquos something different but Irsquove seen that it works with many people and it has been helping a lot to change our behavior to healthier habits Itrsquos something innovative and different but highly successful Can I tell you my ideardquo You create a frame before placing the information in there

POSTFRAMINGFirst you give the information and then you put it in a frame Eg ldquoFolks today we have an exam (the low energy level) but thatrsquos what this course is about to be the best Coach to go furtherrdquo

ldquoFROM 0 TO 10 rdquo To give examples ldquoI think Irsquoll read a bookrdquo Coach ldquoFrom 0-10 how much do you think you will accomplish that goalrdquo

TRANSFORMING ldquoORrdquo IN ldquoANDrdquoHelp the client to find an alternative solution to integrate paradoxes to

find a third way

VULNERABILIZATIONFind out things about you that are not working and put them at the clientrsquos service That makes you human and you are validating your client in the case she feels the same She does some things better than you and has some of the same challenges

ASSOCIATION AND DISSOCIATIONThese two terms are often used in NLP (Neuro-linguistic Program-ming) and are used in various ways Association means that an indi-vidual describes a situation as if it was happening and he was partici-pating on it As the name indicates he is associated with it He is still seeing himself going through the situation and feels the emotions that he would feel if he was really living it

Dissociation means that an individual can already tell that experience as if he was watching a movie in which he took part but already dis-sociated from it He is more in an observer role That allows him a big-ger emotional objectivity Even if he feels the emotions they are more about the experience itself and not so much about him as a participant

When we want to help our customers to overcome some emotionally more challenging situations it can make a huge difference to have them to dissociate from those situations Thatrsquos how they can gain greater objectivity and clarity and at the same time they get more mo-tivated to take their first steps

METAPHORSThe most important here is that you use the metaphors of your client Use her world whenever it is possible It will help a lot more to inter-nalize and memorize the information Help your client to create her metaphors Eg ldquoSometimes we fall into holes that are so big that you canrsquot get out of them alonerdquo ldquoLearning to forgive someone is like dri-ving one step at a timerdquo

TOOLS amp TECHNIQUES

104

105

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

LANGUAGE OF A COACH 3 HOW TO INTERRUPT at the first session it must be defined if

the Coach can interrupt the client when she deviates from the focus If yoursquore going to interrupt your client you must always do it with a question You can also take note of something that has nothing to do with the subject you are talking about but it seems important So we can talk about it in the next session You can ask the client if she liked to talk about it

3 ldquoDOES IT MAKES SENSE FOR YOUrdquo If she says NO ldquoSo tell merdquo if she says YES ldquocan you tell me howrdquo

3 ldquoMY HALLUCINATION is rdquo Being very unconditional Any opi-nion is a good opinion The Coach realyy doesnrsquot know The word hallucination implies that what yoursquore saying may be ab-solutely wrong

3 ldquoWHAT WOULD LOVE DO NOWrdquo Be careful with the rapport level you have with your client It is a very good question when it concerns relational issues

3 ldquoHOW WOULD IT BE IFrdquo Very good to overcome objections ldquohow would it be if you had timerdquo ldquohow would it be if you had moneyrdquo ldquohow would it be if you had self-confidencerdquo

3 ldquoWHAT IF rdquo Fantastic to destroy any obstacle that your client brings Some examples ldquoAnd what if you couldrdquo ldquoWhy notrdquo ldquoWhat if nobody would knowrdquo ldquoWhat if you had moneyrdquo ldquoI know you donrsquot but what if you knew what would you sayrdquo

3 GENERAL TIP BE COOL You really must have a cool and rela-xed attitude You really donrsquot know what would be best for your client so be really unconditional

THE COACHING ETHICS

XI THE COACHING ETHICS

There are six ethic rules in Coaching but with no doubt the first is the most important

CONFIDENTIALITY Coaching sessions must be given the utmost con-fidentiality There are no legal rules as in Therapy (like not having fa-mily as clients) but you always have to respect confidentiality When you do Coaching in a company and you must give feedback to their manager your clients must know it If necessary you can discuss the case with a mentor but always without mentioning the name of your client You can discuss the cases but without any names

CLIENTrsquoS AUTONOMY Coaching is all about autonomy and sustaina-bility You need your client to get results not that she needs you You should think ldquoif I change country how would my clients berdquo

CAREFUL WITH PROJECTIONS We all project aspects that we re-press in ourselves All currents in psychology agree that there is pro-jection When I look to someone else what I see is whatrsquos inside of me (strengths and weaknesses) Thatrsquos why some see one thing and others see another As a Coach you must be very attentive to projections You should not do it with your client and for that you must work on your roots If something bothers you that says more about you than about your client Itrsquos not just a technical issue of respecting others map-of--the-world It is an ethical issue

CREDIBILITY Of course you can use other different tools in your ses-sions but you should be able to do so Using things on which yoursquore not certified is breaking ethics Try to be congruent and integrate Being a corporate or a sales Coach without being an expert about those mat-ters is not ethical

106

107

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING THE FIRST SESSION IN PRATICE

CONTRACT IS CONTRACT The financial commitment you assume with your client is always the same as long as she is your client The same in what respects sessions frequency You should always ask permission to your client when you want to change the frequency of the sessions For WeCreate the value you charge to your client must be the same forever It is part of our gratitude towards our client

SELF-COACHING The Coach must be an example of Self-Coaching or she should have a Coach You really have to do ROSA once a year at least and use all these tools in a weekly basis Make sure that you are also an example of achieving your own dreams

XII THE FIRST SESSION

IN PRACTICEIt is normal that the first session is a bit longer (90min) Your focus is to build RAPPORT Here is an example of a few steps for your first session You can have a few more or less of these steps but this is the general idea

STEP 1 Memorize these steps so that you will not have to use this manual

STEP 2 (Partnership) Organize the working space have everything prepared adequated clothes etc

STEP 3 (Presence) Prepare to be fully present by meditating or by being a few minutes in silence

STEP 4 (Posture and words) Build rapport have a few minutes of casual positive and neutral conversation to break the ice For example the weather the clientrsquos favourite team foot-ball match etc

STEP 5 At this stage you will also try to collect information about the client Several aspects of her life and trying to deter-mine clientrsquos expectations regarding the Coaching process You will be attentive about the metaphors and about what is really important to her Yoursquoll need it to explain what Co-aching is in her words

STEP 6 Explain what Coaching is using the clientrsquos words and the references she gave us Example letrsquos imagine that boxing was something that the client liked and we want to explain

108

109

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING THE LAST SESSION

Coaching through boxing ldquoCoaching is like boxing It invol-ves a lot of training to succeed in getting results but ins-tead of having an external enemy we are fighting against ourselvesrdquo

STEP 7 Inviting the client to do an exercise we pick six pens (three of each color) We ask her to tell us three things that are going well in her life and we explore each area a bit Then we ask ldquoamong those areas which one is running really wellrdquo Then we ask for three things that are not going so well and explore a bit

STEP 8 Asking the client which 3 goals she would like to accom-plish by the end of the Coaching process that would make it worth the investment (as measurable as possible)

STEP 9 Establishing verbal contract and selling the idea of coa-ching (even if the sessions pack is already closed) Now we talk about the practical issues sessions frequency ses-sions length interrupting the client first session a bit lon-ger confidentiality guarantee If you feel comfortable you can talk about costs and forms of payment

STEP 10 ldquoCan we start our session talking about what brought you here How can I helprdquo

STEP 11 Talking a bit about the Clientrsquos reality and introducing the Pizza of Life The client draws herrsquos We will go on explai-ning the pizza and its different slices (very briefly not to influence) Some clients like to do it lsquoalonersquo others like to go on talking as they fill the slices

STEP 12 From then on you make ROSA 10

STEP 13 You end up the session You can share ROSA methodology with your client (if you think shersquod like it) and ending with positive feedback You can also ask the client how did she feel You can also ask her to choose an object and summa-rize the session You will also be doing some preframing by stating that Coaching is about action and homeworks

XIII THE LAST SESSION

A coaching process has a follow-up We can work with individual ses-sions or with a pack It is important to inform your clients that Coaching is a continuous process and not a process with miraculous results in the first session Hence it is like doing workout where it is difficult to get results if we go to the gym only once

You can work with packs of sessions (5 or 10) and we would like to give you some tips on what you should ensure it gets done in your last coaching session with someone you have been working with

FUTURE It is important to ensure that the client will continue taking steps in the future even not having sessions anymore or your presence In this session you should spend some time helping her in creating an action plan about the next steps she wants to go on taking in that area You can also take the opportunity to do a small summary of everything that you both worked in so that there is a notion of the progress made and the results achieved Ensures that your client completed that process and be sure about the next steps for her future Help her in crea-ting a good action plan

HABITS You can also ask your client which would be the daily or weekly habits that she would like more to integrate into her routine

POSITIVE FEEDBACK This is also the perfect time to give positive fe-edback to your client (despite being a constant throughout the sessions) Show her the progress she has made throughout the sessions and help her to realize all the positive things she has achieved

111

110

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

PERSONAL DEVELOPMENT We must ensure that our client conti-nues its personal development process and knows or tries new approaches Coaching is just one part of a wide range of options that are now ahead of her Encourage her to con-tinue that journey to read new books to try other trainings and workshops other different and complementary ways of approaching personal development

KEEPING CONTACT You can develop some form of contact with your old clients Email telephone facebook etc Remember to con-tinue sending her information about coaching or other matters you find important It is a way to ensure that your client will continue ldquoawakedrdquo for this subject

Thank you for being part of this project

Daniel Saacute Nogueira and Marta Ferreira

Page 23: WeCreate International Coaching Certification Manual

46

47

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

5 Take notes The most dangerous thing in a brainstorming ses-sion is having no one to write down the ideas Preferably the one who writes should not be giving any ideas she should fo-cus on writing down othersrsquo ideas There should also be a kind of a moderatorfacilitator of the brainstorming session not for taking decisions or criticizing but precisely for making sure that no one tries to take decisions on behalf of the group or to criticize other peoplersquos ideas and to help keep the focus on what matters In an individual brainstorming session you of course need to be your own moderator

6 A clear goal You must clearly define what the purpose of your objective is what the challenge is and if possible write formu-late it in META+(ldquoTrate a Vida por Turdquo paacuteg 213)

Brainstorming is the most powerful creativity tool In a brainstorming the client is requested to come up with a great amount of ideas on how to reach her Guru Objective

click the video to see it

And the Coach must be persistent since this is when you realize that humans are lazy when it comes to thinking It is very likely that when giving her fifth idea the client will say that she has no more Everyone will want to convince you that they have already found the magic solu-tion But they havenrsquot And how do we know that Because if they had found it they would already have solved their challenge

During a brainstorming ideally it is the Coach who writes down the ideas But she should not alter any of them And if the client gets stuck we must ask open and creative questions such as

3 If you had all the money in the world what would you do 3 If you were your idol what would you do 3 If it were 10 years ago what would you do 3 If it were 10 years from now what would you do

Cultivating a sense of humour as a Coach is always a good for rela-xing and making people creative This is in fact important in any area At this stage it is very likely that the client will have long mo-ments without coming up with any ideas Therefore it is impor-tant to create our own personal way of ldquopulling outrdquo the clientrsquos ideas such as a small exercise changing seats or using humour If the client gets to 40 ideas very easily and none is lsquointerestingrsquo even for her it means that she is still in the obvious ide-as and then 40 more ideas are always welcome Creativity is an expansive energy The more it is cultivated the more it grows and the easier it becomes to use it in other areas of life Notas The Coach may suggest ideas but only as an encouragement to the client

A brainstorming can take up a large part of a session so it is important to make sure there is enough time for it

ROSA 20

1 Allow the obvious

2 I want more ideas

3 Help to avoid judgment

4 Overcoming objections with questions ldquoWhat ifrdquo

5 Okay what else

SOLUTIONSRESUME

48

49

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

since it is not right to leave it midway The goal is that the client forces her brain to find new ideas in a short time and in such a way that it is almost like a shock to her

It is important to keep focused on one topic in a brainstorming Some may change their focus during the process for example a client whorsquos Guru objective is to open a business may start to suggest ideas on how to make more money In this case the Coach should remind the client of the main topic At the same time the Coach should stay flexible and if the client really feels that their focus was not on the first topic but on the second itrsquos time to go back and set a new Guru objective

A(CTION)ROSA exists only for one reason to get us to act We find our Reality establish our Objectives and think up Solutions that make us act ndash the A is the purpose of ROSA

Now more than people of action we must be people of innovation

Innovation is creativity applied to getting the desired results Being creative is not enough but creativity is the tool for getting to innova-tion So how do we do this

The secret is not to give up on creating ideas ideas and more ideas until the innovative idea comes Sometimes it never comes but get-ting to the creative ones is already something Those who have dared being creative many times and more and more are those who mana-ge to reach the innovation Itrsquos not enough to have talent you have to work hard to translate this talent into amazing results Look at these examples

3 Bach wrote one cantata a week even when he was sick 3 Mozart produced more than 600 pieces of music 3 Darwin wrote 109 publications one of which was about the Theory of

Evolution 3 Einstein published 248 theses one of which was about the Theory

of Relativity 3 Freud published 350 theses 3 Rembrandt produced 650 paintings 3 It took Thomas Edison 2000 experiments to invent the light bulb

and 9000 to perfect it 3 Picasso created more than 20000 pieces of art

This is why it is so important to act Do a lot create a lot invest a lot (ldquoTrate a Vida por Turdquo paacuteg 234)

THE FUNNELThis is the part where coaching really becomes challenging where the client realizes that she will have to do something and not just think and talk about it It is the phase where we start to converge and funnel things in order to find an action that is as specific as possible

This is with no doubt the most important phase of ROSA In a coaching session anything can happen in any of the other phases but we cannot end it without an action (without homework)

What

3 What are you going to do now 3 What are you thinking about doing now ()

ROSA 20

click the video to see it

A task should not be so simple that it doesnacutet make any difference to the client to fulfill it nor should it be so difficult that it becomes infeasible

50

51

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

With whom It is very important to involve someone in the action pro-cess 99 of the homework should have a third person involved The-reby we are creating conditions for the client to become autonomous after the coaching process The questions might be

3 ldquowill you ask to ask you whether you have done itrdquo 3 ldquoApart from me (the Coach) who else will be involved in thisrdquo

When Marcar data ou frequecircncia Quanto mais especiacutefica for me-lhor Isto leva o cliente a pensar exatamente quando vai fazer au-tomaticamente isto cria um compromisso maior dentro dele doing this the client should end each session with a specific homework knowing both the day and the time she will do it and with whom she will share it

At what time of the week beginning or end

At the end of the week

What is for you the end of the week Friday Saturday Sunday

Friday

Ok and what time

Anytime

Anytime Ok But in the morning in the afternoon or evening

Morning

And what time

Early

What is early for you

Upon waking

And what time do you wake up

At 7am

THE CONVERGENCE TECHNIQUEIf the client does not find an action to do you can use the convergence technique by asking the following questions

3 ldquoLook at your ideas (the brainstorming) and mark those that you find reasonablerdquo

3 ldquoNow choose 10rdquo 3 ldquoChoose 5rdquo 3 ldquoChoose 3 2 rdquo 3 ldquoIf I had a magic wand that would immediately fulfil one of these

ideas which one would you chooserdquo

COMMITMENTIn the early sessions you can also ask the client to send you an SMS after doing the action in or-der to confirm it Of course you donrsquot force her

if she refuses but then if she doesnrsquot do her homework you will have more power to ask for an SMS in the next homework

If she accepts you may also ask if you can send her an SMS in case she forgets to do so What will happen is that as soon as she receives our SMS asking whether the action has been done she will do it immediately so that she can reply that she has By SMS we also mean any other means like a telephone call or e-mail The Coach must be flexible enough to perceive which method suits her client the best

THE HANDSHAKEShaking hands after defining the homework is very important because it is the archetype of commitment But remember if the client does not do her homework there is no failure only feedback Maybe the problem really is the kind of homework given or poor explanation about the im-portance of the homework in the coaching process

ONE SMALL STEP FORWARDWhat is the Next Small Step you can take This ques-

ROSA 20

What is the first next small step

Earn 20000 euro

What is the first next small step

Save 100 euro month

What is the first next small step

Open an account

ldquoGreat what is the next small step that you believe you can accomplish

Deposit 1000 euro

1 What is the option that has magic

2 What is the option that makes sense

3 What are you gonna do exactly

4 How will you know you make it

5 Funnel When What day What time

6 Commitment handshake

ACTIONRESUME

52

53

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

free to put everything she has (skills tools knowledge) at the service of her client Indeed every three sessions more or less you should challenge your client with a piece of homework However the challen-ge will vary depending on whom we have in front of us and on the level of the process

4 SUCCESS TIPS FOR THIS PHASE FASEAction Plans it is at this stage that we start working on an action plan

that will follow the session Remember coaching without ac-tion is not coaching Thatrsquos why you should do a ROSA in every session go through the four phases and always end with a very concrete action plan on what the client will do during the week and until the next session Here is an example of an action plan

What will I do Run 3 times per week

When Monday Wednesday and Friday

With whom Alone

Possible obstacles Laziness and lack of time

Benefits Feeling healthier

What will help me remember Setting an alarm on my phone

How will I celebrate By going to the cinema

Homework the tasks between the sessions are a priority for the coaching Most of the le-arning comes from the homework that is done between sessions So remember to always end your session by asking your client to suggest tasks that she would like to accom-plish that coming week the next small steps she can take right now Then rephra-se each one into a concrete action (when how where ) Still some clients will have gre-

tion tool is ideal for those who have difficulty in defining Baby Objecti-ves or those who have difficulty in defining an action to do this week

Notas As a general rule the client will not hear the word ldquosmallrdquo in the question The-refore we must repeat the question until the action is so small that the client would have no difficulty doing it

Of course the Next Small Step may not be the right action to choose for this week

Example The client wants to buy a Porsche (Guru Objective)

ldquoDeposit 1000 eurosrdquo is the Baby Objective The same process can be used for defining the homework

At the end when an action has been defined the Coach may also su-ggest a piece of homework In other words then the Coach is finally

ROSA 20

54

55

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING RAPPORT

at difficulty in taking action If this is the case always look for the smallest step that the person can take If we do not act itrsquos because the step is not small enough Remember ldquoEvery journey begins with one small steprdquo

Commitment amp Penalties some clients will sometimes have real diffi-culty in stepping into action Sometimes you may have to resort to agreeing on a fine if your client does not accomplish her task All human beings run away from pain and sometimes in coaching we need to use a little more masculine energy (wersquoll talk about that more below) to help You can even ask the question ldquoWhat will happen if you do not accomplish itrdquo

Monitoring amp Accountability the role of a Coach is to provide moni-toring to her client However the responsibility must always be on the clientrsquos side As a Coach you are responsible for guiding the process Your client should define the strategies needed to enable her to take the steps she wants You should follow and always try to understand what may have prevented her from completing her tasks Above all you should be focused on finding better strategies to lead her into action However do remind your client that it is her responsibility Ultimately acting or not acting is her choice

VII RAPPORT

Mastering the ROSA technique and mastering Rapport will alone make

you a Mega Coach Of course you can gain more Roots but people

who attend our courses usu-ally already have quite some

1ST DEFINITION OF RAPPORT

Relationship of trust and influence rapport is the ability to create trust within a few minutes with various kinds of people and to influence them to act think and do better You can only influence after being trusted Think about people you trust and do not trust what influence do these people have on you

2ND DEFINITION OF RAPPORTRelationship of empathy and sympathy ldquoWe only like 2 kinds of people people who are the way we are or who are the way we would like to berdquo

Empathy I feel empathy based on the things I have in common with someone

Sympathy Based on the qualities and characteristics that someone has that I would like to have

Conclusion rapport is empathy (who is like me) and sympathy (who is the way I would like to be)

56

57

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

Rapport is trust and

influence

Rapport is the ability to create

empathy and sympathy

WARNING Empathy comes before sympathy and trust comes before influence This is the most important aspect of rapport I cannot influence anyone who does not trust me

Part 2 Now letrsquos try to understand what happens in our psyche why this is the way it is

I invite you to imagine that yoursquore a rabbit in a forest and you meet another rabbit What happens Now imagine you meet another animal thatrsquos different from you What does the rabbit do FLIGHT (runs away)

Now imagine that you are not a rabbit yoursquore a wolf You meet an ani-mal thatrsquos different from you What does the wolf do FIGHT

Now imagine yoursquore a porcupine What happens FREEZE

Animals have these three types of reactions Now imagine yoursquore a human being 20000 years ago and you come across something di-fferent from you What happens ONE OF THESE THINGS AND YOU FEEL FEAR You react the way you do because your psyche does not know what it is And if it is another human being I KNOW WHAT TO EXPECT She is like me Our fear grows when something is different because we donrsquot know what to expect Imagine that you do meet a hu-man being but wearing clothes or other things that are very different

What happens when it is the same kind of animal What exists there EM-PATHY AND TRUST - 1st LEVEL of RAPPORT

This is a metaphor of course Rapport is very unconscious I could tell you to trust someone but your unconscious may not feel the trust What regula-tes that instinct in your psyche is KNOWING WHAT I CAN EXPECT

WHAT HAPPENS IN COACHING Clients also have these three types of reactions flight freeze or fight They may not show up for the follow ses-sion they may answer ldquoyesrdquo ldquonordquo ldquomayberdquo ldquodonrsquot knowrdquo or they may be in constant disagreement with you

Key ldquothe more the Coach is the way I am the more rapport there isrdquo

MILTON ERICSON (Ericsonian Psychology NLP Hypnotherapy) found the client within himself and used this as his tool in the therapy sessions

Ericson created rapport before proceeding with anything else This is TRUST and EMPATHY Ericson was humble and flexible enough to adapt to the client Only once you have done this you can go back to being yourself

Ways of creating rapport with someone

Verbal

3 Language words 3 Subject matter 3 Quotes way of speaking 3 Repeating what the other says 3 Using the otherrsquos metaphors 3 Using the same expressions

Non-verbal

3 Gestures 3 Voice 3 Mime 3 Distance 3 Posture 3 Breathing 3 Touch 3 Speed

Note Every human being has a natural and unconscious tendency to create rapport with others To confirm this all you need is to look at two people talking to each other and see how easily you will notice similarities in their postures and way of speaking

ldquoYou have only one chance to create a good first impression but you have plenty of opportunities to create rapportrdquo

Rapport is an honest attempt to enter someonersquos map-of-the-world The-re is no agreeing or disagreeing only flexibility Rapport does not mean friendship The first session and often the second is a lot about creating rapport

RAPPORT

Sometimes itacutes enought just a little attention to help someone but attention is not coaching

58

59

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

RAPPORT MODELndash 2 PacuteSEstablishing rapport is a process of many levels and layers of depth

LEVEL 1 - PRESENCE AND

PARTNERSHIP

PRESENCEThis is the first step towards creating ra-pport thus the most superficial one Pre-sence means that the Coach is fully com-mitted to her client aware of everything she says and does Nothing from outside the ses-sion should be on the Coachrsquos mind She must be fully present

Before a session itrsquos important that you as a Co-ach calm down forget about everything else and gain a notion of where you are and what you are going to do

POSTURE amp PHRASING

PERCEPTUAL POSITIONS

PERSON TO PERSON

PRESENCE amp PARTNERSHIP

PROBING amp PATIENCE

click the video to see it

Dedicate a few minutes to this process

Presence and Attention are among the healthiest ac-tions that lead to real results You can create a good

relationship with your client (child parent etc) just by being fully present and attentive Even gardens become more beautiful if they are cared for

Presence is about getting yourself into a certain state Itrsquos about being Yin and Yang at the same time

Yin ndash relaxing breathing being aware of all five senses being fully present where you are

Yang ndash mobilizing all your energy by run-ning jumping listening to inspiring music

PARTNERSHIP

Creating an equal relationship with your client Not top down or vice--versa The Coach should never be at a lower or higher level than her client The chairs should be the same for example

For presence and partnership it is also important to switch off the phone to prevent anything from interrupting the session Tidying up the table is equally important to having a clean and hygienic space

From 0 to 10 the importance of Presence during a session is a 10 It is the first step If it isnrsquot there nothing else will

Psycho-geography is also very important in this area

PSYCHO-GEOGRAPHY the way your psyche relates to geography Example On which side you like to sleep Each person has a different psycho-geography Some prefer to be by the sea while others prefer to be in the mountains

RAPPORT

Empathy is being doing

talk and think like the other Sympathy is being doing

talk and think how the other

would like to be

60

61

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

Some tips for using the psycho-geography of the client to your advan-tage

3 Having a room with a minimum amount of symbols It is not recom-mended to have crucifixes or other artefacts related to religion A bookshelf filled with books can also intimidate the client

3 Pay attention to details ndash cables on the floor which CDs are on the shelf etc

3 Having sessions at the clientrsquos home can become dangerous because there are lots of distractions and anchors Difficult si-tuations might have taken place there which will make it more challenging for the client to create a distance to them

It is the Coachrsquos job to notice the psycho-geography of her client and what makes her more comfortable

Despite all the rapport a Coaching session should always stay pro-fessional Being relaxed is necessary for both parties but the focus should not be on friendship You as a Coach need to be professional You must choose to be a Coach instead of a friend

When it comes to clothing you should be as neutral as possible in the beginning but always aligned with your personality Then you can try to adapt to the style of your client

The mantra here is having the client leave the session thinking that her Coach is just like her NOTHING IS WRONG Let your client choose what she prefers

LEVEL 2 - POSTURE AND PHRASINGWhen establishing rapport mere presence and partnership are not enough Moreover they are only the first step The posture and the phrasing that the Coach uses are very important for creating rapport in the relationship What we refer to here is mainly keeping a posture and using similar words and expressions to those of the client This way the client will see herself in us and instead of flight fight or freeze she will feel relaxed and be much more comfortable about talking

Sitting in the same position as the client using her posture tone of

voice and gestures these are all factors to consider

POSTURERegarding posture one can use two techniques that are very similar and very powerful

Mirroring When a Coach takes on a physical position that is the exact mirror image of the clientrsquos If the client leans to her right then the Coach who is facing her leans to her left

Matching In this case the Coach adopts the exact same physical position instead of a symmetric one Both ways are good and powerful The goal is to be equal or symmetrical

Of course it is not indispensable to be like the client 100 of the time as this will take a lot of the attention that the Coach needs to give the client

The more you practice these behaviours the more automatically and unconsciously you will do it When rapport already is high you can go back to your own posture and your regular vocabulary However should you feel the need you can always take up these techniques again

In fact at a high level of rapport it is possible and entirely positive that it is the client herself who starts to imitate our posture and words (un-consciously) This is the perfect moment to lead the client and suggest something more challenging to her

PHRASINGYou must pay great attention to the words that your client uses and the energy she puts into them The names of people that she talks about are also very important facts to remember

If you can use the same expressions as your client you will earn points in rapport Among these expressions metaphors are the most power-ful ones Try to explore as much possible the metaphors that are being used An excellent technique is to use a metaphor of the client to ex-

RAPPORT

The mirroring copies the

exact posture of the client

the matching mirrors

62

63

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

plain something This will reach very deeply into the psyche of the client and have great impact

You can also use themes that the client likes such as her passions and keep using them in future sessions to explain something or to give examples This creates an incredible sense of empathy between you and the client She will be glad that you are paying attention to what she says and at the same time she will understand much better what you say

The clientrsquos ideas are important keys to use when you speak in order to create and maintain rapport For example if the client talks a lot about travelling Irsquoll use the idea (anchor) that is already there because I know it works in his mind

BACKTRACKING backtracking is a Coaching technique that consists of summarizing the main points of a conversation by using the exact same words that the other person uses This tool helps the client follow the session and make her own short summary while listening to the Coach returning to what she just said and using the same words It is important to use at least the words we consider to be the most significant among the ones that the client expresses those that might be conveying more about her value patterns Backtracking can help us understand for example if we can move to the next phase of ROSA It helps us understand if the client has finished what she had to say about that phase and that way we can figure out whether we can move forward or not You can use simple questions to do so

3 ldquoLet me see if I got what you saidhelliprdquo - backtracking the conversa-tion using the exact words of the client - and then ending ldquoIs this is it or would you like to add something

3 ldquoSo what yoursquore saying isrdquo 3 ldquoCan I make a summary of your reality in relation to that slicerdquo

This is one of the simplest and most important techniques when buil-ding rapport

When building rapport avoid paraphrasing (saying the same thing in other words) but do quote A coach quotes

Mastery in Backtracking is being able to quote the last 20 minutes of a session This will leave your client fascinated and feeling that her Coach is really paying attention to everything she says

Therefore it is motivating to Backtrack at the end of each session and at the end of each phase of the ROSA

The Coach shows confidence and agrees with the client shows that she is on her side and really believes that the client will succeed

We must allow the person to be what she truly is talkative or silent Silent people also have things to say it is a matter of asking the right questions

NOTES When a session is not going well (the relationship is under stress) then the focus should be fully on level 2 Rapport - Posture and Phrasing The secret is to forget about the rest and build rapport again Once it is re-established you can address the problem

LEVEL 3 - PROBING AND PATIENCEEvery new level in Rapport brings you techniques that are deeper and more complex But the good news is that you donrsquot do level 3 Rapport until Level 1 and 2 are done So you will increase your skills by going from the easiest to the most difficult

PROBINGAsking questions is more complicated than imitating the posture and words of the client Indeed one of the more complicated aspects of being a Coach is to not give opinions and to ask the right questions at the right time We know that we keep showing you that you already are a Coach and that itrsquos easy but here we must tell you ldquoITrsquoS HARD BEING A COACHrdquo Think very carefully about whether you want to get into it Listening asking questions being patient with the pace of your clients

Even if you have the miracle answer to the clientrsquos situation you need to keep it to yourself Being patient is a challenge and usually typical

RAPPORT

64

65

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

To paraphrase can break

rapport

of the great masters You can only be a master if you want to learn to listen and if you develop a great patience for listening

Questions have the power to illuminate the darkness of your client by asking a powerful question you really get to see another human bri-ghten up right in front of you

Coaching has the power to open a new world to the client questions help people discover new resources Clients tend to find familiar answers but you as a Coach will lead them to unfamiliar answers

Classic examples of some ways to make your client talk

1 -Repeating what the client just said but in question form Client ndash ldquoYesterday I went boatingrdquo Coach ndash ldquoBoatingrdquo

2 -What does that mean to you What does fear mean to you What does a goal mean to you Example Client says ldquoIt is not rapport itrsquos complicityrdquoCoach replies ldquoWhat does complicity mean to yourdquo Client says ldquoItrsquos a clickrdquo Coach ldquoWhat does a click mean to yourdquo

3 -rdquoWhat elserdquo Serves above all to go to the heart of the matter Others like this one are ldquoTell me morerdquo and ldquoCan you go a bit deeper on thatrdquo

POWERFUL QUESTIONS Questions are probably the most beautiful flowers in the garden of learning Questions are one of the biggest se-crets of learning Creative solutions are practically impossible without questions

If you learn to ask 100 questions a day get ready for a revolution in your work at all levels

In life at work in business we are all afraid of asking questions We were educated from an early age to believe that there are right and wrong questions and we were also taught to not fail we avoid asking questions because of fearing that they are wrong The only way to reach the right questions is by not being afraid of the wrong ones

The one who wants to explore learning has to dance with this fear

A large part of all our creative potential stops at the door fearing to ring the doorbell When learning the one who doesnrsquot know is far less ignorant than the knowledgeable one Take risks Ring the bell Ask questions

Become obsessively curious ask questions How

3 Using the Coachrsquos ability of asking powerful questions 3 Following the rule of thumb ldquoThe Coach has the questions the

Client has the answersrdquo 3 Using positive language 3 Respecting the clientrsquos map-of-the-world 3 Always guiding towards solutions

Examples of powerful questions

3 ldquoCompared to whatrdquordquo 3 ldquoWhat does that mean to yourdquo 3 ldquoWhat could be a solution to yourdquo 3 ldquoI know you donrsquot know But if you knew what would that berdquo 3 ldquoWhat would be ideal to yourdquo 3 ldquoWhat do you want insteadrdquo 3 ldquoHow does that make you feelrdquo 3 ldquoWhat else could that meanrdquo 3 ldquoWhat do you want exactlyrdquo 3 ldquoWhat will you achieve with this goalrdquo 3 ldquoWhat will you do differently next timerdquo 3 ldquoWhat are you doing wellrdquo 3 ldquoWhat has to happen for you to be happy and successfulrdquo 3 ldquoWhat motivates you the mostrdquo 3 ldquoWhatrsquos the worst possible scenario And what could be the best

scenario ldquo 3 ldquoWhat are you willing to do to achieve your goalrdquo 3 ldquoWhat new things could you could tryrdquo 3 ldquoWhat prevents you from taking actionrdquo 3 ldquoWho could help you with this situationrdquo 3 ldquoWhat resources do you need to achieve your goalrdquo

RAPPORT

66

67

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

3 ldquoWhat else do you want to get out of your liferdquo 3 ldquoWhat do you really want achieve in that area of your liferdquo 3 ldquoWhat is your biggest dream in that area of your liferdquo 3 ldquoAnd what is the next small step that you would have to takerdquo 3 ldquoWhat do you find positive in this situationrdquo 3 ldquoHow could you attract better persons into your liferdquo 3 ldquoWhat would have to happen to make you feel more fulfilledrdquo 3 ldquoIf you were your own Coach what coaching would you give

yourselfrdquo 3 ldquoIf I was your best friend what advice would you give me to solve

this situationrdquo 3 ldquoIf you had all the time and money in the world how would you

fix itrdquo

In fact the art of asking questions is the foundations of a coaching process with powerful results The list of questions to ask seems en-dless

So become really obsessed with questions and start NOW How about adding 10 more ideas to our list And some more And many more

Typical coaching questions

3 Questions that lead to action (ldquoWhat will you do What can you do differently What do you need to do tordquo)

3 Goal-oriented instead of problem-oriented ldquoHow would you like it to berdquo ldquoAnd if you could what would you dordquo

3 Future-orientedldquoHow do you see that situation in the future How would you like to feelrdquo

Beware of questions with negative assumptions ldquoWhat happens if you donrsquot do itrdquo They should be followed immediately by a question with positive assumptions ldquoHow will you celebrate when you do itrdquo

RAPPORT

YOUR QUESTIONS

68

69

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

PATIENCECount to 10 relax work on your roots and realize that coaching is a process and that each person has her own time and rhythm How can you train your patience Think of 20 ideas

LEVEL 4 ndash PERCEPTUAL POSITIONSWe could also call this the level where we create rapport with our clientrsquos psychology In fact understanding and perceiving human psychology is a huge advantage for you as a Coach You are not there to be a friend of your client as we have mentioned so then a good way to create a relation with her is through her psychology

Do you know the psychology of a teenager or a parent a boss an unemployed If you grasp your clientrsquos psychology the Rapport will be extraordinary

If you demonstrate that you know how a mother thinks yoursquoll make the client believe that you understand her completely

Most people do not understand their own psyche If you can understand them at that level it will make the client to feel something extraordinary about you and the Coaching process

PERCEPTUAL POSITIONS At this level the Coach must master Per-ceptual Positions that is being able to put herself in another personrsquos position whether itrsquos the clientrsquos or the clientrsquos parent or any other person that is part of the situation You should be able to see the same situation from different perspectives and in the long term help your client do the same

THE EXERCISE This is an exercise to be used mainly if the client has trouble in a relationship with someone (friend family member etc) and is having some difficulty understanding that personrsquos Map-of-the--World And when this is of great importance

You do not need to go very deep in this exercise Because it is NLP even done in a soft way it can be very powerful to your client helping her to see an aspect of the situation that she hadnrsquot seen or reflected on before

STEP 1 ndash The client explains what is going on (she can speak freely without any restrictions You ask questions to understand the reality of the situation)

STEP 2 ndash The Coach suggests this perceptual positions exercise (it is just an invitation If the client does not want to do not continue)

STEP 3 ndash The Coach asks the client to choose two spots represen-ting the two standpoints (you can put a sheet of paper at each spot) and to imagine that the other person is at one of them

STEP 4 ndash The client speaks facing the other spot as if the person was there and acts as herself (The Coach guides with questions ldquoHow did that make you feel What would you like to tell herrdquo etc)

STEP 5 ndash Pause and ldquoshake outrdquo the client and share the question of the game of imagination

STEP 6 ndash The client recalls a childhood game she used to play and describes it a little We then use this as a metaphor to explain that we will now do the same Just a game where we use our imagination The Coach repeats that the per-son with whom the client has a challenge is there at the other spot

STEP 7 ndash The client goes over to the other spot and the Coach helps her go deeper into that role through guiding questions

STEP 8 ndash The client chooses whether she wants to return to her starting position and add something say something more She may go back and forth as many times as she wishes

STEP 9 ndash When done the Coach suggests to the client to stand on a chair and states ldquoYou are now in a neutral position a higher position What would you call this position (Allow the client to choose a name) Seen from above what do you have to say about this situation What would you say to (clientrsquos name) and to (the other personrsquos name) How would you solve this situation How can (clientrsquos name) solve this situationrdquo

RAPPORT

70

71

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

STEP 10 ndash After the client is done with the third (neutral) position the Coach takes the client off the papers

STEP 11 ndash The Coach can then use the following questions to debrief the exercise

3 ldquoHow was the exercise for you 3 ldquoWhat did you learnrdquo 3 ldquoIs there anything you could do differentlyrdquo

STEP 12 ndash Lead the client to an action (a first small step towards sol-ving the situation) and then funnel it

REMEMBER always undock the client from the different roles the client can do the exercise eyes opened or closed

TO ACKNOWLEDGE Acknowledge the client very very very much for having volunteered and shown vulnerability

This exercise serves mainly as a metaphor for the Coach striving to master Perceptual Positions (understanding and being able to go into different psyches)

CONCLUSION The Coach is a master of perceptual positions She knows how to see the different angles of the same situation She sees everything from different angles

PEMS

Life is all about relationships the relationships we have with ourselves and with others Some people instinctively relate better to themselves and others relate really well to others There are those who relate well to almost everything and everyone and others who are unable to relate with anyone This affects their personal and professional life

Is there any way to consciously improve the relationships that instinc-tively do not work Of course

When we grasp the logic of the mind of another person we can better interact with it and even influence it Psychology is power And if we apply on ourselves it becomes even more powerful and interesting The better we know ourselves and the logic of our mind the better we will be able to help ourselves and achieve our goals

Carl Gustav Jung a Swiss psychiatrist and founder of analytical psychology focused on studying social and collective archetypes He identified eight psychological types taking into account peoplersquos beha-viour abilities skills attitudes and motivations

He began by distinguishing between extraverted (social and expansive) and introverted (reserved and reflective) people Each of them could then be connected to two out of the four functions of the psyche sen-sing or intuition thinking or feeling

In the 40rsquos decade Isabel Myers and Katharine Briggs continued Jungrsquos work and added two auxiliary functions to the Jungian types percep-tion and judgement Thereby arriving at 16 psychological types or 16 personality types Later a personality test was created ndash The Myers--Briggs Type Indicator or MBTI - which is still the most commonly used tool for identifying different personality types

Based on Jungrsquos work we have created a model called PEMS which will help us better understand the logic of our own mind and of the people around us

In this model we distinguish four dominant preferences (P-E-M-S) which correspond to the four elements of life

PRACTICAL (the body DOING Activity Action related to the ele-ment of EARTH) - corresponds to someone that is earthly active dynamic practical that does a lot In excess these are people who never stop to consider their actions

EMOTIONAL (the heart FEELING Feelings Love related to the element of WATER) - corresponds to someone who nee-ds people relations who gives a lot to others and seeks affection In excess these are people who might be overly sensitive

RAPPORT

72

73

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

MENTAL (the mind THINKING Analysis Intellect Logic related to the element of AIR) - corresponds to someone who values analysis rationalization and uses logic and who always fo-cuses on making the right decision In excess these are people who might become impersonal and cold

SPIRITUAL (the soul BEING Values Existence related to the ele-ment of FIRE) - corresponds to someone who thinks that everything has meaning and a higher purpose These are people who care very much about values In excess they can fluctuate too much and concretize too little

The four logics of the mind that we have identified are also based on the four elements

Practical ndash EARTH (firm solid stable secure strong dense)Emotional ndash WATER (flexible always coming back to herself)Mental ndashAIR (transparent lightweight fast facilitates communica-

tion)Spiritual ndash FIRE (burning fleeting transforming powerful)

Thus in a very simplified manner we can divide people into four ca-tegories

PRACTICAL PEOPLE (P) ndash THEY LIKE TO ACT AND DOThese are the people who like action movement They are the ones who make the world move As friends or clients they may want to go straight to the point try things and learn about practical matters The greatest fear of these practical persons is losing control They like to feel that they are in control of the situation of the pace of the conver-sation and of the surroundings

HELP THEM ALWAYS FEEL IN CONTROL

EMOTIONAL PEOPLE (E) ndash THEY LIKE FEELING AND RELATINGThese are people who love people and sharing feelings Everything is an emotion for them And they feel things about everything and everyo-ne Let them talk about their family friends dogs neighbours etchellip

They will talk mostly about people and what they are feeling Their greatest fear is loosing empathy They like to feel reliable and they want to relate

HELP THEM FEEL EMPATHY TOWARDS YOU

MENTAL PEOPLE (M) ndash THEY LIKE TO THINK AND TO ANALYSEThese are people who like to analyze and who try to put everything into a box into a certain perspective They are precise and meticulous They like detail to study and analyze all possibilities They donrsquot fear debating (quite the contrary) and discussing they love the exchanging ideas and arguments but they need to end up being right or get a very good explanation to why the other is right A mental person is always striving to make the best decision Their greatest fear is to be wrong they like to feel that they are correct and that they are making deci-sions based on logic and rational thinking

HELP THEM FEEL THAT THEY ARE RIGHT

SPIRITUAL PEOPLE (S) ndash THEY LIKE TO BE AND TO GLOWThey are looking for the greater purpose of things They believe that everything has a reason for being the way it is that there are no coin-cidences and itrsquos that quest that moves them They give great meaning to every situation always looking for ldquotherdquo situation The greater the meaning the greater their motivation Their biggest fear is to have no meaning That it is to not be significant or ldquoshinerdquo in any way They need to feel conscious and whole

HELP THEM FEEL THAT THEY ARE MEANINGFUL

Although we all have and use a portion of these four categories in the different contexts or times of our life one of them is predominant in us Identifying it is important for managing and interacting with life and with others since it is the best and the fastest way of accessing the Map-of-the-world of someone and speaking a language that that per-son recognizes and accepts as her own

RAPPORT

74

75

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

In fact we are all one but we are all different and we must understand these differences to be able to deal with others People who are more emotional behave and interact in a totally opposite manner from mental people the same way that most practical people interact in a way that is opposite to spiritual people

The EMOTIONAL person is micro-MACRO Transforms everything that is small into something big Everything is important everything is emotional From the simple ldquogood morningrdquo to hearing ldquoI love yourdquo every day For an emotional person a discussion is always a tsuna-mi Therefore itrsquos the emotional persons who with their micro-Macro sense make birthdays a special day and receive small things with gre-at love

The MENTAL person is MACRO-micro transforms everything that is big into something small She makes it more complex by simplifying it For example this very PEMS model is MACRO-micro as it strives to make the hugeness of the personality types into something much smaller creating only four categories for all human beings The mental person also feels less and give less importance to her feelings

The SPIRITUAL person is MACRO-MACRO she takes everything that is already big and turns it even bigger more meaningful more im-portant more relevant Almost everything is a question of values of making the world a better place and interpretations that go far beyond reality A simple leaf falling off a tree can represent a new phase in life for a spiritual person

The PRACTICAL person is micro-micro turns everything into small and simple lsquoright here and right nowrsquo matters They act Right now with what they have They donrsquot feel the need to enlarge what is small and they donrsquot care much about great concepts If the five senses can help them grasp a situation everything is fine

THE PREDOMINANT LOGIC OF OUR PSYCHEThe most practical way of finding out is to notice how we behave in a stressful situation Each of us when under stress often react in a way that is very close to our basic personality type

Practical people act react move around organize themselves put their hands to work and do not rest until they manage to move things forward

The emotional people feel and feel a lot If a situation is stressful diffi-cult and negative they will have difficult and negative emotions they will feel what others feel and they will want to manage these emotions in the moment

People that are predominantly mental will under stress begin to ratio-nalize need logical answers be fast and analytical They donrsquot want to solve anything through feelings they donrsquot want to act they are only concerned with finding the right and correct decision and struggle until they get it

Finally the predominantly spiritual people will want to give a greater meaning to that particular event What has to be done what people feel or what the right solution is doesnrsquot matter what matters is why things happened the way they did and what the greater significance of that may be

RAPPORT

76

77

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

Identify the psychological type of the client can help the coach to anticipate and understand expectations

MAIN SUPERIOR FUNCTION AND AUXILIARY INFERIOR FUNCTION

According to Carl Jung while we all have one function that is better developed than the others ndash a superior function ndash we also have another fairly well developed function called the first auxiliary

All of us have a bit of each one of the psychologies but there are always two that are predominant a main one which Jung calls the superior function and an auxiliary one that lies at the bottom of the cross shown on the previous page which is always to the right or left of our superior one

The inferior function is one that is less developed and that remains mainly in our unconscious

Thus a person who is predominantly Practical may have as her auxi-liary function the emotional or mental logic thus being PE or PM

A person who is predominantly Mental may have as her auxiliary func-tion the spiritual or practical logic thus being MS or MP

A person who is predominantly Spiritual may have as her auxiliary function the emotional or mental logic thus being SE or SM

And a person who is predominantly Emotional may have as her auxilia-ry function the spiritual or practical logic thus being ES or EP

This all means that we are situated in one of the following categories

3 Practical Emotional or Emotional Practical 3 Practical Mental or Mental Practical 3 Spiritual Emotional or Emotional Spiritual 3 Spiritual Mental or Mental Spiritual

As you may have noticed according to Jung there are no EMME or PSSP That is one canrsquot have as her first auxiliary function the func-tion that is opposite to the superior one

Carl Jung said that we should look closely at our inferior function whi-ch usually remains in our unconscious because it contains an enor-mous potential for a change and each one of us can benefit a lot from integrating our inferior function with our superior one

Taking risks experimenting enjoying everything that life has to offer is the best way of getting to know ourselves and realizing where our happiness lies (ldquoTrate a Vida por Turdquo paacuteg 74)

INTROVERSION AND EXTROVERSION Introversion and extroversion have to do with the direction in which we focus our attention and energy

People who prefer Extroversion focus their energy and attention away from themselves and are interested in the world of people and things

3 Attracted to the world of events and people outside of themsel-ves

3 They are aware of who and what is around them 3 They like to meet and talk to new people 3 They are friendly often good talkers and easy to get to know 3 They tend to talk easily and often in meetings 3 May not be as aware of what goes on inside them 3 They think while talking 3 They may act or speak first and only think later 3 Speaking about themselves they speak fast 3 They bring energy into life 3 They can get bored and restless if they are alone for too long

People who prefer Introversion (focus their energy and attention inward and are interested in the inner world of thoughts and reflections)

3 Attracted to the inner world of thoughts feelings and reflections 3 They are usually very aware of their inner reactions 3 They prefer to interact with people they know 3 They are usually quiet in meetings and sometimes seem disen-

gaged

RAPPORT

78

79

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

3 They are generally reserved and hard to get to know 3 They may not be as aware of the world outside of them 3 They need time to gather their thoughts before they speak 3 They reflect and think before acting 3 They want to know you before allowing you to get to know them

deeply 3 They feel exhausted and tired after interacting with peoples

FINAL NOTE you must be what your client is You have to find that person inside you

LEARNING STYLESAs we saw with the previous PEMS model our clients will have diffe-rent psychological preferences It is therefore important and essential that you are able to adapt your sessions to the learning style that your client likes best and that better meets her psychological preference

EMOTIONAL Emotional clients will like to talk and share on their to-pics They are very much looking for a relationship and empathy with the Coach and they need to feel heard more than any of the other personality types For these persons learning has a lot to do with the relationship that is created with the feeling of support that they get and even with the positive feedback They like to learn through stories As a Coach it is important to learn to empathize with the emotional range of these persons They will appreciate the sharing to tell stories and to listen to them With emotional clients we may sometimes feel that we are not taking huge steps forward But the fact is that many times these persons need to first be listened to

MENTAL Mental clients will be more logical and may have a more aca-demic style of learning They will want to understand the reasons why things are what they are they will want to get tasks involving research on certain subjects The sessions with these people must be well defi-ned and prepared They will want to explore their intellectual side and feel challenged It is important for them to have access to information and tools that explain the work they are doing in the sessions in a con-crete and logical manner Of course they also need to empathize but the intellectual challenge feeling that their intellect is develops appears to be greater They may like schemes graphics and any models that

could simplify the learning process What these persons will demand of you is a greater capacity to analyse and a logical and rational way of communicating

SPIRITUAL this is for most people the most difficult learning style to adopt Remember that these persons are seeking the greater meaning of things They really want to feel inspired by the coaching process (and even by their Coach) They will want to see that you are an exam-ple of what you talk about so called congruence Spiritual persons will enjoy topics that are more related to values to their identity that make them feel that they are taking steps towards becoming better hu-man beings With these clients you can use powerful metaphors (even through movies music creative exercises etc) and above all strive to make sure that the person leaves the session very inspired

PRACTICAL They like action Which is great because coaching is pri-marily about action These persons like to have very practical sessions in which they get the opportunity to do many exercises and experiment with different situations They may be the clients that like getting more tasks and having things to do (which then sometimes ldquogets lostrdquo due to their time management) These clients will require more simplicity and a well-paced session from you They may also like to do exercises that involve moving their body Above all they will want you to help them get into action

As we deal with these four kinds of preferences we need to adapt our Coaching style to the learning style that each person has Thus we should prepare a lot their sessions and realize that some will require from you

3 Greater sharing and ability to listen and relate (e) 3 Researching mastering the subject very well and knowing how

to mentally stimulate your client with challenges (m) 3 Powerful metaphors very inspirational sessions and congruen-

ce that assign meaning to the Coaching process (s) 3 Practical exercises diversified well rhythmed sessions that

help your client to quickly get into action (p)

RAPPORT

80

81

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING ROOTS

LEVEL 5 - PERSON TO PERSONThis is the fifth level of rapport the deepest and more intense one It happens when the level of rapport is a total vibration Itrsquos when the client feels such a confidence by her Coach empathy and sympathy Itrsquos the hardest level to evaluate

Itrsquos when your client feels so much connected to you that depending on her your relationship would go beyond Coaching She no longer wants the Coach she wants you You no longer understand only the person she feels that you know about her You donrsquot understand psychology you understand who she is

It is very similar to the rapport level you have with 23 of very close persons in your life Everything is natural unconscious and sponta-neous

VIII ROOTS

Every human being seeks to get results Mo-ney Family Romance Peace Happiness

Career Health All we want in life is to have results in those areas

The Map-of-the-World Model is used to work on roots - your

roots as a Coach It shows us how does the psyche of all of us works As a Coach no one

should surprise you about yourself You should know you well know everything about yourself This is what itrsquos called a rooted person

click the video to see it

82

83

BELIEFSTRANSFORMATIVE COACHING

ROSA 20 M - AIR - THINK

VALUESHOLISTIC COACHING

ROSA 30 S - FIRE - BE

COACHING 40

WORLD MAP MODEL

being th

e moment

passi

on en

ergy

demotiv

ation

empowering beliefs

limiting rules

relation air(comunication)

coach is priestisnacutet

1 value focus

UNSUSTAINABLESUSTAINABLE

SECURITY

SELF LOVE

CONSCIOUSNESS

PERSONAL DEVEL

FREEDOM

LOVEBELOVED

BLISS

CONTRIBUTION

P

E

M

S

BEHAVIORROSA 10

SITUATIONAL COACHING

P - EARTH - DO

EMOTIONSREMEDY COACHING

ROSA 10 + LISTEN E - WATER - FEEL

RESULTS

ability to

enter

in st

ate

emotional

patter

ns

habits and discipline

addictions

coach is bossisnacutet

coach is friendisnacutet

1 Homework focus

optimism faithpositive

meditation

key points focusused to interrupt the fear cycle

coach is coach

HUMAN HAVINGHUMAN BEING

UNSUSTAINABLEEGOTISTICAL

STRETCH ZONE

SUSTAINABLEECOLOGICALSTRETCH ZONE

SHORT TERMLONG TERM

CYCLE OF CONFIDENCECYCLE OF FEAR

CONSCIOUS

SUBCONSCIOUS

UNCONSCIOUS

84

85

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

So the first question is why some are getting results while others are not

ACTIONS BEHAVIORSThis means that anyone who is having results is because she is ldquodoingrdquo ie behaving differently from other people who are having no results in those areas For example a millionaire DOES things that people who are not millionaires donrsquot For example saving investing etc Someone with a great health is DOING things that people that donrsquot have a good health are not What we are doing is making the difference Two people in the same circumstances that do exactly the same actions have the same kind of results People who have the results you wanna have ARE DOING THINGS TO GET THEM

So the next question is what leads some people to DO and others to not do

EMOTIONSEverything you do in your life is a relationship between pain and pleasure What happens is that someone who goes running at 6 am associates more pain with lsquonot goingrsquo than with lsquogoingrsquo Who is going to the gym asso-ciates more pleasure than pain with going to the gym in the morning That relationship between pain and pleasure is what is defining your results If we dramatically increase the pain or the pleasure associated we will get to change your results

As so what is then defining that painpleasure relationship

BELIEFSThe reason is because of our beliefs of what we believe in Our beliefs are our set of rules for the world and for our lives Your set of beliefs in fact is defining your painpleasure relationship with something and then your actions A millionaire believes that saving is essential that investing and taking risks is necessary This set of beliefs leads himher to associa-te more pleasure than pain with having these behaviors and therefore heshe implements them Other people have other beliefs that create other

emotions that create other results People who are achieving results in areas that you arenrsquot have a beliefs system different from yours

And then it seems logical to ask so what is defining and creating your set of beliefs

VALUESWhat is a value Itrsquos something that is important to you something you re-ally value The only thing that determines a value is if it is valuable to you Not all of us share the same values (Example the values of Mother Teresa and Donald Trump Contribution vs Professional Accomplishment) What you really value and not what you say that you value You value it so much that it generates your set of beliefs In fact when you live your values in practice (on a daily basis) you are defining your life results Not what you would like to value but what you are really valorizing In fact we all have the same values What differs is the order and the importance we give to each one of them

For example if someone has the value of the family above the value of work she will have the belief that it is more important to spend time with her family causing her to develop a positive feeling when she is with her family which leads her to really try to spend more time with it On the other hand someone who has the value of work above the family one will be someone who believes she should spend more time with her work and career as she believes it is that that will bring her more financial stabi-lity for example So she will associate more pleasure to the time spent at work than at home causing her to act accordingly to that emotion For example Donald Trump and Mother Teresa of Calcutta havenrsquot they got different values One probably values more lsquoprofessional fulfillmentrsquo the other values more lsquocontributionrsquo Different results Sure One has one of the largest business empires in the world the other left the largest volun-teer organization in the world

So in reality the values you are living in practice (what you are valuing in practice) are defining your results

This alone already explains a good part of the psyche of human beings But letrsquos go deeper

ROOTS

Having roots is to control the cycle of trust

86

87

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

To have roots the coach has to identify

her motivators and values create beliefs and habits and learn

to place herself in a state

CYCLE OF CONFIDENCE AND CYCLE OF FEAREveryone has Cycles of Fear in some areas and Cycles of Confidence in other areas

How do you know it If you are having or not results in that area In the areas of your life where you are getting results you are living in a Cycle of Confidence In the areas where yoursquore not you are living in a Cycle of Fear What does this means is that you have behavioral addic-tions or that you are doing things in a vicious way you are in a sort of a mice wheel Those addictions start by creating emotional patterns on you (feelings that you are having whether you want it or not for instan-ce jealousy when it becomes a pattern no matter what the other does that emotion will keep being there it is an emotion that happens to you) and those emotional patterns generate limiting rules We use the words ldquorulesrdquo because in reality limiting beliefs are created because they have a very large set of rules And this generates demotivation An addiction creates an emotional pattern that creates rules limiting which create demotivation and discourage us to move and change This Cycle of Fear is being lived FROM RESULTS TO VALUES and not in the other and right way The bad news are that we all have Cycles of Fear The areas in which we are not having results is because we are afraid but we paint it in other colors Irsquom afraid Irsquom demotivated I have emotional patterns and I have limiting rules

For you to gain roots you need to recognize these cycles You need to break it if you want results but if you want roots you need to recognize them Good news you can break Cycles of Fear

Second good news you have Cycles of Confidence You also unders-tand the other psychology So what is a Cycle of Confidence

You start by having the capacity of creating Discipline and Habits you get the ability to get into a certain and desired state (eg being happy to go training I want to create that emotion I visualize it it is the op-posite of an emotional pattern the pattern happens to you Think of a boxer who puts herself into her wanted state before entering in a ring You have empowering beliefs (when you believe in something that cre-ates more of it) This creates energy passion being in the moment Being with energy and passion and in the moment brings me empowe-ring beliefs which put me in the emotional state I want and provide me

habits and discipline The good news you have these cycles in areas that you are getting results Think in one area You have these four things right

Having these cycles itrsquos called being human First part on lsquorootsrsquo is about knowing your Cycles of Fear and Confidence and admit them to yourself to those you love to the others And having the courage to say that it doesnrsquot work because of FEAR And there is a way to break this cycle When you have roots you stop projecting it in your clients

There is a way of finding your values in a very logical way knowing which human motivators drive your behavior

8 HUMAN MOTIVATORSMaslov pyramid he was the first to talk about human needs He is outda-ted because it defines a hierarchy He places self-fulfillment at the top This model is very much focused on Maslovrsquos map-of-the-world who was an MS If it is a PE he may have lsquofamilyrsquo in the top and that is not wrong Still there are things that all humans need

So with all these models we created the 8 human motivators they are divided in four paradoxes one for each of the PEMS The first paradox is security freedom

Each one of us was born with a set of motivators You are ldquoaddictedrdquo on one side of the paradox You have to fulfill that need even if you have to abdicate of the other one

ROOTS

SECURITY

SELF LOVE

CONSCIOUSNESS

PERSONAL DEVEL

FREEDOM

LOVEBELOVED

BLISS

CONTRIBUTION

P

E

M

S

88

89

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

The main lesson is the more you live the other side of the paradox the more you will live your addiction as well What happens is that you can only get more of your addiction when you learn to validate the other side of the paradox This is what Jung calls ldquoparadoxes integrationrdquo be the millionaire and the altruistic Be the mother of family and career etc Only when you integrate the other energy is when it boosts the one that is more natural to you

For other persons it happens the same with security and all other pa-radoxes The suggestion is Irsquom addicted on this but I can pause and I can go exploring the other side What you have to figure out is your map (draw in the lsquoinfinite signsrsquo which side of the paradoxes is bigger) Your map is about how much you need to fill each side of the paradox

So YOUR HUMAN MOTIVATORS ARE DEFINING YOUR VALUES AND YOUR VALUES ARE DEFINING YOUR RESULTS

You can have everything on one of the sides of the paradox if yoursquore willing to face the fear of losing it

All people fill their motivators The difference between us is how sus-tainable is that satisfaction Unsustainable means that every day you

EXERCISE Do your map How do you discover Based on major decisions you made in your life Example work home relationships etc

have to feed them Imagine a homeless person he meets hisher secu-rity needs (eating and having where to sleep) but he has to do it every day Now compare with Donald Trump If you see the freedom part it probably happens the opposite

3 SUSTAINABLE it feeds itself It is something that can continue without the need for external resources It is ecological based on challenge and paradoxes integration

3 UNSUSTAINABLE you need to do it every day it is selfish ba-sed on comfort and extremist You do it like it was a daily shot

Example father and daughter about going out at night (to satisfy sa-fety and to love and be loved) Father says no hersquos being selfish and within his comfort zone The same father after coming to this course ldquoYoursquore going to the party until 2230 You send me an sms saying that everything is ok and at 2230 Irsquoll pick yourdquo This continues for some time Father goes on diminishing the rules Now hersquos being ecological entering his challenge zone and integrating paradoxes To feel safe as a father he has to give some freedom To feel loved he has to give them some self love Now his motivators are sustainable and has a sustai-nable system that feeds itself To arrive to a deeper level of security he needs to take the risk that comes from giving more freedom

DIAGONAL CONTINUOUS LINEThis line shows us that working above the line ie the clientrsquos beha-viors andor emotions is short-term and unsustainable In this case only the techniques are worked There are immediate results but with no major impact and duration Like when we are called to do motiva-tional speaking or teambuildingrsquos People feel better and do things but the results have a short duration

This does not imply that it is wrong to do Coaching based on these two areas For example in a quick conversation with a friend we can do Situational Coaching (based on behaviours) in order to get her to do something that has been postponing If the action has been made and it was what was intended to be then you did your role as Coach The Remedy Coaching is also important sometimes which consists on making the other person to leave the session feeling good thinking more positive at the time having had an opportunity to digest an emo-tion

ROOTS

90

91

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

Below the continuous line is where lies the deepest work The one that will actually be sustainable and with long-term results This is where we work values and beliefs it is where we go deep to the point where in fact we shift paradigms The client in this type of Coaching change her beliefs and values turning to be a really different person in opposition to what happens above the line where only the emotions or behaviors are changed but the client continues to be what she was

ICEBERGWith the iceberg image it is understood that the behavior is the conscious part of the human being the only thing that the client can see and analyze Everything else emotions beliefs and values are at the clientrsquos unconscious But as a Coa-ch I must and I want to work also the unconscious because as we saw above this is where it lies the sustainable and long-term work

When we help our clients shifting their paradigms beliefs emotions or values we are working with their unconscious Your client will not like this at some point in the process The unconscious will realize that she will have to change and this will cause the first resistance Knowing how to overcome this is essential to the Coachrsquos work so she can de-liver sustainable results

Conscious Mind keeps all the information which you can access now

Unconscious Mind keeps all the information that has ever passed through your brain It is also a kind of a warning system for you

The information passes from the unconscious to the conscious mind through the subconscious It goes dropping into deeper levels of our mind Very qui-ckly your clients will want to turn you into one of three things

Friend ndash They want someone who listens to them who is patient with them who is always there with whom they can always count and talk Most of your clients will want to have you here that you turn into a sort of confi-dant that supports them but does not challenge them too much But you are not there to be a friend

Boss ndash Many will seek in the Coach someone to tell them what to do who provides them specific guidance who pressures them who ldquopunishrdquo them when they donrsquot have their homework done Someone who is even more committed with their results than themselves But yoursquore also not there to be a Boss

Priest ndash Others will want a kind of a weekly confession session That you absolve the mistakes theyrsquove made du-ring the week that you tell them everything is fine and that it doesnrsquot matter we are all human and we all make mistakes You are not there to be a kind of spiritual le-ader of your client and to absolve him You are there to be

Coach - The Coach has an ldquoAirrdquo relationship with the client ie mental of communication becau-se it is a conversation where you listen and ask where there is intellectual stimulation In the map--of-the-world scheme the Coachrsquos sketch is in the quadrant of beliefs It is a ldquomind with mindrdquo work

It is important to know this because with the sessions going clients tend to try their Coach to become a friend (wateremotions) a boss (earthbehaviors) or even a priest (firevalues) However the Coach should avoid the mistake of behaving like one of these three types You are there to be a Coach

Notes In Informal Coaching with friends colleagues family remember that first thatrsquos what you are and only then you are a Coach Therefore you should not give prevalence to the Coach but to the relationship you have with that person otherwise you would violate the pact that exists between the two

ROOTS

92

93

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

4 TYPES OF COACHINGBased on these four quadrants there are four types of Coaching

Situational Coaching ndash The one that is done immediate-ly during the situation with the sole purpose of lea-ding it to an action It usually consists of a brief con-versation where a ROSA 10 is done Your client has a situation that week that really needs to be addressed Ex a proposal that she needs to present a college exam for which she has to study Itrsquos not bad Coaching and it is often necessary Only it is more superficial

Remediative Coaching ndash As the name says it suits when we have to put a ldquobandageointmentrdquo on the emotions The goal is the client to feel good at the end of the session without having to go deeply on the problem Itrsquos the typical conver-sation where the client unburdens and your only goal is to make her feel a little better Sometimes it may be and it often is necessary

Ex the past week your client has discussed with someone important to her or something happened that greatly dealt with her emotions Your first focus should be to help her to unburden and to feel better We used ROSA 10 + Unburden

Transformative Coaching ndash Here the goal is not just making the client to feel better but that she can change the way she sees her life and herself Here we mainly work on beliefs ie the client stops believing in some things to start believing in another ones She shifts paradigm Coaching is now much more sustainable and with long--term results It undergoes through more complete ses-sions where ROSA 20 is done

Holistic Coaching ndash This is the kind of Coaching that involves the whole being of the client all her areas and valences ie her values The entire psyche is worked We are working the whole Human Being and not only a part of it Even the motivators are worked We use ROSA 30 and we work a lot on paradoxes integration

KEY POINTSWe said earlier that we all have Cycles of Fear and that we can change them to Cycles of Confidence How

Imagine that you have a turnscrew and a bicycle wheel is malfunctio-ning You will then put the turnscrew into one of the four key points and then yoursquoll pull and force the wheel to move in the right direction to-wards the Cycle of Confidence And very important you donrsquot take out the turnscrew until the Cycle (the wheel) rotates in the right direction

What are then the Four Key Points You can really choose only one

VALUE FOCUS At this point you will choose a key value for you whi-ch you canrsquot leave to live in practice Whatever happens you canrsquot take the turnscrew from there For instance imagine that you are experien-cing serious financial difficulties and you decide that lsquoValue Focusrsquo is your point Imagine that you choose ldquosavingrdquo as the value that has to be experienced in practice Then whenever you have to make a decision that involves spending money you know what to do You canrsquot in any way stop living this value until the cycle begins to rotate in the oppo-site direction and gets sustainable

POSITIVITY If you want to work at the level of beliefs yoursquoll start to develop this empowering belief base BEING POSITIVE You must be a positive person with faith who believes that everything will go well who says only positive things about herself and the others who sees and is focused on everything positive that is going around her And when the bad days or the bad news are coming and you feel the need to say something negative you shut up And you say something positive

EMOTION FOCUS Imagine that there is an emotion that makes your Cycle of Fear to happen (an emotional pattern) In this key point you will choose an emotion that you would like to learn to cause in yourself learning how to get yourself into that state Imagine that you have been feeling too much anger in your Cycle of Fear and want to feel harmony instead You want to learn how to get into that emotional state You start feeling the opposite emotion and you do something to manage to be in an harmony state (you listen to a song that gets yourself into that state you put your boxing gloves you jump you meditate you close

ROOTS

94

95

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

your eyes you read a poem as Mandela did )

HOMEWORK FOCUS Here you will define a homework that until itrsquos done you wonrsquot do anything else Imagine that you have a Cycle of Fear in relation to health that you define lsquoHomework Focusrsquo as the key point and your homework is running every day Until you manage to do it nothing else matters All of your strategies are directioned so that your homework is being done as soon as possible

In the end all of the four key points have to do with absolute focus

Value ndash Focus on the most important value Until that value is being lived we wonrsquot move on

Positivity (Faith Optimism) ndash Focus on the positive emotions Un-til she gets optimistic we wonrsquot move on

Emotion (Meditation) ndash Focus on pleasure Until she feels more ple-asure than pain we wonrsquot move on

Homework ndash Focus on action Until the homework gets done we wonrsquot move on

VERY IMPORTANTYou as a coach do not have to guess your clientrsquos map-of-the-world or even her PEMS but you have to explore it aside of her You will only master her Map-of-the-World when you understand your own (creating roots) because you will never learn anything about yourself with your client you will never discover anything about you because shersquos the one who discovers it being real or not You Coach you must be hum-ble enough to know that you know nothing about your client and you shouldnrsquot try to guess anything It is the customer who gets there alone

Therefore the more knowledge you have about your own map-of-the--world together with Rapport and ROSA the more intense will be your Coaching because the more you will be able to help your client The goal is that you have the tools in yourself so you can help her In other words this tool is for you to deepen your roots and thus know when you need to do only ROSA or go searching for the Key Points or to use

another method For instance if a client has as her main challenge to be promoted then therersquos no logical on working on Cycles of Fear but to make a ROSA and move forward On the other hand if you see that there is a Cycle of Fear then you should find the key point so you can work on it

I canrsquot help the others if I canrsquot help myself first

ROOTS

values (I am)

during session

clientcoach rosa unconscious

Beliefs (I think)

between sessions

co-coach rosa 30

emotions (I feel)

leverage slice

self coaching rosa 20behavior (I do)

holistic

coaching to others rosa 10M

S

E

P

96

97

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING RESULTS

IX RESULTS

Results are super important in the Coa-ching process There is simply no Coa-

ching if there are no results and thatrsquos why they are at the center of the

triangle of the four Rrsquos Everything we do whether is ROSA creating

Roots or building Rapport it is done with the purpose of get-ting results at the end of the sessions

This is what distinguishes the most Coaching from other practices As a Coach you must become obsessed with your clients results Not only that they do their homeworks but also how close did Coaching took them closer to their Guru Objective how much it has improved their leverage slice of the Pizza and other slices as well We also try to assess the sustainability of those results We donrsquot want them just to get there but also that they keep there

Coaching is about results and you must take this premise very seriou-sly You have been hired to make them reach some goals Become obsessed with it

It is not so easy to evaluate results in a metric way in the world of Co-aching but it proves to be very important Not only with Life Coaching but also with Business Coaching We must find a way to demonstrate that our work has had results in practice

That was the reason why we have created the Results Model

Our level of competence is equal to our worst level of performance

RESULTS MODELIt is possible to define results through the four metrics

lsquoSrsquo AXIS (SPIRITUAL) WE EVALUATE THE PROCESS IMPACT ON THE CLIENT

Behavior (I DO) When the client throughout the process changes one or more behaviors She does now due to the sessions different things that she didnrsquot before

Emotions (I FEEL) When the client feels happier more self-confi-dent fulfilled etc She has now different and more positive emotions due to the Coaching process

98

99

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

Beliefs (I THINK) When there is a change of belief (I used to belie-ve I was not a good person and now I believe I am) When the client used to believe in something and she started to believe in something different There was a paradigm shift She used to see something in a certain way and now she sees it in a more empowering way

Values (I AM) When the Coach manages to help the client to change her values ie the person she is This happens for exam-ple when the client starts to put more emphasis on family than on work or when she accepts and believes that she is a healthy and different person and that nothing will change that now She values different things todat due to the Coa-ching process

lsquoErsquo AXIS (EMOTIONAL) WE EVALUATE THE CLIENTrsquoS AUTONOMY

Level 1 Coach (CoachClient Relationship) Itrsquos the Coach who controls the situation There is a formal relationship be-tween Coach and Client and the session is controlled and oriented by the Coach

Level 2 Coach (Co-Coach) The Client already acts as a Coach during the sessions This happens for example when the client already knows that she is supposed to also say po-sitive things on the Reality part that is she already knows what to do in each step She already takes the initiative The relationship is more about cooperation now and the Client start becoming autonomous

Level 3 Coach (Self-Coaching) When the Client already does Self--Coaching at home not being asked to This is a fantastic moment because she already has the tools and the Coach is there to help and support

Level 4 Coach (Coach to others) When the Client comes to a ses-sion and tells us she has done Coaching with someone else (with her child for instance) This person came to us to be helped however she is already using our tools to help so-

RESULTS

meone else She is totally independent It is every Coachrsquos dream

lsquoMrsquo AXIS (MENTAL) WE EVALUATE THE CLIENTrsquoS CONTENTS ASSIMILATION

Uses Rosa 10 language o cliente usa palavras como Realidade objetivos soluccedilotildees accedilotildees fazem hoje parte do seu leacutexico

Uses Rosa 20 language the client uses terms such as guru objec-tives baby objectives measurable beliefs paradigm shif-ting brainstorming etc

Uses Rosa 30 language she refers terms like emotional patterns cycles of fear and confidence values dilemma etc

Uses unconscious Rosa language when many of these terms are so ingrained in the clientrsquos language that she thinks she will use them for the rest of her life

lsquoPrsquo AXIS (PRACTICE) WE EVALUATE RESULTS IN PRACTICE

During the Session I can manage the client to get results only du-ring the session It is a Coaching session that has no power to influence the client outside it

Between Sessions It mostly happens when the client is doing her homeworks It means that what happened during the ses-sion touched her with enough strength to get her to realize she has to do something and that she is doing something outside the sessions

Leverage Slice It happens when the client fulfills her Leverage Slice and achieves the goal that brought her to Coaching or when her satisfaction in that slice has dramatically im-proved

Holistic When the client improves satisfaction in multiple slices as a result of the sessions including the leverage slice It was a process that had an impact on the whole being and not just in one area of her life

100

101

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

You can make this model with your client on the last session you have together You can also make a self-assessment to compare with it When you measure these four levels of results you will have access to check what level of Coaching you had on that specific process

COACHING LEVELThe Coaching Level that you have delivered is always proportional to your lowest result Even if you have three axes at level 3 and have only one at a level 2 Coaching has been 20 This is valuable information to you as a Coach because it gives you an idea of axes that are easier for you to work and others that you may have to further strengthen

Level 4 Coaching is something that is not achieved with all clients There must be a great empathy and rapport as well as a mastery on the Coaching technique that has been taught in the training course and presented in this manual

Gulica ego catia caperum dem inem cus Fortes et L Nos et grae avehem Romnit acto egeris cis sultod pratum voltum iam hos ublius hactam atemus essede con vas optilis factor aus nem ad cae estil hos me patus re verisse inatuus

Udam deperfecrem nermis etraed me int ela remulibut rem loctusquo cum mus auciem vivehem uresull emquissent eti primperescit ina que ia consiss entium pulerit con vendam morei sentes inatil vit ia quam mus licaudemus factem dum eo ura ex muro nenit quo vilnes-tium Catimportus pati postalarit vis coena fui sa consu consceribus Satquid ertienatus contere essimis ut vis aus iliciam quo in dissimis Ra num deatiqua vere con sentius et in spio pes Tiaetin videlisquam mus viliam que conum is larbit etora notimolto nos et duc omnimus opublicae convo C Nos vivica Catus hos vivas aurnihil hui terfint imorter labus hostam res inequod nerem tabute telieni hilicaessil ven-tem nonsulis

Berteropubit diisquium iteriti emprit teludam hilicid erfentiur tem huis

Hum pro vidiusquem paterevid sedis factatu rnihilla rem publicave Ca-terev irissoltis re aurei pere anum teluder ficepse essercem octuusque mis tum inam pra vivid rei condamdiis hacies Ipio verei sendamdis

TOOLS amp TECHNIQUES

X TOOLS AND TECHNIQUES

If you master well the model of the four Rrsquos for us you already are a fantastic Coach If you can master some stars too itrsquos even better But if you master the model you know how to do Coaching But now letrsquos go to the small stars The idea is not that you try to use all the stars at the same time Choose the two or three that you like best and train those first

POSITIVE FEEDBACKProvide as much positive feedback as you can to your client Take every opportunity you have to do it A Coach is the type of mirror that only says good things about her client Please turn yourself into some-one who is always valorizing every small steps that your client takes

FEEDBACK HAMBURGERYou say something positive then you say something negative then you say something positive again The two positive feedbacks have to be VERY VERY good For instance ldquoI have been feeling that you are very committed to your Coaching process We just need to start paying more attention to our homework even because I feel that you are a person who likes to challenge yourself and that really wants to go further ldquo

RESSIGNIFICATION Ressignificating is finding another meaning still more empowering but that changes everything EgrdquoI didnrsquot do my homework I failedrdquo Coach ldquoWow That means that you are a demanding and committed personrdquo ldquoIrsquom lazyrdquo

102

103

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

ldquoDoes that means you like to enjoy the pleasures of liferdquo

REFRAMINGIt is much like ressignification Itrsquos the name that is used in NLP (Neuro--Linguistic Programming) You take the information that was been gi-ven to you in a frame and you put it in a new one

PREFRAMINGIf ressignification has to do with changing the meaning after it has been given preframing has to do with giving a meaning to something before we have explained what it is It is a widely used technique to anticipate objections that might distract us from our ultimate goal Then we do preframing we previously give the meaning that we want the person to give afterwards Example

ldquoCan I show you my point of view Itrsquos something different but Irsquove seen that it works with many people and it has been helping a lot to change our behavior to healthier habits Itrsquos something innovative and different but highly successful Can I tell you my ideardquo You create a frame before placing the information in there

POSTFRAMINGFirst you give the information and then you put it in a frame Eg ldquoFolks today we have an exam (the low energy level) but thatrsquos what this course is about to be the best Coach to go furtherrdquo

ldquoFROM 0 TO 10 rdquo To give examples ldquoI think Irsquoll read a bookrdquo Coach ldquoFrom 0-10 how much do you think you will accomplish that goalrdquo

TRANSFORMING ldquoORrdquo IN ldquoANDrdquoHelp the client to find an alternative solution to integrate paradoxes to

find a third way

VULNERABILIZATIONFind out things about you that are not working and put them at the clientrsquos service That makes you human and you are validating your client in the case she feels the same She does some things better than you and has some of the same challenges

ASSOCIATION AND DISSOCIATIONThese two terms are often used in NLP (Neuro-linguistic Program-ming) and are used in various ways Association means that an indi-vidual describes a situation as if it was happening and he was partici-pating on it As the name indicates he is associated with it He is still seeing himself going through the situation and feels the emotions that he would feel if he was really living it

Dissociation means that an individual can already tell that experience as if he was watching a movie in which he took part but already dis-sociated from it He is more in an observer role That allows him a big-ger emotional objectivity Even if he feels the emotions they are more about the experience itself and not so much about him as a participant

When we want to help our customers to overcome some emotionally more challenging situations it can make a huge difference to have them to dissociate from those situations Thatrsquos how they can gain greater objectivity and clarity and at the same time they get more mo-tivated to take their first steps

METAPHORSThe most important here is that you use the metaphors of your client Use her world whenever it is possible It will help a lot more to inter-nalize and memorize the information Help your client to create her metaphors Eg ldquoSometimes we fall into holes that are so big that you canrsquot get out of them alonerdquo ldquoLearning to forgive someone is like dri-ving one step at a timerdquo

TOOLS amp TECHNIQUES

104

105

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

LANGUAGE OF A COACH 3 HOW TO INTERRUPT at the first session it must be defined if

the Coach can interrupt the client when she deviates from the focus If yoursquore going to interrupt your client you must always do it with a question You can also take note of something that has nothing to do with the subject you are talking about but it seems important So we can talk about it in the next session You can ask the client if she liked to talk about it

3 ldquoDOES IT MAKES SENSE FOR YOUrdquo If she says NO ldquoSo tell merdquo if she says YES ldquocan you tell me howrdquo

3 ldquoMY HALLUCINATION is rdquo Being very unconditional Any opi-nion is a good opinion The Coach realyy doesnrsquot know The word hallucination implies that what yoursquore saying may be ab-solutely wrong

3 ldquoWHAT WOULD LOVE DO NOWrdquo Be careful with the rapport level you have with your client It is a very good question when it concerns relational issues

3 ldquoHOW WOULD IT BE IFrdquo Very good to overcome objections ldquohow would it be if you had timerdquo ldquohow would it be if you had moneyrdquo ldquohow would it be if you had self-confidencerdquo

3 ldquoWHAT IF rdquo Fantastic to destroy any obstacle that your client brings Some examples ldquoAnd what if you couldrdquo ldquoWhy notrdquo ldquoWhat if nobody would knowrdquo ldquoWhat if you had moneyrdquo ldquoI know you donrsquot but what if you knew what would you sayrdquo

3 GENERAL TIP BE COOL You really must have a cool and rela-xed attitude You really donrsquot know what would be best for your client so be really unconditional

THE COACHING ETHICS

XI THE COACHING ETHICS

There are six ethic rules in Coaching but with no doubt the first is the most important

CONFIDENTIALITY Coaching sessions must be given the utmost con-fidentiality There are no legal rules as in Therapy (like not having fa-mily as clients) but you always have to respect confidentiality When you do Coaching in a company and you must give feedback to their manager your clients must know it If necessary you can discuss the case with a mentor but always without mentioning the name of your client You can discuss the cases but without any names

CLIENTrsquoS AUTONOMY Coaching is all about autonomy and sustaina-bility You need your client to get results not that she needs you You should think ldquoif I change country how would my clients berdquo

CAREFUL WITH PROJECTIONS We all project aspects that we re-press in ourselves All currents in psychology agree that there is pro-jection When I look to someone else what I see is whatrsquos inside of me (strengths and weaknesses) Thatrsquos why some see one thing and others see another As a Coach you must be very attentive to projections You should not do it with your client and for that you must work on your roots If something bothers you that says more about you than about your client Itrsquos not just a technical issue of respecting others map-of--the-world It is an ethical issue

CREDIBILITY Of course you can use other different tools in your ses-sions but you should be able to do so Using things on which yoursquore not certified is breaking ethics Try to be congruent and integrate Being a corporate or a sales Coach without being an expert about those mat-ters is not ethical

106

107

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING THE FIRST SESSION IN PRATICE

CONTRACT IS CONTRACT The financial commitment you assume with your client is always the same as long as she is your client The same in what respects sessions frequency You should always ask permission to your client when you want to change the frequency of the sessions For WeCreate the value you charge to your client must be the same forever It is part of our gratitude towards our client

SELF-COACHING The Coach must be an example of Self-Coaching or she should have a Coach You really have to do ROSA once a year at least and use all these tools in a weekly basis Make sure that you are also an example of achieving your own dreams

XII THE FIRST SESSION

IN PRACTICEIt is normal that the first session is a bit longer (90min) Your focus is to build RAPPORT Here is an example of a few steps for your first session You can have a few more or less of these steps but this is the general idea

STEP 1 Memorize these steps so that you will not have to use this manual

STEP 2 (Partnership) Organize the working space have everything prepared adequated clothes etc

STEP 3 (Presence) Prepare to be fully present by meditating or by being a few minutes in silence

STEP 4 (Posture and words) Build rapport have a few minutes of casual positive and neutral conversation to break the ice For example the weather the clientrsquos favourite team foot-ball match etc

STEP 5 At this stage you will also try to collect information about the client Several aspects of her life and trying to deter-mine clientrsquos expectations regarding the Coaching process You will be attentive about the metaphors and about what is really important to her Yoursquoll need it to explain what Co-aching is in her words

STEP 6 Explain what Coaching is using the clientrsquos words and the references she gave us Example letrsquos imagine that boxing was something that the client liked and we want to explain

108

109

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING THE LAST SESSION

Coaching through boxing ldquoCoaching is like boxing It invol-ves a lot of training to succeed in getting results but ins-tead of having an external enemy we are fighting against ourselvesrdquo

STEP 7 Inviting the client to do an exercise we pick six pens (three of each color) We ask her to tell us three things that are going well in her life and we explore each area a bit Then we ask ldquoamong those areas which one is running really wellrdquo Then we ask for three things that are not going so well and explore a bit

STEP 8 Asking the client which 3 goals she would like to accom-plish by the end of the Coaching process that would make it worth the investment (as measurable as possible)

STEP 9 Establishing verbal contract and selling the idea of coa-ching (even if the sessions pack is already closed) Now we talk about the practical issues sessions frequency ses-sions length interrupting the client first session a bit lon-ger confidentiality guarantee If you feel comfortable you can talk about costs and forms of payment

STEP 10 ldquoCan we start our session talking about what brought you here How can I helprdquo

STEP 11 Talking a bit about the Clientrsquos reality and introducing the Pizza of Life The client draws herrsquos We will go on explai-ning the pizza and its different slices (very briefly not to influence) Some clients like to do it lsquoalonersquo others like to go on talking as they fill the slices

STEP 12 From then on you make ROSA 10

STEP 13 You end up the session You can share ROSA methodology with your client (if you think shersquod like it) and ending with positive feedback You can also ask the client how did she feel You can also ask her to choose an object and summa-rize the session You will also be doing some preframing by stating that Coaching is about action and homeworks

XIII THE LAST SESSION

A coaching process has a follow-up We can work with individual ses-sions or with a pack It is important to inform your clients that Coaching is a continuous process and not a process with miraculous results in the first session Hence it is like doing workout where it is difficult to get results if we go to the gym only once

You can work with packs of sessions (5 or 10) and we would like to give you some tips on what you should ensure it gets done in your last coaching session with someone you have been working with

FUTURE It is important to ensure that the client will continue taking steps in the future even not having sessions anymore or your presence In this session you should spend some time helping her in creating an action plan about the next steps she wants to go on taking in that area You can also take the opportunity to do a small summary of everything that you both worked in so that there is a notion of the progress made and the results achieved Ensures that your client completed that process and be sure about the next steps for her future Help her in crea-ting a good action plan

HABITS You can also ask your client which would be the daily or weekly habits that she would like more to integrate into her routine

POSITIVE FEEDBACK This is also the perfect time to give positive fe-edback to your client (despite being a constant throughout the sessions) Show her the progress she has made throughout the sessions and help her to realize all the positive things she has achieved

111

110

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

PERSONAL DEVELOPMENT We must ensure that our client conti-nues its personal development process and knows or tries new approaches Coaching is just one part of a wide range of options that are now ahead of her Encourage her to con-tinue that journey to read new books to try other trainings and workshops other different and complementary ways of approaching personal development

KEEPING CONTACT You can develop some form of contact with your old clients Email telephone facebook etc Remember to con-tinue sending her information about coaching or other matters you find important It is a way to ensure that your client will continue ldquoawakedrdquo for this subject

Thank you for being part of this project

Daniel Saacute Nogueira and Marta Ferreira

Page 24: WeCreate International Coaching Certification Manual

48

49

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

since it is not right to leave it midway The goal is that the client forces her brain to find new ideas in a short time and in such a way that it is almost like a shock to her

It is important to keep focused on one topic in a brainstorming Some may change their focus during the process for example a client whorsquos Guru objective is to open a business may start to suggest ideas on how to make more money In this case the Coach should remind the client of the main topic At the same time the Coach should stay flexible and if the client really feels that their focus was not on the first topic but on the second itrsquos time to go back and set a new Guru objective

A(CTION)ROSA exists only for one reason to get us to act We find our Reality establish our Objectives and think up Solutions that make us act ndash the A is the purpose of ROSA

Now more than people of action we must be people of innovation

Innovation is creativity applied to getting the desired results Being creative is not enough but creativity is the tool for getting to innova-tion So how do we do this

The secret is not to give up on creating ideas ideas and more ideas until the innovative idea comes Sometimes it never comes but get-ting to the creative ones is already something Those who have dared being creative many times and more and more are those who mana-ge to reach the innovation Itrsquos not enough to have talent you have to work hard to translate this talent into amazing results Look at these examples

3 Bach wrote one cantata a week even when he was sick 3 Mozart produced more than 600 pieces of music 3 Darwin wrote 109 publications one of which was about the Theory of

Evolution 3 Einstein published 248 theses one of which was about the Theory

of Relativity 3 Freud published 350 theses 3 Rembrandt produced 650 paintings 3 It took Thomas Edison 2000 experiments to invent the light bulb

and 9000 to perfect it 3 Picasso created more than 20000 pieces of art

This is why it is so important to act Do a lot create a lot invest a lot (ldquoTrate a Vida por Turdquo paacuteg 234)

THE FUNNELThis is the part where coaching really becomes challenging where the client realizes that she will have to do something and not just think and talk about it It is the phase where we start to converge and funnel things in order to find an action that is as specific as possible

This is with no doubt the most important phase of ROSA In a coaching session anything can happen in any of the other phases but we cannot end it without an action (without homework)

What

3 What are you going to do now 3 What are you thinking about doing now ()

ROSA 20

click the video to see it

A task should not be so simple that it doesnacutet make any difference to the client to fulfill it nor should it be so difficult that it becomes infeasible

50

51

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

With whom It is very important to involve someone in the action pro-cess 99 of the homework should have a third person involved The-reby we are creating conditions for the client to become autonomous after the coaching process The questions might be

3 ldquowill you ask to ask you whether you have done itrdquo 3 ldquoApart from me (the Coach) who else will be involved in thisrdquo

When Marcar data ou frequecircncia Quanto mais especiacutefica for me-lhor Isto leva o cliente a pensar exatamente quando vai fazer au-tomaticamente isto cria um compromisso maior dentro dele doing this the client should end each session with a specific homework knowing both the day and the time she will do it and with whom she will share it

At what time of the week beginning or end

At the end of the week

What is for you the end of the week Friday Saturday Sunday

Friday

Ok and what time

Anytime

Anytime Ok But in the morning in the afternoon or evening

Morning

And what time

Early

What is early for you

Upon waking

And what time do you wake up

At 7am

THE CONVERGENCE TECHNIQUEIf the client does not find an action to do you can use the convergence technique by asking the following questions

3 ldquoLook at your ideas (the brainstorming) and mark those that you find reasonablerdquo

3 ldquoNow choose 10rdquo 3 ldquoChoose 5rdquo 3 ldquoChoose 3 2 rdquo 3 ldquoIf I had a magic wand that would immediately fulfil one of these

ideas which one would you chooserdquo

COMMITMENTIn the early sessions you can also ask the client to send you an SMS after doing the action in or-der to confirm it Of course you donrsquot force her

if she refuses but then if she doesnrsquot do her homework you will have more power to ask for an SMS in the next homework

If she accepts you may also ask if you can send her an SMS in case she forgets to do so What will happen is that as soon as she receives our SMS asking whether the action has been done she will do it immediately so that she can reply that she has By SMS we also mean any other means like a telephone call or e-mail The Coach must be flexible enough to perceive which method suits her client the best

THE HANDSHAKEShaking hands after defining the homework is very important because it is the archetype of commitment But remember if the client does not do her homework there is no failure only feedback Maybe the problem really is the kind of homework given or poor explanation about the im-portance of the homework in the coaching process

ONE SMALL STEP FORWARDWhat is the Next Small Step you can take This ques-

ROSA 20

What is the first next small step

Earn 20000 euro

What is the first next small step

Save 100 euro month

What is the first next small step

Open an account

ldquoGreat what is the next small step that you believe you can accomplish

Deposit 1000 euro

1 What is the option that has magic

2 What is the option that makes sense

3 What are you gonna do exactly

4 How will you know you make it

5 Funnel When What day What time

6 Commitment handshake

ACTIONRESUME

52

53

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

free to put everything she has (skills tools knowledge) at the service of her client Indeed every three sessions more or less you should challenge your client with a piece of homework However the challen-ge will vary depending on whom we have in front of us and on the level of the process

4 SUCCESS TIPS FOR THIS PHASE FASEAction Plans it is at this stage that we start working on an action plan

that will follow the session Remember coaching without ac-tion is not coaching Thatrsquos why you should do a ROSA in every session go through the four phases and always end with a very concrete action plan on what the client will do during the week and until the next session Here is an example of an action plan

What will I do Run 3 times per week

When Monday Wednesday and Friday

With whom Alone

Possible obstacles Laziness and lack of time

Benefits Feeling healthier

What will help me remember Setting an alarm on my phone

How will I celebrate By going to the cinema

Homework the tasks between the sessions are a priority for the coaching Most of the le-arning comes from the homework that is done between sessions So remember to always end your session by asking your client to suggest tasks that she would like to accom-plish that coming week the next small steps she can take right now Then rephra-se each one into a concrete action (when how where ) Still some clients will have gre-

tion tool is ideal for those who have difficulty in defining Baby Objecti-ves or those who have difficulty in defining an action to do this week

Notas As a general rule the client will not hear the word ldquosmallrdquo in the question The-refore we must repeat the question until the action is so small that the client would have no difficulty doing it

Of course the Next Small Step may not be the right action to choose for this week

Example The client wants to buy a Porsche (Guru Objective)

ldquoDeposit 1000 eurosrdquo is the Baby Objective The same process can be used for defining the homework

At the end when an action has been defined the Coach may also su-ggest a piece of homework In other words then the Coach is finally

ROSA 20

54

55

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING RAPPORT

at difficulty in taking action If this is the case always look for the smallest step that the person can take If we do not act itrsquos because the step is not small enough Remember ldquoEvery journey begins with one small steprdquo

Commitment amp Penalties some clients will sometimes have real diffi-culty in stepping into action Sometimes you may have to resort to agreeing on a fine if your client does not accomplish her task All human beings run away from pain and sometimes in coaching we need to use a little more masculine energy (wersquoll talk about that more below) to help You can even ask the question ldquoWhat will happen if you do not accomplish itrdquo

Monitoring amp Accountability the role of a Coach is to provide moni-toring to her client However the responsibility must always be on the clientrsquos side As a Coach you are responsible for guiding the process Your client should define the strategies needed to enable her to take the steps she wants You should follow and always try to understand what may have prevented her from completing her tasks Above all you should be focused on finding better strategies to lead her into action However do remind your client that it is her responsibility Ultimately acting or not acting is her choice

VII RAPPORT

Mastering the ROSA technique and mastering Rapport will alone make

you a Mega Coach Of course you can gain more Roots but people

who attend our courses usu-ally already have quite some

1ST DEFINITION OF RAPPORT

Relationship of trust and influence rapport is the ability to create trust within a few minutes with various kinds of people and to influence them to act think and do better You can only influence after being trusted Think about people you trust and do not trust what influence do these people have on you

2ND DEFINITION OF RAPPORTRelationship of empathy and sympathy ldquoWe only like 2 kinds of people people who are the way we are or who are the way we would like to berdquo

Empathy I feel empathy based on the things I have in common with someone

Sympathy Based on the qualities and characteristics that someone has that I would like to have

Conclusion rapport is empathy (who is like me) and sympathy (who is the way I would like to be)

56

57

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

Rapport is trust and

influence

Rapport is the ability to create

empathy and sympathy

WARNING Empathy comes before sympathy and trust comes before influence This is the most important aspect of rapport I cannot influence anyone who does not trust me

Part 2 Now letrsquos try to understand what happens in our psyche why this is the way it is

I invite you to imagine that yoursquore a rabbit in a forest and you meet another rabbit What happens Now imagine you meet another animal thatrsquos different from you What does the rabbit do FLIGHT (runs away)

Now imagine that you are not a rabbit yoursquore a wolf You meet an ani-mal thatrsquos different from you What does the wolf do FIGHT

Now imagine yoursquore a porcupine What happens FREEZE

Animals have these three types of reactions Now imagine yoursquore a human being 20000 years ago and you come across something di-fferent from you What happens ONE OF THESE THINGS AND YOU FEEL FEAR You react the way you do because your psyche does not know what it is And if it is another human being I KNOW WHAT TO EXPECT She is like me Our fear grows when something is different because we donrsquot know what to expect Imagine that you do meet a hu-man being but wearing clothes or other things that are very different

What happens when it is the same kind of animal What exists there EM-PATHY AND TRUST - 1st LEVEL of RAPPORT

This is a metaphor of course Rapport is very unconscious I could tell you to trust someone but your unconscious may not feel the trust What regula-tes that instinct in your psyche is KNOWING WHAT I CAN EXPECT

WHAT HAPPENS IN COACHING Clients also have these three types of reactions flight freeze or fight They may not show up for the follow ses-sion they may answer ldquoyesrdquo ldquonordquo ldquomayberdquo ldquodonrsquot knowrdquo or they may be in constant disagreement with you

Key ldquothe more the Coach is the way I am the more rapport there isrdquo

MILTON ERICSON (Ericsonian Psychology NLP Hypnotherapy) found the client within himself and used this as his tool in the therapy sessions

Ericson created rapport before proceeding with anything else This is TRUST and EMPATHY Ericson was humble and flexible enough to adapt to the client Only once you have done this you can go back to being yourself

Ways of creating rapport with someone

Verbal

3 Language words 3 Subject matter 3 Quotes way of speaking 3 Repeating what the other says 3 Using the otherrsquos metaphors 3 Using the same expressions

Non-verbal

3 Gestures 3 Voice 3 Mime 3 Distance 3 Posture 3 Breathing 3 Touch 3 Speed

Note Every human being has a natural and unconscious tendency to create rapport with others To confirm this all you need is to look at two people talking to each other and see how easily you will notice similarities in their postures and way of speaking

ldquoYou have only one chance to create a good first impression but you have plenty of opportunities to create rapportrdquo

Rapport is an honest attempt to enter someonersquos map-of-the-world The-re is no agreeing or disagreeing only flexibility Rapport does not mean friendship The first session and often the second is a lot about creating rapport

RAPPORT

Sometimes itacutes enought just a little attention to help someone but attention is not coaching

58

59

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

RAPPORT MODELndash 2 PacuteSEstablishing rapport is a process of many levels and layers of depth

LEVEL 1 - PRESENCE AND

PARTNERSHIP

PRESENCEThis is the first step towards creating ra-pport thus the most superficial one Pre-sence means that the Coach is fully com-mitted to her client aware of everything she says and does Nothing from outside the ses-sion should be on the Coachrsquos mind She must be fully present

Before a session itrsquos important that you as a Co-ach calm down forget about everything else and gain a notion of where you are and what you are going to do

POSTURE amp PHRASING

PERCEPTUAL POSITIONS

PERSON TO PERSON

PRESENCE amp PARTNERSHIP

PROBING amp PATIENCE

click the video to see it

Dedicate a few minutes to this process

Presence and Attention are among the healthiest ac-tions that lead to real results You can create a good

relationship with your client (child parent etc) just by being fully present and attentive Even gardens become more beautiful if they are cared for

Presence is about getting yourself into a certain state Itrsquos about being Yin and Yang at the same time

Yin ndash relaxing breathing being aware of all five senses being fully present where you are

Yang ndash mobilizing all your energy by run-ning jumping listening to inspiring music

PARTNERSHIP

Creating an equal relationship with your client Not top down or vice--versa The Coach should never be at a lower or higher level than her client The chairs should be the same for example

For presence and partnership it is also important to switch off the phone to prevent anything from interrupting the session Tidying up the table is equally important to having a clean and hygienic space

From 0 to 10 the importance of Presence during a session is a 10 It is the first step If it isnrsquot there nothing else will

Psycho-geography is also very important in this area

PSYCHO-GEOGRAPHY the way your psyche relates to geography Example On which side you like to sleep Each person has a different psycho-geography Some prefer to be by the sea while others prefer to be in the mountains

RAPPORT

Empathy is being doing

talk and think like the other Sympathy is being doing

talk and think how the other

would like to be

60

61

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

Some tips for using the psycho-geography of the client to your advan-tage

3 Having a room with a minimum amount of symbols It is not recom-mended to have crucifixes or other artefacts related to religion A bookshelf filled with books can also intimidate the client

3 Pay attention to details ndash cables on the floor which CDs are on the shelf etc

3 Having sessions at the clientrsquos home can become dangerous because there are lots of distractions and anchors Difficult si-tuations might have taken place there which will make it more challenging for the client to create a distance to them

It is the Coachrsquos job to notice the psycho-geography of her client and what makes her more comfortable

Despite all the rapport a Coaching session should always stay pro-fessional Being relaxed is necessary for both parties but the focus should not be on friendship You as a Coach need to be professional You must choose to be a Coach instead of a friend

When it comes to clothing you should be as neutral as possible in the beginning but always aligned with your personality Then you can try to adapt to the style of your client

The mantra here is having the client leave the session thinking that her Coach is just like her NOTHING IS WRONG Let your client choose what she prefers

LEVEL 2 - POSTURE AND PHRASINGWhen establishing rapport mere presence and partnership are not enough Moreover they are only the first step The posture and the phrasing that the Coach uses are very important for creating rapport in the relationship What we refer to here is mainly keeping a posture and using similar words and expressions to those of the client This way the client will see herself in us and instead of flight fight or freeze she will feel relaxed and be much more comfortable about talking

Sitting in the same position as the client using her posture tone of

voice and gestures these are all factors to consider

POSTURERegarding posture one can use two techniques that are very similar and very powerful

Mirroring When a Coach takes on a physical position that is the exact mirror image of the clientrsquos If the client leans to her right then the Coach who is facing her leans to her left

Matching In this case the Coach adopts the exact same physical position instead of a symmetric one Both ways are good and powerful The goal is to be equal or symmetrical

Of course it is not indispensable to be like the client 100 of the time as this will take a lot of the attention that the Coach needs to give the client

The more you practice these behaviours the more automatically and unconsciously you will do it When rapport already is high you can go back to your own posture and your regular vocabulary However should you feel the need you can always take up these techniques again

In fact at a high level of rapport it is possible and entirely positive that it is the client herself who starts to imitate our posture and words (un-consciously) This is the perfect moment to lead the client and suggest something more challenging to her

PHRASINGYou must pay great attention to the words that your client uses and the energy she puts into them The names of people that she talks about are also very important facts to remember

If you can use the same expressions as your client you will earn points in rapport Among these expressions metaphors are the most power-ful ones Try to explore as much possible the metaphors that are being used An excellent technique is to use a metaphor of the client to ex-

RAPPORT

The mirroring copies the

exact posture of the client

the matching mirrors

62

63

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

plain something This will reach very deeply into the psyche of the client and have great impact

You can also use themes that the client likes such as her passions and keep using them in future sessions to explain something or to give examples This creates an incredible sense of empathy between you and the client She will be glad that you are paying attention to what she says and at the same time she will understand much better what you say

The clientrsquos ideas are important keys to use when you speak in order to create and maintain rapport For example if the client talks a lot about travelling Irsquoll use the idea (anchor) that is already there because I know it works in his mind

BACKTRACKING backtracking is a Coaching technique that consists of summarizing the main points of a conversation by using the exact same words that the other person uses This tool helps the client follow the session and make her own short summary while listening to the Coach returning to what she just said and using the same words It is important to use at least the words we consider to be the most significant among the ones that the client expresses those that might be conveying more about her value patterns Backtracking can help us understand for example if we can move to the next phase of ROSA It helps us understand if the client has finished what she had to say about that phase and that way we can figure out whether we can move forward or not You can use simple questions to do so

3 ldquoLet me see if I got what you saidhelliprdquo - backtracking the conversa-tion using the exact words of the client - and then ending ldquoIs this is it or would you like to add something

3 ldquoSo what yoursquore saying isrdquo 3 ldquoCan I make a summary of your reality in relation to that slicerdquo

This is one of the simplest and most important techniques when buil-ding rapport

When building rapport avoid paraphrasing (saying the same thing in other words) but do quote A coach quotes

Mastery in Backtracking is being able to quote the last 20 minutes of a session This will leave your client fascinated and feeling that her Coach is really paying attention to everything she says

Therefore it is motivating to Backtrack at the end of each session and at the end of each phase of the ROSA

The Coach shows confidence and agrees with the client shows that she is on her side and really believes that the client will succeed

We must allow the person to be what she truly is talkative or silent Silent people also have things to say it is a matter of asking the right questions

NOTES When a session is not going well (the relationship is under stress) then the focus should be fully on level 2 Rapport - Posture and Phrasing The secret is to forget about the rest and build rapport again Once it is re-established you can address the problem

LEVEL 3 - PROBING AND PATIENCEEvery new level in Rapport brings you techniques that are deeper and more complex But the good news is that you donrsquot do level 3 Rapport until Level 1 and 2 are done So you will increase your skills by going from the easiest to the most difficult

PROBINGAsking questions is more complicated than imitating the posture and words of the client Indeed one of the more complicated aspects of being a Coach is to not give opinions and to ask the right questions at the right time We know that we keep showing you that you already are a Coach and that itrsquos easy but here we must tell you ldquoITrsquoS HARD BEING A COACHrdquo Think very carefully about whether you want to get into it Listening asking questions being patient with the pace of your clients

Even if you have the miracle answer to the clientrsquos situation you need to keep it to yourself Being patient is a challenge and usually typical

RAPPORT

64

65

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

To paraphrase can break

rapport

of the great masters You can only be a master if you want to learn to listen and if you develop a great patience for listening

Questions have the power to illuminate the darkness of your client by asking a powerful question you really get to see another human bri-ghten up right in front of you

Coaching has the power to open a new world to the client questions help people discover new resources Clients tend to find familiar answers but you as a Coach will lead them to unfamiliar answers

Classic examples of some ways to make your client talk

1 -Repeating what the client just said but in question form Client ndash ldquoYesterday I went boatingrdquo Coach ndash ldquoBoatingrdquo

2 -What does that mean to you What does fear mean to you What does a goal mean to you Example Client says ldquoIt is not rapport itrsquos complicityrdquoCoach replies ldquoWhat does complicity mean to yourdquo Client says ldquoItrsquos a clickrdquo Coach ldquoWhat does a click mean to yourdquo

3 -rdquoWhat elserdquo Serves above all to go to the heart of the matter Others like this one are ldquoTell me morerdquo and ldquoCan you go a bit deeper on thatrdquo

POWERFUL QUESTIONS Questions are probably the most beautiful flowers in the garden of learning Questions are one of the biggest se-crets of learning Creative solutions are practically impossible without questions

If you learn to ask 100 questions a day get ready for a revolution in your work at all levels

In life at work in business we are all afraid of asking questions We were educated from an early age to believe that there are right and wrong questions and we were also taught to not fail we avoid asking questions because of fearing that they are wrong The only way to reach the right questions is by not being afraid of the wrong ones

The one who wants to explore learning has to dance with this fear

A large part of all our creative potential stops at the door fearing to ring the doorbell When learning the one who doesnrsquot know is far less ignorant than the knowledgeable one Take risks Ring the bell Ask questions

Become obsessively curious ask questions How

3 Using the Coachrsquos ability of asking powerful questions 3 Following the rule of thumb ldquoThe Coach has the questions the

Client has the answersrdquo 3 Using positive language 3 Respecting the clientrsquos map-of-the-world 3 Always guiding towards solutions

Examples of powerful questions

3 ldquoCompared to whatrdquordquo 3 ldquoWhat does that mean to yourdquo 3 ldquoWhat could be a solution to yourdquo 3 ldquoI know you donrsquot know But if you knew what would that berdquo 3 ldquoWhat would be ideal to yourdquo 3 ldquoWhat do you want insteadrdquo 3 ldquoHow does that make you feelrdquo 3 ldquoWhat else could that meanrdquo 3 ldquoWhat do you want exactlyrdquo 3 ldquoWhat will you achieve with this goalrdquo 3 ldquoWhat will you do differently next timerdquo 3 ldquoWhat are you doing wellrdquo 3 ldquoWhat has to happen for you to be happy and successfulrdquo 3 ldquoWhat motivates you the mostrdquo 3 ldquoWhatrsquos the worst possible scenario And what could be the best

scenario ldquo 3 ldquoWhat are you willing to do to achieve your goalrdquo 3 ldquoWhat new things could you could tryrdquo 3 ldquoWhat prevents you from taking actionrdquo 3 ldquoWho could help you with this situationrdquo 3 ldquoWhat resources do you need to achieve your goalrdquo

RAPPORT

66

67

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

3 ldquoWhat else do you want to get out of your liferdquo 3 ldquoWhat do you really want achieve in that area of your liferdquo 3 ldquoWhat is your biggest dream in that area of your liferdquo 3 ldquoAnd what is the next small step that you would have to takerdquo 3 ldquoWhat do you find positive in this situationrdquo 3 ldquoHow could you attract better persons into your liferdquo 3 ldquoWhat would have to happen to make you feel more fulfilledrdquo 3 ldquoIf you were your own Coach what coaching would you give

yourselfrdquo 3 ldquoIf I was your best friend what advice would you give me to solve

this situationrdquo 3 ldquoIf you had all the time and money in the world how would you

fix itrdquo

In fact the art of asking questions is the foundations of a coaching process with powerful results The list of questions to ask seems en-dless

So become really obsessed with questions and start NOW How about adding 10 more ideas to our list And some more And many more

Typical coaching questions

3 Questions that lead to action (ldquoWhat will you do What can you do differently What do you need to do tordquo)

3 Goal-oriented instead of problem-oriented ldquoHow would you like it to berdquo ldquoAnd if you could what would you dordquo

3 Future-orientedldquoHow do you see that situation in the future How would you like to feelrdquo

Beware of questions with negative assumptions ldquoWhat happens if you donrsquot do itrdquo They should be followed immediately by a question with positive assumptions ldquoHow will you celebrate when you do itrdquo

RAPPORT

YOUR QUESTIONS

68

69

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

PATIENCECount to 10 relax work on your roots and realize that coaching is a process and that each person has her own time and rhythm How can you train your patience Think of 20 ideas

LEVEL 4 ndash PERCEPTUAL POSITIONSWe could also call this the level where we create rapport with our clientrsquos psychology In fact understanding and perceiving human psychology is a huge advantage for you as a Coach You are not there to be a friend of your client as we have mentioned so then a good way to create a relation with her is through her psychology

Do you know the psychology of a teenager or a parent a boss an unemployed If you grasp your clientrsquos psychology the Rapport will be extraordinary

If you demonstrate that you know how a mother thinks yoursquoll make the client believe that you understand her completely

Most people do not understand their own psyche If you can understand them at that level it will make the client to feel something extraordinary about you and the Coaching process

PERCEPTUAL POSITIONS At this level the Coach must master Per-ceptual Positions that is being able to put herself in another personrsquos position whether itrsquos the clientrsquos or the clientrsquos parent or any other person that is part of the situation You should be able to see the same situation from different perspectives and in the long term help your client do the same

THE EXERCISE This is an exercise to be used mainly if the client has trouble in a relationship with someone (friend family member etc) and is having some difficulty understanding that personrsquos Map-of-the--World And when this is of great importance

You do not need to go very deep in this exercise Because it is NLP even done in a soft way it can be very powerful to your client helping her to see an aspect of the situation that she hadnrsquot seen or reflected on before

STEP 1 ndash The client explains what is going on (she can speak freely without any restrictions You ask questions to understand the reality of the situation)

STEP 2 ndash The Coach suggests this perceptual positions exercise (it is just an invitation If the client does not want to do not continue)

STEP 3 ndash The Coach asks the client to choose two spots represen-ting the two standpoints (you can put a sheet of paper at each spot) and to imagine that the other person is at one of them

STEP 4 ndash The client speaks facing the other spot as if the person was there and acts as herself (The Coach guides with questions ldquoHow did that make you feel What would you like to tell herrdquo etc)

STEP 5 ndash Pause and ldquoshake outrdquo the client and share the question of the game of imagination

STEP 6 ndash The client recalls a childhood game she used to play and describes it a little We then use this as a metaphor to explain that we will now do the same Just a game where we use our imagination The Coach repeats that the per-son with whom the client has a challenge is there at the other spot

STEP 7 ndash The client goes over to the other spot and the Coach helps her go deeper into that role through guiding questions

STEP 8 ndash The client chooses whether she wants to return to her starting position and add something say something more She may go back and forth as many times as she wishes

STEP 9 ndash When done the Coach suggests to the client to stand on a chair and states ldquoYou are now in a neutral position a higher position What would you call this position (Allow the client to choose a name) Seen from above what do you have to say about this situation What would you say to (clientrsquos name) and to (the other personrsquos name) How would you solve this situation How can (clientrsquos name) solve this situationrdquo

RAPPORT

70

71

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

STEP 10 ndash After the client is done with the third (neutral) position the Coach takes the client off the papers

STEP 11 ndash The Coach can then use the following questions to debrief the exercise

3 ldquoHow was the exercise for you 3 ldquoWhat did you learnrdquo 3 ldquoIs there anything you could do differentlyrdquo

STEP 12 ndash Lead the client to an action (a first small step towards sol-ving the situation) and then funnel it

REMEMBER always undock the client from the different roles the client can do the exercise eyes opened or closed

TO ACKNOWLEDGE Acknowledge the client very very very much for having volunteered and shown vulnerability

This exercise serves mainly as a metaphor for the Coach striving to master Perceptual Positions (understanding and being able to go into different psyches)

CONCLUSION The Coach is a master of perceptual positions She knows how to see the different angles of the same situation She sees everything from different angles

PEMS

Life is all about relationships the relationships we have with ourselves and with others Some people instinctively relate better to themselves and others relate really well to others There are those who relate well to almost everything and everyone and others who are unable to relate with anyone This affects their personal and professional life

Is there any way to consciously improve the relationships that instinc-tively do not work Of course

When we grasp the logic of the mind of another person we can better interact with it and even influence it Psychology is power And if we apply on ourselves it becomes even more powerful and interesting The better we know ourselves and the logic of our mind the better we will be able to help ourselves and achieve our goals

Carl Gustav Jung a Swiss psychiatrist and founder of analytical psychology focused on studying social and collective archetypes He identified eight psychological types taking into account peoplersquos beha-viour abilities skills attitudes and motivations

He began by distinguishing between extraverted (social and expansive) and introverted (reserved and reflective) people Each of them could then be connected to two out of the four functions of the psyche sen-sing or intuition thinking or feeling

In the 40rsquos decade Isabel Myers and Katharine Briggs continued Jungrsquos work and added two auxiliary functions to the Jungian types percep-tion and judgement Thereby arriving at 16 psychological types or 16 personality types Later a personality test was created ndash The Myers--Briggs Type Indicator or MBTI - which is still the most commonly used tool for identifying different personality types

Based on Jungrsquos work we have created a model called PEMS which will help us better understand the logic of our own mind and of the people around us

In this model we distinguish four dominant preferences (P-E-M-S) which correspond to the four elements of life

PRACTICAL (the body DOING Activity Action related to the ele-ment of EARTH) - corresponds to someone that is earthly active dynamic practical that does a lot In excess these are people who never stop to consider their actions

EMOTIONAL (the heart FEELING Feelings Love related to the element of WATER) - corresponds to someone who nee-ds people relations who gives a lot to others and seeks affection In excess these are people who might be overly sensitive

RAPPORT

72

73

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

MENTAL (the mind THINKING Analysis Intellect Logic related to the element of AIR) - corresponds to someone who values analysis rationalization and uses logic and who always fo-cuses on making the right decision In excess these are people who might become impersonal and cold

SPIRITUAL (the soul BEING Values Existence related to the ele-ment of FIRE) - corresponds to someone who thinks that everything has meaning and a higher purpose These are people who care very much about values In excess they can fluctuate too much and concretize too little

The four logics of the mind that we have identified are also based on the four elements

Practical ndash EARTH (firm solid stable secure strong dense)Emotional ndash WATER (flexible always coming back to herself)Mental ndashAIR (transparent lightweight fast facilitates communica-

tion)Spiritual ndash FIRE (burning fleeting transforming powerful)

Thus in a very simplified manner we can divide people into four ca-tegories

PRACTICAL PEOPLE (P) ndash THEY LIKE TO ACT AND DOThese are the people who like action movement They are the ones who make the world move As friends or clients they may want to go straight to the point try things and learn about practical matters The greatest fear of these practical persons is losing control They like to feel that they are in control of the situation of the pace of the conver-sation and of the surroundings

HELP THEM ALWAYS FEEL IN CONTROL

EMOTIONAL PEOPLE (E) ndash THEY LIKE FEELING AND RELATINGThese are people who love people and sharing feelings Everything is an emotion for them And they feel things about everything and everyo-ne Let them talk about their family friends dogs neighbours etchellip

They will talk mostly about people and what they are feeling Their greatest fear is loosing empathy They like to feel reliable and they want to relate

HELP THEM FEEL EMPATHY TOWARDS YOU

MENTAL PEOPLE (M) ndash THEY LIKE TO THINK AND TO ANALYSEThese are people who like to analyze and who try to put everything into a box into a certain perspective They are precise and meticulous They like detail to study and analyze all possibilities They donrsquot fear debating (quite the contrary) and discussing they love the exchanging ideas and arguments but they need to end up being right or get a very good explanation to why the other is right A mental person is always striving to make the best decision Their greatest fear is to be wrong they like to feel that they are correct and that they are making deci-sions based on logic and rational thinking

HELP THEM FEEL THAT THEY ARE RIGHT

SPIRITUAL PEOPLE (S) ndash THEY LIKE TO BE AND TO GLOWThey are looking for the greater purpose of things They believe that everything has a reason for being the way it is that there are no coin-cidences and itrsquos that quest that moves them They give great meaning to every situation always looking for ldquotherdquo situation The greater the meaning the greater their motivation Their biggest fear is to have no meaning That it is to not be significant or ldquoshinerdquo in any way They need to feel conscious and whole

HELP THEM FEEL THAT THEY ARE MEANINGFUL

Although we all have and use a portion of these four categories in the different contexts or times of our life one of them is predominant in us Identifying it is important for managing and interacting with life and with others since it is the best and the fastest way of accessing the Map-of-the-world of someone and speaking a language that that per-son recognizes and accepts as her own

RAPPORT

74

75

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

In fact we are all one but we are all different and we must understand these differences to be able to deal with others People who are more emotional behave and interact in a totally opposite manner from mental people the same way that most practical people interact in a way that is opposite to spiritual people

The EMOTIONAL person is micro-MACRO Transforms everything that is small into something big Everything is important everything is emotional From the simple ldquogood morningrdquo to hearing ldquoI love yourdquo every day For an emotional person a discussion is always a tsuna-mi Therefore itrsquos the emotional persons who with their micro-Macro sense make birthdays a special day and receive small things with gre-at love

The MENTAL person is MACRO-micro transforms everything that is big into something small She makes it more complex by simplifying it For example this very PEMS model is MACRO-micro as it strives to make the hugeness of the personality types into something much smaller creating only four categories for all human beings The mental person also feels less and give less importance to her feelings

The SPIRITUAL person is MACRO-MACRO she takes everything that is already big and turns it even bigger more meaningful more im-portant more relevant Almost everything is a question of values of making the world a better place and interpretations that go far beyond reality A simple leaf falling off a tree can represent a new phase in life for a spiritual person

The PRACTICAL person is micro-micro turns everything into small and simple lsquoright here and right nowrsquo matters They act Right now with what they have They donrsquot feel the need to enlarge what is small and they donrsquot care much about great concepts If the five senses can help them grasp a situation everything is fine

THE PREDOMINANT LOGIC OF OUR PSYCHEThe most practical way of finding out is to notice how we behave in a stressful situation Each of us when under stress often react in a way that is very close to our basic personality type

Practical people act react move around organize themselves put their hands to work and do not rest until they manage to move things forward

The emotional people feel and feel a lot If a situation is stressful diffi-cult and negative they will have difficult and negative emotions they will feel what others feel and they will want to manage these emotions in the moment

People that are predominantly mental will under stress begin to ratio-nalize need logical answers be fast and analytical They donrsquot want to solve anything through feelings they donrsquot want to act they are only concerned with finding the right and correct decision and struggle until they get it

Finally the predominantly spiritual people will want to give a greater meaning to that particular event What has to be done what people feel or what the right solution is doesnrsquot matter what matters is why things happened the way they did and what the greater significance of that may be

RAPPORT

76

77

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

Identify the psychological type of the client can help the coach to anticipate and understand expectations

MAIN SUPERIOR FUNCTION AND AUXILIARY INFERIOR FUNCTION

According to Carl Jung while we all have one function that is better developed than the others ndash a superior function ndash we also have another fairly well developed function called the first auxiliary

All of us have a bit of each one of the psychologies but there are always two that are predominant a main one which Jung calls the superior function and an auxiliary one that lies at the bottom of the cross shown on the previous page which is always to the right or left of our superior one

The inferior function is one that is less developed and that remains mainly in our unconscious

Thus a person who is predominantly Practical may have as her auxi-liary function the emotional or mental logic thus being PE or PM

A person who is predominantly Mental may have as her auxiliary func-tion the spiritual or practical logic thus being MS or MP

A person who is predominantly Spiritual may have as her auxiliary function the emotional or mental logic thus being SE or SM

And a person who is predominantly Emotional may have as her auxilia-ry function the spiritual or practical logic thus being ES or EP

This all means that we are situated in one of the following categories

3 Practical Emotional or Emotional Practical 3 Practical Mental or Mental Practical 3 Spiritual Emotional or Emotional Spiritual 3 Spiritual Mental or Mental Spiritual

As you may have noticed according to Jung there are no EMME or PSSP That is one canrsquot have as her first auxiliary function the func-tion that is opposite to the superior one

Carl Jung said that we should look closely at our inferior function whi-ch usually remains in our unconscious because it contains an enor-mous potential for a change and each one of us can benefit a lot from integrating our inferior function with our superior one

Taking risks experimenting enjoying everything that life has to offer is the best way of getting to know ourselves and realizing where our happiness lies (ldquoTrate a Vida por Turdquo paacuteg 74)

INTROVERSION AND EXTROVERSION Introversion and extroversion have to do with the direction in which we focus our attention and energy

People who prefer Extroversion focus their energy and attention away from themselves and are interested in the world of people and things

3 Attracted to the world of events and people outside of themsel-ves

3 They are aware of who and what is around them 3 They like to meet and talk to new people 3 They are friendly often good talkers and easy to get to know 3 They tend to talk easily and often in meetings 3 May not be as aware of what goes on inside them 3 They think while talking 3 They may act or speak first and only think later 3 Speaking about themselves they speak fast 3 They bring energy into life 3 They can get bored and restless if they are alone for too long

People who prefer Introversion (focus their energy and attention inward and are interested in the inner world of thoughts and reflections)

3 Attracted to the inner world of thoughts feelings and reflections 3 They are usually very aware of their inner reactions 3 They prefer to interact with people they know 3 They are usually quiet in meetings and sometimes seem disen-

gaged

RAPPORT

78

79

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

3 They are generally reserved and hard to get to know 3 They may not be as aware of the world outside of them 3 They need time to gather their thoughts before they speak 3 They reflect and think before acting 3 They want to know you before allowing you to get to know them

deeply 3 They feel exhausted and tired after interacting with peoples

FINAL NOTE you must be what your client is You have to find that person inside you

LEARNING STYLESAs we saw with the previous PEMS model our clients will have diffe-rent psychological preferences It is therefore important and essential that you are able to adapt your sessions to the learning style that your client likes best and that better meets her psychological preference

EMOTIONAL Emotional clients will like to talk and share on their to-pics They are very much looking for a relationship and empathy with the Coach and they need to feel heard more than any of the other personality types For these persons learning has a lot to do with the relationship that is created with the feeling of support that they get and even with the positive feedback They like to learn through stories As a Coach it is important to learn to empathize with the emotional range of these persons They will appreciate the sharing to tell stories and to listen to them With emotional clients we may sometimes feel that we are not taking huge steps forward But the fact is that many times these persons need to first be listened to

MENTAL Mental clients will be more logical and may have a more aca-demic style of learning They will want to understand the reasons why things are what they are they will want to get tasks involving research on certain subjects The sessions with these people must be well defi-ned and prepared They will want to explore their intellectual side and feel challenged It is important for them to have access to information and tools that explain the work they are doing in the sessions in a con-crete and logical manner Of course they also need to empathize but the intellectual challenge feeling that their intellect is develops appears to be greater They may like schemes graphics and any models that

could simplify the learning process What these persons will demand of you is a greater capacity to analyse and a logical and rational way of communicating

SPIRITUAL this is for most people the most difficult learning style to adopt Remember that these persons are seeking the greater meaning of things They really want to feel inspired by the coaching process (and even by their Coach) They will want to see that you are an exam-ple of what you talk about so called congruence Spiritual persons will enjoy topics that are more related to values to their identity that make them feel that they are taking steps towards becoming better hu-man beings With these clients you can use powerful metaphors (even through movies music creative exercises etc) and above all strive to make sure that the person leaves the session very inspired

PRACTICAL They like action Which is great because coaching is pri-marily about action These persons like to have very practical sessions in which they get the opportunity to do many exercises and experiment with different situations They may be the clients that like getting more tasks and having things to do (which then sometimes ldquogets lostrdquo due to their time management) These clients will require more simplicity and a well-paced session from you They may also like to do exercises that involve moving their body Above all they will want you to help them get into action

As we deal with these four kinds of preferences we need to adapt our Coaching style to the learning style that each person has Thus we should prepare a lot their sessions and realize that some will require from you

3 Greater sharing and ability to listen and relate (e) 3 Researching mastering the subject very well and knowing how

to mentally stimulate your client with challenges (m) 3 Powerful metaphors very inspirational sessions and congruen-

ce that assign meaning to the Coaching process (s) 3 Practical exercises diversified well rhythmed sessions that

help your client to quickly get into action (p)

RAPPORT

80

81

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING ROOTS

LEVEL 5 - PERSON TO PERSONThis is the fifth level of rapport the deepest and more intense one It happens when the level of rapport is a total vibration Itrsquos when the client feels such a confidence by her Coach empathy and sympathy Itrsquos the hardest level to evaluate

Itrsquos when your client feels so much connected to you that depending on her your relationship would go beyond Coaching She no longer wants the Coach she wants you You no longer understand only the person she feels that you know about her You donrsquot understand psychology you understand who she is

It is very similar to the rapport level you have with 23 of very close persons in your life Everything is natural unconscious and sponta-neous

VIII ROOTS

Every human being seeks to get results Mo-ney Family Romance Peace Happiness

Career Health All we want in life is to have results in those areas

The Map-of-the-World Model is used to work on roots - your

roots as a Coach It shows us how does the psyche of all of us works As a Coach no one

should surprise you about yourself You should know you well know everything about yourself This is what itrsquos called a rooted person

click the video to see it

82

83

BELIEFSTRANSFORMATIVE COACHING

ROSA 20 M - AIR - THINK

VALUESHOLISTIC COACHING

ROSA 30 S - FIRE - BE

COACHING 40

WORLD MAP MODEL

being th

e moment

passi

on en

ergy

demotiv

ation

empowering beliefs

limiting rules

relation air(comunication)

coach is priestisnacutet

1 value focus

UNSUSTAINABLESUSTAINABLE

SECURITY

SELF LOVE

CONSCIOUSNESS

PERSONAL DEVEL

FREEDOM

LOVEBELOVED

BLISS

CONTRIBUTION

P

E

M

S

BEHAVIORROSA 10

SITUATIONAL COACHING

P - EARTH - DO

EMOTIONSREMEDY COACHING

ROSA 10 + LISTEN E - WATER - FEEL

RESULTS

ability to

enter

in st

ate

emotional

patter

ns

habits and discipline

addictions

coach is bossisnacutet

coach is friendisnacutet

1 Homework focus

optimism faithpositive

meditation

key points focusused to interrupt the fear cycle

coach is coach

HUMAN HAVINGHUMAN BEING

UNSUSTAINABLEEGOTISTICAL

STRETCH ZONE

SUSTAINABLEECOLOGICALSTRETCH ZONE

SHORT TERMLONG TERM

CYCLE OF CONFIDENCECYCLE OF FEAR

CONSCIOUS

SUBCONSCIOUS

UNCONSCIOUS

84

85

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

So the first question is why some are getting results while others are not

ACTIONS BEHAVIORSThis means that anyone who is having results is because she is ldquodoingrdquo ie behaving differently from other people who are having no results in those areas For example a millionaire DOES things that people who are not millionaires donrsquot For example saving investing etc Someone with a great health is DOING things that people that donrsquot have a good health are not What we are doing is making the difference Two people in the same circumstances that do exactly the same actions have the same kind of results People who have the results you wanna have ARE DOING THINGS TO GET THEM

So the next question is what leads some people to DO and others to not do

EMOTIONSEverything you do in your life is a relationship between pain and pleasure What happens is that someone who goes running at 6 am associates more pain with lsquonot goingrsquo than with lsquogoingrsquo Who is going to the gym asso-ciates more pleasure than pain with going to the gym in the morning That relationship between pain and pleasure is what is defining your results If we dramatically increase the pain or the pleasure associated we will get to change your results

As so what is then defining that painpleasure relationship

BELIEFSThe reason is because of our beliefs of what we believe in Our beliefs are our set of rules for the world and for our lives Your set of beliefs in fact is defining your painpleasure relationship with something and then your actions A millionaire believes that saving is essential that investing and taking risks is necessary This set of beliefs leads himher to associa-te more pleasure than pain with having these behaviors and therefore heshe implements them Other people have other beliefs that create other

emotions that create other results People who are achieving results in areas that you arenrsquot have a beliefs system different from yours

And then it seems logical to ask so what is defining and creating your set of beliefs

VALUESWhat is a value Itrsquos something that is important to you something you re-ally value The only thing that determines a value is if it is valuable to you Not all of us share the same values (Example the values of Mother Teresa and Donald Trump Contribution vs Professional Accomplishment) What you really value and not what you say that you value You value it so much that it generates your set of beliefs In fact when you live your values in practice (on a daily basis) you are defining your life results Not what you would like to value but what you are really valorizing In fact we all have the same values What differs is the order and the importance we give to each one of them

For example if someone has the value of the family above the value of work she will have the belief that it is more important to spend time with her family causing her to develop a positive feeling when she is with her family which leads her to really try to spend more time with it On the other hand someone who has the value of work above the family one will be someone who believes she should spend more time with her work and career as she believes it is that that will bring her more financial stabi-lity for example So she will associate more pleasure to the time spent at work than at home causing her to act accordingly to that emotion For example Donald Trump and Mother Teresa of Calcutta havenrsquot they got different values One probably values more lsquoprofessional fulfillmentrsquo the other values more lsquocontributionrsquo Different results Sure One has one of the largest business empires in the world the other left the largest volun-teer organization in the world

So in reality the values you are living in practice (what you are valuing in practice) are defining your results

This alone already explains a good part of the psyche of human beings But letrsquos go deeper

ROOTS

Having roots is to control the cycle of trust

86

87

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

To have roots the coach has to identify

her motivators and values create beliefs and habits and learn

to place herself in a state

CYCLE OF CONFIDENCE AND CYCLE OF FEAREveryone has Cycles of Fear in some areas and Cycles of Confidence in other areas

How do you know it If you are having or not results in that area In the areas of your life where you are getting results you are living in a Cycle of Confidence In the areas where yoursquore not you are living in a Cycle of Fear What does this means is that you have behavioral addic-tions or that you are doing things in a vicious way you are in a sort of a mice wheel Those addictions start by creating emotional patterns on you (feelings that you are having whether you want it or not for instan-ce jealousy when it becomes a pattern no matter what the other does that emotion will keep being there it is an emotion that happens to you) and those emotional patterns generate limiting rules We use the words ldquorulesrdquo because in reality limiting beliefs are created because they have a very large set of rules And this generates demotivation An addiction creates an emotional pattern that creates rules limiting which create demotivation and discourage us to move and change This Cycle of Fear is being lived FROM RESULTS TO VALUES and not in the other and right way The bad news are that we all have Cycles of Fear The areas in which we are not having results is because we are afraid but we paint it in other colors Irsquom afraid Irsquom demotivated I have emotional patterns and I have limiting rules

For you to gain roots you need to recognize these cycles You need to break it if you want results but if you want roots you need to recognize them Good news you can break Cycles of Fear

Second good news you have Cycles of Confidence You also unders-tand the other psychology So what is a Cycle of Confidence

You start by having the capacity of creating Discipline and Habits you get the ability to get into a certain and desired state (eg being happy to go training I want to create that emotion I visualize it it is the op-posite of an emotional pattern the pattern happens to you Think of a boxer who puts herself into her wanted state before entering in a ring You have empowering beliefs (when you believe in something that cre-ates more of it) This creates energy passion being in the moment Being with energy and passion and in the moment brings me empowe-ring beliefs which put me in the emotional state I want and provide me

habits and discipline The good news you have these cycles in areas that you are getting results Think in one area You have these four things right

Having these cycles itrsquos called being human First part on lsquorootsrsquo is about knowing your Cycles of Fear and Confidence and admit them to yourself to those you love to the others And having the courage to say that it doesnrsquot work because of FEAR And there is a way to break this cycle When you have roots you stop projecting it in your clients

There is a way of finding your values in a very logical way knowing which human motivators drive your behavior

8 HUMAN MOTIVATORSMaslov pyramid he was the first to talk about human needs He is outda-ted because it defines a hierarchy He places self-fulfillment at the top This model is very much focused on Maslovrsquos map-of-the-world who was an MS If it is a PE he may have lsquofamilyrsquo in the top and that is not wrong Still there are things that all humans need

So with all these models we created the 8 human motivators they are divided in four paradoxes one for each of the PEMS The first paradox is security freedom

Each one of us was born with a set of motivators You are ldquoaddictedrdquo on one side of the paradox You have to fulfill that need even if you have to abdicate of the other one

ROOTS

SECURITY

SELF LOVE

CONSCIOUSNESS

PERSONAL DEVEL

FREEDOM

LOVEBELOVED

BLISS

CONTRIBUTION

P

E

M

S

88

89

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

The main lesson is the more you live the other side of the paradox the more you will live your addiction as well What happens is that you can only get more of your addiction when you learn to validate the other side of the paradox This is what Jung calls ldquoparadoxes integrationrdquo be the millionaire and the altruistic Be the mother of family and career etc Only when you integrate the other energy is when it boosts the one that is more natural to you

For other persons it happens the same with security and all other pa-radoxes The suggestion is Irsquom addicted on this but I can pause and I can go exploring the other side What you have to figure out is your map (draw in the lsquoinfinite signsrsquo which side of the paradoxes is bigger) Your map is about how much you need to fill each side of the paradox

So YOUR HUMAN MOTIVATORS ARE DEFINING YOUR VALUES AND YOUR VALUES ARE DEFINING YOUR RESULTS

You can have everything on one of the sides of the paradox if yoursquore willing to face the fear of losing it

All people fill their motivators The difference between us is how sus-tainable is that satisfaction Unsustainable means that every day you

EXERCISE Do your map How do you discover Based on major decisions you made in your life Example work home relationships etc

have to feed them Imagine a homeless person he meets hisher secu-rity needs (eating and having where to sleep) but he has to do it every day Now compare with Donald Trump If you see the freedom part it probably happens the opposite

3 SUSTAINABLE it feeds itself It is something that can continue without the need for external resources It is ecological based on challenge and paradoxes integration

3 UNSUSTAINABLE you need to do it every day it is selfish ba-sed on comfort and extremist You do it like it was a daily shot

Example father and daughter about going out at night (to satisfy sa-fety and to love and be loved) Father says no hersquos being selfish and within his comfort zone The same father after coming to this course ldquoYoursquore going to the party until 2230 You send me an sms saying that everything is ok and at 2230 Irsquoll pick yourdquo This continues for some time Father goes on diminishing the rules Now hersquos being ecological entering his challenge zone and integrating paradoxes To feel safe as a father he has to give some freedom To feel loved he has to give them some self love Now his motivators are sustainable and has a sustai-nable system that feeds itself To arrive to a deeper level of security he needs to take the risk that comes from giving more freedom

DIAGONAL CONTINUOUS LINEThis line shows us that working above the line ie the clientrsquos beha-viors andor emotions is short-term and unsustainable In this case only the techniques are worked There are immediate results but with no major impact and duration Like when we are called to do motiva-tional speaking or teambuildingrsquos People feel better and do things but the results have a short duration

This does not imply that it is wrong to do Coaching based on these two areas For example in a quick conversation with a friend we can do Situational Coaching (based on behaviours) in order to get her to do something that has been postponing If the action has been made and it was what was intended to be then you did your role as Coach The Remedy Coaching is also important sometimes which consists on making the other person to leave the session feeling good thinking more positive at the time having had an opportunity to digest an emo-tion

ROOTS

90

91

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

Below the continuous line is where lies the deepest work The one that will actually be sustainable and with long-term results This is where we work values and beliefs it is where we go deep to the point where in fact we shift paradigms The client in this type of Coaching change her beliefs and values turning to be a really different person in opposition to what happens above the line where only the emotions or behaviors are changed but the client continues to be what she was

ICEBERGWith the iceberg image it is understood that the behavior is the conscious part of the human being the only thing that the client can see and analyze Everything else emotions beliefs and values are at the clientrsquos unconscious But as a Coa-ch I must and I want to work also the unconscious because as we saw above this is where it lies the sustainable and long-term work

When we help our clients shifting their paradigms beliefs emotions or values we are working with their unconscious Your client will not like this at some point in the process The unconscious will realize that she will have to change and this will cause the first resistance Knowing how to overcome this is essential to the Coachrsquos work so she can de-liver sustainable results

Conscious Mind keeps all the information which you can access now

Unconscious Mind keeps all the information that has ever passed through your brain It is also a kind of a warning system for you

The information passes from the unconscious to the conscious mind through the subconscious It goes dropping into deeper levels of our mind Very qui-ckly your clients will want to turn you into one of three things

Friend ndash They want someone who listens to them who is patient with them who is always there with whom they can always count and talk Most of your clients will want to have you here that you turn into a sort of confi-dant that supports them but does not challenge them too much But you are not there to be a friend

Boss ndash Many will seek in the Coach someone to tell them what to do who provides them specific guidance who pressures them who ldquopunishrdquo them when they donrsquot have their homework done Someone who is even more committed with their results than themselves But yoursquore also not there to be a Boss

Priest ndash Others will want a kind of a weekly confession session That you absolve the mistakes theyrsquove made du-ring the week that you tell them everything is fine and that it doesnrsquot matter we are all human and we all make mistakes You are not there to be a kind of spiritual le-ader of your client and to absolve him You are there to be

Coach - The Coach has an ldquoAirrdquo relationship with the client ie mental of communication becau-se it is a conversation where you listen and ask where there is intellectual stimulation In the map--of-the-world scheme the Coachrsquos sketch is in the quadrant of beliefs It is a ldquomind with mindrdquo work

It is important to know this because with the sessions going clients tend to try their Coach to become a friend (wateremotions) a boss (earthbehaviors) or even a priest (firevalues) However the Coach should avoid the mistake of behaving like one of these three types You are there to be a Coach

Notes In Informal Coaching with friends colleagues family remember that first thatrsquos what you are and only then you are a Coach Therefore you should not give prevalence to the Coach but to the relationship you have with that person otherwise you would violate the pact that exists between the two

ROOTS

92

93

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

4 TYPES OF COACHINGBased on these four quadrants there are four types of Coaching

Situational Coaching ndash The one that is done immediate-ly during the situation with the sole purpose of lea-ding it to an action It usually consists of a brief con-versation where a ROSA 10 is done Your client has a situation that week that really needs to be addressed Ex a proposal that she needs to present a college exam for which she has to study Itrsquos not bad Coaching and it is often necessary Only it is more superficial

Remediative Coaching ndash As the name says it suits when we have to put a ldquobandageointmentrdquo on the emotions The goal is the client to feel good at the end of the session without having to go deeply on the problem Itrsquos the typical conver-sation where the client unburdens and your only goal is to make her feel a little better Sometimes it may be and it often is necessary

Ex the past week your client has discussed with someone important to her or something happened that greatly dealt with her emotions Your first focus should be to help her to unburden and to feel better We used ROSA 10 + Unburden

Transformative Coaching ndash Here the goal is not just making the client to feel better but that she can change the way she sees her life and herself Here we mainly work on beliefs ie the client stops believing in some things to start believing in another ones She shifts paradigm Coaching is now much more sustainable and with long--term results It undergoes through more complete ses-sions where ROSA 20 is done

Holistic Coaching ndash This is the kind of Coaching that involves the whole being of the client all her areas and valences ie her values The entire psyche is worked We are working the whole Human Being and not only a part of it Even the motivators are worked We use ROSA 30 and we work a lot on paradoxes integration

KEY POINTSWe said earlier that we all have Cycles of Fear and that we can change them to Cycles of Confidence How

Imagine that you have a turnscrew and a bicycle wheel is malfunctio-ning You will then put the turnscrew into one of the four key points and then yoursquoll pull and force the wheel to move in the right direction to-wards the Cycle of Confidence And very important you donrsquot take out the turnscrew until the Cycle (the wheel) rotates in the right direction

What are then the Four Key Points You can really choose only one

VALUE FOCUS At this point you will choose a key value for you whi-ch you canrsquot leave to live in practice Whatever happens you canrsquot take the turnscrew from there For instance imagine that you are experien-cing serious financial difficulties and you decide that lsquoValue Focusrsquo is your point Imagine that you choose ldquosavingrdquo as the value that has to be experienced in practice Then whenever you have to make a decision that involves spending money you know what to do You canrsquot in any way stop living this value until the cycle begins to rotate in the oppo-site direction and gets sustainable

POSITIVITY If you want to work at the level of beliefs yoursquoll start to develop this empowering belief base BEING POSITIVE You must be a positive person with faith who believes that everything will go well who says only positive things about herself and the others who sees and is focused on everything positive that is going around her And when the bad days or the bad news are coming and you feel the need to say something negative you shut up And you say something positive

EMOTION FOCUS Imagine that there is an emotion that makes your Cycle of Fear to happen (an emotional pattern) In this key point you will choose an emotion that you would like to learn to cause in yourself learning how to get yourself into that state Imagine that you have been feeling too much anger in your Cycle of Fear and want to feel harmony instead You want to learn how to get into that emotional state You start feeling the opposite emotion and you do something to manage to be in an harmony state (you listen to a song that gets yourself into that state you put your boxing gloves you jump you meditate you close

ROOTS

94

95

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

your eyes you read a poem as Mandela did )

HOMEWORK FOCUS Here you will define a homework that until itrsquos done you wonrsquot do anything else Imagine that you have a Cycle of Fear in relation to health that you define lsquoHomework Focusrsquo as the key point and your homework is running every day Until you manage to do it nothing else matters All of your strategies are directioned so that your homework is being done as soon as possible

In the end all of the four key points have to do with absolute focus

Value ndash Focus on the most important value Until that value is being lived we wonrsquot move on

Positivity (Faith Optimism) ndash Focus on the positive emotions Un-til she gets optimistic we wonrsquot move on

Emotion (Meditation) ndash Focus on pleasure Until she feels more ple-asure than pain we wonrsquot move on

Homework ndash Focus on action Until the homework gets done we wonrsquot move on

VERY IMPORTANTYou as a coach do not have to guess your clientrsquos map-of-the-world or even her PEMS but you have to explore it aside of her You will only master her Map-of-the-World when you understand your own (creating roots) because you will never learn anything about yourself with your client you will never discover anything about you because shersquos the one who discovers it being real or not You Coach you must be hum-ble enough to know that you know nothing about your client and you shouldnrsquot try to guess anything It is the customer who gets there alone

Therefore the more knowledge you have about your own map-of-the--world together with Rapport and ROSA the more intense will be your Coaching because the more you will be able to help your client The goal is that you have the tools in yourself so you can help her In other words this tool is for you to deepen your roots and thus know when you need to do only ROSA or go searching for the Key Points or to use

another method For instance if a client has as her main challenge to be promoted then therersquos no logical on working on Cycles of Fear but to make a ROSA and move forward On the other hand if you see that there is a Cycle of Fear then you should find the key point so you can work on it

I canrsquot help the others if I canrsquot help myself first

ROOTS

values (I am)

during session

clientcoach rosa unconscious

Beliefs (I think)

between sessions

co-coach rosa 30

emotions (I feel)

leverage slice

self coaching rosa 20behavior (I do)

holistic

coaching to others rosa 10M

S

E

P

96

97

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING RESULTS

IX RESULTS

Results are super important in the Coa-ching process There is simply no Coa-

ching if there are no results and thatrsquos why they are at the center of the

triangle of the four Rrsquos Everything we do whether is ROSA creating

Roots or building Rapport it is done with the purpose of get-ting results at the end of the sessions

This is what distinguishes the most Coaching from other practices As a Coach you must become obsessed with your clients results Not only that they do their homeworks but also how close did Coaching took them closer to their Guru Objective how much it has improved their leverage slice of the Pizza and other slices as well We also try to assess the sustainability of those results We donrsquot want them just to get there but also that they keep there

Coaching is about results and you must take this premise very seriou-sly You have been hired to make them reach some goals Become obsessed with it

It is not so easy to evaluate results in a metric way in the world of Co-aching but it proves to be very important Not only with Life Coaching but also with Business Coaching We must find a way to demonstrate that our work has had results in practice

That was the reason why we have created the Results Model

Our level of competence is equal to our worst level of performance

RESULTS MODELIt is possible to define results through the four metrics

lsquoSrsquo AXIS (SPIRITUAL) WE EVALUATE THE PROCESS IMPACT ON THE CLIENT

Behavior (I DO) When the client throughout the process changes one or more behaviors She does now due to the sessions different things that she didnrsquot before

Emotions (I FEEL) When the client feels happier more self-confi-dent fulfilled etc She has now different and more positive emotions due to the Coaching process

98

99

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

Beliefs (I THINK) When there is a change of belief (I used to belie-ve I was not a good person and now I believe I am) When the client used to believe in something and she started to believe in something different There was a paradigm shift She used to see something in a certain way and now she sees it in a more empowering way

Values (I AM) When the Coach manages to help the client to change her values ie the person she is This happens for exam-ple when the client starts to put more emphasis on family than on work or when she accepts and believes that she is a healthy and different person and that nothing will change that now She values different things todat due to the Coa-ching process

lsquoErsquo AXIS (EMOTIONAL) WE EVALUATE THE CLIENTrsquoS AUTONOMY

Level 1 Coach (CoachClient Relationship) Itrsquos the Coach who controls the situation There is a formal relationship be-tween Coach and Client and the session is controlled and oriented by the Coach

Level 2 Coach (Co-Coach) The Client already acts as a Coach during the sessions This happens for example when the client already knows that she is supposed to also say po-sitive things on the Reality part that is she already knows what to do in each step She already takes the initiative The relationship is more about cooperation now and the Client start becoming autonomous

Level 3 Coach (Self-Coaching) When the Client already does Self--Coaching at home not being asked to This is a fantastic moment because she already has the tools and the Coach is there to help and support

Level 4 Coach (Coach to others) When the Client comes to a ses-sion and tells us she has done Coaching with someone else (with her child for instance) This person came to us to be helped however she is already using our tools to help so-

RESULTS

meone else She is totally independent It is every Coachrsquos dream

lsquoMrsquo AXIS (MENTAL) WE EVALUATE THE CLIENTrsquoS CONTENTS ASSIMILATION

Uses Rosa 10 language o cliente usa palavras como Realidade objetivos soluccedilotildees accedilotildees fazem hoje parte do seu leacutexico

Uses Rosa 20 language the client uses terms such as guru objec-tives baby objectives measurable beliefs paradigm shif-ting brainstorming etc

Uses Rosa 30 language she refers terms like emotional patterns cycles of fear and confidence values dilemma etc

Uses unconscious Rosa language when many of these terms are so ingrained in the clientrsquos language that she thinks she will use them for the rest of her life

lsquoPrsquo AXIS (PRACTICE) WE EVALUATE RESULTS IN PRACTICE

During the Session I can manage the client to get results only du-ring the session It is a Coaching session that has no power to influence the client outside it

Between Sessions It mostly happens when the client is doing her homeworks It means that what happened during the ses-sion touched her with enough strength to get her to realize she has to do something and that she is doing something outside the sessions

Leverage Slice It happens when the client fulfills her Leverage Slice and achieves the goal that brought her to Coaching or when her satisfaction in that slice has dramatically im-proved

Holistic When the client improves satisfaction in multiple slices as a result of the sessions including the leverage slice It was a process that had an impact on the whole being and not just in one area of her life

100

101

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

You can make this model with your client on the last session you have together You can also make a self-assessment to compare with it When you measure these four levels of results you will have access to check what level of Coaching you had on that specific process

COACHING LEVELThe Coaching Level that you have delivered is always proportional to your lowest result Even if you have three axes at level 3 and have only one at a level 2 Coaching has been 20 This is valuable information to you as a Coach because it gives you an idea of axes that are easier for you to work and others that you may have to further strengthen

Level 4 Coaching is something that is not achieved with all clients There must be a great empathy and rapport as well as a mastery on the Coaching technique that has been taught in the training course and presented in this manual

Gulica ego catia caperum dem inem cus Fortes et L Nos et grae avehem Romnit acto egeris cis sultod pratum voltum iam hos ublius hactam atemus essede con vas optilis factor aus nem ad cae estil hos me patus re verisse inatuus

Udam deperfecrem nermis etraed me int ela remulibut rem loctusquo cum mus auciem vivehem uresull emquissent eti primperescit ina que ia consiss entium pulerit con vendam morei sentes inatil vit ia quam mus licaudemus factem dum eo ura ex muro nenit quo vilnes-tium Catimportus pati postalarit vis coena fui sa consu consceribus Satquid ertienatus contere essimis ut vis aus iliciam quo in dissimis Ra num deatiqua vere con sentius et in spio pes Tiaetin videlisquam mus viliam que conum is larbit etora notimolto nos et duc omnimus opublicae convo C Nos vivica Catus hos vivas aurnihil hui terfint imorter labus hostam res inequod nerem tabute telieni hilicaessil ven-tem nonsulis

Berteropubit diisquium iteriti emprit teludam hilicid erfentiur tem huis

Hum pro vidiusquem paterevid sedis factatu rnihilla rem publicave Ca-terev irissoltis re aurei pere anum teluder ficepse essercem octuusque mis tum inam pra vivid rei condamdiis hacies Ipio verei sendamdis

TOOLS amp TECHNIQUES

X TOOLS AND TECHNIQUES

If you master well the model of the four Rrsquos for us you already are a fantastic Coach If you can master some stars too itrsquos even better But if you master the model you know how to do Coaching But now letrsquos go to the small stars The idea is not that you try to use all the stars at the same time Choose the two or three that you like best and train those first

POSITIVE FEEDBACKProvide as much positive feedback as you can to your client Take every opportunity you have to do it A Coach is the type of mirror that only says good things about her client Please turn yourself into some-one who is always valorizing every small steps that your client takes

FEEDBACK HAMBURGERYou say something positive then you say something negative then you say something positive again The two positive feedbacks have to be VERY VERY good For instance ldquoI have been feeling that you are very committed to your Coaching process We just need to start paying more attention to our homework even because I feel that you are a person who likes to challenge yourself and that really wants to go further ldquo

RESSIGNIFICATION Ressignificating is finding another meaning still more empowering but that changes everything EgrdquoI didnrsquot do my homework I failedrdquo Coach ldquoWow That means that you are a demanding and committed personrdquo ldquoIrsquom lazyrdquo

102

103

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

ldquoDoes that means you like to enjoy the pleasures of liferdquo

REFRAMINGIt is much like ressignification Itrsquos the name that is used in NLP (Neuro--Linguistic Programming) You take the information that was been gi-ven to you in a frame and you put it in a new one

PREFRAMINGIf ressignification has to do with changing the meaning after it has been given preframing has to do with giving a meaning to something before we have explained what it is It is a widely used technique to anticipate objections that might distract us from our ultimate goal Then we do preframing we previously give the meaning that we want the person to give afterwards Example

ldquoCan I show you my point of view Itrsquos something different but Irsquove seen that it works with many people and it has been helping a lot to change our behavior to healthier habits Itrsquos something innovative and different but highly successful Can I tell you my ideardquo You create a frame before placing the information in there

POSTFRAMINGFirst you give the information and then you put it in a frame Eg ldquoFolks today we have an exam (the low energy level) but thatrsquos what this course is about to be the best Coach to go furtherrdquo

ldquoFROM 0 TO 10 rdquo To give examples ldquoI think Irsquoll read a bookrdquo Coach ldquoFrom 0-10 how much do you think you will accomplish that goalrdquo

TRANSFORMING ldquoORrdquo IN ldquoANDrdquoHelp the client to find an alternative solution to integrate paradoxes to

find a third way

VULNERABILIZATIONFind out things about you that are not working and put them at the clientrsquos service That makes you human and you are validating your client in the case she feels the same She does some things better than you and has some of the same challenges

ASSOCIATION AND DISSOCIATIONThese two terms are often used in NLP (Neuro-linguistic Program-ming) and are used in various ways Association means that an indi-vidual describes a situation as if it was happening and he was partici-pating on it As the name indicates he is associated with it He is still seeing himself going through the situation and feels the emotions that he would feel if he was really living it

Dissociation means that an individual can already tell that experience as if he was watching a movie in which he took part but already dis-sociated from it He is more in an observer role That allows him a big-ger emotional objectivity Even if he feels the emotions they are more about the experience itself and not so much about him as a participant

When we want to help our customers to overcome some emotionally more challenging situations it can make a huge difference to have them to dissociate from those situations Thatrsquos how they can gain greater objectivity and clarity and at the same time they get more mo-tivated to take their first steps

METAPHORSThe most important here is that you use the metaphors of your client Use her world whenever it is possible It will help a lot more to inter-nalize and memorize the information Help your client to create her metaphors Eg ldquoSometimes we fall into holes that are so big that you canrsquot get out of them alonerdquo ldquoLearning to forgive someone is like dri-ving one step at a timerdquo

TOOLS amp TECHNIQUES

104

105

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

LANGUAGE OF A COACH 3 HOW TO INTERRUPT at the first session it must be defined if

the Coach can interrupt the client when she deviates from the focus If yoursquore going to interrupt your client you must always do it with a question You can also take note of something that has nothing to do with the subject you are talking about but it seems important So we can talk about it in the next session You can ask the client if she liked to talk about it

3 ldquoDOES IT MAKES SENSE FOR YOUrdquo If she says NO ldquoSo tell merdquo if she says YES ldquocan you tell me howrdquo

3 ldquoMY HALLUCINATION is rdquo Being very unconditional Any opi-nion is a good opinion The Coach realyy doesnrsquot know The word hallucination implies that what yoursquore saying may be ab-solutely wrong

3 ldquoWHAT WOULD LOVE DO NOWrdquo Be careful with the rapport level you have with your client It is a very good question when it concerns relational issues

3 ldquoHOW WOULD IT BE IFrdquo Very good to overcome objections ldquohow would it be if you had timerdquo ldquohow would it be if you had moneyrdquo ldquohow would it be if you had self-confidencerdquo

3 ldquoWHAT IF rdquo Fantastic to destroy any obstacle that your client brings Some examples ldquoAnd what if you couldrdquo ldquoWhy notrdquo ldquoWhat if nobody would knowrdquo ldquoWhat if you had moneyrdquo ldquoI know you donrsquot but what if you knew what would you sayrdquo

3 GENERAL TIP BE COOL You really must have a cool and rela-xed attitude You really donrsquot know what would be best for your client so be really unconditional

THE COACHING ETHICS

XI THE COACHING ETHICS

There are six ethic rules in Coaching but with no doubt the first is the most important

CONFIDENTIALITY Coaching sessions must be given the utmost con-fidentiality There are no legal rules as in Therapy (like not having fa-mily as clients) but you always have to respect confidentiality When you do Coaching in a company and you must give feedback to their manager your clients must know it If necessary you can discuss the case with a mentor but always without mentioning the name of your client You can discuss the cases but without any names

CLIENTrsquoS AUTONOMY Coaching is all about autonomy and sustaina-bility You need your client to get results not that she needs you You should think ldquoif I change country how would my clients berdquo

CAREFUL WITH PROJECTIONS We all project aspects that we re-press in ourselves All currents in psychology agree that there is pro-jection When I look to someone else what I see is whatrsquos inside of me (strengths and weaknesses) Thatrsquos why some see one thing and others see another As a Coach you must be very attentive to projections You should not do it with your client and for that you must work on your roots If something bothers you that says more about you than about your client Itrsquos not just a technical issue of respecting others map-of--the-world It is an ethical issue

CREDIBILITY Of course you can use other different tools in your ses-sions but you should be able to do so Using things on which yoursquore not certified is breaking ethics Try to be congruent and integrate Being a corporate or a sales Coach without being an expert about those mat-ters is not ethical

106

107

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING THE FIRST SESSION IN PRATICE

CONTRACT IS CONTRACT The financial commitment you assume with your client is always the same as long as she is your client The same in what respects sessions frequency You should always ask permission to your client when you want to change the frequency of the sessions For WeCreate the value you charge to your client must be the same forever It is part of our gratitude towards our client

SELF-COACHING The Coach must be an example of Self-Coaching or she should have a Coach You really have to do ROSA once a year at least and use all these tools in a weekly basis Make sure that you are also an example of achieving your own dreams

XII THE FIRST SESSION

IN PRACTICEIt is normal that the first session is a bit longer (90min) Your focus is to build RAPPORT Here is an example of a few steps for your first session You can have a few more or less of these steps but this is the general idea

STEP 1 Memorize these steps so that you will not have to use this manual

STEP 2 (Partnership) Organize the working space have everything prepared adequated clothes etc

STEP 3 (Presence) Prepare to be fully present by meditating or by being a few minutes in silence

STEP 4 (Posture and words) Build rapport have a few minutes of casual positive and neutral conversation to break the ice For example the weather the clientrsquos favourite team foot-ball match etc

STEP 5 At this stage you will also try to collect information about the client Several aspects of her life and trying to deter-mine clientrsquos expectations regarding the Coaching process You will be attentive about the metaphors and about what is really important to her Yoursquoll need it to explain what Co-aching is in her words

STEP 6 Explain what Coaching is using the clientrsquos words and the references she gave us Example letrsquos imagine that boxing was something that the client liked and we want to explain

108

109

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING THE LAST SESSION

Coaching through boxing ldquoCoaching is like boxing It invol-ves a lot of training to succeed in getting results but ins-tead of having an external enemy we are fighting against ourselvesrdquo

STEP 7 Inviting the client to do an exercise we pick six pens (three of each color) We ask her to tell us three things that are going well in her life and we explore each area a bit Then we ask ldquoamong those areas which one is running really wellrdquo Then we ask for three things that are not going so well and explore a bit

STEP 8 Asking the client which 3 goals she would like to accom-plish by the end of the Coaching process that would make it worth the investment (as measurable as possible)

STEP 9 Establishing verbal contract and selling the idea of coa-ching (even if the sessions pack is already closed) Now we talk about the practical issues sessions frequency ses-sions length interrupting the client first session a bit lon-ger confidentiality guarantee If you feel comfortable you can talk about costs and forms of payment

STEP 10 ldquoCan we start our session talking about what brought you here How can I helprdquo

STEP 11 Talking a bit about the Clientrsquos reality and introducing the Pizza of Life The client draws herrsquos We will go on explai-ning the pizza and its different slices (very briefly not to influence) Some clients like to do it lsquoalonersquo others like to go on talking as they fill the slices

STEP 12 From then on you make ROSA 10

STEP 13 You end up the session You can share ROSA methodology with your client (if you think shersquod like it) and ending with positive feedback You can also ask the client how did she feel You can also ask her to choose an object and summa-rize the session You will also be doing some preframing by stating that Coaching is about action and homeworks

XIII THE LAST SESSION

A coaching process has a follow-up We can work with individual ses-sions or with a pack It is important to inform your clients that Coaching is a continuous process and not a process with miraculous results in the first session Hence it is like doing workout where it is difficult to get results if we go to the gym only once

You can work with packs of sessions (5 or 10) and we would like to give you some tips on what you should ensure it gets done in your last coaching session with someone you have been working with

FUTURE It is important to ensure that the client will continue taking steps in the future even not having sessions anymore or your presence In this session you should spend some time helping her in creating an action plan about the next steps she wants to go on taking in that area You can also take the opportunity to do a small summary of everything that you both worked in so that there is a notion of the progress made and the results achieved Ensures that your client completed that process and be sure about the next steps for her future Help her in crea-ting a good action plan

HABITS You can also ask your client which would be the daily or weekly habits that she would like more to integrate into her routine

POSITIVE FEEDBACK This is also the perfect time to give positive fe-edback to your client (despite being a constant throughout the sessions) Show her the progress she has made throughout the sessions and help her to realize all the positive things she has achieved

111

110

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

PERSONAL DEVELOPMENT We must ensure that our client conti-nues its personal development process and knows or tries new approaches Coaching is just one part of a wide range of options that are now ahead of her Encourage her to con-tinue that journey to read new books to try other trainings and workshops other different and complementary ways of approaching personal development

KEEPING CONTACT You can develop some form of contact with your old clients Email telephone facebook etc Remember to con-tinue sending her information about coaching or other matters you find important It is a way to ensure that your client will continue ldquoawakedrdquo for this subject

Thank you for being part of this project

Daniel Saacute Nogueira and Marta Ferreira

Page 25: WeCreate International Coaching Certification Manual

A task should not be so simple that it doesnacutet make any difference to the client to fulfill it nor should it be so difficult that it becomes infeasible

50

51

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

With whom It is very important to involve someone in the action pro-cess 99 of the homework should have a third person involved The-reby we are creating conditions for the client to become autonomous after the coaching process The questions might be

3 ldquowill you ask to ask you whether you have done itrdquo 3 ldquoApart from me (the Coach) who else will be involved in thisrdquo

When Marcar data ou frequecircncia Quanto mais especiacutefica for me-lhor Isto leva o cliente a pensar exatamente quando vai fazer au-tomaticamente isto cria um compromisso maior dentro dele doing this the client should end each session with a specific homework knowing both the day and the time she will do it and with whom she will share it

At what time of the week beginning or end

At the end of the week

What is for you the end of the week Friday Saturday Sunday

Friday

Ok and what time

Anytime

Anytime Ok But in the morning in the afternoon or evening

Morning

And what time

Early

What is early for you

Upon waking

And what time do you wake up

At 7am

THE CONVERGENCE TECHNIQUEIf the client does not find an action to do you can use the convergence technique by asking the following questions

3 ldquoLook at your ideas (the brainstorming) and mark those that you find reasonablerdquo

3 ldquoNow choose 10rdquo 3 ldquoChoose 5rdquo 3 ldquoChoose 3 2 rdquo 3 ldquoIf I had a magic wand that would immediately fulfil one of these

ideas which one would you chooserdquo

COMMITMENTIn the early sessions you can also ask the client to send you an SMS after doing the action in or-der to confirm it Of course you donrsquot force her

if she refuses but then if she doesnrsquot do her homework you will have more power to ask for an SMS in the next homework

If she accepts you may also ask if you can send her an SMS in case she forgets to do so What will happen is that as soon as she receives our SMS asking whether the action has been done she will do it immediately so that she can reply that she has By SMS we also mean any other means like a telephone call or e-mail The Coach must be flexible enough to perceive which method suits her client the best

THE HANDSHAKEShaking hands after defining the homework is very important because it is the archetype of commitment But remember if the client does not do her homework there is no failure only feedback Maybe the problem really is the kind of homework given or poor explanation about the im-portance of the homework in the coaching process

ONE SMALL STEP FORWARDWhat is the Next Small Step you can take This ques-

ROSA 20

What is the first next small step

Earn 20000 euro

What is the first next small step

Save 100 euro month

What is the first next small step

Open an account

ldquoGreat what is the next small step that you believe you can accomplish

Deposit 1000 euro

1 What is the option that has magic

2 What is the option that makes sense

3 What are you gonna do exactly

4 How will you know you make it

5 Funnel When What day What time

6 Commitment handshake

ACTIONRESUME

52

53

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

free to put everything she has (skills tools knowledge) at the service of her client Indeed every three sessions more or less you should challenge your client with a piece of homework However the challen-ge will vary depending on whom we have in front of us and on the level of the process

4 SUCCESS TIPS FOR THIS PHASE FASEAction Plans it is at this stage that we start working on an action plan

that will follow the session Remember coaching without ac-tion is not coaching Thatrsquos why you should do a ROSA in every session go through the four phases and always end with a very concrete action plan on what the client will do during the week and until the next session Here is an example of an action plan

What will I do Run 3 times per week

When Monday Wednesday and Friday

With whom Alone

Possible obstacles Laziness and lack of time

Benefits Feeling healthier

What will help me remember Setting an alarm on my phone

How will I celebrate By going to the cinema

Homework the tasks between the sessions are a priority for the coaching Most of the le-arning comes from the homework that is done between sessions So remember to always end your session by asking your client to suggest tasks that she would like to accom-plish that coming week the next small steps she can take right now Then rephra-se each one into a concrete action (when how where ) Still some clients will have gre-

tion tool is ideal for those who have difficulty in defining Baby Objecti-ves or those who have difficulty in defining an action to do this week

Notas As a general rule the client will not hear the word ldquosmallrdquo in the question The-refore we must repeat the question until the action is so small that the client would have no difficulty doing it

Of course the Next Small Step may not be the right action to choose for this week

Example The client wants to buy a Porsche (Guru Objective)

ldquoDeposit 1000 eurosrdquo is the Baby Objective The same process can be used for defining the homework

At the end when an action has been defined the Coach may also su-ggest a piece of homework In other words then the Coach is finally

ROSA 20

54

55

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING RAPPORT

at difficulty in taking action If this is the case always look for the smallest step that the person can take If we do not act itrsquos because the step is not small enough Remember ldquoEvery journey begins with one small steprdquo

Commitment amp Penalties some clients will sometimes have real diffi-culty in stepping into action Sometimes you may have to resort to agreeing on a fine if your client does not accomplish her task All human beings run away from pain and sometimes in coaching we need to use a little more masculine energy (wersquoll talk about that more below) to help You can even ask the question ldquoWhat will happen if you do not accomplish itrdquo

Monitoring amp Accountability the role of a Coach is to provide moni-toring to her client However the responsibility must always be on the clientrsquos side As a Coach you are responsible for guiding the process Your client should define the strategies needed to enable her to take the steps she wants You should follow and always try to understand what may have prevented her from completing her tasks Above all you should be focused on finding better strategies to lead her into action However do remind your client that it is her responsibility Ultimately acting or not acting is her choice

VII RAPPORT

Mastering the ROSA technique and mastering Rapport will alone make

you a Mega Coach Of course you can gain more Roots but people

who attend our courses usu-ally already have quite some

1ST DEFINITION OF RAPPORT

Relationship of trust and influence rapport is the ability to create trust within a few minutes with various kinds of people and to influence them to act think and do better You can only influence after being trusted Think about people you trust and do not trust what influence do these people have on you

2ND DEFINITION OF RAPPORTRelationship of empathy and sympathy ldquoWe only like 2 kinds of people people who are the way we are or who are the way we would like to berdquo

Empathy I feel empathy based on the things I have in common with someone

Sympathy Based on the qualities and characteristics that someone has that I would like to have

Conclusion rapport is empathy (who is like me) and sympathy (who is the way I would like to be)

56

57

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

Rapport is trust and

influence

Rapport is the ability to create

empathy and sympathy

WARNING Empathy comes before sympathy and trust comes before influence This is the most important aspect of rapport I cannot influence anyone who does not trust me

Part 2 Now letrsquos try to understand what happens in our psyche why this is the way it is

I invite you to imagine that yoursquore a rabbit in a forest and you meet another rabbit What happens Now imagine you meet another animal thatrsquos different from you What does the rabbit do FLIGHT (runs away)

Now imagine that you are not a rabbit yoursquore a wolf You meet an ani-mal thatrsquos different from you What does the wolf do FIGHT

Now imagine yoursquore a porcupine What happens FREEZE

Animals have these three types of reactions Now imagine yoursquore a human being 20000 years ago and you come across something di-fferent from you What happens ONE OF THESE THINGS AND YOU FEEL FEAR You react the way you do because your psyche does not know what it is And if it is another human being I KNOW WHAT TO EXPECT She is like me Our fear grows when something is different because we donrsquot know what to expect Imagine that you do meet a hu-man being but wearing clothes or other things that are very different

What happens when it is the same kind of animal What exists there EM-PATHY AND TRUST - 1st LEVEL of RAPPORT

This is a metaphor of course Rapport is very unconscious I could tell you to trust someone but your unconscious may not feel the trust What regula-tes that instinct in your psyche is KNOWING WHAT I CAN EXPECT

WHAT HAPPENS IN COACHING Clients also have these three types of reactions flight freeze or fight They may not show up for the follow ses-sion they may answer ldquoyesrdquo ldquonordquo ldquomayberdquo ldquodonrsquot knowrdquo or they may be in constant disagreement with you

Key ldquothe more the Coach is the way I am the more rapport there isrdquo

MILTON ERICSON (Ericsonian Psychology NLP Hypnotherapy) found the client within himself and used this as his tool in the therapy sessions

Ericson created rapport before proceeding with anything else This is TRUST and EMPATHY Ericson was humble and flexible enough to adapt to the client Only once you have done this you can go back to being yourself

Ways of creating rapport with someone

Verbal

3 Language words 3 Subject matter 3 Quotes way of speaking 3 Repeating what the other says 3 Using the otherrsquos metaphors 3 Using the same expressions

Non-verbal

3 Gestures 3 Voice 3 Mime 3 Distance 3 Posture 3 Breathing 3 Touch 3 Speed

Note Every human being has a natural and unconscious tendency to create rapport with others To confirm this all you need is to look at two people talking to each other and see how easily you will notice similarities in their postures and way of speaking

ldquoYou have only one chance to create a good first impression but you have plenty of opportunities to create rapportrdquo

Rapport is an honest attempt to enter someonersquos map-of-the-world The-re is no agreeing or disagreeing only flexibility Rapport does not mean friendship The first session and often the second is a lot about creating rapport

RAPPORT

Sometimes itacutes enought just a little attention to help someone but attention is not coaching

58

59

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

RAPPORT MODELndash 2 PacuteSEstablishing rapport is a process of many levels and layers of depth

LEVEL 1 - PRESENCE AND

PARTNERSHIP

PRESENCEThis is the first step towards creating ra-pport thus the most superficial one Pre-sence means that the Coach is fully com-mitted to her client aware of everything she says and does Nothing from outside the ses-sion should be on the Coachrsquos mind She must be fully present

Before a session itrsquos important that you as a Co-ach calm down forget about everything else and gain a notion of where you are and what you are going to do

POSTURE amp PHRASING

PERCEPTUAL POSITIONS

PERSON TO PERSON

PRESENCE amp PARTNERSHIP

PROBING amp PATIENCE

click the video to see it

Dedicate a few minutes to this process

Presence and Attention are among the healthiest ac-tions that lead to real results You can create a good

relationship with your client (child parent etc) just by being fully present and attentive Even gardens become more beautiful if they are cared for

Presence is about getting yourself into a certain state Itrsquos about being Yin and Yang at the same time

Yin ndash relaxing breathing being aware of all five senses being fully present where you are

Yang ndash mobilizing all your energy by run-ning jumping listening to inspiring music

PARTNERSHIP

Creating an equal relationship with your client Not top down or vice--versa The Coach should never be at a lower or higher level than her client The chairs should be the same for example

For presence and partnership it is also important to switch off the phone to prevent anything from interrupting the session Tidying up the table is equally important to having a clean and hygienic space

From 0 to 10 the importance of Presence during a session is a 10 It is the first step If it isnrsquot there nothing else will

Psycho-geography is also very important in this area

PSYCHO-GEOGRAPHY the way your psyche relates to geography Example On which side you like to sleep Each person has a different psycho-geography Some prefer to be by the sea while others prefer to be in the mountains

RAPPORT

Empathy is being doing

talk and think like the other Sympathy is being doing

talk and think how the other

would like to be

60

61

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

Some tips for using the psycho-geography of the client to your advan-tage

3 Having a room with a minimum amount of symbols It is not recom-mended to have crucifixes or other artefacts related to religion A bookshelf filled with books can also intimidate the client

3 Pay attention to details ndash cables on the floor which CDs are on the shelf etc

3 Having sessions at the clientrsquos home can become dangerous because there are lots of distractions and anchors Difficult si-tuations might have taken place there which will make it more challenging for the client to create a distance to them

It is the Coachrsquos job to notice the psycho-geography of her client and what makes her more comfortable

Despite all the rapport a Coaching session should always stay pro-fessional Being relaxed is necessary for both parties but the focus should not be on friendship You as a Coach need to be professional You must choose to be a Coach instead of a friend

When it comes to clothing you should be as neutral as possible in the beginning but always aligned with your personality Then you can try to adapt to the style of your client

The mantra here is having the client leave the session thinking that her Coach is just like her NOTHING IS WRONG Let your client choose what she prefers

LEVEL 2 - POSTURE AND PHRASINGWhen establishing rapport mere presence and partnership are not enough Moreover they are only the first step The posture and the phrasing that the Coach uses are very important for creating rapport in the relationship What we refer to here is mainly keeping a posture and using similar words and expressions to those of the client This way the client will see herself in us and instead of flight fight or freeze she will feel relaxed and be much more comfortable about talking

Sitting in the same position as the client using her posture tone of

voice and gestures these are all factors to consider

POSTURERegarding posture one can use two techniques that are very similar and very powerful

Mirroring When a Coach takes on a physical position that is the exact mirror image of the clientrsquos If the client leans to her right then the Coach who is facing her leans to her left

Matching In this case the Coach adopts the exact same physical position instead of a symmetric one Both ways are good and powerful The goal is to be equal or symmetrical

Of course it is not indispensable to be like the client 100 of the time as this will take a lot of the attention that the Coach needs to give the client

The more you practice these behaviours the more automatically and unconsciously you will do it When rapport already is high you can go back to your own posture and your regular vocabulary However should you feel the need you can always take up these techniques again

In fact at a high level of rapport it is possible and entirely positive that it is the client herself who starts to imitate our posture and words (un-consciously) This is the perfect moment to lead the client and suggest something more challenging to her

PHRASINGYou must pay great attention to the words that your client uses and the energy she puts into them The names of people that she talks about are also very important facts to remember

If you can use the same expressions as your client you will earn points in rapport Among these expressions metaphors are the most power-ful ones Try to explore as much possible the metaphors that are being used An excellent technique is to use a metaphor of the client to ex-

RAPPORT

The mirroring copies the

exact posture of the client

the matching mirrors

62

63

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

plain something This will reach very deeply into the psyche of the client and have great impact

You can also use themes that the client likes such as her passions and keep using them in future sessions to explain something or to give examples This creates an incredible sense of empathy between you and the client She will be glad that you are paying attention to what she says and at the same time she will understand much better what you say

The clientrsquos ideas are important keys to use when you speak in order to create and maintain rapport For example if the client talks a lot about travelling Irsquoll use the idea (anchor) that is already there because I know it works in his mind

BACKTRACKING backtracking is a Coaching technique that consists of summarizing the main points of a conversation by using the exact same words that the other person uses This tool helps the client follow the session and make her own short summary while listening to the Coach returning to what she just said and using the same words It is important to use at least the words we consider to be the most significant among the ones that the client expresses those that might be conveying more about her value patterns Backtracking can help us understand for example if we can move to the next phase of ROSA It helps us understand if the client has finished what she had to say about that phase and that way we can figure out whether we can move forward or not You can use simple questions to do so

3 ldquoLet me see if I got what you saidhelliprdquo - backtracking the conversa-tion using the exact words of the client - and then ending ldquoIs this is it or would you like to add something

3 ldquoSo what yoursquore saying isrdquo 3 ldquoCan I make a summary of your reality in relation to that slicerdquo

This is one of the simplest and most important techniques when buil-ding rapport

When building rapport avoid paraphrasing (saying the same thing in other words) but do quote A coach quotes

Mastery in Backtracking is being able to quote the last 20 minutes of a session This will leave your client fascinated and feeling that her Coach is really paying attention to everything she says

Therefore it is motivating to Backtrack at the end of each session and at the end of each phase of the ROSA

The Coach shows confidence and agrees with the client shows that she is on her side and really believes that the client will succeed

We must allow the person to be what she truly is talkative or silent Silent people also have things to say it is a matter of asking the right questions

NOTES When a session is not going well (the relationship is under stress) then the focus should be fully on level 2 Rapport - Posture and Phrasing The secret is to forget about the rest and build rapport again Once it is re-established you can address the problem

LEVEL 3 - PROBING AND PATIENCEEvery new level in Rapport brings you techniques that are deeper and more complex But the good news is that you donrsquot do level 3 Rapport until Level 1 and 2 are done So you will increase your skills by going from the easiest to the most difficult

PROBINGAsking questions is more complicated than imitating the posture and words of the client Indeed one of the more complicated aspects of being a Coach is to not give opinions and to ask the right questions at the right time We know that we keep showing you that you already are a Coach and that itrsquos easy but here we must tell you ldquoITrsquoS HARD BEING A COACHrdquo Think very carefully about whether you want to get into it Listening asking questions being patient with the pace of your clients

Even if you have the miracle answer to the clientrsquos situation you need to keep it to yourself Being patient is a challenge and usually typical

RAPPORT

64

65

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

To paraphrase can break

rapport

of the great masters You can only be a master if you want to learn to listen and if you develop a great patience for listening

Questions have the power to illuminate the darkness of your client by asking a powerful question you really get to see another human bri-ghten up right in front of you

Coaching has the power to open a new world to the client questions help people discover new resources Clients tend to find familiar answers but you as a Coach will lead them to unfamiliar answers

Classic examples of some ways to make your client talk

1 -Repeating what the client just said but in question form Client ndash ldquoYesterday I went boatingrdquo Coach ndash ldquoBoatingrdquo

2 -What does that mean to you What does fear mean to you What does a goal mean to you Example Client says ldquoIt is not rapport itrsquos complicityrdquoCoach replies ldquoWhat does complicity mean to yourdquo Client says ldquoItrsquos a clickrdquo Coach ldquoWhat does a click mean to yourdquo

3 -rdquoWhat elserdquo Serves above all to go to the heart of the matter Others like this one are ldquoTell me morerdquo and ldquoCan you go a bit deeper on thatrdquo

POWERFUL QUESTIONS Questions are probably the most beautiful flowers in the garden of learning Questions are one of the biggest se-crets of learning Creative solutions are practically impossible without questions

If you learn to ask 100 questions a day get ready for a revolution in your work at all levels

In life at work in business we are all afraid of asking questions We were educated from an early age to believe that there are right and wrong questions and we were also taught to not fail we avoid asking questions because of fearing that they are wrong The only way to reach the right questions is by not being afraid of the wrong ones

The one who wants to explore learning has to dance with this fear

A large part of all our creative potential stops at the door fearing to ring the doorbell When learning the one who doesnrsquot know is far less ignorant than the knowledgeable one Take risks Ring the bell Ask questions

Become obsessively curious ask questions How

3 Using the Coachrsquos ability of asking powerful questions 3 Following the rule of thumb ldquoThe Coach has the questions the

Client has the answersrdquo 3 Using positive language 3 Respecting the clientrsquos map-of-the-world 3 Always guiding towards solutions

Examples of powerful questions

3 ldquoCompared to whatrdquordquo 3 ldquoWhat does that mean to yourdquo 3 ldquoWhat could be a solution to yourdquo 3 ldquoI know you donrsquot know But if you knew what would that berdquo 3 ldquoWhat would be ideal to yourdquo 3 ldquoWhat do you want insteadrdquo 3 ldquoHow does that make you feelrdquo 3 ldquoWhat else could that meanrdquo 3 ldquoWhat do you want exactlyrdquo 3 ldquoWhat will you achieve with this goalrdquo 3 ldquoWhat will you do differently next timerdquo 3 ldquoWhat are you doing wellrdquo 3 ldquoWhat has to happen for you to be happy and successfulrdquo 3 ldquoWhat motivates you the mostrdquo 3 ldquoWhatrsquos the worst possible scenario And what could be the best

scenario ldquo 3 ldquoWhat are you willing to do to achieve your goalrdquo 3 ldquoWhat new things could you could tryrdquo 3 ldquoWhat prevents you from taking actionrdquo 3 ldquoWho could help you with this situationrdquo 3 ldquoWhat resources do you need to achieve your goalrdquo

RAPPORT

66

67

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

3 ldquoWhat else do you want to get out of your liferdquo 3 ldquoWhat do you really want achieve in that area of your liferdquo 3 ldquoWhat is your biggest dream in that area of your liferdquo 3 ldquoAnd what is the next small step that you would have to takerdquo 3 ldquoWhat do you find positive in this situationrdquo 3 ldquoHow could you attract better persons into your liferdquo 3 ldquoWhat would have to happen to make you feel more fulfilledrdquo 3 ldquoIf you were your own Coach what coaching would you give

yourselfrdquo 3 ldquoIf I was your best friend what advice would you give me to solve

this situationrdquo 3 ldquoIf you had all the time and money in the world how would you

fix itrdquo

In fact the art of asking questions is the foundations of a coaching process with powerful results The list of questions to ask seems en-dless

So become really obsessed with questions and start NOW How about adding 10 more ideas to our list And some more And many more

Typical coaching questions

3 Questions that lead to action (ldquoWhat will you do What can you do differently What do you need to do tordquo)

3 Goal-oriented instead of problem-oriented ldquoHow would you like it to berdquo ldquoAnd if you could what would you dordquo

3 Future-orientedldquoHow do you see that situation in the future How would you like to feelrdquo

Beware of questions with negative assumptions ldquoWhat happens if you donrsquot do itrdquo They should be followed immediately by a question with positive assumptions ldquoHow will you celebrate when you do itrdquo

RAPPORT

YOUR QUESTIONS

68

69

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

PATIENCECount to 10 relax work on your roots and realize that coaching is a process and that each person has her own time and rhythm How can you train your patience Think of 20 ideas

LEVEL 4 ndash PERCEPTUAL POSITIONSWe could also call this the level where we create rapport with our clientrsquos psychology In fact understanding and perceiving human psychology is a huge advantage for you as a Coach You are not there to be a friend of your client as we have mentioned so then a good way to create a relation with her is through her psychology

Do you know the psychology of a teenager or a parent a boss an unemployed If you grasp your clientrsquos psychology the Rapport will be extraordinary

If you demonstrate that you know how a mother thinks yoursquoll make the client believe that you understand her completely

Most people do not understand their own psyche If you can understand them at that level it will make the client to feel something extraordinary about you and the Coaching process

PERCEPTUAL POSITIONS At this level the Coach must master Per-ceptual Positions that is being able to put herself in another personrsquos position whether itrsquos the clientrsquos or the clientrsquos parent or any other person that is part of the situation You should be able to see the same situation from different perspectives and in the long term help your client do the same

THE EXERCISE This is an exercise to be used mainly if the client has trouble in a relationship with someone (friend family member etc) and is having some difficulty understanding that personrsquos Map-of-the--World And when this is of great importance

You do not need to go very deep in this exercise Because it is NLP even done in a soft way it can be very powerful to your client helping her to see an aspect of the situation that she hadnrsquot seen or reflected on before

STEP 1 ndash The client explains what is going on (she can speak freely without any restrictions You ask questions to understand the reality of the situation)

STEP 2 ndash The Coach suggests this perceptual positions exercise (it is just an invitation If the client does not want to do not continue)

STEP 3 ndash The Coach asks the client to choose two spots represen-ting the two standpoints (you can put a sheet of paper at each spot) and to imagine that the other person is at one of them

STEP 4 ndash The client speaks facing the other spot as if the person was there and acts as herself (The Coach guides with questions ldquoHow did that make you feel What would you like to tell herrdquo etc)

STEP 5 ndash Pause and ldquoshake outrdquo the client and share the question of the game of imagination

STEP 6 ndash The client recalls a childhood game she used to play and describes it a little We then use this as a metaphor to explain that we will now do the same Just a game where we use our imagination The Coach repeats that the per-son with whom the client has a challenge is there at the other spot

STEP 7 ndash The client goes over to the other spot and the Coach helps her go deeper into that role through guiding questions

STEP 8 ndash The client chooses whether she wants to return to her starting position and add something say something more She may go back and forth as many times as she wishes

STEP 9 ndash When done the Coach suggests to the client to stand on a chair and states ldquoYou are now in a neutral position a higher position What would you call this position (Allow the client to choose a name) Seen from above what do you have to say about this situation What would you say to (clientrsquos name) and to (the other personrsquos name) How would you solve this situation How can (clientrsquos name) solve this situationrdquo

RAPPORT

70

71

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

STEP 10 ndash After the client is done with the third (neutral) position the Coach takes the client off the papers

STEP 11 ndash The Coach can then use the following questions to debrief the exercise

3 ldquoHow was the exercise for you 3 ldquoWhat did you learnrdquo 3 ldquoIs there anything you could do differentlyrdquo

STEP 12 ndash Lead the client to an action (a first small step towards sol-ving the situation) and then funnel it

REMEMBER always undock the client from the different roles the client can do the exercise eyes opened or closed

TO ACKNOWLEDGE Acknowledge the client very very very much for having volunteered and shown vulnerability

This exercise serves mainly as a metaphor for the Coach striving to master Perceptual Positions (understanding and being able to go into different psyches)

CONCLUSION The Coach is a master of perceptual positions She knows how to see the different angles of the same situation She sees everything from different angles

PEMS

Life is all about relationships the relationships we have with ourselves and with others Some people instinctively relate better to themselves and others relate really well to others There are those who relate well to almost everything and everyone and others who are unable to relate with anyone This affects their personal and professional life

Is there any way to consciously improve the relationships that instinc-tively do not work Of course

When we grasp the logic of the mind of another person we can better interact with it and even influence it Psychology is power And if we apply on ourselves it becomes even more powerful and interesting The better we know ourselves and the logic of our mind the better we will be able to help ourselves and achieve our goals

Carl Gustav Jung a Swiss psychiatrist and founder of analytical psychology focused on studying social and collective archetypes He identified eight psychological types taking into account peoplersquos beha-viour abilities skills attitudes and motivations

He began by distinguishing between extraverted (social and expansive) and introverted (reserved and reflective) people Each of them could then be connected to two out of the four functions of the psyche sen-sing or intuition thinking or feeling

In the 40rsquos decade Isabel Myers and Katharine Briggs continued Jungrsquos work and added two auxiliary functions to the Jungian types percep-tion and judgement Thereby arriving at 16 psychological types or 16 personality types Later a personality test was created ndash The Myers--Briggs Type Indicator or MBTI - which is still the most commonly used tool for identifying different personality types

Based on Jungrsquos work we have created a model called PEMS which will help us better understand the logic of our own mind and of the people around us

In this model we distinguish four dominant preferences (P-E-M-S) which correspond to the four elements of life

PRACTICAL (the body DOING Activity Action related to the ele-ment of EARTH) - corresponds to someone that is earthly active dynamic practical that does a lot In excess these are people who never stop to consider their actions

EMOTIONAL (the heart FEELING Feelings Love related to the element of WATER) - corresponds to someone who nee-ds people relations who gives a lot to others and seeks affection In excess these are people who might be overly sensitive

RAPPORT

72

73

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

MENTAL (the mind THINKING Analysis Intellect Logic related to the element of AIR) - corresponds to someone who values analysis rationalization and uses logic and who always fo-cuses on making the right decision In excess these are people who might become impersonal and cold

SPIRITUAL (the soul BEING Values Existence related to the ele-ment of FIRE) - corresponds to someone who thinks that everything has meaning and a higher purpose These are people who care very much about values In excess they can fluctuate too much and concretize too little

The four logics of the mind that we have identified are also based on the four elements

Practical ndash EARTH (firm solid stable secure strong dense)Emotional ndash WATER (flexible always coming back to herself)Mental ndashAIR (transparent lightweight fast facilitates communica-

tion)Spiritual ndash FIRE (burning fleeting transforming powerful)

Thus in a very simplified manner we can divide people into four ca-tegories

PRACTICAL PEOPLE (P) ndash THEY LIKE TO ACT AND DOThese are the people who like action movement They are the ones who make the world move As friends or clients they may want to go straight to the point try things and learn about practical matters The greatest fear of these practical persons is losing control They like to feel that they are in control of the situation of the pace of the conver-sation and of the surroundings

HELP THEM ALWAYS FEEL IN CONTROL

EMOTIONAL PEOPLE (E) ndash THEY LIKE FEELING AND RELATINGThese are people who love people and sharing feelings Everything is an emotion for them And they feel things about everything and everyo-ne Let them talk about their family friends dogs neighbours etchellip

They will talk mostly about people and what they are feeling Their greatest fear is loosing empathy They like to feel reliable and they want to relate

HELP THEM FEEL EMPATHY TOWARDS YOU

MENTAL PEOPLE (M) ndash THEY LIKE TO THINK AND TO ANALYSEThese are people who like to analyze and who try to put everything into a box into a certain perspective They are precise and meticulous They like detail to study and analyze all possibilities They donrsquot fear debating (quite the contrary) and discussing they love the exchanging ideas and arguments but they need to end up being right or get a very good explanation to why the other is right A mental person is always striving to make the best decision Their greatest fear is to be wrong they like to feel that they are correct and that they are making deci-sions based on logic and rational thinking

HELP THEM FEEL THAT THEY ARE RIGHT

SPIRITUAL PEOPLE (S) ndash THEY LIKE TO BE AND TO GLOWThey are looking for the greater purpose of things They believe that everything has a reason for being the way it is that there are no coin-cidences and itrsquos that quest that moves them They give great meaning to every situation always looking for ldquotherdquo situation The greater the meaning the greater their motivation Their biggest fear is to have no meaning That it is to not be significant or ldquoshinerdquo in any way They need to feel conscious and whole

HELP THEM FEEL THAT THEY ARE MEANINGFUL

Although we all have and use a portion of these four categories in the different contexts or times of our life one of them is predominant in us Identifying it is important for managing and interacting with life and with others since it is the best and the fastest way of accessing the Map-of-the-world of someone and speaking a language that that per-son recognizes and accepts as her own

RAPPORT

74

75

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

In fact we are all one but we are all different and we must understand these differences to be able to deal with others People who are more emotional behave and interact in a totally opposite manner from mental people the same way that most practical people interact in a way that is opposite to spiritual people

The EMOTIONAL person is micro-MACRO Transforms everything that is small into something big Everything is important everything is emotional From the simple ldquogood morningrdquo to hearing ldquoI love yourdquo every day For an emotional person a discussion is always a tsuna-mi Therefore itrsquos the emotional persons who with their micro-Macro sense make birthdays a special day and receive small things with gre-at love

The MENTAL person is MACRO-micro transforms everything that is big into something small She makes it more complex by simplifying it For example this very PEMS model is MACRO-micro as it strives to make the hugeness of the personality types into something much smaller creating only four categories for all human beings The mental person also feels less and give less importance to her feelings

The SPIRITUAL person is MACRO-MACRO she takes everything that is already big and turns it even bigger more meaningful more im-portant more relevant Almost everything is a question of values of making the world a better place and interpretations that go far beyond reality A simple leaf falling off a tree can represent a new phase in life for a spiritual person

The PRACTICAL person is micro-micro turns everything into small and simple lsquoright here and right nowrsquo matters They act Right now with what they have They donrsquot feel the need to enlarge what is small and they donrsquot care much about great concepts If the five senses can help them grasp a situation everything is fine

THE PREDOMINANT LOGIC OF OUR PSYCHEThe most practical way of finding out is to notice how we behave in a stressful situation Each of us when under stress often react in a way that is very close to our basic personality type

Practical people act react move around organize themselves put their hands to work and do not rest until they manage to move things forward

The emotional people feel and feel a lot If a situation is stressful diffi-cult and negative they will have difficult and negative emotions they will feel what others feel and they will want to manage these emotions in the moment

People that are predominantly mental will under stress begin to ratio-nalize need logical answers be fast and analytical They donrsquot want to solve anything through feelings they donrsquot want to act they are only concerned with finding the right and correct decision and struggle until they get it

Finally the predominantly spiritual people will want to give a greater meaning to that particular event What has to be done what people feel or what the right solution is doesnrsquot matter what matters is why things happened the way they did and what the greater significance of that may be

RAPPORT

76

77

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

Identify the psychological type of the client can help the coach to anticipate and understand expectations

MAIN SUPERIOR FUNCTION AND AUXILIARY INFERIOR FUNCTION

According to Carl Jung while we all have one function that is better developed than the others ndash a superior function ndash we also have another fairly well developed function called the first auxiliary

All of us have a bit of each one of the psychologies but there are always two that are predominant a main one which Jung calls the superior function and an auxiliary one that lies at the bottom of the cross shown on the previous page which is always to the right or left of our superior one

The inferior function is one that is less developed and that remains mainly in our unconscious

Thus a person who is predominantly Practical may have as her auxi-liary function the emotional or mental logic thus being PE or PM

A person who is predominantly Mental may have as her auxiliary func-tion the spiritual or practical logic thus being MS or MP

A person who is predominantly Spiritual may have as her auxiliary function the emotional or mental logic thus being SE or SM

And a person who is predominantly Emotional may have as her auxilia-ry function the spiritual or practical logic thus being ES or EP

This all means that we are situated in one of the following categories

3 Practical Emotional or Emotional Practical 3 Practical Mental or Mental Practical 3 Spiritual Emotional or Emotional Spiritual 3 Spiritual Mental or Mental Spiritual

As you may have noticed according to Jung there are no EMME or PSSP That is one canrsquot have as her first auxiliary function the func-tion that is opposite to the superior one

Carl Jung said that we should look closely at our inferior function whi-ch usually remains in our unconscious because it contains an enor-mous potential for a change and each one of us can benefit a lot from integrating our inferior function with our superior one

Taking risks experimenting enjoying everything that life has to offer is the best way of getting to know ourselves and realizing where our happiness lies (ldquoTrate a Vida por Turdquo paacuteg 74)

INTROVERSION AND EXTROVERSION Introversion and extroversion have to do with the direction in which we focus our attention and energy

People who prefer Extroversion focus their energy and attention away from themselves and are interested in the world of people and things

3 Attracted to the world of events and people outside of themsel-ves

3 They are aware of who and what is around them 3 They like to meet and talk to new people 3 They are friendly often good talkers and easy to get to know 3 They tend to talk easily and often in meetings 3 May not be as aware of what goes on inside them 3 They think while talking 3 They may act or speak first and only think later 3 Speaking about themselves they speak fast 3 They bring energy into life 3 They can get bored and restless if they are alone for too long

People who prefer Introversion (focus their energy and attention inward and are interested in the inner world of thoughts and reflections)

3 Attracted to the inner world of thoughts feelings and reflections 3 They are usually very aware of their inner reactions 3 They prefer to interact with people they know 3 They are usually quiet in meetings and sometimes seem disen-

gaged

RAPPORT

78

79

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

3 They are generally reserved and hard to get to know 3 They may not be as aware of the world outside of them 3 They need time to gather their thoughts before they speak 3 They reflect and think before acting 3 They want to know you before allowing you to get to know them

deeply 3 They feel exhausted and tired after interacting with peoples

FINAL NOTE you must be what your client is You have to find that person inside you

LEARNING STYLESAs we saw with the previous PEMS model our clients will have diffe-rent psychological preferences It is therefore important and essential that you are able to adapt your sessions to the learning style that your client likes best and that better meets her psychological preference

EMOTIONAL Emotional clients will like to talk and share on their to-pics They are very much looking for a relationship and empathy with the Coach and they need to feel heard more than any of the other personality types For these persons learning has a lot to do with the relationship that is created with the feeling of support that they get and even with the positive feedback They like to learn through stories As a Coach it is important to learn to empathize with the emotional range of these persons They will appreciate the sharing to tell stories and to listen to them With emotional clients we may sometimes feel that we are not taking huge steps forward But the fact is that many times these persons need to first be listened to

MENTAL Mental clients will be more logical and may have a more aca-demic style of learning They will want to understand the reasons why things are what they are they will want to get tasks involving research on certain subjects The sessions with these people must be well defi-ned and prepared They will want to explore their intellectual side and feel challenged It is important for them to have access to information and tools that explain the work they are doing in the sessions in a con-crete and logical manner Of course they also need to empathize but the intellectual challenge feeling that their intellect is develops appears to be greater They may like schemes graphics and any models that

could simplify the learning process What these persons will demand of you is a greater capacity to analyse and a logical and rational way of communicating

SPIRITUAL this is for most people the most difficult learning style to adopt Remember that these persons are seeking the greater meaning of things They really want to feel inspired by the coaching process (and even by their Coach) They will want to see that you are an exam-ple of what you talk about so called congruence Spiritual persons will enjoy topics that are more related to values to their identity that make them feel that they are taking steps towards becoming better hu-man beings With these clients you can use powerful metaphors (even through movies music creative exercises etc) and above all strive to make sure that the person leaves the session very inspired

PRACTICAL They like action Which is great because coaching is pri-marily about action These persons like to have very practical sessions in which they get the opportunity to do many exercises and experiment with different situations They may be the clients that like getting more tasks and having things to do (which then sometimes ldquogets lostrdquo due to their time management) These clients will require more simplicity and a well-paced session from you They may also like to do exercises that involve moving their body Above all they will want you to help them get into action

As we deal with these four kinds of preferences we need to adapt our Coaching style to the learning style that each person has Thus we should prepare a lot their sessions and realize that some will require from you

3 Greater sharing and ability to listen and relate (e) 3 Researching mastering the subject very well and knowing how

to mentally stimulate your client with challenges (m) 3 Powerful metaphors very inspirational sessions and congruen-

ce that assign meaning to the Coaching process (s) 3 Practical exercises diversified well rhythmed sessions that

help your client to quickly get into action (p)

RAPPORT

80

81

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING ROOTS

LEVEL 5 - PERSON TO PERSONThis is the fifth level of rapport the deepest and more intense one It happens when the level of rapport is a total vibration Itrsquos when the client feels such a confidence by her Coach empathy and sympathy Itrsquos the hardest level to evaluate

Itrsquos when your client feels so much connected to you that depending on her your relationship would go beyond Coaching She no longer wants the Coach she wants you You no longer understand only the person she feels that you know about her You donrsquot understand psychology you understand who she is

It is very similar to the rapport level you have with 23 of very close persons in your life Everything is natural unconscious and sponta-neous

VIII ROOTS

Every human being seeks to get results Mo-ney Family Romance Peace Happiness

Career Health All we want in life is to have results in those areas

The Map-of-the-World Model is used to work on roots - your

roots as a Coach It shows us how does the psyche of all of us works As a Coach no one

should surprise you about yourself You should know you well know everything about yourself This is what itrsquos called a rooted person

click the video to see it

82

83

BELIEFSTRANSFORMATIVE COACHING

ROSA 20 M - AIR - THINK

VALUESHOLISTIC COACHING

ROSA 30 S - FIRE - BE

COACHING 40

WORLD MAP MODEL

being th

e moment

passi

on en

ergy

demotiv

ation

empowering beliefs

limiting rules

relation air(comunication)

coach is priestisnacutet

1 value focus

UNSUSTAINABLESUSTAINABLE

SECURITY

SELF LOVE

CONSCIOUSNESS

PERSONAL DEVEL

FREEDOM

LOVEBELOVED

BLISS

CONTRIBUTION

P

E

M

S

BEHAVIORROSA 10

SITUATIONAL COACHING

P - EARTH - DO

EMOTIONSREMEDY COACHING

ROSA 10 + LISTEN E - WATER - FEEL

RESULTS

ability to

enter

in st

ate

emotional

patter

ns

habits and discipline

addictions

coach is bossisnacutet

coach is friendisnacutet

1 Homework focus

optimism faithpositive

meditation

key points focusused to interrupt the fear cycle

coach is coach

HUMAN HAVINGHUMAN BEING

UNSUSTAINABLEEGOTISTICAL

STRETCH ZONE

SUSTAINABLEECOLOGICALSTRETCH ZONE

SHORT TERMLONG TERM

CYCLE OF CONFIDENCECYCLE OF FEAR

CONSCIOUS

SUBCONSCIOUS

UNCONSCIOUS

84

85

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

So the first question is why some are getting results while others are not

ACTIONS BEHAVIORSThis means that anyone who is having results is because she is ldquodoingrdquo ie behaving differently from other people who are having no results in those areas For example a millionaire DOES things that people who are not millionaires donrsquot For example saving investing etc Someone with a great health is DOING things that people that donrsquot have a good health are not What we are doing is making the difference Two people in the same circumstances that do exactly the same actions have the same kind of results People who have the results you wanna have ARE DOING THINGS TO GET THEM

So the next question is what leads some people to DO and others to not do

EMOTIONSEverything you do in your life is a relationship between pain and pleasure What happens is that someone who goes running at 6 am associates more pain with lsquonot goingrsquo than with lsquogoingrsquo Who is going to the gym asso-ciates more pleasure than pain with going to the gym in the morning That relationship between pain and pleasure is what is defining your results If we dramatically increase the pain or the pleasure associated we will get to change your results

As so what is then defining that painpleasure relationship

BELIEFSThe reason is because of our beliefs of what we believe in Our beliefs are our set of rules for the world and for our lives Your set of beliefs in fact is defining your painpleasure relationship with something and then your actions A millionaire believes that saving is essential that investing and taking risks is necessary This set of beliefs leads himher to associa-te more pleasure than pain with having these behaviors and therefore heshe implements them Other people have other beliefs that create other

emotions that create other results People who are achieving results in areas that you arenrsquot have a beliefs system different from yours

And then it seems logical to ask so what is defining and creating your set of beliefs

VALUESWhat is a value Itrsquos something that is important to you something you re-ally value The only thing that determines a value is if it is valuable to you Not all of us share the same values (Example the values of Mother Teresa and Donald Trump Contribution vs Professional Accomplishment) What you really value and not what you say that you value You value it so much that it generates your set of beliefs In fact when you live your values in practice (on a daily basis) you are defining your life results Not what you would like to value but what you are really valorizing In fact we all have the same values What differs is the order and the importance we give to each one of them

For example if someone has the value of the family above the value of work she will have the belief that it is more important to spend time with her family causing her to develop a positive feeling when she is with her family which leads her to really try to spend more time with it On the other hand someone who has the value of work above the family one will be someone who believes she should spend more time with her work and career as she believes it is that that will bring her more financial stabi-lity for example So she will associate more pleasure to the time spent at work than at home causing her to act accordingly to that emotion For example Donald Trump and Mother Teresa of Calcutta havenrsquot they got different values One probably values more lsquoprofessional fulfillmentrsquo the other values more lsquocontributionrsquo Different results Sure One has one of the largest business empires in the world the other left the largest volun-teer organization in the world

So in reality the values you are living in practice (what you are valuing in practice) are defining your results

This alone already explains a good part of the psyche of human beings But letrsquos go deeper

ROOTS

Having roots is to control the cycle of trust

86

87

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

To have roots the coach has to identify

her motivators and values create beliefs and habits and learn

to place herself in a state

CYCLE OF CONFIDENCE AND CYCLE OF FEAREveryone has Cycles of Fear in some areas and Cycles of Confidence in other areas

How do you know it If you are having or not results in that area In the areas of your life where you are getting results you are living in a Cycle of Confidence In the areas where yoursquore not you are living in a Cycle of Fear What does this means is that you have behavioral addic-tions or that you are doing things in a vicious way you are in a sort of a mice wheel Those addictions start by creating emotional patterns on you (feelings that you are having whether you want it or not for instan-ce jealousy when it becomes a pattern no matter what the other does that emotion will keep being there it is an emotion that happens to you) and those emotional patterns generate limiting rules We use the words ldquorulesrdquo because in reality limiting beliefs are created because they have a very large set of rules And this generates demotivation An addiction creates an emotional pattern that creates rules limiting which create demotivation and discourage us to move and change This Cycle of Fear is being lived FROM RESULTS TO VALUES and not in the other and right way The bad news are that we all have Cycles of Fear The areas in which we are not having results is because we are afraid but we paint it in other colors Irsquom afraid Irsquom demotivated I have emotional patterns and I have limiting rules

For you to gain roots you need to recognize these cycles You need to break it if you want results but if you want roots you need to recognize them Good news you can break Cycles of Fear

Second good news you have Cycles of Confidence You also unders-tand the other psychology So what is a Cycle of Confidence

You start by having the capacity of creating Discipline and Habits you get the ability to get into a certain and desired state (eg being happy to go training I want to create that emotion I visualize it it is the op-posite of an emotional pattern the pattern happens to you Think of a boxer who puts herself into her wanted state before entering in a ring You have empowering beliefs (when you believe in something that cre-ates more of it) This creates energy passion being in the moment Being with energy and passion and in the moment brings me empowe-ring beliefs which put me in the emotional state I want and provide me

habits and discipline The good news you have these cycles in areas that you are getting results Think in one area You have these four things right

Having these cycles itrsquos called being human First part on lsquorootsrsquo is about knowing your Cycles of Fear and Confidence and admit them to yourself to those you love to the others And having the courage to say that it doesnrsquot work because of FEAR And there is a way to break this cycle When you have roots you stop projecting it in your clients

There is a way of finding your values in a very logical way knowing which human motivators drive your behavior

8 HUMAN MOTIVATORSMaslov pyramid he was the first to talk about human needs He is outda-ted because it defines a hierarchy He places self-fulfillment at the top This model is very much focused on Maslovrsquos map-of-the-world who was an MS If it is a PE he may have lsquofamilyrsquo in the top and that is not wrong Still there are things that all humans need

So with all these models we created the 8 human motivators they are divided in four paradoxes one for each of the PEMS The first paradox is security freedom

Each one of us was born with a set of motivators You are ldquoaddictedrdquo on one side of the paradox You have to fulfill that need even if you have to abdicate of the other one

ROOTS

SECURITY

SELF LOVE

CONSCIOUSNESS

PERSONAL DEVEL

FREEDOM

LOVEBELOVED

BLISS

CONTRIBUTION

P

E

M

S

88

89

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

The main lesson is the more you live the other side of the paradox the more you will live your addiction as well What happens is that you can only get more of your addiction when you learn to validate the other side of the paradox This is what Jung calls ldquoparadoxes integrationrdquo be the millionaire and the altruistic Be the mother of family and career etc Only when you integrate the other energy is when it boosts the one that is more natural to you

For other persons it happens the same with security and all other pa-radoxes The suggestion is Irsquom addicted on this but I can pause and I can go exploring the other side What you have to figure out is your map (draw in the lsquoinfinite signsrsquo which side of the paradoxes is bigger) Your map is about how much you need to fill each side of the paradox

So YOUR HUMAN MOTIVATORS ARE DEFINING YOUR VALUES AND YOUR VALUES ARE DEFINING YOUR RESULTS

You can have everything on one of the sides of the paradox if yoursquore willing to face the fear of losing it

All people fill their motivators The difference between us is how sus-tainable is that satisfaction Unsustainable means that every day you

EXERCISE Do your map How do you discover Based on major decisions you made in your life Example work home relationships etc

have to feed them Imagine a homeless person he meets hisher secu-rity needs (eating and having where to sleep) but he has to do it every day Now compare with Donald Trump If you see the freedom part it probably happens the opposite

3 SUSTAINABLE it feeds itself It is something that can continue without the need for external resources It is ecological based on challenge and paradoxes integration

3 UNSUSTAINABLE you need to do it every day it is selfish ba-sed on comfort and extremist You do it like it was a daily shot

Example father and daughter about going out at night (to satisfy sa-fety and to love and be loved) Father says no hersquos being selfish and within his comfort zone The same father after coming to this course ldquoYoursquore going to the party until 2230 You send me an sms saying that everything is ok and at 2230 Irsquoll pick yourdquo This continues for some time Father goes on diminishing the rules Now hersquos being ecological entering his challenge zone and integrating paradoxes To feel safe as a father he has to give some freedom To feel loved he has to give them some self love Now his motivators are sustainable and has a sustai-nable system that feeds itself To arrive to a deeper level of security he needs to take the risk that comes from giving more freedom

DIAGONAL CONTINUOUS LINEThis line shows us that working above the line ie the clientrsquos beha-viors andor emotions is short-term and unsustainable In this case only the techniques are worked There are immediate results but with no major impact and duration Like when we are called to do motiva-tional speaking or teambuildingrsquos People feel better and do things but the results have a short duration

This does not imply that it is wrong to do Coaching based on these two areas For example in a quick conversation with a friend we can do Situational Coaching (based on behaviours) in order to get her to do something that has been postponing If the action has been made and it was what was intended to be then you did your role as Coach The Remedy Coaching is also important sometimes which consists on making the other person to leave the session feeling good thinking more positive at the time having had an opportunity to digest an emo-tion

ROOTS

90

91

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

Below the continuous line is where lies the deepest work The one that will actually be sustainable and with long-term results This is where we work values and beliefs it is where we go deep to the point where in fact we shift paradigms The client in this type of Coaching change her beliefs and values turning to be a really different person in opposition to what happens above the line where only the emotions or behaviors are changed but the client continues to be what she was

ICEBERGWith the iceberg image it is understood that the behavior is the conscious part of the human being the only thing that the client can see and analyze Everything else emotions beliefs and values are at the clientrsquos unconscious But as a Coa-ch I must and I want to work also the unconscious because as we saw above this is where it lies the sustainable and long-term work

When we help our clients shifting their paradigms beliefs emotions or values we are working with their unconscious Your client will not like this at some point in the process The unconscious will realize that she will have to change and this will cause the first resistance Knowing how to overcome this is essential to the Coachrsquos work so she can de-liver sustainable results

Conscious Mind keeps all the information which you can access now

Unconscious Mind keeps all the information that has ever passed through your brain It is also a kind of a warning system for you

The information passes from the unconscious to the conscious mind through the subconscious It goes dropping into deeper levels of our mind Very qui-ckly your clients will want to turn you into one of three things

Friend ndash They want someone who listens to them who is patient with them who is always there with whom they can always count and talk Most of your clients will want to have you here that you turn into a sort of confi-dant that supports them but does not challenge them too much But you are not there to be a friend

Boss ndash Many will seek in the Coach someone to tell them what to do who provides them specific guidance who pressures them who ldquopunishrdquo them when they donrsquot have their homework done Someone who is even more committed with their results than themselves But yoursquore also not there to be a Boss

Priest ndash Others will want a kind of a weekly confession session That you absolve the mistakes theyrsquove made du-ring the week that you tell them everything is fine and that it doesnrsquot matter we are all human and we all make mistakes You are not there to be a kind of spiritual le-ader of your client and to absolve him You are there to be

Coach - The Coach has an ldquoAirrdquo relationship with the client ie mental of communication becau-se it is a conversation where you listen and ask where there is intellectual stimulation In the map--of-the-world scheme the Coachrsquos sketch is in the quadrant of beliefs It is a ldquomind with mindrdquo work

It is important to know this because with the sessions going clients tend to try their Coach to become a friend (wateremotions) a boss (earthbehaviors) or even a priest (firevalues) However the Coach should avoid the mistake of behaving like one of these three types You are there to be a Coach

Notes In Informal Coaching with friends colleagues family remember that first thatrsquos what you are and only then you are a Coach Therefore you should not give prevalence to the Coach but to the relationship you have with that person otherwise you would violate the pact that exists between the two

ROOTS

92

93

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

4 TYPES OF COACHINGBased on these four quadrants there are four types of Coaching

Situational Coaching ndash The one that is done immediate-ly during the situation with the sole purpose of lea-ding it to an action It usually consists of a brief con-versation where a ROSA 10 is done Your client has a situation that week that really needs to be addressed Ex a proposal that she needs to present a college exam for which she has to study Itrsquos not bad Coaching and it is often necessary Only it is more superficial

Remediative Coaching ndash As the name says it suits when we have to put a ldquobandageointmentrdquo on the emotions The goal is the client to feel good at the end of the session without having to go deeply on the problem Itrsquos the typical conver-sation where the client unburdens and your only goal is to make her feel a little better Sometimes it may be and it often is necessary

Ex the past week your client has discussed with someone important to her or something happened that greatly dealt with her emotions Your first focus should be to help her to unburden and to feel better We used ROSA 10 + Unburden

Transformative Coaching ndash Here the goal is not just making the client to feel better but that she can change the way she sees her life and herself Here we mainly work on beliefs ie the client stops believing in some things to start believing in another ones She shifts paradigm Coaching is now much more sustainable and with long--term results It undergoes through more complete ses-sions where ROSA 20 is done

Holistic Coaching ndash This is the kind of Coaching that involves the whole being of the client all her areas and valences ie her values The entire psyche is worked We are working the whole Human Being and not only a part of it Even the motivators are worked We use ROSA 30 and we work a lot on paradoxes integration

KEY POINTSWe said earlier that we all have Cycles of Fear and that we can change them to Cycles of Confidence How

Imagine that you have a turnscrew and a bicycle wheel is malfunctio-ning You will then put the turnscrew into one of the four key points and then yoursquoll pull and force the wheel to move in the right direction to-wards the Cycle of Confidence And very important you donrsquot take out the turnscrew until the Cycle (the wheel) rotates in the right direction

What are then the Four Key Points You can really choose only one

VALUE FOCUS At this point you will choose a key value for you whi-ch you canrsquot leave to live in practice Whatever happens you canrsquot take the turnscrew from there For instance imagine that you are experien-cing serious financial difficulties and you decide that lsquoValue Focusrsquo is your point Imagine that you choose ldquosavingrdquo as the value that has to be experienced in practice Then whenever you have to make a decision that involves spending money you know what to do You canrsquot in any way stop living this value until the cycle begins to rotate in the oppo-site direction and gets sustainable

POSITIVITY If you want to work at the level of beliefs yoursquoll start to develop this empowering belief base BEING POSITIVE You must be a positive person with faith who believes that everything will go well who says only positive things about herself and the others who sees and is focused on everything positive that is going around her And when the bad days or the bad news are coming and you feel the need to say something negative you shut up And you say something positive

EMOTION FOCUS Imagine that there is an emotion that makes your Cycle of Fear to happen (an emotional pattern) In this key point you will choose an emotion that you would like to learn to cause in yourself learning how to get yourself into that state Imagine that you have been feeling too much anger in your Cycle of Fear and want to feel harmony instead You want to learn how to get into that emotional state You start feeling the opposite emotion and you do something to manage to be in an harmony state (you listen to a song that gets yourself into that state you put your boxing gloves you jump you meditate you close

ROOTS

94

95

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

your eyes you read a poem as Mandela did )

HOMEWORK FOCUS Here you will define a homework that until itrsquos done you wonrsquot do anything else Imagine that you have a Cycle of Fear in relation to health that you define lsquoHomework Focusrsquo as the key point and your homework is running every day Until you manage to do it nothing else matters All of your strategies are directioned so that your homework is being done as soon as possible

In the end all of the four key points have to do with absolute focus

Value ndash Focus on the most important value Until that value is being lived we wonrsquot move on

Positivity (Faith Optimism) ndash Focus on the positive emotions Un-til she gets optimistic we wonrsquot move on

Emotion (Meditation) ndash Focus on pleasure Until she feels more ple-asure than pain we wonrsquot move on

Homework ndash Focus on action Until the homework gets done we wonrsquot move on

VERY IMPORTANTYou as a coach do not have to guess your clientrsquos map-of-the-world or even her PEMS but you have to explore it aside of her You will only master her Map-of-the-World when you understand your own (creating roots) because you will never learn anything about yourself with your client you will never discover anything about you because shersquos the one who discovers it being real or not You Coach you must be hum-ble enough to know that you know nothing about your client and you shouldnrsquot try to guess anything It is the customer who gets there alone

Therefore the more knowledge you have about your own map-of-the--world together with Rapport and ROSA the more intense will be your Coaching because the more you will be able to help your client The goal is that you have the tools in yourself so you can help her In other words this tool is for you to deepen your roots and thus know when you need to do only ROSA or go searching for the Key Points or to use

another method For instance if a client has as her main challenge to be promoted then therersquos no logical on working on Cycles of Fear but to make a ROSA and move forward On the other hand if you see that there is a Cycle of Fear then you should find the key point so you can work on it

I canrsquot help the others if I canrsquot help myself first

ROOTS

values (I am)

during session

clientcoach rosa unconscious

Beliefs (I think)

between sessions

co-coach rosa 30

emotions (I feel)

leverage slice

self coaching rosa 20behavior (I do)

holistic

coaching to others rosa 10M

S

E

P

96

97

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING RESULTS

IX RESULTS

Results are super important in the Coa-ching process There is simply no Coa-

ching if there are no results and thatrsquos why they are at the center of the

triangle of the four Rrsquos Everything we do whether is ROSA creating

Roots or building Rapport it is done with the purpose of get-ting results at the end of the sessions

This is what distinguishes the most Coaching from other practices As a Coach you must become obsessed with your clients results Not only that they do their homeworks but also how close did Coaching took them closer to their Guru Objective how much it has improved their leverage slice of the Pizza and other slices as well We also try to assess the sustainability of those results We donrsquot want them just to get there but also that they keep there

Coaching is about results and you must take this premise very seriou-sly You have been hired to make them reach some goals Become obsessed with it

It is not so easy to evaluate results in a metric way in the world of Co-aching but it proves to be very important Not only with Life Coaching but also with Business Coaching We must find a way to demonstrate that our work has had results in practice

That was the reason why we have created the Results Model

Our level of competence is equal to our worst level of performance

RESULTS MODELIt is possible to define results through the four metrics

lsquoSrsquo AXIS (SPIRITUAL) WE EVALUATE THE PROCESS IMPACT ON THE CLIENT

Behavior (I DO) When the client throughout the process changes one or more behaviors She does now due to the sessions different things that she didnrsquot before

Emotions (I FEEL) When the client feels happier more self-confi-dent fulfilled etc She has now different and more positive emotions due to the Coaching process

98

99

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

Beliefs (I THINK) When there is a change of belief (I used to belie-ve I was not a good person and now I believe I am) When the client used to believe in something and she started to believe in something different There was a paradigm shift She used to see something in a certain way and now she sees it in a more empowering way

Values (I AM) When the Coach manages to help the client to change her values ie the person she is This happens for exam-ple when the client starts to put more emphasis on family than on work or when she accepts and believes that she is a healthy and different person and that nothing will change that now She values different things todat due to the Coa-ching process

lsquoErsquo AXIS (EMOTIONAL) WE EVALUATE THE CLIENTrsquoS AUTONOMY

Level 1 Coach (CoachClient Relationship) Itrsquos the Coach who controls the situation There is a formal relationship be-tween Coach and Client and the session is controlled and oriented by the Coach

Level 2 Coach (Co-Coach) The Client already acts as a Coach during the sessions This happens for example when the client already knows that she is supposed to also say po-sitive things on the Reality part that is she already knows what to do in each step She already takes the initiative The relationship is more about cooperation now and the Client start becoming autonomous

Level 3 Coach (Self-Coaching) When the Client already does Self--Coaching at home not being asked to This is a fantastic moment because she already has the tools and the Coach is there to help and support

Level 4 Coach (Coach to others) When the Client comes to a ses-sion and tells us she has done Coaching with someone else (with her child for instance) This person came to us to be helped however she is already using our tools to help so-

RESULTS

meone else She is totally independent It is every Coachrsquos dream

lsquoMrsquo AXIS (MENTAL) WE EVALUATE THE CLIENTrsquoS CONTENTS ASSIMILATION

Uses Rosa 10 language o cliente usa palavras como Realidade objetivos soluccedilotildees accedilotildees fazem hoje parte do seu leacutexico

Uses Rosa 20 language the client uses terms such as guru objec-tives baby objectives measurable beliefs paradigm shif-ting brainstorming etc

Uses Rosa 30 language she refers terms like emotional patterns cycles of fear and confidence values dilemma etc

Uses unconscious Rosa language when many of these terms are so ingrained in the clientrsquos language that she thinks she will use them for the rest of her life

lsquoPrsquo AXIS (PRACTICE) WE EVALUATE RESULTS IN PRACTICE

During the Session I can manage the client to get results only du-ring the session It is a Coaching session that has no power to influence the client outside it

Between Sessions It mostly happens when the client is doing her homeworks It means that what happened during the ses-sion touched her with enough strength to get her to realize she has to do something and that she is doing something outside the sessions

Leverage Slice It happens when the client fulfills her Leverage Slice and achieves the goal that brought her to Coaching or when her satisfaction in that slice has dramatically im-proved

Holistic When the client improves satisfaction in multiple slices as a result of the sessions including the leverage slice It was a process that had an impact on the whole being and not just in one area of her life

100

101

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

You can make this model with your client on the last session you have together You can also make a self-assessment to compare with it When you measure these four levels of results you will have access to check what level of Coaching you had on that specific process

COACHING LEVELThe Coaching Level that you have delivered is always proportional to your lowest result Even if you have three axes at level 3 and have only one at a level 2 Coaching has been 20 This is valuable information to you as a Coach because it gives you an idea of axes that are easier for you to work and others that you may have to further strengthen

Level 4 Coaching is something that is not achieved with all clients There must be a great empathy and rapport as well as a mastery on the Coaching technique that has been taught in the training course and presented in this manual

Gulica ego catia caperum dem inem cus Fortes et L Nos et grae avehem Romnit acto egeris cis sultod pratum voltum iam hos ublius hactam atemus essede con vas optilis factor aus nem ad cae estil hos me patus re verisse inatuus

Udam deperfecrem nermis etraed me int ela remulibut rem loctusquo cum mus auciem vivehem uresull emquissent eti primperescit ina que ia consiss entium pulerit con vendam morei sentes inatil vit ia quam mus licaudemus factem dum eo ura ex muro nenit quo vilnes-tium Catimportus pati postalarit vis coena fui sa consu consceribus Satquid ertienatus contere essimis ut vis aus iliciam quo in dissimis Ra num deatiqua vere con sentius et in spio pes Tiaetin videlisquam mus viliam que conum is larbit etora notimolto nos et duc omnimus opublicae convo C Nos vivica Catus hos vivas aurnihil hui terfint imorter labus hostam res inequod nerem tabute telieni hilicaessil ven-tem nonsulis

Berteropubit diisquium iteriti emprit teludam hilicid erfentiur tem huis

Hum pro vidiusquem paterevid sedis factatu rnihilla rem publicave Ca-terev irissoltis re aurei pere anum teluder ficepse essercem octuusque mis tum inam pra vivid rei condamdiis hacies Ipio verei sendamdis

TOOLS amp TECHNIQUES

X TOOLS AND TECHNIQUES

If you master well the model of the four Rrsquos for us you already are a fantastic Coach If you can master some stars too itrsquos even better But if you master the model you know how to do Coaching But now letrsquos go to the small stars The idea is not that you try to use all the stars at the same time Choose the two or three that you like best and train those first

POSITIVE FEEDBACKProvide as much positive feedback as you can to your client Take every opportunity you have to do it A Coach is the type of mirror that only says good things about her client Please turn yourself into some-one who is always valorizing every small steps that your client takes

FEEDBACK HAMBURGERYou say something positive then you say something negative then you say something positive again The two positive feedbacks have to be VERY VERY good For instance ldquoI have been feeling that you are very committed to your Coaching process We just need to start paying more attention to our homework even because I feel that you are a person who likes to challenge yourself and that really wants to go further ldquo

RESSIGNIFICATION Ressignificating is finding another meaning still more empowering but that changes everything EgrdquoI didnrsquot do my homework I failedrdquo Coach ldquoWow That means that you are a demanding and committed personrdquo ldquoIrsquom lazyrdquo

102

103

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

ldquoDoes that means you like to enjoy the pleasures of liferdquo

REFRAMINGIt is much like ressignification Itrsquos the name that is used in NLP (Neuro--Linguistic Programming) You take the information that was been gi-ven to you in a frame and you put it in a new one

PREFRAMINGIf ressignification has to do with changing the meaning after it has been given preframing has to do with giving a meaning to something before we have explained what it is It is a widely used technique to anticipate objections that might distract us from our ultimate goal Then we do preframing we previously give the meaning that we want the person to give afterwards Example

ldquoCan I show you my point of view Itrsquos something different but Irsquove seen that it works with many people and it has been helping a lot to change our behavior to healthier habits Itrsquos something innovative and different but highly successful Can I tell you my ideardquo You create a frame before placing the information in there

POSTFRAMINGFirst you give the information and then you put it in a frame Eg ldquoFolks today we have an exam (the low energy level) but thatrsquos what this course is about to be the best Coach to go furtherrdquo

ldquoFROM 0 TO 10 rdquo To give examples ldquoI think Irsquoll read a bookrdquo Coach ldquoFrom 0-10 how much do you think you will accomplish that goalrdquo

TRANSFORMING ldquoORrdquo IN ldquoANDrdquoHelp the client to find an alternative solution to integrate paradoxes to

find a third way

VULNERABILIZATIONFind out things about you that are not working and put them at the clientrsquos service That makes you human and you are validating your client in the case she feels the same She does some things better than you and has some of the same challenges

ASSOCIATION AND DISSOCIATIONThese two terms are often used in NLP (Neuro-linguistic Program-ming) and are used in various ways Association means that an indi-vidual describes a situation as if it was happening and he was partici-pating on it As the name indicates he is associated with it He is still seeing himself going through the situation and feels the emotions that he would feel if he was really living it

Dissociation means that an individual can already tell that experience as if he was watching a movie in which he took part but already dis-sociated from it He is more in an observer role That allows him a big-ger emotional objectivity Even if he feels the emotions they are more about the experience itself and not so much about him as a participant

When we want to help our customers to overcome some emotionally more challenging situations it can make a huge difference to have them to dissociate from those situations Thatrsquos how they can gain greater objectivity and clarity and at the same time they get more mo-tivated to take their first steps

METAPHORSThe most important here is that you use the metaphors of your client Use her world whenever it is possible It will help a lot more to inter-nalize and memorize the information Help your client to create her metaphors Eg ldquoSometimes we fall into holes that are so big that you canrsquot get out of them alonerdquo ldquoLearning to forgive someone is like dri-ving one step at a timerdquo

TOOLS amp TECHNIQUES

104

105

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

LANGUAGE OF A COACH 3 HOW TO INTERRUPT at the first session it must be defined if

the Coach can interrupt the client when she deviates from the focus If yoursquore going to interrupt your client you must always do it with a question You can also take note of something that has nothing to do with the subject you are talking about but it seems important So we can talk about it in the next session You can ask the client if she liked to talk about it

3 ldquoDOES IT MAKES SENSE FOR YOUrdquo If she says NO ldquoSo tell merdquo if she says YES ldquocan you tell me howrdquo

3 ldquoMY HALLUCINATION is rdquo Being very unconditional Any opi-nion is a good opinion The Coach realyy doesnrsquot know The word hallucination implies that what yoursquore saying may be ab-solutely wrong

3 ldquoWHAT WOULD LOVE DO NOWrdquo Be careful with the rapport level you have with your client It is a very good question when it concerns relational issues

3 ldquoHOW WOULD IT BE IFrdquo Very good to overcome objections ldquohow would it be if you had timerdquo ldquohow would it be if you had moneyrdquo ldquohow would it be if you had self-confidencerdquo

3 ldquoWHAT IF rdquo Fantastic to destroy any obstacle that your client brings Some examples ldquoAnd what if you couldrdquo ldquoWhy notrdquo ldquoWhat if nobody would knowrdquo ldquoWhat if you had moneyrdquo ldquoI know you donrsquot but what if you knew what would you sayrdquo

3 GENERAL TIP BE COOL You really must have a cool and rela-xed attitude You really donrsquot know what would be best for your client so be really unconditional

THE COACHING ETHICS

XI THE COACHING ETHICS

There are six ethic rules in Coaching but with no doubt the first is the most important

CONFIDENTIALITY Coaching sessions must be given the utmost con-fidentiality There are no legal rules as in Therapy (like not having fa-mily as clients) but you always have to respect confidentiality When you do Coaching in a company and you must give feedback to their manager your clients must know it If necessary you can discuss the case with a mentor but always without mentioning the name of your client You can discuss the cases but without any names

CLIENTrsquoS AUTONOMY Coaching is all about autonomy and sustaina-bility You need your client to get results not that she needs you You should think ldquoif I change country how would my clients berdquo

CAREFUL WITH PROJECTIONS We all project aspects that we re-press in ourselves All currents in psychology agree that there is pro-jection When I look to someone else what I see is whatrsquos inside of me (strengths and weaknesses) Thatrsquos why some see one thing and others see another As a Coach you must be very attentive to projections You should not do it with your client and for that you must work on your roots If something bothers you that says more about you than about your client Itrsquos not just a technical issue of respecting others map-of--the-world It is an ethical issue

CREDIBILITY Of course you can use other different tools in your ses-sions but you should be able to do so Using things on which yoursquore not certified is breaking ethics Try to be congruent and integrate Being a corporate or a sales Coach without being an expert about those mat-ters is not ethical

106

107

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING THE FIRST SESSION IN PRATICE

CONTRACT IS CONTRACT The financial commitment you assume with your client is always the same as long as she is your client The same in what respects sessions frequency You should always ask permission to your client when you want to change the frequency of the sessions For WeCreate the value you charge to your client must be the same forever It is part of our gratitude towards our client

SELF-COACHING The Coach must be an example of Self-Coaching or she should have a Coach You really have to do ROSA once a year at least and use all these tools in a weekly basis Make sure that you are also an example of achieving your own dreams

XII THE FIRST SESSION

IN PRACTICEIt is normal that the first session is a bit longer (90min) Your focus is to build RAPPORT Here is an example of a few steps for your first session You can have a few more or less of these steps but this is the general idea

STEP 1 Memorize these steps so that you will not have to use this manual

STEP 2 (Partnership) Organize the working space have everything prepared adequated clothes etc

STEP 3 (Presence) Prepare to be fully present by meditating or by being a few minutes in silence

STEP 4 (Posture and words) Build rapport have a few minutes of casual positive and neutral conversation to break the ice For example the weather the clientrsquos favourite team foot-ball match etc

STEP 5 At this stage you will also try to collect information about the client Several aspects of her life and trying to deter-mine clientrsquos expectations regarding the Coaching process You will be attentive about the metaphors and about what is really important to her Yoursquoll need it to explain what Co-aching is in her words

STEP 6 Explain what Coaching is using the clientrsquos words and the references she gave us Example letrsquos imagine that boxing was something that the client liked and we want to explain

108

109

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING THE LAST SESSION

Coaching through boxing ldquoCoaching is like boxing It invol-ves a lot of training to succeed in getting results but ins-tead of having an external enemy we are fighting against ourselvesrdquo

STEP 7 Inviting the client to do an exercise we pick six pens (three of each color) We ask her to tell us three things that are going well in her life and we explore each area a bit Then we ask ldquoamong those areas which one is running really wellrdquo Then we ask for three things that are not going so well and explore a bit

STEP 8 Asking the client which 3 goals she would like to accom-plish by the end of the Coaching process that would make it worth the investment (as measurable as possible)

STEP 9 Establishing verbal contract and selling the idea of coa-ching (even if the sessions pack is already closed) Now we talk about the practical issues sessions frequency ses-sions length interrupting the client first session a bit lon-ger confidentiality guarantee If you feel comfortable you can talk about costs and forms of payment

STEP 10 ldquoCan we start our session talking about what brought you here How can I helprdquo

STEP 11 Talking a bit about the Clientrsquos reality and introducing the Pizza of Life The client draws herrsquos We will go on explai-ning the pizza and its different slices (very briefly not to influence) Some clients like to do it lsquoalonersquo others like to go on talking as they fill the slices

STEP 12 From then on you make ROSA 10

STEP 13 You end up the session You can share ROSA methodology with your client (if you think shersquod like it) and ending with positive feedback You can also ask the client how did she feel You can also ask her to choose an object and summa-rize the session You will also be doing some preframing by stating that Coaching is about action and homeworks

XIII THE LAST SESSION

A coaching process has a follow-up We can work with individual ses-sions or with a pack It is important to inform your clients that Coaching is a continuous process and not a process with miraculous results in the first session Hence it is like doing workout where it is difficult to get results if we go to the gym only once

You can work with packs of sessions (5 or 10) and we would like to give you some tips on what you should ensure it gets done in your last coaching session with someone you have been working with

FUTURE It is important to ensure that the client will continue taking steps in the future even not having sessions anymore or your presence In this session you should spend some time helping her in creating an action plan about the next steps she wants to go on taking in that area You can also take the opportunity to do a small summary of everything that you both worked in so that there is a notion of the progress made and the results achieved Ensures that your client completed that process and be sure about the next steps for her future Help her in crea-ting a good action plan

HABITS You can also ask your client which would be the daily or weekly habits that she would like more to integrate into her routine

POSITIVE FEEDBACK This is also the perfect time to give positive fe-edback to your client (despite being a constant throughout the sessions) Show her the progress she has made throughout the sessions and help her to realize all the positive things she has achieved

111

110

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

PERSONAL DEVELOPMENT We must ensure that our client conti-nues its personal development process and knows or tries new approaches Coaching is just one part of a wide range of options that are now ahead of her Encourage her to con-tinue that journey to read new books to try other trainings and workshops other different and complementary ways of approaching personal development

KEEPING CONTACT You can develop some form of contact with your old clients Email telephone facebook etc Remember to con-tinue sending her information about coaching or other matters you find important It is a way to ensure that your client will continue ldquoawakedrdquo for this subject

Thank you for being part of this project

Daniel Saacute Nogueira and Marta Ferreira

Page 26: WeCreate International Coaching Certification Manual

What is the first next small step

Earn 20000 euro

What is the first next small step

Save 100 euro month

What is the first next small step

Open an account

ldquoGreat what is the next small step that you believe you can accomplish

Deposit 1000 euro

1 What is the option that has magic

2 What is the option that makes sense

3 What are you gonna do exactly

4 How will you know you make it

5 Funnel When What day What time

6 Commitment handshake

ACTIONRESUME

52

53

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

free to put everything she has (skills tools knowledge) at the service of her client Indeed every three sessions more or less you should challenge your client with a piece of homework However the challen-ge will vary depending on whom we have in front of us and on the level of the process

4 SUCCESS TIPS FOR THIS PHASE FASEAction Plans it is at this stage that we start working on an action plan

that will follow the session Remember coaching without ac-tion is not coaching Thatrsquos why you should do a ROSA in every session go through the four phases and always end with a very concrete action plan on what the client will do during the week and until the next session Here is an example of an action plan

What will I do Run 3 times per week

When Monday Wednesday and Friday

With whom Alone

Possible obstacles Laziness and lack of time

Benefits Feeling healthier

What will help me remember Setting an alarm on my phone

How will I celebrate By going to the cinema

Homework the tasks between the sessions are a priority for the coaching Most of the le-arning comes from the homework that is done between sessions So remember to always end your session by asking your client to suggest tasks that she would like to accom-plish that coming week the next small steps she can take right now Then rephra-se each one into a concrete action (when how where ) Still some clients will have gre-

tion tool is ideal for those who have difficulty in defining Baby Objecti-ves or those who have difficulty in defining an action to do this week

Notas As a general rule the client will not hear the word ldquosmallrdquo in the question The-refore we must repeat the question until the action is so small that the client would have no difficulty doing it

Of course the Next Small Step may not be the right action to choose for this week

Example The client wants to buy a Porsche (Guru Objective)

ldquoDeposit 1000 eurosrdquo is the Baby Objective The same process can be used for defining the homework

At the end when an action has been defined the Coach may also su-ggest a piece of homework In other words then the Coach is finally

ROSA 20

54

55

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING RAPPORT

at difficulty in taking action If this is the case always look for the smallest step that the person can take If we do not act itrsquos because the step is not small enough Remember ldquoEvery journey begins with one small steprdquo

Commitment amp Penalties some clients will sometimes have real diffi-culty in stepping into action Sometimes you may have to resort to agreeing on a fine if your client does not accomplish her task All human beings run away from pain and sometimes in coaching we need to use a little more masculine energy (wersquoll talk about that more below) to help You can even ask the question ldquoWhat will happen if you do not accomplish itrdquo

Monitoring amp Accountability the role of a Coach is to provide moni-toring to her client However the responsibility must always be on the clientrsquos side As a Coach you are responsible for guiding the process Your client should define the strategies needed to enable her to take the steps she wants You should follow and always try to understand what may have prevented her from completing her tasks Above all you should be focused on finding better strategies to lead her into action However do remind your client that it is her responsibility Ultimately acting or not acting is her choice

VII RAPPORT

Mastering the ROSA technique and mastering Rapport will alone make

you a Mega Coach Of course you can gain more Roots but people

who attend our courses usu-ally already have quite some

1ST DEFINITION OF RAPPORT

Relationship of trust and influence rapport is the ability to create trust within a few minutes with various kinds of people and to influence them to act think and do better You can only influence after being trusted Think about people you trust and do not trust what influence do these people have on you

2ND DEFINITION OF RAPPORTRelationship of empathy and sympathy ldquoWe only like 2 kinds of people people who are the way we are or who are the way we would like to berdquo

Empathy I feel empathy based on the things I have in common with someone

Sympathy Based on the qualities and characteristics that someone has that I would like to have

Conclusion rapport is empathy (who is like me) and sympathy (who is the way I would like to be)

56

57

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

Rapport is trust and

influence

Rapport is the ability to create

empathy and sympathy

WARNING Empathy comes before sympathy and trust comes before influence This is the most important aspect of rapport I cannot influence anyone who does not trust me

Part 2 Now letrsquos try to understand what happens in our psyche why this is the way it is

I invite you to imagine that yoursquore a rabbit in a forest and you meet another rabbit What happens Now imagine you meet another animal thatrsquos different from you What does the rabbit do FLIGHT (runs away)

Now imagine that you are not a rabbit yoursquore a wolf You meet an ani-mal thatrsquos different from you What does the wolf do FIGHT

Now imagine yoursquore a porcupine What happens FREEZE

Animals have these three types of reactions Now imagine yoursquore a human being 20000 years ago and you come across something di-fferent from you What happens ONE OF THESE THINGS AND YOU FEEL FEAR You react the way you do because your psyche does not know what it is And if it is another human being I KNOW WHAT TO EXPECT She is like me Our fear grows when something is different because we donrsquot know what to expect Imagine that you do meet a hu-man being but wearing clothes or other things that are very different

What happens when it is the same kind of animal What exists there EM-PATHY AND TRUST - 1st LEVEL of RAPPORT

This is a metaphor of course Rapport is very unconscious I could tell you to trust someone but your unconscious may not feel the trust What regula-tes that instinct in your psyche is KNOWING WHAT I CAN EXPECT

WHAT HAPPENS IN COACHING Clients also have these three types of reactions flight freeze or fight They may not show up for the follow ses-sion they may answer ldquoyesrdquo ldquonordquo ldquomayberdquo ldquodonrsquot knowrdquo or they may be in constant disagreement with you

Key ldquothe more the Coach is the way I am the more rapport there isrdquo

MILTON ERICSON (Ericsonian Psychology NLP Hypnotherapy) found the client within himself and used this as his tool in the therapy sessions

Ericson created rapport before proceeding with anything else This is TRUST and EMPATHY Ericson was humble and flexible enough to adapt to the client Only once you have done this you can go back to being yourself

Ways of creating rapport with someone

Verbal

3 Language words 3 Subject matter 3 Quotes way of speaking 3 Repeating what the other says 3 Using the otherrsquos metaphors 3 Using the same expressions

Non-verbal

3 Gestures 3 Voice 3 Mime 3 Distance 3 Posture 3 Breathing 3 Touch 3 Speed

Note Every human being has a natural and unconscious tendency to create rapport with others To confirm this all you need is to look at two people talking to each other and see how easily you will notice similarities in their postures and way of speaking

ldquoYou have only one chance to create a good first impression but you have plenty of opportunities to create rapportrdquo

Rapport is an honest attempt to enter someonersquos map-of-the-world The-re is no agreeing or disagreeing only flexibility Rapport does not mean friendship The first session and often the second is a lot about creating rapport

RAPPORT

Sometimes itacutes enought just a little attention to help someone but attention is not coaching

58

59

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

RAPPORT MODELndash 2 PacuteSEstablishing rapport is a process of many levels and layers of depth

LEVEL 1 - PRESENCE AND

PARTNERSHIP

PRESENCEThis is the first step towards creating ra-pport thus the most superficial one Pre-sence means that the Coach is fully com-mitted to her client aware of everything she says and does Nothing from outside the ses-sion should be on the Coachrsquos mind She must be fully present

Before a session itrsquos important that you as a Co-ach calm down forget about everything else and gain a notion of where you are and what you are going to do

POSTURE amp PHRASING

PERCEPTUAL POSITIONS

PERSON TO PERSON

PRESENCE amp PARTNERSHIP

PROBING amp PATIENCE

click the video to see it

Dedicate a few minutes to this process

Presence and Attention are among the healthiest ac-tions that lead to real results You can create a good

relationship with your client (child parent etc) just by being fully present and attentive Even gardens become more beautiful if they are cared for

Presence is about getting yourself into a certain state Itrsquos about being Yin and Yang at the same time

Yin ndash relaxing breathing being aware of all five senses being fully present where you are

Yang ndash mobilizing all your energy by run-ning jumping listening to inspiring music

PARTNERSHIP

Creating an equal relationship with your client Not top down or vice--versa The Coach should never be at a lower or higher level than her client The chairs should be the same for example

For presence and partnership it is also important to switch off the phone to prevent anything from interrupting the session Tidying up the table is equally important to having a clean and hygienic space

From 0 to 10 the importance of Presence during a session is a 10 It is the first step If it isnrsquot there nothing else will

Psycho-geography is also very important in this area

PSYCHO-GEOGRAPHY the way your psyche relates to geography Example On which side you like to sleep Each person has a different psycho-geography Some prefer to be by the sea while others prefer to be in the mountains

RAPPORT

Empathy is being doing

talk and think like the other Sympathy is being doing

talk and think how the other

would like to be

60

61

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

Some tips for using the psycho-geography of the client to your advan-tage

3 Having a room with a minimum amount of symbols It is not recom-mended to have crucifixes or other artefacts related to religion A bookshelf filled with books can also intimidate the client

3 Pay attention to details ndash cables on the floor which CDs are on the shelf etc

3 Having sessions at the clientrsquos home can become dangerous because there are lots of distractions and anchors Difficult si-tuations might have taken place there which will make it more challenging for the client to create a distance to them

It is the Coachrsquos job to notice the psycho-geography of her client and what makes her more comfortable

Despite all the rapport a Coaching session should always stay pro-fessional Being relaxed is necessary for both parties but the focus should not be on friendship You as a Coach need to be professional You must choose to be a Coach instead of a friend

When it comes to clothing you should be as neutral as possible in the beginning but always aligned with your personality Then you can try to adapt to the style of your client

The mantra here is having the client leave the session thinking that her Coach is just like her NOTHING IS WRONG Let your client choose what she prefers

LEVEL 2 - POSTURE AND PHRASINGWhen establishing rapport mere presence and partnership are not enough Moreover they are only the first step The posture and the phrasing that the Coach uses are very important for creating rapport in the relationship What we refer to here is mainly keeping a posture and using similar words and expressions to those of the client This way the client will see herself in us and instead of flight fight or freeze she will feel relaxed and be much more comfortable about talking

Sitting in the same position as the client using her posture tone of

voice and gestures these are all factors to consider

POSTURERegarding posture one can use two techniques that are very similar and very powerful

Mirroring When a Coach takes on a physical position that is the exact mirror image of the clientrsquos If the client leans to her right then the Coach who is facing her leans to her left

Matching In this case the Coach adopts the exact same physical position instead of a symmetric one Both ways are good and powerful The goal is to be equal or symmetrical

Of course it is not indispensable to be like the client 100 of the time as this will take a lot of the attention that the Coach needs to give the client

The more you practice these behaviours the more automatically and unconsciously you will do it When rapport already is high you can go back to your own posture and your regular vocabulary However should you feel the need you can always take up these techniques again

In fact at a high level of rapport it is possible and entirely positive that it is the client herself who starts to imitate our posture and words (un-consciously) This is the perfect moment to lead the client and suggest something more challenging to her

PHRASINGYou must pay great attention to the words that your client uses and the energy she puts into them The names of people that she talks about are also very important facts to remember

If you can use the same expressions as your client you will earn points in rapport Among these expressions metaphors are the most power-ful ones Try to explore as much possible the metaphors that are being used An excellent technique is to use a metaphor of the client to ex-

RAPPORT

The mirroring copies the

exact posture of the client

the matching mirrors

62

63

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

plain something This will reach very deeply into the psyche of the client and have great impact

You can also use themes that the client likes such as her passions and keep using them in future sessions to explain something or to give examples This creates an incredible sense of empathy between you and the client She will be glad that you are paying attention to what she says and at the same time she will understand much better what you say

The clientrsquos ideas are important keys to use when you speak in order to create and maintain rapport For example if the client talks a lot about travelling Irsquoll use the idea (anchor) that is already there because I know it works in his mind

BACKTRACKING backtracking is a Coaching technique that consists of summarizing the main points of a conversation by using the exact same words that the other person uses This tool helps the client follow the session and make her own short summary while listening to the Coach returning to what she just said and using the same words It is important to use at least the words we consider to be the most significant among the ones that the client expresses those that might be conveying more about her value patterns Backtracking can help us understand for example if we can move to the next phase of ROSA It helps us understand if the client has finished what she had to say about that phase and that way we can figure out whether we can move forward or not You can use simple questions to do so

3 ldquoLet me see if I got what you saidhelliprdquo - backtracking the conversa-tion using the exact words of the client - and then ending ldquoIs this is it or would you like to add something

3 ldquoSo what yoursquore saying isrdquo 3 ldquoCan I make a summary of your reality in relation to that slicerdquo

This is one of the simplest and most important techniques when buil-ding rapport

When building rapport avoid paraphrasing (saying the same thing in other words) but do quote A coach quotes

Mastery in Backtracking is being able to quote the last 20 minutes of a session This will leave your client fascinated and feeling that her Coach is really paying attention to everything she says

Therefore it is motivating to Backtrack at the end of each session and at the end of each phase of the ROSA

The Coach shows confidence and agrees with the client shows that she is on her side and really believes that the client will succeed

We must allow the person to be what she truly is talkative or silent Silent people also have things to say it is a matter of asking the right questions

NOTES When a session is not going well (the relationship is under stress) then the focus should be fully on level 2 Rapport - Posture and Phrasing The secret is to forget about the rest and build rapport again Once it is re-established you can address the problem

LEVEL 3 - PROBING AND PATIENCEEvery new level in Rapport brings you techniques that are deeper and more complex But the good news is that you donrsquot do level 3 Rapport until Level 1 and 2 are done So you will increase your skills by going from the easiest to the most difficult

PROBINGAsking questions is more complicated than imitating the posture and words of the client Indeed one of the more complicated aspects of being a Coach is to not give opinions and to ask the right questions at the right time We know that we keep showing you that you already are a Coach and that itrsquos easy but here we must tell you ldquoITrsquoS HARD BEING A COACHrdquo Think very carefully about whether you want to get into it Listening asking questions being patient with the pace of your clients

Even if you have the miracle answer to the clientrsquos situation you need to keep it to yourself Being patient is a challenge and usually typical

RAPPORT

64

65

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

To paraphrase can break

rapport

of the great masters You can only be a master if you want to learn to listen and if you develop a great patience for listening

Questions have the power to illuminate the darkness of your client by asking a powerful question you really get to see another human bri-ghten up right in front of you

Coaching has the power to open a new world to the client questions help people discover new resources Clients tend to find familiar answers but you as a Coach will lead them to unfamiliar answers

Classic examples of some ways to make your client talk

1 -Repeating what the client just said but in question form Client ndash ldquoYesterday I went boatingrdquo Coach ndash ldquoBoatingrdquo

2 -What does that mean to you What does fear mean to you What does a goal mean to you Example Client says ldquoIt is not rapport itrsquos complicityrdquoCoach replies ldquoWhat does complicity mean to yourdquo Client says ldquoItrsquos a clickrdquo Coach ldquoWhat does a click mean to yourdquo

3 -rdquoWhat elserdquo Serves above all to go to the heart of the matter Others like this one are ldquoTell me morerdquo and ldquoCan you go a bit deeper on thatrdquo

POWERFUL QUESTIONS Questions are probably the most beautiful flowers in the garden of learning Questions are one of the biggest se-crets of learning Creative solutions are practically impossible without questions

If you learn to ask 100 questions a day get ready for a revolution in your work at all levels

In life at work in business we are all afraid of asking questions We were educated from an early age to believe that there are right and wrong questions and we were also taught to not fail we avoid asking questions because of fearing that they are wrong The only way to reach the right questions is by not being afraid of the wrong ones

The one who wants to explore learning has to dance with this fear

A large part of all our creative potential stops at the door fearing to ring the doorbell When learning the one who doesnrsquot know is far less ignorant than the knowledgeable one Take risks Ring the bell Ask questions

Become obsessively curious ask questions How

3 Using the Coachrsquos ability of asking powerful questions 3 Following the rule of thumb ldquoThe Coach has the questions the

Client has the answersrdquo 3 Using positive language 3 Respecting the clientrsquos map-of-the-world 3 Always guiding towards solutions

Examples of powerful questions

3 ldquoCompared to whatrdquordquo 3 ldquoWhat does that mean to yourdquo 3 ldquoWhat could be a solution to yourdquo 3 ldquoI know you donrsquot know But if you knew what would that berdquo 3 ldquoWhat would be ideal to yourdquo 3 ldquoWhat do you want insteadrdquo 3 ldquoHow does that make you feelrdquo 3 ldquoWhat else could that meanrdquo 3 ldquoWhat do you want exactlyrdquo 3 ldquoWhat will you achieve with this goalrdquo 3 ldquoWhat will you do differently next timerdquo 3 ldquoWhat are you doing wellrdquo 3 ldquoWhat has to happen for you to be happy and successfulrdquo 3 ldquoWhat motivates you the mostrdquo 3 ldquoWhatrsquos the worst possible scenario And what could be the best

scenario ldquo 3 ldquoWhat are you willing to do to achieve your goalrdquo 3 ldquoWhat new things could you could tryrdquo 3 ldquoWhat prevents you from taking actionrdquo 3 ldquoWho could help you with this situationrdquo 3 ldquoWhat resources do you need to achieve your goalrdquo

RAPPORT

66

67

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

3 ldquoWhat else do you want to get out of your liferdquo 3 ldquoWhat do you really want achieve in that area of your liferdquo 3 ldquoWhat is your biggest dream in that area of your liferdquo 3 ldquoAnd what is the next small step that you would have to takerdquo 3 ldquoWhat do you find positive in this situationrdquo 3 ldquoHow could you attract better persons into your liferdquo 3 ldquoWhat would have to happen to make you feel more fulfilledrdquo 3 ldquoIf you were your own Coach what coaching would you give

yourselfrdquo 3 ldquoIf I was your best friend what advice would you give me to solve

this situationrdquo 3 ldquoIf you had all the time and money in the world how would you

fix itrdquo

In fact the art of asking questions is the foundations of a coaching process with powerful results The list of questions to ask seems en-dless

So become really obsessed with questions and start NOW How about adding 10 more ideas to our list And some more And many more

Typical coaching questions

3 Questions that lead to action (ldquoWhat will you do What can you do differently What do you need to do tordquo)

3 Goal-oriented instead of problem-oriented ldquoHow would you like it to berdquo ldquoAnd if you could what would you dordquo

3 Future-orientedldquoHow do you see that situation in the future How would you like to feelrdquo

Beware of questions with negative assumptions ldquoWhat happens if you donrsquot do itrdquo They should be followed immediately by a question with positive assumptions ldquoHow will you celebrate when you do itrdquo

RAPPORT

YOUR QUESTIONS

68

69

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

PATIENCECount to 10 relax work on your roots and realize that coaching is a process and that each person has her own time and rhythm How can you train your patience Think of 20 ideas

LEVEL 4 ndash PERCEPTUAL POSITIONSWe could also call this the level where we create rapport with our clientrsquos psychology In fact understanding and perceiving human psychology is a huge advantage for you as a Coach You are not there to be a friend of your client as we have mentioned so then a good way to create a relation with her is through her psychology

Do you know the psychology of a teenager or a parent a boss an unemployed If you grasp your clientrsquos psychology the Rapport will be extraordinary

If you demonstrate that you know how a mother thinks yoursquoll make the client believe that you understand her completely

Most people do not understand their own psyche If you can understand them at that level it will make the client to feel something extraordinary about you and the Coaching process

PERCEPTUAL POSITIONS At this level the Coach must master Per-ceptual Positions that is being able to put herself in another personrsquos position whether itrsquos the clientrsquos or the clientrsquos parent or any other person that is part of the situation You should be able to see the same situation from different perspectives and in the long term help your client do the same

THE EXERCISE This is an exercise to be used mainly if the client has trouble in a relationship with someone (friend family member etc) and is having some difficulty understanding that personrsquos Map-of-the--World And when this is of great importance

You do not need to go very deep in this exercise Because it is NLP even done in a soft way it can be very powerful to your client helping her to see an aspect of the situation that she hadnrsquot seen or reflected on before

STEP 1 ndash The client explains what is going on (she can speak freely without any restrictions You ask questions to understand the reality of the situation)

STEP 2 ndash The Coach suggests this perceptual positions exercise (it is just an invitation If the client does not want to do not continue)

STEP 3 ndash The Coach asks the client to choose two spots represen-ting the two standpoints (you can put a sheet of paper at each spot) and to imagine that the other person is at one of them

STEP 4 ndash The client speaks facing the other spot as if the person was there and acts as herself (The Coach guides with questions ldquoHow did that make you feel What would you like to tell herrdquo etc)

STEP 5 ndash Pause and ldquoshake outrdquo the client and share the question of the game of imagination

STEP 6 ndash The client recalls a childhood game she used to play and describes it a little We then use this as a metaphor to explain that we will now do the same Just a game where we use our imagination The Coach repeats that the per-son with whom the client has a challenge is there at the other spot

STEP 7 ndash The client goes over to the other spot and the Coach helps her go deeper into that role through guiding questions

STEP 8 ndash The client chooses whether she wants to return to her starting position and add something say something more She may go back and forth as many times as she wishes

STEP 9 ndash When done the Coach suggests to the client to stand on a chair and states ldquoYou are now in a neutral position a higher position What would you call this position (Allow the client to choose a name) Seen from above what do you have to say about this situation What would you say to (clientrsquos name) and to (the other personrsquos name) How would you solve this situation How can (clientrsquos name) solve this situationrdquo

RAPPORT

70

71

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

STEP 10 ndash After the client is done with the third (neutral) position the Coach takes the client off the papers

STEP 11 ndash The Coach can then use the following questions to debrief the exercise

3 ldquoHow was the exercise for you 3 ldquoWhat did you learnrdquo 3 ldquoIs there anything you could do differentlyrdquo

STEP 12 ndash Lead the client to an action (a first small step towards sol-ving the situation) and then funnel it

REMEMBER always undock the client from the different roles the client can do the exercise eyes opened or closed

TO ACKNOWLEDGE Acknowledge the client very very very much for having volunteered and shown vulnerability

This exercise serves mainly as a metaphor for the Coach striving to master Perceptual Positions (understanding and being able to go into different psyches)

CONCLUSION The Coach is a master of perceptual positions She knows how to see the different angles of the same situation She sees everything from different angles

PEMS

Life is all about relationships the relationships we have with ourselves and with others Some people instinctively relate better to themselves and others relate really well to others There are those who relate well to almost everything and everyone and others who are unable to relate with anyone This affects their personal and professional life

Is there any way to consciously improve the relationships that instinc-tively do not work Of course

When we grasp the logic of the mind of another person we can better interact with it and even influence it Psychology is power And if we apply on ourselves it becomes even more powerful and interesting The better we know ourselves and the logic of our mind the better we will be able to help ourselves and achieve our goals

Carl Gustav Jung a Swiss psychiatrist and founder of analytical psychology focused on studying social and collective archetypes He identified eight psychological types taking into account peoplersquos beha-viour abilities skills attitudes and motivations

He began by distinguishing between extraverted (social and expansive) and introverted (reserved and reflective) people Each of them could then be connected to two out of the four functions of the psyche sen-sing or intuition thinking or feeling

In the 40rsquos decade Isabel Myers and Katharine Briggs continued Jungrsquos work and added two auxiliary functions to the Jungian types percep-tion and judgement Thereby arriving at 16 psychological types or 16 personality types Later a personality test was created ndash The Myers--Briggs Type Indicator or MBTI - which is still the most commonly used tool for identifying different personality types

Based on Jungrsquos work we have created a model called PEMS which will help us better understand the logic of our own mind and of the people around us

In this model we distinguish four dominant preferences (P-E-M-S) which correspond to the four elements of life

PRACTICAL (the body DOING Activity Action related to the ele-ment of EARTH) - corresponds to someone that is earthly active dynamic practical that does a lot In excess these are people who never stop to consider their actions

EMOTIONAL (the heart FEELING Feelings Love related to the element of WATER) - corresponds to someone who nee-ds people relations who gives a lot to others and seeks affection In excess these are people who might be overly sensitive

RAPPORT

72

73

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

MENTAL (the mind THINKING Analysis Intellect Logic related to the element of AIR) - corresponds to someone who values analysis rationalization and uses logic and who always fo-cuses on making the right decision In excess these are people who might become impersonal and cold

SPIRITUAL (the soul BEING Values Existence related to the ele-ment of FIRE) - corresponds to someone who thinks that everything has meaning and a higher purpose These are people who care very much about values In excess they can fluctuate too much and concretize too little

The four logics of the mind that we have identified are also based on the four elements

Practical ndash EARTH (firm solid stable secure strong dense)Emotional ndash WATER (flexible always coming back to herself)Mental ndashAIR (transparent lightweight fast facilitates communica-

tion)Spiritual ndash FIRE (burning fleeting transforming powerful)

Thus in a very simplified manner we can divide people into four ca-tegories

PRACTICAL PEOPLE (P) ndash THEY LIKE TO ACT AND DOThese are the people who like action movement They are the ones who make the world move As friends or clients they may want to go straight to the point try things and learn about practical matters The greatest fear of these practical persons is losing control They like to feel that they are in control of the situation of the pace of the conver-sation and of the surroundings

HELP THEM ALWAYS FEEL IN CONTROL

EMOTIONAL PEOPLE (E) ndash THEY LIKE FEELING AND RELATINGThese are people who love people and sharing feelings Everything is an emotion for them And they feel things about everything and everyo-ne Let them talk about their family friends dogs neighbours etchellip

They will talk mostly about people and what they are feeling Their greatest fear is loosing empathy They like to feel reliable and they want to relate

HELP THEM FEEL EMPATHY TOWARDS YOU

MENTAL PEOPLE (M) ndash THEY LIKE TO THINK AND TO ANALYSEThese are people who like to analyze and who try to put everything into a box into a certain perspective They are precise and meticulous They like detail to study and analyze all possibilities They donrsquot fear debating (quite the contrary) and discussing they love the exchanging ideas and arguments but they need to end up being right or get a very good explanation to why the other is right A mental person is always striving to make the best decision Their greatest fear is to be wrong they like to feel that they are correct and that they are making deci-sions based on logic and rational thinking

HELP THEM FEEL THAT THEY ARE RIGHT

SPIRITUAL PEOPLE (S) ndash THEY LIKE TO BE AND TO GLOWThey are looking for the greater purpose of things They believe that everything has a reason for being the way it is that there are no coin-cidences and itrsquos that quest that moves them They give great meaning to every situation always looking for ldquotherdquo situation The greater the meaning the greater their motivation Their biggest fear is to have no meaning That it is to not be significant or ldquoshinerdquo in any way They need to feel conscious and whole

HELP THEM FEEL THAT THEY ARE MEANINGFUL

Although we all have and use a portion of these four categories in the different contexts or times of our life one of them is predominant in us Identifying it is important for managing and interacting with life and with others since it is the best and the fastest way of accessing the Map-of-the-world of someone and speaking a language that that per-son recognizes and accepts as her own

RAPPORT

74

75

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

In fact we are all one but we are all different and we must understand these differences to be able to deal with others People who are more emotional behave and interact in a totally opposite manner from mental people the same way that most practical people interact in a way that is opposite to spiritual people

The EMOTIONAL person is micro-MACRO Transforms everything that is small into something big Everything is important everything is emotional From the simple ldquogood morningrdquo to hearing ldquoI love yourdquo every day For an emotional person a discussion is always a tsuna-mi Therefore itrsquos the emotional persons who with their micro-Macro sense make birthdays a special day and receive small things with gre-at love

The MENTAL person is MACRO-micro transforms everything that is big into something small She makes it more complex by simplifying it For example this very PEMS model is MACRO-micro as it strives to make the hugeness of the personality types into something much smaller creating only four categories for all human beings The mental person also feels less and give less importance to her feelings

The SPIRITUAL person is MACRO-MACRO she takes everything that is already big and turns it even bigger more meaningful more im-portant more relevant Almost everything is a question of values of making the world a better place and interpretations that go far beyond reality A simple leaf falling off a tree can represent a new phase in life for a spiritual person

The PRACTICAL person is micro-micro turns everything into small and simple lsquoright here and right nowrsquo matters They act Right now with what they have They donrsquot feel the need to enlarge what is small and they donrsquot care much about great concepts If the five senses can help them grasp a situation everything is fine

THE PREDOMINANT LOGIC OF OUR PSYCHEThe most practical way of finding out is to notice how we behave in a stressful situation Each of us when under stress often react in a way that is very close to our basic personality type

Practical people act react move around organize themselves put their hands to work and do not rest until they manage to move things forward

The emotional people feel and feel a lot If a situation is stressful diffi-cult and negative they will have difficult and negative emotions they will feel what others feel and they will want to manage these emotions in the moment

People that are predominantly mental will under stress begin to ratio-nalize need logical answers be fast and analytical They donrsquot want to solve anything through feelings they donrsquot want to act they are only concerned with finding the right and correct decision and struggle until they get it

Finally the predominantly spiritual people will want to give a greater meaning to that particular event What has to be done what people feel or what the right solution is doesnrsquot matter what matters is why things happened the way they did and what the greater significance of that may be

RAPPORT

76

77

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

Identify the psychological type of the client can help the coach to anticipate and understand expectations

MAIN SUPERIOR FUNCTION AND AUXILIARY INFERIOR FUNCTION

According to Carl Jung while we all have one function that is better developed than the others ndash a superior function ndash we also have another fairly well developed function called the first auxiliary

All of us have a bit of each one of the psychologies but there are always two that are predominant a main one which Jung calls the superior function and an auxiliary one that lies at the bottom of the cross shown on the previous page which is always to the right or left of our superior one

The inferior function is one that is less developed and that remains mainly in our unconscious

Thus a person who is predominantly Practical may have as her auxi-liary function the emotional or mental logic thus being PE or PM

A person who is predominantly Mental may have as her auxiliary func-tion the spiritual or practical logic thus being MS or MP

A person who is predominantly Spiritual may have as her auxiliary function the emotional or mental logic thus being SE or SM

And a person who is predominantly Emotional may have as her auxilia-ry function the spiritual or practical logic thus being ES or EP

This all means that we are situated in one of the following categories

3 Practical Emotional or Emotional Practical 3 Practical Mental or Mental Practical 3 Spiritual Emotional or Emotional Spiritual 3 Spiritual Mental or Mental Spiritual

As you may have noticed according to Jung there are no EMME or PSSP That is one canrsquot have as her first auxiliary function the func-tion that is opposite to the superior one

Carl Jung said that we should look closely at our inferior function whi-ch usually remains in our unconscious because it contains an enor-mous potential for a change and each one of us can benefit a lot from integrating our inferior function with our superior one

Taking risks experimenting enjoying everything that life has to offer is the best way of getting to know ourselves and realizing where our happiness lies (ldquoTrate a Vida por Turdquo paacuteg 74)

INTROVERSION AND EXTROVERSION Introversion and extroversion have to do with the direction in which we focus our attention and energy

People who prefer Extroversion focus their energy and attention away from themselves and are interested in the world of people and things

3 Attracted to the world of events and people outside of themsel-ves

3 They are aware of who and what is around them 3 They like to meet and talk to new people 3 They are friendly often good talkers and easy to get to know 3 They tend to talk easily and often in meetings 3 May not be as aware of what goes on inside them 3 They think while talking 3 They may act or speak first and only think later 3 Speaking about themselves they speak fast 3 They bring energy into life 3 They can get bored and restless if they are alone for too long

People who prefer Introversion (focus their energy and attention inward and are interested in the inner world of thoughts and reflections)

3 Attracted to the inner world of thoughts feelings and reflections 3 They are usually very aware of their inner reactions 3 They prefer to interact with people they know 3 They are usually quiet in meetings and sometimes seem disen-

gaged

RAPPORT

78

79

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

3 They are generally reserved and hard to get to know 3 They may not be as aware of the world outside of them 3 They need time to gather their thoughts before they speak 3 They reflect and think before acting 3 They want to know you before allowing you to get to know them

deeply 3 They feel exhausted and tired after interacting with peoples

FINAL NOTE you must be what your client is You have to find that person inside you

LEARNING STYLESAs we saw with the previous PEMS model our clients will have diffe-rent psychological preferences It is therefore important and essential that you are able to adapt your sessions to the learning style that your client likes best and that better meets her psychological preference

EMOTIONAL Emotional clients will like to talk and share on their to-pics They are very much looking for a relationship and empathy with the Coach and they need to feel heard more than any of the other personality types For these persons learning has a lot to do with the relationship that is created with the feeling of support that they get and even with the positive feedback They like to learn through stories As a Coach it is important to learn to empathize with the emotional range of these persons They will appreciate the sharing to tell stories and to listen to them With emotional clients we may sometimes feel that we are not taking huge steps forward But the fact is that many times these persons need to first be listened to

MENTAL Mental clients will be more logical and may have a more aca-demic style of learning They will want to understand the reasons why things are what they are they will want to get tasks involving research on certain subjects The sessions with these people must be well defi-ned and prepared They will want to explore their intellectual side and feel challenged It is important for them to have access to information and tools that explain the work they are doing in the sessions in a con-crete and logical manner Of course they also need to empathize but the intellectual challenge feeling that their intellect is develops appears to be greater They may like schemes graphics and any models that

could simplify the learning process What these persons will demand of you is a greater capacity to analyse and a logical and rational way of communicating

SPIRITUAL this is for most people the most difficult learning style to adopt Remember that these persons are seeking the greater meaning of things They really want to feel inspired by the coaching process (and even by their Coach) They will want to see that you are an exam-ple of what you talk about so called congruence Spiritual persons will enjoy topics that are more related to values to their identity that make them feel that they are taking steps towards becoming better hu-man beings With these clients you can use powerful metaphors (even through movies music creative exercises etc) and above all strive to make sure that the person leaves the session very inspired

PRACTICAL They like action Which is great because coaching is pri-marily about action These persons like to have very practical sessions in which they get the opportunity to do many exercises and experiment with different situations They may be the clients that like getting more tasks and having things to do (which then sometimes ldquogets lostrdquo due to their time management) These clients will require more simplicity and a well-paced session from you They may also like to do exercises that involve moving their body Above all they will want you to help them get into action

As we deal with these four kinds of preferences we need to adapt our Coaching style to the learning style that each person has Thus we should prepare a lot their sessions and realize that some will require from you

3 Greater sharing and ability to listen and relate (e) 3 Researching mastering the subject very well and knowing how

to mentally stimulate your client with challenges (m) 3 Powerful metaphors very inspirational sessions and congruen-

ce that assign meaning to the Coaching process (s) 3 Practical exercises diversified well rhythmed sessions that

help your client to quickly get into action (p)

RAPPORT

80

81

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING ROOTS

LEVEL 5 - PERSON TO PERSONThis is the fifth level of rapport the deepest and more intense one It happens when the level of rapport is a total vibration Itrsquos when the client feels such a confidence by her Coach empathy and sympathy Itrsquos the hardest level to evaluate

Itrsquos when your client feels so much connected to you that depending on her your relationship would go beyond Coaching She no longer wants the Coach she wants you You no longer understand only the person she feels that you know about her You donrsquot understand psychology you understand who she is

It is very similar to the rapport level you have with 23 of very close persons in your life Everything is natural unconscious and sponta-neous

VIII ROOTS

Every human being seeks to get results Mo-ney Family Romance Peace Happiness

Career Health All we want in life is to have results in those areas

The Map-of-the-World Model is used to work on roots - your

roots as a Coach It shows us how does the psyche of all of us works As a Coach no one

should surprise you about yourself You should know you well know everything about yourself This is what itrsquos called a rooted person

click the video to see it

82

83

BELIEFSTRANSFORMATIVE COACHING

ROSA 20 M - AIR - THINK

VALUESHOLISTIC COACHING

ROSA 30 S - FIRE - BE

COACHING 40

WORLD MAP MODEL

being th

e moment

passi

on en

ergy

demotiv

ation

empowering beliefs

limiting rules

relation air(comunication)

coach is priestisnacutet

1 value focus

UNSUSTAINABLESUSTAINABLE

SECURITY

SELF LOVE

CONSCIOUSNESS

PERSONAL DEVEL

FREEDOM

LOVEBELOVED

BLISS

CONTRIBUTION

P

E

M

S

BEHAVIORROSA 10

SITUATIONAL COACHING

P - EARTH - DO

EMOTIONSREMEDY COACHING

ROSA 10 + LISTEN E - WATER - FEEL

RESULTS

ability to

enter

in st

ate

emotional

patter

ns

habits and discipline

addictions

coach is bossisnacutet

coach is friendisnacutet

1 Homework focus

optimism faithpositive

meditation

key points focusused to interrupt the fear cycle

coach is coach

HUMAN HAVINGHUMAN BEING

UNSUSTAINABLEEGOTISTICAL

STRETCH ZONE

SUSTAINABLEECOLOGICALSTRETCH ZONE

SHORT TERMLONG TERM

CYCLE OF CONFIDENCECYCLE OF FEAR

CONSCIOUS

SUBCONSCIOUS

UNCONSCIOUS

84

85

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

So the first question is why some are getting results while others are not

ACTIONS BEHAVIORSThis means that anyone who is having results is because she is ldquodoingrdquo ie behaving differently from other people who are having no results in those areas For example a millionaire DOES things that people who are not millionaires donrsquot For example saving investing etc Someone with a great health is DOING things that people that donrsquot have a good health are not What we are doing is making the difference Two people in the same circumstances that do exactly the same actions have the same kind of results People who have the results you wanna have ARE DOING THINGS TO GET THEM

So the next question is what leads some people to DO and others to not do

EMOTIONSEverything you do in your life is a relationship between pain and pleasure What happens is that someone who goes running at 6 am associates more pain with lsquonot goingrsquo than with lsquogoingrsquo Who is going to the gym asso-ciates more pleasure than pain with going to the gym in the morning That relationship between pain and pleasure is what is defining your results If we dramatically increase the pain or the pleasure associated we will get to change your results

As so what is then defining that painpleasure relationship

BELIEFSThe reason is because of our beliefs of what we believe in Our beliefs are our set of rules for the world and for our lives Your set of beliefs in fact is defining your painpleasure relationship with something and then your actions A millionaire believes that saving is essential that investing and taking risks is necessary This set of beliefs leads himher to associa-te more pleasure than pain with having these behaviors and therefore heshe implements them Other people have other beliefs that create other

emotions that create other results People who are achieving results in areas that you arenrsquot have a beliefs system different from yours

And then it seems logical to ask so what is defining and creating your set of beliefs

VALUESWhat is a value Itrsquos something that is important to you something you re-ally value The only thing that determines a value is if it is valuable to you Not all of us share the same values (Example the values of Mother Teresa and Donald Trump Contribution vs Professional Accomplishment) What you really value and not what you say that you value You value it so much that it generates your set of beliefs In fact when you live your values in practice (on a daily basis) you are defining your life results Not what you would like to value but what you are really valorizing In fact we all have the same values What differs is the order and the importance we give to each one of them

For example if someone has the value of the family above the value of work she will have the belief that it is more important to spend time with her family causing her to develop a positive feeling when she is with her family which leads her to really try to spend more time with it On the other hand someone who has the value of work above the family one will be someone who believes she should spend more time with her work and career as she believes it is that that will bring her more financial stabi-lity for example So she will associate more pleasure to the time spent at work than at home causing her to act accordingly to that emotion For example Donald Trump and Mother Teresa of Calcutta havenrsquot they got different values One probably values more lsquoprofessional fulfillmentrsquo the other values more lsquocontributionrsquo Different results Sure One has one of the largest business empires in the world the other left the largest volun-teer organization in the world

So in reality the values you are living in practice (what you are valuing in practice) are defining your results

This alone already explains a good part of the psyche of human beings But letrsquos go deeper

ROOTS

Having roots is to control the cycle of trust

86

87

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

To have roots the coach has to identify

her motivators and values create beliefs and habits and learn

to place herself in a state

CYCLE OF CONFIDENCE AND CYCLE OF FEAREveryone has Cycles of Fear in some areas and Cycles of Confidence in other areas

How do you know it If you are having or not results in that area In the areas of your life where you are getting results you are living in a Cycle of Confidence In the areas where yoursquore not you are living in a Cycle of Fear What does this means is that you have behavioral addic-tions or that you are doing things in a vicious way you are in a sort of a mice wheel Those addictions start by creating emotional patterns on you (feelings that you are having whether you want it or not for instan-ce jealousy when it becomes a pattern no matter what the other does that emotion will keep being there it is an emotion that happens to you) and those emotional patterns generate limiting rules We use the words ldquorulesrdquo because in reality limiting beliefs are created because they have a very large set of rules And this generates demotivation An addiction creates an emotional pattern that creates rules limiting which create demotivation and discourage us to move and change This Cycle of Fear is being lived FROM RESULTS TO VALUES and not in the other and right way The bad news are that we all have Cycles of Fear The areas in which we are not having results is because we are afraid but we paint it in other colors Irsquom afraid Irsquom demotivated I have emotional patterns and I have limiting rules

For you to gain roots you need to recognize these cycles You need to break it if you want results but if you want roots you need to recognize them Good news you can break Cycles of Fear

Second good news you have Cycles of Confidence You also unders-tand the other psychology So what is a Cycle of Confidence

You start by having the capacity of creating Discipline and Habits you get the ability to get into a certain and desired state (eg being happy to go training I want to create that emotion I visualize it it is the op-posite of an emotional pattern the pattern happens to you Think of a boxer who puts herself into her wanted state before entering in a ring You have empowering beliefs (when you believe in something that cre-ates more of it) This creates energy passion being in the moment Being with energy and passion and in the moment brings me empowe-ring beliefs which put me in the emotional state I want and provide me

habits and discipline The good news you have these cycles in areas that you are getting results Think in one area You have these four things right

Having these cycles itrsquos called being human First part on lsquorootsrsquo is about knowing your Cycles of Fear and Confidence and admit them to yourself to those you love to the others And having the courage to say that it doesnrsquot work because of FEAR And there is a way to break this cycle When you have roots you stop projecting it in your clients

There is a way of finding your values in a very logical way knowing which human motivators drive your behavior

8 HUMAN MOTIVATORSMaslov pyramid he was the first to talk about human needs He is outda-ted because it defines a hierarchy He places self-fulfillment at the top This model is very much focused on Maslovrsquos map-of-the-world who was an MS If it is a PE he may have lsquofamilyrsquo in the top and that is not wrong Still there are things that all humans need

So with all these models we created the 8 human motivators they are divided in four paradoxes one for each of the PEMS The first paradox is security freedom

Each one of us was born with a set of motivators You are ldquoaddictedrdquo on one side of the paradox You have to fulfill that need even if you have to abdicate of the other one

ROOTS

SECURITY

SELF LOVE

CONSCIOUSNESS

PERSONAL DEVEL

FREEDOM

LOVEBELOVED

BLISS

CONTRIBUTION

P

E

M

S

88

89

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

The main lesson is the more you live the other side of the paradox the more you will live your addiction as well What happens is that you can only get more of your addiction when you learn to validate the other side of the paradox This is what Jung calls ldquoparadoxes integrationrdquo be the millionaire and the altruistic Be the mother of family and career etc Only when you integrate the other energy is when it boosts the one that is more natural to you

For other persons it happens the same with security and all other pa-radoxes The suggestion is Irsquom addicted on this but I can pause and I can go exploring the other side What you have to figure out is your map (draw in the lsquoinfinite signsrsquo which side of the paradoxes is bigger) Your map is about how much you need to fill each side of the paradox

So YOUR HUMAN MOTIVATORS ARE DEFINING YOUR VALUES AND YOUR VALUES ARE DEFINING YOUR RESULTS

You can have everything on one of the sides of the paradox if yoursquore willing to face the fear of losing it

All people fill their motivators The difference between us is how sus-tainable is that satisfaction Unsustainable means that every day you

EXERCISE Do your map How do you discover Based on major decisions you made in your life Example work home relationships etc

have to feed them Imagine a homeless person he meets hisher secu-rity needs (eating and having where to sleep) but he has to do it every day Now compare with Donald Trump If you see the freedom part it probably happens the opposite

3 SUSTAINABLE it feeds itself It is something that can continue without the need for external resources It is ecological based on challenge and paradoxes integration

3 UNSUSTAINABLE you need to do it every day it is selfish ba-sed on comfort and extremist You do it like it was a daily shot

Example father and daughter about going out at night (to satisfy sa-fety and to love and be loved) Father says no hersquos being selfish and within his comfort zone The same father after coming to this course ldquoYoursquore going to the party until 2230 You send me an sms saying that everything is ok and at 2230 Irsquoll pick yourdquo This continues for some time Father goes on diminishing the rules Now hersquos being ecological entering his challenge zone and integrating paradoxes To feel safe as a father he has to give some freedom To feel loved he has to give them some self love Now his motivators are sustainable and has a sustai-nable system that feeds itself To arrive to a deeper level of security he needs to take the risk that comes from giving more freedom

DIAGONAL CONTINUOUS LINEThis line shows us that working above the line ie the clientrsquos beha-viors andor emotions is short-term and unsustainable In this case only the techniques are worked There are immediate results but with no major impact and duration Like when we are called to do motiva-tional speaking or teambuildingrsquos People feel better and do things but the results have a short duration

This does not imply that it is wrong to do Coaching based on these two areas For example in a quick conversation with a friend we can do Situational Coaching (based on behaviours) in order to get her to do something that has been postponing If the action has been made and it was what was intended to be then you did your role as Coach The Remedy Coaching is also important sometimes which consists on making the other person to leave the session feeling good thinking more positive at the time having had an opportunity to digest an emo-tion

ROOTS

90

91

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

Below the continuous line is where lies the deepest work The one that will actually be sustainable and with long-term results This is where we work values and beliefs it is where we go deep to the point where in fact we shift paradigms The client in this type of Coaching change her beliefs and values turning to be a really different person in opposition to what happens above the line where only the emotions or behaviors are changed but the client continues to be what she was

ICEBERGWith the iceberg image it is understood that the behavior is the conscious part of the human being the only thing that the client can see and analyze Everything else emotions beliefs and values are at the clientrsquos unconscious But as a Coa-ch I must and I want to work also the unconscious because as we saw above this is where it lies the sustainable and long-term work

When we help our clients shifting their paradigms beliefs emotions or values we are working with their unconscious Your client will not like this at some point in the process The unconscious will realize that she will have to change and this will cause the first resistance Knowing how to overcome this is essential to the Coachrsquos work so she can de-liver sustainable results

Conscious Mind keeps all the information which you can access now

Unconscious Mind keeps all the information that has ever passed through your brain It is also a kind of a warning system for you

The information passes from the unconscious to the conscious mind through the subconscious It goes dropping into deeper levels of our mind Very qui-ckly your clients will want to turn you into one of three things

Friend ndash They want someone who listens to them who is patient with them who is always there with whom they can always count and talk Most of your clients will want to have you here that you turn into a sort of confi-dant that supports them but does not challenge them too much But you are not there to be a friend

Boss ndash Many will seek in the Coach someone to tell them what to do who provides them specific guidance who pressures them who ldquopunishrdquo them when they donrsquot have their homework done Someone who is even more committed with their results than themselves But yoursquore also not there to be a Boss

Priest ndash Others will want a kind of a weekly confession session That you absolve the mistakes theyrsquove made du-ring the week that you tell them everything is fine and that it doesnrsquot matter we are all human and we all make mistakes You are not there to be a kind of spiritual le-ader of your client and to absolve him You are there to be

Coach - The Coach has an ldquoAirrdquo relationship with the client ie mental of communication becau-se it is a conversation where you listen and ask where there is intellectual stimulation In the map--of-the-world scheme the Coachrsquos sketch is in the quadrant of beliefs It is a ldquomind with mindrdquo work

It is important to know this because with the sessions going clients tend to try their Coach to become a friend (wateremotions) a boss (earthbehaviors) or even a priest (firevalues) However the Coach should avoid the mistake of behaving like one of these three types You are there to be a Coach

Notes In Informal Coaching with friends colleagues family remember that first thatrsquos what you are and only then you are a Coach Therefore you should not give prevalence to the Coach but to the relationship you have with that person otherwise you would violate the pact that exists between the two

ROOTS

92

93

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

4 TYPES OF COACHINGBased on these four quadrants there are four types of Coaching

Situational Coaching ndash The one that is done immediate-ly during the situation with the sole purpose of lea-ding it to an action It usually consists of a brief con-versation where a ROSA 10 is done Your client has a situation that week that really needs to be addressed Ex a proposal that she needs to present a college exam for which she has to study Itrsquos not bad Coaching and it is often necessary Only it is more superficial

Remediative Coaching ndash As the name says it suits when we have to put a ldquobandageointmentrdquo on the emotions The goal is the client to feel good at the end of the session without having to go deeply on the problem Itrsquos the typical conver-sation where the client unburdens and your only goal is to make her feel a little better Sometimes it may be and it often is necessary

Ex the past week your client has discussed with someone important to her or something happened that greatly dealt with her emotions Your first focus should be to help her to unburden and to feel better We used ROSA 10 + Unburden

Transformative Coaching ndash Here the goal is not just making the client to feel better but that she can change the way she sees her life and herself Here we mainly work on beliefs ie the client stops believing in some things to start believing in another ones She shifts paradigm Coaching is now much more sustainable and with long--term results It undergoes through more complete ses-sions where ROSA 20 is done

Holistic Coaching ndash This is the kind of Coaching that involves the whole being of the client all her areas and valences ie her values The entire psyche is worked We are working the whole Human Being and not only a part of it Even the motivators are worked We use ROSA 30 and we work a lot on paradoxes integration

KEY POINTSWe said earlier that we all have Cycles of Fear and that we can change them to Cycles of Confidence How

Imagine that you have a turnscrew and a bicycle wheel is malfunctio-ning You will then put the turnscrew into one of the four key points and then yoursquoll pull and force the wheel to move in the right direction to-wards the Cycle of Confidence And very important you donrsquot take out the turnscrew until the Cycle (the wheel) rotates in the right direction

What are then the Four Key Points You can really choose only one

VALUE FOCUS At this point you will choose a key value for you whi-ch you canrsquot leave to live in practice Whatever happens you canrsquot take the turnscrew from there For instance imagine that you are experien-cing serious financial difficulties and you decide that lsquoValue Focusrsquo is your point Imagine that you choose ldquosavingrdquo as the value that has to be experienced in practice Then whenever you have to make a decision that involves spending money you know what to do You canrsquot in any way stop living this value until the cycle begins to rotate in the oppo-site direction and gets sustainable

POSITIVITY If you want to work at the level of beliefs yoursquoll start to develop this empowering belief base BEING POSITIVE You must be a positive person with faith who believes that everything will go well who says only positive things about herself and the others who sees and is focused on everything positive that is going around her And when the bad days or the bad news are coming and you feel the need to say something negative you shut up And you say something positive

EMOTION FOCUS Imagine that there is an emotion that makes your Cycle of Fear to happen (an emotional pattern) In this key point you will choose an emotion that you would like to learn to cause in yourself learning how to get yourself into that state Imagine that you have been feeling too much anger in your Cycle of Fear and want to feel harmony instead You want to learn how to get into that emotional state You start feeling the opposite emotion and you do something to manage to be in an harmony state (you listen to a song that gets yourself into that state you put your boxing gloves you jump you meditate you close

ROOTS

94

95

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

your eyes you read a poem as Mandela did )

HOMEWORK FOCUS Here you will define a homework that until itrsquos done you wonrsquot do anything else Imagine that you have a Cycle of Fear in relation to health that you define lsquoHomework Focusrsquo as the key point and your homework is running every day Until you manage to do it nothing else matters All of your strategies are directioned so that your homework is being done as soon as possible

In the end all of the four key points have to do with absolute focus

Value ndash Focus on the most important value Until that value is being lived we wonrsquot move on

Positivity (Faith Optimism) ndash Focus on the positive emotions Un-til she gets optimistic we wonrsquot move on

Emotion (Meditation) ndash Focus on pleasure Until she feels more ple-asure than pain we wonrsquot move on

Homework ndash Focus on action Until the homework gets done we wonrsquot move on

VERY IMPORTANTYou as a coach do not have to guess your clientrsquos map-of-the-world or even her PEMS but you have to explore it aside of her You will only master her Map-of-the-World when you understand your own (creating roots) because you will never learn anything about yourself with your client you will never discover anything about you because shersquos the one who discovers it being real or not You Coach you must be hum-ble enough to know that you know nothing about your client and you shouldnrsquot try to guess anything It is the customer who gets there alone

Therefore the more knowledge you have about your own map-of-the--world together with Rapport and ROSA the more intense will be your Coaching because the more you will be able to help your client The goal is that you have the tools in yourself so you can help her In other words this tool is for you to deepen your roots and thus know when you need to do only ROSA or go searching for the Key Points or to use

another method For instance if a client has as her main challenge to be promoted then therersquos no logical on working on Cycles of Fear but to make a ROSA and move forward On the other hand if you see that there is a Cycle of Fear then you should find the key point so you can work on it

I canrsquot help the others if I canrsquot help myself first

ROOTS

values (I am)

during session

clientcoach rosa unconscious

Beliefs (I think)

between sessions

co-coach rosa 30

emotions (I feel)

leverage slice

self coaching rosa 20behavior (I do)

holistic

coaching to others rosa 10M

S

E

P

96

97

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING RESULTS

IX RESULTS

Results are super important in the Coa-ching process There is simply no Coa-

ching if there are no results and thatrsquos why they are at the center of the

triangle of the four Rrsquos Everything we do whether is ROSA creating

Roots or building Rapport it is done with the purpose of get-ting results at the end of the sessions

This is what distinguishes the most Coaching from other practices As a Coach you must become obsessed with your clients results Not only that they do their homeworks but also how close did Coaching took them closer to their Guru Objective how much it has improved their leverage slice of the Pizza and other slices as well We also try to assess the sustainability of those results We donrsquot want them just to get there but also that they keep there

Coaching is about results and you must take this premise very seriou-sly You have been hired to make them reach some goals Become obsessed with it

It is not so easy to evaluate results in a metric way in the world of Co-aching but it proves to be very important Not only with Life Coaching but also with Business Coaching We must find a way to demonstrate that our work has had results in practice

That was the reason why we have created the Results Model

Our level of competence is equal to our worst level of performance

RESULTS MODELIt is possible to define results through the four metrics

lsquoSrsquo AXIS (SPIRITUAL) WE EVALUATE THE PROCESS IMPACT ON THE CLIENT

Behavior (I DO) When the client throughout the process changes one or more behaviors She does now due to the sessions different things that she didnrsquot before

Emotions (I FEEL) When the client feels happier more self-confi-dent fulfilled etc She has now different and more positive emotions due to the Coaching process

98

99

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

Beliefs (I THINK) When there is a change of belief (I used to belie-ve I was not a good person and now I believe I am) When the client used to believe in something and she started to believe in something different There was a paradigm shift She used to see something in a certain way and now she sees it in a more empowering way

Values (I AM) When the Coach manages to help the client to change her values ie the person she is This happens for exam-ple when the client starts to put more emphasis on family than on work or when she accepts and believes that she is a healthy and different person and that nothing will change that now She values different things todat due to the Coa-ching process

lsquoErsquo AXIS (EMOTIONAL) WE EVALUATE THE CLIENTrsquoS AUTONOMY

Level 1 Coach (CoachClient Relationship) Itrsquos the Coach who controls the situation There is a formal relationship be-tween Coach and Client and the session is controlled and oriented by the Coach

Level 2 Coach (Co-Coach) The Client already acts as a Coach during the sessions This happens for example when the client already knows that she is supposed to also say po-sitive things on the Reality part that is she already knows what to do in each step She already takes the initiative The relationship is more about cooperation now and the Client start becoming autonomous

Level 3 Coach (Self-Coaching) When the Client already does Self--Coaching at home not being asked to This is a fantastic moment because she already has the tools and the Coach is there to help and support

Level 4 Coach (Coach to others) When the Client comes to a ses-sion and tells us she has done Coaching with someone else (with her child for instance) This person came to us to be helped however she is already using our tools to help so-

RESULTS

meone else She is totally independent It is every Coachrsquos dream

lsquoMrsquo AXIS (MENTAL) WE EVALUATE THE CLIENTrsquoS CONTENTS ASSIMILATION

Uses Rosa 10 language o cliente usa palavras como Realidade objetivos soluccedilotildees accedilotildees fazem hoje parte do seu leacutexico

Uses Rosa 20 language the client uses terms such as guru objec-tives baby objectives measurable beliefs paradigm shif-ting brainstorming etc

Uses Rosa 30 language she refers terms like emotional patterns cycles of fear and confidence values dilemma etc

Uses unconscious Rosa language when many of these terms are so ingrained in the clientrsquos language that she thinks she will use them for the rest of her life

lsquoPrsquo AXIS (PRACTICE) WE EVALUATE RESULTS IN PRACTICE

During the Session I can manage the client to get results only du-ring the session It is a Coaching session that has no power to influence the client outside it

Between Sessions It mostly happens when the client is doing her homeworks It means that what happened during the ses-sion touched her with enough strength to get her to realize she has to do something and that she is doing something outside the sessions

Leverage Slice It happens when the client fulfills her Leverage Slice and achieves the goal that brought her to Coaching or when her satisfaction in that slice has dramatically im-proved

Holistic When the client improves satisfaction in multiple slices as a result of the sessions including the leverage slice It was a process that had an impact on the whole being and not just in one area of her life

100

101

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

You can make this model with your client on the last session you have together You can also make a self-assessment to compare with it When you measure these four levels of results you will have access to check what level of Coaching you had on that specific process

COACHING LEVELThe Coaching Level that you have delivered is always proportional to your lowest result Even if you have three axes at level 3 and have only one at a level 2 Coaching has been 20 This is valuable information to you as a Coach because it gives you an idea of axes that are easier for you to work and others that you may have to further strengthen

Level 4 Coaching is something that is not achieved with all clients There must be a great empathy and rapport as well as a mastery on the Coaching technique that has been taught in the training course and presented in this manual

Gulica ego catia caperum dem inem cus Fortes et L Nos et grae avehem Romnit acto egeris cis sultod pratum voltum iam hos ublius hactam atemus essede con vas optilis factor aus nem ad cae estil hos me patus re verisse inatuus

Udam deperfecrem nermis etraed me int ela remulibut rem loctusquo cum mus auciem vivehem uresull emquissent eti primperescit ina que ia consiss entium pulerit con vendam morei sentes inatil vit ia quam mus licaudemus factem dum eo ura ex muro nenit quo vilnes-tium Catimportus pati postalarit vis coena fui sa consu consceribus Satquid ertienatus contere essimis ut vis aus iliciam quo in dissimis Ra num deatiqua vere con sentius et in spio pes Tiaetin videlisquam mus viliam que conum is larbit etora notimolto nos et duc omnimus opublicae convo C Nos vivica Catus hos vivas aurnihil hui terfint imorter labus hostam res inequod nerem tabute telieni hilicaessil ven-tem nonsulis

Berteropubit diisquium iteriti emprit teludam hilicid erfentiur tem huis

Hum pro vidiusquem paterevid sedis factatu rnihilla rem publicave Ca-terev irissoltis re aurei pere anum teluder ficepse essercem octuusque mis tum inam pra vivid rei condamdiis hacies Ipio verei sendamdis

TOOLS amp TECHNIQUES

X TOOLS AND TECHNIQUES

If you master well the model of the four Rrsquos for us you already are a fantastic Coach If you can master some stars too itrsquos even better But if you master the model you know how to do Coaching But now letrsquos go to the small stars The idea is not that you try to use all the stars at the same time Choose the two or three that you like best and train those first

POSITIVE FEEDBACKProvide as much positive feedback as you can to your client Take every opportunity you have to do it A Coach is the type of mirror that only says good things about her client Please turn yourself into some-one who is always valorizing every small steps that your client takes

FEEDBACK HAMBURGERYou say something positive then you say something negative then you say something positive again The two positive feedbacks have to be VERY VERY good For instance ldquoI have been feeling that you are very committed to your Coaching process We just need to start paying more attention to our homework even because I feel that you are a person who likes to challenge yourself and that really wants to go further ldquo

RESSIGNIFICATION Ressignificating is finding another meaning still more empowering but that changes everything EgrdquoI didnrsquot do my homework I failedrdquo Coach ldquoWow That means that you are a demanding and committed personrdquo ldquoIrsquom lazyrdquo

102

103

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

ldquoDoes that means you like to enjoy the pleasures of liferdquo

REFRAMINGIt is much like ressignification Itrsquos the name that is used in NLP (Neuro--Linguistic Programming) You take the information that was been gi-ven to you in a frame and you put it in a new one

PREFRAMINGIf ressignification has to do with changing the meaning after it has been given preframing has to do with giving a meaning to something before we have explained what it is It is a widely used technique to anticipate objections that might distract us from our ultimate goal Then we do preframing we previously give the meaning that we want the person to give afterwards Example

ldquoCan I show you my point of view Itrsquos something different but Irsquove seen that it works with many people and it has been helping a lot to change our behavior to healthier habits Itrsquos something innovative and different but highly successful Can I tell you my ideardquo You create a frame before placing the information in there

POSTFRAMINGFirst you give the information and then you put it in a frame Eg ldquoFolks today we have an exam (the low energy level) but thatrsquos what this course is about to be the best Coach to go furtherrdquo

ldquoFROM 0 TO 10 rdquo To give examples ldquoI think Irsquoll read a bookrdquo Coach ldquoFrom 0-10 how much do you think you will accomplish that goalrdquo

TRANSFORMING ldquoORrdquo IN ldquoANDrdquoHelp the client to find an alternative solution to integrate paradoxes to

find a third way

VULNERABILIZATIONFind out things about you that are not working and put them at the clientrsquos service That makes you human and you are validating your client in the case she feels the same She does some things better than you and has some of the same challenges

ASSOCIATION AND DISSOCIATIONThese two terms are often used in NLP (Neuro-linguistic Program-ming) and are used in various ways Association means that an indi-vidual describes a situation as if it was happening and he was partici-pating on it As the name indicates he is associated with it He is still seeing himself going through the situation and feels the emotions that he would feel if he was really living it

Dissociation means that an individual can already tell that experience as if he was watching a movie in which he took part but already dis-sociated from it He is more in an observer role That allows him a big-ger emotional objectivity Even if he feels the emotions they are more about the experience itself and not so much about him as a participant

When we want to help our customers to overcome some emotionally more challenging situations it can make a huge difference to have them to dissociate from those situations Thatrsquos how they can gain greater objectivity and clarity and at the same time they get more mo-tivated to take their first steps

METAPHORSThe most important here is that you use the metaphors of your client Use her world whenever it is possible It will help a lot more to inter-nalize and memorize the information Help your client to create her metaphors Eg ldquoSometimes we fall into holes that are so big that you canrsquot get out of them alonerdquo ldquoLearning to forgive someone is like dri-ving one step at a timerdquo

TOOLS amp TECHNIQUES

104

105

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

LANGUAGE OF A COACH 3 HOW TO INTERRUPT at the first session it must be defined if

the Coach can interrupt the client when she deviates from the focus If yoursquore going to interrupt your client you must always do it with a question You can also take note of something that has nothing to do with the subject you are talking about but it seems important So we can talk about it in the next session You can ask the client if she liked to talk about it

3 ldquoDOES IT MAKES SENSE FOR YOUrdquo If she says NO ldquoSo tell merdquo if she says YES ldquocan you tell me howrdquo

3 ldquoMY HALLUCINATION is rdquo Being very unconditional Any opi-nion is a good opinion The Coach realyy doesnrsquot know The word hallucination implies that what yoursquore saying may be ab-solutely wrong

3 ldquoWHAT WOULD LOVE DO NOWrdquo Be careful with the rapport level you have with your client It is a very good question when it concerns relational issues

3 ldquoHOW WOULD IT BE IFrdquo Very good to overcome objections ldquohow would it be if you had timerdquo ldquohow would it be if you had moneyrdquo ldquohow would it be if you had self-confidencerdquo

3 ldquoWHAT IF rdquo Fantastic to destroy any obstacle that your client brings Some examples ldquoAnd what if you couldrdquo ldquoWhy notrdquo ldquoWhat if nobody would knowrdquo ldquoWhat if you had moneyrdquo ldquoI know you donrsquot but what if you knew what would you sayrdquo

3 GENERAL TIP BE COOL You really must have a cool and rela-xed attitude You really donrsquot know what would be best for your client so be really unconditional

THE COACHING ETHICS

XI THE COACHING ETHICS

There are six ethic rules in Coaching but with no doubt the first is the most important

CONFIDENTIALITY Coaching sessions must be given the utmost con-fidentiality There are no legal rules as in Therapy (like not having fa-mily as clients) but you always have to respect confidentiality When you do Coaching in a company and you must give feedback to their manager your clients must know it If necessary you can discuss the case with a mentor but always without mentioning the name of your client You can discuss the cases but without any names

CLIENTrsquoS AUTONOMY Coaching is all about autonomy and sustaina-bility You need your client to get results not that she needs you You should think ldquoif I change country how would my clients berdquo

CAREFUL WITH PROJECTIONS We all project aspects that we re-press in ourselves All currents in psychology agree that there is pro-jection When I look to someone else what I see is whatrsquos inside of me (strengths and weaknesses) Thatrsquos why some see one thing and others see another As a Coach you must be very attentive to projections You should not do it with your client and for that you must work on your roots If something bothers you that says more about you than about your client Itrsquos not just a technical issue of respecting others map-of--the-world It is an ethical issue

CREDIBILITY Of course you can use other different tools in your ses-sions but you should be able to do so Using things on which yoursquore not certified is breaking ethics Try to be congruent and integrate Being a corporate or a sales Coach without being an expert about those mat-ters is not ethical

106

107

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING THE FIRST SESSION IN PRATICE

CONTRACT IS CONTRACT The financial commitment you assume with your client is always the same as long as she is your client The same in what respects sessions frequency You should always ask permission to your client when you want to change the frequency of the sessions For WeCreate the value you charge to your client must be the same forever It is part of our gratitude towards our client

SELF-COACHING The Coach must be an example of Self-Coaching or she should have a Coach You really have to do ROSA once a year at least and use all these tools in a weekly basis Make sure that you are also an example of achieving your own dreams

XII THE FIRST SESSION

IN PRACTICEIt is normal that the first session is a bit longer (90min) Your focus is to build RAPPORT Here is an example of a few steps for your first session You can have a few more or less of these steps but this is the general idea

STEP 1 Memorize these steps so that you will not have to use this manual

STEP 2 (Partnership) Organize the working space have everything prepared adequated clothes etc

STEP 3 (Presence) Prepare to be fully present by meditating or by being a few minutes in silence

STEP 4 (Posture and words) Build rapport have a few minutes of casual positive and neutral conversation to break the ice For example the weather the clientrsquos favourite team foot-ball match etc

STEP 5 At this stage you will also try to collect information about the client Several aspects of her life and trying to deter-mine clientrsquos expectations regarding the Coaching process You will be attentive about the metaphors and about what is really important to her Yoursquoll need it to explain what Co-aching is in her words

STEP 6 Explain what Coaching is using the clientrsquos words and the references she gave us Example letrsquos imagine that boxing was something that the client liked and we want to explain

108

109

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING THE LAST SESSION

Coaching through boxing ldquoCoaching is like boxing It invol-ves a lot of training to succeed in getting results but ins-tead of having an external enemy we are fighting against ourselvesrdquo

STEP 7 Inviting the client to do an exercise we pick six pens (three of each color) We ask her to tell us three things that are going well in her life and we explore each area a bit Then we ask ldquoamong those areas which one is running really wellrdquo Then we ask for three things that are not going so well and explore a bit

STEP 8 Asking the client which 3 goals she would like to accom-plish by the end of the Coaching process that would make it worth the investment (as measurable as possible)

STEP 9 Establishing verbal contract and selling the idea of coa-ching (even if the sessions pack is already closed) Now we talk about the practical issues sessions frequency ses-sions length interrupting the client first session a bit lon-ger confidentiality guarantee If you feel comfortable you can talk about costs and forms of payment

STEP 10 ldquoCan we start our session talking about what brought you here How can I helprdquo

STEP 11 Talking a bit about the Clientrsquos reality and introducing the Pizza of Life The client draws herrsquos We will go on explai-ning the pizza and its different slices (very briefly not to influence) Some clients like to do it lsquoalonersquo others like to go on talking as they fill the slices

STEP 12 From then on you make ROSA 10

STEP 13 You end up the session You can share ROSA methodology with your client (if you think shersquod like it) and ending with positive feedback You can also ask the client how did she feel You can also ask her to choose an object and summa-rize the session You will also be doing some preframing by stating that Coaching is about action and homeworks

XIII THE LAST SESSION

A coaching process has a follow-up We can work with individual ses-sions or with a pack It is important to inform your clients that Coaching is a continuous process and not a process with miraculous results in the first session Hence it is like doing workout where it is difficult to get results if we go to the gym only once

You can work with packs of sessions (5 or 10) and we would like to give you some tips on what you should ensure it gets done in your last coaching session with someone you have been working with

FUTURE It is important to ensure that the client will continue taking steps in the future even not having sessions anymore or your presence In this session you should spend some time helping her in creating an action plan about the next steps she wants to go on taking in that area You can also take the opportunity to do a small summary of everything that you both worked in so that there is a notion of the progress made and the results achieved Ensures that your client completed that process and be sure about the next steps for her future Help her in crea-ting a good action plan

HABITS You can also ask your client which would be the daily or weekly habits that she would like more to integrate into her routine

POSITIVE FEEDBACK This is also the perfect time to give positive fe-edback to your client (despite being a constant throughout the sessions) Show her the progress she has made throughout the sessions and help her to realize all the positive things she has achieved

111

110

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

PERSONAL DEVELOPMENT We must ensure that our client conti-nues its personal development process and knows or tries new approaches Coaching is just one part of a wide range of options that are now ahead of her Encourage her to con-tinue that journey to read new books to try other trainings and workshops other different and complementary ways of approaching personal development

KEEPING CONTACT You can develop some form of contact with your old clients Email telephone facebook etc Remember to con-tinue sending her information about coaching or other matters you find important It is a way to ensure that your client will continue ldquoawakedrdquo for this subject

Thank you for being part of this project

Daniel Saacute Nogueira and Marta Ferreira

Page 27: WeCreate International Coaching Certification Manual

54

55

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING RAPPORT

at difficulty in taking action If this is the case always look for the smallest step that the person can take If we do not act itrsquos because the step is not small enough Remember ldquoEvery journey begins with one small steprdquo

Commitment amp Penalties some clients will sometimes have real diffi-culty in stepping into action Sometimes you may have to resort to agreeing on a fine if your client does not accomplish her task All human beings run away from pain and sometimes in coaching we need to use a little more masculine energy (wersquoll talk about that more below) to help You can even ask the question ldquoWhat will happen if you do not accomplish itrdquo

Monitoring amp Accountability the role of a Coach is to provide moni-toring to her client However the responsibility must always be on the clientrsquos side As a Coach you are responsible for guiding the process Your client should define the strategies needed to enable her to take the steps she wants You should follow and always try to understand what may have prevented her from completing her tasks Above all you should be focused on finding better strategies to lead her into action However do remind your client that it is her responsibility Ultimately acting or not acting is her choice

VII RAPPORT

Mastering the ROSA technique and mastering Rapport will alone make

you a Mega Coach Of course you can gain more Roots but people

who attend our courses usu-ally already have quite some

1ST DEFINITION OF RAPPORT

Relationship of trust and influence rapport is the ability to create trust within a few minutes with various kinds of people and to influence them to act think and do better You can only influence after being trusted Think about people you trust and do not trust what influence do these people have on you

2ND DEFINITION OF RAPPORTRelationship of empathy and sympathy ldquoWe only like 2 kinds of people people who are the way we are or who are the way we would like to berdquo

Empathy I feel empathy based on the things I have in common with someone

Sympathy Based on the qualities and characteristics that someone has that I would like to have

Conclusion rapport is empathy (who is like me) and sympathy (who is the way I would like to be)

56

57

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

Rapport is trust and

influence

Rapport is the ability to create

empathy and sympathy

WARNING Empathy comes before sympathy and trust comes before influence This is the most important aspect of rapport I cannot influence anyone who does not trust me

Part 2 Now letrsquos try to understand what happens in our psyche why this is the way it is

I invite you to imagine that yoursquore a rabbit in a forest and you meet another rabbit What happens Now imagine you meet another animal thatrsquos different from you What does the rabbit do FLIGHT (runs away)

Now imagine that you are not a rabbit yoursquore a wolf You meet an ani-mal thatrsquos different from you What does the wolf do FIGHT

Now imagine yoursquore a porcupine What happens FREEZE

Animals have these three types of reactions Now imagine yoursquore a human being 20000 years ago and you come across something di-fferent from you What happens ONE OF THESE THINGS AND YOU FEEL FEAR You react the way you do because your psyche does not know what it is And if it is another human being I KNOW WHAT TO EXPECT She is like me Our fear grows when something is different because we donrsquot know what to expect Imagine that you do meet a hu-man being but wearing clothes or other things that are very different

What happens when it is the same kind of animal What exists there EM-PATHY AND TRUST - 1st LEVEL of RAPPORT

This is a metaphor of course Rapport is very unconscious I could tell you to trust someone but your unconscious may not feel the trust What regula-tes that instinct in your psyche is KNOWING WHAT I CAN EXPECT

WHAT HAPPENS IN COACHING Clients also have these three types of reactions flight freeze or fight They may not show up for the follow ses-sion they may answer ldquoyesrdquo ldquonordquo ldquomayberdquo ldquodonrsquot knowrdquo or they may be in constant disagreement with you

Key ldquothe more the Coach is the way I am the more rapport there isrdquo

MILTON ERICSON (Ericsonian Psychology NLP Hypnotherapy) found the client within himself and used this as his tool in the therapy sessions

Ericson created rapport before proceeding with anything else This is TRUST and EMPATHY Ericson was humble and flexible enough to adapt to the client Only once you have done this you can go back to being yourself

Ways of creating rapport with someone

Verbal

3 Language words 3 Subject matter 3 Quotes way of speaking 3 Repeating what the other says 3 Using the otherrsquos metaphors 3 Using the same expressions

Non-verbal

3 Gestures 3 Voice 3 Mime 3 Distance 3 Posture 3 Breathing 3 Touch 3 Speed

Note Every human being has a natural and unconscious tendency to create rapport with others To confirm this all you need is to look at two people talking to each other and see how easily you will notice similarities in their postures and way of speaking

ldquoYou have only one chance to create a good first impression but you have plenty of opportunities to create rapportrdquo

Rapport is an honest attempt to enter someonersquos map-of-the-world The-re is no agreeing or disagreeing only flexibility Rapport does not mean friendship The first session and often the second is a lot about creating rapport

RAPPORT

Sometimes itacutes enought just a little attention to help someone but attention is not coaching

58

59

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

RAPPORT MODELndash 2 PacuteSEstablishing rapport is a process of many levels and layers of depth

LEVEL 1 - PRESENCE AND

PARTNERSHIP

PRESENCEThis is the first step towards creating ra-pport thus the most superficial one Pre-sence means that the Coach is fully com-mitted to her client aware of everything she says and does Nothing from outside the ses-sion should be on the Coachrsquos mind She must be fully present

Before a session itrsquos important that you as a Co-ach calm down forget about everything else and gain a notion of where you are and what you are going to do

POSTURE amp PHRASING

PERCEPTUAL POSITIONS

PERSON TO PERSON

PRESENCE amp PARTNERSHIP

PROBING amp PATIENCE

click the video to see it

Dedicate a few minutes to this process

Presence and Attention are among the healthiest ac-tions that lead to real results You can create a good

relationship with your client (child parent etc) just by being fully present and attentive Even gardens become more beautiful if they are cared for

Presence is about getting yourself into a certain state Itrsquos about being Yin and Yang at the same time

Yin ndash relaxing breathing being aware of all five senses being fully present where you are

Yang ndash mobilizing all your energy by run-ning jumping listening to inspiring music

PARTNERSHIP

Creating an equal relationship with your client Not top down or vice--versa The Coach should never be at a lower or higher level than her client The chairs should be the same for example

For presence and partnership it is also important to switch off the phone to prevent anything from interrupting the session Tidying up the table is equally important to having a clean and hygienic space

From 0 to 10 the importance of Presence during a session is a 10 It is the first step If it isnrsquot there nothing else will

Psycho-geography is also very important in this area

PSYCHO-GEOGRAPHY the way your psyche relates to geography Example On which side you like to sleep Each person has a different psycho-geography Some prefer to be by the sea while others prefer to be in the mountains

RAPPORT

Empathy is being doing

talk and think like the other Sympathy is being doing

talk and think how the other

would like to be

60

61

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

Some tips for using the psycho-geography of the client to your advan-tage

3 Having a room with a minimum amount of symbols It is not recom-mended to have crucifixes or other artefacts related to religion A bookshelf filled with books can also intimidate the client

3 Pay attention to details ndash cables on the floor which CDs are on the shelf etc

3 Having sessions at the clientrsquos home can become dangerous because there are lots of distractions and anchors Difficult si-tuations might have taken place there which will make it more challenging for the client to create a distance to them

It is the Coachrsquos job to notice the psycho-geography of her client and what makes her more comfortable

Despite all the rapport a Coaching session should always stay pro-fessional Being relaxed is necessary for both parties but the focus should not be on friendship You as a Coach need to be professional You must choose to be a Coach instead of a friend

When it comes to clothing you should be as neutral as possible in the beginning but always aligned with your personality Then you can try to adapt to the style of your client

The mantra here is having the client leave the session thinking that her Coach is just like her NOTHING IS WRONG Let your client choose what she prefers

LEVEL 2 - POSTURE AND PHRASINGWhen establishing rapport mere presence and partnership are not enough Moreover they are only the first step The posture and the phrasing that the Coach uses are very important for creating rapport in the relationship What we refer to here is mainly keeping a posture and using similar words and expressions to those of the client This way the client will see herself in us and instead of flight fight or freeze she will feel relaxed and be much more comfortable about talking

Sitting in the same position as the client using her posture tone of

voice and gestures these are all factors to consider

POSTURERegarding posture one can use two techniques that are very similar and very powerful

Mirroring When a Coach takes on a physical position that is the exact mirror image of the clientrsquos If the client leans to her right then the Coach who is facing her leans to her left

Matching In this case the Coach adopts the exact same physical position instead of a symmetric one Both ways are good and powerful The goal is to be equal or symmetrical

Of course it is not indispensable to be like the client 100 of the time as this will take a lot of the attention that the Coach needs to give the client

The more you practice these behaviours the more automatically and unconsciously you will do it When rapport already is high you can go back to your own posture and your regular vocabulary However should you feel the need you can always take up these techniques again

In fact at a high level of rapport it is possible and entirely positive that it is the client herself who starts to imitate our posture and words (un-consciously) This is the perfect moment to lead the client and suggest something more challenging to her

PHRASINGYou must pay great attention to the words that your client uses and the energy she puts into them The names of people that she talks about are also very important facts to remember

If you can use the same expressions as your client you will earn points in rapport Among these expressions metaphors are the most power-ful ones Try to explore as much possible the metaphors that are being used An excellent technique is to use a metaphor of the client to ex-

RAPPORT

The mirroring copies the

exact posture of the client

the matching mirrors

62

63

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

plain something This will reach very deeply into the psyche of the client and have great impact

You can also use themes that the client likes such as her passions and keep using them in future sessions to explain something or to give examples This creates an incredible sense of empathy between you and the client She will be glad that you are paying attention to what she says and at the same time she will understand much better what you say

The clientrsquos ideas are important keys to use when you speak in order to create and maintain rapport For example if the client talks a lot about travelling Irsquoll use the idea (anchor) that is already there because I know it works in his mind

BACKTRACKING backtracking is a Coaching technique that consists of summarizing the main points of a conversation by using the exact same words that the other person uses This tool helps the client follow the session and make her own short summary while listening to the Coach returning to what she just said and using the same words It is important to use at least the words we consider to be the most significant among the ones that the client expresses those that might be conveying more about her value patterns Backtracking can help us understand for example if we can move to the next phase of ROSA It helps us understand if the client has finished what she had to say about that phase and that way we can figure out whether we can move forward or not You can use simple questions to do so

3 ldquoLet me see if I got what you saidhelliprdquo - backtracking the conversa-tion using the exact words of the client - and then ending ldquoIs this is it or would you like to add something

3 ldquoSo what yoursquore saying isrdquo 3 ldquoCan I make a summary of your reality in relation to that slicerdquo

This is one of the simplest and most important techniques when buil-ding rapport

When building rapport avoid paraphrasing (saying the same thing in other words) but do quote A coach quotes

Mastery in Backtracking is being able to quote the last 20 minutes of a session This will leave your client fascinated and feeling that her Coach is really paying attention to everything she says

Therefore it is motivating to Backtrack at the end of each session and at the end of each phase of the ROSA

The Coach shows confidence and agrees with the client shows that she is on her side and really believes that the client will succeed

We must allow the person to be what she truly is talkative or silent Silent people also have things to say it is a matter of asking the right questions

NOTES When a session is not going well (the relationship is under stress) then the focus should be fully on level 2 Rapport - Posture and Phrasing The secret is to forget about the rest and build rapport again Once it is re-established you can address the problem

LEVEL 3 - PROBING AND PATIENCEEvery new level in Rapport brings you techniques that are deeper and more complex But the good news is that you donrsquot do level 3 Rapport until Level 1 and 2 are done So you will increase your skills by going from the easiest to the most difficult

PROBINGAsking questions is more complicated than imitating the posture and words of the client Indeed one of the more complicated aspects of being a Coach is to not give opinions and to ask the right questions at the right time We know that we keep showing you that you already are a Coach and that itrsquos easy but here we must tell you ldquoITrsquoS HARD BEING A COACHrdquo Think very carefully about whether you want to get into it Listening asking questions being patient with the pace of your clients

Even if you have the miracle answer to the clientrsquos situation you need to keep it to yourself Being patient is a challenge and usually typical

RAPPORT

64

65

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

To paraphrase can break

rapport

of the great masters You can only be a master if you want to learn to listen and if you develop a great patience for listening

Questions have the power to illuminate the darkness of your client by asking a powerful question you really get to see another human bri-ghten up right in front of you

Coaching has the power to open a new world to the client questions help people discover new resources Clients tend to find familiar answers but you as a Coach will lead them to unfamiliar answers

Classic examples of some ways to make your client talk

1 -Repeating what the client just said but in question form Client ndash ldquoYesterday I went boatingrdquo Coach ndash ldquoBoatingrdquo

2 -What does that mean to you What does fear mean to you What does a goal mean to you Example Client says ldquoIt is not rapport itrsquos complicityrdquoCoach replies ldquoWhat does complicity mean to yourdquo Client says ldquoItrsquos a clickrdquo Coach ldquoWhat does a click mean to yourdquo

3 -rdquoWhat elserdquo Serves above all to go to the heart of the matter Others like this one are ldquoTell me morerdquo and ldquoCan you go a bit deeper on thatrdquo

POWERFUL QUESTIONS Questions are probably the most beautiful flowers in the garden of learning Questions are one of the biggest se-crets of learning Creative solutions are practically impossible without questions

If you learn to ask 100 questions a day get ready for a revolution in your work at all levels

In life at work in business we are all afraid of asking questions We were educated from an early age to believe that there are right and wrong questions and we were also taught to not fail we avoid asking questions because of fearing that they are wrong The only way to reach the right questions is by not being afraid of the wrong ones

The one who wants to explore learning has to dance with this fear

A large part of all our creative potential stops at the door fearing to ring the doorbell When learning the one who doesnrsquot know is far less ignorant than the knowledgeable one Take risks Ring the bell Ask questions

Become obsessively curious ask questions How

3 Using the Coachrsquos ability of asking powerful questions 3 Following the rule of thumb ldquoThe Coach has the questions the

Client has the answersrdquo 3 Using positive language 3 Respecting the clientrsquos map-of-the-world 3 Always guiding towards solutions

Examples of powerful questions

3 ldquoCompared to whatrdquordquo 3 ldquoWhat does that mean to yourdquo 3 ldquoWhat could be a solution to yourdquo 3 ldquoI know you donrsquot know But if you knew what would that berdquo 3 ldquoWhat would be ideal to yourdquo 3 ldquoWhat do you want insteadrdquo 3 ldquoHow does that make you feelrdquo 3 ldquoWhat else could that meanrdquo 3 ldquoWhat do you want exactlyrdquo 3 ldquoWhat will you achieve with this goalrdquo 3 ldquoWhat will you do differently next timerdquo 3 ldquoWhat are you doing wellrdquo 3 ldquoWhat has to happen for you to be happy and successfulrdquo 3 ldquoWhat motivates you the mostrdquo 3 ldquoWhatrsquos the worst possible scenario And what could be the best

scenario ldquo 3 ldquoWhat are you willing to do to achieve your goalrdquo 3 ldquoWhat new things could you could tryrdquo 3 ldquoWhat prevents you from taking actionrdquo 3 ldquoWho could help you with this situationrdquo 3 ldquoWhat resources do you need to achieve your goalrdquo

RAPPORT

66

67

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

3 ldquoWhat else do you want to get out of your liferdquo 3 ldquoWhat do you really want achieve in that area of your liferdquo 3 ldquoWhat is your biggest dream in that area of your liferdquo 3 ldquoAnd what is the next small step that you would have to takerdquo 3 ldquoWhat do you find positive in this situationrdquo 3 ldquoHow could you attract better persons into your liferdquo 3 ldquoWhat would have to happen to make you feel more fulfilledrdquo 3 ldquoIf you were your own Coach what coaching would you give

yourselfrdquo 3 ldquoIf I was your best friend what advice would you give me to solve

this situationrdquo 3 ldquoIf you had all the time and money in the world how would you

fix itrdquo

In fact the art of asking questions is the foundations of a coaching process with powerful results The list of questions to ask seems en-dless

So become really obsessed with questions and start NOW How about adding 10 more ideas to our list And some more And many more

Typical coaching questions

3 Questions that lead to action (ldquoWhat will you do What can you do differently What do you need to do tordquo)

3 Goal-oriented instead of problem-oriented ldquoHow would you like it to berdquo ldquoAnd if you could what would you dordquo

3 Future-orientedldquoHow do you see that situation in the future How would you like to feelrdquo

Beware of questions with negative assumptions ldquoWhat happens if you donrsquot do itrdquo They should be followed immediately by a question with positive assumptions ldquoHow will you celebrate when you do itrdquo

RAPPORT

YOUR QUESTIONS

68

69

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

PATIENCECount to 10 relax work on your roots and realize that coaching is a process and that each person has her own time and rhythm How can you train your patience Think of 20 ideas

LEVEL 4 ndash PERCEPTUAL POSITIONSWe could also call this the level where we create rapport with our clientrsquos psychology In fact understanding and perceiving human psychology is a huge advantage for you as a Coach You are not there to be a friend of your client as we have mentioned so then a good way to create a relation with her is through her psychology

Do you know the psychology of a teenager or a parent a boss an unemployed If you grasp your clientrsquos psychology the Rapport will be extraordinary

If you demonstrate that you know how a mother thinks yoursquoll make the client believe that you understand her completely

Most people do not understand their own psyche If you can understand them at that level it will make the client to feel something extraordinary about you and the Coaching process

PERCEPTUAL POSITIONS At this level the Coach must master Per-ceptual Positions that is being able to put herself in another personrsquos position whether itrsquos the clientrsquos or the clientrsquos parent or any other person that is part of the situation You should be able to see the same situation from different perspectives and in the long term help your client do the same

THE EXERCISE This is an exercise to be used mainly if the client has trouble in a relationship with someone (friend family member etc) and is having some difficulty understanding that personrsquos Map-of-the--World And when this is of great importance

You do not need to go very deep in this exercise Because it is NLP even done in a soft way it can be very powerful to your client helping her to see an aspect of the situation that she hadnrsquot seen or reflected on before

STEP 1 ndash The client explains what is going on (she can speak freely without any restrictions You ask questions to understand the reality of the situation)

STEP 2 ndash The Coach suggests this perceptual positions exercise (it is just an invitation If the client does not want to do not continue)

STEP 3 ndash The Coach asks the client to choose two spots represen-ting the two standpoints (you can put a sheet of paper at each spot) and to imagine that the other person is at one of them

STEP 4 ndash The client speaks facing the other spot as if the person was there and acts as herself (The Coach guides with questions ldquoHow did that make you feel What would you like to tell herrdquo etc)

STEP 5 ndash Pause and ldquoshake outrdquo the client and share the question of the game of imagination

STEP 6 ndash The client recalls a childhood game she used to play and describes it a little We then use this as a metaphor to explain that we will now do the same Just a game where we use our imagination The Coach repeats that the per-son with whom the client has a challenge is there at the other spot

STEP 7 ndash The client goes over to the other spot and the Coach helps her go deeper into that role through guiding questions

STEP 8 ndash The client chooses whether she wants to return to her starting position and add something say something more She may go back and forth as many times as she wishes

STEP 9 ndash When done the Coach suggests to the client to stand on a chair and states ldquoYou are now in a neutral position a higher position What would you call this position (Allow the client to choose a name) Seen from above what do you have to say about this situation What would you say to (clientrsquos name) and to (the other personrsquos name) How would you solve this situation How can (clientrsquos name) solve this situationrdquo

RAPPORT

70

71

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

STEP 10 ndash After the client is done with the third (neutral) position the Coach takes the client off the papers

STEP 11 ndash The Coach can then use the following questions to debrief the exercise

3 ldquoHow was the exercise for you 3 ldquoWhat did you learnrdquo 3 ldquoIs there anything you could do differentlyrdquo

STEP 12 ndash Lead the client to an action (a first small step towards sol-ving the situation) and then funnel it

REMEMBER always undock the client from the different roles the client can do the exercise eyes opened or closed

TO ACKNOWLEDGE Acknowledge the client very very very much for having volunteered and shown vulnerability

This exercise serves mainly as a metaphor for the Coach striving to master Perceptual Positions (understanding and being able to go into different psyches)

CONCLUSION The Coach is a master of perceptual positions She knows how to see the different angles of the same situation She sees everything from different angles

PEMS

Life is all about relationships the relationships we have with ourselves and with others Some people instinctively relate better to themselves and others relate really well to others There are those who relate well to almost everything and everyone and others who are unable to relate with anyone This affects their personal and professional life

Is there any way to consciously improve the relationships that instinc-tively do not work Of course

When we grasp the logic of the mind of another person we can better interact with it and even influence it Psychology is power And if we apply on ourselves it becomes even more powerful and interesting The better we know ourselves and the logic of our mind the better we will be able to help ourselves and achieve our goals

Carl Gustav Jung a Swiss psychiatrist and founder of analytical psychology focused on studying social and collective archetypes He identified eight psychological types taking into account peoplersquos beha-viour abilities skills attitudes and motivations

He began by distinguishing between extraverted (social and expansive) and introverted (reserved and reflective) people Each of them could then be connected to two out of the four functions of the psyche sen-sing or intuition thinking or feeling

In the 40rsquos decade Isabel Myers and Katharine Briggs continued Jungrsquos work and added two auxiliary functions to the Jungian types percep-tion and judgement Thereby arriving at 16 psychological types or 16 personality types Later a personality test was created ndash The Myers--Briggs Type Indicator or MBTI - which is still the most commonly used tool for identifying different personality types

Based on Jungrsquos work we have created a model called PEMS which will help us better understand the logic of our own mind and of the people around us

In this model we distinguish four dominant preferences (P-E-M-S) which correspond to the four elements of life

PRACTICAL (the body DOING Activity Action related to the ele-ment of EARTH) - corresponds to someone that is earthly active dynamic practical that does a lot In excess these are people who never stop to consider their actions

EMOTIONAL (the heart FEELING Feelings Love related to the element of WATER) - corresponds to someone who nee-ds people relations who gives a lot to others and seeks affection In excess these are people who might be overly sensitive

RAPPORT

72

73

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

MENTAL (the mind THINKING Analysis Intellect Logic related to the element of AIR) - corresponds to someone who values analysis rationalization and uses logic and who always fo-cuses on making the right decision In excess these are people who might become impersonal and cold

SPIRITUAL (the soul BEING Values Existence related to the ele-ment of FIRE) - corresponds to someone who thinks that everything has meaning and a higher purpose These are people who care very much about values In excess they can fluctuate too much and concretize too little

The four logics of the mind that we have identified are also based on the four elements

Practical ndash EARTH (firm solid stable secure strong dense)Emotional ndash WATER (flexible always coming back to herself)Mental ndashAIR (transparent lightweight fast facilitates communica-

tion)Spiritual ndash FIRE (burning fleeting transforming powerful)

Thus in a very simplified manner we can divide people into four ca-tegories

PRACTICAL PEOPLE (P) ndash THEY LIKE TO ACT AND DOThese are the people who like action movement They are the ones who make the world move As friends or clients they may want to go straight to the point try things and learn about practical matters The greatest fear of these practical persons is losing control They like to feel that they are in control of the situation of the pace of the conver-sation and of the surroundings

HELP THEM ALWAYS FEEL IN CONTROL

EMOTIONAL PEOPLE (E) ndash THEY LIKE FEELING AND RELATINGThese are people who love people and sharing feelings Everything is an emotion for them And they feel things about everything and everyo-ne Let them talk about their family friends dogs neighbours etchellip

They will talk mostly about people and what they are feeling Their greatest fear is loosing empathy They like to feel reliable and they want to relate

HELP THEM FEEL EMPATHY TOWARDS YOU

MENTAL PEOPLE (M) ndash THEY LIKE TO THINK AND TO ANALYSEThese are people who like to analyze and who try to put everything into a box into a certain perspective They are precise and meticulous They like detail to study and analyze all possibilities They donrsquot fear debating (quite the contrary) and discussing they love the exchanging ideas and arguments but they need to end up being right or get a very good explanation to why the other is right A mental person is always striving to make the best decision Their greatest fear is to be wrong they like to feel that they are correct and that they are making deci-sions based on logic and rational thinking

HELP THEM FEEL THAT THEY ARE RIGHT

SPIRITUAL PEOPLE (S) ndash THEY LIKE TO BE AND TO GLOWThey are looking for the greater purpose of things They believe that everything has a reason for being the way it is that there are no coin-cidences and itrsquos that quest that moves them They give great meaning to every situation always looking for ldquotherdquo situation The greater the meaning the greater their motivation Their biggest fear is to have no meaning That it is to not be significant or ldquoshinerdquo in any way They need to feel conscious and whole

HELP THEM FEEL THAT THEY ARE MEANINGFUL

Although we all have and use a portion of these four categories in the different contexts or times of our life one of them is predominant in us Identifying it is important for managing and interacting with life and with others since it is the best and the fastest way of accessing the Map-of-the-world of someone and speaking a language that that per-son recognizes and accepts as her own

RAPPORT

74

75

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

In fact we are all one but we are all different and we must understand these differences to be able to deal with others People who are more emotional behave and interact in a totally opposite manner from mental people the same way that most practical people interact in a way that is opposite to spiritual people

The EMOTIONAL person is micro-MACRO Transforms everything that is small into something big Everything is important everything is emotional From the simple ldquogood morningrdquo to hearing ldquoI love yourdquo every day For an emotional person a discussion is always a tsuna-mi Therefore itrsquos the emotional persons who with their micro-Macro sense make birthdays a special day and receive small things with gre-at love

The MENTAL person is MACRO-micro transforms everything that is big into something small She makes it more complex by simplifying it For example this very PEMS model is MACRO-micro as it strives to make the hugeness of the personality types into something much smaller creating only four categories for all human beings The mental person also feels less and give less importance to her feelings

The SPIRITUAL person is MACRO-MACRO she takes everything that is already big and turns it even bigger more meaningful more im-portant more relevant Almost everything is a question of values of making the world a better place and interpretations that go far beyond reality A simple leaf falling off a tree can represent a new phase in life for a spiritual person

The PRACTICAL person is micro-micro turns everything into small and simple lsquoright here and right nowrsquo matters They act Right now with what they have They donrsquot feel the need to enlarge what is small and they donrsquot care much about great concepts If the five senses can help them grasp a situation everything is fine

THE PREDOMINANT LOGIC OF OUR PSYCHEThe most practical way of finding out is to notice how we behave in a stressful situation Each of us when under stress often react in a way that is very close to our basic personality type

Practical people act react move around organize themselves put their hands to work and do not rest until they manage to move things forward

The emotional people feel and feel a lot If a situation is stressful diffi-cult and negative they will have difficult and negative emotions they will feel what others feel and they will want to manage these emotions in the moment

People that are predominantly mental will under stress begin to ratio-nalize need logical answers be fast and analytical They donrsquot want to solve anything through feelings they donrsquot want to act they are only concerned with finding the right and correct decision and struggle until they get it

Finally the predominantly spiritual people will want to give a greater meaning to that particular event What has to be done what people feel or what the right solution is doesnrsquot matter what matters is why things happened the way they did and what the greater significance of that may be

RAPPORT

76

77

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

Identify the psychological type of the client can help the coach to anticipate and understand expectations

MAIN SUPERIOR FUNCTION AND AUXILIARY INFERIOR FUNCTION

According to Carl Jung while we all have one function that is better developed than the others ndash a superior function ndash we also have another fairly well developed function called the first auxiliary

All of us have a bit of each one of the psychologies but there are always two that are predominant a main one which Jung calls the superior function and an auxiliary one that lies at the bottom of the cross shown on the previous page which is always to the right or left of our superior one

The inferior function is one that is less developed and that remains mainly in our unconscious

Thus a person who is predominantly Practical may have as her auxi-liary function the emotional or mental logic thus being PE or PM

A person who is predominantly Mental may have as her auxiliary func-tion the spiritual or practical logic thus being MS or MP

A person who is predominantly Spiritual may have as her auxiliary function the emotional or mental logic thus being SE or SM

And a person who is predominantly Emotional may have as her auxilia-ry function the spiritual or practical logic thus being ES or EP

This all means that we are situated in one of the following categories

3 Practical Emotional or Emotional Practical 3 Practical Mental or Mental Practical 3 Spiritual Emotional or Emotional Spiritual 3 Spiritual Mental or Mental Spiritual

As you may have noticed according to Jung there are no EMME or PSSP That is one canrsquot have as her first auxiliary function the func-tion that is opposite to the superior one

Carl Jung said that we should look closely at our inferior function whi-ch usually remains in our unconscious because it contains an enor-mous potential for a change and each one of us can benefit a lot from integrating our inferior function with our superior one

Taking risks experimenting enjoying everything that life has to offer is the best way of getting to know ourselves and realizing where our happiness lies (ldquoTrate a Vida por Turdquo paacuteg 74)

INTROVERSION AND EXTROVERSION Introversion and extroversion have to do with the direction in which we focus our attention and energy

People who prefer Extroversion focus their energy and attention away from themselves and are interested in the world of people and things

3 Attracted to the world of events and people outside of themsel-ves

3 They are aware of who and what is around them 3 They like to meet and talk to new people 3 They are friendly often good talkers and easy to get to know 3 They tend to talk easily and often in meetings 3 May not be as aware of what goes on inside them 3 They think while talking 3 They may act or speak first and only think later 3 Speaking about themselves they speak fast 3 They bring energy into life 3 They can get bored and restless if they are alone for too long

People who prefer Introversion (focus their energy and attention inward and are interested in the inner world of thoughts and reflections)

3 Attracted to the inner world of thoughts feelings and reflections 3 They are usually very aware of their inner reactions 3 They prefer to interact with people they know 3 They are usually quiet in meetings and sometimes seem disen-

gaged

RAPPORT

78

79

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

3 They are generally reserved and hard to get to know 3 They may not be as aware of the world outside of them 3 They need time to gather their thoughts before they speak 3 They reflect and think before acting 3 They want to know you before allowing you to get to know them

deeply 3 They feel exhausted and tired after interacting with peoples

FINAL NOTE you must be what your client is You have to find that person inside you

LEARNING STYLESAs we saw with the previous PEMS model our clients will have diffe-rent psychological preferences It is therefore important and essential that you are able to adapt your sessions to the learning style that your client likes best and that better meets her psychological preference

EMOTIONAL Emotional clients will like to talk and share on their to-pics They are very much looking for a relationship and empathy with the Coach and they need to feel heard more than any of the other personality types For these persons learning has a lot to do with the relationship that is created with the feeling of support that they get and even with the positive feedback They like to learn through stories As a Coach it is important to learn to empathize with the emotional range of these persons They will appreciate the sharing to tell stories and to listen to them With emotional clients we may sometimes feel that we are not taking huge steps forward But the fact is that many times these persons need to first be listened to

MENTAL Mental clients will be more logical and may have a more aca-demic style of learning They will want to understand the reasons why things are what they are they will want to get tasks involving research on certain subjects The sessions with these people must be well defi-ned and prepared They will want to explore their intellectual side and feel challenged It is important for them to have access to information and tools that explain the work they are doing in the sessions in a con-crete and logical manner Of course they also need to empathize but the intellectual challenge feeling that their intellect is develops appears to be greater They may like schemes graphics and any models that

could simplify the learning process What these persons will demand of you is a greater capacity to analyse and a logical and rational way of communicating

SPIRITUAL this is for most people the most difficult learning style to adopt Remember that these persons are seeking the greater meaning of things They really want to feel inspired by the coaching process (and even by their Coach) They will want to see that you are an exam-ple of what you talk about so called congruence Spiritual persons will enjoy topics that are more related to values to their identity that make them feel that they are taking steps towards becoming better hu-man beings With these clients you can use powerful metaphors (even through movies music creative exercises etc) and above all strive to make sure that the person leaves the session very inspired

PRACTICAL They like action Which is great because coaching is pri-marily about action These persons like to have very practical sessions in which they get the opportunity to do many exercises and experiment with different situations They may be the clients that like getting more tasks and having things to do (which then sometimes ldquogets lostrdquo due to their time management) These clients will require more simplicity and a well-paced session from you They may also like to do exercises that involve moving their body Above all they will want you to help them get into action

As we deal with these four kinds of preferences we need to adapt our Coaching style to the learning style that each person has Thus we should prepare a lot their sessions and realize that some will require from you

3 Greater sharing and ability to listen and relate (e) 3 Researching mastering the subject very well and knowing how

to mentally stimulate your client with challenges (m) 3 Powerful metaphors very inspirational sessions and congruen-

ce that assign meaning to the Coaching process (s) 3 Practical exercises diversified well rhythmed sessions that

help your client to quickly get into action (p)

RAPPORT

80

81

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING ROOTS

LEVEL 5 - PERSON TO PERSONThis is the fifth level of rapport the deepest and more intense one It happens when the level of rapport is a total vibration Itrsquos when the client feels such a confidence by her Coach empathy and sympathy Itrsquos the hardest level to evaluate

Itrsquos when your client feels so much connected to you that depending on her your relationship would go beyond Coaching She no longer wants the Coach she wants you You no longer understand only the person she feels that you know about her You donrsquot understand psychology you understand who she is

It is very similar to the rapport level you have with 23 of very close persons in your life Everything is natural unconscious and sponta-neous

VIII ROOTS

Every human being seeks to get results Mo-ney Family Romance Peace Happiness

Career Health All we want in life is to have results in those areas

The Map-of-the-World Model is used to work on roots - your

roots as a Coach It shows us how does the psyche of all of us works As a Coach no one

should surprise you about yourself You should know you well know everything about yourself This is what itrsquos called a rooted person

click the video to see it

82

83

BELIEFSTRANSFORMATIVE COACHING

ROSA 20 M - AIR - THINK

VALUESHOLISTIC COACHING

ROSA 30 S - FIRE - BE

COACHING 40

WORLD MAP MODEL

being th

e moment

passi

on en

ergy

demotiv

ation

empowering beliefs

limiting rules

relation air(comunication)

coach is priestisnacutet

1 value focus

UNSUSTAINABLESUSTAINABLE

SECURITY

SELF LOVE

CONSCIOUSNESS

PERSONAL DEVEL

FREEDOM

LOVEBELOVED

BLISS

CONTRIBUTION

P

E

M

S

BEHAVIORROSA 10

SITUATIONAL COACHING

P - EARTH - DO

EMOTIONSREMEDY COACHING

ROSA 10 + LISTEN E - WATER - FEEL

RESULTS

ability to

enter

in st

ate

emotional

patter

ns

habits and discipline

addictions

coach is bossisnacutet

coach is friendisnacutet

1 Homework focus

optimism faithpositive

meditation

key points focusused to interrupt the fear cycle

coach is coach

HUMAN HAVINGHUMAN BEING

UNSUSTAINABLEEGOTISTICAL

STRETCH ZONE

SUSTAINABLEECOLOGICALSTRETCH ZONE

SHORT TERMLONG TERM

CYCLE OF CONFIDENCECYCLE OF FEAR

CONSCIOUS

SUBCONSCIOUS

UNCONSCIOUS

84

85

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

So the first question is why some are getting results while others are not

ACTIONS BEHAVIORSThis means that anyone who is having results is because she is ldquodoingrdquo ie behaving differently from other people who are having no results in those areas For example a millionaire DOES things that people who are not millionaires donrsquot For example saving investing etc Someone with a great health is DOING things that people that donrsquot have a good health are not What we are doing is making the difference Two people in the same circumstances that do exactly the same actions have the same kind of results People who have the results you wanna have ARE DOING THINGS TO GET THEM

So the next question is what leads some people to DO and others to not do

EMOTIONSEverything you do in your life is a relationship between pain and pleasure What happens is that someone who goes running at 6 am associates more pain with lsquonot goingrsquo than with lsquogoingrsquo Who is going to the gym asso-ciates more pleasure than pain with going to the gym in the morning That relationship between pain and pleasure is what is defining your results If we dramatically increase the pain or the pleasure associated we will get to change your results

As so what is then defining that painpleasure relationship

BELIEFSThe reason is because of our beliefs of what we believe in Our beliefs are our set of rules for the world and for our lives Your set of beliefs in fact is defining your painpleasure relationship with something and then your actions A millionaire believes that saving is essential that investing and taking risks is necessary This set of beliefs leads himher to associa-te more pleasure than pain with having these behaviors and therefore heshe implements them Other people have other beliefs that create other

emotions that create other results People who are achieving results in areas that you arenrsquot have a beliefs system different from yours

And then it seems logical to ask so what is defining and creating your set of beliefs

VALUESWhat is a value Itrsquos something that is important to you something you re-ally value The only thing that determines a value is if it is valuable to you Not all of us share the same values (Example the values of Mother Teresa and Donald Trump Contribution vs Professional Accomplishment) What you really value and not what you say that you value You value it so much that it generates your set of beliefs In fact when you live your values in practice (on a daily basis) you are defining your life results Not what you would like to value but what you are really valorizing In fact we all have the same values What differs is the order and the importance we give to each one of them

For example if someone has the value of the family above the value of work she will have the belief that it is more important to spend time with her family causing her to develop a positive feeling when she is with her family which leads her to really try to spend more time with it On the other hand someone who has the value of work above the family one will be someone who believes she should spend more time with her work and career as she believes it is that that will bring her more financial stabi-lity for example So she will associate more pleasure to the time spent at work than at home causing her to act accordingly to that emotion For example Donald Trump and Mother Teresa of Calcutta havenrsquot they got different values One probably values more lsquoprofessional fulfillmentrsquo the other values more lsquocontributionrsquo Different results Sure One has one of the largest business empires in the world the other left the largest volun-teer organization in the world

So in reality the values you are living in practice (what you are valuing in practice) are defining your results

This alone already explains a good part of the psyche of human beings But letrsquos go deeper

ROOTS

Having roots is to control the cycle of trust

86

87

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

To have roots the coach has to identify

her motivators and values create beliefs and habits and learn

to place herself in a state

CYCLE OF CONFIDENCE AND CYCLE OF FEAREveryone has Cycles of Fear in some areas and Cycles of Confidence in other areas

How do you know it If you are having or not results in that area In the areas of your life where you are getting results you are living in a Cycle of Confidence In the areas where yoursquore not you are living in a Cycle of Fear What does this means is that you have behavioral addic-tions or that you are doing things in a vicious way you are in a sort of a mice wheel Those addictions start by creating emotional patterns on you (feelings that you are having whether you want it or not for instan-ce jealousy when it becomes a pattern no matter what the other does that emotion will keep being there it is an emotion that happens to you) and those emotional patterns generate limiting rules We use the words ldquorulesrdquo because in reality limiting beliefs are created because they have a very large set of rules And this generates demotivation An addiction creates an emotional pattern that creates rules limiting which create demotivation and discourage us to move and change This Cycle of Fear is being lived FROM RESULTS TO VALUES and not in the other and right way The bad news are that we all have Cycles of Fear The areas in which we are not having results is because we are afraid but we paint it in other colors Irsquom afraid Irsquom demotivated I have emotional patterns and I have limiting rules

For you to gain roots you need to recognize these cycles You need to break it if you want results but if you want roots you need to recognize them Good news you can break Cycles of Fear

Second good news you have Cycles of Confidence You also unders-tand the other psychology So what is a Cycle of Confidence

You start by having the capacity of creating Discipline and Habits you get the ability to get into a certain and desired state (eg being happy to go training I want to create that emotion I visualize it it is the op-posite of an emotional pattern the pattern happens to you Think of a boxer who puts herself into her wanted state before entering in a ring You have empowering beliefs (when you believe in something that cre-ates more of it) This creates energy passion being in the moment Being with energy and passion and in the moment brings me empowe-ring beliefs which put me in the emotional state I want and provide me

habits and discipline The good news you have these cycles in areas that you are getting results Think in one area You have these four things right

Having these cycles itrsquos called being human First part on lsquorootsrsquo is about knowing your Cycles of Fear and Confidence and admit them to yourself to those you love to the others And having the courage to say that it doesnrsquot work because of FEAR And there is a way to break this cycle When you have roots you stop projecting it in your clients

There is a way of finding your values in a very logical way knowing which human motivators drive your behavior

8 HUMAN MOTIVATORSMaslov pyramid he was the first to talk about human needs He is outda-ted because it defines a hierarchy He places self-fulfillment at the top This model is very much focused on Maslovrsquos map-of-the-world who was an MS If it is a PE he may have lsquofamilyrsquo in the top and that is not wrong Still there are things that all humans need

So with all these models we created the 8 human motivators they are divided in four paradoxes one for each of the PEMS The first paradox is security freedom

Each one of us was born with a set of motivators You are ldquoaddictedrdquo on one side of the paradox You have to fulfill that need even if you have to abdicate of the other one

ROOTS

SECURITY

SELF LOVE

CONSCIOUSNESS

PERSONAL DEVEL

FREEDOM

LOVEBELOVED

BLISS

CONTRIBUTION

P

E

M

S

88

89

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

The main lesson is the more you live the other side of the paradox the more you will live your addiction as well What happens is that you can only get more of your addiction when you learn to validate the other side of the paradox This is what Jung calls ldquoparadoxes integrationrdquo be the millionaire and the altruistic Be the mother of family and career etc Only when you integrate the other energy is when it boosts the one that is more natural to you

For other persons it happens the same with security and all other pa-radoxes The suggestion is Irsquom addicted on this but I can pause and I can go exploring the other side What you have to figure out is your map (draw in the lsquoinfinite signsrsquo which side of the paradoxes is bigger) Your map is about how much you need to fill each side of the paradox

So YOUR HUMAN MOTIVATORS ARE DEFINING YOUR VALUES AND YOUR VALUES ARE DEFINING YOUR RESULTS

You can have everything on one of the sides of the paradox if yoursquore willing to face the fear of losing it

All people fill their motivators The difference between us is how sus-tainable is that satisfaction Unsustainable means that every day you

EXERCISE Do your map How do you discover Based on major decisions you made in your life Example work home relationships etc

have to feed them Imagine a homeless person he meets hisher secu-rity needs (eating and having where to sleep) but he has to do it every day Now compare with Donald Trump If you see the freedom part it probably happens the opposite

3 SUSTAINABLE it feeds itself It is something that can continue without the need for external resources It is ecological based on challenge and paradoxes integration

3 UNSUSTAINABLE you need to do it every day it is selfish ba-sed on comfort and extremist You do it like it was a daily shot

Example father and daughter about going out at night (to satisfy sa-fety and to love and be loved) Father says no hersquos being selfish and within his comfort zone The same father after coming to this course ldquoYoursquore going to the party until 2230 You send me an sms saying that everything is ok and at 2230 Irsquoll pick yourdquo This continues for some time Father goes on diminishing the rules Now hersquos being ecological entering his challenge zone and integrating paradoxes To feel safe as a father he has to give some freedom To feel loved he has to give them some self love Now his motivators are sustainable and has a sustai-nable system that feeds itself To arrive to a deeper level of security he needs to take the risk that comes from giving more freedom

DIAGONAL CONTINUOUS LINEThis line shows us that working above the line ie the clientrsquos beha-viors andor emotions is short-term and unsustainable In this case only the techniques are worked There are immediate results but with no major impact and duration Like when we are called to do motiva-tional speaking or teambuildingrsquos People feel better and do things but the results have a short duration

This does not imply that it is wrong to do Coaching based on these two areas For example in a quick conversation with a friend we can do Situational Coaching (based on behaviours) in order to get her to do something that has been postponing If the action has been made and it was what was intended to be then you did your role as Coach The Remedy Coaching is also important sometimes which consists on making the other person to leave the session feeling good thinking more positive at the time having had an opportunity to digest an emo-tion

ROOTS

90

91

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

Below the continuous line is where lies the deepest work The one that will actually be sustainable and with long-term results This is where we work values and beliefs it is where we go deep to the point where in fact we shift paradigms The client in this type of Coaching change her beliefs and values turning to be a really different person in opposition to what happens above the line where only the emotions or behaviors are changed but the client continues to be what she was

ICEBERGWith the iceberg image it is understood that the behavior is the conscious part of the human being the only thing that the client can see and analyze Everything else emotions beliefs and values are at the clientrsquos unconscious But as a Coa-ch I must and I want to work also the unconscious because as we saw above this is where it lies the sustainable and long-term work

When we help our clients shifting their paradigms beliefs emotions or values we are working with their unconscious Your client will not like this at some point in the process The unconscious will realize that she will have to change and this will cause the first resistance Knowing how to overcome this is essential to the Coachrsquos work so she can de-liver sustainable results

Conscious Mind keeps all the information which you can access now

Unconscious Mind keeps all the information that has ever passed through your brain It is also a kind of a warning system for you

The information passes from the unconscious to the conscious mind through the subconscious It goes dropping into deeper levels of our mind Very qui-ckly your clients will want to turn you into one of three things

Friend ndash They want someone who listens to them who is patient with them who is always there with whom they can always count and talk Most of your clients will want to have you here that you turn into a sort of confi-dant that supports them but does not challenge them too much But you are not there to be a friend

Boss ndash Many will seek in the Coach someone to tell them what to do who provides them specific guidance who pressures them who ldquopunishrdquo them when they donrsquot have their homework done Someone who is even more committed with their results than themselves But yoursquore also not there to be a Boss

Priest ndash Others will want a kind of a weekly confession session That you absolve the mistakes theyrsquove made du-ring the week that you tell them everything is fine and that it doesnrsquot matter we are all human and we all make mistakes You are not there to be a kind of spiritual le-ader of your client and to absolve him You are there to be

Coach - The Coach has an ldquoAirrdquo relationship with the client ie mental of communication becau-se it is a conversation where you listen and ask where there is intellectual stimulation In the map--of-the-world scheme the Coachrsquos sketch is in the quadrant of beliefs It is a ldquomind with mindrdquo work

It is important to know this because with the sessions going clients tend to try their Coach to become a friend (wateremotions) a boss (earthbehaviors) or even a priest (firevalues) However the Coach should avoid the mistake of behaving like one of these three types You are there to be a Coach

Notes In Informal Coaching with friends colleagues family remember that first thatrsquos what you are and only then you are a Coach Therefore you should not give prevalence to the Coach but to the relationship you have with that person otherwise you would violate the pact that exists between the two

ROOTS

92

93

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

4 TYPES OF COACHINGBased on these four quadrants there are four types of Coaching

Situational Coaching ndash The one that is done immediate-ly during the situation with the sole purpose of lea-ding it to an action It usually consists of a brief con-versation where a ROSA 10 is done Your client has a situation that week that really needs to be addressed Ex a proposal that she needs to present a college exam for which she has to study Itrsquos not bad Coaching and it is often necessary Only it is more superficial

Remediative Coaching ndash As the name says it suits when we have to put a ldquobandageointmentrdquo on the emotions The goal is the client to feel good at the end of the session without having to go deeply on the problem Itrsquos the typical conver-sation where the client unburdens and your only goal is to make her feel a little better Sometimes it may be and it often is necessary

Ex the past week your client has discussed with someone important to her or something happened that greatly dealt with her emotions Your first focus should be to help her to unburden and to feel better We used ROSA 10 + Unburden

Transformative Coaching ndash Here the goal is not just making the client to feel better but that she can change the way she sees her life and herself Here we mainly work on beliefs ie the client stops believing in some things to start believing in another ones She shifts paradigm Coaching is now much more sustainable and with long--term results It undergoes through more complete ses-sions where ROSA 20 is done

Holistic Coaching ndash This is the kind of Coaching that involves the whole being of the client all her areas and valences ie her values The entire psyche is worked We are working the whole Human Being and not only a part of it Even the motivators are worked We use ROSA 30 and we work a lot on paradoxes integration

KEY POINTSWe said earlier that we all have Cycles of Fear and that we can change them to Cycles of Confidence How

Imagine that you have a turnscrew and a bicycle wheel is malfunctio-ning You will then put the turnscrew into one of the four key points and then yoursquoll pull and force the wheel to move in the right direction to-wards the Cycle of Confidence And very important you donrsquot take out the turnscrew until the Cycle (the wheel) rotates in the right direction

What are then the Four Key Points You can really choose only one

VALUE FOCUS At this point you will choose a key value for you whi-ch you canrsquot leave to live in practice Whatever happens you canrsquot take the turnscrew from there For instance imagine that you are experien-cing serious financial difficulties and you decide that lsquoValue Focusrsquo is your point Imagine that you choose ldquosavingrdquo as the value that has to be experienced in practice Then whenever you have to make a decision that involves spending money you know what to do You canrsquot in any way stop living this value until the cycle begins to rotate in the oppo-site direction and gets sustainable

POSITIVITY If you want to work at the level of beliefs yoursquoll start to develop this empowering belief base BEING POSITIVE You must be a positive person with faith who believes that everything will go well who says only positive things about herself and the others who sees and is focused on everything positive that is going around her And when the bad days or the bad news are coming and you feel the need to say something negative you shut up And you say something positive

EMOTION FOCUS Imagine that there is an emotion that makes your Cycle of Fear to happen (an emotional pattern) In this key point you will choose an emotion that you would like to learn to cause in yourself learning how to get yourself into that state Imagine that you have been feeling too much anger in your Cycle of Fear and want to feel harmony instead You want to learn how to get into that emotional state You start feeling the opposite emotion and you do something to manage to be in an harmony state (you listen to a song that gets yourself into that state you put your boxing gloves you jump you meditate you close

ROOTS

94

95

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

your eyes you read a poem as Mandela did )

HOMEWORK FOCUS Here you will define a homework that until itrsquos done you wonrsquot do anything else Imagine that you have a Cycle of Fear in relation to health that you define lsquoHomework Focusrsquo as the key point and your homework is running every day Until you manage to do it nothing else matters All of your strategies are directioned so that your homework is being done as soon as possible

In the end all of the four key points have to do with absolute focus

Value ndash Focus on the most important value Until that value is being lived we wonrsquot move on

Positivity (Faith Optimism) ndash Focus on the positive emotions Un-til she gets optimistic we wonrsquot move on

Emotion (Meditation) ndash Focus on pleasure Until she feels more ple-asure than pain we wonrsquot move on

Homework ndash Focus on action Until the homework gets done we wonrsquot move on

VERY IMPORTANTYou as a coach do not have to guess your clientrsquos map-of-the-world or even her PEMS but you have to explore it aside of her You will only master her Map-of-the-World when you understand your own (creating roots) because you will never learn anything about yourself with your client you will never discover anything about you because shersquos the one who discovers it being real or not You Coach you must be hum-ble enough to know that you know nothing about your client and you shouldnrsquot try to guess anything It is the customer who gets there alone

Therefore the more knowledge you have about your own map-of-the--world together with Rapport and ROSA the more intense will be your Coaching because the more you will be able to help your client The goal is that you have the tools in yourself so you can help her In other words this tool is for you to deepen your roots and thus know when you need to do only ROSA or go searching for the Key Points or to use

another method For instance if a client has as her main challenge to be promoted then therersquos no logical on working on Cycles of Fear but to make a ROSA and move forward On the other hand if you see that there is a Cycle of Fear then you should find the key point so you can work on it

I canrsquot help the others if I canrsquot help myself first

ROOTS

values (I am)

during session

clientcoach rosa unconscious

Beliefs (I think)

between sessions

co-coach rosa 30

emotions (I feel)

leverage slice

self coaching rosa 20behavior (I do)

holistic

coaching to others rosa 10M

S

E

P

96

97

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING RESULTS

IX RESULTS

Results are super important in the Coa-ching process There is simply no Coa-

ching if there are no results and thatrsquos why they are at the center of the

triangle of the four Rrsquos Everything we do whether is ROSA creating

Roots or building Rapport it is done with the purpose of get-ting results at the end of the sessions

This is what distinguishes the most Coaching from other practices As a Coach you must become obsessed with your clients results Not only that they do their homeworks but also how close did Coaching took them closer to their Guru Objective how much it has improved their leverage slice of the Pizza and other slices as well We also try to assess the sustainability of those results We donrsquot want them just to get there but also that they keep there

Coaching is about results and you must take this premise very seriou-sly You have been hired to make them reach some goals Become obsessed with it

It is not so easy to evaluate results in a metric way in the world of Co-aching but it proves to be very important Not only with Life Coaching but also with Business Coaching We must find a way to demonstrate that our work has had results in practice

That was the reason why we have created the Results Model

Our level of competence is equal to our worst level of performance

RESULTS MODELIt is possible to define results through the four metrics

lsquoSrsquo AXIS (SPIRITUAL) WE EVALUATE THE PROCESS IMPACT ON THE CLIENT

Behavior (I DO) When the client throughout the process changes one or more behaviors She does now due to the sessions different things that she didnrsquot before

Emotions (I FEEL) When the client feels happier more self-confi-dent fulfilled etc She has now different and more positive emotions due to the Coaching process

98

99

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

Beliefs (I THINK) When there is a change of belief (I used to belie-ve I was not a good person and now I believe I am) When the client used to believe in something and she started to believe in something different There was a paradigm shift She used to see something in a certain way and now she sees it in a more empowering way

Values (I AM) When the Coach manages to help the client to change her values ie the person she is This happens for exam-ple when the client starts to put more emphasis on family than on work or when she accepts and believes that she is a healthy and different person and that nothing will change that now She values different things todat due to the Coa-ching process

lsquoErsquo AXIS (EMOTIONAL) WE EVALUATE THE CLIENTrsquoS AUTONOMY

Level 1 Coach (CoachClient Relationship) Itrsquos the Coach who controls the situation There is a formal relationship be-tween Coach and Client and the session is controlled and oriented by the Coach

Level 2 Coach (Co-Coach) The Client already acts as a Coach during the sessions This happens for example when the client already knows that she is supposed to also say po-sitive things on the Reality part that is she already knows what to do in each step She already takes the initiative The relationship is more about cooperation now and the Client start becoming autonomous

Level 3 Coach (Self-Coaching) When the Client already does Self--Coaching at home not being asked to This is a fantastic moment because she already has the tools and the Coach is there to help and support

Level 4 Coach (Coach to others) When the Client comes to a ses-sion and tells us she has done Coaching with someone else (with her child for instance) This person came to us to be helped however she is already using our tools to help so-

RESULTS

meone else She is totally independent It is every Coachrsquos dream

lsquoMrsquo AXIS (MENTAL) WE EVALUATE THE CLIENTrsquoS CONTENTS ASSIMILATION

Uses Rosa 10 language o cliente usa palavras como Realidade objetivos soluccedilotildees accedilotildees fazem hoje parte do seu leacutexico

Uses Rosa 20 language the client uses terms such as guru objec-tives baby objectives measurable beliefs paradigm shif-ting brainstorming etc

Uses Rosa 30 language she refers terms like emotional patterns cycles of fear and confidence values dilemma etc

Uses unconscious Rosa language when many of these terms are so ingrained in the clientrsquos language that she thinks she will use them for the rest of her life

lsquoPrsquo AXIS (PRACTICE) WE EVALUATE RESULTS IN PRACTICE

During the Session I can manage the client to get results only du-ring the session It is a Coaching session that has no power to influence the client outside it

Between Sessions It mostly happens when the client is doing her homeworks It means that what happened during the ses-sion touched her with enough strength to get her to realize she has to do something and that she is doing something outside the sessions

Leverage Slice It happens when the client fulfills her Leverage Slice and achieves the goal that brought her to Coaching or when her satisfaction in that slice has dramatically im-proved

Holistic When the client improves satisfaction in multiple slices as a result of the sessions including the leverage slice It was a process that had an impact on the whole being and not just in one area of her life

100

101

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

You can make this model with your client on the last session you have together You can also make a self-assessment to compare with it When you measure these four levels of results you will have access to check what level of Coaching you had on that specific process

COACHING LEVELThe Coaching Level that you have delivered is always proportional to your lowest result Even if you have three axes at level 3 and have only one at a level 2 Coaching has been 20 This is valuable information to you as a Coach because it gives you an idea of axes that are easier for you to work and others that you may have to further strengthen

Level 4 Coaching is something that is not achieved with all clients There must be a great empathy and rapport as well as a mastery on the Coaching technique that has been taught in the training course and presented in this manual

Gulica ego catia caperum dem inem cus Fortes et L Nos et grae avehem Romnit acto egeris cis sultod pratum voltum iam hos ublius hactam atemus essede con vas optilis factor aus nem ad cae estil hos me patus re verisse inatuus

Udam deperfecrem nermis etraed me int ela remulibut rem loctusquo cum mus auciem vivehem uresull emquissent eti primperescit ina que ia consiss entium pulerit con vendam morei sentes inatil vit ia quam mus licaudemus factem dum eo ura ex muro nenit quo vilnes-tium Catimportus pati postalarit vis coena fui sa consu consceribus Satquid ertienatus contere essimis ut vis aus iliciam quo in dissimis Ra num deatiqua vere con sentius et in spio pes Tiaetin videlisquam mus viliam que conum is larbit etora notimolto nos et duc omnimus opublicae convo C Nos vivica Catus hos vivas aurnihil hui terfint imorter labus hostam res inequod nerem tabute telieni hilicaessil ven-tem nonsulis

Berteropubit diisquium iteriti emprit teludam hilicid erfentiur tem huis

Hum pro vidiusquem paterevid sedis factatu rnihilla rem publicave Ca-terev irissoltis re aurei pere anum teluder ficepse essercem octuusque mis tum inam pra vivid rei condamdiis hacies Ipio verei sendamdis

TOOLS amp TECHNIQUES

X TOOLS AND TECHNIQUES

If you master well the model of the four Rrsquos for us you already are a fantastic Coach If you can master some stars too itrsquos even better But if you master the model you know how to do Coaching But now letrsquos go to the small stars The idea is not that you try to use all the stars at the same time Choose the two or three that you like best and train those first

POSITIVE FEEDBACKProvide as much positive feedback as you can to your client Take every opportunity you have to do it A Coach is the type of mirror that only says good things about her client Please turn yourself into some-one who is always valorizing every small steps that your client takes

FEEDBACK HAMBURGERYou say something positive then you say something negative then you say something positive again The two positive feedbacks have to be VERY VERY good For instance ldquoI have been feeling that you are very committed to your Coaching process We just need to start paying more attention to our homework even because I feel that you are a person who likes to challenge yourself and that really wants to go further ldquo

RESSIGNIFICATION Ressignificating is finding another meaning still more empowering but that changes everything EgrdquoI didnrsquot do my homework I failedrdquo Coach ldquoWow That means that you are a demanding and committed personrdquo ldquoIrsquom lazyrdquo

102

103

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

ldquoDoes that means you like to enjoy the pleasures of liferdquo

REFRAMINGIt is much like ressignification Itrsquos the name that is used in NLP (Neuro--Linguistic Programming) You take the information that was been gi-ven to you in a frame and you put it in a new one

PREFRAMINGIf ressignification has to do with changing the meaning after it has been given preframing has to do with giving a meaning to something before we have explained what it is It is a widely used technique to anticipate objections that might distract us from our ultimate goal Then we do preframing we previously give the meaning that we want the person to give afterwards Example

ldquoCan I show you my point of view Itrsquos something different but Irsquove seen that it works with many people and it has been helping a lot to change our behavior to healthier habits Itrsquos something innovative and different but highly successful Can I tell you my ideardquo You create a frame before placing the information in there

POSTFRAMINGFirst you give the information and then you put it in a frame Eg ldquoFolks today we have an exam (the low energy level) but thatrsquos what this course is about to be the best Coach to go furtherrdquo

ldquoFROM 0 TO 10 rdquo To give examples ldquoI think Irsquoll read a bookrdquo Coach ldquoFrom 0-10 how much do you think you will accomplish that goalrdquo

TRANSFORMING ldquoORrdquo IN ldquoANDrdquoHelp the client to find an alternative solution to integrate paradoxes to

find a third way

VULNERABILIZATIONFind out things about you that are not working and put them at the clientrsquos service That makes you human and you are validating your client in the case she feels the same She does some things better than you and has some of the same challenges

ASSOCIATION AND DISSOCIATIONThese two terms are often used in NLP (Neuro-linguistic Program-ming) and are used in various ways Association means that an indi-vidual describes a situation as if it was happening and he was partici-pating on it As the name indicates he is associated with it He is still seeing himself going through the situation and feels the emotions that he would feel if he was really living it

Dissociation means that an individual can already tell that experience as if he was watching a movie in which he took part but already dis-sociated from it He is more in an observer role That allows him a big-ger emotional objectivity Even if he feels the emotions they are more about the experience itself and not so much about him as a participant

When we want to help our customers to overcome some emotionally more challenging situations it can make a huge difference to have them to dissociate from those situations Thatrsquos how they can gain greater objectivity and clarity and at the same time they get more mo-tivated to take their first steps

METAPHORSThe most important here is that you use the metaphors of your client Use her world whenever it is possible It will help a lot more to inter-nalize and memorize the information Help your client to create her metaphors Eg ldquoSometimes we fall into holes that are so big that you canrsquot get out of them alonerdquo ldquoLearning to forgive someone is like dri-ving one step at a timerdquo

TOOLS amp TECHNIQUES

104

105

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

LANGUAGE OF A COACH 3 HOW TO INTERRUPT at the first session it must be defined if

the Coach can interrupt the client when she deviates from the focus If yoursquore going to interrupt your client you must always do it with a question You can also take note of something that has nothing to do with the subject you are talking about but it seems important So we can talk about it in the next session You can ask the client if she liked to talk about it

3 ldquoDOES IT MAKES SENSE FOR YOUrdquo If she says NO ldquoSo tell merdquo if she says YES ldquocan you tell me howrdquo

3 ldquoMY HALLUCINATION is rdquo Being very unconditional Any opi-nion is a good opinion The Coach realyy doesnrsquot know The word hallucination implies that what yoursquore saying may be ab-solutely wrong

3 ldquoWHAT WOULD LOVE DO NOWrdquo Be careful with the rapport level you have with your client It is a very good question when it concerns relational issues

3 ldquoHOW WOULD IT BE IFrdquo Very good to overcome objections ldquohow would it be if you had timerdquo ldquohow would it be if you had moneyrdquo ldquohow would it be if you had self-confidencerdquo

3 ldquoWHAT IF rdquo Fantastic to destroy any obstacle that your client brings Some examples ldquoAnd what if you couldrdquo ldquoWhy notrdquo ldquoWhat if nobody would knowrdquo ldquoWhat if you had moneyrdquo ldquoI know you donrsquot but what if you knew what would you sayrdquo

3 GENERAL TIP BE COOL You really must have a cool and rela-xed attitude You really donrsquot know what would be best for your client so be really unconditional

THE COACHING ETHICS

XI THE COACHING ETHICS

There are six ethic rules in Coaching but with no doubt the first is the most important

CONFIDENTIALITY Coaching sessions must be given the utmost con-fidentiality There are no legal rules as in Therapy (like not having fa-mily as clients) but you always have to respect confidentiality When you do Coaching in a company and you must give feedback to their manager your clients must know it If necessary you can discuss the case with a mentor but always without mentioning the name of your client You can discuss the cases but without any names

CLIENTrsquoS AUTONOMY Coaching is all about autonomy and sustaina-bility You need your client to get results not that she needs you You should think ldquoif I change country how would my clients berdquo

CAREFUL WITH PROJECTIONS We all project aspects that we re-press in ourselves All currents in psychology agree that there is pro-jection When I look to someone else what I see is whatrsquos inside of me (strengths and weaknesses) Thatrsquos why some see one thing and others see another As a Coach you must be very attentive to projections You should not do it with your client and for that you must work on your roots If something bothers you that says more about you than about your client Itrsquos not just a technical issue of respecting others map-of--the-world It is an ethical issue

CREDIBILITY Of course you can use other different tools in your ses-sions but you should be able to do so Using things on which yoursquore not certified is breaking ethics Try to be congruent and integrate Being a corporate or a sales Coach without being an expert about those mat-ters is not ethical

106

107

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING THE FIRST SESSION IN PRATICE

CONTRACT IS CONTRACT The financial commitment you assume with your client is always the same as long as she is your client The same in what respects sessions frequency You should always ask permission to your client when you want to change the frequency of the sessions For WeCreate the value you charge to your client must be the same forever It is part of our gratitude towards our client

SELF-COACHING The Coach must be an example of Self-Coaching or she should have a Coach You really have to do ROSA once a year at least and use all these tools in a weekly basis Make sure that you are also an example of achieving your own dreams

XII THE FIRST SESSION

IN PRACTICEIt is normal that the first session is a bit longer (90min) Your focus is to build RAPPORT Here is an example of a few steps for your first session You can have a few more or less of these steps but this is the general idea

STEP 1 Memorize these steps so that you will not have to use this manual

STEP 2 (Partnership) Organize the working space have everything prepared adequated clothes etc

STEP 3 (Presence) Prepare to be fully present by meditating or by being a few minutes in silence

STEP 4 (Posture and words) Build rapport have a few minutes of casual positive and neutral conversation to break the ice For example the weather the clientrsquos favourite team foot-ball match etc

STEP 5 At this stage you will also try to collect information about the client Several aspects of her life and trying to deter-mine clientrsquos expectations regarding the Coaching process You will be attentive about the metaphors and about what is really important to her Yoursquoll need it to explain what Co-aching is in her words

STEP 6 Explain what Coaching is using the clientrsquos words and the references she gave us Example letrsquos imagine that boxing was something that the client liked and we want to explain

108

109

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING THE LAST SESSION

Coaching through boxing ldquoCoaching is like boxing It invol-ves a lot of training to succeed in getting results but ins-tead of having an external enemy we are fighting against ourselvesrdquo

STEP 7 Inviting the client to do an exercise we pick six pens (three of each color) We ask her to tell us three things that are going well in her life and we explore each area a bit Then we ask ldquoamong those areas which one is running really wellrdquo Then we ask for three things that are not going so well and explore a bit

STEP 8 Asking the client which 3 goals she would like to accom-plish by the end of the Coaching process that would make it worth the investment (as measurable as possible)

STEP 9 Establishing verbal contract and selling the idea of coa-ching (even if the sessions pack is already closed) Now we talk about the practical issues sessions frequency ses-sions length interrupting the client first session a bit lon-ger confidentiality guarantee If you feel comfortable you can talk about costs and forms of payment

STEP 10 ldquoCan we start our session talking about what brought you here How can I helprdquo

STEP 11 Talking a bit about the Clientrsquos reality and introducing the Pizza of Life The client draws herrsquos We will go on explai-ning the pizza and its different slices (very briefly not to influence) Some clients like to do it lsquoalonersquo others like to go on talking as they fill the slices

STEP 12 From then on you make ROSA 10

STEP 13 You end up the session You can share ROSA methodology with your client (if you think shersquod like it) and ending with positive feedback You can also ask the client how did she feel You can also ask her to choose an object and summa-rize the session You will also be doing some preframing by stating that Coaching is about action and homeworks

XIII THE LAST SESSION

A coaching process has a follow-up We can work with individual ses-sions or with a pack It is important to inform your clients that Coaching is a continuous process and not a process with miraculous results in the first session Hence it is like doing workout where it is difficult to get results if we go to the gym only once

You can work with packs of sessions (5 or 10) and we would like to give you some tips on what you should ensure it gets done in your last coaching session with someone you have been working with

FUTURE It is important to ensure that the client will continue taking steps in the future even not having sessions anymore or your presence In this session you should spend some time helping her in creating an action plan about the next steps she wants to go on taking in that area You can also take the opportunity to do a small summary of everything that you both worked in so that there is a notion of the progress made and the results achieved Ensures that your client completed that process and be sure about the next steps for her future Help her in crea-ting a good action plan

HABITS You can also ask your client which would be the daily or weekly habits that she would like more to integrate into her routine

POSITIVE FEEDBACK This is also the perfect time to give positive fe-edback to your client (despite being a constant throughout the sessions) Show her the progress she has made throughout the sessions and help her to realize all the positive things she has achieved

111

110

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

PERSONAL DEVELOPMENT We must ensure that our client conti-nues its personal development process and knows or tries new approaches Coaching is just one part of a wide range of options that are now ahead of her Encourage her to con-tinue that journey to read new books to try other trainings and workshops other different and complementary ways of approaching personal development

KEEPING CONTACT You can develop some form of contact with your old clients Email telephone facebook etc Remember to con-tinue sending her information about coaching or other matters you find important It is a way to ensure that your client will continue ldquoawakedrdquo for this subject

Thank you for being part of this project

Daniel Saacute Nogueira and Marta Ferreira

Page 28: WeCreate International Coaching Certification Manual

56

57

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

Rapport is trust and

influence

Rapport is the ability to create

empathy and sympathy

WARNING Empathy comes before sympathy and trust comes before influence This is the most important aspect of rapport I cannot influence anyone who does not trust me

Part 2 Now letrsquos try to understand what happens in our psyche why this is the way it is

I invite you to imagine that yoursquore a rabbit in a forest and you meet another rabbit What happens Now imagine you meet another animal thatrsquos different from you What does the rabbit do FLIGHT (runs away)

Now imagine that you are not a rabbit yoursquore a wolf You meet an ani-mal thatrsquos different from you What does the wolf do FIGHT

Now imagine yoursquore a porcupine What happens FREEZE

Animals have these three types of reactions Now imagine yoursquore a human being 20000 years ago and you come across something di-fferent from you What happens ONE OF THESE THINGS AND YOU FEEL FEAR You react the way you do because your psyche does not know what it is And if it is another human being I KNOW WHAT TO EXPECT She is like me Our fear grows when something is different because we donrsquot know what to expect Imagine that you do meet a hu-man being but wearing clothes or other things that are very different

What happens when it is the same kind of animal What exists there EM-PATHY AND TRUST - 1st LEVEL of RAPPORT

This is a metaphor of course Rapport is very unconscious I could tell you to trust someone but your unconscious may not feel the trust What regula-tes that instinct in your psyche is KNOWING WHAT I CAN EXPECT

WHAT HAPPENS IN COACHING Clients also have these three types of reactions flight freeze or fight They may not show up for the follow ses-sion they may answer ldquoyesrdquo ldquonordquo ldquomayberdquo ldquodonrsquot knowrdquo or they may be in constant disagreement with you

Key ldquothe more the Coach is the way I am the more rapport there isrdquo

MILTON ERICSON (Ericsonian Psychology NLP Hypnotherapy) found the client within himself and used this as his tool in the therapy sessions

Ericson created rapport before proceeding with anything else This is TRUST and EMPATHY Ericson was humble and flexible enough to adapt to the client Only once you have done this you can go back to being yourself

Ways of creating rapport with someone

Verbal

3 Language words 3 Subject matter 3 Quotes way of speaking 3 Repeating what the other says 3 Using the otherrsquos metaphors 3 Using the same expressions

Non-verbal

3 Gestures 3 Voice 3 Mime 3 Distance 3 Posture 3 Breathing 3 Touch 3 Speed

Note Every human being has a natural and unconscious tendency to create rapport with others To confirm this all you need is to look at two people talking to each other and see how easily you will notice similarities in their postures and way of speaking

ldquoYou have only one chance to create a good first impression but you have plenty of opportunities to create rapportrdquo

Rapport is an honest attempt to enter someonersquos map-of-the-world The-re is no agreeing or disagreeing only flexibility Rapport does not mean friendship The first session and often the second is a lot about creating rapport

RAPPORT

Sometimes itacutes enought just a little attention to help someone but attention is not coaching

58

59

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

RAPPORT MODELndash 2 PacuteSEstablishing rapport is a process of many levels and layers of depth

LEVEL 1 - PRESENCE AND

PARTNERSHIP

PRESENCEThis is the first step towards creating ra-pport thus the most superficial one Pre-sence means that the Coach is fully com-mitted to her client aware of everything she says and does Nothing from outside the ses-sion should be on the Coachrsquos mind She must be fully present

Before a session itrsquos important that you as a Co-ach calm down forget about everything else and gain a notion of where you are and what you are going to do

POSTURE amp PHRASING

PERCEPTUAL POSITIONS

PERSON TO PERSON

PRESENCE amp PARTNERSHIP

PROBING amp PATIENCE

click the video to see it

Dedicate a few minutes to this process

Presence and Attention are among the healthiest ac-tions that lead to real results You can create a good

relationship with your client (child parent etc) just by being fully present and attentive Even gardens become more beautiful if they are cared for

Presence is about getting yourself into a certain state Itrsquos about being Yin and Yang at the same time

Yin ndash relaxing breathing being aware of all five senses being fully present where you are

Yang ndash mobilizing all your energy by run-ning jumping listening to inspiring music

PARTNERSHIP

Creating an equal relationship with your client Not top down or vice--versa The Coach should never be at a lower or higher level than her client The chairs should be the same for example

For presence and partnership it is also important to switch off the phone to prevent anything from interrupting the session Tidying up the table is equally important to having a clean and hygienic space

From 0 to 10 the importance of Presence during a session is a 10 It is the first step If it isnrsquot there nothing else will

Psycho-geography is also very important in this area

PSYCHO-GEOGRAPHY the way your psyche relates to geography Example On which side you like to sleep Each person has a different psycho-geography Some prefer to be by the sea while others prefer to be in the mountains

RAPPORT

Empathy is being doing

talk and think like the other Sympathy is being doing

talk and think how the other

would like to be

60

61

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

Some tips for using the psycho-geography of the client to your advan-tage

3 Having a room with a minimum amount of symbols It is not recom-mended to have crucifixes or other artefacts related to religion A bookshelf filled with books can also intimidate the client

3 Pay attention to details ndash cables on the floor which CDs are on the shelf etc

3 Having sessions at the clientrsquos home can become dangerous because there are lots of distractions and anchors Difficult si-tuations might have taken place there which will make it more challenging for the client to create a distance to them

It is the Coachrsquos job to notice the psycho-geography of her client and what makes her more comfortable

Despite all the rapport a Coaching session should always stay pro-fessional Being relaxed is necessary for both parties but the focus should not be on friendship You as a Coach need to be professional You must choose to be a Coach instead of a friend

When it comes to clothing you should be as neutral as possible in the beginning but always aligned with your personality Then you can try to adapt to the style of your client

The mantra here is having the client leave the session thinking that her Coach is just like her NOTHING IS WRONG Let your client choose what she prefers

LEVEL 2 - POSTURE AND PHRASINGWhen establishing rapport mere presence and partnership are not enough Moreover they are only the first step The posture and the phrasing that the Coach uses are very important for creating rapport in the relationship What we refer to here is mainly keeping a posture and using similar words and expressions to those of the client This way the client will see herself in us and instead of flight fight or freeze she will feel relaxed and be much more comfortable about talking

Sitting in the same position as the client using her posture tone of

voice and gestures these are all factors to consider

POSTURERegarding posture one can use two techniques that are very similar and very powerful

Mirroring When a Coach takes on a physical position that is the exact mirror image of the clientrsquos If the client leans to her right then the Coach who is facing her leans to her left

Matching In this case the Coach adopts the exact same physical position instead of a symmetric one Both ways are good and powerful The goal is to be equal or symmetrical

Of course it is not indispensable to be like the client 100 of the time as this will take a lot of the attention that the Coach needs to give the client

The more you practice these behaviours the more automatically and unconsciously you will do it When rapport already is high you can go back to your own posture and your regular vocabulary However should you feel the need you can always take up these techniques again

In fact at a high level of rapport it is possible and entirely positive that it is the client herself who starts to imitate our posture and words (un-consciously) This is the perfect moment to lead the client and suggest something more challenging to her

PHRASINGYou must pay great attention to the words that your client uses and the energy she puts into them The names of people that she talks about are also very important facts to remember

If you can use the same expressions as your client you will earn points in rapport Among these expressions metaphors are the most power-ful ones Try to explore as much possible the metaphors that are being used An excellent technique is to use a metaphor of the client to ex-

RAPPORT

The mirroring copies the

exact posture of the client

the matching mirrors

62

63

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

plain something This will reach very deeply into the psyche of the client and have great impact

You can also use themes that the client likes such as her passions and keep using them in future sessions to explain something or to give examples This creates an incredible sense of empathy between you and the client She will be glad that you are paying attention to what she says and at the same time she will understand much better what you say

The clientrsquos ideas are important keys to use when you speak in order to create and maintain rapport For example if the client talks a lot about travelling Irsquoll use the idea (anchor) that is already there because I know it works in his mind

BACKTRACKING backtracking is a Coaching technique that consists of summarizing the main points of a conversation by using the exact same words that the other person uses This tool helps the client follow the session and make her own short summary while listening to the Coach returning to what she just said and using the same words It is important to use at least the words we consider to be the most significant among the ones that the client expresses those that might be conveying more about her value patterns Backtracking can help us understand for example if we can move to the next phase of ROSA It helps us understand if the client has finished what she had to say about that phase and that way we can figure out whether we can move forward or not You can use simple questions to do so

3 ldquoLet me see if I got what you saidhelliprdquo - backtracking the conversa-tion using the exact words of the client - and then ending ldquoIs this is it or would you like to add something

3 ldquoSo what yoursquore saying isrdquo 3 ldquoCan I make a summary of your reality in relation to that slicerdquo

This is one of the simplest and most important techniques when buil-ding rapport

When building rapport avoid paraphrasing (saying the same thing in other words) but do quote A coach quotes

Mastery in Backtracking is being able to quote the last 20 minutes of a session This will leave your client fascinated and feeling that her Coach is really paying attention to everything she says

Therefore it is motivating to Backtrack at the end of each session and at the end of each phase of the ROSA

The Coach shows confidence and agrees with the client shows that she is on her side and really believes that the client will succeed

We must allow the person to be what she truly is talkative or silent Silent people also have things to say it is a matter of asking the right questions

NOTES When a session is not going well (the relationship is under stress) then the focus should be fully on level 2 Rapport - Posture and Phrasing The secret is to forget about the rest and build rapport again Once it is re-established you can address the problem

LEVEL 3 - PROBING AND PATIENCEEvery new level in Rapport brings you techniques that are deeper and more complex But the good news is that you donrsquot do level 3 Rapport until Level 1 and 2 are done So you will increase your skills by going from the easiest to the most difficult

PROBINGAsking questions is more complicated than imitating the posture and words of the client Indeed one of the more complicated aspects of being a Coach is to not give opinions and to ask the right questions at the right time We know that we keep showing you that you already are a Coach and that itrsquos easy but here we must tell you ldquoITrsquoS HARD BEING A COACHrdquo Think very carefully about whether you want to get into it Listening asking questions being patient with the pace of your clients

Even if you have the miracle answer to the clientrsquos situation you need to keep it to yourself Being patient is a challenge and usually typical

RAPPORT

64

65

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

To paraphrase can break

rapport

of the great masters You can only be a master if you want to learn to listen and if you develop a great patience for listening

Questions have the power to illuminate the darkness of your client by asking a powerful question you really get to see another human bri-ghten up right in front of you

Coaching has the power to open a new world to the client questions help people discover new resources Clients tend to find familiar answers but you as a Coach will lead them to unfamiliar answers

Classic examples of some ways to make your client talk

1 -Repeating what the client just said but in question form Client ndash ldquoYesterday I went boatingrdquo Coach ndash ldquoBoatingrdquo

2 -What does that mean to you What does fear mean to you What does a goal mean to you Example Client says ldquoIt is not rapport itrsquos complicityrdquoCoach replies ldquoWhat does complicity mean to yourdquo Client says ldquoItrsquos a clickrdquo Coach ldquoWhat does a click mean to yourdquo

3 -rdquoWhat elserdquo Serves above all to go to the heart of the matter Others like this one are ldquoTell me morerdquo and ldquoCan you go a bit deeper on thatrdquo

POWERFUL QUESTIONS Questions are probably the most beautiful flowers in the garden of learning Questions are one of the biggest se-crets of learning Creative solutions are practically impossible without questions

If you learn to ask 100 questions a day get ready for a revolution in your work at all levels

In life at work in business we are all afraid of asking questions We were educated from an early age to believe that there are right and wrong questions and we were also taught to not fail we avoid asking questions because of fearing that they are wrong The only way to reach the right questions is by not being afraid of the wrong ones

The one who wants to explore learning has to dance with this fear

A large part of all our creative potential stops at the door fearing to ring the doorbell When learning the one who doesnrsquot know is far less ignorant than the knowledgeable one Take risks Ring the bell Ask questions

Become obsessively curious ask questions How

3 Using the Coachrsquos ability of asking powerful questions 3 Following the rule of thumb ldquoThe Coach has the questions the

Client has the answersrdquo 3 Using positive language 3 Respecting the clientrsquos map-of-the-world 3 Always guiding towards solutions

Examples of powerful questions

3 ldquoCompared to whatrdquordquo 3 ldquoWhat does that mean to yourdquo 3 ldquoWhat could be a solution to yourdquo 3 ldquoI know you donrsquot know But if you knew what would that berdquo 3 ldquoWhat would be ideal to yourdquo 3 ldquoWhat do you want insteadrdquo 3 ldquoHow does that make you feelrdquo 3 ldquoWhat else could that meanrdquo 3 ldquoWhat do you want exactlyrdquo 3 ldquoWhat will you achieve with this goalrdquo 3 ldquoWhat will you do differently next timerdquo 3 ldquoWhat are you doing wellrdquo 3 ldquoWhat has to happen for you to be happy and successfulrdquo 3 ldquoWhat motivates you the mostrdquo 3 ldquoWhatrsquos the worst possible scenario And what could be the best

scenario ldquo 3 ldquoWhat are you willing to do to achieve your goalrdquo 3 ldquoWhat new things could you could tryrdquo 3 ldquoWhat prevents you from taking actionrdquo 3 ldquoWho could help you with this situationrdquo 3 ldquoWhat resources do you need to achieve your goalrdquo

RAPPORT

66

67

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

3 ldquoWhat else do you want to get out of your liferdquo 3 ldquoWhat do you really want achieve in that area of your liferdquo 3 ldquoWhat is your biggest dream in that area of your liferdquo 3 ldquoAnd what is the next small step that you would have to takerdquo 3 ldquoWhat do you find positive in this situationrdquo 3 ldquoHow could you attract better persons into your liferdquo 3 ldquoWhat would have to happen to make you feel more fulfilledrdquo 3 ldquoIf you were your own Coach what coaching would you give

yourselfrdquo 3 ldquoIf I was your best friend what advice would you give me to solve

this situationrdquo 3 ldquoIf you had all the time and money in the world how would you

fix itrdquo

In fact the art of asking questions is the foundations of a coaching process with powerful results The list of questions to ask seems en-dless

So become really obsessed with questions and start NOW How about adding 10 more ideas to our list And some more And many more

Typical coaching questions

3 Questions that lead to action (ldquoWhat will you do What can you do differently What do you need to do tordquo)

3 Goal-oriented instead of problem-oriented ldquoHow would you like it to berdquo ldquoAnd if you could what would you dordquo

3 Future-orientedldquoHow do you see that situation in the future How would you like to feelrdquo

Beware of questions with negative assumptions ldquoWhat happens if you donrsquot do itrdquo They should be followed immediately by a question with positive assumptions ldquoHow will you celebrate when you do itrdquo

RAPPORT

YOUR QUESTIONS

68

69

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

PATIENCECount to 10 relax work on your roots and realize that coaching is a process and that each person has her own time and rhythm How can you train your patience Think of 20 ideas

LEVEL 4 ndash PERCEPTUAL POSITIONSWe could also call this the level where we create rapport with our clientrsquos psychology In fact understanding and perceiving human psychology is a huge advantage for you as a Coach You are not there to be a friend of your client as we have mentioned so then a good way to create a relation with her is through her psychology

Do you know the psychology of a teenager or a parent a boss an unemployed If you grasp your clientrsquos psychology the Rapport will be extraordinary

If you demonstrate that you know how a mother thinks yoursquoll make the client believe that you understand her completely

Most people do not understand their own psyche If you can understand them at that level it will make the client to feel something extraordinary about you and the Coaching process

PERCEPTUAL POSITIONS At this level the Coach must master Per-ceptual Positions that is being able to put herself in another personrsquos position whether itrsquos the clientrsquos or the clientrsquos parent or any other person that is part of the situation You should be able to see the same situation from different perspectives and in the long term help your client do the same

THE EXERCISE This is an exercise to be used mainly if the client has trouble in a relationship with someone (friend family member etc) and is having some difficulty understanding that personrsquos Map-of-the--World And when this is of great importance

You do not need to go very deep in this exercise Because it is NLP even done in a soft way it can be very powerful to your client helping her to see an aspect of the situation that she hadnrsquot seen or reflected on before

STEP 1 ndash The client explains what is going on (she can speak freely without any restrictions You ask questions to understand the reality of the situation)

STEP 2 ndash The Coach suggests this perceptual positions exercise (it is just an invitation If the client does not want to do not continue)

STEP 3 ndash The Coach asks the client to choose two spots represen-ting the two standpoints (you can put a sheet of paper at each spot) and to imagine that the other person is at one of them

STEP 4 ndash The client speaks facing the other spot as if the person was there and acts as herself (The Coach guides with questions ldquoHow did that make you feel What would you like to tell herrdquo etc)

STEP 5 ndash Pause and ldquoshake outrdquo the client and share the question of the game of imagination

STEP 6 ndash The client recalls a childhood game she used to play and describes it a little We then use this as a metaphor to explain that we will now do the same Just a game where we use our imagination The Coach repeats that the per-son with whom the client has a challenge is there at the other spot

STEP 7 ndash The client goes over to the other spot and the Coach helps her go deeper into that role through guiding questions

STEP 8 ndash The client chooses whether she wants to return to her starting position and add something say something more She may go back and forth as many times as she wishes

STEP 9 ndash When done the Coach suggests to the client to stand on a chair and states ldquoYou are now in a neutral position a higher position What would you call this position (Allow the client to choose a name) Seen from above what do you have to say about this situation What would you say to (clientrsquos name) and to (the other personrsquos name) How would you solve this situation How can (clientrsquos name) solve this situationrdquo

RAPPORT

70

71

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

STEP 10 ndash After the client is done with the third (neutral) position the Coach takes the client off the papers

STEP 11 ndash The Coach can then use the following questions to debrief the exercise

3 ldquoHow was the exercise for you 3 ldquoWhat did you learnrdquo 3 ldquoIs there anything you could do differentlyrdquo

STEP 12 ndash Lead the client to an action (a first small step towards sol-ving the situation) and then funnel it

REMEMBER always undock the client from the different roles the client can do the exercise eyes opened or closed

TO ACKNOWLEDGE Acknowledge the client very very very much for having volunteered and shown vulnerability

This exercise serves mainly as a metaphor for the Coach striving to master Perceptual Positions (understanding and being able to go into different psyches)

CONCLUSION The Coach is a master of perceptual positions She knows how to see the different angles of the same situation She sees everything from different angles

PEMS

Life is all about relationships the relationships we have with ourselves and with others Some people instinctively relate better to themselves and others relate really well to others There are those who relate well to almost everything and everyone and others who are unable to relate with anyone This affects their personal and professional life

Is there any way to consciously improve the relationships that instinc-tively do not work Of course

When we grasp the logic of the mind of another person we can better interact with it and even influence it Psychology is power And if we apply on ourselves it becomes even more powerful and interesting The better we know ourselves and the logic of our mind the better we will be able to help ourselves and achieve our goals

Carl Gustav Jung a Swiss psychiatrist and founder of analytical psychology focused on studying social and collective archetypes He identified eight psychological types taking into account peoplersquos beha-viour abilities skills attitudes and motivations

He began by distinguishing between extraverted (social and expansive) and introverted (reserved and reflective) people Each of them could then be connected to two out of the four functions of the psyche sen-sing or intuition thinking or feeling

In the 40rsquos decade Isabel Myers and Katharine Briggs continued Jungrsquos work and added two auxiliary functions to the Jungian types percep-tion and judgement Thereby arriving at 16 psychological types or 16 personality types Later a personality test was created ndash The Myers--Briggs Type Indicator or MBTI - which is still the most commonly used tool for identifying different personality types

Based on Jungrsquos work we have created a model called PEMS which will help us better understand the logic of our own mind and of the people around us

In this model we distinguish four dominant preferences (P-E-M-S) which correspond to the four elements of life

PRACTICAL (the body DOING Activity Action related to the ele-ment of EARTH) - corresponds to someone that is earthly active dynamic practical that does a lot In excess these are people who never stop to consider their actions

EMOTIONAL (the heart FEELING Feelings Love related to the element of WATER) - corresponds to someone who nee-ds people relations who gives a lot to others and seeks affection In excess these are people who might be overly sensitive

RAPPORT

72

73

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

MENTAL (the mind THINKING Analysis Intellect Logic related to the element of AIR) - corresponds to someone who values analysis rationalization and uses logic and who always fo-cuses on making the right decision In excess these are people who might become impersonal and cold

SPIRITUAL (the soul BEING Values Existence related to the ele-ment of FIRE) - corresponds to someone who thinks that everything has meaning and a higher purpose These are people who care very much about values In excess they can fluctuate too much and concretize too little

The four logics of the mind that we have identified are also based on the four elements

Practical ndash EARTH (firm solid stable secure strong dense)Emotional ndash WATER (flexible always coming back to herself)Mental ndashAIR (transparent lightweight fast facilitates communica-

tion)Spiritual ndash FIRE (burning fleeting transforming powerful)

Thus in a very simplified manner we can divide people into four ca-tegories

PRACTICAL PEOPLE (P) ndash THEY LIKE TO ACT AND DOThese are the people who like action movement They are the ones who make the world move As friends or clients they may want to go straight to the point try things and learn about practical matters The greatest fear of these practical persons is losing control They like to feel that they are in control of the situation of the pace of the conver-sation and of the surroundings

HELP THEM ALWAYS FEEL IN CONTROL

EMOTIONAL PEOPLE (E) ndash THEY LIKE FEELING AND RELATINGThese are people who love people and sharing feelings Everything is an emotion for them And they feel things about everything and everyo-ne Let them talk about their family friends dogs neighbours etchellip

They will talk mostly about people and what they are feeling Their greatest fear is loosing empathy They like to feel reliable and they want to relate

HELP THEM FEEL EMPATHY TOWARDS YOU

MENTAL PEOPLE (M) ndash THEY LIKE TO THINK AND TO ANALYSEThese are people who like to analyze and who try to put everything into a box into a certain perspective They are precise and meticulous They like detail to study and analyze all possibilities They donrsquot fear debating (quite the contrary) and discussing they love the exchanging ideas and arguments but they need to end up being right or get a very good explanation to why the other is right A mental person is always striving to make the best decision Their greatest fear is to be wrong they like to feel that they are correct and that they are making deci-sions based on logic and rational thinking

HELP THEM FEEL THAT THEY ARE RIGHT

SPIRITUAL PEOPLE (S) ndash THEY LIKE TO BE AND TO GLOWThey are looking for the greater purpose of things They believe that everything has a reason for being the way it is that there are no coin-cidences and itrsquos that quest that moves them They give great meaning to every situation always looking for ldquotherdquo situation The greater the meaning the greater their motivation Their biggest fear is to have no meaning That it is to not be significant or ldquoshinerdquo in any way They need to feel conscious and whole

HELP THEM FEEL THAT THEY ARE MEANINGFUL

Although we all have and use a portion of these four categories in the different contexts or times of our life one of them is predominant in us Identifying it is important for managing and interacting with life and with others since it is the best and the fastest way of accessing the Map-of-the-world of someone and speaking a language that that per-son recognizes and accepts as her own

RAPPORT

74

75

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

In fact we are all one but we are all different and we must understand these differences to be able to deal with others People who are more emotional behave and interact in a totally opposite manner from mental people the same way that most practical people interact in a way that is opposite to spiritual people

The EMOTIONAL person is micro-MACRO Transforms everything that is small into something big Everything is important everything is emotional From the simple ldquogood morningrdquo to hearing ldquoI love yourdquo every day For an emotional person a discussion is always a tsuna-mi Therefore itrsquos the emotional persons who with their micro-Macro sense make birthdays a special day and receive small things with gre-at love

The MENTAL person is MACRO-micro transforms everything that is big into something small She makes it more complex by simplifying it For example this very PEMS model is MACRO-micro as it strives to make the hugeness of the personality types into something much smaller creating only four categories for all human beings The mental person also feels less and give less importance to her feelings

The SPIRITUAL person is MACRO-MACRO she takes everything that is already big and turns it even bigger more meaningful more im-portant more relevant Almost everything is a question of values of making the world a better place and interpretations that go far beyond reality A simple leaf falling off a tree can represent a new phase in life for a spiritual person

The PRACTICAL person is micro-micro turns everything into small and simple lsquoright here and right nowrsquo matters They act Right now with what they have They donrsquot feel the need to enlarge what is small and they donrsquot care much about great concepts If the five senses can help them grasp a situation everything is fine

THE PREDOMINANT LOGIC OF OUR PSYCHEThe most practical way of finding out is to notice how we behave in a stressful situation Each of us when under stress often react in a way that is very close to our basic personality type

Practical people act react move around organize themselves put their hands to work and do not rest until they manage to move things forward

The emotional people feel and feel a lot If a situation is stressful diffi-cult and negative they will have difficult and negative emotions they will feel what others feel and they will want to manage these emotions in the moment

People that are predominantly mental will under stress begin to ratio-nalize need logical answers be fast and analytical They donrsquot want to solve anything through feelings they donrsquot want to act they are only concerned with finding the right and correct decision and struggle until they get it

Finally the predominantly spiritual people will want to give a greater meaning to that particular event What has to be done what people feel or what the right solution is doesnrsquot matter what matters is why things happened the way they did and what the greater significance of that may be

RAPPORT

76

77

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

Identify the psychological type of the client can help the coach to anticipate and understand expectations

MAIN SUPERIOR FUNCTION AND AUXILIARY INFERIOR FUNCTION

According to Carl Jung while we all have one function that is better developed than the others ndash a superior function ndash we also have another fairly well developed function called the first auxiliary

All of us have a bit of each one of the psychologies but there are always two that are predominant a main one which Jung calls the superior function and an auxiliary one that lies at the bottom of the cross shown on the previous page which is always to the right or left of our superior one

The inferior function is one that is less developed and that remains mainly in our unconscious

Thus a person who is predominantly Practical may have as her auxi-liary function the emotional or mental logic thus being PE or PM

A person who is predominantly Mental may have as her auxiliary func-tion the spiritual or practical logic thus being MS or MP

A person who is predominantly Spiritual may have as her auxiliary function the emotional or mental logic thus being SE or SM

And a person who is predominantly Emotional may have as her auxilia-ry function the spiritual or practical logic thus being ES or EP

This all means that we are situated in one of the following categories

3 Practical Emotional or Emotional Practical 3 Practical Mental or Mental Practical 3 Spiritual Emotional or Emotional Spiritual 3 Spiritual Mental or Mental Spiritual

As you may have noticed according to Jung there are no EMME or PSSP That is one canrsquot have as her first auxiliary function the func-tion that is opposite to the superior one

Carl Jung said that we should look closely at our inferior function whi-ch usually remains in our unconscious because it contains an enor-mous potential for a change and each one of us can benefit a lot from integrating our inferior function with our superior one

Taking risks experimenting enjoying everything that life has to offer is the best way of getting to know ourselves and realizing where our happiness lies (ldquoTrate a Vida por Turdquo paacuteg 74)

INTROVERSION AND EXTROVERSION Introversion and extroversion have to do with the direction in which we focus our attention and energy

People who prefer Extroversion focus their energy and attention away from themselves and are interested in the world of people and things

3 Attracted to the world of events and people outside of themsel-ves

3 They are aware of who and what is around them 3 They like to meet and talk to new people 3 They are friendly often good talkers and easy to get to know 3 They tend to talk easily and often in meetings 3 May not be as aware of what goes on inside them 3 They think while talking 3 They may act or speak first and only think later 3 Speaking about themselves they speak fast 3 They bring energy into life 3 They can get bored and restless if they are alone for too long

People who prefer Introversion (focus their energy and attention inward and are interested in the inner world of thoughts and reflections)

3 Attracted to the inner world of thoughts feelings and reflections 3 They are usually very aware of their inner reactions 3 They prefer to interact with people they know 3 They are usually quiet in meetings and sometimes seem disen-

gaged

RAPPORT

78

79

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

3 They are generally reserved and hard to get to know 3 They may not be as aware of the world outside of them 3 They need time to gather their thoughts before they speak 3 They reflect and think before acting 3 They want to know you before allowing you to get to know them

deeply 3 They feel exhausted and tired after interacting with peoples

FINAL NOTE you must be what your client is You have to find that person inside you

LEARNING STYLESAs we saw with the previous PEMS model our clients will have diffe-rent psychological preferences It is therefore important and essential that you are able to adapt your sessions to the learning style that your client likes best and that better meets her psychological preference

EMOTIONAL Emotional clients will like to talk and share on their to-pics They are very much looking for a relationship and empathy with the Coach and they need to feel heard more than any of the other personality types For these persons learning has a lot to do with the relationship that is created with the feeling of support that they get and even with the positive feedback They like to learn through stories As a Coach it is important to learn to empathize with the emotional range of these persons They will appreciate the sharing to tell stories and to listen to them With emotional clients we may sometimes feel that we are not taking huge steps forward But the fact is that many times these persons need to first be listened to

MENTAL Mental clients will be more logical and may have a more aca-demic style of learning They will want to understand the reasons why things are what they are they will want to get tasks involving research on certain subjects The sessions with these people must be well defi-ned and prepared They will want to explore their intellectual side and feel challenged It is important for them to have access to information and tools that explain the work they are doing in the sessions in a con-crete and logical manner Of course they also need to empathize but the intellectual challenge feeling that their intellect is develops appears to be greater They may like schemes graphics and any models that

could simplify the learning process What these persons will demand of you is a greater capacity to analyse and a logical and rational way of communicating

SPIRITUAL this is for most people the most difficult learning style to adopt Remember that these persons are seeking the greater meaning of things They really want to feel inspired by the coaching process (and even by their Coach) They will want to see that you are an exam-ple of what you talk about so called congruence Spiritual persons will enjoy topics that are more related to values to their identity that make them feel that they are taking steps towards becoming better hu-man beings With these clients you can use powerful metaphors (even through movies music creative exercises etc) and above all strive to make sure that the person leaves the session very inspired

PRACTICAL They like action Which is great because coaching is pri-marily about action These persons like to have very practical sessions in which they get the opportunity to do many exercises and experiment with different situations They may be the clients that like getting more tasks and having things to do (which then sometimes ldquogets lostrdquo due to their time management) These clients will require more simplicity and a well-paced session from you They may also like to do exercises that involve moving their body Above all they will want you to help them get into action

As we deal with these four kinds of preferences we need to adapt our Coaching style to the learning style that each person has Thus we should prepare a lot their sessions and realize that some will require from you

3 Greater sharing and ability to listen and relate (e) 3 Researching mastering the subject very well and knowing how

to mentally stimulate your client with challenges (m) 3 Powerful metaphors very inspirational sessions and congruen-

ce that assign meaning to the Coaching process (s) 3 Practical exercises diversified well rhythmed sessions that

help your client to quickly get into action (p)

RAPPORT

80

81

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING ROOTS

LEVEL 5 - PERSON TO PERSONThis is the fifth level of rapport the deepest and more intense one It happens when the level of rapport is a total vibration Itrsquos when the client feels such a confidence by her Coach empathy and sympathy Itrsquos the hardest level to evaluate

Itrsquos when your client feels so much connected to you that depending on her your relationship would go beyond Coaching She no longer wants the Coach she wants you You no longer understand only the person she feels that you know about her You donrsquot understand psychology you understand who she is

It is very similar to the rapport level you have with 23 of very close persons in your life Everything is natural unconscious and sponta-neous

VIII ROOTS

Every human being seeks to get results Mo-ney Family Romance Peace Happiness

Career Health All we want in life is to have results in those areas

The Map-of-the-World Model is used to work on roots - your

roots as a Coach It shows us how does the psyche of all of us works As a Coach no one

should surprise you about yourself You should know you well know everything about yourself This is what itrsquos called a rooted person

click the video to see it

82

83

BELIEFSTRANSFORMATIVE COACHING

ROSA 20 M - AIR - THINK

VALUESHOLISTIC COACHING

ROSA 30 S - FIRE - BE

COACHING 40

WORLD MAP MODEL

being th

e moment

passi

on en

ergy

demotiv

ation

empowering beliefs

limiting rules

relation air(comunication)

coach is priestisnacutet

1 value focus

UNSUSTAINABLESUSTAINABLE

SECURITY

SELF LOVE

CONSCIOUSNESS

PERSONAL DEVEL

FREEDOM

LOVEBELOVED

BLISS

CONTRIBUTION

P

E

M

S

BEHAVIORROSA 10

SITUATIONAL COACHING

P - EARTH - DO

EMOTIONSREMEDY COACHING

ROSA 10 + LISTEN E - WATER - FEEL

RESULTS

ability to

enter

in st

ate

emotional

patter

ns

habits and discipline

addictions

coach is bossisnacutet

coach is friendisnacutet

1 Homework focus

optimism faithpositive

meditation

key points focusused to interrupt the fear cycle

coach is coach

HUMAN HAVINGHUMAN BEING

UNSUSTAINABLEEGOTISTICAL

STRETCH ZONE

SUSTAINABLEECOLOGICALSTRETCH ZONE

SHORT TERMLONG TERM

CYCLE OF CONFIDENCECYCLE OF FEAR

CONSCIOUS

SUBCONSCIOUS

UNCONSCIOUS

84

85

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

So the first question is why some are getting results while others are not

ACTIONS BEHAVIORSThis means that anyone who is having results is because she is ldquodoingrdquo ie behaving differently from other people who are having no results in those areas For example a millionaire DOES things that people who are not millionaires donrsquot For example saving investing etc Someone with a great health is DOING things that people that donrsquot have a good health are not What we are doing is making the difference Two people in the same circumstances that do exactly the same actions have the same kind of results People who have the results you wanna have ARE DOING THINGS TO GET THEM

So the next question is what leads some people to DO and others to not do

EMOTIONSEverything you do in your life is a relationship between pain and pleasure What happens is that someone who goes running at 6 am associates more pain with lsquonot goingrsquo than with lsquogoingrsquo Who is going to the gym asso-ciates more pleasure than pain with going to the gym in the morning That relationship between pain and pleasure is what is defining your results If we dramatically increase the pain or the pleasure associated we will get to change your results

As so what is then defining that painpleasure relationship

BELIEFSThe reason is because of our beliefs of what we believe in Our beliefs are our set of rules for the world and for our lives Your set of beliefs in fact is defining your painpleasure relationship with something and then your actions A millionaire believes that saving is essential that investing and taking risks is necessary This set of beliefs leads himher to associa-te more pleasure than pain with having these behaviors and therefore heshe implements them Other people have other beliefs that create other

emotions that create other results People who are achieving results in areas that you arenrsquot have a beliefs system different from yours

And then it seems logical to ask so what is defining and creating your set of beliefs

VALUESWhat is a value Itrsquos something that is important to you something you re-ally value The only thing that determines a value is if it is valuable to you Not all of us share the same values (Example the values of Mother Teresa and Donald Trump Contribution vs Professional Accomplishment) What you really value and not what you say that you value You value it so much that it generates your set of beliefs In fact when you live your values in practice (on a daily basis) you are defining your life results Not what you would like to value but what you are really valorizing In fact we all have the same values What differs is the order and the importance we give to each one of them

For example if someone has the value of the family above the value of work she will have the belief that it is more important to spend time with her family causing her to develop a positive feeling when she is with her family which leads her to really try to spend more time with it On the other hand someone who has the value of work above the family one will be someone who believes she should spend more time with her work and career as she believes it is that that will bring her more financial stabi-lity for example So she will associate more pleasure to the time spent at work than at home causing her to act accordingly to that emotion For example Donald Trump and Mother Teresa of Calcutta havenrsquot they got different values One probably values more lsquoprofessional fulfillmentrsquo the other values more lsquocontributionrsquo Different results Sure One has one of the largest business empires in the world the other left the largest volun-teer organization in the world

So in reality the values you are living in practice (what you are valuing in practice) are defining your results

This alone already explains a good part of the psyche of human beings But letrsquos go deeper

ROOTS

Having roots is to control the cycle of trust

86

87

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

To have roots the coach has to identify

her motivators and values create beliefs and habits and learn

to place herself in a state

CYCLE OF CONFIDENCE AND CYCLE OF FEAREveryone has Cycles of Fear in some areas and Cycles of Confidence in other areas

How do you know it If you are having or not results in that area In the areas of your life where you are getting results you are living in a Cycle of Confidence In the areas where yoursquore not you are living in a Cycle of Fear What does this means is that you have behavioral addic-tions or that you are doing things in a vicious way you are in a sort of a mice wheel Those addictions start by creating emotional patterns on you (feelings that you are having whether you want it or not for instan-ce jealousy when it becomes a pattern no matter what the other does that emotion will keep being there it is an emotion that happens to you) and those emotional patterns generate limiting rules We use the words ldquorulesrdquo because in reality limiting beliefs are created because they have a very large set of rules And this generates demotivation An addiction creates an emotional pattern that creates rules limiting which create demotivation and discourage us to move and change This Cycle of Fear is being lived FROM RESULTS TO VALUES and not in the other and right way The bad news are that we all have Cycles of Fear The areas in which we are not having results is because we are afraid but we paint it in other colors Irsquom afraid Irsquom demotivated I have emotional patterns and I have limiting rules

For you to gain roots you need to recognize these cycles You need to break it if you want results but if you want roots you need to recognize them Good news you can break Cycles of Fear

Second good news you have Cycles of Confidence You also unders-tand the other psychology So what is a Cycle of Confidence

You start by having the capacity of creating Discipline and Habits you get the ability to get into a certain and desired state (eg being happy to go training I want to create that emotion I visualize it it is the op-posite of an emotional pattern the pattern happens to you Think of a boxer who puts herself into her wanted state before entering in a ring You have empowering beliefs (when you believe in something that cre-ates more of it) This creates energy passion being in the moment Being with energy and passion and in the moment brings me empowe-ring beliefs which put me in the emotional state I want and provide me

habits and discipline The good news you have these cycles in areas that you are getting results Think in one area You have these four things right

Having these cycles itrsquos called being human First part on lsquorootsrsquo is about knowing your Cycles of Fear and Confidence and admit them to yourself to those you love to the others And having the courage to say that it doesnrsquot work because of FEAR And there is a way to break this cycle When you have roots you stop projecting it in your clients

There is a way of finding your values in a very logical way knowing which human motivators drive your behavior

8 HUMAN MOTIVATORSMaslov pyramid he was the first to talk about human needs He is outda-ted because it defines a hierarchy He places self-fulfillment at the top This model is very much focused on Maslovrsquos map-of-the-world who was an MS If it is a PE he may have lsquofamilyrsquo in the top and that is not wrong Still there are things that all humans need

So with all these models we created the 8 human motivators they are divided in four paradoxes one for each of the PEMS The first paradox is security freedom

Each one of us was born with a set of motivators You are ldquoaddictedrdquo on one side of the paradox You have to fulfill that need even if you have to abdicate of the other one

ROOTS

SECURITY

SELF LOVE

CONSCIOUSNESS

PERSONAL DEVEL

FREEDOM

LOVEBELOVED

BLISS

CONTRIBUTION

P

E

M

S

88

89

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

The main lesson is the more you live the other side of the paradox the more you will live your addiction as well What happens is that you can only get more of your addiction when you learn to validate the other side of the paradox This is what Jung calls ldquoparadoxes integrationrdquo be the millionaire and the altruistic Be the mother of family and career etc Only when you integrate the other energy is when it boosts the one that is more natural to you

For other persons it happens the same with security and all other pa-radoxes The suggestion is Irsquom addicted on this but I can pause and I can go exploring the other side What you have to figure out is your map (draw in the lsquoinfinite signsrsquo which side of the paradoxes is bigger) Your map is about how much you need to fill each side of the paradox

So YOUR HUMAN MOTIVATORS ARE DEFINING YOUR VALUES AND YOUR VALUES ARE DEFINING YOUR RESULTS

You can have everything on one of the sides of the paradox if yoursquore willing to face the fear of losing it

All people fill their motivators The difference between us is how sus-tainable is that satisfaction Unsustainable means that every day you

EXERCISE Do your map How do you discover Based on major decisions you made in your life Example work home relationships etc

have to feed them Imagine a homeless person he meets hisher secu-rity needs (eating and having where to sleep) but he has to do it every day Now compare with Donald Trump If you see the freedom part it probably happens the opposite

3 SUSTAINABLE it feeds itself It is something that can continue without the need for external resources It is ecological based on challenge and paradoxes integration

3 UNSUSTAINABLE you need to do it every day it is selfish ba-sed on comfort and extremist You do it like it was a daily shot

Example father and daughter about going out at night (to satisfy sa-fety and to love and be loved) Father says no hersquos being selfish and within his comfort zone The same father after coming to this course ldquoYoursquore going to the party until 2230 You send me an sms saying that everything is ok and at 2230 Irsquoll pick yourdquo This continues for some time Father goes on diminishing the rules Now hersquos being ecological entering his challenge zone and integrating paradoxes To feel safe as a father he has to give some freedom To feel loved he has to give them some self love Now his motivators are sustainable and has a sustai-nable system that feeds itself To arrive to a deeper level of security he needs to take the risk that comes from giving more freedom

DIAGONAL CONTINUOUS LINEThis line shows us that working above the line ie the clientrsquos beha-viors andor emotions is short-term and unsustainable In this case only the techniques are worked There are immediate results but with no major impact and duration Like when we are called to do motiva-tional speaking or teambuildingrsquos People feel better and do things but the results have a short duration

This does not imply that it is wrong to do Coaching based on these two areas For example in a quick conversation with a friend we can do Situational Coaching (based on behaviours) in order to get her to do something that has been postponing If the action has been made and it was what was intended to be then you did your role as Coach The Remedy Coaching is also important sometimes which consists on making the other person to leave the session feeling good thinking more positive at the time having had an opportunity to digest an emo-tion

ROOTS

90

91

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

Below the continuous line is where lies the deepest work The one that will actually be sustainable and with long-term results This is where we work values and beliefs it is where we go deep to the point where in fact we shift paradigms The client in this type of Coaching change her beliefs and values turning to be a really different person in opposition to what happens above the line where only the emotions or behaviors are changed but the client continues to be what she was

ICEBERGWith the iceberg image it is understood that the behavior is the conscious part of the human being the only thing that the client can see and analyze Everything else emotions beliefs and values are at the clientrsquos unconscious But as a Coa-ch I must and I want to work also the unconscious because as we saw above this is where it lies the sustainable and long-term work

When we help our clients shifting their paradigms beliefs emotions or values we are working with their unconscious Your client will not like this at some point in the process The unconscious will realize that she will have to change and this will cause the first resistance Knowing how to overcome this is essential to the Coachrsquos work so she can de-liver sustainable results

Conscious Mind keeps all the information which you can access now

Unconscious Mind keeps all the information that has ever passed through your brain It is also a kind of a warning system for you

The information passes from the unconscious to the conscious mind through the subconscious It goes dropping into deeper levels of our mind Very qui-ckly your clients will want to turn you into one of three things

Friend ndash They want someone who listens to them who is patient with them who is always there with whom they can always count and talk Most of your clients will want to have you here that you turn into a sort of confi-dant that supports them but does not challenge them too much But you are not there to be a friend

Boss ndash Many will seek in the Coach someone to tell them what to do who provides them specific guidance who pressures them who ldquopunishrdquo them when they donrsquot have their homework done Someone who is even more committed with their results than themselves But yoursquore also not there to be a Boss

Priest ndash Others will want a kind of a weekly confession session That you absolve the mistakes theyrsquove made du-ring the week that you tell them everything is fine and that it doesnrsquot matter we are all human and we all make mistakes You are not there to be a kind of spiritual le-ader of your client and to absolve him You are there to be

Coach - The Coach has an ldquoAirrdquo relationship with the client ie mental of communication becau-se it is a conversation where you listen and ask where there is intellectual stimulation In the map--of-the-world scheme the Coachrsquos sketch is in the quadrant of beliefs It is a ldquomind with mindrdquo work

It is important to know this because with the sessions going clients tend to try their Coach to become a friend (wateremotions) a boss (earthbehaviors) or even a priest (firevalues) However the Coach should avoid the mistake of behaving like one of these three types You are there to be a Coach

Notes In Informal Coaching with friends colleagues family remember that first thatrsquos what you are and only then you are a Coach Therefore you should not give prevalence to the Coach but to the relationship you have with that person otherwise you would violate the pact that exists between the two

ROOTS

92

93

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

4 TYPES OF COACHINGBased on these four quadrants there are four types of Coaching

Situational Coaching ndash The one that is done immediate-ly during the situation with the sole purpose of lea-ding it to an action It usually consists of a brief con-versation where a ROSA 10 is done Your client has a situation that week that really needs to be addressed Ex a proposal that she needs to present a college exam for which she has to study Itrsquos not bad Coaching and it is often necessary Only it is more superficial

Remediative Coaching ndash As the name says it suits when we have to put a ldquobandageointmentrdquo on the emotions The goal is the client to feel good at the end of the session without having to go deeply on the problem Itrsquos the typical conver-sation where the client unburdens and your only goal is to make her feel a little better Sometimes it may be and it often is necessary

Ex the past week your client has discussed with someone important to her or something happened that greatly dealt with her emotions Your first focus should be to help her to unburden and to feel better We used ROSA 10 + Unburden

Transformative Coaching ndash Here the goal is not just making the client to feel better but that she can change the way she sees her life and herself Here we mainly work on beliefs ie the client stops believing in some things to start believing in another ones She shifts paradigm Coaching is now much more sustainable and with long--term results It undergoes through more complete ses-sions where ROSA 20 is done

Holistic Coaching ndash This is the kind of Coaching that involves the whole being of the client all her areas and valences ie her values The entire psyche is worked We are working the whole Human Being and not only a part of it Even the motivators are worked We use ROSA 30 and we work a lot on paradoxes integration

KEY POINTSWe said earlier that we all have Cycles of Fear and that we can change them to Cycles of Confidence How

Imagine that you have a turnscrew and a bicycle wheel is malfunctio-ning You will then put the turnscrew into one of the four key points and then yoursquoll pull and force the wheel to move in the right direction to-wards the Cycle of Confidence And very important you donrsquot take out the turnscrew until the Cycle (the wheel) rotates in the right direction

What are then the Four Key Points You can really choose only one

VALUE FOCUS At this point you will choose a key value for you whi-ch you canrsquot leave to live in practice Whatever happens you canrsquot take the turnscrew from there For instance imagine that you are experien-cing serious financial difficulties and you decide that lsquoValue Focusrsquo is your point Imagine that you choose ldquosavingrdquo as the value that has to be experienced in practice Then whenever you have to make a decision that involves spending money you know what to do You canrsquot in any way stop living this value until the cycle begins to rotate in the oppo-site direction and gets sustainable

POSITIVITY If you want to work at the level of beliefs yoursquoll start to develop this empowering belief base BEING POSITIVE You must be a positive person with faith who believes that everything will go well who says only positive things about herself and the others who sees and is focused on everything positive that is going around her And when the bad days or the bad news are coming and you feel the need to say something negative you shut up And you say something positive

EMOTION FOCUS Imagine that there is an emotion that makes your Cycle of Fear to happen (an emotional pattern) In this key point you will choose an emotion that you would like to learn to cause in yourself learning how to get yourself into that state Imagine that you have been feeling too much anger in your Cycle of Fear and want to feel harmony instead You want to learn how to get into that emotional state You start feeling the opposite emotion and you do something to manage to be in an harmony state (you listen to a song that gets yourself into that state you put your boxing gloves you jump you meditate you close

ROOTS

94

95

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

your eyes you read a poem as Mandela did )

HOMEWORK FOCUS Here you will define a homework that until itrsquos done you wonrsquot do anything else Imagine that you have a Cycle of Fear in relation to health that you define lsquoHomework Focusrsquo as the key point and your homework is running every day Until you manage to do it nothing else matters All of your strategies are directioned so that your homework is being done as soon as possible

In the end all of the four key points have to do with absolute focus

Value ndash Focus on the most important value Until that value is being lived we wonrsquot move on

Positivity (Faith Optimism) ndash Focus on the positive emotions Un-til she gets optimistic we wonrsquot move on

Emotion (Meditation) ndash Focus on pleasure Until she feels more ple-asure than pain we wonrsquot move on

Homework ndash Focus on action Until the homework gets done we wonrsquot move on

VERY IMPORTANTYou as a coach do not have to guess your clientrsquos map-of-the-world or even her PEMS but you have to explore it aside of her You will only master her Map-of-the-World when you understand your own (creating roots) because you will never learn anything about yourself with your client you will never discover anything about you because shersquos the one who discovers it being real or not You Coach you must be hum-ble enough to know that you know nothing about your client and you shouldnrsquot try to guess anything It is the customer who gets there alone

Therefore the more knowledge you have about your own map-of-the--world together with Rapport and ROSA the more intense will be your Coaching because the more you will be able to help your client The goal is that you have the tools in yourself so you can help her In other words this tool is for you to deepen your roots and thus know when you need to do only ROSA or go searching for the Key Points or to use

another method For instance if a client has as her main challenge to be promoted then therersquos no logical on working on Cycles of Fear but to make a ROSA and move forward On the other hand if you see that there is a Cycle of Fear then you should find the key point so you can work on it

I canrsquot help the others if I canrsquot help myself first

ROOTS

values (I am)

during session

clientcoach rosa unconscious

Beliefs (I think)

between sessions

co-coach rosa 30

emotions (I feel)

leverage slice

self coaching rosa 20behavior (I do)

holistic

coaching to others rosa 10M

S

E

P

96

97

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING RESULTS

IX RESULTS

Results are super important in the Coa-ching process There is simply no Coa-

ching if there are no results and thatrsquos why they are at the center of the

triangle of the four Rrsquos Everything we do whether is ROSA creating

Roots or building Rapport it is done with the purpose of get-ting results at the end of the sessions

This is what distinguishes the most Coaching from other practices As a Coach you must become obsessed with your clients results Not only that they do their homeworks but also how close did Coaching took them closer to their Guru Objective how much it has improved their leverage slice of the Pizza and other slices as well We also try to assess the sustainability of those results We donrsquot want them just to get there but also that they keep there

Coaching is about results and you must take this premise very seriou-sly You have been hired to make them reach some goals Become obsessed with it

It is not so easy to evaluate results in a metric way in the world of Co-aching but it proves to be very important Not only with Life Coaching but also with Business Coaching We must find a way to demonstrate that our work has had results in practice

That was the reason why we have created the Results Model

Our level of competence is equal to our worst level of performance

RESULTS MODELIt is possible to define results through the four metrics

lsquoSrsquo AXIS (SPIRITUAL) WE EVALUATE THE PROCESS IMPACT ON THE CLIENT

Behavior (I DO) When the client throughout the process changes one or more behaviors She does now due to the sessions different things that she didnrsquot before

Emotions (I FEEL) When the client feels happier more self-confi-dent fulfilled etc She has now different and more positive emotions due to the Coaching process

98

99

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

Beliefs (I THINK) When there is a change of belief (I used to belie-ve I was not a good person and now I believe I am) When the client used to believe in something and she started to believe in something different There was a paradigm shift She used to see something in a certain way and now she sees it in a more empowering way

Values (I AM) When the Coach manages to help the client to change her values ie the person she is This happens for exam-ple when the client starts to put more emphasis on family than on work or when she accepts and believes that she is a healthy and different person and that nothing will change that now She values different things todat due to the Coa-ching process

lsquoErsquo AXIS (EMOTIONAL) WE EVALUATE THE CLIENTrsquoS AUTONOMY

Level 1 Coach (CoachClient Relationship) Itrsquos the Coach who controls the situation There is a formal relationship be-tween Coach and Client and the session is controlled and oriented by the Coach

Level 2 Coach (Co-Coach) The Client already acts as a Coach during the sessions This happens for example when the client already knows that she is supposed to also say po-sitive things on the Reality part that is she already knows what to do in each step She already takes the initiative The relationship is more about cooperation now and the Client start becoming autonomous

Level 3 Coach (Self-Coaching) When the Client already does Self--Coaching at home not being asked to This is a fantastic moment because she already has the tools and the Coach is there to help and support

Level 4 Coach (Coach to others) When the Client comes to a ses-sion and tells us she has done Coaching with someone else (with her child for instance) This person came to us to be helped however she is already using our tools to help so-

RESULTS

meone else She is totally independent It is every Coachrsquos dream

lsquoMrsquo AXIS (MENTAL) WE EVALUATE THE CLIENTrsquoS CONTENTS ASSIMILATION

Uses Rosa 10 language o cliente usa palavras como Realidade objetivos soluccedilotildees accedilotildees fazem hoje parte do seu leacutexico

Uses Rosa 20 language the client uses terms such as guru objec-tives baby objectives measurable beliefs paradigm shif-ting brainstorming etc

Uses Rosa 30 language she refers terms like emotional patterns cycles of fear and confidence values dilemma etc

Uses unconscious Rosa language when many of these terms are so ingrained in the clientrsquos language that she thinks she will use them for the rest of her life

lsquoPrsquo AXIS (PRACTICE) WE EVALUATE RESULTS IN PRACTICE

During the Session I can manage the client to get results only du-ring the session It is a Coaching session that has no power to influence the client outside it

Between Sessions It mostly happens when the client is doing her homeworks It means that what happened during the ses-sion touched her with enough strength to get her to realize she has to do something and that she is doing something outside the sessions

Leverage Slice It happens when the client fulfills her Leverage Slice and achieves the goal that brought her to Coaching or when her satisfaction in that slice has dramatically im-proved

Holistic When the client improves satisfaction in multiple slices as a result of the sessions including the leverage slice It was a process that had an impact on the whole being and not just in one area of her life

100

101

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

You can make this model with your client on the last session you have together You can also make a self-assessment to compare with it When you measure these four levels of results you will have access to check what level of Coaching you had on that specific process

COACHING LEVELThe Coaching Level that you have delivered is always proportional to your lowest result Even if you have three axes at level 3 and have only one at a level 2 Coaching has been 20 This is valuable information to you as a Coach because it gives you an idea of axes that are easier for you to work and others that you may have to further strengthen

Level 4 Coaching is something that is not achieved with all clients There must be a great empathy and rapport as well as a mastery on the Coaching technique that has been taught in the training course and presented in this manual

Gulica ego catia caperum dem inem cus Fortes et L Nos et grae avehem Romnit acto egeris cis sultod pratum voltum iam hos ublius hactam atemus essede con vas optilis factor aus nem ad cae estil hos me patus re verisse inatuus

Udam deperfecrem nermis etraed me int ela remulibut rem loctusquo cum mus auciem vivehem uresull emquissent eti primperescit ina que ia consiss entium pulerit con vendam morei sentes inatil vit ia quam mus licaudemus factem dum eo ura ex muro nenit quo vilnes-tium Catimportus pati postalarit vis coena fui sa consu consceribus Satquid ertienatus contere essimis ut vis aus iliciam quo in dissimis Ra num deatiqua vere con sentius et in spio pes Tiaetin videlisquam mus viliam que conum is larbit etora notimolto nos et duc omnimus opublicae convo C Nos vivica Catus hos vivas aurnihil hui terfint imorter labus hostam res inequod nerem tabute telieni hilicaessil ven-tem nonsulis

Berteropubit diisquium iteriti emprit teludam hilicid erfentiur tem huis

Hum pro vidiusquem paterevid sedis factatu rnihilla rem publicave Ca-terev irissoltis re aurei pere anum teluder ficepse essercem octuusque mis tum inam pra vivid rei condamdiis hacies Ipio verei sendamdis

TOOLS amp TECHNIQUES

X TOOLS AND TECHNIQUES

If you master well the model of the four Rrsquos for us you already are a fantastic Coach If you can master some stars too itrsquos even better But if you master the model you know how to do Coaching But now letrsquos go to the small stars The idea is not that you try to use all the stars at the same time Choose the two or three that you like best and train those first

POSITIVE FEEDBACKProvide as much positive feedback as you can to your client Take every opportunity you have to do it A Coach is the type of mirror that only says good things about her client Please turn yourself into some-one who is always valorizing every small steps that your client takes

FEEDBACK HAMBURGERYou say something positive then you say something negative then you say something positive again The two positive feedbacks have to be VERY VERY good For instance ldquoI have been feeling that you are very committed to your Coaching process We just need to start paying more attention to our homework even because I feel that you are a person who likes to challenge yourself and that really wants to go further ldquo

RESSIGNIFICATION Ressignificating is finding another meaning still more empowering but that changes everything EgrdquoI didnrsquot do my homework I failedrdquo Coach ldquoWow That means that you are a demanding and committed personrdquo ldquoIrsquom lazyrdquo

102

103

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

ldquoDoes that means you like to enjoy the pleasures of liferdquo

REFRAMINGIt is much like ressignification Itrsquos the name that is used in NLP (Neuro--Linguistic Programming) You take the information that was been gi-ven to you in a frame and you put it in a new one

PREFRAMINGIf ressignification has to do with changing the meaning after it has been given preframing has to do with giving a meaning to something before we have explained what it is It is a widely used technique to anticipate objections that might distract us from our ultimate goal Then we do preframing we previously give the meaning that we want the person to give afterwards Example

ldquoCan I show you my point of view Itrsquos something different but Irsquove seen that it works with many people and it has been helping a lot to change our behavior to healthier habits Itrsquos something innovative and different but highly successful Can I tell you my ideardquo You create a frame before placing the information in there

POSTFRAMINGFirst you give the information and then you put it in a frame Eg ldquoFolks today we have an exam (the low energy level) but thatrsquos what this course is about to be the best Coach to go furtherrdquo

ldquoFROM 0 TO 10 rdquo To give examples ldquoI think Irsquoll read a bookrdquo Coach ldquoFrom 0-10 how much do you think you will accomplish that goalrdquo

TRANSFORMING ldquoORrdquo IN ldquoANDrdquoHelp the client to find an alternative solution to integrate paradoxes to

find a third way

VULNERABILIZATIONFind out things about you that are not working and put them at the clientrsquos service That makes you human and you are validating your client in the case she feels the same She does some things better than you and has some of the same challenges

ASSOCIATION AND DISSOCIATIONThese two terms are often used in NLP (Neuro-linguistic Program-ming) and are used in various ways Association means that an indi-vidual describes a situation as if it was happening and he was partici-pating on it As the name indicates he is associated with it He is still seeing himself going through the situation and feels the emotions that he would feel if he was really living it

Dissociation means that an individual can already tell that experience as if he was watching a movie in which he took part but already dis-sociated from it He is more in an observer role That allows him a big-ger emotional objectivity Even if he feels the emotions they are more about the experience itself and not so much about him as a participant

When we want to help our customers to overcome some emotionally more challenging situations it can make a huge difference to have them to dissociate from those situations Thatrsquos how they can gain greater objectivity and clarity and at the same time they get more mo-tivated to take their first steps

METAPHORSThe most important here is that you use the metaphors of your client Use her world whenever it is possible It will help a lot more to inter-nalize and memorize the information Help your client to create her metaphors Eg ldquoSometimes we fall into holes that are so big that you canrsquot get out of them alonerdquo ldquoLearning to forgive someone is like dri-ving one step at a timerdquo

TOOLS amp TECHNIQUES

104

105

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

LANGUAGE OF A COACH 3 HOW TO INTERRUPT at the first session it must be defined if

the Coach can interrupt the client when she deviates from the focus If yoursquore going to interrupt your client you must always do it with a question You can also take note of something that has nothing to do with the subject you are talking about but it seems important So we can talk about it in the next session You can ask the client if she liked to talk about it

3 ldquoDOES IT MAKES SENSE FOR YOUrdquo If she says NO ldquoSo tell merdquo if she says YES ldquocan you tell me howrdquo

3 ldquoMY HALLUCINATION is rdquo Being very unconditional Any opi-nion is a good opinion The Coach realyy doesnrsquot know The word hallucination implies that what yoursquore saying may be ab-solutely wrong

3 ldquoWHAT WOULD LOVE DO NOWrdquo Be careful with the rapport level you have with your client It is a very good question when it concerns relational issues

3 ldquoHOW WOULD IT BE IFrdquo Very good to overcome objections ldquohow would it be if you had timerdquo ldquohow would it be if you had moneyrdquo ldquohow would it be if you had self-confidencerdquo

3 ldquoWHAT IF rdquo Fantastic to destroy any obstacle that your client brings Some examples ldquoAnd what if you couldrdquo ldquoWhy notrdquo ldquoWhat if nobody would knowrdquo ldquoWhat if you had moneyrdquo ldquoI know you donrsquot but what if you knew what would you sayrdquo

3 GENERAL TIP BE COOL You really must have a cool and rela-xed attitude You really donrsquot know what would be best for your client so be really unconditional

THE COACHING ETHICS

XI THE COACHING ETHICS

There are six ethic rules in Coaching but with no doubt the first is the most important

CONFIDENTIALITY Coaching sessions must be given the utmost con-fidentiality There are no legal rules as in Therapy (like not having fa-mily as clients) but you always have to respect confidentiality When you do Coaching in a company and you must give feedback to their manager your clients must know it If necessary you can discuss the case with a mentor but always without mentioning the name of your client You can discuss the cases but without any names

CLIENTrsquoS AUTONOMY Coaching is all about autonomy and sustaina-bility You need your client to get results not that she needs you You should think ldquoif I change country how would my clients berdquo

CAREFUL WITH PROJECTIONS We all project aspects that we re-press in ourselves All currents in psychology agree that there is pro-jection When I look to someone else what I see is whatrsquos inside of me (strengths and weaknesses) Thatrsquos why some see one thing and others see another As a Coach you must be very attentive to projections You should not do it with your client and for that you must work on your roots If something bothers you that says more about you than about your client Itrsquos not just a technical issue of respecting others map-of--the-world It is an ethical issue

CREDIBILITY Of course you can use other different tools in your ses-sions but you should be able to do so Using things on which yoursquore not certified is breaking ethics Try to be congruent and integrate Being a corporate or a sales Coach without being an expert about those mat-ters is not ethical

106

107

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING THE FIRST SESSION IN PRATICE

CONTRACT IS CONTRACT The financial commitment you assume with your client is always the same as long as she is your client The same in what respects sessions frequency You should always ask permission to your client when you want to change the frequency of the sessions For WeCreate the value you charge to your client must be the same forever It is part of our gratitude towards our client

SELF-COACHING The Coach must be an example of Self-Coaching or she should have a Coach You really have to do ROSA once a year at least and use all these tools in a weekly basis Make sure that you are also an example of achieving your own dreams

XII THE FIRST SESSION

IN PRACTICEIt is normal that the first session is a bit longer (90min) Your focus is to build RAPPORT Here is an example of a few steps for your first session You can have a few more or less of these steps but this is the general idea

STEP 1 Memorize these steps so that you will not have to use this manual

STEP 2 (Partnership) Organize the working space have everything prepared adequated clothes etc

STEP 3 (Presence) Prepare to be fully present by meditating or by being a few minutes in silence

STEP 4 (Posture and words) Build rapport have a few minutes of casual positive and neutral conversation to break the ice For example the weather the clientrsquos favourite team foot-ball match etc

STEP 5 At this stage you will also try to collect information about the client Several aspects of her life and trying to deter-mine clientrsquos expectations regarding the Coaching process You will be attentive about the metaphors and about what is really important to her Yoursquoll need it to explain what Co-aching is in her words

STEP 6 Explain what Coaching is using the clientrsquos words and the references she gave us Example letrsquos imagine that boxing was something that the client liked and we want to explain

108

109

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING THE LAST SESSION

Coaching through boxing ldquoCoaching is like boxing It invol-ves a lot of training to succeed in getting results but ins-tead of having an external enemy we are fighting against ourselvesrdquo

STEP 7 Inviting the client to do an exercise we pick six pens (three of each color) We ask her to tell us three things that are going well in her life and we explore each area a bit Then we ask ldquoamong those areas which one is running really wellrdquo Then we ask for three things that are not going so well and explore a bit

STEP 8 Asking the client which 3 goals she would like to accom-plish by the end of the Coaching process that would make it worth the investment (as measurable as possible)

STEP 9 Establishing verbal contract and selling the idea of coa-ching (even if the sessions pack is already closed) Now we talk about the practical issues sessions frequency ses-sions length interrupting the client first session a bit lon-ger confidentiality guarantee If you feel comfortable you can talk about costs and forms of payment

STEP 10 ldquoCan we start our session talking about what brought you here How can I helprdquo

STEP 11 Talking a bit about the Clientrsquos reality and introducing the Pizza of Life The client draws herrsquos We will go on explai-ning the pizza and its different slices (very briefly not to influence) Some clients like to do it lsquoalonersquo others like to go on talking as they fill the slices

STEP 12 From then on you make ROSA 10

STEP 13 You end up the session You can share ROSA methodology with your client (if you think shersquod like it) and ending with positive feedback You can also ask the client how did she feel You can also ask her to choose an object and summa-rize the session You will also be doing some preframing by stating that Coaching is about action and homeworks

XIII THE LAST SESSION

A coaching process has a follow-up We can work with individual ses-sions or with a pack It is important to inform your clients that Coaching is a continuous process and not a process with miraculous results in the first session Hence it is like doing workout where it is difficult to get results if we go to the gym only once

You can work with packs of sessions (5 or 10) and we would like to give you some tips on what you should ensure it gets done in your last coaching session with someone you have been working with

FUTURE It is important to ensure that the client will continue taking steps in the future even not having sessions anymore or your presence In this session you should spend some time helping her in creating an action plan about the next steps she wants to go on taking in that area You can also take the opportunity to do a small summary of everything that you both worked in so that there is a notion of the progress made and the results achieved Ensures that your client completed that process and be sure about the next steps for her future Help her in crea-ting a good action plan

HABITS You can also ask your client which would be the daily or weekly habits that she would like more to integrate into her routine

POSITIVE FEEDBACK This is also the perfect time to give positive fe-edback to your client (despite being a constant throughout the sessions) Show her the progress she has made throughout the sessions and help her to realize all the positive things she has achieved

111

110

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

PERSONAL DEVELOPMENT We must ensure that our client conti-nues its personal development process and knows or tries new approaches Coaching is just one part of a wide range of options that are now ahead of her Encourage her to con-tinue that journey to read new books to try other trainings and workshops other different and complementary ways of approaching personal development

KEEPING CONTACT You can develop some form of contact with your old clients Email telephone facebook etc Remember to con-tinue sending her information about coaching or other matters you find important It is a way to ensure that your client will continue ldquoawakedrdquo for this subject

Thank you for being part of this project

Daniel Saacute Nogueira and Marta Ferreira

Page 29: WeCreate International Coaching Certification Manual

58

59

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

RAPPORT MODELndash 2 PacuteSEstablishing rapport is a process of many levels and layers of depth

LEVEL 1 - PRESENCE AND

PARTNERSHIP

PRESENCEThis is the first step towards creating ra-pport thus the most superficial one Pre-sence means that the Coach is fully com-mitted to her client aware of everything she says and does Nothing from outside the ses-sion should be on the Coachrsquos mind She must be fully present

Before a session itrsquos important that you as a Co-ach calm down forget about everything else and gain a notion of where you are and what you are going to do

POSTURE amp PHRASING

PERCEPTUAL POSITIONS

PERSON TO PERSON

PRESENCE amp PARTNERSHIP

PROBING amp PATIENCE

click the video to see it

Dedicate a few minutes to this process

Presence and Attention are among the healthiest ac-tions that lead to real results You can create a good

relationship with your client (child parent etc) just by being fully present and attentive Even gardens become more beautiful if they are cared for

Presence is about getting yourself into a certain state Itrsquos about being Yin and Yang at the same time

Yin ndash relaxing breathing being aware of all five senses being fully present where you are

Yang ndash mobilizing all your energy by run-ning jumping listening to inspiring music

PARTNERSHIP

Creating an equal relationship with your client Not top down or vice--versa The Coach should never be at a lower or higher level than her client The chairs should be the same for example

For presence and partnership it is also important to switch off the phone to prevent anything from interrupting the session Tidying up the table is equally important to having a clean and hygienic space

From 0 to 10 the importance of Presence during a session is a 10 It is the first step If it isnrsquot there nothing else will

Psycho-geography is also very important in this area

PSYCHO-GEOGRAPHY the way your psyche relates to geography Example On which side you like to sleep Each person has a different psycho-geography Some prefer to be by the sea while others prefer to be in the mountains

RAPPORT

Empathy is being doing

talk and think like the other Sympathy is being doing

talk and think how the other

would like to be

60

61

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

Some tips for using the psycho-geography of the client to your advan-tage

3 Having a room with a minimum amount of symbols It is not recom-mended to have crucifixes or other artefacts related to religion A bookshelf filled with books can also intimidate the client

3 Pay attention to details ndash cables on the floor which CDs are on the shelf etc

3 Having sessions at the clientrsquos home can become dangerous because there are lots of distractions and anchors Difficult si-tuations might have taken place there which will make it more challenging for the client to create a distance to them

It is the Coachrsquos job to notice the psycho-geography of her client and what makes her more comfortable

Despite all the rapport a Coaching session should always stay pro-fessional Being relaxed is necessary for both parties but the focus should not be on friendship You as a Coach need to be professional You must choose to be a Coach instead of a friend

When it comes to clothing you should be as neutral as possible in the beginning but always aligned with your personality Then you can try to adapt to the style of your client

The mantra here is having the client leave the session thinking that her Coach is just like her NOTHING IS WRONG Let your client choose what she prefers

LEVEL 2 - POSTURE AND PHRASINGWhen establishing rapport mere presence and partnership are not enough Moreover they are only the first step The posture and the phrasing that the Coach uses are very important for creating rapport in the relationship What we refer to here is mainly keeping a posture and using similar words and expressions to those of the client This way the client will see herself in us and instead of flight fight or freeze she will feel relaxed and be much more comfortable about talking

Sitting in the same position as the client using her posture tone of

voice and gestures these are all factors to consider

POSTURERegarding posture one can use two techniques that are very similar and very powerful

Mirroring When a Coach takes on a physical position that is the exact mirror image of the clientrsquos If the client leans to her right then the Coach who is facing her leans to her left

Matching In this case the Coach adopts the exact same physical position instead of a symmetric one Both ways are good and powerful The goal is to be equal or symmetrical

Of course it is not indispensable to be like the client 100 of the time as this will take a lot of the attention that the Coach needs to give the client

The more you practice these behaviours the more automatically and unconsciously you will do it When rapport already is high you can go back to your own posture and your regular vocabulary However should you feel the need you can always take up these techniques again

In fact at a high level of rapport it is possible and entirely positive that it is the client herself who starts to imitate our posture and words (un-consciously) This is the perfect moment to lead the client and suggest something more challenging to her

PHRASINGYou must pay great attention to the words that your client uses and the energy she puts into them The names of people that she talks about are also very important facts to remember

If you can use the same expressions as your client you will earn points in rapport Among these expressions metaphors are the most power-ful ones Try to explore as much possible the metaphors that are being used An excellent technique is to use a metaphor of the client to ex-

RAPPORT

The mirroring copies the

exact posture of the client

the matching mirrors

62

63

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

plain something This will reach very deeply into the psyche of the client and have great impact

You can also use themes that the client likes such as her passions and keep using them in future sessions to explain something or to give examples This creates an incredible sense of empathy between you and the client She will be glad that you are paying attention to what she says and at the same time she will understand much better what you say

The clientrsquos ideas are important keys to use when you speak in order to create and maintain rapport For example if the client talks a lot about travelling Irsquoll use the idea (anchor) that is already there because I know it works in his mind

BACKTRACKING backtracking is a Coaching technique that consists of summarizing the main points of a conversation by using the exact same words that the other person uses This tool helps the client follow the session and make her own short summary while listening to the Coach returning to what she just said and using the same words It is important to use at least the words we consider to be the most significant among the ones that the client expresses those that might be conveying more about her value patterns Backtracking can help us understand for example if we can move to the next phase of ROSA It helps us understand if the client has finished what she had to say about that phase and that way we can figure out whether we can move forward or not You can use simple questions to do so

3 ldquoLet me see if I got what you saidhelliprdquo - backtracking the conversa-tion using the exact words of the client - and then ending ldquoIs this is it or would you like to add something

3 ldquoSo what yoursquore saying isrdquo 3 ldquoCan I make a summary of your reality in relation to that slicerdquo

This is one of the simplest and most important techniques when buil-ding rapport

When building rapport avoid paraphrasing (saying the same thing in other words) but do quote A coach quotes

Mastery in Backtracking is being able to quote the last 20 minutes of a session This will leave your client fascinated and feeling that her Coach is really paying attention to everything she says

Therefore it is motivating to Backtrack at the end of each session and at the end of each phase of the ROSA

The Coach shows confidence and agrees with the client shows that she is on her side and really believes that the client will succeed

We must allow the person to be what she truly is talkative or silent Silent people also have things to say it is a matter of asking the right questions

NOTES When a session is not going well (the relationship is under stress) then the focus should be fully on level 2 Rapport - Posture and Phrasing The secret is to forget about the rest and build rapport again Once it is re-established you can address the problem

LEVEL 3 - PROBING AND PATIENCEEvery new level in Rapport brings you techniques that are deeper and more complex But the good news is that you donrsquot do level 3 Rapport until Level 1 and 2 are done So you will increase your skills by going from the easiest to the most difficult

PROBINGAsking questions is more complicated than imitating the posture and words of the client Indeed one of the more complicated aspects of being a Coach is to not give opinions and to ask the right questions at the right time We know that we keep showing you that you already are a Coach and that itrsquos easy but here we must tell you ldquoITrsquoS HARD BEING A COACHrdquo Think very carefully about whether you want to get into it Listening asking questions being patient with the pace of your clients

Even if you have the miracle answer to the clientrsquos situation you need to keep it to yourself Being patient is a challenge and usually typical

RAPPORT

64

65

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

To paraphrase can break

rapport

of the great masters You can only be a master if you want to learn to listen and if you develop a great patience for listening

Questions have the power to illuminate the darkness of your client by asking a powerful question you really get to see another human bri-ghten up right in front of you

Coaching has the power to open a new world to the client questions help people discover new resources Clients tend to find familiar answers but you as a Coach will lead them to unfamiliar answers

Classic examples of some ways to make your client talk

1 -Repeating what the client just said but in question form Client ndash ldquoYesterday I went boatingrdquo Coach ndash ldquoBoatingrdquo

2 -What does that mean to you What does fear mean to you What does a goal mean to you Example Client says ldquoIt is not rapport itrsquos complicityrdquoCoach replies ldquoWhat does complicity mean to yourdquo Client says ldquoItrsquos a clickrdquo Coach ldquoWhat does a click mean to yourdquo

3 -rdquoWhat elserdquo Serves above all to go to the heart of the matter Others like this one are ldquoTell me morerdquo and ldquoCan you go a bit deeper on thatrdquo

POWERFUL QUESTIONS Questions are probably the most beautiful flowers in the garden of learning Questions are one of the biggest se-crets of learning Creative solutions are practically impossible without questions

If you learn to ask 100 questions a day get ready for a revolution in your work at all levels

In life at work in business we are all afraid of asking questions We were educated from an early age to believe that there are right and wrong questions and we were also taught to not fail we avoid asking questions because of fearing that they are wrong The only way to reach the right questions is by not being afraid of the wrong ones

The one who wants to explore learning has to dance with this fear

A large part of all our creative potential stops at the door fearing to ring the doorbell When learning the one who doesnrsquot know is far less ignorant than the knowledgeable one Take risks Ring the bell Ask questions

Become obsessively curious ask questions How

3 Using the Coachrsquos ability of asking powerful questions 3 Following the rule of thumb ldquoThe Coach has the questions the

Client has the answersrdquo 3 Using positive language 3 Respecting the clientrsquos map-of-the-world 3 Always guiding towards solutions

Examples of powerful questions

3 ldquoCompared to whatrdquordquo 3 ldquoWhat does that mean to yourdquo 3 ldquoWhat could be a solution to yourdquo 3 ldquoI know you donrsquot know But if you knew what would that berdquo 3 ldquoWhat would be ideal to yourdquo 3 ldquoWhat do you want insteadrdquo 3 ldquoHow does that make you feelrdquo 3 ldquoWhat else could that meanrdquo 3 ldquoWhat do you want exactlyrdquo 3 ldquoWhat will you achieve with this goalrdquo 3 ldquoWhat will you do differently next timerdquo 3 ldquoWhat are you doing wellrdquo 3 ldquoWhat has to happen for you to be happy and successfulrdquo 3 ldquoWhat motivates you the mostrdquo 3 ldquoWhatrsquos the worst possible scenario And what could be the best

scenario ldquo 3 ldquoWhat are you willing to do to achieve your goalrdquo 3 ldquoWhat new things could you could tryrdquo 3 ldquoWhat prevents you from taking actionrdquo 3 ldquoWho could help you with this situationrdquo 3 ldquoWhat resources do you need to achieve your goalrdquo

RAPPORT

66

67

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

3 ldquoWhat else do you want to get out of your liferdquo 3 ldquoWhat do you really want achieve in that area of your liferdquo 3 ldquoWhat is your biggest dream in that area of your liferdquo 3 ldquoAnd what is the next small step that you would have to takerdquo 3 ldquoWhat do you find positive in this situationrdquo 3 ldquoHow could you attract better persons into your liferdquo 3 ldquoWhat would have to happen to make you feel more fulfilledrdquo 3 ldquoIf you were your own Coach what coaching would you give

yourselfrdquo 3 ldquoIf I was your best friend what advice would you give me to solve

this situationrdquo 3 ldquoIf you had all the time and money in the world how would you

fix itrdquo

In fact the art of asking questions is the foundations of a coaching process with powerful results The list of questions to ask seems en-dless

So become really obsessed with questions and start NOW How about adding 10 more ideas to our list And some more And many more

Typical coaching questions

3 Questions that lead to action (ldquoWhat will you do What can you do differently What do you need to do tordquo)

3 Goal-oriented instead of problem-oriented ldquoHow would you like it to berdquo ldquoAnd if you could what would you dordquo

3 Future-orientedldquoHow do you see that situation in the future How would you like to feelrdquo

Beware of questions with negative assumptions ldquoWhat happens if you donrsquot do itrdquo They should be followed immediately by a question with positive assumptions ldquoHow will you celebrate when you do itrdquo

RAPPORT

YOUR QUESTIONS

68

69

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

PATIENCECount to 10 relax work on your roots and realize that coaching is a process and that each person has her own time and rhythm How can you train your patience Think of 20 ideas

LEVEL 4 ndash PERCEPTUAL POSITIONSWe could also call this the level where we create rapport with our clientrsquos psychology In fact understanding and perceiving human psychology is a huge advantage for you as a Coach You are not there to be a friend of your client as we have mentioned so then a good way to create a relation with her is through her psychology

Do you know the psychology of a teenager or a parent a boss an unemployed If you grasp your clientrsquos psychology the Rapport will be extraordinary

If you demonstrate that you know how a mother thinks yoursquoll make the client believe that you understand her completely

Most people do not understand their own psyche If you can understand them at that level it will make the client to feel something extraordinary about you and the Coaching process

PERCEPTUAL POSITIONS At this level the Coach must master Per-ceptual Positions that is being able to put herself in another personrsquos position whether itrsquos the clientrsquos or the clientrsquos parent or any other person that is part of the situation You should be able to see the same situation from different perspectives and in the long term help your client do the same

THE EXERCISE This is an exercise to be used mainly if the client has trouble in a relationship with someone (friend family member etc) and is having some difficulty understanding that personrsquos Map-of-the--World And when this is of great importance

You do not need to go very deep in this exercise Because it is NLP even done in a soft way it can be very powerful to your client helping her to see an aspect of the situation that she hadnrsquot seen or reflected on before

STEP 1 ndash The client explains what is going on (she can speak freely without any restrictions You ask questions to understand the reality of the situation)

STEP 2 ndash The Coach suggests this perceptual positions exercise (it is just an invitation If the client does not want to do not continue)

STEP 3 ndash The Coach asks the client to choose two spots represen-ting the two standpoints (you can put a sheet of paper at each spot) and to imagine that the other person is at one of them

STEP 4 ndash The client speaks facing the other spot as if the person was there and acts as herself (The Coach guides with questions ldquoHow did that make you feel What would you like to tell herrdquo etc)

STEP 5 ndash Pause and ldquoshake outrdquo the client and share the question of the game of imagination

STEP 6 ndash The client recalls a childhood game she used to play and describes it a little We then use this as a metaphor to explain that we will now do the same Just a game where we use our imagination The Coach repeats that the per-son with whom the client has a challenge is there at the other spot

STEP 7 ndash The client goes over to the other spot and the Coach helps her go deeper into that role through guiding questions

STEP 8 ndash The client chooses whether she wants to return to her starting position and add something say something more She may go back and forth as many times as she wishes

STEP 9 ndash When done the Coach suggests to the client to stand on a chair and states ldquoYou are now in a neutral position a higher position What would you call this position (Allow the client to choose a name) Seen from above what do you have to say about this situation What would you say to (clientrsquos name) and to (the other personrsquos name) How would you solve this situation How can (clientrsquos name) solve this situationrdquo

RAPPORT

70

71

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

STEP 10 ndash After the client is done with the third (neutral) position the Coach takes the client off the papers

STEP 11 ndash The Coach can then use the following questions to debrief the exercise

3 ldquoHow was the exercise for you 3 ldquoWhat did you learnrdquo 3 ldquoIs there anything you could do differentlyrdquo

STEP 12 ndash Lead the client to an action (a first small step towards sol-ving the situation) and then funnel it

REMEMBER always undock the client from the different roles the client can do the exercise eyes opened or closed

TO ACKNOWLEDGE Acknowledge the client very very very much for having volunteered and shown vulnerability

This exercise serves mainly as a metaphor for the Coach striving to master Perceptual Positions (understanding and being able to go into different psyches)

CONCLUSION The Coach is a master of perceptual positions She knows how to see the different angles of the same situation She sees everything from different angles

PEMS

Life is all about relationships the relationships we have with ourselves and with others Some people instinctively relate better to themselves and others relate really well to others There are those who relate well to almost everything and everyone and others who are unable to relate with anyone This affects their personal and professional life

Is there any way to consciously improve the relationships that instinc-tively do not work Of course

When we grasp the logic of the mind of another person we can better interact with it and even influence it Psychology is power And if we apply on ourselves it becomes even more powerful and interesting The better we know ourselves and the logic of our mind the better we will be able to help ourselves and achieve our goals

Carl Gustav Jung a Swiss psychiatrist and founder of analytical psychology focused on studying social and collective archetypes He identified eight psychological types taking into account peoplersquos beha-viour abilities skills attitudes and motivations

He began by distinguishing between extraverted (social and expansive) and introverted (reserved and reflective) people Each of them could then be connected to two out of the four functions of the psyche sen-sing or intuition thinking or feeling

In the 40rsquos decade Isabel Myers and Katharine Briggs continued Jungrsquos work and added two auxiliary functions to the Jungian types percep-tion and judgement Thereby arriving at 16 psychological types or 16 personality types Later a personality test was created ndash The Myers--Briggs Type Indicator or MBTI - which is still the most commonly used tool for identifying different personality types

Based on Jungrsquos work we have created a model called PEMS which will help us better understand the logic of our own mind and of the people around us

In this model we distinguish four dominant preferences (P-E-M-S) which correspond to the four elements of life

PRACTICAL (the body DOING Activity Action related to the ele-ment of EARTH) - corresponds to someone that is earthly active dynamic practical that does a lot In excess these are people who never stop to consider their actions

EMOTIONAL (the heart FEELING Feelings Love related to the element of WATER) - corresponds to someone who nee-ds people relations who gives a lot to others and seeks affection In excess these are people who might be overly sensitive

RAPPORT

72

73

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

MENTAL (the mind THINKING Analysis Intellect Logic related to the element of AIR) - corresponds to someone who values analysis rationalization and uses logic and who always fo-cuses on making the right decision In excess these are people who might become impersonal and cold

SPIRITUAL (the soul BEING Values Existence related to the ele-ment of FIRE) - corresponds to someone who thinks that everything has meaning and a higher purpose These are people who care very much about values In excess they can fluctuate too much and concretize too little

The four logics of the mind that we have identified are also based on the four elements

Practical ndash EARTH (firm solid stable secure strong dense)Emotional ndash WATER (flexible always coming back to herself)Mental ndashAIR (transparent lightweight fast facilitates communica-

tion)Spiritual ndash FIRE (burning fleeting transforming powerful)

Thus in a very simplified manner we can divide people into four ca-tegories

PRACTICAL PEOPLE (P) ndash THEY LIKE TO ACT AND DOThese are the people who like action movement They are the ones who make the world move As friends or clients they may want to go straight to the point try things and learn about practical matters The greatest fear of these practical persons is losing control They like to feel that they are in control of the situation of the pace of the conver-sation and of the surroundings

HELP THEM ALWAYS FEEL IN CONTROL

EMOTIONAL PEOPLE (E) ndash THEY LIKE FEELING AND RELATINGThese are people who love people and sharing feelings Everything is an emotion for them And they feel things about everything and everyo-ne Let them talk about their family friends dogs neighbours etchellip

They will talk mostly about people and what they are feeling Their greatest fear is loosing empathy They like to feel reliable and they want to relate

HELP THEM FEEL EMPATHY TOWARDS YOU

MENTAL PEOPLE (M) ndash THEY LIKE TO THINK AND TO ANALYSEThese are people who like to analyze and who try to put everything into a box into a certain perspective They are precise and meticulous They like detail to study and analyze all possibilities They donrsquot fear debating (quite the contrary) and discussing they love the exchanging ideas and arguments but they need to end up being right or get a very good explanation to why the other is right A mental person is always striving to make the best decision Their greatest fear is to be wrong they like to feel that they are correct and that they are making deci-sions based on logic and rational thinking

HELP THEM FEEL THAT THEY ARE RIGHT

SPIRITUAL PEOPLE (S) ndash THEY LIKE TO BE AND TO GLOWThey are looking for the greater purpose of things They believe that everything has a reason for being the way it is that there are no coin-cidences and itrsquos that quest that moves them They give great meaning to every situation always looking for ldquotherdquo situation The greater the meaning the greater their motivation Their biggest fear is to have no meaning That it is to not be significant or ldquoshinerdquo in any way They need to feel conscious and whole

HELP THEM FEEL THAT THEY ARE MEANINGFUL

Although we all have and use a portion of these four categories in the different contexts or times of our life one of them is predominant in us Identifying it is important for managing and interacting with life and with others since it is the best and the fastest way of accessing the Map-of-the-world of someone and speaking a language that that per-son recognizes and accepts as her own

RAPPORT

74

75

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

In fact we are all one but we are all different and we must understand these differences to be able to deal with others People who are more emotional behave and interact in a totally opposite manner from mental people the same way that most practical people interact in a way that is opposite to spiritual people

The EMOTIONAL person is micro-MACRO Transforms everything that is small into something big Everything is important everything is emotional From the simple ldquogood morningrdquo to hearing ldquoI love yourdquo every day For an emotional person a discussion is always a tsuna-mi Therefore itrsquos the emotional persons who with their micro-Macro sense make birthdays a special day and receive small things with gre-at love

The MENTAL person is MACRO-micro transforms everything that is big into something small She makes it more complex by simplifying it For example this very PEMS model is MACRO-micro as it strives to make the hugeness of the personality types into something much smaller creating only four categories for all human beings The mental person also feels less and give less importance to her feelings

The SPIRITUAL person is MACRO-MACRO she takes everything that is already big and turns it even bigger more meaningful more im-portant more relevant Almost everything is a question of values of making the world a better place and interpretations that go far beyond reality A simple leaf falling off a tree can represent a new phase in life for a spiritual person

The PRACTICAL person is micro-micro turns everything into small and simple lsquoright here and right nowrsquo matters They act Right now with what they have They donrsquot feel the need to enlarge what is small and they donrsquot care much about great concepts If the five senses can help them grasp a situation everything is fine

THE PREDOMINANT LOGIC OF OUR PSYCHEThe most practical way of finding out is to notice how we behave in a stressful situation Each of us when under stress often react in a way that is very close to our basic personality type

Practical people act react move around organize themselves put their hands to work and do not rest until they manage to move things forward

The emotional people feel and feel a lot If a situation is stressful diffi-cult and negative they will have difficult and negative emotions they will feel what others feel and they will want to manage these emotions in the moment

People that are predominantly mental will under stress begin to ratio-nalize need logical answers be fast and analytical They donrsquot want to solve anything through feelings they donrsquot want to act they are only concerned with finding the right and correct decision and struggle until they get it

Finally the predominantly spiritual people will want to give a greater meaning to that particular event What has to be done what people feel or what the right solution is doesnrsquot matter what matters is why things happened the way they did and what the greater significance of that may be

RAPPORT

76

77

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

Identify the psychological type of the client can help the coach to anticipate and understand expectations

MAIN SUPERIOR FUNCTION AND AUXILIARY INFERIOR FUNCTION

According to Carl Jung while we all have one function that is better developed than the others ndash a superior function ndash we also have another fairly well developed function called the first auxiliary

All of us have a bit of each one of the psychologies but there are always two that are predominant a main one which Jung calls the superior function and an auxiliary one that lies at the bottom of the cross shown on the previous page which is always to the right or left of our superior one

The inferior function is one that is less developed and that remains mainly in our unconscious

Thus a person who is predominantly Practical may have as her auxi-liary function the emotional or mental logic thus being PE or PM

A person who is predominantly Mental may have as her auxiliary func-tion the spiritual or practical logic thus being MS or MP

A person who is predominantly Spiritual may have as her auxiliary function the emotional or mental logic thus being SE or SM

And a person who is predominantly Emotional may have as her auxilia-ry function the spiritual or practical logic thus being ES or EP

This all means that we are situated in one of the following categories

3 Practical Emotional or Emotional Practical 3 Practical Mental or Mental Practical 3 Spiritual Emotional or Emotional Spiritual 3 Spiritual Mental or Mental Spiritual

As you may have noticed according to Jung there are no EMME or PSSP That is one canrsquot have as her first auxiliary function the func-tion that is opposite to the superior one

Carl Jung said that we should look closely at our inferior function whi-ch usually remains in our unconscious because it contains an enor-mous potential for a change and each one of us can benefit a lot from integrating our inferior function with our superior one

Taking risks experimenting enjoying everything that life has to offer is the best way of getting to know ourselves and realizing where our happiness lies (ldquoTrate a Vida por Turdquo paacuteg 74)

INTROVERSION AND EXTROVERSION Introversion and extroversion have to do with the direction in which we focus our attention and energy

People who prefer Extroversion focus their energy and attention away from themselves and are interested in the world of people and things

3 Attracted to the world of events and people outside of themsel-ves

3 They are aware of who and what is around them 3 They like to meet and talk to new people 3 They are friendly often good talkers and easy to get to know 3 They tend to talk easily and often in meetings 3 May not be as aware of what goes on inside them 3 They think while talking 3 They may act or speak first and only think later 3 Speaking about themselves they speak fast 3 They bring energy into life 3 They can get bored and restless if they are alone for too long

People who prefer Introversion (focus their energy and attention inward and are interested in the inner world of thoughts and reflections)

3 Attracted to the inner world of thoughts feelings and reflections 3 They are usually very aware of their inner reactions 3 They prefer to interact with people they know 3 They are usually quiet in meetings and sometimes seem disen-

gaged

RAPPORT

78

79

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

3 They are generally reserved and hard to get to know 3 They may not be as aware of the world outside of them 3 They need time to gather their thoughts before they speak 3 They reflect and think before acting 3 They want to know you before allowing you to get to know them

deeply 3 They feel exhausted and tired after interacting with peoples

FINAL NOTE you must be what your client is You have to find that person inside you

LEARNING STYLESAs we saw with the previous PEMS model our clients will have diffe-rent psychological preferences It is therefore important and essential that you are able to adapt your sessions to the learning style that your client likes best and that better meets her psychological preference

EMOTIONAL Emotional clients will like to talk and share on their to-pics They are very much looking for a relationship and empathy with the Coach and they need to feel heard more than any of the other personality types For these persons learning has a lot to do with the relationship that is created with the feeling of support that they get and even with the positive feedback They like to learn through stories As a Coach it is important to learn to empathize with the emotional range of these persons They will appreciate the sharing to tell stories and to listen to them With emotional clients we may sometimes feel that we are not taking huge steps forward But the fact is that many times these persons need to first be listened to

MENTAL Mental clients will be more logical and may have a more aca-demic style of learning They will want to understand the reasons why things are what they are they will want to get tasks involving research on certain subjects The sessions with these people must be well defi-ned and prepared They will want to explore their intellectual side and feel challenged It is important for them to have access to information and tools that explain the work they are doing in the sessions in a con-crete and logical manner Of course they also need to empathize but the intellectual challenge feeling that their intellect is develops appears to be greater They may like schemes graphics and any models that

could simplify the learning process What these persons will demand of you is a greater capacity to analyse and a logical and rational way of communicating

SPIRITUAL this is for most people the most difficult learning style to adopt Remember that these persons are seeking the greater meaning of things They really want to feel inspired by the coaching process (and even by their Coach) They will want to see that you are an exam-ple of what you talk about so called congruence Spiritual persons will enjoy topics that are more related to values to their identity that make them feel that they are taking steps towards becoming better hu-man beings With these clients you can use powerful metaphors (even through movies music creative exercises etc) and above all strive to make sure that the person leaves the session very inspired

PRACTICAL They like action Which is great because coaching is pri-marily about action These persons like to have very practical sessions in which they get the opportunity to do many exercises and experiment with different situations They may be the clients that like getting more tasks and having things to do (which then sometimes ldquogets lostrdquo due to their time management) These clients will require more simplicity and a well-paced session from you They may also like to do exercises that involve moving their body Above all they will want you to help them get into action

As we deal with these four kinds of preferences we need to adapt our Coaching style to the learning style that each person has Thus we should prepare a lot their sessions and realize that some will require from you

3 Greater sharing and ability to listen and relate (e) 3 Researching mastering the subject very well and knowing how

to mentally stimulate your client with challenges (m) 3 Powerful metaphors very inspirational sessions and congruen-

ce that assign meaning to the Coaching process (s) 3 Practical exercises diversified well rhythmed sessions that

help your client to quickly get into action (p)

RAPPORT

80

81

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING ROOTS

LEVEL 5 - PERSON TO PERSONThis is the fifth level of rapport the deepest and more intense one It happens when the level of rapport is a total vibration Itrsquos when the client feels such a confidence by her Coach empathy and sympathy Itrsquos the hardest level to evaluate

Itrsquos when your client feels so much connected to you that depending on her your relationship would go beyond Coaching She no longer wants the Coach she wants you You no longer understand only the person she feels that you know about her You donrsquot understand psychology you understand who she is

It is very similar to the rapport level you have with 23 of very close persons in your life Everything is natural unconscious and sponta-neous

VIII ROOTS

Every human being seeks to get results Mo-ney Family Romance Peace Happiness

Career Health All we want in life is to have results in those areas

The Map-of-the-World Model is used to work on roots - your

roots as a Coach It shows us how does the psyche of all of us works As a Coach no one

should surprise you about yourself You should know you well know everything about yourself This is what itrsquos called a rooted person

click the video to see it

82

83

BELIEFSTRANSFORMATIVE COACHING

ROSA 20 M - AIR - THINK

VALUESHOLISTIC COACHING

ROSA 30 S - FIRE - BE

COACHING 40

WORLD MAP MODEL

being th

e moment

passi

on en

ergy

demotiv

ation

empowering beliefs

limiting rules

relation air(comunication)

coach is priestisnacutet

1 value focus

UNSUSTAINABLESUSTAINABLE

SECURITY

SELF LOVE

CONSCIOUSNESS

PERSONAL DEVEL

FREEDOM

LOVEBELOVED

BLISS

CONTRIBUTION

P

E

M

S

BEHAVIORROSA 10

SITUATIONAL COACHING

P - EARTH - DO

EMOTIONSREMEDY COACHING

ROSA 10 + LISTEN E - WATER - FEEL

RESULTS

ability to

enter

in st

ate

emotional

patter

ns

habits and discipline

addictions

coach is bossisnacutet

coach is friendisnacutet

1 Homework focus

optimism faithpositive

meditation

key points focusused to interrupt the fear cycle

coach is coach

HUMAN HAVINGHUMAN BEING

UNSUSTAINABLEEGOTISTICAL

STRETCH ZONE

SUSTAINABLEECOLOGICALSTRETCH ZONE

SHORT TERMLONG TERM

CYCLE OF CONFIDENCECYCLE OF FEAR

CONSCIOUS

SUBCONSCIOUS

UNCONSCIOUS

84

85

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

So the first question is why some are getting results while others are not

ACTIONS BEHAVIORSThis means that anyone who is having results is because she is ldquodoingrdquo ie behaving differently from other people who are having no results in those areas For example a millionaire DOES things that people who are not millionaires donrsquot For example saving investing etc Someone with a great health is DOING things that people that donrsquot have a good health are not What we are doing is making the difference Two people in the same circumstances that do exactly the same actions have the same kind of results People who have the results you wanna have ARE DOING THINGS TO GET THEM

So the next question is what leads some people to DO and others to not do

EMOTIONSEverything you do in your life is a relationship between pain and pleasure What happens is that someone who goes running at 6 am associates more pain with lsquonot goingrsquo than with lsquogoingrsquo Who is going to the gym asso-ciates more pleasure than pain with going to the gym in the morning That relationship between pain and pleasure is what is defining your results If we dramatically increase the pain or the pleasure associated we will get to change your results

As so what is then defining that painpleasure relationship

BELIEFSThe reason is because of our beliefs of what we believe in Our beliefs are our set of rules for the world and for our lives Your set of beliefs in fact is defining your painpleasure relationship with something and then your actions A millionaire believes that saving is essential that investing and taking risks is necessary This set of beliefs leads himher to associa-te more pleasure than pain with having these behaviors and therefore heshe implements them Other people have other beliefs that create other

emotions that create other results People who are achieving results in areas that you arenrsquot have a beliefs system different from yours

And then it seems logical to ask so what is defining and creating your set of beliefs

VALUESWhat is a value Itrsquos something that is important to you something you re-ally value The only thing that determines a value is if it is valuable to you Not all of us share the same values (Example the values of Mother Teresa and Donald Trump Contribution vs Professional Accomplishment) What you really value and not what you say that you value You value it so much that it generates your set of beliefs In fact when you live your values in practice (on a daily basis) you are defining your life results Not what you would like to value but what you are really valorizing In fact we all have the same values What differs is the order and the importance we give to each one of them

For example if someone has the value of the family above the value of work she will have the belief that it is more important to spend time with her family causing her to develop a positive feeling when she is with her family which leads her to really try to spend more time with it On the other hand someone who has the value of work above the family one will be someone who believes she should spend more time with her work and career as she believes it is that that will bring her more financial stabi-lity for example So she will associate more pleasure to the time spent at work than at home causing her to act accordingly to that emotion For example Donald Trump and Mother Teresa of Calcutta havenrsquot they got different values One probably values more lsquoprofessional fulfillmentrsquo the other values more lsquocontributionrsquo Different results Sure One has one of the largest business empires in the world the other left the largest volun-teer organization in the world

So in reality the values you are living in practice (what you are valuing in practice) are defining your results

This alone already explains a good part of the psyche of human beings But letrsquos go deeper

ROOTS

Having roots is to control the cycle of trust

86

87

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

To have roots the coach has to identify

her motivators and values create beliefs and habits and learn

to place herself in a state

CYCLE OF CONFIDENCE AND CYCLE OF FEAREveryone has Cycles of Fear in some areas and Cycles of Confidence in other areas

How do you know it If you are having or not results in that area In the areas of your life where you are getting results you are living in a Cycle of Confidence In the areas where yoursquore not you are living in a Cycle of Fear What does this means is that you have behavioral addic-tions or that you are doing things in a vicious way you are in a sort of a mice wheel Those addictions start by creating emotional patterns on you (feelings that you are having whether you want it or not for instan-ce jealousy when it becomes a pattern no matter what the other does that emotion will keep being there it is an emotion that happens to you) and those emotional patterns generate limiting rules We use the words ldquorulesrdquo because in reality limiting beliefs are created because they have a very large set of rules And this generates demotivation An addiction creates an emotional pattern that creates rules limiting which create demotivation and discourage us to move and change This Cycle of Fear is being lived FROM RESULTS TO VALUES and not in the other and right way The bad news are that we all have Cycles of Fear The areas in which we are not having results is because we are afraid but we paint it in other colors Irsquom afraid Irsquom demotivated I have emotional patterns and I have limiting rules

For you to gain roots you need to recognize these cycles You need to break it if you want results but if you want roots you need to recognize them Good news you can break Cycles of Fear

Second good news you have Cycles of Confidence You also unders-tand the other psychology So what is a Cycle of Confidence

You start by having the capacity of creating Discipline and Habits you get the ability to get into a certain and desired state (eg being happy to go training I want to create that emotion I visualize it it is the op-posite of an emotional pattern the pattern happens to you Think of a boxer who puts herself into her wanted state before entering in a ring You have empowering beliefs (when you believe in something that cre-ates more of it) This creates energy passion being in the moment Being with energy and passion and in the moment brings me empowe-ring beliefs which put me in the emotional state I want and provide me

habits and discipline The good news you have these cycles in areas that you are getting results Think in one area You have these four things right

Having these cycles itrsquos called being human First part on lsquorootsrsquo is about knowing your Cycles of Fear and Confidence and admit them to yourself to those you love to the others And having the courage to say that it doesnrsquot work because of FEAR And there is a way to break this cycle When you have roots you stop projecting it in your clients

There is a way of finding your values in a very logical way knowing which human motivators drive your behavior

8 HUMAN MOTIVATORSMaslov pyramid he was the first to talk about human needs He is outda-ted because it defines a hierarchy He places self-fulfillment at the top This model is very much focused on Maslovrsquos map-of-the-world who was an MS If it is a PE he may have lsquofamilyrsquo in the top and that is not wrong Still there are things that all humans need

So with all these models we created the 8 human motivators they are divided in four paradoxes one for each of the PEMS The first paradox is security freedom

Each one of us was born with a set of motivators You are ldquoaddictedrdquo on one side of the paradox You have to fulfill that need even if you have to abdicate of the other one

ROOTS

SECURITY

SELF LOVE

CONSCIOUSNESS

PERSONAL DEVEL

FREEDOM

LOVEBELOVED

BLISS

CONTRIBUTION

P

E

M

S

88

89

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

The main lesson is the more you live the other side of the paradox the more you will live your addiction as well What happens is that you can only get more of your addiction when you learn to validate the other side of the paradox This is what Jung calls ldquoparadoxes integrationrdquo be the millionaire and the altruistic Be the mother of family and career etc Only when you integrate the other energy is when it boosts the one that is more natural to you

For other persons it happens the same with security and all other pa-radoxes The suggestion is Irsquom addicted on this but I can pause and I can go exploring the other side What you have to figure out is your map (draw in the lsquoinfinite signsrsquo which side of the paradoxes is bigger) Your map is about how much you need to fill each side of the paradox

So YOUR HUMAN MOTIVATORS ARE DEFINING YOUR VALUES AND YOUR VALUES ARE DEFINING YOUR RESULTS

You can have everything on one of the sides of the paradox if yoursquore willing to face the fear of losing it

All people fill their motivators The difference between us is how sus-tainable is that satisfaction Unsustainable means that every day you

EXERCISE Do your map How do you discover Based on major decisions you made in your life Example work home relationships etc

have to feed them Imagine a homeless person he meets hisher secu-rity needs (eating and having where to sleep) but he has to do it every day Now compare with Donald Trump If you see the freedom part it probably happens the opposite

3 SUSTAINABLE it feeds itself It is something that can continue without the need for external resources It is ecological based on challenge and paradoxes integration

3 UNSUSTAINABLE you need to do it every day it is selfish ba-sed on comfort and extremist You do it like it was a daily shot

Example father and daughter about going out at night (to satisfy sa-fety and to love and be loved) Father says no hersquos being selfish and within his comfort zone The same father after coming to this course ldquoYoursquore going to the party until 2230 You send me an sms saying that everything is ok and at 2230 Irsquoll pick yourdquo This continues for some time Father goes on diminishing the rules Now hersquos being ecological entering his challenge zone and integrating paradoxes To feel safe as a father he has to give some freedom To feel loved he has to give them some self love Now his motivators are sustainable and has a sustai-nable system that feeds itself To arrive to a deeper level of security he needs to take the risk that comes from giving more freedom

DIAGONAL CONTINUOUS LINEThis line shows us that working above the line ie the clientrsquos beha-viors andor emotions is short-term and unsustainable In this case only the techniques are worked There are immediate results but with no major impact and duration Like when we are called to do motiva-tional speaking or teambuildingrsquos People feel better and do things but the results have a short duration

This does not imply that it is wrong to do Coaching based on these two areas For example in a quick conversation with a friend we can do Situational Coaching (based on behaviours) in order to get her to do something that has been postponing If the action has been made and it was what was intended to be then you did your role as Coach The Remedy Coaching is also important sometimes which consists on making the other person to leave the session feeling good thinking more positive at the time having had an opportunity to digest an emo-tion

ROOTS

90

91

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

Below the continuous line is where lies the deepest work The one that will actually be sustainable and with long-term results This is where we work values and beliefs it is where we go deep to the point where in fact we shift paradigms The client in this type of Coaching change her beliefs and values turning to be a really different person in opposition to what happens above the line where only the emotions or behaviors are changed but the client continues to be what she was

ICEBERGWith the iceberg image it is understood that the behavior is the conscious part of the human being the only thing that the client can see and analyze Everything else emotions beliefs and values are at the clientrsquos unconscious But as a Coa-ch I must and I want to work also the unconscious because as we saw above this is where it lies the sustainable and long-term work

When we help our clients shifting their paradigms beliefs emotions or values we are working with their unconscious Your client will not like this at some point in the process The unconscious will realize that she will have to change and this will cause the first resistance Knowing how to overcome this is essential to the Coachrsquos work so she can de-liver sustainable results

Conscious Mind keeps all the information which you can access now

Unconscious Mind keeps all the information that has ever passed through your brain It is also a kind of a warning system for you

The information passes from the unconscious to the conscious mind through the subconscious It goes dropping into deeper levels of our mind Very qui-ckly your clients will want to turn you into one of three things

Friend ndash They want someone who listens to them who is patient with them who is always there with whom they can always count and talk Most of your clients will want to have you here that you turn into a sort of confi-dant that supports them but does not challenge them too much But you are not there to be a friend

Boss ndash Many will seek in the Coach someone to tell them what to do who provides them specific guidance who pressures them who ldquopunishrdquo them when they donrsquot have their homework done Someone who is even more committed with their results than themselves But yoursquore also not there to be a Boss

Priest ndash Others will want a kind of a weekly confession session That you absolve the mistakes theyrsquove made du-ring the week that you tell them everything is fine and that it doesnrsquot matter we are all human and we all make mistakes You are not there to be a kind of spiritual le-ader of your client and to absolve him You are there to be

Coach - The Coach has an ldquoAirrdquo relationship with the client ie mental of communication becau-se it is a conversation where you listen and ask where there is intellectual stimulation In the map--of-the-world scheme the Coachrsquos sketch is in the quadrant of beliefs It is a ldquomind with mindrdquo work

It is important to know this because with the sessions going clients tend to try their Coach to become a friend (wateremotions) a boss (earthbehaviors) or even a priest (firevalues) However the Coach should avoid the mistake of behaving like one of these three types You are there to be a Coach

Notes In Informal Coaching with friends colleagues family remember that first thatrsquos what you are and only then you are a Coach Therefore you should not give prevalence to the Coach but to the relationship you have with that person otherwise you would violate the pact that exists between the two

ROOTS

92

93

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

4 TYPES OF COACHINGBased on these four quadrants there are four types of Coaching

Situational Coaching ndash The one that is done immediate-ly during the situation with the sole purpose of lea-ding it to an action It usually consists of a brief con-versation where a ROSA 10 is done Your client has a situation that week that really needs to be addressed Ex a proposal that she needs to present a college exam for which she has to study Itrsquos not bad Coaching and it is often necessary Only it is more superficial

Remediative Coaching ndash As the name says it suits when we have to put a ldquobandageointmentrdquo on the emotions The goal is the client to feel good at the end of the session without having to go deeply on the problem Itrsquos the typical conver-sation where the client unburdens and your only goal is to make her feel a little better Sometimes it may be and it often is necessary

Ex the past week your client has discussed with someone important to her or something happened that greatly dealt with her emotions Your first focus should be to help her to unburden and to feel better We used ROSA 10 + Unburden

Transformative Coaching ndash Here the goal is not just making the client to feel better but that she can change the way she sees her life and herself Here we mainly work on beliefs ie the client stops believing in some things to start believing in another ones She shifts paradigm Coaching is now much more sustainable and with long--term results It undergoes through more complete ses-sions where ROSA 20 is done

Holistic Coaching ndash This is the kind of Coaching that involves the whole being of the client all her areas and valences ie her values The entire psyche is worked We are working the whole Human Being and not only a part of it Even the motivators are worked We use ROSA 30 and we work a lot on paradoxes integration

KEY POINTSWe said earlier that we all have Cycles of Fear and that we can change them to Cycles of Confidence How

Imagine that you have a turnscrew and a bicycle wheel is malfunctio-ning You will then put the turnscrew into one of the four key points and then yoursquoll pull and force the wheel to move in the right direction to-wards the Cycle of Confidence And very important you donrsquot take out the turnscrew until the Cycle (the wheel) rotates in the right direction

What are then the Four Key Points You can really choose only one

VALUE FOCUS At this point you will choose a key value for you whi-ch you canrsquot leave to live in practice Whatever happens you canrsquot take the turnscrew from there For instance imagine that you are experien-cing serious financial difficulties and you decide that lsquoValue Focusrsquo is your point Imagine that you choose ldquosavingrdquo as the value that has to be experienced in practice Then whenever you have to make a decision that involves spending money you know what to do You canrsquot in any way stop living this value until the cycle begins to rotate in the oppo-site direction and gets sustainable

POSITIVITY If you want to work at the level of beliefs yoursquoll start to develop this empowering belief base BEING POSITIVE You must be a positive person with faith who believes that everything will go well who says only positive things about herself and the others who sees and is focused on everything positive that is going around her And when the bad days or the bad news are coming and you feel the need to say something negative you shut up And you say something positive

EMOTION FOCUS Imagine that there is an emotion that makes your Cycle of Fear to happen (an emotional pattern) In this key point you will choose an emotion that you would like to learn to cause in yourself learning how to get yourself into that state Imagine that you have been feeling too much anger in your Cycle of Fear and want to feel harmony instead You want to learn how to get into that emotional state You start feeling the opposite emotion and you do something to manage to be in an harmony state (you listen to a song that gets yourself into that state you put your boxing gloves you jump you meditate you close

ROOTS

94

95

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

your eyes you read a poem as Mandela did )

HOMEWORK FOCUS Here you will define a homework that until itrsquos done you wonrsquot do anything else Imagine that you have a Cycle of Fear in relation to health that you define lsquoHomework Focusrsquo as the key point and your homework is running every day Until you manage to do it nothing else matters All of your strategies are directioned so that your homework is being done as soon as possible

In the end all of the four key points have to do with absolute focus

Value ndash Focus on the most important value Until that value is being lived we wonrsquot move on

Positivity (Faith Optimism) ndash Focus on the positive emotions Un-til she gets optimistic we wonrsquot move on

Emotion (Meditation) ndash Focus on pleasure Until she feels more ple-asure than pain we wonrsquot move on

Homework ndash Focus on action Until the homework gets done we wonrsquot move on

VERY IMPORTANTYou as a coach do not have to guess your clientrsquos map-of-the-world or even her PEMS but you have to explore it aside of her You will only master her Map-of-the-World when you understand your own (creating roots) because you will never learn anything about yourself with your client you will never discover anything about you because shersquos the one who discovers it being real or not You Coach you must be hum-ble enough to know that you know nothing about your client and you shouldnrsquot try to guess anything It is the customer who gets there alone

Therefore the more knowledge you have about your own map-of-the--world together with Rapport and ROSA the more intense will be your Coaching because the more you will be able to help your client The goal is that you have the tools in yourself so you can help her In other words this tool is for you to deepen your roots and thus know when you need to do only ROSA or go searching for the Key Points or to use

another method For instance if a client has as her main challenge to be promoted then therersquos no logical on working on Cycles of Fear but to make a ROSA and move forward On the other hand if you see that there is a Cycle of Fear then you should find the key point so you can work on it

I canrsquot help the others if I canrsquot help myself first

ROOTS

values (I am)

during session

clientcoach rosa unconscious

Beliefs (I think)

between sessions

co-coach rosa 30

emotions (I feel)

leverage slice

self coaching rosa 20behavior (I do)

holistic

coaching to others rosa 10M

S

E

P

96

97

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING RESULTS

IX RESULTS

Results are super important in the Coa-ching process There is simply no Coa-

ching if there are no results and thatrsquos why they are at the center of the

triangle of the four Rrsquos Everything we do whether is ROSA creating

Roots or building Rapport it is done with the purpose of get-ting results at the end of the sessions

This is what distinguishes the most Coaching from other practices As a Coach you must become obsessed with your clients results Not only that they do their homeworks but also how close did Coaching took them closer to their Guru Objective how much it has improved their leverage slice of the Pizza and other slices as well We also try to assess the sustainability of those results We donrsquot want them just to get there but also that they keep there

Coaching is about results and you must take this premise very seriou-sly You have been hired to make them reach some goals Become obsessed with it

It is not so easy to evaluate results in a metric way in the world of Co-aching but it proves to be very important Not only with Life Coaching but also with Business Coaching We must find a way to demonstrate that our work has had results in practice

That was the reason why we have created the Results Model

Our level of competence is equal to our worst level of performance

RESULTS MODELIt is possible to define results through the four metrics

lsquoSrsquo AXIS (SPIRITUAL) WE EVALUATE THE PROCESS IMPACT ON THE CLIENT

Behavior (I DO) When the client throughout the process changes one or more behaviors She does now due to the sessions different things that she didnrsquot before

Emotions (I FEEL) When the client feels happier more self-confi-dent fulfilled etc She has now different and more positive emotions due to the Coaching process

98

99

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

Beliefs (I THINK) When there is a change of belief (I used to belie-ve I was not a good person and now I believe I am) When the client used to believe in something and she started to believe in something different There was a paradigm shift She used to see something in a certain way and now she sees it in a more empowering way

Values (I AM) When the Coach manages to help the client to change her values ie the person she is This happens for exam-ple when the client starts to put more emphasis on family than on work or when she accepts and believes that she is a healthy and different person and that nothing will change that now She values different things todat due to the Coa-ching process

lsquoErsquo AXIS (EMOTIONAL) WE EVALUATE THE CLIENTrsquoS AUTONOMY

Level 1 Coach (CoachClient Relationship) Itrsquos the Coach who controls the situation There is a formal relationship be-tween Coach and Client and the session is controlled and oriented by the Coach

Level 2 Coach (Co-Coach) The Client already acts as a Coach during the sessions This happens for example when the client already knows that she is supposed to also say po-sitive things on the Reality part that is she already knows what to do in each step She already takes the initiative The relationship is more about cooperation now and the Client start becoming autonomous

Level 3 Coach (Self-Coaching) When the Client already does Self--Coaching at home not being asked to This is a fantastic moment because she already has the tools and the Coach is there to help and support

Level 4 Coach (Coach to others) When the Client comes to a ses-sion and tells us she has done Coaching with someone else (with her child for instance) This person came to us to be helped however she is already using our tools to help so-

RESULTS

meone else She is totally independent It is every Coachrsquos dream

lsquoMrsquo AXIS (MENTAL) WE EVALUATE THE CLIENTrsquoS CONTENTS ASSIMILATION

Uses Rosa 10 language o cliente usa palavras como Realidade objetivos soluccedilotildees accedilotildees fazem hoje parte do seu leacutexico

Uses Rosa 20 language the client uses terms such as guru objec-tives baby objectives measurable beliefs paradigm shif-ting brainstorming etc

Uses Rosa 30 language she refers terms like emotional patterns cycles of fear and confidence values dilemma etc

Uses unconscious Rosa language when many of these terms are so ingrained in the clientrsquos language that she thinks she will use them for the rest of her life

lsquoPrsquo AXIS (PRACTICE) WE EVALUATE RESULTS IN PRACTICE

During the Session I can manage the client to get results only du-ring the session It is a Coaching session that has no power to influence the client outside it

Between Sessions It mostly happens when the client is doing her homeworks It means that what happened during the ses-sion touched her with enough strength to get her to realize she has to do something and that she is doing something outside the sessions

Leverage Slice It happens when the client fulfills her Leverage Slice and achieves the goal that brought her to Coaching or when her satisfaction in that slice has dramatically im-proved

Holistic When the client improves satisfaction in multiple slices as a result of the sessions including the leverage slice It was a process that had an impact on the whole being and not just in one area of her life

100

101

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

You can make this model with your client on the last session you have together You can also make a self-assessment to compare with it When you measure these four levels of results you will have access to check what level of Coaching you had on that specific process

COACHING LEVELThe Coaching Level that you have delivered is always proportional to your lowest result Even if you have three axes at level 3 and have only one at a level 2 Coaching has been 20 This is valuable information to you as a Coach because it gives you an idea of axes that are easier for you to work and others that you may have to further strengthen

Level 4 Coaching is something that is not achieved with all clients There must be a great empathy and rapport as well as a mastery on the Coaching technique that has been taught in the training course and presented in this manual

Gulica ego catia caperum dem inem cus Fortes et L Nos et grae avehem Romnit acto egeris cis sultod pratum voltum iam hos ublius hactam atemus essede con vas optilis factor aus nem ad cae estil hos me patus re verisse inatuus

Udam deperfecrem nermis etraed me int ela remulibut rem loctusquo cum mus auciem vivehem uresull emquissent eti primperescit ina que ia consiss entium pulerit con vendam morei sentes inatil vit ia quam mus licaudemus factem dum eo ura ex muro nenit quo vilnes-tium Catimportus pati postalarit vis coena fui sa consu consceribus Satquid ertienatus contere essimis ut vis aus iliciam quo in dissimis Ra num deatiqua vere con sentius et in spio pes Tiaetin videlisquam mus viliam que conum is larbit etora notimolto nos et duc omnimus opublicae convo C Nos vivica Catus hos vivas aurnihil hui terfint imorter labus hostam res inequod nerem tabute telieni hilicaessil ven-tem nonsulis

Berteropubit diisquium iteriti emprit teludam hilicid erfentiur tem huis

Hum pro vidiusquem paterevid sedis factatu rnihilla rem publicave Ca-terev irissoltis re aurei pere anum teluder ficepse essercem octuusque mis tum inam pra vivid rei condamdiis hacies Ipio verei sendamdis

TOOLS amp TECHNIQUES

X TOOLS AND TECHNIQUES

If you master well the model of the four Rrsquos for us you already are a fantastic Coach If you can master some stars too itrsquos even better But if you master the model you know how to do Coaching But now letrsquos go to the small stars The idea is not that you try to use all the stars at the same time Choose the two or three that you like best and train those first

POSITIVE FEEDBACKProvide as much positive feedback as you can to your client Take every opportunity you have to do it A Coach is the type of mirror that only says good things about her client Please turn yourself into some-one who is always valorizing every small steps that your client takes

FEEDBACK HAMBURGERYou say something positive then you say something negative then you say something positive again The two positive feedbacks have to be VERY VERY good For instance ldquoI have been feeling that you are very committed to your Coaching process We just need to start paying more attention to our homework even because I feel that you are a person who likes to challenge yourself and that really wants to go further ldquo

RESSIGNIFICATION Ressignificating is finding another meaning still more empowering but that changes everything EgrdquoI didnrsquot do my homework I failedrdquo Coach ldquoWow That means that you are a demanding and committed personrdquo ldquoIrsquom lazyrdquo

102

103

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

ldquoDoes that means you like to enjoy the pleasures of liferdquo

REFRAMINGIt is much like ressignification Itrsquos the name that is used in NLP (Neuro--Linguistic Programming) You take the information that was been gi-ven to you in a frame and you put it in a new one

PREFRAMINGIf ressignification has to do with changing the meaning after it has been given preframing has to do with giving a meaning to something before we have explained what it is It is a widely used technique to anticipate objections that might distract us from our ultimate goal Then we do preframing we previously give the meaning that we want the person to give afterwards Example

ldquoCan I show you my point of view Itrsquos something different but Irsquove seen that it works with many people and it has been helping a lot to change our behavior to healthier habits Itrsquos something innovative and different but highly successful Can I tell you my ideardquo You create a frame before placing the information in there

POSTFRAMINGFirst you give the information and then you put it in a frame Eg ldquoFolks today we have an exam (the low energy level) but thatrsquos what this course is about to be the best Coach to go furtherrdquo

ldquoFROM 0 TO 10 rdquo To give examples ldquoI think Irsquoll read a bookrdquo Coach ldquoFrom 0-10 how much do you think you will accomplish that goalrdquo

TRANSFORMING ldquoORrdquo IN ldquoANDrdquoHelp the client to find an alternative solution to integrate paradoxes to

find a third way

VULNERABILIZATIONFind out things about you that are not working and put them at the clientrsquos service That makes you human and you are validating your client in the case she feels the same She does some things better than you and has some of the same challenges

ASSOCIATION AND DISSOCIATIONThese two terms are often used in NLP (Neuro-linguistic Program-ming) and are used in various ways Association means that an indi-vidual describes a situation as if it was happening and he was partici-pating on it As the name indicates he is associated with it He is still seeing himself going through the situation and feels the emotions that he would feel if he was really living it

Dissociation means that an individual can already tell that experience as if he was watching a movie in which he took part but already dis-sociated from it He is more in an observer role That allows him a big-ger emotional objectivity Even if he feels the emotions they are more about the experience itself and not so much about him as a participant

When we want to help our customers to overcome some emotionally more challenging situations it can make a huge difference to have them to dissociate from those situations Thatrsquos how they can gain greater objectivity and clarity and at the same time they get more mo-tivated to take their first steps

METAPHORSThe most important here is that you use the metaphors of your client Use her world whenever it is possible It will help a lot more to inter-nalize and memorize the information Help your client to create her metaphors Eg ldquoSometimes we fall into holes that are so big that you canrsquot get out of them alonerdquo ldquoLearning to forgive someone is like dri-ving one step at a timerdquo

TOOLS amp TECHNIQUES

104

105

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

LANGUAGE OF A COACH 3 HOW TO INTERRUPT at the first session it must be defined if

the Coach can interrupt the client when she deviates from the focus If yoursquore going to interrupt your client you must always do it with a question You can also take note of something that has nothing to do with the subject you are talking about but it seems important So we can talk about it in the next session You can ask the client if she liked to talk about it

3 ldquoDOES IT MAKES SENSE FOR YOUrdquo If she says NO ldquoSo tell merdquo if she says YES ldquocan you tell me howrdquo

3 ldquoMY HALLUCINATION is rdquo Being very unconditional Any opi-nion is a good opinion The Coach realyy doesnrsquot know The word hallucination implies that what yoursquore saying may be ab-solutely wrong

3 ldquoWHAT WOULD LOVE DO NOWrdquo Be careful with the rapport level you have with your client It is a very good question when it concerns relational issues

3 ldquoHOW WOULD IT BE IFrdquo Very good to overcome objections ldquohow would it be if you had timerdquo ldquohow would it be if you had moneyrdquo ldquohow would it be if you had self-confidencerdquo

3 ldquoWHAT IF rdquo Fantastic to destroy any obstacle that your client brings Some examples ldquoAnd what if you couldrdquo ldquoWhy notrdquo ldquoWhat if nobody would knowrdquo ldquoWhat if you had moneyrdquo ldquoI know you donrsquot but what if you knew what would you sayrdquo

3 GENERAL TIP BE COOL You really must have a cool and rela-xed attitude You really donrsquot know what would be best for your client so be really unconditional

THE COACHING ETHICS

XI THE COACHING ETHICS

There are six ethic rules in Coaching but with no doubt the first is the most important

CONFIDENTIALITY Coaching sessions must be given the utmost con-fidentiality There are no legal rules as in Therapy (like not having fa-mily as clients) but you always have to respect confidentiality When you do Coaching in a company and you must give feedback to their manager your clients must know it If necessary you can discuss the case with a mentor but always without mentioning the name of your client You can discuss the cases but without any names

CLIENTrsquoS AUTONOMY Coaching is all about autonomy and sustaina-bility You need your client to get results not that she needs you You should think ldquoif I change country how would my clients berdquo

CAREFUL WITH PROJECTIONS We all project aspects that we re-press in ourselves All currents in psychology agree that there is pro-jection When I look to someone else what I see is whatrsquos inside of me (strengths and weaknesses) Thatrsquos why some see one thing and others see another As a Coach you must be very attentive to projections You should not do it with your client and for that you must work on your roots If something bothers you that says more about you than about your client Itrsquos not just a technical issue of respecting others map-of--the-world It is an ethical issue

CREDIBILITY Of course you can use other different tools in your ses-sions but you should be able to do so Using things on which yoursquore not certified is breaking ethics Try to be congruent and integrate Being a corporate or a sales Coach without being an expert about those mat-ters is not ethical

106

107

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING THE FIRST SESSION IN PRATICE

CONTRACT IS CONTRACT The financial commitment you assume with your client is always the same as long as she is your client The same in what respects sessions frequency You should always ask permission to your client when you want to change the frequency of the sessions For WeCreate the value you charge to your client must be the same forever It is part of our gratitude towards our client

SELF-COACHING The Coach must be an example of Self-Coaching or she should have a Coach You really have to do ROSA once a year at least and use all these tools in a weekly basis Make sure that you are also an example of achieving your own dreams

XII THE FIRST SESSION

IN PRACTICEIt is normal that the first session is a bit longer (90min) Your focus is to build RAPPORT Here is an example of a few steps for your first session You can have a few more or less of these steps but this is the general idea

STEP 1 Memorize these steps so that you will not have to use this manual

STEP 2 (Partnership) Organize the working space have everything prepared adequated clothes etc

STEP 3 (Presence) Prepare to be fully present by meditating or by being a few minutes in silence

STEP 4 (Posture and words) Build rapport have a few minutes of casual positive and neutral conversation to break the ice For example the weather the clientrsquos favourite team foot-ball match etc

STEP 5 At this stage you will also try to collect information about the client Several aspects of her life and trying to deter-mine clientrsquos expectations regarding the Coaching process You will be attentive about the metaphors and about what is really important to her Yoursquoll need it to explain what Co-aching is in her words

STEP 6 Explain what Coaching is using the clientrsquos words and the references she gave us Example letrsquos imagine that boxing was something that the client liked and we want to explain

108

109

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING THE LAST SESSION

Coaching through boxing ldquoCoaching is like boxing It invol-ves a lot of training to succeed in getting results but ins-tead of having an external enemy we are fighting against ourselvesrdquo

STEP 7 Inviting the client to do an exercise we pick six pens (three of each color) We ask her to tell us three things that are going well in her life and we explore each area a bit Then we ask ldquoamong those areas which one is running really wellrdquo Then we ask for three things that are not going so well and explore a bit

STEP 8 Asking the client which 3 goals she would like to accom-plish by the end of the Coaching process that would make it worth the investment (as measurable as possible)

STEP 9 Establishing verbal contract and selling the idea of coa-ching (even if the sessions pack is already closed) Now we talk about the practical issues sessions frequency ses-sions length interrupting the client first session a bit lon-ger confidentiality guarantee If you feel comfortable you can talk about costs and forms of payment

STEP 10 ldquoCan we start our session talking about what brought you here How can I helprdquo

STEP 11 Talking a bit about the Clientrsquos reality and introducing the Pizza of Life The client draws herrsquos We will go on explai-ning the pizza and its different slices (very briefly not to influence) Some clients like to do it lsquoalonersquo others like to go on talking as they fill the slices

STEP 12 From then on you make ROSA 10

STEP 13 You end up the session You can share ROSA methodology with your client (if you think shersquod like it) and ending with positive feedback You can also ask the client how did she feel You can also ask her to choose an object and summa-rize the session You will also be doing some preframing by stating that Coaching is about action and homeworks

XIII THE LAST SESSION

A coaching process has a follow-up We can work with individual ses-sions or with a pack It is important to inform your clients that Coaching is a continuous process and not a process with miraculous results in the first session Hence it is like doing workout where it is difficult to get results if we go to the gym only once

You can work with packs of sessions (5 or 10) and we would like to give you some tips on what you should ensure it gets done in your last coaching session with someone you have been working with

FUTURE It is important to ensure that the client will continue taking steps in the future even not having sessions anymore or your presence In this session you should spend some time helping her in creating an action plan about the next steps she wants to go on taking in that area You can also take the opportunity to do a small summary of everything that you both worked in so that there is a notion of the progress made and the results achieved Ensures that your client completed that process and be sure about the next steps for her future Help her in crea-ting a good action plan

HABITS You can also ask your client which would be the daily or weekly habits that she would like more to integrate into her routine

POSITIVE FEEDBACK This is also the perfect time to give positive fe-edback to your client (despite being a constant throughout the sessions) Show her the progress she has made throughout the sessions and help her to realize all the positive things she has achieved

111

110

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

PERSONAL DEVELOPMENT We must ensure that our client conti-nues its personal development process and knows or tries new approaches Coaching is just one part of a wide range of options that are now ahead of her Encourage her to con-tinue that journey to read new books to try other trainings and workshops other different and complementary ways of approaching personal development

KEEPING CONTACT You can develop some form of contact with your old clients Email telephone facebook etc Remember to con-tinue sending her information about coaching or other matters you find important It is a way to ensure that your client will continue ldquoawakedrdquo for this subject

Thank you for being part of this project

Daniel Saacute Nogueira and Marta Ferreira

Page 30: WeCreate International Coaching Certification Manual

60

61

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

Some tips for using the psycho-geography of the client to your advan-tage

3 Having a room with a minimum amount of symbols It is not recom-mended to have crucifixes or other artefacts related to religion A bookshelf filled with books can also intimidate the client

3 Pay attention to details ndash cables on the floor which CDs are on the shelf etc

3 Having sessions at the clientrsquos home can become dangerous because there are lots of distractions and anchors Difficult si-tuations might have taken place there which will make it more challenging for the client to create a distance to them

It is the Coachrsquos job to notice the psycho-geography of her client and what makes her more comfortable

Despite all the rapport a Coaching session should always stay pro-fessional Being relaxed is necessary for both parties but the focus should not be on friendship You as a Coach need to be professional You must choose to be a Coach instead of a friend

When it comes to clothing you should be as neutral as possible in the beginning but always aligned with your personality Then you can try to adapt to the style of your client

The mantra here is having the client leave the session thinking that her Coach is just like her NOTHING IS WRONG Let your client choose what she prefers

LEVEL 2 - POSTURE AND PHRASINGWhen establishing rapport mere presence and partnership are not enough Moreover they are only the first step The posture and the phrasing that the Coach uses are very important for creating rapport in the relationship What we refer to here is mainly keeping a posture and using similar words and expressions to those of the client This way the client will see herself in us and instead of flight fight or freeze she will feel relaxed and be much more comfortable about talking

Sitting in the same position as the client using her posture tone of

voice and gestures these are all factors to consider

POSTURERegarding posture one can use two techniques that are very similar and very powerful

Mirroring When a Coach takes on a physical position that is the exact mirror image of the clientrsquos If the client leans to her right then the Coach who is facing her leans to her left

Matching In this case the Coach adopts the exact same physical position instead of a symmetric one Both ways are good and powerful The goal is to be equal or symmetrical

Of course it is not indispensable to be like the client 100 of the time as this will take a lot of the attention that the Coach needs to give the client

The more you practice these behaviours the more automatically and unconsciously you will do it When rapport already is high you can go back to your own posture and your regular vocabulary However should you feel the need you can always take up these techniques again

In fact at a high level of rapport it is possible and entirely positive that it is the client herself who starts to imitate our posture and words (un-consciously) This is the perfect moment to lead the client and suggest something more challenging to her

PHRASINGYou must pay great attention to the words that your client uses and the energy she puts into them The names of people that she talks about are also very important facts to remember

If you can use the same expressions as your client you will earn points in rapport Among these expressions metaphors are the most power-ful ones Try to explore as much possible the metaphors that are being used An excellent technique is to use a metaphor of the client to ex-

RAPPORT

The mirroring copies the

exact posture of the client

the matching mirrors

62

63

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

plain something This will reach very deeply into the psyche of the client and have great impact

You can also use themes that the client likes such as her passions and keep using them in future sessions to explain something or to give examples This creates an incredible sense of empathy between you and the client She will be glad that you are paying attention to what she says and at the same time she will understand much better what you say

The clientrsquos ideas are important keys to use when you speak in order to create and maintain rapport For example if the client talks a lot about travelling Irsquoll use the idea (anchor) that is already there because I know it works in his mind

BACKTRACKING backtracking is a Coaching technique that consists of summarizing the main points of a conversation by using the exact same words that the other person uses This tool helps the client follow the session and make her own short summary while listening to the Coach returning to what she just said and using the same words It is important to use at least the words we consider to be the most significant among the ones that the client expresses those that might be conveying more about her value patterns Backtracking can help us understand for example if we can move to the next phase of ROSA It helps us understand if the client has finished what she had to say about that phase and that way we can figure out whether we can move forward or not You can use simple questions to do so

3 ldquoLet me see if I got what you saidhelliprdquo - backtracking the conversa-tion using the exact words of the client - and then ending ldquoIs this is it or would you like to add something

3 ldquoSo what yoursquore saying isrdquo 3 ldquoCan I make a summary of your reality in relation to that slicerdquo

This is one of the simplest and most important techniques when buil-ding rapport

When building rapport avoid paraphrasing (saying the same thing in other words) but do quote A coach quotes

Mastery in Backtracking is being able to quote the last 20 minutes of a session This will leave your client fascinated and feeling that her Coach is really paying attention to everything she says

Therefore it is motivating to Backtrack at the end of each session and at the end of each phase of the ROSA

The Coach shows confidence and agrees with the client shows that she is on her side and really believes that the client will succeed

We must allow the person to be what she truly is talkative or silent Silent people also have things to say it is a matter of asking the right questions

NOTES When a session is not going well (the relationship is under stress) then the focus should be fully on level 2 Rapport - Posture and Phrasing The secret is to forget about the rest and build rapport again Once it is re-established you can address the problem

LEVEL 3 - PROBING AND PATIENCEEvery new level in Rapport brings you techniques that are deeper and more complex But the good news is that you donrsquot do level 3 Rapport until Level 1 and 2 are done So you will increase your skills by going from the easiest to the most difficult

PROBINGAsking questions is more complicated than imitating the posture and words of the client Indeed one of the more complicated aspects of being a Coach is to not give opinions and to ask the right questions at the right time We know that we keep showing you that you already are a Coach and that itrsquos easy but here we must tell you ldquoITrsquoS HARD BEING A COACHrdquo Think very carefully about whether you want to get into it Listening asking questions being patient with the pace of your clients

Even if you have the miracle answer to the clientrsquos situation you need to keep it to yourself Being patient is a challenge and usually typical

RAPPORT

64

65

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

To paraphrase can break

rapport

of the great masters You can only be a master if you want to learn to listen and if you develop a great patience for listening

Questions have the power to illuminate the darkness of your client by asking a powerful question you really get to see another human bri-ghten up right in front of you

Coaching has the power to open a new world to the client questions help people discover new resources Clients tend to find familiar answers but you as a Coach will lead them to unfamiliar answers

Classic examples of some ways to make your client talk

1 -Repeating what the client just said but in question form Client ndash ldquoYesterday I went boatingrdquo Coach ndash ldquoBoatingrdquo

2 -What does that mean to you What does fear mean to you What does a goal mean to you Example Client says ldquoIt is not rapport itrsquos complicityrdquoCoach replies ldquoWhat does complicity mean to yourdquo Client says ldquoItrsquos a clickrdquo Coach ldquoWhat does a click mean to yourdquo

3 -rdquoWhat elserdquo Serves above all to go to the heart of the matter Others like this one are ldquoTell me morerdquo and ldquoCan you go a bit deeper on thatrdquo

POWERFUL QUESTIONS Questions are probably the most beautiful flowers in the garden of learning Questions are one of the biggest se-crets of learning Creative solutions are practically impossible without questions

If you learn to ask 100 questions a day get ready for a revolution in your work at all levels

In life at work in business we are all afraid of asking questions We were educated from an early age to believe that there are right and wrong questions and we were also taught to not fail we avoid asking questions because of fearing that they are wrong The only way to reach the right questions is by not being afraid of the wrong ones

The one who wants to explore learning has to dance with this fear

A large part of all our creative potential stops at the door fearing to ring the doorbell When learning the one who doesnrsquot know is far less ignorant than the knowledgeable one Take risks Ring the bell Ask questions

Become obsessively curious ask questions How

3 Using the Coachrsquos ability of asking powerful questions 3 Following the rule of thumb ldquoThe Coach has the questions the

Client has the answersrdquo 3 Using positive language 3 Respecting the clientrsquos map-of-the-world 3 Always guiding towards solutions

Examples of powerful questions

3 ldquoCompared to whatrdquordquo 3 ldquoWhat does that mean to yourdquo 3 ldquoWhat could be a solution to yourdquo 3 ldquoI know you donrsquot know But if you knew what would that berdquo 3 ldquoWhat would be ideal to yourdquo 3 ldquoWhat do you want insteadrdquo 3 ldquoHow does that make you feelrdquo 3 ldquoWhat else could that meanrdquo 3 ldquoWhat do you want exactlyrdquo 3 ldquoWhat will you achieve with this goalrdquo 3 ldquoWhat will you do differently next timerdquo 3 ldquoWhat are you doing wellrdquo 3 ldquoWhat has to happen for you to be happy and successfulrdquo 3 ldquoWhat motivates you the mostrdquo 3 ldquoWhatrsquos the worst possible scenario And what could be the best

scenario ldquo 3 ldquoWhat are you willing to do to achieve your goalrdquo 3 ldquoWhat new things could you could tryrdquo 3 ldquoWhat prevents you from taking actionrdquo 3 ldquoWho could help you with this situationrdquo 3 ldquoWhat resources do you need to achieve your goalrdquo

RAPPORT

66

67

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

3 ldquoWhat else do you want to get out of your liferdquo 3 ldquoWhat do you really want achieve in that area of your liferdquo 3 ldquoWhat is your biggest dream in that area of your liferdquo 3 ldquoAnd what is the next small step that you would have to takerdquo 3 ldquoWhat do you find positive in this situationrdquo 3 ldquoHow could you attract better persons into your liferdquo 3 ldquoWhat would have to happen to make you feel more fulfilledrdquo 3 ldquoIf you were your own Coach what coaching would you give

yourselfrdquo 3 ldquoIf I was your best friend what advice would you give me to solve

this situationrdquo 3 ldquoIf you had all the time and money in the world how would you

fix itrdquo

In fact the art of asking questions is the foundations of a coaching process with powerful results The list of questions to ask seems en-dless

So become really obsessed with questions and start NOW How about adding 10 more ideas to our list And some more And many more

Typical coaching questions

3 Questions that lead to action (ldquoWhat will you do What can you do differently What do you need to do tordquo)

3 Goal-oriented instead of problem-oriented ldquoHow would you like it to berdquo ldquoAnd if you could what would you dordquo

3 Future-orientedldquoHow do you see that situation in the future How would you like to feelrdquo

Beware of questions with negative assumptions ldquoWhat happens if you donrsquot do itrdquo They should be followed immediately by a question with positive assumptions ldquoHow will you celebrate when you do itrdquo

RAPPORT

YOUR QUESTIONS

68

69

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

PATIENCECount to 10 relax work on your roots and realize that coaching is a process and that each person has her own time and rhythm How can you train your patience Think of 20 ideas

LEVEL 4 ndash PERCEPTUAL POSITIONSWe could also call this the level where we create rapport with our clientrsquos psychology In fact understanding and perceiving human psychology is a huge advantage for you as a Coach You are not there to be a friend of your client as we have mentioned so then a good way to create a relation with her is through her psychology

Do you know the psychology of a teenager or a parent a boss an unemployed If you grasp your clientrsquos psychology the Rapport will be extraordinary

If you demonstrate that you know how a mother thinks yoursquoll make the client believe that you understand her completely

Most people do not understand their own psyche If you can understand them at that level it will make the client to feel something extraordinary about you and the Coaching process

PERCEPTUAL POSITIONS At this level the Coach must master Per-ceptual Positions that is being able to put herself in another personrsquos position whether itrsquos the clientrsquos or the clientrsquos parent or any other person that is part of the situation You should be able to see the same situation from different perspectives and in the long term help your client do the same

THE EXERCISE This is an exercise to be used mainly if the client has trouble in a relationship with someone (friend family member etc) and is having some difficulty understanding that personrsquos Map-of-the--World And when this is of great importance

You do not need to go very deep in this exercise Because it is NLP even done in a soft way it can be very powerful to your client helping her to see an aspect of the situation that she hadnrsquot seen or reflected on before

STEP 1 ndash The client explains what is going on (she can speak freely without any restrictions You ask questions to understand the reality of the situation)

STEP 2 ndash The Coach suggests this perceptual positions exercise (it is just an invitation If the client does not want to do not continue)

STEP 3 ndash The Coach asks the client to choose two spots represen-ting the two standpoints (you can put a sheet of paper at each spot) and to imagine that the other person is at one of them

STEP 4 ndash The client speaks facing the other spot as if the person was there and acts as herself (The Coach guides with questions ldquoHow did that make you feel What would you like to tell herrdquo etc)

STEP 5 ndash Pause and ldquoshake outrdquo the client and share the question of the game of imagination

STEP 6 ndash The client recalls a childhood game she used to play and describes it a little We then use this as a metaphor to explain that we will now do the same Just a game where we use our imagination The Coach repeats that the per-son with whom the client has a challenge is there at the other spot

STEP 7 ndash The client goes over to the other spot and the Coach helps her go deeper into that role through guiding questions

STEP 8 ndash The client chooses whether she wants to return to her starting position and add something say something more She may go back and forth as many times as she wishes

STEP 9 ndash When done the Coach suggests to the client to stand on a chair and states ldquoYou are now in a neutral position a higher position What would you call this position (Allow the client to choose a name) Seen from above what do you have to say about this situation What would you say to (clientrsquos name) and to (the other personrsquos name) How would you solve this situation How can (clientrsquos name) solve this situationrdquo

RAPPORT

70

71

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

STEP 10 ndash After the client is done with the third (neutral) position the Coach takes the client off the papers

STEP 11 ndash The Coach can then use the following questions to debrief the exercise

3 ldquoHow was the exercise for you 3 ldquoWhat did you learnrdquo 3 ldquoIs there anything you could do differentlyrdquo

STEP 12 ndash Lead the client to an action (a first small step towards sol-ving the situation) and then funnel it

REMEMBER always undock the client from the different roles the client can do the exercise eyes opened or closed

TO ACKNOWLEDGE Acknowledge the client very very very much for having volunteered and shown vulnerability

This exercise serves mainly as a metaphor for the Coach striving to master Perceptual Positions (understanding and being able to go into different psyches)

CONCLUSION The Coach is a master of perceptual positions She knows how to see the different angles of the same situation She sees everything from different angles

PEMS

Life is all about relationships the relationships we have with ourselves and with others Some people instinctively relate better to themselves and others relate really well to others There are those who relate well to almost everything and everyone and others who are unable to relate with anyone This affects their personal and professional life

Is there any way to consciously improve the relationships that instinc-tively do not work Of course

When we grasp the logic of the mind of another person we can better interact with it and even influence it Psychology is power And if we apply on ourselves it becomes even more powerful and interesting The better we know ourselves and the logic of our mind the better we will be able to help ourselves and achieve our goals

Carl Gustav Jung a Swiss psychiatrist and founder of analytical psychology focused on studying social and collective archetypes He identified eight psychological types taking into account peoplersquos beha-viour abilities skills attitudes and motivations

He began by distinguishing between extraverted (social and expansive) and introverted (reserved and reflective) people Each of them could then be connected to two out of the four functions of the psyche sen-sing or intuition thinking or feeling

In the 40rsquos decade Isabel Myers and Katharine Briggs continued Jungrsquos work and added two auxiliary functions to the Jungian types percep-tion and judgement Thereby arriving at 16 psychological types or 16 personality types Later a personality test was created ndash The Myers--Briggs Type Indicator or MBTI - which is still the most commonly used tool for identifying different personality types

Based on Jungrsquos work we have created a model called PEMS which will help us better understand the logic of our own mind and of the people around us

In this model we distinguish four dominant preferences (P-E-M-S) which correspond to the four elements of life

PRACTICAL (the body DOING Activity Action related to the ele-ment of EARTH) - corresponds to someone that is earthly active dynamic practical that does a lot In excess these are people who never stop to consider their actions

EMOTIONAL (the heart FEELING Feelings Love related to the element of WATER) - corresponds to someone who nee-ds people relations who gives a lot to others and seeks affection In excess these are people who might be overly sensitive

RAPPORT

72

73

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

MENTAL (the mind THINKING Analysis Intellect Logic related to the element of AIR) - corresponds to someone who values analysis rationalization and uses logic and who always fo-cuses on making the right decision In excess these are people who might become impersonal and cold

SPIRITUAL (the soul BEING Values Existence related to the ele-ment of FIRE) - corresponds to someone who thinks that everything has meaning and a higher purpose These are people who care very much about values In excess they can fluctuate too much and concretize too little

The four logics of the mind that we have identified are also based on the four elements

Practical ndash EARTH (firm solid stable secure strong dense)Emotional ndash WATER (flexible always coming back to herself)Mental ndashAIR (transparent lightweight fast facilitates communica-

tion)Spiritual ndash FIRE (burning fleeting transforming powerful)

Thus in a very simplified manner we can divide people into four ca-tegories

PRACTICAL PEOPLE (P) ndash THEY LIKE TO ACT AND DOThese are the people who like action movement They are the ones who make the world move As friends or clients they may want to go straight to the point try things and learn about practical matters The greatest fear of these practical persons is losing control They like to feel that they are in control of the situation of the pace of the conver-sation and of the surroundings

HELP THEM ALWAYS FEEL IN CONTROL

EMOTIONAL PEOPLE (E) ndash THEY LIKE FEELING AND RELATINGThese are people who love people and sharing feelings Everything is an emotion for them And they feel things about everything and everyo-ne Let them talk about their family friends dogs neighbours etchellip

They will talk mostly about people and what they are feeling Their greatest fear is loosing empathy They like to feel reliable and they want to relate

HELP THEM FEEL EMPATHY TOWARDS YOU

MENTAL PEOPLE (M) ndash THEY LIKE TO THINK AND TO ANALYSEThese are people who like to analyze and who try to put everything into a box into a certain perspective They are precise and meticulous They like detail to study and analyze all possibilities They donrsquot fear debating (quite the contrary) and discussing they love the exchanging ideas and arguments but they need to end up being right or get a very good explanation to why the other is right A mental person is always striving to make the best decision Their greatest fear is to be wrong they like to feel that they are correct and that they are making deci-sions based on logic and rational thinking

HELP THEM FEEL THAT THEY ARE RIGHT

SPIRITUAL PEOPLE (S) ndash THEY LIKE TO BE AND TO GLOWThey are looking for the greater purpose of things They believe that everything has a reason for being the way it is that there are no coin-cidences and itrsquos that quest that moves them They give great meaning to every situation always looking for ldquotherdquo situation The greater the meaning the greater their motivation Their biggest fear is to have no meaning That it is to not be significant or ldquoshinerdquo in any way They need to feel conscious and whole

HELP THEM FEEL THAT THEY ARE MEANINGFUL

Although we all have and use a portion of these four categories in the different contexts or times of our life one of them is predominant in us Identifying it is important for managing and interacting with life and with others since it is the best and the fastest way of accessing the Map-of-the-world of someone and speaking a language that that per-son recognizes and accepts as her own

RAPPORT

74

75

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

In fact we are all one but we are all different and we must understand these differences to be able to deal with others People who are more emotional behave and interact in a totally opposite manner from mental people the same way that most practical people interact in a way that is opposite to spiritual people

The EMOTIONAL person is micro-MACRO Transforms everything that is small into something big Everything is important everything is emotional From the simple ldquogood morningrdquo to hearing ldquoI love yourdquo every day For an emotional person a discussion is always a tsuna-mi Therefore itrsquos the emotional persons who with their micro-Macro sense make birthdays a special day and receive small things with gre-at love

The MENTAL person is MACRO-micro transforms everything that is big into something small She makes it more complex by simplifying it For example this very PEMS model is MACRO-micro as it strives to make the hugeness of the personality types into something much smaller creating only four categories for all human beings The mental person also feels less and give less importance to her feelings

The SPIRITUAL person is MACRO-MACRO she takes everything that is already big and turns it even bigger more meaningful more im-portant more relevant Almost everything is a question of values of making the world a better place and interpretations that go far beyond reality A simple leaf falling off a tree can represent a new phase in life for a spiritual person

The PRACTICAL person is micro-micro turns everything into small and simple lsquoright here and right nowrsquo matters They act Right now with what they have They donrsquot feel the need to enlarge what is small and they donrsquot care much about great concepts If the five senses can help them grasp a situation everything is fine

THE PREDOMINANT LOGIC OF OUR PSYCHEThe most practical way of finding out is to notice how we behave in a stressful situation Each of us when under stress often react in a way that is very close to our basic personality type

Practical people act react move around organize themselves put their hands to work and do not rest until they manage to move things forward

The emotional people feel and feel a lot If a situation is stressful diffi-cult and negative they will have difficult and negative emotions they will feel what others feel and they will want to manage these emotions in the moment

People that are predominantly mental will under stress begin to ratio-nalize need logical answers be fast and analytical They donrsquot want to solve anything through feelings they donrsquot want to act they are only concerned with finding the right and correct decision and struggle until they get it

Finally the predominantly spiritual people will want to give a greater meaning to that particular event What has to be done what people feel or what the right solution is doesnrsquot matter what matters is why things happened the way they did and what the greater significance of that may be

RAPPORT

76

77

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

Identify the psychological type of the client can help the coach to anticipate and understand expectations

MAIN SUPERIOR FUNCTION AND AUXILIARY INFERIOR FUNCTION

According to Carl Jung while we all have one function that is better developed than the others ndash a superior function ndash we also have another fairly well developed function called the first auxiliary

All of us have a bit of each one of the psychologies but there are always two that are predominant a main one which Jung calls the superior function and an auxiliary one that lies at the bottom of the cross shown on the previous page which is always to the right or left of our superior one

The inferior function is one that is less developed and that remains mainly in our unconscious

Thus a person who is predominantly Practical may have as her auxi-liary function the emotional or mental logic thus being PE or PM

A person who is predominantly Mental may have as her auxiliary func-tion the spiritual or practical logic thus being MS or MP

A person who is predominantly Spiritual may have as her auxiliary function the emotional or mental logic thus being SE or SM

And a person who is predominantly Emotional may have as her auxilia-ry function the spiritual or practical logic thus being ES or EP

This all means that we are situated in one of the following categories

3 Practical Emotional or Emotional Practical 3 Practical Mental or Mental Practical 3 Spiritual Emotional or Emotional Spiritual 3 Spiritual Mental or Mental Spiritual

As you may have noticed according to Jung there are no EMME or PSSP That is one canrsquot have as her first auxiliary function the func-tion that is opposite to the superior one

Carl Jung said that we should look closely at our inferior function whi-ch usually remains in our unconscious because it contains an enor-mous potential for a change and each one of us can benefit a lot from integrating our inferior function with our superior one

Taking risks experimenting enjoying everything that life has to offer is the best way of getting to know ourselves and realizing where our happiness lies (ldquoTrate a Vida por Turdquo paacuteg 74)

INTROVERSION AND EXTROVERSION Introversion and extroversion have to do with the direction in which we focus our attention and energy

People who prefer Extroversion focus their energy and attention away from themselves and are interested in the world of people and things

3 Attracted to the world of events and people outside of themsel-ves

3 They are aware of who and what is around them 3 They like to meet and talk to new people 3 They are friendly often good talkers and easy to get to know 3 They tend to talk easily and often in meetings 3 May not be as aware of what goes on inside them 3 They think while talking 3 They may act or speak first and only think later 3 Speaking about themselves they speak fast 3 They bring energy into life 3 They can get bored and restless if they are alone for too long

People who prefer Introversion (focus their energy and attention inward and are interested in the inner world of thoughts and reflections)

3 Attracted to the inner world of thoughts feelings and reflections 3 They are usually very aware of their inner reactions 3 They prefer to interact with people they know 3 They are usually quiet in meetings and sometimes seem disen-

gaged

RAPPORT

78

79

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

3 They are generally reserved and hard to get to know 3 They may not be as aware of the world outside of them 3 They need time to gather their thoughts before they speak 3 They reflect and think before acting 3 They want to know you before allowing you to get to know them

deeply 3 They feel exhausted and tired after interacting with peoples

FINAL NOTE you must be what your client is You have to find that person inside you

LEARNING STYLESAs we saw with the previous PEMS model our clients will have diffe-rent psychological preferences It is therefore important and essential that you are able to adapt your sessions to the learning style that your client likes best and that better meets her psychological preference

EMOTIONAL Emotional clients will like to talk and share on their to-pics They are very much looking for a relationship and empathy with the Coach and they need to feel heard more than any of the other personality types For these persons learning has a lot to do with the relationship that is created with the feeling of support that they get and even with the positive feedback They like to learn through stories As a Coach it is important to learn to empathize with the emotional range of these persons They will appreciate the sharing to tell stories and to listen to them With emotional clients we may sometimes feel that we are not taking huge steps forward But the fact is that many times these persons need to first be listened to

MENTAL Mental clients will be more logical and may have a more aca-demic style of learning They will want to understand the reasons why things are what they are they will want to get tasks involving research on certain subjects The sessions with these people must be well defi-ned and prepared They will want to explore their intellectual side and feel challenged It is important for them to have access to information and tools that explain the work they are doing in the sessions in a con-crete and logical manner Of course they also need to empathize but the intellectual challenge feeling that their intellect is develops appears to be greater They may like schemes graphics and any models that

could simplify the learning process What these persons will demand of you is a greater capacity to analyse and a logical and rational way of communicating

SPIRITUAL this is for most people the most difficult learning style to adopt Remember that these persons are seeking the greater meaning of things They really want to feel inspired by the coaching process (and even by their Coach) They will want to see that you are an exam-ple of what you talk about so called congruence Spiritual persons will enjoy topics that are more related to values to their identity that make them feel that they are taking steps towards becoming better hu-man beings With these clients you can use powerful metaphors (even through movies music creative exercises etc) and above all strive to make sure that the person leaves the session very inspired

PRACTICAL They like action Which is great because coaching is pri-marily about action These persons like to have very practical sessions in which they get the opportunity to do many exercises and experiment with different situations They may be the clients that like getting more tasks and having things to do (which then sometimes ldquogets lostrdquo due to their time management) These clients will require more simplicity and a well-paced session from you They may also like to do exercises that involve moving their body Above all they will want you to help them get into action

As we deal with these four kinds of preferences we need to adapt our Coaching style to the learning style that each person has Thus we should prepare a lot their sessions and realize that some will require from you

3 Greater sharing and ability to listen and relate (e) 3 Researching mastering the subject very well and knowing how

to mentally stimulate your client with challenges (m) 3 Powerful metaphors very inspirational sessions and congruen-

ce that assign meaning to the Coaching process (s) 3 Practical exercises diversified well rhythmed sessions that

help your client to quickly get into action (p)

RAPPORT

80

81

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING ROOTS

LEVEL 5 - PERSON TO PERSONThis is the fifth level of rapport the deepest and more intense one It happens when the level of rapport is a total vibration Itrsquos when the client feels such a confidence by her Coach empathy and sympathy Itrsquos the hardest level to evaluate

Itrsquos when your client feels so much connected to you that depending on her your relationship would go beyond Coaching She no longer wants the Coach she wants you You no longer understand only the person she feels that you know about her You donrsquot understand psychology you understand who she is

It is very similar to the rapport level you have with 23 of very close persons in your life Everything is natural unconscious and sponta-neous

VIII ROOTS

Every human being seeks to get results Mo-ney Family Romance Peace Happiness

Career Health All we want in life is to have results in those areas

The Map-of-the-World Model is used to work on roots - your

roots as a Coach It shows us how does the psyche of all of us works As a Coach no one

should surprise you about yourself You should know you well know everything about yourself This is what itrsquos called a rooted person

click the video to see it

82

83

BELIEFSTRANSFORMATIVE COACHING

ROSA 20 M - AIR - THINK

VALUESHOLISTIC COACHING

ROSA 30 S - FIRE - BE

COACHING 40

WORLD MAP MODEL

being th

e moment

passi

on en

ergy

demotiv

ation

empowering beliefs

limiting rules

relation air(comunication)

coach is priestisnacutet

1 value focus

UNSUSTAINABLESUSTAINABLE

SECURITY

SELF LOVE

CONSCIOUSNESS

PERSONAL DEVEL

FREEDOM

LOVEBELOVED

BLISS

CONTRIBUTION

P

E

M

S

BEHAVIORROSA 10

SITUATIONAL COACHING

P - EARTH - DO

EMOTIONSREMEDY COACHING

ROSA 10 + LISTEN E - WATER - FEEL

RESULTS

ability to

enter

in st

ate

emotional

patter

ns

habits and discipline

addictions

coach is bossisnacutet

coach is friendisnacutet

1 Homework focus

optimism faithpositive

meditation

key points focusused to interrupt the fear cycle

coach is coach

HUMAN HAVINGHUMAN BEING

UNSUSTAINABLEEGOTISTICAL

STRETCH ZONE

SUSTAINABLEECOLOGICALSTRETCH ZONE

SHORT TERMLONG TERM

CYCLE OF CONFIDENCECYCLE OF FEAR

CONSCIOUS

SUBCONSCIOUS

UNCONSCIOUS

84

85

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

So the first question is why some are getting results while others are not

ACTIONS BEHAVIORSThis means that anyone who is having results is because she is ldquodoingrdquo ie behaving differently from other people who are having no results in those areas For example a millionaire DOES things that people who are not millionaires donrsquot For example saving investing etc Someone with a great health is DOING things that people that donrsquot have a good health are not What we are doing is making the difference Two people in the same circumstances that do exactly the same actions have the same kind of results People who have the results you wanna have ARE DOING THINGS TO GET THEM

So the next question is what leads some people to DO and others to not do

EMOTIONSEverything you do in your life is a relationship between pain and pleasure What happens is that someone who goes running at 6 am associates more pain with lsquonot goingrsquo than with lsquogoingrsquo Who is going to the gym asso-ciates more pleasure than pain with going to the gym in the morning That relationship between pain and pleasure is what is defining your results If we dramatically increase the pain or the pleasure associated we will get to change your results

As so what is then defining that painpleasure relationship

BELIEFSThe reason is because of our beliefs of what we believe in Our beliefs are our set of rules for the world and for our lives Your set of beliefs in fact is defining your painpleasure relationship with something and then your actions A millionaire believes that saving is essential that investing and taking risks is necessary This set of beliefs leads himher to associa-te more pleasure than pain with having these behaviors and therefore heshe implements them Other people have other beliefs that create other

emotions that create other results People who are achieving results in areas that you arenrsquot have a beliefs system different from yours

And then it seems logical to ask so what is defining and creating your set of beliefs

VALUESWhat is a value Itrsquos something that is important to you something you re-ally value The only thing that determines a value is if it is valuable to you Not all of us share the same values (Example the values of Mother Teresa and Donald Trump Contribution vs Professional Accomplishment) What you really value and not what you say that you value You value it so much that it generates your set of beliefs In fact when you live your values in practice (on a daily basis) you are defining your life results Not what you would like to value but what you are really valorizing In fact we all have the same values What differs is the order and the importance we give to each one of them

For example if someone has the value of the family above the value of work she will have the belief that it is more important to spend time with her family causing her to develop a positive feeling when she is with her family which leads her to really try to spend more time with it On the other hand someone who has the value of work above the family one will be someone who believes she should spend more time with her work and career as she believes it is that that will bring her more financial stabi-lity for example So she will associate more pleasure to the time spent at work than at home causing her to act accordingly to that emotion For example Donald Trump and Mother Teresa of Calcutta havenrsquot they got different values One probably values more lsquoprofessional fulfillmentrsquo the other values more lsquocontributionrsquo Different results Sure One has one of the largest business empires in the world the other left the largest volun-teer organization in the world

So in reality the values you are living in practice (what you are valuing in practice) are defining your results

This alone already explains a good part of the psyche of human beings But letrsquos go deeper

ROOTS

Having roots is to control the cycle of trust

86

87

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

To have roots the coach has to identify

her motivators and values create beliefs and habits and learn

to place herself in a state

CYCLE OF CONFIDENCE AND CYCLE OF FEAREveryone has Cycles of Fear in some areas and Cycles of Confidence in other areas

How do you know it If you are having or not results in that area In the areas of your life where you are getting results you are living in a Cycle of Confidence In the areas where yoursquore not you are living in a Cycle of Fear What does this means is that you have behavioral addic-tions or that you are doing things in a vicious way you are in a sort of a mice wheel Those addictions start by creating emotional patterns on you (feelings that you are having whether you want it or not for instan-ce jealousy when it becomes a pattern no matter what the other does that emotion will keep being there it is an emotion that happens to you) and those emotional patterns generate limiting rules We use the words ldquorulesrdquo because in reality limiting beliefs are created because they have a very large set of rules And this generates demotivation An addiction creates an emotional pattern that creates rules limiting which create demotivation and discourage us to move and change This Cycle of Fear is being lived FROM RESULTS TO VALUES and not in the other and right way The bad news are that we all have Cycles of Fear The areas in which we are not having results is because we are afraid but we paint it in other colors Irsquom afraid Irsquom demotivated I have emotional patterns and I have limiting rules

For you to gain roots you need to recognize these cycles You need to break it if you want results but if you want roots you need to recognize them Good news you can break Cycles of Fear

Second good news you have Cycles of Confidence You also unders-tand the other psychology So what is a Cycle of Confidence

You start by having the capacity of creating Discipline and Habits you get the ability to get into a certain and desired state (eg being happy to go training I want to create that emotion I visualize it it is the op-posite of an emotional pattern the pattern happens to you Think of a boxer who puts herself into her wanted state before entering in a ring You have empowering beliefs (when you believe in something that cre-ates more of it) This creates energy passion being in the moment Being with energy and passion and in the moment brings me empowe-ring beliefs which put me in the emotional state I want and provide me

habits and discipline The good news you have these cycles in areas that you are getting results Think in one area You have these four things right

Having these cycles itrsquos called being human First part on lsquorootsrsquo is about knowing your Cycles of Fear and Confidence and admit them to yourself to those you love to the others And having the courage to say that it doesnrsquot work because of FEAR And there is a way to break this cycle When you have roots you stop projecting it in your clients

There is a way of finding your values in a very logical way knowing which human motivators drive your behavior

8 HUMAN MOTIVATORSMaslov pyramid he was the first to talk about human needs He is outda-ted because it defines a hierarchy He places self-fulfillment at the top This model is very much focused on Maslovrsquos map-of-the-world who was an MS If it is a PE he may have lsquofamilyrsquo in the top and that is not wrong Still there are things that all humans need

So with all these models we created the 8 human motivators they are divided in four paradoxes one for each of the PEMS The first paradox is security freedom

Each one of us was born with a set of motivators You are ldquoaddictedrdquo on one side of the paradox You have to fulfill that need even if you have to abdicate of the other one

ROOTS

SECURITY

SELF LOVE

CONSCIOUSNESS

PERSONAL DEVEL

FREEDOM

LOVEBELOVED

BLISS

CONTRIBUTION

P

E

M

S

88

89

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

The main lesson is the more you live the other side of the paradox the more you will live your addiction as well What happens is that you can only get more of your addiction when you learn to validate the other side of the paradox This is what Jung calls ldquoparadoxes integrationrdquo be the millionaire and the altruistic Be the mother of family and career etc Only when you integrate the other energy is when it boosts the one that is more natural to you

For other persons it happens the same with security and all other pa-radoxes The suggestion is Irsquom addicted on this but I can pause and I can go exploring the other side What you have to figure out is your map (draw in the lsquoinfinite signsrsquo which side of the paradoxes is bigger) Your map is about how much you need to fill each side of the paradox

So YOUR HUMAN MOTIVATORS ARE DEFINING YOUR VALUES AND YOUR VALUES ARE DEFINING YOUR RESULTS

You can have everything on one of the sides of the paradox if yoursquore willing to face the fear of losing it

All people fill their motivators The difference between us is how sus-tainable is that satisfaction Unsustainable means that every day you

EXERCISE Do your map How do you discover Based on major decisions you made in your life Example work home relationships etc

have to feed them Imagine a homeless person he meets hisher secu-rity needs (eating and having where to sleep) but he has to do it every day Now compare with Donald Trump If you see the freedom part it probably happens the opposite

3 SUSTAINABLE it feeds itself It is something that can continue without the need for external resources It is ecological based on challenge and paradoxes integration

3 UNSUSTAINABLE you need to do it every day it is selfish ba-sed on comfort and extremist You do it like it was a daily shot

Example father and daughter about going out at night (to satisfy sa-fety and to love and be loved) Father says no hersquos being selfish and within his comfort zone The same father after coming to this course ldquoYoursquore going to the party until 2230 You send me an sms saying that everything is ok and at 2230 Irsquoll pick yourdquo This continues for some time Father goes on diminishing the rules Now hersquos being ecological entering his challenge zone and integrating paradoxes To feel safe as a father he has to give some freedom To feel loved he has to give them some self love Now his motivators are sustainable and has a sustai-nable system that feeds itself To arrive to a deeper level of security he needs to take the risk that comes from giving more freedom

DIAGONAL CONTINUOUS LINEThis line shows us that working above the line ie the clientrsquos beha-viors andor emotions is short-term and unsustainable In this case only the techniques are worked There are immediate results but with no major impact and duration Like when we are called to do motiva-tional speaking or teambuildingrsquos People feel better and do things but the results have a short duration

This does not imply that it is wrong to do Coaching based on these two areas For example in a quick conversation with a friend we can do Situational Coaching (based on behaviours) in order to get her to do something that has been postponing If the action has been made and it was what was intended to be then you did your role as Coach The Remedy Coaching is also important sometimes which consists on making the other person to leave the session feeling good thinking more positive at the time having had an opportunity to digest an emo-tion

ROOTS

90

91

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

Below the continuous line is where lies the deepest work The one that will actually be sustainable and with long-term results This is where we work values and beliefs it is where we go deep to the point where in fact we shift paradigms The client in this type of Coaching change her beliefs and values turning to be a really different person in opposition to what happens above the line where only the emotions or behaviors are changed but the client continues to be what she was

ICEBERGWith the iceberg image it is understood that the behavior is the conscious part of the human being the only thing that the client can see and analyze Everything else emotions beliefs and values are at the clientrsquos unconscious But as a Coa-ch I must and I want to work also the unconscious because as we saw above this is where it lies the sustainable and long-term work

When we help our clients shifting their paradigms beliefs emotions or values we are working with their unconscious Your client will not like this at some point in the process The unconscious will realize that she will have to change and this will cause the first resistance Knowing how to overcome this is essential to the Coachrsquos work so she can de-liver sustainable results

Conscious Mind keeps all the information which you can access now

Unconscious Mind keeps all the information that has ever passed through your brain It is also a kind of a warning system for you

The information passes from the unconscious to the conscious mind through the subconscious It goes dropping into deeper levels of our mind Very qui-ckly your clients will want to turn you into one of three things

Friend ndash They want someone who listens to them who is patient with them who is always there with whom they can always count and talk Most of your clients will want to have you here that you turn into a sort of confi-dant that supports them but does not challenge them too much But you are not there to be a friend

Boss ndash Many will seek in the Coach someone to tell them what to do who provides them specific guidance who pressures them who ldquopunishrdquo them when they donrsquot have their homework done Someone who is even more committed with their results than themselves But yoursquore also not there to be a Boss

Priest ndash Others will want a kind of a weekly confession session That you absolve the mistakes theyrsquove made du-ring the week that you tell them everything is fine and that it doesnrsquot matter we are all human and we all make mistakes You are not there to be a kind of spiritual le-ader of your client and to absolve him You are there to be

Coach - The Coach has an ldquoAirrdquo relationship with the client ie mental of communication becau-se it is a conversation where you listen and ask where there is intellectual stimulation In the map--of-the-world scheme the Coachrsquos sketch is in the quadrant of beliefs It is a ldquomind with mindrdquo work

It is important to know this because with the sessions going clients tend to try their Coach to become a friend (wateremotions) a boss (earthbehaviors) or even a priest (firevalues) However the Coach should avoid the mistake of behaving like one of these three types You are there to be a Coach

Notes In Informal Coaching with friends colleagues family remember that first thatrsquos what you are and only then you are a Coach Therefore you should not give prevalence to the Coach but to the relationship you have with that person otherwise you would violate the pact that exists between the two

ROOTS

92

93

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

4 TYPES OF COACHINGBased on these four quadrants there are four types of Coaching

Situational Coaching ndash The one that is done immediate-ly during the situation with the sole purpose of lea-ding it to an action It usually consists of a brief con-versation where a ROSA 10 is done Your client has a situation that week that really needs to be addressed Ex a proposal that she needs to present a college exam for which she has to study Itrsquos not bad Coaching and it is often necessary Only it is more superficial

Remediative Coaching ndash As the name says it suits when we have to put a ldquobandageointmentrdquo on the emotions The goal is the client to feel good at the end of the session without having to go deeply on the problem Itrsquos the typical conver-sation where the client unburdens and your only goal is to make her feel a little better Sometimes it may be and it often is necessary

Ex the past week your client has discussed with someone important to her or something happened that greatly dealt with her emotions Your first focus should be to help her to unburden and to feel better We used ROSA 10 + Unburden

Transformative Coaching ndash Here the goal is not just making the client to feel better but that she can change the way she sees her life and herself Here we mainly work on beliefs ie the client stops believing in some things to start believing in another ones She shifts paradigm Coaching is now much more sustainable and with long--term results It undergoes through more complete ses-sions where ROSA 20 is done

Holistic Coaching ndash This is the kind of Coaching that involves the whole being of the client all her areas and valences ie her values The entire psyche is worked We are working the whole Human Being and not only a part of it Even the motivators are worked We use ROSA 30 and we work a lot on paradoxes integration

KEY POINTSWe said earlier that we all have Cycles of Fear and that we can change them to Cycles of Confidence How

Imagine that you have a turnscrew and a bicycle wheel is malfunctio-ning You will then put the turnscrew into one of the four key points and then yoursquoll pull and force the wheel to move in the right direction to-wards the Cycle of Confidence And very important you donrsquot take out the turnscrew until the Cycle (the wheel) rotates in the right direction

What are then the Four Key Points You can really choose only one

VALUE FOCUS At this point you will choose a key value for you whi-ch you canrsquot leave to live in practice Whatever happens you canrsquot take the turnscrew from there For instance imagine that you are experien-cing serious financial difficulties and you decide that lsquoValue Focusrsquo is your point Imagine that you choose ldquosavingrdquo as the value that has to be experienced in practice Then whenever you have to make a decision that involves spending money you know what to do You canrsquot in any way stop living this value until the cycle begins to rotate in the oppo-site direction and gets sustainable

POSITIVITY If you want to work at the level of beliefs yoursquoll start to develop this empowering belief base BEING POSITIVE You must be a positive person with faith who believes that everything will go well who says only positive things about herself and the others who sees and is focused on everything positive that is going around her And when the bad days or the bad news are coming and you feel the need to say something negative you shut up And you say something positive

EMOTION FOCUS Imagine that there is an emotion that makes your Cycle of Fear to happen (an emotional pattern) In this key point you will choose an emotion that you would like to learn to cause in yourself learning how to get yourself into that state Imagine that you have been feeling too much anger in your Cycle of Fear and want to feel harmony instead You want to learn how to get into that emotional state You start feeling the opposite emotion and you do something to manage to be in an harmony state (you listen to a song that gets yourself into that state you put your boxing gloves you jump you meditate you close

ROOTS

94

95

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

your eyes you read a poem as Mandela did )

HOMEWORK FOCUS Here you will define a homework that until itrsquos done you wonrsquot do anything else Imagine that you have a Cycle of Fear in relation to health that you define lsquoHomework Focusrsquo as the key point and your homework is running every day Until you manage to do it nothing else matters All of your strategies are directioned so that your homework is being done as soon as possible

In the end all of the four key points have to do with absolute focus

Value ndash Focus on the most important value Until that value is being lived we wonrsquot move on

Positivity (Faith Optimism) ndash Focus on the positive emotions Un-til she gets optimistic we wonrsquot move on

Emotion (Meditation) ndash Focus on pleasure Until she feels more ple-asure than pain we wonrsquot move on

Homework ndash Focus on action Until the homework gets done we wonrsquot move on

VERY IMPORTANTYou as a coach do not have to guess your clientrsquos map-of-the-world or even her PEMS but you have to explore it aside of her You will only master her Map-of-the-World when you understand your own (creating roots) because you will never learn anything about yourself with your client you will never discover anything about you because shersquos the one who discovers it being real or not You Coach you must be hum-ble enough to know that you know nothing about your client and you shouldnrsquot try to guess anything It is the customer who gets there alone

Therefore the more knowledge you have about your own map-of-the--world together with Rapport and ROSA the more intense will be your Coaching because the more you will be able to help your client The goal is that you have the tools in yourself so you can help her In other words this tool is for you to deepen your roots and thus know when you need to do only ROSA or go searching for the Key Points or to use

another method For instance if a client has as her main challenge to be promoted then therersquos no logical on working on Cycles of Fear but to make a ROSA and move forward On the other hand if you see that there is a Cycle of Fear then you should find the key point so you can work on it

I canrsquot help the others if I canrsquot help myself first

ROOTS

values (I am)

during session

clientcoach rosa unconscious

Beliefs (I think)

between sessions

co-coach rosa 30

emotions (I feel)

leverage slice

self coaching rosa 20behavior (I do)

holistic

coaching to others rosa 10M

S

E

P

96

97

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING RESULTS

IX RESULTS

Results are super important in the Coa-ching process There is simply no Coa-

ching if there are no results and thatrsquos why they are at the center of the

triangle of the four Rrsquos Everything we do whether is ROSA creating

Roots or building Rapport it is done with the purpose of get-ting results at the end of the sessions

This is what distinguishes the most Coaching from other practices As a Coach you must become obsessed with your clients results Not only that they do their homeworks but also how close did Coaching took them closer to their Guru Objective how much it has improved their leverage slice of the Pizza and other slices as well We also try to assess the sustainability of those results We donrsquot want them just to get there but also that they keep there

Coaching is about results and you must take this premise very seriou-sly You have been hired to make them reach some goals Become obsessed with it

It is not so easy to evaluate results in a metric way in the world of Co-aching but it proves to be very important Not only with Life Coaching but also with Business Coaching We must find a way to demonstrate that our work has had results in practice

That was the reason why we have created the Results Model

Our level of competence is equal to our worst level of performance

RESULTS MODELIt is possible to define results through the four metrics

lsquoSrsquo AXIS (SPIRITUAL) WE EVALUATE THE PROCESS IMPACT ON THE CLIENT

Behavior (I DO) When the client throughout the process changes one or more behaviors She does now due to the sessions different things that she didnrsquot before

Emotions (I FEEL) When the client feels happier more self-confi-dent fulfilled etc She has now different and more positive emotions due to the Coaching process

98

99

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

Beliefs (I THINK) When there is a change of belief (I used to belie-ve I was not a good person and now I believe I am) When the client used to believe in something and she started to believe in something different There was a paradigm shift She used to see something in a certain way and now she sees it in a more empowering way

Values (I AM) When the Coach manages to help the client to change her values ie the person she is This happens for exam-ple when the client starts to put more emphasis on family than on work or when she accepts and believes that she is a healthy and different person and that nothing will change that now She values different things todat due to the Coa-ching process

lsquoErsquo AXIS (EMOTIONAL) WE EVALUATE THE CLIENTrsquoS AUTONOMY

Level 1 Coach (CoachClient Relationship) Itrsquos the Coach who controls the situation There is a formal relationship be-tween Coach and Client and the session is controlled and oriented by the Coach

Level 2 Coach (Co-Coach) The Client already acts as a Coach during the sessions This happens for example when the client already knows that she is supposed to also say po-sitive things on the Reality part that is she already knows what to do in each step She already takes the initiative The relationship is more about cooperation now and the Client start becoming autonomous

Level 3 Coach (Self-Coaching) When the Client already does Self--Coaching at home not being asked to This is a fantastic moment because she already has the tools and the Coach is there to help and support

Level 4 Coach (Coach to others) When the Client comes to a ses-sion and tells us she has done Coaching with someone else (with her child for instance) This person came to us to be helped however she is already using our tools to help so-

RESULTS

meone else She is totally independent It is every Coachrsquos dream

lsquoMrsquo AXIS (MENTAL) WE EVALUATE THE CLIENTrsquoS CONTENTS ASSIMILATION

Uses Rosa 10 language o cliente usa palavras como Realidade objetivos soluccedilotildees accedilotildees fazem hoje parte do seu leacutexico

Uses Rosa 20 language the client uses terms such as guru objec-tives baby objectives measurable beliefs paradigm shif-ting brainstorming etc

Uses Rosa 30 language she refers terms like emotional patterns cycles of fear and confidence values dilemma etc

Uses unconscious Rosa language when many of these terms are so ingrained in the clientrsquos language that she thinks she will use them for the rest of her life

lsquoPrsquo AXIS (PRACTICE) WE EVALUATE RESULTS IN PRACTICE

During the Session I can manage the client to get results only du-ring the session It is a Coaching session that has no power to influence the client outside it

Between Sessions It mostly happens when the client is doing her homeworks It means that what happened during the ses-sion touched her with enough strength to get her to realize she has to do something and that she is doing something outside the sessions

Leverage Slice It happens when the client fulfills her Leverage Slice and achieves the goal that brought her to Coaching or when her satisfaction in that slice has dramatically im-proved

Holistic When the client improves satisfaction in multiple slices as a result of the sessions including the leverage slice It was a process that had an impact on the whole being and not just in one area of her life

100

101

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

You can make this model with your client on the last session you have together You can also make a self-assessment to compare with it When you measure these four levels of results you will have access to check what level of Coaching you had on that specific process

COACHING LEVELThe Coaching Level that you have delivered is always proportional to your lowest result Even if you have three axes at level 3 and have only one at a level 2 Coaching has been 20 This is valuable information to you as a Coach because it gives you an idea of axes that are easier for you to work and others that you may have to further strengthen

Level 4 Coaching is something that is not achieved with all clients There must be a great empathy and rapport as well as a mastery on the Coaching technique that has been taught in the training course and presented in this manual

Gulica ego catia caperum dem inem cus Fortes et L Nos et grae avehem Romnit acto egeris cis sultod pratum voltum iam hos ublius hactam atemus essede con vas optilis factor aus nem ad cae estil hos me patus re verisse inatuus

Udam deperfecrem nermis etraed me int ela remulibut rem loctusquo cum mus auciem vivehem uresull emquissent eti primperescit ina que ia consiss entium pulerit con vendam morei sentes inatil vit ia quam mus licaudemus factem dum eo ura ex muro nenit quo vilnes-tium Catimportus pati postalarit vis coena fui sa consu consceribus Satquid ertienatus contere essimis ut vis aus iliciam quo in dissimis Ra num deatiqua vere con sentius et in spio pes Tiaetin videlisquam mus viliam que conum is larbit etora notimolto nos et duc omnimus opublicae convo C Nos vivica Catus hos vivas aurnihil hui terfint imorter labus hostam res inequod nerem tabute telieni hilicaessil ven-tem nonsulis

Berteropubit diisquium iteriti emprit teludam hilicid erfentiur tem huis

Hum pro vidiusquem paterevid sedis factatu rnihilla rem publicave Ca-terev irissoltis re aurei pere anum teluder ficepse essercem octuusque mis tum inam pra vivid rei condamdiis hacies Ipio verei sendamdis

TOOLS amp TECHNIQUES

X TOOLS AND TECHNIQUES

If you master well the model of the four Rrsquos for us you already are a fantastic Coach If you can master some stars too itrsquos even better But if you master the model you know how to do Coaching But now letrsquos go to the small stars The idea is not that you try to use all the stars at the same time Choose the two or three that you like best and train those first

POSITIVE FEEDBACKProvide as much positive feedback as you can to your client Take every opportunity you have to do it A Coach is the type of mirror that only says good things about her client Please turn yourself into some-one who is always valorizing every small steps that your client takes

FEEDBACK HAMBURGERYou say something positive then you say something negative then you say something positive again The two positive feedbacks have to be VERY VERY good For instance ldquoI have been feeling that you are very committed to your Coaching process We just need to start paying more attention to our homework even because I feel that you are a person who likes to challenge yourself and that really wants to go further ldquo

RESSIGNIFICATION Ressignificating is finding another meaning still more empowering but that changes everything EgrdquoI didnrsquot do my homework I failedrdquo Coach ldquoWow That means that you are a demanding and committed personrdquo ldquoIrsquom lazyrdquo

102

103

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

ldquoDoes that means you like to enjoy the pleasures of liferdquo

REFRAMINGIt is much like ressignification Itrsquos the name that is used in NLP (Neuro--Linguistic Programming) You take the information that was been gi-ven to you in a frame and you put it in a new one

PREFRAMINGIf ressignification has to do with changing the meaning after it has been given preframing has to do with giving a meaning to something before we have explained what it is It is a widely used technique to anticipate objections that might distract us from our ultimate goal Then we do preframing we previously give the meaning that we want the person to give afterwards Example

ldquoCan I show you my point of view Itrsquos something different but Irsquove seen that it works with many people and it has been helping a lot to change our behavior to healthier habits Itrsquos something innovative and different but highly successful Can I tell you my ideardquo You create a frame before placing the information in there

POSTFRAMINGFirst you give the information and then you put it in a frame Eg ldquoFolks today we have an exam (the low energy level) but thatrsquos what this course is about to be the best Coach to go furtherrdquo

ldquoFROM 0 TO 10 rdquo To give examples ldquoI think Irsquoll read a bookrdquo Coach ldquoFrom 0-10 how much do you think you will accomplish that goalrdquo

TRANSFORMING ldquoORrdquo IN ldquoANDrdquoHelp the client to find an alternative solution to integrate paradoxes to

find a third way

VULNERABILIZATIONFind out things about you that are not working and put them at the clientrsquos service That makes you human and you are validating your client in the case she feels the same She does some things better than you and has some of the same challenges

ASSOCIATION AND DISSOCIATIONThese two terms are often used in NLP (Neuro-linguistic Program-ming) and are used in various ways Association means that an indi-vidual describes a situation as if it was happening and he was partici-pating on it As the name indicates he is associated with it He is still seeing himself going through the situation and feels the emotions that he would feel if he was really living it

Dissociation means that an individual can already tell that experience as if he was watching a movie in which he took part but already dis-sociated from it He is more in an observer role That allows him a big-ger emotional objectivity Even if he feels the emotions they are more about the experience itself and not so much about him as a participant

When we want to help our customers to overcome some emotionally more challenging situations it can make a huge difference to have them to dissociate from those situations Thatrsquos how they can gain greater objectivity and clarity and at the same time they get more mo-tivated to take their first steps

METAPHORSThe most important here is that you use the metaphors of your client Use her world whenever it is possible It will help a lot more to inter-nalize and memorize the information Help your client to create her metaphors Eg ldquoSometimes we fall into holes that are so big that you canrsquot get out of them alonerdquo ldquoLearning to forgive someone is like dri-ving one step at a timerdquo

TOOLS amp TECHNIQUES

104

105

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

LANGUAGE OF A COACH 3 HOW TO INTERRUPT at the first session it must be defined if

the Coach can interrupt the client when she deviates from the focus If yoursquore going to interrupt your client you must always do it with a question You can also take note of something that has nothing to do with the subject you are talking about but it seems important So we can talk about it in the next session You can ask the client if she liked to talk about it

3 ldquoDOES IT MAKES SENSE FOR YOUrdquo If she says NO ldquoSo tell merdquo if she says YES ldquocan you tell me howrdquo

3 ldquoMY HALLUCINATION is rdquo Being very unconditional Any opi-nion is a good opinion The Coach realyy doesnrsquot know The word hallucination implies that what yoursquore saying may be ab-solutely wrong

3 ldquoWHAT WOULD LOVE DO NOWrdquo Be careful with the rapport level you have with your client It is a very good question when it concerns relational issues

3 ldquoHOW WOULD IT BE IFrdquo Very good to overcome objections ldquohow would it be if you had timerdquo ldquohow would it be if you had moneyrdquo ldquohow would it be if you had self-confidencerdquo

3 ldquoWHAT IF rdquo Fantastic to destroy any obstacle that your client brings Some examples ldquoAnd what if you couldrdquo ldquoWhy notrdquo ldquoWhat if nobody would knowrdquo ldquoWhat if you had moneyrdquo ldquoI know you donrsquot but what if you knew what would you sayrdquo

3 GENERAL TIP BE COOL You really must have a cool and rela-xed attitude You really donrsquot know what would be best for your client so be really unconditional

THE COACHING ETHICS

XI THE COACHING ETHICS

There are six ethic rules in Coaching but with no doubt the first is the most important

CONFIDENTIALITY Coaching sessions must be given the utmost con-fidentiality There are no legal rules as in Therapy (like not having fa-mily as clients) but you always have to respect confidentiality When you do Coaching in a company and you must give feedback to their manager your clients must know it If necessary you can discuss the case with a mentor but always without mentioning the name of your client You can discuss the cases but without any names

CLIENTrsquoS AUTONOMY Coaching is all about autonomy and sustaina-bility You need your client to get results not that she needs you You should think ldquoif I change country how would my clients berdquo

CAREFUL WITH PROJECTIONS We all project aspects that we re-press in ourselves All currents in psychology agree that there is pro-jection When I look to someone else what I see is whatrsquos inside of me (strengths and weaknesses) Thatrsquos why some see one thing and others see another As a Coach you must be very attentive to projections You should not do it with your client and for that you must work on your roots If something bothers you that says more about you than about your client Itrsquos not just a technical issue of respecting others map-of--the-world It is an ethical issue

CREDIBILITY Of course you can use other different tools in your ses-sions but you should be able to do so Using things on which yoursquore not certified is breaking ethics Try to be congruent and integrate Being a corporate or a sales Coach without being an expert about those mat-ters is not ethical

106

107

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING THE FIRST SESSION IN PRATICE

CONTRACT IS CONTRACT The financial commitment you assume with your client is always the same as long as she is your client The same in what respects sessions frequency You should always ask permission to your client when you want to change the frequency of the sessions For WeCreate the value you charge to your client must be the same forever It is part of our gratitude towards our client

SELF-COACHING The Coach must be an example of Self-Coaching or she should have a Coach You really have to do ROSA once a year at least and use all these tools in a weekly basis Make sure that you are also an example of achieving your own dreams

XII THE FIRST SESSION

IN PRACTICEIt is normal that the first session is a bit longer (90min) Your focus is to build RAPPORT Here is an example of a few steps for your first session You can have a few more or less of these steps but this is the general idea

STEP 1 Memorize these steps so that you will not have to use this manual

STEP 2 (Partnership) Organize the working space have everything prepared adequated clothes etc

STEP 3 (Presence) Prepare to be fully present by meditating or by being a few minutes in silence

STEP 4 (Posture and words) Build rapport have a few minutes of casual positive and neutral conversation to break the ice For example the weather the clientrsquos favourite team foot-ball match etc

STEP 5 At this stage you will also try to collect information about the client Several aspects of her life and trying to deter-mine clientrsquos expectations regarding the Coaching process You will be attentive about the metaphors and about what is really important to her Yoursquoll need it to explain what Co-aching is in her words

STEP 6 Explain what Coaching is using the clientrsquos words and the references she gave us Example letrsquos imagine that boxing was something that the client liked and we want to explain

108

109

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING THE LAST SESSION

Coaching through boxing ldquoCoaching is like boxing It invol-ves a lot of training to succeed in getting results but ins-tead of having an external enemy we are fighting against ourselvesrdquo

STEP 7 Inviting the client to do an exercise we pick six pens (three of each color) We ask her to tell us three things that are going well in her life and we explore each area a bit Then we ask ldquoamong those areas which one is running really wellrdquo Then we ask for three things that are not going so well and explore a bit

STEP 8 Asking the client which 3 goals she would like to accom-plish by the end of the Coaching process that would make it worth the investment (as measurable as possible)

STEP 9 Establishing verbal contract and selling the idea of coa-ching (even if the sessions pack is already closed) Now we talk about the practical issues sessions frequency ses-sions length interrupting the client first session a bit lon-ger confidentiality guarantee If you feel comfortable you can talk about costs and forms of payment

STEP 10 ldquoCan we start our session talking about what brought you here How can I helprdquo

STEP 11 Talking a bit about the Clientrsquos reality and introducing the Pizza of Life The client draws herrsquos We will go on explai-ning the pizza and its different slices (very briefly not to influence) Some clients like to do it lsquoalonersquo others like to go on talking as they fill the slices

STEP 12 From then on you make ROSA 10

STEP 13 You end up the session You can share ROSA methodology with your client (if you think shersquod like it) and ending with positive feedback You can also ask the client how did she feel You can also ask her to choose an object and summa-rize the session You will also be doing some preframing by stating that Coaching is about action and homeworks

XIII THE LAST SESSION

A coaching process has a follow-up We can work with individual ses-sions or with a pack It is important to inform your clients that Coaching is a continuous process and not a process with miraculous results in the first session Hence it is like doing workout where it is difficult to get results if we go to the gym only once

You can work with packs of sessions (5 or 10) and we would like to give you some tips on what you should ensure it gets done in your last coaching session with someone you have been working with

FUTURE It is important to ensure that the client will continue taking steps in the future even not having sessions anymore or your presence In this session you should spend some time helping her in creating an action plan about the next steps she wants to go on taking in that area You can also take the opportunity to do a small summary of everything that you both worked in so that there is a notion of the progress made and the results achieved Ensures that your client completed that process and be sure about the next steps for her future Help her in crea-ting a good action plan

HABITS You can also ask your client which would be the daily or weekly habits that she would like more to integrate into her routine

POSITIVE FEEDBACK This is also the perfect time to give positive fe-edback to your client (despite being a constant throughout the sessions) Show her the progress she has made throughout the sessions and help her to realize all the positive things she has achieved

111

110

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

PERSONAL DEVELOPMENT We must ensure that our client conti-nues its personal development process and knows or tries new approaches Coaching is just one part of a wide range of options that are now ahead of her Encourage her to con-tinue that journey to read new books to try other trainings and workshops other different and complementary ways of approaching personal development

KEEPING CONTACT You can develop some form of contact with your old clients Email telephone facebook etc Remember to con-tinue sending her information about coaching or other matters you find important It is a way to ensure that your client will continue ldquoawakedrdquo for this subject

Thank you for being part of this project

Daniel Saacute Nogueira and Marta Ferreira

Page 31: WeCreate International Coaching Certification Manual

62

63

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

plain something This will reach very deeply into the psyche of the client and have great impact

You can also use themes that the client likes such as her passions and keep using them in future sessions to explain something or to give examples This creates an incredible sense of empathy between you and the client She will be glad that you are paying attention to what she says and at the same time she will understand much better what you say

The clientrsquos ideas are important keys to use when you speak in order to create and maintain rapport For example if the client talks a lot about travelling Irsquoll use the idea (anchor) that is already there because I know it works in his mind

BACKTRACKING backtracking is a Coaching technique that consists of summarizing the main points of a conversation by using the exact same words that the other person uses This tool helps the client follow the session and make her own short summary while listening to the Coach returning to what she just said and using the same words It is important to use at least the words we consider to be the most significant among the ones that the client expresses those that might be conveying more about her value patterns Backtracking can help us understand for example if we can move to the next phase of ROSA It helps us understand if the client has finished what she had to say about that phase and that way we can figure out whether we can move forward or not You can use simple questions to do so

3 ldquoLet me see if I got what you saidhelliprdquo - backtracking the conversa-tion using the exact words of the client - and then ending ldquoIs this is it or would you like to add something

3 ldquoSo what yoursquore saying isrdquo 3 ldquoCan I make a summary of your reality in relation to that slicerdquo

This is one of the simplest and most important techniques when buil-ding rapport

When building rapport avoid paraphrasing (saying the same thing in other words) but do quote A coach quotes

Mastery in Backtracking is being able to quote the last 20 minutes of a session This will leave your client fascinated and feeling that her Coach is really paying attention to everything she says

Therefore it is motivating to Backtrack at the end of each session and at the end of each phase of the ROSA

The Coach shows confidence and agrees with the client shows that she is on her side and really believes that the client will succeed

We must allow the person to be what she truly is talkative or silent Silent people also have things to say it is a matter of asking the right questions

NOTES When a session is not going well (the relationship is under stress) then the focus should be fully on level 2 Rapport - Posture and Phrasing The secret is to forget about the rest and build rapport again Once it is re-established you can address the problem

LEVEL 3 - PROBING AND PATIENCEEvery new level in Rapport brings you techniques that are deeper and more complex But the good news is that you donrsquot do level 3 Rapport until Level 1 and 2 are done So you will increase your skills by going from the easiest to the most difficult

PROBINGAsking questions is more complicated than imitating the posture and words of the client Indeed one of the more complicated aspects of being a Coach is to not give opinions and to ask the right questions at the right time We know that we keep showing you that you already are a Coach and that itrsquos easy but here we must tell you ldquoITrsquoS HARD BEING A COACHrdquo Think very carefully about whether you want to get into it Listening asking questions being patient with the pace of your clients

Even if you have the miracle answer to the clientrsquos situation you need to keep it to yourself Being patient is a challenge and usually typical

RAPPORT

64

65

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

To paraphrase can break

rapport

of the great masters You can only be a master if you want to learn to listen and if you develop a great patience for listening

Questions have the power to illuminate the darkness of your client by asking a powerful question you really get to see another human bri-ghten up right in front of you

Coaching has the power to open a new world to the client questions help people discover new resources Clients tend to find familiar answers but you as a Coach will lead them to unfamiliar answers

Classic examples of some ways to make your client talk

1 -Repeating what the client just said but in question form Client ndash ldquoYesterday I went boatingrdquo Coach ndash ldquoBoatingrdquo

2 -What does that mean to you What does fear mean to you What does a goal mean to you Example Client says ldquoIt is not rapport itrsquos complicityrdquoCoach replies ldquoWhat does complicity mean to yourdquo Client says ldquoItrsquos a clickrdquo Coach ldquoWhat does a click mean to yourdquo

3 -rdquoWhat elserdquo Serves above all to go to the heart of the matter Others like this one are ldquoTell me morerdquo and ldquoCan you go a bit deeper on thatrdquo

POWERFUL QUESTIONS Questions are probably the most beautiful flowers in the garden of learning Questions are one of the biggest se-crets of learning Creative solutions are practically impossible without questions

If you learn to ask 100 questions a day get ready for a revolution in your work at all levels

In life at work in business we are all afraid of asking questions We were educated from an early age to believe that there are right and wrong questions and we were also taught to not fail we avoid asking questions because of fearing that they are wrong The only way to reach the right questions is by not being afraid of the wrong ones

The one who wants to explore learning has to dance with this fear

A large part of all our creative potential stops at the door fearing to ring the doorbell When learning the one who doesnrsquot know is far less ignorant than the knowledgeable one Take risks Ring the bell Ask questions

Become obsessively curious ask questions How

3 Using the Coachrsquos ability of asking powerful questions 3 Following the rule of thumb ldquoThe Coach has the questions the

Client has the answersrdquo 3 Using positive language 3 Respecting the clientrsquos map-of-the-world 3 Always guiding towards solutions

Examples of powerful questions

3 ldquoCompared to whatrdquordquo 3 ldquoWhat does that mean to yourdquo 3 ldquoWhat could be a solution to yourdquo 3 ldquoI know you donrsquot know But if you knew what would that berdquo 3 ldquoWhat would be ideal to yourdquo 3 ldquoWhat do you want insteadrdquo 3 ldquoHow does that make you feelrdquo 3 ldquoWhat else could that meanrdquo 3 ldquoWhat do you want exactlyrdquo 3 ldquoWhat will you achieve with this goalrdquo 3 ldquoWhat will you do differently next timerdquo 3 ldquoWhat are you doing wellrdquo 3 ldquoWhat has to happen for you to be happy and successfulrdquo 3 ldquoWhat motivates you the mostrdquo 3 ldquoWhatrsquos the worst possible scenario And what could be the best

scenario ldquo 3 ldquoWhat are you willing to do to achieve your goalrdquo 3 ldquoWhat new things could you could tryrdquo 3 ldquoWhat prevents you from taking actionrdquo 3 ldquoWho could help you with this situationrdquo 3 ldquoWhat resources do you need to achieve your goalrdquo

RAPPORT

66

67

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

3 ldquoWhat else do you want to get out of your liferdquo 3 ldquoWhat do you really want achieve in that area of your liferdquo 3 ldquoWhat is your biggest dream in that area of your liferdquo 3 ldquoAnd what is the next small step that you would have to takerdquo 3 ldquoWhat do you find positive in this situationrdquo 3 ldquoHow could you attract better persons into your liferdquo 3 ldquoWhat would have to happen to make you feel more fulfilledrdquo 3 ldquoIf you were your own Coach what coaching would you give

yourselfrdquo 3 ldquoIf I was your best friend what advice would you give me to solve

this situationrdquo 3 ldquoIf you had all the time and money in the world how would you

fix itrdquo

In fact the art of asking questions is the foundations of a coaching process with powerful results The list of questions to ask seems en-dless

So become really obsessed with questions and start NOW How about adding 10 more ideas to our list And some more And many more

Typical coaching questions

3 Questions that lead to action (ldquoWhat will you do What can you do differently What do you need to do tordquo)

3 Goal-oriented instead of problem-oriented ldquoHow would you like it to berdquo ldquoAnd if you could what would you dordquo

3 Future-orientedldquoHow do you see that situation in the future How would you like to feelrdquo

Beware of questions with negative assumptions ldquoWhat happens if you donrsquot do itrdquo They should be followed immediately by a question with positive assumptions ldquoHow will you celebrate when you do itrdquo

RAPPORT

YOUR QUESTIONS

68

69

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

PATIENCECount to 10 relax work on your roots and realize that coaching is a process and that each person has her own time and rhythm How can you train your patience Think of 20 ideas

LEVEL 4 ndash PERCEPTUAL POSITIONSWe could also call this the level where we create rapport with our clientrsquos psychology In fact understanding and perceiving human psychology is a huge advantage for you as a Coach You are not there to be a friend of your client as we have mentioned so then a good way to create a relation with her is through her psychology

Do you know the psychology of a teenager or a parent a boss an unemployed If you grasp your clientrsquos psychology the Rapport will be extraordinary

If you demonstrate that you know how a mother thinks yoursquoll make the client believe that you understand her completely

Most people do not understand their own psyche If you can understand them at that level it will make the client to feel something extraordinary about you and the Coaching process

PERCEPTUAL POSITIONS At this level the Coach must master Per-ceptual Positions that is being able to put herself in another personrsquos position whether itrsquos the clientrsquos or the clientrsquos parent or any other person that is part of the situation You should be able to see the same situation from different perspectives and in the long term help your client do the same

THE EXERCISE This is an exercise to be used mainly if the client has trouble in a relationship with someone (friend family member etc) and is having some difficulty understanding that personrsquos Map-of-the--World And when this is of great importance

You do not need to go very deep in this exercise Because it is NLP even done in a soft way it can be very powerful to your client helping her to see an aspect of the situation that she hadnrsquot seen or reflected on before

STEP 1 ndash The client explains what is going on (she can speak freely without any restrictions You ask questions to understand the reality of the situation)

STEP 2 ndash The Coach suggests this perceptual positions exercise (it is just an invitation If the client does not want to do not continue)

STEP 3 ndash The Coach asks the client to choose two spots represen-ting the two standpoints (you can put a sheet of paper at each spot) and to imagine that the other person is at one of them

STEP 4 ndash The client speaks facing the other spot as if the person was there and acts as herself (The Coach guides with questions ldquoHow did that make you feel What would you like to tell herrdquo etc)

STEP 5 ndash Pause and ldquoshake outrdquo the client and share the question of the game of imagination

STEP 6 ndash The client recalls a childhood game she used to play and describes it a little We then use this as a metaphor to explain that we will now do the same Just a game where we use our imagination The Coach repeats that the per-son with whom the client has a challenge is there at the other spot

STEP 7 ndash The client goes over to the other spot and the Coach helps her go deeper into that role through guiding questions

STEP 8 ndash The client chooses whether she wants to return to her starting position and add something say something more She may go back and forth as many times as she wishes

STEP 9 ndash When done the Coach suggests to the client to stand on a chair and states ldquoYou are now in a neutral position a higher position What would you call this position (Allow the client to choose a name) Seen from above what do you have to say about this situation What would you say to (clientrsquos name) and to (the other personrsquos name) How would you solve this situation How can (clientrsquos name) solve this situationrdquo

RAPPORT

70

71

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

STEP 10 ndash After the client is done with the third (neutral) position the Coach takes the client off the papers

STEP 11 ndash The Coach can then use the following questions to debrief the exercise

3 ldquoHow was the exercise for you 3 ldquoWhat did you learnrdquo 3 ldquoIs there anything you could do differentlyrdquo

STEP 12 ndash Lead the client to an action (a first small step towards sol-ving the situation) and then funnel it

REMEMBER always undock the client from the different roles the client can do the exercise eyes opened or closed

TO ACKNOWLEDGE Acknowledge the client very very very much for having volunteered and shown vulnerability

This exercise serves mainly as a metaphor for the Coach striving to master Perceptual Positions (understanding and being able to go into different psyches)

CONCLUSION The Coach is a master of perceptual positions She knows how to see the different angles of the same situation She sees everything from different angles

PEMS

Life is all about relationships the relationships we have with ourselves and with others Some people instinctively relate better to themselves and others relate really well to others There are those who relate well to almost everything and everyone and others who are unable to relate with anyone This affects their personal and professional life

Is there any way to consciously improve the relationships that instinc-tively do not work Of course

When we grasp the logic of the mind of another person we can better interact with it and even influence it Psychology is power And if we apply on ourselves it becomes even more powerful and interesting The better we know ourselves and the logic of our mind the better we will be able to help ourselves and achieve our goals

Carl Gustav Jung a Swiss psychiatrist and founder of analytical psychology focused on studying social and collective archetypes He identified eight psychological types taking into account peoplersquos beha-viour abilities skills attitudes and motivations

He began by distinguishing between extraverted (social and expansive) and introverted (reserved and reflective) people Each of them could then be connected to two out of the four functions of the psyche sen-sing or intuition thinking or feeling

In the 40rsquos decade Isabel Myers and Katharine Briggs continued Jungrsquos work and added two auxiliary functions to the Jungian types percep-tion and judgement Thereby arriving at 16 psychological types or 16 personality types Later a personality test was created ndash The Myers--Briggs Type Indicator or MBTI - which is still the most commonly used tool for identifying different personality types

Based on Jungrsquos work we have created a model called PEMS which will help us better understand the logic of our own mind and of the people around us

In this model we distinguish four dominant preferences (P-E-M-S) which correspond to the four elements of life

PRACTICAL (the body DOING Activity Action related to the ele-ment of EARTH) - corresponds to someone that is earthly active dynamic practical that does a lot In excess these are people who never stop to consider their actions

EMOTIONAL (the heart FEELING Feelings Love related to the element of WATER) - corresponds to someone who nee-ds people relations who gives a lot to others and seeks affection In excess these are people who might be overly sensitive

RAPPORT

72

73

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

MENTAL (the mind THINKING Analysis Intellect Logic related to the element of AIR) - corresponds to someone who values analysis rationalization and uses logic and who always fo-cuses on making the right decision In excess these are people who might become impersonal and cold

SPIRITUAL (the soul BEING Values Existence related to the ele-ment of FIRE) - corresponds to someone who thinks that everything has meaning and a higher purpose These are people who care very much about values In excess they can fluctuate too much and concretize too little

The four logics of the mind that we have identified are also based on the four elements

Practical ndash EARTH (firm solid stable secure strong dense)Emotional ndash WATER (flexible always coming back to herself)Mental ndashAIR (transparent lightweight fast facilitates communica-

tion)Spiritual ndash FIRE (burning fleeting transforming powerful)

Thus in a very simplified manner we can divide people into four ca-tegories

PRACTICAL PEOPLE (P) ndash THEY LIKE TO ACT AND DOThese are the people who like action movement They are the ones who make the world move As friends or clients they may want to go straight to the point try things and learn about practical matters The greatest fear of these practical persons is losing control They like to feel that they are in control of the situation of the pace of the conver-sation and of the surroundings

HELP THEM ALWAYS FEEL IN CONTROL

EMOTIONAL PEOPLE (E) ndash THEY LIKE FEELING AND RELATINGThese are people who love people and sharing feelings Everything is an emotion for them And they feel things about everything and everyo-ne Let them talk about their family friends dogs neighbours etchellip

They will talk mostly about people and what they are feeling Their greatest fear is loosing empathy They like to feel reliable and they want to relate

HELP THEM FEEL EMPATHY TOWARDS YOU

MENTAL PEOPLE (M) ndash THEY LIKE TO THINK AND TO ANALYSEThese are people who like to analyze and who try to put everything into a box into a certain perspective They are precise and meticulous They like detail to study and analyze all possibilities They donrsquot fear debating (quite the contrary) and discussing they love the exchanging ideas and arguments but they need to end up being right or get a very good explanation to why the other is right A mental person is always striving to make the best decision Their greatest fear is to be wrong they like to feel that they are correct and that they are making deci-sions based on logic and rational thinking

HELP THEM FEEL THAT THEY ARE RIGHT

SPIRITUAL PEOPLE (S) ndash THEY LIKE TO BE AND TO GLOWThey are looking for the greater purpose of things They believe that everything has a reason for being the way it is that there are no coin-cidences and itrsquos that quest that moves them They give great meaning to every situation always looking for ldquotherdquo situation The greater the meaning the greater their motivation Their biggest fear is to have no meaning That it is to not be significant or ldquoshinerdquo in any way They need to feel conscious and whole

HELP THEM FEEL THAT THEY ARE MEANINGFUL

Although we all have and use a portion of these four categories in the different contexts or times of our life one of them is predominant in us Identifying it is important for managing and interacting with life and with others since it is the best and the fastest way of accessing the Map-of-the-world of someone and speaking a language that that per-son recognizes and accepts as her own

RAPPORT

74

75

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

In fact we are all one but we are all different and we must understand these differences to be able to deal with others People who are more emotional behave and interact in a totally opposite manner from mental people the same way that most practical people interact in a way that is opposite to spiritual people

The EMOTIONAL person is micro-MACRO Transforms everything that is small into something big Everything is important everything is emotional From the simple ldquogood morningrdquo to hearing ldquoI love yourdquo every day For an emotional person a discussion is always a tsuna-mi Therefore itrsquos the emotional persons who with their micro-Macro sense make birthdays a special day and receive small things with gre-at love

The MENTAL person is MACRO-micro transforms everything that is big into something small She makes it more complex by simplifying it For example this very PEMS model is MACRO-micro as it strives to make the hugeness of the personality types into something much smaller creating only four categories for all human beings The mental person also feels less and give less importance to her feelings

The SPIRITUAL person is MACRO-MACRO she takes everything that is already big and turns it even bigger more meaningful more im-portant more relevant Almost everything is a question of values of making the world a better place and interpretations that go far beyond reality A simple leaf falling off a tree can represent a new phase in life for a spiritual person

The PRACTICAL person is micro-micro turns everything into small and simple lsquoright here and right nowrsquo matters They act Right now with what they have They donrsquot feel the need to enlarge what is small and they donrsquot care much about great concepts If the five senses can help them grasp a situation everything is fine

THE PREDOMINANT LOGIC OF OUR PSYCHEThe most practical way of finding out is to notice how we behave in a stressful situation Each of us when under stress often react in a way that is very close to our basic personality type

Practical people act react move around organize themselves put their hands to work and do not rest until they manage to move things forward

The emotional people feel and feel a lot If a situation is stressful diffi-cult and negative they will have difficult and negative emotions they will feel what others feel and they will want to manage these emotions in the moment

People that are predominantly mental will under stress begin to ratio-nalize need logical answers be fast and analytical They donrsquot want to solve anything through feelings they donrsquot want to act they are only concerned with finding the right and correct decision and struggle until they get it

Finally the predominantly spiritual people will want to give a greater meaning to that particular event What has to be done what people feel or what the right solution is doesnrsquot matter what matters is why things happened the way they did and what the greater significance of that may be

RAPPORT

76

77

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

Identify the psychological type of the client can help the coach to anticipate and understand expectations

MAIN SUPERIOR FUNCTION AND AUXILIARY INFERIOR FUNCTION

According to Carl Jung while we all have one function that is better developed than the others ndash a superior function ndash we also have another fairly well developed function called the first auxiliary

All of us have a bit of each one of the psychologies but there are always two that are predominant a main one which Jung calls the superior function and an auxiliary one that lies at the bottom of the cross shown on the previous page which is always to the right or left of our superior one

The inferior function is one that is less developed and that remains mainly in our unconscious

Thus a person who is predominantly Practical may have as her auxi-liary function the emotional or mental logic thus being PE or PM

A person who is predominantly Mental may have as her auxiliary func-tion the spiritual or practical logic thus being MS or MP

A person who is predominantly Spiritual may have as her auxiliary function the emotional or mental logic thus being SE or SM

And a person who is predominantly Emotional may have as her auxilia-ry function the spiritual or practical logic thus being ES or EP

This all means that we are situated in one of the following categories

3 Practical Emotional or Emotional Practical 3 Practical Mental or Mental Practical 3 Spiritual Emotional or Emotional Spiritual 3 Spiritual Mental or Mental Spiritual

As you may have noticed according to Jung there are no EMME or PSSP That is one canrsquot have as her first auxiliary function the func-tion that is opposite to the superior one

Carl Jung said that we should look closely at our inferior function whi-ch usually remains in our unconscious because it contains an enor-mous potential for a change and each one of us can benefit a lot from integrating our inferior function with our superior one

Taking risks experimenting enjoying everything that life has to offer is the best way of getting to know ourselves and realizing where our happiness lies (ldquoTrate a Vida por Turdquo paacuteg 74)

INTROVERSION AND EXTROVERSION Introversion and extroversion have to do with the direction in which we focus our attention and energy

People who prefer Extroversion focus their energy and attention away from themselves and are interested in the world of people and things

3 Attracted to the world of events and people outside of themsel-ves

3 They are aware of who and what is around them 3 They like to meet and talk to new people 3 They are friendly often good talkers and easy to get to know 3 They tend to talk easily and often in meetings 3 May not be as aware of what goes on inside them 3 They think while talking 3 They may act or speak first and only think later 3 Speaking about themselves they speak fast 3 They bring energy into life 3 They can get bored and restless if they are alone for too long

People who prefer Introversion (focus their energy and attention inward and are interested in the inner world of thoughts and reflections)

3 Attracted to the inner world of thoughts feelings and reflections 3 They are usually very aware of their inner reactions 3 They prefer to interact with people they know 3 They are usually quiet in meetings and sometimes seem disen-

gaged

RAPPORT

78

79

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

3 They are generally reserved and hard to get to know 3 They may not be as aware of the world outside of them 3 They need time to gather their thoughts before they speak 3 They reflect and think before acting 3 They want to know you before allowing you to get to know them

deeply 3 They feel exhausted and tired after interacting with peoples

FINAL NOTE you must be what your client is You have to find that person inside you

LEARNING STYLESAs we saw with the previous PEMS model our clients will have diffe-rent psychological preferences It is therefore important and essential that you are able to adapt your sessions to the learning style that your client likes best and that better meets her psychological preference

EMOTIONAL Emotional clients will like to talk and share on their to-pics They are very much looking for a relationship and empathy with the Coach and they need to feel heard more than any of the other personality types For these persons learning has a lot to do with the relationship that is created with the feeling of support that they get and even with the positive feedback They like to learn through stories As a Coach it is important to learn to empathize with the emotional range of these persons They will appreciate the sharing to tell stories and to listen to them With emotional clients we may sometimes feel that we are not taking huge steps forward But the fact is that many times these persons need to first be listened to

MENTAL Mental clients will be more logical and may have a more aca-demic style of learning They will want to understand the reasons why things are what they are they will want to get tasks involving research on certain subjects The sessions with these people must be well defi-ned and prepared They will want to explore their intellectual side and feel challenged It is important for them to have access to information and tools that explain the work they are doing in the sessions in a con-crete and logical manner Of course they also need to empathize but the intellectual challenge feeling that their intellect is develops appears to be greater They may like schemes graphics and any models that

could simplify the learning process What these persons will demand of you is a greater capacity to analyse and a logical and rational way of communicating

SPIRITUAL this is for most people the most difficult learning style to adopt Remember that these persons are seeking the greater meaning of things They really want to feel inspired by the coaching process (and even by their Coach) They will want to see that you are an exam-ple of what you talk about so called congruence Spiritual persons will enjoy topics that are more related to values to their identity that make them feel that they are taking steps towards becoming better hu-man beings With these clients you can use powerful metaphors (even through movies music creative exercises etc) and above all strive to make sure that the person leaves the session very inspired

PRACTICAL They like action Which is great because coaching is pri-marily about action These persons like to have very practical sessions in which they get the opportunity to do many exercises and experiment with different situations They may be the clients that like getting more tasks and having things to do (which then sometimes ldquogets lostrdquo due to their time management) These clients will require more simplicity and a well-paced session from you They may also like to do exercises that involve moving their body Above all they will want you to help them get into action

As we deal with these four kinds of preferences we need to adapt our Coaching style to the learning style that each person has Thus we should prepare a lot their sessions and realize that some will require from you

3 Greater sharing and ability to listen and relate (e) 3 Researching mastering the subject very well and knowing how

to mentally stimulate your client with challenges (m) 3 Powerful metaphors very inspirational sessions and congruen-

ce that assign meaning to the Coaching process (s) 3 Practical exercises diversified well rhythmed sessions that

help your client to quickly get into action (p)

RAPPORT

80

81

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING ROOTS

LEVEL 5 - PERSON TO PERSONThis is the fifth level of rapport the deepest and more intense one It happens when the level of rapport is a total vibration Itrsquos when the client feels such a confidence by her Coach empathy and sympathy Itrsquos the hardest level to evaluate

Itrsquos when your client feels so much connected to you that depending on her your relationship would go beyond Coaching She no longer wants the Coach she wants you You no longer understand only the person she feels that you know about her You donrsquot understand psychology you understand who she is

It is very similar to the rapport level you have with 23 of very close persons in your life Everything is natural unconscious and sponta-neous

VIII ROOTS

Every human being seeks to get results Mo-ney Family Romance Peace Happiness

Career Health All we want in life is to have results in those areas

The Map-of-the-World Model is used to work on roots - your

roots as a Coach It shows us how does the psyche of all of us works As a Coach no one

should surprise you about yourself You should know you well know everything about yourself This is what itrsquos called a rooted person

click the video to see it

82

83

BELIEFSTRANSFORMATIVE COACHING

ROSA 20 M - AIR - THINK

VALUESHOLISTIC COACHING

ROSA 30 S - FIRE - BE

COACHING 40

WORLD MAP MODEL

being th

e moment

passi

on en

ergy

demotiv

ation

empowering beliefs

limiting rules

relation air(comunication)

coach is priestisnacutet

1 value focus

UNSUSTAINABLESUSTAINABLE

SECURITY

SELF LOVE

CONSCIOUSNESS

PERSONAL DEVEL

FREEDOM

LOVEBELOVED

BLISS

CONTRIBUTION

P

E

M

S

BEHAVIORROSA 10

SITUATIONAL COACHING

P - EARTH - DO

EMOTIONSREMEDY COACHING

ROSA 10 + LISTEN E - WATER - FEEL

RESULTS

ability to

enter

in st

ate

emotional

patter

ns

habits and discipline

addictions

coach is bossisnacutet

coach is friendisnacutet

1 Homework focus

optimism faithpositive

meditation

key points focusused to interrupt the fear cycle

coach is coach

HUMAN HAVINGHUMAN BEING

UNSUSTAINABLEEGOTISTICAL

STRETCH ZONE

SUSTAINABLEECOLOGICALSTRETCH ZONE

SHORT TERMLONG TERM

CYCLE OF CONFIDENCECYCLE OF FEAR

CONSCIOUS

SUBCONSCIOUS

UNCONSCIOUS

84

85

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

So the first question is why some are getting results while others are not

ACTIONS BEHAVIORSThis means that anyone who is having results is because she is ldquodoingrdquo ie behaving differently from other people who are having no results in those areas For example a millionaire DOES things that people who are not millionaires donrsquot For example saving investing etc Someone with a great health is DOING things that people that donrsquot have a good health are not What we are doing is making the difference Two people in the same circumstances that do exactly the same actions have the same kind of results People who have the results you wanna have ARE DOING THINGS TO GET THEM

So the next question is what leads some people to DO and others to not do

EMOTIONSEverything you do in your life is a relationship between pain and pleasure What happens is that someone who goes running at 6 am associates more pain with lsquonot goingrsquo than with lsquogoingrsquo Who is going to the gym asso-ciates more pleasure than pain with going to the gym in the morning That relationship between pain and pleasure is what is defining your results If we dramatically increase the pain or the pleasure associated we will get to change your results

As so what is then defining that painpleasure relationship

BELIEFSThe reason is because of our beliefs of what we believe in Our beliefs are our set of rules for the world and for our lives Your set of beliefs in fact is defining your painpleasure relationship with something and then your actions A millionaire believes that saving is essential that investing and taking risks is necessary This set of beliefs leads himher to associa-te more pleasure than pain with having these behaviors and therefore heshe implements them Other people have other beliefs that create other

emotions that create other results People who are achieving results in areas that you arenrsquot have a beliefs system different from yours

And then it seems logical to ask so what is defining and creating your set of beliefs

VALUESWhat is a value Itrsquos something that is important to you something you re-ally value The only thing that determines a value is if it is valuable to you Not all of us share the same values (Example the values of Mother Teresa and Donald Trump Contribution vs Professional Accomplishment) What you really value and not what you say that you value You value it so much that it generates your set of beliefs In fact when you live your values in practice (on a daily basis) you are defining your life results Not what you would like to value but what you are really valorizing In fact we all have the same values What differs is the order and the importance we give to each one of them

For example if someone has the value of the family above the value of work she will have the belief that it is more important to spend time with her family causing her to develop a positive feeling when she is with her family which leads her to really try to spend more time with it On the other hand someone who has the value of work above the family one will be someone who believes she should spend more time with her work and career as she believes it is that that will bring her more financial stabi-lity for example So she will associate more pleasure to the time spent at work than at home causing her to act accordingly to that emotion For example Donald Trump and Mother Teresa of Calcutta havenrsquot they got different values One probably values more lsquoprofessional fulfillmentrsquo the other values more lsquocontributionrsquo Different results Sure One has one of the largest business empires in the world the other left the largest volun-teer organization in the world

So in reality the values you are living in practice (what you are valuing in practice) are defining your results

This alone already explains a good part of the psyche of human beings But letrsquos go deeper

ROOTS

Having roots is to control the cycle of trust

86

87

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

To have roots the coach has to identify

her motivators and values create beliefs and habits and learn

to place herself in a state

CYCLE OF CONFIDENCE AND CYCLE OF FEAREveryone has Cycles of Fear in some areas and Cycles of Confidence in other areas

How do you know it If you are having or not results in that area In the areas of your life where you are getting results you are living in a Cycle of Confidence In the areas where yoursquore not you are living in a Cycle of Fear What does this means is that you have behavioral addic-tions or that you are doing things in a vicious way you are in a sort of a mice wheel Those addictions start by creating emotional patterns on you (feelings that you are having whether you want it or not for instan-ce jealousy when it becomes a pattern no matter what the other does that emotion will keep being there it is an emotion that happens to you) and those emotional patterns generate limiting rules We use the words ldquorulesrdquo because in reality limiting beliefs are created because they have a very large set of rules And this generates demotivation An addiction creates an emotional pattern that creates rules limiting which create demotivation and discourage us to move and change This Cycle of Fear is being lived FROM RESULTS TO VALUES and not in the other and right way The bad news are that we all have Cycles of Fear The areas in which we are not having results is because we are afraid but we paint it in other colors Irsquom afraid Irsquom demotivated I have emotional patterns and I have limiting rules

For you to gain roots you need to recognize these cycles You need to break it if you want results but if you want roots you need to recognize them Good news you can break Cycles of Fear

Second good news you have Cycles of Confidence You also unders-tand the other psychology So what is a Cycle of Confidence

You start by having the capacity of creating Discipline and Habits you get the ability to get into a certain and desired state (eg being happy to go training I want to create that emotion I visualize it it is the op-posite of an emotional pattern the pattern happens to you Think of a boxer who puts herself into her wanted state before entering in a ring You have empowering beliefs (when you believe in something that cre-ates more of it) This creates energy passion being in the moment Being with energy and passion and in the moment brings me empowe-ring beliefs which put me in the emotional state I want and provide me

habits and discipline The good news you have these cycles in areas that you are getting results Think in one area You have these four things right

Having these cycles itrsquos called being human First part on lsquorootsrsquo is about knowing your Cycles of Fear and Confidence and admit them to yourself to those you love to the others And having the courage to say that it doesnrsquot work because of FEAR And there is a way to break this cycle When you have roots you stop projecting it in your clients

There is a way of finding your values in a very logical way knowing which human motivators drive your behavior

8 HUMAN MOTIVATORSMaslov pyramid he was the first to talk about human needs He is outda-ted because it defines a hierarchy He places self-fulfillment at the top This model is very much focused on Maslovrsquos map-of-the-world who was an MS If it is a PE he may have lsquofamilyrsquo in the top and that is not wrong Still there are things that all humans need

So with all these models we created the 8 human motivators they are divided in four paradoxes one for each of the PEMS The first paradox is security freedom

Each one of us was born with a set of motivators You are ldquoaddictedrdquo on one side of the paradox You have to fulfill that need even if you have to abdicate of the other one

ROOTS

SECURITY

SELF LOVE

CONSCIOUSNESS

PERSONAL DEVEL

FREEDOM

LOVEBELOVED

BLISS

CONTRIBUTION

P

E

M

S

88

89

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

The main lesson is the more you live the other side of the paradox the more you will live your addiction as well What happens is that you can only get more of your addiction when you learn to validate the other side of the paradox This is what Jung calls ldquoparadoxes integrationrdquo be the millionaire and the altruistic Be the mother of family and career etc Only when you integrate the other energy is when it boosts the one that is more natural to you

For other persons it happens the same with security and all other pa-radoxes The suggestion is Irsquom addicted on this but I can pause and I can go exploring the other side What you have to figure out is your map (draw in the lsquoinfinite signsrsquo which side of the paradoxes is bigger) Your map is about how much you need to fill each side of the paradox

So YOUR HUMAN MOTIVATORS ARE DEFINING YOUR VALUES AND YOUR VALUES ARE DEFINING YOUR RESULTS

You can have everything on one of the sides of the paradox if yoursquore willing to face the fear of losing it

All people fill their motivators The difference between us is how sus-tainable is that satisfaction Unsustainable means that every day you

EXERCISE Do your map How do you discover Based on major decisions you made in your life Example work home relationships etc

have to feed them Imagine a homeless person he meets hisher secu-rity needs (eating and having where to sleep) but he has to do it every day Now compare with Donald Trump If you see the freedom part it probably happens the opposite

3 SUSTAINABLE it feeds itself It is something that can continue without the need for external resources It is ecological based on challenge and paradoxes integration

3 UNSUSTAINABLE you need to do it every day it is selfish ba-sed on comfort and extremist You do it like it was a daily shot

Example father and daughter about going out at night (to satisfy sa-fety and to love and be loved) Father says no hersquos being selfish and within his comfort zone The same father after coming to this course ldquoYoursquore going to the party until 2230 You send me an sms saying that everything is ok and at 2230 Irsquoll pick yourdquo This continues for some time Father goes on diminishing the rules Now hersquos being ecological entering his challenge zone and integrating paradoxes To feel safe as a father he has to give some freedom To feel loved he has to give them some self love Now his motivators are sustainable and has a sustai-nable system that feeds itself To arrive to a deeper level of security he needs to take the risk that comes from giving more freedom

DIAGONAL CONTINUOUS LINEThis line shows us that working above the line ie the clientrsquos beha-viors andor emotions is short-term and unsustainable In this case only the techniques are worked There are immediate results but with no major impact and duration Like when we are called to do motiva-tional speaking or teambuildingrsquos People feel better and do things but the results have a short duration

This does not imply that it is wrong to do Coaching based on these two areas For example in a quick conversation with a friend we can do Situational Coaching (based on behaviours) in order to get her to do something that has been postponing If the action has been made and it was what was intended to be then you did your role as Coach The Remedy Coaching is also important sometimes which consists on making the other person to leave the session feeling good thinking more positive at the time having had an opportunity to digest an emo-tion

ROOTS

90

91

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

Below the continuous line is where lies the deepest work The one that will actually be sustainable and with long-term results This is where we work values and beliefs it is where we go deep to the point where in fact we shift paradigms The client in this type of Coaching change her beliefs and values turning to be a really different person in opposition to what happens above the line where only the emotions or behaviors are changed but the client continues to be what she was

ICEBERGWith the iceberg image it is understood that the behavior is the conscious part of the human being the only thing that the client can see and analyze Everything else emotions beliefs and values are at the clientrsquos unconscious But as a Coa-ch I must and I want to work also the unconscious because as we saw above this is where it lies the sustainable and long-term work

When we help our clients shifting their paradigms beliefs emotions or values we are working with their unconscious Your client will not like this at some point in the process The unconscious will realize that she will have to change and this will cause the first resistance Knowing how to overcome this is essential to the Coachrsquos work so she can de-liver sustainable results

Conscious Mind keeps all the information which you can access now

Unconscious Mind keeps all the information that has ever passed through your brain It is also a kind of a warning system for you

The information passes from the unconscious to the conscious mind through the subconscious It goes dropping into deeper levels of our mind Very qui-ckly your clients will want to turn you into one of three things

Friend ndash They want someone who listens to them who is patient with them who is always there with whom they can always count and talk Most of your clients will want to have you here that you turn into a sort of confi-dant that supports them but does not challenge them too much But you are not there to be a friend

Boss ndash Many will seek in the Coach someone to tell them what to do who provides them specific guidance who pressures them who ldquopunishrdquo them when they donrsquot have their homework done Someone who is even more committed with their results than themselves But yoursquore also not there to be a Boss

Priest ndash Others will want a kind of a weekly confession session That you absolve the mistakes theyrsquove made du-ring the week that you tell them everything is fine and that it doesnrsquot matter we are all human and we all make mistakes You are not there to be a kind of spiritual le-ader of your client and to absolve him You are there to be

Coach - The Coach has an ldquoAirrdquo relationship with the client ie mental of communication becau-se it is a conversation where you listen and ask where there is intellectual stimulation In the map--of-the-world scheme the Coachrsquos sketch is in the quadrant of beliefs It is a ldquomind with mindrdquo work

It is important to know this because with the sessions going clients tend to try their Coach to become a friend (wateremotions) a boss (earthbehaviors) or even a priest (firevalues) However the Coach should avoid the mistake of behaving like one of these three types You are there to be a Coach

Notes In Informal Coaching with friends colleagues family remember that first thatrsquos what you are and only then you are a Coach Therefore you should not give prevalence to the Coach but to the relationship you have with that person otherwise you would violate the pact that exists between the two

ROOTS

92

93

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

4 TYPES OF COACHINGBased on these four quadrants there are four types of Coaching

Situational Coaching ndash The one that is done immediate-ly during the situation with the sole purpose of lea-ding it to an action It usually consists of a brief con-versation where a ROSA 10 is done Your client has a situation that week that really needs to be addressed Ex a proposal that she needs to present a college exam for which she has to study Itrsquos not bad Coaching and it is often necessary Only it is more superficial

Remediative Coaching ndash As the name says it suits when we have to put a ldquobandageointmentrdquo on the emotions The goal is the client to feel good at the end of the session without having to go deeply on the problem Itrsquos the typical conver-sation where the client unburdens and your only goal is to make her feel a little better Sometimes it may be and it often is necessary

Ex the past week your client has discussed with someone important to her or something happened that greatly dealt with her emotions Your first focus should be to help her to unburden and to feel better We used ROSA 10 + Unburden

Transformative Coaching ndash Here the goal is not just making the client to feel better but that she can change the way she sees her life and herself Here we mainly work on beliefs ie the client stops believing in some things to start believing in another ones She shifts paradigm Coaching is now much more sustainable and with long--term results It undergoes through more complete ses-sions where ROSA 20 is done

Holistic Coaching ndash This is the kind of Coaching that involves the whole being of the client all her areas and valences ie her values The entire psyche is worked We are working the whole Human Being and not only a part of it Even the motivators are worked We use ROSA 30 and we work a lot on paradoxes integration

KEY POINTSWe said earlier that we all have Cycles of Fear and that we can change them to Cycles of Confidence How

Imagine that you have a turnscrew and a bicycle wheel is malfunctio-ning You will then put the turnscrew into one of the four key points and then yoursquoll pull and force the wheel to move in the right direction to-wards the Cycle of Confidence And very important you donrsquot take out the turnscrew until the Cycle (the wheel) rotates in the right direction

What are then the Four Key Points You can really choose only one

VALUE FOCUS At this point you will choose a key value for you whi-ch you canrsquot leave to live in practice Whatever happens you canrsquot take the turnscrew from there For instance imagine that you are experien-cing serious financial difficulties and you decide that lsquoValue Focusrsquo is your point Imagine that you choose ldquosavingrdquo as the value that has to be experienced in practice Then whenever you have to make a decision that involves spending money you know what to do You canrsquot in any way stop living this value until the cycle begins to rotate in the oppo-site direction and gets sustainable

POSITIVITY If you want to work at the level of beliefs yoursquoll start to develop this empowering belief base BEING POSITIVE You must be a positive person with faith who believes that everything will go well who says only positive things about herself and the others who sees and is focused on everything positive that is going around her And when the bad days or the bad news are coming and you feel the need to say something negative you shut up And you say something positive

EMOTION FOCUS Imagine that there is an emotion that makes your Cycle of Fear to happen (an emotional pattern) In this key point you will choose an emotion that you would like to learn to cause in yourself learning how to get yourself into that state Imagine that you have been feeling too much anger in your Cycle of Fear and want to feel harmony instead You want to learn how to get into that emotional state You start feeling the opposite emotion and you do something to manage to be in an harmony state (you listen to a song that gets yourself into that state you put your boxing gloves you jump you meditate you close

ROOTS

94

95

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

your eyes you read a poem as Mandela did )

HOMEWORK FOCUS Here you will define a homework that until itrsquos done you wonrsquot do anything else Imagine that you have a Cycle of Fear in relation to health that you define lsquoHomework Focusrsquo as the key point and your homework is running every day Until you manage to do it nothing else matters All of your strategies are directioned so that your homework is being done as soon as possible

In the end all of the four key points have to do with absolute focus

Value ndash Focus on the most important value Until that value is being lived we wonrsquot move on

Positivity (Faith Optimism) ndash Focus on the positive emotions Un-til she gets optimistic we wonrsquot move on

Emotion (Meditation) ndash Focus on pleasure Until she feels more ple-asure than pain we wonrsquot move on

Homework ndash Focus on action Until the homework gets done we wonrsquot move on

VERY IMPORTANTYou as a coach do not have to guess your clientrsquos map-of-the-world or even her PEMS but you have to explore it aside of her You will only master her Map-of-the-World when you understand your own (creating roots) because you will never learn anything about yourself with your client you will never discover anything about you because shersquos the one who discovers it being real or not You Coach you must be hum-ble enough to know that you know nothing about your client and you shouldnrsquot try to guess anything It is the customer who gets there alone

Therefore the more knowledge you have about your own map-of-the--world together with Rapport and ROSA the more intense will be your Coaching because the more you will be able to help your client The goal is that you have the tools in yourself so you can help her In other words this tool is for you to deepen your roots and thus know when you need to do only ROSA or go searching for the Key Points or to use

another method For instance if a client has as her main challenge to be promoted then therersquos no logical on working on Cycles of Fear but to make a ROSA and move forward On the other hand if you see that there is a Cycle of Fear then you should find the key point so you can work on it

I canrsquot help the others if I canrsquot help myself first

ROOTS

values (I am)

during session

clientcoach rosa unconscious

Beliefs (I think)

between sessions

co-coach rosa 30

emotions (I feel)

leverage slice

self coaching rosa 20behavior (I do)

holistic

coaching to others rosa 10M

S

E

P

96

97

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING RESULTS

IX RESULTS

Results are super important in the Coa-ching process There is simply no Coa-

ching if there are no results and thatrsquos why they are at the center of the

triangle of the four Rrsquos Everything we do whether is ROSA creating

Roots or building Rapport it is done with the purpose of get-ting results at the end of the sessions

This is what distinguishes the most Coaching from other practices As a Coach you must become obsessed with your clients results Not only that they do their homeworks but also how close did Coaching took them closer to their Guru Objective how much it has improved their leverage slice of the Pizza and other slices as well We also try to assess the sustainability of those results We donrsquot want them just to get there but also that they keep there

Coaching is about results and you must take this premise very seriou-sly You have been hired to make them reach some goals Become obsessed with it

It is not so easy to evaluate results in a metric way in the world of Co-aching but it proves to be very important Not only with Life Coaching but also with Business Coaching We must find a way to demonstrate that our work has had results in practice

That was the reason why we have created the Results Model

Our level of competence is equal to our worst level of performance

RESULTS MODELIt is possible to define results through the four metrics

lsquoSrsquo AXIS (SPIRITUAL) WE EVALUATE THE PROCESS IMPACT ON THE CLIENT

Behavior (I DO) When the client throughout the process changes one or more behaviors She does now due to the sessions different things that she didnrsquot before

Emotions (I FEEL) When the client feels happier more self-confi-dent fulfilled etc She has now different and more positive emotions due to the Coaching process

98

99

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

Beliefs (I THINK) When there is a change of belief (I used to belie-ve I was not a good person and now I believe I am) When the client used to believe in something and she started to believe in something different There was a paradigm shift She used to see something in a certain way and now she sees it in a more empowering way

Values (I AM) When the Coach manages to help the client to change her values ie the person she is This happens for exam-ple when the client starts to put more emphasis on family than on work or when she accepts and believes that she is a healthy and different person and that nothing will change that now She values different things todat due to the Coa-ching process

lsquoErsquo AXIS (EMOTIONAL) WE EVALUATE THE CLIENTrsquoS AUTONOMY

Level 1 Coach (CoachClient Relationship) Itrsquos the Coach who controls the situation There is a formal relationship be-tween Coach and Client and the session is controlled and oriented by the Coach

Level 2 Coach (Co-Coach) The Client already acts as a Coach during the sessions This happens for example when the client already knows that she is supposed to also say po-sitive things on the Reality part that is she already knows what to do in each step She already takes the initiative The relationship is more about cooperation now and the Client start becoming autonomous

Level 3 Coach (Self-Coaching) When the Client already does Self--Coaching at home not being asked to This is a fantastic moment because she already has the tools and the Coach is there to help and support

Level 4 Coach (Coach to others) When the Client comes to a ses-sion and tells us she has done Coaching with someone else (with her child for instance) This person came to us to be helped however she is already using our tools to help so-

RESULTS

meone else She is totally independent It is every Coachrsquos dream

lsquoMrsquo AXIS (MENTAL) WE EVALUATE THE CLIENTrsquoS CONTENTS ASSIMILATION

Uses Rosa 10 language o cliente usa palavras como Realidade objetivos soluccedilotildees accedilotildees fazem hoje parte do seu leacutexico

Uses Rosa 20 language the client uses terms such as guru objec-tives baby objectives measurable beliefs paradigm shif-ting brainstorming etc

Uses Rosa 30 language she refers terms like emotional patterns cycles of fear and confidence values dilemma etc

Uses unconscious Rosa language when many of these terms are so ingrained in the clientrsquos language that she thinks she will use them for the rest of her life

lsquoPrsquo AXIS (PRACTICE) WE EVALUATE RESULTS IN PRACTICE

During the Session I can manage the client to get results only du-ring the session It is a Coaching session that has no power to influence the client outside it

Between Sessions It mostly happens when the client is doing her homeworks It means that what happened during the ses-sion touched her with enough strength to get her to realize she has to do something and that she is doing something outside the sessions

Leverage Slice It happens when the client fulfills her Leverage Slice and achieves the goal that brought her to Coaching or when her satisfaction in that slice has dramatically im-proved

Holistic When the client improves satisfaction in multiple slices as a result of the sessions including the leverage slice It was a process that had an impact on the whole being and not just in one area of her life

100

101

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

You can make this model with your client on the last session you have together You can also make a self-assessment to compare with it When you measure these four levels of results you will have access to check what level of Coaching you had on that specific process

COACHING LEVELThe Coaching Level that you have delivered is always proportional to your lowest result Even if you have three axes at level 3 and have only one at a level 2 Coaching has been 20 This is valuable information to you as a Coach because it gives you an idea of axes that are easier for you to work and others that you may have to further strengthen

Level 4 Coaching is something that is not achieved with all clients There must be a great empathy and rapport as well as a mastery on the Coaching technique that has been taught in the training course and presented in this manual

Gulica ego catia caperum dem inem cus Fortes et L Nos et grae avehem Romnit acto egeris cis sultod pratum voltum iam hos ublius hactam atemus essede con vas optilis factor aus nem ad cae estil hos me patus re verisse inatuus

Udam deperfecrem nermis etraed me int ela remulibut rem loctusquo cum mus auciem vivehem uresull emquissent eti primperescit ina que ia consiss entium pulerit con vendam morei sentes inatil vit ia quam mus licaudemus factem dum eo ura ex muro nenit quo vilnes-tium Catimportus pati postalarit vis coena fui sa consu consceribus Satquid ertienatus contere essimis ut vis aus iliciam quo in dissimis Ra num deatiqua vere con sentius et in spio pes Tiaetin videlisquam mus viliam que conum is larbit etora notimolto nos et duc omnimus opublicae convo C Nos vivica Catus hos vivas aurnihil hui terfint imorter labus hostam res inequod nerem tabute telieni hilicaessil ven-tem nonsulis

Berteropubit diisquium iteriti emprit teludam hilicid erfentiur tem huis

Hum pro vidiusquem paterevid sedis factatu rnihilla rem publicave Ca-terev irissoltis re aurei pere anum teluder ficepse essercem octuusque mis tum inam pra vivid rei condamdiis hacies Ipio verei sendamdis

TOOLS amp TECHNIQUES

X TOOLS AND TECHNIQUES

If you master well the model of the four Rrsquos for us you already are a fantastic Coach If you can master some stars too itrsquos even better But if you master the model you know how to do Coaching But now letrsquos go to the small stars The idea is not that you try to use all the stars at the same time Choose the two or three that you like best and train those first

POSITIVE FEEDBACKProvide as much positive feedback as you can to your client Take every opportunity you have to do it A Coach is the type of mirror that only says good things about her client Please turn yourself into some-one who is always valorizing every small steps that your client takes

FEEDBACK HAMBURGERYou say something positive then you say something negative then you say something positive again The two positive feedbacks have to be VERY VERY good For instance ldquoI have been feeling that you are very committed to your Coaching process We just need to start paying more attention to our homework even because I feel that you are a person who likes to challenge yourself and that really wants to go further ldquo

RESSIGNIFICATION Ressignificating is finding another meaning still more empowering but that changes everything EgrdquoI didnrsquot do my homework I failedrdquo Coach ldquoWow That means that you are a demanding and committed personrdquo ldquoIrsquom lazyrdquo

102

103

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

ldquoDoes that means you like to enjoy the pleasures of liferdquo

REFRAMINGIt is much like ressignification Itrsquos the name that is used in NLP (Neuro--Linguistic Programming) You take the information that was been gi-ven to you in a frame and you put it in a new one

PREFRAMINGIf ressignification has to do with changing the meaning after it has been given preframing has to do with giving a meaning to something before we have explained what it is It is a widely used technique to anticipate objections that might distract us from our ultimate goal Then we do preframing we previously give the meaning that we want the person to give afterwards Example

ldquoCan I show you my point of view Itrsquos something different but Irsquove seen that it works with many people and it has been helping a lot to change our behavior to healthier habits Itrsquos something innovative and different but highly successful Can I tell you my ideardquo You create a frame before placing the information in there

POSTFRAMINGFirst you give the information and then you put it in a frame Eg ldquoFolks today we have an exam (the low energy level) but thatrsquos what this course is about to be the best Coach to go furtherrdquo

ldquoFROM 0 TO 10 rdquo To give examples ldquoI think Irsquoll read a bookrdquo Coach ldquoFrom 0-10 how much do you think you will accomplish that goalrdquo

TRANSFORMING ldquoORrdquo IN ldquoANDrdquoHelp the client to find an alternative solution to integrate paradoxes to

find a third way

VULNERABILIZATIONFind out things about you that are not working and put them at the clientrsquos service That makes you human and you are validating your client in the case she feels the same She does some things better than you and has some of the same challenges

ASSOCIATION AND DISSOCIATIONThese two terms are often used in NLP (Neuro-linguistic Program-ming) and are used in various ways Association means that an indi-vidual describes a situation as if it was happening and he was partici-pating on it As the name indicates he is associated with it He is still seeing himself going through the situation and feels the emotions that he would feel if he was really living it

Dissociation means that an individual can already tell that experience as if he was watching a movie in which he took part but already dis-sociated from it He is more in an observer role That allows him a big-ger emotional objectivity Even if he feels the emotions they are more about the experience itself and not so much about him as a participant

When we want to help our customers to overcome some emotionally more challenging situations it can make a huge difference to have them to dissociate from those situations Thatrsquos how they can gain greater objectivity and clarity and at the same time they get more mo-tivated to take their first steps

METAPHORSThe most important here is that you use the metaphors of your client Use her world whenever it is possible It will help a lot more to inter-nalize and memorize the information Help your client to create her metaphors Eg ldquoSometimes we fall into holes that are so big that you canrsquot get out of them alonerdquo ldquoLearning to forgive someone is like dri-ving one step at a timerdquo

TOOLS amp TECHNIQUES

104

105

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

LANGUAGE OF A COACH 3 HOW TO INTERRUPT at the first session it must be defined if

the Coach can interrupt the client when she deviates from the focus If yoursquore going to interrupt your client you must always do it with a question You can also take note of something that has nothing to do with the subject you are talking about but it seems important So we can talk about it in the next session You can ask the client if she liked to talk about it

3 ldquoDOES IT MAKES SENSE FOR YOUrdquo If she says NO ldquoSo tell merdquo if she says YES ldquocan you tell me howrdquo

3 ldquoMY HALLUCINATION is rdquo Being very unconditional Any opi-nion is a good opinion The Coach realyy doesnrsquot know The word hallucination implies that what yoursquore saying may be ab-solutely wrong

3 ldquoWHAT WOULD LOVE DO NOWrdquo Be careful with the rapport level you have with your client It is a very good question when it concerns relational issues

3 ldquoHOW WOULD IT BE IFrdquo Very good to overcome objections ldquohow would it be if you had timerdquo ldquohow would it be if you had moneyrdquo ldquohow would it be if you had self-confidencerdquo

3 ldquoWHAT IF rdquo Fantastic to destroy any obstacle that your client brings Some examples ldquoAnd what if you couldrdquo ldquoWhy notrdquo ldquoWhat if nobody would knowrdquo ldquoWhat if you had moneyrdquo ldquoI know you donrsquot but what if you knew what would you sayrdquo

3 GENERAL TIP BE COOL You really must have a cool and rela-xed attitude You really donrsquot know what would be best for your client so be really unconditional

THE COACHING ETHICS

XI THE COACHING ETHICS

There are six ethic rules in Coaching but with no doubt the first is the most important

CONFIDENTIALITY Coaching sessions must be given the utmost con-fidentiality There are no legal rules as in Therapy (like not having fa-mily as clients) but you always have to respect confidentiality When you do Coaching in a company and you must give feedback to their manager your clients must know it If necessary you can discuss the case with a mentor but always without mentioning the name of your client You can discuss the cases but without any names

CLIENTrsquoS AUTONOMY Coaching is all about autonomy and sustaina-bility You need your client to get results not that she needs you You should think ldquoif I change country how would my clients berdquo

CAREFUL WITH PROJECTIONS We all project aspects that we re-press in ourselves All currents in psychology agree that there is pro-jection When I look to someone else what I see is whatrsquos inside of me (strengths and weaknesses) Thatrsquos why some see one thing and others see another As a Coach you must be very attentive to projections You should not do it with your client and for that you must work on your roots If something bothers you that says more about you than about your client Itrsquos not just a technical issue of respecting others map-of--the-world It is an ethical issue

CREDIBILITY Of course you can use other different tools in your ses-sions but you should be able to do so Using things on which yoursquore not certified is breaking ethics Try to be congruent and integrate Being a corporate or a sales Coach without being an expert about those mat-ters is not ethical

106

107

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING THE FIRST SESSION IN PRATICE

CONTRACT IS CONTRACT The financial commitment you assume with your client is always the same as long as she is your client The same in what respects sessions frequency You should always ask permission to your client when you want to change the frequency of the sessions For WeCreate the value you charge to your client must be the same forever It is part of our gratitude towards our client

SELF-COACHING The Coach must be an example of Self-Coaching or she should have a Coach You really have to do ROSA once a year at least and use all these tools in a weekly basis Make sure that you are also an example of achieving your own dreams

XII THE FIRST SESSION

IN PRACTICEIt is normal that the first session is a bit longer (90min) Your focus is to build RAPPORT Here is an example of a few steps for your first session You can have a few more or less of these steps but this is the general idea

STEP 1 Memorize these steps so that you will not have to use this manual

STEP 2 (Partnership) Organize the working space have everything prepared adequated clothes etc

STEP 3 (Presence) Prepare to be fully present by meditating or by being a few minutes in silence

STEP 4 (Posture and words) Build rapport have a few minutes of casual positive and neutral conversation to break the ice For example the weather the clientrsquos favourite team foot-ball match etc

STEP 5 At this stage you will also try to collect information about the client Several aspects of her life and trying to deter-mine clientrsquos expectations regarding the Coaching process You will be attentive about the metaphors and about what is really important to her Yoursquoll need it to explain what Co-aching is in her words

STEP 6 Explain what Coaching is using the clientrsquos words and the references she gave us Example letrsquos imagine that boxing was something that the client liked and we want to explain

108

109

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING THE LAST SESSION

Coaching through boxing ldquoCoaching is like boxing It invol-ves a lot of training to succeed in getting results but ins-tead of having an external enemy we are fighting against ourselvesrdquo

STEP 7 Inviting the client to do an exercise we pick six pens (three of each color) We ask her to tell us three things that are going well in her life and we explore each area a bit Then we ask ldquoamong those areas which one is running really wellrdquo Then we ask for three things that are not going so well and explore a bit

STEP 8 Asking the client which 3 goals she would like to accom-plish by the end of the Coaching process that would make it worth the investment (as measurable as possible)

STEP 9 Establishing verbal contract and selling the idea of coa-ching (even if the sessions pack is already closed) Now we talk about the practical issues sessions frequency ses-sions length interrupting the client first session a bit lon-ger confidentiality guarantee If you feel comfortable you can talk about costs and forms of payment

STEP 10 ldquoCan we start our session talking about what brought you here How can I helprdquo

STEP 11 Talking a bit about the Clientrsquos reality and introducing the Pizza of Life The client draws herrsquos We will go on explai-ning the pizza and its different slices (very briefly not to influence) Some clients like to do it lsquoalonersquo others like to go on talking as they fill the slices

STEP 12 From then on you make ROSA 10

STEP 13 You end up the session You can share ROSA methodology with your client (if you think shersquod like it) and ending with positive feedback You can also ask the client how did she feel You can also ask her to choose an object and summa-rize the session You will also be doing some preframing by stating that Coaching is about action and homeworks

XIII THE LAST SESSION

A coaching process has a follow-up We can work with individual ses-sions or with a pack It is important to inform your clients that Coaching is a continuous process and not a process with miraculous results in the first session Hence it is like doing workout where it is difficult to get results if we go to the gym only once

You can work with packs of sessions (5 or 10) and we would like to give you some tips on what you should ensure it gets done in your last coaching session with someone you have been working with

FUTURE It is important to ensure that the client will continue taking steps in the future even not having sessions anymore or your presence In this session you should spend some time helping her in creating an action plan about the next steps she wants to go on taking in that area You can also take the opportunity to do a small summary of everything that you both worked in so that there is a notion of the progress made and the results achieved Ensures that your client completed that process and be sure about the next steps for her future Help her in crea-ting a good action plan

HABITS You can also ask your client which would be the daily or weekly habits that she would like more to integrate into her routine

POSITIVE FEEDBACK This is also the perfect time to give positive fe-edback to your client (despite being a constant throughout the sessions) Show her the progress she has made throughout the sessions and help her to realize all the positive things she has achieved

111

110

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

PERSONAL DEVELOPMENT We must ensure that our client conti-nues its personal development process and knows or tries new approaches Coaching is just one part of a wide range of options that are now ahead of her Encourage her to con-tinue that journey to read new books to try other trainings and workshops other different and complementary ways of approaching personal development

KEEPING CONTACT You can develop some form of contact with your old clients Email telephone facebook etc Remember to con-tinue sending her information about coaching or other matters you find important It is a way to ensure that your client will continue ldquoawakedrdquo for this subject

Thank you for being part of this project

Daniel Saacute Nogueira and Marta Ferreira

Page 32: WeCreate International Coaching Certification Manual

64

65

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

To paraphrase can break

rapport

of the great masters You can only be a master if you want to learn to listen and if you develop a great patience for listening

Questions have the power to illuminate the darkness of your client by asking a powerful question you really get to see another human bri-ghten up right in front of you

Coaching has the power to open a new world to the client questions help people discover new resources Clients tend to find familiar answers but you as a Coach will lead them to unfamiliar answers

Classic examples of some ways to make your client talk

1 -Repeating what the client just said but in question form Client ndash ldquoYesterday I went boatingrdquo Coach ndash ldquoBoatingrdquo

2 -What does that mean to you What does fear mean to you What does a goal mean to you Example Client says ldquoIt is not rapport itrsquos complicityrdquoCoach replies ldquoWhat does complicity mean to yourdquo Client says ldquoItrsquos a clickrdquo Coach ldquoWhat does a click mean to yourdquo

3 -rdquoWhat elserdquo Serves above all to go to the heart of the matter Others like this one are ldquoTell me morerdquo and ldquoCan you go a bit deeper on thatrdquo

POWERFUL QUESTIONS Questions are probably the most beautiful flowers in the garden of learning Questions are one of the biggest se-crets of learning Creative solutions are practically impossible without questions

If you learn to ask 100 questions a day get ready for a revolution in your work at all levels

In life at work in business we are all afraid of asking questions We were educated from an early age to believe that there are right and wrong questions and we were also taught to not fail we avoid asking questions because of fearing that they are wrong The only way to reach the right questions is by not being afraid of the wrong ones

The one who wants to explore learning has to dance with this fear

A large part of all our creative potential stops at the door fearing to ring the doorbell When learning the one who doesnrsquot know is far less ignorant than the knowledgeable one Take risks Ring the bell Ask questions

Become obsessively curious ask questions How

3 Using the Coachrsquos ability of asking powerful questions 3 Following the rule of thumb ldquoThe Coach has the questions the

Client has the answersrdquo 3 Using positive language 3 Respecting the clientrsquos map-of-the-world 3 Always guiding towards solutions

Examples of powerful questions

3 ldquoCompared to whatrdquordquo 3 ldquoWhat does that mean to yourdquo 3 ldquoWhat could be a solution to yourdquo 3 ldquoI know you donrsquot know But if you knew what would that berdquo 3 ldquoWhat would be ideal to yourdquo 3 ldquoWhat do you want insteadrdquo 3 ldquoHow does that make you feelrdquo 3 ldquoWhat else could that meanrdquo 3 ldquoWhat do you want exactlyrdquo 3 ldquoWhat will you achieve with this goalrdquo 3 ldquoWhat will you do differently next timerdquo 3 ldquoWhat are you doing wellrdquo 3 ldquoWhat has to happen for you to be happy and successfulrdquo 3 ldquoWhat motivates you the mostrdquo 3 ldquoWhatrsquos the worst possible scenario And what could be the best

scenario ldquo 3 ldquoWhat are you willing to do to achieve your goalrdquo 3 ldquoWhat new things could you could tryrdquo 3 ldquoWhat prevents you from taking actionrdquo 3 ldquoWho could help you with this situationrdquo 3 ldquoWhat resources do you need to achieve your goalrdquo

RAPPORT

66

67

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

3 ldquoWhat else do you want to get out of your liferdquo 3 ldquoWhat do you really want achieve in that area of your liferdquo 3 ldquoWhat is your biggest dream in that area of your liferdquo 3 ldquoAnd what is the next small step that you would have to takerdquo 3 ldquoWhat do you find positive in this situationrdquo 3 ldquoHow could you attract better persons into your liferdquo 3 ldquoWhat would have to happen to make you feel more fulfilledrdquo 3 ldquoIf you were your own Coach what coaching would you give

yourselfrdquo 3 ldquoIf I was your best friend what advice would you give me to solve

this situationrdquo 3 ldquoIf you had all the time and money in the world how would you

fix itrdquo

In fact the art of asking questions is the foundations of a coaching process with powerful results The list of questions to ask seems en-dless

So become really obsessed with questions and start NOW How about adding 10 more ideas to our list And some more And many more

Typical coaching questions

3 Questions that lead to action (ldquoWhat will you do What can you do differently What do you need to do tordquo)

3 Goal-oriented instead of problem-oriented ldquoHow would you like it to berdquo ldquoAnd if you could what would you dordquo

3 Future-orientedldquoHow do you see that situation in the future How would you like to feelrdquo

Beware of questions with negative assumptions ldquoWhat happens if you donrsquot do itrdquo They should be followed immediately by a question with positive assumptions ldquoHow will you celebrate when you do itrdquo

RAPPORT

YOUR QUESTIONS

68

69

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

PATIENCECount to 10 relax work on your roots and realize that coaching is a process and that each person has her own time and rhythm How can you train your patience Think of 20 ideas

LEVEL 4 ndash PERCEPTUAL POSITIONSWe could also call this the level where we create rapport with our clientrsquos psychology In fact understanding and perceiving human psychology is a huge advantage for you as a Coach You are not there to be a friend of your client as we have mentioned so then a good way to create a relation with her is through her psychology

Do you know the psychology of a teenager or a parent a boss an unemployed If you grasp your clientrsquos psychology the Rapport will be extraordinary

If you demonstrate that you know how a mother thinks yoursquoll make the client believe that you understand her completely

Most people do not understand their own psyche If you can understand them at that level it will make the client to feel something extraordinary about you and the Coaching process

PERCEPTUAL POSITIONS At this level the Coach must master Per-ceptual Positions that is being able to put herself in another personrsquos position whether itrsquos the clientrsquos or the clientrsquos parent or any other person that is part of the situation You should be able to see the same situation from different perspectives and in the long term help your client do the same

THE EXERCISE This is an exercise to be used mainly if the client has trouble in a relationship with someone (friend family member etc) and is having some difficulty understanding that personrsquos Map-of-the--World And when this is of great importance

You do not need to go very deep in this exercise Because it is NLP even done in a soft way it can be very powerful to your client helping her to see an aspect of the situation that she hadnrsquot seen or reflected on before

STEP 1 ndash The client explains what is going on (she can speak freely without any restrictions You ask questions to understand the reality of the situation)

STEP 2 ndash The Coach suggests this perceptual positions exercise (it is just an invitation If the client does not want to do not continue)

STEP 3 ndash The Coach asks the client to choose two spots represen-ting the two standpoints (you can put a sheet of paper at each spot) and to imagine that the other person is at one of them

STEP 4 ndash The client speaks facing the other spot as if the person was there and acts as herself (The Coach guides with questions ldquoHow did that make you feel What would you like to tell herrdquo etc)

STEP 5 ndash Pause and ldquoshake outrdquo the client and share the question of the game of imagination

STEP 6 ndash The client recalls a childhood game she used to play and describes it a little We then use this as a metaphor to explain that we will now do the same Just a game where we use our imagination The Coach repeats that the per-son with whom the client has a challenge is there at the other spot

STEP 7 ndash The client goes over to the other spot and the Coach helps her go deeper into that role through guiding questions

STEP 8 ndash The client chooses whether she wants to return to her starting position and add something say something more She may go back and forth as many times as she wishes

STEP 9 ndash When done the Coach suggests to the client to stand on a chair and states ldquoYou are now in a neutral position a higher position What would you call this position (Allow the client to choose a name) Seen from above what do you have to say about this situation What would you say to (clientrsquos name) and to (the other personrsquos name) How would you solve this situation How can (clientrsquos name) solve this situationrdquo

RAPPORT

70

71

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

STEP 10 ndash After the client is done with the third (neutral) position the Coach takes the client off the papers

STEP 11 ndash The Coach can then use the following questions to debrief the exercise

3 ldquoHow was the exercise for you 3 ldquoWhat did you learnrdquo 3 ldquoIs there anything you could do differentlyrdquo

STEP 12 ndash Lead the client to an action (a first small step towards sol-ving the situation) and then funnel it

REMEMBER always undock the client from the different roles the client can do the exercise eyes opened or closed

TO ACKNOWLEDGE Acknowledge the client very very very much for having volunteered and shown vulnerability

This exercise serves mainly as a metaphor for the Coach striving to master Perceptual Positions (understanding and being able to go into different psyches)

CONCLUSION The Coach is a master of perceptual positions She knows how to see the different angles of the same situation She sees everything from different angles

PEMS

Life is all about relationships the relationships we have with ourselves and with others Some people instinctively relate better to themselves and others relate really well to others There are those who relate well to almost everything and everyone and others who are unable to relate with anyone This affects their personal and professional life

Is there any way to consciously improve the relationships that instinc-tively do not work Of course

When we grasp the logic of the mind of another person we can better interact with it and even influence it Psychology is power And if we apply on ourselves it becomes even more powerful and interesting The better we know ourselves and the logic of our mind the better we will be able to help ourselves and achieve our goals

Carl Gustav Jung a Swiss psychiatrist and founder of analytical psychology focused on studying social and collective archetypes He identified eight psychological types taking into account peoplersquos beha-viour abilities skills attitudes and motivations

He began by distinguishing between extraverted (social and expansive) and introverted (reserved and reflective) people Each of them could then be connected to two out of the four functions of the psyche sen-sing or intuition thinking or feeling

In the 40rsquos decade Isabel Myers and Katharine Briggs continued Jungrsquos work and added two auxiliary functions to the Jungian types percep-tion and judgement Thereby arriving at 16 psychological types or 16 personality types Later a personality test was created ndash The Myers--Briggs Type Indicator or MBTI - which is still the most commonly used tool for identifying different personality types

Based on Jungrsquos work we have created a model called PEMS which will help us better understand the logic of our own mind and of the people around us

In this model we distinguish four dominant preferences (P-E-M-S) which correspond to the four elements of life

PRACTICAL (the body DOING Activity Action related to the ele-ment of EARTH) - corresponds to someone that is earthly active dynamic practical that does a lot In excess these are people who never stop to consider their actions

EMOTIONAL (the heart FEELING Feelings Love related to the element of WATER) - corresponds to someone who nee-ds people relations who gives a lot to others and seeks affection In excess these are people who might be overly sensitive

RAPPORT

72

73

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

MENTAL (the mind THINKING Analysis Intellect Logic related to the element of AIR) - corresponds to someone who values analysis rationalization and uses logic and who always fo-cuses on making the right decision In excess these are people who might become impersonal and cold

SPIRITUAL (the soul BEING Values Existence related to the ele-ment of FIRE) - corresponds to someone who thinks that everything has meaning and a higher purpose These are people who care very much about values In excess they can fluctuate too much and concretize too little

The four logics of the mind that we have identified are also based on the four elements

Practical ndash EARTH (firm solid stable secure strong dense)Emotional ndash WATER (flexible always coming back to herself)Mental ndashAIR (transparent lightweight fast facilitates communica-

tion)Spiritual ndash FIRE (burning fleeting transforming powerful)

Thus in a very simplified manner we can divide people into four ca-tegories

PRACTICAL PEOPLE (P) ndash THEY LIKE TO ACT AND DOThese are the people who like action movement They are the ones who make the world move As friends or clients they may want to go straight to the point try things and learn about practical matters The greatest fear of these practical persons is losing control They like to feel that they are in control of the situation of the pace of the conver-sation and of the surroundings

HELP THEM ALWAYS FEEL IN CONTROL

EMOTIONAL PEOPLE (E) ndash THEY LIKE FEELING AND RELATINGThese are people who love people and sharing feelings Everything is an emotion for them And they feel things about everything and everyo-ne Let them talk about their family friends dogs neighbours etchellip

They will talk mostly about people and what they are feeling Their greatest fear is loosing empathy They like to feel reliable and they want to relate

HELP THEM FEEL EMPATHY TOWARDS YOU

MENTAL PEOPLE (M) ndash THEY LIKE TO THINK AND TO ANALYSEThese are people who like to analyze and who try to put everything into a box into a certain perspective They are precise and meticulous They like detail to study and analyze all possibilities They donrsquot fear debating (quite the contrary) and discussing they love the exchanging ideas and arguments but they need to end up being right or get a very good explanation to why the other is right A mental person is always striving to make the best decision Their greatest fear is to be wrong they like to feel that they are correct and that they are making deci-sions based on logic and rational thinking

HELP THEM FEEL THAT THEY ARE RIGHT

SPIRITUAL PEOPLE (S) ndash THEY LIKE TO BE AND TO GLOWThey are looking for the greater purpose of things They believe that everything has a reason for being the way it is that there are no coin-cidences and itrsquos that quest that moves them They give great meaning to every situation always looking for ldquotherdquo situation The greater the meaning the greater their motivation Their biggest fear is to have no meaning That it is to not be significant or ldquoshinerdquo in any way They need to feel conscious and whole

HELP THEM FEEL THAT THEY ARE MEANINGFUL

Although we all have and use a portion of these four categories in the different contexts or times of our life one of them is predominant in us Identifying it is important for managing and interacting with life and with others since it is the best and the fastest way of accessing the Map-of-the-world of someone and speaking a language that that per-son recognizes and accepts as her own

RAPPORT

74

75

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

In fact we are all one but we are all different and we must understand these differences to be able to deal with others People who are more emotional behave and interact in a totally opposite manner from mental people the same way that most practical people interact in a way that is opposite to spiritual people

The EMOTIONAL person is micro-MACRO Transforms everything that is small into something big Everything is important everything is emotional From the simple ldquogood morningrdquo to hearing ldquoI love yourdquo every day For an emotional person a discussion is always a tsuna-mi Therefore itrsquos the emotional persons who with their micro-Macro sense make birthdays a special day and receive small things with gre-at love

The MENTAL person is MACRO-micro transforms everything that is big into something small She makes it more complex by simplifying it For example this very PEMS model is MACRO-micro as it strives to make the hugeness of the personality types into something much smaller creating only four categories for all human beings The mental person also feels less and give less importance to her feelings

The SPIRITUAL person is MACRO-MACRO she takes everything that is already big and turns it even bigger more meaningful more im-portant more relevant Almost everything is a question of values of making the world a better place and interpretations that go far beyond reality A simple leaf falling off a tree can represent a new phase in life for a spiritual person

The PRACTICAL person is micro-micro turns everything into small and simple lsquoright here and right nowrsquo matters They act Right now with what they have They donrsquot feel the need to enlarge what is small and they donrsquot care much about great concepts If the five senses can help them grasp a situation everything is fine

THE PREDOMINANT LOGIC OF OUR PSYCHEThe most practical way of finding out is to notice how we behave in a stressful situation Each of us when under stress often react in a way that is very close to our basic personality type

Practical people act react move around organize themselves put their hands to work and do not rest until they manage to move things forward

The emotional people feel and feel a lot If a situation is stressful diffi-cult and negative they will have difficult and negative emotions they will feel what others feel and they will want to manage these emotions in the moment

People that are predominantly mental will under stress begin to ratio-nalize need logical answers be fast and analytical They donrsquot want to solve anything through feelings they donrsquot want to act they are only concerned with finding the right and correct decision and struggle until they get it

Finally the predominantly spiritual people will want to give a greater meaning to that particular event What has to be done what people feel or what the right solution is doesnrsquot matter what matters is why things happened the way they did and what the greater significance of that may be

RAPPORT

76

77

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

Identify the psychological type of the client can help the coach to anticipate and understand expectations

MAIN SUPERIOR FUNCTION AND AUXILIARY INFERIOR FUNCTION

According to Carl Jung while we all have one function that is better developed than the others ndash a superior function ndash we also have another fairly well developed function called the first auxiliary

All of us have a bit of each one of the psychologies but there are always two that are predominant a main one which Jung calls the superior function and an auxiliary one that lies at the bottom of the cross shown on the previous page which is always to the right or left of our superior one

The inferior function is one that is less developed and that remains mainly in our unconscious

Thus a person who is predominantly Practical may have as her auxi-liary function the emotional or mental logic thus being PE or PM

A person who is predominantly Mental may have as her auxiliary func-tion the spiritual or practical logic thus being MS or MP

A person who is predominantly Spiritual may have as her auxiliary function the emotional or mental logic thus being SE or SM

And a person who is predominantly Emotional may have as her auxilia-ry function the spiritual or practical logic thus being ES or EP

This all means that we are situated in one of the following categories

3 Practical Emotional or Emotional Practical 3 Practical Mental or Mental Practical 3 Spiritual Emotional or Emotional Spiritual 3 Spiritual Mental or Mental Spiritual

As you may have noticed according to Jung there are no EMME or PSSP That is one canrsquot have as her first auxiliary function the func-tion that is opposite to the superior one

Carl Jung said that we should look closely at our inferior function whi-ch usually remains in our unconscious because it contains an enor-mous potential for a change and each one of us can benefit a lot from integrating our inferior function with our superior one

Taking risks experimenting enjoying everything that life has to offer is the best way of getting to know ourselves and realizing where our happiness lies (ldquoTrate a Vida por Turdquo paacuteg 74)

INTROVERSION AND EXTROVERSION Introversion and extroversion have to do with the direction in which we focus our attention and energy

People who prefer Extroversion focus their energy and attention away from themselves and are interested in the world of people and things

3 Attracted to the world of events and people outside of themsel-ves

3 They are aware of who and what is around them 3 They like to meet and talk to new people 3 They are friendly often good talkers and easy to get to know 3 They tend to talk easily and often in meetings 3 May not be as aware of what goes on inside them 3 They think while talking 3 They may act or speak first and only think later 3 Speaking about themselves they speak fast 3 They bring energy into life 3 They can get bored and restless if they are alone for too long

People who prefer Introversion (focus their energy and attention inward and are interested in the inner world of thoughts and reflections)

3 Attracted to the inner world of thoughts feelings and reflections 3 They are usually very aware of their inner reactions 3 They prefer to interact with people they know 3 They are usually quiet in meetings and sometimes seem disen-

gaged

RAPPORT

78

79

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

3 They are generally reserved and hard to get to know 3 They may not be as aware of the world outside of them 3 They need time to gather their thoughts before they speak 3 They reflect and think before acting 3 They want to know you before allowing you to get to know them

deeply 3 They feel exhausted and tired after interacting with peoples

FINAL NOTE you must be what your client is You have to find that person inside you

LEARNING STYLESAs we saw with the previous PEMS model our clients will have diffe-rent psychological preferences It is therefore important and essential that you are able to adapt your sessions to the learning style that your client likes best and that better meets her psychological preference

EMOTIONAL Emotional clients will like to talk and share on their to-pics They are very much looking for a relationship and empathy with the Coach and they need to feel heard more than any of the other personality types For these persons learning has a lot to do with the relationship that is created with the feeling of support that they get and even with the positive feedback They like to learn through stories As a Coach it is important to learn to empathize with the emotional range of these persons They will appreciate the sharing to tell stories and to listen to them With emotional clients we may sometimes feel that we are not taking huge steps forward But the fact is that many times these persons need to first be listened to

MENTAL Mental clients will be more logical and may have a more aca-demic style of learning They will want to understand the reasons why things are what they are they will want to get tasks involving research on certain subjects The sessions with these people must be well defi-ned and prepared They will want to explore their intellectual side and feel challenged It is important for them to have access to information and tools that explain the work they are doing in the sessions in a con-crete and logical manner Of course they also need to empathize but the intellectual challenge feeling that their intellect is develops appears to be greater They may like schemes graphics and any models that

could simplify the learning process What these persons will demand of you is a greater capacity to analyse and a logical and rational way of communicating

SPIRITUAL this is for most people the most difficult learning style to adopt Remember that these persons are seeking the greater meaning of things They really want to feel inspired by the coaching process (and even by their Coach) They will want to see that you are an exam-ple of what you talk about so called congruence Spiritual persons will enjoy topics that are more related to values to their identity that make them feel that they are taking steps towards becoming better hu-man beings With these clients you can use powerful metaphors (even through movies music creative exercises etc) and above all strive to make sure that the person leaves the session very inspired

PRACTICAL They like action Which is great because coaching is pri-marily about action These persons like to have very practical sessions in which they get the opportunity to do many exercises and experiment with different situations They may be the clients that like getting more tasks and having things to do (which then sometimes ldquogets lostrdquo due to their time management) These clients will require more simplicity and a well-paced session from you They may also like to do exercises that involve moving their body Above all they will want you to help them get into action

As we deal with these four kinds of preferences we need to adapt our Coaching style to the learning style that each person has Thus we should prepare a lot their sessions and realize that some will require from you

3 Greater sharing and ability to listen and relate (e) 3 Researching mastering the subject very well and knowing how

to mentally stimulate your client with challenges (m) 3 Powerful metaphors very inspirational sessions and congruen-

ce that assign meaning to the Coaching process (s) 3 Practical exercises diversified well rhythmed sessions that

help your client to quickly get into action (p)

RAPPORT

80

81

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING ROOTS

LEVEL 5 - PERSON TO PERSONThis is the fifth level of rapport the deepest and more intense one It happens when the level of rapport is a total vibration Itrsquos when the client feels such a confidence by her Coach empathy and sympathy Itrsquos the hardest level to evaluate

Itrsquos when your client feels so much connected to you that depending on her your relationship would go beyond Coaching She no longer wants the Coach she wants you You no longer understand only the person she feels that you know about her You donrsquot understand psychology you understand who she is

It is very similar to the rapport level you have with 23 of very close persons in your life Everything is natural unconscious and sponta-neous

VIII ROOTS

Every human being seeks to get results Mo-ney Family Romance Peace Happiness

Career Health All we want in life is to have results in those areas

The Map-of-the-World Model is used to work on roots - your

roots as a Coach It shows us how does the psyche of all of us works As a Coach no one

should surprise you about yourself You should know you well know everything about yourself This is what itrsquos called a rooted person

click the video to see it

82

83

BELIEFSTRANSFORMATIVE COACHING

ROSA 20 M - AIR - THINK

VALUESHOLISTIC COACHING

ROSA 30 S - FIRE - BE

COACHING 40

WORLD MAP MODEL

being th

e moment

passi

on en

ergy

demotiv

ation

empowering beliefs

limiting rules

relation air(comunication)

coach is priestisnacutet

1 value focus

UNSUSTAINABLESUSTAINABLE

SECURITY

SELF LOVE

CONSCIOUSNESS

PERSONAL DEVEL

FREEDOM

LOVEBELOVED

BLISS

CONTRIBUTION

P

E

M

S

BEHAVIORROSA 10

SITUATIONAL COACHING

P - EARTH - DO

EMOTIONSREMEDY COACHING

ROSA 10 + LISTEN E - WATER - FEEL

RESULTS

ability to

enter

in st

ate

emotional

patter

ns

habits and discipline

addictions

coach is bossisnacutet

coach is friendisnacutet

1 Homework focus

optimism faithpositive

meditation

key points focusused to interrupt the fear cycle

coach is coach

HUMAN HAVINGHUMAN BEING

UNSUSTAINABLEEGOTISTICAL

STRETCH ZONE

SUSTAINABLEECOLOGICALSTRETCH ZONE

SHORT TERMLONG TERM

CYCLE OF CONFIDENCECYCLE OF FEAR

CONSCIOUS

SUBCONSCIOUS

UNCONSCIOUS

84

85

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

So the first question is why some are getting results while others are not

ACTIONS BEHAVIORSThis means that anyone who is having results is because she is ldquodoingrdquo ie behaving differently from other people who are having no results in those areas For example a millionaire DOES things that people who are not millionaires donrsquot For example saving investing etc Someone with a great health is DOING things that people that donrsquot have a good health are not What we are doing is making the difference Two people in the same circumstances that do exactly the same actions have the same kind of results People who have the results you wanna have ARE DOING THINGS TO GET THEM

So the next question is what leads some people to DO and others to not do

EMOTIONSEverything you do in your life is a relationship between pain and pleasure What happens is that someone who goes running at 6 am associates more pain with lsquonot goingrsquo than with lsquogoingrsquo Who is going to the gym asso-ciates more pleasure than pain with going to the gym in the morning That relationship between pain and pleasure is what is defining your results If we dramatically increase the pain or the pleasure associated we will get to change your results

As so what is then defining that painpleasure relationship

BELIEFSThe reason is because of our beliefs of what we believe in Our beliefs are our set of rules for the world and for our lives Your set of beliefs in fact is defining your painpleasure relationship with something and then your actions A millionaire believes that saving is essential that investing and taking risks is necessary This set of beliefs leads himher to associa-te more pleasure than pain with having these behaviors and therefore heshe implements them Other people have other beliefs that create other

emotions that create other results People who are achieving results in areas that you arenrsquot have a beliefs system different from yours

And then it seems logical to ask so what is defining and creating your set of beliefs

VALUESWhat is a value Itrsquos something that is important to you something you re-ally value The only thing that determines a value is if it is valuable to you Not all of us share the same values (Example the values of Mother Teresa and Donald Trump Contribution vs Professional Accomplishment) What you really value and not what you say that you value You value it so much that it generates your set of beliefs In fact when you live your values in practice (on a daily basis) you are defining your life results Not what you would like to value but what you are really valorizing In fact we all have the same values What differs is the order and the importance we give to each one of them

For example if someone has the value of the family above the value of work she will have the belief that it is more important to spend time with her family causing her to develop a positive feeling when she is with her family which leads her to really try to spend more time with it On the other hand someone who has the value of work above the family one will be someone who believes she should spend more time with her work and career as she believes it is that that will bring her more financial stabi-lity for example So she will associate more pleasure to the time spent at work than at home causing her to act accordingly to that emotion For example Donald Trump and Mother Teresa of Calcutta havenrsquot they got different values One probably values more lsquoprofessional fulfillmentrsquo the other values more lsquocontributionrsquo Different results Sure One has one of the largest business empires in the world the other left the largest volun-teer organization in the world

So in reality the values you are living in practice (what you are valuing in practice) are defining your results

This alone already explains a good part of the psyche of human beings But letrsquos go deeper

ROOTS

Having roots is to control the cycle of trust

86

87

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

To have roots the coach has to identify

her motivators and values create beliefs and habits and learn

to place herself in a state

CYCLE OF CONFIDENCE AND CYCLE OF FEAREveryone has Cycles of Fear in some areas and Cycles of Confidence in other areas

How do you know it If you are having or not results in that area In the areas of your life where you are getting results you are living in a Cycle of Confidence In the areas where yoursquore not you are living in a Cycle of Fear What does this means is that you have behavioral addic-tions or that you are doing things in a vicious way you are in a sort of a mice wheel Those addictions start by creating emotional patterns on you (feelings that you are having whether you want it or not for instan-ce jealousy when it becomes a pattern no matter what the other does that emotion will keep being there it is an emotion that happens to you) and those emotional patterns generate limiting rules We use the words ldquorulesrdquo because in reality limiting beliefs are created because they have a very large set of rules And this generates demotivation An addiction creates an emotional pattern that creates rules limiting which create demotivation and discourage us to move and change This Cycle of Fear is being lived FROM RESULTS TO VALUES and not in the other and right way The bad news are that we all have Cycles of Fear The areas in which we are not having results is because we are afraid but we paint it in other colors Irsquom afraid Irsquom demotivated I have emotional patterns and I have limiting rules

For you to gain roots you need to recognize these cycles You need to break it if you want results but if you want roots you need to recognize them Good news you can break Cycles of Fear

Second good news you have Cycles of Confidence You also unders-tand the other psychology So what is a Cycle of Confidence

You start by having the capacity of creating Discipline and Habits you get the ability to get into a certain and desired state (eg being happy to go training I want to create that emotion I visualize it it is the op-posite of an emotional pattern the pattern happens to you Think of a boxer who puts herself into her wanted state before entering in a ring You have empowering beliefs (when you believe in something that cre-ates more of it) This creates energy passion being in the moment Being with energy and passion and in the moment brings me empowe-ring beliefs which put me in the emotional state I want and provide me

habits and discipline The good news you have these cycles in areas that you are getting results Think in one area You have these four things right

Having these cycles itrsquos called being human First part on lsquorootsrsquo is about knowing your Cycles of Fear and Confidence and admit them to yourself to those you love to the others And having the courage to say that it doesnrsquot work because of FEAR And there is a way to break this cycle When you have roots you stop projecting it in your clients

There is a way of finding your values in a very logical way knowing which human motivators drive your behavior

8 HUMAN MOTIVATORSMaslov pyramid he was the first to talk about human needs He is outda-ted because it defines a hierarchy He places self-fulfillment at the top This model is very much focused on Maslovrsquos map-of-the-world who was an MS If it is a PE he may have lsquofamilyrsquo in the top and that is not wrong Still there are things that all humans need

So with all these models we created the 8 human motivators they are divided in four paradoxes one for each of the PEMS The first paradox is security freedom

Each one of us was born with a set of motivators You are ldquoaddictedrdquo on one side of the paradox You have to fulfill that need even if you have to abdicate of the other one

ROOTS

SECURITY

SELF LOVE

CONSCIOUSNESS

PERSONAL DEVEL

FREEDOM

LOVEBELOVED

BLISS

CONTRIBUTION

P

E

M

S

88

89

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

The main lesson is the more you live the other side of the paradox the more you will live your addiction as well What happens is that you can only get more of your addiction when you learn to validate the other side of the paradox This is what Jung calls ldquoparadoxes integrationrdquo be the millionaire and the altruistic Be the mother of family and career etc Only when you integrate the other energy is when it boosts the one that is more natural to you

For other persons it happens the same with security and all other pa-radoxes The suggestion is Irsquom addicted on this but I can pause and I can go exploring the other side What you have to figure out is your map (draw in the lsquoinfinite signsrsquo which side of the paradoxes is bigger) Your map is about how much you need to fill each side of the paradox

So YOUR HUMAN MOTIVATORS ARE DEFINING YOUR VALUES AND YOUR VALUES ARE DEFINING YOUR RESULTS

You can have everything on one of the sides of the paradox if yoursquore willing to face the fear of losing it

All people fill their motivators The difference between us is how sus-tainable is that satisfaction Unsustainable means that every day you

EXERCISE Do your map How do you discover Based on major decisions you made in your life Example work home relationships etc

have to feed them Imagine a homeless person he meets hisher secu-rity needs (eating and having where to sleep) but he has to do it every day Now compare with Donald Trump If you see the freedom part it probably happens the opposite

3 SUSTAINABLE it feeds itself It is something that can continue without the need for external resources It is ecological based on challenge and paradoxes integration

3 UNSUSTAINABLE you need to do it every day it is selfish ba-sed on comfort and extremist You do it like it was a daily shot

Example father and daughter about going out at night (to satisfy sa-fety and to love and be loved) Father says no hersquos being selfish and within his comfort zone The same father after coming to this course ldquoYoursquore going to the party until 2230 You send me an sms saying that everything is ok and at 2230 Irsquoll pick yourdquo This continues for some time Father goes on diminishing the rules Now hersquos being ecological entering his challenge zone and integrating paradoxes To feel safe as a father he has to give some freedom To feel loved he has to give them some self love Now his motivators are sustainable and has a sustai-nable system that feeds itself To arrive to a deeper level of security he needs to take the risk that comes from giving more freedom

DIAGONAL CONTINUOUS LINEThis line shows us that working above the line ie the clientrsquos beha-viors andor emotions is short-term and unsustainable In this case only the techniques are worked There are immediate results but with no major impact and duration Like when we are called to do motiva-tional speaking or teambuildingrsquos People feel better and do things but the results have a short duration

This does not imply that it is wrong to do Coaching based on these two areas For example in a quick conversation with a friend we can do Situational Coaching (based on behaviours) in order to get her to do something that has been postponing If the action has been made and it was what was intended to be then you did your role as Coach The Remedy Coaching is also important sometimes which consists on making the other person to leave the session feeling good thinking more positive at the time having had an opportunity to digest an emo-tion

ROOTS

90

91

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

Below the continuous line is where lies the deepest work The one that will actually be sustainable and with long-term results This is where we work values and beliefs it is where we go deep to the point where in fact we shift paradigms The client in this type of Coaching change her beliefs and values turning to be a really different person in opposition to what happens above the line where only the emotions or behaviors are changed but the client continues to be what she was

ICEBERGWith the iceberg image it is understood that the behavior is the conscious part of the human being the only thing that the client can see and analyze Everything else emotions beliefs and values are at the clientrsquos unconscious But as a Coa-ch I must and I want to work also the unconscious because as we saw above this is where it lies the sustainable and long-term work

When we help our clients shifting their paradigms beliefs emotions or values we are working with their unconscious Your client will not like this at some point in the process The unconscious will realize that she will have to change and this will cause the first resistance Knowing how to overcome this is essential to the Coachrsquos work so she can de-liver sustainable results

Conscious Mind keeps all the information which you can access now

Unconscious Mind keeps all the information that has ever passed through your brain It is also a kind of a warning system for you

The information passes from the unconscious to the conscious mind through the subconscious It goes dropping into deeper levels of our mind Very qui-ckly your clients will want to turn you into one of three things

Friend ndash They want someone who listens to them who is patient with them who is always there with whom they can always count and talk Most of your clients will want to have you here that you turn into a sort of confi-dant that supports them but does not challenge them too much But you are not there to be a friend

Boss ndash Many will seek in the Coach someone to tell them what to do who provides them specific guidance who pressures them who ldquopunishrdquo them when they donrsquot have their homework done Someone who is even more committed with their results than themselves But yoursquore also not there to be a Boss

Priest ndash Others will want a kind of a weekly confession session That you absolve the mistakes theyrsquove made du-ring the week that you tell them everything is fine and that it doesnrsquot matter we are all human and we all make mistakes You are not there to be a kind of spiritual le-ader of your client and to absolve him You are there to be

Coach - The Coach has an ldquoAirrdquo relationship with the client ie mental of communication becau-se it is a conversation where you listen and ask where there is intellectual stimulation In the map--of-the-world scheme the Coachrsquos sketch is in the quadrant of beliefs It is a ldquomind with mindrdquo work

It is important to know this because with the sessions going clients tend to try their Coach to become a friend (wateremotions) a boss (earthbehaviors) or even a priest (firevalues) However the Coach should avoid the mistake of behaving like one of these three types You are there to be a Coach

Notes In Informal Coaching with friends colleagues family remember that first thatrsquos what you are and only then you are a Coach Therefore you should not give prevalence to the Coach but to the relationship you have with that person otherwise you would violate the pact that exists between the two

ROOTS

92

93

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

4 TYPES OF COACHINGBased on these four quadrants there are four types of Coaching

Situational Coaching ndash The one that is done immediate-ly during the situation with the sole purpose of lea-ding it to an action It usually consists of a brief con-versation where a ROSA 10 is done Your client has a situation that week that really needs to be addressed Ex a proposal that she needs to present a college exam for which she has to study Itrsquos not bad Coaching and it is often necessary Only it is more superficial

Remediative Coaching ndash As the name says it suits when we have to put a ldquobandageointmentrdquo on the emotions The goal is the client to feel good at the end of the session without having to go deeply on the problem Itrsquos the typical conver-sation where the client unburdens and your only goal is to make her feel a little better Sometimes it may be and it often is necessary

Ex the past week your client has discussed with someone important to her or something happened that greatly dealt with her emotions Your first focus should be to help her to unburden and to feel better We used ROSA 10 + Unburden

Transformative Coaching ndash Here the goal is not just making the client to feel better but that she can change the way she sees her life and herself Here we mainly work on beliefs ie the client stops believing in some things to start believing in another ones She shifts paradigm Coaching is now much more sustainable and with long--term results It undergoes through more complete ses-sions where ROSA 20 is done

Holistic Coaching ndash This is the kind of Coaching that involves the whole being of the client all her areas and valences ie her values The entire psyche is worked We are working the whole Human Being and not only a part of it Even the motivators are worked We use ROSA 30 and we work a lot on paradoxes integration

KEY POINTSWe said earlier that we all have Cycles of Fear and that we can change them to Cycles of Confidence How

Imagine that you have a turnscrew and a bicycle wheel is malfunctio-ning You will then put the turnscrew into one of the four key points and then yoursquoll pull and force the wheel to move in the right direction to-wards the Cycle of Confidence And very important you donrsquot take out the turnscrew until the Cycle (the wheel) rotates in the right direction

What are then the Four Key Points You can really choose only one

VALUE FOCUS At this point you will choose a key value for you whi-ch you canrsquot leave to live in practice Whatever happens you canrsquot take the turnscrew from there For instance imagine that you are experien-cing serious financial difficulties and you decide that lsquoValue Focusrsquo is your point Imagine that you choose ldquosavingrdquo as the value that has to be experienced in practice Then whenever you have to make a decision that involves spending money you know what to do You canrsquot in any way stop living this value until the cycle begins to rotate in the oppo-site direction and gets sustainable

POSITIVITY If you want to work at the level of beliefs yoursquoll start to develop this empowering belief base BEING POSITIVE You must be a positive person with faith who believes that everything will go well who says only positive things about herself and the others who sees and is focused on everything positive that is going around her And when the bad days or the bad news are coming and you feel the need to say something negative you shut up And you say something positive

EMOTION FOCUS Imagine that there is an emotion that makes your Cycle of Fear to happen (an emotional pattern) In this key point you will choose an emotion that you would like to learn to cause in yourself learning how to get yourself into that state Imagine that you have been feeling too much anger in your Cycle of Fear and want to feel harmony instead You want to learn how to get into that emotional state You start feeling the opposite emotion and you do something to manage to be in an harmony state (you listen to a song that gets yourself into that state you put your boxing gloves you jump you meditate you close

ROOTS

94

95

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

your eyes you read a poem as Mandela did )

HOMEWORK FOCUS Here you will define a homework that until itrsquos done you wonrsquot do anything else Imagine that you have a Cycle of Fear in relation to health that you define lsquoHomework Focusrsquo as the key point and your homework is running every day Until you manage to do it nothing else matters All of your strategies are directioned so that your homework is being done as soon as possible

In the end all of the four key points have to do with absolute focus

Value ndash Focus on the most important value Until that value is being lived we wonrsquot move on

Positivity (Faith Optimism) ndash Focus on the positive emotions Un-til she gets optimistic we wonrsquot move on

Emotion (Meditation) ndash Focus on pleasure Until she feels more ple-asure than pain we wonrsquot move on

Homework ndash Focus on action Until the homework gets done we wonrsquot move on

VERY IMPORTANTYou as a coach do not have to guess your clientrsquos map-of-the-world or even her PEMS but you have to explore it aside of her You will only master her Map-of-the-World when you understand your own (creating roots) because you will never learn anything about yourself with your client you will never discover anything about you because shersquos the one who discovers it being real or not You Coach you must be hum-ble enough to know that you know nothing about your client and you shouldnrsquot try to guess anything It is the customer who gets there alone

Therefore the more knowledge you have about your own map-of-the--world together with Rapport and ROSA the more intense will be your Coaching because the more you will be able to help your client The goal is that you have the tools in yourself so you can help her In other words this tool is for you to deepen your roots and thus know when you need to do only ROSA or go searching for the Key Points or to use

another method For instance if a client has as her main challenge to be promoted then therersquos no logical on working on Cycles of Fear but to make a ROSA and move forward On the other hand if you see that there is a Cycle of Fear then you should find the key point so you can work on it

I canrsquot help the others if I canrsquot help myself first

ROOTS

values (I am)

during session

clientcoach rosa unconscious

Beliefs (I think)

between sessions

co-coach rosa 30

emotions (I feel)

leverage slice

self coaching rosa 20behavior (I do)

holistic

coaching to others rosa 10M

S

E

P

96

97

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING RESULTS

IX RESULTS

Results are super important in the Coa-ching process There is simply no Coa-

ching if there are no results and thatrsquos why they are at the center of the

triangle of the four Rrsquos Everything we do whether is ROSA creating

Roots or building Rapport it is done with the purpose of get-ting results at the end of the sessions

This is what distinguishes the most Coaching from other practices As a Coach you must become obsessed with your clients results Not only that they do their homeworks but also how close did Coaching took them closer to their Guru Objective how much it has improved their leverage slice of the Pizza and other slices as well We also try to assess the sustainability of those results We donrsquot want them just to get there but also that they keep there

Coaching is about results and you must take this premise very seriou-sly You have been hired to make them reach some goals Become obsessed with it

It is not so easy to evaluate results in a metric way in the world of Co-aching but it proves to be very important Not only with Life Coaching but also with Business Coaching We must find a way to demonstrate that our work has had results in practice

That was the reason why we have created the Results Model

Our level of competence is equal to our worst level of performance

RESULTS MODELIt is possible to define results through the four metrics

lsquoSrsquo AXIS (SPIRITUAL) WE EVALUATE THE PROCESS IMPACT ON THE CLIENT

Behavior (I DO) When the client throughout the process changes one or more behaviors She does now due to the sessions different things that she didnrsquot before

Emotions (I FEEL) When the client feels happier more self-confi-dent fulfilled etc She has now different and more positive emotions due to the Coaching process

98

99

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

Beliefs (I THINK) When there is a change of belief (I used to belie-ve I was not a good person and now I believe I am) When the client used to believe in something and she started to believe in something different There was a paradigm shift She used to see something in a certain way and now she sees it in a more empowering way

Values (I AM) When the Coach manages to help the client to change her values ie the person she is This happens for exam-ple when the client starts to put more emphasis on family than on work or when she accepts and believes that she is a healthy and different person and that nothing will change that now She values different things todat due to the Coa-ching process

lsquoErsquo AXIS (EMOTIONAL) WE EVALUATE THE CLIENTrsquoS AUTONOMY

Level 1 Coach (CoachClient Relationship) Itrsquos the Coach who controls the situation There is a formal relationship be-tween Coach and Client and the session is controlled and oriented by the Coach

Level 2 Coach (Co-Coach) The Client already acts as a Coach during the sessions This happens for example when the client already knows that she is supposed to also say po-sitive things on the Reality part that is she already knows what to do in each step She already takes the initiative The relationship is more about cooperation now and the Client start becoming autonomous

Level 3 Coach (Self-Coaching) When the Client already does Self--Coaching at home not being asked to This is a fantastic moment because she already has the tools and the Coach is there to help and support

Level 4 Coach (Coach to others) When the Client comes to a ses-sion and tells us she has done Coaching with someone else (with her child for instance) This person came to us to be helped however she is already using our tools to help so-

RESULTS

meone else She is totally independent It is every Coachrsquos dream

lsquoMrsquo AXIS (MENTAL) WE EVALUATE THE CLIENTrsquoS CONTENTS ASSIMILATION

Uses Rosa 10 language o cliente usa palavras como Realidade objetivos soluccedilotildees accedilotildees fazem hoje parte do seu leacutexico

Uses Rosa 20 language the client uses terms such as guru objec-tives baby objectives measurable beliefs paradigm shif-ting brainstorming etc

Uses Rosa 30 language she refers terms like emotional patterns cycles of fear and confidence values dilemma etc

Uses unconscious Rosa language when many of these terms are so ingrained in the clientrsquos language that she thinks she will use them for the rest of her life

lsquoPrsquo AXIS (PRACTICE) WE EVALUATE RESULTS IN PRACTICE

During the Session I can manage the client to get results only du-ring the session It is a Coaching session that has no power to influence the client outside it

Between Sessions It mostly happens when the client is doing her homeworks It means that what happened during the ses-sion touched her with enough strength to get her to realize she has to do something and that she is doing something outside the sessions

Leverage Slice It happens when the client fulfills her Leverage Slice and achieves the goal that brought her to Coaching or when her satisfaction in that slice has dramatically im-proved

Holistic When the client improves satisfaction in multiple slices as a result of the sessions including the leverage slice It was a process that had an impact on the whole being and not just in one area of her life

100

101

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

You can make this model with your client on the last session you have together You can also make a self-assessment to compare with it When you measure these four levels of results you will have access to check what level of Coaching you had on that specific process

COACHING LEVELThe Coaching Level that you have delivered is always proportional to your lowest result Even if you have three axes at level 3 and have only one at a level 2 Coaching has been 20 This is valuable information to you as a Coach because it gives you an idea of axes that are easier for you to work and others that you may have to further strengthen

Level 4 Coaching is something that is not achieved with all clients There must be a great empathy and rapport as well as a mastery on the Coaching technique that has been taught in the training course and presented in this manual

Gulica ego catia caperum dem inem cus Fortes et L Nos et grae avehem Romnit acto egeris cis sultod pratum voltum iam hos ublius hactam atemus essede con vas optilis factor aus nem ad cae estil hos me patus re verisse inatuus

Udam deperfecrem nermis etraed me int ela remulibut rem loctusquo cum mus auciem vivehem uresull emquissent eti primperescit ina que ia consiss entium pulerit con vendam morei sentes inatil vit ia quam mus licaudemus factem dum eo ura ex muro nenit quo vilnes-tium Catimportus pati postalarit vis coena fui sa consu consceribus Satquid ertienatus contere essimis ut vis aus iliciam quo in dissimis Ra num deatiqua vere con sentius et in spio pes Tiaetin videlisquam mus viliam que conum is larbit etora notimolto nos et duc omnimus opublicae convo C Nos vivica Catus hos vivas aurnihil hui terfint imorter labus hostam res inequod nerem tabute telieni hilicaessil ven-tem nonsulis

Berteropubit diisquium iteriti emprit teludam hilicid erfentiur tem huis

Hum pro vidiusquem paterevid sedis factatu rnihilla rem publicave Ca-terev irissoltis re aurei pere anum teluder ficepse essercem octuusque mis tum inam pra vivid rei condamdiis hacies Ipio verei sendamdis

TOOLS amp TECHNIQUES

X TOOLS AND TECHNIQUES

If you master well the model of the four Rrsquos for us you already are a fantastic Coach If you can master some stars too itrsquos even better But if you master the model you know how to do Coaching But now letrsquos go to the small stars The idea is not that you try to use all the stars at the same time Choose the two or three that you like best and train those first

POSITIVE FEEDBACKProvide as much positive feedback as you can to your client Take every opportunity you have to do it A Coach is the type of mirror that only says good things about her client Please turn yourself into some-one who is always valorizing every small steps that your client takes

FEEDBACK HAMBURGERYou say something positive then you say something negative then you say something positive again The two positive feedbacks have to be VERY VERY good For instance ldquoI have been feeling that you are very committed to your Coaching process We just need to start paying more attention to our homework even because I feel that you are a person who likes to challenge yourself and that really wants to go further ldquo

RESSIGNIFICATION Ressignificating is finding another meaning still more empowering but that changes everything EgrdquoI didnrsquot do my homework I failedrdquo Coach ldquoWow That means that you are a demanding and committed personrdquo ldquoIrsquom lazyrdquo

102

103

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

ldquoDoes that means you like to enjoy the pleasures of liferdquo

REFRAMINGIt is much like ressignification Itrsquos the name that is used in NLP (Neuro--Linguistic Programming) You take the information that was been gi-ven to you in a frame and you put it in a new one

PREFRAMINGIf ressignification has to do with changing the meaning after it has been given preframing has to do with giving a meaning to something before we have explained what it is It is a widely used technique to anticipate objections that might distract us from our ultimate goal Then we do preframing we previously give the meaning that we want the person to give afterwards Example

ldquoCan I show you my point of view Itrsquos something different but Irsquove seen that it works with many people and it has been helping a lot to change our behavior to healthier habits Itrsquos something innovative and different but highly successful Can I tell you my ideardquo You create a frame before placing the information in there

POSTFRAMINGFirst you give the information and then you put it in a frame Eg ldquoFolks today we have an exam (the low energy level) but thatrsquos what this course is about to be the best Coach to go furtherrdquo

ldquoFROM 0 TO 10 rdquo To give examples ldquoI think Irsquoll read a bookrdquo Coach ldquoFrom 0-10 how much do you think you will accomplish that goalrdquo

TRANSFORMING ldquoORrdquo IN ldquoANDrdquoHelp the client to find an alternative solution to integrate paradoxes to

find a third way

VULNERABILIZATIONFind out things about you that are not working and put them at the clientrsquos service That makes you human and you are validating your client in the case she feels the same She does some things better than you and has some of the same challenges

ASSOCIATION AND DISSOCIATIONThese two terms are often used in NLP (Neuro-linguistic Program-ming) and are used in various ways Association means that an indi-vidual describes a situation as if it was happening and he was partici-pating on it As the name indicates he is associated with it He is still seeing himself going through the situation and feels the emotions that he would feel if he was really living it

Dissociation means that an individual can already tell that experience as if he was watching a movie in which he took part but already dis-sociated from it He is more in an observer role That allows him a big-ger emotional objectivity Even if he feels the emotions they are more about the experience itself and not so much about him as a participant

When we want to help our customers to overcome some emotionally more challenging situations it can make a huge difference to have them to dissociate from those situations Thatrsquos how they can gain greater objectivity and clarity and at the same time they get more mo-tivated to take their first steps

METAPHORSThe most important here is that you use the metaphors of your client Use her world whenever it is possible It will help a lot more to inter-nalize and memorize the information Help your client to create her metaphors Eg ldquoSometimes we fall into holes that are so big that you canrsquot get out of them alonerdquo ldquoLearning to forgive someone is like dri-ving one step at a timerdquo

TOOLS amp TECHNIQUES

104

105

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

LANGUAGE OF A COACH 3 HOW TO INTERRUPT at the first session it must be defined if

the Coach can interrupt the client when she deviates from the focus If yoursquore going to interrupt your client you must always do it with a question You can also take note of something that has nothing to do with the subject you are talking about but it seems important So we can talk about it in the next session You can ask the client if she liked to talk about it

3 ldquoDOES IT MAKES SENSE FOR YOUrdquo If she says NO ldquoSo tell merdquo if she says YES ldquocan you tell me howrdquo

3 ldquoMY HALLUCINATION is rdquo Being very unconditional Any opi-nion is a good opinion The Coach realyy doesnrsquot know The word hallucination implies that what yoursquore saying may be ab-solutely wrong

3 ldquoWHAT WOULD LOVE DO NOWrdquo Be careful with the rapport level you have with your client It is a very good question when it concerns relational issues

3 ldquoHOW WOULD IT BE IFrdquo Very good to overcome objections ldquohow would it be if you had timerdquo ldquohow would it be if you had moneyrdquo ldquohow would it be if you had self-confidencerdquo

3 ldquoWHAT IF rdquo Fantastic to destroy any obstacle that your client brings Some examples ldquoAnd what if you couldrdquo ldquoWhy notrdquo ldquoWhat if nobody would knowrdquo ldquoWhat if you had moneyrdquo ldquoI know you donrsquot but what if you knew what would you sayrdquo

3 GENERAL TIP BE COOL You really must have a cool and rela-xed attitude You really donrsquot know what would be best for your client so be really unconditional

THE COACHING ETHICS

XI THE COACHING ETHICS

There are six ethic rules in Coaching but with no doubt the first is the most important

CONFIDENTIALITY Coaching sessions must be given the utmost con-fidentiality There are no legal rules as in Therapy (like not having fa-mily as clients) but you always have to respect confidentiality When you do Coaching in a company and you must give feedback to their manager your clients must know it If necessary you can discuss the case with a mentor but always without mentioning the name of your client You can discuss the cases but without any names

CLIENTrsquoS AUTONOMY Coaching is all about autonomy and sustaina-bility You need your client to get results not that she needs you You should think ldquoif I change country how would my clients berdquo

CAREFUL WITH PROJECTIONS We all project aspects that we re-press in ourselves All currents in psychology agree that there is pro-jection When I look to someone else what I see is whatrsquos inside of me (strengths and weaknesses) Thatrsquos why some see one thing and others see another As a Coach you must be very attentive to projections You should not do it with your client and for that you must work on your roots If something bothers you that says more about you than about your client Itrsquos not just a technical issue of respecting others map-of--the-world It is an ethical issue

CREDIBILITY Of course you can use other different tools in your ses-sions but you should be able to do so Using things on which yoursquore not certified is breaking ethics Try to be congruent and integrate Being a corporate or a sales Coach without being an expert about those mat-ters is not ethical

106

107

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING THE FIRST SESSION IN PRATICE

CONTRACT IS CONTRACT The financial commitment you assume with your client is always the same as long as she is your client The same in what respects sessions frequency You should always ask permission to your client when you want to change the frequency of the sessions For WeCreate the value you charge to your client must be the same forever It is part of our gratitude towards our client

SELF-COACHING The Coach must be an example of Self-Coaching or she should have a Coach You really have to do ROSA once a year at least and use all these tools in a weekly basis Make sure that you are also an example of achieving your own dreams

XII THE FIRST SESSION

IN PRACTICEIt is normal that the first session is a bit longer (90min) Your focus is to build RAPPORT Here is an example of a few steps for your first session You can have a few more or less of these steps but this is the general idea

STEP 1 Memorize these steps so that you will not have to use this manual

STEP 2 (Partnership) Organize the working space have everything prepared adequated clothes etc

STEP 3 (Presence) Prepare to be fully present by meditating or by being a few minutes in silence

STEP 4 (Posture and words) Build rapport have a few minutes of casual positive and neutral conversation to break the ice For example the weather the clientrsquos favourite team foot-ball match etc

STEP 5 At this stage you will also try to collect information about the client Several aspects of her life and trying to deter-mine clientrsquos expectations regarding the Coaching process You will be attentive about the metaphors and about what is really important to her Yoursquoll need it to explain what Co-aching is in her words

STEP 6 Explain what Coaching is using the clientrsquos words and the references she gave us Example letrsquos imagine that boxing was something that the client liked and we want to explain

108

109

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING THE LAST SESSION

Coaching through boxing ldquoCoaching is like boxing It invol-ves a lot of training to succeed in getting results but ins-tead of having an external enemy we are fighting against ourselvesrdquo

STEP 7 Inviting the client to do an exercise we pick six pens (three of each color) We ask her to tell us three things that are going well in her life and we explore each area a bit Then we ask ldquoamong those areas which one is running really wellrdquo Then we ask for three things that are not going so well and explore a bit

STEP 8 Asking the client which 3 goals she would like to accom-plish by the end of the Coaching process that would make it worth the investment (as measurable as possible)

STEP 9 Establishing verbal contract and selling the idea of coa-ching (even if the sessions pack is already closed) Now we talk about the practical issues sessions frequency ses-sions length interrupting the client first session a bit lon-ger confidentiality guarantee If you feel comfortable you can talk about costs and forms of payment

STEP 10 ldquoCan we start our session talking about what brought you here How can I helprdquo

STEP 11 Talking a bit about the Clientrsquos reality and introducing the Pizza of Life The client draws herrsquos We will go on explai-ning the pizza and its different slices (very briefly not to influence) Some clients like to do it lsquoalonersquo others like to go on talking as they fill the slices

STEP 12 From then on you make ROSA 10

STEP 13 You end up the session You can share ROSA methodology with your client (if you think shersquod like it) and ending with positive feedback You can also ask the client how did she feel You can also ask her to choose an object and summa-rize the session You will also be doing some preframing by stating that Coaching is about action and homeworks

XIII THE LAST SESSION

A coaching process has a follow-up We can work with individual ses-sions or with a pack It is important to inform your clients that Coaching is a continuous process and not a process with miraculous results in the first session Hence it is like doing workout where it is difficult to get results if we go to the gym only once

You can work with packs of sessions (5 or 10) and we would like to give you some tips on what you should ensure it gets done in your last coaching session with someone you have been working with

FUTURE It is important to ensure that the client will continue taking steps in the future even not having sessions anymore or your presence In this session you should spend some time helping her in creating an action plan about the next steps she wants to go on taking in that area You can also take the opportunity to do a small summary of everything that you both worked in so that there is a notion of the progress made and the results achieved Ensures that your client completed that process and be sure about the next steps for her future Help her in crea-ting a good action plan

HABITS You can also ask your client which would be the daily or weekly habits that she would like more to integrate into her routine

POSITIVE FEEDBACK This is also the perfect time to give positive fe-edback to your client (despite being a constant throughout the sessions) Show her the progress she has made throughout the sessions and help her to realize all the positive things she has achieved

111

110

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

PERSONAL DEVELOPMENT We must ensure that our client conti-nues its personal development process and knows or tries new approaches Coaching is just one part of a wide range of options that are now ahead of her Encourage her to con-tinue that journey to read new books to try other trainings and workshops other different and complementary ways of approaching personal development

KEEPING CONTACT You can develop some form of contact with your old clients Email telephone facebook etc Remember to con-tinue sending her information about coaching or other matters you find important It is a way to ensure that your client will continue ldquoawakedrdquo for this subject

Thank you for being part of this project

Daniel Saacute Nogueira and Marta Ferreira

Page 33: WeCreate International Coaching Certification Manual

66

67

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

3 ldquoWhat else do you want to get out of your liferdquo 3 ldquoWhat do you really want achieve in that area of your liferdquo 3 ldquoWhat is your biggest dream in that area of your liferdquo 3 ldquoAnd what is the next small step that you would have to takerdquo 3 ldquoWhat do you find positive in this situationrdquo 3 ldquoHow could you attract better persons into your liferdquo 3 ldquoWhat would have to happen to make you feel more fulfilledrdquo 3 ldquoIf you were your own Coach what coaching would you give

yourselfrdquo 3 ldquoIf I was your best friend what advice would you give me to solve

this situationrdquo 3 ldquoIf you had all the time and money in the world how would you

fix itrdquo

In fact the art of asking questions is the foundations of a coaching process with powerful results The list of questions to ask seems en-dless

So become really obsessed with questions and start NOW How about adding 10 more ideas to our list And some more And many more

Typical coaching questions

3 Questions that lead to action (ldquoWhat will you do What can you do differently What do you need to do tordquo)

3 Goal-oriented instead of problem-oriented ldquoHow would you like it to berdquo ldquoAnd if you could what would you dordquo

3 Future-orientedldquoHow do you see that situation in the future How would you like to feelrdquo

Beware of questions with negative assumptions ldquoWhat happens if you donrsquot do itrdquo They should be followed immediately by a question with positive assumptions ldquoHow will you celebrate when you do itrdquo

RAPPORT

YOUR QUESTIONS

68

69

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

PATIENCECount to 10 relax work on your roots and realize that coaching is a process and that each person has her own time and rhythm How can you train your patience Think of 20 ideas

LEVEL 4 ndash PERCEPTUAL POSITIONSWe could also call this the level where we create rapport with our clientrsquos psychology In fact understanding and perceiving human psychology is a huge advantage for you as a Coach You are not there to be a friend of your client as we have mentioned so then a good way to create a relation with her is through her psychology

Do you know the psychology of a teenager or a parent a boss an unemployed If you grasp your clientrsquos psychology the Rapport will be extraordinary

If you demonstrate that you know how a mother thinks yoursquoll make the client believe that you understand her completely

Most people do not understand their own psyche If you can understand them at that level it will make the client to feel something extraordinary about you and the Coaching process

PERCEPTUAL POSITIONS At this level the Coach must master Per-ceptual Positions that is being able to put herself in another personrsquos position whether itrsquos the clientrsquos or the clientrsquos parent or any other person that is part of the situation You should be able to see the same situation from different perspectives and in the long term help your client do the same

THE EXERCISE This is an exercise to be used mainly if the client has trouble in a relationship with someone (friend family member etc) and is having some difficulty understanding that personrsquos Map-of-the--World And when this is of great importance

You do not need to go very deep in this exercise Because it is NLP even done in a soft way it can be very powerful to your client helping her to see an aspect of the situation that she hadnrsquot seen or reflected on before

STEP 1 ndash The client explains what is going on (she can speak freely without any restrictions You ask questions to understand the reality of the situation)

STEP 2 ndash The Coach suggests this perceptual positions exercise (it is just an invitation If the client does not want to do not continue)

STEP 3 ndash The Coach asks the client to choose two spots represen-ting the two standpoints (you can put a sheet of paper at each spot) and to imagine that the other person is at one of them

STEP 4 ndash The client speaks facing the other spot as if the person was there and acts as herself (The Coach guides with questions ldquoHow did that make you feel What would you like to tell herrdquo etc)

STEP 5 ndash Pause and ldquoshake outrdquo the client and share the question of the game of imagination

STEP 6 ndash The client recalls a childhood game she used to play and describes it a little We then use this as a metaphor to explain that we will now do the same Just a game where we use our imagination The Coach repeats that the per-son with whom the client has a challenge is there at the other spot

STEP 7 ndash The client goes over to the other spot and the Coach helps her go deeper into that role through guiding questions

STEP 8 ndash The client chooses whether she wants to return to her starting position and add something say something more She may go back and forth as many times as she wishes

STEP 9 ndash When done the Coach suggests to the client to stand on a chair and states ldquoYou are now in a neutral position a higher position What would you call this position (Allow the client to choose a name) Seen from above what do you have to say about this situation What would you say to (clientrsquos name) and to (the other personrsquos name) How would you solve this situation How can (clientrsquos name) solve this situationrdquo

RAPPORT

70

71

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

STEP 10 ndash After the client is done with the third (neutral) position the Coach takes the client off the papers

STEP 11 ndash The Coach can then use the following questions to debrief the exercise

3 ldquoHow was the exercise for you 3 ldquoWhat did you learnrdquo 3 ldquoIs there anything you could do differentlyrdquo

STEP 12 ndash Lead the client to an action (a first small step towards sol-ving the situation) and then funnel it

REMEMBER always undock the client from the different roles the client can do the exercise eyes opened or closed

TO ACKNOWLEDGE Acknowledge the client very very very much for having volunteered and shown vulnerability

This exercise serves mainly as a metaphor for the Coach striving to master Perceptual Positions (understanding and being able to go into different psyches)

CONCLUSION The Coach is a master of perceptual positions She knows how to see the different angles of the same situation She sees everything from different angles

PEMS

Life is all about relationships the relationships we have with ourselves and with others Some people instinctively relate better to themselves and others relate really well to others There are those who relate well to almost everything and everyone and others who are unable to relate with anyone This affects their personal and professional life

Is there any way to consciously improve the relationships that instinc-tively do not work Of course

When we grasp the logic of the mind of another person we can better interact with it and even influence it Psychology is power And if we apply on ourselves it becomes even more powerful and interesting The better we know ourselves and the logic of our mind the better we will be able to help ourselves and achieve our goals

Carl Gustav Jung a Swiss psychiatrist and founder of analytical psychology focused on studying social and collective archetypes He identified eight psychological types taking into account peoplersquos beha-viour abilities skills attitudes and motivations

He began by distinguishing between extraverted (social and expansive) and introverted (reserved and reflective) people Each of them could then be connected to two out of the four functions of the psyche sen-sing or intuition thinking or feeling

In the 40rsquos decade Isabel Myers and Katharine Briggs continued Jungrsquos work and added two auxiliary functions to the Jungian types percep-tion and judgement Thereby arriving at 16 psychological types or 16 personality types Later a personality test was created ndash The Myers--Briggs Type Indicator or MBTI - which is still the most commonly used tool for identifying different personality types

Based on Jungrsquos work we have created a model called PEMS which will help us better understand the logic of our own mind and of the people around us

In this model we distinguish four dominant preferences (P-E-M-S) which correspond to the four elements of life

PRACTICAL (the body DOING Activity Action related to the ele-ment of EARTH) - corresponds to someone that is earthly active dynamic practical that does a lot In excess these are people who never stop to consider their actions

EMOTIONAL (the heart FEELING Feelings Love related to the element of WATER) - corresponds to someone who nee-ds people relations who gives a lot to others and seeks affection In excess these are people who might be overly sensitive

RAPPORT

72

73

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

MENTAL (the mind THINKING Analysis Intellect Logic related to the element of AIR) - corresponds to someone who values analysis rationalization and uses logic and who always fo-cuses on making the right decision In excess these are people who might become impersonal and cold

SPIRITUAL (the soul BEING Values Existence related to the ele-ment of FIRE) - corresponds to someone who thinks that everything has meaning and a higher purpose These are people who care very much about values In excess they can fluctuate too much and concretize too little

The four logics of the mind that we have identified are also based on the four elements

Practical ndash EARTH (firm solid stable secure strong dense)Emotional ndash WATER (flexible always coming back to herself)Mental ndashAIR (transparent lightweight fast facilitates communica-

tion)Spiritual ndash FIRE (burning fleeting transforming powerful)

Thus in a very simplified manner we can divide people into four ca-tegories

PRACTICAL PEOPLE (P) ndash THEY LIKE TO ACT AND DOThese are the people who like action movement They are the ones who make the world move As friends or clients they may want to go straight to the point try things and learn about practical matters The greatest fear of these practical persons is losing control They like to feel that they are in control of the situation of the pace of the conver-sation and of the surroundings

HELP THEM ALWAYS FEEL IN CONTROL

EMOTIONAL PEOPLE (E) ndash THEY LIKE FEELING AND RELATINGThese are people who love people and sharing feelings Everything is an emotion for them And they feel things about everything and everyo-ne Let them talk about their family friends dogs neighbours etchellip

They will talk mostly about people and what they are feeling Their greatest fear is loosing empathy They like to feel reliable and they want to relate

HELP THEM FEEL EMPATHY TOWARDS YOU

MENTAL PEOPLE (M) ndash THEY LIKE TO THINK AND TO ANALYSEThese are people who like to analyze and who try to put everything into a box into a certain perspective They are precise and meticulous They like detail to study and analyze all possibilities They donrsquot fear debating (quite the contrary) and discussing they love the exchanging ideas and arguments but they need to end up being right or get a very good explanation to why the other is right A mental person is always striving to make the best decision Their greatest fear is to be wrong they like to feel that they are correct and that they are making deci-sions based on logic and rational thinking

HELP THEM FEEL THAT THEY ARE RIGHT

SPIRITUAL PEOPLE (S) ndash THEY LIKE TO BE AND TO GLOWThey are looking for the greater purpose of things They believe that everything has a reason for being the way it is that there are no coin-cidences and itrsquos that quest that moves them They give great meaning to every situation always looking for ldquotherdquo situation The greater the meaning the greater their motivation Their biggest fear is to have no meaning That it is to not be significant or ldquoshinerdquo in any way They need to feel conscious and whole

HELP THEM FEEL THAT THEY ARE MEANINGFUL

Although we all have and use a portion of these four categories in the different contexts or times of our life one of them is predominant in us Identifying it is important for managing and interacting with life and with others since it is the best and the fastest way of accessing the Map-of-the-world of someone and speaking a language that that per-son recognizes and accepts as her own

RAPPORT

74

75

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

In fact we are all one but we are all different and we must understand these differences to be able to deal with others People who are more emotional behave and interact in a totally opposite manner from mental people the same way that most practical people interact in a way that is opposite to spiritual people

The EMOTIONAL person is micro-MACRO Transforms everything that is small into something big Everything is important everything is emotional From the simple ldquogood morningrdquo to hearing ldquoI love yourdquo every day For an emotional person a discussion is always a tsuna-mi Therefore itrsquos the emotional persons who with their micro-Macro sense make birthdays a special day and receive small things with gre-at love

The MENTAL person is MACRO-micro transforms everything that is big into something small She makes it more complex by simplifying it For example this very PEMS model is MACRO-micro as it strives to make the hugeness of the personality types into something much smaller creating only four categories for all human beings The mental person also feels less and give less importance to her feelings

The SPIRITUAL person is MACRO-MACRO she takes everything that is already big and turns it even bigger more meaningful more im-portant more relevant Almost everything is a question of values of making the world a better place and interpretations that go far beyond reality A simple leaf falling off a tree can represent a new phase in life for a spiritual person

The PRACTICAL person is micro-micro turns everything into small and simple lsquoright here and right nowrsquo matters They act Right now with what they have They donrsquot feel the need to enlarge what is small and they donrsquot care much about great concepts If the five senses can help them grasp a situation everything is fine

THE PREDOMINANT LOGIC OF OUR PSYCHEThe most practical way of finding out is to notice how we behave in a stressful situation Each of us when under stress often react in a way that is very close to our basic personality type

Practical people act react move around organize themselves put their hands to work and do not rest until they manage to move things forward

The emotional people feel and feel a lot If a situation is stressful diffi-cult and negative they will have difficult and negative emotions they will feel what others feel and they will want to manage these emotions in the moment

People that are predominantly mental will under stress begin to ratio-nalize need logical answers be fast and analytical They donrsquot want to solve anything through feelings they donrsquot want to act they are only concerned with finding the right and correct decision and struggle until they get it

Finally the predominantly spiritual people will want to give a greater meaning to that particular event What has to be done what people feel or what the right solution is doesnrsquot matter what matters is why things happened the way they did and what the greater significance of that may be

RAPPORT

76

77

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

Identify the psychological type of the client can help the coach to anticipate and understand expectations

MAIN SUPERIOR FUNCTION AND AUXILIARY INFERIOR FUNCTION

According to Carl Jung while we all have one function that is better developed than the others ndash a superior function ndash we also have another fairly well developed function called the first auxiliary

All of us have a bit of each one of the psychologies but there are always two that are predominant a main one which Jung calls the superior function and an auxiliary one that lies at the bottom of the cross shown on the previous page which is always to the right or left of our superior one

The inferior function is one that is less developed and that remains mainly in our unconscious

Thus a person who is predominantly Practical may have as her auxi-liary function the emotional or mental logic thus being PE or PM

A person who is predominantly Mental may have as her auxiliary func-tion the spiritual or practical logic thus being MS or MP

A person who is predominantly Spiritual may have as her auxiliary function the emotional or mental logic thus being SE or SM

And a person who is predominantly Emotional may have as her auxilia-ry function the spiritual or practical logic thus being ES or EP

This all means that we are situated in one of the following categories

3 Practical Emotional or Emotional Practical 3 Practical Mental or Mental Practical 3 Spiritual Emotional or Emotional Spiritual 3 Spiritual Mental or Mental Spiritual

As you may have noticed according to Jung there are no EMME or PSSP That is one canrsquot have as her first auxiliary function the func-tion that is opposite to the superior one

Carl Jung said that we should look closely at our inferior function whi-ch usually remains in our unconscious because it contains an enor-mous potential for a change and each one of us can benefit a lot from integrating our inferior function with our superior one

Taking risks experimenting enjoying everything that life has to offer is the best way of getting to know ourselves and realizing where our happiness lies (ldquoTrate a Vida por Turdquo paacuteg 74)

INTROVERSION AND EXTROVERSION Introversion and extroversion have to do with the direction in which we focus our attention and energy

People who prefer Extroversion focus their energy and attention away from themselves and are interested in the world of people and things

3 Attracted to the world of events and people outside of themsel-ves

3 They are aware of who and what is around them 3 They like to meet and talk to new people 3 They are friendly often good talkers and easy to get to know 3 They tend to talk easily and often in meetings 3 May not be as aware of what goes on inside them 3 They think while talking 3 They may act or speak first and only think later 3 Speaking about themselves they speak fast 3 They bring energy into life 3 They can get bored and restless if they are alone for too long

People who prefer Introversion (focus their energy and attention inward and are interested in the inner world of thoughts and reflections)

3 Attracted to the inner world of thoughts feelings and reflections 3 They are usually very aware of their inner reactions 3 They prefer to interact with people they know 3 They are usually quiet in meetings and sometimes seem disen-

gaged

RAPPORT

78

79

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

3 They are generally reserved and hard to get to know 3 They may not be as aware of the world outside of them 3 They need time to gather their thoughts before they speak 3 They reflect and think before acting 3 They want to know you before allowing you to get to know them

deeply 3 They feel exhausted and tired after interacting with peoples

FINAL NOTE you must be what your client is You have to find that person inside you

LEARNING STYLESAs we saw with the previous PEMS model our clients will have diffe-rent psychological preferences It is therefore important and essential that you are able to adapt your sessions to the learning style that your client likes best and that better meets her psychological preference

EMOTIONAL Emotional clients will like to talk and share on their to-pics They are very much looking for a relationship and empathy with the Coach and they need to feel heard more than any of the other personality types For these persons learning has a lot to do with the relationship that is created with the feeling of support that they get and even with the positive feedback They like to learn through stories As a Coach it is important to learn to empathize with the emotional range of these persons They will appreciate the sharing to tell stories and to listen to them With emotional clients we may sometimes feel that we are not taking huge steps forward But the fact is that many times these persons need to first be listened to

MENTAL Mental clients will be more logical and may have a more aca-demic style of learning They will want to understand the reasons why things are what they are they will want to get tasks involving research on certain subjects The sessions with these people must be well defi-ned and prepared They will want to explore their intellectual side and feel challenged It is important for them to have access to information and tools that explain the work they are doing in the sessions in a con-crete and logical manner Of course they also need to empathize but the intellectual challenge feeling that their intellect is develops appears to be greater They may like schemes graphics and any models that

could simplify the learning process What these persons will demand of you is a greater capacity to analyse and a logical and rational way of communicating

SPIRITUAL this is for most people the most difficult learning style to adopt Remember that these persons are seeking the greater meaning of things They really want to feel inspired by the coaching process (and even by their Coach) They will want to see that you are an exam-ple of what you talk about so called congruence Spiritual persons will enjoy topics that are more related to values to their identity that make them feel that they are taking steps towards becoming better hu-man beings With these clients you can use powerful metaphors (even through movies music creative exercises etc) and above all strive to make sure that the person leaves the session very inspired

PRACTICAL They like action Which is great because coaching is pri-marily about action These persons like to have very practical sessions in which they get the opportunity to do many exercises and experiment with different situations They may be the clients that like getting more tasks and having things to do (which then sometimes ldquogets lostrdquo due to their time management) These clients will require more simplicity and a well-paced session from you They may also like to do exercises that involve moving their body Above all they will want you to help them get into action

As we deal with these four kinds of preferences we need to adapt our Coaching style to the learning style that each person has Thus we should prepare a lot their sessions and realize that some will require from you

3 Greater sharing and ability to listen and relate (e) 3 Researching mastering the subject very well and knowing how

to mentally stimulate your client with challenges (m) 3 Powerful metaphors very inspirational sessions and congruen-

ce that assign meaning to the Coaching process (s) 3 Practical exercises diversified well rhythmed sessions that

help your client to quickly get into action (p)

RAPPORT

80

81

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING ROOTS

LEVEL 5 - PERSON TO PERSONThis is the fifth level of rapport the deepest and more intense one It happens when the level of rapport is a total vibration Itrsquos when the client feels such a confidence by her Coach empathy and sympathy Itrsquos the hardest level to evaluate

Itrsquos when your client feels so much connected to you that depending on her your relationship would go beyond Coaching She no longer wants the Coach she wants you You no longer understand only the person she feels that you know about her You donrsquot understand psychology you understand who she is

It is very similar to the rapport level you have with 23 of very close persons in your life Everything is natural unconscious and sponta-neous

VIII ROOTS

Every human being seeks to get results Mo-ney Family Romance Peace Happiness

Career Health All we want in life is to have results in those areas

The Map-of-the-World Model is used to work on roots - your

roots as a Coach It shows us how does the psyche of all of us works As a Coach no one

should surprise you about yourself You should know you well know everything about yourself This is what itrsquos called a rooted person

click the video to see it

82

83

BELIEFSTRANSFORMATIVE COACHING

ROSA 20 M - AIR - THINK

VALUESHOLISTIC COACHING

ROSA 30 S - FIRE - BE

COACHING 40

WORLD MAP MODEL

being th

e moment

passi

on en

ergy

demotiv

ation

empowering beliefs

limiting rules

relation air(comunication)

coach is priestisnacutet

1 value focus

UNSUSTAINABLESUSTAINABLE

SECURITY

SELF LOVE

CONSCIOUSNESS

PERSONAL DEVEL

FREEDOM

LOVEBELOVED

BLISS

CONTRIBUTION

P

E

M

S

BEHAVIORROSA 10

SITUATIONAL COACHING

P - EARTH - DO

EMOTIONSREMEDY COACHING

ROSA 10 + LISTEN E - WATER - FEEL

RESULTS

ability to

enter

in st

ate

emotional

patter

ns

habits and discipline

addictions

coach is bossisnacutet

coach is friendisnacutet

1 Homework focus

optimism faithpositive

meditation

key points focusused to interrupt the fear cycle

coach is coach

HUMAN HAVINGHUMAN BEING

UNSUSTAINABLEEGOTISTICAL

STRETCH ZONE

SUSTAINABLEECOLOGICALSTRETCH ZONE

SHORT TERMLONG TERM

CYCLE OF CONFIDENCECYCLE OF FEAR

CONSCIOUS

SUBCONSCIOUS

UNCONSCIOUS

84

85

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

So the first question is why some are getting results while others are not

ACTIONS BEHAVIORSThis means that anyone who is having results is because she is ldquodoingrdquo ie behaving differently from other people who are having no results in those areas For example a millionaire DOES things that people who are not millionaires donrsquot For example saving investing etc Someone with a great health is DOING things that people that donrsquot have a good health are not What we are doing is making the difference Two people in the same circumstances that do exactly the same actions have the same kind of results People who have the results you wanna have ARE DOING THINGS TO GET THEM

So the next question is what leads some people to DO and others to not do

EMOTIONSEverything you do in your life is a relationship between pain and pleasure What happens is that someone who goes running at 6 am associates more pain with lsquonot goingrsquo than with lsquogoingrsquo Who is going to the gym asso-ciates more pleasure than pain with going to the gym in the morning That relationship between pain and pleasure is what is defining your results If we dramatically increase the pain or the pleasure associated we will get to change your results

As so what is then defining that painpleasure relationship

BELIEFSThe reason is because of our beliefs of what we believe in Our beliefs are our set of rules for the world and for our lives Your set of beliefs in fact is defining your painpleasure relationship with something and then your actions A millionaire believes that saving is essential that investing and taking risks is necessary This set of beliefs leads himher to associa-te more pleasure than pain with having these behaviors and therefore heshe implements them Other people have other beliefs that create other

emotions that create other results People who are achieving results in areas that you arenrsquot have a beliefs system different from yours

And then it seems logical to ask so what is defining and creating your set of beliefs

VALUESWhat is a value Itrsquos something that is important to you something you re-ally value The only thing that determines a value is if it is valuable to you Not all of us share the same values (Example the values of Mother Teresa and Donald Trump Contribution vs Professional Accomplishment) What you really value and not what you say that you value You value it so much that it generates your set of beliefs In fact when you live your values in practice (on a daily basis) you are defining your life results Not what you would like to value but what you are really valorizing In fact we all have the same values What differs is the order and the importance we give to each one of them

For example if someone has the value of the family above the value of work she will have the belief that it is more important to spend time with her family causing her to develop a positive feeling when she is with her family which leads her to really try to spend more time with it On the other hand someone who has the value of work above the family one will be someone who believes she should spend more time with her work and career as she believes it is that that will bring her more financial stabi-lity for example So she will associate more pleasure to the time spent at work than at home causing her to act accordingly to that emotion For example Donald Trump and Mother Teresa of Calcutta havenrsquot they got different values One probably values more lsquoprofessional fulfillmentrsquo the other values more lsquocontributionrsquo Different results Sure One has one of the largest business empires in the world the other left the largest volun-teer organization in the world

So in reality the values you are living in practice (what you are valuing in practice) are defining your results

This alone already explains a good part of the psyche of human beings But letrsquos go deeper

ROOTS

Having roots is to control the cycle of trust

86

87

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

To have roots the coach has to identify

her motivators and values create beliefs and habits and learn

to place herself in a state

CYCLE OF CONFIDENCE AND CYCLE OF FEAREveryone has Cycles of Fear in some areas and Cycles of Confidence in other areas

How do you know it If you are having or not results in that area In the areas of your life where you are getting results you are living in a Cycle of Confidence In the areas where yoursquore not you are living in a Cycle of Fear What does this means is that you have behavioral addic-tions or that you are doing things in a vicious way you are in a sort of a mice wheel Those addictions start by creating emotional patterns on you (feelings that you are having whether you want it or not for instan-ce jealousy when it becomes a pattern no matter what the other does that emotion will keep being there it is an emotion that happens to you) and those emotional patterns generate limiting rules We use the words ldquorulesrdquo because in reality limiting beliefs are created because they have a very large set of rules And this generates demotivation An addiction creates an emotional pattern that creates rules limiting which create demotivation and discourage us to move and change This Cycle of Fear is being lived FROM RESULTS TO VALUES and not in the other and right way The bad news are that we all have Cycles of Fear The areas in which we are not having results is because we are afraid but we paint it in other colors Irsquom afraid Irsquom demotivated I have emotional patterns and I have limiting rules

For you to gain roots you need to recognize these cycles You need to break it if you want results but if you want roots you need to recognize them Good news you can break Cycles of Fear

Second good news you have Cycles of Confidence You also unders-tand the other psychology So what is a Cycle of Confidence

You start by having the capacity of creating Discipline and Habits you get the ability to get into a certain and desired state (eg being happy to go training I want to create that emotion I visualize it it is the op-posite of an emotional pattern the pattern happens to you Think of a boxer who puts herself into her wanted state before entering in a ring You have empowering beliefs (when you believe in something that cre-ates more of it) This creates energy passion being in the moment Being with energy and passion and in the moment brings me empowe-ring beliefs which put me in the emotional state I want and provide me

habits and discipline The good news you have these cycles in areas that you are getting results Think in one area You have these four things right

Having these cycles itrsquos called being human First part on lsquorootsrsquo is about knowing your Cycles of Fear and Confidence and admit them to yourself to those you love to the others And having the courage to say that it doesnrsquot work because of FEAR And there is a way to break this cycle When you have roots you stop projecting it in your clients

There is a way of finding your values in a very logical way knowing which human motivators drive your behavior

8 HUMAN MOTIVATORSMaslov pyramid he was the first to talk about human needs He is outda-ted because it defines a hierarchy He places self-fulfillment at the top This model is very much focused on Maslovrsquos map-of-the-world who was an MS If it is a PE he may have lsquofamilyrsquo in the top and that is not wrong Still there are things that all humans need

So with all these models we created the 8 human motivators they are divided in four paradoxes one for each of the PEMS The first paradox is security freedom

Each one of us was born with a set of motivators You are ldquoaddictedrdquo on one side of the paradox You have to fulfill that need even if you have to abdicate of the other one

ROOTS

SECURITY

SELF LOVE

CONSCIOUSNESS

PERSONAL DEVEL

FREEDOM

LOVEBELOVED

BLISS

CONTRIBUTION

P

E

M

S

88

89

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

The main lesson is the more you live the other side of the paradox the more you will live your addiction as well What happens is that you can only get more of your addiction when you learn to validate the other side of the paradox This is what Jung calls ldquoparadoxes integrationrdquo be the millionaire and the altruistic Be the mother of family and career etc Only when you integrate the other energy is when it boosts the one that is more natural to you

For other persons it happens the same with security and all other pa-radoxes The suggestion is Irsquom addicted on this but I can pause and I can go exploring the other side What you have to figure out is your map (draw in the lsquoinfinite signsrsquo which side of the paradoxes is bigger) Your map is about how much you need to fill each side of the paradox

So YOUR HUMAN MOTIVATORS ARE DEFINING YOUR VALUES AND YOUR VALUES ARE DEFINING YOUR RESULTS

You can have everything on one of the sides of the paradox if yoursquore willing to face the fear of losing it

All people fill their motivators The difference between us is how sus-tainable is that satisfaction Unsustainable means that every day you

EXERCISE Do your map How do you discover Based on major decisions you made in your life Example work home relationships etc

have to feed them Imagine a homeless person he meets hisher secu-rity needs (eating and having where to sleep) but he has to do it every day Now compare with Donald Trump If you see the freedom part it probably happens the opposite

3 SUSTAINABLE it feeds itself It is something that can continue without the need for external resources It is ecological based on challenge and paradoxes integration

3 UNSUSTAINABLE you need to do it every day it is selfish ba-sed on comfort and extremist You do it like it was a daily shot

Example father and daughter about going out at night (to satisfy sa-fety and to love and be loved) Father says no hersquos being selfish and within his comfort zone The same father after coming to this course ldquoYoursquore going to the party until 2230 You send me an sms saying that everything is ok and at 2230 Irsquoll pick yourdquo This continues for some time Father goes on diminishing the rules Now hersquos being ecological entering his challenge zone and integrating paradoxes To feel safe as a father he has to give some freedom To feel loved he has to give them some self love Now his motivators are sustainable and has a sustai-nable system that feeds itself To arrive to a deeper level of security he needs to take the risk that comes from giving more freedom

DIAGONAL CONTINUOUS LINEThis line shows us that working above the line ie the clientrsquos beha-viors andor emotions is short-term and unsustainable In this case only the techniques are worked There are immediate results but with no major impact and duration Like when we are called to do motiva-tional speaking or teambuildingrsquos People feel better and do things but the results have a short duration

This does not imply that it is wrong to do Coaching based on these two areas For example in a quick conversation with a friend we can do Situational Coaching (based on behaviours) in order to get her to do something that has been postponing If the action has been made and it was what was intended to be then you did your role as Coach The Remedy Coaching is also important sometimes which consists on making the other person to leave the session feeling good thinking more positive at the time having had an opportunity to digest an emo-tion

ROOTS

90

91

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

Below the continuous line is where lies the deepest work The one that will actually be sustainable and with long-term results This is where we work values and beliefs it is where we go deep to the point where in fact we shift paradigms The client in this type of Coaching change her beliefs and values turning to be a really different person in opposition to what happens above the line where only the emotions or behaviors are changed but the client continues to be what she was

ICEBERGWith the iceberg image it is understood that the behavior is the conscious part of the human being the only thing that the client can see and analyze Everything else emotions beliefs and values are at the clientrsquos unconscious But as a Coa-ch I must and I want to work also the unconscious because as we saw above this is where it lies the sustainable and long-term work

When we help our clients shifting their paradigms beliefs emotions or values we are working with their unconscious Your client will not like this at some point in the process The unconscious will realize that she will have to change and this will cause the first resistance Knowing how to overcome this is essential to the Coachrsquos work so she can de-liver sustainable results

Conscious Mind keeps all the information which you can access now

Unconscious Mind keeps all the information that has ever passed through your brain It is also a kind of a warning system for you

The information passes from the unconscious to the conscious mind through the subconscious It goes dropping into deeper levels of our mind Very qui-ckly your clients will want to turn you into one of three things

Friend ndash They want someone who listens to them who is patient with them who is always there with whom they can always count and talk Most of your clients will want to have you here that you turn into a sort of confi-dant that supports them but does not challenge them too much But you are not there to be a friend

Boss ndash Many will seek in the Coach someone to tell them what to do who provides them specific guidance who pressures them who ldquopunishrdquo them when they donrsquot have their homework done Someone who is even more committed with their results than themselves But yoursquore also not there to be a Boss

Priest ndash Others will want a kind of a weekly confession session That you absolve the mistakes theyrsquove made du-ring the week that you tell them everything is fine and that it doesnrsquot matter we are all human and we all make mistakes You are not there to be a kind of spiritual le-ader of your client and to absolve him You are there to be

Coach - The Coach has an ldquoAirrdquo relationship with the client ie mental of communication becau-se it is a conversation where you listen and ask where there is intellectual stimulation In the map--of-the-world scheme the Coachrsquos sketch is in the quadrant of beliefs It is a ldquomind with mindrdquo work

It is important to know this because with the sessions going clients tend to try their Coach to become a friend (wateremotions) a boss (earthbehaviors) or even a priest (firevalues) However the Coach should avoid the mistake of behaving like one of these three types You are there to be a Coach

Notes In Informal Coaching with friends colleagues family remember that first thatrsquos what you are and only then you are a Coach Therefore you should not give prevalence to the Coach but to the relationship you have with that person otherwise you would violate the pact that exists between the two

ROOTS

92

93

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

4 TYPES OF COACHINGBased on these four quadrants there are four types of Coaching

Situational Coaching ndash The one that is done immediate-ly during the situation with the sole purpose of lea-ding it to an action It usually consists of a brief con-versation where a ROSA 10 is done Your client has a situation that week that really needs to be addressed Ex a proposal that she needs to present a college exam for which she has to study Itrsquos not bad Coaching and it is often necessary Only it is more superficial

Remediative Coaching ndash As the name says it suits when we have to put a ldquobandageointmentrdquo on the emotions The goal is the client to feel good at the end of the session without having to go deeply on the problem Itrsquos the typical conver-sation where the client unburdens and your only goal is to make her feel a little better Sometimes it may be and it often is necessary

Ex the past week your client has discussed with someone important to her or something happened that greatly dealt with her emotions Your first focus should be to help her to unburden and to feel better We used ROSA 10 + Unburden

Transformative Coaching ndash Here the goal is not just making the client to feel better but that she can change the way she sees her life and herself Here we mainly work on beliefs ie the client stops believing in some things to start believing in another ones She shifts paradigm Coaching is now much more sustainable and with long--term results It undergoes through more complete ses-sions where ROSA 20 is done

Holistic Coaching ndash This is the kind of Coaching that involves the whole being of the client all her areas and valences ie her values The entire psyche is worked We are working the whole Human Being and not only a part of it Even the motivators are worked We use ROSA 30 and we work a lot on paradoxes integration

KEY POINTSWe said earlier that we all have Cycles of Fear and that we can change them to Cycles of Confidence How

Imagine that you have a turnscrew and a bicycle wheel is malfunctio-ning You will then put the turnscrew into one of the four key points and then yoursquoll pull and force the wheel to move in the right direction to-wards the Cycle of Confidence And very important you donrsquot take out the turnscrew until the Cycle (the wheel) rotates in the right direction

What are then the Four Key Points You can really choose only one

VALUE FOCUS At this point you will choose a key value for you whi-ch you canrsquot leave to live in practice Whatever happens you canrsquot take the turnscrew from there For instance imagine that you are experien-cing serious financial difficulties and you decide that lsquoValue Focusrsquo is your point Imagine that you choose ldquosavingrdquo as the value that has to be experienced in practice Then whenever you have to make a decision that involves spending money you know what to do You canrsquot in any way stop living this value until the cycle begins to rotate in the oppo-site direction and gets sustainable

POSITIVITY If you want to work at the level of beliefs yoursquoll start to develop this empowering belief base BEING POSITIVE You must be a positive person with faith who believes that everything will go well who says only positive things about herself and the others who sees and is focused on everything positive that is going around her And when the bad days or the bad news are coming and you feel the need to say something negative you shut up And you say something positive

EMOTION FOCUS Imagine that there is an emotion that makes your Cycle of Fear to happen (an emotional pattern) In this key point you will choose an emotion that you would like to learn to cause in yourself learning how to get yourself into that state Imagine that you have been feeling too much anger in your Cycle of Fear and want to feel harmony instead You want to learn how to get into that emotional state You start feeling the opposite emotion and you do something to manage to be in an harmony state (you listen to a song that gets yourself into that state you put your boxing gloves you jump you meditate you close

ROOTS

94

95

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

your eyes you read a poem as Mandela did )

HOMEWORK FOCUS Here you will define a homework that until itrsquos done you wonrsquot do anything else Imagine that you have a Cycle of Fear in relation to health that you define lsquoHomework Focusrsquo as the key point and your homework is running every day Until you manage to do it nothing else matters All of your strategies are directioned so that your homework is being done as soon as possible

In the end all of the four key points have to do with absolute focus

Value ndash Focus on the most important value Until that value is being lived we wonrsquot move on

Positivity (Faith Optimism) ndash Focus on the positive emotions Un-til she gets optimistic we wonrsquot move on

Emotion (Meditation) ndash Focus on pleasure Until she feels more ple-asure than pain we wonrsquot move on

Homework ndash Focus on action Until the homework gets done we wonrsquot move on

VERY IMPORTANTYou as a coach do not have to guess your clientrsquos map-of-the-world or even her PEMS but you have to explore it aside of her You will only master her Map-of-the-World when you understand your own (creating roots) because you will never learn anything about yourself with your client you will never discover anything about you because shersquos the one who discovers it being real or not You Coach you must be hum-ble enough to know that you know nothing about your client and you shouldnrsquot try to guess anything It is the customer who gets there alone

Therefore the more knowledge you have about your own map-of-the--world together with Rapport and ROSA the more intense will be your Coaching because the more you will be able to help your client The goal is that you have the tools in yourself so you can help her In other words this tool is for you to deepen your roots and thus know when you need to do only ROSA or go searching for the Key Points or to use

another method For instance if a client has as her main challenge to be promoted then therersquos no logical on working on Cycles of Fear but to make a ROSA and move forward On the other hand if you see that there is a Cycle of Fear then you should find the key point so you can work on it

I canrsquot help the others if I canrsquot help myself first

ROOTS

values (I am)

during session

clientcoach rosa unconscious

Beliefs (I think)

between sessions

co-coach rosa 30

emotions (I feel)

leverage slice

self coaching rosa 20behavior (I do)

holistic

coaching to others rosa 10M

S

E

P

96

97

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING RESULTS

IX RESULTS

Results are super important in the Coa-ching process There is simply no Coa-

ching if there are no results and thatrsquos why they are at the center of the

triangle of the four Rrsquos Everything we do whether is ROSA creating

Roots or building Rapport it is done with the purpose of get-ting results at the end of the sessions

This is what distinguishes the most Coaching from other practices As a Coach you must become obsessed with your clients results Not only that they do their homeworks but also how close did Coaching took them closer to their Guru Objective how much it has improved their leverage slice of the Pizza and other slices as well We also try to assess the sustainability of those results We donrsquot want them just to get there but also that they keep there

Coaching is about results and you must take this premise very seriou-sly You have been hired to make them reach some goals Become obsessed with it

It is not so easy to evaluate results in a metric way in the world of Co-aching but it proves to be very important Not only with Life Coaching but also with Business Coaching We must find a way to demonstrate that our work has had results in practice

That was the reason why we have created the Results Model

Our level of competence is equal to our worst level of performance

RESULTS MODELIt is possible to define results through the four metrics

lsquoSrsquo AXIS (SPIRITUAL) WE EVALUATE THE PROCESS IMPACT ON THE CLIENT

Behavior (I DO) When the client throughout the process changes one or more behaviors She does now due to the sessions different things that she didnrsquot before

Emotions (I FEEL) When the client feels happier more self-confi-dent fulfilled etc She has now different and more positive emotions due to the Coaching process

98

99

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

Beliefs (I THINK) When there is a change of belief (I used to belie-ve I was not a good person and now I believe I am) When the client used to believe in something and she started to believe in something different There was a paradigm shift She used to see something in a certain way and now she sees it in a more empowering way

Values (I AM) When the Coach manages to help the client to change her values ie the person she is This happens for exam-ple when the client starts to put more emphasis on family than on work or when she accepts and believes that she is a healthy and different person and that nothing will change that now She values different things todat due to the Coa-ching process

lsquoErsquo AXIS (EMOTIONAL) WE EVALUATE THE CLIENTrsquoS AUTONOMY

Level 1 Coach (CoachClient Relationship) Itrsquos the Coach who controls the situation There is a formal relationship be-tween Coach and Client and the session is controlled and oriented by the Coach

Level 2 Coach (Co-Coach) The Client already acts as a Coach during the sessions This happens for example when the client already knows that she is supposed to also say po-sitive things on the Reality part that is she already knows what to do in each step She already takes the initiative The relationship is more about cooperation now and the Client start becoming autonomous

Level 3 Coach (Self-Coaching) When the Client already does Self--Coaching at home not being asked to This is a fantastic moment because she already has the tools and the Coach is there to help and support

Level 4 Coach (Coach to others) When the Client comes to a ses-sion and tells us she has done Coaching with someone else (with her child for instance) This person came to us to be helped however she is already using our tools to help so-

RESULTS

meone else She is totally independent It is every Coachrsquos dream

lsquoMrsquo AXIS (MENTAL) WE EVALUATE THE CLIENTrsquoS CONTENTS ASSIMILATION

Uses Rosa 10 language o cliente usa palavras como Realidade objetivos soluccedilotildees accedilotildees fazem hoje parte do seu leacutexico

Uses Rosa 20 language the client uses terms such as guru objec-tives baby objectives measurable beliefs paradigm shif-ting brainstorming etc

Uses Rosa 30 language she refers terms like emotional patterns cycles of fear and confidence values dilemma etc

Uses unconscious Rosa language when many of these terms are so ingrained in the clientrsquos language that she thinks she will use them for the rest of her life

lsquoPrsquo AXIS (PRACTICE) WE EVALUATE RESULTS IN PRACTICE

During the Session I can manage the client to get results only du-ring the session It is a Coaching session that has no power to influence the client outside it

Between Sessions It mostly happens when the client is doing her homeworks It means that what happened during the ses-sion touched her with enough strength to get her to realize she has to do something and that she is doing something outside the sessions

Leverage Slice It happens when the client fulfills her Leverage Slice and achieves the goal that brought her to Coaching or when her satisfaction in that slice has dramatically im-proved

Holistic When the client improves satisfaction in multiple slices as a result of the sessions including the leverage slice It was a process that had an impact on the whole being and not just in one area of her life

100

101

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

You can make this model with your client on the last session you have together You can also make a self-assessment to compare with it When you measure these four levels of results you will have access to check what level of Coaching you had on that specific process

COACHING LEVELThe Coaching Level that you have delivered is always proportional to your lowest result Even if you have three axes at level 3 and have only one at a level 2 Coaching has been 20 This is valuable information to you as a Coach because it gives you an idea of axes that are easier for you to work and others that you may have to further strengthen

Level 4 Coaching is something that is not achieved with all clients There must be a great empathy and rapport as well as a mastery on the Coaching technique that has been taught in the training course and presented in this manual

Gulica ego catia caperum dem inem cus Fortes et L Nos et grae avehem Romnit acto egeris cis sultod pratum voltum iam hos ublius hactam atemus essede con vas optilis factor aus nem ad cae estil hos me patus re verisse inatuus

Udam deperfecrem nermis etraed me int ela remulibut rem loctusquo cum mus auciem vivehem uresull emquissent eti primperescit ina que ia consiss entium pulerit con vendam morei sentes inatil vit ia quam mus licaudemus factem dum eo ura ex muro nenit quo vilnes-tium Catimportus pati postalarit vis coena fui sa consu consceribus Satquid ertienatus contere essimis ut vis aus iliciam quo in dissimis Ra num deatiqua vere con sentius et in spio pes Tiaetin videlisquam mus viliam que conum is larbit etora notimolto nos et duc omnimus opublicae convo C Nos vivica Catus hos vivas aurnihil hui terfint imorter labus hostam res inequod nerem tabute telieni hilicaessil ven-tem nonsulis

Berteropubit diisquium iteriti emprit teludam hilicid erfentiur tem huis

Hum pro vidiusquem paterevid sedis factatu rnihilla rem publicave Ca-terev irissoltis re aurei pere anum teluder ficepse essercem octuusque mis tum inam pra vivid rei condamdiis hacies Ipio verei sendamdis

TOOLS amp TECHNIQUES

X TOOLS AND TECHNIQUES

If you master well the model of the four Rrsquos for us you already are a fantastic Coach If you can master some stars too itrsquos even better But if you master the model you know how to do Coaching But now letrsquos go to the small stars The idea is not that you try to use all the stars at the same time Choose the two or three that you like best and train those first

POSITIVE FEEDBACKProvide as much positive feedback as you can to your client Take every opportunity you have to do it A Coach is the type of mirror that only says good things about her client Please turn yourself into some-one who is always valorizing every small steps that your client takes

FEEDBACK HAMBURGERYou say something positive then you say something negative then you say something positive again The two positive feedbacks have to be VERY VERY good For instance ldquoI have been feeling that you are very committed to your Coaching process We just need to start paying more attention to our homework even because I feel that you are a person who likes to challenge yourself and that really wants to go further ldquo

RESSIGNIFICATION Ressignificating is finding another meaning still more empowering but that changes everything EgrdquoI didnrsquot do my homework I failedrdquo Coach ldquoWow That means that you are a demanding and committed personrdquo ldquoIrsquom lazyrdquo

102

103

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

ldquoDoes that means you like to enjoy the pleasures of liferdquo

REFRAMINGIt is much like ressignification Itrsquos the name that is used in NLP (Neuro--Linguistic Programming) You take the information that was been gi-ven to you in a frame and you put it in a new one

PREFRAMINGIf ressignification has to do with changing the meaning after it has been given preframing has to do with giving a meaning to something before we have explained what it is It is a widely used technique to anticipate objections that might distract us from our ultimate goal Then we do preframing we previously give the meaning that we want the person to give afterwards Example

ldquoCan I show you my point of view Itrsquos something different but Irsquove seen that it works with many people and it has been helping a lot to change our behavior to healthier habits Itrsquos something innovative and different but highly successful Can I tell you my ideardquo You create a frame before placing the information in there

POSTFRAMINGFirst you give the information and then you put it in a frame Eg ldquoFolks today we have an exam (the low energy level) but thatrsquos what this course is about to be the best Coach to go furtherrdquo

ldquoFROM 0 TO 10 rdquo To give examples ldquoI think Irsquoll read a bookrdquo Coach ldquoFrom 0-10 how much do you think you will accomplish that goalrdquo

TRANSFORMING ldquoORrdquo IN ldquoANDrdquoHelp the client to find an alternative solution to integrate paradoxes to

find a third way

VULNERABILIZATIONFind out things about you that are not working and put them at the clientrsquos service That makes you human and you are validating your client in the case she feels the same She does some things better than you and has some of the same challenges

ASSOCIATION AND DISSOCIATIONThese two terms are often used in NLP (Neuro-linguistic Program-ming) and are used in various ways Association means that an indi-vidual describes a situation as if it was happening and he was partici-pating on it As the name indicates he is associated with it He is still seeing himself going through the situation and feels the emotions that he would feel if he was really living it

Dissociation means that an individual can already tell that experience as if he was watching a movie in which he took part but already dis-sociated from it He is more in an observer role That allows him a big-ger emotional objectivity Even if he feels the emotions they are more about the experience itself and not so much about him as a participant

When we want to help our customers to overcome some emotionally more challenging situations it can make a huge difference to have them to dissociate from those situations Thatrsquos how they can gain greater objectivity and clarity and at the same time they get more mo-tivated to take their first steps

METAPHORSThe most important here is that you use the metaphors of your client Use her world whenever it is possible It will help a lot more to inter-nalize and memorize the information Help your client to create her metaphors Eg ldquoSometimes we fall into holes that are so big that you canrsquot get out of them alonerdquo ldquoLearning to forgive someone is like dri-ving one step at a timerdquo

TOOLS amp TECHNIQUES

104

105

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

LANGUAGE OF A COACH 3 HOW TO INTERRUPT at the first session it must be defined if

the Coach can interrupt the client when she deviates from the focus If yoursquore going to interrupt your client you must always do it with a question You can also take note of something that has nothing to do with the subject you are talking about but it seems important So we can talk about it in the next session You can ask the client if she liked to talk about it

3 ldquoDOES IT MAKES SENSE FOR YOUrdquo If she says NO ldquoSo tell merdquo if she says YES ldquocan you tell me howrdquo

3 ldquoMY HALLUCINATION is rdquo Being very unconditional Any opi-nion is a good opinion The Coach realyy doesnrsquot know The word hallucination implies that what yoursquore saying may be ab-solutely wrong

3 ldquoWHAT WOULD LOVE DO NOWrdquo Be careful with the rapport level you have with your client It is a very good question when it concerns relational issues

3 ldquoHOW WOULD IT BE IFrdquo Very good to overcome objections ldquohow would it be if you had timerdquo ldquohow would it be if you had moneyrdquo ldquohow would it be if you had self-confidencerdquo

3 ldquoWHAT IF rdquo Fantastic to destroy any obstacle that your client brings Some examples ldquoAnd what if you couldrdquo ldquoWhy notrdquo ldquoWhat if nobody would knowrdquo ldquoWhat if you had moneyrdquo ldquoI know you donrsquot but what if you knew what would you sayrdquo

3 GENERAL TIP BE COOL You really must have a cool and rela-xed attitude You really donrsquot know what would be best for your client so be really unconditional

THE COACHING ETHICS

XI THE COACHING ETHICS

There are six ethic rules in Coaching but with no doubt the first is the most important

CONFIDENTIALITY Coaching sessions must be given the utmost con-fidentiality There are no legal rules as in Therapy (like not having fa-mily as clients) but you always have to respect confidentiality When you do Coaching in a company and you must give feedback to their manager your clients must know it If necessary you can discuss the case with a mentor but always without mentioning the name of your client You can discuss the cases but without any names

CLIENTrsquoS AUTONOMY Coaching is all about autonomy and sustaina-bility You need your client to get results not that she needs you You should think ldquoif I change country how would my clients berdquo

CAREFUL WITH PROJECTIONS We all project aspects that we re-press in ourselves All currents in psychology agree that there is pro-jection When I look to someone else what I see is whatrsquos inside of me (strengths and weaknesses) Thatrsquos why some see one thing and others see another As a Coach you must be very attentive to projections You should not do it with your client and for that you must work on your roots If something bothers you that says more about you than about your client Itrsquos not just a technical issue of respecting others map-of--the-world It is an ethical issue

CREDIBILITY Of course you can use other different tools in your ses-sions but you should be able to do so Using things on which yoursquore not certified is breaking ethics Try to be congruent and integrate Being a corporate or a sales Coach without being an expert about those mat-ters is not ethical

106

107

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING THE FIRST SESSION IN PRATICE

CONTRACT IS CONTRACT The financial commitment you assume with your client is always the same as long as she is your client The same in what respects sessions frequency You should always ask permission to your client when you want to change the frequency of the sessions For WeCreate the value you charge to your client must be the same forever It is part of our gratitude towards our client

SELF-COACHING The Coach must be an example of Self-Coaching or she should have a Coach You really have to do ROSA once a year at least and use all these tools in a weekly basis Make sure that you are also an example of achieving your own dreams

XII THE FIRST SESSION

IN PRACTICEIt is normal that the first session is a bit longer (90min) Your focus is to build RAPPORT Here is an example of a few steps for your first session You can have a few more or less of these steps but this is the general idea

STEP 1 Memorize these steps so that you will not have to use this manual

STEP 2 (Partnership) Organize the working space have everything prepared adequated clothes etc

STEP 3 (Presence) Prepare to be fully present by meditating or by being a few minutes in silence

STEP 4 (Posture and words) Build rapport have a few minutes of casual positive and neutral conversation to break the ice For example the weather the clientrsquos favourite team foot-ball match etc

STEP 5 At this stage you will also try to collect information about the client Several aspects of her life and trying to deter-mine clientrsquos expectations regarding the Coaching process You will be attentive about the metaphors and about what is really important to her Yoursquoll need it to explain what Co-aching is in her words

STEP 6 Explain what Coaching is using the clientrsquos words and the references she gave us Example letrsquos imagine that boxing was something that the client liked and we want to explain

108

109

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING THE LAST SESSION

Coaching through boxing ldquoCoaching is like boxing It invol-ves a lot of training to succeed in getting results but ins-tead of having an external enemy we are fighting against ourselvesrdquo

STEP 7 Inviting the client to do an exercise we pick six pens (three of each color) We ask her to tell us three things that are going well in her life and we explore each area a bit Then we ask ldquoamong those areas which one is running really wellrdquo Then we ask for three things that are not going so well and explore a bit

STEP 8 Asking the client which 3 goals she would like to accom-plish by the end of the Coaching process that would make it worth the investment (as measurable as possible)

STEP 9 Establishing verbal contract and selling the idea of coa-ching (even if the sessions pack is already closed) Now we talk about the practical issues sessions frequency ses-sions length interrupting the client first session a bit lon-ger confidentiality guarantee If you feel comfortable you can talk about costs and forms of payment

STEP 10 ldquoCan we start our session talking about what brought you here How can I helprdquo

STEP 11 Talking a bit about the Clientrsquos reality and introducing the Pizza of Life The client draws herrsquos We will go on explai-ning the pizza and its different slices (very briefly not to influence) Some clients like to do it lsquoalonersquo others like to go on talking as they fill the slices

STEP 12 From then on you make ROSA 10

STEP 13 You end up the session You can share ROSA methodology with your client (if you think shersquod like it) and ending with positive feedback You can also ask the client how did she feel You can also ask her to choose an object and summa-rize the session You will also be doing some preframing by stating that Coaching is about action and homeworks

XIII THE LAST SESSION

A coaching process has a follow-up We can work with individual ses-sions or with a pack It is important to inform your clients that Coaching is a continuous process and not a process with miraculous results in the first session Hence it is like doing workout where it is difficult to get results if we go to the gym only once

You can work with packs of sessions (5 or 10) and we would like to give you some tips on what you should ensure it gets done in your last coaching session with someone you have been working with

FUTURE It is important to ensure that the client will continue taking steps in the future even not having sessions anymore or your presence In this session you should spend some time helping her in creating an action plan about the next steps she wants to go on taking in that area You can also take the opportunity to do a small summary of everything that you both worked in so that there is a notion of the progress made and the results achieved Ensures that your client completed that process and be sure about the next steps for her future Help her in crea-ting a good action plan

HABITS You can also ask your client which would be the daily or weekly habits that she would like more to integrate into her routine

POSITIVE FEEDBACK This is also the perfect time to give positive fe-edback to your client (despite being a constant throughout the sessions) Show her the progress she has made throughout the sessions and help her to realize all the positive things she has achieved

111

110

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

PERSONAL DEVELOPMENT We must ensure that our client conti-nues its personal development process and knows or tries new approaches Coaching is just one part of a wide range of options that are now ahead of her Encourage her to con-tinue that journey to read new books to try other trainings and workshops other different and complementary ways of approaching personal development

KEEPING CONTACT You can develop some form of contact with your old clients Email telephone facebook etc Remember to con-tinue sending her information about coaching or other matters you find important It is a way to ensure that your client will continue ldquoawakedrdquo for this subject

Thank you for being part of this project

Daniel Saacute Nogueira and Marta Ferreira

Page 34: WeCreate International Coaching Certification Manual

68

69

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

PATIENCECount to 10 relax work on your roots and realize that coaching is a process and that each person has her own time and rhythm How can you train your patience Think of 20 ideas

LEVEL 4 ndash PERCEPTUAL POSITIONSWe could also call this the level where we create rapport with our clientrsquos psychology In fact understanding and perceiving human psychology is a huge advantage for you as a Coach You are not there to be a friend of your client as we have mentioned so then a good way to create a relation with her is through her psychology

Do you know the psychology of a teenager or a parent a boss an unemployed If you grasp your clientrsquos psychology the Rapport will be extraordinary

If you demonstrate that you know how a mother thinks yoursquoll make the client believe that you understand her completely

Most people do not understand their own psyche If you can understand them at that level it will make the client to feel something extraordinary about you and the Coaching process

PERCEPTUAL POSITIONS At this level the Coach must master Per-ceptual Positions that is being able to put herself in another personrsquos position whether itrsquos the clientrsquos or the clientrsquos parent or any other person that is part of the situation You should be able to see the same situation from different perspectives and in the long term help your client do the same

THE EXERCISE This is an exercise to be used mainly if the client has trouble in a relationship with someone (friend family member etc) and is having some difficulty understanding that personrsquos Map-of-the--World And when this is of great importance

You do not need to go very deep in this exercise Because it is NLP even done in a soft way it can be very powerful to your client helping her to see an aspect of the situation that she hadnrsquot seen or reflected on before

STEP 1 ndash The client explains what is going on (she can speak freely without any restrictions You ask questions to understand the reality of the situation)

STEP 2 ndash The Coach suggests this perceptual positions exercise (it is just an invitation If the client does not want to do not continue)

STEP 3 ndash The Coach asks the client to choose two spots represen-ting the two standpoints (you can put a sheet of paper at each spot) and to imagine that the other person is at one of them

STEP 4 ndash The client speaks facing the other spot as if the person was there and acts as herself (The Coach guides with questions ldquoHow did that make you feel What would you like to tell herrdquo etc)

STEP 5 ndash Pause and ldquoshake outrdquo the client and share the question of the game of imagination

STEP 6 ndash The client recalls a childhood game she used to play and describes it a little We then use this as a metaphor to explain that we will now do the same Just a game where we use our imagination The Coach repeats that the per-son with whom the client has a challenge is there at the other spot

STEP 7 ndash The client goes over to the other spot and the Coach helps her go deeper into that role through guiding questions

STEP 8 ndash The client chooses whether she wants to return to her starting position and add something say something more She may go back and forth as many times as she wishes

STEP 9 ndash When done the Coach suggests to the client to stand on a chair and states ldquoYou are now in a neutral position a higher position What would you call this position (Allow the client to choose a name) Seen from above what do you have to say about this situation What would you say to (clientrsquos name) and to (the other personrsquos name) How would you solve this situation How can (clientrsquos name) solve this situationrdquo

RAPPORT

70

71

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

STEP 10 ndash After the client is done with the third (neutral) position the Coach takes the client off the papers

STEP 11 ndash The Coach can then use the following questions to debrief the exercise

3 ldquoHow was the exercise for you 3 ldquoWhat did you learnrdquo 3 ldquoIs there anything you could do differentlyrdquo

STEP 12 ndash Lead the client to an action (a first small step towards sol-ving the situation) and then funnel it

REMEMBER always undock the client from the different roles the client can do the exercise eyes opened or closed

TO ACKNOWLEDGE Acknowledge the client very very very much for having volunteered and shown vulnerability

This exercise serves mainly as a metaphor for the Coach striving to master Perceptual Positions (understanding and being able to go into different psyches)

CONCLUSION The Coach is a master of perceptual positions She knows how to see the different angles of the same situation She sees everything from different angles

PEMS

Life is all about relationships the relationships we have with ourselves and with others Some people instinctively relate better to themselves and others relate really well to others There are those who relate well to almost everything and everyone and others who are unable to relate with anyone This affects their personal and professional life

Is there any way to consciously improve the relationships that instinc-tively do not work Of course

When we grasp the logic of the mind of another person we can better interact with it and even influence it Psychology is power And if we apply on ourselves it becomes even more powerful and interesting The better we know ourselves and the logic of our mind the better we will be able to help ourselves and achieve our goals

Carl Gustav Jung a Swiss psychiatrist and founder of analytical psychology focused on studying social and collective archetypes He identified eight psychological types taking into account peoplersquos beha-viour abilities skills attitudes and motivations

He began by distinguishing between extraverted (social and expansive) and introverted (reserved and reflective) people Each of them could then be connected to two out of the four functions of the psyche sen-sing or intuition thinking or feeling

In the 40rsquos decade Isabel Myers and Katharine Briggs continued Jungrsquos work and added two auxiliary functions to the Jungian types percep-tion and judgement Thereby arriving at 16 psychological types or 16 personality types Later a personality test was created ndash The Myers--Briggs Type Indicator or MBTI - which is still the most commonly used tool for identifying different personality types

Based on Jungrsquos work we have created a model called PEMS which will help us better understand the logic of our own mind and of the people around us

In this model we distinguish four dominant preferences (P-E-M-S) which correspond to the four elements of life

PRACTICAL (the body DOING Activity Action related to the ele-ment of EARTH) - corresponds to someone that is earthly active dynamic practical that does a lot In excess these are people who never stop to consider their actions

EMOTIONAL (the heart FEELING Feelings Love related to the element of WATER) - corresponds to someone who nee-ds people relations who gives a lot to others and seeks affection In excess these are people who might be overly sensitive

RAPPORT

72

73

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

MENTAL (the mind THINKING Analysis Intellect Logic related to the element of AIR) - corresponds to someone who values analysis rationalization and uses logic and who always fo-cuses on making the right decision In excess these are people who might become impersonal and cold

SPIRITUAL (the soul BEING Values Existence related to the ele-ment of FIRE) - corresponds to someone who thinks that everything has meaning and a higher purpose These are people who care very much about values In excess they can fluctuate too much and concretize too little

The four logics of the mind that we have identified are also based on the four elements

Practical ndash EARTH (firm solid stable secure strong dense)Emotional ndash WATER (flexible always coming back to herself)Mental ndashAIR (transparent lightweight fast facilitates communica-

tion)Spiritual ndash FIRE (burning fleeting transforming powerful)

Thus in a very simplified manner we can divide people into four ca-tegories

PRACTICAL PEOPLE (P) ndash THEY LIKE TO ACT AND DOThese are the people who like action movement They are the ones who make the world move As friends or clients they may want to go straight to the point try things and learn about practical matters The greatest fear of these practical persons is losing control They like to feel that they are in control of the situation of the pace of the conver-sation and of the surroundings

HELP THEM ALWAYS FEEL IN CONTROL

EMOTIONAL PEOPLE (E) ndash THEY LIKE FEELING AND RELATINGThese are people who love people and sharing feelings Everything is an emotion for them And they feel things about everything and everyo-ne Let them talk about their family friends dogs neighbours etchellip

They will talk mostly about people and what they are feeling Their greatest fear is loosing empathy They like to feel reliable and they want to relate

HELP THEM FEEL EMPATHY TOWARDS YOU

MENTAL PEOPLE (M) ndash THEY LIKE TO THINK AND TO ANALYSEThese are people who like to analyze and who try to put everything into a box into a certain perspective They are precise and meticulous They like detail to study and analyze all possibilities They donrsquot fear debating (quite the contrary) and discussing they love the exchanging ideas and arguments but they need to end up being right or get a very good explanation to why the other is right A mental person is always striving to make the best decision Their greatest fear is to be wrong they like to feel that they are correct and that they are making deci-sions based on logic and rational thinking

HELP THEM FEEL THAT THEY ARE RIGHT

SPIRITUAL PEOPLE (S) ndash THEY LIKE TO BE AND TO GLOWThey are looking for the greater purpose of things They believe that everything has a reason for being the way it is that there are no coin-cidences and itrsquos that quest that moves them They give great meaning to every situation always looking for ldquotherdquo situation The greater the meaning the greater their motivation Their biggest fear is to have no meaning That it is to not be significant or ldquoshinerdquo in any way They need to feel conscious and whole

HELP THEM FEEL THAT THEY ARE MEANINGFUL

Although we all have and use a portion of these four categories in the different contexts or times of our life one of them is predominant in us Identifying it is important for managing and interacting with life and with others since it is the best and the fastest way of accessing the Map-of-the-world of someone and speaking a language that that per-son recognizes and accepts as her own

RAPPORT

74

75

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

In fact we are all one but we are all different and we must understand these differences to be able to deal with others People who are more emotional behave and interact in a totally opposite manner from mental people the same way that most practical people interact in a way that is opposite to spiritual people

The EMOTIONAL person is micro-MACRO Transforms everything that is small into something big Everything is important everything is emotional From the simple ldquogood morningrdquo to hearing ldquoI love yourdquo every day For an emotional person a discussion is always a tsuna-mi Therefore itrsquos the emotional persons who with their micro-Macro sense make birthdays a special day and receive small things with gre-at love

The MENTAL person is MACRO-micro transforms everything that is big into something small She makes it more complex by simplifying it For example this very PEMS model is MACRO-micro as it strives to make the hugeness of the personality types into something much smaller creating only four categories for all human beings The mental person also feels less and give less importance to her feelings

The SPIRITUAL person is MACRO-MACRO she takes everything that is already big and turns it even bigger more meaningful more im-portant more relevant Almost everything is a question of values of making the world a better place and interpretations that go far beyond reality A simple leaf falling off a tree can represent a new phase in life for a spiritual person

The PRACTICAL person is micro-micro turns everything into small and simple lsquoright here and right nowrsquo matters They act Right now with what they have They donrsquot feel the need to enlarge what is small and they donrsquot care much about great concepts If the five senses can help them grasp a situation everything is fine

THE PREDOMINANT LOGIC OF OUR PSYCHEThe most practical way of finding out is to notice how we behave in a stressful situation Each of us when under stress often react in a way that is very close to our basic personality type

Practical people act react move around organize themselves put their hands to work and do not rest until they manage to move things forward

The emotional people feel and feel a lot If a situation is stressful diffi-cult and negative they will have difficult and negative emotions they will feel what others feel and they will want to manage these emotions in the moment

People that are predominantly mental will under stress begin to ratio-nalize need logical answers be fast and analytical They donrsquot want to solve anything through feelings they donrsquot want to act they are only concerned with finding the right and correct decision and struggle until they get it

Finally the predominantly spiritual people will want to give a greater meaning to that particular event What has to be done what people feel or what the right solution is doesnrsquot matter what matters is why things happened the way they did and what the greater significance of that may be

RAPPORT

76

77

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

Identify the psychological type of the client can help the coach to anticipate and understand expectations

MAIN SUPERIOR FUNCTION AND AUXILIARY INFERIOR FUNCTION

According to Carl Jung while we all have one function that is better developed than the others ndash a superior function ndash we also have another fairly well developed function called the first auxiliary

All of us have a bit of each one of the psychologies but there are always two that are predominant a main one which Jung calls the superior function and an auxiliary one that lies at the bottom of the cross shown on the previous page which is always to the right or left of our superior one

The inferior function is one that is less developed and that remains mainly in our unconscious

Thus a person who is predominantly Practical may have as her auxi-liary function the emotional or mental logic thus being PE or PM

A person who is predominantly Mental may have as her auxiliary func-tion the spiritual or practical logic thus being MS or MP

A person who is predominantly Spiritual may have as her auxiliary function the emotional or mental logic thus being SE or SM

And a person who is predominantly Emotional may have as her auxilia-ry function the spiritual or practical logic thus being ES or EP

This all means that we are situated in one of the following categories

3 Practical Emotional or Emotional Practical 3 Practical Mental or Mental Practical 3 Spiritual Emotional or Emotional Spiritual 3 Spiritual Mental or Mental Spiritual

As you may have noticed according to Jung there are no EMME or PSSP That is one canrsquot have as her first auxiliary function the func-tion that is opposite to the superior one

Carl Jung said that we should look closely at our inferior function whi-ch usually remains in our unconscious because it contains an enor-mous potential for a change and each one of us can benefit a lot from integrating our inferior function with our superior one

Taking risks experimenting enjoying everything that life has to offer is the best way of getting to know ourselves and realizing where our happiness lies (ldquoTrate a Vida por Turdquo paacuteg 74)

INTROVERSION AND EXTROVERSION Introversion and extroversion have to do with the direction in which we focus our attention and energy

People who prefer Extroversion focus their energy and attention away from themselves and are interested in the world of people and things

3 Attracted to the world of events and people outside of themsel-ves

3 They are aware of who and what is around them 3 They like to meet and talk to new people 3 They are friendly often good talkers and easy to get to know 3 They tend to talk easily and often in meetings 3 May not be as aware of what goes on inside them 3 They think while talking 3 They may act or speak first and only think later 3 Speaking about themselves they speak fast 3 They bring energy into life 3 They can get bored and restless if they are alone for too long

People who prefer Introversion (focus their energy and attention inward and are interested in the inner world of thoughts and reflections)

3 Attracted to the inner world of thoughts feelings and reflections 3 They are usually very aware of their inner reactions 3 They prefer to interact with people they know 3 They are usually quiet in meetings and sometimes seem disen-

gaged

RAPPORT

78

79

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

3 They are generally reserved and hard to get to know 3 They may not be as aware of the world outside of them 3 They need time to gather their thoughts before they speak 3 They reflect and think before acting 3 They want to know you before allowing you to get to know them

deeply 3 They feel exhausted and tired after interacting with peoples

FINAL NOTE you must be what your client is You have to find that person inside you

LEARNING STYLESAs we saw with the previous PEMS model our clients will have diffe-rent psychological preferences It is therefore important and essential that you are able to adapt your sessions to the learning style that your client likes best and that better meets her psychological preference

EMOTIONAL Emotional clients will like to talk and share on their to-pics They are very much looking for a relationship and empathy with the Coach and they need to feel heard more than any of the other personality types For these persons learning has a lot to do with the relationship that is created with the feeling of support that they get and even with the positive feedback They like to learn through stories As a Coach it is important to learn to empathize with the emotional range of these persons They will appreciate the sharing to tell stories and to listen to them With emotional clients we may sometimes feel that we are not taking huge steps forward But the fact is that many times these persons need to first be listened to

MENTAL Mental clients will be more logical and may have a more aca-demic style of learning They will want to understand the reasons why things are what they are they will want to get tasks involving research on certain subjects The sessions with these people must be well defi-ned and prepared They will want to explore their intellectual side and feel challenged It is important for them to have access to information and tools that explain the work they are doing in the sessions in a con-crete and logical manner Of course they also need to empathize but the intellectual challenge feeling that their intellect is develops appears to be greater They may like schemes graphics and any models that

could simplify the learning process What these persons will demand of you is a greater capacity to analyse and a logical and rational way of communicating

SPIRITUAL this is for most people the most difficult learning style to adopt Remember that these persons are seeking the greater meaning of things They really want to feel inspired by the coaching process (and even by their Coach) They will want to see that you are an exam-ple of what you talk about so called congruence Spiritual persons will enjoy topics that are more related to values to their identity that make them feel that they are taking steps towards becoming better hu-man beings With these clients you can use powerful metaphors (even through movies music creative exercises etc) and above all strive to make sure that the person leaves the session very inspired

PRACTICAL They like action Which is great because coaching is pri-marily about action These persons like to have very practical sessions in which they get the opportunity to do many exercises and experiment with different situations They may be the clients that like getting more tasks and having things to do (which then sometimes ldquogets lostrdquo due to their time management) These clients will require more simplicity and a well-paced session from you They may also like to do exercises that involve moving their body Above all they will want you to help them get into action

As we deal with these four kinds of preferences we need to adapt our Coaching style to the learning style that each person has Thus we should prepare a lot their sessions and realize that some will require from you

3 Greater sharing and ability to listen and relate (e) 3 Researching mastering the subject very well and knowing how

to mentally stimulate your client with challenges (m) 3 Powerful metaphors very inspirational sessions and congruen-

ce that assign meaning to the Coaching process (s) 3 Practical exercises diversified well rhythmed sessions that

help your client to quickly get into action (p)

RAPPORT

80

81

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING ROOTS

LEVEL 5 - PERSON TO PERSONThis is the fifth level of rapport the deepest and more intense one It happens when the level of rapport is a total vibration Itrsquos when the client feels such a confidence by her Coach empathy and sympathy Itrsquos the hardest level to evaluate

Itrsquos when your client feels so much connected to you that depending on her your relationship would go beyond Coaching She no longer wants the Coach she wants you You no longer understand only the person she feels that you know about her You donrsquot understand psychology you understand who she is

It is very similar to the rapport level you have with 23 of very close persons in your life Everything is natural unconscious and sponta-neous

VIII ROOTS

Every human being seeks to get results Mo-ney Family Romance Peace Happiness

Career Health All we want in life is to have results in those areas

The Map-of-the-World Model is used to work on roots - your

roots as a Coach It shows us how does the psyche of all of us works As a Coach no one

should surprise you about yourself You should know you well know everything about yourself This is what itrsquos called a rooted person

click the video to see it

82

83

BELIEFSTRANSFORMATIVE COACHING

ROSA 20 M - AIR - THINK

VALUESHOLISTIC COACHING

ROSA 30 S - FIRE - BE

COACHING 40

WORLD MAP MODEL

being th

e moment

passi

on en

ergy

demotiv

ation

empowering beliefs

limiting rules

relation air(comunication)

coach is priestisnacutet

1 value focus

UNSUSTAINABLESUSTAINABLE

SECURITY

SELF LOVE

CONSCIOUSNESS

PERSONAL DEVEL

FREEDOM

LOVEBELOVED

BLISS

CONTRIBUTION

P

E

M

S

BEHAVIORROSA 10

SITUATIONAL COACHING

P - EARTH - DO

EMOTIONSREMEDY COACHING

ROSA 10 + LISTEN E - WATER - FEEL

RESULTS

ability to

enter

in st

ate

emotional

patter

ns

habits and discipline

addictions

coach is bossisnacutet

coach is friendisnacutet

1 Homework focus

optimism faithpositive

meditation

key points focusused to interrupt the fear cycle

coach is coach

HUMAN HAVINGHUMAN BEING

UNSUSTAINABLEEGOTISTICAL

STRETCH ZONE

SUSTAINABLEECOLOGICALSTRETCH ZONE

SHORT TERMLONG TERM

CYCLE OF CONFIDENCECYCLE OF FEAR

CONSCIOUS

SUBCONSCIOUS

UNCONSCIOUS

84

85

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

So the first question is why some are getting results while others are not

ACTIONS BEHAVIORSThis means that anyone who is having results is because she is ldquodoingrdquo ie behaving differently from other people who are having no results in those areas For example a millionaire DOES things that people who are not millionaires donrsquot For example saving investing etc Someone with a great health is DOING things that people that donrsquot have a good health are not What we are doing is making the difference Two people in the same circumstances that do exactly the same actions have the same kind of results People who have the results you wanna have ARE DOING THINGS TO GET THEM

So the next question is what leads some people to DO and others to not do

EMOTIONSEverything you do in your life is a relationship between pain and pleasure What happens is that someone who goes running at 6 am associates more pain with lsquonot goingrsquo than with lsquogoingrsquo Who is going to the gym asso-ciates more pleasure than pain with going to the gym in the morning That relationship between pain and pleasure is what is defining your results If we dramatically increase the pain or the pleasure associated we will get to change your results

As so what is then defining that painpleasure relationship

BELIEFSThe reason is because of our beliefs of what we believe in Our beliefs are our set of rules for the world and for our lives Your set of beliefs in fact is defining your painpleasure relationship with something and then your actions A millionaire believes that saving is essential that investing and taking risks is necessary This set of beliefs leads himher to associa-te more pleasure than pain with having these behaviors and therefore heshe implements them Other people have other beliefs that create other

emotions that create other results People who are achieving results in areas that you arenrsquot have a beliefs system different from yours

And then it seems logical to ask so what is defining and creating your set of beliefs

VALUESWhat is a value Itrsquos something that is important to you something you re-ally value The only thing that determines a value is if it is valuable to you Not all of us share the same values (Example the values of Mother Teresa and Donald Trump Contribution vs Professional Accomplishment) What you really value and not what you say that you value You value it so much that it generates your set of beliefs In fact when you live your values in practice (on a daily basis) you are defining your life results Not what you would like to value but what you are really valorizing In fact we all have the same values What differs is the order and the importance we give to each one of them

For example if someone has the value of the family above the value of work she will have the belief that it is more important to spend time with her family causing her to develop a positive feeling when she is with her family which leads her to really try to spend more time with it On the other hand someone who has the value of work above the family one will be someone who believes she should spend more time with her work and career as she believes it is that that will bring her more financial stabi-lity for example So she will associate more pleasure to the time spent at work than at home causing her to act accordingly to that emotion For example Donald Trump and Mother Teresa of Calcutta havenrsquot they got different values One probably values more lsquoprofessional fulfillmentrsquo the other values more lsquocontributionrsquo Different results Sure One has one of the largest business empires in the world the other left the largest volun-teer organization in the world

So in reality the values you are living in practice (what you are valuing in practice) are defining your results

This alone already explains a good part of the psyche of human beings But letrsquos go deeper

ROOTS

Having roots is to control the cycle of trust

86

87

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

To have roots the coach has to identify

her motivators and values create beliefs and habits and learn

to place herself in a state

CYCLE OF CONFIDENCE AND CYCLE OF FEAREveryone has Cycles of Fear in some areas and Cycles of Confidence in other areas

How do you know it If you are having or not results in that area In the areas of your life where you are getting results you are living in a Cycle of Confidence In the areas where yoursquore not you are living in a Cycle of Fear What does this means is that you have behavioral addic-tions or that you are doing things in a vicious way you are in a sort of a mice wheel Those addictions start by creating emotional patterns on you (feelings that you are having whether you want it or not for instan-ce jealousy when it becomes a pattern no matter what the other does that emotion will keep being there it is an emotion that happens to you) and those emotional patterns generate limiting rules We use the words ldquorulesrdquo because in reality limiting beliefs are created because they have a very large set of rules And this generates demotivation An addiction creates an emotional pattern that creates rules limiting which create demotivation and discourage us to move and change This Cycle of Fear is being lived FROM RESULTS TO VALUES and not in the other and right way The bad news are that we all have Cycles of Fear The areas in which we are not having results is because we are afraid but we paint it in other colors Irsquom afraid Irsquom demotivated I have emotional patterns and I have limiting rules

For you to gain roots you need to recognize these cycles You need to break it if you want results but if you want roots you need to recognize them Good news you can break Cycles of Fear

Second good news you have Cycles of Confidence You also unders-tand the other psychology So what is a Cycle of Confidence

You start by having the capacity of creating Discipline and Habits you get the ability to get into a certain and desired state (eg being happy to go training I want to create that emotion I visualize it it is the op-posite of an emotional pattern the pattern happens to you Think of a boxer who puts herself into her wanted state before entering in a ring You have empowering beliefs (when you believe in something that cre-ates more of it) This creates energy passion being in the moment Being with energy and passion and in the moment brings me empowe-ring beliefs which put me in the emotional state I want and provide me

habits and discipline The good news you have these cycles in areas that you are getting results Think in one area You have these four things right

Having these cycles itrsquos called being human First part on lsquorootsrsquo is about knowing your Cycles of Fear and Confidence and admit them to yourself to those you love to the others And having the courage to say that it doesnrsquot work because of FEAR And there is a way to break this cycle When you have roots you stop projecting it in your clients

There is a way of finding your values in a very logical way knowing which human motivators drive your behavior

8 HUMAN MOTIVATORSMaslov pyramid he was the first to talk about human needs He is outda-ted because it defines a hierarchy He places self-fulfillment at the top This model is very much focused on Maslovrsquos map-of-the-world who was an MS If it is a PE he may have lsquofamilyrsquo in the top and that is not wrong Still there are things that all humans need

So with all these models we created the 8 human motivators they are divided in four paradoxes one for each of the PEMS The first paradox is security freedom

Each one of us was born with a set of motivators You are ldquoaddictedrdquo on one side of the paradox You have to fulfill that need even if you have to abdicate of the other one

ROOTS

SECURITY

SELF LOVE

CONSCIOUSNESS

PERSONAL DEVEL

FREEDOM

LOVEBELOVED

BLISS

CONTRIBUTION

P

E

M

S

88

89

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

The main lesson is the more you live the other side of the paradox the more you will live your addiction as well What happens is that you can only get more of your addiction when you learn to validate the other side of the paradox This is what Jung calls ldquoparadoxes integrationrdquo be the millionaire and the altruistic Be the mother of family and career etc Only when you integrate the other energy is when it boosts the one that is more natural to you

For other persons it happens the same with security and all other pa-radoxes The suggestion is Irsquom addicted on this but I can pause and I can go exploring the other side What you have to figure out is your map (draw in the lsquoinfinite signsrsquo which side of the paradoxes is bigger) Your map is about how much you need to fill each side of the paradox

So YOUR HUMAN MOTIVATORS ARE DEFINING YOUR VALUES AND YOUR VALUES ARE DEFINING YOUR RESULTS

You can have everything on one of the sides of the paradox if yoursquore willing to face the fear of losing it

All people fill their motivators The difference between us is how sus-tainable is that satisfaction Unsustainable means that every day you

EXERCISE Do your map How do you discover Based on major decisions you made in your life Example work home relationships etc

have to feed them Imagine a homeless person he meets hisher secu-rity needs (eating and having where to sleep) but he has to do it every day Now compare with Donald Trump If you see the freedom part it probably happens the opposite

3 SUSTAINABLE it feeds itself It is something that can continue without the need for external resources It is ecological based on challenge and paradoxes integration

3 UNSUSTAINABLE you need to do it every day it is selfish ba-sed on comfort and extremist You do it like it was a daily shot

Example father and daughter about going out at night (to satisfy sa-fety and to love and be loved) Father says no hersquos being selfish and within his comfort zone The same father after coming to this course ldquoYoursquore going to the party until 2230 You send me an sms saying that everything is ok and at 2230 Irsquoll pick yourdquo This continues for some time Father goes on diminishing the rules Now hersquos being ecological entering his challenge zone and integrating paradoxes To feel safe as a father he has to give some freedom To feel loved he has to give them some self love Now his motivators are sustainable and has a sustai-nable system that feeds itself To arrive to a deeper level of security he needs to take the risk that comes from giving more freedom

DIAGONAL CONTINUOUS LINEThis line shows us that working above the line ie the clientrsquos beha-viors andor emotions is short-term and unsustainable In this case only the techniques are worked There are immediate results but with no major impact and duration Like when we are called to do motiva-tional speaking or teambuildingrsquos People feel better and do things but the results have a short duration

This does not imply that it is wrong to do Coaching based on these two areas For example in a quick conversation with a friend we can do Situational Coaching (based on behaviours) in order to get her to do something that has been postponing If the action has been made and it was what was intended to be then you did your role as Coach The Remedy Coaching is also important sometimes which consists on making the other person to leave the session feeling good thinking more positive at the time having had an opportunity to digest an emo-tion

ROOTS

90

91

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

Below the continuous line is where lies the deepest work The one that will actually be sustainable and with long-term results This is where we work values and beliefs it is where we go deep to the point where in fact we shift paradigms The client in this type of Coaching change her beliefs and values turning to be a really different person in opposition to what happens above the line where only the emotions or behaviors are changed but the client continues to be what she was

ICEBERGWith the iceberg image it is understood that the behavior is the conscious part of the human being the only thing that the client can see and analyze Everything else emotions beliefs and values are at the clientrsquos unconscious But as a Coa-ch I must and I want to work also the unconscious because as we saw above this is where it lies the sustainable and long-term work

When we help our clients shifting their paradigms beliefs emotions or values we are working with their unconscious Your client will not like this at some point in the process The unconscious will realize that she will have to change and this will cause the first resistance Knowing how to overcome this is essential to the Coachrsquos work so she can de-liver sustainable results

Conscious Mind keeps all the information which you can access now

Unconscious Mind keeps all the information that has ever passed through your brain It is also a kind of a warning system for you

The information passes from the unconscious to the conscious mind through the subconscious It goes dropping into deeper levels of our mind Very qui-ckly your clients will want to turn you into one of three things

Friend ndash They want someone who listens to them who is patient with them who is always there with whom they can always count and talk Most of your clients will want to have you here that you turn into a sort of confi-dant that supports them but does not challenge them too much But you are not there to be a friend

Boss ndash Many will seek in the Coach someone to tell them what to do who provides them specific guidance who pressures them who ldquopunishrdquo them when they donrsquot have their homework done Someone who is even more committed with their results than themselves But yoursquore also not there to be a Boss

Priest ndash Others will want a kind of a weekly confession session That you absolve the mistakes theyrsquove made du-ring the week that you tell them everything is fine and that it doesnrsquot matter we are all human and we all make mistakes You are not there to be a kind of spiritual le-ader of your client and to absolve him You are there to be

Coach - The Coach has an ldquoAirrdquo relationship with the client ie mental of communication becau-se it is a conversation where you listen and ask where there is intellectual stimulation In the map--of-the-world scheme the Coachrsquos sketch is in the quadrant of beliefs It is a ldquomind with mindrdquo work

It is important to know this because with the sessions going clients tend to try their Coach to become a friend (wateremotions) a boss (earthbehaviors) or even a priest (firevalues) However the Coach should avoid the mistake of behaving like one of these three types You are there to be a Coach

Notes In Informal Coaching with friends colleagues family remember that first thatrsquos what you are and only then you are a Coach Therefore you should not give prevalence to the Coach but to the relationship you have with that person otherwise you would violate the pact that exists between the two

ROOTS

92

93

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

4 TYPES OF COACHINGBased on these four quadrants there are four types of Coaching

Situational Coaching ndash The one that is done immediate-ly during the situation with the sole purpose of lea-ding it to an action It usually consists of a brief con-versation where a ROSA 10 is done Your client has a situation that week that really needs to be addressed Ex a proposal that she needs to present a college exam for which she has to study Itrsquos not bad Coaching and it is often necessary Only it is more superficial

Remediative Coaching ndash As the name says it suits when we have to put a ldquobandageointmentrdquo on the emotions The goal is the client to feel good at the end of the session without having to go deeply on the problem Itrsquos the typical conver-sation where the client unburdens and your only goal is to make her feel a little better Sometimes it may be and it often is necessary

Ex the past week your client has discussed with someone important to her or something happened that greatly dealt with her emotions Your first focus should be to help her to unburden and to feel better We used ROSA 10 + Unburden

Transformative Coaching ndash Here the goal is not just making the client to feel better but that she can change the way she sees her life and herself Here we mainly work on beliefs ie the client stops believing in some things to start believing in another ones She shifts paradigm Coaching is now much more sustainable and with long--term results It undergoes through more complete ses-sions where ROSA 20 is done

Holistic Coaching ndash This is the kind of Coaching that involves the whole being of the client all her areas and valences ie her values The entire psyche is worked We are working the whole Human Being and not only a part of it Even the motivators are worked We use ROSA 30 and we work a lot on paradoxes integration

KEY POINTSWe said earlier that we all have Cycles of Fear and that we can change them to Cycles of Confidence How

Imagine that you have a turnscrew and a bicycle wheel is malfunctio-ning You will then put the turnscrew into one of the four key points and then yoursquoll pull and force the wheel to move in the right direction to-wards the Cycle of Confidence And very important you donrsquot take out the turnscrew until the Cycle (the wheel) rotates in the right direction

What are then the Four Key Points You can really choose only one

VALUE FOCUS At this point you will choose a key value for you whi-ch you canrsquot leave to live in practice Whatever happens you canrsquot take the turnscrew from there For instance imagine that you are experien-cing serious financial difficulties and you decide that lsquoValue Focusrsquo is your point Imagine that you choose ldquosavingrdquo as the value that has to be experienced in practice Then whenever you have to make a decision that involves spending money you know what to do You canrsquot in any way stop living this value until the cycle begins to rotate in the oppo-site direction and gets sustainable

POSITIVITY If you want to work at the level of beliefs yoursquoll start to develop this empowering belief base BEING POSITIVE You must be a positive person with faith who believes that everything will go well who says only positive things about herself and the others who sees and is focused on everything positive that is going around her And when the bad days or the bad news are coming and you feel the need to say something negative you shut up And you say something positive

EMOTION FOCUS Imagine that there is an emotion that makes your Cycle of Fear to happen (an emotional pattern) In this key point you will choose an emotion that you would like to learn to cause in yourself learning how to get yourself into that state Imagine that you have been feeling too much anger in your Cycle of Fear and want to feel harmony instead You want to learn how to get into that emotional state You start feeling the opposite emotion and you do something to manage to be in an harmony state (you listen to a song that gets yourself into that state you put your boxing gloves you jump you meditate you close

ROOTS

94

95

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

your eyes you read a poem as Mandela did )

HOMEWORK FOCUS Here you will define a homework that until itrsquos done you wonrsquot do anything else Imagine that you have a Cycle of Fear in relation to health that you define lsquoHomework Focusrsquo as the key point and your homework is running every day Until you manage to do it nothing else matters All of your strategies are directioned so that your homework is being done as soon as possible

In the end all of the four key points have to do with absolute focus

Value ndash Focus on the most important value Until that value is being lived we wonrsquot move on

Positivity (Faith Optimism) ndash Focus on the positive emotions Un-til she gets optimistic we wonrsquot move on

Emotion (Meditation) ndash Focus on pleasure Until she feels more ple-asure than pain we wonrsquot move on

Homework ndash Focus on action Until the homework gets done we wonrsquot move on

VERY IMPORTANTYou as a coach do not have to guess your clientrsquos map-of-the-world or even her PEMS but you have to explore it aside of her You will only master her Map-of-the-World when you understand your own (creating roots) because you will never learn anything about yourself with your client you will never discover anything about you because shersquos the one who discovers it being real or not You Coach you must be hum-ble enough to know that you know nothing about your client and you shouldnrsquot try to guess anything It is the customer who gets there alone

Therefore the more knowledge you have about your own map-of-the--world together with Rapport and ROSA the more intense will be your Coaching because the more you will be able to help your client The goal is that you have the tools in yourself so you can help her In other words this tool is for you to deepen your roots and thus know when you need to do only ROSA or go searching for the Key Points or to use

another method For instance if a client has as her main challenge to be promoted then therersquos no logical on working on Cycles of Fear but to make a ROSA and move forward On the other hand if you see that there is a Cycle of Fear then you should find the key point so you can work on it

I canrsquot help the others if I canrsquot help myself first

ROOTS

values (I am)

during session

clientcoach rosa unconscious

Beliefs (I think)

between sessions

co-coach rosa 30

emotions (I feel)

leverage slice

self coaching rosa 20behavior (I do)

holistic

coaching to others rosa 10M

S

E

P

96

97

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING RESULTS

IX RESULTS

Results are super important in the Coa-ching process There is simply no Coa-

ching if there are no results and thatrsquos why they are at the center of the

triangle of the four Rrsquos Everything we do whether is ROSA creating

Roots or building Rapport it is done with the purpose of get-ting results at the end of the sessions

This is what distinguishes the most Coaching from other practices As a Coach you must become obsessed with your clients results Not only that they do their homeworks but also how close did Coaching took them closer to their Guru Objective how much it has improved their leverage slice of the Pizza and other slices as well We also try to assess the sustainability of those results We donrsquot want them just to get there but also that they keep there

Coaching is about results and you must take this premise very seriou-sly You have been hired to make them reach some goals Become obsessed with it

It is not so easy to evaluate results in a metric way in the world of Co-aching but it proves to be very important Not only with Life Coaching but also with Business Coaching We must find a way to demonstrate that our work has had results in practice

That was the reason why we have created the Results Model

Our level of competence is equal to our worst level of performance

RESULTS MODELIt is possible to define results through the four metrics

lsquoSrsquo AXIS (SPIRITUAL) WE EVALUATE THE PROCESS IMPACT ON THE CLIENT

Behavior (I DO) When the client throughout the process changes one or more behaviors She does now due to the sessions different things that she didnrsquot before

Emotions (I FEEL) When the client feels happier more self-confi-dent fulfilled etc She has now different and more positive emotions due to the Coaching process

98

99

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

Beliefs (I THINK) When there is a change of belief (I used to belie-ve I was not a good person and now I believe I am) When the client used to believe in something and she started to believe in something different There was a paradigm shift She used to see something in a certain way and now she sees it in a more empowering way

Values (I AM) When the Coach manages to help the client to change her values ie the person she is This happens for exam-ple when the client starts to put more emphasis on family than on work or when she accepts and believes that she is a healthy and different person and that nothing will change that now She values different things todat due to the Coa-ching process

lsquoErsquo AXIS (EMOTIONAL) WE EVALUATE THE CLIENTrsquoS AUTONOMY

Level 1 Coach (CoachClient Relationship) Itrsquos the Coach who controls the situation There is a formal relationship be-tween Coach and Client and the session is controlled and oriented by the Coach

Level 2 Coach (Co-Coach) The Client already acts as a Coach during the sessions This happens for example when the client already knows that she is supposed to also say po-sitive things on the Reality part that is she already knows what to do in each step She already takes the initiative The relationship is more about cooperation now and the Client start becoming autonomous

Level 3 Coach (Self-Coaching) When the Client already does Self--Coaching at home not being asked to This is a fantastic moment because she already has the tools and the Coach is there to help and support

Level 4 Coach (Coach to others) When the Client comes to a ses-sion and tells us she has done Coaching with someone else (with her child for instance) This person came to us to be helped however she is already using our tools to help so-

RESULTS

meone else She is totally independent It is every Coachrsquos dream

lsquoMrsquo AXIS (MENTAL) WE EVALUATE THE CLIENTrsquoS CONTENTS ASSIMILATION

Uses Rosa 10 language o cliente usa palavras como Realidade objetivos soluccedilotildees accedilotildees fazem hoje parte do seu leacutexico

Uses Rosa 20 language the client uses terms such as guru objec-tives baby objectives measurable beliefs paradigm shif-ting brainstorming etc

Uses Rosa 30 language she refers terms like emotional patterns cycles of fear and confidence values dilemma etc

Uses unconscious Rosa language when many of these terms are so ingrained in the clientrsquos language that she thinks she will use them for the rest of her life

lsquoPrsquo AXIS (PRACTICE) WE EVALUATE RESULTS IN PRACTICE

During the Session I can manage the client to get results only du-ring the session It is a Coaching session that has no power to influence the client outside it

Between Sessions It mostly happens when the client is doing her homeworks It means that what happened during the ses-sion touched her with enough strength to get her to realize she has to do something and that she is doing something outside the sessions

Leverage Slice It happens when the client fulfills her Leverage Slice and achieves the goal that brought her to Coaching or when her satisfaction in that slice has dramatically im-proved

Holistic When the client improves satisfaction in multiple slices as a result of the sessions including the leverage slice It was a process that had an impact on the whole being and not just in one area of her life

100

101

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

You can make this model with your client on the last session you have together You can also make a self-assessment to compare with it When you measure these four levels of results you will have access to check what level of Coaching you had on that specific process

COACHING LEVELThe Coaching Level that you have delivered is always proportional to your lowest result Even if you have three axes at level 3 and have only one at a level 2 Coaching has been 20 This is valuable information to you as a Coach because it gives you an idea of axes that are easier for you to work and others that you may have to further strengthen

Level 4 Coaching is something that is not achieved with all clients There must be a great empathy and rapport as well as a mastery on the Coaching technique that has been taught in the training course and presented in this manual

Gulica ego catia caperum dem inem cus Fortes et L Nos et grae avehem Romnit acto egeris cis sultod pratum voltum iam hos ublius hactam atemus essede con vas optilis factor aus nem ad cae estil hos me patus re verisse inatuus

Udam deperfecrem nermis etraed me int ela remulibut rem loctusquo cum mus auciem vivehem uresull emquissent eti primperescit ina que ia consiss entium pulerit con vendam morei sentes inatil vit ia quam mus licaudemus factem dum eo ura ex muro nenit quo vilnes-tium Catimportus pati postalarit vis coena fui sa consu consceribus Satquid ertienatus contere essimis ut vis aus iliciam quo in dissimis Ra num deatiqua vere con sentius et in spio pes Tiaetin videlisquam mus viliam que conum is larbit etora notimolto nos et duc omnimus opublicae convo C Nos vivica Catus hos vivas aurnihil hui terfint imorter labus hostam res inequod nerem tabute telieni hilicaessil ven-tem nonsulis

Berteropubit diisquium iteriti emprit teludam hilicid erfentiur tem huis

Hum pro vidiusquem paterevid sedis factatu rnihilla rem publicave Ca-terev irissoltis re aurei pere anum teluder ficepse essercem octuusque mis tum inam pra vivid rei condamdiis hacies Ipio verei sendamdis

TOOLS amp TECHNIQUES

X TOOLS AND TECHNIQUES

If you master well the model of the four Rrsquos for us you already are a fantastic Coach If you can master some stars too itrsquos even better But if you master the model you know how to do Coaching But now letrsquos go to the small stars The idea is not that you try to use all the stars at the same time Choose the two or three that you like best and train those first

POSITIVE FEEDBACKProvide as much positive feedback as you can to your client Take every opportunity you have to do it A Coach is the type of mirror that only says good things about her client Please turn yourself into some-one who is always valorizing every small steps that your client takes

FEEDBACK HAMBURGERYou say something positive then you say something negative then you say something positive again The two positive feedbacks have to be VERY VERY good For instance ldquoI have been feeling that you are very committed to your Coaching process We just need to start paying more attention to our homework even because I feel that you are a person who likes to challenge yourself and that really wants to go further ldquo

RESSIGNIFICATION Ressignificating is finding another meaning still more empowering but that changes everything EgrdquoI didnrsquot do my homework I failedrdquo Coach ldquoWow That means that you are a demanding and committed personrdquo ldquoIrsquom lazyrdquo

102

103

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

ldquoDoes that means you like to enjoy the pleasures of liferdquo

REFRAMINGIt is much like ressignification Itrsquos the name that is used in NLP (Neuro--Linguistic Programming) You take the information that was been gi-ven to you in a frame and you put it in a new one

PREFRAMINGIf ressignification has to do with changing the meaning after it has been given preframing has to do with giving a meaning to something before we have explained what it is It is a widely used technique to anticipate objections that might distract us from our ultimate goal Then we do preframing we previously give the meaning that we want the person to give afterwards Example

ldquoCan I show you my point of view Itrsquos something different but Irsquove seen that it works with many people and it has been helping a lot to change our behavior to healthier habits Itrsquos something innovative and different but highly successful Can I tell you my ideardquo You create a frame before placing the information in there

POSTFRAMINGFirst you give the information and then you put it in a frame Eg ldquoFolks today we have an exam (the low energy level) but thatrsquos what this course is about to be the best Coach to go furtherrdquo

ldquoFROM 0 TO 10 rdquo To give examples ldquoI think Irsquoll read a bookrdquo Coach ldquoFrom 0-10 how much do you think you will accomplish that goalrdquo

TRANSFORMING ldquoORrdquo IN ldquoANDrdquoHelp the client to find an alternative solution to integrate paradoxes to

find a third way

VULNERABILIZATIONFind out things about you that are not working and put them at the clientrsquos service That makes you human and you are validating your client in the case she feels the same She does some things better than you and has some of the same challenges

ASSOCIATION AND DISSOCIATIONThese two terms are often used in NLP (Neuro-linguistic Program-ming) and are used in various ways Association means that an indi-vidual describes a situation as if it was happening and he was partici-pating on it As the name indicates he is associated with it He is still seeing himself going through the situation and feels the emotions that he would feel if he was really living it

Dissociation means that an individual can already tell that experience as if he was watching a movie in which he took part but already dis-sociated from it He is more in an observer role That allows him a big-ger emotional objectivity Even if he feels the emotions they are more about the experience itself and not so much about him as a participant

When we want to help our customers to overcome some emotionally more challenging situations it can make a huge difference to have them to dissociate from those situations Thatrsquos how they can gain greater objectivity and clarity and at the same time they get more mo-tivated to take their first steps

METAPHORSThe most important here is that you use the metaphors of your client Use her world whenever it is possible It will help a lot more to inter-nalize and memorize the information Help your client to create her metaphors Eg ldquoSometimes we fall into holes that are so big that you canrsquot get out of them alonerdquo ldquoLearning to forgive someone is like dri-ving one step at a timerdquo

TOOLS amp TECHNIQUES

104

105

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

LANGUAGE OF A COACH 3 HOW TO INTERRUPT at the first session it must be defined if

the Coach can interrupt the client when she deviates from the focus If yoursquore going to interrupt your client you must always do it with a question You can also take note of something that has nothing to do with the subject you are talking about but it seems important So we can talk about it in the next session You can ask the client if she liked to talk about it

3 ldquoDOES IT MAKES SENSE FOR YOUrdquo If she says NO ldquoSo tell merdquo if she says YES ldquocan you tell me howrdquo

3 ldquoMY HALLUCINATION is rdquo Being very unconditional Any opi-nion is a good opinion The Coach realyy doesnrsquot know The word hallucination implies that what yoursquore saying may be ab-solutely wrong

3 ldquoWHAT WOULD LOVE DO NOWrdquo Be careful with the rapport level you have with your client It is a very good question when it concerns relational issues

3 ldquoHOW WOULD IT BE IFrdquo Very good to overcome objections ldquohow would it be if you had timerdquo ldquohow would it be if you had moneyrdquo ldquohow would it be if you had self-confidencerdquo

3 ldquoWHAT IF rdquo Fantastic to destroy any obstacle that your client brings Some examples ldquoAnd what if you couldrdquo ldquoWhy notrdquo ldquoWhat if nobody would knowrdquo ldquoWhat if you had moneyrdquo ldquoI know you donrsquot but what if you knew what would you sayrdquo

3 GENERAL TIP BE COOL You really must have a cool and rela-xed attitude You really donrsquot know what would be best for your client so be really unconditional

THE COACHING ETHICS

XI THE COACHING ETHICS

There are six ethic rules in Coaching but with no doubt the first is the most important

CONFIDENTIALITY Coaching sessions must be given the utmost con-fidentiality There are no legal rules as in Therapy (like not having fa-mily as clients) but you always have to respect confidentiality When you do Coaching in a company and you must give feedback to their manager your clients must know it If necessary you can discuss the case with a mentor but always without mentioning the name of your client You can discuss the cases but without any names

CLIENTrsquoS AUTONOMY Coaching is all about autonomy and sustaina-bility You need your client to get results not that she needs you You should think ldquoif I change country how would my clients berdquo

CAREFUL WITH PROJECTIONS We all project aspects that we re-press in ourselves All currents in psychology agree that there is pro-jection When I look to someone else what I see is whatrsquos inside of me (strengths and weaknesses) Thatrsquos why some see one thing and others see another As a Coach you must be very attentive to projections You should not do it with your client and for that you must work on your roots If something bothers you that says more about you than about your client Itrsquos not just a technical issue of respecting others map-of--the-world It is an ethical issue

CREDIBILITY Of course you can use other different tools in your ses-sions but you should be able to do so Using things on which yoursquore not certified is breaking ethics Try to be congruent and integrate Being a corporate or a sales Coach without being an expert about those mat-ters is not ethical

106

107

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING THE FIRST SESSION IN PRATICE

CONTRACT IS CONTRACT The financial commitment you assume with your client is always the same as long as she is your client The same in what respects sessions frequency You should always ask permission to your client when you want to change the frequency of the sessions For WeCreate the value you charge to your client must be the same forever It is part of our gratitude towards our client

SELF-COACHING The Coach must be an example of Self-Coaching or she should have a Coach You really have to do ROSA once a year at least and use all these tools in a weekly basis Make sure that you are also an example of achieving your own dreams

XII THE FIRST SESSION

IN PRACTICEIt is normal that the first session is a bit longer (90min) Your focus is to build RAPPORT Here is an example of a few steps for your first session You can have a few more or less of these steps but this is the general idea

STEP 1 Memorize these steps so that you will not have to use this manual

STEP 2 (Partnership) Organize the working space have everything prepared adequated clothes etc

STEP 3 (Presence) Prepare to be fully present by meditating or by being a few minutes in silence

STEP 4 (Posture and words) Build rapport have a few minutes of casual positive and neutral conversation to break the ice For example the weather the clientrsquos favourite team foot-ball match etc

STEP 5 At this stage you will also try to collect information about the client Several aspects of her life and trying to deter-mine clientrsquos expectations regarding the Coaching process You will be attentive about the metaphors and about what is really important to her Yoursquoll need it to explain what Co-aching is in her words

STEP 6 Explain what Coaching is using the clientrsquos words and the references she gave us Example letrsquos imagine that boxing was something that the client liked and we want to explain

108

109

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING THE LAST SESSION

Coaching through boxing ldquoCoaching is like boxing It invol-ves a lot of training to succeed in getting results but ins-tead of having an external enemy we are fighting against ourselvesrdquo

STEP 7 Inviting the client to do an exercise we pick six pens (three of each color) We ask her to tell us three things that are going well in her life and we explore each area a bit Then we ask ldquoamong those areas which one is running really wellrdquo Then we ask for three things that are not going so well and explore a bit

STEP 8 Asking the client which 3 goals she would like to accom-plish by the end of the Coaching process that would make it worth the investment (as measurable as possible)

STEP 9 Establishing verbal contract and selling the idea of coa-ching (even if the sessions pack is already closed) Now we talk about the practical issues sessions frequency ses-sions length interrupting the client first session a bit lon-ger confidentiality guarantee If you feel comfortable you can talk about costs and forms of payment

STEP 10 ldquoCan we start our session talking about what brought you here How can I helprdquo

STEP 11 Talking a bit about the Clientrsquos reality and introducing the Pizza of Life The client draws herrsquos We will go on explai-ning the pizza and its different slices (very briefly not to influence) Some clients like to do it lsquoalonersquo others like to go on talking as they fill the slices

STEP 12 From then on you make ROSA 10

STEP 13 You end up the session You can share ROSA methodology with your client (if you think shersquod like it) and ending with positive feedback You can also ask the client how did she feel You can also ask her to choose an object and summa-rize the session You will also be doing some preframing by stating that Coaching is about action and homeworks

XIII THE LAST SESSION

A coaching process has a follow-up We can work with individual ses-sions or with a pack It is important to inform your clients that Coaching is a continuous process and not a process with miraculous results in the first session Hence it is like doing workout where it is difficult to get results if we go to the gym only once

You can work with packs of sessions (5 or 10) and we would like to give you some tips on what you should ensure it gets done in your last coaching session with someone you have been working with

FUTURE It is important to ensure that the client will continue taking steps in the future even not having sessions anymore or your presence In this session you should spend some time helping her in creating an action plan about the next steps she wants to go on taking in that area You can also take the opportunity to do a small summary of everything that you both worked in so that there is a notion of the progress made and the results achieved Ensures that your client completed that process and be sure about the next steps for her future Help her in crea-ting a good action plan

HABITS You can also ask your client which would be the daily or weekly habits that she would like more to integrate into her routine

POSITIVE FEEDBACK This is also the perfect time to give positive fe-edback to your client (despite being a constant throughout the sessions) Show her the progress she has made throughout the sessions and help her to realize all the positive things she has achieved

111

110

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

PERSONAL DEVELOPMENT We must ensure that our client conti-nues its personal development process and knows or tries new approaches Coaching is just one part of a wide range of options that are now ahead of her Encourage her to con-tinue that journey to read new books to try other trainings and workshops other different and complementary ways of approaching personal development

KEEPING CONTACT You can develop some form of contact with your old clients Email telephone facebook etc Remember to con-tinue sending her information about coaching or other matters you find important It is a way to ensure that your client will continue ldquoawakedrdquo for this subject

Thank you for being part of this project

Daniel Saacute Nogueira and Marta Ferreira

Page 35: WeCreate International Coaching Certification Manual

70

71

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

STEP 10 ndash After the client is done with the third (neutral) position the Coach takes the client off the papers

STEP 11 ndash The Coach can then use the following questions to debrief the exercise

3 ldquoHow was the exercise for you 3 ldquoWhat did you learnrdquo 3 ldquoIs there anything you could do differentlyrdquo

STEP 12 ndash Lead the client to an action (a first small step towards sol-ving the situation) and then funnel it

REMEMBER always undock the client from the different roles the client can do the exercise eyes opened or closed

TO ACKNOWLEDGE Acknowledge the client very very very much for having volunteered and shown vulnerability

This exercise serves mainly as a metaphor for the Coach striving to master Perceptual Positions (understanding and being able to go into different psyches)

CONCLUSION The Coach is a master of perceptual positions She knows how to see the different angles of the same situation She sees everything from different angles

PEMS

Life is all about relationships the relationships we have with ourselves and with others Some people instinctively relate better to themselves and others relate really well to others There are those who relate well to almost everything and everyone and others who are unable to relate with anyone This affects their personal and professional life

Is there any way to consciously improve the relationships that instinc-tively do not work Of course

When we grasp the logic of the mind of another person we can better interact with it and even influence it Psychology is power And if we apply on ourselves it becomes even more powerful and interesting The better we know ourselves and the logic of our mind the better we will be able to help ourselves and achieve our goals

Carl Gustav Jung a Swiss psychiatrist and founder of analytical psychology focused on studying social and collective archetypes He identified eight psychological types taking into account peoplersquos beha-viour abilities skills attitudes and motivations

He began by distinguishing between extraverted (social and expansive) and introverted (reserved and reflective) people Each of them could then be connected to two out of the four functions of the psyche sen-sing or intuition thinking or feeling

In the 40rsquos decade Isabel Myers and Katharine Briggs continued Jungrsquos work and added two auxiliary functions to the Jungian types percep-tion and judgement Thereby arriving at 16 psychological types or 16 personality types Later a personality test was created ndash The Myers--Briggs Type Indicator or MBTI - which is still the most commonly used tool for identifying different personality types

Based on Jungrsquos work we have created a model called PEMS which will help us better understand the logic of our own mind and of the people around us

In this model we distinguish four dominant preferences (P-E-M-S) which correspond to the four elements of life

PRACTICAL (the body DOING Activity Action related to the ele-ment of EARTH) - corresponds to someone that is earthly active dynamic practical that does a lot In excess these are people who never stop to consider their actions

EMOTIONAL (the heart FEELING Feelings Love related to the element of WATER) - corresponds to someone who nee-ds people relations who gives a lot to others and seeks affection In excess these are people who might be overly sensitive

RAPPORT

72

73

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

MENTAL (the mind THINKING Analysis Intellect Logic related to the element of AIR) - corresponds to someone who values analysis rationalization and uses logic and who always fo-cuses on making the right decision In excess these are people who might become impersonal and cold

SPIRITUAL (the soul BEING Values Existence related to the ele-ment of FIRE) - corresponds to someone who thinks that everything has meaning and a higher purpose These are people who care very much about values In excess they can fluctuate too much and concretize too little

The four logics of the mind that we have identified are also based on the four elements

Practical ndash EARTH (firm solid stable secure strong dense)Emotional ndash WATER (flexible always coming back to herself)Mental ndashAIR (transparent lightweight fast facilitates communica-

tion)Spiritual ndash FIRE (burning fleeting transforming powerful)

Thus in a very simplified manner we can divide people into four ca-tegories

PRACTICAL PEOPLE (P) ndash THEY LIKE TO ACT AND DOThese are the people who like action movement They are the ones who make the world move As friends or clients they may want to go straight to the point try things and learn about practical matters The greatest fear of these practical persons is losing control They like to feel that they are in control of the situation of the pace of the conver-sation and of the surroundings

HELP THEM ALWAYS FEEL IN CONTROL

EMOTIONAL PEOPLE (E) ndash THEY LIKE FEELING AND RELATINGThese are people who love people and sharing feelings Everything is an emotion for them And they feel things about everything and everyo-ne Let them talk about their family friends dogs neighbours etchellip

They will talk mostly about people and what they are feeling Their greatest fear is loosing empathy They like to feel reliable and they want to relate

HELP THEM FEEL EMPATHY TOWARDS YOU

MENTAL PEOPLE (M) ndash THEY LIKE TO THINK AND TO ANALYSEThese are people who like to analyze and who try to put everything into a box into a certain perspective They are precise and meticulous They like detail to study and analyze all possibilities They donrsquot fear debating (quite the contrary) and discussing they love the exchanging ideas and arguments but they need to end up being right or get a very good explanation to why the other is right A mental person is always striving to make the best decision Their greatest fear is to be wrong they like to feel that they are correct and that they are making deci-sions based on logic and rational thinking

HELP THEM FEEL THAT THEY ARE RIGHT

SPIRITUAL PEOPLE (S) ndash THEY LIKE TO BE AND TO GLOWThey are looking for the greater purpose of things They believe that everything has a reason for being the way it is that there are no coin-cidences and itrsquos that quest that moves them They give great meaning to every situation always looking for ldquotherdquo situation The greater the meaning the greater their motivation Their biggest fear is to have no meaning That it is to not be significant or ldquoshinerdquo in any way They need to feel conscious and whole

HELP THEM FEEL THAT THEY ARE MEANINGFUL

Although we all have and use a portion of these four categories in the different contexts or times of our life one of them is predominant in us Identifying it is important for managing and interacting with life and with others since it is the best and the fastest way of accessing the Map-of-the-world of someone and speaking a language that that per-son recognizes and accepts as her own

RAPPORT

74

75

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

In fact we are all one but we are all different and we must understand these differences to be able to deal with others People who are more emotional behave and interact in a totally opposite manner from mental people the same way that most practical people interact in a way that is opposite to spiritual people

The EMOTIONAL person is micro-MACRO Transforms everything that is small into something big Everything is important everything is emotional From the simple ldquogood morningrdquo to hearing ldquoI love yourdquo every day For an emotional person a discussion is always a tsuna-mi Therefore itrsquos the emotional persons who with their micro-Macro sense make birthdays a special day and receive small things with gre-at love

The MENTAL person is MACRO-micro transforms everything that is big into something small She makes it more complex by simplifying it For example this very PEMS model is MACRO-micro as it strives to make the hugeness of the personality types into something much smaller creating only four categories for all human beings The mental person also feels less and give less importance to her feelings

The SPIRITUAL person is MACRO-MACRO she takes everything that is already big and turns it even bigger more meaningful more im-portant more relevant Almost everything is a question of values of making the world a better place and interpretations that go far beyond reality A simple leaf falling off a tree can represent a new phase in life for a spiritual person

The PRACTICAL person is micro-micro turns everything into small and simple lsquoright here and right nowrsquo matters They act Right now with what they have They donrsquot feel the need to enlarge what is small and they donrsquot care much about great concepts If the five senses can help them grasp a situation everything is fine

THE PREDOMINANT LOGIC OF OUR PSYCHEThe most practical way of finding out is to notice how we behave in a stressful situation Each of us when under stress often react in a way that is very close to our basic personality type

Practical people act react move around organize themselves put their hands to work and do not rest until they manage to move things forward

The emotional people feel and feel a lot If a situation is stressful diffi-cult and negative they will have difficult and negative emotions they will feel what others feel and they will want to manage these emotions in the moment

People that are predominantly mental will under stress begin to ratio-nalize need logical answers be fast and analytical They donrsquot want to solve anything through feelings they donrsquot want to act they are only concerned with finding the right and correct decision and struggle until they get it

Finally the predominantly spiritual people will want to give a greater meaning to that particular event What has to be done what people feel or what the right solution is doesnrsquot matter what matters is why things happened the way they did and what the greater significance of that may be

RAPPORT

76

77

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

Identify the psychological type of the client can help the coach to anticipate and understand expectations

MAIN SUPERIOR FUNCTION AND AUXILIARY INFERIOR FUNCTION

According to Carl Jung while we all have one function that is better developed than the others ndash a superior function ndash we also have another fairly well developed function called the first auxiliary

All of us have a bit of each one of the psychologies but there are always two that are predominant a main one which Jung calls the superior function and an auxiliary one that lies at the bottom of the cross shown on the previous page which is always to the right or left of our superior one

The inferior function is one that is less developed and that remains mainly in our unconscious

Thus a person who is predominantly Practical may have as her auxi-liary function the emotional or mental logic thus being PE or PM

A person who is predominantly Mental may have as her auxiliary func-tion the spiritual or practical logic thus being MS or MP

A person who is predominantly Spiritual may have as her auxiliary function the emotional or mental logic thus being SE or SM

And a person who is predominantly Emotional may have as her auxilia-ry function the spiritual or practical logic thus being ES or EP

This all means that we are situated in one of the following categories

3 Practical Emotional or Emotional Practical 3 Practical Mental or Mental Practical 3 Spiritual Emotional or Emotional Spiritual 3 Spiritual Mental or Mental Spiritual

As you may have noticed according to Jung there are no EMME or PSSP That is one canrsquot have as her first auxiliary function the func-tion that is opposite to the superior one

Carl Jung said that we should look closely at our inferior function whi-ch usually remains in our unconscious because it contains an enor-mous potential for a change and each one of us can benefit a lot from integrating our inferior function with our superior one

Taking risks experimenting enjoying everything that life has to offer is the best way of getting to know ourselves and realizing where our happiness lies (ldquoTrate a Vida por Turdquo paacuteg 74)

INTROVERSION AND EXTROVERSION Introversion and extroversion have to do with the direction in which we focus our attention and energy

People who prefer Extroversion focus their energy and attention away from themselves and are interested in the world of people and things

3 Attracted to the world of events and people outside of themsel-ves

3 They are aware of who and what is around them 3 They like to meet and talk to new people 3 They are friendly often good talkers and easy to get to know 3 They tend to talk easily and often in meetings 3 May not be as aware of what goes on inside them 3 They think while talking 3 They may act or speak first and only think later 3 Speaking about themselves they speak fast 3 They bring energy into life 3 They can get bored and restless if they are alone for too long

People who prefer Introversion (focus their energy and attention inward and are interested in the inner world of thoughts and reflections)

3 Attracted to the inner world of thoughts feelings and reflections 3 They are usually very aware of their inner reactions 3 They prefer to interact with people they know 3 They are usually quiet in meetings and sometimes seem disen-

gaged

RAPPORT

78

79

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

3 They are generally reserved and hard to get to know 3 They may not be as aware of the world outside of them 3 They need time to gather their thoughts before they speak 3 They reflect and think before acting 3 They want to know you before allowing you to get to know them

deeply 3 They feel exhausted and tired after interacting with peoples

FINAL NOTE you must be what your client is You have to find that person inside you

LEARNING STYLESAs we saw with the previous PEMS model our clients will have diffe-rent psychological preferences It is therefore important and essential that you are able to adapt your sessions to the learning style that your client likes best and that better meets her psychological preference

EMOTIONAL Emotional clients will like to talk and share on their to-pics They are very much looking for a relationship and empathy with the Coach and they need to feel heard more than any of the other personality types For these persons learning has a lot to do with the relationship that is created with the feeling of support that they get and even with the positive feedback They like to learn through stories As a Coach it is important to learn to empathize with the emotional range of these persons They will appreciate the sharing to tell stories and to listen to them With emotional clients we may sometimes feel that we are not taking huge steps forward But the fact is that many times these persons need to first be listened to

MENTAL Mental clients will be more logical and may have a more aca-demic style of learning They will want to understand the reasons why things are what they are they will want to get tasks involving research on certain subjects The sessions with these people must be well defi-ned and prepared They will want to explore their intellectual side and feel challenged It is important for them to have access to information and tools that explain the work they are doing in the sessions in a con-crete and logical manner Of course they also need to empathize but the intellectual challenge feeling that their intellect is develops appears to be greater They may like schemes graphics and any models that

could simplify the learning process What these persons will demand of you is a greater capacity to analyse and a logical and rational way of communicating

SPIRITUAL this is for most people the most difficult learning style to adopt Remember that these persons are seeking the greater meaning of things They really want to feel inspired by the coaching process (and even by their Coach) They will want to see that you are an exam-ple of what you talk about so called congruence Spiritual persons will enjoy topics that are more related to values to their identity that make them feel that they are taking steps towards becoming better hu-man beings With these clients you can use powerful metaphors (even through movies music creative exercises etc) and above all strive to make sure that the person leaves the session very inspired

PRACTICAL They like action Which is great because coaching is pri-marily about action These persons like to have very practical sessions in which they get the opportunity to do many exercises and experiment with different situations They may be the clients that like getting more tasks and having things to do (which then sometimes ldquogets lostrdquo due to their time management) These clients will require more simplicity and a well-paced session from you They may also like to do exercises that involve moving their body Above all they will want you to help them get into action

As we deal with these four kinds of preferences we need to adapt our Coaching style to the learning style that each person has Thus we should prepare a lot their sessions and realize that some will require from you

3 Greater sharing and ability to listen and relate (e) 3 Researching mastering the subject very well and knowing how

to mentally stimulate your client with challenges (m) 3 Powerful metaphors very inspirational sessions and congruen-

ce that assign meaning to the Coaching process (s) 3 Practical exercises diversified well rhythmed sessions that

help your client to quickly get into action (p)

RAPPORT

80

81

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING ROOTS

LEVEL 5 - PERSON TO PERSONThis is the fifth level of rapport the deepest and more intense one It happens when the level of rapport is a total vibration Itrsquos when the client feels such a confidence by her Coach empathy and sympathy Itrsquos the hardest level to evaluate

Itrsquos when your client feels so much connected to you that depending on her your relationship would go beyond Coaching She no longer wants the Coach she wants you You no longer understand only the person she feels that you know about her You donrsquot understand psychology you understand who she is

It is very similar to the rapport level you have with 23 of very close persons in your life Everything is natural unconscious and sponta-neous

VIII ROOTS

Every human being seeks to get results Mo-ney Family Romance Peace Happiness

Career Health All we want in life is to have results in those areas

The Map-of-the-World Model is used to work on roots - your

roots as a Coach It shows us how does the psyche of all of us works As a Coach no one

should surprise you about yourself You should know you well know everything about yourself This is what itrsquos called a rooted person

click the video to see it

82

83

BELIEFSTRANSFORMATIVE COACHING

ROSA 20 M - AIR - THINK

VALUESHOLISTIC COACHING

ROSA 30 S - FIRE - BE

COACHING 40

WORLD MAP MODEL

being th

e moment

passi

on en

ergy

demotiv

ation

empowering beliefs

limiting rules

relation air(comunication)

coach is priestisnacutet

1 value focus

UNSUSTAINABLESUSTAINABLE

SECURITY

SELF LOVE

CONSCIOUSNESS

PERSONAL DEVEL

FREEDOM

LOVEBELOVED

BLISS

CONTRIBUTION

P

E

M

S

BEHAVIORROSA 10

SITUATIONAL COACHING

P - EARTH - DO

EMOTIONSREMEDY COACHING

ROSA 10 + LISTEN E - WATER - FEEL

RESULTS

ability to

enter

in st

ate

emotional

patter

ns

habits and discipline

addictions

coach is bossisnacutet

coach is friendisnacutet

1 Homework focus

optimism faithpositive

meditation

key points focusused to interrupt the fear cycle

coach is coach

HUMAN HAVINGHUMAN BEING

UNSUSTAINABLEEGOTISTICAL

STRETCH ZONE

SUSTAINABLEECOLOGICALSTRETCH ZONE

SHORT TERMLONG TERM

CYCLE OF CONFIDENCECYCLE OF FEAR

CONSCIOUS

SUBCONSCIOUS

UNCONSCIOUS

84

85

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

So the first question is why some are getting results while others are not

ACTIONS BEHAVIORSThis means that anyone who is having results is because she is ldquodoingrdquo ie behaving differently from other people who are having no results in those areas For example a millionaire DOES things that people who are not millionaires donrsquot For example saving investing etc Someone with a great health is DOING things that people that donrsquot have a good health are not What we are doing is making the difference Two people in the same circumstances that do exactly the same actions have the same kind of results People who have the results you wanna have ARE DOING THINGS TO GET THEM

So the next question is what leads some people to DO and others to not do

EMOTIONSEverything you do in your life is a relationship between pain and pleasure What happens is that someone who goes running at 6 am associates more pain with lsquonot goingrsquo than with lsquogoingrsquo Who is going to the gym asso-ciates more pleasure than pain with going to the gym in the morning That relationship between pain and pleasure is what is defining your results If we dramatically increase the pain or the pleasure associated we will get to change your results

As so what is then defining that painpleasure relationship

BELIEFSThe reason is because of our beliefs of what we believe in Our beliefs are our set of rules for the world and for our lives Your set of beliefs in fact is defining your painpleasure relationship with something and then your actions A millionaire believes that saving is essential that investing and taking risks is necessary This set of beliefs leads himher to associa-te more pleasure than pain with having these behaviors and therefore heshe implements them Other people have other beliefs that create other

emotions that create other results People who are achieving results in areas that you arenrsquot have a beliefs system different from yours

And then it seems logical to ask so what is defining and creating your set of beliefs

VALUESWhat is a value Itrsquos something that is important to you something you re-ally value The only thing that determines a value is if it is valuable to you Not all of us share the same values (Example the values of Mother Teresa and Donald Trump Contribution vs Professional Accomplishment) What you really value and not what you say that you value You value it so much that it generates your set of beliefs In fact when you live your values in practice (on a daily basis) you are defining your life results Not what you would like to value but what you are really valorizing In fact we all have the same values What differs is the order and the importance we give to each one of them

For example if someone has the value of the family above the value of work she will have the belief that it is more important to spend time with her family causing her to develop a positive feeling when she is with her family which leads her to really try to spend more time with it On the other hand someone who has the value of work above the family one will be someone who believes she should spend more time with her work and career as she believes it is that that will bring her more financial stabi-lity for example So she will associate more pleasure to the time spent at work than at home causing her to act accordingly to that emotion For example Donald Trump and Mother Teresa of Calcutta havenrsquot they got different values One probably values more lsquoprofessional fulfillmentrsquo the other values more lsquocontributionrsquo Different results Sure One has one of the largest business empires in the world the other left the largest volun-teer organization in the world

So in reality the values you are living in practice (what you are valuing in practice) are defining your results

This alone already explains a good part of the psyche of human beings But letrsquos go deeper

ROOTS

Having roots is to control the cycle of trust

86

87

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

To have roots the coach has to identify

her motivators and values create beliefs and habits and learn

to place herself in a state

CYCLE OF CONFIDENCE AND CYCLE OF FEAREveryone has Cycles of Fear in some areas and Cycles of Confidence in other areas

How do you know it If you are having or not results in that area In the areas of your life where you are getting results you are living in a Cycle of Confidence In the areas where yoursquore not you are living in a Cycle of Fear What does this means is that you have behavioral addic-tions or that you are doing things in a vicious way you are in a sort of a mice wheel Those addictions start by creating emotional patterns on you (feelings that you are having whether you want it or not for instan-ce jealousy when it becomes a pattern no matter what the other does that emotion will keep being there it is an emotion that happens to you) and those emotional patterns generate limiting rules We use the words ldquorulesrdquo because in reality limiting beliefs are created because they have a very large set of rules And this generates demotivation An addiction creates an emotional pattern that creates rules limiting which create demotivation and discourage us to move and change This Cycle of Fear is being lived FROM RESULTS TO VALUES and not in the other and right way The bad news are that we all have Cycles of Fear The areas in which we are not having results is because we are afraid but we paint it in other colors Irsquom afraid Irsquom demotivated I have emotional patterns and I have limiting rules

For you to gain roots you need to recognize these cycles You need to break it if you want results but if you want roots you need to recognize them Good news you can break Cycles of Fear

Second good news you have Cycles of Confidence You also unders-tand the other psychology So what is a Cycle of Confidence

You start by having the capacity of creating Discipline and Habits you get the ability to get into a certain and desired state (eg being happy to go training I want to create that emotion I visualize it it is the op-posite of an emotional pattern the pattern happens to you Think of a boxer who puts herself into her wanted state before entering in a ring You have empowering beliefs (when you believe in something that cre-ates more of it) This creates energy passion being in the moment Being with energy and passion and in the moment brings me empowe-ring beliefs which put me in the emotional state I want and provide me

habits and discipline The good news you have these cycles in areas that you are getting results Think in one area You have these four things right

Having these cycles itrsquos called being human First part on lsquorootsrsquo is about knowing your Cycles of Fear and Confidence and admit them to yourself to those you love to the others And having the courage to say that it doesnrsquot work because of FEAR And there is a way to break this cycle When you have roots you stop projecting it in your clients

There is a way of finding your values in a very logical way knowing which human motivators drive your behavior

8 HUMAN MOTIVATORSMaslov pyramid he was the first to talk about human needs He is outda-ted because it defines a hierarchy He places self-fulfillment at the top This model is very much focused on Maslovrsquos map-of-the-world who was an MS If it is a PE he may have lsquofamilyrsquo in the top and that is not wrong Still there are things that all humans need

So with all these models we created the 8 human motivators they are divided in four paradoxes one for each of the PEMS The first paradox is security freedom

Each one of us was born with a set of motivators You are ldquoaddictedrdquo on one side of the paradox You have to fulfill that need even if you have to abdicate of the other one

ROOTS

SECURITY

SELF LOVE

CONSCIOUSNESS

PERSONAL DEVEL

FREEDOM

LOVEBELOVED

BLISS

CONTRIBUTION

P

E

M

S

88

89

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

The main lesson is the more you live the other side of the paradox the more you will live your addiction as well What happens is that you can only get more of your addiction when you learn to validate the other side of the paradox This is what Jung calls ldquoparadoxes integrationrdquo be the millionaire and the altruistic Be the mother of family and career etc Only when you integrate the other energy is when it boosts the one that is more natural to you

For other persons it happens the same with security and all other pa-radoxes The suggestion is Irsquom addicted on this but I can pause and I can go exploring the other side What you have to figure out is your map (draw in the lsquoinfinite signsrsquo which side of the paradoxes is bigger) Your map is about how much you need to fill each side of the paradox

So YOUR HUMAN MOTIVATORS ARE DEFINING YOUR VALUES AND YOUR VALUES ARE DEFINING YOUR RESULTS

You can have everything on one of the sides of the paradox if yoursquore willing to face the fear of losing it

All people fill their motivators The difference between us is how sus-tainable is that satisfaction Unsustainable means that every day you

EXERCISE Do your map How do you discover Based on major decisions you made in your life Example work home relationships etc

have to feed them Imagine a homeless person he meets hisher secu-rity needs (eating and having where to sleep) but he has to do it every day Now compare with Donald Trump If you see the freedom part it probably happens the opposite

3 SUSTAINABLE it feeds itself It is something that can continue without the need for external resources It is ecological based on challenge and paradoxes integration

3 UNSUSTAINABLE you need to do it every day it is selfish ba-sed on comfort and extremist You do it like it was a daily shot

Example father and daughter about going out at night (to satisfy sa-fety and to love and be loved) Father says no hersquos being selfish and within his comfort zone The same father after coming to this course ldquoYoursquore going to the party until 2230 You send me an sms saying that everything is ok and at 2230 Irsquoll pick yourdquo This continues for some time Father goes on diminishing the rules Now hersquos being ecological entering his challenge zone and integrating paradoxes To feel safe as a father he has to give some freedom To feel loved he has to give them some self love Now his motivators are sustainable and has a sustai-nable system that feeds itself To arrive to a deeper level of security he needs to take the risk that comes from giving more freedom

DIAGONAL CONTINUOUS LINEThis line shows us that working above the line ie the clientrsquos beha-viors andor emotions is short-term and unsustainable In this case only the techniques are worked There are immediate results but with no major impact and duration Like when we are called to do motiva-tional speaking or teambuildingrsquos People feel better and do things but the results have a short duration

This does not imply that it is wrong to do Coaching based on these two areas For example in a quick conversation with a friend we can do Situational Coaching (based on behaviours) in order to get her to do something that has been postponing If the action has been made and it was what was intended to be then you did your role as Coach The Remedy Coaching is also important sometimes which consists on making the other person to leave the session feeling good thinking more positive at the time having had an opportunity to digest an emo-tion

ROOTS

90

91

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

Below the continuous line is where lies the deepest work The one that will actually be sustainable and with long-term results This is where we work values and beliefs it is where we go deep to the point where in fact we shift paradigms The client in this type of Coaching change her beliefs and values turning to be a really different person in opposition to what happens above the line where only the emotions or behaviors are changed but the client continues to be what she was

ICEBERGWith the iceberg image it is understood that the behavior is the conscious part of the human being the only thing that the client can see and analyze Everything else emotions beliefs and values are at the clientrsquos unconscious But as a Coa-ch I must and I want to work also the unconscious because as we saw above this is where it lies the sustainable and long-term work

When we help our clients shifting their paradigms beliefs emotions or values we are working with their unconscious Your client will not like this at some point in the process The unconscious will realize that she will have to change and this will cause the first resistance Knowing how to overcome this is essential to the Coachrsquos work so she can de-liver sustainable results

Conscious Mind keeps all the information which you can access now

Unconscious Mind keeps all the information that has ever passed through your brain It is also a kind of a warning system for you

The information passes from the unconscious to the conscious mind through the subconscious It goes dropping into deeper levels of our mind Very qui-ckly your clients will want to turn you into one of three things

Friend ndash They want someone who listens to them who is patient with them who is always there with whom they can always count and talk Most of your clients will want to have you here that you turn into a sort of confi-dant that supports them but does not challenge them too much But you are not there to be a friend

Boss ndash Many will seek in the Coach someone to tell them what to do who provides them specific guidance who pressures them who ldquopunishrdquo them when they donrsquot have their homework done Someone who is even more committed with their results than themselves But yoursquore also not there to be a Boss

Priest ndash Others will want a kind of a weekly confession session That you absolve the mistakes theyrsquove made du-ring the week that you tell them everything is fine and that it doesnrsquot matter we are all human and we all make mistakes You are not there to be a kind of spiritual le-ader of your client and to absolve him You are there to be

Coach - The Coach has an ldquoAirrdquo relationship with the client ie mental of communication becau-se it is a conversation where you listen and ask where there is intellectual stimulation In the map--of-the-world scheme the Coachrsquos sketch is in the quadrant of beliefs It is a ldquomind with mindrdquo work

It is important to know this because with the sessions going clients tend to try their Coach to become a friend (wateremotions) a boss (earthbehaviors) or even a priest (firevalues) However the Coach should avoid the mistake of behaving like one of these three types You are there to be a Coach

Notes In Informal Coaching with friends colleagues family remember that first thatrsquos what you are and only then you are a Coach Therefore you should not give prevalence to the Coach but to the relationship you have with that person otherwise you would violate the pact that exists between the two

ROOTS

92

93

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

4 TYPES OF COACHINGBased on these four quadrants there are four types of Coaching

Situational Coaching ndash The one that is done immediate-ly during the situation with the sole purpose of lea-ding it to an action It usually consists of a brief con-versation where a ROSA 10 is done Your client has a situation that week that really needs to be addressed Ex a proposal that she needs to present a college exam for which she has to study Itrsquos not bad Coaching and it is often necessary Only it is more superficial

Remediative Coaching ndash As the name says it suits when we have to put a ldquobandageointmentrdquo on the emotions The goal is the client to feel good at the end of the session without having to go deeply on the problem Itrsquos the typical conver-sation where the client unburdens and your only goal is to make her feel a little better Sometimes it may be and it often is necessary

Ex the past week your client has discussed with someone important to her or something happened that greatly dealt with her emotions Your first focus should be to help her to unburden and to feel better We used ROSA 10 + Unburden

Transformative Coaching ndash Here the goal is not just making the client to feel better but that she can change the way she sees her life and herself Here we mainly work on beliefs ie the client stops believing in some things to start believing in another ones She shifts paradigm Coaching is now much more sustainable and with long--term results It undergoes through more complete ses-sions where ROSA 20 is done

Holistic Coaching ndash This is the kind of Coaching that involves the whole being of the client all her areas and valences ie her values The entire psyche is worked We are working the whole Human Being and not only a part of it Even the motivators are worked We use ROSA 30 and we work a lot on paradoxes integration

KEY POINTSWe said earlier that we all have Cycles of Fear and that we can change them to Cycles of Confidence How

Imagine that you have a turnscrew and a bicycle wheel is malfunctio-ning You will then put the turnscrew into one of the four key points and then yoursquoll pull and force the wheel to move in the right direction to-wards the Cycle of Confidence And very important you donrsquot take out the turnscrew until the Cycle (the wheel) rotates in the right direction

What are then the Four Key Points You can really choose only one

VALUE FOCUS At this point you will choose a key value for you whi-ch you canrsquot leave to live in practice Whatever happens you canrsquot take the turnscrew from there For instance imagine that you are experien-cing serious financial difficulties and you decide that lsquoValue Focusrsquo is your point Imagine that you choose ldquosavingrdquo as the value that has to be experienced in practice Then whenever you have to make a decision that involves spending money you know what to do You canrsquot in any way stop living this value until the cycle begins to rotate in the oppo-site direction and gets sustainable

POSITIVITY If you want to work at the level of beliefs yoursquoll start to develop this empowering belief base BEING POSITIVE You must be a positive person with faith who believes that everything will go well who says only positive things about herself and the others who sees and is focused on everything positive that is going around her And when the bad days or the bad news are coming and you feel the need to say something negative you shut up And you say something positive

EMOTION FOCUS Imagine that there is an emotion that makes your Cycle of Fear to happen (an emotional pattern) In this key point you will choose an emotion that you would like to learn to cause in yourself learning how to get yourself into that state Imagine that you have been feeling too much anger in your Cycle of Fear and want to feel harmony instead You want to learn how to get into that emotional state You start feeling the opposite emotion and you do something to manage to be in an harmony state (you listen to a song that gets yourself into that state you put your boxing gloves you jump you meditate you close

ROOTS

94

95

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

your eyes you read a poem as Mandela did )

HOMEWORK FOCUS Here you will define a homework that until itrsquos done you wonrsquot do anything else Imagine that you have a Cycle of Fear in relation to health that you define lsquoHomework Focusrsquo as the key point and your homework is running every day Until you manage to do it nothing else matters All of your strategies are directioned so that your homework is being done as soon as possible

In the end all of the four key points have to do with absolute focus

Value ndash Focus on the most important value Until that value is being lived we wonrsquot move on

Positivity (Faith Optimism) ndash Focus on the positive emotions Un-til she gets optimistic we wonrsquot move on

Emotion (Meditation) ndash Focus on pleasure Until she feels more ple-asure than pain we wonrsquot move on

Homework ndash Focus on action Until the homework gets done we wonrsquot move on

VERY IMPORTANTYou as a coach do not have to guess your clientrsquos map-of-the-world or even her PEMS but you have to explore it aside of her You will only master her Map-of-the-World when you understand your own (creating roots) because you will never learn anything about yourself with your client you will never discover anything about you because shersquos the one who discovers it being real or not You Coach you must be hum-ble enough to know that you know nothing about your client and you shouldnrsquot try to guess anything It is the customer who gets there alone

Therefore the more knowledge you have about your own map-of-the--world together with Rapport and ROSA the more intense will be your Coaching because the more you will be able to help your client The goal is that you have the tools in yourself so you can help her In other words this tool is for you to deepen your roots and thus know when you need to do only ROSA or go searching for the Key Points or to use

another method For instance if a client has as her main challenge to be promoted then therersquos no logical on working on Cycles of Fear but to make a ROSA and move forward On the other hand if you see that there is a Cycle of Fear then you should find the key point so you can work on it

I canrsquot help the others if I canrsquot help myself first

ROOTS

values (I am)

during session

clientcoach rosa unconscious

Beliefs (I think)

between sessions

co-coach rosa 30

emotions (I feel)

leverage slice

self coaching rosa 20behavior (I do)

holistic

coaching to others rosa 10M

S

E

P

96

97

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING RESULTS

IX RESULTS

Results are super important in the Coa-ching process There is simply no Coa-

ching if there are no results and thatrsquos why they are at the center of the

triangle of the four Rrsquos Everything we do whether is ROSA creating

Roots or building Rapport it is done with the purpose of get-ting results at the end of the sessions

This is what distinguishes the most Coaching from other practices As a Coach you must become obsessed with your clients results Not only that they do their homeworks but also how close did Coaching took them closer to their Guru Objective how much it has improved their leverage slice of the Pizza and other slices as well We also try to assess the sustainability of those results We donrsquot want them just to get there but also that they keep there

Coaching is about results and you must take this premise very seriou-sly You have been hired to make them reach some goals Become obsessed with it

It is not so easy to evaluate results in a metric way in the world of Co-aching but it proves to be very important Not only with Life Coaching but also with Business Coaching We must find a way to demonstrate that our work has had results in practice

That was the reason why we have created the Results Model

Our level of competence is equal to our worst level of performance

RESULTS MODELIt is possible to define results through the four metrics

lsquoSrsquo AXIS (SPIRITUAL) WE EVALUATE THE PROCESS IMPACT ON THE CLIENT

Behavior (I DO) When the client throughout the process changes one or more behaviors She does now due to the sessions different things that she didnrsquot before

Emotions (I FEEL) When the client feels happier more self-confi-dent fulfilled etc She has now different and more positive emotions due to the Coaching process

98

99

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

Beliefs (I THINK) When there is a change of belief (I used to belie-ve I was not a good person and now I believe I am) When the client used to believe in something and she started to believe in something different There was a paradigm shift She used to see something in a certain way and now she sees it in a more empowering way

Values (I AM) When the Coach manages to help the client to change her values ie the person she is This happens for exam-ple when the client starts to put more emphasis on family than on work or when she accepts and believes that she is a healthy and different person and that nothing will change that now She values different things todat due to the Coa-ching process

lsquoErsquo AXIS (EMOTIONAL) WE EVALUATE THE CLIENTrsquoS AUTONOMY

Level 1 Coach (CoachClient Relationship) Itrsquos the Coach who controls the situation There is a formal relationship be-tween Coach and Client and the session is controlled and oriented by the Coach

Level 2 Coach (Co-Coach) The Client already acts as a Coach during the sessions This happens for example when the client already knows that she is supposed to also say po-sitive things on the Reality part that is she already knows what to do in each step She already takes the initiative The relationship is more about cooperation now and the Client start becoming autonomous

Level 3 Coach (Self-Coaching) When the Client already does Self--Coaching at home not being asked to This is a fantastic moment because she already has the tools and the Coach is there to help and support

Level 4 Coach (Coach to others) When the Client comes to a ses-sion and tells us she has done Coaching with someone else (with her child for instance) This person came to us to be helped however she is already using our tools to help so-

RESULTS

meone else She is totally independent It is every Coachrsquos dream

lsquoMrsquo AXIS (MENTAL) WE EVALUATE THE CLIENTrsquoS CONTENTS ASSIMILATION

Uses Rosa 10 language o cliente usa palavras como Realidade objetivos soluccedilotildees accedilotildees fazem hoje parte do seu leacutexico

Uses Rosa 20 language the client uses terms such as guru objec-tives baby objectives measurable beliefs paradigm shif-ting brainstorming etc

Uses Rosa 30 language she refers terms like emotional patterns cycles of fear and confidence values dilemma etc

Uses unconscious Rosa language when many of these terms are so ingrained in the clientrsquos language that she thinks she will use them for the rest of her life

lsquoPrsquo AXIS (PRACTICE) WE EVALUATE RESULTS IN PRACTICE

During the Session I can manage the client to get results only du-ring the session It is a Coaching session that has no power to influence the client outside it

Between Sessions It mostly happens when the client is doing her homeworks It means that what happened during the ses-sion touched her with enough strength to get her to realize she has to do something and that she is doing something outside the sessions

Leverage Slice It happens when the client fulfills her Leverage Slice and achieves the goal that brought her to Coaching or when her satisfaction in that slice has dramatically im-proved

Holistic When the client improves satisfaction in multiple slices as a result of the sessions including the leverage slice It was a process that had an impact on the whole being and not just in one area of her life

100

101

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

You can make this model with your client on the last session you have together You can also make a self-assessment to compare with it When you measure these four levels of results you will have access to check what level of Coaching you had on that specific process

COACHING LEVELThe Coaching Level that you have delivered is always proportional to your lowest result Even if you have three axes at level 3 and have only one at a level 2 Coaching has been 20 This is valuable information to you as a Coach because it gives you an idea of axes that are easier for you to work and others that you may have to further strengthen

Level 4 Coaching is something that is not achieved with all clients There must be a great empathy and rapport as well as a mastery on the Coaching technique that has been taught in the training course and presented in this manual

Gulica ego catia caperum dem inem cus Fortes et L Nos et grae avehem Romnit acto egeris cis sultod pratum voltum iam hos ublius hactam atemus essede con vas optilis factor aus nem ad cae estil hos me patus re verisse inatuus

Udam deperfecrem nermis etraed me int ela remulibut rem loctusquo cum mus auciem vivehem uresull emquissent eti primperescit ina que ia consiss entium pulerit con vendam morei sentes inatil vit ia quam mus licaudemus factem dum eo ura ex muro nenit quo vilnes-tium Catimportus pati postalarit vis coena fui sa consu consceribus Satquid ertienatus contere essimis ut vis aus iliciam quo in dissimis Ra num deatiqua vere con sentius et in spio pes Tiaetin videlisquam mus viliam que conum is larbit etora notimolto nos et duc omnimus opublicae convo C Nos vivica Catus hos vivas aurnihil hui terfint imorter labus hostam res inequod nerem tabute telieni hilicaessil ven-tem nonsulis

Berteropubit diisquium iteriti emprit teludam hilicid erfentiur tem huis

Hum pro vidiusquem paterevid sedis factatu rnihilla rem publicave Ca-terev irissoltis re aurei pere anum teluder ficepse essercem octuusque mis tum inam pra vivid rei condamdiis hacies Ipio verei sendamdis

TOOLS amp TECHNIQUES

X TOOLS AND TECHNIQUES

If you master well the model of the four Rrsquos for us you already are a fantastic Coach If you can master some stars too itrsquos even better But if you master the model you know how to do Coaching But now letrsquos go to the small stars The idea is not that you try to use all the stars at the same time Choose the two or three that you like best and train those first

POSITIVE FEEDBACKProvide as much positive feedback as you can to your client Take every opportunity you have to do it A Coach is the type of mirror that only says good things about her client Please turn yourself into some-one who is always valorizing every small steps that your client takes

FEEDBACK HAMBURGERYou say something positive then you say something negative then you say something positive again The two positive feedbacks have to be VERY VERY good For instance ldquoI have been feeling that you are very committed to your Coaching process We just need to start paying more attention to our homework even because I feel that you are a person who likes to challenge yourself and that really wants to go further ldquo

RESSIGNIFICATION Ressignificating is finding another meaning still more empowering but that changes everything EgrdquoI didnrsquot do my homework I failedrdquo Coach ldquoWow That means that you are a demanding and committed personrdquo ldquoIrsquom lazyrdquo

102

103

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

ldquoDoes that means you like to enjoy the pleasures of liferdquo

REFRAMINGIt is much like ressignification Itrsquos the name that is used in NLP (Neuro--Linguistic Programming) You take the information that was been gi-ven to you in a frame and you put it in a new one

PREFRAMINGIf ressignification has to do with changing the meaning after it has been given preframing has to do with giving a meaning to something before we have explained what it is It is a widely used technique to anticipate objections that might distract us from our ultimate goal Then we do preframing we previously give the meaning that we want the person to give afterwards Example

ldquoCan I show you my point of view Itrsquos something different but Irsquove seen that it works with many people and it has been helping a lot to change our behavior to healthier habits Itrsquos something innovative and different but highly successful Can I tell you my ideardquo You create a frame before placing the information in there

POSTFRAMINGFirst you give the information and then you put it in a frame Eg ldquoFolks today we have an exam (the low energy level) but thatrsquos what this course is about to be the best Coach to go furtherrdquo

ldquoFROM 0 TO 10 rdquo To give examples ldquoI think Irsquoll read a bookrdquo Coach ldquoFrom 0-10 how much do you think you will accomplish that goalrdquo

TRANSFORMING ldquoORrdquo IN ldquoANDrdquoHelp the client to find an alternative solution to integrate paradoxes to

find a third way

VULNERABILIZATIONFind out things about you that are not working and put them at the clientrsquos service That makes you human and you are validating your client in the case she feels the same She does some things better than you and has some of the same challenges

ASSOCIATION AND DISSOCIATIONThese two terms are often used in NLP (Neuro-linguistic Program-ming) and are used in various ways Association means that an indi-vidual describes a situation as if it was happening and he was partici-pating on it As the name indicates he is associated with it He is still seeing himself going through the situation and feels the emotions that he would feel if he was really living it

Dissociation means that an individual can already tell that experience as if he was watching a movie in which he took part but already dis-sociated from it He is more in an observer role That allows him a big-ger emotional objectivity Even if he feels the emotions they are more about the experience itself and not so much about him as a participant

When we want to help our customers to overcome some emotionally more challenging situations it can make a huge difference to have them to dissociate from those situations Thatrsquos how they can gain greater objectivity and clarity and at the same time they get more mo-tivated to take their first steps

METAPHORSThe most important here is that you use the metaphors of your client Use her world whenever it is possible It will help a lot more to inter-nalize and memorize the information Help your client to create her metaphors Eg ldquoSometimes we fall into holes that are so big that you canrsquot get out of them alonerdquo ldquoLearning to forgive someone is like dri-ving one step at a timerdquo

TOOLS amp TECHNIQUES

104

105

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

LANGUAGE OF A COACH 3 HOW TO INTERRUPT at the first session it must be defined if

the Coach can interrupt the client when she deviates from the focus If yoursquore going to interrupt your client you must always do it with a question You can also take note of something that has nothing to do with the subject you are talking about but it seems important So we can talk about it in the next session You can ask the client if she liked to talk about it

3 ldquoDOES IT MAKES SENSE FOR YOUrdquo If she says NO ldquoSo tell merdquo if she says YES ldquocan you tell me howrdquo

3 ldquoMY HALLUCINATION is rdquo Being very unconditional Any opi-nion is a good opinion The Coach realyy doesnrsquot know The word hallucination implies that what yoursquore saying may be ab-solutely wrong

3 ldquoWHAT WOULD LOVE DO NOWrdquo Be careful with the rapport level you have with your client It is a very good question when it concerns relational issues

3 ldquoHOW WOULD IT BE IFrdquo Very good to overcome objections ldquohow would it be if you had timerdquo ldquohow would it be if you had moneyrdquo ldquohow would it be if you had self-confidencerdquo

3 ldquoWHAT IF rdquo Fantastic to destroy any obstacle that your client brings Some examples ldquoAnd what if you couldrdquo ldquoWhy notrdquo ldquoWhat if nobody would knowrdquo ldquoWhat if you had moneyrdquo ldquoI know you donrsquot but what if you knew what would you sayrdquo

3 GENERAL TIP BE COOL You really must have a cool and rela-xed attitude You really donrsquot know what would be best for your client so be really unconditional

THE COACHING ETHICS

XI THE COACHING ETHICS

There are six ethic rules in Coaching but with no doubt the first is the most important

CONFIDENTIALITY Coaching sessions must be given the utmost con-fidentiality There are no legal rules as in Therapy (like not having fa-mily as clients) but you always have to respect confidentiality When you do Coaching in a company and you must give feedback to their manager your clients must know it If necessary you can discuss the case with a mentor but always without mentioning the name of your client You can discuss the cases but without any names

CLIENTrsquoS AUTONOMY Coaching is all about autonomy and sustaina-bility You need your client to get results not that she needs you You should think ldquoif I change country how would my clients berdquo

CAREFUL WITH PROJECTIONS We all project aspects that we re-press in ourselves All currents in psychology agree that there is pro-jection When I look to someone else what I see is whatrsquos inside of me (strengths and weaknesses) Thatrsquos why some see one thing and others see another As a Coach you must be very attentive to projections You should not do it with your client and for that you must work on your roots If something bothers you that says more about you than about your client Itrsquos not just a technical issue of respecting others map-of--the-world It is an ethical issue

CREDIBILITY Of course you can use other different tools in your ses-sions but you should be able to do so Using things on which yoursquore not certified is breaking ethics Try to be congruent and integrate Being a corporate or a sales Coach without being an expert about those mat-ters is not ethical

106

107

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING THE FIRST SESSION IN PRATICE

CONTRACT IS CONTRACT The financial commitment you assume with your client is always the same as long as she is your client The same in what respects sessions frequency You should always ask permission to your client when you want to change the frequency of the sessions For WeCreate the value you charge to your client must be the same forever It is part of our gratitude towards our client

SELF-COACHING The Coach must be an example of Self-Coaching or she should have a Coach You really have to do ROSA once a year at least and use all these tools in a weekly basis Make sure that you are also an example of achieving your own dreams

XII THE FIRST SESSION

IN PRACTICEIt is normal that the first session is a bit longer (90min) Your focus is to build RAPPORT Here is an example of a few steps for your first session You can have a few more or less of these steps but this is the general idea

STEP 1 Memorize these steps so that you will not have to use this manual

STEP 2 (Partnership) Organize the working space have everything prepared adequated clothes etc

STEP 3 (Presence) Prepare to be fully present by meditating or by being a few minutes in silence

STEP 4 (Posture and words) Build rapport have a few minutes of casual positive and neutral conversation to break the ice For example the weather the clientrsquos favourite team foot-ball match etc

STEP 5 At this stage you will also try to collect information about the client Several aspects of her life and trying to deter-mine clientrsquos expectations regarding the Coaching process You will be attentive about the metaphors and about what is really important to her Yoursquoll need it to explain what Co-aching is in her words

STEP 6 Explain what Coaching is using the clientrsquos words and the references she gave us Example letrsquos imagine that boxing was something that the client liked and we want to explain

108

109

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING THE LAST SESSION

Coaching through boxing ldquoCoaching is like boxing It invol-ves a lot of training to succeed in getting results but ins-tead of having an external enemy we are fighting against ourselvesrdquo

STEP 7 Inviting the client to do an exercise we pick six pens (three of each color) We ask her to tell us three things that are going well in her life and we explore each area a bit Then we ask ldquoamong those areas which one is running really wellrdquo Then we ask for three things that are not going so well and explore a bit

STEP 8 Asking the client which 3 goals she would like to accom-plish by the end of the Coaching process that would make it worth the investment (as measurable as possible)

STEP 9 Establishing verbal contract and selling the idea of coa-ching (even if the sessions pack is already closed) Now we talk about the practical issues sessions frequency ses-sions length interrupting the client first session a bit lon-ger confidentiality guarantee If you feel comfortable you can talk about costs and forms of payment

STEP 10 ldquoCan we start our session talking about what brought you here How can I helprdquo

STEP 11 Talking a bit about the Clientrsquos reality and introducing the Pizza of Life The client draws herrsquos We will go on explai-ning the pizza and its different slices (very briefly not to influence) Some clients like to do it lsquoalonersquo others like to go on talking as they fill the slices

STEP 12 From then on you make ROSA 10

STEP 13 You end up the session You can share ROSA methodology with your client (if you think shersquod like it) and ending with positive feedback You can also ask the client how did she feel You can also ask her to choose an object and summa-rize the session You will also be doing some preframing by stating that Coaching is about action and homeworks

XIII THE LAST SESSION

A coaching process has a follow-up We can work with individual ses-sions or with a pack It is important to inform your clients that Coaching is a continuous process and not a process with miraculous results in the first session Hence it is like doing workout where it is difficult to get results if we go to the gym only once

You can work with packs of sessions (5 or 10) and we would like to give you some tips on what you should ensure it gets done in your last coaching session with someone you have been working with

FUTURE It is important to ensure that the client will continue taking steps in the future even not having sessions anymore or your presence In this session you should spend some time helping her in creating an action plan about the next steps she wants to go on taking in that area You can also take the opportunity to do a small summary of everything that you both worked in so that there is a notion of the progress made and the results achieved Ensures that your client completed that process and be sure about the next steps for her future Help her in crea-ting a good action plan

HABITS You can also ask your client which would be the daily or weekly habits that she would like more to integrate into her routine

POSITIVE FEEDBACK This is also the perfect time to give positive fe-edback to your client (despite being a constant throughout the sessions) Show her the progress she has made throughout the sessions and help her to realize all the positive things she has achieved

111

110

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

PERSONAL DEVELOPMENT We must ensure that our client conti-nues its personal development process and knows or tries new approaches Coaching is just one part of a wide range of options that are now ahead of her Encourage her to con-tinue that journey to read new books to try other trainings and workshops other different and complementary ways of approaching personal development

KEEPING CONTACT You can develop some form of contact with your old clients Email telephone facebook etc Remember to con-tinue sending her information about coaching or other matters you find important It is a way to ensure that your client will continue ldquoawakedrdquo for this subject

Thank you for being part of this project

Daniel Saacute Nogueira and Marta Ferreira

Page 36: WeCreate International Coaching Certification Manual

72

73

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

MENTAL (the mind THINKING Analysis Intellect Logic related to the element of AIR) - corresponds to someone who values analysis rationalization and uses logic and who always fo-cuses on making the right decision In excess these are people who might become impersonal and cold

SPIRITUAL (the soul BEING Values Existence related to the ele-ment of FIRE) - corresponds to someone who thinks that everything has meaning and a higher purpose These are people who care very much about values In excess they can fluctuate too much and concretize too little

The four logics of the mind that we have identified are also based on the four elements

Practical ndash EARTH (firm solid stable secure strong dense)Emotional ndash WATER (flexible always coming back to herself)Mental ndashAIR (transparent lightweight fast facilitates communica-

tion)Spiritual ndash FIRE (burning fleeting transforming powerful)

Thus in a very simplified manner we can divide people into four ca-tegories

PRACTICAL PEOPLE (P) ndash THEY LIKE TO ACT AND DOThese are the people who like action movement They are the ones who make the world move As friends or clients they may want to go straight to the point try things and learn about practical matters The greatest fear of these practical persons is losing control They like to feel that they are in control of the situation of the pace of the conver-sation and of the surroundings

HELP THEM ALWAYS FEEL IN CONTROL

EMOTIONAL PEOPLE (E) ndash THEY LIKE FEELING AND RELATINGThese are people who love people and sharing feelings Everything is an emotion for them And they feel things about everything and everyo-ne Let them talk about their family friends dogs neighbours etchellip

They will talk mostly about people and what they are feeling Their greatest fear is loosing empathy They like to feel reliable and they want to relate

HELP THEM FEEL EMPATHY TOWARDS YOU

MENTAL PEOPLE (M) ndash THEY LIKE TO THINK AND TO ANALYSEThese are people who like to analyze and who try to put everything into a box into a certain perspective They are precise and meticulous They like detail to study and analyze all possibilities They donrsquot fear debating (quite the contrary) and discussing they love the exchanging ideas and arguments but they need to end up being right or get a very good explanation to why the other is right A mental person is always striving to make the best decision Their greatest fear is to be wrong they like to feel that they are correct and that they are making deci-sions based on logic and rational thinking

HELP THEM FEEL THAT THEY ARE RIGHT

SPIRITUAL PEOPLE (S) ndash THEY LIKE TO BE AND TO GLOWThey are looking for the greater purpose of things They believe that everything has a reason for being the way it is that there are no coin-cidences and itrsquos that quest that moves them They give great meaning to every situation always looking for ldquotherdquo situation The greater the meaning the greater their motivation Their biggest fear is to have no meaning That it is to not be significant or ldquoshinerdquo in any way They need to feel conscious and whole

HELP THEM FEEL THAT THEY ARE MEANINGFUL

Although we all have and use a portion of these four categories in the different contexts or times of our life one of them is predominant in us Identifying it is important for managing and interacting with life and with others since it is the best and the fastest way of accessing the Map-of-the-world of someone and speaking a language that that per-son recognizes and accepts as her own

RAPPORT

74

75

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

In fact we are all one but we are all different and we must understand these differences to be able to deal with others People who are more emotional behave and interact in a totally opposite manner from mental people the same way that most practical people interact in a way that is opposite to spiritual people

The EMOTIONAL person is micro-MACRO Transforms everything that is small into something big Everything is important everything is emotional From the simple ldquogood morningrdquo to hearing ldquoI love yourdquo every day For an emotional person a discussion is always a tsuna-mi Therefore itrsquos the emotional persons who with their micro-Macro sense make birthdays a special day and receive small things with gre-at love

The MENTAL person is MACRO-micro transforms everything that is big into something small She makes it more complex by simplifying it For example this very PEMS model is MACRO-micro as it strives to make the hugeness of the personality types into something much smaller creating only four categories for all human beings The mental person also feels less and give less importance to her feelings

The SPIRITUAL person is MACRO-MACRO she takes everything that is already big and turns it even bigger more meaningful more im-portant more relevant Almost everything is a question of values of making the world a better place and interpretations that go far beyond reality A simple leaf falling off a tree can represent a new phase in life for a spiritual person

The PRACTICAL person is micro-micro turns everything into small and simple lsquoright here and right nowrsquo matters They act Right now with what they have They donrsquot feel the need to enlarge what is small and they donrsquot care much about great concepts If the five senses can help them grasp a situation everything is fine

THE PREDOMINANT LOGIC OF OUR PSYCHEThe most practical way of finding out is to notice how we behave in a stressful situation Each of us when under stress often react in a way that is very close to our basic personality type

Practical people act react move around organize themselves put their hands to work and do not rest until they manage to move things forward

The emotional people feel and feel a lot If a situation is stressful diffi-cult and negative they will have difficult and negative emotions they will feel what others feel and they will want to manage these emotions in the moment

People that are predominantly mental will under stress begin to ratio-nalize need logical answers be fast and analytical They donrsquot want to solve anything through feelings they donrsquot want to act they are only concerned with finding the right and correct decision and struggle until they get it

Finally the predominantly spiritual people will want to give a greater meaning to that particular event What has to be done what people feel or what the right solution is doesnrsquot matter what matters is why things happened the way they did and what the greater significance of that may be

RAPPORT

76

77

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

Identify the psychological type of the client can help the coach to anticipate and understand expectations

MAIN SUPERIOR FUNCTION AND AUXILIARY INFERIOR FUNCTION

According to Carl Jung while we all have one function that is better developed than the others ndash a superior function ndash we also have another fairly well developed function called the first auxiliary

All of us have a bit of each one of the psychologies but there are always two that are predominant a main one which Jung calls the superior function and an auxiliary one that lies at the bottom of the cross shown on the previous page which is always to the right or left of our superior one

The inferior function is one that is less developed and that remains mainly in our unconscious

Thus a person who is predominantly Practical may have as her auxi-liary function the emotional or mental logic thus being PE or PM

A person who is predominantly Mental may have as her auxiliary func-tion the spiritual or practical logic thus being MS or MP

A person who is predominantly Spiritual may have as her auxiliary function the emotional or mental logic thus being SE or SM

And a person who is predominantly Emotional may have as her auxilia-ry function the spiritual or practical logic thus being ES or EP

This all means that we are situated in one of the following categories

3 Practical Emotional or Emotional Practical 3 Practical Mental or Mental Practical 3 Spiritual Emotional or Emotional Spiritual 3 Spiritual Mental or Mental Spiritual

As you may have noticed according to Jung there are no EMME or PSSP That is one canrsquot have as her first auxiliary function the func-tion that is opposite to the superior one

Carl Jung said that we should look closely at our inferior function whi-ch usually remains in our unconscious because it contains an enor-mous potential for a change and each one of us can benefit a lot from integrating our inferior function with our superior one

Taking risks experimenting enjoying everything that life has to offer is the best way of getting to know ourselves and realizing where our happiness lies (ldquoTrate a Vida por Turdquo paacuteg 74)

INTROVERSION AND EXTROVERSION Introversion and extroversion have to do with the direction in which we focus our attention and energy

People who prefer Extroversion focus their energy and attention away from themselves and are interested in the world of people and things

3 Attracted to the world of events and people outside of themsel-ves

3 They are aware of who and what is around them 3 They like to meet and talk to new people 3 They are friendly often good talkers and easy to get to know 3 They tend to talk easily and often in meetings 3 May not be as aware of what goes on inside them 3 They think while talking 3 They may act or speak first and only think later 3 Speaking about themselves they speak fast 3 They bring energy into life 3 They can get bored and restless if they are alone for too long

People who prefer Introversion (focus their energy and attention inward and are interested in the inner world of thoughts and reflections)

3 Attracted to the inner world of thoughts feelings and reflections 3 They are usually very aware of their inner reactions 3 They prefer to interact with people they know 3 They are usually quiet in meetings and sometimes seem disen-

gaged

RAPPORT

78

79

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

3 They are generally reserved and hard to get to know 3 They may not be as aware of the world outside of them 3 They need time to gather their thoughts before they speak 3 They reflect and think before acting 3 They want to know you before allowing you to get to know them

deeply 3 They feel exhausted and tired after interacting with peoples

FINAL NOTE you must be what your client is You have to find that person inside you

LEARNING STYLESAs we saw with the previous PEMS model our clients will have diffe-rent psychological preferences It is therefore important and essential that you are able to adapt your sessions to the learning style that your client likes best and that better meets her psychological preference

EMOTIONAL Emotional clients will like to talk and share on their to-pics They are very much looking for a relationship and empathy with the Coach and they need to feel heard more than any of the other personality types For these persons learning has a lot to do with the relationship that is created with the feeling of support that they get and even with the positive feedback They like to learn through stories As a Coach it is important to learn to empathize with the emotional range of these persons They will appreciate the sharing to tell stories and to listen to them With emotional clients we may sometimes feel that we are not taking huge steps forward But the fact is that many times these persons need to first be listened to

MENTAL Mental clients will be more logical and may have a more aca-demic style of learning They will want to understand the reasons why things are what they are they will want to get tasks involving research on certain subjects The sessions with these people must be well defi-ned and prepared They will want to explore their intellectual side and feel challenged It is important for them to have access to information and tools that explain the work they are doing in the sessions in a con-crete and logical manner Of course they also need to empathize but the intellectual challenge feeling that their intellect is develops appears to be greater They may like schemes graphics and any models that

could simplify the learning process What these persons will demand of you is a greater capacity to analyse and a logical and rational way of communicating

SPIRITUAL this is for most people the most difficult learning style to adopt Remember that these persons are seeking the greater meaning of things They really want to feel inspired by the coaching process (and even by their Coach) They will want to see that you are an exam-ple of what you talk about so called congruence Spiritual persons will enjoy topics that are more related to values to their identity that make them feel that they are taking steps towards becoming better hu-man beings With these clients you can use powerful metaphors (even through movies music creative exercises etc) and above all strive to make sure that the person leaves the session very inspired

PRACTICAL They like action Which is great because coaching is pri-marily about action These persons like to have very practical sessions in which they get the opportunity to do many exercises and experiment with different situations They may be the clients that like getting more tasks and having things to do (which then sometimes ldquogets lostrdquo due to their time management) These clients will require more simplicity and a well-paced session from you They may also like to do exercises that involve moving their body Above all they will want you to help them get into action

As we deal with these four kinds of preferences we need to adapt our Coaching style to the learning style that each person has Thus we should prepare a lot their sessions and realize that some will require from you

3 Greater sharing and ability to listen and relate (e) 3 Researching mastering the subject very well and knowing how

to mentally stimulate your client with challenges (m) 3 Powerful metaphors very inspirational sessions and congruen-

ce that assign meaning to the Coaching process (s) 3 Practical exercises diversified well rhythmed sessions that

help your client to quickly get into action (p)

RAPPORT

80

81

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING ROOTS

LEVEL 5 - PERSON TO PERSONThis is the fifth level of rapport the deepest and more intense one It happens when the level of rapport is a total vibration Itrsquos when the client feels such a confidence by her Coach empathy and sympathy Itrsquos the hardest level to evaluate

Itrsquos when your client feels so much connected to you that depending on her your relationship would go beyond Coaching She no longer wants the Coach she wants you You no longer understand only the person she feels that you know about her You donrsquot understand psychology you understand who she is

It is very similar to the rapport level you have with 23 of very close persons in your life Everything is natural unconscious and sponta-neous

VIII ROOTS

Every human being seeks to get results Mo-ney Family Romance Peace Happiness

Career Health All we want in life is to have results in those areas

The Map-of-the-World Model is used to work on roots - your

roots as a Coach It shows us how does the psyche of all of us works As a Coach no one

should surprise you about yourself You should know you well know everything about yourself This is what itrsquos called a rooted person

click the video to see it

82

83

BELIEFSTRANSFORMATIVE COACHING

ROSA 20 M - AIR - THINK

VALUESHOLISTIC COACHING

ROSA 30 S - FIRE - BE

COACHING 40

WORLD MAP MODEL

being th

e moment

passi

on en

ergy

demotiv

ation

empowering beliefs

limiting rules

relation air(comunication)

coach is priestisnacutet

1 value focus

UNSUSTAINABLESUSTAINABLE

SECURITY

SELF LOVE

CONSCIOUSNESS

PERSONAL DEVEL

FREEDOM

LOVEBELOVED

BLISS

CONTRIBUTION

P

E

M

S

BEHAVIORROSA 10

SITUATIONAL COACHING

P - EARTH - DO

EMOTIONSREMEDY COACHING

ROSA 10 + LISTEN E - WATER - FEEL

RESULTS

ability to

enter

in st

ate

emotional

patter

ns

habits and discipline

addictions

coach is bossisnacutet

coach is friendisnacutet

1 Homework focus

optimism faithpositive

meditation

key points focusused to interrupt the fear cycle

coach is coach

HUMAN HAVINGHUMAN BEING

UNSUSTAINABLEEGOTISTICAL

STRETCH ZONE

SUSTAINABLEECOLOGICALSTRETCH ZONE

SHORT TERMLONG TERM

CYCLE OF CONFIDENCECYCLE OF FEAR

CONSCIOUS

SUBCONSCIOUS

UNCONSCIOUS

84

85

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

So the first question is why some are getting results while others are not

ACTIONS BEHAVIORSThis means that anyone who is having results is because she is ldquodoingrdquo ie behaving differently from other people who are having no results in those areas For example a millionaire DOES things that people who are not millionaires donrsquot For example saving investing etc Someone with a great health is DOING things that people that donrsquot have a good health are not What we are doing is making the difference Two people in the same circumstances that do exactly the same actions have the same kind of results People who have the results you wanna have ARE DOING THINGS TO GET THEM

So the next question is what leads some people to DO and others to not do

EMOTIONSEverything you do in your life is a relationship between pain and pleasure What happens is that someone who goes running at 6 am associates more pain with lsquonot goingrsquo than with lsquogoingrsquo Who is going to the gym asso-ciates more pleasure than pain with going to the gym in the morning That relationship between pain and pleasure is what is defining your results If we dramatically increase the pain or the pleasure associated we will get to change your results

As so what is then defining that painpleasure relationship

BELIEFSThe reason is because of our beliefs of what we believe in Our beliefs are our set of rules for the world and for our lives Your set of beliefs in fact is defining your painpleasure relationship with something and then your actions A millionaire believes that saving is essential that investing and taking risks is necessary This set of beliefs leads himher to associa-te more pleasure than pain with having these behaviors and therefore heshe implements them Other people have other beliefs that create other

emotions that create other results People who are achieving results in areas that you arenrsquot have a beliefs system different from yours

And then it seems logical to ask so what is defining and creating your set of beliefs

VALUESWhat is a value Itrsquos something that is important to you something you re-ally value The only thing that determines a value is if it is valuable to you Not all of us share the same values (Example the values of Mother Teresa and Donald Trump Contribution vs Professional Accomplishment) What you really value and not what you say that you value You value it so much that it generates your set of beliefs In fact when you live your values in practice (on a daily basis) you are defining your life results Not what you would like to value but what you are really valorizing In fact we all have the same values What differs is the order and the importance we give to each one of them

For example if someone has the value of the family above the value of work she will have the belief that it is more important to spend time with her family causing her to develop a positive feeling when she is with her family which leads her to really try to spend more time with it On the other hand someone who has the value of work above the family one will be someone who believes she should spend more time with her work and career as she believes it is that that will bring her more financial stabi-lity for example So she will associate more pleasure to the time spent at work than at home causing her to act accordingly to that emotion For example Donald Trump and Mother Teresa of Calcutta havenrsquot they got different values One probably values more lsquoprofessional fulfillmentrsquo the other values more lsquocontributionrsquo Different results Sure One has one of the largest business empires in the world the other left the largest volun-teer organization in the world

So in reality the values you are living in practice (what you are valuing in practice) are defining your results

This alone already explains a good part of the psyche of human beings But letrsquos go deeper

ROOTS

Having roots is to control the cycle of trust

86

87

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

To have roots the coach has to identify

her motivators and values create beliefs and habits and learn

to place herself in a state

CYCLE OF CONFIDENCE AND CYCLE OF FEAREveryone has Cycles of Fear in some areas and Cycles of Confidence in other areas

How do you know it If you are having or not results in that area In the areas of your life where you are getting results you are living in a Cycle of Confidence In the areas where yoursquore not you are living in a Cycle of Fear What does this means is that you have behavioral addic-tions or that you are doing things in a vicious way you are in a sort of a mice wheel Those addictions start by creating emotional patterns on you (feelings that you are having whether you want it or not for instan-ce jealousy when it becomes a pattern no matter what the other does that emotion will keep being there it is an emotion that happens to you) and those emotional patterns generate limiting rules We use the words ldquorulesrdquo because in reality limiting beliefs are created because they have a very large set of rules And this generates demotivation An addiction creates an emotional pattern that creates rules limiting which create demotivation and discourage us to move and change This Cycle of Fear is being lived FROM RESULTS TO VALUES and not in the other and right way The bad news are that we all have Cycles of Fear The areas in which we are not having results is because we are afraid but we paint it in other colors Irsquom afraid Irsquom demotivated I have emotional patterns and I have limiting rules

For you to gain roots you need to recognize these cycles You need to break it if you want results but if you want roots you need to recognize them Good news you can break Cycles of Fear

Second good news you have Cycles of Confidence You also unders-tand the other psychology So what is a Cycle of Confidence

You start by having the capacity of creating Discipline and Habits you get the ability to get into a certain and desired state (eg being happy to go training I want to create that emotion I visualize it it is the op-posite of an emotional pattern the pattern happens to you Think of a boxer who puts herself into her wanted state before entering in a ring You have empowering beliefs (when you believe in something that cre-ates more of it) This creates energy passion being in the moment Being with energy and passion and in the moment brings me empowe-ring beliefs which put me in the emotional state I want and provide me

habits and discipline The good news you have these cycles in areas that you are getting results Think in one area You have these four things right

Having these cycles itrsquos called being human First part on lsquorootsrsquo is about knowing your Cycles of Fear and Confidence and admit them to yourself to those you love to the others And having the courage to say that it doesnrsquot work because of FEAR And there is a way to break this cycle When you have roots you stop projecting it in your clients

There is a way of finding your values in a very logical way knowing which human motivators drive your behavior

8 HUMAN MOTIVATORSMaslov pyramid he was the first to talk about human needs He is outda-ted because it defines a hierarchy He places self-fulfillment at the top This model is very much focused on Maslovrsquos map-of-the-world who was an MS If it is a PE he may have lsquofamilyrsquo in the top and that is not wrong Still there are things that all humans need

So with all these models we created the 8 human motivators they are divided in four paradoxes one for each of the PEMS The first paradox is security freedom

Each one of us was born with a set of motivators You are ldquoaddictedrdquo on one side of the paradox You have to fulfill that need even if you have to abdicate of the other one

ROOTS

SECURITY

SELF LOVE

CONSCIOUSNESS

PERSONAL DEVEL

FREEDOM

LOVEBELOVED

BLISS

CONTRIBUTION

P

E

M

S

88

89

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

The main lesson is the more you live the other side of the paradox the more you will live your addiction as well What happens is that you can only get more of your addiction when you learn to validate the other side of the paradox This is what Jung calls ldquoparadoxes integrationrdquo be the millionaire and the altruistic Be the mother of family and career etc Only when you integrate the other energy is when it boosts the one that is more natural to you

For other persons it happens the same with security and all other pa-radoxes The suggestion is Irsquom addicted on this but I can pause and I can go exploring the other side What you have to figure out is your map (draw in the lsquoinfinite signsrsquo which side of the paradoxes is bigger) Your map is about how much you need to fill each side of the paradox

So YOUR HUMAN MOTIVATORS ARE DEFINING YOUR VALUES AND YOUR VALUES ARE DEFINING YOUR RESULTS

You can have everything on one of the sides of the paradox if yoursquore willing to face the fear of losing it

All people fill their motivators The difference between us is how sus-tainable is that satisfaction Unsustainable means that every day you

EXERCISE Do your map How do you discover Based on major decisions you made in your life Example work home relationships etc

have to feed them Imagine a homeless person he meets hisher secu-rity needs (eating and having where to sleep) but he has to do it every day Now compare with Donald Trump If you see the freedom part it probably happens the opposite

3 SUSTAINABLE it feeds itself It is something that can continue without the need for external resources It is ecological based on challenge and paradoxes integration

3 UNSUSTAINABLE you need to do it every day it is selfish ba-sed on comfort and extremist You do it like it was a daily shot

Example father and daughter about going out at night (to satisfy sa-fety and to love and be loved) Father says no hersquos being selfish and within his comfort zone The same father after coming to this course ldquoYoursquore going to the party until 2230 You send me an sms saying that everything is ok and at 2230 Irsquoll pick yourdquo This continues for some time Father goes on diminishing the rules Now hersquos being ecological entering his challenge zone and integrating paradoxes To feel safe as a father he has to give some freedom To feel loved he has to give them some self love Now his motivators are sustainable and has a sustai-nable system that feeds itself To arrive to a deeper level of security he needs to take the risk that comes from giving more freedom

DIAGONAL CONTINUOUS LINEThis line shows us that working above the line ie the clientrsquos beha-viors andor emotions is short-term and unsustainable In this case only the techniques are worked There are immediate results but with no major impact and duration Like when we are called to do motiva-tional speaking or teambuildingrsquos People feel better and do things but the results have a short duration

This does not imply that it is wrong to do Coaching based on these two areas For example in a quick conversation with a friend we can do Situational Coaching (based on behaviours) in order to get her to do something that has been postponing If the action has been made and it was what was intended to be then you did your role as Coach The Remedy Coaching is also important sometimes which consists on making the other person to leave the session feeling good thinking more positive at the time having had an opportunity to digest an emo-tion

ROOTS

90

91

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

Below the continuous line is where lies the deepest work The one that will actually be sustainable and with long-term results This is where we work values and beliefs it is where we go deep to the point where in fact we shift paradigms The client in this type of Coaching change her beliefs and values turning to be a really different person in opposition to what happens above the line where only the emotions or behaviors are changed but the client continues to be what she was

ICEBERGWith the iceberg image it is understood that the behavior is the conscious part of the human being the only thing that the client can see and analyze Everything else emotions beliefs and values are at the clientrsquos unconscious But as a Coa-ch I must and I want to work also the unconscious because as we saw above this is where it lies the sustainable and long-term work

When we help our clients shifting their paradigms beliefs emotions or values we are working with their unconscious Your client will not like this at some point in the process The unconscious will realize that she will have to change and this will cause the first resistance Knowing how to overcome this is essential to the Coachrsquos work so she can de-liver sustainable results

Conscious Mind keeps all the information which you can access now

Unconscious Mind keeps all the information that has ever passed through your brain It is also a kind of a warning system for you

The information passes from the unconscious to the conscious mind through the subconscious It goes dropping into deeper levels of our mind Very qui-ckly your clients will want to turn you into one of three things

Friend ndash They want someone who listens to them who is patient with them who is always there with whom they can always count and talk Most of your clients will want to have you here that you turn into a sort of confi-dant that supports them but does not challenge them too much But you are not there to be a friend

Boss ndash Many will seek in the Coach someone to tell them what to do who provides them specific guidance who pressures them who ldquopunishrdquo them when they donrsquot have their homework done Someone who is even more committed with their results than themselves But yoursquore also not there to be a Boss

Priest ndash Others will want a kind of a weekly confession session That you absolve the mistakes theyrsquove made du-ring the week that you tell them everything is fine and that it doesnrsquot matter we are all human and we all make mistakes You are not there to be a kind of spiritual le-ader of your client and to absolve him You are there to be

Coach - The Coach has an ldquoAirrdquo relationship with the client ie mental of communication becau-se it is a conversation where you listen and ask where there is intellectual stimulation In the map--of-the-world scheme the Coachrsquos sketch is in the quadrant of beliefs It is a ldquomind with mindrdquo work

It is important to know this because with the sessions going clients tend to try their Coach to become a friend (wateremotions) a boss (earthbehaviors) or even a priest (firevalues) However the Coach should avoid the mistake of behaving like one of these three types You are there to be a Coach

Notes In Informal Coaching with friends colleagues family remember that first thatrsquos what you are and only then you are a Coach Therefore you should not give prevalence to the Coach but to the relationship you have with that person otherwise you would violate the pact that exists between the two

ROOTS

92

93

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

4 TYPES OF COACHINGBased on these four quadrants there are four types of Coaching

Situational Coaching ndash The one that is done immediate-ly during the situation with the sole purpose of lea-ding it to an action It usually consists of a brief con-versation where a ROSA 10 is done Your client has a situation that week that really needs to be addressed Ex a proposal that she needs to present a college exam for which she has to study Itrsquos not bad Coaching and it is often necessary Only it is more superficial

Remediative Coaching ndash As the name says it suits when we have to put a ldquobandageointmentrdquo on the emotions The goal is the client to feel good at the end of the session without having to go deeply on the problem Itrsquos the typical conver-sation where the client unburdens and your only goal is to make her feel a little better Sometimes it may be and it often is necessary

Ex the past week your client has discussed with someone important to her or something happened that greatly dealt with her emotions Your first focus should be to help her to unburden and to feel better We used ROSA 10 + Unburden

Transformative Coaching ndash Here the goal is not just making the client to feel better but that she can change the way she sees her life and herself Here we mainly work on beliefs ie the client stops believing in some things to start believing in another ones She shifts paradigm Coaching is now much more sustainable and with long--term results It undergoes through more complete ses-sions where ROSA 20 is done

Holistic Coaching ndash This is the kind of Coaching that involves the whole being of the client all her areas and valences ie her values The entire psyche is worked We are working the whole Human Being and not only a part of it Even the motivators are worked We use ROSA 30 and we work a lot on paradoxes integration

KEY POINTSWe said earlier that we all have Cycles of Fear and that we can change them to Cycles of Confidence How

Imagine that you have a turnscrew and a bicycle wheel is malfunctio-ning You will then put the turnscrew into one of the four key points and then yoursquoll pull and force the wheel to move in the right direction to-wards the Cycle of Confidence And very important you donrsquot take out the turnscrew until the Cycle (the wheel) rotates in the right direction

What are then the Four Key Points You can really choose only one

VALUE FOCUS At this point you will choose a key value for you whi-ch you canrsquot leave to live in practice Whatever happens you canrsquot take the turnscrew from there For instance imagine that you are experien-cing serious financial difficulties and you decide that lsquoValue Focusrsquo is your point Imagine that you choose ldquosavingrdquo as the value that has to be experienced in practice Then whenever you have to make a decision that involves spending money you know what to do You canrsquot in any way stop living this value until the cycle begins to rotate in the oppo-site direction and gets sustainable

POSITIVITY If you want to work at the level of beliefs yoursquoll start to develop this empowering belief base BEING POSITIVE You must be a positive person with faith who believes that everything will go well who says only positive things about herself and the others who sees and is focused on everything positive that is going around her And when the bad days or the bad news are coming and you feel the need to say something negative you shut up And you say something positive

EMOTION FOCUS Imagine that there is an emotion that makes your Cycle of Fear to happen (an emotional pattern) In this key point you will choose an emotion that you would like to learn to cause in yourself learning how to get yourself into that state Imagine that you have been feeling too much anger in your Cycle of Fear and want to feel harmony instead You want to learn how to get into that emotional state You start feeling the opposite emotion and you do something to manage to be in an harmony state (you listen to a song that gets yourself into that state you put your boxing gloves you jump you meditate you close

ROOTS

94

95

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

your eyes you read a poem as Mandela did )

HOMEWORK FOCUS Here you will define a homework that until itrsquos done you wonrsquot do anything else Imagine that you have a Cycle of Fear in relation to health that you define lsquoHomework Focusrsquo as the key point and your homework is running every day Until you manage to do it nothing else matters All of your strategies are directioned so that your homework is being done as soon as possible

In the end all of the four key points have to do with absolute focus

Value ndash Focus on the most important value Until that value is being lived we wonrsquot move on

Positivity (Faith Optimism) ndash Focus on the positive emotions Un-til she gets optimistic we wonrsquot move on

Emotion (Meditation) ndash Focus on pleasure Until she feels more ple-asure than pain we wonrsquot move on

Homework ndash Focus on action Until the homework gets done we wonrsquot move on

VERY IMPORTANTYou as a coach do not have to guess your clientrsquos map-of-the-world or even her PEMS but you have to explore it aside of her You will only master her Map-of-the-World when you understand your own (creating roots) because you will never learn anything about yourself with your client you will never discover anything about you because shersquos the one who discovers it being real or not You Coach you must be hum-ble enough to know that you know nothing about your client and you shouldnrsquot try to guess anything It is the customer who gets there alone

Therefore the more knowledge you have about your own map-of-the--world together with Rapport and ROSA the more intense will be your Coaching because the more you will be able to help your client The goal is that you have the tools in yourself so you can help her In other words this tool is for you to deepen your roots and thus know when you need to do only ROSA or go searching for the Key Points or to use

another method For instance if a client has as her main challenge to be promoted then therersquos no logical on working on Cycles of Fear but to make a ROSA and move forward On the other hand if you see that there is a Cycle of Fear then you should find the key point so you can work on it

I canrsquot help the others if I canrsquot help myself first

ROOTS

values (I am)

during session

clientcoach rosa unconscious

Beliefs (I think)

between sessions

co-coach rosa 30

emotions (I feel)

leverage slice

self coaching rosa 20behavior (I do)

holistic

coaching to others rosa 10M

S

E

P

96

97

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING RESULTS

IX RESULTS

Results are super important in the Coa-ching process There is simply no Coa-

ching if there are no results and thatrsquos why they are at the center of the

triangle of the four Rrsquos Everything we do whether is ROSA creating

Roots or building Rapport it is done with the purpose of get-ting results at the end of the sessions

This is what distinguishes the most Coaching from other practices As a Coach you must become obsessed with your clients results Not only that they do their homeworks but also how close did Coaching took them closer to their Guru Objective how much it has improved their leverage slice of the Pizza and other slices as well We also try to assess the sustainability of those results We donrsquot want them just to get there but also that they keep there

Coaching is about results and you must take this premise very seriou-sly You have been hired to make them reach some goals Become obsessed with it

It is not so easy to evaluate results in a metric way in the world of Co-aching but it proves to be very important Not only with Life Coaching but also with Business Coaching We must find a way to demonstrate that our work has had results in practice

That was the reason why we have created the Results Model

Our level of competence is equal to our worst level of performance

RESULTS MODELIt is possible to define results through the four metrics

lsquoSrsquo AXIS (SPIRITUAL) WE EVALUATE THE PROCESS IMPACT ON THE CLIENT

Behavior (I DO) When the client throughout the process changes one or more behaviors She does now due to the sessions different things that she didnrsquot before

Emotions (I FEEL) When the client feels happier more self-confi-dent fulfilled etc She has now different and more positive emotions due to the Coaching process

98

99

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

Beliefs (I THINK) When there is a change of belief (I used to belie-ve I was not a good person and now I believe I am) When the client used to believe in something and she started to believe in something different There was a paradigm shift She used to see something in a certain way and now she sees it in a more empowering way

Values (I AM) When the Coach manages to help the client to change her values ie the person she is This happens for exam-ple when the client starts to put more emphasis on family than on work or when she accepts and believes that she is a healthy and different person and that nothing will change that now She values different things todat due to the Coa-ching process

lsquoErsquo AXIS (EMOTIONAL) WE EVALUATE THE CLIENTrsquoS AUTONOMY

Level 1 Coach (CoachClient Relationship) Itrsquos the Coach who controls the situation There is a formal relationship be-tween Coach and Client and the session is controlled and oriented by the Coach

Level 2 Coach (Co-Coach) The Client already acts as a Coach during the sessions This happens for example when the client already knows that she is supposed to also say po-sitive things on the Reality part that is she already knows what to do in each step She already takes the initiative The relationship is more about cooperation now and the Client start becoming autonomous

Level 3 Coach (Self-Coaching) When the Client already does Self--Coaching at home not being asked to This is a fantastic moment because she already has the tools and the Coach is there to help and support

Level 4 Coach (Coach to others) When the Client comes to a ses-sion and tells us she has done Coaching with someone else (with her child for instance) This person came to us to be helped however she is already using our tools to help so-

RESULTS

meone else She is totally independent It is every Coachrsquos dream

lsquoMrsquo AXIS (MENTAL) WE EVALUATE THE CLIENTrsquoS CONTENTS ASSIMILATION

Uses Rosa 10 language o cliente usa palavras como Realidade objetivos soluccedilotildees accedilotildees fazem hoje parte do seu leacutexico

Uses Rosa 20 language the client uses terms such as guru objec-tives baby objectives measurable beliefs paradigm shif-ting brainstorming etc

Uses Rosa 30 language she refers terms like emotional patterns cycles of fear and confidence values dilemma etc

Uses unconscious Rosa language when many of these terms are so ingrained in the clientrsquos language that she thinks she will use them for the rest of her life

lsquoPrsquo AXIS (PRACTICE) WE EVALUATE RESULTS IN PRACTICE

During the Session I can manage the client to get results only du-ring the session It is a Coaching session that has no power to influence the client outside it

Between Sessions It mostly happens when the client is doing her homeworks It means that what happened during the ses-sion touched her with enough strength to get her to realize she has to do something and that she is doing something outside the sessions

Leverage Slice It happens when the client fulfills her Leverage Slice and achieves the goal that brought her to Coaching or when her satisfaction in that slice has dramatically im-proved

Holistic When the client improves satisfaction in multiple slices as a result of the sessions including the leverage slice It was a process that had an impact on the whole being and not just in one area of her life

100

101

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

You can make this model with your client on the last session you have together You can also make a self-assessment to compare with it When you measure these four levels of results you will have access to check what level of Coaching you had on that specific process

COACHING LEVELThe Coaching Level that you have delivered is always proportional to your lowest result Even if you have three axes at level 3 and have only one at a level 2 Coaching has been 20 This is valuable information to you as a Coach because it gives you an idea of axes that are easier for you to work and others that you may have to further strengthen

Level 4 Coaching is something that is not achieved with all clients There must be a great empathy and rapport as well as a mastery on the Coaching technique that has been taught in the training course and presented in this manual

Gulica ego catia caperum dem inem cus Fortes et L Nos et grae avehem Romnit acto egeris cis sultod pratum voltum iam hos ublius hactam atemus essede con vas optilis factor aus nem ad cae estil hos me patus re verisse inatuus

Udam deperfecrem nermis etraed me int ela remulibut rem loctusquo cum mus auciem vivehem uresull emquissent eti primperescit ina que ia consiss entium pulerit con vendam morei sentes inatil vit ia quam mus licaudemus factem dum eo ura ex muro nenit quo vilnes-tium Catimportus pati postalarit vis coena fui sa consu consceribus Satquid ertienatus contere essimis ut vis aus iliciam quo in dissimis Ra num deatiqua vere con sentius et in spio pes Tiaetin videlisquam mus viliam que conum is larbit etora notimolto nos et duc omnimus opublicae convo C Nos vivica Catus hos vivas aurnihil hui terfint imorter labus hostam res inequod nerem tabute telieni hilicaessil ven-tem nonsulis

Berteropubit diisquium iteriti emprit teludam hilicid erfentiur tem huis

Hum pro vidiusquem paterevid sedis factatu rnihilla rem publicave Ca-terev irissoltis re aurei pere anum teluder ficepse essercem octuusque mis tum inam pra vivid rei condamdiis hacies Ipio verei sendamdis

TOOLS amp TECHNIQUES

X TOOLS AND TECHNIQUES

If you master well the model of the four Rrsquos for us you already are a fantastic Coach If you can master some stars too itrsquos even better But if you master the model you know how to do Coaching But now letrsquos go to the small stars The idea is not that you try to use all the stars at the same time Choose the two or three that you like best and train those first

POSITIVE FEEDBACKProvide as much positive feedback as you can to your client Take every opportunity you have to do it A Coach is the type of mirror that only says good things about her client Please turn yourself into some-one who is always valorizing every small steps that your client takes

FEEDBACK HAMBURGERYou say something positive then you say something negative then you say something positive again The two positive feedbacks have to be VERY VERY good For instance ldquoI have been feeling that you are very committed to your Coaching process We just need to start paying more attention to our homework even because I feel that you are a person who likes to challenge yourself and that really wants to go further ldquo

RESSIGNIFICATION Ressignificating is finding another meaning still more empowering but that changes everything EgrdquoI didnrsquot do my homework I failedrdquo Coach ldquoWow That means that you are a demanding and committed personrdquo ldquoIrsquom lazyrdquo

102

103

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

ldquoDoes that means you like to enjoy the pleasures of liferdquo

REFRAMINGIt is much like ressignification Itrsquos the name that is used in NLP (Neuro--Linguistic Programming) You take the information that was been gi-ven to you in a frame and you put it in a new one

PREFRAMINGIf ressignification has to do with changing the meaning after it has been given preframing has to do with giving a meaning to something before we have explained what it is It is a widely used technique to anticipate objections that might distract us from our ultimate goal Then we do preframing we previously give the meaning that we want the person to give afterwards Example

ldquoCan I show you my point of view Itrsquos something different but Irsquove seen that it works with many people and it has been helping a lot to change our behavior to healthier habits Itrsquos something innovative and different but highly successful Can I tell you my ideardquo You create a frame before placing the information in there

POSTFRAMINGFirst you give the information and then you put it in a frame Eg ldquoFolks today we have an exam (the low energy level) but thatrsquos what this course is about to be the best Coach to go furtherrdquo

ldquoFROM 0 TO 10 rdquo To give examples ldquoI think Irsquoll read a bookrdquo Coach ldquoFrom 0-10 how much do you think you will accomplish that goalrdquo

TRANSFORMING ldquoORrdquo IN ldquoANDrdquoHelp the client to find an alternative solution to integrate paradoxes to

find a third way

VULNERABILIZATIONFind out things about you that are not working and put them at the clientrsquos service That makes you human and you are validating your client in the case she feels the same She does some things better than you and has some of the same challenges

ASSOCIATION AND DISSOCIATIONThese two terms are often used in NLP (Neuro-linguistic Program-ming) and are used in various ways Association means that an indi-vidual describes a situation as if it was happening and he was partici-pating on it As the name indicates he is associated with it He is still seeing himself going through the situation and feels the emotions that he would feel if he was really living it

Dissociation means that an individual can already tell that experience as if he was watching a movie in which he took part but already dis-sociated from it He is more in an observer role That allows him a big-ger emotional objectivity Even if he feels the emotions they are more about the experience itself and not so much about him as a participant

When we want to help our customers to overcome some emotionally more challenging situations it can make a huge difference to have them to dissociate from those situations Thatrsquos how they can gain greater objectivity and clarity and at the same time they get more mo-tivated to take their first steps

METAPHORSThe most important here is that you use the metaphors of your client Use her world whenever it is possible It will help a lot more to inter-nalize and memorize the information Help your client to create her metaphors Eg ldquoSometimes we fall into holes that are so big that you canrsquot get out of them alonerdquo ldquoLearning to forgive someone is like dri-ving one step at a timerdquo

TOOLS amp TECHNIQUES

104

105

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

LANGUAGE OF A COACH 3 HOW TO INTERRUPT at the first session it must be defined if

the Coach can interrupt the client when she deviates from the focus If yoursquore going to interrupt your client you must always do it with a question You can also take note of something that has nothing to do with the subject you are talking about but it seems important So we can talk about it in the next session You can ask the client if she liked to talk about it

3 ldquoDOES IT MAKES SENSE FOR YOUrdquo If she says NO ldquoSo tell merdquo if she says YES ldquocan you tell me howrdquo

3 ldquoMY HALLUCINATION is rdquo Being very unconditional Any opi-nion is a good opinion The Coach realyy doesnrsquot know The word hallucination implies that what yoursquore saying may be ab-solutely wrong

3 ldquoWHAT WOULD LOVE DO NOWrdquo Be careful with the rapport level you have with your client It is a very good question when it concerns relational issues

3 ldquoHOW WOULD IT BE IFrdquo Very good to overcome objections ldquohow would it be if you had timerdquo ldquohow would it be if you had moneyrdquo ldquohow would it be if you had self-confidencerdquo

3 ldquoWHAT IF rdquo Fantastic to destroy any obstacle that your client brings Some examples ldquoAnd what if you couldrdquo ldquoWhy notrdquo ldquoWhat if nobody would knowrdquo ldquoWhat if you had moneyrdquo ldquoI know you donrsquot but what if you knew what would you sayrdquo

3 GENERAL TIP BE COOL You really must have a cool and rela-xed attitude You really donrsquot know what would be best for your client so be really unconditional

THE COACHING ETHICS

XI THE COACHING ETHICS

There are six ethic rules in Coaching but with no doubt the first is the most important

CONFIDENTIALITY Coaching sessions must be given the utmost con-fidentiality There are no legal rules as in Therapy (like not having fa-mily as clients) but you always have to respect confidentiality When you do Coaching in a company and you must give feedback to their manager your clients must know it If necessary you can discuss the case with a mentor but always without mentioning the name of your client You can discuss the cases but without any names

CLIENTrsquoS AUTONOMY Coaching is all about autonomy and sustaina-bility You need your client to get results not that she needs you You should think ldquoif I change country how would my clients berdquo

CAREFUL WITH PROJECTIONS We all project aspects that we re-press in ourselves All currents in psychology agree that there is pro-jection When I look to someone else what I see is whatrsquos inside of me (strengths and weaknesses) Thatrsquos why some see one thing and others see another As a Coach you must be very attentive to projections You should not do it with your client and for that you must work on your roots If something bothers you that says more about you than about your client Itrsquos not just a technical issue of respecting others map-of--the-world It is an ethical issue

CREDIBILITY Of course you can use other different tools in your ses-sions but you should be able to do so Using things on which yoursquore not certified is breaking ethics Try to be congruent and integrate Being a corporate or a sales Coach without being an expert about those mat-ters is not ethical

106

107

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING THE FIRST SESSION IN PRATICE

CONTRACT IS CONTRACT The financial commitment you assume with your client is always the same as long as she is your client The same in what respects sessions frequency You should always ask permission to your client when you want to change the frequency of the sessions For WeCreate the value you charge to your client must be the same forever It is part of our gratitude towards our client

SELF-COACHING The Coach must be an example of Self-Coaching or she should have a Coach You really have to do ROSA once a year at least and use all these tools in a weekly basis Make sure that you are also an example of achieving your own dreams

XII THE FIRST SESSION

IN PRACTICEIt is normal that the first session is a bit longer (90min) Your focus is to build RAPPORT Here is an example of a few steps for your first session You can have a few more or less of these steps but this is the general idea

STEP 1 Memorize these steps so that you will not have to use this manual

STEP 2 (Partnership) Organize the working space have everything prepared adequated clothes etc

STEP 3 (Presence) Prepare to be fully present by meditating or by being a few minutes in silence

STEP 4 (Posture and words) Build rapport have a few minutes of casual positive and neutral conversation to break the ice For example the weather the clientrsquos favourite team foot-ball match etc

STEP 5 At this stage you will also try to collect information about the client Several aspects of her life and trying to deter-mine clientrsquos expectations regarding the Coaching process You will be attentive about the metaphors and about what is really important to her Yoursquoll need it to explain what Co-aching is in her words

STEP 6 Explain what Coaching is using the clientrsquos words and the references she gave us Example letrsquos imagine that boxing was something that the client liked and we want to explain

108

109

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING THE LAST SESSION

Coaching through boxing ldquoCoaching is like boxing It invol-ves a lot of training to succeed in getting results but ins-tead of having an external enemy we are fighting against ourselvesrdquo

STEP 7 Inviting the client to do an exercise we pick six pens (three of each color) We ask her to tell us three things that are going well in her life and we explore each area a bit Then we ask ldquoamong those areas which one is running really wellrdquo Then we ask for three things that are not going so well and explore a bit

STEP 8 Asking the client which 3 goals she would like to accom-plish by the end of the Coaching process that would make it worth the investment (as measurable as possible)

STEP 9 Establishing verbal contract and selling the idea of coa-ching (even if the sessions pack is already closed) Now we talk about the practical issues sessions frequency ses-sions length interrupting the client first session a bit lon-ger confidentiality guarantee If you feel comfortable you can talk about costs and forms of payment

STEP 10 ldquoCan we start our session talking about what brought you here How can I helprdquo

STEP 11 Talking a bit about the Clientrsquos reality and introducing the Pizza of Life The client draws herrsquos We will go on explai-ning the pizza and its different slices (very briefly not to influence) Some clients like to do it lsquoalonersquo others like to go on talking as they fill the slices

STEP 12 From then on you make ROSA 10

STEP 13 You end up the session You can share ROSA methodology with your client (if you think shersquod like it) and ending with positive feedback You can also ask the client how did she feel You can also ask her to choose an object and summa-rize the session You will also be doing some preframing by stating that Coaching is about action and homeworks

XIII THE LAST SESSION

A coaching process has a follow-up We can work with individual ses-sions or with a pack It is important to inform your clients that Coaching is a continuous process and not a process with miraculous results in the first session Hence it is like doing workout where it is difficult to get results if we go to the gym only once

You can work with packs of sessions (5 or 10) and we would like to give you some tips on what you should ensure it gets done in your last coaching session with someone you have been working with

FUTURE It is important to ensure that the client will continue taking steps in the future even not having sessions anymore or your presence In this session you should spend some time helping her in creating an action plan about the next steps she wants to go on taking in that area You can also take the opportunity to do a small summary of everything that you both worked in so that there is a notion of the progress made and the results achieved Ensures that your client completed that process and be sure about the next steps for her future Help her in crea-ting a good action plan

HABITS You can also ask your client which would be the daily or weekly habits that she would like more to integrate into her routine

POSITIVE FEEDBACK This is also the perfect time to give positive fe-edback to your client (despite being a constant throughout the sessions) Show her the progress she has made throughout the sessions and help her to realize all the positive things she has achieved

111

110

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

PERSONAL DEVELOPMENT We must ensure that our client conti-nues its personal development process and knows or tries new approaches Coaching is just one part of a wide range of options that are now ahead of her Encourage her to con-tinue that journey to read new books to try other trainings and workshops other different and complementary ways of approaching personal development

KEEPING CONTACT You can develop some form of contact with your old clients Email telephone facebook etc Remember to con-tinue sending her information about coaching or other matters you find important It is a way to ensure that your client will continue ldquoawakedrdquo for this subject

Thank you for being part of this project

Daniel Saacute Nogueira and Marta Ferreira

Page 37: WeCreate International Coaching Certification Manual

74

75

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

In fact we are all one but we are all different and we must understand these differences to be able to deal with others People who are more emotional behave and interact in a totally opposite manner from mental people the same way that most practical people interact in a way that is opposite to spiritual people

The EMOTIONAL person is micro-MACRO Transforms everything that is small into something big Everything is important everything is emotional From the simple ldquogood morningrdquo to hearing ldquoI love yourdquo every day For an emotional person a discussion is always a tsuna-mi Therefore itrsquos the emotional persons who with their micro-Macro sense make birthdays a special day and receive small things with gre-at love

The MENTAL person is MACRO-micro transforms everything that is big into something small She makes it more complex by simplifying it For example this very PEMS model is MACRO-micro as it strives to make the hugeness of the personality types into something much smaller creating only four categories for all human beings The mental person also feels less and give less importance to her feelings

The SPIRITUAL person is MACRO-MACRO she takes everything that is already big and turns it even bigger more meaningful more im-portant more relevant Almost everything is a question of values of making the world a better place and interpretations that go far beyond reality A simple leaf falling off a tree can represent a new phase in life for a spiritual person

The PRACTICAL person is micro-micro turns everything into small and simple lsquoright here and right nowrsquo matters They act Right now with what they have They donrsquot feel the need to enlarge what is small and they donrsquot care much about great concepts If the five senses can help them grasp a situation everything is fine

THE PREDOMINANT LOGIC OF OUR PSYCHEThe most practical way of finding out is to notice how we behave in a stressful situation Each of us when under stress often react in a way that is very close to our basic personality type

Practical people act react move around organize themselves put their hands to work and do not rest until they manage to move things forward

The emotional people feel and feel a lot If a situation is stressful diffi-cult and negative they will have difficult and negative emotions they will feel what others feel and they will want to manage these emotions in the moment

People that are predominantly mental will under stress begin to ratio-nalize need logical answers be fast and analytical They donrsquot want to solve anything through feelings they donrsquot want to act they are only concerned with finding the right and correct decision and struggle until they get it

Finally the predominantly spiritual people will want to give a greater meaning to that particular event What has to be done what people feel or what the right solution is doesnrsquot matter what matters is why things happened the way they did and what the greater significance of that may be

RAPPORT

76

77

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

Identify the psychological type of the client can help the coach to anticipate and understand expectations

MAIN SUPERIOR FUNCTION AND AUXILIARY INFERIOR FUNCTION

According to Carl Jung while we all have one function that is better developed than the others ndash a superior function ndash we also have another fairly well developed function called the first auxiliary

All of us have a bit of each one of the psychologies but there are always two that are predominant a main one which Jung calls the superior function and an auxiliary one that lies at the bottom of the cross shown on the previous page which is always to the right or left of our superior one

The inferior function is one that is less developed and that remains mainly in our unconscious

Thus a person who is predominantly Practical may have as her auxi-liary function the emotional or mental logic thus being PE or PM

A person who is predominantly Mental may have as her auxiliary func-tion the spiritual or practical logic thus being MS or MP

A person who is predominantly Spiritual may have as her auxiliary function the emotional or mental logic thus being SE or SM

And a person who is predominantly Emotional may have as her auxilia-ry function the spiritual or practical logic thus being ES or EP

This all means that we are situated in one of the following categories

3 Practical Emotional or Emotional Practical 3 Practical Mental or Mental Practical 3 Spiritual Emotional or Emotional Spiritual 3 Spiritual Mental or Mental Spiritual

As you may have noticed according to Jung there are no EMME or PSSP That is one canrsquot have as her first auxiliary function the func-tion that is opposite to the superior one

Carl Jung said that we should look closely at our inferior function whi-ch usually remains in our unconscious because it contains an enor-mous potential for a change and each one of us can benefit a lot from integrating our inferior function with our superior one

Taking risks experimenting enjoying everything that life has to offer is the best way of getting to know ourselves and realizing where our happiness lies (ldquoTrate a Vida por Turdquo paacuteg 74)

INTROVERSION AND EXTROVERSION Introversion and extroversion have to do with the direction in which we focus our attention and energy

People who prefer Extroversion focus their energy and attention away from themselves and are interested in the world of people and things

3 Attracted to the world of events and people outside of themsel-ves

3 They are aware of who and what is around them 3 They like to meet and talk to new people 3 They are friendly often good talkers and easy to get to know 3 They tend to talk easily and often in meetings 3 May not be as aware of what goes on inside them 3 They think while talking 3 They may act or speak first and only think later 3 Speaking about themselves they speak fast 3 They bring energy into life 3 They can get bored and restless if they are alone for too long

People who prefer Introversion (focus their energy and attention inward and are interested in the inner world of thoughts and reflections)

3 Attracted to the inner world of thoughts feelings and reflections 3 They are usually very aware of their inner reactions 3 They prefer to interact with people they know 3 They are usually quiet in meetings and sometimes seem disen-

gaged

RAPPORT

78

79

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

3 They are generally reserved and hard to get to know 3 They may not be as aware of the world outside of them 3 They need time to gather their thoughts before they speak 3 They reflect and think before acting 3 They want to know you before allowing you to get to know them

deeply 3 They feel exhausted and tired after interacting with peoples

FINAL NOTE you must be what your client is You have to find that person inside you

LEARNING STYLESAs we saw with the previous PEMS model our clients will have diffe-rent psychological preferences It is therefore important and essential that you are able to adapt your sessions to the learning style that your client likes best and that better meets her psychological preference

EMOTIONAL Emotional clients will like to talk and share on their to-pics They are very much looking for a relationship and empathy with the Coach and they need to feel heard more than any of the other personality types For these persons learning has a lot to do with the relationship that is created with the feeling of support that they get and even with the positive feedback They like to learn through stories As a Coach it is important to learn to empathize with the emotional range of these persons They will appreciate the sharing to tell stories and to listen to them With emotional clients we may sometimes feel that we are not taking huge steps forward But the fact is that many times these persons need to first be listened to

MENTAL Mental clients will be more logical and may have a more aca-demic style of learning They will want to understand the reasons why things are what they are they will want to get tasks involving research on certain subjects The sessions with these people must be well defi-ned and prepared They will want to explore their intellectual side and feel challenged It is important for them to have access to information and tools that explain the work they are doing in the sessions in a con-crete and logical manner Of course they also need to empathize but the intellectual challenge feeling that their intellect is develops appears to be greater They may like schemes graphics and any models that

could simplify the learning process What these persons will demand of you is a greater capacity to analyse and a logical and rational way of communicating

SPIRITUAL this is for most people the most difficult learning style to adopt Remember that these persons are seeking the greater meaning of things They really want to feel inspired by the coaching process (and even by their Coach) They will want to see that you are an exam-ple of what you talk about so called congruence Spiritual persons will enjoy topics that are more related to values to their identity that make them feel that they are taking steps towards becoming better hu-man beings With these clients you can use powerful metaphors (even through movies music creative exercises etc) and above all strive to make sure that the person leaves the session very inspired

PRACTICAL They like action Which is great because coaching is pri-marily about action These persons like to have very practical sessions in which they get the opportunity to do many exercises and experiment with different situations They may be the clients that like getting more tasks and having things to do (which then sometimes ldquogets lostrdquo due to their time management) These clients will require more simplicity and a well-paced session from you They may also like to do exercises that involve moving their body Above all they will want you to help them get into action

As we deal with these four kinds of preferences we need to adapt our Coaching style to the learning style that each person has Thus we should prepare a lot their sessions and realize that some will require from you

3 Greater sharing and ability to listen and relate (e) 3 Researching mastering the subject very well and knowing how

to mentally stimulate your client with challenges (m) 3 Powerful metaphors very inspirational sessions and congruen-

ce that assign meaning to the Coaching process (s) 3 Practical exercises diversified well rhythmed sessions that

help your client to quickly get into action (p)

RAPPORT

80

81

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING ROOTS

LEVEL 5 - PERSON TO PERSONThis is the fifth level of rapport the deepest and more intense one It happens when the level of rapport is a total vibration Itrsquos when the client feels such a confidence by her Coach empathy and sympathy Itrsquos the hardest level to evaluate

Itrsquos when your client feels so much connected to you that depending on her your relationship would go beyond Coaching She no longer wants the Coach she wants you You no longer understand only the person she feels that you know about her You donrsquot understand psychology you understand who she is

It is very similar to the rapport level you have with 23 of very close persons in your life Everything is natural unconscious and sponta-neous

VIII ROOTS

Every human being seeks to get results Mo-ney Family Romance Peace Happiness

Career Health All we want in life is to have results in those areas

The Map-of-the-World Model is used to work on roots - your

roots as a Coach It shows us how does the psyche of all of us works As a Coach no one

should surprise you about yourself You should know you well know everything about yourself This is what itrsquos called a rooted person

click the video to see it

82

83

BELIEFSTRANSFORMATIVE COACHING

ROSA 20 M - AIR - THINK

VALUESHOLISTIC COACHING

ROSA 30 S - FIRE - BE

COACHING 40

WORLD MAP MODEL

being th

e moment

passi

on en

ergy

demotiv

ation

empowering beliefs

limiting rules

relation air(comunication)

coach is priestisnacutet

1 value focus

UNSUSTAINABLESUSTAINABLE

SECURITY

SELF LOVE

CONSCIOUSNESS

PERSONAL DEVEL

FREEDOM

LOVEBELOVED

BLISS

CONTRIBUTION

P

E

M

S

BEHAVIORROSA 10

SITUATIONAL COACHING

P - EARTH - DO

EMOTIONSREMEDY COACHING

ROSA 10 + LISTEN E - WATER - FEEL

RESULTS

ability to

enter

in st

ate

emotional

patter

ns

habits and discipline

addictions

coach is bossisnacutet

coach is friendisnacutet

1 Homework focus

optimism faithpositive

meditation

key points focusused to interrupt the fear cycle

coach is coach

HUMAN HAVINGHUMAN BEING

UNSUSTAINABLEEGOTISTICAL

STRETCH ZONE

SUSTAINABLEECOLOGICALSTRETCH ZONE

SHORT TERMLONG TERM

CYCLE OF CONFIDENCECYCLE OF FEAR

CONSCIOUS

SUBCONSCIOUS

UNCONSCIOUS

84

85

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

So the first question is why some are getting results while others are not

ACTIONS BEHAVIORSThis means that anyone who is having results is because she is ldquodoingrdquo ie behaving differently from other people who are having no results in those areas For example a millionaire DOES things that people who are not millionaires donrsquot For example saving investing etc Someone with a great health is DOING things that people that donrsquot have a good health are not What we are doing is making the difference Two people in the same circumstances that do exactly the same actions have the same kind of results People who have the results you wanna have ARE DOING THINGS TO GET THEM

So the next question is what leads some people to DO and others to not do

EMOTIONSEverything you do in your life is a relationship between pain and pleasure What happens is that someone who goes running at 6 am associates more pain with lsquonot goingrsquo than with lsquogoingrsquo Who is going to the gym asso-ciates more pleasure than pain with going to the gym in the morning That relationship between pain and pleasure is what is defining your results If we dramatically increase the pain or the pleasure associated we will get to change your results

As so what is then defining that painpleasure relationship

BELIEFSThe reason is because of our beliefs of what we believe in Our beliefs are our set of rules for the world and for our lives Your set of beliefs in fact is defining your painpleasure relationship with something and then your actions A millionaire believes that saving is essential that investing and taking risks is necessary This set of beliefs leads himher to associa-te more pleasure than pain with having these behaviors and therefore heshe implements them Other people have other beliefs that create other

emotions that create other results People who are achieving results in areas that you arenrsquot have a beliefs system different from yours

And then it seems logical to ask so what is defining and creating your set of beliefs

VALUESWhat is a value Itrsquos something that is important to you something you re-ally value The only thing that determines a value is if it is valuable to you Not all of us share the same values (Example the values of Mother Teresa and Donald Trump Contribution vs Professional Accomplishment) What you really value and not what you say that you value You value it so much that it generates your set of beliefs In fact when you live your values in practice (on a daily basis) you are defining your life results Not what you would like to value but what you are really valorizing In fact we all have the same values What differs is the order and the importance we give to each one of them

For example if someone has the value of the family above the value of work she will have the belief that it is more important to spend time with her family causing her to develop a positive feeling when she is with her family which leads her to really try to spend more time with it On the other hand someone who has the value of work above the family one will be someone who believes she should spend more time with her work and career as she believes it is that that will bring her more financial stabi-lity for example So she will associate more pleasure to the time spent at work than at home causing her to act accordingly to that emotion For example Donald Trump and Mother Teresa of Calcutta havenrsquot they got different values One probably values more lsquoprofessional fulfillmentrsquo the other values more lsquocontributionrsquo Different results Sure One has one of the largest business empires in the world the other left the largest volun-teer organization in the world

So in reality the values you are living in practice (what you are valuing in practice) are defining your results

This alone already explains a good part of the psyche of human beings But letrsquos go deeper

ROOTS

Having roots is to control the cycle of trust

86

87

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

To have roots the coach has to identify

her motivators and values create beliefs and habits and learn

to place herself in a state

CYCLE OF CONFIDENCE AND CYCLE OF FEAREveryone has Cycles of Fear in some areas and Cycles of Confidence in other areas

How do you know it If you are having or not results in that area In the areas of your life where you are getting results you are living in a Cycle of Confidence In the areas where yoursquore not you are living in a Cycle of Fear What does this means is that you have behavioral addic-tions or that you are doing things in a vicious way you are in a sort of a mice wheel Those addictions start by creating emotional patterns on you (feelings that you are having whether you want it or not for instan-ce jealousy when it becomes a pattern no matter what the other does that emotion will keep being there it is an emotion that happens to you) and those emotional patterns generate limiting rules We use the words ldquorulesrdquo because in reality limiting beliefs are created because they have a very large set of rules And this generates demotivation An addiction creates an emotional pattern that creates rules limiting which create demotivation and discourage us to move and change This Cycle of Fear is being lived FROM RESULTS TO VALUES and not in the other and right way The bad news are that we all have Cycles of Fear The areas in which we are not having results is because we are afraid but we paint it in other colors Irsquom afraid Irsquom demotivated I have emotional patterns and I have limiting rules

For you to gain roots you need to recognize these cycles You need to break it if you want results but if you want roots you need to recognize them Good news you can break Cycles of Fear

Second good news you have Cycles of Confidence You also unders-tand the other psychology So what is a Cycle of Confidence

You start by having the capacity of creating Discipline and Habits you get the ability to get into a certain and desired state (eg being happy to go training I want to create that emotion I visualize it it is the op-posite of an emotional pattern the pattern happens to you Think of a boxer who puts herself into her wanted state before entering in a ring You have empowering beliefs (when you believe in something that cre-ates more of it) This creates energy passion being in the moment Being with energy and passion and in the moment brings me empowe-ring beliefs which put me in the emotional state I want and provide me

habits and discipline The good news you have these cycles in areas that you are getting results Think in one area You have these four things right

Having these cycles itrsquos called being human First part on lsquorootsrsquo is about knowing your Cycles of Fear and Confidence and admit them to yourself to those you love to the others And having the courage to say that it doesnrsquot work because of FEAR And there is a way to break this cycle When you have roots you stop projecting it in your clients

There is a way of finding your values in a very logical way knowing which human motivators drive your behavior

8 HUMAN MOTIVATORSMaslov pyramid he was the first to talk about human needs He is outda-ted because it defines a hierarchy He places self-fulfillment at the top This model is very much focused on Maslovrsquos map-of-the-world who was an MS If it is a PE he may have lsquofamilyrsquo in the top and that is not wrong Still there are things that all humans need

So with all these models we created the 8 human motivators they are divided in four paradoxes one for each of the PEMS The first paradox is security freedom

Each one of us was born with a set of motivators You are ldquoaddictedrdquo on one side of the paradox You have to fulfill that need even if you have to abdicate of the other one

ROOTS

SECURITY

SELF LOVE

CONSCIOUSNESS

PERSONAL DEVEL

FREEDOM

LOVEBELOVED

BLISS

CONTRIBUTION

P

E

M

S

88

89

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

The main lesson is the more you live the other side of the paradox the more you will live your addiction as well What happens is that you can only get more of your addiction when you learn to validate the other side of the paradox This is what Jung calls ldquoparadoxes integrationrdquo be the millionaire and the altruistic Be the mother of family and career etc Only when you integrate the other energy is when it boosts the one that is more natural to you

For other persons it happens the same with security and all other pa-radoxes The suggestion is Irsquom addicted on this but I can pause and I can go exploring the other side What you have to figure out is your map (draw in the lsquoinfinite signsrsquo which side of the paradoxes is bigger) Your map is about how much you need to fill each side of the paradox

So YOUR HUMAN MOTIVATORS ARE DEFINING YOUR VALUES AND YOUR VALUES ARE DEFINING YOUR RESULTS

You can have everything on one of the sides of the paradox if yoursquore willing to face the fear of losing it

All people fill their motivators The difference between us is how sus-tainable is that satisfaction Unsustainable means that every day you

EXERCISE Do your map How do you discover Based on major decisions you made in your life Example work home relationships etc

have to feed them Imagine a homeless person he meets hisher secu-rity needs (eating and having where to sleep) but he has to do it every day Now compare with Donald Trump If you see the freedom part it probably happens the opposite

3 SUSTAINABLE it feeds itself It is something that can continue without the need for external resources It is ecological based on challenge and paradoxes integration

3 UNSUSTAINABLE you need to do it every day it is selfish ba-sed on comfort and extremist You do it like it was a daily shot

Example father and daughter about going out at night (to satisfy sa-fety and to love and be loved) Father says no hersquos being selfish and within his comfort zone The same father after coming to this course ldquoYoursquore going to the party until 2230 You send me an sms saying that everything is ok and at 2230 Irsquoll pick yourdquo This continues for some time Father goes on diminishing the rules Now hersquos being ecological entering his challenge zone and integrating paradoxes To feel safe as a father he has to give some freedom To feel loved he has to give them some self love Now his motivators are sustainable and has a sustai-nable system that feeds itself To arrive to a deeper level of security he needs to take the risk that comes from giving more freedom

DIAGONAL CONTINUOUS LINEThis line shows us that working above the line ie the clientrsquos beha-viors andor emotions is short-term and unsustainable In this case only the techniques are worked There are immediate results but with no major impact and duration Like when we are called to do motiva-tional speaking or teambuildingrsquos People feel better and do things but the results have a short duration

This does not imply that it is wrong to do Coaching based on these two areas For example in a quick conversation with a friend we can do Situational Coaching (based on behaviours) in order to get her to do something that has been postponing If the action has been made and it was what was intended to be then you did your role as Coach The Remedy Coaching is also important sometimes which consists on making the other person to leave the session feeling good thinking more positive at the time having had an opportunity to digest an emo-tion

ROOTS

90

91

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

Below the continuous line is where lies the deepest work The one that will actually be sustainable and with long-term results This is where we work values and beliefs it is where we go deep to the point where in fact we shift paradigms The client in this type of Coaching change her beliefs and values turning to be a really different person in opposition to what happens above the line where only the emotions or behaviors are changed but the client continues to be what she was

ICEBERGWith the iceberg image it is understood that the behavior is the conscious part of the human being the only thing that the client can see and analyze Everything else emotions beliefs and values are at the clientrsquos unconscious But as a Coa-ch I must and I want to work also the unconscious because as we saw above this is where it lies the sustainable and long-term work

When we help our clients shifting their paradigms beliefs emotions or values we are working with their unconscious Your client will not like this at some point in the process The unconscious will realize that she will have to change and this will cause the first resistance Knowing how to overcome this is essential to the Coachrsquos work so she can de-liver sustainable results

Conscious Mind keeps all the information which you can access now

Unconscious Mind keeps all the information that has ever passed through your brain It is also a kind of a warning system for you

The information passes from the unconscious to the conscious mind through the subconscious It goes dropping into deeper levels of our mind Very qui-ckly your clients will want to turn you into one of three things

Friend ndash They want someone who listens to them who is patient with them who is always there with whom they can always count and talk Most of your clients will want to have you here that you turn into a sort of confi-dant that supports them but does not challenge them too much But you are not there to be a friend

Boss ndash Many will seek in the Coach someone to tell them what to do who provides them specific guidance who pressures them who ldquopunishrdquo them when they donrsquot have their homework done Someone who is even more committed with their results than themselves But yoursquore also not there to be a Boss

Priest ndash Others will want a kind of a weekly confession session That you absolve the mistakes theyrsquove made du-ring the week that you tell them everything is fine and that it doesnrsquot matter we are all human and we all make mistakes You are not there to be a kind of spiritual le-ader of your client and to absolve him You are there to be

Coach - The Coach has an ldquoAirrdquo relationship with the client ie mental of communication becau-se it is a conversation where you listen and ask where there is intellectual stimulation In the map--of-the-world scheme the Coachrsquos sketch is in the quadrant of beliefs It is a ldquomind with mindrdquo work

It is important to know this because with the sessions going clients tend to try their Coach to become a friend (wateremotions) a boss (earthbehaviors) or even a priest (firevalues) However the Coach should avoid the mistake of behaving like one of these three types You are there to be a Coach

Notes In Informal Coaching with friends colleagues family remember that first thatrsquos what you are and only then you are a Coach Therefore you should not give prevalence to the Coach but to the relationship you have with that person otherwise you would violate the pact that exists between the two

ROOTS

92

93

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

4 TYPES OF COACHINGBased on these four quadrants there are four types of Coaching

Situational Coaching ndash The one that is done immediate-ly during the situation with the sole purpose of lea-ding it to an action It usually consists of a brief con-versation where a ROSA 10 is done Your client has a situation that week that really needs to be addressed Ex a proposal that she needs to present a college exam for which she has to study Itrsquos not bad Coaching and it is often necessary Only it is more superficial

Remediative Coaching ndash As the name says it suits when we have to put a ldquobandageointmentrdquo on the emotions The goal is the client to feel good at the end of the session without having to go deeply on the problem Itrsquos the typical conver-sation where the client unburdens and your only goal is to make her feel a little better Sometimes it may be and it often is necessary

Ex the past week your client has discussed with someone important to her or something happened that greatly dealt with her emotions Your first focus should be to help her to unburden and to feel better We used ROSA 10 + Unburden

Transformative Coaching ndash Here the goal is not just making the client to feel better but that she can change the way she sees her life and herself Here we mainly work on beliefs ie the client stops believing in some things to start believing in another ones She shifts paradigm Coaching is now much more sustainable and with long--term results It undergoes through more complete ses-sions where ROSA 20 is done

Holistic Coaching ndash This is the kind of Coaching that involves the whole being of the client all her areas and valences ie her values The entire psyche is worked We are working the whole Human Being and not only a part of it Even the motivators are worked We use ROSA 30 and we work a lot on paradoxes integration

KEY POINTSWe said earlier that we all have Cycles of Fear and that we can change them to Cycles of Confidence How

Imagine that you have a turnscrew and a bicycle wheel is malfunctio-ning You will then put the turnscrew into one of the four key points and then yoursquoll pull and force the wheel to move in the right direction to-wards the Cycle of Confidence And very important you donrsquot take out the turnscrew until the Cycle (the wheel) rotates in the right direction

What are then the Four Key Points You can really choose only one

VALUE FOCUS At this point you will choose a key value for you whi-ch you canrsquot leave to live in practice Whatever happens you canrsquot take the turnscrew from there For instance imagine that you are experien-cing serious financial difficulties and you decide that lsquoValue Focusrsquo is your point Imagine that you choose ldquosavingrdquo as the value that has to be experienced in practice Then whenever you have to make a decision that involves spending money you know what to do You canrsquot in any way stop living this value until the cycle begins to rotate in the oppo-site direction and gets sustainable

POSITIVITY If you want to work at the level of beliefs yoursquoll start to develop this empowering belief base BEING POSITIVE You must be a positive person with faith who believes that everything will go well who says only positive things about herself and the others who sees and is focused on everything positive that is going around her And when the bad days or the bad news are coming and you feel the need to say something negative you shut up And you say something positive

EMOTION FOCUS Imagine that there is an emotion that makes your Cycle of Fear to happen (an emotional pattern) In this key point you will choose an emotion that you would like to learn to cause in yourself learning how to get yourself into that state Imagine that you have been feeling too much anger in your Cycle of Fear and want to feel harmony instead You want to learn how to get into that emotional state You start feeling the opposite emotion and you do something to manage to be in an harmony state (you listen to a song that gets yourself into that state you put your boxing gloves you jump you meditate you close

ROOTS

94

95

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

your eyes you read a poem as Mandela did )

HOMEWORK FOCUS Here you will define a homework that until itrsquos done you wonrsquot do anything else Imagine that you have a Cycle of Fear in relation to health that you define lsquoHomework Focusrsquo as the key point and your homework is running every day Until you manage to do it nothing else matters All of your strategies are directioned so that your homework is being done as soon as possible

In the end all of the four key points have to do with absolute focus

Value ndash Focus on the most important value Until that value is being lived we wonrsquot move on

Positivity (Faith Optimism) ndash Focus on the positive emotions Un-til she gets optimistic we wonrsquot move on

Emotion (Meditation) ndash Focus on pleasure Until she feels more ple-asure than pain we wonrsquot move on

Homework ndash Focus on action Until the homework gets done we wonrsquot move on

VERY IMPORTANTYou as a coach do not have to guess your clientrsquos map-of-the-world or even her PEMS but you have to explore it aside of her You will only master her Map-of-the-World when you understand your own (creating roots) because you will never learn anything about yourself with your client you will never discover anything about you because shersquos the one who discovers it being real or not You Coach you must be hum-ble enough to know that you know nothing about your client and you shouldnrsquot try to guess anything It is the customer who gets there alone

Therefore the more knowledge you have about your own map-of-the--world together with Rapport and ROSA the more intense will be your Coaching because the more you will be able to help your client The goal is that you have the tools in yourself so you can help her In other words this tool is for you to deepen your roots and thus know when you need to do only ROSA or go searching for the Key Points or to use

another method For instance if a client has as her main challenge to be promoted then therersquos no logical on working on Cycles of Fear but to make a ROSA and move forward On the other hand if you see that there is a Cycle of Fear then you should find the key point so you can work on it

I canrsquot help the others if I canrsquot help myself first

ROOTS

values (I am)

during session

clientcoach rosa unconscious

Beliefs (I think)

between sessions

co-coach rosa 30

emotions (I feel)

leverage slice

self coaching rosa 20behavior (I do)

holistic

coaching to others rosa 10M

S

E

P

96

97

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING RESULTS

IX RESULTS

Results are super important in the Coa-ching process There is simply no Coa-

ching if there are no results and thatrsquos why they are at the center of the

triangle of the four Rrsquos Everything we do whether is ROSA creating

Roots or building Rapport it is done with the purpose of get-ting results at the end of the sessions

This is what distinguishes the most Coaching from other practices As a Coach you must become obsessed with your clients results Not only that they do their homeworks but also how close did Coaching took them closer to their Guru Objective how much it has improved their leverage slice of the Pizza and other slices as well We also try to assess the sustainability of those results We donrsquot want them just to get there but also that they keep there

Coaching is about results and you must take this premise very seriou-sly You have been hired to make them reach some goals Become obsessed with it

It is not so easy to evaluate results in a metric way in the world of Co-aching but it proves to be very important Not only with Life Coaching but also with Business Coaching We must find a way to demonstrate that our work has had results in practice

That was the reason why we have created the Results Model

Our level of competence is equal to our worst level of performance

RESULTS MODELIt is possible to define results through the four metrics

lsquoSrsquo AXIS (SPIRITUAL) WE EVALUATE THE PROCESS IMPACT ON THE CLIENT

Behavior (I DO) When the client throughout the process changes one or more behaviors She does now due to the sessions different things that she didnrsquot before

Emotions (I FEEL) When the client feels happier more self-confi-dent fulfilled etc She has now different and more positive emotions due to the Coaching process

98

99

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

Beliefs (I THINK) When there is a change of belief (I used to belie-ve I was not a good person and now I believe I am) When the client used to believe in something and she started to believe in something different There was a paradigm shift She used to see something in a certain way and now she sees it in a more empowering way

Values (I AM) When the Coach manages to help the client to change her values ie the person she is This happens for exam-ple when the client starts to put more emphasis on family than on work or when she accepts and believes that she is a healthy and different person and that nothing will change that now She values different things todat due to the Coa-ching process

lsquoErsquo AXIS (EMOTIONAL) WE EVALUATE THE CLIENTrsquoS AUTONOMY

Level 1 Coach (CoachClient Relationship) Itrsquos the Coach who controls the situation There is a formal relationship be-tween Coach and Client and the session is controlled and oriented by the Coach

Level 2 Coach (Co-Coach) The Client already acts as a Coach during the sessions This happens for example when the client already knows that she is supposed to also say po-sitive things on the Reality part that is she already knows what to do in each step She already takes the initiative The relationship is more about cooperation now and the Client start becoming autonomous

Level 3 Coach (Self-Coaching) When the Client already does Self--Coaching at home not being asked to This is a fantastic moment because she already has the tools and the Coach is there to help and support

Level 4 Coach (Coach to others) When the Client comes to a ses-sion and tells us she has done Coaching with someone else (with her child for instance) This person came to us to be helped however she is already using our tools to help so-

RESULTS

meone else She is totally independent It is every Coachrsquos dream

lsquoMrsquo AXIS (MENTAL) WE EVALUATE THE CLIENTrsquoS CONTENTS ASSIMILATION

Uses Rosa 10 language o cliente usa palavras como Realidade objetivos soluccedilotildees accedilotildees fazem hoje parte do seu leacutexico

Uses Rosa 20 language the client uses terms such as guru objec-tives baby objectives measurable beliefs paradigm shif-ting brainstorming etc

Uses Rosa 30 language she refers terms like emotional patterns cycles of fear and confidence values dilemma etc

Uses unconscious Rosa language when many of these terms are so ingrained in the clientrsquos language that she thinks she will use them for the rest of her life

lsquoPrsquo AXIS (PRACTICE) WE EVALUATE RESULTS IN PRACTICE

During the Session I can manage the client to get results only du-ring the session It is a Coaching session that has no power to influence the client outside it

Between Sessions It mostly happens when the client is doing her homeworks It means that what happened during the ses-sion touched her with enough strength to get her to realize she has to do something and that she is doing something outside the sessions

Leverage Slice It happens when the client fulfills her Leverage Slice and achieves the goal that brought her to Coaching or when her satisfaction in that slice has dramatically im-proved

Holistic When the client improves satisfaction in multiple slices as a result of the sessions including the leverage slice It was a process that had an impact on the whole being and not just in one area of her life

100

101

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

You can make this model with your client on the last session you have together You can also make a self-assessment to compare with it When you measure these four levels of results you will have access to check what level of Coaching you had on that specific process

COACHING LEVELThe Coaching Level that you have delivered is always proportional to your lowest result Even if you have three axes at level 3 and have only one at a level 2 Coaching has been 20 This is valuable information to you as a Coach because it gives you an idea of axes that are easier for you to work and others that you may have to further strengthen

Level 4 Coaching is something that is not achieved with all clients There must be a great empathy and rapport as well as a mastery on the Coaching technique that has been taught in the training course and presented in this manual

Gulica ego catia caperum dem inem cus Fortes et L Nos et grae avehem Romnit acto egeris cis sultod pratum voltum iam hos ublius hactam atemus essede con vas optilis factor aus nem ad cae estil hos me patus re verisse inatuus

Udam deperfecrem nermis etraed me int ela remulibut rem loctusquo cum mus auciem vivehem uresull emquissent eti primperescit ina que ia consiss entium pulerit con vendam morei sentes inatil vit ia quam mus licaudemus factem dum eo ura ex muro nenit quo vilnes-tium Catimportus pati postalarit vis coena fui sa consu consceribus Satquid ertienatus contere essimis ut vis aus iliciam quo in dissimis Ra num deatiqua vere con sentius et in spio pes Tiaetin videlisquam mus viliam que conum is larbit etora notimolto nos et duc omnimus opublicae convo C Nos vivica Catus hos vivas aurnihil hui terfint imorter labus hostam res inequod nerem tabute telieni hilicaessil ven-tem nonsulis

Berteropubit diisquium iteriti emprit teludam hilicid erfentiur tem huis

Hum pro vidiusquem paterevid sedis factatu rnihilla rem publicave Ca-terev irissoltis re aurei pere anum teluder ficepse essercem octuusque mis tum inam pra vivid rei condamdiis hacies Ipio verei sendamdis

TOOLS amp TECHNIQUES

X TOOLS AND TECHNIQUES

If you master well the model of the four Rrsquos for us you already are a fantastic Coach If you can master some stars too itrsquos even better But if you master the model you know how to do Coaching But now letrsquos go to the small stars The idea is not that you try to use all the stars at the same time Choose the two or three that you like best and train those first

POSITIVE FEEDBACKProvide as much positive feedback as you can to your client Take every opportunity you have to do it A Coach is the type of mirror that only says good things about her client Please turn yourself into some-one who is always valorizing every small steps that your client takes

FEEDBACK HAMBURGERYou say something positive then you say something negative then you say something positive again The two positive feedbacks have to be VERY VERY good For instance ldquoI have been feeling that you are very committed to your Coaching process We just need to start paying more attention to our homework even because I feel that you are a person who likes to challenge yourself and that really wants to go further ldquo

RESSIGNIFICATION Ressignificating is finding another meaning still more empowering but that changes everything EgrdquoI didnrsquot do my homework I failedrdquo Coach ldquoWow That means that you are a demanding and committed personrdquo ldquoIrsquom lazyrdquo

102

103

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

ldquoDoes that means you like to enjoy the pleasures of liferdquo

REFRAMINGIt is much like ressignification Itrsquos the name that is used in NLP (Neuro--Linguistic Programming) You take the information that was been gi-ven to you in a frame and you put it in a new one

PREFRAMINGIf ressignification has to do with changing the meaning after it has been given preframing has to do with giving a meaning to something before we have explained what it is It is a widely used technique to anticipate objections that might distract us from our ultimate goal Then we do preframing we previously give the meaning that we want the person to give afterwards Example

ldquoCan I show you my point of view Itrsquos something different but Irsquove seen that it works with many people and it has been helping a lot to change our behavior to healthier habits Itrsquos something innovative and different but highly successful Can I tell you my ideardquo You create a frame before placing the information in there

POSTFRAMINGFirst you give the information and then you put it in a frame Eg ldquoFolks today we have an exam (the low energy level) but thatrsquos what this course is about to be the best Coach to go furtherrdquo

ldquoFROM 0 TO 10 rdquo To give examples ldquoI think Irsquoll read a bookrdquo Coach ldquoFrom 0-10 how much do you think you will accomplish that goalrdquo

TRANSFORMING ldquoORrdquo IN ldquoANDrdquoHelp the client to find an alternative solution to integrate paradoxes to

find a third way

VULNERABILIZATIONFind out things about you that are not working and put them at the clientrsquos service That makes you human and you are validating your client in the case she feels the same She does some things better than you and has some of the same challenges

ASSOCIATION AND DISSOCIATIONThese two terms are often used in NLP (Neuro-linguistic Program-ming) and are used in various ways Association means that an indi-vidual describes a situation as if it was happening and he was partici-pating on it As the name indicates he is associated with it He is still seeing himself going through the situation and feels the emotions that he would feel if he was really living it

Dissociation means that an individual can already tell that experience as if he was watching a movie in which he took part but already dis-sociated from it He is more in an observer role That allows him a big-ger emotional objectivity Even if he feels the emotions they are more about the experience itself and not so much about him as a participant

When we want to help our customers to overcome some emotionally more challenging situations it can make a huge difference to have them to dissociate from those situations Thatrsquos how they can gain greater objectivity and clarity and at the same time they get more mo-tivated to take their first steps

METAPHORSThe most important here is that you use the metaphors of your client Use her world whenever it is possible It will help a lot more to inter-nalize and memorize the information Help your client to create her metaphors Eg ldquoSometimes we fall into holes that are so big that you canrsquot get out of them alonerdquo ldquoLearning to forgive someone is like dri-ving one step at a timerdquo

TOOLS amp TECHNIQUES

104

105

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

LANGUAGE OF A COACH 3 HOW TO INTERRUPT at the first session it must be defined if

the Coach can interrupt the client when she deviates from the focus If yoursquore going to interrupt your client you must always do it with a question You can also take note of something that has nothing to do with the subject you are talking about but it seems important So we can talk about it in the next session You can ask the client if she liked to talk about it

3 ldquoDOES IT MAKES SENSE FOR YOUrdquo If she says NO ldquoSo tell merdquo if she says YES ldquocan you tell me howrdquo

3 ldquoMY HALLUCINATION is rdquo Being very unconditional Any opi-nion is a good opinion The Coach realyy doesnrsquot know The word hallucination implies that what yoursquore saying may be ab-solutely wrong

3 ldquoWHAT WOULD LOVE DO NOWrdquo Be careful with the rapport level you have with your client It is a very good question when it concerns relational issues

3 ldquoHOW WOULD IT BE IFrdquo Very good to overcome objections ldquohow would it be if you had timerdquo ldquohow would it be if you had moneyrdquo ldquohow would it be if you had self-confidencerdquo

3 ldquoWHAT IF rdquo Fantastic to destroy any obstacle that your client brings Some examples ldquoAnd what if you couldrdquo ldquoWhy notrdquo ldquoWhat if nobody would knowrdquo ldquoWhat if you had moneyrdquo ldquoI know you donrsquot but what if you knew what would you sayrdquo

3 GENERAL TIP BE COOL You really must have a cool and rela-xed attitude You really donrsquot know what would be best for your client so be really unconditional

THE COACHING ETHICS

XI THE COACHING ETHICS

There are six ethic rules in Coaching but with no doubt the first is the most important

CONFIDENTIALITY Coaching sessions must be given the utmost con-fidentiality There are no legal rules as in Therapy (like not having fa-mily as clients) but you always have to respect confidentiality When you do Coaching in a company and you must give feedback to their manager your clients must know it If necessary you can discuss the case with a mentor but always without mentioning the name of your client You can discuss the cases but without any names

CLIENTrsquoS AUTONOMY Coaching is all about autonomy and sustaina-bility You need your client to get results not that she needs you You should think ldquoif I change country how would my clients berdquo

CAREFUL WITH PROJECTIONS We all project aspects that we re-press in ourselves All currents in psychology agree that there is pro-jection When I look to someone else what I see is whatrsquos inside of me (strengths and weaknesses) Thatrsquos why some see one thing and others see another As a Coach you must be very attentive to projections You should not do it with your client and for that you must work on your roots If something bothers you that says more about you than about your client Itrsquos not just a technical issue of respecting others map-of--the-world It is an ethical issue

CREDIBILITY Of course you can use other different tools in your ses-sions but you should be able to do so Using things on which yoursquore not certified is breaking ethics Try to be congruent and integrate Being a corporate or a sales Coach without being an expert about those mat-ters is not ethical

106

107

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING THE FIRST SESSION IN PRATICE

CONTRACT IS CONTRACT The financial commitment you assume with your client is always the same as long as she is your client The same in what respects sessions frequency You should always ask permission to your client when you want to change the frequency of the sessions For WeCreate the value you charge to your client must be the same forever It is part of our gratitude towards our client

SELF-COACHING The Coach must be an example of Self-Coaching or she should have a Coach You really have to do ROSA once a year at least and use all these tools in a weekly basis Make sure that you are also an example of achieving your own dreams

XII THE FIRST SESSION

IN PRACTICEIt is normal that the first session is a bit longer (90min) Your focus is to build RAPPORT Here is an example of a few steps for your first session You can have a few more or less of these steps but this is the general idea

STEP 1 Memorize these steps so that you will not have to use this manual

STEP 2 (Partnership) Organize the working space have everything prepared adequated clothes etc

STEP 3 (Presence) Prepare to be fully present by meditating or by being a few minutes in silence

STEP 4 (Posture and words) Build rapport have a few minutes of casual positive and neutral conversation to break the ice For example the weather the clientrsquos favourite team foot-ball match etc

STEP 5 At this stage you will also try to collect information about the client Several aspects of her life and trying to deter-mine clientrsquos expectations regarding the Coaching process You will be attentive about the metaphors and about what is really important to her Yoursquoll need it to explain what Co-aching is in her words

STEP 6 Explain what Coaching is using the clientrsquos words and the references she gave us Example letrsquos imagine that boxing was something that the client liked and we want to explain

108

109

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING THE LAST SESSION

Coaching through boxing ldquoCoaching is like boxing It invol-ves a lot of training to succeed in getting results but ins-tead of having an external enemy we are fighting against ourselvesrdquo

STEP 7 Inviting the client to do an exercise we pick six pens (three of each color) We ask her to tell us three things that are going well in her life and we explore each area a bit Then we ask ldquoamong those areas which one is running really wellrdquo Then we ask for three things that are not going so well and explore a bit

STEP 8 Asking the client which 3 goals she would like to accom-plish by the end of the Coaching process that would make it worth the investment (as measurable as possible)

STEP 9 Establishing verbal contract and selling the idea of coa-ching (even if the sessions pack is already closed) Now we talk about the practical issues sessions frequency ses-sions length interrupting the client first session a bit lon-ger confidentiality guarantee If you feel comfortable you can talk about costs and forms of payment

STEP 10 ldquoCan we start our session talking about what brought you here How can I helprdquo

STEP 11 Talking a bit about the Clientrsquos reality and introducing the Pizza of Life The client draws herrsquos We will go on explai-ning the pizza and its different slices (very briefly not to influence) Some clients like to do it lsquoalonersquo others like to go on talking as they fill the slices

STEP 12 From then on you make ROSA 10

STEP 13 You end up the session You can share ROSA methodology with your client (if you think shersquod like it) and ending with positive feedback You can also ask the client how did she feel You can also ask her to choose an object and summa-rize the session You will also be doing some preframing by stating that Coaching is about action and homeworks

XIII THE LAST SESSION

A coaching process has a follow-up We can work with individual ses-sions or with a pack It is important to inform your clients that Coaching is a continuous process and not a process with miraculous results in the first session Hence it is like doing workout where it is difficult to get results if we go to the gym only once

You can work with packs of sessions (5 or 10) and we would like to give you some tips on what you should ensure it gets done in your last coaching session with someone you have been working with

FUTURE It is important to ensure that the client will continue taking steps in the future even not having sessions anymore or your presence In this session you should spend some time helping her in creating an action plan about the next steps she wants to go on taking in that area You can also take the opportunity to do a small summary of everything that you both worked in so that there is a notion of the progress made and the results achieved Ensures that your client completed that process and be sure about the next steps for her future Help her in crea-ting a good action plan

HABITS You can also ask your client which would be the daily or weekly habits that she would like more to integrate into her routine

POSITIVE FEEDBACK This is also the perfect time to give positive fe-edback to your client (despite being a constant throughout the sessions) Show her the progress she has made throughout the sessions and help her to realize all the positive things she has achieved

111

110

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

PERSONAL DEVELOPMENT We must ensure that our client conti-nues its personal development process and knows or tries new approaches Coaching is just one part of a wide range of options that are now ahead of her Encourage her to con-tinue that journey to read new books to try other trainings and workshops other different and complementary ways of approaching personal development

KEEPING CONTACT You can develop some form of contact with your old clients Email telephone facebook etc Remember to con-tinue sending her information about coaching or other matters you find important It is a way to ensure that your client will continue ldquoawakedrdquo for this subject

Thank you for being part of this project

Daniel Saacute Nogueira and Marta Ferreira

Page 38: WeCreate International Coaching Certification Manual

76

77

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

Identify the psychological type of the client can help the coach to anticipate and understand expectations

MAIN SUPERIOR FUNCTION AND AUXILIARY INFERIOR FUNCTION

According to Carl Jung while we all have one function that is better developed than the others ndash a superior function ndash we also have another fairly well developed function called the first auxiliary

All of us have a bit of each one of the psychologies but there are always two that are predominant a main one which Jung calls the superior function and an auxiliary one that lies at the bottom of the cross shown on the previous page which is always to the right or left of our superior one

The inferior function is one that is less developed and that remains mainly in our unconscious

Thus a person who is predominantly Practical may have as her auxi-liary function the emotional or mental logic thus being PE or PM

A person who is predominantly Mental may have as her auxiliary func-tion the spiritual or practical logic thus being MS or MP

A person who is predominantly Spiritual may have as her auxiliary function the emotional or mental logic thus being SE or SM

And a person who is predominantly Emotional may have as her auxilia-ry function the spiritual or practical logic thus being ES or EP

This all means that we are situated in one of the following categories

3 Practical Emotional or Emotional Practical 3 Practical Mental or Mental Practical 3 Spiritual Emotional or Emotional Spiritual 3 Spiritual Mental or Mental Spiritual

As you may have noticed according to Jung there are no EMME or PSSP That is one canrsquot have as her first auxiliary function the func-tion that is opposite to the superior one

Carl Jung said that we should look closely at our inferior function whi-ch usually remains in our unconscious because it contains an enor-mous potential for a change and each one of us can benefit a lot from integrating our inferior function with our superior one

Taking risks experimenting enjoying everything that life has to offer is the best way of getting to know ourselves and realizing where our happiness lies (ldquoTrate a Vida por Turdquo paacuteg 74)

INTROVERSION AND EXTROVERSION Introversion and extroversion have to do with the direction in which we focus our attention and energy

People who prefer Extroversion focus their energy and attention away from themselves and are interested in the world of people and things

3 Attracted to the world of events and people outside of themsel-ves

3 They are aware of who and what is around them 3 They like to meet and talk to new people 3 They are friendly often good talkers and easy to get to know 3 They tend to talk easily and often in meetings 3 May not be as aware of what goes on inside them 3 They think while talking 3 They may act or speak first and only think later 3 Speaking about themselves they speak fast 3 They bring energy into life 3 They can get bored and restless if they are alone for too long

People who prefer Introversion (focus their energy and attention inward and are interested in the inner world of thoughts and reflections)

3 Attracted to the inner world of thoughts feelings and reflections 3 They are usually very aware of their inner reactions 3 They prefer to interact with people they know 3 They are usually quiet in meetings and sometimes seem disen-

gaged

RAPPORT

78

79

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

3 They are generally reserved and hard to get to know 3 They may not be as aware of the world outside of them 3 They need time to gather their thoughts before they speak 3 They reflect and think before acting 3 They want to know you before allowing you to get to know them

deeply 3 They feel exhausted and tired after interacting with peoples

FINAL NOTE you must be what your client is You have to find that person inside you

LEARNING STYLESAs we saw with the previous PEMS model our clients will have diffe-rent psychological preferences It is therefore important and essential that you are able to adapt your sessions to the learning style that your client likes best and that better meets her psychological preference

EMOTIONAL Emotional clients will like to talk and share on their to-pics They are very much looking for a relationship and empathy with the Coach and they need to feel heard more than any of the other personality types For these persons learning has a lot to do with the relationship that is created with the feeling of support that they get and even with the positive feedback They like to learn through stories As a Coach it is important to learn to empathize with the emotional range of these persons They will appreciate the sharing to tell stories and to listen to them With emotional clients we may sometimes feel that we are not taking huge steps forward But the fact is that many times these persons need to first be listened to

MENTAL Mental clients will be more logical and may have a more aca-demic style of learning They will want to understand the reasons why things are what they are they will want to get tasks involving research on certain subjects The sessions with these people must be well defi-ned and prepared They will want to explore their intellectual side and feel challenged It is important for them to have access to information and tools that explain the work they are doing in the sessions in a con-crete and logical manner Of course they also need to empathize but the intellectual challenge feeling that their intellect is develops appears to be greater They may like schemes graphics and any models that

could simplify the learning process What these persons will demand of you is a greater capacity to analyse and a logical and rational way of communicating

SPIRITUAL this is for most people the most difficult learning style to adopt Remember that these persons are seeking the greater meaning of things They really want to feel inspired by the coaching process (and even by their Coach) They will want to see that you are an exam-ple of what you talk about so called congruence Spiritual persons will enjoy topics that are more related to values to their identity that make them feel that they are taking steps towards becoming better hu-man beings With these clients you can use powerful metaphors (even through movies music creative exercises etc) and above all strive to make sure that the person leaves the session very inspired

PRACTICAL They like action Which is great because coaching is pri-marily about action These persons like to have very practical sessions in which they get the opportunity to do many exercises and experiment with different situations They may be the clients that like getting more tasks and having things to do (which then sometimes ldquogets lostrdquo due to their time management) These clients will require more simplicity and a well-paced session from you They may also like to do exercises that involve moving their body Above all they will want you to help them get into action

As we deal with these four kinds of preferences we need to adapt our Coaching style to the learning style that each person has Thus we should prepare a lot their sessions and realize that some will require from you

3 Greater sharing and ability to listen and relate (e) 3 Researching mastering the subject very well and knowing how

to mentally stimulate your client with challenges (m) 3 Powerful metaphors very inspirational sessions and congruen-

ce that assign meaning to the Coaching process (s) 3 Practical exercises diversified well rhythmed sessions that

help your client to quickly get into action (p)

RAPPORT

80

81

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING ROOTS

LEVEL 5 - PERSON TO PERSONThis is the fifth level of rapport the deepest and more intense one It happens when the level of rapport is a total vibration Itrsquos when the client feels such a confidence by her Coach empathy and sympathy Itrsquos the hardest level to evaluate

Itrsquos when your client feels so much connected to you that depending on her your relationship would go beyond Coaching She no longer wants the Coach she wants you You no longer understand only the person she feels that you know about her You donrsquot understand psychology you understand who she is

It is very similar to the rapport level you have with 23 of very close persons in your life Everything is natural unconscious and sponta-neous

VIII ROOTS

Every human being seeks to get results Mo-ney Family Romance Peace Happiness

Career Health All we want in life is to have results in those areas

The Map-of-the-World Model is used to work on roots - your

roots as a Coach It shows us how does the psyche of all of us works As a Coach no one

should surprise you about yourself You should know you well know everything about yourself This is what itrsquos called a rooted person

click the video to see it

82

83

BELIEFSTRANSFORMATIVE COACHING

ROSA 20 M - AIR - THINK

VALUESHOLISTIC COACHING

ROSA 30 S - FIRE - BE

COACHING 40

WORLD MAP MODEL

being th

e moment

passi

on en

ergy

demotiv

ation

empowering beliefs

limiting rules

relation air(comunication)

coach is priestisnacutet

1 value focus

UNSUSTAINABLESUSTAINABLE

SECURITY

SELF LOVE

CONSCIOUSNESS

PERSONAL DEVEL

FREEDOM

LOVEBELOVED

BLISS

CONTRIBUTION

P

E

M

S

BEHAVIORROSA 10

SITUATIONAL COACHING

P - EARTH - DO

EMOTIONSREMEDY COACHING

ROSA 10 + LISTEN E - WATER - FEEL

RESULTS

ability to

enter

in st

ate

emotional

patter

ns

habits and discipline

addictions

coach is bossisnacutet

coach is friendisnacutet

1 Homework focus

optimism faithpositive

meditation

key points focusused to interrupt the fear cycle

coach is coach

HUMAN HAVINGHUMAN BEING

UNSUSTAINABLEEGOTISTICAL

STRETCH ZONE

SUSTAINABLEECOLOGICALSTRETCH ZONE

SHORT TERMLONG TERM

CYCLE OF CONFIDENCECYCLE OF FEAR

CONSCIOUS

SUBCONSCIOUS

UNCONSCIOUS

84

85

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

So the first question is why some are getting results while others are not

ACTIONS BEHAVIORSThis means that anyone who is having results is because she is ldquodoingrdquo ie behaving differently from other people who are having no results in those areas For example a millionaire DOES things that people who are not millionaires donrsquot For example saving investing etc Someone with a great health is DOING things that people that donrsquot have a good health are not What we are doing is making the difference Two people in the same circumstances that do exactly the same actions have the same kind of results People who have the results you wanna have ARE DOING THINGS TO GET THEM

So the next question is what leads some people to DO and others to not do

EMOTIONSEverything you do in your life is a relationship between pain and pleasure What happens is that someone who goes running at 6 am associates more pain with lsquonot goingrsquo than with lsquogoingrsquo Who is going to the gym asso-ciates more pleasure than pain with going to the gym in the morning That relationship between pain and pleasure is what is defining your results If we dramatically increase the pain or the pleasure associated we will get to change your results

As so what is then defining that painpleasure relationship

BELIEFSThe reason is because of our beliefs of what we believe in Our beliefs are our set of rules for the world and for our lives Your set of beliefs in fact is defining your painpleasure relationship with something and then your actions A millionaire believes that saving is essential that investing and taking risks is necessary This set of beliefs leads himher to associa-te more pleasure than pain with having these behaviors and therefore heshe implements them Other people have other beliefs that create other

emotions that create other results People who are achieving results in areas that you arenrsquot have a beliefs system different from yours

And then it seems logical to ask so what is defining and creating your set of beliefs

VALUESWhat is a value Itrsquos something that is important to you something you re-ally value The only thing that determines a value is if it is valuable to you Not all of us share the same values (Example the values of Mother Teresa and Donald Trump Contribution vs Professional Accomplishment) What you really value and not what you say that you value You value it so much that it generates your set of beliefs In fact when you live your values in practice (on a daily basis) you are defining your life results Not what you would like to value but what you are really valorizing In fact we all have the same values What differs is the order and the importance we give to each one of them

For example if someone has the value of the family above the value of work she will have the belief that it is more important to spend time with her family causing her to develop a positive feeling when she is with her family which leads her to really try to spend more time with it On the other hand someone who has the value of work above the family one will be someone who believes she should spend more time with her work and career as she believes it is that that will bring her more financial stabi-lity for example So she will associate more pleasure to the time spent at work than at home causing her to act accordingly to that emotion For example Donald Trump and Mother Teresa of Calcutta havenrsquot they got different values One probably values more lsquoprofessional fulfillmentrsquo the other values more lsquocontributionrsquo Different results Sure One has one of the largest business empires in the world the other left the largest volun-teer organization in the world

So in reality the values you are living in practice (what you are valuing in practice) are defining your results

This alone already explains a good part of the psyche of human beings But letrsquos go deeper

ROOTS

Having roots is to control the cycle of trust

86

87

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

To have roots the coach has to identify

her motivators and values create beliefs and habits and learn

to place herself in a state

CYCLE OF CONFIDENCE AND CYCLE OF FEAREveryone has Cycles of Fear in some areas and Cycles of Confidence in other areas

How do you know it If you are having or not results in that area In the areas of your life where you are getting results you are living in a Cycle of Confidence In the areas where yoursquore not you are living in a Cycle of Fear What does this means is that you have behavioral addic-tions or that you are doing things in a vicious way you are in a sort of a mice wheel Those addictions start by creating emotional patterns on you (feelings that you are having whether you want it or not for instan-ce jealousy when it becomes a pattern no matter what the other does that emotion will keep being there it is an emotion that happens to you) and those emotional patterns generate limiting rules We use the words ldquorulesrdquo because in reality limiting beliefs are created because they have a very large set of rules And this generates demotivation An addiction creates an emotional pattern that creates rules limiting which create demotivation and discourage us to move and change This Cycle of Fear is being lived FROM RESULTS TO VALUES and not in the other and right way The bad news are that we all have Cycles of Fear The areas in which we are not having results is because we are afraid but we paint it in other colors Irsquom afraid Irsquom demotivated I have emotional patterns and I have limiting rules

For you to gain roots you need to recognize these cycles You need to break it if you want results but if you want roots you need to recognize them Good news you can break Cycles of Fear

Second good news you have Cycles of Confidence You also unders-tand the other psychology So what is a Cycle of Confidence

You start by having the capacity of creating Discipline and Habits you get the ability to get into a certain and desired state (eg being happy to go training I want to create that emotion I visualize it it is the op-posite of an emotional pattern the pattern happens to you Think of a boxer who puts herself into her wanted state before entering in a ring You have empowering beliefs (when you believe in something that cre-ates more of it) This creates energy passion being in the moment Being with energy and passion and in the moment brings me empowe-ring beliefs which put me in the emotional state I want and provide me

habits and discipline The good news you have these cycles in areas that you are getting results Think in one area You have these four things right

Having these cycles itrsquos called being human First part on lsquorootsrsquo is about knowing your Cycles of Fear and Confidence and admit them to yourself to those you love to the others And having the courage to say that it doesnrsquot work because of FEAR And there is a way to break this cycle When you have roots you stop projecting it in your clients

There is a way of finding your values in a very logical way knowing which human motivators drive your behavior

8 HUMAN MOTIVATORSMaslov pyramid he was the first to talk about human needs He is outda-ted because it defines a hierarchy He places self-fulfillment at the top This model is very much focused on Maslovrsquos map-of-the-world who was an MS If it is a PE he may have lsquofamilyrsquo in the top and that is not wrong Still there are things that all humans need

So with all these models we created the 8 human motivators they are divided in four paradoxes one for each of the PEMS The first paradox is security freedom

Each one of us was born with a set of motivators You are ldquoaddictedrdquo on one side of the paradox You have to fulfill that need even if you have to abdicate of the other one

ROOTS

SECURITY

SELF LOVE

CONSCIOUSNESS

PERSONAL DEVEL

FREEDOM

LOVEBELOVED

BLISS

CONTRIBUTION

P

E

M

S

88

89

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

The main lesson is the more you live the other side of the paradox the more you will live your addiction as well What happens is that you can only get more of your addiction when you learn to validate the other side of the paradox This is what Jung calls ldquoparadoxes integrationrdquo be the millionaire and the altruistic Be the mother of family and career etc Only when you integrate the other energy is when it boosts the one that is more natural to you

For other persons it happens the same with security and all other pa-radoxes The suggestion is Irsquom addicted on this but I can pause and I can go exploring the other side What you have to figure out is your map (draw in the lsquoinfinite signsrsquo which side of the paradoxes is bigger) Your map is about how much you need to fill each side of the paradox

So YOUR HUMAN MOTIVATORS ARE DEFINING YOUR VALUES AND YOUR VALUES ARE DEFINING YOUR RESULTS

You can have everything on one of the sides of the paradox if yoursquore willing to face the fear of losing it

All people fill their motivators The difference between us is how sus-tainable is that satisfaction Unsustainable means that every day you

EXERCISE Do your map How do you discover Based on major decisions you made in your life Example work home relationships etc

have to feed them Imagine a homeless person he meets hisher secu-rity needs (eating and having where to sleep) but he has to do it every day Now compare with Donald Trump If you see the freedom part it probably happens the opposite

3 SUSTAINABLE it feeds itself It is something that can continue without the need for external resources It is ecological based on challenge and paradoxes integration

3 UNSUSTAINABLE you need to do it every day it is selfish ba-sed on comfort and extremist You do it like it was a daily shot

Example father and daughter about going out at night (to satisfy sa-fety and to love and be loved) Father says no hersquos being selfish and within his comfort zone The same father after coming to this course ldquoYoursquore going to the party until 2230 You send me an sms saying that everything is ok and at 2230 Irsquoll pick yourdquo This continues for some time Father goes on diminishing the rules Now hersquos being ecological entering his challenge zone and integrating paradoxes To feel safe as a father he has to give some freedom To feel loved he has to give them some self love Now his motivators are sustainable and has a sustai-nable system that feeds itself To arrive to a deeper level of security he needs to take the risk that comes from giving more freedom

DIAGONAL CONTINUOUS LINEThis line shows us that working above the line ie the clientrsquos beha-viors andor emotions is short-term and unsustainable In this case only the techniques are worked There are immediate results but with no major impact and duration Like when we are called to do motiva-tional speaking or teambuildingrsquos People feel better and do things but the results have a short duration

This does not imply that it is wrong to do Coaching based on these two areas For example in a quick conversation with a friend we can do Situational Coaching (based on behaviours) in order to get her to do something that has been postponing If the action has been made and it was what was intended to be then you did your role as Coach The Remedy Coaching is also important sometimes which consists on making the other person to leave the session feeling good thinking more positive at the time having had an opportunity to digest an emo-tion

ROOTS

90

91

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

Below the continuous line is where lies the deepest work The one that will actually be sustainable and with long-term results This is where we work values and beliefs it is where we go deep to the point where in fact we shift paradigms The client in this type of Coaching change her beliefs and values turning to be a really different person in opposition to what happens above the line where only the emotions or behaviors are changed but the client continues to be what she was

ICEBERGWith the iceberg image it is understood that the behavior is the conscious part of the human being the only thing that the client can see and analyze Everything else emotions beliefs and values are at the clientrsquos unconscious But as a Coa-ch I must and I want to work also the unconscious because as we saw above this is where it lies the sustainable and long-term work

When we help our clients shifting their paradigms beliefs emotions or values we are working with their unconscious Your client will not like this at some point in the process The unconscious will realize that she will have to change and this will cause the first resistance Knowing how to overcome this is essential to the Coachrsquos work so she can de-liver sustainable results

Conscious Mind keeps all the information which you can access now

Unconscious Mind keeps all the information that has ever passed through your brain It is also a kind of a warning system for you

The information passes from the unconscious to the conscious mind through the subconscious It goes dropping into deeper levels of our mind Very qui-ckly your clients will want to turn you into one of three things

Friend ndash They want someone who listens to them who is patient with them who is always there with whom they can always count and talk Most of your clients will want to have you here that you turn into a sort of confi-dant that supports them but does not challenge them too much But you are not there to be a friend

Boss ndash Many will seek in the Coach someone to tell them what to do who provides them specific guidance who pressures them who ldquopunishrdquo them when they donrsquot have their homework done Someone who is even more committed with their results than themselves But yoursquore also not there to be a Boss

Priest ndash Others will want a kind of a weekly confession session That you absolve the mistakes theyrsquove made du-ring the week that you tell them everything is fine and that it doesnrsquot matter we are all human and we all make mistakes You are not there to be a kind of spiritual le-ader of your client and to absolve him You are there to be

Coach - The Coach has an ldquoAirrdquo relationship with the client ie mental of communication becau-se it is a conversation where you listen and ask where there is intellectual stimulation In the map--of-the-world scheme the Coachrsquos sketch is in the quadrant of beliefs It is a ldquomind with mindrdquo work

It is important to know this because with the sessions going clients tend to try their Coach to become a friend (wateremotions) a boss (earthbehaviors) or even a priest (firevalues) However the Coach should avoid the mistake of behaving like one of these three types You are there to be a Coach

Notes In Informal Coaching with friends colleagues family remember that first thatrsquos what you are and only then you are a Coach Therefore you should not give prevalence to the Coach but to the relationship you have with that person otherwise you would violate the pact that exists between the two

ROOTS

92

93

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

4 TYPES OF COACHINGBased on these four quadrants there are four types of Coaching

Situational Coaching ndash The one that is done immediate-ly during the situation with the sole purpose of lea-ding it to an action It usually consists of a brief con-versation where a ROSA 10 is done Your client has a situation that week that really needs to be addressed Ex a proposal that she needs to present a college exam for which she has to study Itrsquos not bad Coaching and it is often necessary Only it is more superficial

Remediative Coaching ndash As the name says it suits when we have to put a ldquobandageointmentrdquo on the emotions The goal is the client to feel good at the end of the session without having to go deeply on the problem Itrsquos the typical conver-sation where the client unburdens and your only goal is to make her feel a little better Sometimes it may be and it often is necessary

Ex the past week your client has discussed with someone important to her or something happened that greatly dealt with her emotions Your first focus should be to help her to unburden and to feel better We used ROSA 10 + Unburden

Transformative Coaching ndash Here the goal is not just making the client to feel better but that she can change the way she sees her life and herself Here we mainly work on beliefs ie the client stops believing in some things to start believing in another ones She shifts paradigm Coaching is now much more sustainable and with long--term results It undergoes through more complete ses-sions where ROSA 20 is done

Holistic Coaching ndash This is the kind of Coaching that involves the whole being of the client all her areas and valences ie her values The entire psyche is worked We are working the whole Human Being and not only a part of it Even the motivators are worked We use ROSA 30 and we work a lot on paradoxes integration

KEY POINTSWe said earlier that we all have Cycles of Fear and that we can change them to Cycles of Confidence How

Imagine that you have a turnscrew and a bicycle wheel is malfunctio-ning You will then put the turnscrew into one of the four key points and then yoursquoll pull and force the wheel to move in the right direction to-wards the Cycle of Confidence And very important you donrsquot take out the turnscrew until the Cycle (the wheel) rotates in the right direction

What are then the Four Key Points You can really choose only one

VALUE FOCUS At this point you will choose a key value for you whi-ch you canrsquot leave to live in practice Whatever happens you canrsquot take the turnscrew from there For instance imagine that you are experien-cing serious financial difficulties and you decide that lsquoValue Focusrsquo is your point Imagine that you choose ldquosavingrdquo as the value that has to be experienced in practice Then whenever you have to make a decision that involves spending money you know what to do You canrsquot in any way stop living this value until the cycle begins to rotate in the oppo-site direction and gets sustainable

POSITIVITY If you want to work at the level of beliefs yoursquoll start to develop this empowering belief base BEING POSITIVE You must be a positive person with faith who believes that everything will go well who says only positive things about herself and the others who sees and is focused on everything positive that is going around her And when the bad days or the bad news are coming and you feel the need to say something negative you shut up And you say something positive

EMOTION FOCUS Imagine that there is an emotion that makes your Cycle of Fear to happen (an emotional pattern) In this key point you will choose an emotion that you would like to learn to cause in yourself learning how to get yourself into that state Imagine that you have been feeling too much anger in your Cycle of Fear and want to feel harmony instead You want to learn how to get into that emotional state You start feeling the opposite emotion and you do something to manage to be in an harmony state (you listen to a song that gets yourself into that state you put your boxing gloves you jump you meditate you close

ROOTS

94

95

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

your eyes you read a poem as Mandela did )

HOMEWORK FOCUS Here you will define a homework that until itrsquos done you wonrsquot do anything else Imagine that you have a Cycle of Fear in relation to health that you define lsquoHomework Focusrsquo as the key point and your homework is running every day Until you manage to do it nothing else matters All of your strategies are directioned so that your homework is being done as soon as possible

In the end all of the four key points have to do with absolute focus

Value ndash Focus on the most important value Until that value is being lived we wonrsquot move on

Positivity (Faith Optimism) ndash Focus on the positive emotions Un-til she gets optimistic we wonrsquot move on

Emotion (Meditation) ndash Focus on pleasure Until she feels more ple-asure than pain we wonrsquot move on

Homework ndash Focus on action Until the homework gets done we wonrsquot move on

VERY IMPORTANTYou as a coach do not have to guess your clientrsquos map-of-the-world or even her PEMS but you have to explore it aside of her You will only master her Map-of-the-World when you understand your own (creating roots) because you will never learn anything about yourself with your client you will never discover anything about you because shersquos the one who discovers it being real or not You Coach you must be hum-ble enough to know that you know nothing about your client and you shouldnrsquot try to guess anything It is the customer who gets there alone

Therefore the more knowledge you have about your own map-of-the--world together with Rapport and ROSA the more intense will be your Coaching because the more you will be able to help your client The goal is that you have the tools in yourself so you can help her In other words this tool is for you to deepen your roots and thus know when you need to do only ROSA or go searching for the Key Points or to use

another method For instance if a client has as her main challenge to be promoted then therersquos no logical on working on Cycles of Fear but to make a ROSA and move forward On the other hand if you see that there is a Cycle of Fear then you should find the key point so you can work on it

I canrsquot help the others if I canrsquot help myself first

ROOTS

values (I am)

during session

clientcoach rosa unconscious

Beliefs (I think)

between sessions

co-coach rosa 30

emotions (I feel)

leverage slice

self coaching rosa 20behavior (I do)

holistic

coaching to others rosa 10M

S

E

P

96

97

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING RESULTS

IX RESULTS

Results are super important in the Coa-ching process There is simply no Coa-

ching if there are no results and thatrsquos why they are at the center of the

triangle of the four Rrsquos Everything we do whether is ROSA creating

Roots or building Rapport it is done with the purpose of get-ting results at the end of the sessions

This is what distinguishes the most Coaching from other practices As a Coach you must become obsessed with your clients results Not only that they do their homeworks but also how close did Coaching took them closer to their Guru Objective how much it has improved their leverage slice of the Pizza and other slices as well We also try to assess the sustainability of those results We donrsquot want them just to get there but also that they keep there

Coaching is about results and you must take this premise very seriou-sly You have been hired to make them reach some goals Become obsessed with it

It is not so easy to evaluate results in a metric way in the world of Co-aching but it proves to be very important Not only with Life Coaching but also with Business Coaching We must find a way to demonstrate that our work has had results in practice

That was the reason why we have created the Results Model

Our level of competence is equal to our worst level of performance

RESULTS MODELIt is possible to define results through the four metrics

lsquoSrsquo AXIS (SPIRITUAL) WE EVALUATE THE PROCESS IMPACT ON THE CLIENT

Behavior (I DO) When the client throughout the process changes one or more behaviors She does now due to the sessions different things that she didnrsquot before

Emotions (I FEEL) When the client feels happier more self-confi-dent fulfilled etc She has now different and more positive emotions due to the Coaching process

98

99

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

Beliefs (I THINK) When there is a change of belief (I used to belie-ve I was not a good person and now I believe I am) When the client used to believe in something and she started to believe in something different There was a paradigm shift She used to see something in a certain way and now she sees it in a more empowering way

Values (I AM) When the Coach manages to help the client to change her values ie the person she is This happens for exam-ple when the client starts to put more emphasis on family than on work or when she accepts and believes that she is a healthy and different person and that nothing will change that now She values different things todat due to the Coa-ching process

lsquoErsquo AXIS (EMOTIONAL) WE EVALUATE THE CLIENTrsquoS AUTONOMY

Level 1 Coach (CoachClient Relationship) Itrsquos the Coach who controls the situation There is a formal relationship be-tween Coach and Client and the session is controlled and oriented by the Coach

Level 2 Coach (Co-Coach) The Client already acts as a Coach during the sessions This happens for example when the client already knows that she is supposed to also say po-sitive things on the Reality part that is she already knows what to do in each step She already takes the initiative The relationship is more about cooperation now and the Client start becoming autonomous

Level 3 Coach (Self-Coaching) When the Client already does Self--Coaching at home not being asked to This is a fantastic moment because she already has the tools and the Coach is there to help and support

Level 4 Coach (Coach to others) When the Client comes to a ses-sion and tells us she has done Coaching with someone else (with her child for instance) This person came to us to be helped however she is already using our tools to help so-

RESULTS

meone else She is totally independent It is every Coachrsquos dream

lsquoMrsquo AXIS (MENTAL) WE EVALUATE THE CLIENTrsquoS CONTENTS ASSIMILATION

Uses Rosa 10 language o cliente usa palavras como Realidade objetivos soluccedilotildees accedilotildees fazem hoje parte do seu leacutexico

Uses Rosa 20 language the client uses terms such as guru objec-tives baby objectives measurable beliefs paradigm shif-ting brainstorming etc

Uses Rosa 30 language she refers terms like emotional patterns cycles of fear and confidence values dilemma etc

Uses unconscious Rosa language when many of these terms are so ingrained in the clientrsquos language that she thinks she will use them for the rest of her life

lsquoPrsquo AXIS (PRACTICE) WE EVALUATE RESULTS IN PRACTICE

During the Session I can manage the client to get results only du-ring the session It is a Coaching session that has no power to influence the client outside it

Between Sessions It mostly happens when the client is doing her homeworks It means that what happened during the ses-sion touched her with enough strength to get her to realize she has to do something and that she is doing something outside the sessions

Leverage Slice It happens when the client fulfills her Leverage Slice and achieves the goal that brought her to Coaching or when her satisfaction in that slice has dramatically im-proved

Holistic When the client improves satisfaction in multiple slices as a result of the sessions including the leverage slice It was a process that had an impact on the whole being and not just in one area of her life

100

101

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

You can make this model with your client on the last session you have together You can also make a self-assessment to compare with it When you measure these four levels of results you will have access to check what level of Coaching you had on that specific process

COACHING LEVELThe Coaching Level that you have delivered is always proportional to your lowest result Even if you have three axes at level 3 and have only one at a level 2 Coaching has been 20 This is valuable information to you as a Coach because it gives you an idea of axes that are easier for you to work and others that you may have to further strengthen

Level 4 Coaching is something that is not achieved with all clients There must be a great empathy and rapport as well as a mastery on the Coaching technique that has been taught in the training course and presented in this manual

Gulica ego catia caperum dem inem cus Fortes et L Nos et grae avehem Romnit acto egeris cis sultod pratum voltum iam hos ublius hactam atemus essede con vas optilis factor aus nem ad cae estil hos me patus re verisse inatuus

Udam deperfecrem nermis etraed me int ela remulibut rem loctusquo cum mus auciem vivehem uresull emquissent eti primperescit ina que ia consiss entium pulerit con vendam morei sentes inatil vit ia quam mus licaudemus factem dum eo ura ex muro nenit quo vilnes-tium Catimportus pati postalarit vis coena fui sa consu consceribus Satquid ertienatus contere essimis ut vis aus iliciam quo in dissimis Ra num deatiqua vere con sentius et in spio pes Tiaetin videlisquam mus viliam que conum is larbit etora notimolto nos et duc omnimus opublicae convo C Nos vivica Catus hos vivas aurnihil hui terfint imorter labus hostam res inequod nerem tabute telieni hilicaessil ven-tem nonsulis

Berteropubit diisquium iteriti emprit teludam hilicid erfentiur tem huis

Hum pro vidiusquem paterevid sedis factatu rnihilla rem publicave Ca-terev irissoltis re aurei pere anum teluder ficepse essercem octuusque mis tum inam pra vivid rei condamdiis hacies Ipio verei sendamdis

TOOLS amp TECHNIQUES

X TOOLS AND TECHNIQUES

If you master well the model of the four Rrsquos for us you already are a fantastic Coach If you can master some stars too itrsquos even better But if you master the model you know how to do Coaching But now letrsquos go to the small stars The idea is not that you try to use all the stars at the same time Choose the two or three that you like best and train those first

POSITIVE FEEDBACKProvide as much positive feedback as you can to your client Take every opportunity you have to do it A Coach is the type of mirror that only says good things about her client Please turn yourself into some-one who is always valorizing every small steps that your client takes

FEEDBACK HAMBURGERYou say something positive then you say something negative then you say something positive again The two positive feedbacks have to be VERY VERY good For instance ldquoI have been feeling that you are very committed to your Coaching process We just need to start paying more attention to our homework even because I feel that you are a person who likes to challenge yourself and that really wants to go further ldquo

RESSIGNIFICATION Ressignificating is finding another meaning still more empowering but that changes everything EgrdquoI didnrsquot do my homework I failedrdquo Coach ldquoWow That means that you are a demanding and committed personrdquo ldquoIrsquom lazyrdquo

102

103

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

ldquoDoes that means you like to enjoy the pleasures of liferdquo

REFRAMINGIt is much like ressignification Itrsquos the name that is used in NLP (Neuro--Linguistic Programming) You take the information that was been gi-ven to you in a frame and you put it in a new one

PREFRAMINGIf ressignification has to do with changing the meaning after it has been given preframing has to do with giving a meaning to something before we have explained what it is It is a widely used technique to anticipate objections that might distract us from our ultimate goal Then we do preframing we previously give the meaning that we want the person to give afterwards Example

ldquoCan I show you my point of view Itrsquos something different but Irsquove seen that it works with many people and it has been helping a lot to change our behavior to healthier habits Itrsquos something innovative and different but highly successful Can I tell you my ideardquo You create a frame before placing the information in there

POSTFRAMINGFirst you give the information and then you put it in a frame Eg ldquoFolks today we have an exam (the low energy level) but thatrsquos what this course is about to be the best Coach to go furtherrdquo

ldquoFROM 0 TO 10 rdquo To give examples ldquoI think Irsquoll read a bookrdquo Coach ldquoFrom 0-10 how much do you think you will accomplish that goalrdquo

TRANSFORMING ldquoORrdquo IN ldquoANDrdquoHelp the client to find an alternative solution to integrate paradoxes to

find a third way

VULNERABILIZATIONFind out things about you that are not working and put them at the clientrsquos service That makes you human and you are validating your client in the case she feels the same She does some things better than you and has some of the same challenges

ASSOCIATION AND DISSOCIATIONThese two terms are often used in NLP (Neuro-linguistic Program-ming) and are used in various ways Association means that an indi-vidual describes a situation as if it was happening and he was partici-pating on it As the name indicates he is associated with it He is still seeing himself going through the situation and feels the emotions that he would feel if he was really living it

Dissociation means that an individual can already tell that experience as if he was watching a movie in which he took part but already dis-sociated from it He is more in an observer role That allows him a big-ger emotional objectivity Even if he feels the emotions they are more about the experience itself and not so much about him as a participant

When we want to help our customers to overcome some emotionally more challenging situations it can make a huge difference to have them to dissociate from those situations Thatrsquos how they can gain greater objectivity and clarity and at the same time they get more mo-tivated to take their first steps

METAPHORSThe most important here is that you use the metaphors of your client Use her world whenever it is possible It will help a lot more to inter-nalize and memorize the information Help your client to create her metaphors Eg ldquoSometimes we fall into holes that are so big that you canrsquot get out of them alonerdquo ldquoLearning to forgive someone is like dri-ving one step at a timerdquo

TOOLS amp TECHNIQUES

104

105

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

LANGUAGE OF A COACH 3 HOW TO INTERRUPT at the first session it must be defined if

the Coach can interrupt the client when she deviates from the focus If yoursquore going to interrupt your client you must always do it with a question You can also take note of something that has nothing to do with the subject you are talking about but it seems important So we can talk about it in the next session You can ask the client if she liked to talk about it

3 ldquoDOES IT MAKES SENSE FOR YOUrdquo If she says NO ldquoSo tell merdquo if she says YES ldquocan you tell me howrdquo

3 ldquoMY HALLUCINATION is rdquo Being very unconditional Any opi-nion is a good opinion The Coach realyy doesnrsquot know The word hallucination implies that what yoursquore saying may be ab-solutely wrong

3 ldquoWHAT WOULD LOVE DO NOWrdquo Be careful with the rapport level you have with your client It is a very good question when it concerns relational issues

3 ldquoHOW WOULD IT BE IFrdquo Very good to overcome objections ldquohow would it be if you had timerdquo ldquohow would it be if you had moneyrdquo ldquohow would it be if you had self-confidencerdquo

3 ldquoWHAT IF rdquo Fantastic to destroy any obstacle that your client brings Some examples ldquoAnd what if you couldrdquo ldquoWhy notrdquo ldquoWhat if nobody would knowrdquo ldquoWhat if you had moneyrdquo ldquoI know you donrsquot but what if you knew what would you sayrdquo

3 GENERAL TIP BE COOL You really must have a cool and rela-xed attitude You really donrsquot know what would be best for your client so be really unconditional

THE COACHING ETHICS

XI THE COACHING ETHICS

There are six ethic rules in Coaching but with no doubt the first is the most important

CONFIDENTIALITY Coaching sessions must be given the utmost con-fidentiality There are no legal rules as in Therapy (like not having fa-mily as clients) but you always have to respect confidentiality When you do Coaching in a company and you must give feedback to their manager your clients must know it If necessary you can discuss the case with a mentor but always without mentioning the name of your client You can discuss the cases but without any names

CLIENTrsquoS AUTONOMY Coaching is all about autonomy and sustaina-bility You need your client to get results not that she needs you You should think ldquoif I change country how would my clients berdquo

CAREFUL WITH PROJECTIONS We all project aspects that we re-press in ourselves All currents in psychology agree that there is pro-jection When I look to someone else what I see is whatrsquos inside of me (strengths and weaknesses) Thatrsquos why some see one thing and others see another As a Coach you must be very attentive to projections You should not do it with your client and for that you must work on your roots If something bothers you that says more about you than about your client Itrsquos not just a technical issue of respecting others map-of--the-world It is an ethical issue

CREDIBILITY Of course you can use other different tools in your ses-sions but you should be able to do so Using things on which yoursquore not certified is breaking ethics Try to be congruent and integrate Being a corporate or a sales Coach without being an expert about those mat-ters is not ethical

106

107

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING THE FIRST SESSION IN PRATICE

CONTRACT IS CONTRACT The financial commitment you assume with your client is always the same as long as she is your client The same in what respects sessions frequency You should always ask permission to your client when you want to change the frequency of the sessions For WeCreate the value you charge to your client must be the same forever It is part of our gratitude towards our client

SELF-COACHING The Coach must be an example of Self-Coaching or she should have a Coach You really have to do ROSA once a year at least and use all these tools in a weekly basis Make sure that you are also an example of achieving your own dreams

XII THE FIRST SESSION

IN PRACTICEIt is normal that the first session is a bit longer (90min) Your focus is to build RAPPORT Here is an example of a few steps for your first session You can have a few more or less of these steps but this is the general idea

STEP 1 Memorize these steps so that you will not have to use this manual

STEP 2 (Partnership) Organize the working space have everything prepared adequated clothes etc

STEP 3 (Presence) Prepare to be fully present by meditating or by being a few minutes in silence

STEP 4 (Posture and words) Build rapport have a few minutes of casual positive and neutral conversation to break the ice For example the weather the clientrsquos favourite team foot-ball match etc

STEP 5 At this stage you will also try to collect information about the client Several aspects of her life and trying to deter-mine clientrsquos expectations regarding the Coaching process You will be attentive about the metaphors and about what is really important to her Yoursquoll need it to explain what Co-aching is in her words

STEP 6 Explain what Coaching is using the clientrsquos words and the references she gave us Example letrsquos imagine that boxing was something that the client liked and we want to explain

108

109

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING THE LAST SESSION

Coaching through boxing ldquoCoaching is like boxing It invol-ves a lot of training to succeed in getting results but ins-tead of having an external enemy we are fighting against ourselvesrdquo

STEP 7 Inviting the client to do an exercise we pick six pens (three of each color) We ask her to tell us three things that are going well in her life and we explore each area a bit Then we ask ldquoamong those areas which one is running really wellrdquo Then we ask for three things that are not going so well and explore a bit

STEP 8 Asking the client which 3 goals she would like to accom-plish by the end of the Coaching process that would make it worth the investment (as measurable as possible)

STEP 9 Establishing verbal contract and selling the idea of coa-ching (even if the sessions pack is already closed) Now we talk about the practical issues sessions frequency ses-sions length interrupting the client first session a bit lon-ger confidentiality guarantee If you feel comfortable you can talk about costs and forms of payment

STEP 10 ldquoCan we start our session talking about what brought you here How can I helprdquo

STEP 11 Talking a bit about the Clientrsquos reality and introducing the Pizza of Life The client draws herrsquos We will go on explai-ning the pizza and its different slices (very briefly not to influence) Some clients like to do it lsquoalonersquo others like to go on talking as they fill the slices

STEP 12 From then on you make ROSA 10

STEP 13 You end up the session You can share ROSA methodology with your client (if you think shersquod like it) and ending with positive feedback You can also ask the client how did she feel You can also ask her to choose an object and summa-rize the session You will also be doing some preframing by stating that Coaching is about action and homeworks

XIII THE LAST SESSION

A coaching process has a follow-up We can work with individual ses-sions or with a pack It is important to inform your clients that Coaching is a continuous process and not a process with miraculous results in the first session Hence it is like doing workout where it is difficult to get results if we go to the gym only once

You can work with packs of sessions (5 or 10) and we would like to give you some tips on what you should ensure it gets done in your last coaching session with someone you have been working with

FUTURE It is important to ensure that the client will continue taking steps in the future even not having sessions anymore or your presence In this session you should spend some time helping her in creating an action plan about the next steps she wants to go on taking in that area You can also take the opportunity to do a small summary of everything that you both worked in so that there is a notion of the progress made and the results achieved Ensures that your client completed that process and be sure about the next steps for her future Help her in crea-ting a good action plan

HABITS You can also ask your client which would be the daily or weekly habits that she would like more to integrate into her routine

POSITIVE FEEDBACK This is also the perfect time to give positive fe-edback to your client (despite being a constant throughout the sessions) Show her the progress she has made throughout the sessions and help her to realize all the positive things she has achieved

111

110

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

PERSONAL DEVELOPMENT We must ensure that our client conti-nues its personal development process and knows or tries new approaches Coaching is just one part of a wide range of options that are now ahead of her Encourage her to con-tinue that journey to read new books to try other trainings and workshops other different and complementary ways of approaching personal development

KEEPING CONTACT You can develop some form of contact with your old clients Email telephone facebook etc Remember to con-tinue sending her information about coaching or other matters you find important It is a way to ensure that your client will continue ldquoawakedrdquo for this subject

Thank you for being part of this project

Daniel Saacute Nogueira and Marta Ferreira

Page 39: WeCreate International Coaching Certification Manual

78

79

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

3 They are generally reserved and hard to get to know 3 They may not be as aware of the world outside of them 3 They need time to gather their thoughts before they speak 3 They reflect and think before acting 3 They want to know you before allowing you to get to know them

deeply 3 They feel exhausted and tired after interacting with peoples

FINAL NOTE you must be what your client is You have to find that person inside you

LEARNING STYLESAs we saw with the previous PEMS model our clients will have diffe-rent psychological preferences It is therefore important and essential that you are able to adapt your sessions to the learning style that your client likes best and that better meets her psychological preference

EMOTIONAL Emotional clients will like to talk and share on their to-pics They are very much looking for a relationship and empathy with the Coach and they need to feel heard more than any of the other personality types For these persons learning has a lot to do with the relationship that is created with the feeling of support that they get and even with the positive feedback They like to learn through stories As a Coach it is important to learn to empathize with the emotional range of these persons They will appreciate the sharing to tell stories and to listen to them With emotional clients we may sometimes feel that we are not taking huge steps forward But the fact is that many times these persons need to first be listened to

MENTAL Mental clients will be more logical and may have a more aca-demic style of learning They will want to understand the reasons why things are what they are they will want to get tasks involving research on certain subjects The sessions with these people must be well defi-ned and prepared They will want to explore their intellectual side and feel challenged It is important for them to have access to information and tools that explain the work they are doing in the sessions in a con-crete and logical manner Of course they also need to empathize but the intellectual challenge feeling that their intellect is develops appears to be greater They may like schemes graphics and any models that

could simplify the learning process What these persons will demand of you is a greater capacity to analyse and a logical and rational way of communicating

SPIRITUAL this is for most people the most difficult learning style to adopt Remember that these persons are seeking the greater meaning of things They really want to feel inspired by the coaching process (and even by their Coach) They will want to see that you are an exam-ple of what you talk about so called congruence Spiritual persons will enjoy topics that are more related to values to their identity that make them feel that they are taking steps towards becoming better hu-man beings With these clients you can use powerful metaphors (even through movies music creative exercises etc) and above all strive to make sure that the person leaves the session very inspired

PRACTICAL They like action Which is great because coaching is pri-marily about action These persons like to have very practical sessions in which they get the opportunity to do many exercises and experiment with different situations They may be the clients that like getting more tasks and having things to do (which then sometimes ldquogets lostrdquo due to their time management) These clients will require more simplicity and a well-paced session from you They may also like to do exercises that involve moving their body Above all they will want you to help them get into action

As we deal with these four kinds of preferences we need to adapt our Coaching style to the learning style that each person has Thus we should prepare a lot their sessions and realize that some will require from you

3 Greater sharing and ability to listen and relate (e) 3 Researching mastering the subject very well and knowing how

to mentally stimulate your client with challenges (m) 3 Powerful metaphors very inspirational sessions and congruen-

ce that assign meaning to the Coaching process (s) 3 Practical exercises diversified well rhythmed sessions that

help your client to quickly get into action (p)

RAPPORT

80

81

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING ROOTS

LEVEL 5 - PERSON TO PERSONThis is the fifth level of rapport the deepest and more intense one It happens when the level of rapport is a total vibration Itrsquos when the client feels such a confidence by her Coach empathy and sympathy Itrsquos the hardest level to evaluate

Itrsquos when your client feels so much connected to you that depending on her your relationship would go beyond Coaching She no longer wants the Coach she wants you You no longer understand only the person she feels that you know about her You donrsquot understand psychology you understand who she is

It is very similar to the rapport level you have with 23 of very close persons in your life Everything is natural unconscious and sponta-neous

VIII ROOTS

Every human being seeks to get results Mo-ney Family Romance Peace Happiness

Career Health All we want in life is to have results in those areas

The Map-of-the-World Model is used to work on roots - your

roots as a Coach It shows us how does the psyche of all of us works As a Coach no one

should surprise you about yourself You should know you well know everything about yourself This is what itrsquos called a rooted person

click the video to see it

82

83

BELIEFSTRANSFORMATIVE COACHING

ROSA 20 M - AIR - THINK

VALUESHOLISTIC COACHING

ROSA 30 S - FIRE - BE

COACHING 40

WORLD MAP MODEL

being th

e moment

passi

on en

ergy

demotiv

ation

empowering beliefs

limiting rules

relation air(comunication)

coach is priestisnacutet

1 value focus

UNSUSTAINABLESUSTAINABLE

SECURITY

SELF LOVE

CONSCIOUSNESS

PERSONAL DEVEL

FREEDOM

LOVEBELOVED

BLISS

CONTRIBUTION

P

E

M

S

BEHAVIORROSA 10

SITUATIONAL COACHING

P - EARTH - DO

EMOTIONSREMEDY COACHING

ROSA 10 + LISTEN E - WATER - FEEL

RESULTS

ability to

enter

in st

ate

emotional

patter

ns

habits and discipline

addictions

coach is bossisnacutet

coach is friendisnacutet

1 Homework focus

optimism faithpositive

meditation

key points focusused to interrupt the fear cycle

coach is coach

HUMAN HAVINGHUMAN BEING

UNSUSTAINABLEEGOTISTICAL

STRETCH ZONE

SUSTAINABLEECOLOGICALSTRETCH ZONE

SHORT TERMLONG TERM

CYCLE OF CONFIDENCECYCLE OF FEAR

CONSCIOUS

SUBCONSCIOUS

UNCONSCIOUS

84

85

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

So the first question is why some are getting results while others are not

ACTIONS BEHAVIORSThis means that anyone who is having results is because she is ldquodoingrdquo ie behaving differently from other people who are having no results in those areas For example a millionaire DOES things that people who are not millionaires donrsquot For example saving investing etc Someone with a great health is DOING things that people that donrsquot have a good health are not What we are doing is making the difference Two people in the same circumstances that do exactly the same actions have the same kind of results People who have the results you wanna have ARE DOING THINGS TO GET THEM

So the next question is what leads some people to DO and others to not do

EMOTIONSEverything you do in your life is a relationship between pain and pleasure What happens is that someone who goes running at 6 am associates more pain with lsquonot goingrsquo than with lsquogoingrsquo Who is going to the gym asso-ciates more pleasure than pain with going to the gym in the morning That relationship between pain and pleasure is what is defining your results If we dramatically increase the pain or the pleasure associated we will get to change your results

As so what is then defining that painpleasure relationship

BELIEFSThe reason is because of our beliefs of what we believe in Our beliefs are our set of rules for the world and for our lives Your set of beliefs in fact is defining your painpleasure relationship with something and then your actions A millionaire believes that saving is essential that investing and taking risks is necessary This set of beliefs leads himher to associa-te more pleasure than pain with having these behaviors and therefore heshe implements them Other people have other beliefs that create other

emotions that create other results People who are achieving results in areas that you arenrsquot have a beliefs system different from yours

And then it seems logical to ask so what is defining and creating your set of beliefs

VALUESWhat is a value Itrsquos something that is important to you something you re-ally value The only thing that determines a value is if it is valuable to you Not all of us share the same values (Example the values of Mother Teresa and Donald Trump Contribution vs Professional Accomplishment) What you really value and not what you say that you value You value it so much that it generates your set of beliefs In fact when you live your values in practice (on a daily basis) you are defining your life results Not what you would like to value but what you are really valorizing In fact we all have the same values What differs is the order and the importance we give to each one of them

For example if someone has the value of the family above the value of work she will have the belief that it is more important to spend time with her family causing her to develop a positive feeling when she is with her family which leads her to really try to spend more time with it On the other hand someone who has the value of work above the family one will be someone who believes she should spend more time with her work and career as she believes it is that that will bring her more financial stabi-lity for example So she will associate more pleasure to the time spent at work than at home causing her to act accordingly to that emotion For example Donald Trump and Mother Teresa of Calcutta havenrsquot they got different values One probably values more lsquoprofessional fulfillmentrsquo the other values more lsquocontributionrsquo Different results Sure One has one of the largest business empires in the world the other left the largest volun-teer organization in the world

So in reality the values you are living in practice (what you are valuing in practice) are defining your results

This alone already explains a good part of the psyche of human beings But letrsquos go deeper

ROOTS

Having roots is to control the cycle of trust

86

87

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

To have roots the coach has to identify

her motivators and values create beliefs and habits and learn

to place herself in a state

CYCLE OF CONFIDENCE AND CYCLE OF FEAREveryone has Cycles of Fear in some areas and Cycles of Confidence in other areas

How do you know it If you are having or not results in that area In the areas of your life where you are getting results you are living in a Cycle of Confidence In the areas where yoursquore not you are living in a Cycle of Fear What does this means is that you have behavioral addic-tions or that you are doing things in a vicious way you are in a sort of a mice wheel Those addictions start by creating emotional patterns on you (feelings that you are having whether you want it or not for instan-ce jealousy when it becomes a pattern no matter what the other does that emotion will keep being there it is an emotion that happens to you) and those emotional patterns generate limiting rules We use the words ldquorulesrdquo because in reality limiting beliefs are created because they have a very large set of rules And this generates demotivation An addiction creates an emotional pattern that creates rules limiting which create demotivation and discourage us to move and change This Cycle of Fear is being lived FROM RESULTS TO VALUES and not in the other and right way The bad news are that we all have Cycles of Fear The areas in which we are not having results is because we are afraid but we paint it in other colors Irsquom afraid Irsquom demotivated I have emotional patterns and I have limiting rules

For you to gain roots you need to recognize these cycles You need to break it if you want results but if you want roots you need to recognize them Good news you can break Cycles of Fear

Second good news you have Cycles of Confidence You also unders-tand the other psychology So what is a Cycle of Confidence

You start by having the capacity of creating Discipline and Habits you get the ability to get into a certain and desired state (eg being happy to go training I want to create that emotion I visualize it it is the op-posite of an emotional pattern the pattern happens to you Think of a boxer who puts herself into her wanted state before entering in a ring You have empowering beliefs (when you believe in something that cre-ates more of it) This creates energy passion being in the moment Being with energy and passion and in the moment brings me empowe-ring beliefs which put me in the emotional state I want and provide me

habits and discipline The good news you have these cycles in areas that you are getting results Think in one area You have these four things right

Having these cycles itrsquos called being human First part on lsquorootsrsquo is about knowing your Cycles of Fear and Confidence and admit them to yourself to those you love to the others And having the courage to say that it doesnrsquot work because of FEAR And there is a way to break this cycle When you have roots you stop projecting it in your clients

There is a way of finding your values in a very logical way knowing which human motivators drive your behavior

8 HUMAN MOTIVATORSMaslov pyramid he was the first to talk about human needs He is outda-ted because it defines a hierarchy He places self-fulfillment at the top This model is very much focused on Maslovrsquos map-of-the-world who was an MS If it is a PE he may have lsquofamilyrsquo in the top and that is not wrong Still there are things that all humans need

So with all these models we created the 8 human motivators they are divided in four paradoxes one for each of the PEMS The first paradox is security freedom

Each one of us was born with a set of motivators You are ldquoaddictedrdquo on one side of the paradox You have to fulfill that need even if you have to abdicate of the other one

ROOTS

SECURITY

SELF LOVE

CONSCIOUSNESS

PERSONAL DEVEL

FREEDOM

LOVEBELOVED

BLISS

CONTRIBUTION

P

E

M

S

88

89

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

The main lesson is the more you live the other side of the paradox the more you will live your addiction as well What happens is that you can only get more of your addiction when you learn to validate the other side of the paradox This is what Jung calls ldquoparadoxes integrationrdquo be the millionaire and the altruistic Be the mother of family and career etc Only when you integrate the other energy is when it boosts the one that is more natural to you

For other persons it happens the same with security and all other pa-radoxes The suggestion is Irsquom addicted on this but I can pause and I can go exploring the other side What you have to figure out is your map (draw in the lsquoinfinite signsrsquo which side of the paradoxes is bigger) Your map is about how much you need to fill each side of the paradox

So YOUR HUMAN MOTIVATORS ARE DEFINING YOUR VALUES AND YOUR VALUES ARE DEFINING YOUR RESULTS

You can have everything on one of the sides of the paradox if yoursquore willing to face the fear of losing it

All people fill their motivators The difference between us is how sus-tainable is that satisfaction Unsustainable means that every day you

EXERCISE Do your map How do you discover Based on major decisions you made in your life Example work home relationships etc

have to feed them Imagine a homeless person he meets hisher secu-rity needs (eating and having where to sleep) but he has to do it every day Now compare with Donald Trump If you see the freedom part it probably happens the opposite

3 SUSTAINABLE it feeds itself It is something that can continue without the need for external resources It is ecological based on challenge and paradoxes integration

3 UNSUSTAINABLE you need to do it every day it is selfish ba-sed on comfort and extremist You do it like it was a daily shot

Example father and daughter about going out at night (to satisfy sa-fety and to love and be loved) Father says no hersquos being selfish and within his comfort zone The same father after coming to this course ldquoYoursquore going to the party until 2230 You send me an sms saying that everything is ok and at 2230 Irsquoll pick yourdquo This continues for some time Father goes on diminishing the rules Now hersquos being ecological entering his challenge zone and integrating paradoxes To feel safe as a father he has to give some freedom To feel loved he has to give them some self love Now his motivators are sustainable and has a sustai-nable system that feeds itself To arrive to a deeper level of security he needs to take the risk that comes from giving more freedom

DIAGONAL CONTINUOUS LINEThis line shows us that working above the line ie the clientrsquos beha-viors andor emotions is short-term and unsustainable In this case only the techniques are worked There are immediate results but with no major impact and duration Like when we are called to do motiva-tional speaking or teambuildingrsquos People feel better and do things but the results have a short duration

This does not imply that it is wrong to do Coaching based on these two areas For example in a quick conversation with a friend we can do Situational Coaching (based on behaviours) in order to get her to do something that has been postponing If the action has been made and it was what was intended to be then you did your role as Coach The Remedy Coaching is also important sometimes which consists on making the other person to leave the session feeling good thinking more positive at the time having had an opportunity to digest an emo-tion

ROOTS

90

91

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

Below the continuous line is where lies the deepest work The one that will actually be sustainable and with long-term results This is where we work values and beliefs it is where we go deep to the point where in fact we shift paradigms The client in this type of Coaching change her beliefs and values turning to be a really different person in opposition to what happens above the line where only the emotions or behaviors are changed but the client continues to be what she was

ICEBERGWith the iceberg image it is understood that the behavior is the conscious part of the human being the only thing that the client can see and analyze Everything else emotions beliefs and values are at the clientrsquos unconscious But as a Coa-ch I must and I want to work also the unconscious because as we saw above this is where it lies the sustainable and long-term work

When we help our clients shifting their paradigms beliefs emotions or values we are working with their unconscious Your client will not like this at some point in the process The unconscious will realize that she will have to change and this will cause the first resistance Knowing how to overcome this is essential to the Coachrsquos work so she can de-liver sustainable results

Conscious Mind keeps all the information which you can access now

Unconscious Mind keeps all the information that has ever passed through your brain It is also a kind of a warning system for you

The information passes from the unconscious to the conscious mind through the subconscious It goes dropping into deeper levels of our mind Very qui-ckly your clients will want to turn you into one of three things

Friend ndash They want someone who listens to them who is patient with them who is always there with whom they can always count and talk Most of your clients will want to have you here that you turn into a sort of confi-dant that supports them but does not challenge them too much But you are not there to be a friend

Boss ndash Many will seek in the Coach someone to tell them what to do who provides them specific guidance who pressures them who ldquopunishrdquo them when they donrsquot have their homework done Someone who is even more committed with their results than themselves But yoursquore also not there to be a Boss

Priest ndash Others will want a kind of a weekly confession session That you absolve the mistakes theyrsquove made du-ring the week that you tell them everything is fine and that it doesnrsquot matter we are all human and we all make mistakes You are not there to be a kind of spiritual le-ader of your client and to absolve him You are there to be

Coach - The Coach has an ldquoAirrdquo relationship with the client ie mental of communication becau-se it is a conversation where you listen and ask where there is intellectual stimulation In the map--of-the-world scheme the Coachrsquos sketch is in the quadrant of beliefs It is a ldquomind with mindrdquo work

It is important to know this because with the sessions going clients tend to try their Coach to become a friend (wateremotions) a boss (earthbehaviors) or even a priest (firevalues) However the Coach should avoid the mistake of behaving like one of these three types You are there to be a Coach

Notes In Informal Coaching with friends colleagues family remember that first thatrsquos what you are and only then you are a Coach Therefore you should not give prevalence to the Coach but to the relationship you have with that person otherwise you would violate the pact that exists between the two

ROOTS

92

93

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

4 TYPES OF COACHINGBased on these four quadrants there are four types of Coaching

Situational Coaching ndash The one that is done immediate-ly during the situation with the sole purpose of lea-ding it to an action It usually consists of a brief con-versation where a ROSA 10 is done Your client has a situation that week that really needs to be addressed Ex a proposal that she needs to present a college exam for which she has to study Itrsquos not bad Coaching and it is often necessary Only it is more superficial

Remediative Coaching ndash As the name says it suits when we have to put a ldquobandageointmentrdquo on the emotions The goal is the client to feel good at the end of the session without having to go deeply on the problem Itrsquos the typical conver-sation where the client unburdens and your only goal is to make her feel a little better Sometimes it may be and it often is necessary

Ex the past week your client has discussed with someone important to her or something happened that greatly dealt with her emotions Your first focus should be to help her to unburden and to feel better We used ROSA 10 + Unburden

Transformative Coaching ndash Here the goal is not just making the client to feel better but that she can change the way she sees her life and herself Here we mainly work on beliefs ie the client stops believing in some things to start believing in another ones She shifts paradigm Coaching is now much more sustainable and with long--term results It undergoes through more complete ses-sions where ROSA 20 is done

Holistic Coaching ndash This is the kind of Coaching that involves the whole being of the client all her areas and valences ie her values The entire psyche is worked We are working the whole Human Being and not only a part of it Even the motivators are worked We use ROSA 30 and we work a lot on paradoxes integration

KEY POINTSWe said earlier that we all have Cycles of Fear and that we can change them to Cycles of Confidence How

Imagine that you have a turnscrew and a bicycle wheel is malfunctio-ning You will then put the turnscrew into one of the four key points and then yoursquoll pull and force the wheel to move in the right direction to-wards the Cycle of Confidence And very important you donrsquot take out the turnscrew until the Cycle (the wheel) rotates in the right direction

What are then the Four Key Points You can really choose only one

VALUE FOCUS At this point you will choose a key value for you whi-ch you canrsquot leave to live in practice Whatever happens you canrsquot take the turnscrew from there For instance imagine that you are experien-cing serious financial difficulties and you decide that lsquoValue Focusrsquo is your point Imagine that you choose ldquosavingrdquo as the value that has to be experienced in practice Then whenever you have to make a decision that involves spending money you know what to do You canrsquot in any way stop living this value until the cycle begins to rotate in the oppo-site direction and gets sustainable

POSITIVITY If you want to work at the level of beliefs yoursquoll start to develop this empowering belief base BEING POSITIVE You must be a positive person with faith who believes that everything will go well who says only positive things about herself and the others who sees and is focused on everything positive that is going around her And when the bad days or the bad news are coming and you feel the need to say something negative you shut up And you say something positive

EMOTION FOCUS Imagine that there is an emotion that makes your Cycle of Fear to happen (an emotional pattern) In this key point you will choose an emotion that you would like to learn to cause in yourself learning how to get yourself into that state Imagine that you have been feeling too much anger in your Cycle of Fear and want to feel harmony instead You want to learn how to get into that emotional state You start feeling the opposite emotion and you do something to manage to be in an harmony state (you listen to a song that gets yourself into that state you put your boxing gloves you jump you meditate you close

ROOTS

94

95

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

your eyes you read a poem as Mandela did )

HOMEWORK FOCUS Here you will define a homework that until itrsquos done you wonrsquot do anything else Imagine that you have a Cycle of Fear in relation to health that you define lsquoHomework Focusrsquo as the key point and your homework is running every day Until you manage to do it nothing else matters All of your strategies are directioned so that your homework is being done as soon as possible

In the end all of the four key points have to do with absolute focus

Value ndash Focus on the most important value Until that value is being lived we wonrsquot move on

Positivity (Faith Optimism) ndash Focus on the positive emotions Un-til she gets optimistic we wonrsquot move on

Emotion (Meditation) ndash Focus on pleasure Until she feels more ple-asure than pain we wonrsquot move on

Homework ndash Focus on action Until the homework gets done we wonrsquot move on

VERY IMPORTANTYou as a coach do not have to guess your clientrsquos map-of-the-world or even her PEMS but you have to explore it aside of her You will only master her Map-of-the-World when you understand your own (creating roots) because you will never learn anything about yourself with your client you will never discover anything about you because shersquos the one who discovers it being real or not You Coach you must be hum-ble enough to know that you know nothing about your client and you shouldnrsquot try to guess anything It is the customer who gets there alone

Therefore the more knowledge you have about your own map-of-the--world together with Rapport and ROSA the more intense will be your Coaching because the more you will be able to help your client The goal is that you have the tools in yourself so you can help her In other words this tool is for you to deepen your roots and thus know when you need to do only ROSA or go searching for the Key Points or to use

another method For instance if a client has as her main challenge to be promoted then therersquos no logical on working on Cycles of Fear but to make a ROSA and move forward On the other hand if you see that there is a Cycle of Fear then you should find the key point so you can work on it

I canrsquot help the others if I canrsquot help myself first

ROOTS

values (I am)

during session

clientcoach rosa unconscious

Beliefs (I think)

between sessions

co-coach rosa 30

emotions (I feel)

leverage slice

self coaching rosa 20behavior (I do)

holistic

coaching to others rosa 10M

S

E

P

96

97

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING RESULTS

IX RESULTS

Results are super important in the Coa-ching process There is simply no Coa-

ching if there are no results and thatrsquos why they are at the center of the

triangle of the four Rrsquos Everything we do whether is ROSA creating

Roots or building Rapport it is done with the purpose of get-ting results at the end of the sessions

This is what distinguishes the most Coaching from other practices As a Coach you must become obsessed with your clients results Not only that they do their homeworks but also how close did Coaching took them closer to their Guru Objective how much it has improved their leverage slice of the Pizza and other slices as well We also try to assess the sustainability of those results We donrsquot want them just to get there but also that they keep there

Coaching is about results and you must take this premise very seriou-sly You have been hired to make them reach some goals Become obsessed with it

It is not so easy to evaluate results in a metric way in the world of Co-aching but it proves to be very important Not only with Life Coaching but also with Business Coaching We must find a way to demonstrate that our work has had results in practice

That was the reason why we have created the Results Model

Our level of competence is equal to our worst level of performance

RESULTS MODELIt is possible to define results through the four metrics

lsquoSrsquo AXIS (SPIRITUAL) WE EVALUATE THE PROCESS IMPACT ON THE CLIENT

Behavior (I DO) When the client throughout the process changes one or more behaviors She does now due to the sessions different things that she didnrsquot before

Emotions (I FEEL) When the client feels happier more self-confi-dent fulfilled etc She has now different and more positive emotions due to the Coaching process

98

99

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

Beliefs (I THINK) When there is a change of belief (I used to belie-ve I was not a good person and now I believe I am) When the client used to believe in something and she started to believe in something different There was a paradigm shift She used to see something in a certain way and now she sees it in a more empowering way

Values (I AM) When the Coach manages to help the client to change her values ie the person she is This happens for exam-ple when the client starts to put more emphasis on family than on work or when she accepts and believes that she is a healthy and different person and that nothing will change that now She values different things todat due to the Coa-ching process

lsquoErsquo AXIS (EMOTIONAL) WE EVALUATE THE CLIENTrsquoS AUTONOMY

Level 1 Coach (CoachClient Relationship) Itrsquos the Coach who controls the situation There is a formal relationship be-tween Coach and Client and the session is controlled and oriented by the Coach

Level 2 Coach (Co-Coach) The Client already acts as a Coach during the sessions This happens for example when the client already knows that she is supposed to also say po-sitive things on the Reality part that is she already knows what to do in each step She already takes the initiative The relationship is more about cooperation now and the Client start becoming autonomous

Level 3 Coach (Self-Coaching) When the Client already does Self--Coaching at home not being asked to This is a fantastic moment because she already has the tools and the Coach is there to help and support

Level 4 Coach (Coach to others) When the Client comes to a ses-sion and tells us she has done Coaching with someone else (with her child for instance) This person came to us to be helped however she is already using our tools to help so-

RESULTS

meone else She is totally independent It is every Coachrsquos dream

lsquoMrsquo AXIS (MENTAL) WE EVALUATE THE CLIENTrsquoS CONTENTS ASSIMILATION

Uses Rosa 10 language o cliente usa palavras como Realidade objetivos soluccedilotildees accedilotildees fazem hoje parte do seu leacutexico

Uses Rosa 20 language the client uses terms such as guru objec-tives baby objectives measurable beliefs paradigm shif-ting brainstorming etc

Uses Rosa 30 language she refers terms like emotional patterns cycles of fear and confidence values dilemma etc

Uses unconscious Rosa language when many of these terms are so ingrained in the clientrsquos language that she thinks she will use them for the rest of her life

lsquoPrsquo AXIS (PRACTICE) WE EVALUATE RESULTS IN PRACTICE

During the Session I can manage the client to get results only du-ring the session It is a Coaching session that has no power to influence the client outside it

Between Sessions It mostly happens when the client is doing her homeworks It means that what happened during the ses-sion touched her with enough strength to get her to realize she has to do something and that she is doing something outside the sessions

Leverage Slice It happens when the client fulfills her Leverage Slice and achieves the goal that brought her to Coaching or when her satisfaction in that slice has dramatically im-proved

Holistic When the client improves satisfaction in multiple slices as a result of the sessions including the leverage slice It was a process that had an impact on the whole being and not just in one area of her life

100

101

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

You can make this model with your client on the last session you have together You can also make a self-assessment to compare with it When you measure these four levels of results you will have access to check what level of Coaching you had on that specific process

COACHING LEVELThe Coaching Level that you have delivered is always proportional to your lowest result Even if you have three axes at level 3 and have only one at a level 2 Coaching has been 20 This is valuable information to you as a Coach because it gives you an idea of axes that are easier for you to work and others that you may have to further strengthen

Level 4 Coaching is something that is not achieved with all clients There must be a great empathy and rapport as well as a mastery on the Coaching technique that has been taught in the training course and presented in this manual

Gulica ego catia caperum dem inem cus Fortes et L Nos et grae avehem Romnit acto egeris cis sultod pratum voltum iam hos ublius hactam atemus essede con vas optilis factor aus nem ad cae estil hos me patus re verisse inatuus

Udam deperfecrem nermis etraed me int ela remulibut rem loctusquo cum mus auciem vivehem uresull emquissent eti primperescit ina que ia consiss entium pulerit con vendam morei sentes inatil vit ia quam mus licaudemus factem dum eo ura ex muro nenit quo vilnes-tium Catimportus pati postalarit vis coena fui sa consu consceribus Satquid ertienatus contere essimis ut vis aus iliciam quo in dissimis Ra num deatiqua vere con sentius et in spio pes Tiaetin videlisquam mus viliam que conum is larbit etora notimolto nos et duc omnimus opublicae convo C Nos vivica Catus hos vivas aurnihil hui terfint imorter labus hostam res inequod nerem tabute telieni hilicaessil ven-tem nonsulis

Berteropubit diisquium iteriti emprit teludam hilicid erfentiur tem huis

Hum pro vidiusquem paterevid sedis factatu rnihilla rem publicave Ca-terev irissoltis re aurei pere anum teluder ficepse essercem octuusque mis tum inam pra vivid rei condamdiis hacies Ipio verei sendamdis

TOOLS amp TECHNIQUES

X TOOLS AND TECHNIQUES

If you master well the model of the four Rrsquos for us you already are a fantastic Coach If you can master some stars too itrsquos even better But if you master the model you know how to do Coaching But now letrsquos go to the small stars The idea is not that you try to use all the stars at the same time Choose the two or three that you like best and train those first

POSITIVE FEEDBACKProvide as much positive feedback as you can to your client Take every opportunity you have to do it A Coach is the type of mirror that only says good things about her client Please turn yourself into some-one who is always valorizing every small steps that your client takes

FEEDBACK HAMBURGERYou say something positive then you say something negative then you say something positive again The two positive feedbacks have to be VERY VERY good For instance ldquoI have been feeling that you are very committed to your Coaching process We just need to start paying more attention to our homework even because I feel that you are a person who likes to challenge yourself and that really wants to go further ldquo

RESSIGNIFICATION Ressignificating is finding another meaning still more empowering but that changes everything EgrdquoI didnrsquot do my homework I failedrdquo Coach ldquoWow That means that you are a demanding and committed personrdquo ldquoIrsquom lazyrdquo

102

103

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

ldquoDoes that means you like to enjoy the pleasures of liferdquo

REFRAMINGIt is much like ressignification Itrsquos the name that is used in NLP (Neuro--Linguistic Programming) You take the information that was been gi-ven to you in a frame and you put it in a new one

PREFRAMINGIf ressignification has to do with changing the meaning after it has been given preframing has to do with giving a meaning to something before we have explained what it is It is a widely used technique to anticipate objections that might distract us from our ultimate goal Then we do preframing we previously give the meaning that we want the person to give afterwards Example

ldquoCan I show you my point of view Itrsquos something different but Irsquove seen that it works with many people and it has been helping a lot to change our behavior to healthier habits Itrsquos something innovative and different but highly successful Can I tell you my ideardquo You create a frame before placing the information in there

POSTFRAMINGFirst you give the information and then you put it in a frame Eg ldquoFolks today we have an exam (the low energy level) but thatrsquos what this course is about to be the best Coach to go furtherrdquo

ldquoFROM 0 TO 10 rdquo To give examples ldquoI think Irsquoll read a bookrdquo Coach ldquoFrom 0-10 how much do you think you will accomplish that goalrdquo

TRANSFORMING ldquoORrdquo IN ldquoANDrdquoHelp the client to find an alternative solution to integrate paradoxes to

find a third way

VULNERABILIZATIONFind out things about you that are not working and put them at the clientrsquos service That makes you human and you are validating your client in the case she feels the same She does some things better than you and has some of the same challenges

ASSOCIATION AND DISSOCIATIONThese two terms are often used in NLP (Neuro-linguistic Program-ming) and are used in various ways Association means that an indi-vidual describes a situation as if it was happening and he was partici-pating on it As the name indicates he is associated with it He is still seeing himself going through the situation and feels the emotions that he would feel if he was really living it

Dissociation means that an individual can already tell that experience as if he was watching a movie in which he took part but already dis-sociated from it He is more in an observer role That allows him a big-ger emotional objectivity Even if he feels the emotions they are more about the experience itself and not so much about him as a participant

When we want to help our customers to overcome some emotionally more challenging situations it can make a huge difference to have them to dissociate from those situations Thatrsquos how they can gain greater objectivity and clarity and at the same time they get more mo-tivated to take their first steps

METAPHORSThe most important here is that you use the metaphors of your client Use her world whenever it is possible It will help a lot more to inter-nalize and memorize the information Help your client to create her metaphors Eg ldquoSometimes we fall into holes that are so big that you canrsquot get out of them alonerdquo ldquoLearning to forgive someone is like dri-ving one step at a timerdquo

TOOLS amp TECHNIQUES

104

105

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

LANGUAGE OF A COACH 3 HOW TO INTERRUPT at the first session it must be defined if

the Coach can interrupt the client when she deviates from the focus If yoursquore going to interrupt your client you must always do it with a question You can also take note of something that has nothing to do with the subject you are talking about but it seems important So we can talk about it in the next session You can ask the client if she liked to talk about it

3 ldquoDOES IT MAKES SENSE FOR YOUrdquo If she says NO ldquoSo tell merdquo if she says YES ldquocan you tell me howrdquo

3 ldquoMY HALLUCINATION is rdquo Being very unconditional Any opi-nion is a good opinion The Coach realyy doesnrsquot know The word hallucination implies that what yoursquore saying may be ab-solutely wrong

3 ldquoWHAT WOULD LOVE DO NOWrdquo Be careful with the rapport level you have with your client It is a very good question when it concerns relational issues

3 ldquoHOW WOULD IT BE IFrdquo Very good to overcome objections ldquohow would it be if you had timerdquo ldquohow would it be if you had moneyrdquo ldquohow would it be if you had self-confidencerdquo

3 ldquoWHAT IF rdquo Fantastic to destroy any obstacle that your client brings Some examples ldquoAnd what if you couldrdquo ldquoWhy notrdquo ldquoWhat if nobody would knowrdquo ldquoWhat if you had moneyrdquo ldquoI know you donrsquot but what if you knew what would you sayrdquo

3 GENERAL TIP BE COOL You really must have a cool and rela-xed attitude You really donrsquot know what would be best for your client so be really unconditional

THE COACHING ETHICS

XI THE COACHING ETHICS

There are six ethic rules in Coaching but with no doubt the first is the most important

CONFIDENTIALITY Coaching sessions must be given the utmost con-fidentiality There are no legal rules as in Therapy (like not having fa-mily as clients) but you always have to respect confidentiality When you do Coaching in a company and you must give feedback to their manager your clients must know it If necessary you can discuss the case with a mentor but always without mentioning the name of your client You can discuss the cases but without any names

CLIENTrsquoS AUTONOMY Coaching is all about autonomy and sustaina-bility You need your client to get results not that she needs you You should think ldquoif I change country how would my clients berdquo

CAREFUL WITH PROJECTIONS We all project aspects that we re-press in ourselves All currents in psychology agree that there is pro-jection When I look to someone else what I see is whatrsquos inside of me (strengths and weaknesses) Thatrsquos why some see one thing and others see another As a Coach you must be very attentive to projections You should not do it with your client and for that you must work on your roots If something bothers you that says more about you than about your client Itrsquos not just a technical issue of respecting others map-of--the-world It is an ethical issue

CREDIBILITY Of course you can use other different tools in your ses-sions but you should be able to do so Using things on which yoursquore not certified is breaking ethics Try to be congruent and integrate Being a corporate or a sales Coach without being an expert about those mat-ters is not ethical

106

107

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING THE FIRST SESSION IN PRATICE

CONTRACT IS CONTRACT The financial commitment you assume with your client is always the same as long as she is your client The same in what respects sessions frequency You should always ask permission to your client when you want to change the frequency of the sessions For WeCreate the value you charge to your client must be the same forever It is part of our gratitude towards our client

SELF-COACHING The Coach must be an example of Self-Coaching or she should have a Coach You really have to do ROSA once a year at least and use all these tools in a weekly basis Make sure that you are also an example of achieving your own dreams

XII THE FIRST SESSION

IN PRACTICEIt is normal that the first session is a bit longer (90min) Your focus is to build RAPPORT Here is an example of a few steps for your first session You can have a few more or less of these steps but this is the general idea

STEP 1 Memorize these steps so that you will not have to use this manual

STEP 2 (Partnership) Organize the working space have everything prepared adequated clothes etc

STEP 3 (Presence) Prepare to be fully present by meditating or by being a few minutes in silence

STEP 4 (Posture and words) Build rapport have a few minutes of casual positive and neutral conversation to break the ice For example the weather the clientrsquos favourite team foot-ball match etc

STEP 5 At this stage you will also try to collect information about the client Several aspects of her life and trying to deter-mine clientrsquos expectations regarding the Coaching process You will be attentive about the metaphors and about what is really important to her Yoursquoll need it to explain what Co-aching is in her words

STEP 6 Explain what Coaching is using the clientrsquos words and the references she gave us Example letrsquos imagine that boxing was something that the client liked and we want to explain

108

109

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING THE LAST SESSION

Coaching through boxing ldquoCoaching is like boxing It invol-ves a lot of training to succeed in getting results but ins-tead of having an external enemy we are fighting against ourselvesrdquo

STEP 7 Inviting the client to do an exercise we pick six pens (three of each color) We ask her to tell us three things that are going well in her life and we explore each area a bit Then we ask ldquoamong those areas which one is running really wellrdquo Then we ask for three things that are not going so well and explore a bit

STEP 8 Asking the client which 3 goals she would like to accom-plish by the end of the Coaching process that would make it worth the investment (as measurable as possible)

STEP 9 Establishing verbal contract and selling the idea of coa-ching (even if the sessions pack is already closed) Now we talk about the practical issues sessions frequency ses-sions length interrupting the client first session a bit lon-ger confidentiality guarantee If you feel comfortable you can talk about costs and forms of payment

STEP 10 ldquoCan we start our session talking about what brought you here How can I helprdquo

STEP 11 Talking a bit about the Clientrsquos reality and introducing the Pizza of Life The client draws herrsquos We will go on explai-ning the pizza and its different slices (very briefly not to influence) Some clients like to do it lsquoalonersquo others like to go on talking as they fill the slices

STEP 12 From then on you make ROSA 10

STEP 13 You end up the session You can share ROSA methodology with your client (if you think shersquod like it) and ending with positive feedback You can also ask the client how did she feel You can also ask her to choose an object and summa-rize the session You will also be doing some preframing by stating that Coaching is about action and homeworks

XIII THE LAST SESSION

A coaching process has a follow-up We can work with individual ses-sions or with a pack It is important to inform your clients that Coaching is a continuous process and not a process with miraculous results in the first session Hence it is like doing workout where it is difficult to get results if we go to the gym only once

You can work with packs of sessions (5 or 10) and we would like to give you some tips on what you should ensure it gets done in your last coaching session with someone you have been working with

FUTURE It is important to ensure that the client will continue taking steps in the future even not having sessions anymore or your presence In this session you should spend some time helping her in creating an action plan about the next steps she wants to go on taking in that area You can also take the opportunity to do a small summary of everything that you both worked in so that there is a notion of the progress made and the results achieved Ensures that your client completed that process and be sure about the next steps for her future Help her in crea-ting a good action plan

HABITS You can also ask your client which would be the daily or weekly habits that she would like more to integrate into her routine

POSITIVE FEEDBACK This is also the perfect time to give positive fe-edback to your client (despite being a constant throughout the sessions) Show her the progress she has made throughout the sessions and help her to realize all the positive things she has achieved

111

110

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

PERSONAL DEVELOPMENT We must ensure that our client conti-nues its personal development process and knows or tries new approaches Coaching is just one part of a wide range of options that are now ahead of her Encourage her to con-tinue that journey to read new books to try other trainings and workshops other different and complementary ways of approaching personal development

KEEPING CONTACT You can develop some form of contact with your old clients Email telephone facebook etc Remember to con-tinue sending her information about coaching or other matters you find important It is a way to ensure that your client will continue ldquoawakedrdquo for this subject

Thank you for being part of this project

Daniel Saacute Nogueira and Marta Ferreira

Page 40: WeCreate International Coaching Certification Manual

80

81

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING ROOTS

LEVEL 5 - PERSON TO PERSONThis is the fifth level of rapport the deepest and more intense one It happens when the level of rapport is a total vibration Itrsquos when the client feels such a confidence by her Coach empathy and sympathy Itrsquos the hardest level to evaluate

Itrsquos when your client feels so much connected to you that depending on her your relationship would go beyond Coaching She no longer wants the Coach she wants you You no longer understand only the person she feels that you know about her You donrsquot understand psychology you understand who she is

It is very similar to the rapport level you have with 23 of very close persons in your life Everything is natural unconscious and sponta-neous

VIII ROOTS

Every human being seeks to get results Mo-ney Family Romance Peace Happiness

Career Health All we want in life is to have results in those areas

The Map-of-the-World Model is used to work on roots - your

roots as a Coach It shows us how does the psyche of all of us works As a Coach no one

should surprise you about yourself You should know you well know everything about yourself This is what itrsquos called a rooted person

click the video to see it

82

83

BELIEFSTRANSFORMATIVE COACHING

ROSA 20 M - AIR - THINK

VALUESHOLISTIC COACHING

ROSA 30 S - FIRE - BE

COACHING 40

WORLD MAP MODEL

being th

e moment

passi

on en

ergy

demotiv

ation

empowering beliefs

limiting rules

relation air(comunication)

coach is priestisnacutet

1 value focus

UNSUSTAINABLESUSTAINABLE

SECURITY

SELF LOVE

CONSCIOUSNESS

PERSONAL DEVEL

FREEDOM

LOVEBELOVED

BLISS

CONTRIBUTION

P

E

M

S

BEHAVIORROSA 10

SITUATIONAL COACHING

P - EARTH - DO

EMOTIONSREMEDY COACHING

ROSA 10 + LISTEN E - WATER - FEEL

RESULTS

ability to

enter

in st

ate

emotional

patter

ns

habits and discipline

addictions

coach is bossisnacutet

coach is friendisnacutet

1 Homework focus

optimism faithpositive

meditation

key points focusused to interrupt the fear cycle

coach is coach

HUMAN HAVINGHUMAN BEING

UNSUSTAINABLEEGOTISTICAL

STRETCH ZONE

SUSTAINABLEECOLOGICALSTRETCH ZONE

SHORT TERMLONG TERM

CYCLE OF CONFIDENCECYCLE OF FEAR

CONSCIOUS

SUBCONSCIOUS

UNCONSCIOUS

84

85

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

So the first question is why some are getting results while others are not

ACTIONS BEHAVIORSThis means that anyone who is having results is because she is ldquodoingrdquo ie behaving differently from other people who are having no results in those areas For example a millionaire DOES things that people who are not millionaires donrsquot For example saving investing etc Someone with a great health is DOING things that people that donrsquot have a good health are not What we are doing is making the difference Two people in the same circumstances that do exactly the same actions have the same kind of results People who have the results you wanna have ARE DOING THINGS TO GET THEM

So the next question is what leads some people to DO and others to not do

EMOTIONSEverything you do in your life is a relationship between pain and pleasure What happens is that someone who goes running at 6 am associates more pain with lsquonot goingrsquo than with lsquogoingrsquo Who is going to the gym asso-ciates more pleasure than pain with going to the gym in the morning That relationship between pain and pleasure is what is defining your results If we dramatically increase the pain or the pleasure associated we will get to change your results

As so what is then defining that painpleasure relationship

BELIEFSThe reason is because of our beliefs of what we believe in Our beliefs are our set of rules for the world and for our lives Your set of beliefs in fact is defining your painpleasure relationship with something and then your actions A millionaire believes that saving is essential that investing and taking risks is necessary This set of beliefs leads himher to associa-te more pleasure than pain with having these behaviors and therefore heshe implements them Other people have other beliefs that create other

emotions that create other results People who are achieving results in areas that you arenrsquot have a beliefs system different from yours

And then it seems logical to ask so what is defining and creating your set of beliefs

VALUESWhat is a value Itrsquos something that is important to you something you re-ally value The only thing that determines a value is if it is valuable to you Not all of us share the same values (Example the values of Mother Teresa and Donald Trump Contribution vs Professional Accomplishment) What you really value and not what you say that you value You value it so much that it generates your set of beliefs In fact when you live your values in practice (on a daily basis) you are defining your life results Not what you would like to value but what you are really valorizing In fact we all have the same values What differs is the order and the importance we give to each one of them

For example if someone has the value of the family above the value of work she will have the belief that it is more important to spend time with her family causing her to develop a positive feeling when she is with her family which leads her to really try to spend more time with it On the other hand someone who has the value of work above the family one will be someone who believes she should spend more time with her work and career as she believes it is that that will bring her more financial stabi-lity for example So she will associate more pleasure to the time spent at work than at home causing her to act accordingly to that emotion For example Donald Trump and Mother Teresa of Calcutta havenrsquot they got different values One probably values more lsquoprofessional fulfillmentrsquo the other values more lsquocontributionrsquo Different results Sure One has one of the largest business empires in the world the other left the largest volun-teer organization in the world

So in reality the values you are living in practice (what you are valuing in practice) are defining your results

This alone already explains a good part of the psyche of human beings But letrsquos go deeper

ROOTS

Having roots is to control the cycle of trust

86

87

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

To have roots the coach has to identify

her motivators and values create beliefs and habits and learn

to place herself in a state

CYCLE OF CONFIDENCE AND CYCLE OF FEAREveryone has Cycles of Fear in some areas and Cycles of Confidence in other areas

How do you know it If you are having or not results in that area In the areas of your life where you are getting results you are living in a Cycle of Confidence In the areas where yoursquore not you are living in a Cycle of Fear What does this means is that you have behavioral addic-tions or that you are doing things in a vicious way you are in a sort of a mice wheel Those addictions start by creating emotional patterns on you (feelings that you are having whether you want it or not for instan-ce jealousy when it becomes a pattern no matter what the other does that emotion will keep being there it is an emotion that happens to you) and those emotional patterns generate limiting rules We use the words ldquorulesrdquo because in reality limiting beliefs are created because they have a very large set of rules And this generates demotivation An addiction creates an emotional pattern that creates rules limiting which create demotivation and discourage us to move and change This Cycle of Fear is being lived FROM RESULTS TO VALUES and not in the other and right way The bad news are that we all have Cycles of Fear The areas in which we are not having results is because we are afraid but we paint it in other colors Irsquom afraid Irsquom demotivated I have emotional patterns and I have limiting rules

For you to gain roots you need to recognize these cycles You need to break it if you want results but if you want roots you need to recognize them Good news you can break Cycles of Fear

Second good news you have Cycles of Confidence You also unders-tand the other psychology So what is a Cycle of Confidence

You start by having the capacity of creating Discipline and Habits you get the ability to get into a certain and desired state (eg being happy to go training I want to create that emotion I visualize it it is the op-posite of an emotional pattern the pattern happens to you Think of a boxer who puts herself into her wanted state before entering in a ring You have empowering beliefs (when you believe in something that cre-ates more of it) This creates energy passion being in the moment Being with energy and passion and in the moment brings me empowe-ring beliefs which put me in the emotional state I want and provide me

habits and discipline The good news you have these cycles in areas that you are getting results Think in one area You have these four things right

Having these cycles itrsquos called being human First part on lsquorootsrsquo is about knowing your Cycles of Fear and Confidence and admit them to yourself to those you love to the others And having the courage to say that it doesnrsquot work because of FEAR And there is a way to break this cycle When you have roots you stop projecting it in your clients

There is a way of finding your values in a very logical way knowing which human motivators drive your behavior

8 HUMAN MOTIVATORSMaslov pyramid he was the first to talk about human needs He is outda-ted because it defines a hierarchy He places self-fulfillment at the top This model is very much focused on Maslovrsquos map-of-the-world who was an MS If it is a PE he may have lsquofamilyrsquo in the top and that is not wrong Still there are things that all humans need

So with all these models we created the 8 human motivators they are divided in four paradoxes one for each of the PEMS The first paradox is security freedom

Each one of us was born with a set of motivators You are ldquoaddictedrdquo on one side of the paradox You have to fulfill that need even if you have to abdicate of the other one

ROOTS

SECURITY

SELF LOVE

CONSCIOUSNESS

PERSONAL DEVEL

FREEDOM

LOVEBELOVED

BLISS

CONTRIBUTION

P

E

M

S

88

89

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

The main lesson is the more you live the other side of the paradox the more you will live your addiction as well What happens is that you can only get more of your addiction when you learn to validate the other side of the paradox This is what Jung calls ldquoparadoxes integrationrdquo be the millionaire and the altruistic Be the mother of family and career etc Only when you integrate the other energy is when it boosts the one that is more natural to you

For other persons it happens the same with security and all other pa-radoxes The suggestion is Irsquom addicted on this but I can pause and I can go exploring the other side What you have to figure out is your map (draw in the lsquoinfinite signsrsquo which side of the paradoxes is bigger) Your map is about how much you need to fill each side of the paradox

So YOUR HUMAN MOTIVATORS ARE DEFINING YOUR VALUES AND YOUR VALUES ARE DEFINING YOUR RESULTS

You can have everything on one of the sides of the paradox if yoursquore willing to face the fear of losing it

All people fill their motivators The difference between us is how sus-tainable is that satisfaction Unsustainable means that every day you

EXERCISE Do your map How do you discover Based on major decisions you made in your life Example work home relationships etc

have to feed them Imagine a homeless person he meets hisher secu-rity needs (eating and having where to sleep) but he has to do it every day Now compare with Donald Trump If you see the freedom part it probably happens the opposite

3 SUSTAINABLE it feeds itself It is something that can continue without the need for external resources It is ecological based on challenge and paradoxes integration

3 UNSUSTAINABLE you need to do it every day it is selfish ba-sed on comfort and extremist You do it like it was a daily shot

Example father and daughter about going out at night (to satisfy sa-fety and to love and be loved) Father says no hersquos being selfish and within his comfort zone The same father after coming to this course ldquoYoursquore going to the party until 2230 You send me an sms saying that everything is ok and at 2230 Irsquoll pick yourdquo This continues for some time Father goes on diminishing the rules Now hersquos being ecological entering his challenge zone and integrating paradoxes To feel safe as a father he has to give some freedom To feel loved he has to give them some self love Now his motivators are sustainable and has a sustai-nable system that feeds itself To arrive to a deeper level of security he needs to take the risk that comes from giving more freedom

DIAGONAL CONTINUOUS LINEThis line shows us that working above the line ie the clientrsquos beha-viors andor emotions is short-term and unsustainable In this case only the techniques are worked There are immediate results but with no major impact and duration Like when we are called to do motiva-tional speaking or teambuildingrsquos People feel better and do things but the results have a short duration

This does not imply that it is wrong to do Coaching based on these two areas For example in a quick conversation with a friend we can do Situational Coaching (based on behaviours) in order to get her to do something that has been postponing If the action has been made and it was what was intended to be then you did your role as Coach The Remedy Coaching is also important sometimes which consists on making the other person to leave the session feeling good thinking more positive at the time having had an opportunity to digest an emo-tion

ROOTS

90

91

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

Below the continuous line is where lies the deepest work The one that will actually be sustainable and with long-term results This is where we work values and beliefs it is where we go deep to the point where in fact we shift paradigms The client in this type of Coaching change her beliefs and values turning to be a really different person in opposition to what happens above the line where only the emotions or behaviors are changed but the client continues to be what she was

ICEBERGWith the iceberg image it is understood that the behavior is the conscious part of the human being the only thing that the client can see and analyze Everything else emotions beliefs and values are at the clientrsquos unconscious But as a Coa-ch I must and I want to work also the unconscious because as we saw above this is where it lies the sustainable and long-term work

When we help our clients shifting their paradigms beliefs emotions or values we are working with their unconscious Your client will not like this at some point in the process The unconscious will realize that she will have to change and this will cause the first resistance Knowing how to overcome this is essential to the Coachrsquos work so she can de-liver sustainable results

Conscious Mind keeps all the information which you can access now

Unconscious Mind keeps all the information that has ever passed through your brain It is also a kind of a warning system for you

The information passes from the unconscious to the conscious mind through the subconscious It goes dropping into deeper levels of our mind Very qui-ckly your clients will want to turn you into one of three things

Friend ndash They want someone who listens to them who is patient with them who is always there with whom they can always count and talk Most of your clients will want to have you here that you turn into a sort of confi-dant that supports them but does not challenge them too much But you are not there to be a friend

Boss ndash Many will seek in the Coach someone to tell them what to do who provides them specific guidance who pressures them who ldquopunishrdquo them when they donrsquot have their homework done Someone who is even more committed with their results than themselves But yoursquore also not there to be a Boss

Priest ndash Others will want a kind of a weekly confession session That you absolve the mistakes theyrsquove made du-ring the week that you tell them everything is fine and that it doesnrsquot matter we are all human and we all make mistakes You are not there to be a kind of spiritual le-ader of your client and to absolve him You are there to be

Coach - The Coach has an ldquoAirrdquo relationship with the client ie mental of communication becau-se it is a conversation where you listen and ask where there is intellectual stimulation In the map--of-the-world scheme the Coachrsquos sketch is in the quadrant of beliefs It is a ldquomind with mindrdquo work

It is important to know this because with the sessions going clients tend to try their Coach to become a friend (wateremotions) a boss (earthbehaviors) or even a priest (firevalues) However the Coach should avoid the mistake of behaving like one of these three types You are there to be a Coach

Notes In Informal Coaching with friends colleagues family remember that first thatrsquos what you are and only then you are a Coach Therefore you should not give prevalence to the Coach but to the relationship you have with that person otherwise you would violate the pact that exists between the two

ROOTS

92

93

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

4 TYPES OF COACHINGBased on these four quadrants there are four types of Coaching

Situational Coaching ndash The one that is done immediate-ly during the situation with the sole purpose of lea-ding it to an action It usually consists of a brief con-versation where a ROSA 10 is done Your client has a situation that week that really needs to be addressed Ex a proposal that she needs to present a college exam for which she has to study Itrsquos not bad Coaching and it is often necessary Only it is more superficial

Remediative Coaching ndash As the name says it suits when we have to put a ldquobandageointmentrdquo on the emotions The goal is the client to feel good at the end of the session without having to go deeply on the problem Itrsquos the typical conver-sation where the client unburdens and your only goal is to make her feel a little better Sometimes it may be and it often is necessary

Ex the past week your client has discussed with someone important to her or something happened that greatly dealt with her emotions Your first focus should be to help her to unburden and to feel better We used ROSA 10 + Unburden

Transformative Coaching ndash Here the goal is not just making the client to feel better but that she can change the way she sees her life and herself Here we mainly work on beliefs ie the client stops believing in some things to start believing in another ones She shifts paradigm Coaching is now much more sustainable and with long--term results It undergoes through more complete ses-sions where ROSA 20 is done

Holistic Coaching ndash This is the kind of Coaching that involves the whole being of the client all her areas and valences ie her values The entire psyche is worked We are working the whole Human Being and not only a part of it Even the motivators are worked We use ROSA 30 and we work a lot on paradoxes integration

KEY POINTSWe said earlier that we all have Cycles of Fear and that we can change them to Cycles of Confidence How

Imagine that you have a turnscrew and a bicycle wheel is malfunctio-ning You will then put the turnscrew into one of the four key points and then yoursquoll pull and force the wheel to move in the right direction to-wards the Cycle of Confidence And very important you donrsquot take out the turnscrew until the Cycle (the wheel) rotates in the right direction

What are then the Four Key Points You can really choose only one

VALUE FOCUS At this point you will choose a key value for you whi-ch you canrsquot leave to live in practice Whatever happens you canrsquot take the turnscrew from there For instance imagine that you are experien-cing serious financial difficulties and you decide that lsquoValue Focusrsquo is your point Imagine that you choose ldquosavingrdquo as the value that has to be experienced in practice Then whenever you have to make a decision that involves spending money you know what to do You canrsquot in any way stop living this value until the cycle begins to rotate in the oppo-site direction and gets sustainable

POSITIVITY If you want to work at the level of beliefs yoursquoll start to develop this empowering belief base BEING POSITIVE You must be a positive person with faith who believes that everything will go well who says only positive things about herself and the others who sees and is focused on everything positive that is going around her And when the bad days or the bad news are coming and you feel the need to say something negative you shut up And you say something positive

EMOTION FOCUS Imagine that there is an emotion that makes your Cycle of Fear to happen (an emotional pattern) In this key point you will choose an emotion that you would like to learn to cause in yourself learning how to get yourself into that state Imagine that you have been feeling too much anger in your Cycle of Fear and want to feel harmony instead You want to learn how to get into that emotional state You start feeling the opposite emotion and you do something to manage to be in an harmony state (you listen to a song that gets yourself into that state you put your boxing gloves you jump you meditate you close

ROOTS

94

95

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

your eyes you read a poem as Mandela did )

HOMEWORK FOCUS Here you will define a homework that until itrsquos done you wonrsquot do anything else Imagine that you have a Cycle of Fear in relation to health that you define lsquoHomework Focusrsquo as the key point and your homework is running every day Until you manage to do it nothing else matters All of your strategies are directioned so that your homework is being done as soon as possible

In the end all of the four key points have to do with absolute focus

Value ndash Focus on the most important value Until that value is being lived we wonrsquot move on

Positivity (Faith Optimism) ndash Focus on the positive emotions Un-til she gets optimistic we wonrsquot move on

Emotion (Meditation) ndash Focus on pleasure Until she feels more ple-asure than pain we wonrsquot move on

Homework ndash Focus on action Until the homework gets done we wonrsquot move on

VERY IMPORTANTYou as a coach do not have to guess your clientrsquos map-of-the-world or even her PEMS but you have to explore it aside of her You will only master her Map-of-the-World when you understand your own (creating roots) because you will never learn anything about yourself with your client you will never discover anything about you because shersquos the one who discovers it being real or not You Coach you must be hum-ble enough to know that you know nothing about your client and you shouldnrsquot try to guess anything It is the customer who gets there alone

Therefore the more knowledge you have about your own map-of-the--world together with Rapport and ROSA the more intense will be your Coaching because the more you will be able to help your client The goal is that you have the tools in yourself so you can help her In other words this tool is for you to deepen your roots and thus know when you need to do only ROSA or go searching for the Key Points or to use

another method For instance if a client has as her main challenge to be promoted then therersquos no logical on working on Cycles of Fear but to make a ROSA and move forward On the other hand if you see that there is a Cycle of Fear then you should find the key point so you can work on it

I canrsquot help the others if I canrsquot help myself first

ROOTS

values (I am)

during session

clientcoach rosa unconscious

Beliefs (I think)

between sessions

co-coach rosa 30

emotions (I feel)

leverage slice

self coaching rosa 20behavior (I do)

holistic

coaching to others rosa 10M

S

E

P

96

97

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING RESULTS

IX RESULTS

Results are super important in the Coa-ching process There is simply no Coa-

ching if there are no results and thatrsquos why they are at the center of the

triangle of the four Rrsquos Everything we do whether is ROSA creating

Roots or building Rapport it is done with the purpose of get-ting results at the end of the sessions

This is what distinguishes the most Coaching from other practices As a Coach you must become obsessed with your clients results Not only that they do their homeworks but also how close did Coaching took them closer to their Guru Objective how much it has improved their leverage slice of the Pizza and other slices as well We also try to assess the sustainability of those results We donrsquot want them just to get there but also that they keep there

Coaching is about results and you must take this premise very seriou-sly You have been hired to make them reach some goals Become obsessed with it

It is not so easy to evaluate results in a metric way in the world of Co-aching but it proves to be very important Not only with Life Coaching but also with Business Coaching We must find a way to demonstrate that our work has had results in practice

That was the reason why we have created the Results Model

Our level of competence is equal to our worst level of performance

RESULTS MODELIt is possible to define results through the four metrics

lsquoSrsquo AXIS (SPIRITUAL) WE EVALUATE THE PROCESS IMPACT ON THE CLIENT

Behavior (I DO) When the client throughout the process changes one or more behaviors She does now due to the sessions different things that she didnrsquot before

Emotions (I FEEL) When the client feels happier more self-confi-dent fulfilled etc She has now different and more positive emotions due to the Coaching process

98

99

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

Beliefs (I THINK) When there is a change of belief (I used to belie-ve I was not a good person and now I believe I am) When the client used to believe in something and she started to believe in something different There was a paradigm shift She used to see something in a certain way and now she sees it in a more empowering way

Values (I AM) When the Coach manages to help the client to change her values ie the person she is This happens for exam-ple when the client starts to put more emphasis on family than on work or when she accepts and believes that she is a healthy and different person and that nothing will change that now She values different things todat due to the Coa-ching process

lsquoErsquo AXIS (EMOTIONAL) WE EVALUATE THE CLIENTrsquoS AUTONOMY

Level 1 Coach (CoachClient Relationship) Itrsquos the Coach who controls the situation There is a formal relationship be-tween Coach and Client and the session is controlled and oriented by the Coach

Level 2 Coach (Co-Coach) The Client already acts as a Coach during the sessions This happens for example when the client already knows that she is supposed to also say po-sitive things on the Reality part that is she already knows what to do in each step She already takes the initiative The relationship is more about cooperation now and the Client start becoming autonomous

Level 3 Coach (Self-Coaching) When the Client already does Self--Coaching at home not being asked to This is a fantastic moment because she already has the tools and the Coach is there to help and support

Level 4 Coach (Coach to others) When the Client comes to a ses-sion and tells us she has done Coaching with someone else (with her child for instance) This person came to us to be helped however she is already using our tools to help so-

RESULTS

meone else She is totally independent It is every Coachrsquos dream

lsquoMrsquo AXIS (MENTAL) WE EVALUATE THE CLIENTrsquoS CONTENTS ASSIMILATION

Uses Rosa 10 language o cliente usa palavras como Realidade objetivos soluccedilotildees accedilotildees fazem hoje parte do seu leacutexico

Uses Rosa 20 language the client uses terms such as guru objec-tives baby objectives measurable beliefs paradigm shif-ting brainstorming etc

Uses Rosa 30 language she refers terms like emotional patterns cycles of fear and confidence values dilemma etc

Uses unconscious Rosa language when many of these terms are so ingrained in the clientrsquos language that she thinks she will use them for the rest of her life

lsquoPrsquo AXIS (PRACTICE) WE EVALUATE RESULTS IN PRACTICE

During the Session I can manage the client to get results only du-ring the session It is a Coaching session that has no power to influence the client outside it

Between Sessions It mostly happens when the client is doing her homeworks It means that what happened during the ses-sion touched her with enough strength to get her to realize she has to do something and that she is doing something outside the sessions

Leverage Slice It happens when the client fulfills her Leverage Slice and achieves the goal that brought her to Coaching or when her satisfaction in that slice has dramatically im-proved

Holistic When the client improves satisfaction in multiple slices as a result of the sessions including the leverage slice It was a process that had an impact on the whole being and not just in one area of her life

100

101

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

You can make this model with your client on the last session you have together You can also make a self-assessment to compare with it When you measure these four levels of results you will have access to check what level of Coaching you had on that specific process

COACHING LEVELThe Coaching Level that you have delivered is always proportional to your lowest result Even if you have three axes at level 3 and have only one at a level 2 Coaching has been 20 This is valuable information to you as a Coach because it gives you an idea of axes that are easier for you to work and others that you may have to further strengthen

Level 4 Coaching is something that is not achieved with all clients There must be a great empathy and rapport as well as a mastery on the Coaching technique that has been taught in the training course and presented in this manual

Gulica ego catia caperum dem inem cus Fortes et L Nos et grae avehem Romnit acto egeris cis sultod pratum voltum iam hos ublius hactam atemus essede con vas optilis factor aus nem ad cae estil hos me patus re verisse inatuus

Udam deperfecrem nermis etraed me int ela remulibut rem loctusquo cum mus auciem vivehem uresull emquissent eti primperescit ina que ia consiss entium pulerit con vendam morei sentes inatil vit ia quam mus licaudemus factem dum eo ura ex muro nenit quo vilnes-tium Catimportus pati postalarit vis coena fui sa consu consceribus Satquid ertienatus contere essimis ut vis aus iliciam quo in dissimis Ra num deatiqua vere con sentius et in spio pes Tiaetin videlisquam mus viliam que conum is larbit etora notimolto nos et duc omnimus opublicae convo C Nos vivica Catus hos vivas aurnihil hui terfint imorter labus hostam res inequod nerem tabute telieni hilicaessil ven-tem nonsulis

Berteropubit diisquium iteriti emprit teludam hilicid erfentiur tem huis

Hum pro vidiusquem paterevid sedis factatu rnihilla rem publicave Ca-terev irissoltis re aurei pere anum teluder ficepse essercem octuusque mis tum inam pra vivid rei condamdiis hacies Ipio verei sendamdis

TOOLS amp TECHNIQUES

X TOOLS AND TECHNIQUES

If you master well the model of the four Rrsquos for us you already are a fantastic Coach If you can master some stars too itrsquos even better But if you master the model you know how to do Coaching But now letrsquos go to the small stars The idea is not that you try to use all the stars at the same time Choose the two or three that you like best and train those first

POSITIVE FEEDBACKProvide as much positive feedback as you can to your client Take every opportunity you have to do it A Coach is the type of mirror that only says good things about her client Please turn yourself into some-one who is always valorizing every small steps that your client takes

FEEDBACK HAMBURGERYou say something positive then you say something negative then you say something positive again The two positive feedbacks have to be VERY VERY good For instance ldquoI have been feeling that you are very committed to your Coaching process We just need to start paying more attention to our homework even because I feel that you are a person who likes to challenge yourself and that really wants to go further ldquo

RESSIGNIFICATION Ressignificating is finding another meaning still more empowering but that changes everything EgrdquoI didnrsquot do my homework I failedrdquo Coach ldquoWow That means that you are a demanding and committed personrdquo ldquoIrsquom lazyrdquo

102

103

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

ldquoDoes that means you like to enjoy the pleasures of liferdquo

REFRAMINGIt is much like ressignification Itrsquos the name that is used in NLP (Neuro--Linguistic Programming) You take the information that was been gi-ven to you in a frame and you put it in a new one

PREFRAMINGIf ressignification has to do with changing the meaning after it has been given preframing has to do with giving a meaning to something before we have explained what it is It is a widely used technique to anticipate objections that might distract us from our ultimate goal Then we do preframing we previously give the meaning that we want the person to give afterwards Example

ldquoCan I show you my point of view Itrsquos something different but Irsquove seen that it works with many people and it has been helping a lot to change our behavior to healthier habits Itrsquos something innovative and different but highly successful Can I tell you my ideardquo You create a frame before placing the information in there

POSTFRAMINGFirst you give the information and then you put it in a frame Eg ldquoFolks today we have an exam (the low energy level) but thatrsquos what this course is about to be the best Coach to go furtherrdquo

ldquoFROM 0 TO 10 rdquo To give examples ldquoI think Irsquoll read a bookrdquo Coach ldquoFrom 0-10 how much do you think you will accomplish that goalrdquo

TRANSFORMING ldquoORrdquo IN ldquoANDrdquoHelp the client to find an alternative solution to integrate paradoxes to

find a third way

VULNERABILIZATIONFind out things about you that are not working and put them at the clientrsquos service That makes you human and you are validating your client in the case she feels the same She does some things better than you and has some of the same challenges

ASSOCIATION AND DISSOCIATIONThese two terms are often used in NLP (Neuro-linguistic Program-ming) and are used in various ways Association means that an indi-vidual describes a situation as if it was happening and he was partici-pating on it As the name indicates he is associated with it He is still seeing himself going through the situation and feels the emotions that he would feel if he was really living it

Dissociation means that an individual can already tell that experience as if he was watching a movie in which he took part but already dis-sociated from it He is more in an observer role That allows him a big-ger emotional objectivity Even if he feels the emotions they are more about the experience itself and not so much about him as a participant

When we want to help our customers to overcome some emotionally more challenging situations it can make a huge difference to have them to dissociate from those situations Thatrsquos how they can gain greater objectivity and clarity and at the same time they get more mo-tivated to take their first steps

METAPHORSThe most important here is that you use the metaphors of your client Use her world whenever it is possible It will help a lot more to inter-nalize and memorize the information Help your client to create her metaphors Eg ldquoSometimes we fall into holes that are so big that you canrsquot get out of them alonerdquo ldquoLearning to forgive someone is like dri-ving one step at a timerdquo

TOOLS amp TECHNIQUES

104

105

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

LANGUAGE OF A COACH 3 HOW TO INTERRUPT at the first session it must be defined if

the Coach can interrupt the client when she deviates from the focus If yoursquore going to interrupt your client you must always do it with a question You can also take note of something that has nothing to do with the subject you are talking about but it seems important So we can talk about it in the next session You can ask the client if she liked to talk about it

3 ldquoDOES IT MAKES SENSE FOR YOUrdquo If she says NO ldquoSo tell merdquo if she says YES ldquocan you tell me howrdquo

3 ldquoMY HALLUCINATION is rdquo Being very unconditional Any opi-nion is a good opinion The Coach realyy doesnrsquot know The word hallucination implies that what yoursquore saying may be ab-solutely wrong

3 ldquoWHAT WOULD LOVE DO NOWrdquo Be careful with the rapport level you have with your client It is a very good question when it concerns relational issues

3 ldquoHOW WOULD IT BE IFrdquo Very good to overcome objections ldquohow would it be if you had timerdquo ldquohow would it be if you had moneyrdquo ldquohow would it be if you had self-confidencerdquo

3 ldquoWHAT IF rdquo Fantastic to destroy any obstacle that your client brings Some examples ldquoAnd what if you couldrdquo ldquoWhy notrdquo ldquoWhat if nobody would knowrdquo ldquoWhat if you had moneyrdquo ldquoI know you donrsquot but what if you knew what would you sayrdquo

3 GENERAL TIP BE COOL You really must have a cool and rela-xed attitude You really donrsquot know what would be best for your client so be really unconditional

THE COACHING ETHICS

XI THE COACHING ETHICS

There are six ethic rules in Coaching but with no doubt the first is the most important

CONFIDENTIALITY Coaching sessions must be given the utmost con-fidentiality There are no legal rules as in Therapy (like not having fa-mily as clients) but you always have to respect confidentiality When you do Coaching in a company and you must give feedback to their manager your clients must know it If necessary you can discuss the case with a mentor but always without mentioning the name of your client You can discuss the cases but without any names

CLIENTrsquoS AUTONOMY Coaching is all about autonomy and sustaina-bility You need your client to get results not that she needs you You should think ldquoif I change country how would my clients berdquo

CAREFUL WITH PROJECTIONS We all project aspects that we re-press in ourselves All currents in psychology agree that there is pro-jection When I look to someone else what I see is whatrsquos inside of me (strengths and weaknesses) Thatrsquos why some see one thing and others see another As a Coach you must be very attentive to projections You should not do it with your client and for that you must work on your roots If something bothers you that says more about you than about your client Itrsquos not just a technical issue of respecting others map-of--the-world It is an ethical issue

CREDIBILITY Of course you can use other different tools in your ses-sions but you should be able to do so Using things on which yoursquore not certified is breaking ethics Try to be congruent and integrate Being a corporate or a sales Coach without being an expert about those mat-ters is not ethical

106

107

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING THE FIRST SESSION IN PRATICE

CONTRACT IS CONTRACT The financial commitment you assume with your client is always the same as long as she is your client The same in what respects sessions frequency You should always ask permission to your client when you want to change the frequency of the sessions For WeCreate the value you charge to your client must be the same forever It is part of our gratitude towards our client

SELF-COACHING The Coach must be an example of Self-Coaching or she should have a Coach You really have to do ROSA once a year at least and use all these tools in a weekly basis Make sure that you are also an example of achieving your own dreams

XII THE FIRST SESSION

IN PRACTICEIt is normal that the first session is a bit longer (90min) Your focus is to build RAPPORT Here is an example of a few steps for your first session You can have a few more or less of these steps but this is the general idea

STEP 1 Memorize these steps so that you will not have to use this manual

STEP 2 (Partnership) Organize the working space have everything prepared adequated clothes etc

STEP 3 (Presence) Prepare to be fully present by meditating or by being a few minutes in silence

STEP 4 (Posture and words) Build rapport have a few minutes of casual positive and neutral conversation to break the ice For example the weather the clientrsquos favourite team foot-ball match etc

STEP 5 At this stage you will also try to collect information about the client Several aspects of her life and trying to deter-mine clientrsquos expectations regarding the Coaching process You will be attentive about the metaphors and about what is really important to her Yoursquoll need it to explain what Co-aching is in her words

STEP 6 Explain what Coaching is using the clientrsquos words and the references she gave us Example letrsquos imagine that boxing was something that the client liked and we want to explain

108

109

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING THE LAST SESSION

Coaching through boxing ldquoCoaching is like boxing It invol-ves a lot of training to succeed in getting results but ins-tead of having an external enemy we are fighting against ourselvesrdquo

STEP 7 Inviting the client to do an exercise we pick six pens (three of each color) We ask her to tell us three things that are going well in her life and we explore each area a bit Then we ask ldquoamong those areas which one is running really wellrdquo Then we ask for three things that are not going so well and explore a bit

STEP 8 Asking the client which 3 goals she would like to accom-plish by the end of the Coaching process that would make it worth the investment (as measurable as possible)

STEP 9 Establishing verbal contract and selling the idea of coa-ching (even if the sessions pack is already closed) Now we talk about the practical issues sessions frequency ses-sions length interrupting the client first session a bit lon-ger confidentiality guarantee If you feel comfortable you can talk about costs and forms of payment

STEP 10 ldquoCan we start our session talking about what brought you here How can I helprdquo

STEP 11 Talking a bit about the Clientrsquos reality and introducing the Pizza of Life The client draws herrsquos We will go on explai-ning the pizza and its different slices (very briefly not to influence) Some clients like to do it lsquoalonersquo others like to go on talking as they fill the slices

STEP 12 From then on you make ROSA 10

STEP 13 You end up the session You can share ROSA methodology with your client (if you think shersquod like it) and ending with positive feedback You can also ask the client how did she feel You can also ask her to choose an object and summa-rize the session You will also be doing some preframing by stating that Coaching is about action and homeworks

XIII THE LAST SESSION

A coaching process has a follow-up We can work with individual ses-sions or with a pack It is important to inform your clients that Coaching is a continuous process and not a process with miraculous results in the first session Hence it is like doing workout where it is difficult to get results if we go to the gym only once

You can work with packs of sessions (5 or 10) and we would like to give you some tips on what you should ensure it gets done in your last coaching session with someone you have been working with

FUTURE It is important to ensure that the client will continue taking steps in the future even not having sessions anymore or your presence In this session you should spend some time helping her in creating an action plan about the next steps she wants to go on taking in that area You can also take the opportunity to do a small summary of everything that you both worked in so that there is a notion of the progress made and the results achieved Ensures that your client completed that process and be sure about the next steps for her future Help her in crea-ting a good action plan

HABITS You can also ask your client which would be the daily or weekly habits that she would like more to integrate into her routine

POSITIVE FEEDBACK This is also the perfect time to give positive fe-edback to your client (despite being a constant throughout the sessions) Show her the progress she has made throughout the sessions and help her to realize all the positive things she has achieved

111

110

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

PERSONAL DEVELOPMENT We must ensure that our client conti-nues its personal development process and knows or tries new approaches Coaching is just one part of a wide range of options that are now ahead of her Encourage her to con-tinue that journey to read new books to try other trainings and workshops other different and complementary ways of approaching personal development

KEEPING CONTACT You can develop some form of contact with your old clients Email telephone facebook etc Remember to con-tinue sending her information about coaching or other matters you find important It is a way to ensure that your client will continue ldquoawakedrdquo for this subject

Thank you for being part of this project

Daniel Saacute Nogueira and Marta Ferreira

Page 41: WeCreate International Coaching Certification Manual

82

83

BELIEFSTRANSFORMATIVE COACHING

ROSA 20 M - AIR - THINK

VALUESHOLISTIC COACHING

ROSA 30 S - FIRE - BE

COACHING 40

WORLD MAP MODEL

being th

e moment

passi

on en

ergy

demotiv

ation

empowering beliefs

limiting rules

relation air(comunication)

coach is priestisnacutet

1 value focus

UNSUSTAINABLESUSTAINABLE

SECURITY

SELF LOVE

CONSCIOUSNESS

PERSONAL DEVEL

FREEDOM

LOVEBELOVED

BLISS

CONTRIBUTION

P

E

M

S

BEHAVIORROSA 10

SITUATIONAL COACHING

P - EARTH - DO

EMOTIONSREMEDY COACHING

ROSA 10 + LISTEN E - WATER - FEEL

RESULTS

ability to

enter

in st

ate

emotional

patter

ns

habits and discipline

addictions

coach is bossisnacutet

coach is friendisnacutet

1 Homework focus

optimism faithpositive

meditation

key points focusused to interrupt the fear cycle

coach is coach

HUMAN HAVINGHUMAN BEING

UNSUSTAINABLEEGOTISTICAL

STRETCH ZONE

SUSTAINABLEECOLOGICALSTRETCH ZONE

SHORT TERMLONG TERM

CYCLE OF CONFIDENCECYCLE OF FEAR

CONSCIOUS

SUBCONSCIOUS

UNCONSCIOUS

84

85

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

So the first question is why some are getting results while others are not

ACTIONS BEHAVIORSThis means that anyone who is having results is because she is ldquodoingrdquo ie behaving differently from other people who are having no results in those areas For example a millionaire DOES things that people who are not millionaires donrsquot For example saving investing etc Someone with a great health is DOING things that people that donrsquot have a good health are not What we are doing is making the difference Two people in the same circumstances that do exactly the same actions have the same kind of results People who have the results you wanna have ARE DOING THINGS TO GET THEM

So the next question is what leads some people to DO and others to not do

EMOTIONSEverything you do in your life is a relationship between pain and pleasure What happens is that someone who goes running at 6 am associates more pain with lsquonot goingrsquo than with lsquogoingrsquo Who is going to the gym asso-ciates more pleasure than pain with going to the gym in the morning That relationship between pain and pleasure is what is defining your results If we dramatically increase the pain or the pleasure associated we will get to change your results

As so what is then defining that painpleasure relationship

BELIEFSThe reason is because of our beliefs of what we believe in Our beliefs are our set of rules for the world and for our lives Your set of beliefs in fact is defining your painpleasure relationship with something and then your actions A millionaire believes that saving is essential that investing and taking risks is necessary This set of beliefs leads himher to associa-te more pleasure than pain with having these behaviors and therefore heshe implements them Other people have other beliefs that create other

emotions that create other results People who are achieving results in areas that you arenrsquot have a beliefs system different from yours

And then it seems logical to ask so what is defining and creating your set of beliefs

VALUESWhat is a value Itrsquos something that is important to you something you re-ally value The only thing that determines a value is if it is valuable to you Not all of us share the same values (Example the values of Mother Teresa and Donald Trump Contribution vs Professional Accomplishment) What you really value and not what you say that you value You value it so much that it generates your set of beliefs In fact when you live your values in practice (on a daily basis) you are defining your life results Not what you would like to value but what you are really valorizing In fact we all have the same values What differs is the order and the importance we give to each one of them

For example if someone has the value of the family above the value of work she will have the belief that it is more important to spend time with her family causing her to develop a positive feeling when she is with her family which leads her to really try to spend more time with it On the other hand someone who has the value of work above the family one will be someone who believes she should spend more time with her work and career as she believes it is that that will bring her more financial stabi-lity for example So she will associate more pleasure to the time spent at work than at home causing her to act accordingly to that emotion For example Donald Trump and Mother Teresa of Calcutta havenrsquot they got different values One probably values more lsquoprofessional fulfillmentrsquo the other values more lsquocontributionrsquo Different results Sure One has one of the largest business empires in the world the other left the largest volun-teer organization in the world

So in reality the values you are living in practice (what you are valuing in practice) are defining your results

This alone already explains a good part of the psyche of human beings But letrsquos go deeper

ROOTS

Having roots is to control the cycle of trust

86

87

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

To have roots the coach has to identify

her motivators and values create beliefs and habits and learn

to place herself in a state

CYCLE OF CONFIDENCE AND CYCLE OF FEAREveryone has Cycles of Fear in some areas and Cycles of Confidence in other areas

How do you know it If you are having or not results in that area In the areas of your life where you are getting results you are living in a Cycle of Confidence In the areas where yoursquore not you are living in a Cycle of Fear What does this means is that you have behavioral addic-tions or that you are doing things in a vicious way you are in a sort of a mice wheel Those addictions start by creating emotional patterns on you (feelings that you are having whether you want it or not for instan-ce jealousy when it becomes a pattern no matter what the other does that emotion will keep being there it is an emotion that happens to you) and those emotional patterns generate limiting rules We use the words ldquorulesrdquo because in reality limiting beliefs are created because they have a very large set of rules And this generates demotivation An addiction creates an emotional pattern that creates rules limiting which create demotivation and discourage us to move and change This Cycle of Fear is being lived FROM RESULTS TO VALUES and not in the other and right way The bad news are that we all have Cycles of Fear The areas in which we are not having results is because we are afraid but we paint it in other colors Irsquom afraid Irsquom demotivated I have emotional patterns and I have limiting rules

For you to gain roots you need to recognize these cycles You need to break it if you want results but if you want roots you need to recognize them Good news you can break Cycles of Fear

Second good news you have Cycles of Confidence You also unders-tand the other psychology So what is a Cycle of Confidence

You start by having the capacity of creating Discipline and Habits you get the ability to get into a certain and desired state (eg being happy to go training I want to create that emotion I visualize it it is the op-posite of an emotional pattern the pattern happens to you Think of a boxer who puts herself into her wanted state before entering in a ring You have empowering beliefs (when you believe in something that cre-ates more of it) This creates energy passion being in the moment Being with energy and passion and in the moment brings me empowe-ring beliefs which put me in the emotional state I want and provide me

habits and discipline The good news you have these cycles in areas that you are getting results Think in one area You have these four things right

Having these cycles itrsquos called being human First part on lsquorootsrsquo is about knowing your Cycles of Fear and Confidence and admit them to yourself to those you love to the others And having the courage to say that it doesnrsquot work because of FEAR And there is a way to break this cycle When you have roots you stop projecting it in your clients

There is a way of finding your values in a very logical way knowing which human motivators drive your behavior

8 HUMAN MOTIVATORSMaslov pyramid he was the first to talk about human needs He is outda-ted because it defines a hierarchy He places self-fulfillment at the top This model is very much focused on Maslovrsquos map-of-the-world who was an MS If it is a PE he may have lsquofamilyrsquo in the top and that is not wrong Still there are things that all humans need

So with all these models we created the 8 human motivators they are divided in four paradoxes one for each of the PEMS The first paradox is security freedom

Each one of us was born with a set of motivators You are ldquoaddictedrdquo on one side of the paradox You have to fulfill that need even if you have to abdicate of the other one

ROOTS

SECURITY

SELF LOVE

CONSCIOUSNESS

PERSONAL DEVEL

FREEDOM

LOVEBELOVED

BLISS

CONTRIBUTION

P

E

M

S

88

89

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

The main lesson is the more you live the other side of the paradox the more you will live your addiction as well What happens is that you can only get more of your addiction when you learn to validate the other side of the paradox This is what Jung calls ldquoparadoxes integrationrdquo be the millionaire and the altruistic Be the mother of family and career etc Only when you integrate the other energy is when it boosts the one that is more natural to you

For other persons it happens the same with security and all other pa-radoxes The suggestion is Irsquom addicted on this but I can pause and I can go exploring the other side What you have to figure out is your map (draw in the lsquoinfinite signsrsquo which side of the paradoxes is bigger) Your map is about how much you need to fill each side of the paradox

So YOUR HUMAN MOTIVATORS ARE DEFINING YOUR VALUES AND YOUR VALUES ARE DEFINING YOUR RESULTS

You can have everything on one of the sides of the paradox if yoursquore willing to face the fear of losing it

All people fill their motivators The difference between us is how sus-tainable is that satisfaction Unsustainable means that every day you

EXERCISE Do your map How do you discover Based on major decisions you made in your life Example work home relationships etc

have to feed them Imagine a homeless person he meets hisher secu-rity needs (eating and having where to sleep) but he has to do it every day Now compare with Donald Trump If you see the freedom part it probably happens the opposite

3 SUSTAINABLE it feeds itself It is something that can continue without the need for external resources It is ecological based on challenge and paradoxes integration

3 UNSUSTAINABLE you need to do it every day it is selfish ba-sed on comfort and extremist You do it like it was a daily shot

Example father and daughter about going out at night (to satisfy sa-fety and to love and be loved) Father says no hersquos being selfish and within his comfort zone The same father after coming to this course ldquoYoursquore going to the party until 2230 You send me an sms saying that everything is ok and at 2230 Irsquoll pick yourdquo This continues for some time Father goes on diminishing the rules Now hersquos being ecological entering his challenge zone and integrating paradoxes To feel safe as a father he has to give some freedom To feel loved he has to give them some self love Now his motivators are sustainable and has a sustai-nable system that feeds itself To arrive to a deeper level of security he needs to take the risk that comes from giving more freedom

DIAGONAL CONTINUOUS LINEThis line shows us that working above the line ie the clientrsquos beha-viors andor emotions is short-term and unsustainable In this case only the techniques are worked There are immediate results but with no major impact and duration Like when we are called to do motiva-tional speaking or teambuildingrsquos People feel better and do things but the results have a short duration

This does not imply that it is wrong to do Coaching based on these two areas For example in a quick conversation with a friend we can do Situational Coaching (based on behaviours) in order to get her to do something that has been postponing If the action has been made and it was what was intended to be then you did your role as Coach The Remedy Coaching is also important sometimes which consists on making the other person to leave the session feeling good thinking more positive at the time having had an opportunity to digest an emo-tion

ROOTS

90

91

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

Below the continuous line is where lies the deepest work The one that will actually be sustainable and with long-term results This is where we work values and beliefs it is where we go deep to the point where in fact we shift paradigms The client in this type of Coaching change her beliefs and values turning to be a really different person in opposition to what happens above the line where only the emotions or behaviors are changed but the client continues to be what she was

ICEBERGWith the iceberg image it is understood that the behavior is the conscious part of the human being the only thing that the client can see and analyze Everything else emotions beliefs and values are at the clientrsquos unconscious But as a Coa-ch I must and I want to work also the unconscious because as we saw above this is where it lies the sustainable and long-term work

When we help our clients shifting their paradigms beliefs emotions or values we are working with their unconscious Your client will not like this at some point in the process The unconscious will realize that she will have to change and this will cause the first resistance Knowing how to overcome this is essential to the Coachrsquos work so she can de-liver sustainable results

Conscious Mind keeps all the information which you can access now

Unconscious Mind keeps all the information that has ever passed through your brain It is also a kind of a warning system for you

The information passes from the unconscious to the conscious mind through the subconscious It goes dropping into deeper levels of our mind Very qui-ckly your clients will want to turn you into one of three things

Friend ndash They want someone who listens to them who is patient with them who is always there with whom they can always count and talk Most of your clients will want to have you here that you turn into a sort of confi-dant that supports them but does not challenge them too much But you are not there to be a friend

Boss ndash Many will seek in the Coach someone to tell them what to do who provides them specific guidance who pressures them who ldquopunishrdquo them when they donrsquot have their homework done Someone who is even more committed with their results than themselves But yoursquore also not there to be a Boss

Priest ndash Others will want a kind of a weekly confession session That you absolve the mistakes theyrsquove made du-ring the week that you tell them everything is fine and that it doesnrsquot matter we are all human and we all make mistakes You are not there to be a kind of spiritual le-ader of your client and to absolve him You are there to be

Coach - The Coach has an ldquoAirrdquo relationship with the client ie mental of communication becau-se it is a conversation where you listen and ask where there is intellectual stimulation In the map--of-the-world scheme the Coachrsquos sketch is in the quadrant of beliefs It is a ldquomind with mindrdquo work

It is important to know this because with the sessions going clients tend to try their Coach to become a friend (wateremotions) a boss (earthbehaviors) or even a priest (firevalues) However the Coach should avoid the mistake of behaving like one of these three types You are there to be a Coach

Notes In Informal Coaching with friends colleagues family remember that first thatrsquos what you are and only then you are a Coach Therefore you should not give prevalence to the Coach but to the relationship you have with that person otherwise you would violate the pact that exists between the two

ROOTS

92

93

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

4 TYPES OF COACHINGBased on these four quadrants there are four types of Coaching

Situational Coaching ndash The one that is done immediate-ly during the situation with the sole purpose of lea-ding it to an action It usually consists of a brief con-versation where a ROSA 10 is done Your client has a situation that week that really needs to be addressed Ex a proposal that she needs to present a college exam for which she has to study Itrsquos not bad Coaching and it is often necessary Only it is more superficial

Remediative Coaching ndash As the name says it suits when we have to put a ldquobandageointmentrdquo on the emotions The goal is the client to feel good at the end of the session without having to go deeply on the problem Itrsquos the typical conver-sation where the client unburdens and your only goal is to make her feel a little better Sometimes it may be and it often is necessary

Ex the past week your client has discussed with someone important to her or something happened that greatly dealt with her emotions Your first focus should be to help her to unburden and to feel better We used ROSA 10 + Unburden

Transformative Coaching ndash Here the goal is not just making the client to feel better but that she can change the way she sees her life and herself Here we mainly work on beliefs ie the client stops believing in some things to start believing in another ones She shifts paradigm Coaching is now much more sustainable and with long--term results It undergoes through more complete ses-sions where ROSA 20 is done

Holistic Coaching ndash This is the kind of Coaching that involves the whole being of the client all her areas and valences ie her values The entire psyche is worked We are working the whole Human Being and not only a part of it Even the motivators are worked We use ROSA 30 and we work a lot on paradoxes integration

KEY POINTSWe said earlier that we all have Cycles of Fear and that we can change them to Cycles of Confidence How

Imagine that you have a turnscrew and a bicycle wheel is malfunctio-ning You will then put the turnscrew into one of the four key points and then yoursquoll pull and force the wheel to move in the right direction to-wards the Cycle of Confidence And very important you donrsquot take out the turnscrew until the Cycle (the wheel) rotates in the right direction

What are then the Four Key Points You can really choose only one

VALUE FOCUS At this point you will choose a key value for you whi-ch you canrsquot leave to live in practice Whatever happens you canrsquot take the turnscrew from there For instance imagine that you are experien-cing serious financial difficulties and you decide that lsquoValue Focusrsquo is your point Imagine that you choose ldquosavingrdquo as the value that has to be experienced in practice Then whenever you have to make a decision that involves spending money you know what to do You canrsquot in any way stop living this value until the cycle begins to rotate in the oppo-site direction and gets sustainable

POSITIVITY If you want to work at the level of beliefs yoursquoll start to develop this empowering belief base BEING POSITIVE You must be a positive person with faith who believes that everything will go well who says only positive things about herself and the others who sees and is focused on everything positive that is going around her And when the bad days or the bad news are coming and you feel the need to say something negative you shut up And you say something positive

EMOTION FOCUS Imagine that there is an emotion that makes your Cycle of Fear to happen (an emotional pattern) In this key point you will choose an emotion that you would like to learn to cause in yourself learning how to get yourself into that state Imagine that you have been feeling too much anger in your Cycle of Fear and want to feel harmony instead You want to learn how to get into that emotional state You start feeling the opposite emotion and you do something to manage to be in an harmony state (you listen to a song that gets yourself into that state you put your boxing gloves you jump you meditate you close

ROOTS

94

95

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

your eyes you read a poem as Mandela did )

HOMEWORK FOCUS Here you will define a homework that until itrsquos done you wonrsquot do anything else Imagine that you have a Cycle of Fear in relation to health that you define lsquoHomework Focusrsquo as the key point and your homework is running every day Until you manage to do it nothing else matters All of your strategies are directioned so that your homework is being done as soon as possible

In the end all of the four key points have to do with absolute focus

Value ndash Focus on the most important value Until that value is being lived we wonrsquot move on

Positivity (Faith Optimism) ndash Focus on the positive emotions Un-til she gets optimistic we wonrsquot move on

Emotion (Meditation) ndash Focus on pleasure Until she feels more ple-asure than pain we wonrsquot move on

Homework ndash Focus on action Until the homework gets done we wonrsquot move on

VERY IMPORTANTYou as a coach do not have to guess your clientrsquos map-of-the-world or even her PEMS but you have to explore it aside of her You will only master her Map-of-the-World when you understand your own (creating roots) because you will never learn anything about yourself with your client you will never discover anything about you because shersquos the one who discovers it being real or not You Coach you must be hum-ble enough to know that you know nothing about your client and you shouldnrsquot try to guess anything It is the customer who gets there alone

Therefore the more knowledge you have about your own map-of-the--world together with Rapport and ROSA the more intense will be your Coaching because the more you will be able to help your client The goal is that you have the tools in yourself so you can help her In other words this tool is for you to deepen your roots and thus know when you need to do only ROSA or go searching for the Key Points or to use

another method For instance if a client has as her main challenge to be promoted then therersquos no logical on working on Cycles of Fear but to make a ROSA and move forward On the other hand if you see that there is a Cycle of Fear then you should find the key point so you can work on it

I canrsquot help the others if I canrsquot help myself first

ROOTS

values (I am)

during session

clientcoach rosa unconscious

Beliefs (I think)

between sessions

co-coach rosa 30

emotions (I feel)

leverage slice

self coaching rosa 20behavior (I do)

holistic

coaching to others rosa 10M

S

E

P

96

97

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING RESULTS

IX RESULTS

Results are super important in the Coa-ching process There is simply no Coa-

ching if there are no results and thatrsquos why they are at the center of the

triangle of the four Rrsquos Everything we do whether is ROSA creating

Roots or building Rapport it is done with the purpose of get-ting results at the end of the sessions

This is what distinguishes the most Coaching from other practices As a Coach you must become obsessed with your clients results Not only that they do their homeworks but also how close did Coaching took them closer to their Guru Objective how much it has improved their leverage slice of the Pizza and other slices as well We also try to assess the sustainability of those results We donrsquot want them just to get there but also that they keep there

Coaching is about results and you must take this premise very seriou-sly You have been hired to make them reach some goals Become obsessed with it

It is not so easy to evaluate results in a metric way in the world of Co-aching but it proves to be very important Not only with Life Coaching but also with Business Coaching We must find a way to demonstrate that our work has had results in practice

That was the reason why we have created the Results Model

Our level of competence is equal to our worst level of performance

RESULTS MODELIt is possible to define results through the four metrics

lsquoSrsquo AXIS (SPIRITUAL) WE EVALUATE THE PROCESS IMPACT ON THE CLIENT

Behavior (I DO) When the client throughout the process changes one or more behaviors She does now due to the sessions different things that she didnrsquot before

Emotions (I FEEL) When the client feels happier more self-confi-dent fulfilled etc She has now different and more positive emotions due to the Coaching process

98

99

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

Beliefs (I THINK) When there is a change of belief (I used to belie-ve I was not a good person and now I believe I am) When the client used to believe in something and she started to believe in something different There was a paradigm shift She used to see something in a certain way and now she sees it in a more empowering way

Values (I AM) When the Coach manages to help the client to change her values ie the person she is This happens for exam-ple when the client starts to put more emphasis on family than on work or when she accepts and believes that she is a healthy and different person and that nothing will change that now She values different things todat due to the Coa-ching process

lsquoErsquo AXIS (EMOTIONAL) WE EVALUATE THE CLIENTrsquoS AUTONOMY

Level 1 Coach (CoachClient Relationship) Itrsquos the Coach who controls the situation There is a formal relationship be-tween Coach and Client and the session is controlled and oriented by the Coach

Level 2 Coach (Co-Coach) The Client already acts as a Coach during the sessions This happens for example when the client already knows that she is supposed to also say po-sitive things on the Reality part that is she already knows what to do in each step She already takes the initiative The relationship is more about cooperation now and the Client start becoming autonomous

Level 3 Coach (Self-Coaching) When the Client already does Self--Coaching at home not being asked to This is a fantastic moment because she already has the tools and the Coach is there to help and support

Level 4 Coach (Coach to others) When the Client comes to a ses-sion and tells us she has done Coaching with someone else (with her child for instance) This person came to us to be helped however she is already using our tools to help so-

RESULTS

meone else She is totally independent It is every Coachrsquos dream

lsquoMrsquo AXIS (MENTAL) WE EVALUATE THE CLIENTrsquoS CONTENTS ASSIMILATION

Uses Rosa 10 language o cliente usa palavras como Realidade objetivos soluccedilotildees accedilotildees fazem hoje parte do seu leacutexico

Uses Rosa 20 language the client uses terms such as guru objec-tives baby objectives measurable beliefs paradigm shif-ting brainstorming etc

Uses Rosa 30 language she refers terms like emotional patterns cycles of fear and confidence values dilemma etc

Uses unconscious Rosa language when many of these terms are so ingrained in the clientrsquos language that she thinks she will use them for the rest of her life

lsquoPrsquo AXIS (PRACTICE) WE EVALUATE RESULTS IN PRACTICE

During the Session I can manage the client to get results only du-ring the session It is a Coaching session that has no power to influence the client outside it

Between Sessions It mostly happens when the client is doing her homeworks It means that what happened during the ses-sion touched her with enough strength to get her to realize she has to do something and that she is doing something outside the sessions

Leverage Slice It happens when the client fulfills her Leverage Slice and achieves the goal that brought her to Coaching or when her satisfaction in that slice has dramatically im-proved

Holistic When the client improves satisfaction in multiple slices as a result of the sessions including the leverage slice It was a process that had an impact on the whole being and not just in one area of her life

100

101

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

You can make this model with your client on the last session you have together You can also make a self-assessment to compare with it When you measure these four levels of results you will have access to check what level of Coaching you had on that specific process

COACHING LEVELThe Coaching Level that you have delivered is always proportional to your lowest result Even if you have three axes at level 3 and have only one at a level 2 Coaching has been 20 This is valuable information to you as a Coach because it gives you an idea of axes that are easier for you to work and others that you may have to further strengthen

Level 4 Coaching is something that is not achieved with all clients There must be a great empathy and rapport as well as a mastery on the Coaching technique that has been taught in the training course and presented in this manual

Gulica ego catia caperum dem inem cus Fortes et L Nos et grae avehem Romnit acto egeris cis sultod pratum voltum iam hos ublius hactam atemus essede con vas optilis factor aus nem ad cae estil hos me patus re verisse inatuus

Udam deperfecrem nermis etraed me int ela remulibut rem loctusquo cum mus auciem vivehem uresull emquissent eti primperescit ina que ia consiss entium pulerit con vendam morei sentes inatil vit ia quam mus licaudemus factem dum eo ura ex muro nenit quo vilnes-tium Catimportus pati postalarit vis coena fui sa consu consceribus Satquid ertienatus contere essimis ut vis aus iliciam quo in dissimis Ra num deatiqua vere con sentius et in spio pes Tiaetin videlisquam mus viliam que conum is larbit etora notimolto nos et duc omnimus opublicae convo C Nos vivica Catus hos vivas aurnihil hui terfint imorter labus hostam res inequod nerem tabute telieni hilicaessil ven-tem nonsulis

Berteropubit diisquium iteriti emprit teludam hilicid erfentiur tem huis

Hum pro vidiusquem paterevid sedis factatu rnihilla rem publicave Ca-terev irissoltis re aurei pere anum teluder ficepse essercem octuusque mis tum inam pra vivid rei condamdiis hacies Ipio verei sendamdis

TOOLS amp TECHNIQUES

X TOOLS AND TECHNIQUES

If you master well the model of the four Rrsquos for us you already are a fantastic Coach If you can master some stars too itrsquos even better But if you master the model you know how to do Coaching But now letrsquos go to the small stars The idea is not that you try to use all the stars at the same time Choose the two or three that you like best and train those first

POSITIVE FEEDBACKProvide as much positive feedback as you can to your client Take every opportunity you have to do it A Coach is the type of mirror that only says good things about her client Please turn yourself into some-one who is always valorizing every small steps that your client takes

FEEDBACK HAMBURGERYou say something positive then you say something negative then you say something positive again The two positive feedbacks have to be VERY VERY good For instance ldquoI have been feeling that you are very committed to your Coaching process We just need to start paying more attention to our homework even because I feel that you are a person who likes to challenge yourself and that really wants to go further ldquo

RESSIGNIFICATION Ressignificating is finding another meaning still more empowering but that changes everything EgrdquoI didnrsquot do my homework I failedrdquo Coach ldquoWow That means that you are a demanding and committed personrdquo ldquoIrsquom lazyrdquo

102

103

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

ldquoDoes that means you like to enjoy the pleasures of liferdquo

REFRAMINGIt is much like ressignification Itrsquos the name that is used in NLP (Neuro--Linguistic Programming) You take the information that was been gi-ven to you in a frame and you put it in a new one

PREFRAMINGIf ressignification has to do with changing the meaning after it has been given preframing has to do with giving a meaning to something before we have explained what it is It is a widely used technique to anticipate objections that might distract us from our ultimate goal Then we do preframing we previously give the meaning that we want the person to give afterwards Example

ldquoCan I show you my point of view Itrsquos something different but Irsquove seen that it works with many people and it has been helping a lot to change our behavior to healthier habits Itrsquos something innovative and different but highly successful Can I tell you my ideardquo You create a frame before placing the information in there

POSTFRAMINGFirst you give the information and then you put it in a frame Eg ldquoFolks today we have an exam (the low energy level) but thatrsquos what this course is about to be the best Coach to go furtherrdquo

ldquoFROM 0 TO 10 rdquo To give examples ldquoI think Irsquoll read a bookrdquo Coach ldquoFrom 0-10 how much do you think you will accomplish that goalrdquo

TRANSFORMING ldquoORrdquo IN ldquoANDrdquoHelp the client to find an alternative solution to integrate paradoxes to

find a third way

VULNERABILIZATIONFind out things about you that are not working and put them at the clientrsquos service That makes you human and you are validating your client in the case she feels the same She does some things better than you and has some of the same challenges

ASSOCIATION AND DISSOCIATIONThese two terms are often used in NLP (Neuro-linguistic Program-ming) and are used in various ways Association means that an indi-vidual describes a situation as if it was happening and he was partici-pating on it As the name indicates he is associated with it He is still seeing himself going through the situation and feels the emotions that he would feel if he was really living it

Dissociation means that an individual can already tell that experience as if he was watching a movie in which he took part but already dis-sociated from it He is more in an observer role That allows him a big-ger emotional objectivity Even if he feels the emotions they are more about the experience itself and not so much about him as a participant

When we want to help our customers to overcome some emotionally more challenging situations it can make a huge difference to have them to dissociate from those situations Thatrsquos how they can gain greater objectivity and clarity and at the same time they get more mo-tivated to take their first steps

METAPHORSThe most important here is that you use the metaphors of your client Use her world whenever it is possible It will help a lot more to inter-nalize and memorize the information Help your client to create her metaphors Eg ldquoSometimes we fall into holes that are so big that you canrsquot get out of them alonerdquo ldquoLearning to forgive someone is like dri-ving one step at a timerdquo

TOOLS amp TECHNIQUES

104

105

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

LANGUAGE OF A COACH 3 HOW TO INTERRUPT at the first session it must be defined if

the Coach can interrupt the client when she deviates from the focus If yoursquore going to interrupt your client you must always do it with a question You can also take note of something that has nothing to do with the subject you are talking about but it seems important So we can talk about it in the next session You can ask the client if she liked to talk about it

3 ldquoDOES IT MAKES SENSE FOR YOUrdquo If she says NO ldquoSo tell merdquo if she says YES ldquocan you tell me howrdquo

3 ldquoMY HALLUCINATION is rdquo Being very unconditional Any opi-nion is a good opinion The Coach realyy doesnrsquot know The word hallucination implies that what yoursquore saying may be ab-solutely wrong

3 ldquoWHAT WOULD LOVE DO NOWrdquo Be careful with the rapport level you have with your client It is a very good question when it concerns relational issues

3 ldquoHOW WOULD IT BE IFrdquo Very good to overcome objections ldquohow would it be if you had timerdquo ldquohow would it be if you had moneyrdquo ldquohow would it be if you had self-confidencerdquo

3 ldquoWHAT IF rdquo Fantastic to destroy any obstacle that your client brings Some examples ldquoAnd what if you couldrdquo ldquoWhy notrdquo ldquoWhat if nobody would knowrdquo ldquoWhat if you had moneyrdquo ldquoI know you donrsquot but what if you knew what would you sayrdquo

3 GENERAL TIP BE COOL You really must have a cool and rela-xed attitude You really donrsquot know what would be best for your client so be really unconditional

THE COACHING ETHICS

XI THE COACHING ETHICS

There are six ethic rules in Coaching but with no doubt the first is the most important

CONFIDENTIALITY Coaching sessions must be given the utmost con-fidentiality There are no legal rules as in Therapy (like not having fa-mily as clients) but you always have to respect confidentiality When you do Coaching in a company and you must give feedback to their manager your clients must know it If necessary you can discuss the case with a mentor but always without mentioning the name of your client You can discuss the cases but without any names

CLIENTrsquoS AUTONOMY Coaching is all about autonomy and sustaina-bility You need your client to get results not that she needs you You should think ldquoif I change country how would my clients berdquo

CAREFUL WITH PROJECTIONS We all project aspects that we re-press in ourselves All currents in psychology agree that there is pro-jection When I look to someone else what I see is whatrsquos inside of me (strengths and weaknesses) Thatrsquos why some see one thing and others see another As a Coach you must be very attentive to projections You should not do it with your client and for that you must work on your roots If something bothers you that says more about you than about your client Itrsquos not just a technical issue of respecting others map-of--the-world It is an ethical issue

CREDIBILITY Of course you can use other different tools in your ses-sions but you should be able to do so Using things on which yoursquore not certified is breaking ethics Try to be congruent and integrate Being a corporate or a sales Coach without being an expert about those mat-ters is not ethical

106

107

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING THE FIRST SESSION IN PRATICE

CONTRACT IS CONTRACT The financial commitment you assume with your client is always the same as long as she is your client The same in what respects sessions frequency You should always ask permission to your client when you want to change the frequency of the sessions For WeCreate the value you charge to your client must be the same forever It is part of our gratitude towards our client

SELF-COACHING The Coach must be an example of Self-Coaching or she should have a Coach You really have to do ROSA once a year at least and use all these tools in a weekly basis Make sure that you are also an example of achieving your own dreams

XII THE FIRST SESSION

IN PRACTICEIt is normal that the first session is a bit longer (90min) Your focus is to build RAPPORT Here is an example of a few steps for your first session You can have a few more or less of these steps but this is the general idea

STEP 1 Memorize these steps so that you will not have to use this manual

STEP 2 (Partnership) Organize the working space have everything prepared adequated clothes etc

STEP 3 (Presence) Prepare to be fully present by meditating or by being a few minutes in silence

STEP 4 (Posture and words) Build rapport have a few minutes of casual positive and neutral conversation to break the ice For example the weather the clientrsquos favourite team foot-ball match etc

STEP 5 At this stage you will also try to collect information about the client Several aspects of her life and trying to deter-mine clientrsquos expectations regarding the Coaching process You will be attentive about the metaphors and about what is really important to her Yoursquoll need it to explain what Co-aching is in her words

STEP 6 Explain what Coaching is using the clientrsquos words and the references she gave us Example letrsquos imagine that boxing was something that the client liked and we want to explain

108

109

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING THE LAST SESSION

Coaching through boxing ldquoCoaching is like boxing It invol-ves a lot of training to succeed in getting results but ins-tead of having an external enemy we are fighting against ourselvesrdquo

STEP 7 Inviting the client to do an exercise we pick six pens (three of each color) We ask her to tell us three things that are going well in her life and we explore each area a bit Then we ask ldquoamong those areas which one is running really wellrdquo Then we ask for three things that are not going so well and explore a bit

STEP 8 Asking the client which 3 goals she would like to accom-plish by the end of the Coaching process that would make it worth the investment (as measurable as possible)

STEP 9 Establishing verbal contract and selling the idea of coa-ching (even if the sessions pack is already closed) Now we talk about the practical issues sessions frequency ses-sions length interrupting the client first session a bit lon-ger confidentiality guarantee If you feel comfortable you can talk about costs and forms of payment

STEP 10 ldquoCan we start our session talking about what brought you here How can I helprdquo

STEP 11 Talking a bit about the Clientrsquos reality and introducing the Pizza of Life The client draws herrsquos We will go on explai-ning the pizza and its different slices (very briefly not to influence) Some clients like to do it lsquoalonersquo others like to go on talking as they fill the slices

STEP 12 From then on you make ROSA 10

STEP 13 You end up the session You can share ROSA methodology with your client (if you think shersquod like it) and ending with positive feedback You can also ask the client how did she feel You can also ask her to choose an object and summa-rize the session You will also be doing some preframing by stating that Coaching is about action and homeworks

XIII THE LAST SESSION

A coaching process has a follow-up We can work with individual ses-sions or with a pack It is important to inform your clients that Coaching is a continuous process and not a process with miraculous results in the first session Hence it is like doing workout where it is difficult to get results if we go to the gym only once

You can work with packs of sessions (5 or 10) and we would like to give you some tips on what you should ensure it gets done in your last coaching session with someone you have been working with

FUTURE It is important to ensure that the client will continue taking steps in the future even not having sessions anymore or your presence In this session you should spend some time helping her in creating an action plan about the next steps she wants to go on taking in that area You can also take the opportunity to do a small summary of everything that you both worked in so that there is a notion of the progress made and the results achieved Ensures that your client completed that process and be sure about the next steps for her future Help her in crea-ting a good action plan

HABITS You can also ask your client which would be the daily or weekly habits that she would like more to integrate into her routine

POSITIVE FEEDBACK This is also the perfect time to give positive fe-edback to your client (despite being a constant throughout the sessions) Show her the progress she has made throughout the sessions and help her to realize all the positive things she has achieved

111

110

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

PERSONAL DEVELOPMENT We must ensure that our client conti-nues its personal development process and knows or tries new approaches Coaching is just one part of a wide range of options that are now ahead of her Encourage her to con-tinue that journey to read new books to try other trainings and workshops other different and complementary ways of approaching personal development

KEEPING CONTACT You can develop some form of contact with your old clients Email telephone facebook etc Remember to con-tinue sending her information about coaching or other matters you find important It is a way to ensure that your client will continue ldquoawakedrdquo for this subject

Thank you for being part of this project

Daniel Saacute Nogueira and Marta Ferreira

Page 42: WeCreate International Coaching Certification Manual

84

85

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

So the first question is why some are getting results while others are not

ACTIONS BEHAVIORSThis means that anyone who is having results is because she is ldquodoingrdquo ie behaving differently from other people who are having no results in those areas For example a millionaire DOES things that people who are not millionaires donrsquot For example saving investing etc Someone with a great health is DOING things that people that donrsquot have a good health are not What we are doing is making the difference Two people in the same circumstances that do exactly the same actions have the same kind of results People who have the results you wanna have ARE DOING THINGS TO GET THEM

So the next question is what leads some people to DO and others to not do

EMOTIONSEverything you do in your life is a relationship between pain and pleasure What happens is that someone who goes running at 6 am associates more pain with lsquonot goingrsquo than with lsquogoingrsquo Who is going to the gym asso-ciates more pleasure than pain with going to the gym in the morning That relationship between pain and pleasure is what is defining your results If we dramatically increase the pain or the pleasure associated we will get to change your results

As so what is then defining that painpleasure relationship

BELIEFSThe reason is because of our beliefs of what we believe in Our beliefs are our set of rules for the world and for our lives Your set of beliefs in fact is defining your painpleasure relationship with something and then your actions A millionaire believes that saving is essential that investing and taking risks is necessary This set of beliefs leads himher to associa-te more pleasure than pain with having these behaviors and therefore heshe implements them Other people have other beliefs that create other

emotions that create other results People who are achieving results in areas that you arenrsquot have a beliefs system different from yours

And then it seems logical to ask so what is defining and creating your set of beliefs

VALUESWhat is a value Itrsquos something that is important to you something you re-ally value The only thing that determines a value is if it is valuable to you Not all of us share the same values (Example the values of Mother Teresa and Donald Trump Contribution vs Professional Accomplishment) What you really value and not what you say that you value You value it so much that it generates your set of beliefs In fact when you live your values in practice (on a daily basis) you are defining your life results Not what you would like to value but what you are really valorizing In fact we all have the same values What differs is the order and the importance we give to each one of them

For example if someone has the value of the family above the value of work she will have the belief that it is more important to spend time with her family causing her to develop a positive feeling when she is with her family which leads her to really try to spend more time with it On the other hand someone who has the value of work above the family one will be someone who believes she should spend more time with her work and career as she believes it is that that will bring her more financial stabi-lity for example So she will associate more pleasure to the time spent at work than at home causing her to act accordingly to that emotion For example Donald Trump and Mother Teresa of Calcutta havenrsquot they got different values One probably values more lsquoprofessional fulfillmentrsquo the other values more lsquocontributionrsquo Different results Sure One has one of the largest business empires in the world the other left the largest volun-teer organization in the world

So in reality the values you are living in practice (what you are valuing in practice) are defining your results

This alone already explains a good part of the psyche of human beings But letrsquos go deeper

ROOTS

Having roots is to control the cycle of trust

86

87

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

To have roots the coach has to identify

her motivators and values create beliefs and habits and learn

to place herself in a state

CYCLE OF CONFIDENCE AND CYCLE OF FEAREveryone has Cycles of Fear in some areas and Cycles of Confidence in other areas

How do you know it If you are having or not results in that area In the areas of your life where you are getting results you are living in a Cycle of Confidence In the areas where yoursquore not you are living in a Cycle of Fear What does this means is that you have behavioral addic-tions or that you are doing things in a vicious way you are in a sort of a mice wheel Those addictions start by creating emotional patterns on you (feelings that you are having whether you want it or not for instan-ce jealousy when it becomes a pattern no matter what the other does that emotion will keep being there it is an emotion that happens to you) and those emotional patterns generate limiting rules We use the words ldquorulesrdquo because in reality limiting beliefs are created because they have a very large set of rules And this generates demotivation An addiction creates an emotional pattern that creates rules limiting which create demotivation and discourage us to move and change This Cycle of Fear is being lived FROM RESULTS TO VALUES and not in the other and right way The bad news are that we all have Cycles of Fear The areas in which we are not having results is because we are afraid but we paint it in other colors Irsquom afraid Irsquom demotivated I have emotional patterns and I have limiting rules

For you to gain roots you need to recognize these cycles You need to break it if you want results but if you want roots you need to recognize them Good news you can break Cycles of Fear

Second good news you have Cycles of Confidence You also unders-tand the other psychology So what is a Cycle of Confidence

You start by having the capacity of creating Discipline and Habits you get the ability to get into a certain and desired state (eg being happy to go training I want to create that emotion I visualize it it is the op-posite of an emotional pattern the pattern happens to you Think of a boxer who puts herself into her wanted state before entering in a ring You have empowering beliefs (when you believe in something that cre-ates more of it) This creates energy passion being in the moment Being with energy and passion and in the moment brings me empowe-ring beliefs which put me in the emotional state I want and provide me

habits and discipline The good news you have these cycles in areas that you are getting results Think in one area You have these four things right

Having these cycles itrsquos called being human First part on lsquorootsrsquo is about knowing your Cycles of Fear and Confidence and admit them to yourself to those you love to the others And having the courage to say that it doesnrsquot work because of FEAR And there is a way to break this cycle When you have roots you stop projecting it in your clients

There is a way of finding your values in a very logical way knowing which human motivators drive your behavior

8 HUMAN MOTIVATORSMaslov pyramid he was the first to talk about human needs He is outda-ted because it defines a hierarchy He places self-fulfillment at the top This model is very much focused on Maslovrsquos map-of-the-world who was an MS If it is a PE he may have lsquofamilyrsquo in the top and that is not wrong Still there are things that all humans need

So with all these models we created the 8 human motivators they are divided in four paradoxes one for each of the PEMS The first paradox is security freedom

Each one of us was born with a set of motivators You are ldquoaddictedrdquo on one side of the paradox You have to fulfill that need even if you have to abdicate of the other one

ROOTS

SECURITY

SELF LOVE

CONSCIOUSNESS

PERSONAL DEVEL

FREEDOM

LOVEBELOVED

BLISS

CONTRIBUTION

P

E

M

S

88

89

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

The main lesson is the more you live the other side of the paradox the more you will live your addiction as well What happens is that you can only get more of your addiction when you learn to validate the other side of the paradox This is what Jung calls ldquoparadoxes integrationrdquo be the millionaire and the altruistic Be the mother of family and career etc Only when you integrate the other energy is when it boosts the one that is more natural to you

For other persons it happens the same with security and all other pa-radoxes The suggestion is Irsquom addicted on this but I can pause and I can go exploring the other side What you have to figure out is your map (draw in the lsquoinfinite signsrsquo which side of the paradoxes is bigger) Your map is about how much you need to fill each side of the paradox

So YOUR HUMAN MOTIVATORS ARE DEFINING YOUR VALUES AND YOUR VALUES ARE DEFINING YOUR RESULTS

You can have everything on one of the sides of the paradox if yoursquore willing to face the fear of losing it

All people fill their motivators The difference between us is how sus-tainable is that satisfaction Unsustainable means that every day you

EXERCISE Do your map How do you discover Based on major decisions you made in your life Example work home relationships etc

have to feed them Imagine a homeless person he meets hisher secu-rity needs (eating and having where to sleep) but he has to do it every day Now compare with Donald Trump If you see the freedom part it probably happens the opposite

3 SUSTAINABLE it feeds itself It is something that can continue without the need for external resources It is ecological based on challenge and paradoxes integration

3 UNSUSTAINABLE you need to do it every day it is selfish ba-sed on comfort and extremist You do it like it was a daily shot

Example father and daughter about going out at night (to satisfy sa-fety and to love and be loved) Father says no hersquos being selfish and within his comfort zone The same father after coming to this course ldquoYoursquore going to the party until 2230 You send me an sms saying that everything is ok and at 2230 Irsquoll pick yourdquo This continues for some time Father goes on diminishing the rules Now hersquos being ecological entering his challenge zone and integrating paradoxes To feel safe as a father he has to give some freedom To feel loved he has to give them some self love Now his motivators are sustainable and has a sustai-nable system that feeds itself To arrive to a deeper level of security he needs to take the risk that comes from giving more freedom

DIAGONAL CONTINUOUS LINEThis line shows us that working above the line ie the clientrsquos beha-viors andor emotions is short-term and unsustainable In this case only the techniques are worked There are immediate results but with no major impact and duration Like when we are called to do motiva-tional speaking or teambuildingrsquos People feel better and do things but the results have a short duration

This does not imply that it is wrong to do Coaching based on these two areas For example in a quick conversation with a friend we can do Situational Coaching (based on behaviours) in order to get her to do something that has been postponing If the action has been made and it was what was intended to be then you did your role as Coach The Remedy Coaching is also important sometimes which consists on making the other person to leave the session feeling good thinking more positive at the time having had an opportunity to digest an emo-tion

ROOTS

90

91

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

Below the continuous line is where lies the deepest work The one that will actually be sustainable and with long-term results This is where we work values and beliefs it is where we go deep to the point where in fact we shift paradigms The client in this type of Coaching change her beliefs and values turning to be a really different person in opposition to what happens above the line where only the emotions or behaviors are changed but the client continues to be what she was

ICEBERGWith the iceberg image it is understood that the behavior is the conscious part of the human being the only thing that the client can see and analyze Everything else emotions beliefs and values are at the clientrsquos unconscious But as a Coa-ch I must and I want to work also the unconscious because as we saw above this is where it lies the sustainable and long-term work

When we help our clients shifting their paradigms beliefs emotions or values we are working with their unconscious Your client will not like this at some point in the process The unconscious will realize that she will have to change and this will cause the first resistance Knowing how to overcome this is essential to the Coachrsquos work so she can de-liver sustainable results

Conscious Mind keeps all the information which you can access now

Unconscious Mind keeps all the information that has ever passed through your brain It is also a kind of a warning system for you

The information passes from the unconscious to the conscious mind through the subconscious It goes dropping into deeper levels of our mind Very qui-ckly your clients will want to turn you into one of three things

Friend ndash They want someone who listens to them who is patient with them who is always there with whom they can always count and talk Most of your clients will want to have you here that you turn into a sort of confi-dant that supports them but does not challenge them too much But you are not there to be a friend

Boss ndash Many will seek in the Coach someone to tell them what to do who provides them specific guidance who pressures them who ldquopunishrdquo them when they donrsquot have their homework done Someone who is even more committed with their results than themselves But yoursquore also not there to be a Boss

Priest ndash Others will want a kind of a weekly confession session That you absolve the mistakes theyrsquove made du-ring the week that you tell them everything is fine and that it doesnrsquot matter we are all human and we all make mistakes You are not there to be a kind of spiritual le-ader of your client and to absolve him You are there to be

Coach - The Coach has an ldquoAirrdquo relationship with the client ie mental of communication becau-se it is a conversation where you listen and ask where there is intellectual stimulation In the map--of-the-world scheme the Coachrsquos sketch is in the quadrant of beliefs It is a ldquomind with mindrdquo work

It is important to know this because with the sessions going clients tend to try their Coach to become a friend (wateremotions) a boss (earthbehaviors) or even a priest (firevalues) However the Coach should avoid the mistake of behaving like one of these three types You are there to be a Coach

Notes In Informal Coaching with friends colleagues family remember that first thatrsquos what you are and only then you are a Coach Therefore you should not give prevalence to the Coach but to the relationship you have with that person otherwise you would violate the pact that exists between the two

ROOTS

92

93

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

4 TYPES OF COACHINGBased on these four quadrants there are four types of Coaching

Situational Coaching ndash The one that is done immediate-ly during the situation with the sole purpose of lea-ding it to an action It usually consists of a brief con-versation where a ROSA 10 is done Your client has a situation that week that really needs to be addressed Ex a proposal that she needs to present a college exam for which she has to study Itrsquos not bad Coaching and it is often necessary Only it is more superficial

Remediative Coaching ndash As the name says it suits when we have to put a ldquobandageointmentrdquo on the emotions The goal is the client to feel good at the end of the session without having to go deeply on the problem Itrsquos the typical conver-sation where the client unburdens and your only goal is to make her feel a little better Sometimes it may be and it often is necessary

Ex the past week your client has discussed with someone important to her or something happened that greatly dealt with her emotions Your first focus should be to help her to unburden and to feel better We used ROSA 10 + Unburden

Transformative Coaching ndash Here the goal is not just making the client to feel better but that she can change the way she sees her life and herself Here we mainly work on beliefs ie the client stops believing in some things to start believing in another ones She shifts paradigm Coaching is now much more sustainable and with long--term results It undergoes through more complete ses-sions where ROSA 20 is done

Holistic Coaching ndash This is the kind of Coaching that involves the whole being of the client all her areas and valences ie her values The entire psyche is worked We are working the whole Human Being and not only a part of it Even the motivators are worked We use ROSA 30 and we work a lot on paradoxes integration

KEY POINTSWe said earlier that we all have Cycles of Fear and that we can change them to Cycles of Confidence How

Imagine that you have a turnscrew and a bicycle wheel is malfunctio-ning You will then put the turnscrew into one of the four key points and then yoursquoll pull and force the wheel to move in the right direction to-wards the Cycle of Confidence And very important you donrsquot take out the turnscrew until the Cycle (the wheel) rotates in the right direction

What are then the Four Key Points You can really choose only one

VALUE FOCUS At this point you will choose a key value for you whi-ch you canrsquot leave to live in practice Whatever happens you canrsquot take the turnscrew from there For instance imagine that you are experien-cing serious financial difficulties and you decide that lsquoValue Focusrsquo is your point Imagine that you choose ldquosavingrdquo as the value that has to be experienced in practice Then whenever you have to make a decision that involves spending money you know what to do You canrsquot in any way stop living this value until the cycle begins to rotate in the oppo-site direction and gets sustainable

POSITIVITY If you want to work at the level of beliefs yoursquoll start to develop this empowering belief base BEING POSITIVE You must be a positive person with faith who believes that everything will go well who says only positive things about herself and the others who sees and is focused on everything positive that is going around her And when the bad days or the bad news are coming and you feel the need to say something negative you shut up And you say something positive

EMOTION FOCUS Imagine that there is an emotion that makes your Cycle of Fear to happen (an emotional pattern) In this key point you will choose an emotion that you would like to learn to cause in yourself learning how to get yourself into that state Imagine that you have been feeling too much anger in your Cycle of Fear and want to feel harmony instead You want to learn how to get into that emotional state You start feeling the opposite emotion and you do something to manage to be in an harmony state (you listen to a song that gets yourself into that state you put your boxing gloves you jump you meditate you close

ROOTS

94

95

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

your eyes you read a poem as Mandela did )

HOMEWORK FOCUS Here you will define a homework that until itrsquos done you wonrsquot do anything else Imagine that you have a Cycle of Fear in relation to health that you define lsquoHomework Focusrsquo as the key point and your homework is running every day Until you manage to do it nothing else matters All of your strategies are directioned so that your homework is being done as soon as possible

In the end all of the four key points have to do with absolute focus

Value ndash Focus on the most important value Until that value is being lived we wonrsquot move on

Positivity (Faith Optimism) ndash Focus on the positive emotions Un-til she gets optimistic we wonrsquot move on

Emotion (Meditation) ndash Focus on pleasure Until she feels more ple-asure than pain we wonrsquot move on

Homework ndash Focus on action Until the homework gets done we wonrsquot move on

VERY IMPORTANTYou as a coach do not have to guess your clientrsquos map-of-the-world or even her PEMS but you have to explore it aside of her You will only master her Map-of-the-World when you understand your own (creating roots) because you will never learn anything about yourself with your client you will never discover anything about you because shersquos the one who discovers it being real or not You Coach you must be hum-ble enough to know that you know nothing about your client and you shouldnrsquot try to guess anything It is the customer who gets there alone

Therefore the more knowledge you have about your own map-of-the--world together with Rapport and ROSA the more intense will be your Coaching because the more you will be able to help your client The goal is that you have the tools in yourself so you can help her In other words this tool is for you to deepen your roots and thus know when you need to do only ROSA or go searching for the Key Points or to use

another method For instance if a client has as her main challenge to be promoted then therersquos no logical on working on Cycles of Fear but to make a ROSA and move forward On the other hand if you see that there is a Cycle of Fear then you should find the key point so you can work on it

I canrsquot help the others if I canrsquot help myself first

ROOTS

values (I am)

during session

clientcoach rosa unconscious

Beliefs (I think)

between sessions

co-coach rosa 30

emotions (I feel)

leverage slice

self coaching rosa 20behavior (I do)

holistic

coaching to others rosa 10M

S

E

P

96

97

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING RESULTS

IX RESULTS

Results are super important in the Coa-ching process There is simply no Coa-

ching if there are no results and thatrsquos why they are at the center of the

triangle of the four Rrsquos Everything we do whether is ROSA creating

Roots or building Rapport it is done with the purpose of get-ting results at the end of the sessions

This is what distinguishes the most Coaching from other practices As a Coach you must become obsessed with your clients results Not only that they do their homeworks but also how close did Coaching took them closer to their Guru Objective how much it has improved their leverage slice of the Pizza and other slices as well We also try to assess the sustainability of those results We donrsquot want them just to get there but also that they keep there

Coaching is about results and you must take this premise very seriou-sly You have been hired to make them reach some goals Become obsessed with it

It is not so easy to evaluate results in a metric way in the world of Co-aching but it proves to be very important Not only with Life Coaching but also with Business Coaching We must find a way to demonstrate that our work has had results in practice

That was the reason why we have created the Results Model

Our level of competence is equal to our worst level of performance

RESULTS MODELIt is possible to define results through the four metrics

lsquoSrsquo AXIS (SPIRITUAL) WE EVALUATE THE PROCESS IMPACT ON THE CLIENT

Behavior (I DO) When the client throughout the process changes one or more behaviors She does now due to the sessions different things that she didnrsquot before

Emotions (I FEEL) When the client feels happier more self-confi-dent fulfilled etc She has now different and more positive emotions due to the Coaching process

98

99

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

Beliefs (I THINK) When there is a change of belief (I used to belie-ve I was not a good person and now I believe I am) When the client used to believe in something and she started to believe in something different There was a paradigm shift She used to see something in a certain way and now she sees it in a more empowering way

Values (I AM) When the Coach manages to help the client to change her values ie the person she is This happens for exam-ple when the client starts to put more emphasis on family than on work or when she accepts and believes that she is a healthy and different person and that nothing will change that now She values different things todat due to the Coa-ching process

lsquoErsquo AXIS (EMOTIONAL) WE EVALUATE THE CLIENTrsquoS AUTONOMY

Level 1 Coach (CoachClient Relationship) Itrsquos the Coach who controls the situation There is a formal relationship be-tween Coach and Client and the session is controlled and oriented by the Coach

Level 2 Coach (Co-Coach) The Client already acts as a Coach during the sessions This happens for example when the client already knows that she is supposed to also say po-sitive things on the Reality part that is she already knows what to do in each step She already takes the initiative The relationship is more about cooperation now and the Client start becoming autonomous

Level 3 Coach (Self-Coaching) When the Client already does Self--Coaching at home not being asked to This is a fantastic moment because she already has the tools and the Coach is there to help and support

Level 4 Coach (Coach to others) When the Client comes to a ses-sion and tells us she has done Coaching with someone else (with her child for instance) This person came to us to be helped however she is already using our tools to help so-

RESULTS

meone else She is totally independent It is every Coachrsquos dream

lsquoMrsquo AXIS (MENTAL) WE EVALUATE THE CLIENTrsquoS CONTENTS ASSIMILATION

Uses Rosa 10 language o cliente usa palavras como Realidade objetivos soluccedilotildees accedilotildees fazem hoje parte do seu leacutexico

Uses Rosa 20 language the client uses terms such as guru objec-tives baby objectives measurable beliefs paradigm shif-ting brainstorming etc

Uses Rosa 30 language she refers terms like emotional patterns cycles of fear and confidence values dilemma etc

Uses unconscious Rosa language when many of these terms are so ingrained in the clientrsquos language that she thinks she will use them for the rest of her life

lsquoPrsquo AXIS (PRACTICE) WE EVALUATE RESULTS IN PRACTICE

During the Session I can manage the client to get results only du-ring the session It is a Coaching session that has no power to influence the client outside it

Between Sessions It mostly happens when the client is doing her homeworks It means that what happened during the ses-sion touched her with enough strength to get her to realize she has to do something and that she is doing something outside the sessions

Leverage Slice It happens when the client fulfills her Leverage Slice and achieves the goal that brought her to Coaching or when her satisfaction in that slice has dramatically im-proved

Holistic When the client improves satisfaction in multiple slices as a result of the sessions including the leverage slice It was a process that had an impact on the whole being and not just in one area of her life

100

101

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

You can make this model with your client on the last session you have together You can also make a self-assessment to compare with it When you measure these four levels of results you will have access to check what level of Coaching you had on that specific process

COACHING LEVELThe Coaching Level that you have delivered is always proportional to your lowest result Even if you have three axes at level 3 and have only one at a level 2 Coaching has been 20 This is valuable information to you as a Coach because it gives you an idea of axes that are easier for you to work and others that you may have to further strengthen

Level 4 Coaching is something that is not achieved with all clients There must be a great empathy and rapport as well as a mastery on the Coaching technique that has been taught in the training course and presented in this manual

Gulica ego catia caperum dem inem cus Fortes et L Nos et grae avehem Romnit acto egeris cis sultod pratum voltum iam hos ublius hactam atemus essede con vas optilis factor aus nem ad cae estil hos me patus re verisse inatuus

Udam deperfecrem nermis etraed me int ela remulibut rem loctusquo cum mus auciem vivehem uresull emquissent eti primperescit ina que ia consiss entium pulerit con vendam morei sentes inatil vit ia quam mus licaudemus factem dum eo ura ex muro nenit quo vilnes-tium Catimportus pati postalarit vis coena fui sa consu consceribus Satquid ertienatus contere essimis ut vis aus iliciam quo in dissimis Ra num deatiqua vere con sentius et in spio pes Tiaetin videlisquam mus viliam que conum is larbit etora notimolto nos et duc omnimus opublicae convo C Nos vivica Catus hos vivas aurnihil hui terfint imorter labus hostam res inequod nerem tabute telieni hilicaessil ven-tem nonsulis

Berteropubit diisquium iteriti emprit teludam hilicid erfentiur tem huis

Hum pro vidiusquem paterevid sedis factatu rnihilla rem publicave Ca-terev irissoltis re aurei pere anum teluder ficepse essercem octuusque mis tum inam pra vivid rei condamdiis hacies Ipio verei sendamdis

TOOLS amp TECHNIQUES

X TOOLS AND TECHNIQUES

If you master well the model of the four Rrsquos for us you already are a fantastic Coach If you can master some stars too itrsquos even better But if you master the model you know how to do Coaching But now letrsquos go to the small stars The idea is not that you try to use all the stars at the same time Choose the two or three that you like best and train those first

POSITIVE FEEDBACKProvide as much positive feedback as you can to your client Take every opportunity you have to do it A Coach is the type of mirror that only says good things about her client Please turn yourself into some-one who is always valorizing every small steps that your client takes

FEEDBACK HAMBURGERYou say something positive then you say something negative then you say something positive again The two positive feedbacks have to be VERY VERY good For instance ldquoI have been feeling that you are very committed to your Coaching process We just need to start paying more attention to our homework even because I feel that you are a person who likes to challenge yourself and that really wants to go further ldquo

RESSIGNIFICATION Ressignificating is finding another meaning still more empowering but that changes everything EgrdquoI didnrsquot do my homework I failedrdquo Coach ldquoWow That means that you are a demanding and committed personrdquo ldquoIrsquom lazyrdquo

102

103

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

ldquoDoes that means you like to enjoy the pleasures of liferdquo

REFRAMINGIt is much like ressignification Itrsquos the name that is used in NLP (Neuro--Linguistic Programming) You take the information that was been gi-ven to you in a frame and you put it in a new one

PREFRAMINGIf ressignification has to do with changing the meaning after it has been given preframing has to do with giving a meaning to something before we have explained what it is It is a widely used technique to anticipate objections that might distract us from our ultimate goal Then we do preframing we previously give the meaning that we want the person to give afterwards Example

ldquoCan I show you my point of view Itrsquos something different but Irsquove seen that it works with many people and it has been helping a lot to change our behavior to healthier habits Itrsquos something innovative and different but highly successful Can I tell you my ideardquo You create a frame before placing the information in there

POSTFRAMINGFirst you give the information and then you put it in a frame Eg ldquoFolks today we have an exam (the low energy level) but thatrsquos what this course is about to be the best Coach to go furtherrdquo

ldquoFROM 0 TO 10 rdquo To give examples ldquoI think Irsquoll read a bookrdquo Coach ldquoFrom 0-10 how much do you think you will accomplish that goalrdquo

TRANSFORMING ldquoORrdquo IN ldquoANDrdquoHelp the client to find an alternative solution to integrate paradoxes to

find a third way

VULNERABILIZATIONFind out things about you that are not working and put them at the clientrsquos service That makes you human and you are validating your client in the case she feels the same She does some things better than you and has some of the same challenges

ASSOCIATION AND DISSOCIATIONThese two terms are often used in NLP (Neuro-linguistic Program-ming) and are used in various ways Association means that an indi-vidual describes a situation as if it was happening and he was partici-pating on it As the name indicates he is associated with it He is still seeing himself going through the situation and feels the emotions that he would feel if he was really living it

Dissociation means that an individual can already tell that experience as if he was watching a movie in which he took part but already dis-sociated from it He is more in an observer role That allows him a big-ger emotional objectivity Even if he feels the emotions they are more about the experience itself and not so much about him as a participant

When we want to help our customers to overcome some emotionally more challenging situations it can make a huge difference to have them to dissociate from those situations Thatrsquos how they can gain greater objectivity and clarity and at the same time they get more mo-tivated to take their first steps

METAPHORSThe most important here is that you use the metaphors of your client Use her world whenever it is possible It will help a lot more to inter-nalize and memorize the information Help your client to create her metaphors Eg ldquoSometimes we fall into holes that are so big that you canrsquot get out of them alonerdquo ldquoLearning to forgive someone is like dri-ving one step at a timerdquo

TOOLS amp TECHNIQUES

104

105

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

LANGUAGE OF A COACH 3 HOW TO INTERRUPT at the first session it must be defined if

the Coach can interrupt the client when she deviates from the focus If yoursquore going to interrupt your client you must always do it with a question You can also take note of something that has nothing to do with the subject you are talking about but it seems important So we can talk about it in the next session You can ask the client if she liked to talk about it

3 ldquoDOES IT MAKES SENSE FOR YOUrdquo If she says NO ldquoSo tell merdquo if she says YES ldquocan you tell me howrdquo

3 ldquoMY HALLUCINATION is rdquo Being very unconditional Any opi-nion is a good opinion The Coach realyy doesnrsquot know The word hallucination implies that what yoursquore saying may be ab-solutely wrong

3 ldquoWHAT WOULD LOVE DO NOWrdquo Be careful with the rapport level you have with your client It is a very good question when it concerns relational issues

3 ldquoHOW WOULD IT BE IFrdquo Very good to overcome objections ldquohow would it be if you had timerdquo ldquohow would it be if you had moneyrdquo ldquohow would it be if you had self-confidencerdquo

3 ldquoWHAT IF rdquo Fantastic to destroy any obstacle that your client brings Some examples ldquoAnd what if you couldrdquo ldquoWhy notrdquo ldquoWhat if nobody would knowrdquo ldquoWhat if you had moneyrdquo ldquoI know you donrsquot but what if you knew what would you sayrdquo

3 GENERAL TIP BE COOL You really must have a cool and rela-xed attitude You really donrsquot know what would be best for your client so be really unconditional

THE COACHING ETHICS

XI THE COACHING ETHICS

There are six ethic rules in Coaching but with no doubt the first is the most important

CONFIDENTIALITY Coaching sessions must be given the utmost con-fidentiality There are no legal rules as in Therapy (like not having fa-mily as clients) but you always have to respect confidentiality When you do Coaching in a company and you must give feedback to their manager your clients must know it If necessary you can discuss the case with a mentor but always without mentioning the name of your client You can discuss the cases but without any names

CLIENTrsquoS AUTONOMY Coaching is all about autonomy and sustaina-bility You need your client to get results not that she needs you You should think ldquoif I change country how would my clients berdquo

CAREFUL WITH PROJECTIONS We all project aspects that we re-press in ourselves All currents in psychology agree that there is pro-jection When I look to someone else what I see is whatrsquos inside of me (strengths and weaknesses) Thatrsquos why some see one thing and others see another As a Coach you must be very attentive to projections You should not do it with your client and for that you must work on your roots If something bothers you that says more about you than about your client Itrsquos not just a technical issue of respecting others map-of--the-world It is an ethical issue

CREDIBILITY Of course you can use other different tools in your ses-sions but you should be able to do so Using things on which yoursquore not certified is breaking ethics Try to be congruent and integrate Being a corporate or a sales Coach without being an expert about those mat-ters is not ethical

106

107

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING THE FIRST SESSION IN PRATICE

CONTRACT IS CONTRACT The financial commitment you assume with your client is always the same as long as she is your client The same in what respects sessions frequency You should always ask permission to your client when you want to change the frequency of the sessions For WeCreate the value you charge to your client must be the same forever It is part of our gratitude towards our client

SELF-COACHING The Coach must be an example of Self-Coaching or she should have a Coach You really have to do ROSA once a year at least and use all these tools in a weekly basis Make sure that you are also an example of achieving your own dreams

XII THE FIRST SESSION

IN PRACTICEIt is normal that the first session is a bit longer (90min) Your focus is to build RAPPORT Here is an example of a few steps for your first session You can have a few more or less of these steps but this is the general idea

STEP 1 Memorize these steps so that you will not have to use this manual

STEP 2 (Partnership) Organize the working space have everything prepared adequated clothes etc

STEP 3 (Presence) Prepare to be fully present by meditating or by being a few minutes in silence

STEP 4 (Posture and words) Build rapport have a few minutes of casual positive and neutral conversation to break the ice For example the weather the clientrsquos favourite team foot-ball match etc

STEP 5 At this stage you will also try to collect information about the client Several aspects of her life and trying to deter-mine clientrsquos expectations regarding the Coaching process You will be attentive about the metaphors and about what is really important to her Yoursquoll need it to explain what Co-aching is in her words

STEP 6 Explain what Coaching is using the clientrsquos words and the references she gave us Example letrsquos imagine that boxing was something that the client liked and we want to explain

108

109

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING THE LAST SESSION

Coaching through boxing ldquoCoaching is like boxing It invol-ves a lot of training to succeed in getting results but ins-tead of having an external enemy we are fighting against ourselvesrdquo

STEP 7 Inviting the client to do an exercise we pick six pens (three of each color) We ask her to tell us three things that are going well in her life and we explore each area a bit Then we ask ldquoamong those areas which one is running really wellrdquo Then we ask for three things that are not going so well and explore a bit

STEP 8 Asking the client which 3 goals she would like to accom-plish by the end of the Coaching process that would make it worth the investment (as measurable as possible)

STEP 9 Establishing verbal contract and selling the idea of coa-ching (even if the sessions pack is already closed) Now we talk about the practical issues sessions frequency ses-sions length interrupting the client first session a bit lon-ger confidentiality guarantee If you feel comfortable you can talk about costs and forms of payment

STEP 10 ldquoCan we start our session talking about what brought you here How can I helprdquo

STEP 11 Talking a bit about the Clientrsquos reality and introducing the Pizza of Life The client draws herrsquos We will go on explai-ning the pizza and its different slices (very briefly not to influence) Some clients like to do it lsquoalonersquo others like to go on talking as they fill the slices

STEP 12 From then on you make ROSA 10

STEP 13 You end up the session You can share ROSA methodology with your client (if you think shersquod like it) and ending with positive feedback You can also ask the client how did she feel You can also ask her to choose an object and summa-rize the session You will also be doing some preframing by stating that Coaching is about action and homeworks

XIII THE LAST SESSION

A coaching process has a follow-up We can work with individual ses-sions or with a pack It is important to inform your clients that Coaching is a continuous process and not a process with miraculous results in the first session Hence it is like doing workout where it is difficult to get results if we go to the gym only once

You can work with packs of sessions (5 or 10) and we would like to give you some tips on what you should ensure it gets done in your last coaching session with someone you have been working with

FUTURE It is important to ensure that the client will continue taking steps in the future even not having sessions anymore or your presence In this session you should spend some time helping her in creating an action plan about the next steps she wants to go on taking in that area You can also take the opportunity to do a small summary of everything that you both worked in so that there is a notion of the progress made and the results achieved Ensures that your client completed that process and be sure about the next steps for her future Help her in crea-ting a good action plan

HABITS You can also ask your client which would be the daily or weekly habits that she would like more to integrate into her routine

POSITIVE FEEDBACK This is also the perfect time to give positive fe-edback to your client (despite being a constant throughout the sessions) Show her the progress she has made throughout the sessions and help her to realize all the positive things she has achieved

111

110

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

PERSONAL DEVELOPMENT We must ensure that our client conti-nues its personal development process and knows or tries new approaches Coaching is just one part of a wide range of options that are now ahead of her Encourage her to con-tinue that journey to read new books to try other trainings and workshops other different and complementary ways of approaching personal development

KEEPING CONTACT You can develop some form of contact with your old clients Email telephone facebook etc Remember to con-tinue sending her information about coaching or other matters you find important It is a way to ensure that your client will continue ldquoawakedrdquo for this subject

Thank you for being part of this project

Daniel Saacute Nogueira and Marta Ferreira

Page 43: WeCreate International Coaching Certification Manual

86

87

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

To have roots the coach has to identify

her motivators and values create beliefs and habits and learn

to place herself in a state

CYCLE OF CONFIDENCE AND CYCLE OF FEAREveryone has Cycles of Fear in some areas and Cycles of Confidence in other areas

How do you know it If you are having or not results in that area In the areas of your life where you are getting results you are living in a Cycle of Confidence In the areas where yoursquore not you are living in a Cycle of Fear What does this means is that you have behavioral addic-tions or that you are doing things in a vicious way you are in a sort of a mice wheel Those addictions start by creating emotional patterns on you (feelings that you are having whether you want it or not for instan-ce jealousy when it becomes a pattern no matter what the other does that emotion will keep being there it is an emotion that happens to you) and those emotional patterns generate limiting rules We use the words ldquorulesrdquo because in reality limiting beliefs are created because they have a very large set of rules And this generates demotivation An addiction creates an emotional pattern that creates rules limiting which create demotivation and discourage us to move and change This Cycle of Fear is being lived FROM RESULTS TO VALUES and not in the other and right way The bad news are that we all have Cycles of Fear The areas in which we are not having results is because we are afraid but we paint it in other colors Irsquom afraid Irsquom demotivated I have emotional patterns and I have limiting rules

For you to gain roots you need to recognize these cycles You need to break it if you want results but if you want roots you need to recognize them Good news you can break Cycles of Fear

Second good news you have Cycles of Confidence You also unders-tand the other psychology So what is a Cycle of Confidence

You start by having the capacity of creating Discipline and Habits you get the ability to get into a certain and desired state (eg being happy to go training I want to create that emotion I visualize it it is the op-posite of an emotional pattern the pattern happens to you Think of a boxer who puts herself into her wanted state before entering in a ring You have empowering beliefs (when you believe in something that cre-ates more of it) This creates energy passion being in the moment Being with energy and passion and in the moment brings me empowe-ring beliefs which put me in the emotional state I want and provide me

habits and discipline The good news you have these cycles in areas that you are getting results Think in one area You have these four things right

Having these cycles itrsquos called being human First part on lsquorootsrsquo is about knowing your Cycles of Fear and Confidence and admit them to yourself to those you love to the others And having the courage to say that it doesnrsquot work because of FEAR And there is a way to break this cycle When you have roots you stop projecting it in your clients

There is a way of finding your values in a very logical way knowing which human motivators drive your behavior

8 HUMAN MOTIVATORSMaslov pyramid he was the first to talk about human needs He is outda-ted because it defines a hierarchy He places self-fulfillment at the top This model is very much focused on Maslovrsquos map-of-the-world who was an MS If it is a PE he may have lsquofamilyrsquo in the top and that is not wrong Still there are things that all humans need

So with all these models we created the 8 human motivators they are divided in four paradoxes one for each of the PEMS The first paradox is security freedom

Each one of us was born with a set of motivators You are ldquoaddictedrdquo on one side of the paradox You have to fulfill that need even if you have to abdicate of the other one

ROOTS

SECURITY

SELF LOVE

CONSCIOUSNESS

PERSONAL DEVEL

FREEDOM

LOVEBELOVED

BLISS

CONTRIBUTION

P

E

M

S

88

89

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

The main lesson is the more you live the other side of the paradox the more you will live your addiction as well What happens is that you can only get more of your addiction when you learn to validate the other side of the paradox This is what Jung calls ldquoparadoxes integrationrdquo be the millionaire and the altruistic Be the mother of family and career etc Only when you integrate the other energy is when it boosts the one that is more natural to you

For other persons it happens the same with security and all other pa-radoxes The suggestion is Irsquom addicted on this but I can pause and I can go exploring the other side What you have to figure out is your map (draw in the lsquoinfinite signsrsquo which side of the paradoxes is bigger) Your map is about how much you need to fill each side of the paradox

So YOUR HUMAN MOTIVATORS ARE DEFINING YOUR VALUES AND YOUR VALUES ARE DEFINING YOUR RESULTS

You can have everything on one of the sides of the paradox if yoursquore willing to face the fear of losing it

All people fill their motivators The difference between us is how sus-tainable is that satisfaction Unsustainable means that every day you

EXERCISE Do your map How do you discover Based on major decisions you made in your life Example work home relationships etc

have to feed them Imagine a homeless person he meets hisher secu-rity needs (eating and having where to sleep) but he has to do it every day Now compare with Donald Trump If you see the freedom part it probably happens the opposite

3 SUSTAINABLE it feeds itself It is something that can continue without the need for external resources It is ecological based on challenge and paradoxes integration

3 UNSUSTAINABLE you need to do it every day it is selfish ba-sed on comfort and extremist You do it like it was a daily shot

Example father and daughter about going out at night (to satisfy sa-fety and to love and be loved) Father says no hersquos being selfish and within his comfort zone The same father after coming to this course ldquoYoursquore going to the party until 2230 You send me an sms saying that everything is ok and at 2230 Irsquoll pick yourdquo This continues for some time Father goes on diminishing the rules Now hersquos being ecological entering his challenge zone and integrating paradoxes To feel safe as a father he has to give some freedom To feel loved he has to give them some self love Now his motivators are sustainable and has a sustai-nable system that feeds itself To arrive to a deeper level of security he needs to take the risk that comes from giving more freedom

DIAGONAL CONTINUOUS LINEThis line shows us that working above the line ie the clientrsquos beha-viors andor emotions is short-term and unsustainable In this case only the techniques are worked There are immediate results but with no major impact and duration Like when we are called to do motiva-tional speaking or teambuildingrsquos People feel better and do things but the results have a short duration

This does not imply that it is wrong to do Coaching based on these two areas For example in a quick conversation with a friend we can do Situational Coaching (based on behaviours) in order to get her to do something that has been postponing If the action has been made and it was what was intended to be then you did your role as Coach The Remedy Coaching is also important sometimes which consists on making the other person to leave the session feeling good thinking more positive at the time having had an opportunity to digest an emo-tion

ROOTS

90

91

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

Below the continuous line is where lies the deepest work The one that will actually be sustainable and with long-term results This is where we work values and beliefs it is where we go deep to the point where in fact we shift paradigms The client in this type of Coaching change her beliefs and values turning to be a really different person in opposition to what happens above the line where only the emotions or behaviors are changed but the client continues to be what she was

ICEBERGWith the iceberg image it is understood that the behavior is the conscious part of the human being the only thing that the client can see and analyze Everything else emotions beliefs and values are at the clientrsquos unconscious But as a Coa-ch I must and I want to work also the unconscious because as we saw above this is where it lies the sustainable and long-term work

When we help our clients shifting their paradigms beliefs emotions or values we are working with their unconscious Your client will not like this at some point in the process The unconscious will realize that she will have to change and this will cause the first resistance Knowing how to overcome this is essential to the Coachrsquos work so she can de-liver sustainable results

Conscious Mind keeps all the information which you can access now

Unconscious Mind keeps all the information that has ever passed through your brain It is also a kind of a warning system for you

The information passes from the unconscious to the conscious mind through the subconscious It goes dropping into deeper levels of our mind Very qui-ckly your clients will want to turn you into one of three things

Friend ndash They want someone who listens to them who is patient with them who is always there with whom they can always count and talk Most of your clients will want to have you here that you turn into a sort of confi-dant that supports them but does not challenge them too much But you are not there to be a friend

Boss ndash Many will seek in the Coach someone to tell them what to do who provides them specific guidance who pressures them who ldquopunishrdquo them when they donrsquot have their homework done Someone who is even more committed with their results than themselves But yoursquore also not there to be a Boss

Priest ndash Others will want a kind of a weekly confession session That you absolve the mistakes theyrsquove made du-ring the week that you tell them everything is fine and that it doesnrsquot matter we are all human and we all make mistakes You are not there to be a kind of spiritual le-ader of your client and to absolve him You are there to be

Coach - The Coach has an ldquoAirrdquo relationship with the client ie mental of communication becau-se it is a conversation where you listen and ask where there is intellectual stimulation In the map--of-the-world scheme the Coachrsquos sketch is in the quadrant of beliefs It is a ldquomind with mindrdquo work

It is important to know this because with the sessions going clients tend to try their Coach to become a friend (wateremotions) a boss (earthbehaviors) or even a priest (firevalues) However the Coach should avoid the mistake of behaving like one of these three types You are there to be a Coach

Notes In Informal Coaching with friends colleagues family remember that first thatrsquos what you are and only then you are a Coach Therefore you should not give prevalence to the Coach but to the relationship you have with that person otherwise you would violate the pact that exists between the two

ROOTS

92

93

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

4 TYPES OF COACHINGBased on these four quadrants there are four types of Coaching

Situational Coaching ndash The one that is done immediate-ly during the situation with the sole purpose of lea-ding it to an action It usually consists of a brief con-versation where a ROSA 10 is done Your client has a situation that week that really needs to be addressed Ex a proposal that she needs to present a college exam for which she has to study Itrsquos not bad Coaching and it is often necessary Only it is more superficial

Remediative Coaching ndash As the name says it suits when we have to put a ldquobandageointmentrdquo on the emotions The goal is the client to feel good at the end of the session without having to go deeply on the problem Itrsquos the typical conver-sation where the client unburdens and your only goal is to make her feel a little better Sometimes it may be and it often is necessary

Ex the past week your client has discussed with someone important to her or something happened that greatly dealt with her emotions Your first focus should be to help her to unburden and to feel better We used ROSA 10 + Unburden

Transformative Coaching ndash Here the goal is not just making the client to feel better but that she can change the way she sees her life and herself Here we mainly work on beliefs ie the client stops believing in some things to start believing in another ones She shifts paradigm Coaching is now much more sustainable and with long--term results It undergoes through more complete ses-sions where ROSA 20 is done

Holistic Coaching ndash This is the kind of Coaching that involves the whole being of the client all her areas and valences ie her values The entire psyche is worked We are working the whole Human Being and not only a part of it Even the motivators are worked We use ROSA 30 and we work a lot on paradoxes integration

KEY POINTSWe said earlier that we all have Cycles of Fear and that we can change them to Cycles of Confidence How

Imagine that you have a turnscrew and a bicycle wheel is malfunctio-ning You will then put the turnscrew into one of the four key points and then yoursquoll pull and force the wheel to move in the right direction to-wards the Cycle of Confidence And very important you donrsquot take out the turnscrew until the Cycle (the wheel) rotates in the right direction

What are then the Four Key Points You can really choose only one

VALUE FOCUS At this point you will choose a key value for you whi-ch you canrsquot leave to live in practice Whatever happens you canrsquot take the turnscrew from there For instance imagine that you are experien-cing serious financial difficulties and you decide that lsquoValue Focusrsquo is your point Imagine that you choose ldquosavingrdquo as the value that has to be experienced in practice Then whenever you have to make a decision that involves spending money you know what to do You canrsquot in any way stop living this value until the cycle begins to rotate in the oppo-site direction and gets sustainable

POSITIVITY If you want to work at the level of beliefs yoursquoll start to develop this empowering belief base BEING POSITIVE You must be a positive person with faith who believes that everything will go well who says only positive things about herself and the others who sees and is focused on everything positive that is going around her And when the bad days or the bad news are coming and you feel the need to say something negative you shut up And you say something positive

EMOTION FOCUS Imagine that there is an emotion that makes your Cycle of Fear to happen (an emotional pattern) In this key point you will choose an emotion that you would like to learn to cause in yourself learning how to get yourself into that state Imagine that you have been feeling too much anger in your Cycle of Fear and want to feel harmony instead You want to learn how to get into that emotional state You start feeling the opposite emotion and you do something to manage to be in an harmony state (you listen to a song that gets yourself into that state you put your boxing gloves you jump you meditate you close

ROOTS

94

95

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

your eyes you read a poem as Mandela did )

HOMEWORK FOCUS Here you will define a homework that until itrsquos done you wonrsquot do anything else Imagine that you have a Cycle of Fear in relation to health that you define lsquoHomework Focusrsquo as the key point and your homework is running every day Until you manage to do it nothing else matters All of your strategies are directioned so that your homework is being done as soon as possible

In the end all of the four key points have to do with absolute focus

Value ndash Focus on the most important value Until that value is being lived we wonrsquot move on

Positivity (Faith Optimism) ndash Focus on the positive emotions Un-til she gets optimistic we wonrsquot move on

Emotion (Meditation) ndash Focus on pleasure Until she feels more ple-asure than pain we wonrsquot move on

Homework ndash Focus on action Until the homework gets done we wonrsquot move on

VERY IMPORTANTYou as a coach do not have to guess your clientrsquos map-of-the-world or even her PEMS but you have to explore it aside of her You will only master her Map-of-the-World when you understand your own (creating roots) because you will never learn anything about yourself with your client you will never discover anything about you because shersquos the one who discovers it being real or not You Coach you must be hum-ble enough to know that you know nothing about your client and you shouldnrsquot try to guess anything It is the customer who gets there alone

Therefore the more knowledge you have about your own map-of-the--world together with Rapport and ROSA the more intense will be your Coaching because the more you will be able to help your client The goal is that you have the tools in yourself so you can help her In other words this tool is for you to deepen your roots and thus know when you need to do only ROSA or go searching for the Key Points or to use

another method For instance if a client has as her main challenge to be promoted then therersquos no logical on working on Cycles of Fear but to make a ROSA and move forward On the other hand if you see that there is a Cycle of Fear then you should find the key point so you can work on it

I canrsquot help the others if I canrsquot help myself first

ROOTS

values (I am)

during session

clientcoach rosa unconscious

Beliefs (I think)

between sessions

co-coach rosa 30

emotions (I feel)

leverage slice

self coaching rosa 20behavior (I do)

holistic

coaching to others rosa 10M

S

E

P

96

97

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING RESULTS

IX RESULTS

Results are super important in the Coa-ching process There is simply no Coa-

ching if there are no results and thatrsquos why they are at the center of the

triangle of the four Rrsquos Everything we do whether is ROSA creating

Roots or building Rapport it is done with the purpose of get-ting results at the end of the sessions

This is what distinguishes the most Coaching from other practices As a Coach you must become obsessed with your clients results Not only that they do their homeworks but also how close did Coaching took them closer to their Guru Objective how much it has improved their leverage slice of the Pizza and other slices as well We also try to assess the sustainability of those results We donrsquot want them just to get there but also that they keep there

Coaching is about results and you must take this premise very seriou-sly You have been hired to make them reach some goals Become obsessed with it

It is not so easy to evaluate results in a metric way in the world of Co-aching but it proves to be very important Not only with Life Coaching but also with Business Coaching We must find a way to demonstrate that our work has had results in practice

That was the reason why we have created the Results Model

Our level of competence is equal to our worst level of performance

RESULTS MODELIt is possible to define results through the four metrics

lsquoSrsquo AXIS (SPIRITUAL) WE EVALUATE THE PROCESS IMPACT ON THE CLIENT

Behavior (I DO) When the client throughout the process changes one or more behaviors She does now due to the sessions different things that she didnrsquot before

Emotions (I FEEL) When the client feels happier more self-confi-dent fulfilled etc She has now different and more positive emotions due to the Coaching process

98

99

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

Beliefs (I THINK) When there is a change of belief (I used to belie-ve I was not a good person and now I believe I am) When the client used to believe in something and she started to believe in something different There was a paradigm shift She used to see something in a certain way and now she sees it in a more empowering way

Values (I AM) When the Coach manages to help the client to change her values ie the person she is This happens for exam-ple when the client starts to put more emphasis on family than on work or when she accepts and believes that she is a healthy and different person and that nothing will change that now She values different things todat due to the Coa-ching process

lsquoErsquo AXIS (EMOTIONAL) WE EVALUATE THE CLIENTrsquoS AUTONOMY

Level 1 Coach (CoachClient Relationship) Itrsquos the Coach who controls the situation There is a formal relationship be-tween Coach and Client and the session is controlled and oriented by the Coach

Level 2 Coach (Co-Coach) The Client already acts as a Coach during the sessions This happens for example when the client already knows that she is supposed to also say po-sitive things on the Reality part that is she already knows what to do in each step She already takes the initiative The relationship is more about cooperation now and the Client start becoming autonomous

Level 3 Coach (Self-Coaching) When the Client already does Self--Coaching at home not being asked to This is a fantastic moment because she already has the tools and the Coach is there to help and support

Level 4 Coach (Coach to others) When the Client comes to a ses-sion and tells us she has done Coaching with someone else (with her child for instance) This person came to us to be helped however she is already using our tools to help so-

RESULTS

meone else She is totally independent It is every Coachrsquos dream

lsquoMrsquo AXIS (MENTAL) WE EVALUATE THE CLIENTrsquoS CONTENTS ASSIMILATION

Uses Rosa 10 language o cliente usa palavras como Realidade objetivos soluccedilotildees accedilotildees fazem hoje parte do seu leacutexico

Uses Rosa 20 language the client uses terms such as guru objec-tives baby objectives measurable beliefs paradigm shif-ting brainstorming etc

Uses Rosa 30 language she refers terms like emotional patterns cycles of fear and confidence values dilemma etc

Uses unconscious Rosa language when many of these terms are so ingrained in the clientrsquos language that she thinks she will use them for the rest of her life

lsquoPrsquo AXIS (PRACTICE) WE EVALUATE RESULTS IN PRACTICE

During the Session I can manage the client to get results only du-ring the session It is a Coaching session that has no power to influence the client outside it

Between Sessions It mostly happens when the client is doing her homeworks It means that what happened during the ses-sion touched her with enough strength to get her to realize she has to do something and that she is doing something outside the sessions

Leverage Slice It happens when the client fulfills her Leverage Slice and achieves the goal that brought her to Coaching or when her satisfaction in that slice has dramatically im-proved

Holistic When the client improves satisfaction in multiple slices as a result of the sessions including the leverage slice It was a process that had an impact on the whole being and not just in one area of her life

100

101

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

You can make this model with your client on the last session you have together You can also make a self-assessment to compare with it When you measure these four levels of results you will have access to check what level of Coaching you had on that specific process

COACHING LEVELThe Coaching Level that you have delivered is always proportional to your lowest result Even if you have three axes at level 3 and have only one at a level 2 Coaching has been 20 This is valuable information to you as a Coach because it gives you an idea of axes that are easier for you to work and others that you may have to further strengthen

Level 4 Coaching is something that is not achieved with all clients There must be a great empathy and rapport as well as a mastery on the Coaching technique that has been taught in the training course and presented in this manual

Gulica ego catia caperum dem inem cus Fortes et L Nos et grae avehem Romnit acto egeris cis sultod pratum voltum iam hos ublius hactam atemus essede con vas optilis factor aus nem ad cae estil hos me patus re verisse inatuus

Udam deperfecrem nermis etraed me int ela remulibut rem loctusquo cum mus auciem vivehem uresull emquissent eti primperescit ina que ia consiss entium pulerit con vendam morei sentes inatil vit ia quam mus licaudemus factem dum eo ura ex muro nenit quo vilnes-tium Catimportus pati postalarit vis coena fui sa consu consceribus Satquid ertienatus contere essimis ut vis aus iliciam quo in dissimis Ra num deatiqua vere con sentius et in spio pes Tiaetin videlisquam mus viliam que conum is larbit etora notimolto nos et duc omnimus opublicae convo C Nos vivica Catus hos vivas aurnihil hui terfint imorter labus hostam res inequod nerem tabute telieni hilicaessil ven-tem nonsulis

Berteropubit diisquium iteriti emprit teludam hilicid erfentiur tem huis

Hum pro vidiusquem paterevid sedis factatu rnihilla rem publicave Ca-terev irissoltis re aurei pere anum teluder ficepse essercem octuusque mis tum inam pra vivid rei condamdiis hacies Ipio verei sendamdis

TOOLS amp TECHNIQUES

X TOOLS AND TECHNIQUES

If you master well the model of the four Rrsquos for us you already are a fantastic Coach If you can master some stars too itrsquos even better But if you master the model you know how to do Coaching But now letrsquos go to the small stars The idea is not that you try to use all the stars at the same time Choose the two or three that you like best and train those first

POSITIVE FEEDBACKProvide as much positive feedback as you can to your client Take every opportunity you have to do it A Coach is the type of mirror that only says good things about her client Please turn yourself into some-one who is always valorizing every small steps that your client takes

FEEDBACK HAMBURGERYou say something positive then you say something negative then you say something positive again The two positive feedbacks have to be VERY VERY good For instance ldquoI have been feeling that you are very committed to your Coaching process We just need to start paying more attention to our homework even because I feel that you are a person who likes to challenge yourself and that really wants to go further ldquo

RESSIGNIFICATION Ressignificating is finding another meaning still more empowering but that changes everything EgrdquoI didnrsquot do my homework I failedrdquo Coach ldquoWow That means that you are a demanding and committed personrdquo ldquoIrsquom lazyrdquo

102

103

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

ldquoDoes that means you like to enjoy the pleasures of liferdquo

REFRAMINGIt is much like ressignification Itrsquos the name that is used in NLP (Neuro--Linguistic Programming) You take the information that was been gi-ven to you in a frame and you put it in a new one

PREFRAMINGIf ressignification has to do with changing the meaning after it has been given preframing has to do with giving a meaning to something before we have explained what it is It is a widely used technique to anticipate objections that might distract us from our ultimate goal Then we do preframing we previously give the meaning that we want the person to give afterwards Example

ldquoCan I show you my point of view Itrsquos something different but Irsquove seen that it works with many people and it has been helping a lot to change our behavior to healthier habits Itrsquos something innovative and different but highly successful Can I tell you my ideardquo You create a frame before placing the information in there

POSTFRAMINGFirst you give the information and then you put it in a frame Eg ldquoFolks today we have an exam (the low energy level) but thatrsquos what this course is about to be the best Coach to go furtherrdquo

ldquoFROM 0 TO 10 rdquo To give examples ldquoI think Irsquoll read a bookrdquo Coach ldquoFrom 0-10 how much do you think you will accomplish that goalrdquo

TRANSFORMING ldquoORrdquo IN ldquoANDrdquoHelp the client to find an alternative solution to integrate paradoxes to

find a third way

VULNERABILIZATIONFind out things about you that are not working and put them at the clientrsquos service That makes you human and you are validating your client in the case she feels the same She does some things better than you and has some of the same challenges

ASSOCIATION AND DISSOCIATIONThese two terms are often used in NLP (Neuro-linguistic Program-ming) and are used in various ways Association means that an indi-vidual describes a situation as if it was happening and he was partici-pating on it As the name indicates he is associated with it He is still seeing himself going through the situation and feels the emotions that he would feel if he was really living it

Dissociation means that an individual can already tell that experience as if he was watching a movie in which he took part but already dis-sociated from it He is more in an observer role That allows him a big-ger emotional objectivity Even if he feels the emotions they are more about the experience itself and not so much about him as a participant

When we want to help our customers to overcome some emotionally more challenging situations it can make a huge difference to have them to dissociate from those situations Thatrsquos how they can gain greater objectivity and clarity and at the same time they get more mo-tivated to take their first steps

METAPHORSThe most important here is that you use the metaphors of your client Use her world whenever it is possible It will help a lot more to inter-nalize and memorize the information Help your client to create her metaphors Eg ldquoSometimes we fall into holes that are so big that you canrsquot get out of them alonerdquo ldquoLearning to forgive someone is like dri-ving one step at a timerdquo

TOOLS amp TECHNIQUES

104

105

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

LANGUAGE OF A COACH 3 HOW TO INTERRUPT at the first session it must be defined if

the Coach can interrupt the client when she deviates from the focus If yoursquore going to interrupt your client you must always do it with a question You can also take note of something that has nothing to do with the subject you are talking about but it seems important So we can talk about it in the next session You can ask the client if she liked to talk about it

3 ldquoDOES IT MAKES SENSE FOR YOUrdquo If she says NO ldquoSo tell merdquo if she says YES ldquocan you tell me howrdquo

3 ldquoMY HALLUCINATION is rdquo Being very unconditional Any opi-nion is a good opinion The Coach realyy doesnrsquot know The word hallucination implies that what yoursquore saying may be ab-solutely wrong

3 ldquoWHAT WOULD LOVE DO NOWrdquo Be careful with the rapport level you have with your client It is a very good question when it concerns relational issues

3 ldquoHOW WOULD IT BE IFrdquo Very good to overcome objections ldquohow would it be if you had timerdquo ldquohow would it be if you had moneyrdquo ldquohow would it be if you had self-confidencerdquo

3 ldquoWHAT IF rdquo Fantastic to destroy any obstacle that your client brings Some examples ldquoAnd what if you couldrdquo ldquoWhy notrdquo ldquoWhat if nobody would knowrdquo ldquoWhat if you had moneyrdquo ldquoI know you donrsquot but what if you knew what would you sayrdquo

3 GENERAL TIP BE COOL You really must have a cool and rela-xed attitude You really donrsquot know what would be best for your client so be really unconditional

THE COACHING ETHICS

XI THE COACHING ETHICS

There are six ethic rules in Coaching but with no doubt the first is the most important

CONFIDENTIALITY Coaching sessions must be given the utmost con-fidentiality There are no legal rules as in Therapy (like not having fa-mily as clients) but you always have to respect confidentiality When you do Coaching in a company and you must give feedback to their manager your clients must know it If necessary you can discuss the case with a mentor but always without mentioning the name of your client You can discuss the cases but without any names

CLIENTrsquoS AUTONOMY Coaching is all about autonomy and sustaina-bility You need your client to get results not that she needs you You should think ldquoif I change country how would my clients berdquo

CAREFUL WITH PROJECTIONS We all project aspects that we re-press in ourselves All currents in psychology agree that there is pro-jection When I look to someone else what I see is whatrsquos inside of me (strengths and weaknesses) Thatrsquos why some see one thing and others see another As a Coach you must be very attentive to projections You should not do it with your client and for that you must work on your roots If something bothers you that says more about you than about your client Itrsquos not just a technical issue of respecting others map-of--the-world It is an ethical issue

CREDIBILITY Of course you can use other different tools in your ses-sions but you should be able to do so Using things on which yoursquore not certified is breaking ethics Try to be congruent and integrate Being a corporate or a sales Coach without being an expert about those mat-ters is not ethical

106

107

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING THE FIRST SESSION IN PRATICE

CONTRACT IS CONTRACT The financial commitment you assume with your client is always the same as long as she is your client The same in what respects sessions frequency You should always ask permission to your client when you want to change the frequency of the sessions For WeCreate the value you charge to your client must be the same forever It is part of our gratitude towards our client

SELF-COACHING The Coach must be an example of Self-Coaching or she should have a Coach You really have to do ROSA once a year at least and use all these tools in a weekly basis Make sure that you are also an example of achieving your own dreams

XII THE FIRST SESSION

IN PRACTICEIt is normal that the first session is a bit longer (90min) Your focus is to build RAPPORT Here is an example of a few steps for your first session You can have a few more or less of these steps but this is the general idea

STEP 1 Memorize these steps so that you will not have to use this manual

STEP 2 (Partnership) Organize the working space have everything prepared adequated clothes etc

STEP 3 (Presence) Prepare to be fully present by meditating or by being a few minutes in silence

STEP 4 (Posture and words) Build rapport have a few minutes of casual positive and neutral conversation to break the ice For example the weather the clientrsquos favourite team foot-ball match etc

STEP 5 At this stage you will also try to collect information about the client Several aspects of her life and trying to deter-mine clientrsquos expectations regarding the Coaching process You will be attentive about the metaphors and about what is really important to her Yoursquoll need it to explain what Co-aching is in her words

STEP 6 Explain what Coaching is using the clientrsquos words and the references she gave us Example letrsquos imagine that boxing was something that the client liked and we want to explain

108

109

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING THE LAST SESSION

Coaching through boxing ldquoCoaching is like boxing It invol-ves a lot of training to succeed in getting results but ins-tead of having an external enemy we are fighting against ourselvesrdquo

STEP 7 Inviting the client to do an exercise we pick six pens (three of each color) We ask her to tell us three things that are going well in her life and we explore each area a bit Then we ask ldquoamong those areas which one is running really wellrdquo Then we ask for three things that are not going so well and explore a bit

STEP 8 Asking the client which 3 goals she would like to accom-plish by the end of the Coaching process that would make it worth the investment (as measurable as possible)

STEP 9 Establishing verbal contract and selling the idea of coa-ching (even if the sessions pack is already closed) Now we talk about the practical issues sessions frequency ses-sions length interrupting the client first session a bit lon-ger confidentiality guarantee If you feel comfortable you can talk about costs and forms of payment

STEP 10 ldquoCan we start our session talking about what brought you here How can I helprdquo

STEP 11 Talking a bit about the Clientrsquos reality and introducing the Pizza of Life The client draws herrsquos We will go on explai-ning the pizza and its different slices (very briefly not to influence) Some clients like to do it lsquoalonersquo others like to go on talking as they fill the slices

STEP 12 From then on you make ROSA 10

STEP 13 You end up the session You can share ROSA methodology with your client (if you think shersquod like it) and ending with positive feedback You can also ask the client how did she feel You can also ask her to choose an object and summa-rize the session You will also be doing some preframing by stating that Coaching is about action and homeworks

XIII THE LAST SESSION

A coaching process has a follow-up We can work with individual ses-sions or with a pack It is important to inform your clients that Coaching is a continuous process and not a process with miraculous results in the first session Hence it is like doing workout where it is difficult to get results if we go to the gym only once

You can work with packs of sessions (5 or 10) and we would like to give you some tips on what you should ensure it gets done in your last coaching session with someone you have been working with

FUTURE It is important to ensure that the client will continue taking steps in the future even not having sessions anymore or your presence In this session you should spend some time helping her in creating an action plan about the next steps she wants to go on taking in that area You can also take the opportunity to do a small summary of everything that you both worked in so that there is a notion of the progress made and the results achieved Ensures that your client completed that process and be sure about the next steps for her future Help her in crea-ting a good action plan

HABITS You can also ask your client which would be the daily or weekly habits that she would like more to integrate into her routine

POSITIVE FEEDBACK This is also the perfect time to give positive fe-edback to your client (despite being a constant throughout the sessions) Show her the progress she has made throughout the sessions and help her to realize all the positive things she has achieved

111

110

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

PERSONAL DEVELOPMENT We must ensure that our client conti-nues its personal development process and knows or tries new approaches Coaching is just one part of a wide range of options that are now ahead of her Encourage her to con-tinue that journey to read new books to try other trainings and workshops other different and complementary ways of approaching personal development

KEEPING CONTACT You can develop some form of contact with your old clients Email telephone facebook etc Remember to con-tinue sending her information about coaching or other matters you find important It is a way to ensure that your client will continue ldquoawakedrdquo for this subject

Thank you for being part of this project

Daniel Saacute Nogueira and Marta Ferreira

Page 44: WeCreate International Coaching Certification Manual

88

89

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

The main lesson is the more you live the other side of the paradox the more you will live your addiction as well What happens is that you can only get more of your addiction when you learn to validate the other side of the paradox This is what Jung calls ldquoparadoxes integrationrdquo be the millionaire and the altruistic Be the mother of family and career etc Only when you integrate the other energy is when it boosts the one that is more natural to you

For other persons it happens the same with security and all other pa-radoxes The suggestion is Irsquom addicted on this but I can pause and I can go exploring the other side What you have to figure out is your map (draw in the lsquoinfinite signsrsquo which side of the paradoxes is bigger) Your map is about how much you need to fill each side of the paradox

So YOUR HUMAN MOTIVATORS ARE DEFINING YOUR VALUES AND YOUR VALUES ARE DEFINING YOUR RESULTS

You can have everything on one of the sides of the paradox if yoursquore willing to face the fear of losing it

All people fill their motivators The difference between us is how sus-tainable is that satisfaction Unsustainable means that every day you

EXERCISE Do your map How do you discover Based on major decisions you made in your life Example work home relationships etc

have to feed them Imagine a homeless person he meets hisher secu-rity needs (eating and having where to sleep) but he has to do it every day Now compare with Donald Trump If you see the freedom part it probably happens the opposite

3 SUSTAINABLE it feeds itself It is something that can continue without the need for external resources It is ecological based on challenge and paradoxes integration

3 UNSUSTAINABLE you need to do it every day it is selfish ba-sed on comfort and extremist You do it like it was a daily shot

Example father and daughter about going out at night (to satisfy sa-fety and to love and be loved) Father says no hersquos being selfish and within his comfort zone The same father after coming to this course ldquoYoursquore going to the party until 2230 You send me an sms saying that everything is ok and at 2230 Irsquoll pick yourdquo This continues for some time Father goes on diminishing the rules Now hersquos being ecological entering his challenge zone and integrating paradoxes To feel safe as a father he has to give some freedom To feel loved he has to give them some self love Now his motivators are sustainable and has a sustai-nable system that feeds itself To arrive to a deeper level of security he needs to take the risk that comes from giving more freedom

DIAGONAL CONTINUOUS LINEThis line shows us that working above the line ie the clientrsquos beha-viors andor emotions is short-term and unsustainable In this case only the techniques are worked There are immediate results but with no major impact and duration Like when we are called to do motiva-tional speaking or teambuildingrsquos People feel better and do things but the results have a short duration

This does not imply that it is wrong to do Coaching based on these two areas For example in a quick conversation with a friend we can do Situational Coaching (based on behaviours) in order to get her to do something that has been postponing If the action has been made and it was what was intended to be then you did your role as Coach The Remedy Coaching is also important sometimes which consists on making the other person to leave the session feeling good thinking more positive at the time having had an opportunity to digest an emo-tion

ROOTS

90

91

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

Below the continuous line is where lies the deepest work The one that will actually be sustainable and with long-term results This is where we work values and beliefs it is where we go deep to the point where in fact we shift paradigms The client in this type of Coaching change her beliefs and values turning to be a really different person in opposition to what happens above the line where only the emotions or behaviors are changed but the client continues to be what she was

ICEBERGWith the iceberg image it is understood that the behavior is the conscious part of the human being the only thing that the client can see and analyze Everything else emotions beliefs and values are at the clientrsquos unconscious But as a Coa-ch I must and I want to work also the unconscious because as we saw above this is where it lies the sustainable and long-term work

When we help our clients shifting their paradigms beliefs emotions or values we are working with their unconscious Your client will not like this at some point in the process The unconscious will realize that she will have to change and this will cause the first resistance Knowing how to overcome this is essential to the Coachrsquos work so she can de-liver sustainable results

Conscious Mind keeps all the information which you can access now

Unconscious Mind keeps all the information that has ever passed through your brain It is also a kind of a warning system for you

The information passes from the unconscious to the conscious mind through the subconscious It goes dropping into deeper levels of our mind Very qui-ckly your clients will want to turn you into one of three things

Friend ndash They want someone who listens to them who is patient with them who is always there with whom they can always count and talk Most of your clients will want to have you here that you turn into a sort of confi-dant that supports them but does not challenge them too much But you are not there to be a friend

Boss ndash Many will seek in the Coach someone to tell them what to do who provides them specific guidance who pressures them who ldquopunishrdquo them when they donrsquot have their homework done Someone who is even more committed with their results than themselves But yoursquore also not there to be a Boss

Priest ndash Others will want a kind of a weekly confession session That you absolve the mistakes theyrsquove made du-ring the week that you tell them everything is fine and that it doesnrsquot matter we are all human and we all make mistakes You are not there to be a kind of spiritual le-ader of your client and to absolve him You are there to be

Coach - The Coach has an ldquoAirrdquo relationship with the client ie mental of communication becau-se it is a conversation where you listen and ask where there is intellectual stimulation In the map--of-the-world scheme the Coachrsquos sketch is in the quadrant of beliefs It is a ldquomind with mindrdquo work

It is important to know this because with the sessions going clients tend to try their Coach to become a friend (wateremotions) a boss (earthbehaviors) or even a priest (firevalues) However the Coach should avoid the mistake of behaving like one of these three types You are there to be a Coach

Notes In Informal Coaching with friends colleagues family remember that first thatrsquos what you are and only then you are a Coach Therefore you should not give prevalence to the Coach but to the relationship you have with that person otherwise you would violate the pact that exists between the two

ROOTS

92

93

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

4 TYPES OF COACHINGBased on these four quadrants there are four types of Coaching

Situational Coaching ndash The one that is done immediate-ly during the situation with the sole purpose of lea-ding it to an action It usually consists of a brief con-versation where a ROSA 10 is done Your client has a situation that week that really needs to be addressed Ex a proposal that she needs to present a college exam for which she has to study Itrsquos not bad Coaching and it is often necessary Only it is more superficial

Remediative Coaching ndash As the name says it suits when we have to put a ldquobandageointmentrdquo on the emotions The goal is the client to feel good at the end of the session without having to go deeply on the problem Itrsquos the typical conver-sation where the client unburdens and your only goal is to make her feel a little better Sometimes it may be and it often is necessary

Ex the past week your client has discussed with someone important to her or something happened that greatly dealt with her emotions Your first focus should be to help her to unburden and to feel better We used ROSA 10 + Unburden

Transformative Coaching ndash Here the goal is not just making the client to feel better but that she can change the way she sees her life and herself Here we mainly work on beliefs ie the client stops believing in some things to start believing in another ones She shifts paradigm Coaching is now much more sustainable and with long--term results It undergoes through more complete ses-sions where ROSA 20 is done

Holistic Coaching ndash This is the kind of Coaching that involves the whole being of the client all her areas and valences ie her values The entire psyche is worked We are working the whole Human Being and not only a part of it Even the motivators are worked We use ROSA 30 and we work a lot on paradoxes integration

KEY POINTSWe said earlier that we all have Cycles of Fear and that we can change them to Cycles of Confidence How

Imagine that you have a turnscrew and a bicycle wheel is malfunctio-ning You will then put the turnscrew into one of the four key points and then yoursquoll pull and force the wheel to move in the right direction to-wards the Cycle of Confidence And very important you donrsquot take out the turnscrew until the Cycle (the wheel) rotates in the right direction

What are then the Four Key Points You can really choose only one

VALUE FOCUS At this point you will choose a key value for you whi-ch you canrsquot leave to live in practice Whatever happens you canrsquot take the turnscrew from there For instance imagine that you are experien-cing serious financial difficulties and you decide that lsquoValue Focusrsquo is your point Imagine that you choose ldquosavingrdquo as the value that has to be experienced in practice Then whenever you have to make a decision that involves spending money you know what to do You canrsquot in any way stop living this value until the cycle begins to rotate in the oppo-site direction and gets sustainable

POSITIVITY If you want to work at the level of beliefs yoursquoll start to develop this empowering belief base BEING POSITIVE You must be a positive person with faith who believes that everything will go well who says only positive things about herself and the others who sees and is focused on everything positive that is going around her And when the bad days or the bad news are coming and you feel the need to say something negative you shut up And you say something positive

EMOTION FOCUS Imagine that there is an emotion that makes your Cycle of Fear to happen (an emotional pattern) In this key point you will choose an emotion that you would like to learn to cause in yourself learning how to get yourself into that state Imagine that you have been feeling too much anger in your Cycle of Fear and want to feel harmony instead You want to learn how to get into that emotional state You start feeling the opposite emotion and you do something to manage to be in an harmony state (you listen to a song that gets yourself into that state you put your boxing gloves you jump you meditate you close

ROOTS

94

95

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

your eyes you read a poem as Mandela did )

HOMEWORK FOCUS Here you will define a homework that until itrsquos done you wonrsquot do anything else Imagine that you have a Cycle of Fear in relation to health that you define lsquoHomework Focusrsquo as the key point and your homework is running every day Until you manage to do it nothing else matters All of your strategies are directioned so that your homework is being done as soon as possible

In the end all of the four key points have to do with absolute focus

Value ndash Focus on the most important value Until that value is being lived we wonrsquot move on

Positivity (Faith Optimism) ndash Focus on the positive emotions Un-til she gets optimistic we wonrsquot move on

Emotion (Meditation) ndash Focus on pleasure Until she feels more ple-asure than pain we wonrsquot move on

Homework ndash Focus on action Until the homework gets done we wonrsquot move on

VERY IMPORTANTYou as a coach do not have to guess your clientrsquos map-of-the-world or even her PEMS but you have to explore it aside of her You will only master her Map-of-the-World when you understand your own (creating roots) because you will never learn anything about yourself with your client you will never discover anything about you because shersquos the one who discovers it being real or not You Coach you must be hum-ble enough to know that you know nothing about your client and you shouldnrsquot try to guess anything It is the customer who gets there alone

Therefore the more knowledge you have about your own map-of-the--world together with Rapport and ROSA the more intense will be your Coaching because the more you will be able to help your client The goal is that you have the tools in yourself so you can help her In other words this tool is for you to deepen your roots and thus know when you need to do only ROSA or go searching for the Key Points or to use

another method For instance if a client has as her main challenge to be promoted then therersquos no logical on working on Cycles of Fear but to make a ROSA and move forward On the other hand if you see that there is a Cycle of Fear then you should find the key point so you can work on it

I canrsquot help the others if I canrsquot help myself first

ROOTS

values (I am)

during session

clientcoach rosa unconscious

Beliefs (I think)

between sessions

co-coach rosa 30

emotions (I feel)

leverage slice

self coaching rosa 20behavior (I do)

holistic

coaching to others rosa 10M

S

E

P

96

97

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING RESULTS

IX RESULTS

Results are super important in the Coa-ching process There is simply no Coa-

ching if there are no results and thatrsquos why they are at the center of the

triangle of the four Rrsquos Everything we do whether is ROSA creating

Roots or building Rapport it is done with the purpose of get-ting results at the end of the sessions

This is what distinguishes the most Coaching from other practices As a Coach you must become obsessed with your clients results Not only that they do their homeworks but also how close did Coaching took them closer to their Guru Objective how much it has improved their leverage slice of the Pizza and other slices as well We also try to assess the sustainability of those results We donrsquot want them just to get there but also that they keep there

Coaching is about results and you must take this premise very seriou-sly You have been hired to make them reach some goals Become obsessed with it

It is not so easy to evaluate results in a metric way in the world of Co-aching but it proves to be very important Not only with Life Coaching but also with Business Coaching We must find a way to demonstrate that our work has had results in practice

That was the reason why we have created the Results Model

Our level of competence is equal to our worst level of performance

RESULTS MODELIt is possible to define results through the four metrics

lsquoSrsquo AXIS (SPIRITUAL) WE EVALUATE THE PROCESS IMPACT ON THE CLIENT

Behavior (I DO) When the client throughout the process changes one or more behaviors She does now due to the sessions different things that she didnrsquot before

Emotions (I FEEL) When the client feels happier more self-confi-dent fulfilled etc She has now different and more positive emotions due to the Coaching process

98

99

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

Beliefs (I THINK) When there is a change of belief (I used to belie-ve I was not a good person and now I believe I am) When the client used to believe in something and she started to believe in something different There was a paradigm shift She used to see something in a certain way and now she sees it in a more empowering way

Values (I AM) When the Coach manages to help the client to change her values ie the person she is This happens for exam-ple when the client starts to put more emphasis on family than on work or when she accepts and believes that she is a healthy and different person and that nothing will change that now She values different things todat due to the Coa-ching process

lsquoErsquo AXIS (EMOTIONAL) WE EVALUATE THE CLIENTrsquoS AUTONOMY

Level 1 Coach (CoachClient Relationship) Itrsquos the Coach who controls the situation There is a formal relationship be-tween Coach and Client and the session is controlled and oriented by the Coach

Level 2 Coach (Co-Coach) The Client already acts as a Coach during the sessions This happens for example when the client already knows that she is supposed to also say po-sitive things on the Reality part that is she already knows what to do in each step She already takes the initiative The relationship is more about cooperation now and the Client start becoming autonomous

Level 3 Coach (Self-Coaching) When the Client already does Self--Coaching at home not being asked to This is a fantastic moment because she already has the tools and the Coach is there to help and support

Level 4 Coach (Coach to others) When the Client comes to a ses-sion and tells us she has done Coaching with someone else (with her child for instance) This person came to us to be helped however she is already using our tools to help so-

RESULTS

meone else She is totally independent It is every Coachrsquos dream

lsquoMrsquo AXIS (MENTAL) WE EVALUATE THE CLIENTrsquoS CONTENTS ASSIMILATION

Uses Rosa 10 language o cliente usa palavras como Realidade objetivos soluccedilotildees accedilotildees fazem hoje parte do seu leacutexico

Uses Rosa 20 language the client uses terms such as guru objec-tives baby objectives measurable beliefs paradigm shif-ting brainstorming etc

Uses Rosa 30 language she refers terms like emotional patterns cycles of fear and confidence values dilemma etc

Uses unconscious Rosa language when many of these terms are so ingrained in the clientrsquos language that she thinks she will use them for the rest of her life

lsquoPrsquo AXIS (PRACTICE) WE EVALUATE RESULTS IN PRACTICE

During the Session I can manage the client to get results only du-ring the session It is a Coaching session that has no power to influence the client outside it

Between Sessions It mostly happens when the client is doing her homeworks It means that what happened during the ses-sion touched her with enough strength to get her to realize she has to do something and that she is doing something outside the sessions

Leverage Slice It happens when the client fulfills her Leverage Slice and achieves the goal that brought her to Coaching or when her satisfaction in that slice has dramatically im-proved

Holistic When the client improves satisfaction in multiple slices as a result of the sessions including the leverage slice It was a process that had an impact on the whole being and not just in one area of her life

100

101

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

You can make this model with your client on the last session you have together You can also make a self-assessment to compare with it When you measure these four levels of results you will have access to check what level of Coaching you had on that specific process

COACHING LEVELThe Coaching Level that you have delivered is always proportional to your lowest result Even if you have three axes at level 3 and have only one at a level 2 Coaching has been 20 This is valuable information to you as a Coach because it gives you an idea of axes that are easier for you to work and others that you may have to further strengthen

Level 4 Coaching is something that is not achieved with all clients There must be a great empathy and rapport as well as a mastery on the Coaching technique that has been taught in the training course and presented in this manual

Gulica ego catia caperum dem inem cus Fortes et L Nos et grae avehem Romnit acto egeris cis sultod pratum voltum iam hos ublius hactam atemus essede con vas optilis factor aus nem ad cae estil hos me patus re verisse inatuus

Udam deperfecrem nermis etraed me int ela remulibut rem loctusquo cum mus auciem vivehem uresull emquissent eti primperescit ina que ia consiss entium pulerit con vendam morei sentes inatil vit ia quam mus licaudemus factem dum eo ura ex muro nenit quo vilnes-tium Catimportus pati postalarit vis coena fui sa consu consceribus Satquid ertienatus contere essimis ut vis aus iliciam quo in dissimis Ra num deatiqua vere con sentius et in spio pes Tiaetin videlisquam mus viliam que conum is larbit etora notimolto nos et duc omnimus opublicae convo C Nos vivica Catus hos vivas aurnihil hui terfint imorter labus hostam res inequod nerem tabute telieni hilicaessil ven-tem nonsulis

Berteropubit diisquium iteriti emprit teludam hilicid erfentiur tem huis

Hum pro vidiusquem paterevid sedis factatu rnihilla rem publicave Ca-terev irissoltis re aurei pere anum teluder ficepse essercem octuusque mis tum inam pra vivid rei condamdiis hacies Ipio verei sendamdis

TOOLS amp TECHNIQUES

X TOOLS AND TECHNIQUES

If you master well the model of the four Rrsquos for us you already are a fantastic Coach If you can master some stars too itrsquos even better But if you master the model you know how to do Coaching But now letrsquos go to the small stars The idea is not that you try to use all the stars at the same time Choose the two or three that you like best and train those first

POSITIVE FEEDBACKProvide as much positive feedback as you can to your client Take every opportunity you have to do it A Coach is the type of mirror that only says good things about her client Please turn yourself into some-one who is always valorizing every small steps that your client takes

FEEDBACK HAMBURGERYou say something positive then you say something negative then you say something positive again The two positive feedbacks have to be VERY VERY good For instance ldquoI have been feeling that you are very committed to your Coaching process We just need to start paying more attention to our homework even because I feel that you are a person who likes to challenge yourself and that really wants to go further ldquo

RESSIGNIFICATION Ressignificating is finding another meaning still more empowering but that changes everything EgrdquoI didnrsquot do my homework I failedrdquo Coach ldquoWow That means that you are a demanding and committed personrdquo ldquoIrsquom lazyrdquo

102

103

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

ldquoDoes that means you like to enjoy the pleasures of liferdquo

REFRAMINGIt is much like ressignification Itrsquos the name that is used in NLP (Neuro--Linguistic Programming) You take the information that was been gi-ven to you in a frame and you put it in a new one

PREFRAMINGIf ressignification has to do with changing the meaning after it has been given preframing has to do with giving a meaning to something before we have explained what it is It is a widely used technique to anticipate objections that might distract us from our ultimate goal Then we do preframing we previously give the meaning that we want the person to give afterwards Example

ldquoCan I show you my point of view Itrsquos something different but Irsquove seen that it works with many people and it has been helping a lot to change our behavior to healthier habits Itrsquos something innovative and different but highly successful Can I tell you my ideardquo You create a frame before placing the information in there

POSTFRAMINGFirst you give the information and then you put it in a frame Eg ldquoFolks today we have an exam (the low energy level) but thatrsquos what this course is about to be the best Coach to go furtherrdquo

ldquoFROM 0 TO 10 rdquo To give examples ldquoI think Irsquoll read a bookrdquo Coach ldquoFrom 0-10 how much do you think you will accomplish that goalrdquo

TRANSFORMING ldquoORrdquo IN ldquoANDrdquoHelp the client to find an alternative solution to integrate paradoxes to

find a third way

VULNERABILIZATIONFind out things about you that are not working and put them at the clientrsquos service That makes you human and you are validating your client in the case she feels the same She does some things better than you and has some of the same challenges

ASSOCIATION AND DISSOCIATIONThese two terms are often used in NLP (Neuro-linguistic Program-ming) and are used in various ways Association means that an indi-vidual describes a situation as if it was happening and he was partici-pating on it As the name indicates he is associated with it He is still seeing himself going through the situation and feels the emotions that he would feel if he was really living it

Dissociation means that an individual can already tell that experience as if he was watching a movie in which he took part but already dis-sociated from it He is more in an observer role That allows him a big-ger emotional objectivity Even if he feels the emotions they are more about the experience itself and not so much about him as a participant

When we want to help our customers to overcome some emotionally more challenging situations it can make a huge difference to have them to dissociate from those situations Thatrsquos how they can gain greater objectivity and clarity and at the same time they get more mo-tivated to take their first steps

METAPHORSThe most important here is that you use the metaphors of your client Use her world whenever it is possible It will help a lot more to inter-nalize and memorize the information Help your client to create her metaphors Eg ldquoSometimes we fall into holes that are so big that you canrsquot get out of them alonerdquo ldquoLearning to forgive someone is like dri-ving one step at a timerdquo

TOOLS amp TECHNIQUES

104

105

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

LANGUAGE OF A COACH 3 HOW TO INTERRUPT at the first session it must be defined if

the Coach can interrupt the client when she deviates from the focus If yoursquore going to interrupt your client you must always do it with a question You can also take note of something that has nothing to do with the subject you are talking about but it seems important So we can talk about it in the next session You can ask the client if she liked to talk about it

3 ldquoDOES IT MAKES SENSE FOR YOUrdquo If she says NO ldquoSo tell merdquo if she says YES ldquocan you tell me howrdquo

3 ldquoMY HALLUCINATION is rdquo Being very unconditional Any opi-nion is a good opinion The Coach realyy doesnrsquot know The word hallucination implies that what yoursquore saying may be ab-solutely wrong

3 ldquoWHAT WOULD LOVE DO NOWrdquo Be careful with the rapport level you have with your client It is a very good question when it concerns relational issues

3 ldquoHOW WOULD IT BE IFrdquo Very good to overcome objections ldquohow would it be if you had timerdquo ldquohow would it be if you had moneyrdquo ldquohow would it be if you had self-confidencerdquo

3 ldquoWHAT IF rdquo Fantastic to destroy any obstacle that your client brings Some examples ldquoAnd what if you couldrdquo ldquoWhy notrdquo ldquoWhat if nobody would knowrdquo ldquoWhat if you had moneyrdquo ldquoI know you donrsquot but what if you knew what would you sayrdquo

3 GENERAL TIP BE COOL You really must have a cool and rela-xed attitude You really donrsquot know what would be best for your client so be really unconditional

THE COACHING ETHICS

XI THE COACHING ETHICS

There are six ethic rules in Coaching but with no doubt the first is the most important

CONFIDENTIALITY Coaching sessions must be given the utmost con-fidentiality There are no legal rules as in Therapy (like not having fa-mily as clients) but you always have to respect confidentiality When you do Coaching in a company and you must give feedback to their manager your clients must know it If necessary you can discuss the case with a mentor but always without mentioning the name of your client You can discuss the cases but without any names

CLIENTrsquoS AUTONOMY Coaching is all about autonomy and sustaina-bility You need your client to get results not that she needs you You should think ldquoif I change country how would my clients berdquo

CAREFUL WITH PROJECTIONS We all project aspects that we re-press in ourselves All currents in psychology agree that there is pro-jection When I look to someone else what I see is whatrsquos inside of me (strengths and weaknesses) Thatrsquos why some see one thing and others see another As a Coach you must be very attentive to projections You should not do it with your client and for that you must work on your roots If something bothers you that says more about you than about your client Itrsquos not just a technical issue of respecting others map-of--the-world It is an ethical issue

CREDIBILITY Of course you can use other different tools in your ses-sions but you should be able to do so Using things on which yoursquore not certified is breaking ethics Try to be congruent and integrate Being a corporate or a sales Coach without being an expert about those mat-ters is not ethical

106

107

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING THE FIRST SESSION IN PRATICE

CONTRACT IS CONTRACT The financial commitment you assume with your client is always the same as long as she is your client The same in what respects sessions frequency You should always ask permission to your client when you want to change the frequency of the sessions For WeCreate the value you charge to your client must be the same forever It is part of our gratitude towards our client

SELF-COACHING The Coach must be an example of Self-Coaching or she should have a Coach You really have to do ROSA once a year at least and use all these tools in a weekly basis Make sure that you are also an example of achieving your own dreams

XII THE FIRST SESSION

IN PRACTICEIt is normal that the first session is a bit longer (90min) Your focus is to build RAPPORT Here is an example of a few steps for your first session You can have a few more or less of these steps but this is the general idea

STEP 1 Memorize these steps so that you will not have to use this manual

STEP 2 (Partnership) Organize the working space have everything prepared adequated clothes etc

STEP 3 (Presence) Prepare to be fully present by meditating or by being a few minutes in silence

STEP 4 (Posture and words) Build rapport have a few minutes of casual positive and neutral conversation to break the ice For example the weather the clientrsquos favourite team foot-ball match etc

STEP 5 At this stage you will also try to collect information about the client Several aspects of her life and trying to deter-mine clientrsquos expectations regarding the Coaching process You will be attentive about the metaphors and about what is really important to her Yoursquoll need it to explain what Co-aching is in her words

STEP 6 Explain what Coaching is using the clientrsquos words and the references she gave us Example letrsquos imagine that boxing was something that the client liked and we want to explain

108

109

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING THE LAST SESSION

Coaching through boxing ldquoCoaching is like boxing It invol-ves a lot of training to succeed in getting results but ins-tead of having an external enemy we are fighting against ourselvesrdquo

STEP 7 Inviting the client to do an exercise we pick six pens (three of each color) We ask her to tell us three things that are going well in her life and we explore each area a bit Then we ask ldquoamong those areas which one is running really wellrdquo Then we ask for three things that are not going so well and explore a bit

STEP 8 Asking the client which 3 goals she would like to accom-plish by the end of the Coaching process that would make it worth the investment (as measurable as possible)

STEP 9 Establishing verbal contract and selling the idea of coa-ching (even if the sessions pack is already closed) Now we talk about the practical issues sessions frequency ses-sions length interrupting the client first session a bit lon-ger confidentiality guarantee If you feel comfortable you can talk about costs and forms of payment

STEP 10 ldquoCan we start our session talking about what brought you here How can I helprdquo

STEP 11 Talking a bit about the Clientrsquos reality and introducing the Pizza of Life The client draws herrsquos We will go on explai-ning the pizza and its different slices (very briefly not to influence) Some clients like to do it lsquoalonersquo others like to go on talking as they fill the slices

STEP 12 From then on you make ROSA 10

STEP 13 You end up the session You can share ROSA methodology with your client (if you think shersquod like it) and ending with positive feedback You can also ask the client how did she feel You can also ask her to choose an object and summa-rize the session You will also be doing some preframing by stating that Coaching is about action and homeworks

XIII THE LAST SESSION

A coaching process has a follow-up We can work with individual ses-sions or with a pack It is important to inform your clients that Coaching is a continuous process and not a process with miraculous results in the first session Hence it is like doing workout where it is difficult to get results if we go to the gym only once

You can work with packs of sessions (5 or 10) and we would like to give you some tips on what you should ensure it gets done in your last coaching session with someone you have been working with

FUTURE It is important to ensure that the client will continue taking steps in the future even not having sessions anymore or your presence In this session you should spend some time helping her in creating an action plan about the next steps she wants to go on taking in that area You can also take the opportunity to do a small summary of everything that you both worked in so that there is a notion of the progress made and the results achieved Ensures that your client completed that process and be sure about the next steps for her future Help her in crea-ting a good action plan

HABITS You can also ask your client which would be the daily or weekly habits that she would like more to integrate into her routine

POSITIVE FEEDBACK This is also the perfect time to give positive fe-edback to your client (despite being a constant throughout the sessions) Show her the progress she has made throughout the sessions and help her to realize all the positive things she has achieved

111

110

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

PERSONAL DEVELOPMENT We must ensure that our client conti-nues its personal development process and knows or tries new approaches Coaching is just one part of a wide range of options that are now ahead of her Encourage her to con-tinue that journey to read new books to try other trainings and workshops other different and complementary ways of approaching personal development

KEEPING CONTACT You can develop some form of contact with your old clients Email telephone facebook etc Remember to con-tinue sending her information about coaching or other matters you find important It is a way to ensure that your client will continue ldquoawakedrdquo for this subject

Thank you for being part of this project

Daniel Saacute Nogueira and Marta Ferreira

Page 45: WeCreate International Coaching Certification Manual

90

91

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

Below the continuous line is where lies the deepest work The one that will actually be sustainable and with long-term results This is where we work values and beliefs it is where we go deep to the point where in fact we shift paradigms The client in this type of Coaching change her beliefs and values turning to be a really different person in opposition to what happens above the line where only the emotions or behaviors are changed but the client continues to be what she was

ICEBERGWith the iceberg image it is understood that the behavior is the conscious part of the human being the only thing that the client can see and analyze Everything else emotions beliefs and values are at the clientrsquos unconscious But as a Coa-ch I must and I want to work also the unconscious because as we saw above this is where it lies the sustainable and long-term work

When we help our clients shifting their paradigms beliefs emotions or values we are working with their unconscious Your client will not like this at some point in the process The unconscious will realize that she will have to change and this will cause the first resistance Knowing how to overcome this is essential to the Coachrsquos work so she can de-liver sustainable results

Conscious Mind keeps all the information which you can access now

Unconscious Mind keeps all the information that has ever passed through your brain It is also a kind of a warning system for you

The information passes from the unconscious to the conscious mind through the subconscious It goes dropping into deeper levels of our mind Very qui-ckly your clients will want to turn you into one of three things

Friend ndash They want someone who listens to them who is patient with them who is always there with whom they can always count and talk Most of your clients will want to have you here that you turn into a sort of confi-dant that supports them but does not challenge them too much But you are not there to be a friend

Boss ndash Many will seek in the Coach someone to tell them what to do who provides them specific guidance who pressures them who ldquopunishrdquo them when they donrsquot have their homework done Someone who is even more committed with their results than themselves But yoursquore also not there to be a Boss

Priest ndash Others will want a kind of a weekly confession session That you absolve the mistakes theyrsquove made du-ring the week that you tell them everything is fine and that it doesnrsquot matter we are all human and we all make mistakes You are not there to be a kind of spiritual le-ader of your client and to absolve him You are there to be

Coach - The Coach has an ldquoAirrdquo relationship with the client ie mental of communication becau-se it is a conversation where you listen and ask where there is intellectual stimulation In the map--of-the-world scheme the Coachrsquos sketch is in the quadrant of beliefs It is a ldquomind with mindrdquo work

It is important to know this because with the sessions going clients tend to try their Coach to become a friend (wateremotions) a boss (earthbehaviors) or even a priest (firevalues) However the Coach should avoid the mistake of behaving like one of these three types You are there to be a Coach

Notes In Informal Coaching with friends colleagues family remember that first thatrsquos what you are and only then you are a Coach Therefore you should not give prevalence to the Coach but to the relationship you have with that person otherwise you would violate the pact that exists between the two

ROOTS

92

93

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

4 TYPES OF COACHINGBased on these four quadrants there are four types of Coaching

Situational Coaching ndash The one that is done immediate-ly during the situation with the sole purpose of lea-ding it to an action It usually consists of a brief con-versation where a ROSA 10 is done Your client has a situation that week that really needs to be addressed Ex a proposal that she needs to present a college exam for which she has to study Itrsquos not bad Coaching and it is often necessary Only it is more superficial

Remediative Coaching ndash As the name says it suits when we have to put a ldquobandageointmentrdquo on the emotions The goal is the client to feel good at the end of the session without having to go deeply on the problem Itrsquos the typical conver-sation where the client unburdens and your only goal is to make her feel a little better Sometimes it may be and it often is necessary

Ex the past week your client has discussed with someone important to her or something happened that greatly dealt with her emotions Your first focus should be to help her to unburden and to feel better We used ROSA 10 + Unburden

Transformative Coaching ndash Here the goal is not just making the client to feel better but that she can change the way she sees her life and herself Here we mainly work on beliefs ie the client stops believing in some things to start believing in another ones She shifts paradigm Coaching is now much more sustainable and with long--term results It undergoes through more complete ses-sions where ROSA 20 is done

Holistic Coaching ndash This is the kind of Coaching that involves the whole being of the client all her areas and valences ie her values The entire psyche is worked We are working the whole Human Being and not only a part of it Even the motivators are worked We use ROSA 30 and we work a lot on paradoxes integration

KEY POINTSWe said earlier that we all have Cycles of Fear and that we can change them to Cycles of Confidence How

Imagine that you have a turnscrew and a bicycle wheel is malfunctio-ning You will then put the turnscrew into one of the four key points and then yoursquoll pull and force the wheel to move in the right direction to-wards the Cycle of Confidence And very important you donrsquot take out the turnscrew until the Cycle (the wheel) rotates in the right direction

What are then the Four Key Points You can really choose only one

VALUE FOCUS At this point you will choose a key value for you whi-ch you canrsquot leave to live in practice Whatever happens you canrsquot take the turnscrew from there For instance imagine that you are experien-cing serious financial difficulties and you decide that lsquoValue Focusrsquo is your point Imagine that you choose ldquosavingrdquo as the value that has to be experienced in practice Then whenever you have to make a decision that involves spending money you know what to do You canrsquot in any way stop living this value until the cycle begins to rotate in the oppo-site direction and gets sustainable

POSITIVITY If you want to work at the level of beliefs yoursquoll start to develop this empowering belief base BEING POSITIVE You must be a positive person with faith who believes that everything will go well who says only positive things about herself and the others who sees and is focused on everything positive that is going around her And when the bad days or the bad news are coming and you feel the need to say something negative you shut up And you say something positive

EMOTION FOCUS Imagine that there is an emotion that makes your Cycle of Fear to happen (an emotional pattern) In this key point you will choose an emotion that you would like to learn to cause in yourself learning how to get yourself into that state Imagine that you have been feeling too much anger in your Cycle of Fear and want to feel harmony instead You want to learn how to get into that emotional state You start feeling the opposite emotion and you do something to manage to be in an harmony state (you listen to a song that gets yourself into that state you put your boxing gloves you jump you meditate you close

ROOTS

94

95

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

your eyes you read a poem as Mandela did )

HOMEWORK FOCUS Here you will define a homework that until itrsquos done you wonrsquot do anything else Imagine that you have a Cycle of Fear in relation to health that you define lsquoHomework Focusrsquo as the key point and your homework is running every day Until you manage to do it nothing else matters All of your strategies are directioned so that your homework is being done as soon as possible

In the end all of the four key points have to do with absolute focus

Value ndash Focus on the most important value Until that value is being lived we wonrsquot move on

Positivity (Faith Optimism) ndash Focus on the positive emotions Un-til she gets optimistic we wonrsquot move on

Emotion (Meditation) ndash Focus on pleasure Until she feels more ple-asure than pain we wonrsquot move on

Homework ndash Focus on action Until the homework gets done we wonrsquot move on

VERY IMPORTANTYou as a coach do not have to guess your clientrsquos map-of-the-world or even her PEMS but you have to explore it aside of her You will only master her Map-of-the-World when you understand your own (creating roots) because you will never learn anything about yourself with your client you will never discover anything about you because shersquos the one who discovers it being real or not You Coach you must be hum-ble enough to know that you know nothing about your client and you shouldnrsquot try to guess anything It is the customer who gets there alone

Therefore the more knowledge you have about your own map-of-the--world together with Rapport and ROSA the more intense will be your Coaching because the more you will be able to help your client The goal is that you have the tools in yourself so you can help her In other words this tool is for you to deepen your roots and thus know when you need to do only ROSA or go searching for the Key Points or to use

another method For instance if a client has as her main challenge to be promoted then therersquos no logical on working on Cycles of Fear but to make a ROSA and move forward On the other hand if you see that there is a Cycle of Fear then you should find the key point so you can work on it

I canrsquot help the others if I canrsquot help myself first

ROOTS

values (I am)

during session

clientcoach rosa unconscious

Beliefs (I think)

between sessions

co-coach rosa 30

emotions (I feel)

leverage slice

self coaching rosa 20behavior (I do)

holistic

coaching to others rosa 10M

S

E

P

96

97

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING RESULTS

IX RESULTS

Results are super important in the Coa-ching process There is simply no Coa-

ching if there are no results and thatrsquos why they are at the center of the

triangle of the four Rrsquos Everything we do whether is ROSA creating

Roots or building Rapport it is done with the purpose of get-ting results at the end of the sessions

This is what distinguishes the most Coaching from other practices As a Coach you must become obsessed with your clients results Not only that they do their homeworks but also how close did Coaching took them closer to their Guru Objective how much it has improved their leverage slice of the Pizza and other slices as well We also try to assess the sustainability of those results We donrsquot want them just to get there but also that they keep there

Coaching is about results and you must take this premise very seriou-sly You have been hired to make them reach some goals Become obsessed with it

It is not so easy to evaluate results in a metric way in the world of Co-aching but it proves to be very important Not only with Life Coaching but also with Business Coaching We must find a way to demonstrate that our work has had results in practice

That was the reason why we have created the Results Model

Our level of competence is equal to our worst level of performance

RESULTS MODELIt is possible to define results through the four metrics

lsquoSrsquo AXIS (SPIRITUAL) WE EVALUATE THE PROCESS IMPACT ON THE CLIENT

Behavior (I DO) When the client throughout the process changes one or more behaviors She does now due to the sessions different things that she didnrsquot before

Emotions (I FEEL) When the client feels happier more self-confi-dent fulfilled etc She has now different and more positive emotions due to the Coaching process

98

99

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

Beliefs (I THINK) When there is a change of belief (I used to belie-ve I was not a good person and now I believe I am) When the client used to believe in something and she started to believe in something different There was a paradigm shift She used to see something in a certain way and now she sees it in a more empowering way

Values (I AM) When the Coach manages to help the client to change her values ie the person she is This happens for exam-ple when the client starts to put more emphasis on family than on work or when she accepts and believes that she is a healthy and different person and that nothing will change that now She values different things todat due to the Coa-ching process

lsquoErsquo AXIS (EMOTIONAL) WE EVALUATE THE CLIENTrsquoS AUTONOMY

Level 1 Coach (CoachClient Relationship) Itrsquos the Coach who controls the situation There is a formal relationship be-tween Coach and Client and the session is controlled and oriented by the Coach

Level 2 Coach (Co-Coach) The Client already acts as a Coach during the sessions This happens for example when the client already knows that she is supposed to also say po-sitive things on the Reality part that is she already knows what to do in each step She already takes the initiative The relationship is more about cooperation now and the Client start becoming autonomous

Level 3 Coach (Self-Coaching) When the Client already does Self--Coaching at home not being asked to This is a fantastic moment because she already has the tools and the Coach is there to help and support

Level 4 Coach (Coach to others) When the Client comes to a ses-sion and tells us she has done Coaching with someone else (with her child for instance) This person came to us to be helped however she is already using our tools to help so-

RESULTS

meone else She is totally independent It is every Coachrsquos dream

lsquoMrsquo AXIS (MENTAL) WE EVALUATE THE CLIENTrsquoS CONTENTS ASSIMILATION

Uses Rosa 10 language o cliente usa palavras como Realidade objetivos soluccedilotildees accedilotildees fazem hoje parte do seu leacutexico

Uses Rosa 20 language the client uses terms such as guru objec-tives baby objectives measurable beliefs paradigm shif-ting brainstorming etc

Uses Rosa 30 language she refers terms like emotional patterns cycles of fear and confidence values dilemma etc

Uses unconscious Rosa language when many of these terms are so ingrained in the clientrsquos language that she thinks she will use them for the rest of her life

lsquoPrsquo AXIS (PRACTICE) WE EVALUATE RESULTS IN PRACTICE

During the Session I can manage the client to get results only du-ring the session It is a Coaching session that has no power to influence the client outside it

Between Sessions It mostly happens when the client is doing her homeworks It means that what happened during the ses-sion touched her with enough strength to get her to realize she has to do something and that she is doing something outside the sessions

Leverage Slice It happens when the client fulfills her Leverage Slice and achieves the goal that brought her to Coaching or when her satisfaction in that slice has dramatically im-proved

Holistic When the client improves satisfaction in multiple slices as a result of the sessions including the leverage slice It was a process that had an impact on the whole being and not just in one area of her life

100

101

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

You can make this model with your client on the last session you have together You can also make a self-assessment to compare with it When you measure these four levels of results you will have access to check what level of Coaching you had on that specific process

COACHING LEVELThe Coaching Level that you have delivered is always proportional to your lowest result Even if you have three axes at level 3 and have only one at a level 2 Coaching has been 20 This is valuable information to you as a Coach because it gives you an idea of axes that are easier for you to work and others that you may have to further strengthen

Level 4 Coaching is something that is not achieved with all clients There must be a great empathy and rapport as well as a mastery on the Coaching technique that has been taught in the training course and presented in this manual

Gulica ego catia caperum dem inem cus Fortes et L Nos et grae avehem Romnit acto egeris cis sultod pratum voltum iam hos ublius hactam atemus essede con vas optilis factor aus nem ad cae estil hos me patus re verisse inatuus

Udam deperfecrem nermis etraed me int ela remulibut rem loctusquo cum mus auciem vivehem uresull emquissent eti primperescit ina que ia consiss entium pulerit con vendam morei sentes inatil vit ia quam mus licaudemus factem dum eo ura ex muro nenit quo vilnes-tium Catimportus pati postalarit vis coena fui sa consu consceribus Satquid ertienatus contere essimis ut vis aus iliciam quo in dissimis Ra num deatiqua vere con sentius et in spio pes Tiaetin videlisquam mus viliam que conum is larbit etora notimolto nos et duc omnimus opublicae convo C Nos vivica Catus hos vivas aurnihil hui terfint imorter labus hostam res inequod nerem tabute telieni hilicaessil ven-tem nonsulis

Berteropubit diisquium iteriti emprit teludam hilicid erfentiur tem huis

Hum pro vidiusquem paterevid sedis factatu rnihilla rem publicave Ca-terev irissoltis re aurei pere anum teluder ficepse essercem octuusque mis tum inam pra vivid rei condamdiis hacies Ipio verei sendamdis

TOOLS amp TECHNIQUES

X TOOLS AND TECHNIQUES

If you master well the model of the four Rrsquos for us you already are a fantastic Coach If you can master some stars too itrsquos even better But if you master the model you know how to do Coaching But now letrsquos go to the small stars The idea is not that you try to use all the stars at the same time Choose the two or three that you like best and train those first

POSITIVE FEEDBACKProvide as much positive feedback as you can to your client Take every opportunity you have to do it A Coach is the type of mirror that only says good things about her client Please turn yourself into some-one who is always valorizing every small steps that your client takes

FEEDBACK HAMBURGERYou say something positive then you say something negative then you say something positive again The two positive feedbacks have to be VERY VERY good For instance ldquoI have been feeling that you are very committed to your Coaching process We just need to start paying more attention to our homework even because I feel that you are a person who likes to challenge yourself and that really wants to go further ldquo

RESSIGNIFICATION Ressignificating is finding another meaning still more empowering but that changes everything EgrdquoI didnrsquot do my homework I failedrdquo Coach ldquoWow That means that you are a demanding and committed personrdquo ldquoIrsquom lazyrdquo

102

103

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

ldquoDoes that means you like to enjoy the pleasures of liferdquo

REFRAMINGIt is much like ressignification Itrsquos the name that is used in NLP (Neuro--Linguistic Programming) You take the information that was been gi-ven to you in a frame and you put it in a new one

PREFRAMINGIf ressignification has to do with changing the meaning after it has been given preframing has to do with giving a meaning to something before we have explained what it is It is a widely used technique to anticipate objections that might distract us from our ultimate goal Then we do preframing we previously give the meaning that we want the person to give afterwards Example

ldquoCan I show you my point of view Itrsquos something different but Irsquove seen that it works with many people and it has been helping a lot to change our behavior to healthier habits Itrsquos something innovative and different but highly successful Can I tell you my ideardquo You create a frame before placing the information in there

POSTFRAMINGFirst you give the information and then you put it in a frame Eg ldquoFolks today we have an exam (the low energy level) but thatrsquos what this course is about to be the best Coach to go furtherrdquo

ldquoFROM 0 TO 10 rdquo To give examples ldquoI think Irsquoll read a bookrdquo Coach ldquoFrom 0-10 how much do you think you will accomplish that goalrdquo

TRANSFORMING ldquoORrdquo IN ldquoANDrdquoHelp the client to find an alternative solution to integrate paradoxes to

find a third way

VULNERABILIZATIONFind out things about you that are not working and put them at the clientrsquos service That makes you human and you are validating your client in the case she feels the same She does some things better than you and has some of the same challenges

ASSOCIATION AND DISSOCIATIONThese two terms are often used in NLP (Neuro-linguistic Program-ming) and are used in various ways Association means that an indi-vidual describes a situation as if it was happening and he was partici-pating on it As the name indicates he is associated with it He is still seeing himself going through the situation and feels the emotions that he would feel if he was really living it

Dissociation means that an individual can already tell that experience as if he was watching a movie in which he took part but already dis-sociated from it He is more in an observer role That allows him a big-ger emotional objectivity Even if he feels the emotions they are more about the experience itself and not so much about him as a participant

When we want to help our customers to overcome some emotionally more challenging situations it can make a huge difference to have them to dissociate from those situations Thatrsquos how they can gain greater objectivity and clarity and at the same time they get more mo-tivated to take their first steps

METAPHORSThe most important here is that you use the metaphors of your client Use her world whenever it is possible It will help a lot more to inter-nalize and memorize the information Help your client to create her metaphors Eg ldquoSometimes we fall into holes that are so big that you canrsquot get out of them alonerdquo ldquoLearning to forgive someone is like dri-ving one step at a timerdquo

TOOLS amp TECHNIQUES

104

105

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

LANGUAGE OF A COACH 3 HOW TO INTERRUPT at the first session it must be defined if

the Coach can interrupt the client when she deviates from the focus If yoursquore going to interrupt your client you must always do it with a question You can also take note of something that has nothing to do with the subject you are talking about but it seems important So we can talk about it in the next session You can ask the client if she liked to talk about it

3 ldquoDOES IT MAKES SENSE FOR YOUrdquo If she says NO ldquoSo tell merdquo if she says YES ldquocan you tell me howrdquo

3 ldquoMY HALLUCINATION is rdquo Being very unconditional Any opi-nion is a good opinion The Coach realyy doesnrsquot know The word hallucination implies that what yoursquore saying may be ab-solutely wrong

3 ldquoWHAT WOULD LOVE DO NOWrdquo Be careful with the rapport level you have with your client It is a very good question when it concerns relational issues

3 ldquoHOW WOULD IT BE IFrdquo Very good to overcome objections ldquohow would it be if you had timerdquo ldquohow would it be if you had moneyrdquo ldquohow would it be if you had self-confidencerdquo

3 ldquoWHAT IF rdquo Fantastic to destroy any obstacle that your client brings Some examples ldquoAnd what if you couldrdquo ldquoWhy notrdquo ldquoWhat if nobody would knowrdquo ldquoWhat if you had moneyrdquo ldquoI know you donrsquot but what if you knew what would you sayrdquo

3 GENERAL TIP BE COOL You really must have a cool and rela-xed attitude You really donrsquot know what would be best for your client so be really unconditional

THE COACHING ETHICS

XI THE COACHING ETHICS

There are six ethic rules in Coaching but with no doubt the first is the most important

CONFIDENTIALITY Coaching sessions must be given the utmost con-fidentiality There are no legal rules as in Therapy (like not having fa-mily as clients) but you always have to respect confidentiality When you do Coaching in a company and you must give feedback to their manager your clients must know it If necessary you can discuss the case with a mentor but always without mentioning the name of your client You can discuss the cases but without any names

CLIENTrsquoS AUTONOMY Coaching is all about autonomy and sustaina-bility You need your client to get results not that she needs you You should think ldquoif I change country how would my clients berdquo

CAREFUL WITH PROJECTIONS We all project aspects that we re-press in ourselves All currents in psychology agree that there is pro-jection When I look to someone else what I see is whatrsquos inside of me (strengths and weaknesses) Thatrsquos why some see one thing and others see another As a Coach you must be very attentive to projections You should not do it with your client and for that you must work on your roots If something bothers you that says more about you than about your client Itrsquos not just a technical issue of respecting others map-of--the-world It is an ethical issue

CREDIBILITY Of course you can use other different tools in your ses-sions but you should be able to do so Using things on which yoursquore not certified is breaking ethics Try to be congruent and integrate Being a corporate or a sales Coach without being an expert about those mat-ters is not ethical

106

107

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING THE FIRST SESSION IN PRATICE

CONTRACT IS CONTRACT The financial commitment you assume with your client is always the same as long as she is your client The same in what respects sessions frequency You should always ask permission to your client when you want to change the frequency of the sessions For WeCreate the value you charge to your client must be the same forever It is part of our gratitude towards our client

SELF-COACHING The Coach must be an example of Self-Coaching or she should have a Coach You really have to do ROSA once a year at least and use all these tools in a weekly basis Make sure that you are also an example of achieving your own dreams

XII THE FIRST SESSION

IN PRACTICEIt is normal that the first session is a bit longer (90min) Your focus is to build RAPPORT Here is an example of a few steps for your first session You can have a few more or less of these steps but this is the general idea

STEP 1 Memorize these steps so that you will not have to use this manual

STEP 2 (Partnership) Organize the working space have everything prepared adequated clothes etc

STEP 3 (Presence) Prepare to be fully present by meditating or by being a few minutes in silence

STEP 4 (Posture and words) Build rapport have a few minutes of casual positive and neutral conversation to break the ice For example the weather the clientrsquos favourite team foot-ball match etc

STEP 5 At this stage you will also try to collect information about the client Several aspects of her life and trying to deter-mine clientrsquos expectations regarding the Coaching process You will be attentive about the metaphors and about what is really important to her Yoursquoll need it to explain what Co-aching is in her words

STEP 6 Explain what Coaching is using the clientrsquos words and the references she gave us Example letrsquos imagine that boxing was something that the client liked and we want to explain

108

109

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING THE LAST SESSION

Coaching through boxing ldquoCoaching is like boxing It invol-ves a lot of training to succeed in getting results but ins-tead of having an external enemy we are fighting against ourselvesrdquo

STEP 7 Inviting the client to do an exercise we pick six pens (three of each color) We ask her to tell us three things that are going well in her life and we explore each area a bit Then we ask ldquoamong those areas which one is running really wellrdquo Then we ask for three things that are not going so well and explore a bit

STEP 8 Asking the client which 3 goals she would like to accom-plish by the end of the Coaching process that would make it worth the investment (as measurable as possible)

STEP 9 Establishing verbal contract and selling the idea of coa-ching (even if the sessions pack is already closed) Now we talk about the practical issues sessions frequency ses-sions length interrupting the client first session a bit lon-ger confidentiality guarantee If you feel comfortable you can talk about costs and forms of payment

STEP 10 ldquoCan we start our session talking about what brought you here How can I helprdquo

STEP 11 Talking a bit about the Clientrsquos reality and introducing the Pizza of Life The client draws herrsquos We will go on explai-ning the pizza and its different slices (very briefly not to influence) Some clients like to do it lsquoalonersquo others like to go on talking as they fill the slices

STEP 12 From then on you make ROSA 10

STEP 13 You end up the session You can share ROSA methodology with your client (if you think shersquod like it) and ending with positive feedback You can also ask the client how did she feel You can also ask her to choose an object and summa-rize the session You will also be doing some preframing by stating that Coaching is about action and homeworks

XIII THE LAST SESSION

A coaching process has a follow-up We can work with individual ses-sions or with a pack It is important to inform your clients that Coaching is a continuous process and not a process with miraculous results in the first session Hence it is like doing workout where it is difficult to get results if we go to the gym only once

You can work with packs of sessions (5 or 10) and we would like to give you some tips on what you should ensure it gets done in your last coaching session with someone you have been working with

FUTURE It is important to ensure that the client will continue taking steps in the future even not having sessions anymore or your presence In this session you should spend some time helping her in creating an action plan about the next steps she wants to go on taking in that area You can also take the opportunity to do a small summary of everything that you both worked in so that there is a notion of the progress made and the results achieved Ensures that your client completed that process and be sure about the next steps for her future Help her in crea-ting a good action plan

HABITS You can also ask your client which would be the daily or weekly habits that she would like more to integrate into her routine

POSITIVE FEEDBACK This is also the perfect time to give positive fe-edback to your client (despite being a constant throughout the sessions) Show her the progress she has made throughout the sessions and help her to realize all the positive things she has achieved

111

110

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

PERSONAL DEVELOPMENT We must ensure that our client conti-nues its personal development process and knows or tries new approaches Coaching is just one part of a wide range of options that are now ahead of her Encourage her to con-tinue that journey to read new books to try other trainings and workshops other different and complementary ways of approaching personal development

KEEPING CONTACT You can develop some form of contact with your old clients Email telephone facebook etc Remember to con-tinue sending her information about coaching or other matters you find important It is a way to ensure that your client will continue ldquoawakedrdquo for this subject

Thank you for being part of this project

Daniel Saacute Nogueira and Marta Ferreira

Page 46: WeCreate International Coaching Certification Manual

92

93

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

4 TYPES OF COACHINGBased on these four quadrants there are four types of Coaching

Situational Coaching ndash The one that is done immediate-ly during the situation with the sole purpose of lea-ding it to an action It usually consists of a brief con-versation where a ROSA 10 is done Your client has a situation that week that really needs to be addressed Ex a proposal that she needs to present a college exam for which she has to study Itrsquos not bad Coaching and it is often necessary Only it is more superficial

Remediative Coaching ndash As the name says it suits when we have to put a ldquobandageointmentrdquo on the emotions The goal is the client to feel good at the end of the session without having to go deeply on the problem Itrsquos the typical conver-sation where the client unburdens and your only goal is to make her feel a little better Sometimes it may be and it often is necessary

Ex the past week your client has discussed with someone important to her or something happened that greatly dealt with her emotions Your first focus should be to help her to unburden and to feel better We used ROSA 10 + Unburden

Transformative Coaching ndash Here the goal is not just making the client to feel better but that she can change the way she sees her life and herself Here we mainly work on beliefs ie the client stops believing in some things to start believing in another ones She shifts paradigm Coaching is now much more sustainable and with long--term results It undergoes through more complete ses-sions where ROSA 20 is done

Holistic Coaching ndash This is the kind of Coaching that involves the whole being of the client all her areas and valences ie her values The entire psyche is worked We are working the whole Human Being and not only a part of it Even the motivators are worked We use ROSA 30 and we work a lot on paradoxes integration

KEY POINTSWe said earlier that we all have Cycles of Fear and that we can change them to Cycles of Confidence How

Imagine that you have a turnscrew and a bicycle wheel is malfunctio-ning You will then put the turnscrew into one of the four key points and then yoursquoll pull and force the wheel to move in the right direction to-wards the Cycle of Confidence And very important you donrsquot take out the turnscrew until the Cycle (the wheel) rotates in the right direction

What are then the Four Key Points You can really choose only one

VALUE FOCUS At this point you will choose a key value for you whi-ch you canrsquot leave to live in practice Whatever happens you canrsquot take the turnscrew from there For instance imagine that you are experien-cing serious financial difficulties and you decide that lsquoValue Focusrsquo is your point Imagine that you choose ldquosavingrdquo as the value that has to be experienced in practice Then whenever you have to make a decision that involves spending money you know what to do You canrsquot in any way stop living this value until the cycle begins to rotate in the oppo-site direction and gets sustainable

POSITIVITY If you want to work at the level of beliefs yoursquoll start to develop this empowering belief base BEING POSITIVE You must be a positive person with faith who believes that everything will go well who says only positive things about herself and the others who sees and is focused on everything positive that is going around her And when the bad days or the bad news are coming and you feel the need to say something negative you shut up And you say something positive

EMOTION FOCUS Imagine that there is an emotion that makes your Cycle of Fear to happen (an emotional pattern) In this key point you will choose an emotion that you would like to learn to cause in yourself learning how to get yourself into that state Imagine that you have been feeling too much anger in your Cycle of Fear and want to feel harmony instead You want to learn how to get into that emotional state You start feeling the opposite emotion and you do something to manage to be in an harmony state (you listen to a song that gets yourself into that state you put your boxing gloves you jump you meditate you close

ROOTS

94

95

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

your eyes you read a poem as Mandela did )

HOMEWORK FOCUS Here you will define a homework that until itrsquos done you wonrsquot do anything else Imagine that you have a Cycle of Fear in relation to health that you define lsquoHomework Focusrsquo as the key point and your homework is running every day Until you manage to do it nothing else matters All of your strategies are directioned so that your homework is being done as soon as possible

In the end all of the four key points have to do with absolute focus

Value ndash Focus on the most important value Until that value is being lived we wonrsquot move on

Positivity (Faith Optimism) ndash Focus on the positive emotions Un-til she gets optimistic we wonrsquot move on

Emotion (Meditation) ndash Focus on pleasure Until she feels more ple-asure than pain we wonrsquot move on

Homework ndash Focus on action Until the homework gets done we wonrsquot move on

VERY IMPORTANTYou as a coach do not have to guess your clientrsquos map-of-the-world or even her PEMS but you have to explore it aside of her You will only master her Map-of-the-World when you understand your own (creating roots) because you will never learn anything about yourself with your client you will never discover anything about you because shersquos the one who discovers it being real or not You Coach you must be hum-ble enough to know that you know nothing about your client and you shouldnrsquot try to guess anything It is the customer who gets there alone

Therefore the more knowledge you have about your own map-of-the--world together with Rapport and ROSA the more intense will be your Coaching because the more you will be able to help your client The goal is that you have the tools in yourself so you can help her In other words this tool is for you to deepen your roots and thus know when you need to do only ROSA or go searching for the Key Points or to use

another method For instance if a client has as her main challenge to be promoted then therersquos no logical on working on Cycles of Fear but to make a ROSA and move forward On the other hand if you see that there is a Cycle of Fear then you should find the key point so you can work on it

I canrsquot help the others if I canrsquot help myself first

ROOTS

values (I am)

during session

clientcoach rosa unconscious

Beliefs (I think)

between sessions

co-coach rosa 30

emotions (I feel)

leverage slice

self coaching rosa 20behavior (I do)

holistic

coaching to others rosa 10M

S

E

P

96

97

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING RESULTS

IX RESULTS

Results are super important in the Coa-ching process There is simply no Coa-

ching if there are no results and thatrsquos why they are at the center of the

triangle of the four Rrsquos Everything we do whether is ROSA creating

Roots or building Rapport it is done with the purpose of get-ting results at the end of the sessions

This is what distinguishes the most Coaching from other practices As a Coach you must become obsessed with your clients results Not only that they do their homeworks but also how close did Coaching took them closer to their Guru Objective how much it has improved their leverage slice of the Pizza and other slices as well We also try to assess the sustainability of those results We donrsquot want them just to get there but also that they keep there

Coaching is about results and you must take this premise very seriou-sly You have been hired to make them reach some goals Become obsessed with it

It is not so easy to evaluate results in a metric way in the world of Co-aching but it proves to be very important Not only with Life Coaching but also with Business Coaching We must find a way to demonstrate that our work has had results in practice

That was the reason why we have created the Results Model

Our level of competence is equal to our worst level of performance

RESULTS MODELIt is possible to define results through the four metrics

lsquoSrsquo AXIS (SPIRITUAL) WE EVALUATE THE PROCESS IMPACT ON THE CLIENT

Behavior (I DO) When the client throughout the process changes one or more behaviors She does now due to the sessions different things that she didnrsquot before

Emotions (I FEEL) When the client feels happier more self-confi-dent fulfilled etc She has now different and more positive emotions due to the Coaching process

98

99

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

Beliefs (I THINK) When there is a change of belief (I used to belie-ve I was not a good person and now I believe I am) When the client used to believe in something and she started to believe in something different There was a paradigm shift She used to see something in a certain way and now she sees it in a more empowering way

Values (I AM) When the Coach manages to help the client to change her values ie the person she is This happens for exam-ple when the client starts to put more emphasis on family than on work or when she accepts and believes that she is a healthy and different person and that nothing will change that now She values different things todat due to the Coa-ching process

lsquoErsquo AXIS (EMOTIONAL) WE EVALUATE THE CLIENTrsquoS AUTONOMY

Level 1 Coach (CoachClient Relationship) Itrsquos the Coach who controls the situation There is a formal relationship be-tween Coach and Client and the session is controlled and oriented by the Coach

Level 2 Coach (Co-Coach) The Client already acts as a Coach during the sessions This happens for example when the client already knows that she is supposed to also say po-sitive things on the Reality part that is she already knows what to do in each step She already takes the initiative The relationship is more about cooperation now and the Client start becoming autonomous

Level 3 Coach (Self-Coaching) When the Client already does Self--Coaching at home not being asked to This is a fantastic moment because she already has the tools and the Coach is there to help and support

Level 4 Coach (Coach to others) When the Client comes to a ses-sion and tells us she has done Coaching with someone else (with her child for instance) This person came to us to be helped however she is already using our tools to help so-

RESULTS

meone else She is totally independent It is every Coachrsquos dream

lsquoMrsquo AXIS (MENTAL) WE EVALUATE THE CLIENTrsquoS CONTENTS ASSIMILATION

Uses Rosa 10 language o cliente usa palavras como Realidade objetivos soluccedilotildees accedilotildees fazem hoje parte do seu leacutexico

Uses Rosa 20 language the client uses terms such as guru objec-tives baby objectives measurable beliefs paradigm shif-ting brainstorming etc

Uses Rosa 30 language she refers terms like emotional patterns cycles of fear and confidence values dilemma etc

Uses unconscious Rosa language when many of these terms are so ingrained in the clientrsquos language that she thinks she will use them for the rest of her life

lsquoPrsquo AXIS (PRACTICE) WE EVALUATE RESULTS IN PRACTICE

During the Session I can manage the client to get results only du-ring the session It is a Coaching session that has no power to influence the client outside it

Between Sessions It mostly happens when the client is doing her homeworks It means that what happened during the ses-sion touched her with enough strength to get her to realize she has to do something and that she is doing something outside the sessions

Leverage Slice It happens when the client fulfills her Leverage Slice and achieves the goal that brought her to Coaching or when her satisfaction in that slice has dramatically im-proved

Holistic When the client improves satisfaction in multiple slices as a result of the sessions including the leverage slice It was a process that had an impact on the whole being and not just in one area of her life

100

101

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

You can make this model with your client on the last session you have together You can also make a self-assessment to compare with it When you measure these four levels of results you will have access to check what level of Coaching you had on that specific process

COACHING LEVELThe Coaching Level that you have delivered is always proportional to your lowest result Even if you have three axes at level 3 and have only one at a level 2 Coaching has been 20 This is valuable information to you as a Coach because it gives you an idea of axes that are easier for you to work and others that you may have to further strengthen

Level 4 Coaching is something that is not achieved with all clients There must be a great empathy and rapport as well as a mastery on the Coaching technique that has been taught in the training course and presented in this manual

Gulica ego catia caperum dem inem cus Fortes et L Nos et grae avehem Romnit acto egeris cis sultod pratum voltum iam hos ublius hactam atemus essede con vas optilis factor aus nem ad cae estil hos me patus re verisse inatuus

Udam deperfecrem nermis etraed me int ela remulibut rem loctusquo cum mus auciem vivehem uresull emquissent eti primperescit ina que ia consiss entium pulerit con vendam morei sentes inatil vit ia quam mus licaudemus factem dum eo ura ex muro nenit quo vilnes-tium Catimportus pati postalarit vis coena fui sa consu consceribus Satquid ertienatus contere essimis ut vis aus iliciam quo in dissimis Ra num deatiqua vere con sentius et in spio pes Tiaetin videlisquam mus viliam que conum is larbit etora notimolto nos et duc omnimus opublicae convo C Nos vivica Catus hos vivas aurnihil hui terfint imorter labus hostam res inequod nerem tabute telieni hilicaessil ven-tem nonsulis

Berteropubit diisquium iteriti emprit teludam hilicid erfentiur tem huis

Hum pro vidiusquem paterevid sedis factatu rnihilla rem publicave Ca-terev irissoltis re aurei pere anum teluder ficepse essercem octuusque mis tum inam pra vivid rei condamdiis hacies Ipio verei sendamdis

TOOLS amp TECHNIQUES

X TOOLS AND TECHNIQUES

If you master well the model of the four Rrsquos for us you already are a fantastic Coach If you can master some stars too itrsquos even better But if you master the model you know how to do Coaching But now letrsquos go to the small stars The idea is not that you try to use all the stars at the same time Choose the two or three that you like best and train those first

POSITIVE FEEDBACKProvide as much positive feedback as you can to your client Take every opportunity you have to do it A Coach is the type of mirror that only says good things about her client Please turn yourself into some-one who is always valorizing every small steps that your client takes

FEEDBACK HAMBURGERYou say something positive then you say something negative then you say something positive again The two positive feedbacks have to be VERY VERY good For instance ldquoI have been feeling that you are very committed to your Coaching process We just need to start paying more attention to our homework even because I feel that you are a person who likes to challenge yourself and that really wants to go further ldquo

RESSIGNIFICATION Ressignificating is finding another meaning still more empowering but that changes everything EgrdquoI didnrsquot do my homework I failedrdquo Coach ldquoWow That means that you are a demanding and committed personrdquo ldquoIrsquom lazyrdquo

102

103

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

ldquoDoes that means you like to enjoy the pleasures of liferdquo

REFRAMINGIt is much like ressignification Itrsquos the name that is used in NLP (Neuro--Linguistic Programming) You take the information that was been gi-ven to you in a frame and you put it in a new one

PREFRAMINGIf ressignification has to do with changing the meaning after it has been given preframing has to do with giving a meaning to something before we have explained what it is It is a widely used technique to anticipate objections that might distract us from our ultimate goal Then we do preframing we previously give the meaning that we want the person to give afterwards Example

ldquoCan I show you my point of view Itrsquos something different but Irsquove seen that it works with many people and it has been helping a lot to change our behavior to healthier habits Itrsquos something innovative and different but highly successful Can I tell you my ideardquo You create a frame before placing the information in there

POSTFRAMINGFirst you give the information and then you put it in a frame Eg ldquoFolks today we have an exam (the low energy level) but thatrsquos what this course is about to be the best Coach to go furtherrdquo

ldquoFROM 0 TO 10 rdquo To give examples ldquoI think Irsquoll read a bookrdquo Coach ldquoFrom 0-10 how much do you think you will accomplish that goalrdquo

TRANSFORMING ldquoORrdquo IN ldquoANDrdquoHelp the client to find an alternative solution to integrate paradoxes to

find a third way

VULNERABILIZATIONFind out things about you that are not working and put them at the clientrsquos service That makes you human and you are validating your client in the case she feels the same She does some things better than you and has some of the same challenges

ASSOCIATION AND DISSOCIATIONThese two terms are often used in NLP (Neuro-linguistic Program-ming) and are used in various ways Association means that an indi-vidual describes a situation as if it was happening and he was partici-pating on it As the name indicates he is associated with it He is still seeing himself going through the situation and feels the emotions that he would feel if he was really living it

Dissociation means that an individual can already tell that experience as if he was watching a movie in which he took part but already dis-sociated from it He is more in an observer role That allows him a big-ger emotional objectivity Even if he feels the emotions they are more about the experience itself and not so much about him as a participant

When we want to help our customers to overcome some emotionally more challenging situations it can make a huge difference to have them to dissociate from those situations Thatrsquos how they can gain greater objectivity and clarity and at the same time they get more mo-tivated to take their first steps

METAPHORSThe most important here is that you use the metaphors of your client Use her world whenever it is possible It will help a lot more to inter-nalize and memorize the information Help your client to create her metaphors Eg ldquoSometimes we fall into holes that are so big that you canrsquot get out of them alonerdquo ldquoLearning to forgive someone is like dri-ving one step at a timerdquo

TOOLS amp TECHNIQUES

104

105

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

LANGUAGE OF A COACH 3 HOW TO INTERRUPT at the first session it must be defined if

the Coach can interrupt the client when she deviates from the focus If yoursquore going to interrupt your client you must always do it with a question You can also take note of something that has nothing to do with the subject you are talking about but it seems important So we can talk about it in the next session You can ask the client if she liked to talk about it

3 ldquoDOES IT MAKES SENSE FOR YOUrdquo If she says NO ldquoSo tell merdquo if she says YES ldquocan you tell me howrdquo

3 ldquoMY HALLUCINATION is rdquo Being very unconditional Any opi-nion is a good opinion The Coach realyy doesnrsquot know The word hallucination implies that what yoursquore saying may be ab-solutely wrong

3 ldquoWHAT WOULD LOVE DO NOWrdquo Be careful with the rapport level you have with your client It is a very good question when it concerns relational issues

3 ldquoHOW WOULD IT BE IFrdquo Very good to overcome objections ldquohow would it be if you had timerdquo ldquohow would it be if you had moneyrdquo ldquohow would it be if you had self-confidencerdquo

3 ldquoWHAT IF rdquo Fantastic to destroy any obstacle that your client brings Some examples ldquoAnd what if you couldrdquo ldquoWhy notrdquo ldquoWhat if nobody would knowrdquo ldquoWhat if you had moneyrdquo ldquoI know you donrsquot but what if you knew what would you sayrdquo

3 GENERAL TIP BE COOL You really must have a cool and rela-xed attitude You really donrsquot know what would be best for your client so be really unconditional

THE COACHING ETHICS

XI THE COACHING ETHICS

There are six ethic rules in Coaching but with no doubt the first is the most important

CONFIDENTIALITY Coaching sessions must be given the utmost con-fidentiality There are no legal rules as in Therapy (like not having fa-mily as clients) but you always have to respect confidentiality When you do Coaching in a company and you must give feedback to their manager your clients must know it If necessary you can discuss the case with a mentor but always without mentioning the name of your client You can discuss the cases but without any names

CLIENTrsquoS AUTONOMY Coaching is all about autonomy and sustaina-bility You need your client to get results not that she needs you You should think ldquoif I change country how would my clients berdquo

CAREFUL WITH PROJECTIONS We all project aspects that we re-press in ourselves All currents in psychology agree that there is pro-jection When I look to someone else what I see is whatrsquos inside of me (strengths and weaknesses) Thatrsquos why some see one thing and others see another As a Coach you must be very attentive to projections You should not do it with your client and for that you must work on your roots If something bothers you that says more about you than about your client Itrsquos not just a technical issue of respecting others map-of--the-world It is an ethical issue

CREDIBILITY Of course you can use other different tools in your ses-sions but you should be able to do so Using things on which yoursquore not certified is breaking ethics Try to be congruent and integrate Being a corporate or a sales Coach without being an expert about those mat-ters is not ethical

106

107

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING THE FIRST SESSION IN PRATICE

CONTRACT IS CONTRACT The financial commitment you assume with your client is always the same as long as she is your client The same in what respects sessions frequency You should always ask permission to your client when you want to change the frequency of the sessions For WeCreate the value you charge to your client must be the same forever It is part of our gratitude towards our client

SELF-COACHING The Coach must be an example of Self-Coaching or she should have a Coach You really have to do ROSA once a year at least and use all these tools in a weekly basis Make sure that you are also an example of achieving your own dreams

XII THE FIRST SESSION

IN PRACTICEIt is normal that the first session is a bit longer (90min) Your focus is to build RAPPORT Here is an example of a few steps for your first session You can have a few more or less of these steps but this is the general idea

STEP 1 Memorize these steps so that you will not have to use this manual

STEP 2 (Partnership) Organize the working space have everything prepared adequated clothes etc

STEP 3 (Presence) Prepare to be fully present by meditating or by being a few minutes in silence

STEP 4 (Posture and words) Build rapport have a few minutes of casual positive and neutral conversation to break the ice For example the weather the clientrsquos favourite team foot-ball match etc

STEP 5 At this stage you will also try to collect information about the client Several aspects of her life and trying to deter-mine clientrsquos expectations regarding the Coaching process You will be attentive about the metaphors and about what is really important to her Yoursquoll need it to explain what Co-aching is in her words

STEP 6 Explain what Coaching is using the clientrsquos words and the references she gave us Example letrsquos imagine that boxing was something that the client liked and we want to explain

108

109

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING THE LAST SESSION

Coaching through boxing ldquoCoaching is like boxing It invol-ves a lot of training to succeed in getting results but ins-tead of having an external enemy we are fighting against ourselvesrdquo

STEP 7 Inviting the client to do an exercise we pick six pens (three of each color) We ask her to tell us three things that are going well in her life and we explore each area a bit Then we ask ldquoamong those areas which one is running really wellrdquo Then we ask for three things that are not going so well and explore a bit

STEP 8 Asking the client which 3 goals she would like to accom-plish by the end of the Coaching process that would make it worth the investment (as measurable as possible)

STEP 9 Establishing verbal contract and selling the idea of coa-ching (even if the sessions pack is already closed) Now we talk about the practical issues sessions frequency ses-sions length interrupting the client first session a bit lon-ger confidentiality guarantee If you feel comfortable you can talk about costs and forms of payment

STEP 10 ldquoCan we start our session talking about what brought you here How can I helprdquo

STEP 11 Talking a bit about the Clientrsquos reality and introducing the Pizza of Life The client draws herrsquos We will go on explai-ning the pizza and its different slices (very briefly not to influence) Some clients like to do it lsquoalonersquo others like to go on talking as they fill the slices

STEP 12 From then on you make ROSA 10

STEP 13 You end up the session You can share ROSA methodology with your client (if you think shersquod like it) and ending with positive feedback You can also ask the client how did she feel You can also ask her to choose an object and summa-rize the session You will also be doing some preframing by stating that Coaching is about action and homeworks

XIII THE LAST SESSION

A coaching process has a follow-up We can work with individual ses-sions or with a pack It is important to inform your clients that Coaching is a continuous process and not a process with miraculous results in the first session Hence it is like doing workout where it is difficult to get results if we go to the gym only once

You can work with packs of sessions (5 or 10) and we would like to give you some tips on what you should ensure it gets done in your last coaching session with someone you have been working with

FUTURE It is important to ensure that the client will continue taking steps in the future even not having sessions anymore or your presence In this session you should spend some time helping her in creating an action plan about the next steps she wants to go on taking in that area You can also take the opportunity to do a small summary of everything that you both worked in so that there is a notion of the progress made and the results achieved Ensures that your client completed that process and be sure about the next steps for her future Help her in crea-ting a good action plan

HABITS You can also ask your client which would be the daily or weekly habits that she would like more to integrate into her routine

POSITIVE FEEDBACK This is also the perfect time to give positive fe-edback to your client (despite being a constant throughout the sessions) Show her the progress she has made throughout the sessions and help her to realize all the positive things she has achieved

111

110

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

PERSONAL DEVELOPMENT We must ensure that our client conti-nues its personal development process and knows or tries new approaches Coaching is just one part of a wide range of options that are now ahead of her Encourage her to con-tinue that journey to read new books to try other trainings and workshops other different and complementary ways of approaching personal development

KEEPING CONTACT You can develop some form of contact with your old clients Email telephone facebook etc Remember to con-tinue sending her information about coaching or other matters you find important It is a way to ensure that your client will continue ldquoawakedrdquo for this subject

Thank you for being part of this project

Daniel Saacute Nogueira and Marta Ferreira

Page 47: WeCreate International Coaching Certification Manual

94

95

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

your eyes you read a poem as Mandela did )

HOMEWORK FOCUS Here you will define a homework that until itrsquos done you wonrsquot do anything else Imagine that you have a Cycle of Fear in relation to health that you define lsquoHomework Focusrsquo as the key point and your homework is running every day Until you manage to do it nothing else matters All of your strategies are directioned so that your homework is being done as soon as possible

In the end all of the four key points have to do with absolute focus

Value ndash Focus on the most important value Until that value is being lived we wonrsquot move on

Positivity (Faith Optimism) ndash Focus on the positive emotions Un-til she gets optimistic we wonrsquot move on

Emotion (Meditation) ndash Focus on pleasure Until she feels more ple-asure than pain we wonrsquot move on

Homework ndash Focus on action Until the homework gets done we wonrsquot move on

VERY IMPORTANTYou as a coach do not have to guess your clientrsquos map-of-the-world or even her PEMS but you have to explore it aside of her You will only master her Map-of-the-World when you understand your own (creating roots) because you will never learn anything about yourself with your client you will never discover anything about you because shersquos the one who discovers it being real or not You Coach you must be hum-ble enough to know that you know nothing about your client and you shouldnrsquot try to guess anything It is the customer who gets there alone

Therefore the more knowledge you have about your own map-of-the--world together with Rapport and ROSA the more intense will be your Coaching because the more you will be able to help your client The goal is that you have the tools in yourself so you can help her In other words this tool is for you to deepen your roots and thus know when you need to do only ROSA or go searching for the Key Points or to use

another method For instance if a client has as her main challenge to be promoted then therersquos no logical on working on Cycles of Fear but to make a ROSA and move forward On the other hand if you see that there is a Cycle of Fear then you should find the key point so you can work on it

I canrsquot help the others if I canrsquot help myself first

ROOTS

values (I am)

during session

clientcoach rosa unconscious

Beliefs (I think)

between sessions

co-coach rosa 30

emotions (I feel)

leverage slice

self coaching rosa 20behavior (I do)

holistic

coaching to others rosa 10M

S

E

P

96

97

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING RESULTS

IX RESULTS

Results are super important in the Coa-ching process There is simply no Coa-

ching if there are no results and thatrsquos why they are at the center of the

triangle of the four Rrsquos Everything we do whether is ROSA creating

Roots or building Rapport it is done with the purpose of get-ting results at the end of the sessions

This is what distinguishes the most Coaching from other practices As a Coach you must become obsessed with your clients results Not only that they do their homeworks but also how close did Coaching took them closer to their Guru Objective how much it has improved their leverage slice of the Pizza and other slices as well We also try to assess the sustainability of those results We donrsquot want them just to get there but also that they keep there

Coaching is about results and you must take this premise very seriou-sly You have been hired to make them reach some goals Become obsessed with it

It is not so easy to evaluate results in a metric way in the world of Co-aching but it proves to be very important Not only with Life Coaching but also with Business Coaching We must find a way to demonstrate that our work has had results in practice

That was the reason why we have created the Results Model

Our level of competence is equal to our worst level of performance

RESULTS MODELIt is possible to define results through the four metrics

lsquoSrsquo AXIS (SPIRITUAL) WE EVALUATE THE PROCESS IMPACT ON THE CLIENT

Behavior (I DO) When the client throughout the process changes one or more behaviors She does now due to the sessions different things that she didnrsquot before

Emotions (I FEEL) When the client feels happier more self-confi-dent fulfilled etc She has now different and more positive emotions due to the Coaching process

98

99

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

Beliefs (I THINK) When there is a change of belief (I used to belie-ve I was not a good person and now I believe I am) When the client used to believe in something and she started to believe in something different There was a paradigm shift She used to see something in a certain way and now she sees it in a more empowering way

Values (I AM) When the Coach manages to help the client to change her values ie the person she is This happens for exam-ple when the client starts to put more emphasis on family than on work or when she accepts and believes that she is a healthy and different person and that nothing will change that now She values different things todat due to the Coa-ching process

lsquoErsquo AXIS (EMOTIONAL) WE EVALUATE THE CLIENTrsquoS AUTONOMY

Level 1 Coach (CoachClient Relationship) Itrsquos the Coach who controls the situation There is a formal relationship be-tween Coach and Client and the session is controlled and oriented by the Coach

Level 2 Coach (Co-Coach) The Client already acts as a Coach during the sessions This happens for example when the client already knows that she is supposed to also say po-sitive things on the Reality part that is she already knows what to do in each step She already takes the initiative The relationship is more about cooperation now and the Client start becoming autonomous

Level 3 Coach (Self-Coaching) When the Client already does Self--Coaching at home not being asked to This is a fantastic moment because she already has the tools and the Coach is there to help and support

Level 4 Coach (Coach to others) When the Client comes to a ses-sion and tells us she has done Coaching with someone else (with her child for instance) This person came to us to be helped however she is already using our tools to help so-

RESULTS

meone else She is totally independent It is every Coachrsquos dream

lsquoMrsquo AXIS (MENTAL) WE EVALUATE THE CLIENTrsquoS CONTENTS ASSIMILATION

Uses Rosa 10 language o cliente usa palavras como Realidade objetivos soluccedilotildees accedilotildees fazem hoje parte do seu leacutexico

Uses Rosa 20 language the client uses terms such as guru objec-tives baby objectives measurable beliefs paradigm shif-ting brainstorming etc

Uses Rosa 30 language she refers terms like emotional patterns cycles of fear and confidence values dilemma etc

Uses unconscious Rosa language when many of these terms are so ingrained in the clientrsquos language that she thinks she will use them for the rest of her life

lsquoPrsquo AXIS (PRACTICE) WE EVALUATE RESULTS IN PRACTICE

During the Session I can manage the client to get results only du-ring the session It is a Coaching session that has no power to influence the client outside it

Between Sessions It mostly happens when the client is doing her homeworks It means that what happened during the ses-sion touched her with enough strength to get her to realize she has to do something and that she is doing something outside the sessions

Leverage Slice It happens when the client fulfills her Leverage Slice and achieves the goal that brought her to Coaching or when her satisfaction in that slice has dramatically im-proved

Holistic When the client improves satisfaction in multiple slices as a result of the sessions including the leverage slice It was a process that had an impact on the whole being and not just in one area of her life

100

101

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

You can make this model with your client on the last session you have together You can also make a self-assessment to compare with it When you measure these four levels of results you will have access to check what level of Coaching you had on that specific process

COACHING LEVELThe Coaching Level that you have delivered is always proportional to your lowest result Even if you have three axes at level 3 and have only one at a level 2 Coaching has been 20 This is valuable information to you as a Coach because it gives you an idea of axes that are easier for you to work and others that you may have to further strengthen

Level 4 Coaching is something that is not achieved with all clients There must be a great empathy and rapport as well as a mastery on the Coaching technique that has been taught in the training course and presented in this manual

Gulica ego catia caperum dem inem cus Fortes et L Nos et grae avehem Romnit acto egeris cis sultod pratum voltum iam hos ublius hactam atemus essede con vas optilis factor aus nem ad cae estil hos me patus re verisse inatuus

Udam deperfecrem nermis etraed me int ela remulibut rem loctusquo cum mus auciem vivehem uresull emquissent eti primperescit ina que ia consiss entium pulerit con vendam morei sentes inatil vit ia quam mus licaudemus factem dum eo ura ex muro nenit quo vilnes-tium Catimportus pati postalarit vis coena fui sa consu consceribus Satquid ertienatus contere essimis ut vis aus iliciam quo in dissimis Ra num deatiqua vere con sentius et in spio pes Tiaetin videlisquam mus viliam que conum is larbit etora notimolto nos et duc omnimus opublicae convo C Nos vivica Catus hos vivas aurnihil hui terfint imorter labus hostam res inequod nerem tabute telieni hilicaessil ven-tem nonsulis

Berteropubit diisquium iteriti emprit teludam hilicid erfentiur tem huis

Hum pro vidiusquem paterevid sedis factatu rnihilla rem publicave Ca-terev irissoltis re aurei pere anum teluder ficepse essercem octuusque mis tum inam pra vivid rei condamdiis hacies Ipio verei sendamdis

TOOLS amp TECHNIQUES

X TOOLS AND TECHNIQUES

If you master well the model of the four Rrsquos for us you already are a fantastic Coach If you can master some stars too itrsquos even better But if you master the model you know how to do Coaching But now letrsquos go to the small stars The idea is not that you try to use all the stars at the same time Choose the two or three that you like best and train those first

POSITIVE FEEDBACKProvide as much positive feedback as you can to your client Take every opportunity you have to do it A Coach is the type of mirror that only says good things about her client Please turn yourself into some-one who is always valorizing every small steps that your client takes

FEEDBACK HAMBURGERYou say something positive then you say something negative then you say something positive again The two positive feedbacks have to be VERY VERY good For instance ldquoI have been feeling that you are very committed to your Coaching process We just need to start paying more attention to our homework even because I feel that you are a person who likes to challenge yourself and that really wants to go further ldquo

RESSIGNIFICATION Ressignificating is finding another meaning still more empowering but that changes everything EgrdquoI didnrsquot do my homework I failedrdquo Coach ldquoWow That means that you are a demanding and committed personrdquo ldquoIrsquom lazyrdquo

102

103

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

ldquoDoes that means you like to enjoy the pleasures of liferdquo

REFRAMINGIt is much like ressignification Itrsquos the name that is used in NLP (Neuro--Linguistic Programming) You take the information that was been gi-ven to you in a frame and you put it in a new one

PREFRAMINGIf ressignification has to do with changing the meaning after it has been given preframing has to do with giving a meaning to something before we have explained what it is It is a widely used technique to anticipate objections that might distract us from our ultimate goal Then we do preframing we previously give the meaning that we want the person to give afterwards Example

ldquoCan I show you my point of view Itrsquos something different but Irsquove seen that it works with many people and it has been helping a lot to change our behavior to healthier habits Itrsquos something innovative and different but highly successful Can I tell you my ideardquo You create a frame before placing the information in there

POSTFRAMINGFirst you give the information and then you put it in a frame Eg ldquoFolks today we have an exam (the low energy level) but thatrsquos what this course is about to be the best Coach to go furtherrdquo

ldquoFROM 0 TO 10 rdquo To give examples ldquoI think Irsquoll read a bookrdquo Coach ldquoFrom 0-10 how much do you think you will accomplish that goalrdquo

TRANSFORMING ldquoORrdquo IN ldquoANDrdquoHelp the client to find an alternative solution to integrate paradoxes to

find a third way

VULNERABILIZATIONFind out things about you that are not working and put them at the clientrsquos service That makes you human and you are validating your client in the case she feels the same She does some things better than you and has some of the same challenges

ASSOCIATION AND DISSOCIATIONThese two terms are often used in NLP (Neuro-linguistic Program-ming) and are used in various ways Association means that an indi-vidual describes a situation as if it was happening and he was partici-pating on it As the name indicates he is associated with it He is still seeing himself going through the situation and feels the emotions that he would feel if he was really living it

Dissociation means that an individual can already tell that experience as if he was watching a movie in which he took part but already dis-sociated from it He is more in an observer role That allows him a big-ger emotional objectivity Even if he feels the emotions they are more about the experience itself and not so much about him as a participant

When we want to help our customers to overcome some emotionally more challenging situations it can make a huge difference to have them to dissociate from those situations Thatrsquos how they can gain greater objectivity and clarity and at the same time they get more mo-tivated to take their first steps

METAPHORSThe most important here is that you use the metaphors of your client Use her world whenever it is possible It will help a lot more to inter-nalize and memorize the information Help your client to create her metaphors Eg ldquoSometimes we fall into holes that are so big that you canrsquot get out of them alonerdquo ldquoLearning to forgive someone is like dri-ving one step at a timerdquo

TOOLS amp TECHNIQUES

104

105

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

LANGUAGE OF A COACH 3 HOW TO INTERRUPT at the first session it must be defined if

the Coach can interrupt the client when she deviates from the focus If yoursquore going to interrupt your client you must always do it with a question You can also take note of something that has nothing to do with the subject you are talking about but it seems important So we can talk about it in the next session You can ask the client if she liked to talk about it

3 ldquoDOES IT MAKES SENSE FOR YOUrdquo If she says NO ldquoSo tell merdquo if she says YES ldquocan you tell me howrdquo

3 ldquoMY HALLUCINATION is rdquo Being very unconditional Any opi-nion is a good opinion The Coach realyy doesnrsquot know The word hallucination implies that what yoursquore saying may be ab-solutely wrong

3 ldquoWHAT WOULD LOVE DO NOWrdquo Be careful with the rapport level you have with your client It is a very good question when it concerns relational issues

3 ldquoHOW WOULD IT BE IFrdquo Very good to overcome objections ldquohow would it be if you had timerdquo ldquohow would it be if you had moneyrdquo ldquohow would it be if you had self-confidencerdquo

3 ldquoWHAT IF rdquo Fantastic to destroy any obstacle that your client brings Some examples ldquoAnd what if you couldrdquo ldquoWhy notrdquo ldquoWhat if nobody would knowrdquo ldquoWhat if you had moneyrdquo ldquoI know you donrsquot but what if you knew what would you sayrdquo

3 GENERAL TIP BE COOL You really must have a cool and rela-xed attitude You really donrsquot know what would be best for your client so be really unconditional

THE COACHING ETHICS

XI THE COACHING ETHICS

There are six ethic rules in Coaching but with no doubt the first is the most important

CONFIDENTIALITY Coaching sessions must be given the utmost con-fidentiality There are no legal rules as in Therapy (like not having fa-mily as clients) but you always have to respect confidentiality When you do Coaching in a company and you must give feedback to their manager your clients must know it If necessary you can discuss the case with a mentor but always without mentioning the name of your client You can discuss the cases but without any names

CLIENTrsquoS AUTONOMY Coaching is all about autonomy and sustaina-bility You need your client to get results not that she needs you You should think ldquoif I change country how would my clients berdquo

CAREFUL WITH PROJECTIONS We all project aspects that we re-press in ourselves All currents in psychology agree that there is pro-jection When I look to someone else what I see is whatrsquos inside of me (strengths and weaknesses) Thatrsquos why some see one thing and others see another As a Coach you must be very attentive to projections You should not do it with your client and for that you must work on your roots If something bothers you that says more about you than about your client Itrsquos not just a technical issue of respecting others map-of--the-world It is an ethical issue

CREDIBILITY Of course you can use other different tools in your ses-sions but you should be able to do so Using things on which yoursquore not certified is breaking ethics Try to be congruent and integrate Being a corporate or a sales Coach without being an expert about those mat-ters is not ethical

106

107

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING THE FIRST SESSION IN PRATICE

CONTRACT IS CONTRACT The financial commitment you assume with your client is always the same as long as she is your client The same in what respects sessions frequency You should always ask permission to your client when you want to change the frequency of the sessions For WeCreate the value you charge to your client must be the same forever It is part of our gratitude towards our client

SELF-COACHING The Coach must be an example of Self-Coaching or she should have a Coach You really have to do ROSA once a year at least and use all these tools in a weekly basis Make sure that you are also an example of achieving your own dreams

XII THE FIRST SESSION

IN PRACTICEIt is normal that the first session is a bit longer (90min) Your focus is to build RAPPORT Here is an example of a few steps for your first session You can have a few more or less of these steps but this is the general idea

STEP 1 Memorize these steps so that you will not have to use this manual

STEP 2 (Partnership) Organize the working space have everything prepared adequated clothes etc

STEP 3 (Presence) Prepare to be fully present by meditating or by being a few minutes in silence

STEP 4 (Posture and words) Build rapport have a few minutes of casual positive and neutral conversation to break the ice For example the weather the clientrsquos favourite team foot-ball match etc

STEP 5 At this stage you will also try to collect information about the client Several aspects of her life and trying to deter-mine clientrsquos expectations regarding the Coaching process You will be attentive about the metaphors and about what is really important to her Yoursquoll need it to explain what Co-aching is in her words

STEP 6 Explain what Coaching is using the clientrsquos words and the references she gave us Example letrsquos imagine that boxing was something that the client liked and we want to explain

108

109

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING THE LAST SESSION

Coaching through boxing ldquoCoaching is like boxing It invol-ves a lot of training to succeed in getting results but ins-tead of having an external enemy we are fighting against ourselvesrdquo

STEP 7 Inviting the client to do an exercise we pick six pens (three of each color) We ask her to tell us three things that are going well in her life and we explore each area a bit Then we ask ldquoamong those areas which one is running really wellrdquo Then we ask for three things that are not going so well and explore a bit

STEP 8 Asking the client which 3 goals she would like to accom-plish by the end of the Coaching process that would make it worth the investment (as measurable as possible)

STEP 9 Establishing verbal contract and selling the idea of coa-ching (even if the sessions pack is already closed) Now we talk about the practical issues sessions frequency ses-sions length interrupting the client first session a bit lon-ger confidentiality guarantee If you feel comfortable you can talk about costs and forms of payment

STEP 10 ldquoCan we start our session talking about what brought you here How can I helprdquo

STEP 11 Talking a bit about the Clientrsquos reality and introducing the Pizza of Life The client draws herrsquos We will go on explai-ning the pizza and its different slices (very briefly not to influence) Some clients like to do it lsquoalonersquo others like to go on talking as they fill the slices

STEP 12 From then on you make ROSA 10

STEP 13 You end up the session You can share ROSA methodology with your client (if you think shersquod like it) and ending with positive feedback You can also ask the client how did she feel You can also ask her to choose an object and summa-rize the session You will also be doing some preframing by stating that Coaching is about action and homeworks

XIII THE LAST SESSION

A coaching process has a follow-up We can work with individual ses-sions or with a pack It is important to inform your clients that Coaching is a continuous process and not a process with miraculous results in the first session Hence it is like doing workout where it is difficult to get results if we go to the gym only once

You can work with packs of sessions (5 or 10) and we would like to give you some tips on what you should ensure it gets done in your last coaching session with someone you have been working with

FUTURE It is important to ensure that the client will continue taking steps in the future even not having sessions anymore or your presence In this session you should spend some time helping her in creating an action plan about the next steps she wants to go on taking in that area You can also take the opportunity to do a small summary of everything that you both worked in so that there is a notion of the progress made and the results achieved Ensures that your client completed that process and be sure about the next steps for her future Help her in crea-ting a good action plan

HABITS You can also ask your client which would be the daily or weekly habits that she would like more to integrate into her routine

POSITIVE FEEDBACK This is also the perfect time to give positive fe-edback to your client (despite being a constant throughout the sessions) Show her the progress she has made throughout the sessions and help her to realize all the positive things she has achieved

111

110

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

PERSONAL DEVELOPMENT We must ensure that our client conti-nues its personal development process and knows or tries new approaches Coaching is just one part of a wide range of options that are now ahead of her Encourage her to con-tinue that journey to read new books to try other trainings and workshops other different and complementary ways of approaching personal development

KEEPING CONTACT You can develop some form of contact with your old clients Email telephone facebook etc Remember to con-tinue sending her information about coaching or other matters you find important It is a way to ensure that your client will continue ldquoawakedrdquo for this subject

Thank you for being part of this project

Daniel Saacute Nogueira and Marta Ferreira

Page 48: WeCreate International Coaching Certification Manual

values (I am)

during session

clientcoach rosa unconscious

Beliefs (I think)

between sessions

co-coach rosa 30

emotions (I feel)

leverage slice

self coaching rosa 20behavior (I do)

holistic

coaching to others rosa 10M

S

E

P

96

97

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING RESULTS

IX RESULTS

Results are super important in the Coa-ching process There is simply no Coa-

ching if there are no results and thatrsquos why they are at the center of the

triangle of the four Rrsquos Everything we do whether is ROSA creating

Roots or building Rapport it is done with the purpose of get-ting results at the end of the sessions

This is what distinguishes the most Coaching from other practices As a Coach you must become obsessed with your clients results Not only that they do their homeworks but also how close did Coaching took them closer to their Guru Objective how much it has improved their leverage slice of the Pizza and other slices as well We also try to assess the sustainability of those results We donrsquot want them just to get there but also that they keep there

Coaching is about results and you must take this premise very seriou-sly You have been hired to make them reach some goals Become obsessed with it

It is not so easy to evaluate results in a metric way in the world of Co-aching but it proves to be very important Not only with Life Coaching but also with Business Coaching We must find a way to demonstrate that our work has had results in practice

That was the reason why we have created the Results Model

Our level of competence is equal to our worst level of performance

RESULTS MODELIt is possible to define results through the four metrics

lsquoSrsquo AXIS (SPIRITUAL) WE EVALUATE THE PROCESS IMPACT ON THE CLIENT

Behavior (I DO) When the client throughout the process changes one or more behaviors She does now due to the sessions different things that she didnrsquot before

Emotions (I FEEL) When the client feels happier more self-confi-dent fulfilled etc She has now different and more positive emotions due to the Coaching process

98

99

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

Beliefs (I THINK) When there is a change of belief (I used to belie-ve I was not a good person and now I believe I am) When the client used to believe in something and she started to believe in something different There was a paradigm shift She used to see something in a certain way and now she sees it in a more empowering way

Values (I AM) When the Coach manages to help the client to change her values ie the person she is This happens for exam-ple when the client starts to put more emphasis on family than on work or when she accepts and believes that she is a healthy and different person and that nothing will change that now She values different things todat due to the Coa-ching process

lsquoErsquo AXIS (EMOTIONAL) WE EVALUATE THE CLIENTrsquoS AUTONOMY

Level 1 Coach (CoachClient Relationship) Itrsquos the Coach who controls the situation There is a formal relationship be-tween Coach and Client and the session is controlled and oriented by the Coach

Level 2 Coach (Co-Coach) The Client already acts as a Coach during the sessions This happens for example when the client already knows that she is supposed to also say po-sitive things on the Reality part that is she already knows what to do in each step She already takes the initiative The relationship is more about cooperation now and the Client start becoming autonomous

Level 3 Coach (Self-Coaching) When the Client already does Self--Coaching at home not being asked to This is a fantastic moment because she already has the tools and the Coach is there to help and support

Level 4 Coach (Coach to others) When the Client comes to a ses-sion and tells us she has done Coaching with someone else (with her child for instance) This person came to us to be helped however she is already using our tools to help so-

RESULTS

meone else She is totally independent It is every Coachrsquos dream

lsquoMrsquo AXIS (MENTAL) WE EVALUATE THE CLIENTrsquoS CONTENTS ASSIMILATION

Uses Rosa 10 language o cliente usa palavras como Realidade objetivos soluccedilotildees accedilotildees fazem hoje parte do seu leacutexico

Uses Rosa 20 language the client uses terms such as guru objec-tives baby objectives measurable beliefs paradigm shif-ting brainstorming etc

Uses Rosa 30 language she refers terms like emotional patterns cycles of fear and confidence values dilemma etc

Uses unconscious Rosa language when many of these terms are so ingrained in the clientrsquos language that she thinks she will use them for the rest of her life

lsquoPrsquo AXIS (PRACTICE) WE EVALUATE RESULTS IN PRACTICE

During the Session I can manage the client to get results only du-ring the session It is a Coaching session that has no power to influence the client outside it

Between Sessions It mostly happens when the client is doing her homeworks It means that what happened during the ses-sion touched her with enough strength to get her to realize she has to do something and that she is doing something outside the sessions

Leverage Slice It happens when the client fulfills her Leverage Slice and achieves the goal that brought her to Coaching or when her satisfaction in that slice has dramatically im-proved

Holistic When the client improves satisfaction in multiple slices as a result of the sessions including the leverage slice It was a process that had an impact on the whole being and not just in one area of her life

100

101

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

You can make this model with your client on the last session you have together You can also make a self-assessment to compare with it When you measure these four levels of results you will have access to check what level of Coaching you had on that specific process

COACHING LEVELThe Coaching Level that you have delivered is always proportional to your lowest result Even if you have three axes at level 3 and have only one at a level 2 Coaching has been 20 This is valuable information to you as a Coach because it gives you an idea of axes that are easier for you to work and others that you may have to further strengthen

Level 4 Coaching is something that is not achieved with all clients There must be a great empathy and rapport as well as a mastery on the Coaching technique that has been taught in the training course and presented in this manual

Gulica ego catia caperum dem inem cus Fortes et L Nos et grae avehem Romnit acto egeris cis sultod pratum voltum iam hos ublius hactam atemus essede con vas optilis factor aus nem ad cae estil hos me patus re verisse inatuus

Udam deperfecrem nermis etraed me int ela remulibut rem loctusquo cum mus auciem vivehem uresull emquissent eti primperescit ina que ia consiss entium pulerit con vendam morei sentes inatil vit ia quam mus licaudemus factem dum eo ura ex muro nenit quo vilnes-tium Catimportus pati postalarit vis coena fui sa consu consceribus Satquid ertienatus contere essimis ut vis aus iliciam quo in dissimis Ra num deatiqua vere con sentius et in spio pes Tiaetin videlisquam mus viliam que conum is larbit etora notimolto nos et duc omnimus opublicae convo C Nos vivica Catus hos vivas aurnihil hui terfint imorter labus hostam res inequod nerem tabute telieni hilicaessil ven-tem nonsulis

Berteropubit diisquium iteriti emprit teludam hilicid erfentiur tem huis

Hum pro vidiusquem paterevid sedis factatu rnihilla rem publicave Ca-terev irissoltis re aurei pere anum teluder ficepse essercem octuusque mis tum inam pra vivid rei condamdiis hacies Ipio verei sendamdis

TOOLS amp TECHNIQUES

X TOOLS AND TECHNIQUES

If you master well the model of the four Rrsquos for us you already are a fantastic Coach If you can master some stars too itrsquos even better But if you master the model you know how to do Coaching But now letrsquos go to the small stars The idea is not that you try to use all the stars at the same time Choose the two or three that you like best and train those first

POSITIVE FEEDBACKProvide as much positive feedback as you can to your client Take every opportunity you have to do it A Coach is the type of mirror that only says good things about her client Please turn yourself into some-one who is always valorizing every small steps that your client takes

FEEDBACK HAMBURGERYou say something positive then you say something negative then you say something positive again The two positive feedbacks have to be VERY VERY good For instance ldquoI have been feeling that you are very committed to your Coaching process We just need to start paying more attention to our homework even because I feel that you are a person who likes to challenge yourself and that really wants to go further ldquo

RESSIGNIFICATION Ressignificating is finding another meaning still more empowering but that changes everything EgrdquoI didnrsquot do my homework I failedrdquo Coach ldquoWow That means that you are a demanding and committed personrdquo ldquoIrsquom lazyrdquo

102

103

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

ldquoDoes that means you like to enjoy the pleasures of liferdquo

REFRAMINGIt is much like ressignification Itrsquos the name that is used in NLP (Neuro--Linguistic Programming) You take the information that was been gi-ven to you in a frame and you put it in a new one

PREFRAMINGIf ressignification has to do with changing the meaning after it has been given preframing has to do with giving a meaning to something before we have explained what it is It is a widely used technique to anticipate objections that might distract us from our ultimate goal Then we do preframing we previously give the meaning that we want the person to give afterwards Example

ldquoCan I show you my point of view Itrsquos something different but Irsquove seen that it works with many people and it has been helping a lot to change our behavior to healthier habits Itrsquos something innovative and different but highly successful Can I tell you my ideardquo You create a frame before placing the information in there

POSTFRAMINGFirst you give the information and then you put it in a frame Eg ldquoFolks today we have an exam (the low energy level) but thatrsquos what this course is about to be the best Coach to go furtherrdquo

ldquoFROM 0 TO 10 rdquo To give examples ldquoI think Irsquoll read a bookrdquo Coach ldquoFrom 0-10 how much do you think you will accomplish that goalrdquo

TRANSFORMING ldquoORrdquo IN ldquoANDrdquoHelp the client to find an alternative solution to integrate paradoxes to

find a third way

VULNERABILIZATIONFind out things about you that are not working and put them at the clientrsquos service That makes you human and you are validating your client in the case she feels the same She does some things better than you and has some of the same challenges

ASSOCIATION AND DISSOCIATIONThese two terms are often used in NLP (Neuro-linguistic Program-ming) and are used in various ways Association means that an indi-vidual describes a situation as if it was happening and he was partici-pating on it As the name indicates he is associated with it He is still seeing himself going through the situation and feels the emotions that he would feel if he was really living it

Dissociation means that an individual can already tell that experience as if he was watching a movie in which he took part but already dis-sociated from it He is more in an observer role That allows him a big-ger emotional objectivity Even if he feels the emotions they are more about the experience itself and not so much about him as a participant

When we want to help our customers to overcome some emotionally more challenging situations it can make a huge difference to have them to dissociate from those situations Thatrsquos how they can gain greater objectivity and clarity and at the same time they get more mo-tivated to take their first steps

METAPHORSThe most important here is that you use the metaphors of your client Use her world whenever it is possible It will help a lot more to inter-nalize and memorize the information Help your client to create her metaphors Eg ldquoSometimes we fall into holes that are so big that you canrsquot get out of them alonerdquo ldquoLearning to forgive someone is like dri-ving one step at a timerdquo

TOOLS amp TECHNIQUES

104

105

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

LANGUAGE OF A COACH 3 HOW TO INTERRUPT at the first session it must be defined if

the Coach can interrupt the client when she deviates from the focus If yoursquore going to interrupt your client you must always do it with a question You can also take note of something that has nothing to do with the subject you are talking about but it seems important So we can talk about it in the next session You can ask the client if she liked to talk about it

3 ldquoDOES IT MAKES SENSE FOR YOUrdquo If she says NO ldquoSo tell merdquo if she says YES ldquocan you tell me howrdquo

3 ldquoMY HALLUCINATION is rdquo Being very unconditional Any opi-nion is a good opinion The Coach realyy doesnrsquot know The word hallucination implies that what yoursquore saying may be ab-solutely wrong

3 ldquoWHAT WOULD LOVE DO NOWrdquo Be careful with the rapport level you have with your client It is a very good question when it concerns relational issues

3 ldquoHOW WOULD IT BE IFrdquo Very good to overcome objections ldquohow would it be if you had timerdquo ldquohow would it be if you had moneyrdquo ldquohow would it be if you had self-confidencerdquo

3 ldquoWHAT IF rdquo Fantastic to destroy any obstacle that your client brings Some examples ldquoAnd what if you couldrdquo ldquoWhy notrdquo ldquoWhat if nobody would knowrdquo ldquoWhat if you had moneyrdquo ldquoI know you donrsquot but what if you knew what would you sayrdquo

3 GENERAL TIP BE COOL You really must have a cool and rela-xed attitude You really donrsquot know what would be best for your client so be really unconditional

THE COACHING ETHICS

XI THE COACHING ETHICS

There are six ethic rules in Coaching but with no doubt the first is the most important

CONFIDENTIALITY Coaching sessions must be given the utmost con-fidentiality There are no legal rules as in Therapy (like not having fa-mily as clients) but you always have to respect confidentiality When you do Coaching in a company and you must give feedback to their manager your clients must know it If necessary you can discuss the case with a mentor but always without mentioning the name of your client You can discuss the cases but without any names

CLIENTrsquoS AUTONOMY Coaching is all about autonomy and sustaina-bility You need your client to get results not that she needs you You should think ldquoif I change country how would my clients berdquo

CAREFUL WITH PROJECTIONS We all project aspects that we re-press in ourselves All currents in psychology agree that there is pro-jection When I look to someone else what I see is whatrsquos inside of me (strengths and weaknesses) Thatrsquos why some see one thing and others see another As a Coach you must be very attentive to projections You should not do it with your client and for that you must work on your roots If something bothers you that says more about you than about your client Itrsquos not just a technical issue of respecting others map-of--the-world It is an ethical issue

CREDIBILITY Of course you can use other different tools in your ses-sions but you should be able to do so Using things on which yoursquore not certified is breaking ethics Try to be congruent and integrate Being a corporate or a sales Coach without being an expert about those mat-ters is not ethical

106

107

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING THE FIRST SESSION IN PRATICE

CONTRACT IS CONTRACT The financial commitment you assume with your client is always the same as long as she is your client The same in what respects sessions frequency You should always ask permission to your client when you want to change the frequency of the sessions For WeCreate the value you charge to your client must be the same forever It is part of our gratitude towards our client

SELF-COACHING The Coach must be an example of Self-Coaching or she should have a Coach You really have to do ROSA once a year at least and use all these tools in a weekly basis Make sure that you are also an example of achieving your own dreams

XII THE FIRST SESSION

IN PRACTICEIt is normal that the first session is a bit longer (90min) Your focus is to build RAPPORT Here is an example of a few steps for your first session You can have a few more or less of these steps but this is the general idea

STEP 1 Memorize these steps so that you will not have to use this manual

STEP 2 (Partnership) Organize the working space have everything prepared adequated clothes etc

STEP 3 (Presence) Prepare to be fully present by meditating or by being a few minutes in silence

STEP 4 (Posture and words) Build rapport have a few minutes of casual positive and neutral conversation to break the ice For example the weather the clientrsquos favourite team foot-ball match etc

STEP 5 At this stage you will also try to collect information about the client Several aspects of her life and trying to deter-mine clientrsquos expectations regarding the Coaching process You will be attentive about the metaphors and about what is really important to her Yoursquoll need it to explain what Co-aching is in her words

STEP 6 Explain what Coaching is using the clientrsquos words and the references she gave us Example letrsquos imagine that boxing was something that the client liked and we want to explain

108

109

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING THE LAST SESSION

Coaching through boxing ldquoCoaching is like boxing It invol-ves a lot of training to succeed in getting results but ins-tead of having an external enemy we are fighting against ourselvesrdquo

STEP 7 Inviting the client to do an exercise we pick six pens (three of each color) We ask her to tell us three things that are going well in her life and we explore each area a bit Then we ask ldquoamong those areas which one is running really wellrdquo Then we ask for three things that are not going so well and explore a bit

STEP 8 Asking the client which 3 goals she would like to accom-plish by the end of the Coaching process that would make it worth the investment (as measurable as possible)

STEP 9 Establishing verbal contract and selling the idea of coa-ching (even if the sessions pack is already closed) Now we talk about the practical issues sessions frequency ses-sions length interrupting the client first session a bit lon-ger confidentiality guarantee If you feel comfortable you can talk about costs and forms of payment

STEP 10 ldquoCan we start our session talking about what brought you here How can I helprdquo

STEP 11 Talking a bit about the Clientrsquos reality and introducing the Pizza of Life The client draws herrsquos We will go on explai-ning the pizza and its different slices (very briefly not to influence) Some clients like to do it lsquoalonersquo others like to go on talking as they fill the slices

STEP 12 From then on you make ROSA 10

STEP 13 You end up the session You can share ROSA methodology with your client (if you think shersquod like it) and ending with positive feedback You can also ask the client how did she feel You can also ask her to choose an object and summa-rize the session You will also be doing some preframing by stating that Coaching is about action and homeworks

XIII THE LAST SESSION

A coaching process has a follow-up We can work with individual ses-sions or with a pack It is important to inform your clients that Coaching is a continuous process and not a process with miraculous results in the first session Hence it is like doing workout where it is difficult to get results if we go to the gym only once

You can work with packs of sessions (5 or 10) and we would like to give you some tips on what you should ensure it gets done in your last coaching session with someone you have been working with

FUTURE It is important to ensure that the client will continue taking steps in the future even not having sessions anymore or your presence In this session you should spend some time helping her in creating an action plan about the next steps she wants to go on taking in that area You can also take the opportunity to do a small summary of everything that you both worked in so that there is a notion of the progress made and the results achieved Ensures that your client completed that process and be sure about the next steps for her future Help her in crea-ting a good action plan

HABITS You can also ask your client which would be the daily or weekly habits that she would like more to integrate into her routine

POSITIVE FEEDBACK This is also the perfect time to give positive fe-edback to your client (despite being a constant throughout the sessions) Show her the progress she has made throughout the sessions and help her to realize all the positive things she has achieved

111

110

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

PERSONAL DEVELOPMENT We must ensure that our client conti-nues its personal development process and knows or tries new approaches Coaching is just one part of a wide range of options that are now ahead of her Encourage her to con-tinue that journey to read new books to try other trainings and workshops other different and complementary ways of approaching personal development

KEEPING CONTACT You can develop some form of contact with your old clients Email telephone facebook etc Remember to con-tinue sending her information about coaching or other matters you find important It is a way to ensure that your client will continue ldquoawakedrdquo for this subject

Thank you for being part of this project

Daniel Saacute Nogueira and Marta Ferreira

Page 49: WeCreate International Coaching Certification Manual

98

99

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

Beliefs (I THINK) When there is a change of belief (I used to belie-ve I was not a good person and now I believe I am) When the client used to believe in something and she started to believe in something different There was a paradigm shift She used to see something in a certain way and now she sees it in a more empowering way

Values (I AM) When the Coach manages to help the client to change her values ie the person she is This happens for exam-ple when the client starts to put more emphasis on family than on work or when she accepts and believes that she is a healthy and different person and that nothing will change that now She values different things todat due to the Coa-ching process

lsquoErsquo AXIS (EMOTIONAL) WE EVALUATE THE CLIENTrsquoS AUTONOMY

Level 1 Coach (CoachClient Relationship) Itrsquos the Coach who controls the situation There is a formal relationship be-tween Coach and Client and the session is controlled and oriented by the Coach

Level 2 Coach (Co-Coach) The Client already acts as a Coach during the sessions This happens for example when the client already knows that she is supposed to also say po-sitive things on the Reality part that is she already knows what to do in each step She already takes the initiative The relationship is more about cooperation now and the Client start becoming autonomous

Level 3 Coach (Self-Coaching) When the Client already does Self--Coaching at home not being asked to This is a fantastic moment because she already has the tools and the Coach is there to help and support

Level 4 Coach (Coach to others) When the Client comes to a ses-sion and tells us she has done Coaching with someone else (with her child for instance) This person came to us to be helped however she is already using our tools to help so-

RESULTS

meone else She is totally independent It is every Coachrsquos dream

lsquoMrsquo AXIS (MENTAL) WE EVALUATE THE CLIENTrsquoS CONTENTS ASSIMILATION

Uses Rosa 10 language o cliente usa palavras como Realidade objetivos soluccedilotildees accedilotildees fazem hoje parte do seu leacutexico

Uses Rosa 20 language the client uses terms such as guru objec-tives baby objectives measurable beliefs paradigm shif-ting brainstorming etc

Uses Rosa 30 language she refers terms like emotional patterns cycles of fear and confidence values dilemma etc

Uses unconscious Rosa language when many of these terms are so ingrained in the clientrsquos language that she thinks she will use them for the rest of her life

lsquoPrsquo AXIS (PRACTICE) WE EVALUATE RESULTS IN PRACTICE

During the Session I can manage the client to get results only du-ring the session It is a Coaching session that has no power to influence the client outside it

Between Sessions It mostly happens when the client is doing her homeworks It means that what happened during the ses-sion touched her with enough strength to get her to realize she has to do something and that she is doing something outside the sessions

Leverage Slice It happens when the client fulfills her Leverage Slice and achieves the goal that brought her to Coaching or when her satisfaction in that slice has dramatically im-proved

Holistic When the client improves satisfaction in multiple slices as a result of the sessions including the leverage slice It was a process that had an impact on the whole being and not just in one area of her life

100

101

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

You can make this model with your client on the last session you have together You can also make a self-assessment to compare with it When you measure these four levels of results you will have access to check what level of Coaching you had on that specific process

COACHING LEVELThe Coaching Level that you have delivered is always proportional to your lowest result Even if you have three axes at level 3 and have only one at a level 2 Coaching has been 20 This is valuable information to you as a Coach because it gives you an idea of axes that are easier for you to work and others that you may have to further strengthen

Level 4 Coaching is something that is not achieved with all clients There must be a great empathy and rapport as well as a mastery on the Coaching technique that has been taught in the training course and presented in this manual

Gulica ego catia caperum dem inem cus Fortes et L Nos et grae avehem Romnit acto egeris cis sultod pratum voltum iam hos ublius hactam atemus essede con vas optilis factor aus nem ad cae estil hos me patus re verisse inatuus

Udam deperfecrem nermis etraed me int ela remulibut rem loctusquo cum mus auciem vivehem uresull emquissent eti primperescit ina que ia consiss entium pulerit con vendam morei sentes inatil vit ia quam mus licaudemus factem dum eo ura ex muro nenit quo vilnes-tium Catimportus pati postalarit vis coena fui sa consu consceribus Satquid ertienatus contere essimis ut vis aus iliciam quo in dissimis Ra num deatiqua vere con sentius et in spio pes Tiaetin videlisquam mus viliam que conum is larbit etora notimolto nos et duc omnimus opublicae convo C Nos vivica Catus hos vivas aurnihil hui terfint imorter labus hostam res inequod nerem tabute telieni hilicaessil ven-tem nonsulis

Berteropubit diisquium iteriti emprit teludam hilicid erfentiur tem huis

Hum pro vidiusquem paterevid sedis factatu rnihilla rem publicave Ca-terev irissoltis re aurei pere anum teluder ficepse essercem octuusque mis tum inam pra vivid rei condamdiis hacies Ipio verei sendamdis

TOOLS amp TECHNIQUES

X TOOLS AND TECHNIQUES

If you master well the model of the four Rrsquos for us you already are a fantastic Coach If you can master some stars too itrsquos even better But if you master the model you know how to do Coaching But now letrsquos go to the small stars The idea is not that you try to use all the stars at the same time Choose the two or three that you like best and train those first

POSITIVE FEEDBACKProvide as much positive feedback as you can to your client Take every opportunity you have to do it A Coach is the type of mirror that only says good things about her client Please turn yourself into some-one who is always valorizing every small steps that your client takes

FEEDBACK HAMBURGERYou say something positive then you say something negative then you say something positive again The two positive feedbacks have to be VERY VERY good For instance ldquoI have been feeling that you are very committed to your Coaching process We just need to start paying more attention to our homework even because I feel that you are a person who likes to challenge yourself and that really wants to go further ldquo

RESSIGNIFICATION Ressignificating is finding another meaning still more empowering but that changes everything EgrdquoI didnrsquot do my homework I failedrdquo Coach ldquoWow That means that you are a demanding and committed personrdquo ldquoIrsquom lazyrdquo

102

103

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

ldquoDoes that means you like to enjoy the pleasures of liferdquo

REFRAMINGIt is much like ressignification Itrsquos the name that is used in NLP (Neuro--Linguistic Programming) You take the information that was been gi-ven to you in a frame and you put it in a new one

PREFRAMINGIf ressignification has to do with changing the meaning after it has been given preframing has to do with giving a meaning to something before we have explained what it is It is a widely used technique to anticipate objections that might distract us from our ultimate goal Then we do preframing we previously give the meaning that we want the person to give afterwards Example

ldquoCan I show you my point of view Itrsquos something different but Irsquove seen that it works with many people and it has been helping a lot to change our behavior to healthier habits Itrsquos something innovative and different but highly successful Can I tell you my ideardquo You create a frame before placing the information in there

POSTFRAMINGFirst you give the information and then you put it in a frame Eg ldquoFolks today we have an exam (the low energy level) but thatrsquos what this course is about to be the best Coach to go furtherrdquo

ldquoFROM 0 TO 10 rdquo To give examples ldquoI think Irsquoll read a bookrdquo Coach ldquoFrom 0-10 how much do you think you will accomplish that goalrdquo

TRANSFORMING ldquoORrdquo IN ldquoANDrdquoHelp the client to find an alternative solution to integrate paradoxes to

find a third way

VULNERABILIZATIONFind out things about you that are not working and put them at the clientrsquos service That makes you human and you are validating your client in the case she feels the same She does some things better than you and has some of the same challenges

ASSOCIATION AND DISSOCIATIONThese two terms are often used in NLP (Neuro-linguistic Program-ming) and are used in various ways Association means that an indi-vidual describes a situation as if it was happening and he was partici-pating on it As the name indicates he is associated with it He is still seeing himself going through the situation and feels the emotions that he would feel if he was really living it

Dissociation means that an individual can already tell that experience as if he was watching a movie in which he took part but already dis-sociated from it He is more in an observer role That allows him a big-ger emotional objectivity Even if he feels the emotions they are more about the experience itself and not so much about him as a participant

When we want to help our customers to overcome some emotionally more challenging situations it can make a huge difference to have them to dissociate from those situations Thatrsquos how they can gain greater objectivity and clarity and at the same time they get more mo-tivated to take their first steps

METAPHORSThe most important here is that you use the metaphors of your client Use her world whenever it is possible It will help a lot more to inter-nalize and memorize the information Help your client to create her metaphors Eg ldquoSometimes we fall into holes that are so big that you canrsquot get out of them alonerdquo ldquoLearning to forgive someone is like dri-ving one step at a timerdquo

TOOLS amp TECHNIQUES

104

105

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

LANGUAGE OF A COACH 3 HOW TO INTERRUPT at the first session it must be defined if

the Coach can interrupt the client when she deviates from the focus If yoursquore going to interrupt your client you must always do it with a question You can also take note of something that has nothing to do with the subject you are talking about but it seems important So we can talk about it in the next session You can ask the client if she liked to talk about it

3 ldquoDOES IT MAKES SENSE FOR YOUrdquo If she says NO ldquoSo tell merdquo if she says YES ldquocan you tell me howrdquo

3 ldquoMY HALLUCINATION is rdquo Being very unconditional Any opi-nion is a good opinion The Coach realyy doesnrsquot know The word hallucination implies that what yoursquore saying may be ab-solutely wrong

3 ldquoWHAT WOULD LOVE DO NOWrdquo Be careful with the rapport level you have with your client It is a very good question when it concerns relational issues

3 ldquoHOW WOULD IT BE IFrdquo Very good to overcome objections ldquohow would it be if you had timerdquo ldquohow would it be if you had moneyrdquo ldquohow would it be if you had self-confidencerdquo

3 ldquoWHAT IF rdquo Fantastic to destroy any obstacle that your client brings Some examples ldquoAnd what if you couldrdquo ldquoWhy notrdquo ldquoWhat if nobody would knowrdquo ldquoWhat if you had moneyrdquo ldquoI know you donrsquot but what if you knew what would you sayrdquo

3 GENERAL TIP BE COOL You really must have a cool and rela-xed attitude You really donrsquot know what would be best for your client so be really unconditional

THE COACHING ETHICS

XI THE COACHING ETHICS

There are six ethic rules in Coaching but with no doubt the first is the most important

CONFIDENTIALITY Coaching sessions must be given the utmost con-fidentiality There are no legal rules as in Therapy (like not having fa-mily as clients) but you always have to respect confidentiality When you do Coaching in a company and you must give feedback to their manager your clients must know it If necessary you can discuss the case with a mentor but always without mentioning the name of your client You can discuss the cases but without any names

CLIENTrsquoS AUTONOMY Coaching is all about autonomy and sustaina-bility You need your client to get results not that she needs you You should think ldquoif I change country how would my clients berdquo

CAREFUL WITH PROJECTIONS We all project aspects that we re-press in ourselves All currents in psychology agree that there is pro-jection When I look to someone else what I see is whatrsquos inside of me (strengths and weaknesses) Thatrsquos why some see one thing and others see another As a Coach you must be very attentive to projections You should not do it with your client and for that you must work on your roots If something bothers you that says more about you than about your client Itrsquos not just a technical issue of respecting others map-of--the-world It is an ethical issue

CREDIBILITY Of course you can use other different tools in your ses-sions but you should be able to do so Using things on which yoursquore not certified is breaking ethics Try to be congruent and integrate Being a corporate or a sales Coach without being an expert about those mat-ters is not ethical

106

107

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING THE FIRST SESSION IN PRATICE

CONTRACT IS CONTRACT The financial commitment you assume with your client is always the same as long as she is your client The same in what respects sessions frequency You should always ask permission to your client when you want to change the frequency of the sessions For WeCreate the value you charge to your client must be the same forever It is part of our gratitude towards our client

SELF-COACHING The Coach must be an example of Self-Coaching or she should have a Coach You really have to do ROSA once a year at least and use all these tools in a weekly basis Make sure that you are also an example of achieving your own dreams

XII THE FIRST SESSION

IN PRACTICEIt is normal that the first session is a bit longer (90min) Your focus is to build RAPPORT Here is an example of a few steps for your first session You can have a few more or less of these steps but this is the general idea

STEP 1 Memorize these steps so that you will not have to use this manual

STEP 2 (Partnership) Organize the working space have everything prepared adequated clothes etc

STEP 3 (Presence) Prepare to be fully present by meditating or by being a few minutes in silence

STEP 4 (Posture and words) Build rapport have a few minutes of casual positive and neutral conversation to break the ice For example the weather the clientrsquos favourite team foot-ball match etc

STEP 5 At this stage you will also try to collect information about the client Several aspects of her life and trying to deter-mine clientrsquos expectations regarding the Coaching process You will be attentive about the metaphors and about what is really important to her Yoursquoll need it to explain what Co-aching is in her words

STEP 6 Explain what Coaching is using the clientrsquos words and the references she gave us Example letrsquos imagine that boxing was something that the client liked and we want to explain

108

109

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING THE LAST SESSION

Coaching through boxing ldquoCoaching is like boxing It invol-ves a lot of training to succeed in getting results but ins-tead of having an external enemy we are fighting against ourselvesrdquo

STEP 7 Inviting the client to do an exercise we pick six pens (three of each color) We ask her to tell us three things that are going well in her life and we explore each area a bit Then we ask ldquoamong those areas which one is running really wellrdquo Then we ask for three things that are not going so well and explore a bit

STEP 8 Asking the client which 3 goals she would like to accom-plish by the end of the Coaching process that would make it worth the investment (as measurable as possible)

STEP 9 Establishing verbal contract and selling the idea of coa-ching (even if the sessions pack is already closed) Now we talk about the practical issues sessions frequency ses-sions length interrupting the client first session a bit lon-ger confidentiality guarantee If you feel comfortable you can talk about costs and forms of payment

STEP 10 ldquoCan we start our session talking about what brought you here How can I helprdquo

STEP 11 Talking a bit about the Clientrsquos reality and introducing the Pizza of Life The client draws herrsquos We will go on explai-ning the pizza and its different slices (very briefly not to influence) Some clients like to do it lsquoalonersquo others like to go on talking as they fill the slices

STEP 12 From then on you make ROSA 10

STEP 13 You end up the session You can share ROSA methodology with your client (if you think shersquod like it) and ending with positive feedback You can also ask the client how did she feel You can also ask her to choose an object and summa-rize the session You will also be doing some preframing by stating that Coaching is about action and homeworks

XIII THE LAST SESSION

A coaching process has a follow-up We can work with individual ses-sions or with a pack It is important to inform your clients that Coaching is a continuous process and not a process with miraculous results in the first session Hence it is like doing workout where it is difficult to get results if we go to the gym only once

You can work with packs of sessions (5 or 10) and we would like to give you some tips on what you should ensure it gets done in your last coaching session with someone you have been working with

FUTURE It is important to ensure that the client will continue taking steps in the future even not having sessions anymore or your presence In this session you should spend some time helping her in creating an action plan about the next steps she wants to go on taking in that area You can also take the opportunity to do a small summary of everything that you both worked in so that there is a notion of the progress made and the results achieved Ensures that your client completed that process and be sure about the next steps for her future Help her in crea-ting a good action plan

HABITS You can also ask your client which would be the daily or weekly habits that she would like more to integrate into her routine

POSITIVE FEEDBACK This is also the perfect time to give positive fe-edback to your client (despite being a constant throughout the sessions) Show her the progress she has made throughout the sessions and help her to realize all the positive things she has achieved

111

110

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

PERSONAL DEVELOPMENT We must ensure that our client conti-nues its personal development process and knows or tries new approaches Coaching is just one part of a wide range of options that are now ahead of her Encourage her to con-tinue that journey to read new books to try other trainings and workshops other different and complementary ways of approaching personal development

KEEPING CONTACT You can develop some form of contact with your old clients Email telephone facebook etc Remember to con-tinue sending her information about coaching or other matters you find important It is a way to ensure that your client will continue ldquoawakedrdquo for this subject

Thank you for being part of this project

Daniel Saacute Nogueira and Marta Ferreira

Page 50: WeCreate International Coaching Certification Manual

100

101

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

You can make this model with your client on the last session you have together You can also make a self-assessment to compare with it When you measure these four levels of results you will have access to check what level of Coaching you had on that specific process

COACHING LEVELThe Coaching Level that you have delivered is always proportional to your lowest result Even if you have three axes at level 3 and have only one at a level 2 Coaching has been 20 This is valuable information to you as a Coach because it gives you an idea of axes that are easier for you to work and others that you may have to further strengthen

Level 4 Coaching is something that is not achieved with all clients There must be a great empathy and rapport as well as a mastery on the Coaching technique that has been taught in the training course and presented in this manual

Gulica ego catia caperum dem inem cus Fortes et L Nos et grae avehem Romnit acto egeris cis sultod pratum voltum iam hos ublius hactam atemus essede con vas optilis factor aus nem ad cae estil hos me patus re verisse inatuus

Udam deperfecrem nermis etraed me int ela remulibut rem loctusquo cum mus auciem vivehem uresull emquissent eti primperescit ina que ia consiss entium pulerit con vendam morei sentes inatil vit ia quam mus licaudemus factem dum eo ura ex muro nenit quo vilnes-tium Catimportus pati postalarit vis coena fui sa consu consceribus Satquid ertienatus contere essimis ut vis aus iliciam quo in dissimis Ra num deatiqua vere con sentius et in spio pes Tiaetin videlisquam mus viliam que conum is larbit etora notimolto nos et duc omnimus opublicae convo C Nos vivica Catus hos vivas aurnihil hui terfint imorter labus hostam res inequod nerem tabute telieni hilicaessil ven-tem nonsulis

Berteropubit diisquium iteriti emprit teludam hilicid erfentiur tem huis

Hum pro vidiusquem paterevid sedis factatu rnihilla rem publicave Ca-terev irissoltis re aurei pere anum teluder ficepse essercem octuusque mis tum inam pra vivid rei condamdiis hacies Ipio verei sendamdis

TOOLS amp TECHNIQUES

X TOOLS AND TECHNIQUES

If you master well the model of the four Rrsquos for us you already are a fantastic Coach If you can master some stars too itrsquos even better But if you master the model you know how to do Coaching But now letrsquos go to the small stars The idea is not that you try to use all the stars at the same time Choose the two or three that you like best and train those first

POSITIVE FEEDBACKProvide as much positive feedback as you can to your client Take every opportunity you have to do it A Coach is the type of mirror that only says good things about her client Please turn yourself into some-one who is always valorizing every small steps that your client takes

FEEDBACK HAMBURGERYou say something positive then you say something negative then you say something positive again The two positive feedbacks have to be VERY VERY good For instance ldquoI have been feeling that you are very committed to your Coaching process We just need to start paying more attention to our homework even because I feel that you are a person who likes to challenge yourself and that really wants to go further ldquo

RESSIGNIFICATION Ressignificating is finding another meaning still more empowering but that changes everything EgrdquoI didnrsquot do my homework I failedrdquo Coach ldquoWow That means that you are a demanding and committed personrdquo ldquoIrsquom lazyrdquo

102

103

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

ldquoDoes that means you like to enjoy the pleasures of liferdquo

REFRAMINGIt is much like ressignification Itrsquos the name that is used in NLP (Neuro--Linguistic Programming) You take the information that was been gi-ven to you in a frame and you put it in a new one

PREFRAMINGIf ressignification has to do with changing the meaning after it has been given preframing has to do with giving a meaning to something before we have explained what it is It is a widely used technique to anticipate objections that might distract us from our ultimate goal Then we do preframing we previously give the meaning that we want the person to give afterwards Example

ldquoCan I show you my point of view Itrsquos something different but Irsquove seen that it works with many people and it has been helping a lot to change our behavior to healthier habits Itrsquos something innovative and different but highly successful Can I tell you my ideardquo You create a frame before placing the information in there

POSTFRAMINGFirst you give the information and then you put it in a frame Eg ldquoFolks today we have an exam (the low energy level) but thatrsquos what this course is about to be the best Coach to go furtherrdquo

ldquoFROM 0 TO 10 rdquo To give examples ldquoI think Irsquoll read a bookrdquo Coach ldquoFrom 0-10 how much do you think you will accomplish that goalrdquo

TRANSFORMING ldquoORrdquo IN ldquoANDrdquoHelp the client to find an alternative solution to integrate paradoxes to

find a third way

VULNERABILIZATIONFind out things about you that are not working and put them at the clientrsquos service That makes you human and you are validating your client in the case she feels the same She does some things better than you and has some of the same challenges

ASSOCIATION AND DISSOCIATIONThese two terms are often used in NLP (Neuro-linguistic Program-ming) and are used in various ways Association means that an indi-vidual describes a situation as if it was happening and he was partici-pating on it As the name indicates he is associated with it He is still seeing himself going through the situation and feels the emotions that he would feel if he was really living it

Dissociation means that an individual can already tell that experience as if he was watching a movie in which he took part but already dis-sociated from it He is more in an observer role That allows him a big-ger emotional objectivity Even if he feels the emotions they are more about the experience itself and not so much about him as a participant

When we want to help our customers to overcome some emotionally more challenging situations it can make a huge difference to have them to dissociate from those situations Thatrsquos how they can gain greater objectivity and clarity and at the same time they get more mo-tivated to take their first steps

METAPHORSThe most important here is that you use the metaphors of your client Use her world whenever it is possible It will help a lot more to inter-nalize and memorize the information Help your client to create her metaphors Eg ldquoSometimes we fall into holes that are so big that you canrsquot get out of them alonerdquo ldquoLearning to forgive someone is like dri-ving one step at a timerdquo

TOOLS amp TECHNIQUES

104

105

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

LANGUAGE OF A COACH 3 HOW TO INTERRUPT at the first session it must be defined if

the Coach can interrupt the client when she deviates from the focus If yoursquore going to interrupt your client you must always do it with a question You can also take note of something that has nothing to do with the subject you are talking about but it seems important So we can talk about it in the next session You can ask the client if she liked to talk about it

3 ldquoDOES IT MAKES SENSE FOR YOUrdquo If she says NO ldquoSo tell merdquo if she says YES ldquocan you tell me howrdquo

3 ldquoMY HALLUCINATION is rdquo Being very unconditional Any opi-nion is a good opinion The Coach realyy doesnrsquot know The word hallucination implies that what yoursquore saying may be ab-solutely wrong

3 ldquoWHAT WOULD LOVE DO NOWrdquo Be careful with the rapport level you have with your client It is a very good question when it concerns relational issues

3 ldquoHOW WOULD IT BE IFrdquo Very good to overcome objections ldquohow would it be if you had timerdquo ldquohow would it be if you had moneyrdquo ldquohow would it be if you had self-confidencerdquo

3 ldquoWHAT IF rdquo Fantastic to destroy any obstacle that your client brings Some examples ldquoAnd what if you couldrdquo ldquoWhy notrdquo ldquoWhat if nobody would knowrdquo ldquoWhat if you had moneyrdquo ldquoI know you donrsquot but what if you knew what would you sayrdquo

3 GENERAL TIP BE COOL You really must have a cool and rela-xed attitude You really donrsquot know what would be best for your client so be really unconditional

THE COACHING ETHICS

XI THE COACHING ETHICS

There are six ethic rules in Coaching but with no doubt the first is the most important

CONFIDENTIALITY Coaching sessions must be given the utmost con-fidentiality There are no legal rules as in Therapy (like not having fa-mily as clients) but you always have to respect confidentiality When you do Coaching in a company and you must give feedback to their manager your clients must know it If necessary you can discuss the case with a mentor but always without mentioning the name of your client You can discuss the cases but without any names

CLIENTrsquoS AUTONOMY Coaching is all about autonomy and sustaina-bility You need your client to get results not that she needs you You should think ldquoif I change country how would my clients berdquo

CAREFUL WITH PROJECTIONS We all project aspects that we re-press in ourselves All currents in psychology agree that there is pro-jection When I look to someone else what I see is whatrsquos inside of me (strengths and weaknesses) Thatrsquos why some see one thing and others see another As a Coach you must be very attentive to projections You should not do it with your client and for that you must work on your roots If something bothers you that says more about you than about your client Itrsquos not just a technical issue of respecting others map-of--the-world It is an ethical issue

CREDIBILITY Of course you can use other different tools in your ses-sions but you should be able to do so Using things on which yoursquore not certified is breaking ethics Try to be congruent and integrate Being a corporate or a sales Coach without being an expert about those mat-ters is not ethical

106

107

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING THE FIRST SESSION IN PRATICE

CONTRACT IS CONTRACT The financial commitment you assume with your client is always the same as long as she is your client The same in what respects sessions frequency You should always ask permission to your client when you want to change the frequency of the sessions For WeCreate the value you charge to your client must be the same forever It is part of our gratitude towards our client

SELF-COACHING The Coach must be an example of Self-Coaching or she should have a Coach You really have to do ROSA once a year at least and use all these tools in a weekly basis Make sure that you are also an example of achieving your own dreams

XII THE FIRST SESSION

IN PRACTICEIt is normal that the first session is a bit longer (90min) Your focus is to build RAPPORT Here is an example of a few steps for your first session You can have a few more or less of these steps but this is the general idea

STEP 1 Memorize these steps so that you will not have to use this manual

STEP 2 (Partnership) Organize the working space have everything prepared adequated clothes etc

STEP 3 (Presence) Prepare to be fully present by meditating or by being a few minutes in silence

STEP 4 (Posture and words) Build rapport have a few minutes of casual positive and neutral conversation to break the ice For example the weather the clientrsquos favourite team foot-ball match etc

STEP 5 At this stage you will also try to collect information about the client Several aspects of her life and trying to deter-mine clientrsquos expectations regarding the Coaching process You will be attentive about the metaphors and about what is really important to her Yoursquoll need it to explain what Co-aching is in her words

STEP 6 Explain what Coaching is using the clientrsquos words and the references she gave us Example letrsquos imagine that boxing was something that the client liked and we want to explain

108

109

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING THE LAST SESSION

Coaching through boxing ldquoCoaching is like boxing It invol-ves a lot of training to succeed in getting results but ins-tead of having an external enemy we are fighting against ourselvesrdquo

STEP 7 Inviting the client to do an exercise we pick six pens (three of each color) We ask her to tell us three things that are going well in her life and we explore each area a bit Then we ask ldquoamong those areas which one is running really wellrdquo Then we ask for three things that are not going so well and explore a bit

STEP 8 Asking the client which 3 goals she would like to accom-plish by the end of the Coaching process that would make it worth the investment (as measurable as possible)

STEP 9 Establishing verbal contract and selling the idea of coa-ching (even if the sessions pack is already closed) Now we talk about the practical issues sessions frequency ses-sions length interrupting the client first session a bit lon-ger confidentiality guarantee If you feel comfortable you can talk about costs and forms of payment

STEP 10 ldquoCan we start our session talking about what brought you here How can I helprdquo

STEP 11 Talking a bit about the Clientrsquos reality and introducing the Pizza of Life The client draws herrsquos We will go on explai-ning the pizza and its different slices (very briefly not to influence) Some clients like to do it lsquoalonersquo others like to go on talking as they fill the slices

STEP 12 From then on you make ROSA 10

STEP 13 You end up the session You can share ROSA methodology with your client (if you think shersquod like it) and ending with positive feedback You can also ask the client how did she feel You can also ask her to choose an object and summa-rize the session You will also be doing some preframing by stating that Coaching is about action and homeworks

XIII THE LAST SESSION

A coaching process has a follow-up We can work with individual ses-sions or with a pack It is important to inform your clients that Coaching is a continuous process and not a process with miraculous results in the first session Hence it is like doing workout where it is difficult to get results if we go to the gym only once

You can work with packs of sessions (5 or 10) and we would like to give you some tips on what you should ensure it gets done in your last coaching session with someone you have been working with

FUTURE It is important to ensure that the client will continue taking steps in the future even not having sessions anymore or your presence In this session you should spend some time helping her in creating an action plan about the next steps she wants to go on taking in that area You can also take the opportunity to do a small summary of everything that you both worked in so that there is a notion of the progress made and the results achieved Ensures that your client completed that process and be sure about the next steps for her future Help her in crea-ting a good action plan

HABITS You can also ask your client which would be the daily or weekly habits that she would like more to integrate into her routine

POSITIVE FEEDBACK This is also the perfect time to give positive fe-edback to your client (despite being a constant throughout the sessions) Show her the progress she has made throughout the sessions and help her to realize all the positive things she has achieved

111

110

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

PERSONAL DEVELOPMENT We must ensure that our client conti-nues its personal development process and knows or tries new approaches Coaching is just one part of a wide range of options that are now ahead of her Encourage her to con-tinue that journey to read new books to try other trainings and workshops other different and complementary ways of approaching personal development

KEEPING CONTACT You can develop some form of contact with your old clients Email telephone facebook etc Remember to con-tinue sending her information about coaching or other matters you find important It is a way to ensure that your client will continue ldquoawakedrdquo for this subject

Thank you for being part of this project

Daniel Saacute Nogueira and Marta Ferreira

Page 51: WeCreate International Coaching Certification Manual

102

103

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

ldquoDoes that means you like to enjoy the pleasures of liferdquo

REFRAMINGIt is much like ressignification Itrsquos the name that is used in NLP (Neuro--Linguistic Programming) You take the information that was been gi-ven to you in a frame and you put it in a new one

PREFRAMINGIf ressignification has to do with changing the meaning after it has been given preframing has to do with giving a meaning to something before we have explained what it is It is a widely used technique to anticipate objections that might distract us from our ultimate goal Then we do preframing we previously give the meaning that we want the person to give afterwards Example

ldquoCan I show you my point of view Itrsquos something different but Irsquove seen that it works with many people and it has been helping a lot to change our behavior to healthier habits Itrsquos something innovative and different but highly successful Can I tell you my ideardquo You create a frame before placing the information in there

POSTFRAMINGFirst you give the information and then you put it in a frame Eg ldquoFolks today we have an exam (the low energy level) but thatrsquos what this course is about to be the best Coach to go furtherrdquo

ldquoFROM 0 TO 10 rdquo To give examples ldquoI think Irsquoll read a bookrdquo Coach ldquoFrom 0-10 how much do you think you will accomplish that goalrdquo

TRANSFORMING ldquoORrdquo IN ldquoANDrdquoHelp the client to find an alternative solution to integrate paradoxes to

find a third way

VULNERABILIZATIONFind out things about you that are not working and put them at the clientrsquos service That makes you human and you are validating your client in the case she feels the same She does some things better than you and has some of the same challenges

ASSOCIATION AND DISSOCIATIONThese two terms are often used in NLP (Neuro-linguistic Program-ming) and are used in various ways Association means that an indi-vidual describes a situation as if it was happening and he was partici-pating on it As the name indicates he is associated with it He is still seeing himself going through the situation and feels the emotions that he would feel if he was really living it

Dissociation means that an individual can already tell that experience as if he was watching a movie in which he took part but already dis-sociated from it He is more in an observer role That allows him a big-ger emotional objectivity Even if he feels the emotions they are more about the experience itself and not so much about him as a participant

When we want to help our customers to overcome some emotionally more challenging situations it can make a huge difference to have them to dissociate from those situations Thatrsquos how they can gain greater objectivity and clarity and at the same time they get more mo-tivated to take their first steps

METAPHORSThe most important here is that you use the metaphors of your client Use her world whenever it is possible It will help a lot more to inter-nalize and memorize the information Help your client to create her metaphors Eg ldquoSometimes we fall into holes that are so big that you canrsquot get out of them alonerdquo ldquoLearning to forgive someone is like dri-ving one step at a timerdquo

TOOLS amp TECHNIQUES

104

105

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

LANGUAGE OF A COACH 3 HOW TO INTERRUPT at the first session it must be defined if

the Coach can interrupt the client when she deviates from the focus If yoursquore going to interrupt your client you must always do it with a question You can also take note of something that has nothing to do with the subject you are talking about but it seems important So we can talk about it in the next session You can ask the client if she liked to talk about it

3 ldquoDOES IT MAKES SENSE FOR YOUrdquo If she says NO ldquoSo tell merdquo if she says YES ldquocan you tell me howrdquo

3 ldquoMY HALLUCINATION is rdquo Being very unconditional Any opi-nion is a good opinion The Coach realyy doesnrsquot know The word hallucination implies that what yoursquore saying may be ab-solutely wrong

3 ldquoWHAT WOULD LOVE DO NOWrdquo Be careful with the rapport level you have with your client It is a very good question when it concerns relational issues

3 ldquoHOW WOULD IT BE IFrdquo Very good to overcome objections ldquohow would it be if you had timerdquo ldquohow would it be if you had moneyrdquo ldquohow would it be if you had self-confidencerdquo

3 ldquoWHAT IF rdquo Fantastic to destroy any obstacle that your client brings Some examples ldquoAnd what if you couldrdquo ldquoWhy notrdquo ldquoWhat if nobody would knowrdquo ldquoWhat if you had moneyrdquo ldquoI know you donrsquot but what if you knew what would you sayrdquo

3 GENERAL TIP BE COOL You really must have a cool and rela-xed attitude You really donrsquot know what would be best for your client so be really unconditional

THE COACHING ETHICS

XI THE COACHING ETHICS

There are six ethic rules in Coaching but with no doubt the first is the most important

CONFIDENTIALITY Coaching sessions must be given the utmost con-fidentiality There are no legal rules as in Therapy (like not having fa-mily as clients) but you always have to respect confidentiality When you do Coaching in a company and you must give feedback to their manager your clients must know it If necessary you can discuss the case with a mentor but always without mentioning the name of your client You can discuss the cases but without any names

CLIENTrsquoS AUTONOMY Coaching is all about autonomy and sustaina-bility You need your client to get results not that she needs you You should think ldquoif I change country how would my clients berdquo

CAREFUL WITH PROJECTIONS We all project aspects that we re-press in ourselves All currents in psychology agree that there is pro-jection When I look to someone else what I see is whatrsquos inside of me (strengths and weaknesses) Thatrsquos why some see one thing and others see another As a Coach you must be very attentive to projections You should not do it with your client and for that you must work on your roots If something bothers you that says more about you than about your client Itrsquos not just a technical issue of respecting others map-of--the-world It is an ethical issue

CREDIBILITY Of course you can use other different tools in your ses-sions but you should be able to do so Using things on which yoursquore not certified is breaking ethics Try to be congruent and integrate Being a corporate or a sales Coach without being an expert about those mat-ters is not ethical

106

107

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING THE FIRST SESSION IN PRATICE

CONTRACT IS CONTRACT The financial commitment you assume with your client is always the same as long as she is your client The same in what respects sessions frequency You should always ask permission to your client when you want to change the frequency of the sessions For WeCreate the value you charge to your client must be the same forever It is part of our gratitude towards our client

SELF-COACHING The Coach must be an example of Self-Coaching or she should have a Coach You really have to do ROSA once a year at least and use all these tools in a weekly basis Make sure that you are also an example of achieving your own dreams

XII THE FIRST SESSION

IN PRACTICEIt is normal that the first session is a bit longer (90min) Your focus is to build RAPPORT Here is an example of a few steps for your first session You can have a few more or less of these steps but this is the general idea

STEP 1 Memorize these steps so that you will not have to use this manual

STEP 2 (Partnership) Organize the working space have everything prepared adequated clothes etc

STEP 3 (Presence) Prepare to be fully present by meditating or by being a few minutes in silence

STEP 4 (Posture and words) Build rapport have a few minutes of casual positive and neutral conversation to break the ice For example the weather the clientrsquos favourite team foot-ball match etc

STEP 5 At this stage you will also try to collect information about the client Several aspects of her life and trying to deter-mine clientrsquos expectations regarding the Coaching process You will be attentive about the metaphors and about what is really important to her Yoursquoll need it to explain what Co-aching is in her words

STEP 6 Explain what Coaching is using the clientrsquos words and the references she gave us Example letrsquos imagine that boxing was something that the client liked and we want to explain

108

109

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING THE LAST SESSION

Coaching through boxing ldquoCoaching is like boxing It invol-ves a lot of training to succeed in getting results but ins-tead of having an external enemy we are fighting against ourselvesrdquo

STEP 7 Inviting the client to do an exercise we pick six pens (three of each color) We ask her to tell us three things that are going well in her life and we explore each area a bit Then we ask ldquoamong those areas which one is running really wellrdquo Then we ask for three things that are not going so well and explore a bit

STEP 8 Asking the client which 3 goals she would like to accom-plish by the end of the Coaching process that would make it worth the investment (as measurable as possible)

STEP 9 Establishing verbal contract and selling the idea of coa-ching (even if the sessions pack is already closed) Now we talk about the practical issues sessions frequency ses-sions length interrupting the client first session a bit lon-ger confidentiality guarantee If you feel comfortable you can talk about costs and forms of payment

STEP 10 ldquoCan we start our session talking about what brought you here How can I helprdquo

STEP 11 Talking a bit about the Clientrsquos reality and introducing the Pizza of Life The client draws herrsquos We will go on explai-ning the pizza and its different slices (very briefly not to influence) Some clients like to do it lsquoalonersquo others like to go on talking as they fill the slices

STEP 12 From then on you make ROSA 10

STEP 13 You end up the session You can share ROSA methodology with your client (if you think shersquod like it) and ending with positive feedback You can also ask the client how did she feel You can also ask her to choose an object and summa-rize the session You will also be doing some preframing by stating that Coaching is about action and homeworks

XIII THE LAST SESSION

A coaching process has a follow-up We can work with individual ses-sions or with a pack It is important to inform your clients that Coaching is a continuous process and not a process with miraculous results in the first session Hence it is like doing workout where it is difficult to get results if we go to the gym only once

You can work with packs of sessions (5 or 10) and we would like to give you some tips on what you should ensure it gets done in your last coaching session with someone you have been working with

FUTURE It is important to ensure that the client will continue taking steps in the future even not having sessions anymore or your presence In this session you should spend some time helping her in creating an action plan about the next steps she wants to go on taking in that area You can also take the opportunity to do a small summary of everything that you both worked in so that there is a notion of the progress made and the results achieved Ensures that your client completed that process and be sure about the next steps for her future Help her in crea-ting a good action plan

HABITS You can also ask your client which would be the daily or weekly habits that she would like more to integrate into her routine

POSITIVE FEEDBACK This is also the perfect time to give positive fe-edback to your client (despite being a constant throughout the sessions) Show her the progress she has made throughout the sessions and help her to realize all the positive things she has achieved

111

110

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

PERSONAL DEVELOPMENT We must ensure that our client conti-nues its personal development process and knows or tries new approaches Coaching is just one part of a wide range of options that are now ahead of her Encourage her to con-tinue that journey to read new books to try other trainings and workshops other different and complementary ways of approaching personal development

KEEPING CONTACT You can develop some form of contact with your old clients Email telephone facebook etc Remember to con-tinue sending her information about coaching or other matters you find important It is a way to ensure that your client will continue ldquoawakedrdquo for this subject

Thank you for being part of this project

Daniel Saacute Nogueira and Marta Ferreira

Page 52: WeCreate International Coaching Certification Manual

104

105

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

LANGUAGE OF A COACH 3 HOW TO INTERRUPT at the first session it must be defined if

the Coach can interrupt the client when she deviates from the focus If yoursquore going to interrupt your client you must always do it with a question You can also take note of something that has nothing to do with the subject you are talking about but it seems important So we can talk about it in the next session You can ask the client if she liked to talk about it

3 ldquoDOES IT MAKES SENSE FOR YOUrdquo If she says NO ldquoSo tell merdquo if she says YES ldquocan you tell me howrdquo

3 ldquoMY HALLUCINATION is rdquo Being very unconditional Any opi-nion is a good opinion The Coach realyy doesnrsquot know The word hallucination implies that what yoursquore saying may be ab-solutely wrong

3 ldquoWHAT WOULD LOVE DO NOWrdquo Be careful with the rapport level you have with your client It is a very good question when it concerns relational issues

3 ldquoHOW WOULD IT BE IFrdquo Very good to overcome objections ldquohow would it be if you had timerdquo ldquohow would it be if you had moneyrdquo ldquohow would it be if you had self-confidencerdquo

3 ldquoWHAT IF rdquo Fantastic to destroy any obstacle that your client brings Some examples ldquoAnd what if you couldrdquo ldquoWhy notrdquo ldquoWhat if nobody would knowrdquo ldquoWhat if you had moneyrdquo ldquoI know you donrsquot but what if you knew what would you sayrdquo

3 GENERAL TIP BE COOL You really must have a cool and rela-xed attitude You really donrsquot know what would be best for your client so be really unconditional

THE COACHING ETHICS

XI THE COACHING ETHICS

There are six ethic rules in Coaching but with no doubt the first is the most important

CONFIDENTIALITY Coaching sessions must be given the utmost con-fidentiality There are no legal rules as in Therapy (like not having fa-mily as clients) but you always have to respect confidentiality When you do Coaching in a company and you must give feedback to their manager your clients must know it If necessary you can discuss the case with a mentor but always without mentioning the name of your client You can discuss the cases but without any names

CLIENTrsquoS AUTONOMY Coaching is all about autonomy and sustaina-bility You need your client to get results not that she needs you You should think ldquoif I change country how would my clients berdquo

CAREFUL WITH PROJECTIONS We all project aspects that we re-press in ourselves All currents in psychology agree that there is pro-jection When I look to someone else what I see is whatrsquos inside of me (strengths and weaknesses) Thatrsquos why some see one thing and others see another As a Coach you must be very attentive to projections You should not do it with your client and for that you must work on your roots If something bothers you that says more about you than about your client Itrsquos not just a technical issue of respecting others map-of--the-world It is an ethical issue

CREDIBILITY Of course you can use other different tools in your ses-sions but you should be able to do so Using things on which yoursquore not certified is breaking ethics Try to be congruent and integrate Being a corporate or a sales Coach without being an expert about those mat-ters is not ethical

106

107

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING THE FIRST SESSION IN PRATICE

CONTRACT IS CONTRACT The financial commitment you assume with your client is always the same as long as she is your client The same in what respects sessions frequency You should always ask permission to your client when you want to change the frequency of the sessions For WeCreate the value you charge to your client must be the same forever It is part of our gratitude towards our client

SELF-COACHING The Coach must be an example of Self-Coaching or she should have a Coach You really have to do ROSA once a year at least and use all these tools in a weekly basis Make sure that you are also an example of achieving your own dreams

XII THE FIRST SESSION

IN PRACTICEIt is normal that the first session is a bit longer (90min) Your focus is to build RAPPORT Here is an example of a few steps for your first session You can have a few more or less of these steps but this is the general idea

STEP 1 Memorize these steps so that you will not have to use this manual

STEP 2 (Partnership) Organize the working space have everything prepared adequated clothes etc

STEP 3 (Presence) Prepare to be fully present by meditating or by being a few minutes in silence

STEP 4 (Posture and words) Build rapport have a few minutes of casual positive and neutral conversation to break the ice For example the weather the clientrsquos favourite team foot-ball match etc

STEP 5 At this stage you will also try to collect information about the client Several aspects of her life and trying to deter-mine clientrsquos expectations regarding the Coaching process You will be attentive about the metaphors and about what is really important to her Yoursquoll need it to explain what Co-aching is in her words

STEP 6 Explain what Coaching is using the clientrsquos words and the references she gave us Example letrsquos imagine that boxing was something that the client liked and we want to explain

108

109

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING THE LAST SESSION

Coaching through boxing ldquoCoaching is like boxing It invol-ves a lot of training to succeed in getting results but ins-tead of having an external enemy we are fighting against ourselvesrdquo

STEP 7 Inviting the client to do an exercise we pick six pens (three of each color) We ask her to tell us three things that are going well in her life and we explore each area a bit Then we ask ldquoamong those areas which one is running really wellrdquo Then we ask for three things that are not going so well and explore a bit

STEP 8 Asking the client which 3 goals she would like to accom-plish by the end of the Coaching process that would make it worth the investment (as measurable as possible)

STEP 9 Establishing verbal contract and selling the idea of coa-ching (even if the sessions pack is already closed) Now we talk about the practical issues sessions frequency ses-sions length interrupting the client first session a bit lon-ger confidentiality guarantee If you feel comfortable you can talk about costs and forms of payment

STEP 10 ldquoCan we start our session talking about what brought you here How can I helprdquo

STEP 11 Talking a bit about the Clientrsquos reality and introducing the Pizza of Life The client draws herrsquos We will go on explai-ning the pizza and its different slices (very briefly not to influence) Some clients like to do it lsquoalonersquo others like to go on talking as they fill the slices

STEP 12 From then on you make ROSA 10

STEP 13 You end up the session You can share ROSA methodology with your client (if you think shersquod like it) and ending with positive feedback You can also ask the client how did she feel You can also ask her to choose an object and summa-rize the session You will also be doing some preframing by stating that Coaching is about action and homeworks

XIII THE LAST SESSION

A coaching process has a follow-up We can work with individual ses-sions or with a pack It is important to inform your clients that Coaching is a continuous process and not a process with miraculous results in the first session Hence it is like doing workout where it is difficult to get results if we go to the gym only once

You can work with packs of sessions (5 or 10) and we would like to give you some tips on what you should ensure it gets done in your last coaching session with someone you have been working with

FUTURE It is important to ensure that the client will continue taking steps in the future even not having sessions anymore or your presence In this session you should spend some time helping her in creating an action plan about the next steps she wants to go on taking in that area You can also take the opportunity to do a small summary of everything that you both worked in so that there is a notion of the progress made and the results achieved Ensures that your client completed that process and be sure about the next steps for her future Help her in crea-ting a good action plan

HABITS You can also ask your client which would be the daily or weekly habits that she would like more to integrate into her routine

POSITIVE FEEDBACK This is also the perfect time to give positive fe-edback to your client (despite being a constant throughout the sessions) Show her the progress she has made throughout the sessions and help her to realize all the positive things she has achieved

111

110

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

PERSONAL DEVELOPMENT We must ensure that our client conti-nues its personal development process and knows or tries new approaches Coaching is just one part of a wide range of options that are now ahead of her Encourage her to con-tinue that journey to read new books to try other trainings and workshops other different and complementary ways of approaching personal development

KEEPING CONTACT You can develop some form of contact with your old clients Email telephone facebook etc Remember to con-tinue sending her information about coaching or other matters you find important It is a way to ensure that your client will continue ldquoawakedrdquo for this subject

Thank you for being part of this project

Daniel Saacute Nogueira and Marta Ferreira

Page 53: WeCreate International Coaching Certification Manual

106

107

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING THE FIRST SESSION IN PRATICE

CONTRACT IS CONTRACT The financial commitment you assume with your client is always the same as long as she is your client The same in what respects sessions frequency You should always ask permission to your client when you want to change the frequency of the sessions For WeCreate the value you charge to your client must be the same forever It is part of our gratitude towards our client

SELF-COACHING The Coach must be an example of Self-Coaching or she should have a Coach You really have to do ROSA once a year at least and use all these tools in a weekly basis Make sure that you are also an example of achieving your own dreams

XII THE FIRST SESSION

IN PRACTICEIt is normal that the first session is a bit longer (90min) Your focus is to build RAPPORT Here is an example of a few steps for your first session You can have a few more or less of these steps but this is the general idea

STEP 1 Memorize these steps so that you will not have to use this manual

STEP 2 (Partnership) Organize the working space have everything prepared adequated clothes etc

STEP 3 (Presence) Prepare to be fully present by meditating or by being a few minutes in silence

STEP 4 (Posture and words) Build rapport have a few minutes of casual positive and neutral conversation to break the ice For example the weather the clientrsquos favourite team foot-ball match etc

STEP 5 At this stage you will also try to collect information about the client Several aspects of her life and trying to deter-mine clientrsquos expectations regarding the Coaching process You will be attentive about the metaphors and about what is really important to her Yoursquoll need it to explain what Co-aching is in her words

STEP 6 Explain what Coaching is using the clientrsquos words and the references she gave us Example letrsquos imagine that boxing was something that the client liked and we want to explain

108

109

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING THE LAST SESSION

Coaching through boxing ldquoCoaching is like boxing It invol-ves a lot of training to succeed in getting results but ins-tead of having an external enemy we are fighting against ourselvesrdquo

STEP 7 Inviting the client to do an exercise we pick six pens (three of each color) We ask her to tell us three things that are going well in her life and we explore each area a bit Then we ask ldquoamong those areas which one is running really wellrdquo Then we ask for three things that are not going so well and explore a bit

STEP 8 Asking the client which 3 goals she would like to accom-plish by the end of the Coaching process that would make it worth the investment (as measurable as possible)

STEP 9 Establishing verbal contract and selling the idea of coa-ching (even if the sessions pack is already closed) Now we talk about the practical issues sessions frequency ses-sions length interrupting the client first session a bit lon-ger confidentiality guarantee If you feel comfortable you can talk about costs and forms of payment

STEP 10 ldquoCan we start our session talking about what brought you here How can I helprdquo

STEP 11 Talking a bit about the Clientrsquos reality and introducing the Pizza of Life The client draws herrsquos We will go on explai-ning the pizza and its different slices (very briefly not to influence) Some clients like to do it lsquoalonersquo others like to go on talking as they fill the slices

STEP 12 From then on you make ROSA 10

STEP 13 You end up the session You can share ROSA methodology with your client (if you think shersquod like it) and ending with positive feedback You can also ask the client how did she feel You can also ask her to choose an object and summa-rize the session You will also be doing some preframing by stating that Coaching is about action and homeworks

XIII THE LAST SESSION

A coaching process has a follow-up We can work with individual ses-sions or with a pack It is important to inform your clients that Coaching is a continuous process and not a process with miraculous results in the first session Hence it is like doing workout where it is difficult to get results if we go to the gym only once

You can work with packs of sessions (5 or 10) and we would like to give you some tips on what you should ensure it gets done in your last coaching session with someone you have been working with

FUTURE It is important to ensure that the client will continue taking steps in the future even not having sessions anymore or your presence In this session you should spend some time helping her in creating an action plan about the next steps she wants to go on taking in that area You can also take the opportunity to do a small summary of everything that you both worked in so that there is a notion of the progress made and the results achieved Ensures that your client completed that process and be sure about the next steps for her future Help her in crea-ting a good action plan

HABITS You can also ask your client which would be the daily or weekly habits that she would like more to integrate into her routine

POSITIVE FEEDBACK This is also the perfect time to give positive fe-edback to your client (despite being a constant throughout the sessions) Show her the progress she has made throughout the sessions and help her to realize all the positive things she has achieved

111

110

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

PERSONAL DEVELOPMENT We must ensure that our client conti-nues its personal development process and knows or tries new approaches Coaching is just one part of a wide range of options that are now ahead of her Encourage her to con-tinue that journey to read new books to try other trainings and workshops other different and complementary ways of approaching personal development

KEEPING CONTACT You can develop some form of contact with your old clients Email telephone facebook etc Remember to con-tinue sending her information about coaching or other matters you find important It is a way to ensure that your client will continue ldquoawakedrdquo for this subject

Thank you for being part of this project

Daniel Saacute Nogueira and Marta Ferreira

Page 54: WeCreate International Coaching Certification Manual

108

109

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING THE LAST SESSION

Coaching through boxing ldquoCoaching is like boxing It invol-ves a lot of training to succeed in getting results but ins-tead of having an external enemy we are fighting against ourselvesrdquo

STEP 7 Inviting the client to do an exercise we pick six pens (three of each color) We ask her to tell us three things that are going well in her life and we explore each area a bit Then we ask ldquoamong those areas which one is running really wellrdquo Then we ask for three things that are not going so well and explore a bit

STEP 8 Asking the client which 3 goals she would like to accom-plish by the end of the Coaching process that would make it worth the investment (as measurable as possible)

STEP 9 Establishing verbal contract and selling the idea of coa-ching (even if the sessions pack is already closed) Now we talk about the practical issues sessions frequency ses-sions length interrupting the client first session a bit lon-ger confidentiality guarantee If you feel comfortable you can talk about costs and forms of payment

STEP 10 ldquoCan we start our session talking about what brought you here How can I helprdquo

STEP 11 Talking a bit about the Clientrsquos reality and introducing the Pizza of Life The client draws herrsquos We will go on explai-ning the pizza and its different slices (very briefly not to influence) Some clients like to do it lsquoalonersquo others like to go on talking as they fill the slices

STEP 12 From then on you make ROSA 10

STEP 13 You end up the session You can share ROSA methodology with your client (if you think shersquod like it) and ending with positive feedback You can also ask the client how did she feel You can also ask her to choose an object and summa-rize the session You will also be doing some preframing by stating that Coaching is about action and homeworks

XIII THE LAST SESSION

A coaching process has a follow-up We can work with individual ses-sions or with a pack It is important to inform your clients that Coaching is a continuous process and not a process with miraculous results in the first session Hence it is like doing workout where it is difficult to get results if we go to the gym only once

You can work with packs of sessions (5 or 10) and we would like to give you some tips on what you should ensure it gets done in your last coaching session with someone you have been working with

FUTURE It is important to ensure that the client will continue taking steps in the future even not having sessions anymore or your presence In this session you should spend some time helping her in creating an action plan about the next steps she wants to go on taking in that area You can also take the opportunity to do a small summary of everything that you both worked in so that there is a notion of the progress made and the results achieved Ensures that your client completed that process and be sure about the next steps for her future Help her in crea-ting a good action plan

HABITS You can also ask your client which would be the daily or weekly habits that she would like more to integrate into her routine

POSITIVE FEEDBACK This is also the perfect time to give positive fe-edback to your client (despite being a constant throughout the sessions) Show her the progress she has made throughout the sessions and help her to realize all the positive things she has achieved

111

110

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

PERSONAL DEVELOPMENT We must ensure that our client conti-nues its personal development process and knows or tries new approaches Coaching is just one part of a wide range of options that are now ahead of her Encourage her to con-tinue that journey to read new books to try other trainings and workshops other different and complementary ways of approaching personal development

KEEPING CONTACT You can develop some form of contact with your old clients Email telephone facebook etc Remember to con-tinue sending her information about coaching or other matters you find important It is a way to ensure that your client will continue ldquoawakedrdquo for this subject

Thank you for being part of this project

Daniel Saacute Nogueira and Marta Ferreira

Page 55: WeCreate International Coaching Certification Manual

111

110

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATION COACHING

PERSONAL DEVELOPMENT We must ensure that our client conti-nues its personal development process and knows or tries new approaches Coaching is just one part of a wide range of options that are now ahead of her Encourage her to con-tinue that journey to read new books to try other trainings and workshops other different and complementary ways of approaching personal development

KEEPING CONTACT You can develop some form of contact with your old clients Email telephone facebook etc Remember to con-tinue sending her information about coaching or other matters you find important It is a way to ensure that your client will continue ldquoawakedrdquo for this subject

Thank you for being part of this project

Daniel Saacute Nogueira and Marta Ferreira